Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 4, 2014.

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Upland Software, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   27-2992077
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

 

401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850

Austin, Texas 78701

(512) 960-1010

 

 

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

John T. McDonald

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850

Austin, Texas 78701

(512) 960-1010

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Brian K. Beard

Joseph M. Alcorta

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas, Fifth Floor

Austin, Texas, 78746-5546

(512) 338-5400

 

Robert V. Housley

General Counsel and Secretary

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850

Austin, Texas 78701

(512) 960-1010

 

Brian Schafer

Winston & Strawn LLP
35 W. Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601-9703

(312) 558-5600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $50,000,000   $6,440

 

 

(1) Includes             shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 4, 2014

PROSPECTUS

            Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of              shares of common stock of Upland Software, Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.

 

 

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “UPLD.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                $        

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional          shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2014.

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

William Blair   Raymond James

 

 

 

Canaccord Genuity   Needham & Company

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2014


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     12   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     36   

Market, Industry and Other Data

     38   

Use of Proceeds

     39   

Dividend Policy

     39   

Capitalization

     40   

Dilution

     42   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     44   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     48   

Business

     81   

Management

     94   

Executive Compensation

     101   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     109   

Principal Stockholders

     114   

Description of Capital Stock

     116   

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     121   

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations For Non-U.S. Holders

     124   

Underwriting

     128   

Legal Matters

     133   

Experts

     133   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     133   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any additional information or information that is different from that contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any such jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including independent data, research opinions and viewpoints published by International Data Corporation, or IDC, and McKinsey & Company, or McKinsey, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our applications. See “Market, Industry and Other Data” for further information.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus but may not contain all of the information that you consider important in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless the context requires otherwise, the words “Upland,” “we,” “company,” “us” and “our” refer to Upland Software, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

Company Overview

Upland is a leading provider of cloud-based enterprise work management software. We define enterprise work management software as software applications that enable organizations to plan, manage and execute projects and work. Our software applications help organizations better optimize the allocation and utilization of their people, time and money. We provide a family of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications for the information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence functions within organizations. Our software applications address a broad range of enterprise work management needs, from strategic planning to task execution.

We provide organizations and their knowledge workers with software applications that better align resources with business objectives and increase visibility, governance, collaboration and responsiveness to changes in the business environment. This results in increased work capacity, higher productivity and better execution. Our applications are easy-to-use, highly scalable and offer real-time collaboration for knowledge workers distributed on a local or global scale. Our applications address enterprise work challenges in the following categories:

 

    Program and Portfolio Management: Enables customers to gain high-level visibility across their organizations and improve top-down governance and management of programs, initiatives, investments and projects.

 

    Project Management and Collaboration: Enables customers to improve collaboration and the execution of both projects and unstructured work.

 

    Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management: Enables customers to automate document-based workflows and control access and distribution of their content to boost productivity, encourage collaboration, improve compliance and enhance and influence customer engagement.

 

    Project Workforce Management: Enables customers to more effectively manage their knowledge workers to better track work, expenses and client billing while improving scheduling, utilization and alignment of human capital.

 

    Financial Management: Enables customers to have visibility into the cost, quality and value of internal services delivered within their organizations, which helps improve alignment during planning and budgeting processes, and better assess and validate proposed investments and initiatives of a particular line of business.

We sell our software applications primarily through a direct sales organization and employ a land-and-expand go-to-market strategy. After we demonstrate the value of an initial application to an organization, our sales and account management teams work to expand the use of that initial application across the organization, as

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

well as cross-sell additional applications to address other enterprise work management needs of the organization. In addition to our direct sales organization, we have an indirect sales organization, which sells to distributors and value-added resellers. Our subscription agreements are typically sold either on a per-seat basis or on a minimum contracted volume basis with overage fees billed in arrears, depending on the application being sold. We service customers ranging from large global corporations and government agencies to small- and medium-sized businesses. As of December 31, 2013, we had more than 1,200 customers with over 200,000 users, excluding users under volume-based contracts, across a broad range of industries, including financial services, retail, technology, manufacturing, education, consumer goods, media, telecommunications, government, food and beverage, healthcare and life sciences.

We have achieved significant growth and scale in a relatively short period of time. Through a series of acquisitions, we have established a diverse family of software applications under the Upland brand, each of which addresses a specific enterprise work management need. Our revenue has grown from $22.8 million in fiscal 2012 to $41.2 million in fiscal 2013 and from $18.7 million in the first six months of 2013 to $31.8 million in the first six months of 2014, representing an 80% and 70% period-over-period growth rate, respectively. We recorded Adjusted EBITDA of $0.7 million, $2.7 million and $2.6 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the first six months of 2014, respectively, and a net loss of $2.5 million, $9.2 million and $15.0 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the first six months of 2014, respectively. See “—Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

Industry Background

A Rapidly Changing Business Environment

The continued growth of an information-based economy driven by technological innovation and globalization is causing a fundamental change in the business environment and the way work is done. To be successful, organizations must be able to quickly adapt to changes in this complex and rapidly evolving environment and optimize the utilization of their people, time and money. These changes have given rise to a large and growing group of knowledge workers who operate in dynamic work settings as part of geographically dispersed and virtual teams. To be successful, these knowledge workers must quickly synthesize, analyze and act on large amounts of information and collaborate effectively at any time, from anywhere and on any device.

Legacy Processes and Systems are Insufficient

Many organizations continue to utilize manual processes and traditional tools, such as paper-based techniques, spreadsheets and email, as well as legacy on-premise enterprise systems, to manage knowledge work. The limitations of these processes and systems include siloed and disparate information, limited visibility and transparency, poor collaboration among teams, lost productivity and misalignment of work efforts and overall business objectives. In addition, legacy on-premise enterprise systems can be expensive and time intensive to implement, inflexible and difficult to use, and costly to upgrade and maintain.

The Need for Cloud-Based Enterprise Work Management Software

Enterprise work management software is an emerging category of software applications that enable organizations to effectively plan, manage and execute projects and work in order to maximize work capacity, productivity and profitability. Recently, cloud computing and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, has begun to transform enterprise work management with rapid speed-to-value, low total cost of ownership and reduced financial risk. As a result of these benefits, the annual growth rate of the SaaS market is expected to be significantly greater than the worldwide application software market. IDC estimates that the worldwide SaaS applications market will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 19%, from $18 billion in 2012 to $42 billion

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

in 2017, while the worldwide application software market will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 6%, from $168 billion to $225 billion in 2017.

We currently participate in various areas of enterprise work management, including the markets that IDC identifies as worldwide project and portfolio management, worldwide business process management software, worldwide financial performance and strategy management applications, worldwide collaborative applications and worldwide content management software. In aggregate, IDC estimates these markets will exceed $27 billion globally in 2014. While these markets today are largely served by legacy on-premise enterprise systems, we believe there will continue to be increased market adoption of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications.

The Upland Approach

Our award-winning cloud-based enterprise work management software applications improve visibility, collaboration and productivity and are disrupting and replacing legacy processes and systems. Unlike legacy solutions, our applications have been developed with the unique requirements of today’s knowledge worker in mind. We enable knowledge workers to interact, collaborate and make business decisions using real-time information from a wide variety of sources, at any time, from anywhere and on any device.

We believe our applications benefit customers in the following ways:

 

    Do the right work. Our applications enable our customers to more effectively align programs, initiatives, investments and projects with overall business objectives, helping ensure the right work is done at the right time. This alignment drives increased productivity and optimizes the allocation and utilization of people, time and money within organizations.

 

    Do the work right. Our applications help customers to more effectively manage projects and tasks by enabling real-time visibility, collaboration, structured workflows and access to the right content and information. This provides teams of distributed workers with clarity into priorities and expectations as well as the tools to execute effectively, resulting in increased productivity, transparency and accountability and the ability to respond rapidly to change.

 

    Single source of truth. Our applications collect real-time data regarding the planning, management and execution of projects and work processes across teams and business units from disparate sources and integrate such data into a single repository, which we call a “single source of truth.” This enables a more complete view of teams, projects and resources than the siloed information repositories legacy processes and systems typically provide.

 

    Responsiveness to change. Our applications provide analytics and reporting capabilities that transform disparate data in real-time into actionable intelligence, enabling users to make better informed business decisions. Our applications enable organizations to conduct dynamic and sophisticated “what-if” and scenario analyses that can improve their ability to respond effectively to changing business conditions.

 

    Easy to implement and use. Customers can easily access our cloud-based applications with an Internet browser. Our applications do not require large up-front software expenditures or significant ongoing infrastructure or information technology support. In addition, we provide a common user interface with a modern look and feel that ensures a consistent user experience across our applications.

 

    Flexible, scalable and secure. Our applications are highly configurable, which provides us with flexibility to meet the unique business requirements of individual customers. Our applications are also scalable and are able to support large deployments while maintaining required performance levels. We provide tools to help our customers manage the critical elements of application security, including authentication, authorization and regulatory compliance.

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

The following competitive strengths are keys to our success:

 

    Large, attractive customer base. As of December 31, 2013, we had over 1,200 customers in a wide variety of industries. We believe our applications provide our customers with significant benefits, which we believe provides us with a substantial opportunity to expand our footprint within our existing customer base and drive their further adoption of our applications.

 

    Diversified family of software applications. We offer a family of software applications that addresses a broad range of enterprise work management needs, from strategic planning to task execution. We believe this benefits our customers as compared to many of our cloud-based competitors who offer only a single point solution for a more limited and discrete work management need.

 

    Recurring revenue model with high visibility. We believe we have a highly attractive operating model due to the recurring nature of our subscription revenue, which results in greater visibility and predictability of future revenue and enhances our ability to effectively manage our business. In addition, the cloud-based nature of our model accommodates significant additional business volume with limited incremental costs, providing us with opportunities to improve our operating margins.

 

    Proven M&A capability. We have a proven ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate complementary businesses to grow our company, as evidenced by the six acquisitions we have completed since the beginning of 2012. We have a dedicated and experienced corporate development team that continually monitors hundreds of companies in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential acquisition candidates.

 

    Experienced, proven management team. Our management team has significant operating experience and previously occupied key leadership roles at both private and public companies. We believe our management’s experience in building businesses through both organic growth opportunities and strategic acquisitions has enabled us to quickly establish a leading position within the enterprise work management software market.

 

    Cloud-based platform. We deliver our software applications and functionality primarily through the cloud, with no hardware or software installation required by our customers. This model allows us to provide reliable, cost-effective applications to our customers, add customers with minimal incremental expense and deploy new functionality and upgrades quickly and efficiently.

 

    Commitment to customer success. We have a dedicated customer success organization whose mission is to drive adoption and value realization, retention and loyalty across our customer base. Our focus on enabling our customers’ success is a key reason our customer annual net dollar retention rate was 90% in fiscal 2013. See “—Summary Consolidated Financial Data” for the definition of annual net dollar retention rate.

Our Growth Strategy

Our objective is to be the world’s leading provider of enterprise work management software. The key elements of our strategy for growth are as follows:

 

    Add new customers. We believe the market for cloud-based enterprise work management software is large, growing and underpenetrated. We are expanding our direct sales force and indirect sales channels, as well as our ability to provide a range of integrations between our software and third-party applications and platforms, to drive new customer acquisition.

 

   

Increase sales to existing customers. We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand the adoption of our applications within existing customers. We also intend to cross-sell applications to our

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents
 

existing customers and penetrate divisions or departments where our applications are not in use. Additionally, we intend to address more functions within the enterprise work management spectrum by adding new applications to drive increased adoption of multiple applications by our customers.

 

    Acquire complementary software businesses. We intend to pursue acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses to enhance the features and functionality of our applications, expand our customer base and provide access to new markets and increased benefits of scale.

 

    Expand globally. In fiscal 2013 and the first six months of 2014, approximately 24% and 19%, respectively, of our revenue was derived from sales outside the United States. We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow sales of our applications globally. We intend to expand our business in Europe and evaluate future opportunities in Asia through the hiring of additional sales personnel, selective acquisitions and entering into strategic partnerships.

 

    Improve and enhance applications. We will continue to invest in research and development and work closely with our customers to identify and improve new applications, features and functionalities that address customer requirements across the enterprise work management spectrum. We also intend to continue to expand the breadth of our applications with additional analytics, third-party integrations and social and mobile capabilities, and we will continue to implement our consistent user interface across all of our applications.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

 

    we have a limited operating history and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability or accurately predict our future results;

 

    our growth is dependent on our ability to retain existing customers and secure additional subscriptions and cross-sell opportunities from existing customers, and nonrenewals or downgrades could harm our future operating results;

 

    any failure to offer high-quality customer service may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our financial results;

 

    if the market for cloud-based enterprise work management applications develops more slowly than we expect, or declines, our business could be adversely affected;

 

    if we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan and maintain high levels of customer satisfaction;

 

    we have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions as a primary component of our growth strategy; we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms, or we may be unable to successfully integrate acquisitions, which could disrupt our operations and adversely impact our business and operating results;

 

    we recognize revenue from customers over the term of the related agreement; therefore, downturns or upturns may not be immediately reflected in our operating results;

 

    our quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future; as a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to decline and you may lose part or all of your investment; and

 

    upon completion of this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their respective affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately         % of our outstanding common stock.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may be adversely affected.

In addition, we are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and therefore we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in July 2010 under the name Silverback Acquisition Corporation, changed our name to Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. in September 2011, and changed our name to Upland Software, Inc. in November 2013. Our principal executive offices are located at 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, Texas 78701, and our telephone number is (512) 960-1010. Our website address is www.uplandsoftware.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

UPLAND, the Upland Software logo and other trademarks or service marks of Upland appearing in this prospectus are the property of Upland. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered

                     shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                    shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

                    shares

 

Use of proceeds

Although we do not have current specific plans for the net proceeds of this offering, we generally intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to finance our growth by investing in or acquiring complementary companies, products or technologies, expanding our sales force, growing sales of our applications globally and improving and enhancing our applications. We do not have agreements or commitments for any investments or acquisitions at this time. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

“UPLD”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 63,975,891 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, and excludes:

 

    3,588,750 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.57 per share;

 

    15,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.29 per share;

 

    466,667 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.00 per share; and

 

            additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, plus             shares of common stock originally reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, which will become available for grants under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering.

Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus reflects or assumes:

 

    that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file prior to the closing of this offering, and our amended and restated bylaws are effective;

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 41,683,765 shares of common stock prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results. The following consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2012     2013     2013     2014  
                         
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenue:

       

Subscription and support

  $ 18,281      $ 30,887      $ 14,182      $ 23,542   

Perpetual license

    641        2,003        488        1,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    18,922        32,890        14,670        24,639   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    3,841        8,303        3,997        7,185   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    22,763        41,193        18,667        31,824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

       

Subscription and support (1)(2)

    4,189        7,787        3,271        6,604   

Professional services (1)

    3,121        5,680        2,855        4,737   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    7,310        13,467        6,126        11,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    15,453        27,726        12,541        20,483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Sales and marketing (1)

    6,331        10,625        4,403        7,151   

Research and development (1)

    5,308        10,340        4,406        18,393   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (728     (583     (296     (274

General and administrative (1)

    4,574        6,832        2,920        5,676   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,812        3,670        2,247        2,121   

Acquisition-related expenses

    1,933        1,461        528        521   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    19,230        32,345        14,208        33,588   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (3,777     (4,619     (1,667     (13,105

Other expense:

       

Interest expense, net

    (528     (2,797     (547     (834

Other expense, net

    (65     (431     73        (368
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    (593     (3,228     (474     (1,202
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (4,370     (7,847     (2,141     (14,307

Provision for income taxes

    72        (708     (133     (690
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (4,298     (8,555     (2,274     (14,997

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    1,791        (642     (316     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,507   $ (9,197     (2,590   $ (14,997
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    (44     (98     (22     (875
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (2,551   $ (9,295   $ (2,612   $ (15,872
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share (3) :

       

Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.95   $ (1.18   $ (0.35   $ (0.81

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ 0.39      $ (0.09   $ (0.05   $ —     

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.56   $ (1.27   $ (0.40   $ (0.81

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    4,582,871        7,298,434        6,476,530        19,669,677   

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited), basic and diluted

    $ (0.25     $ (0.24

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited), basic and diluted

      36,585,701          61,353,442   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation.

 

(2) Includes depreciation and amortization of $660,000 and $1,640,000 in fiscal 2012 and 2013, respectively. Includes depreciation and amortization of $717,000 and $1,484,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

(3) See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion and reconciliation of historical and pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders and weighted-average shares outstanding for historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations.

 

     As of June 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro
Forma (1)
     Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,059      $ 3,059       $                

Property and equipment, net

     3,365        3,365      

Intangible assets, net

     32,210        32,210      

Goodwill

     33,580        33,580      

Total assets

     94,326        94,326      

Deferred revenue

     20,060        20,060      

Total liabilities

     64,337        64,337      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     51,516        —        

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (21,527     29,989      

 

(1)   The pro forma column gives effect to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 41,683,765 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

(2) The pro forma as adjusted column gives further effect to the sale by us of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the amount of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
         2012              2013         2013      2014  
     (in thousands, except %)  

Key Metrics:

          

Annualized recurring revenue value at year-end (1)

   $ 27,093       $ 49,061        n/a         n/a   

Annual net dollar retention rate (2)

     n/a         90     n/a         n/a   

Adjusted EBITDA (fiscal year ended December 31 and six months ended June 30) (3)

   $ 720       $ 2,650      $ 2,101       $ 2,608   

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents
(1) Annualized recurring revenue value as of December 31 equals the monthly value of our recurring revenue contracts measured as of December 31 multiplied by 12. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics” for additional discussion of this key metric.

 

(2) We define annual net dollar retention as of December 31 as the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value at December 31 from those customers that were also customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year, divided by the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value from all customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics” for additional discussion of this key metric.

 

(3) We monitor our Adjusted EBITDA to help us evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of our operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus discontinued operations, depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense, net, other income (expense), net, provision for income taxes, stock-based compensation expense and acquisition-related expenses.

The following table provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997

Discontinued operations

     (1,791     642        316        —     

Depreciation and amortization expense

     2,472        5,310        2,964        3,605   

Interest expense, net

     528        2,797        547        834   

Other (income) expense, net

     65        431        (73     368   

Provision for income taxes

     (72     708        133        690   

Stock-based compensation expense

     92        498        276        367   

Acquisition-related expenses

     1,933        1,461        528        521   

Stock-based compensation—related party vendor

     —          —          —          11,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 720      $ 2,650      $ 2,101      $ 2,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to management, investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:

 

    Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures and the method by which assets were acquired;

 

    our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with GAAP financial measures for planning purposes, in the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our operating performance, to assess the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance because Adjusted EBITDA eliminates the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA provides more consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our operations and also facilitates comparisons with other companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and

 

 

-10-


Table of Contents
    we anticipate that, after consummating this offering, our investor and analyst presentations will include Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our overall operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. The use of Adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool has limitations such as:

 

    depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, and the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for such replacements; however, much of the depreciation and amortization currently reflected relates to amortization of acquired intangible assets as a result of business combination purchase accounting adjustments, which will not need to be replaced in the future;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA may not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that could reduce cash available for use; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA together with other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results.

 

 

-11-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be harmed. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in such forward-looking statements.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We have a limited operating history and may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability or accurately predict our future results.

We were formed in July 2010 and acquired our first business and commenced operations in September 2011. Prior to September 2011, our business activity was devoted to raising capital, building infrastructure and reviewing potential acquisitions. As such, we have a very limited operating history of selling our products and professional services to third parties. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk of your investment. We incurred net losses of $2.5 million, $9.2 million and $15.0 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively. As of June 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $30.1 million. Our losses in prior periods and accumulated deficit reflect the investments we have made to date to grow our business. We expect to have significant operating expenses in the future to further support and grow our business, including expanding the range of integrations between our software and third-party applications and platform, expanding our direct and indirect sales capabilities, pursuing acquisitions of complementary businesses, investing in our data center infrastructure and research and development and increasing our international presence, and as a result we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability or accurately predict our future results. You should not consider our recent growth in revenue as indicative of our future performance, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future, nor that if we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability.

Our growth is dependent on our ability to retain existing customers and secure additional subscriptions and cross-sell opportunities from existing customers, and nonrenewals and downgrades could harm our future operating results.

In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our customers renew or upgrade their agreements with us when the applicable contract term expires, which is typically one to three years for subscription agreements and one year for perpetual license agreements, and also purchase additional applications from us. Upon expiration, customers can renew their existing subscriptions, upgrade their subscriptions to add more seats or additional minimum contracted volume, downgrade their subscriptions to fewer seats or lower minimum contracted volume or not renew. A renewal constitutes renewing an existing contract for an application under the same terms and an upgrade includes purchasing additional seats or volume under an existing contract. We may also cross-sell additional applications to existing customers. Our ability to grow revenue and achieve profitability depends, in part, on customer renewals, upgrades and cross-sales to existing customers exceeding downgrades and nonrenewals. However, we may not be able to increase our penetration within our existing customer base as anticipated and we may not otherwise retain subscriptions from existing customers. Our customers may choose to not renew or upgrade their subscriptions, or may downgrade, because of several factors, including dissatisfaction with our prices, features or performance relative to competitive offerings, reductions in our customers’ spending levels, unused seats or volume or limited adoption or use of our applications. In addition, we may not be successful in cross-selling new applications to our existing customers. If our customers

 

-12-


Table of Contents

do not upgrade or renew their subscriptions or purchase additional applications from us, or if they downgrade their subscriptions, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or may decline, and our financial performance may be adversely affected.

Any failure to offer high-quality customer service may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our financial results.

Our customers depend on our customer success organization to manage the post-sale customer lifecycle, including to implement new applications for our customers, provide training and ongoing education services and resolve technical issues relating to our applications. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in demand for our customer success services. We also may be unable to modify the format of our customer success services to compete with changes in similar services provided by our competitors. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on the reliable functional operation of our applications, our business reputation and positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer service, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality customer service, could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to sell our applications to existing and prospective customers and our business, operating results and financial position.

If the market for cloud-based enterprise work management applications develops more slowly than we expect, or declines, our business could be adversely affected.

The market for cloud-based enterprise work management applications is not as mature as the market for legacy on-premise enterprise systems, and it is uncertain whether cloud-based applications will achieve and sustain high levels of customer demand and market acceptance. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on increased adoption of cloud-based applications, and of our enterprise work management software applications in particular. Many large organizations have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate legacy on-premise enterprise systems into their businesses, and therefore may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to cloud-based applications or away from their traditional vendors or to new practices because of the organizational changes often required to successfully implement new enterprise work management systems. In addition, we do not know whether the adoption of enterprise work management software will continue to grow and displace manual processes and traditional tools, such as paper-based techniques, spreadsheets and email. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our applications, the future growth rate and size of the cloud-based software application market or the entry of competitive products. The expansion of the cloud-based software application market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with cloud-based applications, as well as the ability of cloud-based application companies to address security and privacy concerns. If other cloud-based software application providers experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery or other problems, the market for cloud-based applications as a whole, including our enterprise work management applications, may be negatively affected. If cloud-based applications do not achieve widespread adoption, or there is a reduction in demand for cloud-based applications caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending or otherwise, our revenues may decrease and our business could be adversely affected.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan and maintain high levels of customer satisfaction.

We have recently experienced a period of rapid growth in our personnel and operations. In particular, we increased our number of full-time employees from three as of December 31, 2011 to 277 as of December 31, 2013, and have also increased the size of our customer base. In addition, our revenue grew from $712,000 in fiscal 2011 to $41.2 million in fiscal 2013 and from $18.7 million in the first six months of 2013 to $31.8 million in the first six months of 2014. Acquisitions are a primary component of our growth strategy and, as a result, we

 

-13-


Table of Contents

anticipate that we will continue to experience further rapid growth in our personnel and operations in the future. Our growth has placed, and future growth will place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. To manage the expected growth of our personnel and operations, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage our growth could result in difficulty or delays in deploying our applications, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new features or other operational difficulties, and any of these difficulties could adversely impact our business performance and results of operations.

We have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions as a primary component of our growth strategy. We may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms, or we may be unable to successfully integrate acquisitions, which could disrupt our operations and adversely impact our business and operating results.

A primary component of our growth strategy has been to acquire complementary businesses to grow our company. For example, we acquired the businesses of PowerSteering Software, Inc., Tenrox Inc. and LMR Solutions, LLC, dba EPM Live, in fiscal 2012 and the businesses of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group Inc., ComSci, LLC, and Clickability Inc., in fiscal 2013. We intend to continue to pursue acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses as a primary component of our growth strategy to enhance the features and functionality of our applications, expand our customer base and provide access to new markets and increase benefits of scale. Acquisitions involve certain known and unknown risks that could cause our actual growth or operating results to differ from our expectations. For example:

 

    we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or to consummate acquisitions on acceptable terms;

 

    we may pursue international acquisitions, which inherently pose more risks than domestic acquisitions;

 

    we compete with others to acquire complementary products, technologies and businesses, which may result in decreased availability of, or increased price for, suitable acquisition candidates;

 

    we may not be able to obtain the necessary financing, on favorable terms or at all, to finance any or all of our potential acquisitions;

 

    we may ultimately fail to consummate an acquisition even if we announce that we plan to acquire a technology, product or business; and

 

    acquired technologies, products or businesses may not perform as we expect and we may fail to realize anticipated revenue and profits.

In addition, our acquisition strategy may divert management’s attention away from our existing business, resulting in the loss of key customers or employees, and expose us to unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, including responsibility as a successor for undisclosed or contingent liabilities of acquired businesses or assets.

If we fail to conduct due diligence on our potential targets effectively, we may, for example, not identify problems at target companies or fail to recognize incompatibilities or other obstacles to successful integration. Our inability to successfully integrate future acquisitions could impede us from realizing all of the benefits of those acquisitions and could severely weaken our business operations. The integration process may disrupt our business and, if new technologies, products or businesses are not implemented effectively, may preclude the realization of the full benefits expected by us and could harm our results of operations. In addition, the overall integration of new technologies, products or businesses may result in unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities and competitive responses. The difficulties integrating an acquisition include, among other things:

 

    issues in integrating the target company’s technologies, products or businesses with ours;

 

    incompatibility of marketing and administration methods;

 

-14-


Table of Contents
    maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees;

 

    integrating the cultures of both companies;

 

    preserving important strategic customer relationships;

 

    consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures and eliminating duplicative operations; and

 

    coordinating and integrating geographically separate organizations.

In addition, even if the operations of an acquisition are integrated successfully, we may not realize the full benefits of the acquisition, including the synergies, cost savings or growth opportunities that we expect. These benefits may not be achieved within the anticipated time frame, or at all.

Further, acquisitions may cause us to:

 

    issue common stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ ownership percentage;

 

    use a substantial portion of our cash resources;

 

    increase our interest expense, leverage and debt service requirements if we incur additional debt to pay for an acquisition;

 

    assume liabilities for which we do not have indemnification from the former owners; further, indemnification obligations may be subject to dispute or concerns regarding the creditworthiness of the former owners;

 

    record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing and potential impairment charges;

 

    experience volatility in earnings due to changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-out liability estimates;

 

    incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

 

    lose existing or potential contracts as a result of conflict of interest issues;

 

    become subject to adverse tax consequences or deferred compensation charges;

 

    incur large and immediate write-offs; or

 

    become subject to litigation.

We depend on our senior management team and the loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel may impair our ability to grow our business.

Our success depends in part upon the continued services of our key executive officers, including John T. McDonald, Michael D. Hill, Ludwig Melik, Timothy W. Mattox and R. Brian Henley, as well as other key personnel. We do not have employment agreements with most of our executive officers or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. The replacement of our senior management team or other key personnel likely would involve significant time and costs, and the loss of these employees may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

We face intense competition for qualified individuals from numerous technology and software companies. If we fail to attract and retain suitably qualified individuals, including software engineers and sales personnel, our ability to implement our business plan and develop and maintain our applications could be adversely affected. As a result, our ability to compete would decrease, our operating results would suffer and our revenue would decrease.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

Failure to maintain and expand our sales organization may negatively impact our revenue growth.

We sell our applications primarily through a direct sales organization comprised of inside sales and field sales personnel. In addition, we have an indirect sales organization, which sells to distributors and value-added resellers. Growing sales to both new and existing customers is in part dependent on our ability to maintain and expand our sales force. Identifying, recruiting and training additional sales personnel requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several quarters or longer before our sales representatives are fully-trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our sales organization do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain sales personnel or if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve expected sales productivity levels in a reasonable period of time or at all, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline and our business may be harmed.

Because we generally recognize revenue from our customers over the terms of their agreements but incur most costs associated with generating such agreements in advance, rapid growth in our customer base may increase our losses in the short-term.

Expenses associated with acquiring customers, such as the expenses related to our sales organizations and related commissions, are generally expensed as incurred while most of our revenue is recognized ratably over the life of the applicable agreements. Therefore, increased sales will result in our recognition of more costs than revenue during the early periods covered by such agreements, even in cases where the agreements are expected to be profitable for us over their full terms. As a result, even if we are successful in increasing our customer base, our short-term operating results may suffer.

We recognize revenue from customers over the term of the related agreement; therefore, downturns or upturns in our business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We recognize revenue from customer agreements ratably over the terms of these agreements. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from customer agreements entered into during previous periods, which is reflected as deferred revenue on our balance sheet. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed agreements, or a downgrade of renewed agreements to fewer seats or less minimum contracted volume, in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in our revenue in that quarter. Such a decline, however, will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our applications, and potential changes in our pricing policies or rates of renewals, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Similarly, it would be difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through new sales, renewals and upgrades of existing customer agreements, or through additional cross-selling opportunities, in a given period due to the timing of revenue recognition inherent in our subscription model.

Perpetual license revenue is unpredictable and a material increase or decrease in perpetual license revenue from period to period can produce substantial variation in the total revenue and earnings we recognize in a given period.

Perpetual license revenue reflects the revenue recognized from sales of perpetual licenses relating to our workflow automation and enterprise content management applications to new customers and additional licenses for such applications to existing customers. We generally recognize the license fee portion of the arrangement in advance. Perpetual licenses of our workflow automation and enterprise content management applications are sold through third-party resellers and, as such, the timing of sales of perpetual licenses is difficult to predict with the timing of recognition of associated revenue unpredictable. A material increase or decrease in the sale of perpetual licenses from period to period could produce substantial variation in the revenue we recognize. Accordingly, comparing our perpetual license revenue on a period to period basis may not be a meaningful indicator of a trend or future results.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future. As a result, we may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to decline and you may lose part or all of your investment.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. If our quarterly operating results or outlook fall below the expectations of research analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results or outlook may be due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    the extent to which our existing customers purchase additional seats or volume for our applications and the timing and terms of those purchases;

 

    the extent to which our existing customers renew their customer agreements for our applications and the timing and terms of those renewals;

 

    the extent to which we cross-sell additional applications to our existing customers and the timing and terms of such cross-selling;

 

    the addition or loss of customers, including through acquisitions or consolidations;

 

    the extent to which new customers are attracted to our applications to satisfy their enterprise work management needs;

 

    the rate of adoption and market acceptance of enterprise work management applications;

 

    the mix of our revenue, particularly between product and professional services revenue, for which the timing of revenue recognition is substantially different;

 

    changes in the gross profit we realize on our applications and professional services due to our differing revenue recognition policies applicable to subscription and product and professional services revenue and other variables;

 

    the extent to which we enter into multi-year contracts, in which the support fees are typically paid in advance;

 

    the number and size of new customers and the number and size of renewals in a particular period;

 

    changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

    the mix of applications sold during a period;

 

    the amount and timing of operating expenses, including those related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

    the amount and timing of expenses related to the development of new products and technologies, including enhancements to our applications;

 

    the amount and timing of commissions earned by our sales personnel;

 

    the timing and success of new applications introduced by us or new offerings offered by our competitors;

 

    the length of our sales cycles;

 

    changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers or strategic collaborators;

 

    our ability to manage our existing business and future growth, including increases in the number of customers using our applications;

 

-17-


Table of Contents
    the seasonality of our business or cyclical fluctuations in our industry;

 

    the timing and expenses related to any international expansion efforts we may undertake and the success of such efforts;

 

    the timing of expenses related to the acquisition of technologies, products or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from such acquisitions;

 

    various factors related to disruptions in access and delivery of our cloud-based applications, errors or defects in our applications, privacy and data security and exchange rate fluctuations, each of which is described elsewhere in these risk factors; and

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions.

We may need financing in the future, and any additional financing may result in restrictions on our operations or substantial dilution to our stockholders. We may seek to renegotiate or refinance our loan and security agreements, and we may be unable to do so on acceptable terms or at all.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity financings, cash from operations and cash available under our loan and security agreements. We may need to raise funds in the future, for example, to expand our business, acquire complementary businesses, develop new technologies, respond to competitive pressures or react to unanticipated situations. We may try to raise additional funds through public or private financings, strategic relationships or other arrangements. Our ability to obtain debt or equity funding will depend on a number of factors, including market conditions, our operating performance and investor interest. Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to reduce expenditures, including curtailing our growth strategies, reducing our product-development efforts or foregoing acquisitions. If we succeed in raising additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible securities, it could result in substantial dilution to existing stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities or preferred stock, these new securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of the holders of our common stock. In addition, any debt financing obtained by us in the future or issuance of preferred stock could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. Additionally, we may need to renegotiate the terms of our loan and security agreements, and our lender may be unwilling to do so, or may agree to such changes subject to additional restrictive covenants on our operations and ability to raise capital.

Our loan agreements contain operating and financial covenants that may restrict our business and financing activities.

On March 5, 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank, as amended, the U.S. Loan Agreement. The U.S. Loan Agreement provides to us and certain of our subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $5.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $19.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $24.5 million. On February 10, 2012, Tenrox Inc., a Canadian corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank, as amended, the Canadian Loan Agreement. The Canadian Loan Agreement provides a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $3.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $2.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $5.5 million. As of June 30, 2014, we had $3.6 million outstanding as revolving loans and $17.9 million outstanding as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, there was a zero balance on the revolving loans and $1.0 million outstanding as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement.

Our obligations and the obligations of the co-borrowers and any guarantors under the U.S. Loan Agreement are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets and assets of the co-borrowers’ and of any guarantors, including intellectual property. The obligations of Tenrox Inc., our obligations and the obligations of

 

-18-


Table of Contents

any other guarantors under the Canadian Loan Agreement are secured by a security interest in substantially all of Tenrox Inc.’s assets, our assets and assets of any other guarantors, including intellectual property. The loan and security agreements and related guaranties and security agreements limit, among other things, our ability to:

 

    sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

    undergo a change in control;

 

    consolidate or merge with or into other entities;

 

    make or own loans, investments and acquisitions;

 

    create, incur or assume guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

 

    create, incur or assume liens and other encumbrances; or

 

    pay dividends or make distributions on, or purchase or redeem, our capital stock.

Furthermore, the loan and security agreements require us and our subsidiaries to comply with certain financial covenants. The operating and other restrictions and covenants in the loan and security agreements and related guaranties and security agreements, and in any future financing arrangements that we may enter into, may restrict our ability to finance our operations, engage in certain business activities, or expand or fully pursue our business strategies, or otherwise limit our discretion to manage our business. Our ability to comply with these restrictions and covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to meet those restrictions and covenants. A breach of any of the restrictions and covenants could result in a default under the loan and security agreements, related guarantees and security agreements or any future financing arrangements, which could cause any outstanding indebtedness under the loan and security agreements or under any future financing arrangements to become immediately due and payable, and result in the termination of commitments to extend further credit.

If we are unable to increase market awareness of our company and our applications, our revenue may not continue to grow, or may decline.

Market awareness of our company and our applications is essential to our ability to generate new leads for expanding our business and our continued growth. If we fail to sufficiently invest in our marketing programs or they are unsuccessful in creating market awareness of our company and our applications, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or may decline and our financial performance may be adversely affected.

The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The overall market for enterprise work management software is rapidly evolving and subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new applications. The intensity and nature of our competition varies significantly across our family of enterprise work management software applications. Many of our competitors and potential competitors are larger and have greater brand name recognition, longer operating histories, larger marketing budgets and significantly greater resources than we do. Some of our smaller competitors may offer applications on a stand-alone basis at a lower price than us due to lower overhead or other factors, while some of our larger competitors may offer applications at a lower price in an attempt to cross-sell additional products in the future or retain a customer using a different application.

We believe there are a limited number of direct competitors that provide a comprehensive enterprise work management software offering. However, we face competition both from point solution providers, including legacy on-premise enterprise systems, and other cloud-based work management software vendors that may address one or more of the functional elements of our applications, but are not designed to address a broad range of enterprise work management needs. In addition, we face competition from manual processes and traditional tools, such as paper-based techniques, spreadsheets and email.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

Our primary competitors for each of our enterprise work management applications currently include:

 

    Program and Portfolio Management : Clarity (a division of Computer Associates), Changepoint, Instantis and Planview;

 

    Project Management and Collaboration : Microsoft Project, AtTask and Clarizen;

 

    Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management : Hyland Software, Laserfiche, OpenText, Perceptive Software (a division of Lexmark), Adobe and Sitecore;

 

    Project Workforce Management : Deltek, Infor, OpenAir (a product of NetSuite), and Replicon; and

 

    Financial Management : Apptio, Hewlett Packard’s Information Technology Financial Management Solution and VMware’s Information Technology Business Management Suite.

If our competitors’ products, services or technologies become more accepted than our enterprise work management applications, if they are successful in bringing their products or services to market earlier than ours, or if their products or services are more technologically capable than ours, our revenues could be adversely affected.

Mergers of, or other strategic transactions by, our competitors could weaken our competitive position or reduce our revenue.

If one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. In order to take advantage of customer demand for cloud-based software applications, vendors of legacy systems are expanding their cloud-based enterprise workplace management applications through acquisitions and organic development. A potential result of such expansion is that certain of our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources and the ability to further invest in product improvements and initiate or withstand substantial price competition. Our competitors also may establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future value-added resellers, third-party consulting firms or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to promote our applications. Disruptions in our business caused by these events could reduce our revenue.

Our growth and long-term success depends in part on our ability to expand our international sales and operations.

A core component of our growth strategy is international expansion. In fiscal 2013 and the first six months of 2014, we generated approximately 24% and 19%, respectively, of our revenue from sales outside the United States. We currently maintain international offices and have sales, marketing, support or research and development personnel in Canada and the United Kingdom. As we continue to expand our international footprint, we will be increasingly susceptible to the risks associated with international operations. We have a limited operating history outside of the United States and Canada and our ability to manage our international operations successfully requires significant resources and management attention and is subject to particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems and economic, political and regulatory systems. In addition, we expect to incur significant costs associated with expanding our international operations, including hiring personnel internationally. The risks and challenges associated with doing business internationally and our international expansion include:

 

    uncertain political and economic climates;

 

    lack of familiarity and burdens of complying with foreign laws, accounting and legal standards, regulatory requirements, tariffs and other barriers;

 

    unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

 

-20-


Table of Contents
    lack of experience in connection with the localization of our applications, including translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices, and associated expenses and regulatory requirements;

 

    difficulties in adapting to differing technology standards;

 

    longer sales cycles and accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

    difficulties in managing and staffing international operations, including differing legal and cultural expectations for employee relationships and increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with international operations;

 

    fluctuations in exchange rates that may increase the volatility of our foreign-based revenue and expenses;

 

    potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value-added tax, goods and services tax and other transactional taxes;

 

    reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

    difficulties in managing and adapting to differing cultures and customs;

 

    data privacy laws which require that customer data be stored and processed in a designated territory subject to laws different than the United States;

 

    new and different sources of competition as well as laws and business practices favoring local competitors and local employees;

 

    compliance with anti-bribery laws, including compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

    increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; and

 

    restrictions on the repatriation of earnings.

Further, our international expansion efforts may be hindered by lower levels of cloud adoption and increased price sensitivity for our applications or other cloud-based offerings in international markets. As a result of these and other factors, international expansion may be more difficult, take longer and not generate the results we anticipate, which could negatively impact our growth and business.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of foreign currencies could result in losses on currency transactions.

Our customers are generally invoiced in the currency of the country in which they are located. In addition, we incur a portion of our operating expenses in foreign currencies, including Canadian dollars, British pounds and Euros, and in the future, as we expand into other foreign countries, we expect to incur operating expenses in other foreign currencies. In addition, our customers are generally invoiced in the currency of the country in which they are located. We are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as the financial results of our international operations are translated from the local functional currency into U.S. dollars upon consolidation. A decline in the U.S. dollar relative to foreign functional currencies would increase our non-U.S. revenue and improve our operating results. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to foreign functional currencies, our revenue and operating results would be adversely affected. We have not previously engaged in foreign currency hedging. If we decide to hedge our foreign currency exchange rate exposure, we may not be able to hedge effectively due to lack of experience, unreasonable costs or illiquid markets.

Our sales cycles can be lengthy and variable, which may cause changes in our operating results.

Our sales cycle can vary substantially from customer to customer. A number of factors influence the length and variability of our sales cycles, including, for example:

 

    the need to educate potential customers about the uses and benefits of our applications;

 

-21-


Table of Contents
    the duration of the commitment customers make in their agreements with us, which are typically one to three years;

 

    the discretionary nature of potential customers’ purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;

 

    the competitive nature of potential customers’ evaluation and purchasing processes;

 

    the functionality demands of potential customers;

 

    fluctuations in the enterprise work management needs of potential customers;

 

    the announcement or planned introduction of new products by us or our competitors; and

 

    the purchasing approval processes of potential customers.

Our sales cycles can make it difficult to predict the quarter in which revenue from a new customer may first be recognized. We may incur significant sales and marketing expenses and invest significant time and effort in anticipation of a sale that may never occur or only occur in a smaller amount or at a later date than anticipated. Delays inherent to our sales cycles could cause significant variability in our revenue and operating results for any particular period.

We have a limited history with our pricing models and, as a result, we may be forced to change the prices we charge for our applications or the pricing models upon which they are based.

We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices and pricing models for certain of our applications and certain geographic markets. As the markets for our applications mature, or as competitors introduce products or services that compete with ours, including bundling competing offerings with additional products or services, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing models as we have used historically. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices, which could adversely affect our financial performance. In addition, we may offer volume price discounts based on the number of seats purchased by a customer or the number of our applications purchased by a customer, which would effectively reduce the prices we charge for our applications. Also, we may be unable to renew existing customer agreements or enter into new customer agreements at the same prices or upon the same terms that we have historically, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position.

Any disruption of service at the data centers that house our equipment and deliver our applications could harm our business.

While we procure and operate all infrastructure equipment delivering our applications, third parties operate the data centers that we use. While we control and have access to our servers and all of the other components of our network that are located in our external data centers, we do not control the operation of these data centers and we are therefore vulnerable to disruptions, power outages or other issues the data centers experience. We have experienced and expect that we will in the future experience interruptions, delays and outages in service and availability from time to time.

The owners of our data centers have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data centers, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.

Our data centers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, malicious acts, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornados, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events. For example, certain of our data centers are located in an area known for seismic activity, increasing our susceptibility to the risk that an earthquake could significantly harm the operations of this facility. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, vandalism or other misconduct, a decision to close the data centers without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in availability of our applications.

 

-22-


Table of Contents

Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our applications could harm our reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. Interruptions in availability of our applications might reduce our revenue, cause us to issue credits to customers, subject us to potential liability, and cause customers to terminate their subscriptions or decide not to renew their subscriptions with us.

If we fail to adequately manage our data center infrastructure capacity, our existing customers may experience service outages and our new customers may experience delays in the deployment of our applications.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of seats and volume of data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our operations infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our customers. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new customer deployments and the expansion of existing customer deployments. However, obtaining new data center infrastructure requires lead time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements with sufficient lead time, our customers could experience service impairment that may subject us to financial penalties and liabilities and cause us to lose customers. If our data center infrastructure capacity fails to keep pace with increased subscriptions, customers may experience delays or reductions in the quality of our service as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could harm our reputation and harm our business.

Security breaches may harm our business.

Our applications involve the storage and transmission of our customers’ proprietary and confidential information, including personal or identifying information regarding their employees and customers. Any security breaches, unauthorized access, unauthorized usage, virus or similar breach or disruption could result in loss of confidential information, damage to our reputation, early termination of our contracts, litigation, regulatory investigations, indemnity obligations or other liabilities. If our security measures or those of our third-party data centers are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to customer data, our reputation will be damaged, our business may suffer and we could incur significant liability. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any or all of these issues could negatively affect our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to elect not to renew or upgrade their subscriptions, result in reputational damage or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could adversely affect our operating results.

Our success depends on our ability to adapt to technological change and continue to innovate.

The overall market for enterprise work management software is rapidly evolving and subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new applications. Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers will depend in large part on our ability to develop or acquire new applications and enhance and improve existing applications. To achieve market acceptance for our applications, we must effectively anticipate and offer applications that meet changing customer demands in a timely manner. Customers may require features and capabilities that our current applications do not have. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent our development, acquisition or implementation of new applications and enhancements.

If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire new enterprise work management capabilities and functionality, enhance our existing applications to anticipate and meet customer preferences, sell our applications into new markets or adapt to changing industry standards in enterprise work management, our revenue and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

-23-


Table of Contents

Adverse economic conditions may reduce our customers’ ability to spend money on information technology or enterprise work management software, or our customers may otherwise choose to reduce their spending on information technology or enterprise work management software, which may adversely impact our business.

Our business depends on the overall demand for information technology and enterprise work management software spend and on the economic health of our current and prospective customers. If worldwide economic conditions become unstable, our existing customers and prospective customers may re-evaluate their decision to purchase our applications. Weak global economic conditions or a reduction in information technology or enterprise work management software spending by our customers, could harm our business in a number of ways, including longer sales cycles and lower prices for our applications.

We rely on third-party software that is required for the development and deployment of our applications, which may be difficult to obtain or which could cause errors or failures of our applications.

We rely on software licensed from or hosted by third parties to offer our applications. In addition, we may need to obtain licenses from third parties to use intellectual property associated with the development of our applications, which might not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any software required for the development, maintenance and delivery of our applications could result in delays in the provision of our applications until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could harm our business. Any errors or defects in third-party software could result in errors or a failure of our applications, which could harm our business.

If our applications contain serious errors or defects we may lose revenue and market acceptance and we may incur costs to defend or settle product liability claims.

Complex software applications such as ours often contain errors or defects, particularly when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. Our current and future applications may contain serious defects.

Since our customers use our applications for critical business purposes, defects or other performance problems could negatively impact our customers and could result in:

 

    loss or delayed market acceptance and sales;

 

    breach of warranty or product liability claims;

 

    sales credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services;

 

    cancelled contracts and loss of customers;

 

    diversion of development and customer service resources; and

 

    injury to our reputation.

The costs incurred in correcting any material errors or defects might be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Although our customer agreements typically contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to certain of the claims above, existing or future laws or unfavorable judicial decisions could negate these limitations. Even if not successful, a product liability claim brought against us would likely be a distraction to management, time-consuming and costly to resolve, and could seriously damage our reputation in the marketplace, making it harder for us to sell our applications. Additionally, our errors and omissions insurance may be inadequate or may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all, and our policy may not cover all claims made against us and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention.

 

-24-


Table of Contents

If we fail to integrate our applications with other software applications and competitive or adjacent offerings that are developed by others, or fail to make our applications available on mobile and other handheld devices, our applications may become less marketable, less competitive or obsolete and our operating results could be harmed.

Our applications integrate with a variety of other software applications, and also with competing and adjacent third-party offerings, and we need to continuously modify and enhance our platform to adapt to changes in cloud-enabled hardware, software, networking, browser and database technologies. Any failure of our applications to integrate effectively with other software applications and product offerings could reduce the demand for our applications or result in customer dissatisfaction and harm to our business. If we are unable to respond to changes in the applications and tools with which our applications integrate in a cost-effective manner, our applications may become less marketable, less competitive or obsolete. Competitors may also impede our attempts to create integration between our applications and competitive offerings, which may decrease demand for our applications. In addition, an increasing number of individuals within organizations are utilizing devices other than personal computers, such as mobile phones, tablets and other handheld devices, to access the Internet and corporate resources and to conduct business. If we cannot effectively make our applications available on these devices, we may experience difficulty attracting and retaining customers.

If we fail to develop and maintain relationships with third parties, our business may be harmed.

Our business depends in part on the development and maintenance of technology integration, joint sales and reseller relationships. Maintaining relationships with third parties requires significant time and resources, as does integrating third-party content and technology. Further, third parties may not perform as expected under any relationships that we may enter into, and we may have disagreements or disputes with third parties that could negatively affect our brands and reputation. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results could suffer.

Our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our applications and subject us to possible litigation.

A portion of our applications incorporate open source software, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in the future. Few of the licenses applicable to open source software have been interpreted by courts, and their application to the open source software integrated into our proprietary software may be uncertain. Moreover, we cannot provide any assurance that we have not incorporated additional open source software in our applications in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the license or our current policies and procedures. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to certain requirements, including requirements that we offer our applications that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of applicable open source licenses. If an author or other third party that distributes such open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our applications that contained the open source software and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of some of our applications. In addition, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming infringement due to the reliance by our applications on certain open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our applications.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Certain of our operating results and financial metrics are difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into customer agreements. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new customers, and renew agreements with existing customers, in the fourth quarter of each calendar year as our customers tend to follow budgeting cycles at the end of the calendar year. Our cash flow from operations has historically been higher in the first quarter of each calendar year than in other quarters. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we defer revenue recognition. In addition, seasonality may be difficult to observe in our financial results during periods in which we acquire businesses as such results typically are most significantly impacted by such acquisitions. We expect this seasonality to continue, or possibly increase in the future, which may cause fluctuations in our operating results and financial metrics. If our quarterly operating results or outlook fall below the expectations of research analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in our industry. Companies providing software are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and to the extent we gain greater market visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims. We do not have a significant patent portfolio, which could prevent us from deterring patent infringement claims through our own patent portfolio, and our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have. The risk of patent litigation has been amplified by the increase in the number of a type of patent holder, which we refer to as a non-practicing entity, whose sole business is to assert such claims and against whom our own intellectual property portfolio may provide little deterrent value. We could incur substantial costs in prosecuting or defending any intellectual property litigation. If we sue to enforce our rights or are sued by a third-party that claims that our applications infringe its rights, the litigation could be expensive and could divert our management resources.

In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our customers against claims that our applications infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties. Our business could be adversely affected by any significant disputes between us and our customers as to the applicability or scope of our indemnification obligations to them. Any intellectual property litigation to which we might become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

 

    cease selling or using applications that incorporate the intellectual property that we allegedly infringe;

 

    make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

 

    obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

 

    redesign the allegedly infringing applications to avoid infringement, which could be costly, time-consuming or impossible.

If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our customers for such claims, such payments or actions could harm our business.

We could incur substantial costs in protecting our intellectual property from infringement, and any failure to protect our intellectual property could impair our business.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. We seek to protect the source code for our proprietary software and other proprietary technology and information under a combination

 

-26-


Table of Contents

of copyright, trade secrets and patent law, and we seek to protect our brands through trademark law. Our policy is to enter into confidentiality agreements, or agreements with confidentiality provisions, with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers and to control access to our software, documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized parties to copy our software or other proprietary technology or information, or to develop similar software independently.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our applications or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Policing unauthorized use of our applications is difficult, and we are unable to determine the extent to which piracy of our software exists or will occur in the future. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets, determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management, result in a diversion of resources or the narrowing or invalidation of portions of our intellectual property and have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights or alleging that we infringe the counterclaimant’s own intellectual property. These steps may be inadequate to protect our intellectual property. Third parties may challenge the validity or ownership of our intellectual property, and these challenges could cause us to lose our rights, in whole or in part, to such intellectual property or narrow its scope such that it no longer provides meaningful protection. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our applications may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Further, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying, transfer and use of our applications and proprietary technology or information may increase.

There can be no assurance that our means of protecting our proprietary rights will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop similar technology. If we fail to meaningfully protect our intellectual property, our business, brands, operating results and financial condition could be materially harmed.

Unanticipated changes in our effective tax rate or challenges by tax authorities could harm our future results.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various non-U.S. jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the allocation of our pre-tax earnings and losses among countries with differing statutory tax rates, in certain non-deductible expenses as a result of acquisitions, in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or in federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax laws and accounting principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents. In particular, the United States is currently considering various changes to the U.S. taxation of international business activities, which, if enacted, could impact the U.S. taxation of our non-U.S. earnings as well as our cash maintained outside the United States. Increases in our effective tax rate would adversely affect our operating results.

In addition, we may be subject to income tax audits by various tax jurisdictions throughout the world, many of which have not established clear guidance on the tax treatment of cloud-based companies. The application of tax laws in such jurisdictions may be subject to diverging and sometimes conflicting interpretations by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. Although we believe our income tax liabilities are reasonably estimated and accounted for in accordance with applicable laws and principles, an adverse resolution of one or more uncertain tax positions in any period could have a material impact on the results of operations for that period.

 

-27-


Table of Contents

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect additional sales and use taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We have not historically filed sales and use tax returns or collected sales and use taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based on our belief that such taxes are not applicable. Taxing authorities may seek to impose such taxes on us, including for past sales, which could result in penalties and interest. Any such tax assessments may adversely affect the results of our operations.

Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.

We conduct integrated operations internationally through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements between our subsidiaries and between our subsidiaries and us. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms’ length and that contemporaneous documentation is maintained to support the transfer prices. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax authorities. If tax authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms’ length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result in a higher tax liability to us. Such reallocations may subject us to interest and penalties that would increase our consolidated tax liability and could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 31, 2013, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $45.0 million and research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million, which begin expiring in 2018. Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income and taxes may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” occurs if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5% shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules apply under state tax laws. Based on analysis of acquired net operating losses, utilization of our net operating losses will be subject to annual limitations. The annual limitation will result in the expiration of $16.2 million of net operating losses and $0.8 million of credit carryforwards before utilization. In the event that it is determined that we have in the past experienced additional ownership changes, or if we experience one or more ownership changes as a result of this offering or future transactions in our stock, then we may be further limited in our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax assets to reduce taxes owed on the net taxable income that we earn. Any such limitations on the ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and other tax assets could adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Changes in laws or regulations related to the Internet may diminish the demand for our applications and any failure of the Internet infrastructure could have a negative impact on our business.

We deliver our cloud-based applications through the Internet. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting data privacy and the use of the Internet. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet or on commerce conducted via the Internet. Increased enforcement of existing laws and regulations, as well as any laws, regulations or changes that may be adopted or implemented in the future, could limit the growth of the use of cloud-based applications or communications generally, result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of cloud-based applications such as ours and reduce the demand for our applications.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

The success of our enterprise work management software applications depends on the development and maintenance of the Internet infrastructure. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity and security, as well as the timely development of complementary products for providing reliable Internet access and services. The Internet has experienced, and is likely to continue to experience, significant growth in the amount of traffic and may be unable to support such demands. In addition, problems caused by viruses, worms, malware and similar programs may harm the performance of the Internet. Any outages and delays in the Internet could reduce the level of usage of our services, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Privacy concerns and laws or other domestic or foreign regulations may reduce the effectiveness of our applications and adversely affect our business.

Our customers can use our applications to collect, use and store personal or identifying information regarding their customers and employees. Federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted, are considering adopting or may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal information obtained from individuals. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of our applications and reduce overall demand, or lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance with such privacy laws. For example, the European Union and many countries in Europe have stringent privacy laws and regulations that may impact our ability to profitably operate in certain European countries. Furthermore, privacy concerns may cause our customers to resist providing the personal data necessary to allow them to use our applications effectively. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our applications in certain industries. All of these domestic and international legislative and regulatory initiatives may adversely affect our customers’ ability to process, handle, store, use and transmit demographic and personal information from their customers and employees, which could reduce demand for our applications.

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. If the processing of personal information were to be curtailed in this manner, our applications would be less effective, which may reduce demand for our applications and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

Our applications are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. Exports of our applications must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including: the possible loss of export or import privileges; fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers; and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. In addition, changes in our applications or changes in applicable export or import regulations may create delays in the introduction and sale of our applications in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our applications or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our applications to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could also result in decreased use of our applications, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our applications to

 

-29-


Table of Contents

existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our applications or limitation on our ability to export or sell our applications would likely adversely affect our business.

Furthermore, we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our applications. Various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting and licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our applications or could limit our customers’ ability to implement our applications in those countries. Encrypted applications and the underlying technology may also be subject to export control restrictions. Governmental regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports of encryption products, or our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our applications, when applicable, could harm our international sales and adversely affect our revenue. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our applications, including with respect to new releases of our applications, may create delays in the introduction of our applications in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our applications throughout their globally-distributed systems or, in some cases, prevent the export of our applications to some countries altogether.

Moreover, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions programs prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to countries, governments and persons that are subject to U.S. economic embargoes and trade sanctions. Even though we take precautions to prevent our applications from being shipped or provided to U.S. sanctions targets, our applications and services could be shipped to those targets or provided by third parties despite such precautions. Any such shipment could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of our second annual report or the first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. If we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal controls over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. We may need additional finance and accounting personnel with certain skill sets to assist us with the reporting requirements we will encounter as a public company and to support our anticipated growth. In addition, implementing internal controls may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing processes and take significant time to complete.

In the future, if we identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to express an opinion due to the provisions of the JOBS Act or is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

-30-


Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could harm our operating results.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with current corporate governance requirements, including requirements under Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the exchange on which we list our common stock. We expect these rules and regulations to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We are unable to currently estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. We also expect that, as a public company, it will be more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage or to accept reduced policy limits and coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to: not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and exemptions from the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to obtain stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering; the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1 billion or more; the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. To the extent we take advantage of any of these reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus or in future filings, the information that we provide our security holders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, however, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above our initial public offering price.

Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an

 

-31-


Table of Contents

attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriters. This initial public offering price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after the offering. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at the time that they would like to sell. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations after this offering, and it may decline below the initial public offering price. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:

 

    actual or anticipated changes in the estimates of our operating results that we provide to the public, our failure to meet these projections or changes in recommendations by securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall equity markets from time to time;

 

    significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of comparable companies;

 

    changes in the market perception of enterprise work management software generally or in the effectiveness of our applications in particular;

 

    disruptions in our services due to computer hardware, software or network problems;

 

    announcements of technological innovations, new products, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

    announcements of new customer agreements or upgrades and customer downgrades or cancellations or delays in customer purchases;

 

    litigation involving us;

 

    investors’ general perception of us;

 

    recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    the expiration of market standoff or contractual lock-up agreements;

 

    sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

    fluctuations in the trading volume of our shares or the size of our public float; and

 

    general economic, legal, industry and market conditions and trends unrelated to our performance.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could result in substantial costs, divert management’s attention and resources from our business and adversely affect our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish, or cease publishing, research or reports about us, our business or our market, if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, or if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have,

 

-32-


Table of Contents

and may never obtain, research coverage by financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluation of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. Furthermore, if our operating results fail to meet analysts’ expectations our stock price would likely decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders following this offering could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described in the section titled “Underwriting.” These sales, or the market perception that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After the closing of this offering, we will have                      shares of common stock outstanding based on 63,975,891 shares of common stock outstanding at June 30, 2014 (assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 41,683,765 shares of common stock), assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. This includes the             shares that we are selling in this offering, which, except to the extent sold to our directors, executive officers or affiliates, may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining             shares, or         % of our outstanding shares after this offering, are currently, and, together with any shares sold in this offering to our directors, executive officers or affiliates, will be following the closing of this offering, restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold, subject to any applicable volume limitations under federal securities laws with respect to affiliate sales, in the near future.

In addition, as of June 30, 2014, there were an additional 1,498,616 shares reserved for future issuance pursuant to outstanding stock awards issued under our stock-based compensation plans that will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by any applicable vesting requirements, lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of             shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2014, or certain of their transferees, and the holders of 466,667 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our stock-based compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions imposed on our affiliates under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Additionally, William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may without our consent, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements to be entered into in connection with this offering, which would result in more shares being available for sale in the public market at earlier dates. Sales of common stock by existing stockholders in the public market, the availability of these shares for sale, our issuance of securities or the perception that any of these events might occur could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, the sale of these securities could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock.

Purchasers in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment as a result of this offering.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $         per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our

 

-33-


Table of Contents

pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Moreover, we issued warrants and options in the past that allow their holders to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share. As of June 30, 2014, there were 15,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.29 per share and there were 466,667 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.00 per share. In addition, as of June 30, 2014, there were 3,588,750 shares subject to outstanding options with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.57 per share. To the extent that these outstanding warrants or options are ultimately exercised, you will experience further dilution.

Our existing directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

After this offering and based on share ownership as of September 3, 2014, including shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants exercisable within 60 days of September 3, 2014, our directors, executive officers, principal stockholders and their affiliates will beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate, approximately         % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, could have significant influence over the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election or removal of directors, any amendments to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and over the management and affairs of our company. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and might affect the market price of our common stock.

Because we do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, investors in this offering may never receive a return on their investment.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we plan to retain any earnings to maintain and expand our existing operations. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is currently limited by the terms of our existing loan and security agreements, which prohibits our payment of dividends on our capital stock without prior consent, and any future credit facility may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid on our common stock. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any return on their investment.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive from this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply our net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to finance our growth by investing in or acquiring complementary companies, products or technologies, expanding our sales force, growing sales of our applications and improving and enhancing our applications. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our board of directors or management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated prior to the closing of this offering, will contain provisions that may depress the market price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove members of our board of directors or our management. These provisions include the following:

 

    our certificate of incorporation provides for a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

    directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause;

 

    our board of directors has the right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

    special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors or holders of not less than the majority of our issued and outstanding capital stock limiting the ability of minority stockholders to take certain actions without an annual meeting of stockholders;

 

    our stockholders may not act by written consent unless the action to be effected and the taking of such action by written consent are approved in advance by our board of directors and, as a result, a holder, or holders, controlling a majority of our capital stock would generally not be able to take certain actions without holding a stockholders’ meeting;

 

    our certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting in the election of directors. This limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

    stockholders must provide timely notice to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders and, as a result, these provisions may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us; and

 

    our board of directors may issue, without stockholder approval, shares of undesignated preferred stock, making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from engaging in certain business combinations with us. For a description of our capital stock, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated prior to the closing of this offering, or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. In some cases you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “will,” “would” or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

    our financial performance and our ability to achieve or sustain profitability or predict future results;

 

    our ability to attract and retain customers;

 

    our ability to deliver high-quality customer service;

 

    the growth of demand for enterprise work management applications;

 

    our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

    our ability to consummate and integrate acquisitions;

 

    maintaining our senior management team and key personnel;

 

    our ability to maintain and expand our direct sales organization;

 

    our ability to obtain financing in the future on acceptable terms or at all;

 

    our ability to adapt to changing market conditions and competition;

 

    our ability to successfully enter new markets and manage our international expansion;

 

    the operation and reliability of our third-party data centers;

 

    our ability to adapt to technological change and continue to innovate;

 

    economic and financial conditions;

 

    our ability to integrate our applications with other software applications;

 

    maintaining and expanding our relationships with third parties;

 

    costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

    our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

 

    our ability to comply with privacy laws and regulations; and

 

    other factors discussed in this prospectus in the sections titled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly-changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the

 

-36-


Table of Contents

future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, except as required by law, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

 

-37-


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including independent data, research opinions and viewpoints published by IDC and McKinsey, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our solutions. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be approximately $         million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use approximately $                     million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay outstanding and accrued interest under our loan and security agreements with Comerica Bank. As of June 30, 2014, we had $3.6 million outstanding as revolving loans and $18.9 million as term loans under our loan and security agreements. The revolving loans and term loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to Comerica Bank’s prime rate plus 1.75%. All outstanding revolving loan amounts must be repaid on April 11, 2015. All outstanding principal and interest under the term loan must be repaid on April 11, 2018.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, improve our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. Although we do not have current specific plans for the net proceeds of this offering, we generally intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to finance our growth by investing in or acquiring complementary companies, products or technologies, expanding our sales force, growing sales of our applications and improving and enhancing our applications. We do not have agreements or commitments for any investments or acquisitions at this time. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds.

Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper or obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our operating results, capital requirements and overall financial condition and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreements limit our ability to pay dividends.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2014, as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 41,683,765 shares of common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering and (ii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect the sale by us of             shares of common stock in this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is for illustrative purposes only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

You should read the information in this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2014  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,059       $ 3,059       $            
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt (including current portion)

   $ 27,384       $ 27,384      

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock:

        

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 18,240,300 shares authorized, 17,206,508 shares issued and outstanding, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     17,138         —        

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,782,500 shares authorized, 10,380,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     10,369         —        

Series B-1 convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 6,000,000 shares authorized, 1,450,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     1,276         —        

Series B-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 949,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     949         —        

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 11,700,000 shares authorized, 11,698,257 shares issued and outstanding, actual, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     21,784         —        

Stockholders’ Deficit:

        

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma,                      shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —           —        

 

-40-


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted
 
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value;                      shares authorized, 22,292,126 shares issued and outstanding, actual, 63,975,891 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, and             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     2        6     

Additional paid-in capital

     9,275        60,787     

Accumulated deficit

     (30,107     (30,107  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (697     (697  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (21,527     29,989     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 57,373      $ 57,373      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above excludes the following shares:

 

    3,588,750 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.57 per share;

 

    15,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.29 per share;

 

    466,667 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.00 per share; and

 

            additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, plus             shares of common stock originally reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, which will become available for grants under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the closing of this offering.

As of June 30, 2014, we had a net tangible book value of $(35.8) million, or $(0.56) per share. Net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014

   $ (0.56  

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributed to new investors purchasing shares from us in this offering

   $              

As adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     $     
    

 

 

 

Dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

     $     
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $         per share.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2014 and after giving effect to this offering and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by our existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing stockholders

                                   $     

New investors

       
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

Total

        100.0        100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

The foregoing discussion and tables are based on 63,975,891 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, and excludes:

 

    3,588,750 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.57 per share;

 

    15,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.29 per share;

 

    466,667 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.00 per share; and

 

            additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, plus             shares of common stock originally reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, which will become available for grants under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our selected consolidated financial data. We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results. The following consolidated financial data set forth below should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Revenue:

       

Subscription and support

  $ 18,281      $ 30,887      $ 14,182      $ 23,542   

Perpetual license

    641        2,003        488        1,097   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    18,922        32,890        14,670        24,639   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    3,841        8,303        3,997        7,185   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    22,763        41,193        18,667        31,824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

       

Subscription and support (1)(2)

    4,189        7,787        3,271        6,604   

Professional services (1)

    3,121        5,680        2,855        4,737   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    7,310        13,467        6,126        11,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    15,453        27,726        12,541        20,483   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Sales and marketing (1)

    6,331        10,625        4,403        7,151   

Research and development (1)

    5,308        10,340        4,406        18,393   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (728     (583     (296     (274

General and administrative (1)

    4,574        6,832        2,920        5,676   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,812        3,670        2,247        2,121   

Acquisition-related expenses

    1,933        1,461        528        521   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    19,230        32,345        14,208        33,588   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (3,777     (4,619     (1,667     (13,105

Other expense:

       

Interest expense, net

    (528     (2,797     (547     (834

Other expense, net

    (65     (431     73        (368
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    (593     (3,228     (474     (1,202
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (4,370     (7,847     (2,141     (14,307

Provision for income taxes

    72        (708     (133     (690
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (4,298     (8,555     (2,274     (14,997

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    1,791        (642     (316     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    (44     (98     (22     (875
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (2,551   $ (9,295   $ (2,612   $ (15,872
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share (3) :

       

Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.95   $ (1.18   $ (0.35   $ (0.81

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ 0.39      $ (0.09   $ (0.05   $ —     

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.56   $ (1.27   $ (0.40   $ (0.81

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    4,582,871        7,298,434        6,476,530        19,669,677   

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited), basic and diluted

    $ (0.25     $ (0.24

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited), basic and diluted

      36,585,701          61,353,442   
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

-44-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation.

 

(2) Includes depreciation and amortization of $660,000 and $1,640,000 in fiscal 2012 and 2013, respectively. Includes depreciation and amortization of $717,000 and $1,484,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

(3) See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion and reconciliation of historical and pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders and weighted- average shares outstanding for historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations.

 

     As of June 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)      Pro forma As
Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,059      $ 3,059       $                

Property and equipment, net

     3,365        3,365      

Intangible assets, net

     32,210        32,210      

Goodwill

     33,580        33,580      

Total assets

     94,326        94,326      

Deferred revenue

     20,060        20,060      

Total liabilities

     64,337        64,337      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     51,516        —        

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (21,527     29,989      

 

(1) The pro forma column gives effect to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 41,683,765 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

(2) The pro forma as adjusted column gives further effect to the sale by us of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the amount of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
             2012                      2013                     2013                      2014          
     (in thousands, except %)  

Key Metrics:

          

Annualized recurring revenue value at year-end (1)

   $ 27,093       $ 49,061        N/A         N/A   

Annual net dollar retention rate (2)

     n/a         90     N/A         N/A   

Adjusted EBITDA (fiscal year ended December 31 and six months ended June 30) (3)

   $ 720       $ 2,650      $ 2,101       $ 2,608   

 

(1) Annualized recurring revenue value as of December 31 equals the monthly value of our recurring revenue contracts measured as of December 31 multiplied by 12. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics” for additional discussion of this key metric.

 

-45-


Table of Contents
(2) We define annual net dollar retention rate as of December 31 as the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value at December 31 from those customers that were also customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year, divided by the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value from all customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Metrics” for additional discussion of this key metric.

 

(3) We monitor our Adjusted EBITDA to help us evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of our operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus discontinued operations, depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense, net, other income (expense), net, provision for income taxes, stock-based compensation expense, and acquisition-related expenses.

The following table provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997

Discontinued operations

     (1,791     642        316       
—  
  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     2,472        5,310        2,964        3,605   

Interest expense, net

     528        2,797        547        834   

Other (income) expense, net

     65        431        (73     368   

Provision for income taxes

     (72     708        133        690   

Stock-based compensation expense

     92        498        276        367   

Acquisition-related expenses

     1,933        1,461        528        521   

Stock-based compensation—related party vendor .

     —          —          —          11,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 720      $ 2,650      $ 2,101      $ 2,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to management, investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results for the following reasons:

 

    Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures and the method by which assets were acquired;

 

    our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with GAAP financial measures for planning purposes, in the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of our operating performance, to assess the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance because Adjusted EBITDA eliminates the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA provides more consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of our operations and also facilitates comparisons with other companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and

 

    we anticipate that, after consummating this offering, our investor and analyst presentations will include Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental measure of our overall operating performance.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. The use of Adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool has limitations such as:

 

    depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, and the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for such replacements; however, much of the depreciation and amortization currently reflected relates to amortization of acquired intangible assets as a result of business combination purchase accounting adjustments, which will not need to be replaced in the future;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA may not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation;

 

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that could reduce cash available for use; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA together with other financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net loss and our other GAAP results.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements, the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains information with respect to our plans and strategy as well as forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. Throughout this management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations we may from time to time refer to fiscal years and the reference relates to the fiscal year-end; for example, fiscal 2013 would represent the fiscal year that ended on December 31, 2013. All references herein to the first, second, third and fourth fiscal quarters refer to the three months ended March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, respectively.

Upland is a leading provider of cloud-based enterprise work management software. We define enterprise work management software as software applications that enable organizations to plan, manage and execute projects and work. Our software applications help organizations better optimize the allocation and utilization of their people, time and money. We provide a family of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications for the information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence functions within organizations. Our software applications address a broad range of enterprise work management needs, from strategic planning to task execution.

We provide organizations and their knowledge workers with software applications that better align resources with business objectives and increase visibility, governance, collaboration and responsiveness to changes in the business environment. This results in increased work capacity, higher productivity and better execution. Our applications are easy-to-use, highly scalable and offer real-time collaboration for knowledge workers distributed on a local or global scale. Our applications address enterprise work management challenges in the following categories:

 

    Program and Portfolio Management;

 

    Project Management and Collaboration;

 

    Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management;

 

    Project Workforce Management; and

 

    Financial Management.

We were founded in 2010 to deliver cloud-based enterprise work management applications to organizations of all sizes. Acquisitions are a primary component of our growth strategy, and we have a proven ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate complementary businesses to grow our company. We have a dedicated and experienced corporate development team that continually monitors hundreds of companies in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential acquisition candidates, many of which are smaller scale or address only limited enterprise work management challenges, which often operate outside the scope of some of our larger competitors. We believe that our acquisition experience and strategy gives us a competitive advantage in identifying additional opportunities to expand our family of cloud-based applications to better serve our customers. This strategy also has enabled us to develop a family of applications that addresses a broad range of enterprise work management needs. In addition, we believe our ongoing investment in new applications and the enhancement of our existing applications will allow us to expand our customer base and generate additional revenue from existing customers.

We have achieved significant growth since our inception, substantially all of which has been as a result of our acquisition strategy. For the first six months of 2013 compared to the first six months of 2014, our

 

-48-


Table of Contents

subscription and support revenue grew from $14.2 million to $23.5 million, representing a 66% period-over-period growth rate, and our total revenue grew from $18.7 million to $31.8 million, representing an 70% period-over-period growth rate. For the first six months of 2014 and 2013, we recorded Adjusted EBITDA of $2.6 million and $2.1 million, respectively. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for additional discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure. From fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013, our subscription and support revenue grew from $18.3 million to $30.9 million, representing a 69% year-over-year growth rate, and our total revenue grew from $22.8 million to $41.2 million, representing an 81% year-over-year growth rate. We recorded Adjusted EBITDA of $0.7 million and $2.7 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013, respectively. For the first six months of 2014 and 2013 and fiscal 2013 and 2012 we recorded net losses of $15.0 million, $2.6 million, $9.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively. We expect to have significant operating expenses in the future to support and grow our business, including expanding the range of integrations between our software and third-party applications and platforms, expanding our direct and indirect sales capabilities, pursuing acquisitions of complementary businesses, investing in our data center infrastructure, research and development and increasing our global presence. Furthermore, we will incur significant expenses as a public company and may encounter unforeseen expenses, complications and other difficulties in growing our business. As a result, we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

Our operating results in a given period can fluctuate based on the mix of subscription and support, perpetual license and professional services revenue. For the first six months of 2014 and in fiscal 2013, our subscription and support revenue accounted for 74% and 76% of our total revenue, respectively. Our customer agreements for program and portfolio management, project management and collaboration, and project workforce management typically are sold on a per-seat basis with terms varying from one to three years, paid in advance. Our customer agreements for workflow automation and enterprise content management and financial management historically have been sold on a volume basis with a one-year term, paid in advance. We generally seek to enter into multi-year contracts with our customers when possible. In each case, our customer agreements provide us with revenue visibility over a number of quarters. We typically negotiate the total number of seats or total minimum contracted volume a customer is entitled to use as part of its subscription, but these seats or minimum contracted volume may not be fully utilized over the term of the agreement. In addition, where customers exceed the minimum contracted volume, additional overage fees are billed in arrears.

Historically, we have sold certain of our applications under perpetual licenses, which also are paid in advance. For the first six months of 2014 and in fiscal 2013, our perpetual license revenue accounted for 3% and 3% of our total revenue, respectively. We expect perpetual license revenue to decrease as a percentage of revenue in the future. The support agreements related to our perpetual licenses are one-year in duration and entitle the customer to support and unspecified upgrades. The revenue related to such support agreements is included as part of our subscription and support revenue.

Professional services revenue consists of fees related to implementation, data extraction, integration and configuration and training on our applications. For the first six months of 2014 and in fiscal 2013, our professional services revenue accounted for 23% and 21%, respectively, of our total revenue. We expect the proportional revenue contribution of product and professional services revenue to remain relatively constant in future periods.

We sell our software applications primarily through a direct sales organization comprised of inside sales and field sales personnel. In addition to our direct sales organization, we have an indirect sales organization, which sells to distributors and value-added resellers. We employ a land-and-expand go-to-market strategy. After we demonstrate the value of an initial application to an organization, our sales and account management teams work to expand the adoption of that initial application across the organization, as well as cross-sell additional applications to address other enterprise work management needs of the organization. Our customer success organization supports our direct sales efforts and our professional services organization by managing the post-sale customer lifecycle.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

To support continued growth, we intend to pursue acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses to enhance the features and functionalities of our applications, expand our customer base and provide access to new markets and increased benefits of scale. We will prioritize acquisitions within the enterprise functions we currently serve, including information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence, as well as pursue acquisitions that serve other enterprise functions. Consistent with our growth strategy, we have made six acquisitions since the beginning of 2012.

2012 Acquisitions

PowerSteering. In February 2012, we acquired the business of PowerSteering Software, Inc., or PowerSteering, a provider of cloud-based program and portfolio management software, for $13.0 million. The acquisition of PowerSteering enabled our customers to gain high-level visibility across their organizations and improve top-down governance in management of programs, initiatives, investments and projects.

Tenrox. In February 2012, we acquired the business of Tenrox Inc., or Tenrox, a provider of cloud-based project workforce management software, for $15.3 million. The acquisition of Tenrox provided us with additional access to the professional services market and provided our customers with the ability to more effectively manage their knowledge workers to better track work, expenses and client billing while improving scheduling, utilization and alignment of human capital. In addition, following the Tenrox acquisition, we began selling Timesheet.com, a Tenrox product for project workforce management, as a separate application.

EPM Live. In November 2012, we acquired the business of LMR Solutions, LLC, dba EPM Live, or EPM Live, a provider of cloud-based and perpetual license-based project management and collaboration software, with a combination of cash, seller notes and equity, for total consideration of $7.7 million. The acquisition of EPM Live added a software application focused on improving collaboration and the execution of both projects and unstructured work.

2013 Acquisitions

FileBound. In May 2013, we acquired the businesses of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group, Inc., together FileBound, a provider of cloud-based and perpetual license-based workflow automation and enterprise content management software, with a combination of cash, seller notes and equity, for total consideration of $14.7 million. The acquisition of FileBound provided our customers the ability to automate document-based workflows and control access and distribution of their content to boost productivity, encourage collaboration and improve compliance.

ComSci. In November 2013, we acquired the business of ComSci LLC, or ComSci, a provider of cloud-based financial management software, with a combination of cash and equity, for total consideration of $7.6 million, with additional contingent consideration payable if certain performance targets are achieved. The acquisition of ComSci enabled our customers to have visibility into the cost, quality and value of internal services delivered within their organizations.

Clickability . In December 2013, we acquired the business of Clickability, Inc., or Clickability, a cloud-based platform for web content management, for $12.3 million. The acquisition of Clickability provided an enterprise content management software application that is used by enterprise marketers and media companies to create, maintain and deliver websites that shape visitor experiences and empower non-technical staff to create, management, publish, analyze and refine content and social media assets without information technology intervention. For accounting purposes, the acquisition of Clickability was recorded as of December 31, 2013 and, accordingly, the operations of Clickability had no impact on our statement of operations.

Our acquisitions may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, including a potential material adverse impact on our cost of revenue in the short term, as we seek to integrate our acquired businesses

 

-50-


Table of Contents

over the following six to 12 months in order to achieve additional operating efficiencies. In addition, as we grow our business, we continue to face many challenges and risks. We might encounter difficulties identifying, acquiring and integrating complementary products, technologies and businesses. Over time, as competition increases we may experience pricing pressure. We also may experience seat downgrades or a reduction in minimum contracted volume that could negatively impact our business. Seat downgrades or reductions in minimum contracted volume could occur for several reasons, including dissatisfaction with our prices or features relative to competitive offerings, reductions in our customers’ spending levels, unused seats or minimum contracted volume or limited adoption by our customers of our applications. Our strategic initiatives will require expenditure of capital and the attention of management, and we may not succeed in executing on our growth plan.

Additionally, while cloud computing and SaaS have begun to transform enterprise work management for many organizations, other organizations, particularly those with legacy on-premise systems, have been slower to adopt cloud-based enterprise work management software applications such as ours. Until such organizations are ready to transition to cloud-based systems, we may face challenges in convincing such organizations to adopt our cloud-based enterprise work management applications or be required to make on-premise systems available instead of our cloud-based systems.

Key Metrics

In addition to the GAAP financial measures described below in “—Components of Operating Results,” we regularly review the following key metrics to evaluate and identify trends in our business, measure our performance, prepare financial projections and make strategic decisions:

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
     2012      2013     2013      2014  
     (in thousands, except %)  

Annualized recurring revenue value

   $ 27,093       $ 49,061        n/a         n/a   

Annual net dollar retention rate

     n/a         90     n/a         n/a   

Adjusted EBITDA (fiscal year ended December 31 and six months ended June 30)

   $ 720       $ 2,650      $ 2,101       $ 2,608   

Annualized recurring revenue value . Annualized recurring revenue value as of December 31 equals the monthly value of our recurring revenue contracts, determined from our internal customer tracking systems and measured as of December 31, multiplied by 12. For example, the monthly value of our recurring revenue contracts on December 31, 2013 was $4.1 million. As such, our annualized recurring revenue value for fiscal 2013 was $49.1 million. Because our growth strategy involves acquisitions, the timing of which may vary, we believe the presentation of this metric annually at year-end provides the most useful indicator of the growth trend of our business.

Annual net dollar retention rate . We define annual net dollar retention rate as of December 31 as the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value at December 31 from those customers that were also customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year, divided by the aggregate annualized recurring revenue value from all customers as of December 31 of the prior fiscal year. We believe that our ability to retain our customers and expand their recurring revenue growth over time will be an indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value of our customer relationships. We track the annual net dollar retention rate for contracts corresponding to applications that have been part of the Upland family for five quarters or more. Therefore, we do not report an annual net dollar retention rate for fiscal 2012. Our annual net dollar retention rate for fiscal 2013 was 90% and includes contracts corresponding to our program and portfolio management and project workforce management applications, which have been part of the Upland family for five quarters or more.

Adjusted EBITDA. We monitor our Adjusted EBITDA to help us evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of our operations. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net

 

-51-


Table of Contents

loss, calculated in accordance with GAAP, plus discontinued operations, depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense, net, other income (expense), net, provision for income taxes, stock-based compensation expense, and acquisition-related expenses. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for additional discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

Subscription and support revenue . We derive our subscription revenue from fees paid to us by our customers for use of our cloud-based applications. We recognize the revenue associated with subscription agreements ratably over the term of the agreement, provided all criteria required for revenue recognition have been met. Our subscription agreements are typically one to three years.

Our support revenue consists of maintenance fees associated with our perpetual licenses and hosting fees paid to us by our customers. Typically, when purchasing a perpetual license, a customer also purchases maintenance for which we charge a fee, priced as a percentage of the perpetual license fee. Maintenance agreements include the right to support and unspecified upgrades. We recognize the revenue associated with maintenance ratably over the term of the contract. In limited instances, at the customer’s option, we may host the software purchased by a customer under a perpetual license on systems at our third-party data centers. For hosting, we charge a fee, priced as a percentage of the perpetual license fee, and we recognize the revenue associated with hosting ratably over the associated hosting period. These hosting arrangements are typically for a period of one to three years.

Perpetual license revenue . Perpetual license revenue reflects the revenue recognized from sales of perpetual licenses to new customers and additional perpetual licenses to existing customers. We generally recognize the license fee portion of the arrangement in advance, provided all revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. Our perpetual license agreements are typically one year.

Professional services revenue . Professional services revenue consists of fees related to implementation, data extraction, integration and configuration and training on our applications. We generally recognize the revenue associated with these professional services on a time and materials basis as we deliver the services or provide training to our customers.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of product revenue . Cost of product revenue consists primarily of personnel and related costs of our customer success and operations teams, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation and allocated overhead, as well as software license fees, hosting costs, Internet connectivity and depreciation expenses directly related to delivering our applications. We expect that cost of revenues may increase in the future depending on the growth rate of our new customers and billings and our need to support the implementation, hosting and support of those new customers. We intend to continue to invest additional resources in expanding the delivery capability of our applications. As we add data center capacity and support personnel in advance of anticipated growth, our cost of product revenue will increase and if such anticipated revenue growth does not occur, our product gross profit will be adversely affected both in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenues in any particular quarterly or annual period. Our cost of product revenue is generally expensed as the costs are incurred.

Cost of professional services revenue . Cost of professional services revenue consists primarily of personnel and related costs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation and allocated overhead, as well as the costs of contracted third-party vendors and reimbursable expenses. As most of our personnel are employed on a full-time basis, our cost of professional services revenue is largely fixed in the

 

-52-


Table of Contents

short-term, while our professional services revenue may fluctuate, leading to fluctuations in professional services gross profit. We expect that cost of professional services as a percentage of total revenues could fluctuate from period to period depending on the growth of our professional services business, the timing of sales of applications, and any associated costs relating to the delivery of services. Our cost of professional services revenue is generally expensed as costs are incurred.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are classified into six categories: sales and marketing, research and development, refundable Canadian tax credits, general and administrative, depreciation and amortization and acquisition-related expenses. For each category, other than refundable Canadian tax credits and depreciation and amortization, the largest expense component is personnel and related costs, which includes salaries, employee benefit costs, bonuses, commissions, stock-based compensation and payroll taxes. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for facilities, which are allocated to each department based on relative department headcount. Operating expenses are generally recognized as incurred.

Sales and marketing . Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs for our sales and marketing staff, including salaries, benefits, commissions, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation and allocated overhead, as well as costs of promotional events, corporate communications, online marketing, product marketing and other brand-building activities. We expense sales commissions when the initial customer contract is signed and upon any renewal as our obligation to pay a sales commission arises at these times. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as a result of our expected growth, and sales and marketing expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of total revenues due to the timing of such expenses, in any particular quarterly or annual period.

Research and development . Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs of our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation, allocated overhead and costs of certain third-party contractors. Research and development costs related to the development of our software applications are generally recognized as incurred. We have devoted our product development efforts primarily to enhancing the functionality, and expanding the capabilities, of our applications. We expect that our research and development expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we increase our research and development headcount to further strengthen and enhance our applications.

Refundable Canadian tax credits. Investment tax credits are accounted for as a reduction of research and development costs. Credits are accrued in the year in which the research and development costs of the capital expenditures are incurred, provided that we are reasonably certain that the credits will be received. The investment tax credit must be examined and approved by the tax authorities, and it is possible that the amounts granted will differ from the amounts recorded.

General and administrative . General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel and related costs for our executive, administrative, finance, information technology, legal, accounting and human resource staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes, stock-based compensation, allocated overhead, professional fees and other corporate expenses. We have recently incurred, and expect to continue to incur, additional expenses as we grow our operations and prepare to operate as a public company, including higher legal, corporate insurance, accounting and auditing expenses, and the additional costs of enhancing and maintaining our internal control environment through the adoption of new corporate policies. General and administrative expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue, and we expect that general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our operations and operate as a public company.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses primarily consist of depreciation and amortization of acquired intangible assets as a result of business combination purchase accounting adjustments. The valuation of identifiable intangible assets reflects management’s estimates based on, among

 

-53-


Table of Contents

other factors, use of established valuation methods. Customer relationships are valued using an income approach, which estimates fair value based on the earnings and cash flow capacity of the subject asset and are amortized over a 10-year period. The value of the trade name intangibles are determined using a relief from royalty method, which estimates fair value based on the value the owner of the asset receives from not having to pay a royalty to use the asset and are amortized over mostly a three-year period. Developed technology is valued using a cost-to-recreate approach and is amortized over a four- to seven-year period.

Acquisition-related expenses. Acquisition-related expenses consist of one-time costs in connection with each of our acquisitions, including legal fees, accounting fees, financing fees, restructuring costs, integration costs and other transactional fees and bonuses. We intend to continue executing our focused strategy of acquisitions to enhance the features and functionality of our applications, expand our customer base and provide access to new markets and increased benefits of scale. We expect acquisition-related expenses to be relatively constant as a percentage of revenue in the near team.

Total Other Expense

Total other expense consists primarily of changes in the estimated fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities, amortization of deferred financing costs over the term of the related loan and security agreement and interest expense on outstanding debt, including amortization of debt discount and effect of beneficial conversion features in our convertible promissory notes payable.

Provision for Income Taxes

Because we have not generated domestic net income in any period to date, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our domestic net deferred tax assets, exclusive of tax deductible goodwill. We have historically not recorded any material provision for federal or state income taxes, other than deferred taxes related to tax deductible goodwill. The balance of the tax provision for fiscal 2012 and 2013, outside of tax deductible goodwill, is related to foreign income taxes, primarily operations of our Canadian subsidiary. Realization of any of our domestic deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Based on analysis of acquired net operating losses, utilization of our net operating losses will be subject to annual limitations due to the ownership change rules under the Code and similar state provisions. In the event we have subsequent changes in ownership, including as a result of this offering, the availability of net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers could be further limited.

 

-54-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our total revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Subscription and support

   $ 18,281      $ 30,887      $ 14,182        23,542   

Perpetual license

     641        2,003        488        1,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

     18,922        32,890        14,670        24,639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

     3,841        8,303        3,997        7,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     22,763        41,193        18,667        31,824   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and support (1)(2)

     4,189        7,787        3,271        6,604   

Professional services (1)

     3,121        5,680        2,855        4,737   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     7,310        13,467        6,126        11,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,453        27,726        12,541        20,483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing (1)

     6,331        10,625        4,403        7,151   

Research and development (1)

     5,308        10,340        4,406        18,393   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

     (728     (583     (296     (274

General and administrative (1)

     4,574        6,832        2,920        5,676   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,812        3,670        2,247        2,121   

Acquisition-related expenses

     1,933        1,461        528        521   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     19,230        32,345        14,208        33,588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,777     (4,619     (1,667     (13,105

Other expense:

        

Interest expense, net

     (528     (2,797     (547     (834

Other income (expense), net

     (65     (431     73        (368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (593     (3,228     (474     (1,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (4,370     (7,847     (2,141     (14,307

Provision for income taxes

     72        (708     (133     (690
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (4,298     (8,555     (2,274     (14,997

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     1,791        (642     (316     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

     (44     (98     (22     (875
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

   $ (2,551   $ (9,295   $ (2,612   $ (15,872
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share (3) :

        

Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.95   $ (1.18   $ (0.35   $ (0.81

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common share, basic and diluted

   $ 0.39      $ (0.09     (0.05     —     

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.56   $ (1.27     (0.40   $ (0.81

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     4,582,871        7,298,434        6,476,530        19,669,677   

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited), basic and diluted

     $ (0.25     $ (0.24

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited), basic and diluted

       36,585,701          61,353,442   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation.

 

(2)   Includes depreciation and amortization of $660,000 and $1,640,000 in 2012 and 2013, respectively. Includes depreciation and amortization of $717,000 and $1,484,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

(3)   See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion and reconciliation of historical and pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders and weighted average shares outstanding for historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations.

 

-55-


Table of Contents
     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Subscription and support

     80     75     76     74

Perpetual license

     3     5     3     3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

     83     80     79     77
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

     17     20     21     23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and support (1)(2)

     18     19     18     21

Professional services (1)

     14     14     15     15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     32     33     33     36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     68     67     67     64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing (1)

     28     26     24     22

Research and development (1)

     23     25     24     58

Refundable Canadian tax credits

     (3 )%      (1 )%      (2 )%      (1 )% 

General and administrative (1)

     20     16     16     18

Depreciation and amortization

     9     9     12     7

Acquisition-related expenses

     8     3     3     2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     85     78     77     106
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (17 )%      (11 )%      (10 )%      (42 )% 

Other expense:

        

Interest expense, net

     (2 )%      (7 )%      (3 )%      (3 )% 

Other income (expense), net

     —          (1 )%      —          (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (2 )%      (8 )%      (3 )%      (4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (19 )%      (19 )%      (13 )%      (46 )% 

Provision for income taxes

     —          (2 )%      (1 )%      (2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (19 )%      (21 )%      (14 )%      (48 )% 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     8     (1 )%      (2 )%      —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (11 )%      (22 )%      (16 )%      (48 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation.

 

(2)   Includes depreciation and amortization of 3% and 4% in fiscal 2012 and 2013, respectively. Includes depreciation and amortization of 4% and 5% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2014

Revenue

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Revenue:

      

Subscription and support

   $ 14,182      $ 23,542        66

Perpetual license

     488        1,097        125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

     14,670        24,639        68

Professional services

     3,997        7,185        80
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 18,667      $ 31,824        70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percentage of revenue:

      

Subscription and support

     76     74  

Perpetual license

     3     3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total product revenue

     79     77  

Professional services

     21     23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

     100     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue increased by $13.2 million, or 70%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Of the increase in total revenue, $12.5 million was due to total revenues from FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability, over the total revenue for FileBound recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Additionally, subscription and support revenues from our Canada operations were $0.5 million lower during the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to the change in the foreign currency exchange rate between the Canadian dollar versus the U.S. dollar for those periods.

Subscription and support revenue increased $9.4 million, or 66%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Of the increase in subscription and support revenues, $10.1 million was due to subscription and support revenues from our 2013 acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability, over the subscription and support revenues for FileBound recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Additionally, as noted above, subscription and support revenues from our Canada operations were $0.5 million lower during the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to the change in the foreign currency exchange rate between the Canadian dollar versus the U.S. dollar for those periods.

Perpetual license revenue increased $0.6 million, or 125%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase is primarily attributable to the acquisition of FileBound in May 2013, which contributed $0.3 million in perpetual license revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014, over the perpetual license revenue for FileBound recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Professional services revenue increased $3.2 million, or 80%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase is primarily attributable to the acquisition of Clickability in December 2013, which contributed $1.8 million in professional services revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Cost of revenue:

      

Product(1)

   $ 3,271      $ 6,604        102

Professional services

     2,855        4,737        66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 6,126      $ 11,341        85
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit:

      

Product

     18     21  

Professional services

     15     15  

Total gross profit

     67     64  

 

(1) Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:

 

Depreciation

   $ 202       $ 576   

Amortization

   $ 515       $ 908   

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, cost of product revenues increased by $3.3 million, or 102%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to our 2013 acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability, which contributed $1.2 million in personnel and related costs, and $0.6 million in data center hosting costs, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, cost of professional services revenues increased by $1.9 million, or 66%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to our 2013 acquisitions of FileBound and Clickability, which contributed $1.1 million in personnel and related costs, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Sales and marketing

   $ 4,403      $ 7,151        62

Percentage of total revenue

     24     22  

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, sales and marketing expense increased by $2.7 million, or 62%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to our 2013 acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability, which contributed $1.0 million in personnel and related costs, and $0.6 million primarily related to trade show and public relations costs, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Research and Development

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Research and development

   $ 4,406      $ 18,393        317

Percentage of total revenue

     24     58  

 

-58-


Table of Contents

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, research and development expense increased by $14.0 million, or 317%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. In January 2014, the Company issued 11,000,000 shares of common stock in connection with an amendment of a technology services agreement with a related party and took a noncash charge of $11.2 million. The 2013 acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability contributed $1.7 million in personnel and related costs, and $0.3 million in outsourced product development services, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Refundable Canadian tax credits

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Refundable Canadian tax credits

   $ (296   $ (274     (7 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     (2 )%      (1 )%   

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, refundable Canadian tax credits decreased by $0.02 million, or 7%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The decrease was due to fewer costs incurred by our Canadian subsidiary in 2014 that were eligible for reimbursement pursuant to local Canadian government programs.

General and Administrative

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

General and administrative

   $ 2,920      $ 5,676        94

Percentage of total revenue

     16     18  

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, general and administrative expense increased by $2.8 million, or 94%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to our 2013 acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability. These acquisitions contributed an increase of $0.9 million in personnel and related costs, $0.5 million in rent and office expenses, and $0.07 million in professional services fees, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013. Our organic businesses increased $0.7 million during the same period due to increased legal and other professional services as a result of business complexity and in preparation for operating as a public company, $0.3 million due to increased personnel and related expenses as a result of growth, and $0.2 million due to increases in rent and office related expenses as a result of growth.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 2,247      $ 2,121        (6 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     12     7  

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, depreciation and amortization expense decreased by $0.1 million, or 6%, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. Depreciation increased $0.3 million primarily due to the increase in equipment used for corporate operations. Amortization expense increased by $0.6 million, primarily

 

-59-


Table of Contents

due to the acquisitions of FileBound, ComSci, and Clickability, over the same costs recognized for FileBound in the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase in amortization was offset by the $1.1 million impairment of the PowerSteering trade name, which occurred in the first six months ended June 30, 2013. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

Acquisition-related Expenses

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Acquisition-related expenses

   $ 528      $ 521        (1 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     3     2  

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, one-time acquisition related expense decreased by $0.01 million, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to legal fees, accounting fees, financing fees, restructuring costs, integration costs, and other transactional fees and bonuses related to our 2013 acquisitions.

Total Other Expense

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    % Change  
     2013     2014        
     (dollars in thousands)        
     (unaudited)        

Other expense:

      

Interest expense

   $ (547   $ (834     52

Other expense

     73        (368     604
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other expense

     (474     (1,202     154

Percentage of total revenue

     (3 )%      (4 )%   

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, total other expense increased by $0.7 million, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. The $0.3 million increase in interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2014 is primarily the result of an increase in our long-term note balance that was used to finance our 2013 acquisitions. The increase in other expense is primarily the result of an increase of $0.3 million in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Revenue:

      

Subscription and support

   $ 18,281      $ 30,887        69

Perpetual license

     641        2,003        212
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

     18,922        32,890        74

Professional services

     3,841        8,303        116
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 22,763      $ 41,193        81
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Percentage of revenue:

      

Subscription and support

     80     75  

Perpetual license

     3     5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total product revenue

     83     80  

Professional services

     17     20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

     100     100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Subscription and support revenue increased $12.6 million, or 69%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Substantially all of the increase in subscription and support revenue during fiscal 2013 resulted from the acquisitions of FileBound and ComSci in fiscal 2013, as well as the inclusion of the full year of ownership of our 2012 acquisitions.

Perpetual license revenue increased $1.4 million, or 212%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Substantially all of increase in perpetual license revenue resulted from our acquisition of FileBound during fiscal 2013, as well as the inclusion of the full year of ownership of EPM Live, both of which offer perpetual license software products.

Professional services revenue increased $4.5 million, or 116%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Substantially all of the increase resulted from the acquisitions of FileBound and ComSci in fiscal 2013, as well as the inclusion of the full year of ownership of our 2012 acquisitions, all of which provide professional services revenue.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Cost of revenue:

      

Product (1)

   $ 4,189      $ 7,787        86

Professional services

     3,121        5,680        82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 7,310      $ 13,467        84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit:

      

Product

     18     19  

Professional services

     14     14  

Total gross profit

     68     67  

 

(1)        Includes depreciation and amortization expense as follows:

      

Depreciation

   $ —        $ 455     

Amortization

   $ 660      $ 1,185     

 

-61-


Table of Contents

Cost of product revenue increased $3.6 million, or 86%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. This increase was primarily a result of $1.6 million of increased personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013.

Cost of professional services revenue increased $2.6 million, or 82%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. This increase was primarily a result of $2.5 million of increased personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. This increase resulted primarily from our acquisitions of the 2013 Acquisitions.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Sales and marketing

   $ 6,331      $ 10,625        68

Percentage of total revenue

     28     26  

Sales and marketing expenses increased $4.3 million, or 68%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $2.6 million in personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions. We also incurred $1.3 million of increased marketing expenses mainly in the form of a new company-branding campaign and marketing events, including our first user conference in the fourth quarter of 2013.

Research and Development

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Research and development

   $ 5,308      $ 10,340        95

Percentage of total revenue

     23     25  

Research and development expenses increased $5.0 million, or 95%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.9 million in personnel and related costs and an increase of $1.0 million in outsourced contractor fees each associated with acquisitions, as well as an increase of $1.1 million in fees pursuant to a third-party technology services agreement. Each of these costs related to enhancing existing applications and adding new functionality to our applications.

Refundable Canadian tax credits

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Refundable Canadian tax credits

   $ (728   $ (583     (20 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     (3 )%      (1 )%   

Refundable Canadian tax credits decreased $0.1 million, or 20%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The decrease was due to fewer costs incurred by our Canadian subsidiary in 2013 that were eligible for reimbursement pursuant to local Canadian government programs.

 

-62-


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

General and administrative

   $ 4,574      $ 6,832        49

Percentage of total revenue

     20     16  

General and administrative expenses increased $2.3 million, or 49%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $2.3 million in personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 1,812      $ 3,670        103

Percentage of total revenue

     9     9  

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased $1.9 million, or 103%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. Substantially all of the increase relates to amortization of acquired intangible assets as a result of business combination purchase accounting adjustments, which includes an impairment charge of $1.1 million relating to a change in useful life from indefinite to definite for a trade name. These assets will not need to be replaced in the future.

Acquisition-related Expenses

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Acquisition-related expenses

   $ 1,933      $ 1,461        (24 %) 

Percentage of total revenue

     8     3  

Acquisition-related expenses decreased $0.5 million , or 24%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The decrease was a result of lower legal fees, accounting fees, financing fees, restructuring costs, integration costs, and other transactional fees and bonuses related to our 2013 acquisitions as compared to similar fees and costs for our 2012 acquisitions.

Total Other Expense

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     % Change  
               2012                         2013                  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Other expense:

      

Interest expense

   $ (528   $ (2,797     (430 )% 

Other expense

     (65     (431     (563 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Other expense

     (593     (3,228     (444 )% 

Percentage of total revenue

     (2 )%      (8 )%   

Total other expense increased $2.6 million, or 444%, from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. The increase was due to the fact that fiscal 2013 included changes in the estimated fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities, higher amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount over the term of the related loan and security agreement, higher interest expense on outstanding debt and the effect of a beneficial conversion feature on convertible promissory notes payable.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly condensed consolidated statements of operations data for each of the last ten quarters through June 30, 2014. The data has been prepared on the same basis as the unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and you should read the following tables together with such financial statements. The quarterly results of operations include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of this data. Results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year and are not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands, unaudited)        

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue:

                   

Subscription and support

  $ 2,418      $ 4,434      $ 5,372      $ 6,057      $ 6,810      $ 7,372      $ 7,731      $ 8,974      $ 11,737     

$

11,805

  

Perpetual license

    41        96        43        461        35        453        647        868        440        657   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    2,459        4,530        5,415        6,518        6,845        7,825        8,378        9,842        12,177        12,462   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    704        833        809        1,495        1,805        2,192        2,014        2,292        3,436        3,749   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    3,163        5,363        6,224        8,013        8,650        10,017        10,392        12,134        15,613        16,211   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                   

Subscription and support(1)(2)

    643        1,153        1,231        1,162        1,484        1,787        2,087        2,429        3,258        3,346   

Professional services(1)

    463        851        816        991        1,350        1,505        1,400        1,425        2,397        2,340   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    1,106        2,004        2,047        2,153        2,834        3,292        3,487        3,854        5,655        5,686   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    2,057        3,359        4,177        5,860        5,816        6,725        6,905        8,280        9,958        10,525   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Sales and marketing(1)

    1,112        1,773        1,788        1,658        1,931        2,472        2,726        3,496        3,136        4,015   

Research and development(1)

    880        1,395        1,524        1,509        2,087        2,319        2,730        3,204        14,899        3,494   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (111     (204     (206     (207     (149     (147     (144     (143     (136     (138

General and administrative(1)

    675        930        972        1,997        1,315        1,605        1,662        2,250        2,623        3,053   

Depreciation and amortization

    286        481        544        501        562        1,685        688        735        1,055        1,066   

Acquisition-related expenses

    1,724        (26     (5     240        9        519        22        911        290        231   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    4,566        4,349        4,617        5,698        5,755        8,453        7,684        10,453        21,867        11,721   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (2,509     (990     (440     162        61        (1,728     (779     (2,173     (11,909  

 

(1,196

Other expense:

                   

Interest expense, net

    (50     (99     (118     (261     (223     (324     (434     (1,816     (415     (419

Other expense, net

    104        (177     70        (62     (46     119        49        (553     114        (482
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    54        (276     (48     (323     (269     (205     (385     (2,369     (301     (901
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-64-


Table of Contents
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands, unaudited)        

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (2,455     (1,266     (488     (161     (208     (1,933     (1,164     (4,542     (12,210     (2,097

Provision for income taxes

    201        21        (222     72        (243     110        (69     (506     (410     (280
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (2,254     (1,245     (710     (89     (451     (1,823     (1,233     (5,048     (12,620    
(2,377

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    586        187        785        233        (139     (177     (195     (131     —          —     

Net income (loss)

  $ (1,668   $ (1,058   $ 75      $ 144      $ (590   $ (2,000   $ (1,428   $ (5,179   $ (12,620   $ (2,377
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    (11     (11     (11     (11     (11     (11     (11     (65     (435  

 

(440

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

  $ (1,679   $ (1,069   $ 64      $ 133      $ (601   $ (2,011   $ (1,439   $ (5,244   $ (13,055   $
(2,817

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation.
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization.

 

    Quarter Ended  

Percentage of revenue:

  March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands, unaudited)        

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue:

                   

Subscription and support

    76     83     86     76     79     74     74     74     75     73

Perpetual license

    1     2     1     6     —          5     6     7     3     4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    77     85     87     82     79     79     80     81     78     77
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    23     15     13     18     21     21     20     19     22     23
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                   

Subscription and support(1)(2)

    20     21     20     15     17     18     20     20     21  

 

21

Professional services(1)

    15     16     13     12     16     15     13     12     15     14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    35     37     33     27     33     33     33     32     36     35
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    65     63     67     73     67     67     67     68     64     65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-65-


Table of Contents
    Quarter Ended  

Percentage of revenue:

  March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands, unaudited)        

Operating expenses:

                   

Sales and marketing(1)

    35     33     29     21     22     25     26     29     20  

 

25

Research and development(1)

    28     26     24     19     24     23     26     26     95     22

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (4 )%      (4 )%      (3 )%      (3 )%      (2 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )%      (1 )% 

General and administrative(1)

    21     17     16     25     15     16     16     19     17     19

Depreciation and amortization

    9     9     9     6     6     17     7     6     7     7

Acquisition-related expenses

    55     —          —          3     —          5     —          8     2     1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    144     81     75     71     65     85     74     87     140     73
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (79 )%      (18 )%      (8 )%      2     2     (18 )%      (7 )%      (19 )%      (76 )%      (8 )% 

Other expense:

                   

Interest expense, net

    (2 )%      (2 )%      (2 )%      (3 )%      (3 )%      (3 )%      (4 )%      (15 )%      (3 )%      (3 )% 

Other expense, net

    3     (3 )%      1     (1 )%      (1 )%      1     —          (5 )%      1     (3 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

    1     (5 )%      (1 )%      (4 )%      (4 )%      (2 )%      (4 )%      (20 )%      (2 )%      (6 )% 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (78 )%      (23 )%      (9 )%      (2 )%      (2 )%      (20 )%      (11 )%      (39 )%      (78 )%      (14 )% 

Provision for income taxes

    6     —          (4 )%      1     (3 )%      1     (1 )%      (4 )%      (3 )%      (2 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (72 )%      (23 )%      (13 )%      (1 )%      (5 )%      (19 )%      (12 )%      (43 )%      (81 )%      (16 )% 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    19     3     13     3     (2 )%      (2 )%      (2 )%      (1 )%      —       

 

—  

  

Net loss

    (53 )%      (20 )%      —          2     (7 )%      (21 )%      (14 )%      (44 )%      (81 )%      (16 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1 )%      (3 )%   

 

(3

)% 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

    (53 )%      (20 )%      —          2     (7 )%      (21 )%      (14 )%      (45 )%      (84 )%   

 

(19

)% 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation.
(2) Includes depreciation and amortization.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

Our revenue increased in each of the quarters presented above as a result of growth in the number of customers using our applications. This growth is due to our acquisitions of PowerSteering and Tenrox in the first fiscal quarter of 2012, EPM Live in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2012, FileBound in the second fiscal quarter of 2013, ComSci and Clickability in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2013.

Cost of product revenue and cost of professional services revenue increased primarily due to increased personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions from fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2013.

Sales and marketing expense increased primarily due to acquisitions from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 as well as increased marketing expenses mainly in the form of a new company-branding campaign and marketing events, including our first user conference in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2013.

Research and development expenses increased primarily due to increased personnel and related costs and outsourced contractor fees each associated with acquisitions from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013. In January 2014, we issued 11,000,000 shares of common stock in connection with an amendment of a technology service agreement with a related party and took a noncash charge of $11.2 million. Each of these costs related to enhancing existing applications and adding new functionality to our applications.

General and administrative expenses increased primarily due to increased personnel and related costs associated with acquisitions from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 as well as additional professional fees in preparation for operating as a public company.

Seasonality

We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into customer agreements. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new customers, and renewal agreements with existing customers, in the fourth quarter of each calendar year as our customers tend to follow budgeting cycles at the end of the calendar year. Our cash flow from operations has historically been higher in the first quarter of each calendar year than in other quarters. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we defer revenue recognition. In addition, seasonality may be difficult to observe in our financial results during periods in which we acquire businesses as such results typically are most significantly impacted by such acquisitions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of preferred stock and common stock and cash from operating activities, and to a lesser extent, borrowing under our loan and security agreements and the issuance of seller notes. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $4.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively, and $4.9 million and $8.0 million, respectively, of available borrowings under our loan and security agreements. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, we had $23.9 million and $18.9 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding under our loan and security agreements. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, we had a working capital deficit of $11.3 million and $21.8 million, respectively, which included $16.6 million and $18.4 million, respectively, of deferred revenue recorded as a current liability as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, for succeeding periods. This deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policy.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
               2012                         2013                     2013                 2014        
     (in thousands)  
                 (unaudited)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 1,604      $ (239   $ 241      $ 298   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (33,312     (28,565     (10,402     (324

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     24,255        29,564        11,424        (1,623
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

            51      $ (190   $ 5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (7,453   $ 811      $ 1,073      $ (1,644
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31,     

Six Months Ended June 30,

 
               2012                          2013                      2013                  2014        
     (in thousands)  
                   (unaudited)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,892       $ 4,703       $ 4,965       $ 3,059   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities is significantly influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business. Our operating assets and liabilities consist primarily of receivables from clients and unbilled professional services, accounts payable and accrued expenses and deferred revenues. The volume of professional services rendered and the related timing of collections on those bookings, as well as payments of our accounts payable and accrued payroll and related benefits affect these account balances.

Our cash provided in operating activities for the first six months of 2014 primarily reflects our net loss of $15.0 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included a $11.2 million charge for the 11,000,000 shares of common stock issued to DevFactory, $3.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $0.5 million of non-cash interest expense, and $0.4 million of non-cash stock compensation expense. Working capital sources of cash included a $3.0 million increase in deferred revenue, a $0.7 million increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities and a $0.4 million increase in accounts payable. These sources of cash were offset by a $3.0 million increase in accounts receivable and a $1.6 million increase in prepaids and other assets.

Our cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2013 primarily reflects our net loss of $9.2 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $5.6 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.6 million of non-cash interest expense, and $0.5 million of non-cash stock compensation expense. Working capital sources of cash included $2.9 million in collections on accounts receivable and $2.2 million of increases in accrued expenses and other liabilities. These sources of cash were offset by $1.6 million from an increase in prepaids and other, $1.1 million from a decrease in accounts payable, and $1.0 million resulting from a decrease in deferred revenue.

Our cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2012 primarily reflects our net loss of $2.5 million, offset by $2.8 million of depreciation and amortization. Working capital sources of cash included $5.9 million in deferred revenue and $0.9 million from an increase in accounts payable. These sources of cash were partially offset by a use of $3.5 million from an increase in accounts receivable, $0.8 million from an increase in prepaids and other, and $0.4 million from a decrease in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

 

-68-


Table of Contents

A substantial source of cash is provided as a result of booking for subscriptions in advance, which is recorded as deferred revenue, and is included on our consolidated balance sheet as a liability. Deferred revenue consists of the unearned portion of booked fees for our software subscriptions and support, which is amortized into revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. We assess our liquidity, in part, through an analysis of new subscriptions booked, expected cash receipts on new and existing subscriptions, and our ongoing operating expense requirements.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Our primary financing activities have consisted of capital raised to fund our operations as well as proceeds from debt obligations entered into to finance our operations. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, we used $2.8 million of cash for repayment of debt. For fiscal 2013, cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $19.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and $28.0 million in proceeds from debt, offset by $17.5 million for repayment of debt. For fiscal 2012, cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $11.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and $17.0 million in proceeds from debt, offset by $3.6 million for repayment of debt.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses. As our business grows, we expect our primary investing activities to continue to further expand our family of software applications and infrastructure and support additional personnel. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, we used $0.3 million for the purchases of property and equipment. For fiscal 2013 and 2012, cash used in investing activities consisted of $28.6 million and $33.3 million, respectively, for business combinations, net of cash acquired and $0.3 million and $3 million, respectively, of additional consideration paid to sellers of acquired businesses. In addition, for fiscal 2013 and 2012, we used $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for the purchases of property and equipment.

We believe that our cash and cash equivalents remaining after this offering and the amount available pursuant to our loan and security agreements will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced applications and professional service offerings and acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may be unable to raise the funds on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Loan and Security Agreements

U.S. Loan Agreement

On March 5, 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank, as amended, the U.S. Loan Agreement. The U.S. Loan Agreement provides to us and certain of our subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $5.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $19.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $24.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, we had $7.6 million outstanding as term loans under the U.S. loan agreement. As of December 31, 2013, we had $2.1 million outstanding as revolving loans and $19.1 million as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, we had $3.6 million outstanding as revolving loans and $17.9 million as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement. Loans drawn under the U.S. Loan Agreement may be used for working capital, to finance acquisitions and for general corporate purposes.

Revolving loans and term loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to Comerica Bank’s prime rate plus 1.75%. Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until April 11, 2015, when all outstanding revolving loan amounts must be

 

-69-


Table of Contents

repaid. Term loan advances may be requested until April 11, 2014. From November 1, 2013 to March 1, 2014, an amount equal to 5% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on October 2, 2013 is payable in monthly installments during such period. Between April 1, 2014 and March 1, 2015 an amount equal to 15% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. From April 1, 2015 to March 1, 2016 an amount equal to 25% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. From April 1, 2016 to March 1, 2017, an amount equal to 25% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments on the first day of each month during such period. From April 1, 2017 to March 1, 2018, an amount equal to 30% of principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. All outstanding principal and interest under the term loan facility must be repaid on April 11, 2018. The revolving loan facility and the term loan facility may be prepaid prior to their respective termination dates without penalty or premium. Starting June 1, 2015, we and the other borrowers may be required to begin prepaying certain term loan advances with a percentage of our excess cash flow, if any.

Our obligations and the obligations of the other borrowers under the loan facility are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets and the other borrowers’ assets, including intellectual property. Our other and future subsidiaries may also be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility and grant a security interest in their assets in connection therewith.

The U.S. Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. We and the other borrowers must also comply with a minimum cash financial covenant, minimum fixed charge ratio financial covenant, maximum indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA financial covenant, and minimum EBITDA financial covenant.

The U.S. Loan Agreement also contains customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants defaults, material adverse change defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency event defaults, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties defaults. Upon an event of default, Comerica Bank may declare all or a portion of the outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the loan facility and any related guaranty, including a requirement that any guarantor pay all of the outstanding obligations under its guaranty and a right by Comerica Bank to exercise remedies under any security agreement related to such guaranty. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

Canadian Loan Agreement

On February 10, 2012, Tenrox Inc., a Canadian corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary or, the Canadian Subsidiary, entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank, as amended, the Canadian Loan Agreement. The Canadian Loan Agreement provides a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $3.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $2.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $5.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, the Canadian Subsidiary had $5.4 million outstanding as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement. As of December 31, 2013, the Canadian Subsidiary had $1.0 million outstanding as revolving loans and $1.7 million outstanding as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, the Canadian Subsidiary had a zero balance on their revolving loans and $1.0 million outstanding as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement. Loans drawn under the Canadian Loan Agreement may be used for working capital and for general corporate purposes.

Revolving loans and term loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to Comerica Bank’s prime rate plus 1.75%. Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until April 11, 2015, when all outstanding revolving loan amounts must be

 

-70-


Table of Contents

repaid. Principal on the term loan advance is payable in 24 equal monthly installments beginning on May 1, 2013 and continuing each month until paid in full. All outstanding principal and interest under the term loan facility must be repaid on April 11, 2015. The revolving loan facility and the term loan facility may be prepaid prior to their respective termination dates without penalty or premium.

The Canadian Subsidiary’s obligations under the loan facility are secured by a security interest in substantially all of its assets, including its intellectual property. Additionally, we and certain of our domestic subsidiaries provided guarantees of the loan facility secured by substantially all of our and such subsidiaries’ assets, including intellectual property. Furthermore, our other and future subsidiaries may be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility and grant a security interest in their assets in connection therewith.

The Canadian Loan Agreement and the security agreements contain customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting our ability, the Canadian Subsidiary’s ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Canadian Subsidiary must also comply with a minimum cash financial covenant, minimum fixed charge ratio financial covenant, maximum indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA financial covenant and minimum EBITDA financial covenant.

The Canadian Loan Agreement and the security agreements also contain customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants defaults, material adverse change defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency event defaults, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties defaults. Upon an event of default, Comerica Bank may declare all or a portion of the Canadian Subsidiary’s outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the loan facility, including a requirement that any guarantor pay all of the outstanding obligations under its guaranty and a right by Comerica Bank to exercise remedies under any security agreement related to such guaranty. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

Contractual Payment Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Payment Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1–3
Years
     3–5
Years
     More than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 3,046       $ 1,095       $ 1,612       $ 339       $   

Capital lease obligations

     1,134         446         547         141           

Loan and security agreements

     28,868         5,529         16,246         7,093           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 33,048       $ 7,070       $ 18,405       $ 7,573       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition, we have an outstanding purchase commitment in 2014 for software development services pursuant to a technology services agreement in the amount of $2.1 million. For years after 2014, the amount of software development services purchased will fluctuate proportionately to our revenues and such amounts have not been included in this table as they cannot be reasonably estimated.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the first fiscal quarter of 2014, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special-purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. The statement of operations impact is mitigated by having an offsetting liability in deferred revenue to partially or completely offset against the outstanding receivable if an account should become uncollectible. Our cash balances are kept in customary operating accounts, a portion of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and uninsured money market accounts. The majority of our cash balances in money market accounts are with Comerica Bank, our lender under our loan and security agreements. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market risk exposures. We also have not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates primarily relates to our cash equivalents and any variable rate indebtedness.

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing yields without significantly increasing risk. This objective is accomplished currently by making diversified investments, consisting only of money market mutual funds and certificates of deposit.

Any draws under our loan and security agreements bear interest at a variable rate tied to the prime rate. As of December 31, 2013, we had a principal balance of $21.2 million under our U.S. Loan Agreement and $2.7 million under our Canadian Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, we had a principal balance of $21.5 million under our U.S. Loan Agreement and $1.0 million under our Canadian Loan Agreement.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, we incur a portion of our operating expenses in foreign currencies, including Canadian dollars, British pounds and Euros, and in the future as we expand into other foreign countries, we expect to incur operating expenses in other foreign currencies. In addition, our customers are generally invoiced in the currency of the country in which they are located. We are exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations as the financial results of our international operations are translated from the local functional currency into U.S. dollars upon consolidation. A decline in the U.S. dollar relative to foreign functional currencies would increase our non-U.S. revenue and improve our operating results. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to foreign functional currencies, our revenue and operating results would be adversely affected. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would have resulted in a change in revenue of $1.5 million in fiscal 2013. To date, we have not engaged in any hedging strategies. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to manage our risk relating to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in the last three fiscal years. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make

 

-72-


Table of Contents

estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

The following critical accounting policies reflect significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

 

    revenue recognition and deferred revenue;

 

    stock-based compensation;

 

    income taxes; and

 

    business combinations and the recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue from product revenue, consisting of subscription, support, perpetual licenses and professional services revenues. We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the product or services has occurred, no obligations with regard to implementation considered essential to the functionality remain, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable.

Subscription and Support Revenue

We derive subscription revenue by providing our software-as-a-service solution to customers in which the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software, but can use the software for the contracted term. We account for these arrangements as service contracts. Subscription and support revenue are recognized ratably over the term of the contractual arrangement, typically one to three years. Amounts that have been invoiced and that are due are recorded in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on when the criteria for revenue recognition are met.

We may provide hosting services to customers who purchased a perpetual license. Such hosting services are recognized ratably over the applicable term of the arrangement. These hosting arrangements are typically for a period of one to three years.

Software maintenance agreements provide technical support and the right to unspecified upgrades on an if-and-when-available basis. Revenue from maintenance agreements is recognized ratably over the life of the related agreement, which is typically one year.

Perpetual License Revenue

We also record revenue from the sales of proprietary software products under perpetual licenses. For license agreements in which customer acceptance is a condition to earning the license fees, revenue is not recognized until acceptance occurs. Our products do not require significant customization. Revenue on arrangements with customers who are not the ultimate users (primarily resellers) is not recognized until the product is delivered to the end user. Perpetual licenses are sold along with software maintenance and, sometimes, hosting agreements. When vendor specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of fair value exists for the software maintenance and hosting

 

-73-


Table of Contents

agreement, the perpetual license is recognized under the residual method whereby the fair value of the undelivered software maintenance and hosting agreement is deferred and the remaining contract value is recognized immediately for the delivered perpetual license. When VSOE of fair value does not exist for either the software maintenance or hosting agreement, the entire contract value is recognized ratably over the underlying software maintenance and/or hosting period.

Professional Services Revenue

Professional services provided with perpetual licenses consist of implementation fees, data extraction, configuration, and training. Our implementation and configuration services do not involve significant customization of the software and are not considered essential to the functionality. Revenues from professional services are recognized as such services are provided when VSOE of fair value exists for such services and all undelivered elements such as software maintenance and/or hosting agreements. VSOE of fair value for services is based upon the price charged when these services are sold separately, and is typically an hourly rate. When VSOE of fair value does not exist for software maintenance and/or hosting agreements, revenues from professional services are recognized ratably over the underlying software maintenance and/or hosting period.

Professional services, when sold with the subscription arrangements, are accounted for separately when these services have value to the customer on a standalone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for each deliverable. When accounted for separately, revenues are recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts. For those arrangements where the elements do not qualify as a separate unit of accounting, we recognize professional services ratably over the contractual life of the related application subscription arrangement.

Multiple-Element Arrangements

We enter into arrangements with multiple-elements that generally include subscriptions and implementation and other professional services.

For multiple-element arrangements, arrangement consideration is allocated to deliverables based on their relative selling price. In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement as separate units of accounting, the elements must have standalone value upon delivery. If the elements have standalone value upon delivery, each element must be accounted for separately. Our subscription services have standalone value as such services are often sold separately. In determining whether implementation and other professional services have standalone value apart from the subscription services, we consider various factors including the availability of the services from other vendors. We have concluded that the implementation services included in multiple-element arrangements have standalone value. As a result, when implementation and other professional services are sold in a multiple-element arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified separate units based on a relative selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its VSOE of selling price, if available, third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE, if VSOE is not available or best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We have not established VSOE for our subscription services due to lack of pricing consistency, the introduction of new services and other factors. We have determined that TPE is not a practical alternative due to differences in its service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. Accordingly, we use BESP to determine the relative selling price.

We determined BESP by considering its overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include our discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, customer characteristics, price lists, go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales and agreement prices. As our go-to-market strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices, and include both VSOE and BESP.

 

-74-


Table of Contents

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents either customer advance payments or billings for which the aforementioned revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based awards are measured at fair value at each grant date. We recognize stock-based compensation expenses ratably over the requisite service period of the option award.

Determination of the Fair Value of Stock-Based Compensation Grants

During the periods presented, we had multiple third-party valuations of our common stock performed in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, utilizing estimates and judgments provided by management. The determination of the fair value of stock-based compensation arrangements is affected by a number of variables, including estimates of the fair value of our common stock, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the award. We value stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that are fully transferable and have no vesting restrictions. Black-Scholes and other option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. If we made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expenses, net loss, and net loss per common share could be significantly different.

The following summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted during the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
             2012                     2013             2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Weighted-average grant date fair value per share

   $ 0.13      $ 0.15      $ 0.55   

Expected volatility

     72.5     53.3     55.2

Risk-free interest rate

     0.9     1.6     1.6

Expected life (in years)

     6.29        6.29        6.29   

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

We have assumed no dividend yield because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, which is consistent with our past practice. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates for U.S. Treasury securities with maturities consistent with the expected life of our stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the agreement term. We used the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The list of comparable companies we used to determine expected volatility was consistent with those used to determine the corresponding fair value of our common stock at each grant date.

We based our estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture rate, on historical forfeiture rates. We apply the estimated forfeiture rate to the total estimated fair value of the awards, as derived from the Black-Scholes model, to compute the stock-based compensation expenses, net of pre-vesting forfeitures, to be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

-75-


Table of Contents

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Dates

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Our board of directors periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using independent third-party valuations.

In conducting the valuations, our board of directors considered all objective and subjective factors that they believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including management’s estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the valuations performed by our management, a range of factors, assumptions and methodologies were used. Significant factors considered were:

 

    independent third-party valuations performed contemporaneously or shortly before the grant date, as applicable;

 

    the fact that we are a privately held technology company and our common stock is illiquid;

 

    the nature and history of our business;

 

    our discounted future cash flows, based on our projections of future operating results at the time;

 

    valuations of comparable public companies;

 

    the potential impact on common stock of preferential liquidation and redemption rights of our redeemable convertible preferred stock under different valuation scenarios;

 

    current and forecasted economic conditions, both generally and specific to our industry;

 

    the estimated likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for shares of our common stock such as an IPO or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions, or remaining a private company; and

 

    the state of the initial public offering market for similarly situated privately held technology companies.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these contemporaneous valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the timing of an IPO or other liquidity event and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods. If we made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expenses, net loss and net loss per common share could be significantly different.

Common Stock Valuation Methodology

We utilize the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, approach to allocate our equity value to our common shares. The PWERM approach employs various market, income or cost approach calculations depending on the likelihood of an initial public offering, sale or merger. For each of the various scenarios, an equity value is estimated and the rights and preferences of each class and series of stock are considered to allocate the equity value to common shares. The value of our common stock is then multiplied by a discount factor reflecting the calculated discount rate and timing of the event. Lastly, the value of our common stock is multiplied by an estimated probability for each scenario. The probability and timing of each scenario are determined by our board of directors based on discussions with management. We began using PWERM during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 and assessed the probability to each of the initial public offering, sale or merger or stay private scenario at each valuation date.

Prior to the quarter ended December 31, 2013, we used the option-pricing method to allocate our equity value to our common shares. Pursuant to the AICPA Guidelines, the option-pricing method values the common stock by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. The common stock is modeled as a call option that gives its owner the right but not the obligation to buy the enterprise value at a predetermined exercise price. In the model, the exercise price is based on a comparison

 

-76-


Table of Contents

with the enterprise value rather than, as in the case of a “regular” call option, a comparison with a per-share stock price. Thus, the common stock is considered to be a call option with a claim in the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The option-pricing method has commonly used the Black-Scholes model to price the call option. The option-pricing method, as applied under the Black-Scholes model, is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative. That is, the use of the method under Black-Scholes is generally appropriate in situations in which the enterprise has many choices and options available, and the enterprises value depends on how well it follows an uncharted path through the various possible opportunities and challenges.

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of our common stock subject to issuance under stock options granted from January 1, 2012 through the date of this prospectus, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the final estimated fair value per share of our common stock at the date of grant:

 

Grant Dates

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
     Exercise Price
per Share
     Estimated
Fair Value
per Share
     Aggregate
Grant Date
Fair Value
of Options
     Total
Exercise
Cost
 

October 10, 2012

     1,060,896       $ 0.20       $ 0.20       $ 137,916       $ 212,179   

October 25, 2013

     1,166,200         0.29         0.29         174,930         338,198   

March 31, 2014

     1,599,500         1.02         1.02         857,725         1,590,690   

April 12, 2014

     5,000         1.02         1.02         2,750         5,100   

September 2, 2014

     755,000         1.43         1.43         573,800         1,079,650   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
            $ 1,747,121       $ 3,225,817   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our board of directors grants options from time to time. We obtain independent valuation reports to assist our board of directors in determining the exercise price for our stock options. Our board of directors reviews and considers the most current valuation report when determining the exercise price for our stock options. As a result of a lag between the date of grant and the date of a valuation report, our board of directors also considers any intervening changes that may cause an increase or decrease in the per share valuation of our common stock when determining the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. A discussion of the determination of the fair value of our common stock on our option grant dates from January 1, 2012 through the date of this prospectus is provided below.

On October 10, 2012, the board of directors granted options to purchase 1,060,896 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.20 per share. In estimating the fair value of the common stock to set the exercise price of such options, the board of directors reviewed and considered the aforementioned independent valuation report for the common stock as of February 29, 2012. The report reflected a fair value for the common stock of $0.20 per share. On the date of grant, our board considered this valuation together with a variety of other factors and determined there had not been any intervening changes that would cause an increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock compared to the fair value reflected in such report.

On October 25, 2013, the board of directors granted options to purchase 1,166,200 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.29 per share. In estimating the fair value of the common stock to set the exercise price of such options, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for the common stock as of May 31, 2013. The report reflected a fair value for the common stock of $0.29 per share. On the date of grant, our board considered this valuation together with a variety of other factors and determined there had not been any intervening changes that would cause an increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock compared to the fair value reflected in such report.

On March 31, 2014, the board of directors granted options to purchase 1,559,500 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.02 per share. In estimating the fair value of the common stock to set the exercise price of such options, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for the

 

-77-


Table of Contents

common stock as of December 31, 2013. The report reflected a fair value for the common stock of $1.02 per share. On the date of grant, our board considered this valuation together with a variety of other factors and determined there had not been any intervening changes that would cause an increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock compared to the fair value reflected in such report.

On April 12, 2014, the board of directors granted an option to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.02 per share. In estimating the fair value of the common stock to set the exercise price of such options, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for the common stock as of December 31, 2013. The report reflected a fair value for the common stock of $1.02 per share. On the date of grant, our board considered this valuation together with a variety of other factors and determined there had not been any intervening changes that would cause an increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock compared to the fair value reflected in such report.

On September 2, 2014, the board of directors granted options to purchase 755,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.43 per share. In estimating the fair value of the common stock to set the exercise price of such options, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for the common stock as of June 30, 2014. The report reflected a fair value of the common stock of $1.43 per share. On the date of grant, our board considered this valuation together with a variety of other factors and determined there had not been any intervening changes that would cause an increase or decrease in the fair value of our common stock compared to the fair value reflected in such report.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We assess the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized, and we recognize a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. This assessment requires judgment as to the likelihood and amounts of future taxable income by tax jurisdiction. To date, we have provided a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets as we believe the objective and verifiable evidence of our historical pretax net losses outweighs any positive evidence of our forecasted future results. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax determination involves significant judgment. We will continue to monitor the positive and negative evidence and will adjust the valuation allowance as sufficient objective positive evidence becomes available. At December 31, 2013, our valuation allowance was $5.5 million.

We account for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions within our global operations in income tax expense.

Business Combinations and the Recoverability of Goodwill and Long-lived Intangible Assets

A significant component of our growth strategy has been to acquire and integrate businesses that complement our existing operations. We account for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting and allocate the purchase price of each acquired business to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the purchase date. The difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

In determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, we use recognized valuation methods, including the income approach, market approach and cost approach, and apply present value modeling. Our significant estimates in the income, market or cost approach include identifying business factors such as size, growth, profitability, risk and return on investment and assessing comparable total revenue and operating income multiples in estimating the fair value. We also make certain assumptions specific to the present value modeling valuation techniques which include risk-adjusted discount rates, future commission rates, rates of increase in operating expenses, weighted-average cost of capital, long-term growth rate assumptions and the future effective income tax rates.

Most of the businesses we have acquired did not have a significant amount of tangible assets. As a result, our acquisitions have resulted in the majority of the purchase price being allocated to identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. The long-lived intangible assets we have identified in each acquisition include customer relationships, trade name, and technology-based intangible assets. All of our long-lived intangible assets have a definite life that ranges from three to ten years, which we have determined reflects our best estimate of the pattern in which the economic benefit of the related intangible asset will be utilized. As of December 31, 2013, we had $34.7 million in intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization) and $33.6 million of goodwill.

The valuations of our acquired businesses have been performed by valuation specialists under our management’s supervision. We believe that the estimated fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on reasonable assumptions and estimates that marketplace participants would use. However, such assumptions are inherently uncertain and actual results could differ from those estimates. Future changes in our assumptions or the interrelationship of those assumptions may negatively impact future valuations. In future measurements of fair value, adverse changes in discounted cash flow assumptions could result in an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets that would require a non-cash charge to the consolidated statements of operations and may have a material effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We perform our annual impairment testing of goodwill as of October 1 of each year, and whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Events or circumstances that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations. For purposes of performing the required impairment test, we derive enterprise fair value utilizing the income approach, whereby current and future estimated discounted cash flows are utilized to calculate an operating value of our company on a controlling interest basis. We then compare the derived fair value with the balance of goodwill. We have determined that we have one reporting unit, and we have made assumptions about total revenue, expenses, and growth rates, based on our forecasts, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. The fair value of our single reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill, as of the impairment test date of October 1, 2013. As a result, we passed Step 1 of the goodwill impairment analysis and no further evaluation was required. The assumptions used in our evaluation of goodwill as of the valuation date of October 1, 2013 are consistent with the assumptions used in our evaluation of our common stock, as described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Due to the excess of the fair value of our single reporting unit over its carrying value, a 10% decrease to the estimated fair value of the reporting unit would not have had an impact on the conclusion of our goodwill impairment testing for the reporting unit. The income approach, and specifically the discounted cash flow method, requires the use of projections and estimates of revenue, gross profit, expenses, growth rates, income tax rates, cost of capital and other inputs. If our actual results fall significantly below our projections or if our view of future operations were to adversely change, this could negatively impact our key assumptions and possibly result in indicators of or actual impairment of goodwill.

Long-lived assets, including intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. When such events occur, we

 

-79-


Table of Contents

compare the carrying amounts of the assets to their undiscounted expected future cash flows. If this comparison indicates that there is impairment, the amount of the impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying value and fair value. In fiscal 2013, we determined that we would not use the PowerSteering trade name for the name of the consolidated company as originally intended and, accordingly, we changed the useful life of such trade name from indefinite to definite. As a result, we also determined that an impairment of such trade name had occurred in the amount of $1.1 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued FASB ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step process to achieve that core principle. ASU 2014-09 requires disclosures enabling users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Additionally, qualitative and quantitative disclosures are required about contracts with customers, significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, using one of two retrospective application methods. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the provisions of ASC 606.

 

-80-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

Upland is a leading provider of cloud-based enterprise work management software. We define enterprise work management software as software applications that enable organizations to plan, manage and execute projects and work. Our software applications help organizations better optimize the allocation and utilization of their people, time and money. We provide a family of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications for the information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence functions within organizations. Our software applications address a broad range of enterprise work management needs, from strategic planning to task execution.

The continued growth of an information-based economy driven by technological innovation and globalization is causing a fundamental shift in the way work is done. These changes have given rise to a large and growing group of knowledge workers who operate in dynamic work environments as part of geographically dispersed and virtual teams. McKinsey estimates that, as of May 2013, there were more than 200 million knowledge workers globally. We believe that manual processes and legacy on-premise enterprise systems are insufficient to address the needs of the modern work environment. In order for knowledge workers to be successful, they need to interact with intuitive enterprise work systems in a collaborative way, including real-time access at any time, from anywhere and on any device. Today, legacy processes and systems are being disrupted and replaced by cloud-based enterprise work management software that improves visibility, collaboration and productivity.

In response to these changes, we are helping transform how work gets done by providing organizations and their knowledge workers with software applications that better align resources with business objectives and increase visibility, governance, collaboration and responsiveness to changes in the business environment. This results in increased work capacity, higher productivity and better execution. Our applications are easy-to-use, highly scalable and offer real-time collaboration for knowledge workers distributed on a local or global scale. Our applications address enterprise work challenges in the following categories:

 

    Program and Portfolio Management : Enables customers to gain high-level visibility across their organizations and improve top-down governance and management of programs, initiatives, investments and projects.

 

    Project Management and Collaboration : Enables customers to improve collaboration and the execution of both projects and unstructured work.

 

    Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management: Enables customers to automate document-based workflows and control access and distribution of their content to boost productivity, encourage collaboration, improve compliance and enhance and influence customer engagement.

 

    Project Workforce Management : Enables customers to more effectively manage their knowledge workers to better track work, expenses and client billing while improving scheduling, utilization and alignment of human capital.

 

    Financial Management . Enables customers to have visibility into the cost, quality and value of internal services delivered within their organizations, which helps improve alignment during planning and budgeting processes, and better assess and validate proposed investments and initiatives of a particular line of business.

We sell our software applications primarily through a direct sales organization comprised of inside sales and field sales personnel. In addition to our direct sales organization, we have an indirect sales organization, which sells to distributors and value-added resellers. We employ a land-and-expand go-to-market strategy. After we demonstrate the value of an initial application to an organization, our sales and account management teams work to expand the adoption of that initial application across the organization, as well as cross-sell additional

 

-81-


Table of Contents

applications to address other enterprise work management needs of the organization. Our customer success organization supports our direct sales efforts by managing the post-sale customer lifecycle.

Our subscription agreements are typically sold either on a per-seat basis or on a minimum contracted volume basis with overage fees billed in arrears, depending on the application being sold. We service customers ranging from large global corporations and government agencies to small- and medium-sized businesses. As of December 31, 2013, we had more than 1,200 customers with over 200,000 users, excluding users under volume-based contracts, across a broad range of industries, including financial services, retail, technology, manufacturing, education, consumer goods, media, telecommunications, government, food and beverage, healthcare and life sciences.

We have achieved significant growth and scale in a relatively short period of time. Through a series of acquisitions, we have established a diverse family of software applications under the Upland brand, each of which addresses a specific enterprise work management need. Our revenue has grown from $22.8 million in fiscal 2012 to $41.2 million in fiscal 2013 and from $18.7 million in the first six months of 2013 to $31.8 million in the first six months of 2014, representing an 80% and 70% period-over-period growth rate, respectively. See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding our revenue as it relates to domestic and foreign operations. We recorded Adjusted EBITDA of $0.7 million, $2.7 million and $2.6 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the first six months of 2014, respectively, and a net loss of $2.5 million, $9.2 million and $15.0 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013 and the first six months of 2014, respectively. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

Industry Background

A Rapidly Changing Business Environment

The continued growth of an information-based economy driven by technological innovation and globalization is causing a fundamental change in the business environment and the way work is done. To be successful, organizations must be able to quickly adapt to changes in this complex and rapidly evolving environment and optimize the utilization of their people, time and money. These changes have given rise to a large and growing group of knowledge workers who operate in dynamic work settings as part of geographically dispersed and virtual teams. To be successful, these knowledge workers must quickly synthesize, analyze and act on large amounts of information and collaborate effectively at any time, from anywhere and on any device.

Legacy Processes and Systems are Insufficient

Many organizations continue to utilize manual processes and traditional tools, such as paper-based techniques, spreadsheets and email, as well as legacy on-premise enterprise systems, to manage knowledge work. The limitations of these processes and systems include siloed and disparate information, limited visibility and transparency, poor collaboration among teams, lost productivity and misalignment of work efforts and overall business objectives. In addition, legacy on-premise enterprise systems can be expensive and time intensive to implement, inflexible and difficult to use, and costly to upgrade and maintain. Today, legacy processes and systems are being disrupted and replaced by cloud-based enterprise work management software that improves visibility, collaboration and productivity.

The Need for Cloud-Based Enterprise Work Management Software

Enterprise work management software is an emerging category of software applications that enable organizations to effectively plan, manage and execute projects and work in order to maximize work capacity, productivity and profitability. Recently, cloud computing and SaaS have begun to transform enterprise work management with rapid speed-to-value, low total cost of ownership and reduced financial risk. As a result of these benefits, the annual growth rate of the SaaS market is expected to be significantly greater than the

 

-82-


Table of Contents

worldwide application software market. IDC estimates that the worldwide SaaS applications market will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 19%, from $18 billion in 2012 to $42 billion in 2017, while the worldwide application software market will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 6%, from $168 billion to $225 billion in 2017. We believe the ability of cloud-based software to deliver a flexible, scalable, cost-efficient, easy-to-use and collaborative platform to knowledge workers distributed on a local or global scale will significantly accelerate the adoption of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications.

Cloud-based enterprise work management software applications can increase work capacity, productivity and profitability by reducing manual processes and isolated silos of information, and by enhancing collaboration across organizations. While cloud-based enterprise work management software applications may be adopted on an individual basis, we believe they deliver the greatest value when multiple applications are deployed, as an end-to-end management process for prioritizing, allocating, managing and monitoring resources and work throughout the enterprise. We provide a diverse offering of software applications that address a broad range of enterprise work management needs.

We currently participate in various areas of enterprise work management, including the markets that IDC identifies as worldwide project and portfolio management, worldwide business process management software, worldwide financial performance and strategy management applications, worldwide collaborative applications and worldwide content management software. In aggregate, IDC estimates these markets will exceed $27 billion globally in 2014. Within these markets our family of cloud-based software applications address enterprise work functions in program and portfolio management, project management and collaboration, workflow automation and enterprise content management, project workforce management and financial management. While these markets today are largely served by legacy on-premise enterprise systems, we believe there will continue to be increased market adoption of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications.

The Upland Approach

Our software applications are designed for the way people work today. Unlike legacy solutions, our applications have been developed with the unique requirements of today’s knowledge worker in mind. We enable knowledge workers to interact, collaborate and make business decisions using real-time information from a wide variety of sources, at any time, from anywhere and on any device.

Our award-winning family of cloud-based software applications deliver the functionality required to effectively plan, manage and execute projects and work. Our innovative applications allow our customers to more effectively manage the rapid pace of change and complexity in today’s work environment. Our applications are highly scalable, flexible and secure and provide our customers with a modern and intuitive user experience. Organizations currently use our applications in the following functional areas:

 

    Information Technology . Information technology departments use our applications to manage a variety of information technology activities and resources, such as projects and application portfolios. Our applications help information technology departments ensure they are delivering against the objectives of the business by helping to select and prioritize the right investments, gain greater control of resource demand and allocation, and track and report benefit realization. Our applications enable executives to gain better insight into information technology spending to help prevent cost overruns and understand the nature of consumption. By enabling information technology teams to make more informed decisions with real-time visibility across the complete information technology portfolio, our applications empower information technology departments to shift from a cost center to a more strategic enterprise function.

 

   

Marketing . Marketing teams employ our applications to enhance their overall marketing effectiveness. We offer applications that help customers execute lead generation programs, build their online brand presence, collaborate on the creation and publication of content, and gain increased control over marketing workflows, activities and budgets. Our applications empower marketing organizations to

 

-83-


Table of Contents
 

more effectively manage the influx of projects, information, processes and systems necessary to meet today’s modern marketing requirements.

 

    Finance . Finance departments use our applications as a cost allocation tool to assess and validate proposed investments and initiatives of a particular line of business, as well as increase the visibility and governance of capital expenditures and cost-cutting projects and deepen the understanding of actual resource utilization and costs. Our applications help improve collaboration between finance departments and particular lines of business, in addition to streamlining compliance and accounting workflows.

 

    Professional Services . Professional services organizations, such as consulting or software development firms, employ our applications to streamline service delivery and optimize utilization of billable resources. In addition, service-oriented departments within organizations, such as customer service and support teams, utilize our applications to more effectively budget, plan and track provision of services and improve capacity planning and forecasting.

 

    Process Excellence . Process excellence, Lean Six Sigma and similar functional groups within organizations use our applications to facilitate critical process improvement efforts. Our applications help provide high-level visibility and tracking of process excellence programs, automate processes and streamline workflows while improving process governance. Process improvement and similar business transformation initiatives continue to be a key driver of corporate performance, especially among large global corporations.

We believe our applications benefit customers in the following ways:

 

    Do the right work . Our applications enable our customers to more effectively align programs, initiatives, investments and projects with overall business objectives, helping ensure the right work is done at the right time. This alignment drives increased productivity and optimizes the allocation and utilization of people, time and money within organizations.

 

    Do the work right . Our applications help customers to more effectively manage projects and tasks by enabling real-time visibility, collaboration, structured workflows and access to the right content and information. This provides teams of distributed workers with clarity into priorities and expectations as well as the tools to execute effectively, resulting in increased productivity, transparency, accountability, and the ability to respond rapidly to change.

 

    Single source of truth . Our applications collect real-time data regarding the planning, management and execution of projects and work processes across teams and business units from disparate sources and integrate such data into a single repository, which we call a “single source of truth.” This enables a more complete view of teams, projects and resources than the siloed information repositories legacy processes and systems typically provide.

 

    Responsiveness to change . Our applications provide analytics and reporting capabilities that transform disparate data in real-time into actionable intelligence, enabling users to make better informed business decisions. Our applications enable organizations to conduct dynamic and sophisticated “what-if” and scenario analyses that can improve their ability to respond effectively to changing business conditions.

 

    Easy to implement and use . Customers can easily access our cloud-based applications with an Internet browser. Our applications do not require large up-front software expenditures or significant ongoing infrastructure or information technology support. In addition, we provide a common user interface with a modern look and feel that ensures a consistent user experience across our applications.

 

    Flexible, scalable and secure . Our applications are highly configurable, which provides us with flexibility to meet the unique business requirements of individual customers. Our applications are also scalable and are able to support large deployments while maintaining required performance levels. We provide tools to help our customers manage the critical elements of application security, including authentication, authorization and regulatory compliance.

 

-84-


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

The following competitive strengths are keys to our success:

 

    Large, attractive customer base . Our customer base is highly diverse and spans a broad array of industries, including financial services, retail, technology, manufacturing, education, consumer goods, media, telecommunications, government, food and beverage, healthcare and life sciences. We service customers of varying size, ranging from large global corporations and government agencies to small- and medium-sized businesses. We have a highly referenceable customer base that we leverage to help us acquire new customers. As of December 31, 2013, we had over 1,200 customers, with no customer accounting for more than 2% of our revenue.

 

    Diversified family of software applications . We offer a family of software applications that addresses a broad range of enterprise work management needs, from strategic planning to task execution. We believe this benefits our customers as compared to many of our cloud-based competitors who offer only a single point solution for a more limited and discrete work management need. Our applications address the information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence functions within organizations.

 

    Recurring revenue model with high visibility . We believe we have a highly attractive operating model due to the recurring nature of our subscription revenue, which results in greater visibility and predictability of future revenue and enhances our ability to effectively manage our business. In addition, the cloud-based nature of our model accommodates significant additional business volume with limited incremental costs, providing us with opportunities to improve our operating margins.

 

    Proven M&A capability . We have a proven ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate complementary businesses to grow our company, as evidenced by the six acquisitions we have completed since the beginning of 2012. We have a dedicated and experienced corporate development team that continually monitors hundreds of companies in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential acquisition candidates. We believe that our acquisition experience and strategy gives us a competitive advantage in identifying additional opportunities to expand our family of software applications to better serve our customers.

 

    Experienced, proven management team . Our management team has significant operating experience and previously occupied key leadership roles at both private and public companies. In addition, our management’s extensive knowledge of the industry and experience in building businesses organically and through strategic acquisitions has enabled us to quickly establish a leading position within the enterprise work management software market.

 

    Cloud-based platform . We deliver our software applications and functionality primarily through the cloud, with no hardware or software installation required by our customers. This delivery model allows us to provide reliable, cost-effective applications to our customers, add subscribers with minimal incremental expense and deploy new functionality and upgrades quickly and efficiently. We believe our cloud-based delivery model provides us with a competitive advantage over legacy processes and on-premise systems.

 

    Commitment to customer success . We have a dedicated customer success organization whose mission is to drive adoption, value realization, retention and loyalty across our customer base. Our focus on enabling our customers’ success is a key reason our annual net dollar retention rate was 90% in fiscal 2013. Our commitment to customer success has enabled us to expand our footprint within organizations and facilitate the ongoing adoption of our enterprise work management software applications.

 

-85-


Table of Contents

Our Strategy for Growth

Our objective is to be the world’s leading provider of enterprise work management software. The key elements of our strategy for growth are as follows:

 

    Add new customers . We are expanding our direct sales and marketing capabilities in order to further grow our customer base. We also intend to expand our indirect sales channels through alliances with strategic partners that can leverage our applications with complementary services and technologies they provide. In addition, we continue to expand the range of integrations between our software and third-party applications and platforms, which we believe make our applications more attractive to a broader audience of potential customers.
    Increase sales to existing customers . We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand the adoption of our applications within existing customers, particularly within divisions or departments that have not previously used our applications. We also intend to cross-sell additional applications to our existing customers, as very few of our customers currently use more than one of our applications. In addition, we intend to add new applications to our family of applications that will address additional functions within the enterprise work management spectrum. We believe these initiatives will significantly increase the value of our platform to our customers, further strengthen our competitive position and drive increased adoption of multiple applications by our customers.

 

    Acquire complementary software businesses . We intend to pursue acquisitions of complementary technologies, products and businesses to enhance the features and functionality of our applications, expand our customer base and provide access to new markets and increased benefits of scale. Our dedicated and experienced corporate development team continually monitors hundreds of companies in order to maintain a robust pipeline of potential acquisition candidates, many of which are smaller scale or address only limited enterprise work management challenges, which often operate outside the scope of some of our larger competitors. We believe that our acquisition experience and strategy gives us a competitive advantage in identifying additional opportunities to expand our family of cloud-based applications to better serve our customers. We will prioritize acquisitions within the enterprise functions we currently serve, including information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence, as well as pursue acquisitions that serve other enterprise functions.

 

    Expand globally . We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow sales of our applications globally. In fiscal 2013 and the first six months of 2014, approximately 24% and 19%, respectively, of our revenue was derived from sales outside the United States. We intend to expand our business in Europe and evaluate future opportunities in Asia through the hiring of additional sales personnel, selective acquisitions and entering into strategic partnerships.

 

    Improve and enhance applications . We will continue to invest in research and development and work closely with our customers to identify and improve new applications, features and functionalities that address customer requirements across the enterprise work management spectrum. We also intend to continue to expand the breadth of our applications with additional analytics, third-party integrations and social and mobile capabilities to meet the evolving needs of today’s knowledge workers. In addition, we will continue to implement our consistent user interface, with its modern look and feel and single sign-on capability, across all of our applications.

Our Products

We provide a family of cloud-based enterprise work management software applications under the Upland brand. Our applications are easy-to-deploy, highly configurable, scalable, flexible and secure. We provide applications for the information technology, marketing, finance, professional services and process excellence functions within organizations, as described below. These applications are delivered through a cloud infrastructure, with a consistent, modern, and intuitive user interface across all of our applications. We refer to this as the “Upland Experience.” Our cloud infrastructure has been designed to give us the ability to provide for

 

-86-


Table of Contents

single sign-on capability, responsive capabilities, analytics, and a shared application programming interface for integrating our family of software applications with each other and third-party applications.

Program and Portfolio Management . Our program and portfolio management application is used by our customers to gain high-level visibility across their organizations and improve their top-down governance of programs, initiatives, investments and projects without necessitating the detailed task and resource tracking required by legacy project management systems. Our customers use these capabilities to:

 

    gather, develop and assess ideas and proposed investments;

 

    prioritize and select projects and investments according to business value and strategic fit;

 

    more effectively allocate resources in alignment with business objectives;

 

    respond quickly to change with real-time visibility into status and the ability to evaluate the impact of potential changes; and

 

    gauge performance against strategic objectives, execution-level indicators and financial metrics.

Our program and portfolio management application currently is used within the information technology, finance and process excellence functions of organizations.

Project Management and Collaboration . Our project management and collaboration application is used by our customers to improve collaboration and the execution of projects, unstructured work and unscheduled tasks. Our customers use these capabilities to:

 

    plan and schedule projects and work in order to improve resource utilization;

 

    gain real-time visibility into work status, issues and risks;

 

    track costs associated with projects and work;

 

    increase the quality and speed of execution with customizable templates and workflows; and

 

    empower collaboration by providing shared online workspaces in which team members can collaborate in a social manner.

Our project management and collaboration application currently is used within the information technology, marketing and professional services functions of organizations.

Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management . Our workflow automation and enterprise content management applications are used by our customers to automate document-based workflows by capturing, storing and routing content, assigning work tasks and creating audit trails for operations such as healthcare records, loan processing, human resource processes and accounts receivable and payable processing. Additionally, our workflow automation and enterprise content management applications are used by enterprise marketers and media companies to create, maintain and deliver websites that enhance and influence customer engagement. These applications empower non-technical staff to create, manage, publish, analyze and refine content and social media assets without information technology intervention. Our customers use these capabilities to:

 

    empower collaboration by providing a way for employees to access, share and update content from anywhere;

 

    streamline workflows by creating custom rules to process and route content for approval;

 

    automatically capture, index, classify and organize enterprise content in a secure, central repository with document retention policies to meet business and compliance requirements;

 

    apply and enforce document retention policies to meet business and compliance requirements;

 

-87-


Table of Contents
    streamline the process for creating and managing website content;

 

    integrate user-generated content, such as polls, surveys, blogs, ratings and comments, into their websites; and

 

    deliver more relevant, personalized content to website visitors based on the tracking of individual visitor behavior.

Our workflow automation and enterprise content management applications are currently used within the information technology, finance, marketing and process excellence functions of organizations.

Project Workforce Management . Our project workforce management applications are used by customers to more effectively manage their project and service-based knowledge workers to better manage employee-related expenses and client billing while improving scheduling, utilization and alignment of human capital. Our customers use these capabilities to:

 

    create resource capacity plans;

 

    align available skills, expertise and capacity with project requirements;

 

    more efficiently plan and schedule projects;

 

    track resource and expense allocation for specific projects, activity types or budget categories;

 

    analyze workforce performance;

 

    streamline timesheet review, approval and reporting processes;

 

    manage time, travel and entertainment expenses; and

 

    streamline project cost reporting, billing and revenue recognition processes.

Our project workforce management applications currently are used within the information technology, marketing, finance, and professional services functions of organizations.

Financial Management . Our financial management application is used by our customers to gain visibility into the cost, quality and value of services the information technology and finance functions deliver to organizations. This increased transparency helps our customers improve alignment during planning and budgeting processes, and validate proposed investments and initiatives of a particular line of business. Our customers use these capabilities to:

 

    quantify and understand the total cost of ownership of information technology applications and services;

 

    establish product and unit-costing metrics for benchmarking and/or chargeback;

 

    provide information technology and finance departments with the ability to chargeback business units for applications and services, including cloud services, based on metered consumption;

 

    provide business managers with insights into their consumption of information technology services to better utilize information technology services with business goals and objectives;

 

    leverage utilization and capacity metrics for “what-if” analysis and modeling;

 

    analyze fixed versus variable information technology-related costs to identify opportunities for savings; and

 

    support demand-based budgeting and forecasting processes.

Our financial management application currently is used within the information technology and finance functions of organizations.

 

-88-


Table of Contents

Customers

As of December 31, 2013, we had more than 1,200 customers with over 200,000 users, excluding users under volume-based contracts. Our customers operate in a wide variety of industries, including financial services, retail, technology, manufacturing, education, consumer goods, media, and telecommunications, government, food and beverage, healthcare and life sciences, chemicals and travel and hospitality. No customer represented more than 3% of our revenue as of June 30, 2014. Our customers include:

 

Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.   

Datacom Investments Pty Ltd

  

Memorial Sloan Kettering

Allstream Inc.   

Eaton Corporation

  

Cancer Center

Autodesk Inc.   

Gray Television Group, Inc.

  

NYSE Group, Inc.

HJ Baker & Bro, Inc.   

Havi Global Solutions, LLC

  

PC Connection, Inc.

Bazaarvoice Inc.   

JDA Inc.

  

ProQuest LLC

Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.   

Johnson Controls, Inc.

  

Riverbed Technology, Inc.

CEVA Logistics Head Office BV   

Lloyd’s Register Group Limited

  

RSA Security LLC

Coca-Cola Hellenic

  

Mariah Media, Network LLC

  

Save the Children UK

Columbus McKinnon Corporation   

McGraw Hill Financial, Inc.

   Swiss Reinsurance Company Ltd.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We sell our software applications primarily through a direct sales organization comprised of inside sales and field sales personnel. We employ a land-and-expand go-to-market strategy. After we demonstrate the value of an initial application to an organization, our sales and account management teams work to expand the adoption of that initial application across the organization, as well as cross-sell additional applications to address other enterprise work management needs of the organization. Our direct sales team is organized by geography, customer size, application type and functional area within an organization. All of our direct sales personnel sell our applications and professional services across multiple industries.

Marketing

Our marketing activities are designed to build awareness of the Upland brand and the individual product brands, generate thought leadership and create demand, resulting in leads and opportunities for our sales organizations. Our marketing programs target decision makers and influencers participating in a buying cycle, including the chief information officer, the chief marketing officer, the chief financial officer, the director of process excellence and other key technology and business managers. Our principal marketing programs include:

 

    use of our website to provide information about us and our software applications, as well as educational opportunities for potential customers;

 

    field marketing events for customers and prospective customers;

 

    participation in, and sponsorship of, executive events, trade shows and industry events;

 

    our user conferences;

 

    integrated digital marketing campaigns, including email, online advertising, blogs and webinars;

 

    public relations, analyst relations and social media initiatives; and

 

    sales representatives who respond to incoming leads to convert them into new sales opportunities.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

Customer Success

Our customer success organization is structured to manage all aspects of our post-sale customer lifecycle. This organization consists of dedicated teams with a mission to drive adoption of our applications, value realization, retention and loyalty across our customer base. Our customer success organization has four core functional areas with strategic focus on customer relationship management:

 

    Customer Care . Our customer care team assists customers throughout their lifecycle with the Upland family of applications by making service offerings available to all customers as part of their standard customer agreements, including webinars, user group meetings and conferences. In particular, we hold a user conference featuring a variety of keynote and customer speakers, panelists and presentations. Conference attendees also gain insight into our recent application enhancements and participate in interactive sessions that give them the opportunity to express opinions on new features and functionality.

 

    Professional Services . Our professional services team is responsible for coordinating all activities relating to the implementation, transition and on-boarding of new customers and assisting new customers with the addition of new applications to their accounts. Typical professional services engagements vary in length from a few weeks to several months depending on the size and scope of the engagement and are in addition to services provided under our standard customer agreement and are fee-based. In addition, our project managers and consultants work closely with our customers to provide services that help customers maximize the utility of our applications. Our continuing education services, known as Upland University, provide our clients with access to product tutorials and information on new applications and platform features, as well as offer tailored training programs to meet specific client needs.

 

    Account Management . We assign each customer a regionally aligned account team with a relationship manager who functions as the customer’s single point of contact and advocate within Upland. Our account management teams are trained on all of our applications and work closely with the relationship manager to ensure that our customers receive high-quality consultative service.

 

    Customer Support . We offer support from all of our office locations, as well as our offshore Center of Excellence in Egypt and India, to help our customers maximize the return on their investment in our applications. We provide 24/7 customer support around the world through our online customer support portal. In addition, our customer support team manages and administers the Upland customer community forum and knowledge base repository.

Our customer success organization manages programs to reinforce the ongoing business value of our applications and promote the Upland “customer for life” program. These service offerings include:

 

    Health Checks and Program Reviews : Engages core users and business buyer sponsors to deliver a detailed scorecard and recommendation report.

 

    Advisory and Retained Services : Provides access to a specific customer success contact with priority scheduling and periodic checkpoints.

 

    System Deployment and Adoption Analysis : Analyzes system configuration and usage patterns, resulting in best practice recommendations on improving user adoption and compliance.

 

    Consumption Review and Recommendations : Delivers best practice recommendations for implementation strategy and a roadmap proposal for aligning the system with customers’ evolving process maturity to increase application usage.

 

    Success Services Program : Provides three service-level options tailored to maximize customers’ value relative to their specific needs.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

Technology and Operations

Our cloud-based family of applications utilizes a multi-tenant architecture and our customers access our applications through a consistent user interface using a secure Internet connection through a standard web browser. We rely on generally available off-the-shelf software licensed from third parties. Our applications are easy to deploy, highly configurable, scalable, flexible and secure and provide our customers with a modern and intuitive user experience.

Our cloud-based infrastructure is designed to achieve better than 99.9% uptime, excluding planned downtime. We achieved 99.9% uptime for the twelve months ended June 30, 2014. We use storage area network hardware at our data center locations that have been designed for high performance and data-loss prevention. We believe these systems have the capability and scalability to enable us to meet our anticipated growth for the foreseeable future.

We employ a modular application architecture to balance customer workloads across multiple servers and to provide a flexible method for scaling customers without impacting other parts of the server environment. This architecture is designed to allow us to provide the high levels of uptime required by our customers. We employ capacity planning techniques to ensure we have required capacity for our forecasted growth.

We offer high levels of security by segregating each customer’s data from the data of other customers and by limiting access to our platform to only those individuals authorized by our customers. We maintain a formal and comprehensive security program designed to ensure the security and integrity of customer data, protect against security threats or data breaches, and prevent unauthorized access to the data of our customers. We strictly regulate and limit all access to on-demand servers and networks at our production and remote backup facilities. Periodic security audits are conducted by an external third-party and include firewall penetration testing and vulnerability scans. In addition, sensitive customer data is encrypted. Encrypted backup files are transmitted over secure connections to a redundant server storage device in a secondary data center. Our data center facilities employ advanced measures to ensure physical integrity, including redundant power and cooling systems, and advanced fire and flood prevention.

All users are authenticated, authorized and validated before they can access our system. Users must have a valid user ID and associated password to log onto our user interface. Our configurable security model allows different groups of users to have different levels of access to our applications. Security groups and policies are delivered or can be created based on a customer’s unique access requirements.

We currently serve our customers from seven secure, third-party, American National Standards Institute Tier 3 data center facilities, located in San Diego, California; Los Angeles, California; Phoenix, Arizona; St. Louis, Missouri; Chicago, Illinois; Dulles, Virginia; and Montreal, Quebec. Our data centers are designed to host computer systems with fully redundant subsystems and compartmentalized security zones. While we procure and operate all infrastructure equipment delivering our applications, third parties operate the data centers that we use. These facilities provide 24/7 security, biometric access controls, systems security, redundant power and environmental controls. Our contracts with these third party data center providers are typically for a term of three years. While we believe that these data centers have sufficient capacity to meet our anticipated growth for the foreseeable future, we have instituted a new initiative to consolidate our data centers for higher efficiency.

We voluntarily obtain third-party security examinations relating to security and data privacy in accordance with the Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAE) No. 16, Reporting on Controls at a Service Organization. Our SSAE examination is conducted every year by an independent third-party auditor and addresses, among other areas, our physical and environmental safeguards for production data centers, data availability and integrity procedures, change management procedures and logical security procedures.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Our ability to compete depends in large part on our continuous commitment to research and development, our ability to rapidly introduce new features and functionality and our ability to improve proven applications for established markets in which we have competitive advantages. We work closely with our customers to continuously enhance the performance, functionality, usability, reliability and flexibility of our applications.

Our research and development organization is responsible for the design enhancements, development, testing and certification of our applications. In addition, we utilize contractors and offshore resources for our automated testing, managed upgrades, software development and other technology services. Our research and development expenses were $5.3 million in fiscal 2012, $10.3 million in fiscal 2013 and $18.4 million in the first six months of 2014.

Competition

The overall market for enterprise work management software is rapidly evolving and subject to changing technology, shifting customer needs and frequent introductions of new applications. The intensity and nature of our competition varies significantly across our range of enterprise work management applications. We believe there are a limited number of direct competitors that provide a comprehensive cloud-based enterprise work management software offering. However, we face competition both from point solution providers, including legacy on-premise enterprise systems, and other cloud-based work management software vendors that may address one or more of the functional elements of our applications, but are not designed to address a broad range of enterprise work management needs. In addition, we face competition from manual processes and traditional tools, such as paper-based techniques, spreadsheets and email.

Our primary competitors for each of our enterprise work management applications currently include:

 

    Program and Portfolio Management : Clarity (a division of Computer Associates), Changepoint, Innotas and Planview;

 

    Project Management and Collaboration : Microsoft Project, AtTask and Clarizen;

 

    Workflow Automation and Enterprise Content Management: Hyland Software, Laserfiche, OpenText, Perceptive Software (a division of Lexmark), Adobe and Sitecore;

 

    Project Workforce Management : Deltek, Infor, OpenAir (a product of NetSuite) and Replicon; and

 

    Financial Management : Apptio, Hewlett Packard’s Information Technology Financial Management Solution and VMware’s Information Technology Business Management Suite.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

    breadth and depth of application functionality;

 

    ease of deployment and use of applications;

 

    total cost of ownership;

 

    levels of customer support satisfaction;

 

    brand awareness and reputation;

 

    capability for configurability, integration, scalability and reliability of applications;

 

    ability to innovate and respond to customer needs rapidly; and

 

    level of integration among applications and with other enterprise systems.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will largely depend on the strength of our applications, the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts, the quality of our customer success organization and our ability to acquire complementary technologies, products and businesses to enhance the features and functionality of our applications.

 

-92-


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights

We primarily rely on a combination of copyright, trade secret, trademark and other rights in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. We filed applications to register some of our trademarks, including UPLAND, “DO THE RIGHT WORK. DO THE WORK RIGHT” and our Upland Software logo, in the United States and certain other jurisdictions. In addition, as of June 30, 2014, we owned four issued U.S. patents and had four pending applications for U.S. patents.

Though we rely in part on our registered intellectual property, we believe that the most important factor in protecting our technology, and the competitive advantage we believe it provides, is the skill and know-how embodied in the functionality and frequent enhancements we make to our applications. Accordingly, in order to help prevent misuse and misappropriation of our technology, we include confidentiality and other protective provisions in our customer agreements and in our other agreements with employees, contractors, customers and other third parties, which limit access to, use of and disclosure of our proprietary information and technology.

Employees

As of June 30, 2014, we had 296 employees, including 61 in sales and marketing, 103 in customer success and 80 in product development. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced a strike or similar work stoppage, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Properties

Our principal offices are located in Austin, Texas where we occupy approximately 6,255 square feet of space under a sublease that expires in May 2017. We occupy additional leased facilities of approximately 8,930 square feet in Cambridge, Massachusetts; approximately 16,987 square feet in Montreal, Quebec; approximately 22,950 square feet in Lincoln, Nebraska; approximately 9,645 square feet in Carlsbad, California; and approximately 10,112 square feet in San Francisco, California. We also occupy additional leased facilities of less than 5,000 square feet each in Iselin, New Jersey and London, England. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceeding, which we believe would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of September 4, 2014.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Executive Officers

     

John T. McDonald

   51    Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Michael D. Hill

   45    Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

Ludwig Melik

   44    President

Timothy W. Mattox

   48    Chief Operating Officer

R. Brian Henley

   50    Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and M&A

Joseph Larscheid

   39    Executive Vice President of Strategy

Mounir Hilal

   37    Senior Vice President of Customer Success and Global Services

Sean Nathaniel

   37    Senior Vice President of Technology

Brian Wilson

   37    Senior Vice President of Sales

Maysoon Al-Hasso

   44    Senior Vice President of Marketing

Angie McDermott

   54    Senior Vice President of Human Resources

Robert V. Housley

   42    General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

     

John D. Thornton

   49    Director

Steven Sarracino

  

38

   Director

Stephen E. Courter

  

59

  

Director

Rodney C. Favaron

  

50

  

Director

Executive Officers

John T. (Jack) McDonald has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors since our founding in July 2010. Prior to founding Upland in 2010, Mr. McDonald was Chief Executive Officer of Perficient, Inc. (NASDAQ: PRFT), an information technology consulting firm, from 1999 to 2009, and chairman from 2001 to 2010. Mr. McDonald started his career as an attorney with Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP in New York, focusing on mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance, from 1987 to 1993. Mr. McDonald currently serves as chairman of the Greater Austin Chamber of Commerce and is a member of the board of directors of a number of privately held companies and non-profit organizations. Mr. McDonald received a B.A. in Economics from Fordham University and a J.D. from Fordham Law School.

We believe that Mr. McDonald is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience as our Chief Executive Officer and his background in the technology industry, including serving as chairman of a public technology company.

Michael D. Hill has served as our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary since our founding in July 2010. Prior to joining Upland, Mr. Hill served as Chief Financial Officer of Perficient, Inc. (NASDAQ: PRFT), from February 2004 to August 2006 and then as its Vice President, Strategic Finance from August 2006 to May 2007. Mr. Hill worked as a consulting Chief Financial Officer for Whitecap Capital I, LLC, a private equity investment fund, from November 2008 to December 2011 and served as a consultant to multiple small businesses from June 2007 to October 2008. Previously, Mr. Hill served in executive management roles for several technology start-up companies and spent more than seven years with Ernst & Young LLP in the Assurance and Advisory Business Services practice in Austin, Texas. Mr. Hill received a B.B.A. in Accounting from The University of Texas at Austin and is a licensed certified public accountant in the State of Texas.

 

-94-


Table of Contents

Ludwig Melik has acted as our President since September 2012. Mr. Melik joined Upland through our acquisition of Tenrox in February 2012. He first served as Vice President of Sales from February 2012 to September 2012 and has served as President since September 2012. Prior to our acquisition of Tenrox, Mr. Melik served as Vice President of Sales and a partner of Tenrox from August 1997 to February 2012. Mr. Melik holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from Concordia University.

Timothy W. Mattox has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 2014. Prior to joining Upland, Mr. Mattox held various executive positions at Dell, which he joined in 1998. During his time at Dell, Mr. Mattox was responsible for worldwide enterprise product management from January 2009 to January 2013. In addition, while at Dell, Mr. Mattox led Dell’s corporate strategy group, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer, from January 2007 to January 2009. Prior to Dell, Mr. Mattox was a manager at Bain & Company. Mr. Mattox holds a B.S. and M.S. in electrical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Mattox currently sits on the board of the National Center for Arts and Technology, an innovative educational non-profit organization.

R. Brian Henley has served as our Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and M&A since January 2013. Prior to joining Upland, Mr. Henley was a Partner, Analyst and Portfolio Manager for Rogge Capital Management, an international hedge fund that invests in high-growth companies across Asia and Europe, from February 2007 to June 2012. Mr. Henley started his career at International Business Machines Corporation in 1986, holding various roles in sales and corporate development over a seven-year period. Subsequently, Mr. Henley was a technology entrepreneur, building two Internet-based businesses that were acquired by public companies. Mr. Henley holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from the University of Arkansas and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Joseph Larscheid has served as our Executive Vice President of Strategy since November 2012. Mr. Larscheid joined Upland through our acquisition of EPM Live, where he served as founder and Chief Executive Officer from 1999 to November 2012. Mr. Larscheid attended Grossmont College and San Diego State University.

Mounir Hilal has served as our Senior Vice President of Customer Success and Global Services since February 2012. Prior to joining Upland, Mr. Hilal served as Vice President of Client Services of Tenrox from December 2008 to April 2012, where he oversaw the global professional services organization. Mr. Hilal holds a B.S. in Software Engineering from McGill University and an M.B.A. from Queen’s University. Mr. Hilal is also a certified Project Management Professional.

Sean Nathaniel has served as our Senior Vice President of Technology since May 2013. Mr. Nathaniel joined Upland through our acquisition of FileBound, where Mr. Nathaniel served as Chief Information Officer from February 2007 to May 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Nathaniel served in various positions, most recently as Director of Technology for GiftCertificates.com, an e-commerce company, from February 2000 to February 2007. Mr. Nathaniel holds a B.A. in Business Administration from Northwestern College and an M.B.A. from the University of Nebraska.

Brian Wilson has served as our Senior Vice President of Sales since May 2013. Before joining Upland, Mr. Wilson was Vice President of Sales at Innotas, a software company providing cloud solutions for project portfolio management, application portfolio management and capacity and demand planning from December 2011 to May 2013. Mr. Wilson also served as a Regional Sales Manager at Innotas from August 2009 to December 2011. From January 2009 to July 2009, Mr. Wilson worked as an independent consultant in the technology industry. Prior to that, Mr. Wilson held various sales and management positions at Seagate Technology PLC and Fujitsu Consumer Products of America, Inc., including leadership roles spanning Distribution Sales, Fortune 100 OEM engagements and Field Sales. Mr. Wilson holds a B.A. in Communication with a minor in Managerial Economics from the University of California, Davis.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Maysoon Al-Hasso has served as our Senior Vice President of Marketing since June 2014. Prior to joining Upland she worked as an independent consultant between 2010 to 2014 with Austin-based software companies and non-profits including uStudio Inc., Adlucent LLC and The Miracle Foundation. Ms. Al-Hasso has held marketing leadership roles at software companies, including North America Marketing for OutSystems from 2009 to 2010, Vice President of Marketing at Apptix, Inc. from 2007 to 2008, and Vice President of Marketing at CA Technologies, Inc. (NASDAQ: CA) from 2000 to 2005. She holds a B.Sc. in Management Sciences from the University of Manchester, England.

Angie McDermott has served as our Senior Vice President of Human Resources since June 2014. Prior to joining Upland, Ms. McDermott was Vice President, Human Resources for Calxeda from May 2013 to December 2013. Previously, Ms. McDermott worked at Convio, Inc. as its Vice President of Human Resources from February 2006 to April 2013. Prior to Convio, Inc., Ms. McDermott served in various human resources roles within Dell, McDermott Consulting, and Procter and Gamble. She holds a B.S. in Psychology and a B.S. and Ph.D. in Industrial/Organizational Psychology from the University of Houston.

Robert V. Housley has served as our General Counsel and Secretary since February 2014. Prior to joining Upland, Mr. Housley practiced law at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, since January 2000 and at Testa Hurwitz & Thibeault, L.L.P. from October 1998 to January 2000. Mr. Housley represented enterprises and investors in the areas of corporate and securities law, finance, mergers and acquisitions and corporate governance. Mr. Housley holds a B.S. in Economics from the University of Texas at Austin and a J.D. from Southern Methodist University Dedman School of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

John D. Thornton has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2010. Mr. Thornton is a general partner of Austin Ventures, a venture capital firm, which he joined in 1991. Mr. Thornton has previously served on the board of directors of a number of public companies. Mr. Thornton holds a B.A. from Trinity University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe that Mr. Thornton is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors as a result of his experience as a director of publicly traded technology companies and his background in the venture capital industry.

Steven Sarracino has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2013. Mr. Sarracino is a partner of Activant Capital, which he founded in 2012. From 2010 to 2012, Mr. Sarracino provided consulting and advisory services to private equity and venture capital firms, with a focus on investing in software and technology companies. Prior to that, Mr. Sarracino was a Vice President at Serent Capital, a growth buyout firm, from 2008 to 2010. Previously, Mr. Sarracino was a Vice President in the technology investing office at American Capital, Ltd. in Palo Alto from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Sarracino holds a B.B.A. from Southern Methodist University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Sarracino possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his background in the venture capital industry.

Stephen E. Courter has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2014. Mr. Courter is on the faculty of the McCombs School of Business, University of Texas at Austin, which he joined in August 2007, teaching courses in the Masters in Business Administration program and leads study abroad programs in Thailand, Vietnam, India and Indonesia. Prior to joining the University of Texas at Austin, Mr. Courter served as Chief Executive Officer and board member of Broadwing Communications from 2006 to 2007. Previously, Mr. Courter served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Neon Communications from 2000 to 2006 and Chief Executive Officer of Enertel, a Dutch telecommunications company based in Rotterdam from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Courter currently serves on the board of directors of Cadiz Inc. (NASDAQ: CDZI), which he joined in 2008, and iMobi Corp., which he joined in 2007. Mr. Courter holds a B.S. in Finance from The Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. from The George Washington University. Mr. Courter holds the rank of Major in the U.S. Army Reserves.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

Rodney C. Favaron has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2014. Mr. Favaron is President and Chief Executive Officer of Spredfast, Inc., which he joined in February 2011. Prior to Spredfast, Rod served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Lombardi Software from June 2002 to January 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Favaron served as Chief Executive Officer of Mediaprise, Inc. from October 2000 to March 2002, Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing at pcOrder.com from April 1998 to May 2000, and as the General Manager at Mentor Graphics Corporation from 1994 to 1998. Mr. Favaron holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Louisiana State University, and an M.B.A. from the University of Dallas Graduate School of Management.

Our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors. There are no family relationships between our directors and executive officers.

Structure of the Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of five members. Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, or the Voting Agreement, among us and certain holders of our common and preferred stock, Messrs. McDonald, Thornton, Sarracino, Courter and Favaron were appointed to our board of directors by certain of our stockholders. Mr. Thornton was designated by Austin Ventures IX, L.P. or its affiliates, Mr. McDonald was designated by our founders and Mr. Sarracino was designated by Messrs. McDonald and Thornton. Messrs. Courter and Favaron were designated by Messrs. McDonald, Thornton and Sarracino. The Voting Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

Upon completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be adopted prior to the closing of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of five directors, four of whom will qualify as “independent” under the applicable New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

In accordance with the term of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be adopted prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, the members of each of which will serve for staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the class I directors will be             , and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering;

 

    the class II directors will be             , and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering; and

 

    the class III directors will be             , and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders held after the closing of this offering.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be adopted prior to the closing of this offering, provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding shares of

 

-97-


Table of Contents

capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors. Our directors will be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that our common stock will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors within a specified period of time following the completion of this offering. Under the listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a director will only qualify as an ‘‘independent director’’ if that company’s board of directors affirmatively determines that such director does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In addition, following the effectiveness of this registration statement, the members of our audit committee must satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 promulgated under Section 10A(m) of the Exchange Act, or Rule 10A-3. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, no member of the audit committee may, other than in his capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other Board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the company or any of its subsidiaries.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will undertake a review of the independence of each director and consider whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities.

Lead Independent Director

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt corporate governance guidelines that will provide that one of our independent directors should serve as a lead independent director at any time when our Chief Executive Officer serves as the Chairman of our board of directors, or if the Chairman is not otherwise independent. Because Mr. McDonald is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors expects to appoint a lead independent director who will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our Chairman and the independent directors and perform additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine or delegate from time to time.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We expect that, immediately following this offering, the standing committees of our board of directors will consist of an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Each committee will operate, upon the closing of this offering, under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. The composition and primary responsibilities of each committee are described below. The composition of each committee will be effective upon the closing of this offering. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation, their otherwise ceasing to be a director or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. In addition, our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business from time to time.

Audit Committee

Immediately following this offering, our Audit Committee will consist of Messrs. Courter, Sarracino and Favaron, with Mr. Courter serving as chairman. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Courter, Sarracino and Favaron meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the New York Stock Exchange listing standards. Our board of directors has also determined that Mr. Courter qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

The primary purpose of the Audit Committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our accounting, financial and other reporting and internal control practices and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our Audit Committee include:

 

    evaluating the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm and determining whether to retain or terminate its services;

 

    determining and pre-approving the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform audit services and any permissible non-audit services;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the independent registered public accounting firm’s assessment of our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports;

 

    reviewing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation;

 

    conferring with management and our independent registered public accounting firm regarding the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of any complaints we receive regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters; and

 

    overseeing compliance with the requirements of the SEC and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

Compensation Committee

Immediately following this offering, our Compensation Committee will consist of Messrs. Sarracino, Courter and Thornton, with Mr. Sarracino serving as chairman. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Sarracino, Courter and Thornton is “independent” within the meaning of applicable New York Stock Exchange listing standards, is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code. The primary purpose of our Compensation Committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors to oversee our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our Compensation Committee include:

 

    determining the compensation and other terms of employment of our executive officers and reviewing and approving corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to such compensation;

 

    evaluating and approving the compensation plans and programs advisable for us and evaluating and approving the modification or termination of existing plans and programs;

 

    reviewing and approving the terms of any employment agreements, severance arrangements, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management, as appropriate; and

 

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Immediately following this offering, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consist of Messrs. Sarracino and Favaron, with Mr. Sarracino serving as chairman. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Sarracino and Favaron is independent within the meaning of applicable New York Stock Exchange listing standards. The specific responsibilities of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee include:

 

    reviewing proposed changes to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and making recommendations to the board;

 

-99-


Table of Contents
    overseeing compliance by the board with applicable laws and regulations;

 

    identifying, reviewing, evaluating and recommending for selection candidates for membership to our board of directors;

 

    reviewing, evaluating and considering the recommendation for nomination of incumbent members of our board of directors for reelection to our board of directors and monitoring the size of our board of directors;

 

    considering the recommendation for nomination of candidates for election to our board of directors and proposals submitted by our stockholders; and

 

    reviewing the performance of our board of directors, recommending areas of improvement to our board of directors and assessing the independence of members of our board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee is currently, or has ever been at any time since our formation, an executive officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, nor in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or Compensation Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to post the code of business conduct and ethics, any amendments that may be adopted from time to time and any waivers of the requirements of the code of business conduct and ethics on the “Investor Relations” page of our website, www.uplandsoftware.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Director Compensation

Cash Compensation

No cash compensation was paid to our directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 for their service as directors. We reimburse and expect to continue to reimburse our directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors.

Equity Incentive Compensation

No equity incentive compensation was paid to our directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 for their service as directors. We have not issued stock options or other equity awards to any of our directors in consideration for service on our board of directors.

Future Director Compensation

Following the closing of this offering, we may implement a formal policy pursuant to which our directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. As described in the section “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans,” our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for      to be granted to non-employee directors.

 

100


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our principal executive officer, the two most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer and up to two additional individuals whose disclosure would have been provided but for the fact that the individual was not serving as an executive officer of our company at the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. These officers are referred to as our “named executive officers” throughout this prospectus.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary      Bonus     Option
Awards (1)
     All Other
Compensation (2)
     Total  

John T. McDonald

     2013       $ 240,000       $ 114,496 (3)             $ 1,309       $ 355,805   

Chief Executive Officer and

Chairman

                

R. Brian Henley

     2013       $ 120,000       $ 261,250 (4)     $ 45,000       $ 1,155       $ 427,405   

Executive Vice President of

Corporate Development and M&A

                

Ludwig Melik

     2013       $ 199,060       $ 86,556 (4)     $ 18,750       $ 5,436       $ 309,802 (5)  

President

                

 

(1)   The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted to the named executive officer in the applicable fiscal year computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in calculating these amounts are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(2)   The amounts reported in this column represent short-term disability, long-term disability, and life insurance premiums we paid for the benefit of the named executive officers.

 

(3)   The amount reflects a bonus payment made in 2014 for services performed in 2013.

 

(4)   Includes a bonus payment made in 2013 and a bonus payment made in 2014 for services performed in 2013.

 

(5)   All elements of compensation other than option awards are paid in Canadian dollars and amounts are presented in the table above as converted to U.S. dollars using a blended conversion rate for 2013 of 0.97.

Executive Employment and Other Arrangements

We entered into offer letter agreements with each of our named executive officers in connection with their employment. The offer letter agreements have no specific term of employment and the relationships created thereby constitute at-will employment. A summary of our current employment arrangements with our named executive officers is set forth below.

John T. McDonald. Mr. McDonald is party to an employment agreement with us dated May 9, 2014. This employment agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. McDonald’s current base salary is $240,000. Mr. McDonald is also eligible to receive benefits that are substantially similar to those of our other employees. His employment agreement sets forth his target bonus, which is set at 100% of Mr. McDonald’s then current base salary. Payment of any bonus to Mr. McDonald is subject to approval by our board of directors. In addition, subject to approval by our board of directors, we will grant Mr. McDonald 1,043,173 shares of restricted common stock, subject to a restricted stock agreement, which will provide for a repurchase right by the Company that will lapse over time. Pursuant to this agreement, in the event Mr. McDonald is terminated for any reason (other than for cause (as such term is defined in his employment agreement)) or resigns of his own volition for good reason (as such term is defined in his employment agreement), (i) we will be obligated to pay him any earned but unpaid compensation, any earned but unpaid bonus, any accrued but unpaid vacation pay and any expense reimbursement, (ii) we will be obligated to pay him 100% of his then current monthly base salary

 

-101-


Table of Contents

for 12 months, (iii) we will be obligated to pay him 12 months of monthly premiums for his then current health benefits in a single lump sum. Each of the severance benefits described above is contingent on Mr. McDonald executing a mutual release of claims and continuing to protect our confidential and proprietary information.

Mr. McDonald’s outstanding common stock is subject to a repurchase right by the Company that lapses over time. In the event Mr. McDonald is terminated without “cause” or terminates with “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his restricted stock agreements), he is entitled to receive 12 months’ accelerated vesting of shares subject to the repurchase rights of the Company. In the event Mr. McDonald is terminated without “cause” or terminates with “good reason” after a “change-of-control” transaction (as such terms are defined in his restricted stock agreements), he is entitled to receive accelerated vesting of all outstanding shares subject to the repurchase rights of the Company.

R. Brian Henley. Mr. Henley’s current annual base salary is $125,000. As described further below under “—Employee Benefit Plans—Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Option Plan,” upon a specified corporate transaction where the acquiring entity does not assume or substitute for Mr. Henley’s outstanding stock awards or options, the vesting of his outstanding and unvested stock options fully accelerates subject to Mr. Henley’s continuous employment through the closing of the applicable transaction.

Mr. Henley is also eligible to receive benefits that are substantially similar to those of our other employees. His employment agreement sets forth his target bonus based upon our acquisitions, which is set at 1.33% of the annualized run rate revenue of the acquired business (as defined in his employment agreement). In addition, subject to approval by our board of directors, we will grant Mr. Henley 250,000 shares of restricted common stock, subject to a restricted stock agreement, which will provide for a repurchase right by the Company that will lapse over time. Pursuant to his employment agreement, in the event Mr. Henley is terminated for any reason (other than for cause (as such term is defined in his employment agreement)) or resigns of his own volition for good reason (as such term is defined in his employment agreement), (i) we will be obligated to pay him any earned but unpaid compensation, any earned but unpaid bonus, any accrued but unpaid vacation pay and any expense reimbursement, (ii) we will be obligated to pay him 100% of his then current monthly base salary for a period determined by multiplying four weeks by the number of years of service to the Company, up to a maximum of 52 weeks, (iii) all outstanding shares of restricted stock and the underlying shares of all outstanding options issued to Mr. Henley shall vest an additional 12 months and (iv) we will be obligated to pay him premiums for his then current health benefits in a single lump sum for a period determined by multiplying four weeks by the number of years of service to the Company, up to a maximum of 52 weeks. Each of the severance benefits described above is contingent on Mr. Henley executing a mutual release of claims and continuing to protect our confidential and proprietary information.

Ludwig Melik. Mr. Melik is a party to an employment agreement with us dated February 10, 2012. Mr. Melik’s current annual base salary is $199,060. Pursuant to his employment agreement, if Mr. Melik is terminated without “serious reason” (as defined in the agreement), he is entitled to receive notice or payment in lieu of notice equal to four weeks per year of service. As described further below under “—Employee Benefit Plans—Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Option Plan,” upon a specified corporate transaction where the acquiring entity does not assume or substitute for Mr. Melik’s outstanding stock options, the vesting of his outstanding and unvested stock options fully accelerate subject to Mr. Melik’s continuous employment through the closing of the applicable transaction.

 

-102-


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End

The following table provides information about outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2013.

 

     Option Awards     Stock Awards  
     Number of Shares Underlying
Unexercised Options
     Option
Exercise

Price
     Option
Expiration

Date
    Number of
Unvested
Shares of

Stock
    Market
Value of
Unvested
Shares of

Stock
 

Name

   Exercisable      Unexercisable            

John T. McDonald

                   $                1,014,819 (2)     $ 1,035,115   

R. Brian Henley

             300,000         0.29         10/25/2023 (1)                

Ludwig Melik

     29,142         95,754         0.20         10/10/2022 (1)                
             125,000         0.29         10/25/2023 (1)                

 

(1)   These options have a 10-year term. 10% of the shares subject to the option vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 20% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 30% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the second year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and 40% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the third year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, in each case subject to the recipient’s continued employment through such vesting dates.

 

(2)   These shares are subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company. On July 23, 2011, the repurchase option lapsed with respect to 25% of the total number of shares issued, with the repurchase option lapsing on the remaining shares in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the recipient’s continued employment through such dates. In the event that such executive ceases to be a service provider to the Company prior to the date on which the repurchase option fully lapses, the Company shall have 90 days to exercise its option to repurchase any unvested shares at the price per share paid by the executive.

Employee Benefit Plans

We believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that aligns the long-term financial interests of our employees, consultants and directors with the financial interests of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that our ability to grant options and other equity-based awards helps us to attract, retain and motivate employees, consultants and directors, and encourages them to devote their best efforts to our business and financial success. The material terms of our equity incentive plans and certain of our other employee benefit plans are described below.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt, and we expect our stockholders to approve, our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2014 Plan will be effective one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part but is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2014 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares . A total of             shares of our common stock are expected to be reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan, of which no awards are issued and outstanding. In addition, the shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will also include (i) the shares reserved but unissued under our Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Option Plan, or the 2010 Plan (1,498,616 shares as of June 30, 2014), and (ii) shares

 

-103-


Table of Contents

returned to our 2010 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (i) and (ii) is             shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of:

 

                shares;

 

            % of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Plan Administration . Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors, will administer the 2014 Plan. We anticipate that the compensation committee of our board of directors will administer our 2014 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2014 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator will have the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of the 2014 Plan and awards granted thereunder, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to the 2014 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator will also have the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type, which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

Stock Options . Stock options may be granted under the 2014 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2014 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised after the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation right agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised after the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us; provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units . Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria, which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares . Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance unit or performance share. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Outside Directors . Our 2014 Plan will provide that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards, except for incentive stock options, under the 2014 Plan. Each person who first becomes a non-employee director following the completion of this offering will be automatically granted an initial award in the form of a nonstatutory stock option to purchase that number of shares equal to         % of our fully diluted capitalization on the date of our initial public offering on or about the date such person becomes a non-employee director. The initial award will vest as to              of the shares subject to the initial award on the monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, provided that the participant continues to serve as a director through such dates. Each non-employee director will be automatically granted an annual award in the form of a nonstatutory stock option to purchase that number of shares equal to         % of our fully diluted capitalization on a date shortly following the annual meeting of our stockholders beginning in 2015 if, as of such date, the non-employee director will have served on our board of directors for at least the preceding six months. The annual award will vest as to              of the shares subject to the annual award on the monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, provided the participant continues as a director through such dates. The term of these automatic option grants to non-employee directors will be 10 years or such earlier expiration date specified in the applicable award agreement.

Non-Transferability of Awards . Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2014 Plan generally will not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

-105-


Table of Contents

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2014 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2014 Plan and the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2014 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable, and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control . Our 2014 Plan will provide that in the event of a “merger” or “change in control,” as defined under the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Amendment, Termination . The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2014 Plan will automatically terminate in 2024, unless we terminate it sooner.

Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2010 Plan, in July 2010. Our 2010 Plan was most recently amended by our board of directors in December 2013 and approved by our stockholders in December 2013. Our 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and to the employees of any parent or subsidiary corporation, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants and to the employees and consultants of any parent or subsidiary corporation. Following the completion of this offering, no additional awards will be granted under the 2010 Plan. However, the 2010 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock options and restricted stock previously granted under the 2010 Plan.

Authorized Shares. As of June 30, 2014, there are 5,777,992 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2010 Plan. As of June 30, 2014, 689,710 shares of our common stock have been issued at a purchase price of $0.20 per share, 916 shares of our common stock have been issued at a purchase price of $0.29 per share, and options to purchase 3,588,750 shares of our common stock were outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.57 per share.

Administration. Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers our 2010 Plan and the awards granted under it. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, and any vesting acceleration. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2010 Plan and awards granted thereunder, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, and to amend existing awards.

Options. The maximum permitted term of options granted under the 2010 Plan is 10 years. However, the maximum permitted term of options granted to 10% shareholders under the 2010 Plan is five years. The standard

 

-106-


Table of Contents

vesting schedule of the options under the 2010 Plan provides that 10% of the shares subject to the option vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 20% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 30% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the second-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and 40% of the shares subject to the option vest in 12 equal monthly installments beginning on the third-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, in each case subject to the recipient’s continued employment through such vesting dates. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options, and only the recipient of an option may exercise an option during his or her lifetime.

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock was granted under our 2010 Plan. Restricted stock awards were grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator determined the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, determined the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may have imposed whatever conditions to vesting it determined to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may have set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. The standard vesting schedule imposed by the administrator for the restricted stock awards under the 2010 Plan provides that 25% of the shares of restricted stock shall be released from the repurchase option on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% of the shares of restricted stock shall be released from the repurchase option in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter on the corresponding day of each month, in each case subject to the recipient’s continued employment through such vesting dates. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provided otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Certain Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Plan, the administrator will make proportionate adjustments to the exercise price or the number or type of shares covered by each option.

Change in Control. Our 2010 Plan provides that, in the event of a “merger” or “change in control” (as defined under the 2010 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that, if a successor corporation does not assume or substitute for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Our board of directors has the authority to amend the 2010 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. In fiscal 2013, we made no matching contributions into the 401(k) plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participant’s directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

 

-107-


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will adopt prior to the closing of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity, regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered into, and expect to continue to enter into, agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as members of our board of directors and officers and potentially in other roles with our company. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which we will adopt prior to the closing of this offering, may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2011 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation, termination and change of control arrangements that are described under the section titled “Executive Compensation” in this prospectus or that were approved by our Compensation Committee. We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

Sales of Securities

Series A Preferred Stock

In October 2010 and in subsequent closings in November 2010, we issued 707,506 shares of our Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share. In a subsequent closing in September 2011, we issued 10,852,249 shares of our Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share upon the conversion of convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount and accrued interest of $10,852,249. In addition, in December 2011 and in subsequent closings in January 2012 and February 2012, we issued an aggregate of 5,646,753 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share. The aggregate consideration we received in connection with the issuance of shares of our Series A preferred stock was $17,206,508. Upon the consummation of this offering, each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of our common stock. The following table sets forth the names of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock who participated in the Series A preferred stock financing.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series A
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures (1)

     7,601,628       $ 7,601,628   

John T. McDonald

     2,280,488         2,280,488   

ESW Capital LLC

     2,001,690         2,001,690   

 

(1)   Includes 4,560,977 shares of Series A preferred stock issued to Austin Ventures X, L.P. and 3,040,651 shares of Series A preferred stock issued to Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

Series B Preferred Stock

In January 2012 and in subsequent closings in February 2012, we issued an aggregate of 10,380,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share for aggregate consideration of $10,380,000. Upon the consummation of this offering, each share of preferred stock will convert into one share of our common stock. The following table sets forth the names of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock who participated in the Series B preferred stock financing.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series B
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures (1)

     3,896,105       $ 3,896,105   

Entities affiliated with John T. McDonald (2)

     1,068,311         1,068,311   

ESW Capital LLC

     1,500,000         1,500,000   

 

(1)   Includes 2,337,663 shares of Series B preferred stock issued to Austin Ventures X, L.P. and 1,558,442 shares of Series B preferred stock issued to Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

 

-109-


Table of Contents
(2)   Includes 1,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock issued to MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John T. McDonald IRRA and 68,311 shares of Series B preferred stock issued to John T. McDonald.

Promissory Notes

In February 2012, we issued a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 to John T. McDonald. This promissory note had a maturity date in August 2012 and accrued interest at a rate of 6% per annum. All unpaid principal and interest were paid in August 2012.

In November 2012, we issued a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 to John T. McDonald. This promissory note had a maturity date in May 2013 and accrued interest at 6% per annum. We prepaid $1,200,000 of this note in December 2012, then borrowed $1,000,000 in January 2013 and paid the note and all accrued interest in full and cancelled it in April 2013.

In addition, in November 2012, we issued a subordinated promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $600,000 to Joseph Larscheid in connection with our acquisition of EPM Live. This promissory note matures in November 2014. No interest accrues on this promissory note.

Convertible Debt Financing

In September 2013 and in subsequent closings in November and December 2013, we issued an aggregate principal amount of $4,887,099 in convertible promissory notes. These promissory notes accrued interest at a rate of 5% per annum. All of the convertible promissory notes issued in such financing were converted into shares of Series C preferred stock in December 2013 in connection with the Series C preferred stock financing described below. The aggregate principal amount of the convertible promissory notes and aggregate accrued interest of $47,542 converted into shares of Series C preferred stock at a 20% discount to the purchase price paid for the Series C preferred stock by other investors in the Series C preferred stock financing. The following table sets forth the names of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock who participated in the convertible debt financing.

 

Name

   Principal
Amount
 

Entities affiliated with Activant Holdings (1)

   $ 1,000,000   

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures (2)

     1,750,000   

Entities affiliated with John T. McDonald (3)

     365,000   

ESW Capital LLC

     507,740   

 

(1) Includes a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,000,000 issued to Activant Investment II, LLC.

 

(2)   Includes a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,050,000 issued to Austin Ventures X, L.P. and a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $700,000 issued to Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

 

(3)   Includes a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $365,000 issued to MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John T. McDonald IRRA.

Series C Preferred Stock

In December 2013, we issued an aggregate of 8,271,435 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.80 per share. In addition, convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $4,887,099 and accrued interest of $47,542 converted into 3,426,822 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a price of $1.44 per share. The aggregate purchase price we received in connection with the financing was $19,823,207. Upon the consummation of this offering, each share of preferred stock will convert into one share

 

-110-


Table of Contents

of our common stock. The following table sets forth the names of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock who participated in the Series C preferred stock financing.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Activant Holdings (1)

     4,451,387       $ 7,759,997   

Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures (2)

     1,227,430       $ 1,767,499   

Entities affiliated with John T. McDonald (3)

     486,561       $ 783,648   

ESW Capital LLC (4)

     1,189,456       $ 2,012,817   

 

(1)   Includes 2,055,555 and 1,694,444 shares of Series C preferred stock issued in exchange for cash to Activant Holdings I, LP and Activant Holdings II, LP, respectively, and 701,388 shares of Series C preferred stock to Activant Investment II, LLC in connection with the conversion of a convertible promissory note.

 

(2)   Includes 736,458 and 490,972 shares of Series C preferred stock issued to Austin Ventures X, L.P. and Austin Ventures IX, L.P., respectively, in connection with the conversion of convertible promissory notes.

 

(3)   Includes 230,555 shares of Series C preferred stock issued in exchange for cash and 256,006 shares of Series C preferred stock issued in connection with the conversion of a convertible promissory note, in each case to MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John T. McDonald IRRA.

 

(4)   Includes 833,333 shares of Series C preferred stock issued in exchange for cash and 356,123 shares of Series C preferred stock issued in connection with the conversion of a convertible promissory note.

Stockholder Agreements

In December 2013, in connection with our Series C preferred stock financing, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or the Rights Agreement, an Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, or the ROFR Agreement, and an Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, or the Voting Agreement, with certain holders of our preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock to collectively provide for, among other things, voting rights and obligations, information rights, rights of first refusal and registration rights. The following directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliates are parties to these agreements:

 

    Entities affiliated with Austin Ventures;

 

    Entities affiliated with Activant Holdings;

 

    John T. McDonald and affiliated entities; and

 

    ESW Capital LLC.

The ROFR Agreement, the Voting Agreement and portions of the Rights Agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. See “Management—Structure of the Board of Directors” for information regarding the provisions related to the election of our directors that will terminate in connection with this offering. The registration rights granted to the holders of our outstanding preferred stock, including certain of our directors, executive officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock and immediate family members of these individuals under the terms of the Rights Agreement will continue following the closing of this offering. As of June 30, 2014, the holders of 41,683,765 shares of our common stock that are issuable upon the conversion of our preferred stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares following the closing of this offering. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

-111-


Table of Contents

Technology Services Agreement

We receive outsourced software development, automated testing and technology services from DevFactory FZ-LLC, or DevFactory, under an Amended & Restated Technology Services Agreement dated as of January 1, 2014. DevFactory is an affiliate of ESW Capital LLC, which holds more than 5% of our capital stock. We paid approximately $2.1 million and $1.0 million to DevFactory for such services pursuant to the terms of the contract in 2013 and 2012, respectively. In January 2014, in connection with the Amended & Restated Technology Services Agreement, we issued 11,000,000 shares of common stock to DevFactory at a purchase price of $0.0001 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,100 and recorded a one-time non-cash accounting charge of $11.2 million.

Other

For a description of other relationships we have with our directors and executive officers, see sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation” in this prospectus.

Equity Awards

We granted the following equity awards to certain executive officers since January 1, 2011:

 

    In October 2012, we issued and sold to Michael D. Hill 689,710 shares of our common stock subject to vesting restrictions at a purchase price of $0.20. In September 2014, we amended the restricted stock and option agreements with Mr. Hill to provide for accelerated vesting in the event of Mr. Hill’s termination upon a change of control of our company.

 

    In March 2014, we granted Ludwig Melik an option to purchase 150,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.02 per share. In September 2014, we amended the option agreements with Mr. Melik to provide for accelerated vesting in the event of Mr. Melik’s termination upon a change of control of our company.

 

    In March 2014, we granted Robert V. Housley an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.02 per share. In September 2014, we amended the option agreement with Mr. Housley to provide for accelerated vesting in the event of Mr. Housley’s termination upon a change of control of our company.

 

    In September 2014, we granted Maysoon Al-Hasso an option to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.43 per share.

 

    In September 2014, we granted Angie McDermott an option to purchase 125,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.43 per share.

 

    In September 2014, we granted Timothy W. Mattox an option to purchase 400,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.43 per share.

 

    In September 2014, we granted to John T. McDonald 1,043,173 shares of our common stock subject to vesting restrictions at a price of $1.43.

 

    In September 2014, we granted to R. Brian Henley 250,000 shares of our common stock subject to vesting restrictions at a price of $1.43. In September 2014, we amended the option agreements with Mr. Henley to provide for accelerated vesting in the event of Mr. Henley’s termination upon a change of control of our company.

 

    In September 2014, we granted to Timothy W. Mattox 500,000 shares of our common stock subject to vesting restrictions at a price of $1.43.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written related party transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval of related party transactions. The policy will cover transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or a greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year, and any immediate family member of or person sharing a household with any of these individuals. All related party transactions must be presented to the Audit Committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposed transaction, the Audit Committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction.

All related party transactions described in this section were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 4, 2014 by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock, on an as-converted basis;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2014. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the applicable options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned before the offering shown in the table is based upon 63,975,891 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 4, 2014, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock, which will occur upon the closing of this offering. The information relating to numbers and percentages of shares beneficially owned after the offering assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o Upland Software, Inc., 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, Texas 78701.

 

     Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

      Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

5% Stockholders:

       

Entities affiliates with Austin Ventures (1)

     12,725,163         19.9             

Entities affiliated with Activant Holdings (2)

     4,451,387         7.0             

Entities affiliated with ESW Capital LLC (3)

     15,691,146         24.5             

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

John T. McDonald (4)

     11,837,283         18.5             

R. Brian Henley (5)

     330,000         *                

Ludwig Melik (6)

     86,408         *                

John D. Thornton (1)

     12,725,163         19.9             

Steven Sarracino (2)

     4,451,387         7.0             

Rodney C. Favaron

     —           *     

Stephen E. Courter

     —           *     

All executive officers and directors as a group (16 persons) (7)

     31,559,084         49.3             

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding common stock.

 

(1)  

Includes 5,090,065 shares held by Austin Ventures IX, L.P., or AV IX, and 7,635,098 shares held by Austin Ventures X, L.P., or AV X. AV Partners IX, L.P., or AVP IX LP, the general partner of AV IX, and AV Partners IX, LLC, or AVP IX LLC, the general partner AVP IX LP, may be deemed to share voting and

 

-114-


Table of Contents
  dispositive powers over the shares held by AV IX. AV Partners X, L.P., or AVP X LP, the general partner of AV X, and AV Partners X, LLC, or AVP X LLC, the general partner of AVP X LP, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive powers over shares held by AV X. Joseph C. Aragona, Kenneth P. DeAngelis, John D. Thornton, Christopher A. Pacitti and Philip S. Siegel are members of or are associated with AVP IX LLC and AVP X LLC and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by AV IX and AV X. Such persons and entities disclaim beneficial ownership of shares held by AV IX and AV X, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Thornton is a member of our board of directors. The address of each of AV IX and AV X is 300 West 6th Street, Suite 2300, Austin, Texas 78701.

 

(2)   Includes 2,055,555 shares held by Activant Holdings I, LP, 1,694,444 shares held by Activant Holdings II, LP, and 701,388 shares held by Activant Investment II, LLC. The general partner of Activant Holdings I, L.P. is Activant Capital Group, LLC. The general partner of Activant Holdings II, LP is Activant Capital Group, LLC. The manager of Activant Capital Group, LLC is Steven Sarracino. The address for Activant Investment II, LLC, Activant Holdings I, LP and Activant Holdings II, LP is 115 E. Putnam Ave., 3 rd  Floor, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

 

(3)   Includes 4,691,146 shares held by ESW Capital LLC and 11,000,000 shares held by DevFactory FZ-LLC. ESW Capital LLC and DevFactory FZ-LLC are under common control. The address for ESW Capital, LLC is 401 Congress Ave., Suite 2650, Austin, TX 78701. The address for DevFactory FZ-LLC is 705-706 Al Thuraya Tower No. 01, Seventh Floor, Dubai Media City, P.O. Box 502091, Dubai, 43659 United Arab Emirates.

 

(4)   Includes 1,486,561 shares held by MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John McDonald IRRA. John T. McDonald may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the shares held by MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John McDonald IRRA. The address for MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John McDonald IRRA is Merrill Lynch Private Banking & Investment Group, 2 World Financial Center, 35 th Floor, New York, New York 10281.

 

(5)   Includes 80,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options by Mr. Henley that are exercisable within 60 days of September 4, 2014.

 

(6)   Includes 86,408 shares issuable upon the exercise of options by Mr. Melik that are exercisable within 60 days of September 4, 2014.

 

(7)   Includes 434,594 shares in aggregate issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 4, 2014.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries of such documents. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that we expect to occur prior to the closing of this offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, will authorize us to issue up to             shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and up to             shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

Common Stock

As of June 30, 2014, we had 63,975,891 shares of common stock outstanding that were held of record by approximately 53 stockholders after giving effect to the conversion of our preferred stock into shares of common stock. Assuming the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the conversion of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 41,683,765 shares of common stock prior to the closing of this offering, there will be             shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following the closing of this offering.

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock then outstanding. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation that will become effective prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to             shares of preferred stock in one or more series. The board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of the common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of the preferred stock. However, these effects might include:

 

    restricting dividends on the common stock;

 

    diluting the voting power of the common stock;

 

    impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock; and

 

    delaying or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by our stockholders.

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

-116-


Table of Contents

Options and Warrants

As of June 30, 2014, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 3,588,750 shares of common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.57 per share.

In connection with this offering, our outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock and will remain outstanding. Following this offering, we will have outstanding warrants to purchase:

 

    15,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.29 per share, which warrant expires on November 6, 2015;

 

    120,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, which warrant expires on February 10, 2019;

 

    120,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, which warrant expires on March 5, 2019; and

 

    226,667 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, which warrant expires on April 11, 2020.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, or the Rights Agreement, between us and certain of our stockholders, including certain of our directors, officers and holders of 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock, who we refer to as “holders of registrable securities,” such holders of registrable securities are entitled to certain registration rights. The stockholders who are party to the Rights Agreement will hold an aggregate of approximately             shares, or approximately         % of our common stock, outstanding upon completion of this offering. The registration rights described below will terminate upon the earlier of (i) three years following the closing of this offering and (ii) such date, on or after the closing of this offering, on which all registrable securities held by a particular stockholder may be immediately sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.

Demand Registration Rights . Holders of at least a majority of outstanding registrable securities may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares of capital stock. Such request for registration must cover that number of shares with an aggregate offering price to the public of at least $25 million. We will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning on the date of the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and ending on the date 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement. Depending on certain conditions, we may defer a demand registration for up to 90 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights . In connection with this offering, the holders of registrable securities were entitled to notice of this offering and to include their registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our account or for the account of our other security holders, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights. Any holder of registrable securities with demand registration rights may make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public is equal to or would exceed $1 million. We would not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

Registration Expenses . With specified exceptions, we are required to pay all expenses of registration (including fees and disbursements of one special counsel for holders of registrable securities), excluding underwriters’ discounts, commissions and stock transfer taxes.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, provide that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of the board, our board of directors, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, our president. Stockholders may not call special meetings, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Board Classification

Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Structure of the Board of Directors.” Our classified board may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

Election and Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board if such directors constitute a majority of the whole board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause.

No Cumulative Voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, do not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to affect the election of as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to affect if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to affect the election of a seat on our board of directors to influence our board’s decision regarding a takeover.

Amendment of Charter and Bylaw Provisions

The amendment of the above provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, requires approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Delaware Anti-takeover Statute

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

    at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective prior to the consummation of this offering, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers, and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Our transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                 . The transfer agent’s address is         , and its telephone number is                 .

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “UPLD.”

 

-120-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market has existed for our common stock. Market sales of shares of our common stock after this offering and from time to time, and the availability of shares for future sale, may reduce the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to obtain capital, especially through an offering of equity securities. As described below, only a limited number of shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market for a period of several months after closing of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of             shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or subject to lock-up agreements as discussed below. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering are restricted securities as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the U.S. public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including by reason of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    approximately             shares will be eligible for sale in the public market upon expiration of lock-up agreements 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in certain circumstances to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144 and Rule 701; and

 

    approximately             shares will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective one-year holding periods.

In addition, of the             shares of common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of                 , 2014, options to purchase approximately             shares were vested as of                 , 2014. In addition,             shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of                 , 2014. Shares issued upon the exercise of such warrants and vested options will be eligible for sale 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors, executive officers and the holders of         % of our outstanding capital stock immediately prior to this offering (         % on a fully diluted basis) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file or cause to be filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This lock-up provision applies to common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock owned now or acquired later by the person or entity executing the agreement or for which the person or entity executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. See “Underwriting.”

 

-121-


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock to be sold for at least six months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock to be sold for at least one year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares upon closing of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares; and

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (to the extent such common stock is not subject to a lock-up agreement) are entitled to rely on Rule 701 to resell such shares beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, under Rule 701 persons who are not our “affiliates,” as defined in Rule 144, may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our “affiliates” may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144’s minimum holding period requirements (subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement referred to below, if applicable).

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of             shares of our common stock, including the common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock and the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase our preferred stock, will have the right to require us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These registration rights are described in more detail under the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Registration of these shares for resale under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

Form S-8 Registration Statements

Following the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans, including any equity incentive plans adopted in connection with this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, subject to vesting restrictions with us and the lock-up restrictions described above.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by a “non-U.S. holder” (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. For purposes of this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a partnership or:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision of the United States or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust, (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of the Code (as defined below)) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations.

An individual may be deemed to be a resident alien for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any calendar year if the individual was present in the United States for at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the three-year period ending with the current calendar year (and no relevant exception applies). For purposes of this calculation, all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

We assume in this discussion that each non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, the potential application of the tax on net investment income, any aspects of state, local or non-U.S. taxes, or U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes (except to the limited extent set forth below). This discussion also does not consider any tax rules applicable in light of a non-U.S. holder’s specific facts or circumstances and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

 

    insurance companies;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    banks or other financial institutions;

 

    brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

    government agencies or instrumentalities;

 

-124-


Table of Contents
    grantor trusts or other entities or arrangements treated as flow-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    pension plans;

 

    controlled foreign corporations;

 

    passive foreign investment companies;

 

    corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

    owners that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment; and

 

    U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States.

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their common stock through partnerships or other such entities or arrangements. A partner in a partnership or other such entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other such entity, as applicable.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock.

Dividends

If we pay distributions on our common stock, those distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below under the heading “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence. A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to timely provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or an applicable successor form), and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld from the IRS by timely filing an appropriate claim with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to timely provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent

 

-125-


Table of Contents

establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification requirements. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must timely provide us with a properly executed original IRS Form W-8ECI (or an applicable successor form) properly certifying such exemption. However, such effectively connected income, or if an income tax treaty applies, such income that is attributable to a permanent establishment, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). In addition, any effectively connected income or income that is attributable to a permanent establishment that is received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on a disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and the non-U.S. holder timely complies with applicable certification and other requirements to claim treaty benefits); in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will be taxed on a net income basis at graduated rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. persons, and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, may also apply;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the net gain derived from the disposition; or

 

    we are or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than five percent of our outstanding common stock, directly, indirectly or constructively, during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a “U.S. real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28%, with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or an applicable successor form), or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is not a U.S. person (within the meaning of the Code), or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. person effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise

 

-126-


Table of Contents

establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can generally be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and official IRS guidance, or FATCA, will impose a 30% withholding tax on any “withholdable payment” (as defined under FATCA) to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as defined under FATCA), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or (ii) a foreign entity that is not a financial institution, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the “substantial U.S. owners” (as defined under FATCA) of the entity, which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules and properly certifies its exempt status to a withholding agent. Under certain limited circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

“Withholdable payments” will include dividends on our common stock and the entire gross proceeds from the sale of our common stock. The withholding tax will apply regardless of whether the payment would otherwise be exempt from either U.S. nonresident or backup withholding tax, including under the other exemptions described above. This withholding will apply to dividends on our common stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and to the payment of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock made on or after January 1, 2017. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the particular U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

 

-127-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The underwriters named below, for which William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and Raymond James & Associates, Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement by and among the underwriters and us, to purchase from us, the respective number of shares of common stock set forth opposite each underwriter’s name in the table below.

 

Underwriter

   Number
of Shares

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if any underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to             additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the shares sold in the initial public offering.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a selling concession of $         per share. After the initial public offering, the representatives may change the public offering price and the concession.

The following table summarizes the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses, to us. This information assumes both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Total  
     Without
Option
     With
Option
     Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Initial public offering price

   $         $         $         $     

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                    $                    $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $         $     

The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be $         million (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions). We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for Blue Sky and FINRA-related fees and expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel, not to exceed $10,000 in the aggregate.

The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered. The underwriters will not confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without first receiving a written consent from those accounts.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or

 

-128-


Table of Contents

exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    the shares of our common stock sold to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

    the issuance of options, restricted stock units, restricted stock or other equity awards to acquire shares of our common stock granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans described in this prospectus, as such may be amended;

 

    the issuance of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of any such options, warrants or other equity awards to acquire shares of our common stock or in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units or the conversion of a security;

 

    the filing by us of registration statements on Form S-8 with respect to our benefit plans that are described in this prospectus;

 

    the issuance of shares of our common stock in an amount up to 10% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus in connection with a merger, acquisition, strategic commercial arrangement or other similar transaction;

 

    transfers to us of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock in connection with (i) the termination of services of an employee or other service provider pursuant to agreements that provide us with an option to repurchase such shares; or (ii) agreements that provide us with a right of first refusal with respect to the transfers of such shares; and

 

    transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to us in connection with the exercise of options or warrants, including on a “cashless” basis, or for the purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation solely in connection with a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act,

provided that with respect to any such transfer described above, the holders of shares of our common stock, option or warrants referenced in the second, third and fifth bullets above agree to execute a lock-up agreement described below.

Our directors, executive officers and the holders of approximately         % of our outstanding capital stock immediately prior to this offering (         % on a fully diluted basis) have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of the representatives:

 

    offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file or cause to be filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing; or

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. This lock-up provision applies to common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock owned now or acquired later by the

 

-129-


Table of Contents

person or entity executing the agreement or for which the person or entity executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

The restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    bona fide gifts;

 

    transfers (i) to an immediate family member, (ii) by will, other testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) to any trust or partnership for the direct or indirect benefit of such person or entity, (iv) to a trustor or beneficiary of a trust or (v) not involving a change in beneficial ownership;

 

    a distribution to limited partners or stockholders of such person or entity;

 

    transfers to such person’s or entity’s, affiliates, including current partners, members, managers, stockholders or other principals (or to the estates of any such person), or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by such person or entity;

 

    transfers to us in connection with (i) the termination of service of an employee or other service provider pursuant to agreements that provide us with an option to repurchase such shares or (ii) agreements that provide us with a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares; or

 

    transfers to us in connection with the exercise of options or warrants, including on a “cashless” basis, or for the purpose of satisfying any tax or other governmental withholding obligation solely in connection with a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act;

provided that with respect to any such transfer described above, the recipient agrees to be subject to the restrictions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph, such transfer does not involve a disposition of value, such transfers are not required to be reported with the SEC on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act and such person or entity does not voluntarily effect any public filing during the 180-day period regarding such transfers. In addition, the restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to the exercise of options or warrants outstanding before the beginning of the 180-day period or granted under any stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan or the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock; provided that such plan does not provide for transfers during the 180-day period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan will be required or voluntarily made by such person or entity.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time; provided that in the event that the underwriters release or waive any lock-up, they will provide us with notice at least three business days prior to the effective date and we will issue a press release at least two business days prior to the effective date. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, the representatives will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time. In addition, in the event that any holder of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock are granted an early release from the lock-up restrictions having a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million in the aggregate (whether in one or multiple releases), then each officer, director and record or beneficial owner of more than 1% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock (aggregating ownership of affiliates) outstanding as of April 7, 2014 will be granted an equivalent early release from its obligations under the lock-up agreement on a pro-rata basis. Such pro-rata release shall not be triggered by any release to a person or entity to participate as a selling stockholder in a follow-on public offering of securities in the event the person or entity released is required to sign a new lock-up agreement in connection with such offering.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “UPLD.”

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory, lending and investment banking services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

The initial public offering price for the common stock was determined by negotiations between the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of the market price following this offering. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price for the common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were our historical and projected business, results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the various other matters referenced in this prospectus in relation to the market valuation of other comparable companies.

To facilitate this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short position is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short position by exercising their option to purchase additional shares or by purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of their option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the underwriters repurchase shares originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover short positions or make stabilizing purchases. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

-131-


Table of Contents

The common stock is being offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.

Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the shares of common stock directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Austin, Texas. As of the date of this prospectus, WS Investment Company, LLC (2010A), an entity that includes current and former partners and associates of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, beneficially owns 229,954 shares of our preferred stock, which will be converted into 229,954 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Winston & Strawn LLP, Chicago, Illinois.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Upland Software, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of ComSci, LLC for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 appearing in this registration statement have been audited by Holtzman Partners, LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of LMR Solutions, LLC for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012 appearing in this registration statement have been audited by Holtzman Partners, LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The combined financial statements of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 appearing in this registration statement have been audited by Blackman & Associates, P.C., independent auditors, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and upon authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The combined financial statements of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013 appearing in this registration statement have been audited by Holtzman Partners, LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information about us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.uplandsoftware.com, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

Index to Financial Statements

 

Upland Software, Inc.

  

As of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and as of June 30, 2014 and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

  

As of and for the Period Ended November 13, 2012

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-41   

Balance Sheet

     F-42   

Statement of Operations

     F-43   

Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-44   

Statement of Cash Flows

     F-45   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-46   

FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group, Inc.

  

As of and for the Period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013

  

Independent Accountant’s Review Report

     F-53   

Combined Balance Sheet

     F-54   

Combined Statement of Operations

     F-55   

Combined Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-56   

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

     F-57   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-58   

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2012

  

Independent Auditor’s Report

     F-64   

Combined Balance Sheet

     F-65   

Combined Statement of Income

     F-67   

Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     F-68   

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

     F-69   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-70   

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2011

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-77   

Combined Balance Sheet

     F-78   

Combined Statement of Income

     F-80   

Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     F-81   

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

     F-82   

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

     F-83   

ComSci, LLC

  

As of and for the Periods Ended October 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-90   

Balance Sheets

     F-91   

Statements of Operations

     F-92   

Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity

     F-93   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-94   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-95   

Upland Software, Inc.

  

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

  

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations (Unaudited)

     F-100   

Notes to Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations (Unaudited)

     F-102   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Upland Software, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Upland Software, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Austin, Texas

May 12, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2013
     June 30,
2014
     Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity at
June 30, 2014
 
                   (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,892       $ 4,703       $ 3,059      

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $321 and $454 for 2012 and 2013, respectively

     9,489         11,026         14,179      

Prepaid and other

     901         2,562         2,399      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total current assets

     14,282         18,291         19,637      

Canadian tax credits receivable

     4,395         3,583         3,172      

Property and equipment, net

     1,407         3,942         3,365      

Intangible assets, net

     26,388         34,747         32,210      

Goodwill

     21,093         33,630         33,580      

Other assets

     243         654         2,362      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total assets

   $ 67,808       $ 94,847       $ 94,326      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

   $ 1,843       $ 1,280       $ 2,140      

Accrued expenses and other

     3,297         5,379         7,551      

Deferred revenue

     15,688         16,620         18,439      

Due to seller

     600         1,033         1,033      

Current maturities of notes payable

     3,800         5,245         12,238      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total current liabilities

     25,228         29,557         41,401      

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

           

Canadian tax credit liability to sellers

     2,780         2,595         2,047      

Notes payable, less current maturities

     10,920         23,438         15,146      

Deferred revenue

     814         416         1,621      

Noncurrent deferred tax liability, net

     4,292         3,084         2,738      

Other long-term liabilities

     461         1,101         1,384      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total liabilities

     44,495         60,191         64,337      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 56,722,800 shares authorized:

           

Series A: 18,240,300 shares designated; 17,206,508 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $17.2 million at December 31, 2013

  

 

17,082

  

  

 

17,118

  

  

 

17,138

  

  

$

—  

  

Series B: 10,782,500 shares designated; 10,380,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $10.4 million at December 31, 2013

  

 

10,358

  

  

 

10,367

  

  

 

10,369

  

  

 

—  

  

 

F-3


Table of Contents
     December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2013
    June 30,
2014
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity at
June 30,
2014
 
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Series B-1: 6,000,000 shares designated; 800,000, 1,450,000 and 1,450,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $1.5 million at December 31, 2013

     52        1,076        1,276        —     

Series B-2: 10,000,000 shares designated; 949,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $0.9 million at December 31, 2013

     —          949        949        —     

Series C: 11,700,000 shares designated; 11,698,257 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $21.1 million at December 31, 2013

     —          21,028        21,784        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     27,492        50,538        51,516        —     

Stockholders’ deficit:

        

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 74,325,000 shares authorized: 10,342,210, 11,291,210 and 22,292,126 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively; 63,975,891 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

     1        1        2        6   

Additional paid-in capital

     —          —          9,275        60,787   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (104     (773     (697     (697

Accumulated deficit

     (4,076     (15,110     (30,107     (30,107
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (4,179     (15,882     (21,527   $ 29,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 67,808      $ 94,847      $ 94,326     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenue:

      

Subscription and support

   $ 18,281      $ 30,887      $ 14,182      $ 23,542   

Perpetual license

     641        2,003        488        1,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

     18,922        32,890        14,670        24,639   

Professional services

     3,841        8,303        3,997        7,185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     22,763        41,193        18,667        31,824   

Cost of revenue:

      

Subscription and support

     4,189        7,787       
3,271
  
    6,604   

Professional services

     3,121        5,680        2,855        4,737   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     7,310        13,467        6,126        11,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,453        27,726        12,541        20,483   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     6,331        10,625        4,403        7,151   

Research and development

     5,308        10,340        4,406        18,393   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

     (728     (583     (296     (274

General and administrative

     4,574        6,832        2,920        5,676   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,812        3,670        2,247        2,121   

Acquisition-related expenses

     1,933        1,461        528        521   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     19,230        32,345        14,208        33,588   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (3,777     (4,619     (1,667     (13,105

Other expense:

      

Interest expense, net

     (528     (2,797     (547     (834

Other income (expense), net

     (65     (431     73        (368
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     (593     (3,228     (474     (1,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (4,370     (7,847     (2,141     (14,307

Provision for income taxes

     72        (708     (133     (690
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (4,298     (8,555     (2,274     (14,997

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax of $50 and $342, in 2012 and 2013, respectively

     1,791        (642     (316     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

     (44     (98     (22     (875
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

   $ (2,551   $ (9,295   $ (2,612   $ (15,872
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

      

Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.95   $ (1.18   $ (0.35   $ (0.81

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per common share, basic and diluted

   $ 0.39      $ (0.09   $ (0.05   $ —     

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.56   $ (1.27   $ (0.40   $ (0.81

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     4,582,871        7,298,434        6,476,530        19,669,677   

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited), basic and diluted

     $ (0.25     $ (0.24

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited), basic and diluted

       36,585,701          61,353,442   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2012             2013         2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (78     (669     (528     76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (2,585   $ (9,866   $ (3,118   $ (14,921
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          

Balance at January 1, 2012

    9,652,500      $ —        $ —        $ (26   $ (1,564   $ (1,590

Accretion of preferred stock

    —          —          (39     —          (5     (44

Issuance of restricted stock

    689,710        —          —          —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

    —          1        39        —          —          40   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          (78     —          (78

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (2,507     (2,507
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    10,342,210        1        —          (104     (4,076     (4,179

Issuance of common stock in business combination

    949,000        —          275        —          —          275   

Accretion of preferred stock

    —          —          (47     —          —          (47

Preferred stock dividends

    —          —          (51     —          —          (51

Stock-based compensation

    —          —          98        —          —          98   

Distribution associated with spin-off

    —          —          (275     —          (1,837     (2,112

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          (669     —          (669

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (9,197     (9,197
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    11,291,210        1        —          (773    
(15,110

    (15,882

Issuance of common stock (unaudited)

    11,000,000        1        9,983        —          —          9,984   

Exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    916        —          —          —          —          —     

Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)

    —          —          (40     —          —          (40

Preferred stock dividends (unaudited)

    —          —          (835     —          —          (835

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

    —          —          167        —          —          167   

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

    —          —          —          76        —          76   

Net loss (unaudited)

    —          —          —          —          (14,997     (14,997
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    22,292,126      $ 2      $ 9,275      $ (697   $ (30,107   $ (21,527
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
    2012     2013     2013     2014  
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Operating activities

       

Net loss

  $ (2,507   $ (9,197   $ (2,590   $ (14,997

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

       

Depreciation and amortization

    2,817        5,595        3,142        3,605   

Change in fair value of liabilities to sellers of businesses

    (771     —          —          —     

Deferred income taxes

    (85     (104     (495     286   

Non-cash interest and other expense

    —          1,585        106        462   

Non-cash stock compensation expense

    92        498        276        368   

Stock-based compensation—related party vendor

        —          11,220   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of purchase business combinations:

       

Accounts receivable

    (3,547     2,941        4,440        (3,036

Prepaids and other

    (773     (1,617     (670     (1,646

Accounts payable

    875        (1,113     (770     375   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (403     2,176        21        676   

Deferred revenue

    5,906        (1,003     (3,219     2,985   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    1,604        (239     241        298   

Investing activities

       

Purchase of property and equipment

    (274     (263     (58     (324

Purchase business combinations, net of cash acquired of $3,333 and $286 for 2012 and 2013, respectively

    (33,038     (28,175     (10,344     —     

Cash included in distribution of spin-off

    —          (127     —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (33,312     (28,565     (10,402     (324

Financing activities

       

Payments on capital leases

    (486     (351     (189     (231

Proceeds from notes payable

    17,000        28,036        25,838        1,500   

Payments on notes payable

    (3,646     (17,516     (14,225     (2,795

Issuance of Series A redeemable preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    1,029        —          —          —     

Issuance of Series B redeemable preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    10,358        —          —          (97

Issuance of Series C redeemable preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    —          19,716        —          —     

Additional consideration paid to sellers of businesses

    —          (321     —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    24,255        29,564        11,424        (1,623

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash

    —          51        (190     5   

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    (7,453     811        1,073        (1,644

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    11,345        3,892        3,892        4,703   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 3,892      $ 4,703      $ 4,965      $ 3,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 446      $ 1,221      $ 407      $ 701   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

  $ 152      $ 287      $ 2      $ 33   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities

       

Notes payable issued to sellers in business combination

  $ 1,328      $ 3,500      $ 3,500      $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

Upland Software, Inc. (the Company) was formed on July 7, 2010, as Silverback Acquisition Corporation in the state of Delaware for the purpose of acquiring, optimizing, and building industry-leading software businesses that provide mission-critical software to enterprise customers. The Company acquired its first business on September 13, 2011. On September 19, 2011, the Company changed its name to Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. On November 13, 2013, the Company changed its name to Upland Software, Inc.

The Company’s headquarters are located in Austin, Texas.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Accounting

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2014, the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated statement of stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In the opinion of management of the Company, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014 or for any other period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

The Company has confidentially submitted a Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, for the proposed initial public offering, or IPO, of shares of its common stock. If the Company’s IPO is consummated, all outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock will convert into 41,683,765 shares of common stock.

The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2014 was prepared assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 41,683,765 shares of common stock as of June 30, 2014. The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share and unaudited pro forma weighted-average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 were computed assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock, on an as-if-converted basis, at the later of January 1, 2013 or the date of issuance of the preferred stock. The impact of repayment of the outstanding principal and accrued interest on the company’s loan and security agreements has not been reflected in the pro forma weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share because the number of shares which have to be sold to pay the outstanding principal and accrued interest can not be estimated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

amounts of revenues and expenses. Significant items subject to such estimates include allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation, warrant liabilities, acquired intangible assets, the useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, and income taxes. In accordance with GAAP, management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions using historical experience and other factors; however, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposits and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company extends credit to the majority of its customers. Issuance of credit is based on ongoing credit evaluations by the Company of customers’ financial condition and generally requires no collateral. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Invoices generally require payment within 30 days from the invoice date. The Company generally does not charge interest on past due payments, although the Company’s contracts with its customers usually allow it to do so.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potential uncollectible receivables. The allowance is based upon the creditworthiness of the Company’s customers, the customers’ historical payment experience, the age of the receivables, and current market conditions. Provisions for potentially uncollectible accounts are recorded in sales and marketing expenses. The Company writes off accounts receivable balances to the allowance for doubtful accounts when it becomes likely that they will not be collected.

The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2013      

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 10      $ 321   

Provision

     300        725   

Acquisitions

     143        295   

Writeoffs, net of recoveries

     (132     (887
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 321      $ 454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are placed with high-quality financial institutions, which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in these accounts, and the Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents. The Company provides credit, in the normal course of business, to a number of its customers. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. No individual customer represented more than 10% of total revenues in 2012, 2013 or the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), or more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012 or 2013 or June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over each asset’s useful life. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term of the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Upon retirement or disposal, the cost of each asset and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income. Repairs, maintenance, and minor replacements are expensed as incurred.

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are as follows:

 

Computer hardware and equipment   3 – 5 years
Purchased software and licenses   3 – 5 years
Furniture and fixtures   7 years
Leasehold improvements   Lesser of estimated useful life or lease term

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill arises from business combinations and is measured as the excess of the cost of the business acquired over the sum of the acquisition-date fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired, less any liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The events and circumstances considered by the Company include the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators and competition.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of goodwill using a two-step impairment process tested at the reporting unit level. The Company has one reporting unit for goodwill impairment purposes. In the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to the book value, including goodwill. In the case that the fair value is less than the book value, a second step is performed that compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the book value of goodwill. The fair value for the implied goodwill is determined based on the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill. If the implied fair value of the goodwill is less than the book value, the difference is recognized as an impairment charge in the consolidated statement of operations. No goodwill impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Identifiable intangible assets consist of customer relationships, marketing-related intangible assets and developed technology. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. The straight-line method of amortization represents the Company’s best estimate of the distribution of the economic value of the identifiable intangible assets.

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of intangible assets may not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or any other significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. The Company evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets by comparing their carrying amounts to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the intangible assets. If such intangible assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the intangible assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Company determines fair value based on discounted cash flows using a discount rate commensurate with the risk inherent in the Company’s current business model for the specific intangible asset being valued. The Company determined there was an impairment of the PowerSteering trade name of $1.1 million during 2013.

Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. When such events or circumstances arise, an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows produced by the asset, or the appropriate grouping of assets, is compared to the asset’s carrying value to determine whether impairment exists. If the asset is determined to be impaired, the impairment loss is measured based on the excess of its carrying value over its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying value or net realizable value. No indicators of impairment were identified during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Software Development Costs

Software development costs are expensed as incurred until the point the Company establishes technological feasibility. Technological feasibility is established upon the completion of a working model. Costs incurred by the Company between establishment of technological feasibility and the point at which the product is ready for general release or capitalized, subject to their recoverability, are amortized over the economic life of the related product. Because the Company believes its current process for developing its software products essentially results in the completion of a working product concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility, no software development costs have been capitalized to date.

Canadian Tax Credits

Canadian tax credits related to current expenses are accounted for as a reduction of the research and development costs. Such credits relate to the Company’s operations in Canada are not dependent upon taxable income. Credits are accrued in the year in which the research and development costs or the capital expenditures are incurred, provided the Company is reasonably certain that the credits will be received. The government credit must be examined and approved by the tax authorities, and it is possible that the amounts granted will differ from the amounts recorded.

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company capitalizes underwriting, legal and other direct costs incurred related to the issuance of debt, which are recorded as deferred charges and amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective-interest-rate method. Upon the extinguishment of the related debt, any unamortized, capitalized deferred financing costs are recorded to interest expense. In 2013, the Company wrote off approximately $164,000 of deferred financing costs in connection with the refinancing of its debt facility.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts for financial instruments in accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures for financial assets and liabilities. This guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

These tiers include Level 1, defined as observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore, requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable, long –term debt and warrant liabilities. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value, primarily due to short maturities. The carrying values of the Company’s debt instruments approximated their fair value based on rates currently available to the Company. The carrying values of warrant liabilities marked to the market at each reporting period.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from product revenue, consisting of subscription, support and perpetual licenses, and professional services revenues. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of the product or services has occurred, no Company obligations with regard to implementation considered essential to the functionality remain, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is probable.

Subscription and Support Revenue

The Company derives subscription revenues by providing its software-as-a-service solution to customers in which the customer does not have the right to take possession of the software, but can use the software for the contracted term. The Company accounts for these arrangements as service contracts. Subscription and support revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contractual arrangement, typically one to three years. Amounts that have been invoiced and that are due are recorded in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on when the criteria for revenue recognition are met.

The Company may provide hosting services to customers who purchased a perpetual license. Such hosting services are recognized ratably over the applicable term of the arrangement. These hosting arrangements are typically for a period of one to three years.

Software maintenance agreements provide technical support and the right to unspecified upgrades on an if-and-when-available basis. Revenue from maintenance agreements is recognized ratably over the life of the related agreement, which is typically one year.

Perpetual License Revenue

The Company also records revenue from the sales of proprietary software products under perpetual licenses. For license agreements in which customer acceptance is a condition to earning the license fees, revenue is not recognized until acceptance occurs. The Company’s products do not require significant customization. Revenue on arrangements with customers who are not the ultimate users (primarily resellers) is not recognized until the product is delivered to the end user. Perpetual licenses are sold along with software maintenance and, sometimes, hosting agreements. When vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value exists for the software maintenance and hosting agreement, the perpetual license is recognized under the residual method whereby the fair value of the undelivered software maintenance and hosting agreement is deferred and the remaining contract value is recognized immediately for the delivered perpetual license. When VSOE of fair value does not exist for the either the software maintenance or hosting agreement, the entire contract value is recognized ratably over the underlying software maintenance and/or hosting period.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Professional Services Revenue

Professional services provided with perpetual licenses consist of implementation fees, data extraction, configuration, and training. The Company’s implementation and configuration services do not involve significant customization of the software and are not considered essential to the functionality. Revenues from professional services are recognized as such services are provided when VSOE of fair value exists for such services and all undelivered elements such as software maintenance and/or hosting agreements. VSOE of fair value for services is based upon the price charged when these services are sold separately, and is typically an hourly rate. When VSOE of fair value does not exist for software maintenance and/or hosting agreements, revenues from professional services are recognized ratably over the underlying software maintenance and/or hosting period.

Professional services, when sold with the subscription arrangements, are accounted for separately when these services have value to the customer on a standalone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value for each deliverable. When accounted for separately, revenues are recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts. For those arrangements where the elements do not qualify as a separate unit of accounting, the Company recognizes professional services ratably over the contractual life of the related application subscription arrangement.

Multiple Element Arrangements

The Company enters into arrangements with multiple-element that generally include subscriptions and implementation and other professional services.

For multiple-element arrangements, arrangement consideration is allocated to deliverables based on their relative selling price. In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement as separate units of accounting, the elements must have standalone value upon delivery. If the elements have standalone value upon delivery, each element must be accounted for separately. The Company’s subscription services have standalone value as such services are often sold separately. In determining whether implementation and other professional services have standalone value apart from the subscription services, the Company considers various factors including the availability of the services from other vendors. The Company has concluded that the implementation services included in multiple-element arrangements have standalone value. As a result, when implementation and other professional services are sold in a multiple-element arrangement, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified separate units based on a relative selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a element is based on its VSOE of selling price, if available, third-party evidence of selling price, or TPE, if VSOE is not available or best estimate of selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The Company has not established VSOE for its subscription services due to lack of pricing consistency, the introduction of new services and other factors. The Company has determined that TPE is not a practical alternative due to differences in its service offerings compared to other parties and the availability of relevant third-party pricing information. Accordingly, the Company uses BESP to determine the relative selling price.

The Company determined BESP by considering its overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include the Company’s discounting practices, the size and volume of its transactions, customer characteristics, price lists, go-to-market strategy, historical standalone sales and agreement prices. As the Company’s go-to-market strategies evolve, it may modify its pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative selling prices, and include both VSOE and BESP.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents either customer advance payments or billings for which the aforementioned revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of salaries and related expenses (e.g., bonuses, employee benefits, and payroll taxes) for personnel directly involved in the delivery of services and products directly to customers. Cost of revenue also includes the amortization of acquired technology.

Redeemable Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

Warrants to purchase the Company’s redeemable preferred stock are classified as liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet and are recorded at fair value. The warrants are marked to market each reporting period, with the change in fair value recorded as a gain (loss) in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred. Advertising costs were not significant for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Advertising costs are recorded in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities will be recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established against the deferred tax assets to reduce their carrying value to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertainty of income taxes based on a “more-likely-than-not” threshold for the recognition and derecognition of tax positions, which includes the accounting for interest and penalties.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock options awarded to employees and directors are measured at fair value at each grant date. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with authoritative accounting principles that require all share-based compensation to employees, including grants of employee stock options, be recognized in the financial statements based on their estimated fair value. Compensation expense is determined under the fair value method using the Black-Scholes option- pricing model and recognized ratably over the period the awards vest.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model used to compute share-based compensation expense requires extensive use of accounting judgment and financial estimates. Items requiring estimation include the expected term option holders will retain their vested stock options before exercising them, the estimated volatility of the Company’s common stock price over the expected term of each stock option and the number of stock options that will be forfeited prior to the completion of their vesting requirements. Application of alternative assumptions could result in significantly different share-based compensation amounts being recorded in the financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options and restricted stock and the assumptions used to develop their fair values:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,

2014
 
     2012     2013    
                 (unaudited)  

Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options

   $ 0.13      $ 0.15      $ 0.55   

Expected volatility

     72.5     53.3     55.2

Risk-free interest rate

     0.9     1.6     1.6

Expected life in years

     6.29        6.29        6.29   

Dividend yield

     —          —       

The Company estimates the fair value of options granted using the Black–Scholes option pricing model. As there was no public market for its common stock, the Company estimates the volatility of its common stock based on the volatility of publicly traded shares of comparable companies’ common stock. The Company’s decision to use the volatility of comparable stock was based upon the Company’s assessment that this information is more representative of future stock price trends than the Company’s historical volatility. The Company estimates the expected term using the simplified method, which calculates the expected term as the midpoint between the vesting date and contractual termination date of each award. The dividend yield assumption is based on historical and expected future dividend payouts. The risk–free interest rate is based on observed market interest rates appropriate for the term of each option.

Comprehensive Loss

The Company utilizes the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 220, Comprehensive Income , for the reporting and display of comprehensive loss and its components in the consolidated financial statements. Comprehensive loss comprises net loss and cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments. The difference between the Company’s net loss and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) was due to foreign currency translation adjustments.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Certain transactions are denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, and the Company generates certain assets and liabilities that are fixed in terms of the amount of foreign currency that will be received or paid. At each balance sheet date, the Company adjusts the assets and liabilities to reflect the current exchange rate, resulting in a translation gain or loss. Transaction gains and losses are also realized upon a settlement of a foreign currency transaction in determining net loss for the period in which the transaction is settled. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses were not material for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share

The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Holders of the Company’s Series A, B, B-1, B-2 and C redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled, on a pari passu basis, to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, prior and in preference

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock until such time as the total dividends paid on each share of Series A, B, B-1, B-2 and C redeemable convertible preferred stock are equal to the original issue price of the shares. As a result, all series of the Company’s preferred stock are considered participating securities.

Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of the current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year’s earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Diluted net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the if-converted method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited), basic and diluted net loss per share were the same, as the effect of all potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued FASB ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition . The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance provides a five-step process to achieve that core principle. ASU 2014-09 requires disclosures enabling users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. Additionally, qualitative and quantitative disclosures are required about contracts with customers, significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, using one of two retrospective application methods. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the provisions of ASC 606.

3. Acquisitions

2011 Acquisition

On September 13, 2011, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of Visionael Corporation (Visionael) for total purchase consideration of $4,873,000. The Company agreed to pay additional consideration of up to $2,400,000 to the selling shareholders of Visionael based on the successful execution of signed contracts within a 12-month period from the date of acquisition of certain prospective customers identified at closing. The acquisition-date fair value of the contingent payment was measured based on the probability-adjusted present value of the consideration expected to be transferred, which amounted to $873,000. In 2012, approximately $100,000 of additional consideration was paid and the Company recorded income of $771,000 for the decrease in the contingent purchase consideration liability. This reduction in the contingent purchase consideration liability effectively reduces the total purchase consideration down to $4,102,000. In November 2013, Visionael was spun out of the Company (see Note 13). No remaining obligation for additional consideration remains as of December 31, 2013.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

2012 Acquisitions

On February 3, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of PowerSteering Software, Inc. (PowerSteering) for total purchase consideration of $13,000,000. PowerSteering provides cloud-based program and portfolio management software products that enable customers to gain high-level visibility across their organizations and improve top-down governance and management of programs, initiatives, investments, and projects. Revenues recorded since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2012 were approximately $8,946,000.

On February 10, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of Tenrox, Inc. (Tenrox) for total purchase consideration of $15,328,000, plus the value realized from the utilization of research and development credits and plus/minus any resulting changes to income taxes owed for periods prior to the acquisition. The Company recorded a liability of approximately $3,900,000 at the date of acquisition, for the estimated additional tax-related payments to the seller, of which approximately $1,500,000 was paid during 2012. Tenrox provides cloud-based project workforce management software products that enable organizations to more effectively manage their knowledge workers to better track work, expenses and client billing while improving scheduling, utilization, and alignment of human capital. Revenues recorded since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2012 were approximately $13,300,000.

On November 13, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding units of LMR Solutions LLC, dba EPM Live (EPM Live) for total purchase consideration of $7,732,000, which includes a cash payment of $5,775,000 at closing, $600,000 paid in cash in November 2013, notes payable to the seller of $1,328,000 (at present value), and 800,000 shares of the Company’s Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock with a fair value of $800,000. The shares of the Company’s B-1 preferred stock are restricted, and vesting is contingent upon continued employment. The Company is accounting for such shares as compensation as vesting occurs. EPM Live provides cloud-based project management and collaboration software products that enable customers to improve collaboration and the execution of both projects and unstructured work. Revenues recorded since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2012 were approximately $727,000.

2013 Acquisitions

On May 16, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group, Inc. (together FileBound) for total purchase consideration of $14,650,000, which includes cash at closing of $182,000, notes payable to the seller of $3,500,000 (at present rate) and 650,000 shares of the Company’s series B-1 preferred stock with a fair value of $624,000. FileBound provides cloud-based enterprise content management software products that enable customers to automate document-based workflows and control access and distribution of their content to boost productivity, encourage collaboration and improve compliance. Revenues recorded since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2013 were approximately $4,959,000.

On November 7, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding interest of ComSci, LLC. (ComSci) for total purchase consideration of $7,568,000, which includes cash at closing of $104,000, 949,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, 949,000 shares of the company’s B-2 preferred stock with a fair value of $949,000, and $750,000 to be paid in November 2014. ComSci provides cloud-based financial management software products that enable organizations to have visibility into the cost, quality, and value of internal services delivered within their organizations. Revenues recorded since the acquisition date for the year ended December 31, 2013 were approximately $937,000.

On December 23, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of Clickability, Inc. (Clickability) for total purchase consideration of $12,281,000. Clickability provides cloud-based enterprise

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

content management software products that are used by enterprise marketers and media companies to create, maintain and deliver web sites that shape visitor experiences and empower nontechnical staff to create, manage, publish, analyze and refine content and social media assets without IT intervention. For accounting purposes, the acquisition of Clickability was recorded on December 31, 2013 and, accordingly, the operations of Clickability had no impact on the Company’s statement of operations. The operations of Clickability from December 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013 were not material.

The Company recorded the purchase of the 2012 and 2013 acquisitions described above using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, recognized the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The results of operations of the 2012 and 2013 acquisitions are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations beginning with the date of the acquisition.

The following condensed table presents the acquisition-date fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the 2012 and 2013 acquisitions (in thousands):

 

     PowerSteering      Tenrox      EPM Live      FileBound      ComSci      Clickability  

Cash

   $ 1,424       $ 1,521       $ 388       $ 182       $ 104       $ —     

Accounts receivable

     2,160         2,385         1,369         1,940         951         1,773   

Other current assets

     187         312         19         153         47         297   

Canadian tax credit receivable

     —           4,561         —           —           —           —     

Property and equipment

     203         575         242         927         61         1,519   

Customer relationships

     7,200         7,400         2,680         3,600         2,000         4,400   

Trade name

     1,210         190         460         320         180         250   

Technology

     2,200         2,680         1,770         2,040         810         2,500   

Goodwill

     5,671         10,612         2,419         7,188         3,851         3,401   

Other assets

     —           —           24         21         8         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     20,255         30,236         9,371         16,371         8,012         14,140   

Accounts payable

     542         243         115         113         260         154   

Accrued expense and other

     2,310         2,694         684         266         106         100   

Deferred tax liabilities

     —           3,207         —           —           —           —     

Deferred revenue

     4,403         4,870         840         1,342         78         1,605   

Canadian tax credit liability to seller

     —           3,894         —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     7,255         14,908         1,639         1,721         444         1,859   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 13,000       $ 15,328       $ 7,732       $ 14,650       $ 7,568       $ 12,281   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tangible assets were valued at their respective carrying amounts, which approximates their estimated fair value. The valuation of identifiable intangible assets reflects management’s estimates based on, among other factors, use of established valuation methods. Customer relationships were valued using an income approach, which estimates fair value based on the earnings and cash flow capacity of the subject asset. The value of the marketing-related intangibles was determined using a relief-from-royalty method, which estimates fair value based on the value the owner of the asset receives from not having to pay a royalty to use the asset. Developed technology was valued using a cost-to-recreate approach.

Goodwill for PowerSteering, EPM Live, FileBound and ComSci is deductible for tax purposes.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Pro forma Results (Unaudited)

The following unaudited pro forma supplemental information presents an aggregated summary of the Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, assuming the completion of the 2012 acquisitions of PowerSteering, Tenrox, and EPM Live and the completion of the 2013 acquisitions of FileBound and ComSci, had occurred on January 1, 2012.

The unaudited pro forma supplemental information presented below is based on estimates and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma supplemental information that we have prepared is not necessarily indicative of the results of income in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had the acquired businesses been combined with our operations during the specified periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2013      
     (in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 45,947      $ 49,224   

Operating income (loss)

   $ (1,769   $ (5,403

4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, Net

Changes in the Company’s goodwill balance for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 are summarized in the table below (in thousands):

 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $ 2,245   

Acquired in business combinations

     18,702   

Finalization of 2012 business combination

     112   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     34   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     21,093   

Acquired in business combinations

     14,440   

Goodwill allocated to Visionael spin-out

     (1,201

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (702
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     33,630   

Finalization of 2013 business combination (unaudited)

     (82

Foreign currency translation adjustment (unaudited)

     32   
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 33,580   
  

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net, include the estimated acquisition-date fair values of customer relationships, marketing-related assets, and developed technology that the Company recorded as part of its business acquisitions in 2012 and 2013. The following is a summary of the Company’s intangible assets, net (in thousands):

 

     Estimated Useful
Life (Years)
   Gross
Carrying Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

December 31, 2012

           

Customer relationships

   10    $ 19,460       $ 1,632       $ 17,828   

Trade name

   3–10      886         100         786   

Trade name

   Indefinite      1,210         —           1,210   

Developed technology

   7      7,354         790         6,564   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 28,910       $ 2,522       $ 26,388   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

     Estimated Useful
Life (Years)
   Gross
Carrying Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

December 31, 2013

           

Customer relationships

   10    $ 26,799       $ 3,244       $ 23,555   

Trade name

   3      2,598         1,422         1,176   

Developed technology

   4-7      11,825         1,809         10,016   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 41,222       $ 6,475       $ 34,747   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Estimated Useful
Life (Years)
   Gross
Carrying Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net Carrying
Amount
 

June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

           

Customer relationships

   10    $ 26,821       $ 4,591       $ 22,230   

Trade name

   3      2,598         1,728         870   

Developed technology

   4-7      11,834         2,724         9,110   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

      $ 41,253       $ 9,043       $ 32,210   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s weighted-average amortization period, in total and by major finite-lived intangible asset class, by acquisition during the year ended December 31 (in years):

 

     2012      2013  

Customer relationships

     10         10   

Trade name

     5         3   

Developed technology

     7         6.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total weighted-average amortization period

     9         8.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company periodically reviews the estimated useful lives of its identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances that might result in either a diminished fair value or revised useful life. In 2013, management changed its intention to use the PowerSteering trade name on a Company-wide basis and, accordingly, changed the useful life of such trade name from indefinite to a definite life of three years. As a result, the Company recorded an amortization charge of $1,060,000 in 2013 related to the PowerSteering trade name. Management has determined there have been no other indicators of impairment or change in the useful life during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Total amortization expense was $2,428,000, $4,805,000 and $2,545,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively.

Estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amortization
Expense
 

Year ending December 31:

  

2014

   $ 5,117   

2015

     4,895   

2016

     4,678   

2017

     4,471   

2018 and thereafter

     15,586   
  

 

 

 
   $ 34,747   
  

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Equipment (including equipment under capital lease of $90 and $1,640 for 2012 and 2013, respectively)

   $ 1,812      $ 3,498   

Furniture and fixtures

     —          607   

Leasehold improvements

     —          2,297   

Accumulated depreciation

     (405     (2,460
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 1,407      $ 3,942   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included with depreciation expense. Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $390,000 and $791,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The Company recorded no impairment of property and equipment and recorded no gains or losses on the disposal of property and equipment during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

6. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Senior secured notes (less discount of $123 at December 31, 2013)

   $ 13,054      $ 20,678   

Revolving credit facility

     —          3,067   

Seller notes due 2014 (less discount of $134 and $62 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively)

     1,366        1,438   

Seller notes due 2015

     —          3,000   

Seller notes due 2016

     —          500   

Related party note due 2014

     300        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     14,720        28,683   

Less current maturities

     (3,800     (5,245
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 10,920      $ 23,438   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan and Security Agreements

U.S. Loan Agreement

On March 5, 2012, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank (as amended, the U.S. Loan Agreement). The U.S. Loan Agreement provides the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $5.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $19.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $24.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $7.6 million outstanding as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $2.1 million outstanding as revolving loans and $19.1 million as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, the Company had $3.6 million (unaudited) outstanding as revolving loans and $17.9 million (unaudited) as term loans under the U.S. Loan Agreement.

Revolving loans and term loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to Comerica Bank’s prime rate plus 1.75% (5% at December 31, 2012 and 2013). Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until April 11, 2015, when all outstanding

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

revolving loan amounts must be repaid. Term loan advances may be requested until April 11, 2014. From November 1, 2013 to March 1, 2014, an amount equal to 5% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on October 2, 2013 is payable in monthly installments during such period. Between April 1, 2014 and March 1, 2015 an amount equal to 15% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. From April 1, 2015 to March 1, 2016 an amount equal to 25% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. From April 1, 2016 to March 1, 2017, an amount equal to 25% of the principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments on the first day of each month during such period. From April 1, 2017 to March 1, 2018, an amount equal to 30% of principal outstanding on all term loan advances on April 11, 2014 is payable in monthly installments during such period. All outstanding principal and interest under the term loan facility must be repaid on April 11, 2018. The revolving loan facility and the term loan facility may be prepaid prior to their respective termination dates without penalty or premium. Starting June 1, 2015, the Company and the other borrowers may be required to begin prepaying certain term loan advances with a percentage of our excess cash flow, if any.

The Company’s obligations and the obligations of the other borrowers under the loan facility are secured by a security interest on substantially all of the Company’s assets and the other borrowers’ assets, including intellectual property. The Company’s other and future subsidiaries may also be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility and grant a security interest on their assets in connection therewith.

The U.S. Loan Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Company and the other borrowers must also comply with a minimum cash financial covenant, minimum fixed charge ratio financial covenant, maximum indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA financial covenant, and minimum EBITDA financial covenant. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

The U.S. Loan Agreement also contains customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants defaults, material adverse change defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency event defaults, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties defaults. Upon an event of default, Comerica Bank may declare all or a portion of the outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the loan facility and any related guaranty, including a requirement that any guarantor pay all of the outstanding obligations under its guaranty and a right by Comerica Bank to exercise remedies under any security agreement related to such guaranty. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

In connection with the entry into the U.S. Loan Agreement in March 2012, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 120,000 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock at $1.00 per share. The warrant is exercisable for 10 years. The fair value of the warrant was not significant as of the date of issuance or as of December 31, 2012. In connection with the amendment of U.S. Loan Agreement in December 2012, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock at $1.00 per share. The warrant is exercisable for 10 years. The fair value of the warrant was not significant as of the date of issuance or as of December 31, 2012. In connection with the amendment of the U.S. Loan Agreement in April 2013, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 226,667 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock at $1.00 per share which replaced the aforementioned warrant to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock. The

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

warrant is exercisable for 10 years. The fair value of the warrant at the time of issuance was determined to be $158,000. The Company recorded a debt discount in the amount of $158,000 which is being accreted as interest expense over the term of the underlying note using the interest method.

Canadian Loan Agreement

On February 10, 2012, Tenrox Inc., a Canadian corporation and the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary (the Canadian Subsidiary), entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank (as amended, the Canadian Loan Agreement). The Canadian Loan Agreement provides a secured accounts receivable revolving loan facility of up to $3.0 million and a secured term loan facility of up to $2.5 million, for a total loan facility of up to $5.5 million. As of December 31, 2012, the Canadian Subsidiary had $5.4 million outstanding as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement. As of December 31, 2013, the Canadian Subsidiary had $1.0 million outstanding as revolving loans and $1.7 million as term loans under the Canadian Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, the Company had no outstanding revolving loans (unaudited) and $1.0 million (unaudited) as term loans the Canadian Loan Agreement.

Revolving loans and term loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to Comerica Bank’s prime rate plus 1.75%. Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until April 11, 2015, when all outstanding revolving loan amounts must be repaid. Principal on the term loan advance is payable in 24 equal monthly installments beginning on May 1, 2013 and continuing each month until paid in full. All outstanding principal and interest under the term loan facility must be repaid on April 11, 2015. The revolving loan facility and the term loan facility may be prepaid prior to their respective termination dates without penalty or premium.

The Canadian Subsidiary’s obligations under the loan facility are secured by a security interest on substantially all of its assets, including its intellectual property. Additionally, we and certain of our domestic subsidiaries provided guarantees of the loan facility secured by substantially all of our and such subsidiaries’ assets, including intellectual property. Furthermore, our other and future subsidiaries may be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility and grant a security interest on its assets in connection therewith.

The Canadian Loan Agreement and the security agreements contain customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting our ability, the Canadian Subsidiary’s ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Canadian Subsidiary must also comply with a minimum cash financial covenant, minimum fixed charge ratio financial covenant, maximum indebtedness to adjusted EBITDA financial covenant and minimum EBITDA financial covenant. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

The Canadian Loan Agreement and the security agreements also contain customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants defaults, material adverse change defaults, bankruptcy and insolvency event defaults, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties defaults. Upon an event of default, Comerica Bank may declare all or a portion of the Canadian Subsidiary’s outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the loan facility, including a requirement that any guarantor pay all of the outstanding obligations under their respective guaranty and a right by Comerica Bank to exercise remedies under any security agreement related to such guaranty. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

In connection with the entry into the Canadian Loan Agreement in February 2012, the Company granted Comerica Bank a warrant to purchase 120,000 shares of the Company’s Series A preferred stock at $1.00 per share. The warrant is exercisable for 10 years. The fair value of the warrant was not significant as of the date of issuance.

Seller Notes

In November 2012, the Company issued seller notes payable in connection with the acquisition of EPM Live. The notes have an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 with no stated interest rate. The notes were recorded at their estimated fair value of $1,400,000 at the acquisition date, and imputed interest will be accreted to noncash interest expense to the maturity date using a 5% interest rate. The notes are due in November 2014.

In May 2013, the Company issued seller notes payable in connection with the acquisition of FileBound. The notes have an aggregate principal amount of $3.5 million with 5% stated interest. $3.0 million of the notes are due in May 2015 and $500,000 million of the notes are due in May 2016.

Related Party Notes Payable

In February 2012, the Company issued a promissory note to a related party for an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The unpaid principal amount of this note bears interest at a rate of 6.0% per year. All unpaid principal and interest become due and were paid in August 2012.

In November 2012, the Company issued a promissory note to the related party for an aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000. The unpaid principal amount of this note bears interest at a rate of 6.0% per year. All unpaid principal and interest became due on May 9, 2013. The Company repaid $1,200,000 of this note in December 2012, then borrowed $1,000,000 in January 2013 and paid the note in full in April 2013. At December 31, 2012, the outstanding borrowing under this agreement was $300,000.

Debt Maturities

The Company believes the carrying value of its long-term debt at December 31, 2013 approximates its fair value based on the variable interest rate feature or based upon interest rates currently available to the Company.

Future debt maturities of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2014

   $ 5,529   

2015

     10,871   

2016

     5,375   

2017

     5,606   

2018

     1,487   

Thereafter

     —     
  

 

 

 
   $ 28,868   
  

 

 

 

Debt Issuance Costs

The Company incurred aggregate debt issuance costs of $283,000 in 2012 and $136,000 in 2013 in connection with its U.S. Loan Agreement and Canadian Loan Agreement. These costs are being amortized to noncash interest expense over the terms of the related indebtedness using the effective-interest method. Noncash interest expense, including the write-off of the unamortized balance of previously existing deferred financing costs of

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

$164,000 in 2013, related to these costs was $86,000 and $236,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

The estimated amortization of these debt issuance costs through the maturity of the related borrowings is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2014

   $ 54   

2015

     28   

2016

     11   

2017

     5   
  

 

 

 
   $ 98   
  

 

 

 

Convertible Promissory Notes

In October 2013, the Company issued $4.9 million of promissory notes to investors bearing interest at 5% per annum with a maturity date of October 2014. Such promissory notes are automatically converted into shares of preferred stock upon the occurrence of a qualified financing. The conversion price for the shares of preferred stock is 80% of the price paid by other investors in the qualified financing. Such conversion price represents a beneficial conversion feature in the amount of $1.2 million which was recorded as interest expense. In December 2013, all of the promissory notes were converted into shares of Series C preferred stock.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space under operating leases that expire between 2014 and 2016.

Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

2014

   $ 446      $ 1,095   

2015

     332        976   

2016

     215        636   

2017

     121        289   

2018

     20        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     1,134      $ 3,046   
    

 

 

 

Less amount representing interest

     (135  
  

 

 

   

Present value of capital lease obligations

     999     

Less current portion of capital lease obligations

     (398  
  

 

 

   

Long-term capital lease obligations

   $ 601     
  

 

 

   

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was approximately $382,000 and $832,000, respectively. The current and long-term portion of capital lease obligations are recorded in the accrued expenses and other and other long-term liabilities line items on the balance sheet, respectively.

The Company has a letter of credit for an office lease with a bank in the amount of $150,000.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Litigation

In the normal course of business, the Company may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings. While the ultimate results of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not expect them to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.

8. Income Taxes

The Company’s loss from continuing operations before income taxes for the years ended December 31 was as follows (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes:

    

United States

   $ (3,971   $ (9,267

Foreign

     (399     1,420   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (4,370   $ (7,847
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to continuing operations for the year ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Current

    

Federal

   $ —        $ —     

State

     6        18   

Foreign

     57        1,136   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current

     63        1,154   

Deferred

    

Federal

     58        (417

State

     8        (67

Foreign

     (201     38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deferred

     (135     (446
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (72   $ 708   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $45 million and research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million. The net operating loss and credit carryforwards will expire beginning in 2018, if not utilized. Utilization of the net operating losses and tax credits will be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the “change of ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The annual limitation will result in the expiration of $16.2 million of net operating losses and $0.8 million of credit carryforwards before utilization.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred taxes as of December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2012     2013  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Current deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued expenses and allowances

   $ 342      $ 448   

Deferred revenue

     495        164   

Other

     68        39   

Valuation allowance for current deferred tax assets

     (408     (641
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax assets

     497        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets:

    

Intangible assets

     —          —     

Stock compensation

     —          136   

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

     5,933        9,138   

Other

     5        102   

Valuation allowance for noncurrent deferred tax assets

     (2,443     (4,872
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax assets

   $ 3,495      $ 4,504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Current deferred tax liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses

   $ (7   $ (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current deferred tax liabilities

     (7     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:

    

Stock compensation

     (43     —     

Capital expenses

     (33     (529

Intangible assets

     (7,579     (7,059

Goodwill

     (132     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

   $ (7,787   $ (7,588
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax asset

   $ 490      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liability

   $ (4,292   $ (3,084
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

   $ (3,802   $ (3,084
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of realizing the benefits of its domestic favorable tax attributes in future tax returns, the Company has placed a valuation allowance against its domestic net deferred tax asset, exclusive of goodwill. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the valuation allowance increased by approximately $811,000 and $4,048,000, respectively, due primarily to operations and acquisitions, and decreased by approximately $0 and $1,386,000, respectively, due to the distribution of Visionael.

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been provided thereon. The Company had no undistributed earnings from its foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2013.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes differs from the expected tax (expense) benefit amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to income before taxes due to the following for the year ended December 31:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2012         2013    

Federal statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     26.5        4.3   

Tax credits

     5.0        (5.3

Effect of foreign operations

     (0.8     2.0   

Permanent items and other

     7.5        (13.7

Tax carryforwards not benefited

     (70.7     (30.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1.5     (9.0 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Under ASC 740–10, Income Taxes – Overall , the Company periodically reviews the uncertainties and judgments related to the application of complex income tax regulations to determine income tax liabilities in several jurisdictions. The Company uses a “more-likely-than-not” criterion for recognizing an asset for unrecognized income tax benefits or a liability for uncertain tax positions. The Company has determined it has the following unrecognized assets or liabilities related to uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2013. The Company does not anticipate any significant changes in such uncertainties and judgments during the next 12 months. To the extent the Company is required to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax liabilities, this amount will be recorded as an accrued liability.

 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $  —     

Additional based on tax positions related to the current year

     —     

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     70   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     —     

Settlements

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     70   

Additional based on tax positions related to the current year

     —     

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     (7

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     —     

Settlements

     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 63   
  

 

 

 

Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, future changes in the unrecognized tax benefits will not materially impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company’s assessment of its unrecognized tax benefits is subject to change as a function of the Company’s financial statement audit.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company and its subsidiaries file tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in several state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for years ended before December 31, 2010, and is no longer subject to state and local or foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for years ended before December 31, 2009. The Company is not currently under audit for federal, state, or any foreign jurisdictions.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

In July and October 2010, the Company issued 9,652,500 shares of restricted stock to three stockholders of the Company at $0.0001 per share for aggregate proceeds of $965. In October 2012, the Company issued 689,710 shares of restricted stock to an employee of the Company at $0.20 per share for aggregate proceeds of $137,942. These shares are subject to a repurchase option. If the holder’s status as an employee or service provider to the Company terminates, then the Company shall have the option to repurchase any shares that have not yet been released from the repurchase option at a price per share equal to the original purchase price. Based on the contractual vesting schedules, 4,510,494 and 1,465,458 shares remain unvested as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

In November 2013, the Company issued 949,000 shares of common stock valued at $275,000 in connection with the acquisition of ComSci.

Stock Options

During 2010, the Company adopted the Upland Software, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan (the Plan). The Plan provides, in part, that incentive and nonstatutory stock options, as defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock and restricted stock may be granted to employees, directors, and consultants.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has 5,777,992 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan. Accordingly, the Company has reserved 2,184,895 shares of common stock to permit exercise of options outstanding in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

Under the Plan, stock options will be issued at an exercise price equal to at least 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the option grant date as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors or appointed administrator. The maximum term of these options is ten years, measured from the date of grant. Options under the Plan generally vest over four years. Under certain conditions, vesting is accelerated upon a change in control (as defined in the Plan).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

A summary of the changes in common stock options is as follows:

 

    Number of
Options
Outstanding
    Weighted–
Average
Exercise
Price
    Weighted–
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(In Years)
    Weighted-
Average Fair
Value

per Share
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2012

    228,000      $ 0.05        9.25      $ 0.03   

Options granted

    1,060,896      $ 0.20        $ 0.13   

Options forfeited

    (144,000   $ 0.20        $ 0.13   
 

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    1,144,896      $ 0.17        9.65      $ 0.11   

Options granted

    1,166,200      $ 0.29        $ 0.15   

Options forfeited

    (126,201   $ 0.21        $ 0.13   
 

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    2,184,895      $ 0.23        9.16      $ 0.13   

Options granted (unaudited)

    1,604,500      $ 1.02        $ 0.55   

Options forfeited (unaudited)

   
(199,729

  $
0.47
  
    $ 0.26   

Options exercised (unaudited)

   
(916

  $ 0.29        $ 0.15   
 

 

 

       

Outstanding at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    3,588,750      $ 0.57        9.11      $ 0.31   
 

 

 

       

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013

    360,795      $ 0.13        8.04     
 

 

 

       

Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2013

    345,948      $ 0.13        8.04     
 

 

 

       

Options vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    665,791      $ 0.23        8.16     
 

 

 

       

Options vested and exercisable at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    644,507      $ 0.23        8.16     
 

 

 

       

The aggregate intrinsic value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, was approximately $3,000 and $206,000, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, was approximately $34,000 and $1,726,000, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013, was approximately $321,000. The aggregate intrinsic value for options exercisable at December 31, 2013 was $308,000. The total fair value of employee options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, and 2013 was approximately $3,000 and $34,000, respectively. Unvested shares as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 have a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.11 per share and $0.13 per share, respectively.

Total stock–based compensation was approximately $92,000 and $498,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, $299,000 and $823,000 (unaudited) of unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted–average period of 2.47 and 2.57 years, respectively.

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In 2011, the Company issued 16,175,339 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate proceeds of $16.0 million, net of issuance costs of $199,000.

In January 2012, the Company issued 1,031,069 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate proceeds of $1.0 million, net of issuance costs of $23,784.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

In January 2012, the Company issued 10,380,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate proceeds of $10.4 million, net of issuance costs of $22,000.

In November 2012, the Company issued 800,000 shares of Series B–1 redeemable convertible preferred stock valued at $800,000 in connection with the acquisition of EPM Live. Such shares are subject to forfeiture obligations based upon continued employment over a 24-month period. The Company is accounting for such shares as compensation as the shares vest. At December 31, 2013, 800,000 shares remain subject to forfeiture and $348,000 of stock compensation remains unamortized and is expected to be recognized over the next year.

In May 2013, the Company issued 650,000 shares of B–1 redeemable convertible preferred stock valued at $624,000 in connection with the acquisition of FileBound.

In November 2013, the Company issued 949,000 shares of Series B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock valued at $949,000 in connection with the acquisition of ComSci.

In December 2013, the Company issued 11,698,257 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate proceeds of $19,700,000, net of issuance costs of $82,000. The proceeds from the issuance of Series C preferred stock included the conversion of $4,900,000 of convertible promissory bridge notes and accrued interest payable.

Significant terms of the Series A, B, B–1, B–2 and C redeemable convertible preferred stock (Preferred Stock) are as follows:

Voting

Each holder of Preferred Stock, except for holders of Series B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted. The holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of common stock shall vote together and not as separate classes. Except as otherwise specifically required by applicable law, the holders of Series B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall have no right to vote on any matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company.

Dividends

Dividends on shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall begin to accrue on a daily basis at a rate of 8% per annum, shall be cumulative, and shall compound on an annual basis. Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends shall be due and payable upon the earliest of (i) any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company; (ii) the redemption of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock; or (iii) the payment of any dividends with respect to common stock or Series A, B, B–1 redeemable convertible Preferred Stock. Cumulative dividends on shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall cease to accrue and all accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends shall be canceled and any rights to such dividends shall terminate at the time such share of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock is converted to common stock.

The holders of outstanding shares of Series A, B, B–1, and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets legally available at the annual rate of $0.08 per share payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any distribution on common stock. No dividends shall be made with respect to the common stock unless dividends on the Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or set aside for payment to the preferred stockholders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

preferred stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series A, B, B–1, and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be on a pro rata basis.

Liquidation Preference

Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company and its subsidiaries, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock and holders of common stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) $1.80 per share and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock. If, upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive.

Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company and its subsidiaries, whether voluntary or involuntary, and after payment in full of the amounts to which holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, the holders of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the common stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) $1.00 per share and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of preferred stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock. If, upon the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive.

Redemption

At any time after December 20, 2018, and at the election of the holders of at least two–thirds of the then–outstanding shares of Series A, B, and C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company shall redeem, out of funds legally available, all (but not less than all) outstanding shares of Series A, B, B–2 and C redeemable convertible preferred stock that have not been converted into common stock, in three equal annual installments. The Company shall redeem the shares of Series A, B and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock by paying in cash $1.00 per share, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends, whether or not earned. The Company shall redeem the shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock by paying in cash $1.80 per share, plus all accrued but unpaid cumulative dividends and any other declared but unpaid dividends thereon.

If the funds legally available for redemption of the Series A, B, B–2 and C redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full respective redemption prices, the

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Company shall first redeem all share of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock and shall then use the remaining proceeds to effect such redemption pro rata among the holders of the Series A, B and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock so that each holder of Series A, B and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock shall receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate amount available for redemption.

At any time after December 20, 2019 and at the election of a least a majority of the then–outstanding shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the Company shall redeem in three equal annual installments all outstanding shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock.

The Series B–1 redeemable convertible preferred stock is not entitled to any redemption rights. However, because a majority of the Company’s outstanding stock is in the control of the convertible preferred stockholders who also control the Company’s Board of Directors, a hostile takeover or other sale could occur outside the Company’s control and thereby trigger a “deemed liquidation” and payment of liquidation preferences. Accordingly, the Company has classified convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders’ deficit for all periods presented.

The Company adjusts the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preferences of such shares at each reporting period-end. The change in the carrying value of the convertible preferred stock is recorded as a charge to additional paid–in capital, if any, and then to accumulated deficit.

The Company has evaluated each of its series of convertible preferred stock and determined that each series should be considered an “equity host” and not a “debt host” as defined by ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging . This evaluation is necessary in order to determine if any embedded features require bifurcation and, therefore, separate accounting as a derivative liability. The Company’s analysis followed the “whole instrument approach,” which compares an individual feature against the entire convertible preferred stock instrument that includes that feature. The Company’s analysis was based on a consideration of the convertible preferred stock’s economic characteristics and risks and, more specifically, evaluated all the stated and implied substantive features, including (i) whether the convertible preferred stock included redemption features, (ii) how and when any redemption features could be exercised, (iii) whether the holders of convertible preferred stock, were entitled to dividends, (iv) the voting rights of the convertible preferred stock and (v) the existence and nature of any conversion rights. As a result of the Company’s conclusion that the convertible preferred stock represents an equity host, the conversion feature of all series of convertible preferred stock is considered to be clearly and closely related to the associated convertible preferred stock host instrument. Accordingly, the conversion feature of all series of convertible preferred stock is not considered an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation.

The Company accounts for potentially beneficial conversion features under ASC 740–20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options . At the time of each of the issuances of convertible preferred stock, the Company’s common stock into which each series of the Company’s convertible preferred stock is convertible had an estimated fair value less than the effective conversion prices of the convertible preferred stock. Therefore, there was no intrinsic value on the respective commitment dates.

Conversion

Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into that number of fully paid, nonassessable shares of common stock determined by dividing the original issue price for the relevant series (Series A redeemable convertible – $1.00, Series B redeemable convertible – $1.00, Series B–1 redeemable convertible – $1.00, Series B–2 redeemable convertible – $1.00, and Series C redeemable convertible – $1.80) by the conversion price for such series (Series A

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

redeemable convertible – $1.00, Series B redeemable convertible – $1.00, Series B–1 redeemable convertible – $1.00, Series B–2 redeemable convertible – $1.00, and Series C redeemable convertible – $1.80).

Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid, nonassessable shares of common stock at the then–effective conversion rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment, underwritten IPO pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock, provided that the offering price per share is not less than $2.43 if such event occurs on or before June 20, 2015, or $3.60 if such event occurs after June 20, 2015, and the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company exceed $25,000,000; (ii) with respect to Series A, B, B–1 and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock, upon the receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion of holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A, B, B–1, and B–2 redeemable convertible preferred stock entitled to vote; or (iii) with respect to Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, upon receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least 50% of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests.

11. Preferred Stock Warrants

The Company had 120,000 Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants and 120,000 Series B preferred stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2012 with an exercise price of $1.00 per share. The Company had 120,000 Series A preferred stock warrants and 346,677 Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited) with an exercise price of $1.00 per share. All of these warrants were issued in connection with the loan agreements described in Note 6.

The fair value of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table summarizes the inputs and assumptions used to develop their fair values:

 

     Series A Preferred Stock Warrant  
     December 31,     June 30,  
     2012     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Stock Price

   $ 0.20      $ 1.75      $ 2.50   

Exercise price

   $ 1.00      $ 1.00      $ 1.00   

Expected volatility

     72.52     53.30     54.07

Risk-free interest rate

     1.36     1.75     1.62

Expected life in years

     7.00        5.12        4.62   

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

 

     Series B Preferred Stock Warrant  
     December 31,     June 30,  
     2012     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)  

Stock Price

   $ 0 .20      $ 1.75      $ 2.50   

Exercise price

   $ 1.00      $ 1.00      $ 1.00   

Expected volatility

     72.52     53.30     54.07%   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.95     1.75     1.62% - 1.88

Expected life in years

     6.12        5.18-6.28        4.68 - 5.79   

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

12. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the exit price, or the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date. GAAP sets forth a three–tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. The three tiers are Level 1, defined as observable inputs, such as quoted market prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore, requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. At December 31, 2012, assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were not significant.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Liabilities:

           

Warrant liabilities

   $ —         $ —         $ 525       $ 525   

 

     Fair Value Measurements at June 30, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (unaudited)      (unaudited)      (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Assets:

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

Liabilities:

           

Warrant liabilities

   $ —         $ —         $ 831       $ 831   

The following table presents additional information about fixed maturity securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and for which we have utilized significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs to determine fair value:

 

Beginning balance at January 1, 2012

   $  —     

Issuance of preferred stock warrants

     —     

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     —     
  

 

 

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2012

     —     

Issuance of preferred stock warrants

     158   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     367   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance at December 31, 2013

     525   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants (unaudited)

     —     

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants (unaudited)

     306   
  

 

 

 

Ending balance at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 831   
  

 

 

 

The fair value of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock was determined using Black-Scholes option pricing model. The valuation of the warrant liability is discussed in Note 11 Preferred Stock Warrants.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

13. Net Loss per Common Share

The following table sets for the computations of loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,    

Six Months Ended

June 30,

 
     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Numerators:

        

Loss from continuing operations attributable to common stockholders

   $ (4,298   $ (8,555   $ (2,274   $ (14,997

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to common stockholders

     1, 791        (642     (316     —     

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

     (44     (98     (22     (875

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,551   $ (9,295   $ (2,612   $ (15,872

Denominator:

        

Weighted–average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     4,582,871        7,298,434        6,476,530        19,669,677   

Loss from continuing operations per share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.95   $ (1.18   $ (0.35   $ (0.81

Loss from discontinued operations per share, basic and diluted

   $ 0.39      $ (0.09   $ (0.05   $ —     

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.56   $ (1.27   $ (0.40   $ (0.81

Due to the net losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of all potentially dilutive securities would have been anti–dilutive. The following table sets forth the anti–dilutive common share equivalents:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2012      2013      2013      2014  
                   (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Redeemable Convertible preferred stock:

           

Series A preferred stock

     17,206,508         17,206,508         17,206,508         17,206,508   

Series B preferred stock

     10,380,000         10,380,000         10,380,000         10,380,000   

Series B–1 preferred stock

     800,000         1,450,000         800,000         1,450,000   

Series B–2 preferred stock

     —           949,000         —           949,000   

Series C preferred stock

     —           11,698,257         —           11,698,257   

Stock options

     1,144,896         2,184,895         1,144,896         3,588,750   

Restricted stock

     4,510,491         1,465,458         3,102,766         467,995   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total anti–dilutive common share equivalents

     34,041,895         45,334,118         32,634,170         45,740,510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Pro Forma Net Loss per Common Share (Unaudited)

The numerator and the denominator used in computing the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) have been adjusted to assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock at the later of January 1, 2013 or the date of issuance of the preferred stock. Pro forma net loss per common share does not give effect to potentially dilutive securities where the impact would be anti–dilutive (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
2014
 
           (unaudited)  

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (9,295   $ (15,872

Add: Preferred stock dividends and accretion

     98        875   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (9,197     (14,997

Denominator:

    

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per common share – weighted–average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     7,298,434        19,669,677   

Plus: assumed conversion of preferred stock to common stock

     29,287,267        41,683,765   

Denominator for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

     36,585,701        61,353,442   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.25   $ (0.24

14. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company has established two voluntary defined contribution retirement plans qualifying under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company made no contributions to the 401(k) plans for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

15. Discontinued Operations

On November 6, 2013, the Company distributed all of the shares of its Visionael subsidiary to the Company’s stockholders in a spin–off. The subsidiary was not a discontinued operation or classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2012. However, since all shares of the subsidiary were distributed in 2013, the Company’s consolidated statements of operations have been presented to show the discontinued operations of the subsidiary separately from continuing operations for all periods presented. Since the transaction was between entities under common control, the distribution of the shares of the subsidiary did not result in a gain or loss on distribution as it was recorded at historical carrying values.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following table sets forth the assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations which are included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
 

Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 270   

Accounts receivable, net

     1,000   

Fixed assets, net

     5   

Intangible assets, net

     2,648   

Goodwill

     2,357   

Other assets

     5   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     6,285   

Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     215   

Other current liabilities

     14   

Deferred revenue, current

     1,313   

Deferred tax liability

     5   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     429   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,976   
  

 

 

 

Net assets

   $ 4,309   
  

 

 

 

16. Domestic and Foreign Operations

Revenue by revenue is based on the ship-to address of the customer, which is intended to approximate where the customer’s users are located. The ship to country is generally the same as the billing country. The Company has operations in the U.S., Canada and Europe. Information about these operations is presented below (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012              2013      

Revenues:

     

U.S.

   $ 16,999       $ 31,166   

Canada

   $ 2,920       $ 3,509   

Other International

   $ 2,844       $ 6,518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

   $ 22,763       $ 41,193   

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2012              2013      

Identifiable long–lived assets:

     

U.S.

   $ 637       $ 3,310   

Canada

   $ 770       $ 632   

Other International

   $ 0       $ 0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total identifiable long–lived assets

   $ 1,407       $ 3,942   

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Upland Software, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

17. Related Party Transactions

In 2012 and 2013, the Company borrowed and repaid monies from and to an investor in the Company pursuant to promissory notes (see Note 6). In 2012 and 2013, the Company purchased software development services pursuant to a technology services agreement with a company controlled by a non-management investor in the Company in the amount of $1,000,000 and $2,100,000, respectively. In January 2014, the Company issued 11,000,000 shares of common stock to this company in connection with the amendment of such technology services agreement and took a noncash charge of $11,200,000 recorded in research and development expenses. The Company has an outstanding purchase commitment for additional software development services from this company in 2014 in the amount of $2,100,000. For years after 2014, the amount of software development services purchased will fluctuate proportionately to the Company’s revenues.

18. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the date the consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Members of

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live), which comprise the balance sheet as of November 13, 2012, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live) as of November 13, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Holtzman Partners, LLP

May 7, 2014

 

F-41


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Balance Sheet

 

     November 13,
2012
 

Assets

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 387,604   

Accounts receivable, net allowance of $97,976

     1,365,126   

Prepaid expenses and other

     53,231   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,805,961   

Property and equipment, net

     407,706   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,213,667   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and members’ equity (deficit)

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 171,935   

Accrued liabilities

     479,238   

Line of credit

     524,502   

Current portion of notes payable

     126,240   

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     72,203   

Deferred revenue

     161,503   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,535,621   

Notes payable, net of current portion

     346,096   

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     99,279   

Deferred revenue, non-current

     2,483,306   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,464,302   

Members’ equity (deficit):

     (2,250,635
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity (deficit)

   $ 2,213,667   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Statement of Operations

 

     For the period
from January 1,
2012 to
November 13,
2012
 

Revenues

   $ 5,459,727   

Cost of revenues

     (2,023,347
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,436,380   

Operating expenses:

  

Sales and marketing

     1,921,284   

Research and development

     1,063,644   

General and administrative

     1,677,670   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     4,662,598   

Loss from operations

     (1,226,218

Other income (expense):

  

Interest expense

     (45,024
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (45,024
  

 

 

 

Net loss before taxes

     (1,271,242

Income taxes

     (15,674
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,286,916
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity (Deficit)

 

     Members’
Equity
(Deficit)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011 (unaudited)

   $ (882,734

Distributions to members

     (80,985

Net loss

     (1,286,916
  

 

 

 

Balance at November 13, 2012

   $ (2,250,635
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Statement of Cash Flows

 

     For the period
from January 1,
2012 to
November 13,
2012
 

Operating activities

  

Net loss

   $ (1,286,916

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Depreciation expense

     151,969   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Accounts receivable

     137,747   

Prepaid expenses and other

     568   

Accounts payable

     123,320   

Accrued expenses and other

     4,725   

Deferred revenue

     844,253   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (24,334

Investing activities

  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (35,091
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (35,091

Financing activities

  

Borrowings on line of credit

     342,000   

Principal payments on notes payable

     (187,978

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     (19,655

Distributions to shareholders

     (80,985
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     53,382   

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (6,043

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     393,647   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 387,604   
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

  

Cash paid for interest

   $ 36,586   
  

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 15,674   
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:

  

Equipment purchased under capital lease

   $ 137,927   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements

For the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012

1. Business Description and Organization

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live) (the “Company”) was formed to provide online solutions, consulting services and Enterprise SharePoint Project Management applications to organizations in the e-commerce industry. The Company produces online applications, which include a fully integrated build-to-order work management platform that allows organizations to extend project portfolio management to all areas of their business leveraging pre-built, proven best practice applications. Applications include Project Portfolio Management, Application Lifecycle Management, New Product Development, IT Management, and Service Management. The Company also offers products such as business strategy workshops, requirements support, installation support, configuration support, development support, training, customer support, online support and consulting services.

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live) was formed and began operations as a Limited Liability Company under the State of Delaware statutes on May 19, 2004. Under the terms of the LLC Operating Agreement, the term of the Company expires on May 19, 2024. The Company’s principal office is in Carlsbad, California.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Use of Estimates

The presentation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, the provision for doubtful accounts, sales returns and allowances, the useful lives of property and equipment, accrued liabilities, and contingencies, among others. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from the estimates made by management with respect to these items and other items that require management’s estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments acquired with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates market value, because of the short maturity of these instruments.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. The Company continually assesses the collectability of outstanding customer invoices; and if deemed necessary, maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting

 

F-46


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

from the noncollection of customer receivables. In estimating this allowance, the Company considers factors such as: historical collection experience, a customer’s current credit-worthiness, customer concentrations, age of the receivable balance, both individually and in the aggregate, and general economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. Actual customer collections could differ from the Company’s estimates. As of November 13, 2012, the allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $97,976.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are placed with high-credit-quality financial institutions and issuers, and at times may exceed federally insured limits or be held in foreign jurisdictions. The Company has not experienced any loss relating to cash and cash equivalents in these accounts. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) authoritative guidance on fair value defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, line of credit, notes payable, and deferred revenue. The fair values of these financial instruments approximate their carrying amount due to the short maturity of the financial instruments.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements and capitalized lease obligations are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the term of the related leases and included in depreciation expense. When depreciable assets are sold or retired, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts. Any gain or loss is included in other income (expense) in the Company’s statements of operations in the period incurred. Major additions and betterments are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs which do not materially improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are charged to operating expense as incurred.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically reviews the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets, to determine whether current events or circumstances, as defined in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment , warrant adjustment to such carrying accounts. In reviewing the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, the Company considers, among other factors, the future cash inflows expected to result from the use of the

 

F-47


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

asset and its eventual disposition less the future cash outflows expected to be necessary to obtain those inflows. Upon a determination that the carrying value of assets will not be recovered from the undiscounted cash flow estimated to be generated by those assets, the carrying value of such assets would be considered impaired and reduced by a charge to operations in the amount of the impairment.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists primarily of cash received in advance of revenue recognized on the related product or service and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenues from the following sources: (1) subscription revenues, which comprise subscription fees from customers accessing its online service, (2) license revenue, (3) post-contract customer support, and (4) professional services. Post-contract customer support consists primarily of maintenance services. Professional services consist primarily of software configuration and training.

Revenue is recognized when the following criteria are met:

 

    There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    The service has been provided to the customer;

 

    The collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Subscription revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units of accounting if each deliverable has stand-alone value to the customer and there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of each deliverable. Subscription arrangements not meeting these criteria are combined into a single unit of accounting. The Company has determined that its subscription arrangements represent a single unit of accounting and the entire arrangement fee is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.

For sales of proprietary software products under perpetual licenses, the Company allocates revenue to each element of the contract based on the relative fair value of each of the elements based upon VSOE (vendor specific objective evidence) of fair value. The Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue when VSOE of the fair value exists for all the undelivered elements in the arrangement. VSOE for elements is based on normal pricing for those elements when sold separately. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue. For arrangements containing multiple elements when VSOE does not exist, all revenue is deferred until such time as delivery of the element or elements for which VSOE has not been determined has occurred. If the only undelivered element is maintenance and VSOE has not been established for maintenance, all revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues primarily consists of salaries and related expenses for the Company’s online and support organizations, expenses related to running the Company’s help desk, training services, and salaries and related expenses for professional services provided to customers.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed to operations as incurred. FASB authoritative guidance on accounting for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use requires capitalization of certain costs incurred during the software application development stage and amortizes them over the software’s estimated useful life. Based on the Company’s product development process, costs incurred during the software application development stage where recoverability was reasonably assured have been insignificant. Through November 13, 2012 all software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

Advertising

Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred. Advertising costs for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012 were $7,205 and are included in sales and marketing on the statement of operations.

Income Taxes

As a limited liability corporation, the Company is not directly liable for federal income taxes. Federal taxable income is allocated to members in accordance with their respective percentage ownership, and is included on their respective federal income tax returns. The Company is subject to income tax in the state of California. The Company’s tax returns remain subject to examination by taxing authorities for the years including and subsequent to November 13, 2012.

The Company accounts for uncertainty of income taxes based on a “more-likely-than-not” threshold for the recognition and de-recognition of tax positions, which includes the accounting for interest and penalties relating to tax positions. The Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits resulting from its tax positions at November 13, 2012.

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

     November 13,
2012
 

Leasehold improvements

   $ 25,322   

Furniture and fixtures

     23,168   

Computer software

     302,748   

Computer hardware

     514,697   
  

 

 

 
     865,935   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (458,229
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 407,706   
  

 

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Property and Equipment (continued)

 

Property and equipment are depreciated over estimated useful lives ranging from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Depreciation expense relating to the Company’s property and equipment was $151,969 for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012, respectively.

4. Notes Payable

On November 3, 2010, the Company entered into a Promissory Note with a financial institution with a principal amount of $250,000. The note is payable in 59 monthly installments of principal and interest in the amount of $4,684.09 beginning December 3, 2010, and continuing on the same calendar day monthly thereafter, and one final payment of outstanding principal, together with all accrued interest and any other unpaid amounts due under this Note, shall be paid on November 3, 2015. The principal amount outstanding under the agreement accrues interest at a per annum rate equal to 4.64%. Borrowings under the note are collateralized by all business asset, inventory, equipment, accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, documents, instruments, and letter of credit rights. The principal and interest of this promissory note was $156,920 as of November 13, 2012.

On September 12, 2011, the Company entered into a Commercial Security Agreement with a financial institution with a principal amount of $400,000. The note is payable in sixty equal monthly installments of principal and interest. The principal amount outstanding under the agreement accrues interest at a per annum rate equal to 5.06%, which was fixed as of the effective date of the agreement. Borrowings under the note are collateralized by all inventory, chattel paper, accounts, equipment and general intangibles. The principal and interest of this Commercial Security Agreement was $315,416 as of November 13, 2012.

As of November 13, 2012, scheduled maturities of debt are as follows:

 

Period

   Debt  

November 14, 2012 to December 31, 2012

   $ 10,104   

2013

     125,537   

2014

     132,744   

2015

     135,266   

2016 and thereafter

     68,685   
  

 

 

 

Total debt maturities

   $ 472,336   
  

 

 

 

5. Line of credit

On September 14, 2012, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a financial institution for a line of credit with availability of $600,000. The Company can borrow, repay, and re-borrow all or any part of the commitment at any time before the maturity date, so long as the combined total unpaid principal amount outstanding under the note and the face amount of any outstanding letters of credit does not exceed the commitment at any time. The principal amount outstanding under the line of credit is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an index which is the LIBOR Rate (“the Index”). The interest rate to be applied to the unpaid principal balance of this note will be at the rate of 3.192% over the Index. The interest is payable monthly beginning November 1, 2012 and all outstanding plus all accrued unpaid interest is due in one payment on October 1, 2013. The line of credit is collateralized by the assets of the Company, excluding any intellectual

 

F-50


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

property. The line of credit is subject to certain financial covenants. As of November 13, 2012, the Company had an outstanding balance of $524,502 on the line of credit.

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

The Company leases an office facility under a non-cancellable operating lease and certain equipment under non-cancellable capital leases. For the office facility, the Company recognizes expense on a straight-line basis.

Rent expense under the operating lease included in the results of operations was $189,338 for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 13, 2012, respectively. The lease term ended on November 30, 2012.

The gross amount of computer hardware under capital leases reported in the balance sheet is $195,554, and the accumulated amortization is $19,008 as of November 13, 2012, respectively. Amortization of assets under capital lease is included in depreciation expense.

Future minimum payments required under capital and operating leases, by year and in aggregate, that have initial or remaining non-cancellable lease terms in excess of one year as of November 13, 2012, are as follows:

 

Period/Year ending December 31,

   Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

2012

   $ 18,470      $ 14,468   

2013

     73,272        174,044   

2014

     68,013        179,265   

2015

     32,239        184,643   

2016 and thereafter

     —          419,614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

   $ 191,994      $ 972,034   
    

 

 

 

Imputed interest

     (20,512  
  

 

 

   

Present value of minimum capital lease obligations

     171,482     

Current portion

     (72,203  
  

 

 

   

Long-term capital lease obligations

   $ 99,279     
  

 

 

   

7. Member’s Equity

No capital contributions were made by the members of the Company at the inception of the Company. The members have no further obligation to contribute additional amounts of capital to the Company. In addition, members are not entitled to interest or other compensation for or on account of their capital contributions to the Company.

Each member’s capital account is increased by the Company’s net profits or net losses and is allocated on an annual basis in portion to each member’s relative capital interest in the Company.

The members shall determine and distribute available funds annually or at more frequent intervals as they see fit. Distributions in liquidation of the Company or in liquidation of a member’s interest shall be made in accordance with the positive capital account balances pursuant to Treasury Regulation 1.704.1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2). To the extent a member shall have a negative capital account balance, there shall be a qualified income offset, as set forth in

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LMR Solutions, LLC (dba EPM Live)

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

Treasury Regulation 1.704.1(b)(2)(ii)(d). No member has any right to any return of capital or other distribution except as expressly provided in the Company’s Operating Agreement.

8. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan is available to all regular employees of the Company. The Company may make matching contributions based upon elective deferrals made by participants as well as non-elective contributions allocated to all employees eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan based upon eligible earnings. No contributions were made by the Company to the 401(k) plan for the period ended November 13, 2012.

9. Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated subsequent events up to May 7, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued, for events that meet the requirements for disclosure under ASC Topic 855, Subsequent Events .

On November 13, 2012, all membership interests of the Company were acquired by Upland Software, Inc.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Independent Accountant’s Review Report

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.:

We have reviewed the accompanying combined balance sheet of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) as of May 16, 2013, and the related combined statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013. A review includes primarily applying analytical procedures to management’s financial data and making inquiries of company management. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and for designing, implementing, and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements.

Our responsibility is to conduct the review in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those standards require us to perform procedures to obtain limited assurance that there are no material modifications that should be made to the combined financial statements. We believe that the results of our procedures provide a reasonable basis for our report.

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying combined financial statements in order for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO

August 19, 2014

 

 

LOGO

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheet

(unaudited)

 

     May 16, 2013  

Assets

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 195,188   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $289,818

     2,197,337   

Prepaid expenses and other

     70,016   

Receivable from shareholders

     10,000   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,472,541   

Property and equipment, net

     966,840   

Other assets

     15,920   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,455,301   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 229,388   

Accrued expenses and other

     250,940   

Deferred revenue

     1,873,644   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,353,972   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,353,972   

Stockholders’ equity

  

Common stock – par value $0.01 per share, 45,000 shares authorized; 19,800 shares issued and outstanding

     198   

Additional paid in capital

     19,702   

Retained earnings

     1,081,429   
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,101,329   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,455,301   
  

 

 

 

See independent accountant’s report and accompanying notes.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Operations

(unaudited)

 

     Period January 1, 2013
to May 16, 2013
 

Revenue:

  

Subscription and support

   $ 2,288,390   

Perpetual license

     1,328,760   

Professional services

     158,288   
  

 

 

 

Total revenue

     3,775,438   

Cost of revenue:

  

Subscription and support

     615,168   

Professional services

     124,842   
  

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     740,010   

Gross Profit

     3,035,428   

Operating expenses:

  

Sales and marketing

     1,168,800   

Research and development

     553,028   

General and administrative

     1,396,560   

Depreciation expense

     82,608   

Acquisition-related costs

     743,496   
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     3,944,492   

Loss from operations

     (909,064

Other income (expense):

  

Other expense

     (39,209
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (39,209
  

 

 

 

Net loss

     (948,273
  

 

 

 

See independent accountant’s report and accompanying notes.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Stockholders’ Equity

(unaudited)

 

     Marex Group, Inc.      FileBound Solutions, Inc.      Additional            Total  
     Common Stock      Common Stock     

Paid-in

     Retained     Stockholders’  
     Shares      Par Value      Shares      Par Value      Capital      Earnings     Equity  

Balance at January 1, 2013

     9,900       $ 99         9,900       $ 99       $ 19,702       $ 2,772,992      $ 2,792,892   

Dividends

     —           —           —           —           —           (743,290     (743,290

Net loss

     —           —           —           —           —           (948,273     (948,273
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at May 16, 2013

     9,900       $ 99         9,000       $ 99       $ 19,702       $ 1,081,429      $ 1,101,329   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See independent accountant’s report and accompanying notes.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

(unaudited)

 

     Period
January 1, 2013 to
May 16, 2013
 

Operating activities

  

Net loss

   $ (948,273

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Depreciation expense

     82,608   

Loss on asset disposals

     35,917   

Forgiveness of related party note receivable

     256,678   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Accounts receivable

     190,381   

Prepaid expenses and other

     206,748   

Accounts payable

     (17,596

Accrued expenses and other

     99,576   

Deferred revenue

     72,964   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (20,997

Investing activities

  

Purchase of property and equipment

     (94,745
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (94,745

Financing activities:

  

Dividends paid to stockholders

     (743,290
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (743,290

Net change in cash

     (859,032

Cash at beginning of year

     1,054,220   
  

 

 

 

Cash at end of year

   $ 195,188   
  

 

 

 

See independent accountant’s report and accompanying notes.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(unaudited)

For the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013

1. Organization and Description of Business

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc., collectively called “the Company”, are both privately held corporations which are primarily engaged in the business of developing and marketing content management solutions under the brand name FileBound. These solutions allow organizations to manage, store, and retrace information assets. Marex Group, Inc. was formed on July 18, 2001 as a Nebraska Corporation. FileBound Solutions, Inc. was formed on October 18, 2010 as a Florida Corporation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting and Combination

The financial statements of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. are combined because each company has common ownership and control and the nature of transactions between the entities is such that combined financial statements are more meaningful to stockholders. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The combined financial statements were prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash in interest bearing and non-interest bearing cash accounts.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. The Company assesses the collectability of outstanding receivables and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts as necessary. In estimating the allowance, the Company considers factors such as historical collection experience, customer credit-worthiness and the age of the receivable balance. Actual customer collections could differ from the Company’s estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are placed with high-credit-quality financial institutions, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in these accounts and the Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company’s credit extension and collection policies include analyzing

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

the financial condition of potential customers as it deems necessary, monitoring payments, and aggressively pursuing delinquent accounts.

Customers representing 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable as of May 16, 2013 are as follows:

 

Customer A

     13

Customer B

     11

One customer represented 11% of the Company’s total revenue for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts for financial instruments in accordance with the authoritative guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures for financial assets and liabilities. This guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

The guidance also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, and notes payable. The carrying value of these financial instruments approximates market value, primarily due to short maturities. Cash equivalents, measured at fair value on a recurring basis, are categorized as Level 1 based on quoted prices in active markets.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Capital expenditures less than $1,000 are expensed as incurred. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over each asset’s useful life which ranges from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets. Upon retirement or disposal, the cost of each asset and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income. Repairs, maintenance, and minor replacements are expensed as incurred.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. When such events or circumstances arise, an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows produced by the asset, or the appropriate grouping of assets, is compared to the asset’s carrying value to determine if impairment exists. If the asset is determined to be impaired, the impairment loss is measured based on the excess of its carrying value over its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying value or net realizable value. No indicators of impairment were identified during the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenues from the following sources: (1) subscription revenues, which comprise subscription fees from customers accessing its online service, (2) license revenue, (3) post-contract customer support, and (4) professional services. Post-contract customer support consists primarily of maintenance services. Professional services consist primarily of software configuration and training.

Revenue is recognized when the following criteria are met:

 

    There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

    The service has been provided to the customer;

 

    The collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Subscription revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables are divided into separate units of accounting if each deliverable has stand-alone value to the customer and there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of each deliverable. Subscription arrangements not meeting these criteria are combined into a single unit of accounting. The Company has determined that its subscription arrangements represent a single unit of accounting and the entire arrangement fee is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement.

For sales of proprietary software products under perpetual licenses, the Company allocates revenue to each element of the contract based on VSOE (vendor specific objective evidence) of fair value. The Company uses the residual method to recognize revenue when VSOE of the fair value exists for all the undelivered elements in the arrangement. VSOE for elements is based on normal pricing for those elements when sold separately. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue. For arrangements containing multiple elements when VSOE does not exist, all revenue is deferred until such time as delivery of the element or elements for which VSOE has not been determined has occurred. If the only undelivered element is maintenance and VSOE has not been established for maintenance, all revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists primarily of cash received in advance of revenue recognized on the related product or service and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as current.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consists primarily of compensation and benefits, including bonuses, for personnel directly involved in the delivery of revenue.

Advertising Costs

Adverting costs are expensed in the period incurred and were not significant for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013. Advertising costs are included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying combined statement of operations.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

(unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Research and Development and Software Development Costs

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. The Company begins to capitalize software development costs when a product’s technological feasibility is established. Capitalization ceases when a product is available for general release to customers. To date, the period between reaching technological feasibility and the general release of the products has been short and software development costs which would have qualified for capitalization during those periods have been insignificant. The Company’s software development costs are included in research and development expense in the accompanying combined statement of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be an S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code. In lieu of corporation income taxes, the shareholders of an S corporation are taxed on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for income taxes has been included in these financial statements.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, or state and local, income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.

The Company accounts for uncertainty of income taxes based on a “more-likely-than-not” threshold for the recognition and de-recognition of tax positions, which includes the accounting for interest and penalties relating to tax positions. The Company does not currently have any material tax positions they consider uncertain.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through August 19, 2014 which represents the date the combined financial statements were available to be issued.

3. Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following at May 16, 2013:

 

Equipment

   $ 311,588   

Furniture and fixtures

     144,928   

Computers

     992,495   

Software

     47,576   

Leasehold improvements

     608,025   
  

 

 

 
     2,104,612   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (1,137,772
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 966,840   
  

 

 

 

Depreciation expense on property and equipment was $82,608 for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013. The Company recorded no impairment of property and equipment during the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

(unaudited)

 

4. Line of Credit

In May 2012, the Company entered into a line of credit with a financial institution for up to $700,000 which bore interest at the prime rate (3.75% at May 16, 2013) plus 0.5% per annum with a lower limit of 4.5% per annum. The line of credit is collateralized by business assets and personally guaranteed by two shareholders of the Company. The line of credit expired on May 1, 2013. No amounts were outstanding on the line of credit as of May 16, 2013.

5. Stock Subscription Agreements

On January 26, 2010, the Company entered into two stock subscription agreements with employees of the Company. Each employee purchased 300 shares of stock in return for a promissory note of $126,427. Interest accrued on the promissory notes at a rate of 2.45% per annum and were payable in full at maturity in February 2014. On May 16, 2013, the notes receivable from shareholders were forgiven by the Company.

6. Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue up to 20,000 shares of Marex Group, Inc. common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, and 25,000 shares of FileBound Solutions, Inc. common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, of which 15,000 authorized shares of Marex Group, Inc. common stock and 15,000 authorized shares of FileBound Solutions, Inc. common stock are designated as voting common stock, and the remainder is designated as non-voting common stock. Each issued and outstanding share of voting common stock is entitled to one vote. At May 16, 2013, the Company had combined 19,800 shares of voting common stock issued and outstanding.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases office space and certain equipment under multiple non-cancellable operating leases which expire between 2013 and 2018. The office space lease contains predetermined fixed rental payment escalations. The Company recognizes expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the recognized rental expense and amounts paid under the lease as deferred rent.

Future minimum payments under the Company’s operating leases are as follows at May 16, 2013:

 

2013

   $ 160,695   

2014

     236,503   

2015

     241,635   

2016

     248,798   

2017

     256,849   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 1,144,480   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the period of January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013 was approximately $137,000. Deferred rent was not significant at May 16, 2013.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

(unaudited)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

 

Litigation

In the normal course of business, the Company may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings. While the ultimate results of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not expect them to have material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

8. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Employer contributions to the Plan totaled $112,764 for the period January 1, 2013 to May 16, 2013.

9. Related Party Transactions

The Company’s largest office lease was entered into with a related party through common ownership. In February 2013, this office property was sold to a third-party. Rent payments made while the lease was under common ownership were not significant.

10. Subsequent Events

On May 17, 2013, all outstanding shares of the Company were acquired by Upland Software, Inc. “Upland Software” (formerly Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.). Upland Software acquires, optimizes, and builds software businesses that provide mission-critical software to enterprise customers.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

LOGO

Independent Auditors’ Report

To the Board of Directors

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Lincoln, Nebraska

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Marex Group, Inc. (a Nebraska corporation) and FileBound Solutions, Inc. (a Florida corporation) as of December 31, 2012, and the related combined statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence that we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. as of December 31, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO

Omaha, Nebraska

March 28, 2013

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheet

December 31, 2012

 

     2012  

Assets

  

Current Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 1,054,221   

Accounts receivable – net of allowance of $184,030

     2,348,664   

Short-term note receivable from customer

     61,852   

Prepaid expenses

     189,415   

Escrow – customer contract

     15,920   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     3,670,072   

Property and Equipment – at cost:

  

Leasehold improvements

     586,538   

Equipment

     1,423,329   

Vehicles

     116,386   
  

 

 

 
     2,126,253   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,135,633
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment – net

     990,620   

Other Assets:

  

Due from shareholders

     281,439   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 4,942,131   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheet (continued)

December 31, 2012

 

     2012  

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  

Current Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 197,196   

Accrued liabilities

     23,482   

Accrued 401k liabilities

     127,080   

Deferred revenue

     1,801,481   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,149,239   

Commitments

     —     

Shareholders’ Equity:

  

Common stock – Marex Group, Inc., par value $1 per share, 10,000 shares authorized;
9,900 shares issued and outstanding

     9,900   

Common stock – FileBound Solutions, Inc. – par value $0.01 per share, 25,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued and outstanding

     99   

Additional paid in capital

     9,901   

Retained earnings

     2,772,992   
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     2,792,892   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 4,942,131   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Income

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     2012  

Revenue

   $ 9,884,792   

Operating Expenses:

  

Advertising

     34,192   

Automobile expense

     32,274   

Bad debt expense

     139,205   

Bank charges

     19,083   

Client relations

     15,183   

Computer expense

     9,647   

Contract labor

     584,921   

Contributions

     1,770   

Data Center Services

     503,816   

Depreciation

     171,479   

Dues and subscriptions

     38,727   

Employee benefits

     159,486   

Insurance

     17,129   

Interest

     7,402   

Licensing

     101,366   

Life insurance

     9,660   

Meals and entertainment

     46,834   

Meetings and conferences

     73,235   

Office expense

     36,735   

Officers’ compensation

     966,042   

Outside services

     199,899   

Partner conference

     211,396   

Payroll taxes

     213,772   

Postage

     23,195   

Professional fees

     576,901   

Rents

     330,233   

Repairs and maintenance

     15,286   

Retirement plan contributions

     202,110   

Salaries

     2,439,869   

Supplies

     67,655   

Taxes

     41,937   

Telephone

     120,167   

Travel

     359,429   

Utilities

     28,572   
  

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     7,798,607   

Operating Income

     2,086,185   

Other Income/(Expenses)

  

Interest Income

     31,205   

Other expense

     (158,008
  

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 1,959,382   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2011

          

As previously reported

   $ 9,999       $ 9,901       $ 2,057,254      $ 2,077,154   

Prior period adjustment

     —           —           (303,196     (303,196
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011 As restated

     9,999         9,901         1,754,058        1,773,958   

Distributions

     —           —           (940,448     (940,448

Net Income

     —           —           1,959,382        1,959,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 9,999       $ 9,901       $ 2,772,992      $ 2,792,892   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     2012  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net Income

   $ 1,959,382   

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:

  

Non-cash Transactions:

  

Depreciation

     171,479   

Accrued interest on promissory notes

     (6,194

Prior period adjustment

     (303,196

(Increase) Decrease in Operating Assets:

  

Accounts receivable

     (264,408

Employee advance

     5,000   

Prepaid expenses

     (108,140

Short-term notes receivable from customers

     (61,852

Increase (Decrease) in Operating Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

     132,320   

Deferred revenue

     937,925   

Accrued expenses

     27,702   
  

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     2,490,018   

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

  

Purchase equipment, signs and leasehold improvements

     (397,419
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used) by Investing Activities

     (397,419

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

  

Repayment of debt on stock

     (71,404

Distributions

     (940,448

Payment on Line of Credit

     (473,000

Repayment of long-term debt

     (32,014
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used by) Financing Activities

     (1,516,866
  

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash

     575,733   

Cash, December 31, 2011

     478,488   
  

 

 

 

Cash, December 31, 2012

   $ 1,054,221   
  

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest and income taxes:

  

Interest

   $ 7,042   
  

 

 

 

State income taxes

   $ 2,700   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

Year Ended December 31, 2012

1. Summary of significant accounting policies:

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. are both privately held corporations which are primarily engaged in the business of developing and marketing content management solutions under the brand name FileBound. These solutions allow organizations to manage, store and retrieve all their information assets.

A. Basis of accounting:

The Company prepares its financial statements on the accrual basis under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

B. Revenue Recognition:

Revenue from licensing of software is recognized upon shipment provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, payment terms are fixed and determinable, and collection of the related receivable is considered probable. Revenues from consulting, training, and other services are generally recognized as the services are performed.

When software licenses are bundled with related services, revenues are allocated to each element of the arrangement based on the relative fair values of the elements. The determination of fair value is based on information that is specific to the Company, commonly referred to as vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”). Fair values for the Company’s products and services are based on prices charged when each element is sold separately. If an element has not been sold separately and VSOE of fair value is unavailable, fair value is determined by the Company’s management. If evidence of fair value for individual elements of the arrangement does not exist and if management cannot determine fair value, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time that evidence of fair value exists or until all elements of the arrangement are delivered. If fair value does not exist for one or more of the delivered elements, revenue is recognized under the residual method of accounting. Under this method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the fee is recognized as revenue. Revenue is not deferred for undelivered elements that are deemed to be insignificant.

Generally, the arrangements for software licenses and/or the right to use multiple copies provide for nonrefundable fees. Revenues are recognized upon delivery of the first copy, provided all significant obligations have been met, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, fees are fixed and determinable, and collection is probable.

The Company provides an allowance for sales returns based upon estimated and known returns. Product returns are recorded as a reduction of net revenues and as a reduction of the accounts receivable balance.

C. Allowance for doubtful accounts:

Trade accounts receivable are stated net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Management charges allowance for doubtful accounts when they are considered uncollectible. The Company evaluated accounts receivable and did provide an allowance of $184,030 as of December 31, 2012.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

D. Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight line method over the estimated useful life of the assets.

 

Leasehold improvements

   15 to 39 years

Equipment

   3 to 7 years

Vehicles

   5 years

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $171,479.

E. Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

F. Cash and cash equivalents:

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with maturity at acquisition of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

G. Subsequent Events :

Management has evaluated subsequent events through March 28, 2012, the date which the financial statements were available for issue. Please see Note 15 for subsequent event.

2. Income Taxes:

The Company has elected to be an S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code. In lieu of corporation income taxes, the shareholders of an S corporation are taxed on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for income taxes has been included in these financial statements.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, or state and local, income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.

The Company follows the provisions of uncertain tax positions as addressed in FASB Accounting Standards Codification 740-10-65-1. The Company recognized no increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has no tax position at December 31, 2012 for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in operating expenses. No such interest or penalties were recognized during the year presented. The Company had no accruals for interest and penalties at December 31, 2012.

3. Deferred Revenue:

The Company engages in annual maintenance subscription agreements and warranty services with its clients. The payments are considered deferred revenue when received and amortized over the 12 month subscription period for maintenance. Warranty services have a one or three year amortization period.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

4. Leasing Arrangements – Related Party:

The Company conducts its operations from a 22,950 square foot facility that is leased under a five-year operating lease. In May 2007, the Company’s facility was purchased by a related party, a partnership owned equally by the controlling shareholders of the Company. The annual lease rate for 2012 was $11 per square foot, or $21,037 monthly. For years 2-3, the annual lease will increase $1 per square foot each year and $0.50 for years 4-5. Rent expense for 2012 was $231,412. See Note 15 for subsequent event related to this lease.

The following is a schedule of future obligations under the above operating lease as of December 31, 2012:

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amount  

2013

   $ 275,400   

2014

     274,875   

2015

     298,350   
  

 

 

 
   $ 848,625   
  

 

 

 

5. Employee Benefits:

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company paid the entire cost of employee health insurance coverage and one-half of the cost of family coverage. The Company also pays for deductible expenses. For employee only coverage, the deductible is $4,000 and the Company covers costs above $2,000. For family coverage, the deductible is $8,000 and the Company covers costs above $4,000. This expense for premiums and additional expenses was $139,985 for 2012.

6. Profit Sharing Plan:

The Company adopted a Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, effective February 10, 2005. At the beginning of this year the plan was amended to a Safe Harbor Plan in which the Company is obligated to contribute 3% of each eligible employee’s compensation. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after 90 days of employment. Employees can defer a portion of their salary in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount allowable under the Internal Revenue Code. There is no prior service obligation. Total plan expenses for the year ended 2012 was $202,110. The Company also provided a discretionary profit sharing contribution that is established by management at year-end. This discretionary amount is allocated amongst employees based on level of compensation and their employment classification. Included in the retirement plan contributions for the year ended December 31, 2012 is a profit sharing contribution of $97,260.

7. Operating Lease:

The Company has equipment that is leased under a five-year non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2014. The Company has vehicles that are leased under a three-year and four-year non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2013 and 2015. The Company leases office space in Colorado and Florida. The lease in Florida is a month to month lease. The Colorado lease is a thirty-eight month lease expiring in 2014.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

Future minimum rental payments due under the leases are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Equipment      Vehicles      Office      Total  

2013

   $ 5,137       $ 19,971       $ 19,259       $ 44,367   

2014

     1,712         9,378         1,610         12,700   

2015

     —           7,815         —           7,815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,849       $ 37,164       $ 20,869       $ 64,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

8. Line of credit:

The Company has a line of credit for $700,000 as of December 31, 2012. The note is collateralized by business assets and personally guaranteed by the majority shareholders. The line of credit bears interest at .5%, over the national prime rate, but not below 4.5%. The prime rate was 3.25% at December 31, 2012. Total borrowings under this line of credit at December 31, 2012 was $0.

9. Concentration of Credit Risk:

The Company maintains its primary cash balances in one financial institution. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insures balances up to $250,000 for each account. At times the cash balance of the Company’s accounts may exceed this limit.

10. Stock Transactions:

On January 26, 2010, the Company entered into two stock subscription agreements with employees of the Company. Each employee purchased 300 shares of stock in return for a promissory note of $126,427 each. Interest shall accrue on the promissory notes at a rate of 2.45% per year with no payment due. If the notes are not paid in full by February 26, 2014, principal and accrued interest to date will be paid in 120 equal consecutive monthly installments.

11. Contingencies

The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity. Included in the financial statements are claims paid in relation to these obligations of $158,008.

12. Notes Receivable:

All notes receivable are payments due from recurring customers. The balance as of December 31, 2012 was $61,852. The note is non-interest bearing and is paid by the margin received on client billings.

13. Notes Payable:

As of December 31, 2012 the Company does not have any long-term obligations.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

14. Compensated Absences:

Employees of the Company are entitled to paid vacation, paid sick days, and personal days off, depending on job classification, length of service, and other factors. It is impracticable to estimate the amount of compensation for future absences, and accordingly, no liability has been recorded in the accompanying financial statements. The company’s policy is to recognize the costs of compensated absences when actually paid to employees.

15. Subsequent Event:

The building lease mentioned in Note 4 has been sold by the shareholders during February 2013. The new five-year lease was executed with a third party, effective March 1, 2013. The annual lease rate for the first twelve months is $9.85 per square foot, or $18,838 monthly. For years 2-5, the annual lease will increase $0.35 per square foot each year.

The following is a schedule of future obligations under the above operating lease as of December 31, 2012:

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amount  

2013

   $ 188,381   

2014

     232,751   

2015

     240,784   

2016

     248,816   

2017

     256,849   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,167,581   
  

 

 

 

16. Prior period adjustment:

Retained earnings at the beginning of 2012 have been adjusted for a maintenance and licensing revenue recognition policy as stated in Note 1B. A portion of the licensing and implementation revenue has been adjusted for the deferred portion. The change in the deferred accounts created a prior period retained earnings adjustment of $303,196.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combining Schedule – Balance Sheet Information

December 31, 2012

 

    Marex
Group, Inc.
    FileBound
Solutions, Inc
    Total     Eliminating
Entries
    Combined
Totals
 

Assets

         

Current Assets:

         

Cash

  $ 257,374      $ 796,847      $ 1,054,221      $ —        $ 1,054,221   

Accounts receivable

    1,419,774        967,943        2,387,717        (39,053     2,348,664   

Short-term note receivable from customer

    71,652        61,852        133,504        (71,652     61,852   

Prepaid expenses

    172,265        27,886        200,151        (10,736     189,415   

Escrow – customer contract

    15,920        —          15,920        —          15,920   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    1,936,985        1,854,528        3,791,512        (121,440     3,670,072   

Property and Equipment – at cost:

         

Leasehold improvements

    586,538        —          586,538        —          586,538   

Equipment

    1,022,185        362,321        1,384,506        38,823        1,423,329   

Vehicles

    116,386        —          116,386        —          116,386   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,725,109        362,321        2,087,430        38,823        2,126,253   

Less accumulated depreciation

    (1,071,636     (63,997     (1,135,633     —          (1,135,633
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment – net

    653,472        298,324        951,797        38,823        990,620   

Other Assets:

         

Due from Shareholders

    281,439        —          281,439        —          281,439   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 2,871,897      $ 2,152,851      $ 5,024,748      $ (82,617   $ 4,942,131   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

         

Current Liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

  $ 196,338      $ 50,646      $ 246,984      $ (49,788   $ 197,196   

Accrued liabilities

    21,284        2,198        23,482        —          23,482   

Accrued 401k liabilities

    126,480        600        127,080        —          127,080   

Intercompany transfers

    1,151,810        (1,151,810     —          —          —     

Current portion of long-term debt

    —          71,652        71,652        (71,652     0   

Deferred revenue

    578,494        1,222,987        1,801,481        —          1,801,481   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    2,074,406        196,273        2,270,680        (121,440     2,149,239   

Shareholders’ Equity:

         

Common stock – Marex Group, Inc.

    9,900        —          9,900        —          9,900   

Common stock – FileBound Solutions, Inc.

    —          99        99        —          99   

Additional paid in capital

    —          9,901        9,901        —          9,901   

Retained earnings

    787,591        1,946,578        2,734,169        38,823        2,772,992   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    797,491        1,956,578        2,754,069        38,823        2,792,892   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 2,871,897      $ 2,152,851      $ 5,024,748      $ (82,617   $ 4,942,131   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

See accompanying independent auditors’ report.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combining Schedule – Statement of Operations Information

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

     Marex
Group, Inc.
    FileBound
Solutions, Inc.
     Total     Eliminating
entries
    Combined
Totals
 

Revenue

   $ 5,285,081      $ 4,599,711         9,884,792      $ —          9,884,792   

Operating Expenses:

           

Advertising expense

     34,192        —           34,192        —          34,192   

Automobile expense

     31,807        468         32,274        —          32,274   

Bad Debt

     99,041        40,164         139,205        —          139,205   

Bank charges

     15,475        3,607         19,083        —          19,083   

Client relations

     15,183        —           15,183        —          15,183   

Computer expense

     9,647        —           9,647        —          9,647   

Contract labor

     512,121        72,800         584,921        —          584,921   

Contributions

     1,770        —           1,770        —          1,770   

Data Center Services

     288,094        215,721         503,816        —          503,816   

Depreciation Expense

     133,423        38,055         171,479        —          171,479   

Dues and subscriptions

     38,727        —           38,727        —          38,727   

Employee benefits

     159,486        —           159,486        —          159,486   

Insurance

     17,128        —           17,128        —          17,128   

Interest

     36,302        2,506         38,808        (31,406     7,402   

Licensing

     101,366        —           101,366        —          101,366   

Life Insurance

     9,660           9,660          9,660   

Meals and entertainment

     46,834        —           46,834        —          46,834   

Meetings and conferences

     73,235        —           73,235        —          73,235   

Office expense

     (2,188,464     2,225,198         36,735        —          36,735   

Officer compensation

     966,042           966,042          966,042   

Outside services

     145,034        54,865         199,899        —          199,899   

Partner conference

     211,396        —           211,396        —          211,396   

Payroll taxes

     206,546        7,226         213,772        —          213,772   

Postage

     23,195        —           23,195        —          23,195   

Professional fees

     532,799        44,103         576,901        —          576,901   

Rents

     307,859        22,374         330,233        —          330,233   

Repairs and maintenance

     15,286        —           15,286        —          15,286   

Retirement plan contributions

     199,325        2,785         202,110        —          202,110   

Salaries

     2,347,763        92,106         2,439,869        —          2,439,869   

Supplies

     66,920        736         67,655        —          67,655   

Taxes

     41,737        200         41,937        —          41,937   

Telephone

     120,167        —           120,167        —          120,167   

Travel

     343,938        15,491         359,429        —          359,429   

Utilities

     28,572        —           28,572        —          28,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,991,608        2,838,405         7,830,014        (31,406     7,798,607   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

     293,473        1,761,306         2,054,778        31,406        2,086,185   

Interest Income

     14,725        47,886         62,611        (31,406     31,205   

Other Expenses

     (158,008     —           (158,008     —          (158,008
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 150,190      $ 1,809,192       $ 1,959,382        0      $ 1,959,382   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

See accompanying independent auditors’ report.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

LOGO

Independent Auditors’ Report

To the Board of Directors

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Lincoln, Nebraska

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheet of Marex Group, Inc. (a Nebraska corporation) and FileBound Solutions, Inc. (a Florida corporation) as of December 31, 2011, and the related combined statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. as of December 31, 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As described in Note 15 to the financial statements, licensing and implementation revenue has been adjusted to reflect the deferred portion. Our opinion is not modified with respect to that matter.

Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. The supplementary information included on pages 13-14 is presented for purposes of additional analysis and is not a required part of the basic consolidated financial statements. Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic combined financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the combined financial statements taken as a whole.

 

LOGO

Omaha, Nebraska

March 28, 2012, except for Note 15, as to which the date is March 28, 2013

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheet

December 31, 2011

 

     2011  

Assets

  

Current Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 478,488   

Accounts receivable

     2,080,590   

Prepaid expenses

     81,275   

Employee advances

     5,000   

Escrow – customer contract

     15,920   
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,661,273   

Property and Equipment – at cost:

  

Leasehold improvements

     538,781   

Equipment

     1,101,195   

Vehicles

     88,858   
  

 

 

 
     1,728,834   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (964,154
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment – net

     764,680   

Other Assets:

  

Due from shareholders

     278,911   
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 3,704,864   
  

 

 

 

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Balance Sheet (continued)

December 31, 2011

 

 

     2011  

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  

Current Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 64,875   

Accrued liabilities

     2,616   

Accrued 401k liabilities

     120,244   

Line of credit

     473,000   

Current portion of long-term debt

     85,253   

Deferred revenue

     1,166,753   
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,912,741   

Long-term Liabilities:

  

Note payable

     103,418   

Less current portion

     (85,253
  

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     18,165   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     1,930,906   
  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity:

  

Common stock – Marex Group, Inc., par value $1 per share, 10,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued and outstanding

     9,900   

Common stock – FileBound Solutions, Inc. – par value $0.01 per share, 25,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued and outstanding

     99   

Additional paid in capital

     9,901   

Retained earnings

     1,754,058   
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,773,958   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 3,704,864   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Income

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

     2011  

Revenue

   $ 8,095,463   

Operating Expenses:

  

Advertising

     49,135   

Automobile expense

     26,648   

Bank charges

     12,458   

Client relations

     17,318   

Computer expense

     17,112   

Contract labor

     463,532   

Contributions

     2,610   

Data Center Services

     279,206   

Depreciation

     178,643   

Dues and subscriptions

     33,002   

Employee benefits

     142,026   

Insurance

     19,987   

Interest

     11,232   

Licensing

     8,175   

Life insurance

     9,429   

Meals and entertainment

     44,171   

Meetings and conferences

     17,800   

Office expense

     32,621   

Officers’ compensation

     856,423   

Outside services

     446,672   

Partner conference

     168,996   

Payroll taxes

     195,777   

Postage

     5,297   

Professional fees

     358,504   

Rents

     333,817   

Repairs and maintenance

     9,595   

Retirement plan contributions

     185,021   

Salaries

     2,194,846   

Supplies

     48,922   

Taxes

     47,616   

Telephone

     135,030   

Travel

     336,274   

Utilities

     27,104   
  

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     6,714,999   

Operating Income

     1,380,464   

Interest Income

     37,270   
  

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 1,417,734   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Total  

Balance, December 31, 2010
As previously reported

   $ 9,999       $ 9,901       $ 1,475,836      $ 1,495,736   

Prior period adjustment

     —           —           (233,070     (233,070
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010
As restated

     9,999         9,901         1,242,766        1,262,666   

Distributions

     —           —           (906,442     (906,442

Net Income

     —           —           1,417,734        1,417,734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

   $ 9,999       $ 9,901       $ 1,754,058      $ 1,773,958   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combined Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net Income

   $ 1,417,734   

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:

  

Non-cash Transactions:

  

Depreciation and Amortization

     178,643   

Accrued interest on promissory notes

     (6,194

Prior period adjustment

     (233,070

(Increase) Decrease in Operating Assets:

  

Accounts receivable

     (807,128

Prepaid expenses

     (56,249

Short-term notes receivable

     182,193   

Increase (Decrease) in Operating Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

     648   

Deferred revenue

     172,574   

Accrued expenses

     (61,603
  

 

 

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     787,548   

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

  

Purchase equipment, signs and leasehold improvements

     (80,222
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used) by Investing Activities

     (80,222

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

  

Repayment of debt on stock

     (250,000

Distributions

     (670,376

Advance on Line of Credit

     473,000   

Telephone Equipment Loan

     42,000   

Repayment of long-term debt

     (9,986
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used by) Financing Activities

     (415,362
  

 

 

 

Net Increase in Cash

     291,964   

Cash, December 31, 2010

     186,524   
  

 

 

 

Cash, December 31, 2011

   $ 478,488   
  

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest and income taxes:

  

Interest

   $ 11,232   
  

 

 

 

State income taxes

   $ 8,202   
  

 

 

 

Non-Cash Items:

  

Decrease in Notes receivable – related party

   $ 236,066   
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

Year Ended December 31, 2011

1. Summary of significant accounting policies

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. are both privately held corporations which are primarily engaged in the business of developing and marketing content management solutions under the brand name FileBound. These solutions allow organizations to manage, store and retrieve all their information assets.

A. Basis of accounting:

The Company prepares its financial statements on the accrual basis under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

B. Revenue Recognition:

Revenue from licensing of software is recognized upon shipment provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, payment terms are fixed and determinable, and collection of the related receivable is considered probable. Revenues from consulting, training, and other services are generally recognized as the services are performed.

When software licenses are bundled with related services, revenues are allocated to each element of the arrangement based on the relative fair values of the elements. The determination of fair value is based on information that is specific to the Company, commonly referred to as vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”). Fair values for the Company’s products and services are based on prices charged when each element is sold separately. If an element has not been sold separately and VSOE of fair value is unavailable, fair value is determined by the Company’s management. If evidence of fair value for individual elements of the arrangement does not exist and if management cannot determine fair value, all revenue from the arrangement is deferred until such time that evidence of fair value exists or until all elements of the arrangement are delivered. If fair value does not exist for one or more of the delivered elements, revenue is recognized under the residual method of accounting. Under this method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the fee is recognized as revenue. Revenue is not deferred for undelivered elements that are deemed to be insignificant.

Generally, the arrangements for software licenses and/or the right to use multiple copies provide for nonrefundable fees. Revenues are recognized upon delivery of the first copy, provided all significant obligations have been met, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, fees are fixed and determinable, and collection is probable.

The Company provides an allowance for sales returns based upon estimated and known returns. Product returns are recorded as a reduction of net revenues and as a reduction of the accounts receivable balance.

C. Allowance for doubtful accounts:

Management charges income for doubtful accounts when they are considered uncollectible. The accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2011 is thought to be substantially collectible. All accounts receivable are from business transactions spread across the geographic area of the United States and are subject to the normal concentration of credit risk associated with the overall economy and the industry in which the Company operates.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

D. Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight line method over the estimated useful life of the assets.

 

Leasehold improvements

     15 to 39 years   

Equipment

     3 to 7 years   

Vehicles

     5 years   

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $178,643.

E. Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

F. Cash and cash equivalents:

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with maturity at acquisition of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

G. Subsequent Events:

Management has evaluated subsequent events through March 28, 2012, the date which the financial statements were available for issue, except for Note 15, as to which the date is March 28, 2013.

2. Employee Advances:

Cash advances paid to employees are to be repaid from the employees’ future earnings, and are expected to be repaid fully within 12 months following the advances.

3. Notes payable:

 

Union Bank – monthly payments of $1,250.54 including interest at the rate of 4.50% through March 2014; secured by certain equipment of the company.

   $ 32,014   
  

 

 

 

Total

     32,014   

Less current installments of notes payable

     (13,849
  

 

 

 

Notes-payable, excluding current installments

   $ 18,165   
  

 

 

 

See Note 13 for additional notes payable.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

4. Income Taxes:

The Company has elected to be an S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code. In lieu of corporation income taxes, the shareholders of an S corporation are taxed on their proportionate share of the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for income taxes has been included in these financial statements.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state jurisdictions. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, or state and local, income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007.

The Company follows the provisions of uncertain tax positions as addressed in FASB Accounting Standards Codification 740-10-65-1. The Company recognized no increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has no tax position at December 31, 2011 for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in operating expenses. No such interest or penalties were recognized during the year presented. The Company had no accruals for interest and penalties at December 31, 2011.

5. Deferred Revenue:

The Company engages in annual maintenance subscription agreements and warranty services with its clients. The payments are considered deferred revenue when received and amortized over the 12 month subscription period for maintenance. Warranty services have a one- or three-year amortization period.

6. Leasing Arrangements – Related Party:

The Company conducts its operations from a 22,950 square foot facility that is leased under a five-year operating lease expiring in January 2016. In May 2007, the Company’s facility was purchased by a related party, a partnership owned equally by the controlling shareholders of the Company. On January 1, 2011 a new five-year lease was executed. The annual lease rate for 2011 was $10 per square foot, or $19,125 monthly. For years 2-3, the annual lease will increase $1 per square foot each year and $0.50 for years 4-5. Rent expense for 2011 was $231,412.

The following is a schedule of future obligations under the above operating lease as of December 31, 2011:

 

Year ending December 31,

   Amount  

2012

   $ 252,444   

2013

     275,400   

2014

     274,875   

2015

     298,350   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,101,069   
  

 

 

 

7. Employee Benefits:

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company paid the entire cost of employee health insurance coverage and one-half of the cost of family coverage. The Company also pays for deductible expenses. For employee only coverage, the deductible is $4,000 and the Company covers costs above $2,000. For family coverage, the deductible is $8,000 and the Company covers costs above $4,000. This expense for premiums and additional expenses was $127,463 for 2011.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

8. Profit Sharing Plan:

The Company adopted a Standardized 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, effective February 10, 2005. At the beginning of this year the plan was amended to a Safe Harbor Plan in which the Company is obligated to contribute 3% of each eligible employee’s compensation. Employees are eligible to participate in the plan after 90 days of employment. Employees can defer a portion of their salary in an amount not to exceed the maximum amount allowable under the Internal Revenue Code. There is no prior service obligation. Total plan expenses for the year ended 2011 was $185,021. The Company also provided a discretionary profit sharing contribution that is established by management at year-end. This discretionary amount is allocated amongst employees based on level of compensation and their employment classification. Included in the plan expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 is a profit sharing contribution of $89,238.

9. Operating Lease:

The Company has equipment that is leased under a five-year non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2014. The Company has vehicles that are leased under a three-year and four-year non-cancelable operating lease expiring in 2013 and 2015. The Company leases office space in Colorado and Florida. The lease in Florida is a month to month lease. The Colorado lease is a thirty-eight month lease expiring in 2014.

Future minimum rental payments due under the leases are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Equipment      Vehicles      Office      Total  

2012

   $ 5,137       $ 19,971       $ 18,543       $ 43,651   

2013

     5,137         19,971         19,259         44,367   

2014

     1,712         9,378         1,610         12,700   

2015

     —           7,815         —           7,815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 11,986       $ 57,135       $ 39,412       $ 108,533   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Line of credit:

The Company has a line of credit for $700,000 as of December 31, 2011. The note is collateralized by business assets and personally guaranteed by the majority shareholders. The line of credit bears interest at .5%, over the national prime rate, but not below 4.5%. The prime rate was 3.25% at December 31, 2011. Total borrowings under this line of credit at December 31, 2011, was $473,000.

11. Concentration of Credit Risk:

The Company maintains its primary cash balances in one financial institution. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insures balances up to $250,000 for each account. At times the cash balance of the Company’s accounts may exceed this limit.

12. Capitalized Software Development Costs:

Software development costs are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility of the product is established. Development costs incurred subsequent to technological feasibility are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the product not to exceed three years. Amortization begins when the product is ready for release to customers. Amortization of software development costs for the year ended December 31, 2011 is $144. Net book value of the development costs is $867.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Notes to Combined Financial Statements (continued)

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

13. Stock Transactions:

On December 30, 2009, one of the shareholders entered into a Stock Repurchase/Separation Agreement with the Company for the repurchase of all of his outstanding shares. Five hundred shares were repurchased on December 30, 2009 as part of a stock redemption agreement for $210,702. Common Stock was reduced by $500 and Retained Earnings was decreased by $210,202. The remaining 500 shares were repurchased on January 25, 2011 as part of a separation agreement for $421,404. Common Stock was reduced by $500 and Retained Earnings was reduced by $420,904. Payments made against the note were $250,000 in 2011. The repayment terms on the note to repurchase the stock are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2012

     71,404   
  

 

 

 
   $ 71,404   
  

 

 

 

On January 26, 2010, the Company entered into two stock subscription agreements with employees of the Company. Each employee purchased 300 shares of stock in return for a promissory note of $126,427 each. Interest shall accrue on the promissory notes at a rate of 2.45% per year with no payment due. If the notes are not paid in full by February 26, 2014, principal and accrued interest to date will be paid in 120 equal consecutive monthly installments.

14. Contingencies

The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

15. Prior period adjustment:

Retained earnings at the beginning of 2011 have been adjusted for a maintenance and licensing revenue recognition policy as stated in Note 1B. A portion of the licensing and implementation revenue has been adjusted for the deferred portion. The change in the deferred accounts created a prior period retained earnings adjustment of $233,070.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combining Schedule – Balance Sheet Information

December 31, 2011

 

    Marex Group, Inc.     FileBound
Solutions, Inc.
    Total     Eliminating
Entries
    Combined
Totals
 

Assets

         

Current Assets:

         

Cash

  $ (30,992   $ 509,480      $ 478,488      $ —        $ 478,488   

Accounts receivable

    1,540,805        557,897        2,098,702        (18,112     2,080,590   

Prepaid expenses

    50,744        30,531        81,275        —          81,275   

Employee advances

    5,000        —          5,000        —          5,000   

Escrow – customer contract

    15,920        —          15,920        —          15,920   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    1,581,477        1,097,908        2,679,385        (18,112     2,661,273   

Property and Equipment – at cost:

         

Leasehold improvements

    538,781        —          538,781        —          538,781   

Equipment

    930,982        131,390        1,062,372        38,823        1,101,195   

Vehicles

    88,858        —          88,858        —          88,858   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    1,558,621        131,390        1,690,011        38,823        1,728,834   

Less accumulated depreciation

    (938,212     (25,942     (964,154     —          (964,154
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment – net

    620,409        105,448        725,857        38,823        764,680   

Other Assets:

         

Due from Shareholders

    372,417        642,910        1,015,326        (736,415     278,911   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  $ 2,574,302      $ 1,846,266      $ 4,420,568      $ (715,704   $ 3,704,864   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

         

Current Liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

  $ 64,876      $ 18,111      $ 82,987      $ (18,112   $ 64,875   

Accrued liabilities

    2,317        299        2,616        —          2,616   

Accrued 401k liabilities

    119,542        702        120,244        —          120,244   

Line of credit

    1,115,910        —          1,115,910        (642,910     473,000   

Current portion of long-term debt

    85,253        —          85,253        —          85,253   

Deferred revenue

    318,399        848,354        1,166,753        —          1,166,753   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    1,706,297        867,466        2,573,763        (661,022     1,912,741   

Long-term Liabilities:

         

Note payable

    103,418        93,505        196,923        (93,505     103,418   

Less current portion

    (85,253     —          (85,253     —          (85,253
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

    18,165        93,505        111,670        (93,505     18,165   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

    1,724,462        960,971        2,685,433        (754,527     1,930,906   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity:

         

Common stock – Marex Group, Inc.

    9,900        —          9,900        —          9,900   

Common stock – FileBound Solutions, Inc.

    —          99        99        —          99   

Additional paid in capital

    —          9,901        9,901        —          9,901   

Retained earnings

    839,940        875,295        1,715,235        38,823        1,754,058   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

    849,840        885,295        1,735,135        38,823        1,773,958   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 2,574,302      $ 1,846,266      $ 4,420,568      $ (715,704   $ 3,704,864   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

See accompanying independent auditors’ report.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

Combining Schedule – Statement of Operations Information

December 31, 2011

 

     Marex
Group, Inc.
    FileBound
Solutions,
Inc.
     Total      Eliminating
entries
    Combined
Totals
 

Revenue

   $ 4,341,925      $ 3,753,538       $ 8,095,463       $ —        $ 8,095,463   

Operating Expenses:

            

Advertising expense

     49,135        —           49,135         —          49,135   

Automobile expense

     26,571        77         26,648         —          26,648   

Bank charges

     9,344        3,114         12,458         —          12,458   

Client relations

     17,318        —           17,318         —          17,318   

Computer expense

     17,112        —           17,112         —          17,112   

Contract labor

     415,698        47,834         463,532         —          463,532   

Contributions

     2,610        —           2,610         —          2,610   

Data Center Services

     240,434        38,772         279,206         —          279,206   

Depreciation Expense

     152,701        25,942         178,643         —          178,643   

Dues and subscriptions

     33,002        —           33,002         —          33,002   

Employee benefits

     142,026        —           142,026         —          142,026   

Insurance

     19,987        —           19,987         —          19,987   

Interest

     16,503        2,864         19,367         (8,135     11,232   

Licensing

     8,175        —           8,175         —          8,175   

Life Insurance

     9,429        —           9,429         —          9,429   

Meals and entertainment

     44,065        106         44,171         —          44,171   

Meetings and conferences

     17,800        —           17,800         —          17,800   

Office expense

     (2,045,026     2,077,647         32,621         —          32,621   

Officer compensation

     856,423        —           856,423         —          856,423   

Outside services

     184,288        262,384         446,672         —          446,672   

Partner conference

     168,996        —           168,996         —          168,996   

Payroll taxes

     193,601        2,176         195,777         —          195,777   

Postage

     5,297        —           5,297         —          5,297   

Professional fees

     347,447        11,057         358,504         —          358,504   

Rents

     317,264        16,553         333,817         —          333,817   

Repairs and maintenance

     9,595        —           9,595         —          9,595   

Retirement plan contributions

     184,320        701         185,021         —          185,021   

Salaries

     2,163,138        31,708         2,194,846         —          2,194,846   

Supplies

     48,922        —           48,922         —          48,922   

Taxes

     46,736        880         47,616         —          47,616   

Telephone

     135,030        —           135,030         —          135,030   

Travel

     334,190        2,084         336,274         —          336,274   

Utilities

     27,104        —           27,104         —          27,104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,199,237        2,523,897         6,723,134         (8,135     6,714,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

     142,688        1,229,641         1,372,329         8,135        1,380,464   

Interest Income

     (11,942     18,524         6,582         30,688        37,270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 130,746      $ 1,248,165       $ 1,378,911       $ 38,823      $ 1,417,734   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts may not foot due to rounding.

See accompanying independent auditors’ report.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Members of

ComSci, LLC

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of ComSci, LLC (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of October 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ComSci, LLC, as of October 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO

February 28, 2014

 

Holtzman Partners, LLP   1710 West Sixth Street   Austin, Texas 78703   Phone 512.610.7200   fax 512.610.7201   www.holtzmanpartners.com

 

F-90


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Balance Sheets

 

     October 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash

   $ 562,020       $ 943,962   

Investments

     —           249,455   

Accounts receivable, net

     950,859         1,086,275   

Prepaid expenses and other

     47,396         78,595   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,560,275         2,358,287   

Property and equipment, net

     60,803         95,803   

Other

     7,631         7,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,628,709       $ 2,461,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and members’ equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 260,447       $ 118,230   

Accrued liabilities

     44,850         24,646   

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     32,131         30,441   

Deferred revenue

     78,016         24,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     415,444         197,317   

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

     28,737         55,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     444,181         252,974   

Members’ equity

     1,184,528         2,208,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 1,628,709       $ 2,461,721   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Statements of Operations

 

     Ten-month
period ended
October 31, 2013
    Year ended
December 31, 2012
 

Revenues

   $ 4,543,526      $ 5,325,557   

Cost of revenues

     1,267,160        1,389,953   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,276,366        3,935,604   

Operating expense:

    

Sales and marketing

     1,654,738        1,792,780   

Research and development

     379,253        442,322   

General and administrative

     1,378,870        922,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     3,412,861        3,157,967   

Income (loss) from operations

     (136,495     777,637   

Other income (expense):

    

Interest and dividend income

     12,146        18,204   

Unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     —          29,665   

Realized gain (loss) on investments

     (5,662     —     

Interest expense

     (4,089     (6,652
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     2,395        41,217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (134,100   $ 818,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity

 

     Owner
Investment
     Partner
Distributions
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Members’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 1,000,000       $ (2,403,232   $ 3,564,781      $ 2,161,549   

Distributions

     —           (771,656     —          (771,656

Net income

     —           —          818,854        818,854   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,000,000       $ (3,174,888   $ 4,383,635      $ 2,208,747   

Distributions

     —           (890,119     —          (890,119

Net loss

     —           —          (134,100     (134,100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at October 31, 2013

   $ 1,000,000       $ (4,065,007   $ 4,249,535      $ 1,184,528   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Ten-month
period ended
October 31, 2013
    Year ended
December 31, 2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (134,100   $ 818,854   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     35,000        43,519   

Net realized/unrealized gain (loss) on investments

     5,662        (27,392

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     135,416        (24,567

Prepaid expenses and other

     31,199        (57,211

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     162,421        24,100   

Deferred revenue

     54,016        6,500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     289,614        783,803   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of investments

     (738     (1,919

Redemption of investments

     244,531        140,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     243,793        138,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Distributions paid to members

     (890,119     (771,656

Payments on capital leases

     (25,230     (28,531
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (915,349     (800,187
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (381,942     121,697   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     943,962        822,265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period/year

   $ 562,020      $ 943,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 2,996      $ 3,498   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

For the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and

the year ended December 31, 2012

1. Nature of Operations

ComSci, LLC (the “Company”) was formed as a New Jersey limited liability company on July 29, 2005, and is headquartered in Iselin, New Jersey. The Company provides SaaS-based IT Financial and Business Management software and solutions that enable IT and shared services organizations to more effectively articulate the value of the services delivered to the business. The Company’s solution drives efficiencies, assists in reducing cost and promotes innovation across the enterprise.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash deposits and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased and are stated at cost.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at estimated realizable value. The Company continuously assesses the collectability of outstanding customer invoices; and in doing such, the Company maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the noncollection of customer receivables. In estimating this allowance, the Company considers factors such as: historical collection experience, a customer’s current credit-worthiness, customer concentrations, and general economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. Actual customer collections could differ from the Company’s estimates. The Company estimated approximately $5,800 in uncollectible customer receivables as of October 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company’s cash is placed with high-credit-quality financial institutions, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any loss relating to cash in these accounts. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

Customers representing 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable and revenues are as follows as of and for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013:

 

     Accounts
Receivable
    Revenues  

Customer A

     20     28

Customer B

     15     12

Property and Equipment

Depreciation of equipment used for corporate operations is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and major renewals and betterments are capitalized.

Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be treated as a limited liability company for Federal and New Jersey tax purposes. Under these provisions, any tax due is included on the members’ individual tax returns and the Company makes no provision for Federal or New Jersey income tax.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs totaled approximately $359,000 and $392,000 for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed to operations as incurred. Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) authoritative guidance on accounting for the costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use requires capitalization of certain costs incurred during the software application development stage and amortizes them over the software’s estimated useful life. Based on the Company’s product development process, costs incurred during the software application development stage where recoverability was reasonably assured have been insignificant. Through October 31, 2013 all software development costs have been expensed as incurred.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically reviews the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets to determine whether current events or circumstances warrant adjustment to such carrying amounts. In reviewing the carrying amounts of long-lived assets, the Company considers, among other factors, the future cash inflows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition less the future cash outflows expected to be necessary to obtain those inflows.

Upon a determination that the carrying value of assets will not be recovered from the undiscounted cash flow estimated to be generated by those assets, the carrying value of such assets would be considered impaired and reduced by a charge to operations in the amount of the impairment. No indicators of impairment were identified during the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

Investments at Fair Value

Investment sales and purchases are recorded on a trade-date basis, which results in both investment receivables and payables on unsettled investment trades. Dividend income is recorded based upon the ex-dividend date, and interest income is recorded as earned on an accrual basis.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) authoritative guidance on fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions. See Note 5 for a summary of the inputs used as of October 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, in determining the fair value of the Company’s investments.

The Company’s carrying amounts of its financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate their respective fair values due to their short maturities.

Investments are classified as short-term based on stated maturities of less than one year from the balance sheet date.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenues are primarily derived from the sale of IT financial governance cost management solutions. The Company sells these services primarily as a hosted monthly or annual service, and in limited circumstances as a term license, and revenue is recognized monthly as the services are delivered based on the contractual fee, provided that no significant Company obligations remain, fees are fixed and determinable, and collection of the related receivable is probable.

For hosting arrangements that contain multiple elements, such as product and/or services, the Company allocates revenue to each element based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price (“ESP”) if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis.

The Company also derives revenue from services sold as discrete, non-recurring events. For these services, the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, the event has occurred and collection is reasonably assured. Revenues from these services approximated $235,000 and $450,000 for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the Company’s service described above and is recognized as the revenue criteria are met.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues primarily consists of labor costs and indirect costs related to contract performance and expenses related to network infrastructure.

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated events occurring between the end of the most recent fiscal year and February 28, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

     October 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Furniture and Fixtures

   $ 167,898      $ 167,898   

Computer Equipment

     258,154        258,154   

Computer Software

     36,393        36,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     462,445        462,445   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (401,642     (366,642
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 60,803      $ 95,803   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 was $35,000 and $43,519, respectively.

4. Capital Lease Obligations

The Company leases equipment under capital leases. The arrangements require monthly payments of $3,063, including interest. Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

Period/Year Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 6,126   

2014

     36,756   

2015

     20,954   

2016

     3,849   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     67,685   

Less – Amount representing interest

     (6,817
  

 

 

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

     60,868   
  

 

 

 

5. Investments at Fair Value

At December 31, 2012, the Company’s investments consist of the following:

 

     2012  

Mutual funds

   $ 28,431   

Preferred securities

     221,024   
  

 

 

 

Total investments at fair value

   $ 249,455   
  

 

 

 

 

F-98


Table of Contents

ComSci, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following is a summary of the inputs used as of December 31, 2012 in valuing the Company’s investments carried at fair value:

 

     Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
     Total  

Mutual funds

   $ 28,431       $ —         $ —         $ 28,431   

Preferred securities

     221,024         —           —           221,024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 249,455       $ —         $ —         $ 249,455   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases an office facility in Iselin, New Jersey under a non-cancelable, operating lease expiring in January 2020. Rent and occupancy expenses under this lease totaled $77,917 and $93,501 for the ten-month period ended October 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases as of October 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

2013

   $ 15,261   

2014

     91,569   

2015

     95,258   

2016

     95,594   

2017

     95,594   

Thereafter

     199,154   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 592,430   
  

 

 

 

Contingencies

Certain contingent liabilities could arise during the ordinary course of providing services to customers. These contingencies are generally the result of contracts that require compliance with certain level-of-effort or performance measurements and the delivery of certain services by a specified deadline. Based on historical experience, the Company believes that the ultimate liability, if any, incurred under these contract provisions will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company. No allowance for contingencies has been recorded at October 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

7. Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Plan is available to all regular employees of the Company. The Company’s contribution to the Plan is discretionary. The Company did not make any contributions to the Plan in 2013 or 2012.

8. Subsequent Events

On November 5, 2013, the Company made distributions to members in the amount of $457,932.

Effective as of November 7, 2013, the Company entered into a definitive purchase agreement, pursuant to which Upland Software, Inc. purchased all membership interests of ComSci, LLC.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF

OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Upland Software, Inc., or the Company, made three acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2013. On May 16, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of FileBound Solutions, Inc. and Marex Group, Inc. (together, FileBound). On November 7, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding interests of ComSci, LLC, or ComSci. On December 23, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital of Clickability, Inc. For accounting purpose, the acquisition of Clickability was recorded on December 31, 2013 and, accordingly the operations of Clickability had no impact on the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a result, the acquisition of Clickability is not reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations set forth below.

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations set forth below, the Company assumed that the acquisitions of FileBound and ComSci occurred on January 1, 2013. As a result, the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data was derived from:

 

    the audited historical consolidated statement of operations for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013;

 

    the unaudited historical statement of operations data for FileBound for the period from January 1, 2013 to May 15, 2013; and

 

    the audited historical statement of operations data for ComSci for the period from January 1, 2013 to November 6, 2013.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations data set forth below is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not necessarily indicate the operating results that would have been achieved if the acquisitions of FileBound and ComSci had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, nor is it indicative of future operating results. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations should be read in conjunction with the Company’s historical consolidated financial statement and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF

OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Upland
Historical
2013
    FileBound
Jan-May
2013 (Pre-
Acquisition
Period)
    FileBound
Pro Forma
Adjustments
    ComSci Jan-
Nov 2013
(Pre-Acq
Period)
    ComSci Pro
Forma
Adjustments
    Upland 2013
Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 

Revenue:

           

Subscription and support

  $ 30,887      $ 2,288        (283 ) (a)     $ 4,530        (5 ) (a)     $ 37,418   

Perpetual license

    2,003        1,329        —          —          —          3,331   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total product revenue

    32,890        3,617        (283     4,530        (5     40,749   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Professional services

    8,303        158        —          13        —          8,474   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    41,193        3,775        (283     4,543        (5 )       49,224   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and support

    7,787        615        128 (b)       1,245        169 (b)       9,943   

Professional services

    5,680        125        —          22        —          5,827   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    13,467        740        128        1,267        169        15,770   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    27,726        3,035        (411     3,276        (174     33,474   

Operating expenses:

           

Sales and marketing

    10,625        1,169        —          1,654        —          13,449   

Research and development

    10,340        553        —          379        —          11,273   

Refundable Canadian tax credits

    (583     —          —          —          —          (583

General and administrative

    6,832        1,397        —          849        —          9,078   

Depreciation and amortization

    3,670        83        174 (b)       35        217 (b)       4,179   

Acquisition-related expenses

    1,461        743        (743 ) (c)       495        (495 ) (c)       1,461   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    32,345        3,698        (569     3,412        (278     38,856   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (4,619     (909     158        (136     104        (5,403

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense, net

    (2,797     —          (259 ) (d)       8        (237 ) (d)       (3,286

Other expense net

    (431     (39     —          (6     —          (476
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    3,228        (39     (259     2        (237     (3,761
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (7,847     (948     (101     (134 )       (133     (9,164

Provision for income taxes

    (708     —          (45 ) (e)       —          (48 ) (e)       (801
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (8,555     (948     (146     (134     (181     (9,965
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

    (642     —          —          —          —          (642
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (9,197     (948     (146 )       (134     (181     (10,607
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and accretion

    (98     —          —          —          —          (98
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

    (9,295     (948     (146     (134     (181     (10,705
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

           

Loss from continuing operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (1.18     —          —          —          —        $ (1.23

Loss from discontinued operations per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.09     —          —          —          —        $ (0.08

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (1.27     —          —          —          —        $ (1.31

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    7,298,434        —          —          —          808,600 (f)       8,107,034   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share (unaudited), basic and diluted

  $ (0.25           $ (0.28

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding (unaudited), basic and diluted

    36,585,701              1,050,791 (g)       37,636,492   
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-101


Table of Contents

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

 

(a) Represents change in revenue based upon the adjustment of deferred revenue to fair value as of the date of the acquisition.

 

(b) Represents change in amortization based upon preliminary estimates of fair values and useful lives of trade name, technology and customer relationships. The respective values and lives of trade name, technology and customer relationships are as follows:

 

     Intangible Asset    Stated
Value
     Useful
Life
(months)
     Mthly
Amort.
 

Filebound

           
   Trade Name    $ 320,000         36       $ 8,889   
   Technology    $ 2,040,000         72       $ 28,333   
   Customer Relationships    $ 3,600,000         120       $ 30,000   
      $ 5,960,000          $ 67,222   

Comsci

           
   Trade Name    $ 180,000         36       $ 5,000   
   Technology    $ 810,000         48       $ 16,875   
   Customer Relationships    $ 2,000,000         120       $ 16,667   
      $ 2,990,000          $ 38,542   

 

     FileBound      ComSci  

Removing historical amortization from cost of goods sold

   $ 212,500       $ 33,750   

Removing historical amortization from operating expenses

   $ 291,667       $ 43,333   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 504,167       $ 77,083   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma—Full-year amortization expense

             

Pro forma amortization from cost of goods sold

   $ 340,000       $ 202,500   

Pro forma amortization from operating expenses

   $ 466,667       $ 260,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 806,667       $ 462,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(c) Amount represents pre-acquisition seller transaction costs.

 

(d) Reflects pro forma interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulting from the FileBound and ComSci acquisitions:

 

     Cash Paid at Closing      Interest Expense (1)  

FileBound

     14,026,131         259,387   

ComSci

       5,593,675         236,773   
     

 

 

 

Total pro forma interest expense

        496,160  
     

 

 

 

 

  (1) Reflects interest on the cash paid at closing for FileBound and ComSci at the 3.25% LIBOR rate plus 1.75%. Cash paid at closing is assumed to be borrowed under the Company’s U.S. loan and security agreement.

 

(e) Represents the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated at an effective rate of 36.3%.

 

(f) Represents the effect of 949,000 common shares issued in connection with the ComSci purchase as if they were outstanding for the entire year.

 

(g) Represents the effect of 650,000 Series B-1 preferred shares and 949,000 Series B-2 preferred shares in connection with the FileBound and ComSci purchase, respectively, as if they were outstanding for the entire year.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

                Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Prospectus

                    , 2014

 

 

William Blair

Raymond James

Canaccord Genuity

Needham & Company

Until                     ,                     , all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common stock may be required to deliver a prospectus regardless of whether they are participating in this offering. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, paid or payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee.

 

     Amount Paid
or to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 6,440   

FINRA filing fee

     11,750   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *   

Blue sky fees and expenses (including related legal fees)

     *   

Printing expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment

 

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and some employees containing provisions that may be in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Reference is also made to Section 9 of the Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which provides for indemnification by the underwriters of our officers and directors against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us from January 1, 2011 to September 4, 2014:

(1) On March 16, 2011, we granted options under our 2010 Plan to purchase 228,000 shares of common stock to an employee, having an exercise price of $0.05 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $11,400. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(2) On September 12, 2011, we sold and issued 10,852,249 shares of our Series A preferred stock to 14 investors at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $10,852,249. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(3) On December 9, 2011, we sold and issued 623,376 shares of our Series A preferred stock to six investors at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $623,376. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(4) On December 13, 2011, we sold and issued 200,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $200,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(5) On December 20, 2011, we sold and issued 500,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $500,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(6) On December 21, 2011, we sold and issued 3,097,403 shares of our Series A preferred stock to three investors at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $3,097,403. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(7) On December 22, 2011, we sold and issued 194,805 shares of our Series A preferred stock to two investors at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $194,805. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(8) On January 6, 2012, we sold and issued 51,948 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $51,948. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(9) On January 17, 2012, we sold and issued 200,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock to two investors at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $200,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(10) On February 6, 2012, we sold and issued 779,221 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one investor at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $779,221. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(11) On January 25, 2012, we sold and issued 9,083,767 shares of our Series B preferred stock to 17 investors at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $9,083,767. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(12) On February 3, 2012, we sold and issued 1,146,233 shares of our Series B preferred stock to three investors at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $1,146,233. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(13) On February 9, 2012, we sold and issued 150,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock to two investors at $1.00 per share, for a total consideration of $150,000. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(14) On February 10, 2012, we sold and issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $1,500,000 to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(15) On February 10, 2012, we issued a warrant exercisable for 120,000 shares of Series A preferred stock having an exercise price of $1.00 per share to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(16) On March 5, 2012, we issued a warrant exercisable for 120,000 shares of Series B preferred stock having an exercise price of $1.00 per share to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(17) On October 10, 2012, we granted options under our 2010 Plan to purchase 1,060,896 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $0.20 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $212,179. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(18) On October 10, 2012, we sold and issued 689,710 shares of our common stock pursuant to a restricted stock grant issued under our 2010 Plan, at a purchase price of $0.20 for an aggregate exercise price of $137,942. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(19) On November 14, 2012, we sold and issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $1,500,000 to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(20) On November 14, 2012, we issued 800,000 shares of our Series B-1 preferred stock to two investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(21) On November 14, 2012, we issued subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000 to two investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(22) On December 3, 2012, we issued a warrant exercisable for 40,000 shares of Series B preferred stock having an exercise price of $1.00 per share to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(23) On April 11, 2013, we issued a warrant exercisable for 226,667 shares of Series B preferred stock having an exercise price of $1.00 per share to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(24) On May 16, 2013, we issued 650,000 shares of our Series B-1 preferred stock to four investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(25) On May 16, 2013, we issued subordinated promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $3,500,000 to four investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(26) On October 9, 2013, we sold and issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4,647,099 to 17 investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(27) On October 25, 2013, we granted options under our 2010 Plan to purchase 1,166,200 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $0.29 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $338,198. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(28) On November 6, 2013, we issued a warrant exercisable for 15,000 shares of common stock having an exercise price of $0.29 to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(29) On November 7, 2013, we sold and issued a convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $150,000 to two investors. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(30) On November 7, 2013, we issued 949,000 shares of our Series B-2 preferred stock to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(31) On November 7, 2013, we issued 949,000 shares of our common stock to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(32) On December 6, 2013, we sold and issued a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $90,000 to one investor. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(33) On December 20, 2013, we sold and issued 8,271,435 shares of our Series C preferred stock to 20 investors at $1.80 per share, for a total consideration of $14,888,583. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(34) On December 20, 2013, we sold and issued 3,426,822 shares of our Series C preferred stock to 19 investors at $1.44 per share, for a total consideration of $4,934,624. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

(35) On January 27, 2014, we sold and issued 11,000,000 shares of our common stock to one investor at $0.0001 per share, for a total consideration of $1,100. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

(36) On March 31, 2014, we granted options under our 2010 Plan to purchase 1,599,500 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $1.02 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,631,490. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(37) On April 12, 2014, we granted options under our 2010 Plan to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock to an employee, having an exercise price of $1.02 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $5,100. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(38) On June 9, 2014, we sold and issued 916 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2010 Stock Plan, at a purchase price of $0.29 per share for a total consideration of $266. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(39) On August 4, 2014, we sold and issued 1,000 shares of common stock pursuant to an option exercise by the holder of a stock option issued under our 2010 Stock Plan, at a purchase price of $0.29 per share for a total consideration of $290. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(40) On September 2, 2014, we sold and issued 1,793,173 shares of common stock pursuant to a restricted stock grant issued under our 2010 Stock Plan, at a purchase price of $1.43 per share for a total consideration of $2,564,237. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

(41) On September 2, 2014, we granted options under our 2010 Stock Plan to purchase 755,000 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having an exercise price of $1.43 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $1,079,650. The issuance and sale of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Stock certificates issued in the foregoing transactions bear the appropriate Securities Act legends as to the restricted nature of such securities. Each recipient of the securities in these transactions represented his or her intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in each such transaction. In each case, the recipient received adequate information about the registrant or had adequate access, through his or her relationship with the registrant, to information about the registrant.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Registrant, Steering Wheel Acquisition Corp., PowerSteering Software, Inc. and Michael Pehl, as Stockholder representative, dated February 3, 2012
  2.2    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Tenrox Inc., the stockholders named therein and Novacap II, L.P. and Aramazd Israilian, as representatives, dated February 10, 2012
  2.3    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, LMR Solutions, LLC, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid, dated November 13, 2012

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  2.4    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Marex Group Inc., FileBound Solutions, Inc., the Selling Stockholders (as defined therein) and Rex Lamb, as representative of the Selling Stockholders, dated May 16, 2013
  2.5    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Upland Software, Inc., ComSci, LLC and Robert Svec, dated November 7, 2013
  2.6    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Clickability, Inc. and Limelight Networks, Inc. dated December 23, 2013
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering
  4.1    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.2    Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.3    Amended and Restated Voting Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.4    Restricted Stock Agreement between the Registrant, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid, dated November 14, 2012
  4.5    Market Standoff Agreement between the Registrant and Robert Svec, dated November 6, 2013
  4.6    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Austin Ventures IX, L.P. regarding management rights, dated October 28, 2010
  4.7    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Austin Ventures X, L.P. regarding management rights, dated October 28, 2010
  4.8    Warrant to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated February 10, 2012
  4.9    Warrant to Purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated March 5, 2012
  4.10    Warrant to Purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated April 11, 2013
  4.11    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Entrepreneurs Foundation of Central Texas dated November 6, 2013
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers, as currently in effect
10.2+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers, to be effective prior to the closing of the offering
10.3+    Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, as amended
10.3.1+    Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, as amended September 2, 2014
10.4+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Standard)

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.4.1+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Former ComSci, LLC Employees)
10.4.2+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Executive)
10.4.3+    Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan with Certain Executives
10.5+    Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan
10.5.1+    Form of Amendment to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan
10.6+*    Form of 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to be adopted prior to the closing of the offering
10.7+*    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8+*    Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9+*    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.10+    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated July 23, 2010
10.11+    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated January 10, 2013
10.11.1+    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated July 25, 2014.
10.12+    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated May 9, 2014
10.13+    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ludwig Melik, dated February 10, 2012
10.14+    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated July 23, 2010
10.15+    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated October 18, 2010
10.16+    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated September 2, 2014
10.16.1+    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated September 2, 2014
10.17    Office Lease between the Registrant and TPG-401 Congress LLC, dated February 27, 2014
10.17.1    First Amendment to Office Lease between Registrant and TPG-401 Congress LLC
10.18    Lease Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and A.R.E. Quebec, dated November 5, 2012, as amended
10.19    Sublease Agreement between Marex Properties, LLC and Marex Group Inc., dated May 10, 2013
10.20    Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder between the Registrant, Visionael Corporation, PowerSteering Software, Inc., LMR Solutions LLC, Marex Group, Inc., FileBound Solutions, Inc., ComSci, LLC, ComSci, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated March 5, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.21    Security Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated March 5, 2012, as amended
10.22    Unconditional Guaranty by Tenrox Inc., dated March 5, 2012
10.23    Affirmation of Guaranty Documents by Tenrox Inc. for the benefit of Comerica Bank, dated December 3, 2012, as amended through May 16, 2013

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.24    Loan and Security Agreement between Tenrox, Inc., successor to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation, and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.25    Pledge and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through May 16, 2013.
10.26    Security Agreement between Marex Group, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated May 16, 2013, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.27    Security Agreement between LMR Solutions LLC and Comerica Bank, dated December 3, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.28    Security Agreement between PowerSteering Software Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through March 19, 2014
10.29    Security Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.30    Unconditional Guaranty by Marex Group, Inc., dated May 16, 2013
10.31    Unconditional Guaranty by LMR Solutions LLC, dated December 3, 2012
10.32    Unconditional Guaranty by PowerSteering Software Inc., dated February 10, 2012
10.33    Unconditional Guaranty by Tenrox Inc., dated February 10, 2012
10.34    Unconditional Guaranty by the Registrant, dated February 10, 2012
10.35    Amendment to and Affirmation of Guaranty Documents and Waiver by Tenrox Inc. for the benefit of Comerica Bank, dated April 11, 2013
10.36    Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors thereto, dated December 20, 2013
10.37    Amended and Restated Technology Services Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 1, 2014
10.38    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 1, 2014
10.39    Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 27, 2014
10.40    Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the Investors listed on Schedule I thereto, dated October 9, 2013, as amended
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Holtzman Partners, LLP, Independent Public Accounting Firm.
23.3    Consent of Blackman & Associates, P.C.
23.4*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature pages hereto).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

(b) Financial statement schedule.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or notes.

 

II-8


Table of Contents
Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona-fide offering thereof.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of Texas, on the 4th day of September, 2014.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
By:   /s/    John T. McDonald
 

John T. McDonald

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints John T. McDonald and Michael D. Hill and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    John T. McDonald        

John T. McDonald

   Director, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman ( Principal Executive Officer )   September 4, 2014

/s/    Michael D. Hill        

Michael D. Hill

   Chief Financial Officer, Assistant Secretary and Treasurer ( Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer )   September 4, 2014

/s/    John D. Thornton        

John D. Thornton

   Director   September 4, 2014

/s/    Steven Sarracino        

Steven Sarracino

   Director   September 4, 2014

/s/    Stephen E. Courter        

Stephen E. Courter

   Director   September 4, 2014

/s/    Rodney C. Favaron        

Rodney C. Favaron

   Director   September 4, 2014

 

II-10


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Registrant, Steering Wheel Acquisition Corp., PowerSteering Software, Inc. and Michael Pehl, as Stockholder representative, dated February 3, 2012
  2.2    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Tenrox Inc., the stockholders named therein and Novacap II, L.P. and Aramazd Israilian, as representatives, dated February 10, 2012
  2.3    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, LMR Solutions, LLC, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid, dated November 13, 2012
  2.4    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Marex Group Inc., FileBound Solutions, Inc., the Selling Stockholders (as defined therein) and Rex Lamb, as representative of the Selling Stockholders, dated May 16, 2013
  2.5    Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Upland Software, Inc., ComSci, LLC and Robert Svec, dated November 7, 2013
  2.6    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant, Clickability, Inc. and Limelight Networks, Inc. dated December 23, 2013
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering
  3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of the offering
  4.1    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.2    Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.3    Amended and Restated Voting Agreement among the Registrant and certain stockholders, dated December 20, 2013
  4.4    Restricted Stock Agreement between the Registrant, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid, dated November 14, 2012
  4.5    Market Standoff Agreement between the Registrant and Robert Svec, dated November 6, 2013
  4.6    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Austin Ventures IX, L.P. regarding management rights, dated October 28, 2010
  4.7    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Austin Ventures X, L.P. regarding management rights, dated October 28, 2010
  4.8    Warrant to Purchase Series A Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated February 10, 2012
  4.9    Warrant to Purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated March 5, 2012
  4.10    Warrant to Purchase Series B Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank dated April 11, 2013
  4.11    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Entrepreneurs Foundation of Central Texas dated November 6, 2013
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.1+    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers, as currently in effect
10.2+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers, to be effective prior to the closing of the offering
10.3+    Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, as amended
10.3.1+    Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan, as amended September 2, 2014
10.4+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Standard)
10.4.1+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Former ComSci, LLC Employees)
10.4.2+    Form of Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (Executive)
10.4.3+    Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan with Certain Executives
10.5+    Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan
10.5.1+    Form of Amendment to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan
10.6+*    Form of 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to be adopted prior to the closing of the offering
10.7+*    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.8+*    Form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.9+*    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.10+    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated July 23, 2010
10.11+    Offer of Employment between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated January 10, 2013
10.11.1+    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated July 25, 2014
10.12+    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated May 9, 2014
10.13+    Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Ludwig Melik, dated February 10, 2012
10.14+    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated July 23, 2010
10.15+    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated October 18, 2010
10.16+    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John T. McDonald, dated September 2, 2014
10.16.1+    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and R. Brian Henley, dated September 2, 2014
10.17    Office Lease between the Registrant and TPG-401 Congress LLC, dated February 27, 2014
10.17.1    First Amendment to Office Lease between Registrant and TPG-401 Congress LLC
10.18    Lease Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and A.R.E. Quebec, dated November 5, 2012, as amended
10.19    Sublease Agreement between Marex Properties, LLC and Marex Group Inc., dated May 10, 2013
10.20    Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder between the Registrant, Visionael Corporation, PowerSteering Software, Inc., LMR Solutions LLC, Marex Group, Inc., FileBound Solutions, Inc., ComSci, LLC, ComSci, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated March 5, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.21    Security Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated March 5, 2012, as amended


Table of Contents

Exhibit

No.

  

Description of Exhibit

10.22    Unconditional Guaranty by Tenrox Inc., dated March 5, 2012
10.23    Affirmation of Guaranty Documents by Tenrox Inc. for the benefit of Comerica Bank, dated December 3, 2012, as amended through May 16, 2013
10.24    Loan and Security Agreement between Tenrox, Inc., successor to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation, and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.25    Pledge and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through May 16, 2013.
10.26    Security Agreement between Marex Group, Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated May 16, 2013, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.27    Security Agreement between LMR Solutions LLC and Comerica Bank, dated December 3, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.28    Security Agreement between PowerSteering Software Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through March 19, 2014
10.29    Security Agreement between Tenrox Inc. and Comerica Bank, dated February 10, 2012, as amended through December 6, 2013
10.30    Unconditional Guaranty by Marex Group, Inc., dated May 16, 2013
10.31    Unconditional Guaranty by LMR Solutions LLC, dated December 3, 2012
10.32    Unconditional Guaranty by PowerSteering Software Inc., dated February 10, 2012
10.33    Unconditional Guaranty by Tenrox Inc., dated February 10, 2012
10.34    Unconditional Guaranty by the Registrant, dated February 10, 2012
10.35    Amendment to and Affirmation of Guaranty Documents and Waiver by Tenrox Inc. for the benefit of Comerica Bank, dated April 11, 2013
10.36    Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors thereto, dated December 20, 2013
10.37    Amended and Restated Technology Services Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 1, 2014
10.38    Letter Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 1, 2014
10.39    Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and DevFactory FZ-LLC, dated January 27, 2014
10.40    Note Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the Investors listed on Schedule I thereto, dated October 9, 2013, as amended
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Holtzman Partners, LLP, Independent Public Accounting Firm.
23.3    Consent of Blackman & Associates, P.C.
23.4*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature pages hereto).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 2.1

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

by and among

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.,

STEERING WHEEL ACQUISITION CORP.,

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

and

MICHAEL PEHL, as STOCKHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE

February 3, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS      1   
    1.1  

Certain Defined Terms

     1   
ARTICLE II THE MERGER      6   
    2.1  

The Merger

     6   
    2.2  

The Closing; Effective Time

     6   
    2.3  

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

     7   
    2.4  

Board of Directors and Officers of Surviving Corporation

     7   
    2.5  

Effect of Merger on Company Capital Stock; Company Stock Rights

     7   
    2.6  

Surrender of Certificates; Payment of Merger Consideration

     8   
    2.7  

Closing Deliverables

     8   
    2.8  

Closing Working Capital Adjustment

     10   
    2.9  

Transaction Expenses

     12   
    2.10  

Escrow

     13   
    2.11  

Appraisal Rights

     16   
    2.12  

Outstanding Indebtedness

     17   
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY      17   
    3.1  

Organization and Qualification

     18   
    3.2  

Capitalization

     18   
    3.3  

Authority Relative to the Related Agreements

     19   
    3.4  

No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents

     20   
    3.5  

Legal Compliance; Permits

     20   
    3.6  

Financial Statements

     21   
    3.7  

No Undisclosed Liabilities

     21   
    3.8  

Controls

     21   
    3.9  

Absence of Certain Changes or Events

     21   
    3.10  

Accounts Receivable

     24   
    3.11  

Employee Matters

     24   
    3.12  

Employee Benefit Plans

     25   
    3.13  

Certain Business Relationships

     26   
    3.14  

Restrictions on Business Activities

     27   
    3.15  

Title to Property

     27   
    3.16  

Tax Matters

     27   
    3.17  

Brokers or Finders

     29   
    3.18  

Intellectual Property

     29   
    3.19  

Agreements, Contracts and Commitments

     33   
    3.20  

Insurance

     35   
    3.21  

Tangible Assets

     35   
    3.22  

Litigation

     35   
    3.23  

Complete Copies of Materials

     36   
    3.24  

Environmental Matters

     36   
    3.25  

Customers and Suppliers

     36   
    3.26  

Representations Complete

     36   


ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND ACQUISITION CORP      37   
    4.1  

Organization and Standing

     37   
    4.2  

Authority; Execution and Validity

     37   
    4.3  

No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents

     37   
    4.4  

Litigation

     37   
    4.5  

Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees

     38   
    4.6  

Reliance

     38   
ARTICLE V ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS      38   
    5.1  

Confidentiality

     38   
    5.2  

Public Disclosure

     39   
    5.3  

Additional Documents and Further Assurances

     39   
    5.4  

Access and Investigation

     39   
    5.5  

Operation of the Business

     39   
    5.6  

Consents

     40   
    5.7  

Notification

     40   
    5.8  

No Negotiation

     40   
    5.9  

Director and Officer Resignation

     40   
    5.10  

Stockholder Approval and Notification

     41   
    5.11  

Employee Matters

     41   
    5.12  

Indemnification, Exculpation and Insurance Plans

     42   
    5.13  

Tax Matters

     42   
ARTICLE VI CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS TO CLOSE; TERMINATION      44   
    6.1  

Conditions to Buyer’s and Acquisition Corp’s Obligation to Close

     44   
    6.2  

Conditions to Company’s Obligation to Close

     45   
    6.3  

Termination Events

     46   
    6.4  

Effect of Termination

     47   
ARTICLE VII SURVIVAL, INDEMNIFICATION, AND ESCROW      47   
    7.1  

Survival

     47   
    7.2  

Indemnification of Indemnified Parties

     47   
    7.3  

Indemnification of Stockholder Indemnified Parties

     49   
    7.4  

Maximum Payments; Limitations

     49   
    7.5  

Claims for Indemnification

     50   
    7.6  

Exclusive Remedy

     54   
ARTICLE VIII STOCKHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE      54   
    8.1  

Stockholder Representative; Power of Attorney

     54   
ARTICLE IX GENERAL PROVISIONS      56   
    9.1  

Amendment

     56   
    9.2  

Waiver

     57   
    9.3  

Notices

     57   
    9.4  

Interpretation

     58   
    9.5  

Counterparts

     58   
    9.6  

Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries; Assignment

     58   
    9.7  

Severability

     59   
    9.8  

Other Remedies

     59   
    9.9  

Governing Law; Exclusive Jurisdiction

     59   
    9.10  

Rules of Construction

     59   
    9.11  

Waiver of Jury Trial

     59   


INDEX OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

 

Description

Exhibit A   Form of Certificate of Merger
Exhibit B   Form of Legal Opinion of Counsel to the Company delivered to Buyer
Exhibit C   Net Working Capital Adjustments
Exhibit D   Form of Escrow Agreement
Exhibit E   Company Disclosure Schedule
Exhibit F   Form of Letter of Transmittal
Exhibit G   Form of Information Statement
Exhibit H   Form of Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement
Exhibit I   Form of Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement
Schedules  
Schedule 1.1(i)   Key Employees
Schedule 1.1(ii)   Cross-Referenced Definitions
Schedule 2.7(a)   Closing Government Approvals
Schedule 2.7(b)   Closing Third Party Consents
Schedule 2.7(g)   Liens to be Released


THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of February 3, 2012, by and among Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”), Steering Wheel Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer (“ Acquisition Corp ”), PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Michael Pehl (the “ Stockholder Representative ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the boards of directors of Buyer, Acquisition Corp and the Company each have determined that the acquisition of the Company by Buyer through the statutory merger of Acquisition Corp with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”), with the Company surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), is in the best interests of their respective companies and stockholders, and accordingly have approved and adopted this Agreement and approved the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the boards of directors of Acquisition Corp and the Company have determined to recommend that the sole stockholder of Acquisition Corp and the stockholders of the Company adopt and approve this Agreement and approve the Merger and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger, among other things, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all of the capital stock of the Company shall be converted into the right to receive the consideration (the “ Merger Consideration ”) payable with respect to such capital stock in connection with the Merger pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement;

WHEREAS, a portion of the consideration otherwise payable by Buyer in connection with the Merger shall be held in escrow pursuant to the Escrow Agreement (as defined below) as security for the indemnification obligations set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Company, on the one hand, and Buyer and Acquisition Corp, on the other hand, desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements in connection with the Merger; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants and other premises set forth herein, the mutual benefits to be gained by the performance thereof, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

1.1 Certain Defined Terms. For all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings (definitions made elsewhere in this Agreement are identified and cross-referenced in Schedule 1.1(ii)) .

Base Merger Consideration Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to $13,000,000.00.


Bonus Plan Escrow ” shall mean an escrow account established with the Escrow Agent to hold the aggregate amount payable with respect to the Bonus Plan Payment Amounts (less any amount thereof deposited into the Indemnity Escrow Fund and any amount with respect thereto held by the Surviving Corporation for purposes of required tax withholding) pursuant to the Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement.

Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement ” shall mean the escrow agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and between Buyer, the Stockholder Representative and the Escrow Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit H .

Bonus Plan Participant ” shall mean the Company Employees designated to receive a payment as a result of the Merger pursuant to the Company Management Cash Bonus Plan.

Bonus Plan Payment Amount ” shall mean with respect to any Bonus Plan Participant the amount payable to such Bonus Plan Participant pursuant to the Company Management Cash Bonus Plan in connection with the Merger, including any amounts to be deposited into the Indemnity Escrow Fund at the Closing on behalf of such Bonus Plan Participant; for avoidance of doubt, the Bonus Plan Payment Amounts shall be included on the Statement of Expenses as Outstanding Transaction Expenses, except as otherwise set forth herein.

Business Day ” shall mean each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which Buyer is closed for business or banking institutions located in Texas are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Buyer Wiring Deadline ” shall mean 12:00 p.m. Austin, Texas time on the Closing Date.

Capital Lease ” shall mean any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which liabilities are required to be classified and accounted for under GAAP as capital leases.

Closing Company Cash Amount ” shall mean (i) the amount of Company Cash held by the Company as of immediately prior to the Closing (but prior to the payment of any Other Closing Payables and any Outstanding Indebtedness), plus (ii) the aggregate amount of payments tendered to the Surviving Corporation, during the period beginning at the Closing and ending at five (5) p.m. EST on the date that is five (5) Business Days after the Closing Date, with respect to any of the Company’s accounts receivable that are outstanding and unpaid as of immediately prior to the Closing, minus (iii) the amount of the Outstanding Indebtedness, minus (iv) the amount of the Other Closing Payables.

Closing Consideration Amount ” shall mean the excess of (i) the Merger Consideration Amount over (ii) the Stockholder Escrow Amount.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company Capital Stock ” shall mean the Company Common Stock and the Company Preferred Stock.

Company Cash ” means cash and cash equivalents, as determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, held in United States bank or securities accounts of the Company or held as petty cash by the Company within the United States.

 

2


Company Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

Company Employees ” shall mean the employees of the Company as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Company Junior Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Junior Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

Company Management Cash Bonus Plan ” shall mean the Company’s Management Cash Bonus Plan, as in effect as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Company Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Company Series A Preferred Stock, Company Series B Preferred Stock, Company Series C Preferred Stock, Company Series D Preferred Stock, Company Series E Preferred Stock and Company Junior Preferred Stock.

Company Series A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

Company Series B Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

Company Series C Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

Company Series D Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

Company Series E Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

Company Stock Right ” shall mean any subscription, option, warrant, equity security or similar ownership interest, call, right (including preemptive, purchase or conversion rights) or other commitment or agreement of any character to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, excluding for avoidance of doubt, the outstanding Company Capital Stock, in each case, obligating the Company to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, any shares of its capital stock or to grant or enter into any of the foregoing arrangements or agreements.

Employee Severance Payments ” shall mean all payments described in Section 5.11(d) .

GAAP ” shall mean U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Governmental Entity ” shall mean any court, administrative agency, commission, or governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign.

Indebtedness ” shall mean, as of any date, the amount equal to the sum (without double-counting) of the following obligations (whether or not then due and payable), to the extent they are of the Company or guaranteed by the Company, including through the grant of a security interest upon the assets of the Company: (a) all liabilities for borrowed money, whether current or funded, secured or unsecured, all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, and any interest, premium, fees, penalties

 

3


unpaid and owing with respect to the foregoing liabilities; (b) all liabilities for the deferred purchase price of property (other than trade debt and trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice); (c) all liabilities in respect of any Capital Lease; (d) any prepayment penalties or acceleration payments with respect to Indebtedness outstanding as of such date; (e) any payment obligation in respect of interest under any existing interest rate swap or hedge agreement with respect to any liabilities described in clause (a) or (b) above; (f) any negative cash or overdraft balances; and (g) all liabilities for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit (excluding any letter of credit under which no amounts have been drawn and are to be terminated in connection with the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby), banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction securing obligations of a type described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above, and all liabilities as obligor, guarantor or otherwise of Indebtedness of another, to the extent of the obligation secured or guaranteed.

Indemnity Escrow Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to $1,300,000.00.

Key Employees ” shall mean the Company Employees set forth on Schedule 1.1(i) .

Knowledge ” or “ Known ” shall mean, with respect to the Company, the actual knowledge of Stephen Sharp, Michael Roberts, Warren Gleich, Doug Riseberg, Linda Duchin and Jon Choate after a review of the files and other information in such Person’s possession.

Lien ” shall mean any lien, pledge, charge, mortgage, security interest, option, right of first refusal, preemptive rights or similar restrictions, or other similar encumbrances.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any change, event or effect that is materially adverse to the business, assets (whether tangible or intangible), financial condition, prospects, operations or capitalization of the Company.

Merger Consideration Amount ” shall mean the amount equal to (i) the Base Merger Consideration Amount, minus (ii) the Closing Merger Consideration Adjustment, minus (iii) the amount of Outstanding Transaction Expenses.

Net Working Capital ” shall mean the amount, determined as of immediately prior to the Closing and subject to adjustment as set forth on Exhibit C , equal to (a) all current assets of the Company as determined under GAAP applied consistently with respect to the accounting policies, practices and procedures used to prepare the Financials Statements (including Company Cash, but only to the extent it does not exceed the Closing Company Cash Amount, and the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory), minus (b) all current liabilities of the Company as determined under GAAP applied consistently with respect to the accounting policies, practices and procedures used to prepare the Financials Statements, but not including in any event (i) any deferred Tax liabilities, (ii) any Outstanding Transaction Expenses, (iii) any Outstanding Indebtedness, (iv) any current liabilities constituting Other Closing Payables, (v) any deferred revenue, (vi) any liabilities for expenses incurred with respect to any Pre-Closing Plan Termination Actions, and (vii) any liabilities incurred with respect to Employee Severance Payments, plus (c) any payments made by the Company prior to Closing for expenses incurred in connection with Pre-Closing Plan Termination Actions.

Outstanding Indebtedness ” shall mean all Indebtedness as of immediately prior to the Closing.

Outstanding Transaction Expenses ” shall mean all unpaid Transaction Expenses incurred by the Company as of the Closing, excluding any expenses incurred in connection with any Pre-Closing Plan Termination Actions. For avoidance of doubt, Outstanding Transaction Expenses shall not include any Employee Severance Payments.

 

4


Participant Closing Consideration Amount ” shall mean the excess of (i) the Participant Payment Amount over (ii) the Participant Indemnity Escrow Amount.

Participant Indemnity Escrow Amount ” shall mean the excess of (i) Indemnity Escrow Amount, over (ii) the Stockholder Indemnity Escrow Amount.

Participant Payment Amount ” shall mean the aggregate Bonus Plan Payment Amounts.

Person ” shall mean an individual or entity, including a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or a Governmental Entity (or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof).

Pre-Closing Plan Termination Actions ” shall mean all actions described in Section 5.11(b) taken by the Company prior to the Closing.

“Pre-Closing Tax Period” shall mean any Tax period (or portion of a Straddle Period) that ends on or before the Closing Date.

“Pre-Closing Taxes” shall mean all Taxes of the Company attributable or allocable to any Pre-Closing Tax Period. With respect to any Straddle Period, Property Taxes relating to property held by the Company on or before the Closing Date shall be allocable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period on a per diem basis, and Taxes other than Property Taxes shall be allocable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period on a closing of the books basis as if such taxable period ended on the Closing Date; provided that exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on an annual basis (including depreciation and amortization deductions), other than with respect to property placed in service after the Closing, shall be allocated between the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the period after the Closing Date on a per diem basis.

“Property Tax” shall mean any real, personal and intangible property Taxes.

Related Agreements ” shall mean all agreements and certificates (other than the Employment Agreements) entered into by the Company, the Stockholders, the Stockholder Representative, Buyer, Acquisition Corp or the Surviving Corporation in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement ” shall mean the escrow agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and between Buyer, the Stockholder Representative and the Escrow Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit I .

Stockholder Claim Escrow Amount ” shall mean $125,000.

Stockholder Escrow Amount ” shall mean (i) the Stockholder Indemnity Escrow Amount, plus (ii) the SR Expense Amount, plus (iii) the Stockholder Claim Escrow Amount .

Stockholder Indemnity Escrow Amount ” shall mean (i) the Indemnity Escrow Amount, multiplied by (ii) the Merger Consideration Amount, divided by (iii) the sum of (A) the Merger Consideration Amount and (B) the Participant Payment Amount.

Stockholders ” shall mean the holders of Company Capital Stock.

 

5


“Straddle Period” shall mean any taxable period that includes but does not end on the Closing Date.

Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, trust, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, firm, entity, company or other business enterprise that is controlled by such Person through direct or indirect ownership of the stock or other ownership or proprietary interests of such business enterprise.

Target Closing Company Cash Amount ” shall mean $200,000.00.

Target Closing Net Working Capital Amount ” shall mean $1,100,000.00.

Tax Return ” shall mean any federal, state, local, territorial or non-U.S. return (including any information return), form, report or statement relating to Taxes required to be filed with a Taxing Authority, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

“Taxing Authority” shall mean a Governmental Entity responsible for the imposition and collection of Taxes.

Term Sheet ” shall mean that certain letter of intent between Buyer and the Company dated November 30, 2011 related to the Merger.

Treasury Regulations ” shall mean the final or temporary regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Code, as amended from time to time.

ARTICLE II

THE MERGER

2.1 The Merger. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”), as soon as practicable upon the execution of this Agreement, Acquisition Corp shall be merged with and into the Company, which shall be the Surviving Corporation, and the separate existence of Acquisition Corp shall thereupon cease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at the Effective Time, all property, rights, powers, privileges and franchises of the Company and Acquisition Corp shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the Company and Acquisition Corp shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation. Immediately following the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer.

2.2 The Closing; Effective Time. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place remotely via exchange of documents and signatures on February 3, 2012, or such other date as is mutually agreed upon in writing by Buyer and the Company, subject to satisfaction of all of the conditions to closing set forth in Section 6.1 and Section 6.2 (the “ Closing Date ”). At or as soon as is practicable after the Closing, the parties hereto shall cause the Merger to be consummated by duly filing a properly executed certificate of merger in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the DGCL. When used in this Agreement, the term “ Effective Time ” shall mean the date and time at which the Certificate of Merger has been accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, or at such later time as is provided in the Certificate of Merger.

 

6


2.3 Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated as of the Effective Time to be identical to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws, respectively, of Acquisition Corp as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, provided that such certificate and bylaws shall reflect that the name of the Surviving Corporation will be PowerSteering Software, Inc.

2.4 Board of Directors and Officers of Surviving Corporation. Unless otherwise determined by Buyer, (a) the directors and officers of the Company shall resign effective as of the Effective Time, (b) the directors of Acquisition Corp immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, and (c) the officers of Acquisition Corp immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the only officers of the Surviving Corporation, in each case until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified.

2.5 Effect of Merger on Company Capital Stock; Company Stock Rights.

(a) At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Buyer, Acquisition Corp, the Company or the Stockholders, each share of Company Capital Stock that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares or treasury shares to be canceled pursuant to Section 2.5(d)) , upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.5 and throughout this Agreement, including, without limitation, the escrow provisions set forth in Section 2.10 and Article VII hereof, will be cancelled and extinguished and be converted automatically into the right to receive, upon surrender of the certificate representing such share of Company Capital Stock (each, a “ Certificate ”), (i) a payment in cash in the amount of the Closing Consideration Amount payable with respect to such share, (ii) any payment to be made with respect to such share in connection with an Adjustment Decrease Amount, and (iii) any payment to be made by the Escrow Agent with respect to such share from the Indemnity Escrow Fund or the SR Expense Fund. The payments pursuant to the foregoing clause (i) shall be allocated among the shares of Company Capital Stock in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, as set forth in the Certified Capitalization Table.

(b) The Company, Buyer, Acquisition Corp and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under any provision of U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax law or under any applicable legal requirement, and to request and be provided any necessary Tax forms, including IRS Form W-9 or the appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable, or any similar information, from any recipient of payments hereunder. Any such withheld amounts that are paid over to the proper Taxing Authority shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

(c) No Company Stock Right shall be assumed by Buyer, Acquisition Corp or the Surviving Corporation. If not exercised or otherwise terminated on or prior to the Effective Time, at the Effective Time, each outstanding and unexercised Company Stock Right shall be cancelled and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor. At the Effective Time, the Company agrees to effect the termination of the Company’s Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.

(d) At the Effective Time, all shares of Company Capital Stock that are owned by the Company as treasury stock shall be canceled and extinguished without any rights to conversion thereof, and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefore.

 

7


(e) At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, each share of the common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of Acquisition Corp that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and continue as one share of the common stock of the Surviving Corporation.

2.6 Surrender of Certificates; Payment of Merger Consideration. At or after the Effective Time, upon the surrender of a Stockholder’s Certificates and delivery by such Stockholder of an executed letter of transmittal with respect thereto in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (each a “ Letter of Transmittal ”) and an IRS Form W-9 or appropriate IRS Form W-8, as applicable, such Stockholder shall be entitled to receive as soon as is reasonably practicable (but not more than three (3) Business Days after such surrender and delivery) from Buyer the portion of the Closing Consideration Amount allocated to such Stockholder (as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table), which amount shall be paid by Buyer by check or wire transfer to such Stockholder or one or more other parties designated by such Stockholder in accordance with the instructions provided by such Stockholder in such Stockholder’s Letter of Transmittal, and such Certificates shall be cancelled. After the Effective Time, each Certificate (except those evidencing Dissenting Shares) will be deemed from and for all corporate purposes thereafter to evidence only the right to receive the Merger Consideration in respect of the shares of Company Capital Stock evidenced by such Certificate when and if due and payable hereunder. No payment of any portion of the Merger Consideration will be made to any Stockholder with respect to any shares of Company Capital Stock held by such Stockholder until such Stockholder surrenders the Certificate evidencing such shares and an executed Letter of Transmittal with respect thereto. If a Stockholder is not entitled to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration, the Certificates held by such Stockholder shall be deemed from and for all corporate purposes thereafter, to be cancelled as of the Effective Time. The foregoing notwithstanding, if any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the Stockholder who is the owner of record of such Certificate shall be permitted to deliver to Buyer, in lieu of such Certificate, an affidavit (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer) with respect to such loss, theft or destruction. Buyer may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the delivery of any portion of the Merger Consideration to such Stockholder in respect of such Certificate, require such owner to indemnify Buyer against any claim that may be made against Buyer with respect to the Certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed (but shall not require the posting of any bond or other surety).

The foregoing notwithstanding, if a Stockholder has delivered to Buyer at least one (1) Business Day prior to the Closing all of the Certificates (or any affidavits of lost certificate in lieu thereof) and documents required to be delivered to Buyer by such Stockholder pursuant to this Section 2.6 in order for such Stockholder to receive payments of Merger Consideration with respect to the shares of Company Capital Stock held by such Stockholder, then Buyer shall pay to such Stockholder the portion of the Closing Consideration Amount allocated with respect to such shares hereunder at the Closing, unless the Closing occurs after the Buyer Wiring Deadline, in which case such payments shall be made as early as practicable the following Business Day.

2.7 Closing Deliverables . The following shall be delivered on or prior to the Closing:

(a) Governmental Approvals . All approvals from any Governmental Entity listed on Schedule 2.7(a) shall have been obtained.

(b) Third Party Consents . The Company shall have delivered to Buyer all assignments of Contracts and consents, waivers, and approvals of parties to any Contract as are required thereunder in connection with the Merger, or for any such Contract to remain in full force and effect without limitation, modification or alteration after the Closing Date, in each of the foregoing cases, which consents, waivers or approvals are listed on Schedule 2.7(b) .

 

8


(c) Employee Agreements . Each Key Employee shall have executed and delivered to Buyer such offer letter and other agreements (collectively, the “ Employee Agreements ”) in such form as shall be agreed to by Buyer and such Key Employee on or prior to the date hereof.

(d) Resignation of Officers and Directors . Buyer shall receive a written resignation letter from each of the officers and directors of the Company, effective as of the Closing Date in a form acceptable to Buyer.

(e) Statement of Expenses . Buyer shall receive from the Company the Statement of Expenses pursuant to Section 2.9(a) , and the Statement of Expenses shall be certified as true and correct in a form reasonably acceptable to Buyer as of the Closing Date by the Company.

(f) Payoff Letters . At least one (1) Business Day before the Closing, the Company shall have delivered payoff letters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, together with wire transfer instructions, issued by each Person (other than the Bonus Plan Participants) to whom the Company owes any Outstanding Transaction Expenses that is to be paid off by Buyer or the Surviving Corporation at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

(g) Release of Liens . Buyer shall receive from the Company a duly and validly executed copy of all agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, that are necessary or appropriate to evidence the release of all Liens set forth in Schedule 2.7(g) hereto.

(h) Bonus Plan Participant Releases . Company shall have delivered to Buyer fully executed releases from the Bonus Plan Participants as required under the Company Management Cash Bonus Plan.

(i) Company Legal Opinion . Buyer shall have received a legal opinion from Foley Hoag, LLP, legal counsel to the Company, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

(j) Certified Capitalization Table . On the Business Day prior to the Closing, the Company shall deliver a capitalization table, which shall be certified as complete and correct by the Company as of the Closing (the “ Certified Capitalization Table ”), and which shall separately list, as of the Closing, (i) all Stockholders receiving an allocation of the Merger Consideration Amount hereunder and their respective addresses and, for each such Stockholder, (A) the number of shares of each class or series of Company Capital Stock held by such Stockholder with respect to such Stockholder is being allocated a portion of the Merger Consideration Amount hereunder, (B) the amount of the Merger Consideration Amount allocated with respect to the shares of each such class and series of Company Capital Stock held by such Stockholder, (C) the amount of the Closing Consideration Amount allocated with respect to all such shares of Company Capital Stock held by such Stockholder, (D) such Stockholder’s Escrow Percentage, (E) the amount of the Indemnity Escrow Amount allocated to such Stockholder, (F) such Stockholder’s SR Expense Percentage, and (G) the amount of the SR Expense Amount allocated to Stockholder, and (ii) all Bonus Plan Participants and, for each Bonus Plan Participant, (A) such Bonus Plan Participant’s Bonus Plan Payment Amount, (B) the amount of the Participant Closing Consideration Amount allocated with respect to such Bonus Plan Participant, (C) such Bonus Plan Participant’s Escrow Percentage and (D) the amount of the Indemnity Escrow Amount allocated with respect to such Bonus Plan Participant.

 

9


(k) Certificate of the Company . Buyer shall receive the Company Officer Certificate.

(l) Escrow Agreements . Buyer, the Stockholder Representative and Silicon Valley Bank, as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”), shall have executed and delivered an escrow agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement, and the Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement.

(m) Certificates of Good Standing . Buyer shall receive a certificate (collectively, the “ Company Good Standing Certificates ”) of good standing with respect to the Company from the Secretaries of State of the State of Delaware and The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, dated within five (5) Business Days prior to Closing.

(n) FIRPTA Certificate . Buyer shall receive a properly executed statement from the Company in a form reasonably acceptable to Buyer for purposes of satisfying Buyer’s obligations under Treasury Regulation § 1.1445-2.

2.8 Closing Working Capital Adjustment.

(a) At least five (5) Business Days prior to Closing, the Company shall prepare and deliver to Buyer (i) a statement (the “ Closing Adjustment Statement ”) setting forth (i) the estimated Net Working Capital (the “ Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Amount ”) and the line items thereof, (ii) the estimated Closing Company Cash Amount (the “ Estimated Closing Company Cash Amount ”) and the line items thereof, and (iii) the Company’s calculation of the Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment. The Closing Adjustment Statement shall fairly and accurately present the Company’s good faith best estimate (based on reasonable assumptions) of the Net Working Capital and the Closing Company Cash Amount, and the Company shall deliver to Buyer at Closing a certificate of the Company, executed on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, certifying to the foregoing.

(b) The “ Closing Merger Consideration Adjustment ” shall be an amount equal to the greater of (i) the excess of the Target Closing Net Working Capital Amount over the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Amount and (ii) the excess of the Target Closing Company Cash Amount over the Estimated Closing Company Cash Amount. For purposes of clarity, if the Target Closing Net Working Capital is less than or equal to the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital and the Target Closing Company Cash Amount is less than or equal to the Estimated Closing Company Cash Amount, the Closing Merger Consideration Adjustment shall be $0.00.

(c) In order to determine the Final Closing Net Working Capital Amount and the Final Closing Company Cash Amount and any corresponding adjustment pursuant to this Section 2.8 to the Merger Consideration, Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to prepare a statement (as it may be amended pursuant to this Section 2.8 , the “ Final Adjustment Statement ”) setting forth the (i) Net Working Capital, (ii) the Closing Company Cash Amount, and (iii) the Surviving Corporation’s calculation of the Final Merger Consideration Adjustment. The Adjustment Statement shall fairly and accurately present the Surviving Corporation’s determination of the Net Working Capital and the Closing Company Cash Amount. Buyer shall deliver these documents to the Stockholder Representative no later than forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date; provided, however , if the Closing Merger Consideration Adjustment is $0.00 and Buyer does not desire to recover an Adjustment Increase Amount hereunder, Buyer shall not be obligated to deliver a Final Adjustment Statement.

 

10


(d) The Stockholder Representative may dispute the Final Adjustment Statement by, within fifteen (15) days of the Stockholder Representative’s receipt thereof, providing written notice (an “ Adjustment Dispute Notice ”) to Buyer that sets forth each item on the Final Adjustment Statement that the Stockholder Representative desires to dispute, as well as the basis for each such dispute in reasonable detail. During the forty-five (45) day period following the date on which the Adjustment Dispute Notice is received by Buyer, Buyer and the Stockholder Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any disputed matters raised thereby. If they are unable to resolve any of these disputed matters within such forty-five (45) day period, then any disputed matters set forth in the Adjustment Dispute Notice that remain unresolved shall, upon the request of either Buyer or the Stockholder Representative, be submitted for final determination to such independent registered public accounting firm as Buyer and the Stockholder Representative shall agree (the “ Independent Accounting Firm ”). Each of Buyer and the Stockholder Representative shall be entitled to submit to the Independent Accounting Firm such documents and materials and to make such presentations and arguments as such party shall deem necessary or appropriate. The Independent Accounting Firm shall, based solely on the documents, materials, presentations and arguments made by Buyer and the Stockholder Representative, render a written report as to the resolution of each disputed matter set forth in the Adjustment Dispute Notice that remains outstanding and as to the calculation of the Net Working Capital and the Closing Company Cash Amount. Buyer and the Stockholder Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Independent Accounting Firm to render such written report within forty-five (45) days of the submission of the dispute to it. The Independent Accounting Firm shall have exclusive jurisdiction over, and resort to the Independent Accounting Firm shall be the sole recourse and remedy of the parties against one another or any other Person with respect to, any disputes arising out of or relating to the Final Adjustment Statement and the determinations of the Net Working Capital, the Closing Company Cash Amount and the Final Merger Consideration Adjustment contained therein. The Independent Accounting Firm’s determination shall be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto and shall be enforceable in a court of law. The Independent Accounting Firm’s fees and expenses shall be borne equally by Buyer, on the one hand, and the Stockholders and the Bonus Plan Participants (but only from the Indemnity Escrow Fund in accordance with Section 2.10(b) ), on the other hand. During the period from the Stockholder Representative’s initial receipt of the Final Closing Working Capital Statement from Buyer until the determinations of the Final Closing Net Working Capital Amount and the Final Closing Company Cash Amount in accordance with Section 2.8(e) , Buyer and the Surviving Corporation shall provide the Stockholder Representative and its representatives reasonable access to all books and records of the Surviving Corporation relevant to the determination of the Net Working Capital, the Closing Company Cash Amount or otherwise used in preparation of the Final Adjustment Statement, as well as to all personnel employed by the Company prior to the Closing Date, for the purposes of evaluating the Final Adjustment Statement.

(e) As used herein, the term “ Final Closing Net Working Capital Amount ” shall mean (i) if the Stockholder Representative does not provide a timely Adjustment Dispute Notice to Buyer in accordance with the terms hereof, the Net Working Capital set forth on the Final Adjustment Statement in the form initially provided by Buyer to the Stockholder Representative pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , (ii) if any disputed matters regarding the Net Working Capital set forth on the Final Adjustment Statement are duly submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm, the Net Working Capital set forth on the Final Adjustment Statement initially provided by Buyer to the Stockholder Representative pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , as adjusted to reflect any disputed matters resolved by Buyer and the Stockholder Representative in writing and the Independent Accounting Firm’s resolution of the remaining disputed matters in accordance with the terms hereof, or (iii) in any event, the Final Closing Net Working Capital Amount as agreed to by Buyer and the Stockholder Representative in writing. Once determined in accordance with the terms hereof, the Final Closing Net Working Capital Amount shall be final and binding on the parties hereto, the Stockholders and the Bonus Plan Participants.

 

11


(f) As used herein, the term “ Final Closing Company Cash Amount ” shall mean (i) if the Stockholder Representative does not provide a timely Adjustment Dispute Notice to Buyer in accordance with the terms hereof, the Closing Company Cash Amount set forth on the Final Adjustment Statement in the form initially provided by Buyer to the Stockholder Representative pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , (ii) if any disputed matters regarding the Final Closing Company Cash Amount set forth on the Final Adjustment Statement are duly submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm, the Closing Company Cash Amount set forth on the Final Closing Adjustment Statement initially provided by Buyer to the Stockholder Representative pursuant to Section 2.8(b) , as adjusted to reflect any disputed matters resolved by Buyer and the Stockholder Representative in writing and the Independent Accounting Firm’s resolution of the remaining disputed matters in accordance with the terms hereof, or (iii) in any event, the Final Closing Company Cash Amount as agreed to by Buyer and the Stockholder Representative in writing. Once determined in accordance with the terms hereof, the Final Closing Company Cash Amount shall be final and binding on the parties hereto, the Stockholders and the Bonus Plan Participants.

(g) The “ Final Merger Consideration Adjustment ” shall be an amount equal to the greater of (i) the excess of the Target Closing Net Working Capital Amount over the Final Closing Net Working Capital Amount and (ii) the excess of the Target Closing Company Cash Amount over the Final Closing Company Cash Amount.

(h) If the Closing Merger Consideration Adjustment exceeds the Final Merger Consideration Adjustment (the amount of such excess, an “ Adjustment Decrease Amount ”), Buyer shall, within five (5) Business Days of the final determination of the Final Closing Net Working Capital Amount and the Final Company Cash Amount, pay an aggregate amount in cash equal to the Adjustment Decrease Amount to the Stockholders in proportion to the number of shares of Company Series D Preferred Stock held by each of them as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table (or in such other proportion (as the Stockholder Representative shall instruct Buyer in writing) as are required by the Certificate of Incorporation if such payments would lead to the holders of shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock receiving payments with respect to such shares pursuant to this Agreement in excess of their respective liquidation preference amounts pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation). If the Final Merger Consideration Adjustment exceeds the Closing Merger Consideration Adjustment (the amount of such excess, an “ Adjustment Increase Amount ”), then Buyer shall be paid the amount of the Adjustment Increase Amount from the Indemnity Escrow Fund, in accordance with Section 2.10(b) and the Escrow Agreement.

2.9 Transaction Expenses.

(a) Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Merger, including without limitation (i) all legal, accounting, financial advisory, consulting, banking and all other fees and expenses of third parties incurred by a party in connection with the negotiation and effectuation of the terms and conditions of the Term Sheet, this Agreement, the Related Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (ii) any travel expenses and payments requested or required to be made to third parties in connection with obtaining any consent to the assignment of a Contract required to be assigned in connection with the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (iii) any payments (including any golden parachute payments, transaction bonuses and any related payroll and employment Taxes) made or to be made to any Company Employee in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including any payments made pursuant to the Company Management Cash Bonus Plan (collectively, “ Transaction Expenses ”), shall be the obligation of the respective party incurring such fees and expenses. At the Closing, the Company shall provide Buyer with a statement of estimated Transaction Expenses showing detail of the unpaid Transaction Expenses incurred as of immediately prior to

 

12


the Closing, a calculation of the Outstanding Transaction Expenses, and an itemization of the Outstanding Transaction Expenses to be paid by Buyer at the Closing (including any payments to be made to, and amounts to be deposited into the Bonus Plan Escrow or the Escrow Accounts on behalf of, the Bonus Plan Participants pursuant to the Company Management Cash Bonus Plan), all in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer (the “ Statement of Expenses ”). In addition, the Statement of Expenses may contain a list, under the heading “Other Closing Payables,” of certain other liabilities, fees and other expenses unpaid as of immediately prior to the Closing that shall be paid by the Company as of immediately prior to the Closing (collectively, the “ Other Closing Payables ”). The Statement of Expenses shall be certified as true and correct in a form reasonably acceptable to Buyer as of the Closing Date by an authorized officer of the Company on behalf of the Company. At the Closing, Buyer shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, pay all of the Outstanding Transaction Expenses identified as to be paid by Buyer at the Closing on the Statement of Expenses, unless the Closing occurs after the Buyer Wiring Deadline, in which case Buyer shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, make such payments as early as practicable the following Business Day.

(b) With respect to the portion of the Bonus Plan Payment Amounts not being deposited into the Indemnity Escrow Fund at the Closing, at the Closing, Buyer shall pay the aggregate amount thereof to the Surviving Corporation, which shall promptly deliver such aggregate amount (less the aggregate amount of any required tax withholding with respect to the payment of such Bonus Plan Payment Amounts) into the Bonus Plan Escrow for benefit of the Bonus Plan Participants to be held and released (but not earlier than the tenth (10th) Business Day after the Closing) on the instructions of the Stockholder Representative (and not Buyer, who shall have no right to provide instructions with respect to or control in any way the release of the funds in the Bonus Plan Escrow, and who shall not have any right to the funds in the Bonus Plan Escrow in any circumstance) pursuant to the Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement or as otherwise permitted in accordance with the Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement. If any Bonus Plan Participant notifies Buyer that such Bonus Plan Participant revokes his or her release before the eight (8 th ) day after the Closing, Buyer shall, on or before the seventh (7 th ) Business Day after the Closing, notify the Stockholder Representative in writing (with email sufficing for such writing) as to which Bonus Plan Participants have so revoked their respective releases (as described in Section 2.7(h) ). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if a Bonus Plan Participant either (i) does not deliver such release at or prior to the Closing or (ii) such Bonus Plan Participant revokes such release pursuant to the terms thereof after the Closing, then such Bonus Plan Participant shall not be entitled to receive his or her Bonus Plan Payment, and such Bonus Plan Payment (and any related payroll or employment expense estimated or reserved for as an Outstanding Transaction Expense at Closing) shall thereafter be deemed not to constitute an Outstanding Transaction Expense, and any amount held in the Bonus Plan Escrow or by Buyer or the Surviving Corporation with respect to such Bonus Plan Payment (including the amount of any tax withholding held by the Surviving Corporation) shall promptly be delivered to the holders of Company Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to their respective numbers of such shares. Notwithstanding anything herein, neither the Buyer nor the Surviving Corporation shall be liable, and shall not have to indemnify any party, including the Stockholders or the Bonus Plan Participants, in any manner, with respect to any release to the Bonus Plan Participants or the Stockholders of the amounts held in the Bonus Plan Escrow.

2.10 Escrow.

(a) In order to secure and to establish a procedure for the satisfaction of claims by Buyer and its related Indemnified Parties for indemnification pursuant to Article VII , as well as to establish an expense fund for the Stockholder Representative, concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Escrow Agreement and pursuant to applicable provisions thereof, the Escrow Agent will establish three separate escrow accounts (the “ Indemnity Escrow Account ,” the “ Stockholder Claim Escrow Account ” and the “ SR

 

13


Expense Account,” respectively, and, collectively, the “ Escrow Accounts ”) and, as of the Effective Time, the Indemnity Escrow Account will hold an amount equal to the Indemnity Escrow Amount, the Stockholder Claim Escrow Account will hold an amount equal to the Stockholder Claim Escrow Amount, and the SR Expense Account will hold an amount equal to $200,000 (the “ SR Expense Amount ”), free of any Lien, encumbrance, or other claim of any creditor of any of the parties. The funds in the Indemnity Escrow Account and the SR Expense Account will be held and released in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement for a period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary thereof (the “ Release Date ”), and the funds in the Stockholder Claim Escrow Account will be held and released in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement for a period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date four (4) months thereafter (the “ Stockholder Claim Release Date ”), each subject to extension as provided in Section 2.10(f) with respect to claims that remain subject to dispute on such date. On or prior to the Closing, Buyer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, with the Escrow Agent to be held (i) in the Indemnity Escrow Account an amount in cash equal to the Indemnity Escrow Amount, (ii) in the Stockholder Claim Escrow Account an amount in cash equal to the Stockholder Claim Escrow Amount and (iii) in the SR Expense Account an amount in cash equal to the SR Expense Amount.

(b) The Indemnity Escrow Amount shall be deemed to comprise a deposit, into a fund maintained in the Indemnity Escrow Account pursuant to the Escrow Agreement (the “ Indemnity Escrow Fund ”), all on behalf of certain Stockholders receiving a portion of the Merger Consideration hereunder and the Bonus Plan Participants (each such Person initially allocated a portion of the Indemnity Escrow Fund pursuant to this Section 2.10(a) , an “ Escrow Participant ”), subject to Article VII , in respective initial amounts as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table, which initial amounts shall be (i) allocated between certain Stockholders in the aggregate, on the one hand, and the Bonus Plan Participants in the aggregate, on the other hand, in the same ratio as the Merger Consideration Amount bears to the Participant Payment Amount, (ii) allocated among the Bonus Plan Participants in proportion to their respective Bonus Plan Payment Amounts and (iii) allocated among certain Stockholders as follows: first, to the holders of the shares of Company Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to their respective numbers of such shares, until the aggregate amount so allocated equals the excess of the Merger Consideration allocated with respect to the shares of Company Series D Preferred Stock over the portion of the SR Expense Fund initially allocated with respect to the shares of Company Series D Preferred Stock, and the remainder, if any, to the holders of Company Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to their respective numbers of such shares. The percentage of the Indemnity Escrow Fund so initially allocated to an Escrow Participant shall be referred to herein as such Escrow Participant’s “ Escrow Percentage .” Any payment made from the Indemnity Escrow Fund to Indemnified Parties shall reduce the respective deemed deposits of the Escrow Participants in the Indemnity Escrow Fund in proportion to their respective Escrow Percentages.

(c) The Stockholder Claim Escrow Amount shall be deemed to comprise a deposit, into a fund maintained in the Stockholder Claim Escrow Account pursuant to the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement (the “ Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund ”), all on behalf of the Stockholders that are Escrow Participants (each such Person initially allocated a portion of the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) , a “ Stockholder Claim Escrow Participant ”), subject to Article VII , in respective initial amounts as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table, which initial amounts shall be allocated to the holders of the shares of Company Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to their respective numbers of such shares. The percentage of the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund so initially allocated to a Stockholder Claim Escrow Participant shall be referred to herein as such Stockholder Claim Escrow Participant “ Stockholder Claim Escrow Percentage .” Any payment made from the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund to Indemnified Parties shall reduce the respective deemed deposits of the Stockholder Claim Escrow Participants in the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund in proportion to their respective Stockholder Claim Escrow Percentages.

 

14


(d) The SR Expense Amount shall be deemed to comprise a deposit, into a fund maintained in the SR Expense Account pursuant to the Escrow Agreement (the “ SR Expense Fund ”), on behalf of the holders of Company Series D Preferred Stock (the “ SR Expense Participants ”), subject to Section 7.5(c) and Article VIII , in respective initial amounts as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table, which initial amounts shall be allocated among the SR Expense Participants in proportion to their respective numbers of shares of Company Series D Preferred Stock. The percentage of the SR Expense Fund so initially allocated to a SR Expense Participant shall be referred to herein as such SR Expense Fund Participant’s “ SR Expense Percentage .” Any payment from the SR Expense Fund pursuant to Section 7.5(c) or Article VIII (other than amounts released to the SR Expense Participants pursuant to Section 8.1(d) ) shall reduce the deemed deposits of the SR Expense Participants in the SR Expense Fund in proportion to their respective SR Expense Percentages.

(e) All interest and other income earned (“ Escrow Account Income ”) from the investment of the Indemnity Escrow Fund, the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund or the SR Expense Fund shall be deposited into and become part of the Indemnity Escrow Fund, the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund or the SR Expense Fund, respectively, for the benefit of the Escrow Participants, the Stockholder Claim Escrow Participants and the SR Expense Participants (subject to Article VII and Article VIII ). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, upon any distribution of a principal amount from an Escrow Account to a recipient in accordance with this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement or Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement, as applicable, the Escrow Account Income then earned on such principal amount shall be distributed to such recipient. All Escrow Account Income earned from the investment of the Indemnity Escrow Fund or Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund shall be reported as allocated to the Stockholder Representative. On the date that is thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar year, the Escrow Agent shall distribute to Stockholder Representative, without any requirement that a claim be made by the Stockholder Representative, from the Indemnity Escrow Fund or Stockholder Claim Expense Fund, as applicable, an amount equal to forty percent (40%) of the Escrow Account Income earned from the investment of the Indemnity Escrow Fund or Stockholder Claim Expense Fund, as applicable, that is reported (but not distributed) to the Stockholder Representative in such calendar year. The Stockholder Representative,the Escrow Participants and the Stockholder Claim Escrow Participants shall report such earnings consistently therewith and, except as required by applicable law, shall not take any position inconsistent therewith on any Tax Return or in any administrative or judicial proceeding. All Escrow Account Income earned from the investment of the SR Expense Fund or any portion thereof in any Tax year shall be reported as allocated to the Stockholder Representative.

(f) On the Release Date, the Escrow Agent shall distribute to the Escrow Participants, pursuant to and in accordance with the Escrow Agreement, an aggregate amount equal to (i) the balance of the Indemnity Escrow Fund, minus (ii) the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of Losses specified in any then unresolved good-faith claims for indemnification made by Indemnified Parties pursuant to Article VII , with respect to which Buyer has, prior to the Release Date, provided notice in accordance with the requirements of Article VII , and (y) any finally-determined but unpaid Adjustment Increase Amount or, if the Final Merger Consideration Adjustment has not been determined on the Release Date, the Adjustment Increase Amount, if any, as would be determined on the basis of the Final Merger Consideration Adjustment set forth in the Final Adjustment Statement, as amended for any disputes with respect thereto that have been resolved as of the Release Date. To the extent that, on the Release Date, any amount shall have been reserved and withheld from distribution from the Indemnity Escrow Fund on such date on account of an unresolved claim for indemnification or is still in dispute pursuant to Section 2.8 and, subsequent to the Release Date, such claim is resolved,

 

15


Buyer and the Stockholder Representative shall immediately direct the Escrow Agent to release (x) to the applicable Indemnified Party, the amount of Loss, if any, due in respect of such claim as finally determined or to Buyer amounts determined to be owed to Buyer pursuant to Section 2.8 , if any, and (y) to the Escrow Participants in proportion to their Escrow Percentages, an amount equal to the excess of (A) the amount reserved and withheld from distribution in respect of such claim over (B) the payment, if any, made pursuant to the foregoing clause (x) (except to the extent that such excess shall be subject to any then-unresolved claims for indemnification).

(g) On the Stockholder Claim Release Date, the Escrow Agent shall distribute to the Stockholder Claim Escrow Participants, pursuant to and in accordance with the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement, an aggregate amount equal to (i) the balance of the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund, minus (ii) the aggregate amount of Losses specified in any then unresolved good-faith claims for indemnification made by Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 7.2(h) , with respect to which Buyer has, prior to the Stockholder Claim Release Date, provided notice in accordance with the requirements of Article VII . To the extent that, on the Stockholder Claim Release Date, any amount shall have been reserved and withheld from distribution from the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund on such date on account of an unresolved claim for indemnification and, subsequent to the Stockholder Claim Release Date, such claim is resolved, Buyer and the Stockholder Representative shall immediately direct the Escrow Agent to release (x) to the applicable Indemnified Party, the amount of Loss, if any, due in respect of such claim as finally determined and (y) to the Stockholder Claim Escrow Participants in proportion to their Stockholder Claim Escrow Percentages, an amount equal to the excess of (A) the amount reserved and withheld from distribution in respect of such claim over (B) the payment, if any, made pursuant to the foregoing clause (x) (except to the extent that such excess shall be subject to any then-unresolved claims for indemnification).

(h) The adoption of this Agreement and approval of the Merger by the Stockholders will constitute approval of their participation in the Indemnity Escrow Fund, the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund, the SR Expense Fund, the Escrow Agreement and the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement. All fees related to the Indemnity Escrow Fund will be paid equally by Buyer, on the one hand, and the Escrow Participants (out of the Indemnity Escrow Fund) in proportion to their respective Escrow Percentages, on the other hand; all fees related to the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund shall be paid by the Buyer; and all fees related to the SR Expense Fund shall be paid by the SR Expense Participants (out of the SR Expense Fund) in proportion to their respective SR Expense Percentages.

2.11 Appraisal Rights.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any shares of Company Capital Stock held by a holder who has properly demanded and not effectively withdrawn or lost such holder’s appraisal rights for such shares under the applicable provisions of the DGCL (collectively, the “ Dissenting Shares ”) shall not be converted into or represent the right to receive payments of Merger Consideration pursuant to this Agreement, but instead shall be converted into the right to receive only such consideration as made be determined to be due with respect to such Dissenting Shares provided by the DGCL.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.11(a) hereof, if any holder of Dissenting Shares shall effectively withdraw or lose (through failure to perfect or otherwise) such holder’s appraisal rights with respect to such shares under the DGCL, then, as of the later of the Effective Time and the occurrence of such event, such shares shall automatically be converted into and represent only the right to receive the applicable payments of Merger Consideration set forth in and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, upon surrender of the Certificates formerly representing such shares.

 

16


(c) The Company shall give Buyer (i) prompt notice of any written demand for appraisal received by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the DGCL and (ii) the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands. The Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of Buyer, or except as required under the DGCL, make any payment with respect to any such demands or offer to settle or settle any such demands. Any communication to be made by the Company to any Stockholder with respect to such demands shall be submitted to Buyer in advance and shall not be presented to any Stockholder prior to the Company receiving Buyer’s consent. With the consent of the Stockholder Representative, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, Buyer may make, or cause to be made, payment or payments in respect of any Dissenting Shares in excess of the Merger Consideration that otherwise would have been payable in respect of such shares in accordance with this Agreement (such excess amount, the “ Dissenting Share Payments ”). To the extent that Buyer, the Surviving Corporation or the Company (i) make any Dissenting Share Payments or (ii) incur any losses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, costs and expenses and including any such reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending against or settling any appraisal action or proceeding but excluding, for avoidance of doubt, any payment made for any such shares (including Dissenting Share Payments)) in respect of any Dissenting Shares (the amount of all such losses, together with the Dissenting Share Payments, the “ Excess Dissenting Share Payments ”), Buyer shall be entitled to recover the Excess Dissenting Share Payments from the Indemnity Escrow Fund in accordance with the terms, and subject to the limitations, of Article VII .

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of Article II or Article VII hereof to the contrary, in the event that there are any Dissenting Shares, then (i) any payment by Buyer that would have been required to have been paid to such holder of Dissenting Shares (each a “ Dissenting Stockholder ”) (assuming, for this purpose, that such Dissenting Stockholder had not exercised appraisal rights) shall be retained by Buyer and (ii) such Dissenting Stockholder shall not be considered a participant in the escrow pursuant to Section 2.10 hereunder.

2.12 Outstanding Indebtedness. Prior to the Closing, the Company shall deliver to Buyer a certificate (the “ Outstanding Indebtedness Certificate ”), dated the Closing Date and signed on behalf of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, certifying to the Outstanding Indebtedness, which certificate shall provide a reasonable itemization thereof. Immediately before the Closing, the Company shall pay off all such Outstanding Indebtedness set forth on such certificate.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

Subject to such exceptions as are specifically disclosed in the Company Disclosure Schedule dated as of the date hereof and attached hereto as Exhibit E (each of which disclosures, in order to be effective, shall clearly reference the appropriate section and, if applicable, subsection of this Article III to which it relates and each of which disclosures shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into the representations and warranties made in this Article III , provided that any matter disclosed in one section or subsection of the Company Disclosure Schedule is deemed disclosed in such other sections or subsections of the Company Disclosure Schedule if it is reasonably apparent from a reasonable reading on the face of such disclosure that such matter relates to such other section or subsection of the Company Disclosure Schedule ) delivered by the Company to Buyer concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “ Company Disclosure Schedule ”) the Company hereby represents and warrants to Buyer and Acquisition Corp as follows:

 

17


3.1 Organization and Qualification.

(a) The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

(b) The Company is duly qualified or licensed to do business and/or to hold property in its name, and is in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions which recognize such concept), under the laws of all jurisdictions where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities requires such qualification or licensing, except for such jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or licensed to do business and/or to hold property in its name or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Section 3.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists every state or foreign jurisdiction in which the Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation.

(c) The Company does not have, nor at any time has it had, any direct or indirect Subsidiaries. There is no corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, professional association or other business enterprise that the Company directly or indirectly owns any equity of or controls. The Company has not agreed to make, and is not obligated to make and is not bound by, any written or oral agreement, contract, understanding, negotiable instrument, commitment or undertaking of any nature, in effect as of the date of this Agreement, under which it is or may become obligated to acquire any ownership interest in any entity.

(d) The Company has previously furnished to Buyer a complete and correct copy of the Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) and Bylaws of the Company, each as in effect as of the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Charter Documents ”). The Charter Documents are in full force and effect as of the date hereof. The Company is not in violation of any provision of any of the Charter Documents.

3.2 Capitalization.

(a) As of the date of this Agreement, the entire authorized and outstanding capital stock of the Company is set forth on Section 3.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, all shares of which have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and are not subject to any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, registration right, subscription right, or any similar right under any provision of the laws of the State of Delaware or any contract to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound. The Company Capital Stock is held beneficially and of record as set forth on Section 3.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

(b) There are no Company Stock Rights except as set forth in Section 3.2(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to the Company Capital Stock.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 3.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (i) there are no registration rights and there is no voting trust, proxy, rights plan, anti-takeover plan or other agreement currently in effect to which the Company is a party as of the date of this Agreement and (ii) there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, equity securities or similar ownership interests, calls,

 

18


rights (including preemptive, purchase or conversion rights) or other commitments or agreements of any character to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound obligating the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, or cause the repurchase, redemption or acquisition of, any shares of Company Capital Stock, or obligating the Company to extend or accelerate the vesting of any of the foregoing or any Company Stock Right.

(d) The Stockholders listed on Section 3.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule are the record owners and, to the Knowledge of the Company, the beneficial owners (other than any Person’s beneficial ownership resulting from such Person having any form of ownership or other interest in a Stockholder that is an entity) of all of the Company Capital Stock, free and clear, to the Knowledge of the Company, of all Liens (other than restrictions on transfer under applicable state and federal securities laws). To the Knowledge of the Company, such Stockholders have not sold, assigned, transferred, or granted any proxy with respect to, in whole or in part, any such Company Capital Stock. Except as set forth on Section 3.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no declared or accrued but unpaid dividends with respect to any shares of Company Capital Stock. All outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock have been issued or repurchased (in the case of shares that were outstanding and repurchased by Company) in compliance with all applicable federal, state, foreign, or local statutes, laws, rules, or regulations, including federal and state securities laws, and were issued or repurchased (in the case of shares that were outstanding and repurchased by Company) in accordance with any right of first refusal or similar right or limitation, including those in the Charter Documents.

3.3 Authority Relative to the Related Agreements. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which the Company is a party, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no further action is required on the part of the Company to authorize the Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party, its performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been unanimously approved by the board of directors of the Company. This Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which the Company is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto, constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the effect of (i) applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other laws now or hereafter in effect relating to rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of law and equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (collectively, the “ Enforceability Limitations ”). The Board of Directors of the Company has, as of the date of this Agreement, determined that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements are advisable and in the best interests of the Company and the Stockholders. The affirmative vote of (a) the Stockholders holding at least 51% of the outstanding Company Series D Preferred Stock, (b) the Stockholders holding at least 51% of the outstanding Company Series E Preferred Stock, and (c) the Stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding Company Capital Stock, voting together as a single class, on an as-if-converted to Company Common Stock basis with respect to the Preferred Stock (the “ Required Stockholders ”), are the only votes of the Stockholders needed to approve and adopt this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

19


3.4 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents.

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements, and the consummation of the transactions by the Company and the Stockholders contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (i) conflict with or violate any provision of any of the Charter Documents, (ii) conflict with or violate any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Company or by which they or any of their properties or assets are bound or affected or (iii) except with respect to the notices, waivers, consents and approvals set forth on Section 3.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, result in any material breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with or without notice or lapse of time or both would be reasonably likely to become a default) under, or impair the Company’s rights or alter (in a manner adverse to the Company) the rights or obligations of any third party against or to the Company under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of any Liens on any of the material assets of the Company, in each case, pursuant to any material agreement, understanding, instrument, contract, proposed transaction, mortgage, permit, franchise, judgment, order, writ, decree or other obligation to which the Company or any of their material assets are bound or affected (each, a “ Material Obligation ”).

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements by the Company do not, and the consummation of the transactions by the Company contemplated hereby and thereby shall not, require the Company to obtain or make, at or prior to the date of this Agreement, any consent, approval, order, authorization or permit of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or notification to, any Governmental Entity or third party, except for (i) the filing of the Certificate Merger with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (ii) the consents and authorizations set forth on Section 3.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

(c) Section 3.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth all necessary notices, consents, waivers and approvals as are required under any Contracts in connection with the Merger, or for any such Contract to remain in full force and effect without limitation, modification or alteration after the Closing Date. Except as set forth on Section 3.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, following the Closing Date, the Company will be permitted to exercise all of its rights under its Contracts without the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than ongoing fees, royalties or payments which the Company or would otherwise be required to pay pursuant to the terms of such Contracts had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred.

3.5 Legal Compliance; Permits.

(a) Except with respect to the failure to deliver or obtain (as the case may be) the notices, waivers, consents and approvals set forth on Section 3.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, he Company is not in conflict with, or in default or violation of, any (i) material federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Entity (each, a “ Legal Requirement ”) or (ii) Material Obligation. No charge, complaint, claim, demand, notice, inquiry, investigation, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, review, judgment, order or decree by any Governmental Entity, which, if determined adversely to the Company, would have a Material Adverse Effect, is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, being threatened (including allegations that could form the basis for future action) against the Company or any of its properties or assets, nor has any Governmental Entity indicated in writing or otherwise indicated any intention to conduct the same.

 

20


(b) Except with respect to the failure to deliver or obtain (as the case may be) the notices, waivers, consents and approvals set forth on Section 3.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, he Company holds all material franchises, grants, authorizations, permits, licenses, variances, exemptions, easements, consents, certifications, orders and approvals from Governmental Entities which are necessary to the operation of the Company (collectively, the “ Company Permits ”), and the Company is in material compliance with the terms of the Company Permits.

3.6 Financial Statements. Section 3.6 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth (i) the Company’s audited consolidated balance sheets and statements of income of the Company and cash flows of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 (the “ Most Recent Year End ”), and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and statements of income as of and for the eleven months ended November 30, 2011 (such date, the “ Most Recent Period End ”) (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”). The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the Most Recent Period End is referred to hereinafter as the “ Current Balance Sheet .” The Financial Statements are true and correct in all material respects and have been prepared on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP (subject, in the case of the unaudited Financial Statements, to the absence of footnotes that may be required in accordance with GAAP and normal year-end adjustments). The Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and the consolidated results of operations of the Company as of the respective dates and for the respective periods covered thereby. The books of account of the Company reflect as of the dates shown thereon all items of income and expenses, and all assets, liabilities and accruals of the Company required to be reflected therein, except for omissions or inaccuracies that are not, in each instance or in the aggregate, material. Except as disclosed in the Financial Statements, the Company is not a guarantor or an indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other Person.

3.7 No Undisclosed Liabilities. The Company has no material liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) of a type required to be reflected as liabilities on financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, except (a) liabilities disclosed in the Financial Statements (or in the related notes) or the Company Disclosure Schedule hereto or (b) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Most Recent Period End and on or prior to the date of this Agreement that (i) are not individually in excess of $25,000, (ii) do not result from a breach of contract, tort or violation of law, and (iii) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.8 Controls. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any current or former employee, officer, director, manager, consultant, member or stockholder of the Company has identified or been made aware of any fraud that involves the Company’s management or any other current or former employees, officers, directors, managers or consultants who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls, if any, utilized by the Company, or any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

3.9 Absence of Certain Changes or Events. There has not been a Material Adverse Effect since the Most Recent Year End. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule or as contemplated by this Agreement, any Related Agreement or the Company Management Cash Bonus Plan, since the Most Recent Period End:

(a) there has not been any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend on, or other distribution in respect of, any Company Capital Stock or any other equity interest of the Company, any purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of any Company Capital Stock or any other equity interest of the Company, or any options, warrants, calls or rights to acquire any Company Capital Stock or any other equity interest of the Company;

 

21


(b) there has been no change made or authorized to any of the Charter Documents;

(c) there has not been any split, combination or reclassification of the Company Capital Stock or any other equity interest of the Company;

(d) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, the Related Agreements, there has not been any increase in compensation or fringe benefits or any change in employment terms or any payment of any bonus or any granting of any increase in severance or termination pay or any entry into any employment, severance, termination or indemnification agreement or any agreement, in each case, the benefits of which would be contingent or the terms of which would be altered upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements;

(e) there has not been any material change in any Company accounting method, except as required by concurrent changes in GAAP, nor have there been any material Tax elections made or changed, material Tax accounting methods adopted or changed, closing agreements with any Taxing Authority in respect of Taxes entered into, amended Tax Returns filed, Tax claims or assessments settled or compromised (other than the payment of Taxes in the ordinary course of business), or limitations periods applicable to any Tax claim or assessment extended or waived (other than the extension of the time for filing any Tax Return in the ordinary course of business);

(f) there has not been any revaluation of any assets or properties, including, without limitation, writing off of notes or accounts receivable that, in the case of accounts receivable, is in excess of the reserve for doubtful accounts maintained by the Company in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(g) the Company has not (i) accelerated the collection of any accounts receivable in exchange for any prepayment or other discount, (ii) delayed the payment of any accounts payable, or (iii) except with respect to any payment contemplated herein, taken or omitted to take any action with respect to its accounts payable, accounts receivable, and cash management, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), (A) outside of the ordinary course of business or inconsistent with past practices and (B) with the intent of either (1) reducing, or increasing the Merger Consideration Amount that would have otherwise been payable as a result of any such reduction to, the Final Closing Net Working Capital Amount (if any) or (2) reducing the Final Closing Company Cash Amount to be available to Buyer after the Closing;

(h) there has not been any sale, lease, transfer, or assignment of any assets or properties, tangible or intangible, including any Business Intellectual Property, except for sales, leases, transfer and assignments made in the ordinary course of business;

(i) the Company has not entered into, assumed or become bound under or obligated by any agreement, contract, lease or commitment, or extended or modified the terms of any such agreement, contract, lease or commitment, which (i) involves the payment of greater than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per annum or which extends such agreement, contract, lease or commitment for more than one (1) year, (ii) involves any payment or obligation to any affiliate of the Company, (iii) involves the sale of any assets outside the ordinary course of business or (iv) involves any license or other agreement with respect to any Business Intellectual Property outside the ordinary course of business of the Company consistent with past practice;

 

22


(j) no party has accelerated, terminated, made modifications to, or canceled any material agreement, contract, lease, or license to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is otherwise bound or affected, and there has been no waiver, cancellation, modification or settlement of any material debts or claims held by the Company, nor any waiver or settlement of any material rights or claims of a material value;

(k) none of the assets or properties of the Company, tangible or intangible has become subject to any Lien, other than Permitted Liens;

(l) there has been no capital investment in, or any loan to, any other Person;

(m) there has been no creation, incurrence, assumption, prepayment or guarantee of any indebtedness for borrowed money and capitalized lease obligations, or extension or modification of any existing indebtedness;

(n) there has been no damage, destruction, or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to the Company’s properties or assets in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate of all such damage, destruction and losses;

(o) there has been no loan made to, or any other transaction entered into with, or any bonus paid to (i) any affiliate, officer, member, director, manager, stockholder, consultant or employee of the Company, other than any transaction, bonus, travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) any member of any such Person’s immediate family;

(p) the Company has not entered into any employment contract or collective bargaining agreement, written or oral, or modified the terms of any existing such contract or agreement, other than offer letters for at-will employment at an annual rate of compensation less than $50,000;

(q) no bonuses have been paid to employees of the Company, except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule;

(r) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not adopted, amended, modified, or terminated any bonus, profit-sharing, incentive, severance or other plan, contract, or commitment for the benefit of any of its officers, directors, stockholders, managers or employees (or taken any such action with respect to any other employee benefit plan);

(s) the Company has not suffered or caused any adverse change in its relations with any material customer or the loss of any material customer and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no material customer has threatened such a loss or adverse change in relations;

(t) there has not been any adverse change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not had, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(u) there has not been any satisfaction or discharge of any Lien, or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business;

(v) there has been no resignation or termination of employment of any officer, director, manager or other employee of the Company and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there is no impending resignation or termination of the employment of any such officer, director, manager or employee;

 

23


(w) there has been no material adverse change or amendment to any material contract or arrangement, the Company is not in breach of any material contract or arrangement and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no other party to any material contract or arrangement is in material breach of such contract or arrangement;

(x) the Company has not become obligated and has not made any agreement or commitment to do any of the things described in this Section 3.9 .

3.10 Accounts Receivable. The Company has made available to Buyer lists of all accounts receivable of the Company as of the Most Recent Period End, together with aging schedules indicating a range of days elapsed since invoice. All of the accounts receivable of the Company arose in the ordinary course of business and are not subject to any dispute, valid set-off or counterclaim and are collectible except to the extent of reserves therefor set forth in the Current Balance Sheet. Except for Liens disclosed on Schedule 2.7(g) , no Person has any Lien on any accounts receivable of the Company, and no request or agreement for material deduction or discount has been made with respect to any accounts receivable of the Company.

3.11 Employee Matters.

(a) A complete list of all current employees, officers, directors, managers, and consultants of the Company and each such individual’s current title, job description, compensation (base compensation and bonuses) and benefits is set forth in Section 3.11(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule. All independent contractors providing services to the Company have been properly classified as independent contractors for purposes of federal and applicable state Tax laws, laws applicable to employee benefits and other applicable law. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not have any employment or consulting arrangements or agreements currently in effect that are not terminable at will. Except as contemplated herein, the Company has not (i) entered into any arrangements or agreements that obligate or purport to obligate the Company to make an offer of employment to any present or former employee or consultant of the Company or (ii) promised or otherwise provided any assurances (contingent or otherwise) to any present or former employee or consultant of the Company of any terms or conditions of employment with the Company following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements.

(b) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws respecting employment, employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, worker classification, Tax withholding, prohibited discrimination, equal employment, fair employment practices, immigration status, employee safety and health and wages and hours, and in each case, with respect to employees of the Company: (i) has withheld and reported and remitted all amounts required by law or by agreement to be withheld and reported and remitted with respect to wages, salaries and other payments to employees, (ii) is not liable for any arrears of wages, severance pay or any withholding or other employment Taxes or any penalty for failure to comply with any of the foregoing, and (iii) is not liable for any payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any Governmental Entity, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for employees (other than routine payments to be made in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice). The Company does not have any Knowledge of any employment-related action, suit, proceeding, claim, hearing, arbitration or investigation of, in or before any agency, court, tribunal or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator involving the Company (collectively, “ Employment Claims ”). No Employment Claims are currently pending. Employment Claims include, but are not limited to, claims arising from and relating to a Person’s

 

24


employment with the Company and brought under any of the following: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, the Equal Pay Act, the National Labor Relations Act, and any state equivalents of the above-referenced statutes; any other state or federal statute, regulation; the federal, or any state, constitution; wrongful discharge of employment; constructive discharge from employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; workers’ compensation (including retaliation claims); and disability benefits.

3.12 Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) Section 3.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists all employee compensation, incentive, deferred compensation, fringe or benefit plans, programs, policies, commitments or contracts (other than regular wages and salaries paid in the normal course of business) (including, without limitation, all “employee benefit plans” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”)) that are maintained by, contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Company for the benefit of any active or former employee, director or consultant of Company (an “ Employee ”), or with respect to which Company has or may have liability (the “ Plans ”).

(b) The Company has made available to Buyer: (i) complete copies of all documents embodying each Plan, including (without limitation) all amendments to each such Plan, and all material written agreements and contracts relating to each such Plan (including administrative service agreements, group annuity contracts and group insurance contracts and trust agreements); (ii) the three most recent annual reports (Form Series 5500 and all schedules and financial statements attached thereto), if any, required under ERISA or the Code in connection with each Plan; (iii) the most recent summary plan description together with the summary(ies) of material modifications thereto, if any, required under ERISA with respect to each Plan; (iv) all Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) determination, opinion, notification and/or advisory letters; and (v) all material correspondence to or from any governmental agency relating to any Plan.

(c) The Company has performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under, is not in default or violation of, and has no Knowledge of any default or violation by any other party to each Plan, and each Plan has been maintained and administered in all material respects in compliance with its terms and with the requirements prescribed by ERISA, the Code and all other laws applicable to each such Plan. No suit, action or other litigation (excluding claims for benefits incurred in the ordinary course of Plan activities) has been brought or, to the Knowledge of Company, is threatened against or with respect to any Plan. There are no audits, inquiries or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Company, threatened by the IRS or Department of Labor with respect to any Plan. All contributions, reserves or premium payments required to be made or accrued as of the date hereof to any Plan have been timely made or accrued. Any Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has obtained a favorable determination letter (or opinion letter, as applicable) as to its qualified status under the Code, and no event has occurred since the issuance of such determination letter that could adversely affect the Plan’s qualified status. The Company does not have any commitment to establish any new Plan, to modify any Plan (except to the extent required by law or to conform any such Plan to the requirements of any applicable law, in each case as previously disclosed to Buyer in writing, or as required by this

 

25


Agreement), or to enter into any new Plan. Each Plan (other than any stock incentive plans, the Company Management Cash Bonus Plan and any Plan providing for Employee Severance Payments) can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Closing in accordance with its terms, without liability to Buyer or the Company (other than ordinary administration expenses and expenses for benefits accrued but not yet paid).

(d) Neither the Company nor any member of a controlled group described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) that includes the Company (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”), has ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, or contributed to any plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. At no time has Company or any ERISA Affiliate contributed to or been obligated to contribute to any “multiemployer plan,” as such term is defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or to any plan described in Section 413 of the Code. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate is subject to any liability or penalty under Section 4975 through 4980B of the Code or Title I of ERISA. No “prohibited transaction,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Sections 406 and 407 of ERISA, and not otherwise exempt under Section 4975 of the Code and Section 408 of ERISA, has occurred with respect to any Plan.

(e) None of the Plans promises or provides retiree medical benefits to any Person except as required by Section 4980B of the Code or Part 6 of Title I of ERISA (“ COBRA ”), or similar state law, and the Company has not represented, promised or contracted (whether in oral or written form) to provide such retiree benefits to any Employee or dependent thereof, except to the extent required by COBRA or similar state law.

(f) The Company does not maintain any Plan for the benefit of Employees who perform services outside the United States.

(g) Except as set forth on Section 3.12(g) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any Plan (other than the Company Management Cash Bonus Plan and any Plan providing for Employee Severance Payments), trust or loan that will or may result in any payment (whether severance pay or otherwise), acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any Employee.

3.13 Certain Business Relationships. Except as set forth in Section 3.13 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no contracts, agreements, loans or leases between the Company, on the one hand, and (i) any present or former officer, director or stockholder of the Company, on the other hand, or (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, any member of such officer’s, director’s or stockholder’s immediate family, or any Person controlled by such officer, director, stockholder or immediate family member, on the other hand. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, no officer or director of the Company, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any stockholder or member of any of the respective immediate families or any of the respective affiliates of any such officer, director or stockholder, owns, directly or indirectly, or has an ownership interest (other than ownership interests in public companies that are less than one percent (1%) of such public company’s outstanding capital stock or any ownership interest resulting from such Peron’s role as an officer, director or stockholder of the Company) in, (a) any business (corporate or otherwise) which is a party to, or in any property which is the subject of, any business arrangement or relationship of any kind with the Company, (b) with respect to the Key Employees only, any business (corporate or otherwise) which conducts the same business as, or a business similar to any part of, the Company, or (c) any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible (including but not limited to any Business Intellectual Property) that is used by, or that pertains to, the Company.

 

26


3.14 Restrictions on Business Activities. The Company is not a party to, and no material assets or properties of the Company are bound or affected by, any judgment, injunction, order, decree, contract, covenant or agreement (noncompete or otherwise) that (a) restricts or prohibits, or purports to restrict or prohibit, the Company from (i) freely engaging in the business of the Company as presently conducted by providing for exclusivity, preferred treatment or “most favored nation” status, or any similar provision, (ii) acquiring or disposing of any material asset, or (iii) competing anywhere in the world (including any contracts, covenants or agreements restricting (A) the geographic area in which the Company may sell, license, market, distribute or support any products or technology or provide services, (B) the markets, customers or industries that the Company may address or (C) the prices which the Company may charge for the Business Products).

3.15 Title to Property. Except for Permitted Liens, the Company has good and valid title to, or valid leasehold or licensed interests in, all of its assets, in each case free and clear of all Liens. The term “ Permitted Liens ” shall mean (i) Liens for current Taxes not yet due and payable or that are being contested in good faith, (ii) Liens securing debt that are reflected on the Company’s balance sheet for the Most Recent Period End, (iii) with respect to standard, generally commercially available, “off-the-shelf” third party software products, any ownership or license rights of others therein and (iv) Liens provided for under leases (true and correct copies of which have been made available to Buyer) to which the Company is a party, (v) UCC financing statements filed in connection with equipment leases of the Company, and (vi) Liens created by Buyer or Acquisition Corp. The Company does not currently own, and has never owned, any real property. Section 3.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of all real property currently leased, subleased or licensed by or from the Company or otherwise used or occupied by the Company for the operation of its business (the “ Leased Real Property ”), including, as applicable, the name of the lessor, licensor, sublessor, master lessor and/or lessee, the date and term of the lease, license, sublease or other occupancy right and each amendment thereto and, with respect to any current lease, license, sublease or other occupancy right, the aggregate annual rental payable thereunder.

3.16 Tax Matters.

(a) Definition of Taxes . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” refers to any and all U.S. federal, state, local, territorial and non-U.S. taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, duties, impositions and liabilities relating to taxes, including taxes based upon or measured by gross receipts, income, profits, sales, use, occupation, value added, goods and services, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, withholding, payroll, employment, excise and property taxes, together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts.

(b) Tax Returns and Audits .

(i) The Company has timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by it. Such Tax Returns are true, accurate and complete in all material respects. The Company has paid all Taxes that are due and payable by it, whether or not shown to be due on such Tax Returns.

(ii) The Company has timely withheld with respect to its employees, owners and other third parties (and timely paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authorities) all federal, state, local, territorial and non-U.S. income and payroll Taxes required to be withheld by it, including Taxes pursuant to the Federal Insurance Contribution Act and the Federal Unemployment Tax Act (and other similar provisions under applicable law), and all other Taxes required to be withheld by it.

 

27


(iii) No Tax deficiency with respect to any Tax period for which all Taxes are due and payable has been assessed, or to the Company’s Knowledge, proposed by a Taxing Authority against the Company. The Company has not executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on or extension of any period for the assessment or collection of any Tax, which waiver or extension is still in effect.

(iv) No written notice has been received by the Company that any audit or other examination of any Tax Return of the Company by any Taxing Authority is presently in progress, nor has the Company been notified in writing of any request for such an audit or other examination, which request has not yet been resolved. No written claim has ever been made by a Taxing Authority that the Company is or may be subject to taxation in a jurisdiction where it does not file Tax Returns.

(v) As of the date of the balance sheet included in the Financial Statements for the Most Recent Period End, the Company had no liability for any unpaid Taxes (whether or not shown to be due on any Tax Return), whether asserted, unasserted, contingent or otherwise, which had not been accrued for or reserved on such balance sheet, and the Company has not incurred any liability for unpaid Taxes since such balance sheet date, other than in the ordinary course of business.

(vi) There are no Liens relating or attributable to Taxes on the assets of the Company, other than Permitted Liens.

(vii) The Company has made available to Buyer or its legal counsel, copies of all federal and state income and other material Tax Returns for the Company filed for taxable periods with respect to which the statute of limitations has expired.

(viii) The Company has not been a “United States Real Property Holding Corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.

(ix) The Company is not subject to Tax in any jurisdiction other than its country of incorporation or formation by virtue of having a permanent establishment or fixed place of business in that country.

(x) There are no adjustments under Section 481 of the Code (or any similar adjustments under any provision of the Code or the corresponding foreign, state or local Tax laws) that are required to be taken into account by the Company in any period ending after the Closing Date by reason of a change in method of accounting in any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date or as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(xi) The Company will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any period (or any portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (i) closing agreement as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) installment sale or other open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date or (iv) any election made pursuant to Section 108(i) of the Code on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

28


(xii) The Company has not been a member of an affiliated group (as defined in Section 1504 of the Code) filing a consolidated Tax Return. The Company does not have any liability for the Taxes of any other Person (other than the Company) under Treasury Regulation section 1.1502-6, or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law, as a transferee, successor, by contract or otherwise.

(xiii) The Company has never engaged in any “reportable transaction” or “listed transaction” for purposes of Treasury Regulation sections 1.6011-4(b) or 301.6111-2(b)(2) or any analogous provision of state, local or foreign Tax law. The Company has disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

(xiv) To the Company’s Knowledge, there is no limitation on the utilization by the Company or any Subsidiary of its net operating losses, built-in losses, Tax credits, or similar items under Sections 382, 383 or 384 of the Code or comparable provisions of foreign state or local Law (other than any such limitation arising as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

(xv) There is no contract, agreement, plan or arrangement to which the Company is a party as of the date of this Agreement, including but not limited to the provisions of this Agreement, that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible pursuant to Section 280G of the Code. There is no contract, agreement, plan or arrangement to which Company is a party to compensate any individual for excise taxes paid pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code or taxes paid under Section 409A of the Code.

(xvi) The Company is not a party to any contract, agreement or arrangement that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code. Each outstanding option, stock appreciation right, or other similar right to acquire Common Stock of the Company or other Equity Rights, granted to or held by an individual or entity who is or may be subject to United States taxation, (1) has an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of the underlying equity as of the date such option, stock appreciation right or other similar right was granted, (2) has no feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of exercise or disposition of such option, stock appreciation right or other similar right, (3) to the extent it was granted after December 31, 2004, was granted with respect to a class of stock of the Company that is “service recipient stock” (within the meaning of the applicable regulations under Section 409A), and (4) has been properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the Financial Statements.

3.17 Brokers or Finders. Except as set forth on Section 3.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not incurred, and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Company, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or the other Related Agreements or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby.

3.18 Intellectual Property.

Intellectual Property ” means any and all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) all United States and foreign patents and utility models, including utility patents, design patents, plant patents and plant variety protection certificates, and all registrations and applications therefor and all reissues, divisionals, re-examinations, corrections, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations in-part thereof, and other derivatives and certificates associated

 

29


therewith, and equivalent or similar rights anywhere in the world in inventions and discoveries, including, without limitation, invention disclosures (“ Patents ”); (ii) all trade secrets and other rights in know-how and confidential or proprietary information throughout the world (“ Trade Secrets ”); (iii) all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world (“ Copyrights ”); (iv) all mask works, mask work registrations, integrated circuit topographies and integrated circuit topography registration, and applications therefor, and any equivalent or similar rights; (v) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (vi) all rights in domain names and applications and registrations therefor (“ Domain Names ”); (vii) all trade names, trade dress, logos or other corporate designations, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor and all goodwill associated therewith throughout the world (“ Trademarks ”); and (viii) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world, including, without limitation, moral rights and publicity rights.

Business Intellectual Property ” shall mean any and all Intellectual Property that is owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company.

(a) Section 3.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of (i) all Business Intellectual Property that is the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration or other document issued, filed with, or recorded by any private, state, government or other legal entity, including, without limitation, Patents, registered Trademarks, registered Copyrights and Domain Names (“ Registered Intellectual Property ”); (ii) all unregistered Trademarks that are Business Intellectual Property; and (iii) all products or services distributed, offered or marketed by the Company (collectively the “ Business Products ”). For each item of Registered Intellectual Property so listed, the Company Disclosure Schedule includes, where applicable, (v) the applicable jurisdiction in which such item was applied for or registered; (w) the date of such application and registration; (x) the application number and registration number; (y) the current status of such application and registration; and (z) a summary of all proceedings, mediation, arbitration, claims, notices, or actions before any court or tribunal (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “ PTO ”) or equivalent authority anywhere in the world) or claims of infringement, invalidity or the like related to such item of which the Company has Knowledge.

(b) Each item of Registered Intellectual Property that is owned by, exclusively licensed to, or filed in the name of, the Company (“ Business Registered Intellectual Property ”) is valid and subsisting. All payments of necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees currently due in connection with such Business Registered Intellectual Property have been made. All necessary documents, recordations and certificates in connection with such Business Registered Intellectual Property have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other authorities in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of maintaining such Business Registered Intellectual Property registered in such jurisdiction. There are no actions that must be taken by the Company within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date that, if not taken, will result in the loss of any Business Registered Intellectual Property, including the payment of any registration, maintenance or renewal fees or the filing of any responses to PTO (or equivalent authority) actions, documents, applications or certificates for the purposes of obtaining, maintaining, perfecting or preserving or renewing any Business Registered Intellectual Property.

(c) To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no facts or circumstances existing that would render any Business Intellectual Property invalid or unenforceable. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no information, materials, facts or circumstances, including any information or fact that would constitute prior art, that would render any Business Registered Intellectual Property invalid or unenforceable, or would adversely affect any pending application for any Business Registered

 

30


Intellectual Property, and the Company has not misrepresented or failed to disclose, and it does not have Knowledge of any misrepresentation or failure to disclose, any fact or circumstances in any application for any Business Registered Intellectual Property that would constitute fraud or a misrepresentation with respect to such application or that would otherwise adversely affect the validity or enforceability of any Business Registered Intellectual Property.

(d) The Company owns and has good title to or has all necessary licenses to use and exploit each material item of Business Intellectual Property free of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) as necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company as currently conducted in all material respects. To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company owns or has the right to use all Intellectual Property necessary to the conduct of the business of the Company as currently conducted, including, without limitation, the design, development, and sale of all Business Products currently sold by the Company or under development by the Company and the performance of all services provided by the Company related to any Business Products.

(e) Section 3.18(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists all contracts, licenses and agreements to which the Company is a party other than end user software licenses granted to customers in the ordinary course of business: (i) with respect to Business Intellectual Property licensed or transferred to any third party; (ii) pursuant to which a third party has licensed or transferred any Business Intellectual Property to the Company, other than standard off-the-shelf software that is generally available for license; (iii) pursuant to which a third party has developed or created any Intellectual Property that is incorporated into any Business Product or is otherwise used by the Company, other than standard off-the-shelf software that is generally available for license; or (iv) by which the Company has agreed to, or has assumed, any obligation or duty to warrant, indemnify, reimburse, hold harmless, guarantee or otherwise assume or incur any obligation or liability to provide a right of rescission with respect to the infringement or misappropriation by the Company or such other Person of any Business Intellectual Property rights. All such contracts, licenses and agreements listed (collectively, the “ IP Contracts ”) are in full force and effect or expired with certain provisions surviving.

(f) Except with respect to the notices, waivers, consents and approvals set forth on Section 3.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Agreements will neither violate, nor result in the breach, modification, cancellation, termination or suspension of the IP Contracts by their terms. The Company is in compliance in all material respects with, and has not breached any material term of, any IP Contracts. To the Knowledge of the Company, all other parties to such contracts, licenses and agreements are in compliance in all material respects with, and have not breached any term of, the IP Contracts. Except as set forth in Section 3.18(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there is no provision in any IP Contract that requires, upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Related Agreements, Buyer to (i) grant to any third party any right with respect to any Intellectual Property owned by, or licensed to, Buyer prior to the Closing, (ii) be bound by, or subject to, any noncompete or other restriction on the operation or scope of its business or (iii) be obligated to pay any royalties or other amounts to any third party as a result of such transactions in excess of those payable by the Company prior to the Closing.

(g) Neither the operation of the business of the Company as now conducted, nor the design, development, manufacture, distribution, reproduction, marketing or sale of any Business Product, has, does or will infringe or result in the misappropriation of the Intellectual Property (other than Patents) of any third party, violate the rights of any third party, or constitutes unfair competition or trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction. To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the operation of the business as now conducted, nor the design, development, manufacture, distribution, reproduction, marketing or sale of any Business Product has, does or will infringe any patent of any third party.

 

31


(h) To the Company’s Knowledge, no Person has infringed or misappropriated or is infringing or misappropriating any Business Intellectual Property. The Company has not received in writing or, to the Company’s Knowledge, otherwise received notice from any third party that the operation of the business of the Company as now conducted or any Business Product infringes or misappropriates the Intellectual Property of any third party or constitutes unfair competition or trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company.

(i) The Company has taken commercially reasonable steps to protect the Company’s rights in its confidential information and Trade Secrets or any Trade Secrets or confidential information of third parties provided to the Company. All use, disclosure, or appropriation of any Business Product by or to third parties has been pursuant to the terms of a binding written agreement. Each current and former employee, officer, director, manager and contractor of the Company involved in the creation of Business Intellectual Property owned by the Company has executed an inventions assignment, proprietary information and/or confidentiality agreement substantially in the form provided to Buyer and, except as set forth on Section 3.18(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no such individual has excluded any inventions or other Intellectual Property from the scope of such agreement. To the Company’s Knowledge, no current or former employee, officer, director, manager or contractor of the Company is in breach of such agreement in any material respect.

(j) The Company owns and has good title to or has all necessary licenses to use and exploit the source code for all of all Business Products (the “ Source Code ”). The Source Code (i) has at all times been maintained in confidence, (ii) has been disclosed by the Company only to employees or other Persons that are bound by nondisclosure obligations, (iii) has not been sold, transferred, or exclusively licensed to any customer or third party, (iv) is not the subject of any escrow or similar agreement or arrangement giving any third party rights in such Source Code upon the occurrence of certain events and (v) to the extent such Source Code is the subject of any escrow or similar agreement as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, no events have occurred that would give rise to the release of such Source Code to such third party.

(k) The Business Products do not include or link with and have not included or linked with any Public Software, and the Company has not incorporated into, integrated, distributed or bundled any Public Software with its Business Products. The term “ Public Software ” includes any and all software that contains, includes, incorporates or has instantiated therein, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is distributed as open source, public source, freeware software or similar licensing or distribution model, including software licensed or distributed under any of the licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following: (i) GNU’s General Public License (GPL) or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL); (ii) the Artistic License (e.g., PERL); (iii) the Mozilla Public License; (iv) the Netscape Public License; (iv) the Sun Community Source License (SCSL); (vi) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL); (vii) the BSD License; and (viii) the Apache License.

(l) The Company employs commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the Business Products do not contain any viruses or Easter eggs. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ virus ” means any computer code intentionally designed (i) to disrupt, disable, or harm in any manner the operation of any software or hardware, (ii) to allow a third party to have access to the user’s computer or network without such user’s authority or (iii) to cause the software to have any “Easter eggs” or other hidden features or novelties that are not useful for the operation of the software.

 

32


(m) All personal information which has been collected, stored, maintained or otherwise used by the Company has been collected, stored, maintained and used in accordance with all privacy laws, rules, regulations, guidelines and industry standards applicable to the Company or its customers where required by contract. The Company has not received any complaints about its management of personal information that have not, to the Company’s Knowledge, been resolved to the satisfaction of the complainant nor has the Company received notice from any applicable privacy authority regarding any inquiry, investigation or appeal in connection with its management of personal information. The Company has not been the subject of a decision of a court awarding damages in connection with a breach of privacy by the Company. The Company’s practices are, and have always been, in material compliance with (i) their then-current privacy policy, including the privacy policy posted on the Company’s websites, and (ii) their customers’ privacy policies, when required by contract. The Company has implemented and maintained appropriate and reasonable measures to protect and maintain the confidential nature of any personal information in its custody or under its control or to which a customer has permitted its access. The Company has adequate technological and procedural measures in place to provide protection to personal information collected by the Company against loss, theft and unauthorized access or disclosure. The Company has agreements with any third party they have retained to process, manage or store personal information that require the third party to afford the personal information the same degree of protection as that provided by the Company. The Company has the full power and authority to transfer any and all rights in any individual’s personal information in the Company’s possession or control to Buyer. The Company is not subject to any obligation that would prevent Buyer from accessing, for any purpose including due diligence, or using the personal information for the purposes for which it was collected or in a consistent manner.

3.19 Agreements, Contracts and Commitments. Section 3.19 of the Company Disclosure Schedule (specifying the appropriate paragraph) lists all of the following agreements to which the Company is a party and has continuing rights or obligations (each, a “ Contract ”):

(a) any Material Obligation that may involve payments (whether or not satisfied and whether fixed, contingent or otherwise) by or to the Company in an aggregate amount in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per annum;

(b) any agreement that has been entered into for the primary purpose of establishing obligations on the part of the Company to indemnify any officer, director, employee or third party, or any power of attorney or guaranty granted to a third party, other than any such obligations under customer contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business customary indemnification of, and powers of attorney granted to, lenders under the agreements scheduled in subsection (h) of Section 3.19 of the Company Disclosure Schedule;

(c) any agreement, contract or commitment containing any covenant (i) limiting the right of the Company to engage in any line of business, to compete with any Person or to freely set prices for its products, services or technologies (including, without limitation, most favored customer pricing provisions) or (ii) granting any exclusive distribution rights;

(d) any agreement, contract or commitment relating to the disposition or acquisition by the Company, not in the ordinary course of business, or pursuant to which the Company has any ownership interest, of any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business enterprise;

(e) any dealer, distributor, joint marketing or development agreement under which the Company has continuing obligations to jointly market any product, technology or service and which may not be canceled without penalty upon notice of ninety (90) days or less, or any agreement pursuant to which the Company has continuing obligations to jointly develop any Intellectual Property that will not be owned, in whole or in part, by the Company and which may not be canceled without penalty upon notice of ninety (90) days or less;

 

33


(f) any agreement, contract or commitment by the Company to license to any third party the right to manufacture or reproduce any product, service or technology of the Company or any agreement, contract or commitment by any Person to the Company to sell or distribute any products, service or technology of the Company;

(g) any agreement relating to the licensing of Source Code;

(h) any mortgages, indentures, guarantees, loans or credit agreements, security agreements or other agreements or instruments relating to indebtedness for borrowed money by the Company (including Capital Leases), or the extension of credit by the Company (other than (i) customer accounts receivable owing to the Company in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms and (ii) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business);

(i) any agreements or arrangements that contain any severance pay or post-employment liabilities or obligations, excluding requirements by the Company to provide employee paid coverage under COBRA to its former employees;

(j) any employment or consulting agreement, contract or commitment with an employee or individual consultant or salesperson, or consulting or sales agreement, contract or commitment with a firm or other organization, in each case, other than those terminable by the Company without material liability to the Company;

(k) any agreement or plan, including, without limitation, any stock option plan, stock appreciation rights plan or stock purchase plan, any of the benefits of which will be increased, or the vesting of benefits of which will be accelerated, by the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Related Agreements or the value of any of the benefits of which will be calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Related Agreements;

(l) any fidelity or surety bond or completion bond;

(m) any lease of personal property having a value individually in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000);

(n) any agreement (or group of related agreements), excluding contracts entered into with customers in the ordinary course of business, for the license, purchase or sale of supplies, products, or other personal property, or for the furnishing or receipt of services, the performance of which extends over a period of more than one (1) year or involves consideration in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) per annum;

(o) any agreement with any stockholder of the Company or any of such stockholder’s affiliates or with any affiliate of the Company;

 

34


(p) any bonus, profit sharing, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation, deferred compensation, severance or other plan or arrangement for the benefit of its current or former directors, officers, managers or employees;

(q) any collective bargaining agreement;

(r) any agreement under which it has advanced or loaned any amount to any of its current or former directors, officers, managers or employees;

(s) any agreement under which the consequences of a default or termination could have a Material Adverse Effect;

(t) any agreement pursuant to which the Company is obligated to provide maintenance, support or training for its products, other than in the ordinary course of business; and

(u) any other agreement (or group of related agreements) not listed above which involves obligations (contingent or otherwise) in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per annum.

The Company has made available to Buyer a correct and complete copy of each Contract required to be listed in Section 3.19 of the Company Disclosure Schedule and a written summary setting forth the terms and conditions of each oral agreement required to be listed therein. With respect to each such agreement: (A) the agreement is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect, subject to the Enforceability Limitations; (B) neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party to such agreement is in material breach of or default under such agreement and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no event has occurred, which with notice or lapse of time, would constitute a material breach of or default under, or permit termination, modification, or acceleration under, such agreement; (C) the Company has not and, to the Company’s Knowledge, each other party to such agreement has not repudiated any provision of such agreement; (D) there are no material disputes, oral agreements or forbearance programs in effect regarding such agreement; and (E) to the Company’s Knowledge, any service or products called for under such agreement can be supplied in accordance with such agreement’s terms.

3.20 Insurance. The Company has in place the insurance policies listed in Section 3.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedule (collectively, the “ Insurance Policies ”). There is no claim by the Company pending under any of the Insurance Policies as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed in writing by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under the Insurance Policies have been paid, and the Company is otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Insurance Policies. The Company has not received written notice or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other form of notice of any threatened termination of, or any premium increase with respect to, any of the Insurance Policies.

3.21 Tangible Assets. The tangible material assets of the Company have been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, and are in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear) and are usable in the ordinary course of business.

3.22 Litigation. Section 3.22 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth each instance in which the Company (or any of its properties or assets) (a) is subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge or (b) is a party or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to be made a party to any private or governmental action, suit, proceeding, claim, hearing, arbitration or investigation of, in or before any agency, court, tribunal or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state,

 

35


local or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator. No Person has indicated to the Company in writing that such Person is contemplating initiating any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding against the Company in the period ending sixty (60) days after the date hereof. The Company has no plans to initiate any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding against any third party.

3.23 Complete Copies of Materials. The Company has delivered, caused to be delivered or made available true and complete, in all material respects, copies of all documents referred to in this Agreement or in the Company Disclosure Schedule which have been requested by Buyer in writing (including by email). The Company has delivered or made available all minutes of the Company, and such minutes delivered contain complete and accurate records of all material corporate proceedings of the Company taken by its stockholders, its board of directors and any committees thereof since January 1, 2008, excluding in each case any proceedings regarding any potential sale, acquisition, recapitalization or, or similar transaction with respect to, the Company.

3.24 Environmental Matters. The Company is not violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.

3.25 Customers and Suppliers.

(a) The Company (i) has no outstanding material disputes concerning the Company’s products and/or services with any customer and has not received notice of any material dissatisfaction on the part of any customer of the Company of a recurring nature or that could reasonably be expected to lead to a material disruption in the business of the Company, (ii) has not received any written or oral notice from any customer that such customer shall not continue as a customer of the Company (or the Surviving Corporation) after the Closing or that such customer intends to terminate or materially modify existing agreements or arrangements with the Company (or the Surviving Corporation) and (iii) has no obligation to update or replace any of their deployed products, whether by contract or otherwise, nor has any customer requested any such upgrade or replacement, in each case, outside the ordinary course of business.

(b) The Company has no outstanding material dispute concerning any products and/or services provided to it by any supplier or vendor and the Company has no Knowledge of any material dissatisfaction on the part of any such supplier or vendor. The Company has not received any written or oral notice from any supplier or vendor to the Company that such supplier or vendor shall not continue as a supplier or vendor to the Company (or the Surviving Corporation) after the Closing or that such supplier or vendor intends to terminate or materially modify existing agreements or arrangements with the Company (or the Surviving Corporation). The Company has access, on commercially reasonable terms, to all products and services reasonably necessary to carry on the business of the Company as presently conducted in all material respects.

3.26 Representations Complete. None of the representations or warranties made by the Company (each as modified by the Company Disclosure Schedule) in this Agreement, and none of the statements made to Buyer in any exhibit, schedule or certificate furnished to Buyer by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or, to the Knowledge of the Company, omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in the light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.

 

36


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND ACQUISITION CORP

Each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp hereby represent and warrant to the Company as follows:

4.1 Organization and Standing. Each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp is duly qualified or licensed to do business and to hold property in its name, and is in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions which recognize such concept), under the laws of all jurisdictions where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities requires such qualification or licensing, except for jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or licensed or in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the business of Buyer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

4.2 Authority; Execution and Validity. Each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp of this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party, the performance by Buyer and Acquisition Corp of their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation by Buyer and Acquisition Corp of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Buyer and Acquisition Corp, and no further action is required on the part of Buyer and Acquisition Corp to authorize this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party, the performance by Buyer and Acquisition Corp of their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation by Buyer and Acquisition Corp of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and each Related Agreement to which Buyer or Acquisition Corp is a party have been duly executed and delivered by Buyer or Acquisition Corp, as applicable, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of the other parties hereto and thereto, constitute the valid and binding obligations of Buyer and Acquisition Corp, enforceable against Buyer and Acquisition Corp in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Enforceability Limitations.

4.3 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents. None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements by Buyer and Acquisition Corp, the performance by Buyer and Acquisition Corp of their obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions by Buyer and Acquisition Corp contemplated hereby and thereby will (i) conflict with or violate any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (or similar organization documents) of Buyer or Acquisition Corp, each as amended to date, (ii) conflict with or violate any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to Buyer or Acquisition Corp or by which they or any of their properties or assets are bound or affected, or (iii) require Buyer or Acquisition Corp to obtain or make, at or prior to Closing, any consent, approval, order, authorization or permit of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or notification to, any Governmental Entity, except for the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

4.4 Litigation. There is no action, claim, investigation, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, pending by or before any Governmental Entity or, to the knowledge of Buyer or Acquisition Corp, threatened, against either Buyer or Acquisition Corp that challenges the validity of this Agreement or the ability of either Buyer or Acquisition Corp to consummate the Merger or the transactions contemplated hereby or by any of the Related Agreements.

 

37


4.5 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees. Neither Buyer nor Acquisition Corp has incurred, or will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by Buyer or Acquisition Corp, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.

4.6 Reliance. Each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp has conducted its own independent review and analysis of the businesses, assets, condition, operations and prospects of the Company and acknowledges that each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp has been provided access to the properties, premises and records of the Company for this purpose. In entering into this Agreement, each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp has relied solely upon its own investigation and analysis, and each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp acknowledges and agrees that, except for the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Article III , as qualified by the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its representatives nor any other Person acting on the Company’s behalf makes or has made, and neither Buyer nor Acquisition Corp is relying or has relied on, any representation or warranty, either express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any of the information provided or made available to Buyer or Acquisition Corp or any of their representatives, or otherwise with respect to the Company, its business or the Merger. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer and Acquisition Corp acknowledge and agree that neither the Company nor any of its representatives or any other Person has made a representation or warranty to Buyer or Acquisition Corp or any of their representatives with respect to (a) any projections, estimates or budgets for the Company or (b) any materials, documents or information relating to the Company made available to each of Buyer, Acquisition Corp and their representatives in any “data room,” online data site, confidential memorandum, other offering materials or otherwise, except as expressly and specifically set forth in the representations and warranties set forth in Article III , as qualified by the Company Disclosure Schedule. In connection with Buyer’s and Acquisition Corp’s investigation of the Company, each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp has received from the Company and its representatives certain projections and other forecasts, including projected financial statements, cash flow items and other data of the Company and certain business plan information of the Company. Each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp acknowledges that there are uncertainties inherent in attempting to make such projections and other forecasts and plans and accordingly is not relying on them, that each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp is familiar with such uncertainties, that each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp is taking full responsibility for making its own evaluation of the adequacy and accuracy of all projections and other forecasts and plans so furnished to it, and that each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp and their respective representatives shall have no claim against any Person with respect thereto. Accordingly, each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp acknowledges that, without limiting the generality of this Section 4.6 , neither the Company nor any Person acting on behalf of the Company has made any representation or warranty with respect to such projections and other forecasts and plans. Buyer and Acquisition Corp make the foregoing representations and warranties in this Article IV with the knowledge and expectation that the Company, the Stockholders and the Bonus Plan Participants are placing reliance thereon.

ARTICLE V

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

5.1 Confidentiality. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the information obtained pursuant to the negotiation and execution of this Agreement or the effectuation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be governed by the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement executed by Buyer and the Company in October 2011 (the “ Nondisclosure Agreement ”), between the Company and Buyer. The Company and Buyer agree that such information will constitute “Confidential Information” as contemplated by the Nondisclosure Agreement.

 

38


5.2 Public Disclosure. During the Pre-Closing Period, none of Buyer, Acquisition Corp, the Company and any of their respective representatives shall issue any statement or communication to any third Person (other than their respective agents that are bound by confidentiality restrictions) regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including, if applicable, the termination of this Agreement and the reasons therefor, without the written consent of Buyer and the Company, except as may be required by any applicable Legal Requirement. Neither Buyer nor any of its respective representatives shall issue any statement or communication to any third Person (other than their respective agents that are bound by confidentiality restrictions) regarding the termination of this Agreement and the reasons therefor, without the written consent of the Company. After the Effective Time, none of Stockholders, the Stockholder Representative, nor any of their respective representatives shall issue any statement or communication to any third Person (other than their respective agents that are bound by confidentiality restrictions) regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, without the written consent of Buyer, except as may be required by any applicable Legal Requirement. If, after the Effective Time, Buyer or any of its respective representatives shall desire to issue any such statement or communication, such issuing party shall first deliver such statement or communication to the Stockholder Representative to give him a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon such statement or communication, and Buyer agrees that any such comment shall be considered by Buyer in good faith.

5.3 Additional Documents and Further Assurances. Each party hereto, at the request of another party hereto, shall execute and deliver such other instruments and use all commercially reasonable efforts to do or perform, or cause to be done or performed, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties hereto in doing, such other acts and things as may be necessary, advisable or desirable (subject to any applicable Legal Requirements) for effecting completely, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the consummation of the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.4 Access and Investigation. Between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Closing Date and the date this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.3 (the “ Pre-Closing Period ”), and upon reasonable advance notice from Buyer, the Company will, at Buyer’s expense, (a) afford Buyer and its directors, officers, employees and other authorized representatives reasonable access during normal business hours to all of its properties, books, Contracts, personnel and records as Buyer may reasonably request, provided that such access shall occur under the supervision of the Company’s personnel and in such a manner as to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement and the Company’s confidential information and the transactions contemplated hereby and not to interfere unreasonably with the normal operation of the business of the Company and (b) furnish to Buyer and its directors, officers, employees and authorized representatives all other information concerning its business, properties, assets and personnel as Buyer may reasonably request. Nothing herein shall require the Company to disclose any information to Buyer if such disclosure would (i) jeopardize any attorney-client or other legal privilege, or (ii) contravene any applicable Legal Requirements or violate any agreements entered into by the Company prior to the date hereof.

5.5 Operation of the Business.

(a) During the Pre-Closing Period, the Company shall (i) conduct its business only in the ordinary course of business, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain and preserve its business organization, keep available the services of its current officers, employees, consultants, independent contractors, agents and advisors, and preserve its business relationships with customers,

 

39


strategic partners, suppliers, distributors, landlords, creditors and others having business dealings with it, and (iii) maintain the Leased Real Property and all of its other properties and assets in good operating condition and repair, subject only to ordinary wear and tear.

(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.5(a), and except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, the Company will not (i) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) in respect of its capital stock, (ii) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock or any of its other securities, (iii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or any other of its securities or any options, warrants or other rights to acquire any such shares or securities or (iv) without Buyer’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, otherwise engage in any practice, take any action, or enter into any transaction of the type described in Section 3.9, subject to the disclosures set forth on Section 3.9 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

5.6 Consents. During the Pre-Closing Period, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all consents and approvals from, and give all other notices to, the Persons listed in Section 3.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

5.7 Notification. During the Pre-Closing Period, each of the parties will give prompt notice to the other parties of (a) the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of any event, the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would reasonably be expected to cause any representation or warranty of such party contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect, and (b) any failure to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by such party under this Agreement, (c) any notice or other communication from any Governmental Entity in connection with the Merger and (d) any litigation, action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding relating to, involving or otherwise affecting the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby or that would have been required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 3.22 or Section 4.4 . No notification pursuant to this Section 5.7 will be deemed to amend or supplement the Company Disclosure Schedule, prevent or cure any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or breach of covenant, or limit or otherwise affect any rights or remedies available to the party receiving notice, including pursuant to Article VII .

5.8 No Negotiation. During the Pre-Closing Period, the Company shall not, nor will the Company permit (to the extent within its power and authority) any of its affiliates to, (i) solicit, respond to or entertain any inquiries, proposals or discussions form any third party regarding the possible acquisition of all or any part of the assets or shares of capital stock of the Company (excluding transfers of assets in the ordinary course of business), or combination or consolidation (in whatever form) of the Company (an “ Acquisition Proposal ”), (ii) participate in any ongoing negotiations or discussions with any Person other than Buyer and its representatives with respect to any Acquisition Proposal. If during the Pre-Closing Period, the Company, or to the Company’s Knowledge, any of its affiliates, receives a bona fide written Acquisition Proposal from any Person, the Company shall notify Buyer as promptly as practicable, but in any event within 2 Business Days of receiving such bona fide written Acquisition Proposal, of such receipt and provide Buyer with a summary of the terms thereof.

5.9 Director and Officer Resignation. Immediately prior to the Closing, unless otherwise determined by Buyer, the Company shall provide to Buyer letters of resignation, effective as of the Closing Date, from each of the directors and officers of the Company.

 

40


5.10 Stockholder Approval and Notification.

(a) Within one (1) Business Day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement by all of the parties hereto, the Company shall deliver to Buyer certified resolutions, adopted by written consent of the Required Stockholders, evidencing the adoption and approval of this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the DGCL and the Charter Documents (the “ Written Consent ”). On or before the date hereof, the Company and Buyer have prepared a form of information statement to be distributed to the Stockholders, attached hereto as Exhibit G , which (i) notifies the Stockholders of the adoption of the Written Consent in accordance with the DGCL, (ii) provides such information regarding the terms of the Merger, the Merger Agreement and the Company as the Company and Buyer determine to be necessary to comply with applicable Legal Requirements, (iii) provides notice under the DGCL to the Stockholders of their appraisal rights under such law and of the effectiveness of the Merger, (v) includes the recommendation of the Company’s board of directors in favor of this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby, and (vi) contains as an exhibit a copy of this Agreement, and such other information as the Company and Buyer deem appropriate (such form of information statement, as it may be amended in accordance with this Agreement, the “ Information Statement ”). Promptly following the Closing, but in no event later than ten (10) days after the Closing Date, the Information Statement, with such changes a described in the following sentence, shall be mailed to the Stockholders by the Surviving Corporation. The Information Statement mailed to the Stockholders shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , and any material differences between such form and the Information Statement mailed to the Stockholders shall be approved by the Stockholder Representative.

(b) The Company will promptly advise Buyer in writing if, at any time prior to the Closing, the Company shall obtain Knowledge of any facts that make it necessary or appropriate to amend or supplement the Information Statement in order to make the statements contained or incorporated by reference therein not misleading or to comply with applicable law.

5.11 Employee Matters.

(a) Prior to the Closing, the Company shall cooperate with Buyer to (i) provide certain information to the Company Employees regarding Buyer’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ employee benefit plans (to the extent such plans will be offered to the Company Employees) and employee orientation sessions, with such sessions to be held during scheduled work hours at times reasonably agreed to by the Company and Buyer, and (ii) allow Buyer to meet with the Company Employees (either individually or in groups) to discuss such matters during breaks, outside of scheduled work hours or as otherwise agreed to by the Company and Buyer.

(b) The Company shall take all actions that may be reasonably requested by Buyer prior to the Closing Date with respect to (i) causing one or more Plans or arrangements with any payroll, benefits or human resources service provider to the Company to terminate as of the Closing Date or as of the day immediately preceding the Closing Date (in each case as specified by Buyer), (ii) causing benefit accrual or entitlement under any Plan to cease as of the Closing Date, and (iii) causing the continuation on and after the Closing Date of any insurance policy or arrangement relating to any Plan.

(c) Any payment of severance (and any associated Company payroll and employment Taxes) by the Surviving Corporation, or any obligation to make such a payment (and any associated Company payroll and employment Taxes) incurred by the Surviving Corporation, in either case made, pursuant to employment agreements or severance arrangements disclosed to Buyer in the Company Disclosure Schedule, to Company Employees terminated by the Surviving Corporation on or after the Closing Date shall not be a Transaction Expense hereunder and shall not reduce the Merger Consideration otherwise payable to the Stockholders hereunder.

 

41


(d) The provisions of this Section 5.11 do not require or imply that the employment of Company Employees will continue for any particular period of time following the Closing Date. This Section 5.11 is not intended, and shall not be deemed, to confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns or to create any third-party beneficiary hereunder.

5.12 Indemnification, Exculpation and Insurance Plans.

(a) Buyer and Acquisition Corp agree that all rights to indemnification and exculpation (including the advancement of expenses) from liabilities for acts or omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Time (including with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby) now existing in favor of the current or former directors or officers of the Company as provided in the Charter Documents shall be assumed by the Surviving Corporation in the Merger, without further action, as of the Effective Time and shall survive the Merger and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, and Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to honor all such rights.

(b) On or before the Closing Date, the Company shall obtain, at Company’s expense, a non-cancelable runoff insurance policy for a period of not less than six (6) years after the Closing Date to provide insurance coverage (which coverage shall be at least as favorable to the insureds as the coverage now in effect) for events, acts or omissions occurring on or prior to the Closing Date for all Persons who were directors or officers of the Company on or prior to the Closing Date.

(c) In the event that the Surviving Corporation or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, or otherwise dissolves, then, and in each such case, Buyer shall cause proper provision to be made so the successors and assigns of the Surviving Corporation assume the obligations set forth in this Section 5.12 .

(d) The provisions of this Section 5.12 are (i) intended to be for the benefit of, and will be enforceable by, each indemnified party and his or her heirs, executors and legal representatives and (ii) in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any such person may have by contract or otherwise, provided that such third parties shall have no rights or remedies under this Agreement until after the Effective Time.

5.13 Tax Matters. The following provisions shall govern the allocation of responsibility as between Buyer, on the one hand, and the Stockholders, on the other, for certain Tax matters:

(a) Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns and Payment of Taxes .

(i) Tax Periods Ending On or Before the Closing Date and Straddle and Post-Closing Tax Periods. Buyer shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns of (or with respect to) the Company for all taxable periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date that are filed after the Closing Date and for all taxable periods ending after the Closing Date. All such Tax Returns for taxable periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date and all such Tax Returns that are Straddle Period Tax Returns shall be prepared, and each item thereon treated, in a manner consistent with past practices and treatment insofar as related to the Company, unless otherwise required by applicable law. If the Stockholders have any potential indemnification obligation or other

 

42


liability directly or indirectly relating to any such Tax Return, Buyer will deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Stockholder Representative a copy of such Tax Return at least ten (10) Business Days prior to filing. In the case of Tax Returns for taxable periods ending prior to the Closing, the Stockholder Representative shall have a right of approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and in the case of Tax Returns that are Straddle Period Tax Returns, Buyer will consider all changes reasonably requested by the Stockholder Representative with respect to such Tax Returns in good faith. At the time(s) Buyer files, or causes to be filed, such Tax Returns, Buyer shall remit to the appropriate Taxing Authority the amount of all Taxes payable with respect to such Tax Returns. If there is a dispute between Buyer and the Stockholder Representative with respect to any such Tax Return, the dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures described in Section 5.13(c) . If indemnification is required under this Agreement, Article VII (other than the dispute resolution and Third-Party Claim provisions of Article VII ) shall govern the applicable indemnification procedures and limitations.

(ii) Amended Tax Returns . Buyer shall not amend (or cause or permit to be amended) any Tax Return of (or with respect to) the Company relating to, or carry back any losses to, any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date without the written consent of the Stockholder Representative, except such consent shall not be required if such action does not give rise to an indemnification obligation pursuant to Article VII hereof or is required by applicable law.

(iii) Cooperation on Tax Matters. After the Closing, Buyer and the Stockholder Representative shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause their respective affiliates, officers, employees, agents, auditors and other representatives to reasonably cooperate, in preparing and filing all Tax Returns and in resolving all Tax Claims, including by maintaining and making available to each other all records necessary in connection with Taxes and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information or explanation of any material provided hereunder or to testify at proceedings relating to such Tax Claim.

(b) Tax Claims .

(i) After the Closing, each of the Stockholder Representative and Buyer shall promptly notify the other party in writing upon receipt of any written notice of any pending or threatened audit or assessment, suit, proposed adjustment, deficiency, dispute, administrative or judicial proceeding or similar claim relating to Taxes (each, a “ Tax Claim ”) with respect to Losses for which the Stockholders could be liable pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that a failure by Buyer to give such notice shall not affect Buyer’s right to indemnification under this Agreement unless and solely to the extent that the Stockholder Representative is materially and adversely prejudiced as a consequence of such failure.

(ii) Unless the Stockholder Representative provides Buyer with a written waiver, the Stockholder Representative will control, without affecting Buyer’s or any other Indemnified Party’s rights to indemnification under this Agreement, the defense of all Tax Claims to the extent the Tax Claims relate to taxable periods that end on or before the Closing Date if Buyer or any other Person may be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to such Tax Claims, provided that the Stockholder Representative will lose any previously acquired right to control the defense of any Tax Claim if for any reason the Stockholder Representative ceases to actively, competently and diligently conduct the defense in the reasonable judgment of Buyer or, if in Buyer’s reasonable judgment, the Stockholder Representative no longer has sufficient financial resources to fund on a current basis the cost of defending the Tax Claim and paying all Losses that may arise under the Tax Claim. Buyer will control, without affecting its or any other Indemnified Party’s rights to indemnification under this Agreement, the defense of all other Tax Claims relating to the

 

43


Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Buyer may not settle or compromise any Tax Claim relating to any Pre-Closing Tax Period for which Buyer may be indemnified under this Agreement without the Stockholder Representative’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(c) Dispute Resolution for Tax Matters. With respect to any dispute or a disagreement relating to Taxes between Buyer and the Company (prior to Closing), or between Buyer and the Stockholder Representative (from and after the Closing), Buyer and the Company or the Stockholder Representative, as applicable, shall cooperate in good faith to resolve such dispute between them; but if the applicable parties are unable to resolve such dispute within twenty (20) Business Days from the date of written notice of such dispute, the parties shall submit the dispute for resolution, which resolution shall be final, conclusive and binding on such parties, to a mutually agreed upon nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm or Tax lawyer who is a partner in a law firm and who is familiar with transactions or operations of the sort at issue and who is independent with respect to each party (such accounting firm or lawyer, the “ Tax Arbitrator ”). The Tax Arbitrator shall be instructed to prepare and deliver to the Stockholder Representative and Buyer, as soon as reasonably practicable (and in any event within thirty (30) Business Days after its engagement), its resolution of the matter. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the fees and expenses of the Tax Arbitrator relating to any dispute as to the amount of Taxes owed by either of the parties shall be paid by Buyer, on the one hand, and the Company or the Stockholders, as applicable, on the other hand, in proportion to each party’s respective liability for the portion of the Taxes in dispute, as determined by the Tax Arbitrator. If indemnification is required under this Agreement with respect to any such Taxes, Article VII (other than the dispute resolution and Third-Party Claim provisions of Article VII ) shall govern the applicable indemnification procedure and limitations.

(d) Inconsistencies with the Rest of this Agreement . If there is any inconsistency between a provision of this Section 5.13 and a provision of the remainder of this Agreement (including Article VII ) with respect to Tax matters, the provisions of this Section 5.13 shall prevail.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS TO CLOSE; TERMINATION

6.1 Conditions to Buyer’s and Acquisition Corp’s Obligation to Close. The obligations of Buyer and Acquisition Corp to consummate the transactions to be performed by them in connection with the Closing are subject to the satisfaction or prior written waiver by Buyer of the following conditions:

(a) the representations and warranties of the Company shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if then made, except to the extent that such representations and warranties refer to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specified date;

(b) Company shall have performed and complied with all of its covenants hereunder in all material respects through the Closing;

(c) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate executed by him on behalf of the Company (the “ Company Officer Certificate ”) to the effect that each of the conditions specified above in Sections 6.1(a) and 6.1(b) is satisfied, and the Secretary of the Company shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate executed by him on behalf of the Company as to the following: (i) the absence of any amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation since the date of the copy of such document attached to such certificate, which copy shall have been certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) the By-Laws

 

44


of the Company, (iii) the resolutions of the board of directors and Stockholders relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (iv) the incumbency and genuine signature of each officer of the Company who will execute this Agreement or any other documents related to the transactions contemplated hereby on behalf of the Company;

(d) no action, suit, or proceeding shall be pending before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator wherein an unfavorable injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge would (A) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (B) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, or (C) affect materially and adversely the right of Buyer to control Company following the Effective Time (and no such injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge shall be in effect) and no law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, enforced or entered which has caused any of the effects under clause (A), (B), or (C) of this Section 6.1(d) to occur;

(e) no Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred and be continuing since the date of this Agreement;

(f) the Company shall have provided Buyer with the Company Good Standing Certificates;

(g) the Company, the Stockholder Representative and the Escrow Agent shall have duly executed and delivered the Escrow Agreement, the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement and the Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement.

(h) the Company shall have paid the Outstanding Indebtedness set forth on the Outstanding Indebtedness Certificate.

(i) the Company shall have delivered each of the Closing deliverables required to be delivered by the Company pursuant to Section 2.7 ; and

(j) the Written Consent shall have been obtained and delivered to Buyer, along with the certificate with respect thereto pursuant to Section 5.10(a) .

6.2 Conditions to Company’s Obligation to Close. The obligations of the Company to consummate the transactions to be performed by it in connection with the Closing are subject to the satisfaction or prior written waiver by the Company of the following conditions:

(a) the representations and warranties of each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if then made, except to the extent that such representations and warranties refer to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specified date;

(b) Buyer and Acquisition Corp shall have performed and complied with all of their respective covenants hereunder in all respects through the Closing Date;

 

45


(c) the President or Chief Financial Officer of each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp shall have delivered to Company a certificate executed by him on behalf of Buyer or Acquisition Corp, as applicable, to the effect that each of the conditions specified above in Sections 6.2(a) and 6.2(b) is satisfied, and the Secretary of each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp shall have delivered to the Company a certificate executed by him on behalf of Buyer or Acquisition Corp, as applicable, as to the following: (i) in the case of Acquisition Corp only, the absence of any amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation of Acquisition Corp, since the date of the copy of such document attached to such certificate, which copy shall have been certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) in the case of Acquisition Corp only, the By-Laws of Acquisition Corp, (iii) the resolutions of the board of directors and stockholders of each of Buyer and Acquisition Corp, as applicable, relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (D) the incumbency and genuine signature of each officer of Buyer or Acquisition Corp, as applicable, who will execute this Agreement or any other documents related to the transactions contemplated hereby on behalf of Buyer or Acquisition Corp, as applicable.

(d) no action, suit, or proceeding shall be pending before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator wherein an unfavorable injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge would (i) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation (and no such injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge shall be in effect), and no law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, enforced or entered which has caused any of the effects under clauses (A) or (B) of this Section 6.2(d) to occur;

(e) Buyer, the Stockholder Representative and the Escrow Agent shall have duly executed and delivered the Escrow Agreement, the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement and the Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement;

(f) the Written Consent shall have been obtained;

(g) Buyer and Acquisition Corp shall have delivered each of the Closing deliverables required to be delivered by or on behalf of Buyer or Acquisition Corp, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.7; and

(h) Buyer and Acquisition Corp shall provide Company with a certificate of good standing from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

6.3 Termination Events. This Agreement may, by written notice given before or at the Closing, be terminated, whether before or after the approval of this Agreement or the Merger by the Required Stockholders:

(a) by the written consent of Buyer and the Company;

(b) by Buyer if there has been a breach of any of the Company’s representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement resulting in the failure of the condition set forth in Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.1(b) , and which breach has not been cured and cannot be cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to the Company of such breach from Buyer;

(c) by the Company if there has been a breach of any of Buyer’s or Acquisition Corp’s representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement resulting in the failure of the condition set forth in Section 6.2(a) or Section 6.2(b) , and which breach has not been cured and cannot be cured within thirty (30) days after written notice to Buyer of such breach from the Company;

 

46


(d) by either Buyer or the Company if any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction has issued a nonappealable final judgment or taken any other nonappealable final action, in each case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or

(e) by the Company or Buyer if the Closing has not occurred (other than through the failure of such party seeking to terminate pursuant to this Section 6.3(e) to comply fully with its obligations under this Agreement) on or before two (2) Business Days after the date hereof.

6.4 Effect of Termination. Each party’s rights of termination under Section 6.3 are in addition to any other rights it may have under this Agreement or otherwise, and the exercise of such rights of termination is not an election of remedies. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.3 , all obligations of the parties under this Agreement terminate, except that (a) the provisions of the first sentence of Section 2.9 (“ Transaction Expenses ”), Section 3.17 (“ Brokers or Finders ”), Section 4.5 (“ Brokers or Finders ”), Section 5.1 (“ Confidentiality ”), Section 5.2 (“ Public Disclosure ”), this Section 6.4 and Article IX (“ General Provisions ”) will remain in full force and survive any termination of this Agreement and (b) if this Agreement is terminated by a party because of the breach of this Agreement by another party or because one or more of the conditions to the terminating party’s obligations under this Agreement is not satisfied as a result of the other party’s failure to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, then the terminating party’s right to pursue all legal remedies will survive such termination unimpaired.

ARTICLE VII

SURVIVAL, INDEMNIFICATION, AND ESCROW

7.1 Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company, Buyer and Acquisition Corp contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instruments delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive until the Release Date, regardless of the earlier expiration of any applicable statute of limitations, at which point such representations and warranties shall terminate and, thereafter, claims for Losses based upon or arising out of such representations and warranties may not be asserted; provided, however, in the event of fraud or intentional misconduct, such representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and obligations shall survive indefinitely with respect to such fraud or intentional misconduct; and, provided further, each covenant or agreement that by its terms is to be performed after the Closing shall terminate upon the completion of performance or waiver thereof, after which claims for Losses based upon or arising out of such covenant or agreement may not be asserted. No representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation of any party contained in this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement except as provided in Section 6.4 .

7.2 Indemnification of Indemnified Parties. By virtue of the Merger, the Stockholders allocated any portion of the Merger Consideration hereunder (as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table) and the Bonus Plan Participants (the “ Indemnifying Parties ”) agree to severally (in accordance with the terms of this Article VII ) but not jointly indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, the Surviving Corporation and each of their respective officers, directors, affiliates, employees, agents and representatives (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) against all claims, losses, Taxes, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, diminution in value, costs, interest, awards, judgments, penalties and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses and including any such expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending against or settling any of the foregoing (hereinafter individually a “ Loss ” and collectively “ Losses ”) incurred or sustained by the Indemnified Parties, or any of them, directly or indirectly, as a result of

 

47


(a) any breach of or inaccuracy in a representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement or any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement (provided that, in the event of any such breach or inaccuracy, for purposes of determining the amount of any Loss with respect thereto, no effect will be given to any qualification as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or “Knowledge” contained therein), (b) any failure by the Company to perform or comply with any covenant, obligation or agreement applicable to it contained in this Agreement or any certificate or other instruments delivered by or on behalf of it pursuant to this Agreement, (c) fraud or intentional misconduct by or on behalf of the Company, (d) any Outstanding Transaction Expenses not set forth on the Statement of Expenses (to the extent not already recovered in connection with any adjustment to the Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 2.8 ), (e) any Outstanding Indebtedness not set forth on the Outstanding Indebtedness Certificate (to the extent not already recovered in connection with any adjustment to the Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 2.8 ), (f) except to the extent included in the calculation of Net Working Capital or attributable to actions taken by Buyer (or that Buyer causes to be taken) following the Closing that are not in the ordinary course of business, (i) any and all Pre-Closing Taxes, (ii) any and all Taxes of any affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which the Company is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local or foreign law, and (iii) any and all Taxes of any Person (other than the Company) imposed on the Company as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify such Person or as a result of any agreements or arrangements with such Person with respect to such amounts, including any liability as a transferee or successor, by contract or pursuant to any law (other than any such Tax attributable to actions by Buyer following the Closing that are outside the ordinary course of business), (g) any Excess Dissenting Share Payments (other than, in the event Buyer has failed to mail the Information Statement within 10 days after the Closing Date in accordance with Section 5.10(b) , Excess Dissenting Share Payments arising or resulting from any demand for appraisal rights made after thirty (30) days after Closing Date), (h) notwithstanding anything in the Company Disclosure Schedule (including those disclosures in Section 3.22 of the Company Disclosure Schedule), (i) claims brought by Stockholders (where such Stockholders were Stockholders as of immediately prior to the Closing) against the Company, Buyer, the Surviving Corporation, the officers and directors of the Company, or other Stockholders (where such Stockholders were Stockholders as of immediately prior to the Closing) relating to such Stockholders’ ownership of Company Capital Stock, such Stockholders’ contractual rights under any agreements by and among any such Stockholders and the Company, or breaches of fiduciary duties, or (ii) derivative claims brought by the Stockholders (where such Stockholders were Stockholders as of immediately prior to the Closing) in right of the Company, in each of the foregoing cases (i) and (ii) that challenge or otherwise directly relate to the Merger or the transactions contemplated hereby, (i) any breach of or inaccuracy in a representation or warranty of an Indemnifying Party, and any failure by the Company to perform or comply with any covenant, obligation or agreement applicable to it, in each of the foregoing cases, contained in any Related Agreement to which such Indemnifying Party is a party, (j) any claim brought against the Company by such employee, if any, as is identified by counsel to the Company and counsel to the Buyer (with specific reference to this clause) prior to the Closing, which claim is based upon conduct by the Company or any of its employees with respect to such employee occurring prior to the Closing in the course of such employee’s employment with the Company and constituting a violation of law, in any case other than any claim for severance or other benefits or compensation contractually owed to such employee, and (k) notwithstanding any disclosure in Section 3.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (the “ Consent Schedule ”), any breach, default or termination of the contracts listed in the Consent Schedule as requiring consent in connection with the Merger (except those contracts with Army-ARDEC (UTRS, Inc.) and ACC National Capital Region) (collectively the “ Required Consent Contracts ”) where such other party to such Required Consent Contract expressly states in writing to the Buyer or the Surviving Corporation, within thirty (30) days after the Closing, that such breach, default or termination is as a direct result of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby and

 

48


such other party’s refusal to consent or waive its right to terminate with respect thereto (as the case may be), provided that in no event shall any decision by a counterparty not to extend or renew any contract beyond its enforceable term (determined as of the Closing) entitle any Indemnified Party to indemnification pursuant to this clause (k). For the avoidance of doubt, the contracts with Army-ARDEC (UTRS, Inc.) and ACC National Capital Region listed on the Consent Schedule are not Required Consent Contracts. The Indemnifying Parties shall not have any right of contribution, indemnification or right of advancement from Buyer, the Surviving Corporation, or any Indemnified Party with respect to any Loss claimed by a Indemnified Party, whether by virtue of any contractual or statutory right of indemnity or otherwise, and all claims to the contrary are hereby waived and released.

7.3 Indemnification of Stockholder Indemnified Parties. By virtue of the Merger, Buyer and the Surviving Corporation agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Stockholders, their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates, and the respective heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the foregoing Persons (the “ Stockholder Indemnified Parties ”) against all Losses incurred or sustained by the Stockholder Indemnified Parties, or any of them, directly or indirectly, as a result of (a) any breach of or inaccuracy in a representation or warranty of Buyer or Acquisition Corp contained in this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement, or any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of Buyer or Acquisition Corp pursuant to this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement or the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement (provided that, in the event of any such breach or inaccuracy, for purposes of determining the amount of any Loss with respect thereto, no effect will be given to any qualification as to “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or “knowledge” contained therein) or (b) any failure by Buyer or Acquisition Corp to perform or comply with any covenant, obligation or agreement applicable to it contained in this Agreement or any certificates or other instruments delivered by or on behalf of it pursuant to this Agreement. Buyer and Acquisition Corp shall not have any right of contribution, indemnification or right of advancement from the Stockholder Indemnified Party with respect to any Loss claimed by a Stockholder Indemnified Party, whether by virtue of any contractual or statutory right of indemnity or otherwise, and all claims to the contrary are hereby waived and released.

7.4 Maximum Payments; Limitations.

(a) The maximum indemnification obligation pursuant to this Article VII of the Indemnifying Parties for Losses shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the Indemnity Escrow Amount, other than Losses (each, an “ Excepted Loss ”) resulting from fraud, intentional misconduct, incurred as a result of the events described in Sections 7.2(d) , 7.2(e) , 7.2(g) and 7.2(h) , or resulting from any breach of or inaccuracy in a representation or warranty set forth in Sections 3.2 , 3.3 , or 3.18 , which shall not be so limited (but which are instead limited as provided in the remainder of this Section 7.4(a) ). The Indemnity Escrow Fund shall be the sole source of recovery of the Indemnified Parties with respect to indemnification claims brought pursuant to this Agreement, other than claims to recover Excepted Losses. The Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund shall be a source of recovery of the Indemnified Parties only with respect to indemnification claims brought pursuant to Section 7.2(h) . All payments to which Indemnified Parties are entitled with respect to any indemnification claims brought pursuant to this Agreement shall first be made from the Indemnity Escrow Fund until it is exhausted; provided, however , that payments to which Indemnified Parties are entitled with respect to any indemnification claims brought pursuant to Section 7.2(h) shall first be made not from the Indemnity Escrow Fund but from the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund until it is exhausted or released, and then any remaining such payments may then be made from the Indemnity Escrow Fund. If the Indemnity Escrow Fund is exhausted, payments to which Indemnified Parties would be entitled for indemnification claims brought for Excepted Losses (other than Excepted Losses resulting from indemnification claims brought pursuant to Section 7.2(h) , but only if and to the extent that the Stockholder Claim Expense Fund has not be exhausted) may be recovered directly from the

 

49


Indemnifying Parties (but in any event not from any Bonus Plan Participants) (any such payment so directly recovered from the Indemnifying Parties other than the Bonus Plan Participants being referred to herein as an “ Excess Indemnification Payment ”); provided, however , (i) the aggregate Excess Indemnification Payments made by the Indemnifying Parties in respect of Excepted Losses resulting from any breach of or inaccuracy in a representation or warranty set forth in Section 3.18 shall not exceed one million, three hundred thousand dollars ($1,300,000), and (ii) the aggregate Excess Indemnification Payments made by any Indemnifying Party shall not exceed an amount equal to (i) the portion of the Merger Consideration Amount allocated to such Indemnifying Party, minus (ii) the portion of the Indemnity Escrow Amount initially deposited into the Indemnity Escrow Fund (and not otherwise released to such Indemnifying Party) with respect to the shares of Company Capital Stock held by such Indemnifying Party as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table , minus (iii) the portion of the Stockholder Claim Escrow Amount initially deposited into the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund (and not otherwise released to such Indemnifying Party) with respect to the shares of Company Capital Stock held by such Indemnifying Party as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table. The limits on Excess Indemnification Payments set forth in the foregoing sentence shall not apply to indemnification claims brought by Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 7.2 for Excepted Losses resulting from fraud or intentional misconduct. The maximum aggregate indemnification payments made by the Indemnified Parties for Losses pursuant to Section 7.2(k) for Required Consent Contracts that are identified as “Customer Contracts” on the Consent Schedule is $300,000.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any Related Agreement, the Indemnifying Parties shall have no obligation to indemnify any of the Indemnified Parties against any Losses (other than Losses resulting from fraud or intentional misconduct or from breaches of Section 3.9(g) , or incurred as a result of the events described in Sections 7.2(d) , 7.2(e) , 7.2(g), 7.2(h) and 7.2(j) ) unless and until the aggregate amount of all such Losses suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Parties exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), in which event such Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to full indemnification for all such Losses, subject to the limitations set forth in this Article VII . Each Loss for which the Indemnified Parties are entitled to be indemnified hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of any insurance proceeds or any third party indemnity or similar payment that the Indemnified Parties actually recover or receive with respect to such Loss; provided, however , that any increase in such Indemnified Party’s insurance premium, deductible or other related fee shall be considered a Loss for purposes of this Agreement. Any liability for indemnification hereunder shall be determined without duplication of recovery by reason of the state of facts giving rise to such liability constituting a breach of more than one representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the parties hereto agree and acknowledge that any Indemnified Party may bring a claim for indemnification for any Loss under this Article VII notwithstanding the fact that such Indemnified Party had knowledge of the breach, event or circumstance giving rise to such Loss prior to the Closing or waived any condition to the Closing related thereto.

7.5 Claims for Indemnification .

(a) Satisfaction of Indemnification Obligations . Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 7.4(a) , the Indemnity Escrow Fund shall be the sole source of recovery for the Indemnified Parties for indemnification as set forth in Section 7.2 . Payments to Indemnified Parties from the Indemnity Escrow Fund shall be made in accordance with Section 2.10 and the Escrow Agreement. Payments to Indemnified Parties from the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund shall be made in accordance with Section 2.10 and the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement. All Excess Indemnification Payments shall be allocated among the Indemnifying Parties (other than the Bonus Plan Participants) as follows: (i) first, in proportion to their respective numbers of shares of Company Series D

 

50


Preferred Stock, until the aggregate Excess Indemnification Payments so made equals the aggregate Merger Consideration Amount allocated with respect to such shares less the portion of the Indemnity Escrow Amount initially deposited into the Indemnity Escrow Fund with respect to such shares as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table, (ii) second, in proportion to their respective numbers of shares of Company Series E Preferred Stock, until the aggregate Excess Indemnification Payments so made equals the aggregate Merger Consideration Amount allocated with respect to such shares, and (iii) thereafter, in proportion to their respective allocations of the Merger Consideration Amount (as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table).

(b) Procedure .

(i) For the purposes hereof, “ Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean a certificate signed by any officer of Buyer: (A) stating that an Indemnified Party has paid, sustained, incurred, or accrued, or reasonably anticipates in good faith that it will have to pay, sustain, incur, or accrue, Losses for which such Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification hereunder, and (B) specifying in reasonable detail the individual items of Losses included in the amount so stated, the date each such item was paid, sustained, incurred, or accrued, or the good faith basis for such anticipated liability, and the nature of the misrepresentation, breach of warranty or covenant to which such item is related.

(ii) At the time of delivery of any Officer’s Certificate to the Stockholder Representative and the Escrow Agent, and for a period of thirty (30) days after such delivery, the Escrow Agent shall not release any portion of the Indemnity Escrow Fund or the Stockholder Claim Indemnity Fund pursuant to this Section 7.5 and the Escrow Agreement or Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement, as applicable, unless the Stockholder Representative shall have provided written authorization to the Escrow Agent to release such amount to Buyer. After the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, Buyer shall be entitled to release by the Escrow Agent from the Indemnity Escrow Fund or the Stockholder Claim Indemnity Fund, as applicable, pursuant to the Escrow Agreement or the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement, as applicable, an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of the Losses set forth in the Officer’s Certificate in accordance with this Section 7.5 , provided that no such release by the Escrow Agent may be made if the Stockholder Representative shall object in a written statement to the claim made in the Officer’s Certificate, and such statement shall have been delivered to Buyer and the Escrow Agent prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day period.

(iii) If the Stockholder Representative shall object in writing to any claim or claims made in any Officer’s Certificate within thirty (30) days after delivery of such Officer’s Certificate to the Stockholder Representative and the Escrow Agent, the Stockholder Representative and Buyer shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of the applicable Persons with respect to each of such claims. If the Stockholder Representative and Buyer should so agree, a memorandum setting forth any agreement reached by them with respect to such claim shall be prepared and signed by them and delivered to the Escrow Agent, and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to release funds, as applicable, from the Indemnity Escrow Fund in accordance with the terms of such memorandum and the Escrow Agreement or the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund in accordance with the terms of such memorandum and the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement.

(iv) If no such agreement can be reached after good faith negotiation and prior to sixty (60) days after delivery of an Officer’s Certificate, either Buyer or the Stockholder Representative may demand arbitration of the matter unless the amount of the Loss is at issue in pending litigation with a third Person, in which event arbitration shall not be commenced until such amount is ascertained or Buyer and the Stockholder Representative agree to arbitration, and in either such event the matter shall be settled by

 

51


arbitration conducted by one arbitrator mutually agreeable to Buyer and the Stockholder Representative. In the event that, within thirty (30) days after submission of any dispute to arbitration, Buyer and the Stockholder Representative cannot mutually agree on one arbitrator, then the parties agree that the arbitration will be conducted by one arbitrator selected in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.

(v) Any such arbitration shall be held in Boston, Massachusetts, under the rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitrator shall determine how all expenses relating to the arbitration shall be paid, including the respective expenses of each party, the fees of the arbitrator and the administrative fee of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitrator shall set a limited time period and establish procedures designed to reduce the cost and time for discovery while allowing the parties an opportunity, adequate in the sole judgment of the arbitrator, to discover relevant information from the opposing parties about the subject matter of the dispute. The arbitrator shall rule upon motions to compel or limit discovery and shall have the authority to impose sanctions, including attorneys’ fees and costs, to the same extent as a competent court of law or equity, should the arbitrator determine that discovery was sought without substantial justification or that discovery was refused or objected to without substantial justification. The decision of the arbitrator as to the validity and amount of any claim in such Officer’s Certificate shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the parties to this Agreement. Such decision shall be written and shall be supported by written findings of fact and conclusions which shall set forth the award, judgment, decree or order awarded by the arbitrator(s), and, upon notice of any such award, judgment, decree or order, the Escrow Agent shall be directed pursuant to the Escrow Agreement or the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement, as applicable, to release and retain funds from the Indemnity Escrow Fund or Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund, as applicable, in accordance with such decision of the arbitrator(s), unless otherwise instructed by Buyer and the Stockholder Representative.

(vi) Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction, subject to Section 9.9 . The foregoing arbitration provision shall apply to any dispute between the Stockholder Representative, on the one hand, and any Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, under this Article VII hereof.

(c) Third-Party Claims .

(i) In the event an Indemnified Party becomes aware of a third-party claim which such Indemnified Party believes may result in such Indemnified Party being entitled to indemnification hereunder (a “ Third-Party Claim ”), such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Stockholder Representative in writing of such claim, providing that the failure to provide such notice shall not relieve or otherwise affect the obligation of the Indemnifying Party to provide indemnification hereunder, except to the extent of any Losses directly related from such failure.

(ii) Except with respect to any Special Claim, and if the Stockholder Representative furnishes to the Indemnified Party evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party that the Stockholder Representative has and will have sufficient financial resources to fund on a current basis the cost of defending the Third-Party Claim and paying all Losses that may arise under the Third-Party Claim, the Stockholder Representative shall be entitled to undertake, conduct and control, through counsel of its own choosing, and at its expense, the settlement or defense of any Third-Party Claim, and the Indemnified Party shall cooperate with the Stockholder Representative in connection therewith, provided that (i) the Stockholder Representative shall permit the Indemnified Party to participate in such settlement or defense through counsel chosen by the Indemnified Party (provided that the fees and expenses of such counsel shall not be borne by the Indemnifying Parties); (ii) the Stockholder Representative shall not pay,

 

52


compromise or settle any Third-Party Claim without the applicable Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, unless the proposed payment, compromise or settlement (A) involves solely the payment of money damages by the Indemnifying Parties, (B) includes, as an unconditional term of such payment, compromise or settlement, an unconditional and irrevocable release by the Person(s) asserting such claim of the Indemnified Party from any liability with respect to such claim, (C) does not impose any injunctive or other equitable relief against such Indemnified Party or any similar liability or restriction on the Indemnified Party, and (D) does not include or require a finding or admission of any wrongdoing; and (iii) if, based on the advice of counsel to the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party has separate defenses from the Indemnifying Parties or there is a conflict of interest between any Indemnified Party and any Indemnifying Party with respect to any Third-Party Claim, then the Indemnified Party shall be permitted to retain special counsel of its own choosing and the reasonable expenses thereof shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Parties (subject to the limits for indemnification for such Losses set forth in the other provisions of this Article VII ). The foregoing notwithstanding if, before the twenty-fifth (25) Business Days after the Indemnified Party’s delivery of notice of a Third-Party Claim under this Section 7.5(c) (or, if earlier, the date that is five (5) Business Days before the required response date identified in such notice, but only if the Stockholder Representative receives such notice at least ten (10) Business Days before such response date), the Stockholder Representative does not notify the Indemnified Party in writing that the Stockholder Representative will undertake control of the defense of the Third-Party Claim, or if the Third-Party Claim is a Special Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to contest, settle or compromise, through counsel of its own choosing, such Third-Party Claim.

(iii) In no event may the Stockholder Representative assume or maintain control of the defense of any Special Claim. As used herein, “ Special Claim ” shall mean any Third-Party Claim involving any customer of the Surviving Corporation, criminal liability or fraud, or in which any relief other than monetary damages is sought against the Indemnified Party, or in any action brought by a Governmental Entity. The Stockholder Representative will lose any previously acquired right to control the defense of any matter if for any reason the Stockholder Representative ceases to actively, competently and diligently conduct the defense in the reasonable judgment of Buyer or, if upon the request, the Stockholder Representative does not furnish to the Indemnified Party evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party that the Stockholder Representative has and will have sufficient financial resources to fund on a current basis the cost of defending the Third-Party Claim and paying all Losses that may arise under the Third-Party Claim.

(iv) If the Indemnified Party controls the defense of a Third-Party Claim (or if the Stockholder Representative does not, or is not able to, assume control of, or ceases or is removed from, the defense of a Third-Party Claim in compliance with Section 7.5(c)(iii) ), the Indemnifying Parties agree to pay all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses of defending the Third-Party Claim (subject to the limits for indemnification for such Losses set forth in the other provisions of this Article VII ). If the Stockholder Representative controls the defense of a Third-Party Claim, the Stockholder Representative shall be able to recover all Losses incurred by it in connection with such defense from the SR Expense Fund and, but only if the SR Expense Fund is exhausted, the Indemnity Escrow Fund and, if such Third-Party Claim relatees to Section 7.2(h) , the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund. Any right pursuant to the foregoing sentence of the Stockholder Representative to payment from the Indemnity Expense Fund or the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund shall be subordinate to the rights of any Indemnified Parties to payment from the Indemnity Expense Fund or Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund, as applicable, and shall not be released to the Stockholder Representative prior to the Release Date. If the Indemnified Party is controlling the defense of a Third-Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the right in its sole discretion to settle any such claim; provided, however , that such Indemnified Party may not effect the settlement of any such claim without the consent of the Stockholder Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the

 

53


event that the Stockholder Representative has consented to any such settlement, the Stockholder Representative shall have no power or authority to object to the amount of any claim by such Indemnified Party against the Company for indemnity with respect to such settlement, unless such claim is in an amount in excess of any amount consented to by the Stockholder Representative. The Stockholder Representative will have no Liability with respect to any compromise or settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any Third-Party Claim effected without its consent. If the Stockholder Representative is controlling the defense of a third-party claim, the Stockholder Representative will not agree to settlement of any third-party claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Indemnified Party will have no Liability with respect to any compromise or settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any third-party claim effected without its consent.

(v) The party not controlling the defense (the “ Noncontrolling Party ”) may participate in the defense through its own counsel at its own expense. The party controlling the defense (the “ Controlling Party ”) will reasonably advise the Noncontrolling Party of the status of the Third-Party Claim and will consider in good faith recommendations made by the Noncontrolling Party. The Noncontrolling Party will furnish the Controlling Party with such information as it may have with respect to and as necessary for the defense of the Third-Party Claim (including copies of any summons, complaint or other pleading which may have been served on such party and any written claim, demand, invoice, billing or other document evidencing or asserting the same) and will otherwise cooperate with and assist the Controlling Party in the defense of the Third-Party Claim.

7.6 Exclusive Remedy. From and after the Closing, the sole remedy of the Indemnified Parties and the Stockholder Indemnified Parties with respect to any breach of or inaccuracy in a representation or warranty contained in this Agreement or any Related Agreement, any certificate delivered at the Closing, or the failure to perform any covenant, agreement or obligation in this Agreement or any Related Agreement, or for any other claim any such Indemnified Party or Stockholder Indemnified Party may have pursuant to this Agreement or arising from or related to the Merger shall be indemnification pursuant to this Article VII , provided that this limitation shall not apply to any Losses resulting from fraud or intentional misconduct.

ARTICLE VIII

Stockholder Representative

8.1 Stockholder Representative; Power of Attorney.

(a) In the event that the Merger is approved by the Stockholders, effective upon such vote, and without further act of any Indemnifying Party, Michael Pehl is appointed as the Stockholder Representative for and on behalf of the Indemnifying Parties, to give and receive notices (including services of process) and communications, to authorize delivery to the Indemnified Parties of cash from the Indemnity Escrow Fund or the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund in satisfaction of claims by Indemnified Parties, to object to such deliveries, to agree to, negotiate and enter into settlements and compromises of, and demand arbitration and comply with orders of courts and awards of arbitrators with respect to, such claims, to execute and deliver the Escrow Agreement, the Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement and the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement (together with such additions, deletions, modifications or changes as the Stockholder Representative shall approve, his execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of his approval and the authorization of the Escrow Agreement, the Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement and the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement hereby), amend, modify or waive any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement and the Stockholder Claim

 

54


Escrow Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby for the benefit of the Indemnifying Parties (in accordance with the amendment modification and waiver provisions of such agreements), in any manner in which the Stockholder Representative believes to be in the best interests of the Indemnifying Parties, to assert, bring, prosecute, maintain, settle, compromise, arbitrate or otherwise resolve on behalf of the Stockholders any claim for indemnification by any Stockholder Indemnified Party pursuant to Article VII or any other claim, arbitration, dispute, action, suit, or other proceeding in connection with this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, the Bonus Plan Escrow Agreement and the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement to take all actions required by this Agreement to distribute any Adjustment Amount Decrease, and to take all actions necessary or appropriate in the judgment of Stockholder Representative for the accomplishment of the foregoing.

(b) By such Stockholder Representative’s execution hereof, he hereby accepts his appointment as the Stockholder Representative. The Stockholder Representative may resign as Stockholder Representative at any time with or without cause by giving thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Indemnifying Parties, Escrow Agent and Buyer, such resignation to be effective no sooner than thirty (30) days following the date such notice is given. Such agency may be changed (or a successor appointed in the event of the death, disability or resignation of the Stockholder Representative) by the Indemnifying Parties who held a majority of the shares of Company Capital Stock (determined on an as-converted to Company Common Stock basis) as of immediately prior to the Closing from time to time upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Buyer, provided that the Stockholder Representative may not be removed unless Indemnifying Parties holding two-thirds of the shares of Company Capital Stock (determined on an as-converted to Company Common Stock basis) as of immediately prior to the Closing agree to such removal and to the identity of the substituted agent. In the event of the death, disability, resignation or removal of the Stockholder Representative, a successor or replacement Stockholder Representative shall be appointed no later than ten (10) days following the last date of service of the Stockholder Representative that is being replaced. Any such substitute representative shall be deemed to be the Stockholder Representative for all purposes of this Agreement. In the event that a successor Stockholder Representative is not appointed within such ten (10) day period, Buyer and other parties hereto shall be entitled to rely on any action of the Indemnifying Parties holding a majority of the shares of Company Capital Stock (determined on an as-converted to Company Common Stock basis) as of immediately prior to the Closing as the action of all of the Indemnified Parties, and such majority in interest shall have all of the rights and duties of the Stockholder Representative hereunder. No bond shall be required of the Stockholder Representative, and the Stockholder Representative shall not receive compensation for his or her services. Notices or communications to or from the Stockholder Representative shall constitute notice to or from each of the Indemnifying Parties.

(c) The Stockholder Representative shall not be liable for any act done or omitted hereunder as Stockholder Representative while acting in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable judgment. The Indemnifying Parties shall severally but not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Stockholder Representative against any Loss incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Stockholder Representative and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Stockholder Representative’s duties hereunder, including the reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel retained by the Stockholder Representative. All Losses for which the Stockholder Representative is entitled to be indemnified by the Indemnifying Parties pursuant to this Section 8.1(c) shall be paid (and allocated among the Indemnifying Parties) as follows: (i) first, from the SR Expense Fund in accordance with Section 2.10(d) , (ii) second, to the extent the SR Expense Fund has been exhausted, from the Indemnity Escrow Fund in accordance with Section 2.10(b) and the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund in accordance with Section 2.10(c) , provided that no payment shall be so made to the Stockholder Representative from the Indemnity Escrow Fund until such funds are to be released from the Indemnity Escrow Fund to the Escrow Participants pursuant to this Agreement and the Escrow

 

55


Agreement, free and clear from any claim by any Indemnified Party, and provided further that no payment shall be so made to the Stockholder Representative from the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund until such funds are to be released from the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund to the Stockholder Claim Escrow Participants pursuant to this Agreement and the Stockholder Claim Escrow Agreement, free and clear from any claim by any Indemnified Party, and (iii) by the Indemnifying Parties (other than the Bonus Plan Participants) as if such payments were payments of Excess Indemnification Payments in accordance with Section 7.5(a) . Any right of the Stockholder Representative to payment pursuant to the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) shall be subordinate to the rights of any Indemnified Parties to payment from the Indemnity Expense Fund, the Stockholder Claim Escrow Fund or to payments of Excess Indemnification Payments.

(d) The Escrow Agent shall distribute to the Stockholder Representative all or a portion of the SR Expense Fund at any time and from time to time within two (2) Business Days after notice to the Escrow Agent by the Stockholder Representative, which notice need not be given to Buyer or any other Indemnified Party, and in no event shall Buyer or any Indemnified Party have any right of consent or approval over any distribution or payment from the SR Expense Fund. Neither Buyer nor any other Indemnified Party shall have any right to or interest in any amounts in the SR Expense Fund or to require the Escrow Agent to keep such amounts in the SR Expense Account. Within ten (10) days following the termination of the Escrow Agreement, Escrow Agent shall distribute from the SR Expense Fund to the SR Expense Participants in proportion to their respective SR Expense Percentages the then remaining amount of the SR Expense Fund.

(e) A decision, act, consent or instruction of the Stockholder Representative shall constitute a decision of all Indemnifying Parties and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each of Indemnifying Party, and Buyer may rely upon any such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Stockholder Representative as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each every Indemnifying Party. Each Indemnified Person is hereby relieved from any liability to any Person for any acts done by it in accordance with such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Stockholder Representative.

(f) The provisions of this Article VIII are independent, severable, irrevocable and coupled with an interest and shall be enforceable notwithstanding any rights or remedies that any Indemnifying Parties may have in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The provisions of this Article VIII shall be binding upon the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of each Indemnifying Party and any references in this Agreement to an Indemnifying Party shall mean and include the successors to the rights of such Indemnifying Party hereunder, whether pursuant to testamentary disposition, the laws of descent and distribution, assignment or otherwise.

ARTICLE IX

General Provisions

9.1 Amendment. Subject to applicable Legal Requirements, this Agreement may be amended at any time by the parties hereto at any time by execution of an instrument in writing signed by Buyer, Acquisition Corp and the Company (and, as to any amendment adversely affecting the rights or obligations of the Stockholder Representative or the Indemnifying Parties, the Stockholder Representative).

 

56


9.2 Waiver. Any party hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations of the other parties hereto to such party, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. Any agreement by a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by such party. Delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right.

9.3 Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial messenger or courier service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with acknowledgment of complete transmission) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice or by email); provided, however, that notices sent by mail will not be deemed given until received:

 

  (a) if to Buyer or Acquisition Corp, to:

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower, 29 th Floor

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, Texas 78701

Attn: Jack McDonald

Facsimile No.: (512) 721-1218

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor

Austin, Texas 78746-5546

Attn: Brian K. Beard

Facsimile No.: (512) 338-5499

 

  (b) if to the Company, to:

PowerSteering Software, Inc.

25 First Street

Cambridge, MA 02141

Attn: Stephen Sharp

Facsimile No.: (617) 492-9444

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Foley Hoag LLP

Seaport West

155 Seaport Boulevard

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Malcolm G. Henderson, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (617) 832-7000

 

57


  (c) if to the Stockholder Representative, to:

Michael Pehl

North Bridge Growth Equity

c/o Michael Pehl

Winter Street, Suite 4600

Waltham , MA 02451

Facsimile No.: (781) 290-0999

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice hereunder) to:

Foley Hoag LLP

Seaport West

155 Seaport Boulevard

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Malcolm G. Henderson, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (617) 832-7000

9.4 Interpretation. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any of its predecessors. The words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. References in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits are intended to refer to Articles, Sections, Schedules and Exhibits, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically stated. The word “federal” as used herein shall mean “United States federal.” Unless otherwise specified, references herein to applicable statutes or other laws are references to the federal laws of the United States. All references to dollars or the symbol “$” shall be to United States dollars. As used herein, all references to the “excess” of a first value over a second value shall mean the amount equal to the first value minus the second value, if the first value is greater than the second value, and, otherwise, it shall mean zero. The term “made available” where used in this Agreement shall mean either physically or electronically delivered to Buyer or otherwise uploaded to the electronic data room set up for purposes of Buyer’s and its representatives’ due diligence review of the Company.

9.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or electronic PDF signature and in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when such counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the Company and Buyer, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

9.6 Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries; Assignment. This Agreement, its exhibits and schedules, the Related Agreements, the Nondisclosure Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements among the parties hereto referenced herein: (i) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including the Term Sheet; (ii) are not intended to confer upon any other Person any rights or remedies hereunder; and (iii) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise without the consent of all of the parties hereto.

 

58


9.7 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

9.8 Other Remedies. Any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

9.9 Governing Law; Exclusive Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Subject to Section 7.5 , each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Agreement or the matters contemplated herein, agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts for such Persons and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which they might otherwise have to such jurisdiction, venue and such process. Subject to Section 9.9 , each party agrees not to commence any legal proceedings related hereto except in such courts.

9.10 Rules of Construction. The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

9.11 Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

[signature page follows]

 

59


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, parties hereto have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be signed, all as of the date first written above.

 

“Buyer”
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
“Acquisition Corp”
STEERING WHEEL ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   President

 

60


“Company”
POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ STEPHEN SHARP

  Stephen Sharp, President and CEO
“Stockholder Representative”

/s/ MICHAEL PEHL

Michael Pehl

 

61

Exhibit 2.2

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and among

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.,

SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION

TENROX INC.,

THE STOCKHOLDERS,

NOVACAP II, L.P. and ARAMAZD ISRAILIAN,

as REPRESENTATIVES

FEBRUARY 10, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1   

1.1 Certain Defined Terms

     1   

ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE OF STOCK

     8   

2.1 Pre-Closing Adjustment

     8   

2.2 Purchase and Sale of Stock

     9   

2.3 Company Stock Rights

     9   

2.4 Transaction Expenses

     9   

2.5 The Closing

     10   

2.6 Closing Adjustment

     10   

ARTICLE III INDIVIDUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDERS

     11   

3.1 Title to Shares

     11   

3.2 Authority

     12   

3.3 No Conflict

     12   

3.4 Frauds

     12   

3.5 Canadian Residency

     12   

3.6 Individual Representations on RudolfCo

     12   

3.7 Individual Representations on LudwigCo

     12   

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND EACH OF THE STOCKHOLDERS

     13   

4.1 Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries

     13   

4.2 Capitalization

     14   

4.3 Authority Relative to the Agreement and Related Agreements

     14   

4.4 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents

     15   

4.5 Legal Compliance; Permits

     15   

4.6 Financial Statements

     16   

4.7 No Undisclosed Liabilities

     16   

4.8 Frauds

     16   

4.9 Absence of Certain Changes or Events

     16   

4.10 Accounts Receivable

     18   

4.11 Employee Matters

     19   

4.12 Employee Benefit Plans

     20   

4.13 Certain Business Relationships

     20   

4.14 Restrictions on Business Activities

     21   

4.15 Title to Property

     21   

4.16 Tax Matters

     22   

4.17 Brokers or Finders

     24   

4.18 Intellectual Property

     24   

4.19 Privacy

     28   

4.20 Agreements, Contracts and Commitments

     28   

4.21 Insurance

     29   

4.22 Tangible Assets

     29   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

4.23 Litigation

     29   

4.24 Complete Copies of Materials

     30   

4.25 Environmental Matters

     30   

4.26 Customers and Suppliers

     30   

4.27 Competition Act and Investment Canada Act

     31   

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

     31   

5.1 Organization and Standing

     31   

5.2 Authority

     31   

5.3 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees; Transaction Expenses

     31   

5.4 Integrality

     32   

5.5 No Conflict

     32   

ARTICLE VI CLOSING

     32   

6.1 Form of Documents

     32   

6.2 Buyer’s Deliveries

     32   

6.3 Stockholders’ Deliveries

     33   

ARTICLE VII ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     34   

7.1 Additional Documents and Further Assurances

     34   

7.2 Tax Matters

     34   

7.3 R&D Credits and Income Tax Adjustment

     35   

7.4 Time Limitation

     37   

7.5 Release by Stockholders

     37   

7.6 Non-Competition Agreements

     37   

ARTICLE VIII SURVIVAL, INDEMNIFICATION, AND ESCROW

     38   

8.1 Survival

     38   

8.2 Indemnification

     38   

8.3 Maximum Payments; Limitations

     38   

8.4 Escrow

     39   

8.5 Claims for Indemnification

     40   

8.6 Stockholder Representatives

     42   

ARTICLE IX GUARANTEE

     43   

9.1 Parent Guarantee

     43   

ARTICLE X GENERAL PROVISIONS

     44   

10.1 Amendment

     44   

10.2 Notices

     44   

10.3 Confidentiality

     45   

10.4 Interpretation

     45   

10.5 Counterparts

     45   

10.6 Entire Agreement; Assignment

     45   

10.7 Severability

     46   

10.8 Public Disclosure

     46   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

10.9 Other Remedies

     46   

10.10 Governing Law; Jurisdiction

     46   

10.11 Rules of Construction

     46   

10.12 Currency

     46   

10.13 Language Clause

     46   

 

-iii-


INDEX OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit

 

Description

Exhibit A   Option Cancellation Agreement
Exhibit B   Form of Employee Agreement
Exhibit C   Form of Proprietary Information Agreement
Exhibit D   Form of Non-Competition Agreement
Exhibit E   Form of Legal Opinion of Counsel to the Company delivered to Buyer
Exhibit F   Disclosure Schedule
Exhibit G   Escrow Agreement
Exhibit H   Form of Lease Agreement
Schedules  
Schedule 1.1   Reorganization Memorandum
Schedule 6.3(m)   NWC Methodology and Example
Schedule 6.3(n)   Liens to be Released
Schedule 7.3   R&D Credits and Income Tax Adjustment Methodology

 

-iv-


THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of February 10, 2012, by and among Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation, a Canadian corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Buyer ”), Tenrox Inc., a Canadian corporation (the “ Company ”), those Persons listed on the signature pages attached hereto as the Stockholders (the “ Stockholders ”) and each of Novacap II, L.P. and Aramazd Israilian as the Representatives. Parent, Buyer, the Company, the Stockholders and the Representatives are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Stockholders own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”); and

WHEREAS, the Stockholders desire to sell the Shares to Buyer and Buyer shall purchase the Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants and other premises set forth herein, the mutual benefits to be gained by the performance thereof, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Certain Defined Terms.  For all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

Amalgamation ” means the amalgamation of RudolfCo and LudwigCo with Tenrox Inc. as of February 9, 2012 to form the Company, the whole as provided in the Reorganization.

Applicable Laws ” means any applicable domestic, federal, provincial, municipal, or foreign law including any statute, subordinate legislation or treaty, regulation, by-law, rule, standard, requirement, policy, order, judgment, injunction, award or decree of a Governmental Entity having the force of law.

Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b).

Basket Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(c).

Business Day ” shall mean each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which Buyer is closed for business or banking institutions located in Montreal, Canada are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Business Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

Business Registered Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17(b).


CDAE ” means “development of e-business tax credits” as defined in the Quebec Income Tax Act and claimed by the Company in accordance with the procedures set forth in Sections 7.2 and 7.3.

Certified Capitalization Table ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

Charter Documents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d).

Claim Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5.

Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.22.

Closing Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b)(i).

Closing Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

Closing Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

Closing NWC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(a).

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company Permits ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b).

Company’s 2005 USA ” means the shareholder agreement of the Company dated October 5, 2005.

Company’s Auditors ” means Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton.

Company Stock Right ” shall mean any subscription, option, warrant, purchase rights equity securities, or similar ownership interest call, right (including preemptive rights), commitment or agreement of any character to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound obligating the Company to issue, deliver, sell or cause to be issued, delivered or sold any shares of capital stock, or similar ownership interests of the Company or obligating the Company to grant or enter into any of the foregoing arrangements or agreements.

Contaminant ” shall mean a solid, liquid or gaseous matter, a microorganism, a sound, a vibration, rays, heat, an odour, a radiation or a combination of any of them, howsoever occurring, which alters or may alter the quality of the environment in any way, or which has or could reasonably be expected to have a adverse effect on property or human (or other living species) health, safety, comfort or welfare and includes any type of “contaminant”, “pollutant”, “hazardous substance”, “toxic substance”, “deleterious substances”, “hazardous material”, “residual material” or “waste” which, in any and all cases, is regulated by any Environmental Law, as well as, for greater certainty and without limitation, asbestos, chlorinated biphenyls, ozone-depleting substances, radioactive substances, petroleum and other hydrocarbons and their derivatives, moulds, fungi and mildew.

Contract ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.19.

 

-2-


Copyrights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

Current Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

DBC Loan and Hypothec ” means the loan granted by the Development Bank of Canada on under a financing offer dated July 9, 2003 to the Company secured by hypothec on the Laval Property executed on August 20, 2003 and registered at the Registry Office for Registration Division of Laval under number 10 659 863.

Developers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(d).

Disclosure Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Article III.

Domain Names ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

Employee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12(a).

Employee Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(d).

Employment Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11(b).

Enforceability Limitations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

Environmental Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.23.

Escrow Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).

Escrow Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).

Escrow Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b)(ii).

Escrow Disbursement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(b).

Escrow Fund ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).

Escrow Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(b).

Filing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

Final Adjustment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Sectiion 2.6(c).

Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

Founders Representative ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(a).

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in Canada as published in the handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants, applied on a consistent basis with past practices.

 

-3-


Governmental Entity shall mean any court, administrative agency, commission, governmental or regulatory authority, domestic or foreign.

Income Tax Act ” means the Income Tax Act , R.S.C. 1985, 5th Supplement and the regulations thereunder.

Income Tax Adjustment ” means the total net amount of the tax refunds or actual reduction in Taxes realized by the Company after taking into account all correlative adjustments and Tax increases or decreases relating to such amendments, including Tax increases or decreases in taxable periods ending after the Closing Date (with any reduction in Tax attributes being treated as a Tax increase) resulting from the amendments to the income Tax Returns of the Company for the taxation years ended December 31, 2007, December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, as determined under the procedures set forth in Sections7.2 and 7.3 of this Agreement.

Indebtedness ” means, as of any date, the amount equal to the sum (without double-counting) of the following obligations (whether or not then due and payable), to the extent they are of the Company or its Subsidiaries or guaranteed by the Company or its Subsidiaries, including through the grant of a security interest upon the assets of the Company: (a) all liabilities for borrowed money, whether current or long term, secured or unsecured, all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, and any interest, premium, fees, penalties unpaid and owing with respect to the foregoing liabilities; (b) all liabilities for the deferred purchase price of property; (c) all liabilities in respect of any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which liabilities are required to be classified and accounted for under GAAP as capital leases, other than those capital leases with Dell not to exceed CND$250,000 in the aggregate; (d) any prepayment penalties or acceleration payments, in each case under this clause (d) with respect to Indebtedness outstanding as of the Closing; (e) any payment obligation in respect of interest under any existing interest rate swap or hedge agreement with respect to any liabilities described in clause (a) or (b) above; (f) any negative cash or overdraft balances; and (g) all liabilities for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction securing obligations of a type described in clause (a) or (b) above, and all liabilities as obligor, guarantor, or otherwise, to the extent of the obligation secured.

Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

Indemnifying Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

Insurance Policies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.20.

Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

IP Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(e).

Knowledge ” or “ Known ” shall mean, with respect to the Company, the actual knowledge of Rudolf Melik and Aramazd Israilian after due and diligent internal inquiry.

Laval Deeds of Acquisition ” means the deeds of acquisition by the Company from the City of Laval of the Laval Property on July 10, 2000 and June 11, 2008 and registered at the Registry Office for Registration Division of Laval under numbers 991722 and 15 305 261.

 

-4-


Laval Property ” means the land and building located on lots 2234255 and 3935507 of the Cadastre du Québec, Registration Division of Laval with the building erected thereon bearing civic address of 600 Armand-Frappier, Laval, Québec.

Lease Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(c).

Lien ” shall mean any hypothec, lien, pledge, charge, claim, mortgage, security interest or claims resulting therefrom.

Loss ” or “ Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

LudwigCo ” means 6991963 Canada Inc., which entity was amalgamated with Tenrox Inc. as part of the Reorganization.

Mask Works ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any change, event or effect that is materially adverse to the respective business, assets (whether tangible or intangible), financial condition, prospects, operations or capitalization of the Company or its Subsidiaries; to the exception of any change, event or effect affecting the market, geographical area or industry in general, provided that such change, event or effect does not impact the Company in a disproportionate manner relative to similarly situated companies in the Company’s market, geographical area or industry. Other than in connection with fraud or intentional misrepresentation, in order for a change, event or effect to be considered as being expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, its consequences shall materialize in the 12-month period following the Closing Date.

Material Obligation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a).

Most Recent Period End ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

Most Recent Year End ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

Net Working Capital ” means, as of a particular date, an amount equal to the sum of (a) all current assets other than cash (including accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business and not subject to any dispute, valid set-off or counterclaim and reflected properly according to GAAP in the Financial Statements) of the Company as of such date, plus pre-paid expenses, minus the sum of (b) all accounts payable, plus all current liabilities (including any Pre-Closing Taxes constituting a current liability and calculated without regard to the R&D Credits or Income Tax Adjustment, and including any un-accrued 2011 management bonuses but excluding deferred revenues), plus any payments (including severance, golden parachute, employer payroll Taxes and any other payments) made or to be made in respect of any Company service provider in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, plus all Company Indebtedness not reflected in the foregoing; provided, however, that “Net Working Capital” shall not include any liabilities that are reflected in the Company’s estimated Transaction Expenses; the whole subject to and calculated using the same methodology used to calculate the example attached hereto at Schedule 6.3(m) .

Newco ” means 8032343 Canada Inc.

Officer’s Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.5(b)(i).

 

-5-


Option Cost ” means all excess statutory employer contributions incurred by the Company in relation to the cancellation of stock options as part of the Reorganization.

Patents ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

Paying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

Permitted Liens ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.15.

Person ” shall mean an individual or entity, including a partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or a Governmental Entity (or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof).

Plan ” or “ Plans ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(a).

Post Closing Tax Period ” means the taxation period of the Company and each Subsidiary that is deemed pursuant to subsection 249(4) of the Income Tax Act to commence at the time the Buyer acquires control of the Company and each subsequent taxation period.

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

Pre-Closing Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

Preliminary Adjustment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

Pro Rata Portion ” means, as of any date, in respect of any payment to be made hereunder to or by the Stockholders, the portion of such payment which is obtained by multiplying such aggregate payment by the percentage set forth opposite such Stockholder’s name on the Certified Capitalization Table, provided however that (a) Rudolf Melik, Nouchig Sarafian and Rudolf Melik Family Trust are joint and several hereunder and that therefore their Pro Rata Portion is expressed on a collective basis in the Certified Capitalization Table and (b) Ludwig Melik and Ludwig Melik Trust are joint and several hereunder and that therefore their Pro Rata Portion is expressed on a collective basis in the Certified Capitalization Table.

Property Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

PTO ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(a).

Public Software ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(j).

Purchase Price ” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of CDN$15,600,000, the R&D Credits and the Income Tax Adjustment.

Purchase Price Adjustment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(d).

R&D Credits ” means “investment tax credits” (as defined in the Income Tax Act) and CDAE claimed by the Company in accordance with the procedures set forth in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 of this Agreement in respect of the “SR&ED qualified expenditure pool” (as defined in the Income Tax Act) and any provincial equivalent or similar Tax credits claimed in respect of Scientific Research and Experimental Development expenditure of the Company, all for taxation years ending on or before Closing . R&D Credits shall be calculated net of any Tax increases (including Tax increases in taxable periods ending after the Closing Date) related

 

-6-


to the claim or receipt of such credits (with any reduction in Tax attributes being treated as a Tax increase). For the avoidance of doubt, R&D Credits shall be reduced by the amount of any increases in Taxes of the Company resulting from the reduction of allowable deductions (including depreciation or amortization) in taxable periods ending after the Closing Date on account of R&D Credits. The methodology used to calculate R&D Credits is set forth on Schedule 7.3.

Registered Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(a).

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the registration rights agreement signed on October 5, 2005 by the Company, Novacap II, L.P. and certain other Stockholders.

Related Agreements ” shall mean the Employee Agreements, the Escrow Agreement and all other agreements and certificates entered into by the Company, the Stockholders, the Representatives or the Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.

Released Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.

Released Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.

Releasing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.

Reorganization ” means the reorganization set out in the Memorandum dated February 9, 2012 issued by Deloitte, a copy of which is attached hereto as Schedule 1.1 .

Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(b).

RudolfCo ” means 6991947 Canada Inc., which entity was amalgamated with Tenrox Inc. as part of the Reorganization.

Source Code ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(i).

Statement of Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

Straddle Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

Survival Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” has the meaning set out in Section 4.16(a).

Tax Lien ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.16(b)(xii).

Tax Returns ” means any return, report, information return, designation, declaration, schedule, election, form or other document (including schedules or any related or supporting information and whether intangible or intangible form) prepared or filed or required to be prepared or filed with any Governmental Entity in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax or the administration of any laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Tax and any amendment thereof.

 

-7-


Tenrox UK means Tenrox Ltd., one of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

Tenrox USA means Tenrox, Inc., one of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

Term Sheet ” shall mean that certain letter of intent between Buyer and the Company dated October 19, 2011.

Termination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18(f).

Trade Secrets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

Trademarks ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

Transaction Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE OF STOCK

2.1 Pre-Closing Adjustment.

(a) The Purchase Price has been determined on the basis that the Company should have cash of at least CDN$2,000,000 on the Closing Date and that Net Working Capital and Option Cost are taken into account as set forth in Section 2.1(ii) and Section 2.1(iii).

(b) The Company has prepared and delivered to the Buyer at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company’s most recent financial information in respect of the cash, Option Cost and items included in the Net Working Capital, on the basis of which the Buyer and the Stockholders have estimated jointly the cash, Net Working Capital and Option Cost as of January 31, 2012. On such basis, the parties have agreed to make a preliminary adjustment to the Purchase Price, as follows:

(i) If the estimated cash as of January 31, 2012 is less than $2,000,000, then the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the shortage; while if the estimated cash as of January 31, 2012 is higher than $2,000,000, then the Purchase Price shall be increased by an amount equal to the excess;

(ii) If the estimated Net Working Capital as of January 31, 2012 is less than $450,000, then the Purchase Price shall be increased by an amount equal to 50% of the estimated Net Working Capital up to a maximum of $225,000; while if the estimated Net Working Capital exceeds $450,000 as of January 31, 2012, then the Purchase Price shall be increased by an amount equal to $225,000 plus the excess portion of the estimated Net Working Capital over $450,000;

(iii) The Purchase Price shall be increased by the amount of the estimated Option Cost;

The net amount of the foregoing adjustments being referred to as the “ Preliminary Adjustment Amount” .

 

-8-


2.2 Purchase and Sale of Stock.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement:

(a) Each Stockholder hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to Buyer, and Buyer hereby purchases from each Stockholder, the Shares owned by such Stockholder as set forth in the Certified Capitalization Table (as defined below).

(b) Buyer shall pay the Purchase Price for the purchase of all outstanding Shares, as follows and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.6 :

(i) Pursuant to the pre-Closing adjustment set forth at Section 2.1(b), on the Closing Date, an amount of CDN$13,793,608.80 (the “ Closing Amount ”), shall be payable in immediately available funds by wire transfer to the Stockholders in the amounts set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table under the heading “Closing Amount”. The Stockholders will deliver a payment direction such that the Closing Amount is paid to “Heenan Blaikie in-trust” at the wire coordinates indicated at Section 2.6(d);

(ii) On the Closing Date, an amount of CDN$1,532,623.20 (the “ Escrow Amount ”) shall be deposited in the Escrow Fund to be held and disbursed pursuant to Section 8.4 ;

(iii) an amount equal to the R&D Credits actually received by the Company, and/or used by the Company to offset and/or reduce its Taxes, shall be payable to the Stockholders, subject to Section 7.3 below;

(iv) an amount equal to the Income Tax Adjustment actually received by the Company, and/or used by the Company to offset and/or reduce its Taxes, shall be payable to the Stockholders, subject to Section 7.3 below.

(c) The parties hereby agree that in the determination of the Purchase Price, the following value was attributed to Tenrox USA and Tenrox UK: together combined are estimated to be valued at less than 3% of the Purchase Price (for a total of $443,781.12).

It being acknowledged and agreed that such amounts are fixed and shall not be modified notwithstanding any Purchase Price Adjustment.

2.3 Company Stock Rights.  Buyer shall not assume any Company Stock Rights. If not exercised or otherwise terminated on or prior to the Closing Date, at the Closing, each outstanding and unexercised Company Stock Right shall be cancelled in exchange for the right of the Optionholders to receive payment in the amounts set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table under the heading “Closing Amount”. Concurrent with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as a material inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement, each Optionholder agrees to execute an Option Cancellation Agreement.

2.4 Transaction Expenses.  All fees and expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation all legal, accounting, financial advisory, consulting and all other fees and expenses of third parties incurred by a party in connection with the negotiation and effectuation of the terms and conditions of the Term Sheet, this Agreement, the Related Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and including any payments requested or required to be made to third parties in connection with obtaining any consent to the assignment of a Contract required to be assigned in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, “ Transaction Expenses ”), shall be the obligation of the respective party incurring such fees and expenses. At the Closing, the Company shall provide Buyer with a statement of estimated Transaction Expenses showing detail of both the paid and unpaid Transaction Expenses incurred by the Company as of the Closing

 

-9-


Date in form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer (the “ Statement of Expenses ”) and the Statement of Expenses shall be certified as true and correct in form acceptable to Buyer as of the Closing Date by an authorized officer of the Company on behalf of the Company. The Statement of Expenses will reflect all Transaction Expenses incurred or expected to be incurred by the Company as a result of the negotiation and effectuation of the Term Sheet, this Agreement, the Related Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

2.5 The Closing.  The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place on the date of this Agreement (the “ Closing Date ”) at the Montreal offices of Heenan Blaikie LLP or electronically via the exchange of documents. Immediately following the Closing, the Company shall be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer.

2.6 Closing Adjustment.  

(a) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, the Buyer cause to be prepared and delivered to the Stockholders an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company (the “ Closing Balance Sheet ”) as of the close of business on January 31, 2012, prepared by the Company’s Auditors in accordance with GAAP, as well as a calculation of the cash, Net Working Capital and Option Cost as of January 31, 2012 based on the Closing Balance Sheet (the “ Closing Statement ”). Each of the Buyer, Parent and their auditors and the Representatives and their auditors shall have access to the working files and papers of the Company’s Auditors relating to the preparation of the Closing Balance Sheet. The fees and costs of the Company’s Auditors relating to the preparation and finalization of the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Statement shall be provisioned in the Closing Balance Sheet.

(b) If either the Representatives give written notice to the Buyer that they dispute the Closing Balance Sheet or the Closing Statement or Buyer gives notice to the Representatives that they dispute the Closing Balance Sheet or the Closing Statement, each within thirty (30) days after the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Statement are given to the Representatives and the parties cannot reach an agreement on the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Statement within ten (10) Business Days after such notice of dispute is given, the dispute will be referred within ten (10) Business Days of the expiry of such ten (10) Business Days period by Buyer and the Representatives, or either of them, for determination by KPMG (the “ Arbitrator ”). The parties shall be allowed to make verbal and/or written representations to the Arbitrator. The determination by such Arbitrator will be made within thirty (30) days of such referral and will be final and binding on Buyer and the Stockholders. The costs of the Arbitrator will be borne between the Stockholders, on one part (pro rata for each Stockholder), and the Buyer, one the other part, in relation to the proportion of the amount lost by each party between their initial contentions and the decision of the Arbitrator. If the Representatives fail to give written notice in the time provided for in this Section 2.6(b) , the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Statement shall be deemed to be accepted.

(c) The parties hereby agree that on the basis of the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Statement, as finally determined by the parties or the Arbitrator (as the case may be ) pursuant to Section 2.6(b) above :

(i) If the cash at Closing is less than $2,000,000, then the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the shortage; while if the cash at Closing is higher than $2,000,000, then the Purchase Price shall be increased by an amount equal to the excess;

 

-10-


(ii) If the Net Working Capital at Closing is less than $450,000, then the Purchase Price shall be increased by an amount equal to 50% of the Net Working Capital up to a maximum of $225,000; while if the Net Working Capital exceeds $450,000, then the Purchase Price shall be increased by an amount equal to $225,000 plus the excess portion of the Net Working Capital over $450,000;

(iii) The Purchase Price shall be increased by the amount of the Option Costs;

The net amount of the foregoing adjustments being referred to as the “ Final Adjustment Amount” .

(d) Subject to the resolution of all disputes in accordance with the foregoing, if the Final Adjustment Amount is higher than the Preliminary Adjustment Amount, the Buyer shall pay the amount of the difference to the Stockholders; while if the Final Adjustment Amount is lower than the Preliminary Adjustment Amount, then the Stockholders shall pay the amount of the difference to the Buyer (such payment by Buyer or Stockholders, as applicable, is referred to as the “ Purchase Price Adjustment ”). Any Purchase Price Adjustment owed by the Stockholders shall be paid in cash by the Stockholders, pro rata (and on a several basis), to the Buyer within ten (10) Business Days of the final determination of the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Statement. In the event that a Stockholder does not pay its Pro Rata Portion of such Purchase Price Adjustment within said ten (10) Business Days delay, Buyer, in its sole discretion, shall be entitled to recover such portion of the Purchase Price Adjustment from such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion of the Escrow Fund (but only up to a maximum corresponding to the Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion of the Escrow Fund); provided, however, that in the event of such recovery from the Escrow Fund, the Stockholder shall be required to deposit such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion of the Purchase Price Adjustment with the Escrow Agent and all such payments shall become part of the Escrow Fund, subject to the same terms and conditions as the initial Escrow Amount. Any Purchase Price Adjustment owed by Buyer shall be paid in cash by Buyer to the Stockholders by wire transfer of the whole amount to “Heenan Blaikie in Trust”, using the wire coordinates indicated at Section 2.6(d) of the Disclosure Schedule within ten (10) Business Days of the final determination of the Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Statement.

ARTICLE III

INDIVIDUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDERS

Subject to such exceptions as are specifically disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule dated as of the date hereof and attached hereto as Exhibit F delivered by the Company to Buyer concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”), each Stockholder hereby represents and warrants to Buyer (as to itself only and on a several basis) that the following statements are true and correct (provided that the representations and warranties of Section 3.6 are only given by Rudolf Melik and Rudolf Melik Family Trust, and the representations and warranties of Section 3.7 are only given by by Ludwig Melik and Ludwig Melik Family Trust):

3.1 Title to Shares .  Each Stockholder is the beneficial and record owner of all of the Shares and Company Stock Rights indicated in respect of its name in the Certified Capitalization Table, free and clear of all Liens (other than restrictions on transfer under applicable securities laws), and have not sold, assigned, transferred, or granted any proxy, in whole or in part, to any such Shares. The information set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table is complete and correct in respect of such Stockholder. Each Stockholder represents and warrants to the Buyer that, except for the Shares listed opposite its name on the Certified Capitalization Table, he has no rights to any equity interests in the Company or any Subsidiary, including any Company Stock Rights. With respect to such Shares held by each Stockholder, each Stockholder represents and warrants to the Buyer that such Shares were duly and validly issued in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

-11-


3.2 Authority.  Each Stockholder has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which a Stockholder is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such Stockholder and no further action is required on the part of such Stockholder to authorize the Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which the Stockholder is a party have been duly executed and delivered by such Stockholder, and assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto, constitute the valid and binding obligations of such Stockholder, as applicable, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the effect of (i) applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws now or hereafter in effect relating to rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of law and equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (collectively, the “ Enforceability Limitations ”).

3.3 No Conflict.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements, and the consummation by the Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, (i) conflict with or violate any provision of any of the charter documents of the Stockholder, (ii) conflict with or violate any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Stockholder or (iii) result in any material breach of or constitute a material default (or an event that with or without notice or lapse of time or both would be reasonably likely to become a default) under any agreement, understanding, instrument, contract, proposed transaction, transaction, mortgage, hypothec, permit, franchise, judgment, order, writ, decree or other obligation to which the Stockholder is a party or to which any of its material assets are bound or affected.

3.4 Frauds. No Stockholder has identified or been made aware of any fraud in relation with the Company or any of its Subsidiary, whether or not material, that involves the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s management, the Stockholders or other current or former employees, officers, directors, managers, consultants, members or stockholders of the Company or any Subsidiary who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls, if any, utilized by the Company and the Subsidiaries, or any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

3.5 Canadian Residency. Each Stockholder is a resident of Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act.

3.6 Individual Representations on RudolfCo. Rudolf Melik and Rudolf Melik Family Trust make the following representations and warranties in respect of RudolfCo: since its incorporation and until the Amalgamation, RudolfCo (a) had the sole activity and purposes of the ownership of shares in the capital of Tenrox Inc. and LudwigCo, (b) had no debts or liabilities and reported no income, and (c) had no employees.

3.7 Individual Representations on LudwigCo. Ludwig Melik and Ludwig Melik Family Trust make the following representations and warranties in respect of LudwigCo: since its incorporation and until the Amalgamation, LudwigCo (a) had the sole activity and purposes of the ownership of shares in the capital of Tenrox Inc., (b) had no debts or liabilities and reported no income, and (c) had no employees.

 

-12-


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND EACH OF THE STOCKHOLDERS

Subject to such exceptions as are specifically disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, the Company and each of the Stockholders hereby represent and warrant to Buyer, on a several basis, that the following statements are true and correct with respect to the Company and each Subsidiary of the Company (Buyer acknowledging that the only representations and warranties made or given by the Company and the Stockholders in favour of Buyer are those contained in Article III and Article IV hereof).

The parties agree and acknowledge however that notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, any representation or warranty included in this Article IV which clearly results from or applies to RudolfCo and/or LudwigCo, as predecessors of the Company pursuant to the Amalgamation, shall only be made and given by Rudolf Melik and Rudolf Melik Family Trust (as to RudolfCo) and by Ludwig Melik and Ludwig Melik Family Trust (as to LudwigCo), and that any indemnification relating thereto shall be subject to Section 8.5(a) .

4.1 Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Canada and has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Section 4.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each subsidiary of the Company (each a “ Subsidiary ”) and specifies the state or jurisdiction in which it was incorporated or formed. Each Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or formed and has the requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

(b) The Company and each Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed to do business and/or to hold property in its name and is in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions which recognize such concept), under the laws of all jurisdictions where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities requires such qualification or licensing except for such jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or licensed to do business and/or to hold property in its name or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Section 4.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule lists every state or foreign jurisdiction in which the Company and each Subsidiary is registered or qualified to do business as a foreign corporation.

(c) Other than the Subsidiaries and as disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule, there is no other corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, professional association or other business enterprise that the Company otherwise directly or indirectly owns any equity or otherwise controls. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has agreed to make, or is obligated to make, or is bound by, any written or oral agreement, contract, understanding, negotiable instrument, commitment or undertaking of any nature, in effect as of the date of this Agreement under which it is or may become obligated to make any future investment in or capital contribution to any other entity.

 

-13-


(d) The Company has previously furnished to Buyer a complete and correct copy of the Articles and Bylaws of the Company and of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other charter documents of each Subsidiary, each as amended and in effect as of the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Charter Documents ”). Such Charter Documents are in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any provision of any of the Charter Documents, except for a violation which does not have, or could not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.2 Capitalization.

(a) As of the date of this Agreement, the entire authorized and outstanding capitalization of the Company and each Subsidiary is set forth on Section 4.2(a) of the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Certified Capitalization Table ”), which shall separately list, as of the Closing, (a) all Stockholders and their respective addresses, the number of shares of each class or series of Shares held by such persons, the certificate number representing such Shares, the date of acquisition of such shares, each Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion of each of the Closing Amount and the Escrow Amount and Pro Rata Portion of any post Closing payments (reflected as a percentage) and (b) all holders of Company Stock Rights and their respective addresses, the number of shares of each class or series of Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Company Stock Rights held by such persons, the date of grant, vesting commencement date and vesting schedule of such Company Stock Rights held by such persons, any rights to acceleration of such Company Stock Rights, the exercise price of such Company Stock Rights, and each holder of Company Stock Rights’ Pro Rata Portion of each of the Closing Amount and the Escrow Amount, if any, and Pro Rata Portion of any post Closing payments (reflected as a percentage). Such Shares and Company Stock Rights have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and were issued in accordance with the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act, as amended (the “ Act ”), and any relevant securities laws, or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom, and the applicable Charter Documents, and are not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, registration right, subscription right, or any contract to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or otherwise bound. The Shares are held beneficially and of record as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table. There are no outstanding Shares or Company Stock Rights except as set forth in the Certified Capitalization Table.

(b) As of the date of this Agreement, there are no registration rights and there is no voting trust, proxy, rights plan, anti-takeover plan, shareholder agreement or other agreement currently in effect to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound with respect to any equity security of any class of any Subsidiary.

(c) There are no declared or accrued but unpaid dividends with respect to any Shares. All outstanding Shares have been issued in compliance with all applicable federal, provincial, state, foreign, or local statutes, laws, rules, or regulations, including securities laws, and transferred (in the case of Shares hold by a Person who is not the initial subscriber), as the case may be, in accordance with any right of first refusal or similar right or limitation, including those in the Charter Documents.

4.3 Authority Relative to the Agreement and Related Agreements.

(a) The Company has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which the Company is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and no further action is required on the part of the Company to authorize the Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been unanimously approved by the board of

 

-14-


directors of the Company. This Agreement and each of the Related Agreements to which the Company is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Company, as applicable, and assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto, constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Company, as applicable, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Enforceability Limitations.

4.4 No Conflict; Required Filings and Consents.

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by the Company will not, (i) materially conflict with or materially violate any provision of any of the Charter Documents, (ii) materially conflict with or materially violate any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or by which they or any of their properties or assets are bound or affected or (iii) result in any material breach of or constitute a material default (or an event that with or without notice or lapse of time or both would be reasonably likely to become a material default) under, or impair the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s rights or alter the rights or obligations of any third party against or to the Company or any Subsidiary under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of any Liens on any of the material assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, pursuant to any agreement, understanding, instrument, contract, proposed transaction, mortgage, hypothec, permit, franchise, judgment, order, writ, decree or other obligation to which the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their material assets are bound or affected (each, a “ Material Obligation ”).

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements by the Company do not, and the consummation of the transactions by the Company contemplated hereby and thereby shall not, require the Company or any Subsidiary to obtain or make, at or prior to the date of this Agreement, any consent, approval, order, authorization or permit of, or registration, declaration or filing with, or notification to, any Governmental Entity, or third party, except for the consents and authorizations set forth on Section 4.4(c) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(c) Section 4.4(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all necessary notices, consents, waivers and approvals as are required under any Contracts in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or for any such Contract to remain in full force and effect without limitation, modification or alteration in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement does not create an obligation for the Company or a Subsidiary to pay an amount or grant a consideration to a third party.

4.5 Legal Compliance; Permits.

(a) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is or has ever been in default or violation of, any (i) Applicable Law which default or violation does have, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect. No charge, complaint, claim, demand, notice, inquiry, investigation, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, review, judgment, order or decree by any Governmental Entity, which, if determined adversely to the Company or any Subsidiary, would have, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect, is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is being threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their properties or assets, nor has any Governmental Entity indicated in writing to the Company, or to the Knowledge of the Company, otherwise indicated any intention to conduct the same.

 

-15-


(b) The Company and the Subsidiaries hold all franchises, grants, authorizations, certificates of authorization, permits, licenses, variances, exemptions, easements, consents, certifications, orders and approvals from Governmental Entities which are necessary to the operation of the Company and the Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Company Permits ”) as now operated, except if the absence of such Company Permit does not have, or could not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company and the Subsidiaries are in material compliance with the terms of the Company Permits, which are set out in Section 4.5 of the Disclosure Schedule.

4.6 Financial Statements.  Section 4.6 of the Disclosure Schedule includes a true and complete copy of (i) the Company’s audited consolidated balance sheets and statements of income of the Company and the Subsidiaries and cash flows of the Company and the Subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 (the “ Most Recent Year End ”), and the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and statements of income as of and for the eleven month period ended November 30, 2011 (the “ Most Recent Period End ”) (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”). The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the Most Recent Period End is referred to hereinafter as the “ Current Balance Sheet .” The Financial Statements have been prepared on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby in accordance with GAAP. The Financial Statements present fairly the consolidated financial condition and the consolidated results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries as of such respective dates and for such respective periods covered thereby. The books of account of the Company and the Subsidiaries reflect, in all material respects, as of the dates shown thereon all items of income and expenses, and all assets, liabilities and accruals of the Company and the Subsidiaries required to be reflected therein.

4.7 No Undisclosed Liabilities.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any material liabilities (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) except (a) liabilities disclosed in the Financial Statements (or in the related notes) or the Disclosure Schedule hereto or (b) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the Most Recent Period End and on or prior to the date of this Agreement that (i) are not individually in excess of $50,000 and (ii) would not have, or could not reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or the Subsidiaries.

4.8 Frauds. Neither the Company, the Subsidiaries, nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any Stockholder or current officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary has identified or been made aware of any fraud in relation with the Company or any of its Subsidiary, whether or not material, that involves the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s management, the Stockholders or other current or former employees, officers, directors, managers, consultants, members or stockholders of the Company or any Subsidiary who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls, if any, utilized by the Company and the Subsidiaries, or any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

4.9 Absence of Certain Changes or Events.  There has not been a Material Adverse Effect since the Most Recent Year End. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, since June 30, 2011:

(a) there has not been any declaration, setting aside or payment of any dividend on, or other distribution in respect of, any Shares or any other equity interest of the Company or any Subsidiary, any purchase, redemption or other acquisition of any Shares or any other equity interest of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any options, warrants, calls or rights to acquire any Shares or any other equity interest of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(b) there has been no change made or authorized to any of the Charter Documents;

 

-16-


(c) there has not been any split, combination or reclassification of the Shares or any other equity interest of the Company or any Subsidiary;

(d) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Related Agreements, there has not been any increase in compensation or fringe benefits or any change in employment terms or any payment of any bonus or any granting of any increase in severance or termination pay or any entry into any employment, severance, termination or indemnification agreement or any agreement, the benefits of which would be contingent or the terms of which would be altered upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements;

(e) there has not been any material change in the accounting methods, principles or practices, except as required by concurrent changes in GAAP, nor have there been any Tax (as defined below) elections made or changed, Tax accounting methods adopted or changed, closing agreements in respect of Taxes entered into, Tax claims or assessments settled or compromised, or limitations periods applicable to any Tax claim or assessment extended or waived;

(f) there has not been any revaluation of any assets or properties, including, without limitation, writing off of notes or accounts receivable, other than in the normal course of business;

(g) except for the transfer of the Laval Property, there has not been any sale, lease, transfer, or assignment of any assets or properties, tangible or intangible, including any Business Intellectual Property (defined below), except in the ordinary course of Business;

(h) except for the transfer of the Laval Property, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has entered into, assumed or become bound under or obligated by any agreement, contract, lease or commitment or extended or modified the terms of any such agreement, contract, lease or commitment, in each case other than a customer contract entered into in the ordinary course of business, which (i) involves the payment of greater than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per annum or which extends such agreement, contract, lease or commitment for more than one (1) year, (ii) involves any payment or obligation to any affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary, (iii) involves the sale of any assets outside the ordinary course of business or (iv) involves any license or other agreement with respect to any Business Intellectual Property outside the ordinary course of business of the Company and the Subsidiaries;

(i) except for the termination of the Company’s 2005 USA and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company, or any Subsidiary, has not accelerated, terminated, amended, made modifications to, or canceled any Contract, other than in the normal course of business;

(j) there has been no waiver, cancellation, modification or settlement of any material debts or claims held by the Company or any Subsidiary, nor any waiver or settlement of any material rights or claims of a material value, neither the Company or any Subsidiary is in material breach of any Contract and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no other party to any Contract is in material breach of such Contract;

(k) there has been no material change in business practices;

(l) none of the assets or properties of the Company or any Subsidiary, tangible or intangible has become subject to any Lien, other than Permitted Liens (defined below);

(m) there has been no capital investment in, or any loan to, any other person;

 

-17-


(n) there has been no creation, incurrence, assumption, prepayment or guarantee of any indebtedness for borrowed money and capitalized lease obligations outside of the ordinary course of business or in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate, or extension or modification of any such indebtedness;

(o) there has been no damage, destruction, or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s properties or assets in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate of all such damage, destruction and losses;

(p) there has been no loan made to, or any other transaction entered into with, or any bonus paid to, any affiliate, officer, director, stockholder, consultant or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, other than any transaction, bonus, travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of business, or to any member of any such party’s immediate family;

(q) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has entered into any employment contract or collective bargaining agreement, written or oral, or modified the terms of any existing such contract or agreement;

(r) no bonuses have been paid to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule;

(s) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has adopted, amended, modified, or terminated any bonus, profit-sharing, incentive, pension, severance or other plan for the benefit of any of its members, officers, directors, stockholders, managers or employees (or taken any such action with respect to any other employee benefit plan);

(t) except in connection with the transfer of the Laval Property, there has not been any satisfaction or discharge of any Lien, except in the ordinary course of business;

(u) there has been no resignation or termination of employment of any officer, director, manager or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there is no impending resignation or termination of employment of any such officer, director, manager or employee;

(v) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, as applicable, is obligated or has made any agreement or commitment to do any of the things described in this Section;

(w) the Company has operated in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices, with respect to its accounts payable, accounts receivable, and cash management, and has not otherwise accelerated or delayed payments or collections as a result of, or in conjunction with, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

4.10 Accounts Receivable.  The Company has provided Buyer lists of all accounts receivable of the Company as of the Most Recent Period End, together with aging schedules indicating a range of days elapsed since invoice. All of the accounts receivable of the Company arose in the ordinary course of business and are not subject, to the Knowledge of the Company, to any dispute, valid set-off or counterclaim and are reflected properly according to GAAP in the Financial Statements. Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.3(n) , no person has any Lien on any accounts receivable of the Company, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no request or agreement for material deduction or discount has been made with respect to any accounts receivable of the Company.

 

-18-


4.11 Employee Matters.

(a) The Company has provided to Buyer a complete list of all current employees of the Company and each Subsidiary and each such individual’s current title, job description, service dates, compensation (base compensation and bonuses), vacation entitlement and benefits, which shall also include all employees on inactive status, including lay-off, short or long-term disability leave, maternity or parental leave, sick leave or other extended absence, or receiving benefits pursuant to workers compensation, including information relative to the last date of active employment, the reason for the absence and the expected date of return of each such employee. All independent contractors providing services to the Company or any Subsidiary have been properly classified as independent contractors for purposes of federal and applicable state or provincial tax laws, laws applicable to employee benefits, employment or labour standards laws and other applicable law. Except as set forth in Section 4.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any employment or consulting arrangements or agreements currently in effect that are not terminable by the Company without liability to the Company or any Subsidiary other than severance obligations under Applicable Law or the related contract. Except as disclosed in Section 4.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Company or the Subsidiaries have (a) entered into any arrangements or agreements that obligates or purports to obligate the Company or any Subsidiary to make an offer of employment to any present or former employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or (b) promised or otherwise provided any assurances (contingent or otherwise) to any present or former employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of any terms or conditions of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements. Section 4.11 of the Disclosure Schedule identifies the entity among the Company and its Subsidiaries which is the employer or co-contractor of each, employee and independent contractor of the Company and the Subsidiaries.

(b) The Company and each Subsidiary are in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws respecting employment, employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, worker classification, statutory deductions and withholdings, prohibited discrimination, equal employment, fair employment practices, immigration status, employee safety and health, workers’ compensation and wages and hours, and in each case, with respect to employees: (i) have withheld and reported and remitted all amounts required by law or by agreement to be withheld and reported and remitted with respect to wages, salaries and other payments to employees, (ii) are not liable for any: arrears of wages, indemnity in lieu of notice, severance pay or any Taxes or any penalty for failure to comply with any of the foregoing, and (iii) are not liable for any payments, levies, assessments, dues or penalties to any governmental authority, trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any governmental authority, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security, employment insurance, parental insurance, workers compensation, health premiums or other benefits or obligations for employees (other than routine payments to be made in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice). To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no reasonable basis for any employment-related action, suit, proceeding, union certification applications, claims, complaints, hearings, arbitrations or investigations of, in or before any agency, commission, court, tribunal or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator involving the Company or any Subsidiary (including, for avoidance of doubt, with respect to any of the Stockholders, collectively, “ Employment Claims ”). No Employment Claims, whether under Applicable Laws or otherwise, are currently pending.

 

-19-


4.12 Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) Section 4.12 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all employee compensation, incentive, deferred compensation, bonus, share purchase, share appreciation, share option, severance or termination pay, rights to acceleration, vacation pay, hospitalization or other medical, health and welfare benefits, life or other insurance, dental, eye care, disability, salary continuation, supplemental unemployment benefits, profit-sharing, mortgage assistance, employee loan, employee discount, employee assistance, counseling, pension, retirement or supplemental retirement benefit plans, arrangements or agreements, including defined benefit or defined contribution pension plans and group registered retirement savings plans, and all other similar employee benefit plans, arrangements or agreements, fringe or benefit plans, programs, policies, commitments or contracts, whether oral or written, formal or informal, funded or unfunded, including all policies with respect to holidays, sick leave, long-term disability, vacations, expense reimbursements and automobile allowances and rights to company-provided automobiles, (other than regular wages and salaries paid in the normal course of business) that are maintained or granted by the Company or any Subsidiary for the benefit of any active, former employee, director or consultant of Company or any Subsidiary (for the purposes of this Section, an “ Employee ”), or with respect to which Company currently has liability (individually a “ Plan ” or collectively the “ Plans ”). Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is a party or bound by any registered plan with a Governmental Entity (other than statutory regimes applicable to all employers) or any collective bargaining agreement.

(b) The Company has provided to Buyer complete copies of all documents embodying each Plan, including (without limitation) all amendments (if any) to each such Plan, and all material written agreements and contracts relating to each such Plan;

(c) The Company and each Subsidiary has performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under, is not in default or violation of, and has no Knowledge of any default or violation by any other party to each Plan, and each Plan has been maintained and administered in all material respects in compliance with its terms and all Applicable Laws. No suit, action or other litigation (excluding claims for benefits incurred in the ordinary course of Plan activities) has been brought, or to the Knowledge of Company is threatened, against or with respect to any Plan. There are no audits, inquiries or proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of Company, threatened by any Governmental Entity. All contributions, reserves or premium payments required to be made or accrued as of the date hereof to any Plan has been timely made or accrued. The Company does not have any commitment to establish any new Plan, to modify any Plan (except to the extent required by Applicable Law or to conform any such Plan to the requirements of any Applicable Law), or to enter into any new Plan.

4.13 Certain Business Relationships.  Except as set forth in Section 4.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no contracts, agreements, loans, leases or other transactions between the Company or any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any present or former officer, director, stockholder or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any member of such officer’s, director’s, stockholder’s or employee’s immediate family, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, with any person controlled by such officer, director, stockholder or employee or his or her immediate family, on the other hand. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Company, no officer, director, Stockholder or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, nor any member of any of their immediate families, owns, directly or indirectly, or has an ownership interest (other than ownership interests in public companies that are less than one percent (1%) of such public company’s outstanding capital stock) in (a) any business (corporate or otherwise) which is a party to, or in any property which is the subject of, any business arrangement or relationship of any kind with the Company or any Subsidiary, (b) any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible (including but not limited to any Business Intellectual Property) that is used by the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

-20-


4.14 Restrictions on Business Activities . To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to, subject to or bound by, any judgment, injunction, order, decree, contract, covenant or agreement (non-compete or otherwise) that restricts or prohibits, or purports to restrict or prohibit, the Company or any Subsidiary from (a) freely engaging in the business of the Company or any Subsidiary as presently conducted, (b) competing anywhere in the world or (c) competing in any given line of business. Section 4.14 of the Disclosure Schedule lists any agreement, contract or commitment containing any covenant limiting the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to engage in any line of business or to compete with any person or granting any exclusive distribution rights or rights to freely set prices for its products, services or technologies (including, without limitation, most favored customer pricing provisions).

4.15 Title to Property.  Except for Permitted Liens, the Company and each Subsidiary has good and valid title to, or valid interests as lessee in, all of their respective assets, in each case free and clear of all Liens. The term “ Permitted Liens ” shall mean (i) Liens for current taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) Liens securing debt that are reflected on the Company’s balance sheet for the Most Recent Period End, (iii) with respect to standard, generally commercially available, “off-the-shelf” third party software products, any ownership or license rights of others therein and (iv) Liens provided for under leases (true and correct copies of which have been provided to Buyer) to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party. The Company does not currently own, and has never owned, any real property other than the Laval Property. Section 4.15 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the Permitted Liens as well as a complete and accurate list of all real property currently leased, subleased or licensed by or from the Company or otherwise used or occupied by the Company for the operation of its business, including the name of the lessor, licensor, sub-lessor, master lessor and/or lessee, the date and term of the lease, license, sublease or other occupancy right and each amendment thereto and, with respect to any current lease, license, sublease or other occupancy right the aggregate annual rental payable thereunder.

With respect to the Laval Property:

(a) The Laval Property comprises all of the real property used in the Company’s business in Canada; the Company is not a party to any agreement or option to purchase or to lease any other real property in interest therein. The Company is not a party to, and has not agreed to enter into, any lease or agreement in the nature of a lease in respect of any real property, whether as lessor or lessee. There is no proceeding, pending or threatened, relating to the ownership, lease, use, occupancy or operation by any Person of the Laval Property

(b) The Laval Property and every part thereof and the use and occupancy of the Laval Property are in material compliance with Applicable Law, with the Laval Deeds of Acquisition and with all covenants, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Laval Property, including applicable building, health, fire, safety, subdivision, zoning, land use law as well as with all covenants to build and restrictions contained in the Laval Deeds of Acquisition.

(c) All real estate taxes, local improvement charges or assessments, levies and charges of any kind whatsoever levied by any competent authority payable to date in respect of the Laval Property have been fully paid and acquitted, without subrogation.

 

-21-


4.16 Tax Matters.

(a) Definition of Taxes . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, provincial, territorial, state, municipal, local, domestic, foreign or other taxes, imposts, rates, levies, assessments and other charges including, without limitation, ad valorem tax, any pension plan deductions and contributions, employment insurance and unemployment insurance deductions and premiums, all other employment related taxes (including employee health, disability, payroll and other tax, deductions, contributions and premiums relating to employees), capital or capital stock tax, customs and import duties, documentary stamp tax, excise tax, franchise tax, goods and services tax, harmonized sales tax as well as any tax applicable to capital gain, gross income, gross receipts, income, intangible, inventory, license, mortgage recording, net income, personal property, production, profits, property, real property, recording, rent, sales, severance, sewer, social security, stamp, transfer, transfer gains, use, value added, water, windfall profits, and withholding taxes, together with (i) any interest, additions, fines or penalties with respect thereto or in respect of any failure to comply with any requirement regarding Tax Returns, (ii) any interest in respect of such additions, fines or penalties and (iii) any transferee liability in respect of any and all of the above.

(b) Tax Returns and Audits .

Except as disclosed in Section 4.16(b) of the Disclosure Schedule:

(i) Tax Filings. The Company and each Subsidiary has prepared and filed when due with each applicable Governmental Entity all Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of the Company and each such Subsidiary in respect of all Taxes for all fiscal periods ending prior to the date hereof. All such Tax Returns are correct and complete in all material respects, and no material fact has been omitted therefrom.

(ii) Taxes Paid. The Company and each Subsidiary has paid in full and when due all Taxes and installments on account of Taxes required to be paid by it on or prior to the date hereof. There are no Liens (other than Permitted Liens) for unpaid Taxes on any of the Company’s assets or any Subsidiary’s assets. Without restricting the generality of the foregoing, all Taxes shown on all Tax Returns or on any assessments or reassessments in respect of any such Tax Returns have been paid in full when due.

(iii) Reassessments of Taxes. No reassessments of the Company’s Taxes or the Taxes of any Subsidiary have been issued and are outstanding and there are no outstanding issues which have been raised and communicated in writing to the Company or any Subsidiary by any Governmental Entity for any fiscal period in respect of which a Tax Return of the Company or any Subsidiary has been audited. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any indication in writing from any Governmental Entity that a reassessment of the Company or any Subsidiary is proposed in respect of any Taxes, regardless of its merits. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has executed or filed with any Governmental Entity any agreement or waiver extending the period for assessment, reassessment or collection of any Taxes.

(iv) Audits. No audit or other examination of any Return of the Company or any Subsidiary by any Tax authority is presently in progress, nor has the Company or any Subsidiary been notified of any request for such an audit or other examination. No claim has ever been made by a Tax authority that the Company or any Subsidiary is or may be subject to taxation in a jurisdiction where it does not file Returns.

(v) Tax Returns Provided. The Company has provided to the Buyer true, complete and accurate copies of all Tax Returns of the Company and each Subsidiary for last four (4) completed taxation years of the Company and, as applicable, each Subsidiary and all related communications to or from all Governmental Authorities.

 

-22-


(vi) No Rulings, Etc . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has requested, received or entered into any advance Tax rulings or advance pricing agreements with any Governmental Entity.

(vii) Agreements . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) is a party to, bound by or obligated under, or has made any undertaking regarding, any Tax allocation, indemnity or sharing Contract or arrangement, and (ii) is liable for the Taxes of any other Person as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise.

(viii) Non-Arm’s Length Transactions . The value of the consideration paid or received by the Company and each Subsidiary for the acquisition, sale, transfer or provision of property (including intangibles) or the provision of services (including financial transactions) from or to any person or partnership with which it was not dealing at Arm’s Length at the relevant time was the fair market value of such property acquired, provided or sold or services purchased or provided.

(ix) Reserves and Deductions . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has claimed any reserve or deduction for Tax purposes if, as a result of such claim, any amount could be included in its income for a Post-Closing Period.

(x) Withholding . The Company and each Subsidiary have timely withheld with respect to their employees, owners and other third parties (and timely paid over to the appropriate Tax authorities) all federal, provincial state, local, territorial income, pension, unemployment and other payroll Taxes (and other similar provisions under Applicable Laws) and other Taxes required to be withheld.

(xi) Tax Liabilities. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any liability for any unpaid Taxes (whether or not shown to be due on any Return) which has not been accrued for or reserved on the balance sheet included in the Financial Statements for the Most Recent Period End, whether asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise and has not incurred any liability for unpaid Taxes since the Most Recent Period End other than in the ordinary course of business.

(xii) Tax Liens. There are no Liens relating or attributable to Taxes (“ Tax Lien ”) on the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, other than Permitted Liens. To the Company’s Knowledge, there is no reasonable basis for the assertion of any claim relating to or attributable to Taxes that, if adversely determined, would result in any Tax Lien on the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary.

(xiii) Tax Jurisdiction. None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to Tax in any jurisdiction other than its country of incorporation or formation by virtue of having a permanent establishment, place of business or source of income in that country.

(xiv) Characterization. Tenrox USA has not been at any time a “United States Real Property Holding Corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

(xv) Payment. There is no contract, agreement, plan or arrangement to which Tenrox USA is a party as of the date of this Agreement, including but not limited to the provisions of this Agreement, that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible pursuant to Sections 280G, 404 or 162(m) of the Code. There is no contract, agreement, plan or arrangement to which Tenrox USA is a party or by which it is bound to compensate any individual for excise taxes paid pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code or taxes paid under Section 409A of the Code.

 

-23-


(xvi) Transfer Pricing. The transactions between the Company, each Subsidiary and any such non-resident person or partnership were priced in a manner so as not to give rise to any material adjustments pursuant to section 247 of the Income Tax Act.

(xvii) Future Income Inclusion. There are no circumstances existing prior to the date hereof which could result in the application to the Company or any Subsidiary of any of sections 80, 80.01, 80.02, 80.03 or 80.04 of the Income Tax Act or any analogous provision of any comparable Law of any province or territory of Canada. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any unpaid amounts that may be required to be included in the Company or such Subsidiary’s income for Canadian income tax purposes for any Post-Closing Period under section 78 of the Income Tax Act or a corresponding provincial provision. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has acquired property from a Person in circumstances that would result in the Company or Subsidiary, as the case may be, becoming liable to pay Taxes of such Person under subsection 160(1) of the Income Tax Act or a corresponding provincial provision.

(xviii) Taxable Canadian Property. As at the Closing Date the Shares are not “taxable Canadian property” for purposes of the Income Tax Act.

(xix) HST, GST, QST and PST . The Company and, as required, each of the Subsidiaries, is duly registered under the Excise Tax Act (Canada) with respect to the goods and services tax and harmonized sales tax, and under applicable provincial Tax statutes in respect of all provincial Taxes which it is or has been required to collect. The registration numbers of the Company and, as applicable, each such Subsidiary are as set out in Section 4.16(b) of the Disclosure Schedule. All material input tax credits claimed by the Company and each Subsidiary pursuant to the Excise Tax Act (Canada) have been proper, correctly calculated and documented in accordance with the requirements of that Act and the regulations thereto.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.16(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, Tenrox USA is not party to any contract, agreement or arrangement that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code. Each such nonqualified deferred compensation plan of Tenrox USA has been operated since January 1, 2005 in compliance with Section 409A of the Code and all applicable guidance issued thereunder. Each outstanding option, stock appreciation right, or other similar right to acquire Common Stock of the Company or other Equity Rights, granted to or held by an individual or entity who is or may be subject to United States taxation, (1) has an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of the underlying equity as of the date such option, stock appreciation right or other similar right was granted, (2) has no feature for the deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until the later of exercise or disposition of such option, stock appreciation right or other similar right, (3) to the extent it was granted after December 31, 2004 (and with respect to Tenrox USA only), was granted with respect to a class of stock of the Company that is “service recipient stock” (within the meaning of the applicable regulations under Section 409A), and (4) has been properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the Financial Statements.

4.17 Brokers or Finders.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has incurred, or will incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Company or any Subsidiary, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or the other Related Agreements or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby.

4.18 Intellectual Property .  For all purposes of and under this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

-24-


Intellectual Property ” means any and all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) all United States and foreign patents and utility models, including utility patents, design patents, plant patents and plant variety protection certificates, and all registrations and applications therefor and all reissues, divisionals, re-examinations, corrections, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations in-part thereof, and other derivatives and certificates associated therewith, and equivalent or similar rights anywhere in the world in inventions and discoveries, including, without limitation, invention disclosures (“ Patents ”); (ii) all trade secrets and other rights in know-how and confidential or proprietary information throughout the world (“ Trade Secrets ”); (iii) all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world (“ Copyrights ”); (iv) all mask works, mask work registrations, integrated circuit topographies and integrated circuit topography registration, and applications therefor, and any equivalent or similar rights (“ Mask Works ”); (v) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (vi) all rights in domain names and applications and registrations therefor (“ Domain Names ”); (vii) all trade names, trade dress, logos or other corporate designations, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor and all goodwill associated therewith throughout the world (“ Trademarks ”); and (viii) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world, including, without limitation, moral rights and publicity rights.

Business Intellectual Property ” shall mean any and all Intellectual Property that is owned by, or exclusively licensed to, the Company or any Subsidiary.

(a) Section 4.18(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of (i) all Intellectual Property of the Company or its Subsidiary that is the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration or other document issued, filed with, or recorded by any private, state, government or other regulatory entity, including, without limitation, Patents, registered Trademarks, registered Copyrights and Domain Names (“ Registered Intellectual Property ”); (ii) all unregistered Business Intellectual Property and (iii) all products or services currently distributed, offered or marketed by the Company or any Subsidiary or that remain in use (collectively the “ Business Products ”). For each item of Intellectual Property listed, the Disclosure Schedule includes, where applicable, (v) the applicable jurisdiction in which such item was applied for or registered; (w) the date of such application and registration; (x) the application number and registration number; (y) the current status of such item; and (z) a summary of all proceedings, mediation, arbitration, claims, notices, or actions before any court or tribunal (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “ PTO ”) or equivalent authority anywhere in the world) or claims of infringement, invalidity or the like related to such item of which the Company has Knowledge.

(b) Each item of Registered Intellectual Property that is owned by, exclusively licensed to, or filed in the name of, the Company or any Subsidiary (“ Business Registered Intellectual Property ”) is valid and subsisting. All necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees currently due in connection with such Business Registered Intellectual Property have been made. All necessary documents, recordations and certificates in connection with such Business Registered Intellectual Property have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other authorities in each jurisdiction where such documents, recordations and certifications may be required for the purposes of maintaining such Business Registered Intellectual Property registered in such jurisdiction. There are no actions that must be taken by the Company or any Subsidiary within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date that, if not taken, will result in the expiration, non-renewal or abandonment of any Business Registered Intellectual Property, including the payment of any registration, maintenance or renewal fees or the filing of any responses to PTO (or equivalent authority) actions, documents, applications or certificates for the purposes of obtaining, maintaining, perfecting or preserving or renewing any Business Registered Intellectual Property.

 

-25-


(c) To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no facts or circumstances existing that could reasonably be expected to render any Business Intellectual Property invalid or unenforceable. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no information, materials, facts or circumstances, including any information or fact that would constitute prior art, that would render any Business Registered Intellectual Property invalid or unenforceable, or would adversely affect any pending application for any Business Registered Intellectual Property, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has misrepresented or failed to disclose, or has Knowledge of any misrepresentation or failure to disclose, nor has any Stockholder misrepresented or failed to represent or has knowledge (with no duty to investigate) of any misrepresentation or failure to disclose, any fact or circumstances in any application for any Business Registered Intellectual Property that would constitute fraud or a misrepresentation with respect to such application or that would otherwise affect the validity or enforceability of any Business Registered Intellectual Property.

(d) The Company and the Subsidiaries own and have good title to or have all necessary licenses to use and exploit each item of Business Intellectual Property free of any Lien as necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries, each as currently conducted. The Company and the Subsidiaries own or have the right to use all Intellectual Property necessary to the conduct of the business of the Company and each Subsidiary as currently conducted, including, without limitation, the design, development, and sale of all Business Products currently sold by the Company or any Subsidiary and the performance of all services provided by the Company or any Subsidiary related to any Business Products. All contributions originally developed by or for the Company relating to the Business Intellectual Property owned by the Company were authored by employees or individual contractors (the “ Developers ”) who have assigned all of their Intellectual Property Rights therein to the Company or the Subsidiaries pursuant to written agreements. The Developers have waived in writing their moral rights in such Business Intellectual Property.

(e) Section 4.18(e) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all contracts, licenses and agreements to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party: (i) with respect to Business Intellectual Property licensed or transferred to any third party; (ii) pursuant to which a third party has licensed or transferred any Business Intellectual Property to the Company or any Subsidiary; (iii) pursuant to which a third party has developed or created any Intellectual Property that is incorporated into any Business Product or is otherwise used by the Company or any Subsidiary, other than standard off-the-shelf software that is generally available for license; or (iv) by which the Company or any Subsidiary has agreed to, or assumed, any obligation or duty to warrant, indemnify, reimburse, hold harmless, guarantee or otherwise assume or incur any obligation or liability to provide a right of rescission with respect to the infringement or misappropriation by the Company or any Subsidiary or such other person of any Business Intellectual Property rights. All such contracts, licenses and agreements listed (collectively, the “ IP Contracts ”) are in full force and effect or expired with certain provisions surviving as per their terms.

(f) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Related Agreements will neither violate, nor result in the breach, modification, cancellation, termination or suspension (“ Termination ”) of the IP Contracts by their terms. The Company and each Subsidiary are in material compliance with, and have not breached any material term of, any such IP Contracts. To the Knowledge of the Company, all other parties to such contracts, licenses and agreements are in material compliance with, and have not breached any term of, such IP Contracts. Except as set forth in Section 3.18(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no provision in any such IP Contracts that requires, upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Related Agreements, the Company to (i) grant to any third party any right with respect to any Business Intellectual Property owned by, or licensed to, Buyer prior to the Closing or (ii) be obligated to pay any royalties or other amounts to any third party in excess of those payable by the Company or any Subsidiary prior to the Closing.

 

-26-


(g) Subject to Section 4.18(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the operation of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries as now conducted, nor the design, development, manufacture, distribution, reproduction, marketing or sale of any Business Product has, does or, to the Knowledge of the Company, will, infringe or result in the misappropriation of the Intellectual Property (other than patents) of any third party or violate the rights of any third party. To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the operation of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries as now conducted, nor the design, development, manufacture, distribution, reproduction, marketing or sale of any Business Product has, does or, to the Knowledge of the Company, will, infringe any patent of any third party.

(h) To the Knowledge of the Company, no person has infringed or misappropriated or is infringing or misappropriating any Business Intellectual Property. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received in writing, or to the Company’s Knowledge otherwise received notice, from any third party that the operation of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries as now conducted or any Business Product infringes or misappropriates the Intellectual Property of any third party.

(i) Section 4.18(i) of the Disclosure Schedule summarizes the Company’s general procedures to protect the Company’s and any Subsidiary’s confidential information and trade secrets or confidential information of third parties provided to the Company or any Subsidiary. Section 4.18(i) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth any non-written agreement pursuant to which any third party uses, has appropriated, or has received disclosure of any Business Product, other than in connection with trade shows in the ordinary course of business. Except as disclosed in Section 4.18(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, each current and former employee, officer, director, stockholder, manager, member and contractor of the Company and each Subsidiary has executed a proprietary information and/or confidentiality agreement substantially in the form provided to the Buyer and no such individual has excluded any inventions or other Intellectual Property from the scope of such agreement. To the Company’s Knowledge, no current or former employee, officer, director, stockholder, manager, member or consultant of the Company or the Subsidiary is in breach of such agreements.

(j) The Company and the Subsidiary own and have good title to or have all necessary licenses to use and exploit the source code relating to all Business Products (the “ Source Code ”). The Source Code (i) has at all times been maintained in confidence, (ii) has been disclosed by the Company or any Subsidiary only to employees and/or contractors that are bound by nondisclosure obligations, (iii) has not been sold, transferred, or exclusively licensed to any customer or third party, (iv) subject to Section 4.18(j) of the Disclosure Schedule, is not the subject of any escrow or similar agreement or arrangement giving any third party rights in such Source Code upon the occurrence of certain events and (v) to the extent such Source Code is the subject of any escrow or similar agreement as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Company, no events have occurred that would give rise to the release of such Source Code to such third party and the Company has no Knowledge of any facts or circumstances that such event is likely to occur in the 12-month period following the Closing Date. Section 4.18(j) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all contracts, licenses and agreements to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party relating to the licensing of Source Code.

(k) Subject to Section 4.18(k) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary uses or has used any Public Software in connection with the development of its Business Products or incorporated into, integrated, distributed or bundled any Public Software with its Business Products. The term “ Public Software ” includes any and all software that contains, includes, incorporates or has instantiated therein, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is distributed as open source, public source, freeware software or similar licensing or distribution model, including software licensed or distributed under

 

-27-


any of the licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following: (i) GNU’s General Public License (GPL) or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL); (ii) the Artistic License (e.g., PERL); (iii) the Mozilla Public License; (iv) the Netscape Public License; (iv) the Sun Community Source License (SCSL); (vi) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL); (vii) the BSD License; and (viii) the Apache License.

(l) To the Knowledge of the Company, the Business Products do not contain any viruses or Easter eggs. For the purposes of this Agreement, “virus” means any computer code intentionally designed (i) to disrupt, disable, or harm in any manner the operation of any software or hardware, (ii) to allow a third party to have access to the user’s computer or network without such user’s authority or (iii) to cause the software to have any “Easter eggs” or other hidden features or novelties that are not useful for the normal operation of the software.

4.19 Privacy.  All personal information which has been collected, stored, maintained or otherwise used by the Company or any Subsidiary has been collected, stored, maintained and used in material compliance with all privacy laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company, any Subsidiary, or the Company or any Subsidiary’s customers where required by contract binding upon the Company or the Subsidiary and/or Applicable Law. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any complaints about their management of personal information that have not been resolved to the satisfaction of the complainant nor have they received notice from any applicable privacy authority regarding any inquiry, investigation or appeal in connection with their management of personal information. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has been the subject of a decision of a Court arising out of or connected with a breach of privacy by the Company or a Subsidiary. The Company’s and each Subsidiary’s practices are, and have always been, in material compliance with (i) their then-current privacy policy, including the privacy policy posted on the Company’s and each Subsidiary’s websites, and (ii) their customers’ privacy policies, when required by contract. All of the personal information collected by the Company and each Subsidiary is stored in Quebec, Canada. Section 4.19 of the Disclosure Schedule (i) describes the types of personal information collected by the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) sets forth any agreements with any third parties that have been retained by the Company or its Subsidiaries to process, manage or store personal information, (iii) summarizes the general technological and procedural measures in place to provide protection to personal information collected by either the Company or any Subsidiary against loss, theft and unauthorized access or disclosure, and (iv) summarizes the two breaches of confidentiality which have occurred prior to the Closing Date. The Company and each Subsidiary have the full power and authority to transfer any and all rights in any individual’s personal information in the Company’s and any Subsidiaries’ possession or control to Buyer. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to any obligation that would prevent Buyer from accessing and using such personal information for any purpose including due diligence and the purposes for which it was collected or consistent purposes.

4.20 Agreements, Contracts and Commitments.  Section 4.20 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all of the agreements to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party (each, a “ Contract ”) which involve:

(a) financial obligations by or to the Company or any Subsidiary for a total amount in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per year (per Contract);

(b) any agreement that has been entered into for the primary purpose of establishing obligations on the part of the Company or any Subsidiary to indemnify any officer, director, employee or third party (other than indemnification obligations set forth in customer contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business), or any power of attorney or guaranty (granted to a third party);

 

-28-


(c) any lease of personal property having a value individually in excess of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000);

(d) any agreement (or group of related agreements) under which it has created, incurred, assumed, or guaranteed any indebtedness for borrowed money or any capitalized lease obligation in or under which a security interest has been imposed on any of its assets, tangible or intangible;

(e) any bonus, profit sharing, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation, deferred compensation, severance or other plan or arrangement for the benefit of its current or former directors, officers or employees;

(f) any agreement under which it has advanced or loaned any amount to any of its current or former directors, officers or employees;

(g) any agreement under which the consequences of a default or termination could have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(h) any agreement pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary is obligated to provide maintenance, support or training for its products, other than in the ordinary course of business.

With respect to each such Contract or IP Contract: (A) the agreement is legal, valid, binding and in full force and effect, subject to the Enforceability Limitations; (B) neither the Company, any Subsidiary, nor any other party is in material breach or default and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no event has occurred, which with notice or lapse of time would constitute a material breach or default, or permit termination, modification, or acceleration, under the agreement; (C) the Company has not and, to the Company’s Knowledge, each other party to such agreement has not repudiated any provision of the agreement; (D) there are no disputes, oral agreements or forbearance programs in effect; and (E) to its Knowledge, the Company is not aware of facts that would reasonably prevent the service or products called for thereunder to be supplied in accordance with its terms.

4.21 Insurance.  The Company and the Subsidiaries have in place the insurance policies listed in Section 4.21 of the Disclosure Schedule (collectively, the “ Insurance Policies ”). There is no claim by the Company or any Subsidiary pending under any of the Insurance Policies as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed in writing by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under the Insurance Policies have been paid and the Company and each Subsidiary are otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Insurance Policies. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received notice of any threatened termination of, or any premium increase with respect to, any of the Insurance Policies.

4.22 Tangible Assets.  The tangible material assets of the Company and the Subsidiaries have been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, and are in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear) and are usable in the ordinary course of business, as currently conducted.

4.23 Litigation.  Section 4.23 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth each instance in which the Company or any Subsidiary (and any of their properties or assets) (a) is subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge or (b) is a party, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, is threatened to be made a party, to any private or governmental action, suit, proceeding, claim, hearing, arbitration or investigation of, in or before any agency, court, tribunal or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any

 

-29-


federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator (collectively, “ Claims ”). The Company has no Knowledge of any facts that would form a reasonable basis for any Claims that could be brought against the Company or any Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any plans to initiate any litigation, arbitration or other proceeding against any third party, other than in the normal course of business in relation to unpaid receivables.

4.24 Complete Copies of Materials.  The Company and the Stockholders have delivered or caused to be delivered true and complete copies of the documents pursuant to the diligence requests of the Buyer, which include a correct and complete copy of each of the Company’s forms of customer contracts and a list of all customer contracts not on the Company’s standard form, each Contract required to be listed in Section 4.20 of the Disclosure Schedule, each IP Contract required to be listed in Section 4.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, any other Company agreements required to be listed in Sections 4.11 , 4.12 , 4.13 or 4.14 of the Disclosure Schedule and a written summary setting forth the terms and conditions of each oral agreement required to be listed therein (if any). The copies of the Company’s minute books which were provided to Buyer contained complete and accurate records of all material actions taken, and summaries of all meetings held, by its stockholders, the board of directors and any committees thereof since the creation of the Company on October 5, 2005 by way of amalgamation.

4.25 Environmental Matters.  Neither the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their properties, assets or operations is or has ever been in violation of any Applicable Laws relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, including, in any and all cases, the Politique de protection des sols et de réhabilitation des terrains contaminés (Québec) (collectively “ Environmental Laws ”) which violation does have, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect, and no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing Environmental Laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, there are no Contaminants in the properties and assets that the Company and any Subsidiary own, occupy, manage, lease or have custody of, or in the properties and assets that the Company and any Subsidiary have, in the past, owned, occupied, managed, leased or had custody of (including in soil, surface water, groundwater, tanks, containers and any materials containing Contaminants). There are no Contaminants in any properties or assets (including, to the Knowledge of the Company, properties and assets owned by third parties) with respect to which the Company or any Subsidiary is or may reasonably be alleged to have liability. True, accurate and complete copies of all environmental audits, site assessments (including correspondence with Governmental Entities) relating to the environmental and occupational health and safety condition of the assets and properties owned, occupied, managed, leased or under the custody of, whether currently or in the past, the Company and the Subsidiaries, have been provided to Buyer.

4.26 Customers and Suppliers.

(a) Subject to the Section 4.26(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) has any outstanding material disputes concerning the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s products and/or services with any customer and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received notice of any material dissatisfaction on the part of any customer of the Company or any Subsidiary of a recurring nature or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) has received any written or, to the Knowledge of the Company , oral notice from any customer that such customer shall not continue as a customer of the Company or any Subsidiary (or Buyer) after the Closing or that such customer intends to terminate or materially modify existing agreements or arrangements with the Company or any Subsidiary (or Buyer) and (iii) has received any customer service requests for or has any current obligation to provide any product updates or replacements outside the ordinary course of business.

 

-30-


(b) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any outstanding material dispute concerning products and/or services provided by any supplier or vendor and the Company has no Knowledge of any material dissatisfaction on the part of any such supplier or vendor. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written or, to the Knowledge of the Company, oral notice from any supplier or vendor that such supplier or vendor shall not continue as a supplier or vendor to the Company or any Subsidiary (or Buyer) after the Closing or that such supplier or vendor intends to terminate or materially modify existing agreements or arrangements with the Company or any Subsidiary (or Buyer).

4.27 Competition Act and Investment Canada Act .

(a) The aggregate value of all assets in Canada of the Company and entities controlled by the Company and the annual gross revenues from sales in and from Canada generated from all such assets do not exceed, in either case, CAN$73 million as determined in accordance with Part IX of the Competition Act and the Notifiable Transactions Regulations thereunder.

(b) The aggregate value of the assets of the Company and of all other entities in Canada, that are directly or indirectly controlled by the Company, calculated in the manner prescribed by the Investment Canada Act and the regulations thereunder, is less than CAN$312 million and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a cultural business (as such term is defined in the Investment Canada Act ).

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Company and to each Stockholder as follows:

5.1 Organization and Standing.  Buyer is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Buyer has the corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted and is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified or licensed would have a material adverse effect on Buyer’s business taken as a whole.

5.2 Authority.  Buyer has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Buyer. This Agreement and any Related Agreements to which Buyer is a party have been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and constitute the valid and binding obligations of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with their terms.

5.3 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees; Transaction Expenses.  Except for fees payable to Catapult Advisors LLC, Buyer has not incurred, and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by Buyer, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.

 

-31-


5.4 Integrality.  This Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Lease Agreement and the Employee Agreements reflect all terms, conditions, benefits and compensation applicable in favour of the Stockholders (including any affiliate or Person not dealing at arms length with a Stockholder) as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby. All documents and agreements signed between the Buyer and any Stockholder (including any affiliate or Person not dealing at arms length with a Stockholder, if applicable) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be made available to each Stockholder after Closing, upon written request of such Stockholder and subject to applicable confidentiality obligations.

5.5 No Conflict.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Related Agreements, and the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, (i) conflict with or violate any provision of any of the charter documents of the Buyer, (ii) conflict with or violate any Applicable Law applicable to the Buyer or (iii) result in any material breach of or constitute a material default (or an event that with or without notice or lapse of time or both would be reasonably likely to become a default) under any agreement, understanding, instrument, contract, proposed transaction, transaction, mortgage, hypothec, permit, franchise, judgment, order, writ, decree or other obligation to which the Buyer and/or the Parent is a party or to which any of its material assets are bound or affected. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the application of Section 7.3 and the payment of the R&D Credits and Income Tax Adjustment as provided thereunder, are not restricted or limited in any manner, and they do not and will not constitute a breach of default, pursuant to the financing covenants applicable to the Parent and/or the Buyer.

ARTICLE VI

CLOSING

6.1 Form of Documents.  At the Closing, the Parties shall deliver the documents, and shall perform the acts, which are set forth in this Article VI . All documents which the Company, Stockholders and Optionholders shall deliver shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer’s counsel. All documents which Buyer shall deliver shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Stockholders’ and the Company’s counsel.

6.2 Buyer’s Deliveries.  At the Closing, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Buyer shall execute and/or deliver or cause to be executed and/or delivered to the Stockholders all of the following:

(a) the Closing Amount, payable in accordance with the Stockholders’ respective Pro Rata Portions;

(b) the Escrow Amount shall be deposited in the Escrow Fund as provided at Section 2.1(b)(i);

(c) an executed (1) year lease for the Laval Property, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit H hereto (the “ Lease Agreement ”); and

 

-32-


6.3 Stockholders’ Deliveries.  At the Closing, the Stockholders shall, and shall cause the Company and the Subsidiaries, as applicable, to execute (where applicable in recordable form) and/or deliver or cause to be executed and/or delivered to Buyer all of the following:

(a) one or more certificates representing the Shares owned by such Stockholder, accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in blank;

(b) evidence of the obtaining of all material approvals from any Governmental Entity listed in Section 4.4 of the Disclosure Schedule;

(c) evidence satisfactory to Buyer of the obtaining of all necessary consents, waivers, and approvals of parties to any Contract as listed in Section 4.4 of the Disclosure Schedule;

(d) an Employee Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, an “ Employee Agreement ”) executed by each of Rudolf Melik, Rafat Hilal, Ara Israilian, Ludwig Melik and Edwin Badalian, which shall be in effect as of the Closing Date and such Stockholders shall not have taken any action which would be prohibited by the Employee Agreements were such agreements in effect at the time of such action;

(e) an Employee Proprietary Information Agreement from each employee of the Company identified by Buyer, which shall be in effect as of the Closing Date;

(f) written resignation letters from each of the respective directors and officers of the Company and any Subsidiaries effective as of the Closing Date in a form acceptable to Buyer;

(g) a Non-Competition Agreement in substantially the form attached as Exhibit D hereto, executed by each of Rudolf Melik, Rafat Hilal, Ara Israilian, Ludwig Melik and Edwin Badalian;

(h) evidence of termination of the Tenrox USA 401(k) Plan, effective as of the Closing;

(i) evidence of termination of the Company’s Share Option Plan, effective as of the Closing;

(j) evidence of termination of the Company’s 2005 USA and Registration Rights Agreement and each of the Company’s Voting Trust Agreements;

(k) a countersigned Option Cancellation Agreement executed by the Company and each of the Optionholders in the form of Exhibit A hereto;

(l) the Statement of Expenses pursuant to Section 2.4, certified as true and correct by the Company as of the Closing Date in form acceptable to Buyer;

(m) determination of the Estimated NWC in accordance with Schedule 6.3(m) hereto;

(n) a duly and validly executed copy of all agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, that are necessary or appropriate to evidence the release of all Liens set forth in Schedule 6.3(n) hereto;

 

-33-


(o) a legal opinion from Heenan Blaikie LLP, legal counsel to the Company, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E ;

(p) the Certified Capitalization Table, certified as true and correct by the Company as of the Closing Date in form acceptable to Buyer, which shall be delivered to Buyer at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

(q) a certificate of compliance respecting the Company issued by Industry Canada; a certificate of attestation respecting the Company issued by the Registraire des entreprises du Québec ; and a certificate of good standing (or the equivalent) from each of the Secretaries of State of Delaware, California and the United Kingdom for the Company, Tenrox USA and Tenrox UK, respectively, each dated within ten (10) Business Days prior to Closing;

(r) evidence of transfer of the Laval Property from the Company to Newco, without any warranty whatsoever at Newco’s entire risk, with the assumption by Newco to the Company’s entire exoneration of all obligations in connection with the DBC Loan and Hypothec and in the Laval Deeds of Acquisition; and

(s) evidence of the coverage continuation for the past and current directors of the Company pursuant to the directors and officers liability insurance policy maintained by the Company, the whole for a period of six (6) years following the Closing Date.

(t) a release by the Development Bank of Canada in favor of the Company from all obligations under the DBC Loan and Hypothec, effective upon the transfer to Newco of the Laval Property.

ARTICLE VII

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

7.1 Additional Documents and Further Assurances.  Each of the Stockholders and Buyer will execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, as applicable, all such proper instruments, deeds, assignments and assurances and do all other things necessary or desirable to consummate the transactions under this Agreement and to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement. Each of the Stockholders agrees to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, as applicable, any additional agreements or documents necessary or advisable with the advice of legal counsel to convey full ownership of the Shares to Buyer.

7.2 Tax Matters .

(a) Subject to Section 7.2(c) , the Stockholders shall be responsible for the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns for the Company and its Subsidiaries required to be filed for periods ending immediately before the Closing Date. Such Tax Returns shall be prepared in accordance with Applicable Law and consistent with past practices (except to the extent inconsistent with Applicable Law). The Stockholders shall permit Buyer and Parent to review and comment on each such Tax Return during a reasonable period prior to filing and shall revise such Tax Returns pursuant to Buyer and Parent’s reasonable comments. Subject to Section 7.2(c) , Buyer shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns for the Company and its Subsidiaries required to be filed in respect of periods ending after the Closing Date (“ Post-Closing Tax Periods ”). Buyer shall permit the Representatives to review and comment on each such Tax Return applicable to the Post-Closing Tax Periods or the Straddle Period during a reasonable period prior to filing and shall revise such Tax Returns pursuant to the Representatives’ reasonable comments.

 

-34-


(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Stockholders shall be solely responsible for and shall timely pay (i) any and all Taxes imposed on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any taxable period or portion thereof ending on or prior to the Closing Date (the “ Pre-Closing Tax Period ”), any Taxes resulting from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, (collectively, the “ Pre-Closing Taxes ”), the whole if in excess of Taxes accrued for on the Closing Balance Sheet as well as (ii) any Taxes of the Stockholders. For the avoidance of doubt, Pre-Closing Taxes shall include any (i) Taxes arising from the transfer of the Laval Property from the Company to Newco, (ii) repayment of any amount of Income Tax Adjustment or R&D Credits paid to the Stockholders pursuant to Section 2.2(b)(iii) or (iv)  or (iii) employment or payroll Taxes with respect to any bonuses, cash out of options or other compensatory payments in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. To the extent that the party responsible pursuant to this Agreement for filing a Return (the “ Filing Party ”) is required to remit any Taxes that the other party is responsible pursuant to this Agreement to pay (the “ Paying Party ”), the Paying Party shall pay to the Filing Party any such Taxes within 10 days after receipt of reasonably satisfactory evidence of the amount of such Taxes. In the case of any taxable period that includes but does not end on the Closing Date (each, a “ Straddle Period ”), the real, personal and intangible property Taxes (“ Property Taxes ”) imposed upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries allocable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be equal to the amount of such Property Taxes for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during the Straddle Period that are in the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period; and the Taxes (other than Property Taxes) imposed upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries allocable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be computed as if such taxable period ended on the Closing Date, provided that, subject to Applicable Laws, all exemptions, allowances or deductions for such Straddle Period that are calculated on an annual basis (including depreciation and amortization deductions), other than with respect to property placed in service after the Closing, shall be allocated between the period Pre-Closing Tax Period and the period after the Closing Date in proportion to the number of days in each period.

(c) Buyer and the Stockholders shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of any Tax Returns with respect to the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective operations, and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes of or attributable to the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective operations. Such cooperation shall include Buyer’s retention and provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any materials provided hereunder. Buyer and the Stockholders shall work together in good faith in the preparation of all Tax Returns. In the event of a dispute in the preparation of any Tax Return (including any Tax Return giving rise to an Income Tax Adjustment or R&D Credit) such dispute shall be referred to a mutually acceptable third party accounting firm for resolution using the procedures set forth in Section 2.6(b).

7.3 R&D Credits and Income Tax Adjustment

(a) Each of the Buyer and the Company agrees that any and all amounts of R&D Credits which are received by the Company, or used by the Company to offset or reduce its Taxes, shall be paid in full to the Stockholders in accordance with their Pro Rata Portion, within five (5) Business days of the receipt of any such amount by the Company (or the filing of the Tax Return showing the use of R&D Credits to offset or reduce Taxes, as applicable), net of any documented costs and related fees that would not

 

-35-


have otherwise been incurred by the Company. The Parties agree to work together in good faith to minimize such costs and related fees and Buyer shall request pre-approval from the Representatives for significant internal fees or costs. Buyer shall have the right to set off any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 7.3(a) against any amounts owing from the Stockholders to Buyer on account of Pre-Closing Taxes. The determination of the amounts so received, used and payable shall be made in accordance with, and subject to, the methodology set forth in Schedule 7.3 , provided that in each case, the Company (or any relevant subsidiary where applicable) shall use any R&D Tax Credit ultimately allowed by the applicable tax authority in the earliest year permissible under the applicable tax statute. The Company agrees to use the R&D Credits in the order of their claim as indicated on Schedule 31 of the Company’s Tax Return, the oldest being claimed first.

(b) Each of the Buyer and the Company agrees that any and all amounts of Income Tax Adjustment which are received by the Company, or used by the Company to offset or reduce its Taxes, shall be paid in full to the Stockholders in accordance with their Pro Rata Portion, the whole within five (5) Business Days of the receipt of such amounts by the Company (or the filing of the Tax Return showing the use of Income Tax Adjustment to offset or reduce Taxes, as applicable), net of any documented costs and related fees that would not have otherwise been incurred by the Company. The Parties agree to work together in good faith to minimize such costs and related fees and Buyer shall request pre-approval from the Representatives for significant internal fees or costs. Buyer shall have the right to set off any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 7.3(b) against any amounts owing from the Stockholders to Buyer on account of Pre-Closing Taxes. The determination of the amounts so received, used and payable shall be made in accordance with, and subject to, the methodology set forth in Schedule 7.3 , provided that in each case, the Company (or any relevant subsidiary where applicable) shall use any deduction, loss, tax credit or other favorable Tax attribute arising from an Income Tax Adjustment ultimately allowed by the applicable tax authority in the earliest year permissible under the applicable tax statute.

(c) Any amount payable to the Stockholders pursuant to Section 7.3(a) or 7.3(a) shall be paid to Heenan Blaikie in trust, at the wire coordinates indicated at Section 2.7(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, the whole for distribution among the Stockholders. The Representatives shall have access to all relevant files and documents of the Company, the Subsidiaries, and their auditors, in order to assess the application of Sections 7.3(a) and 7.3(a) above. In addition, provided there results no negative Tax consequences for the Company on a going forward basis, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to prepare and file its Tax Return in such a way that accelerates the collection and/or use of the R&D Credits and Income Tax Adjustment. For such purposes, the Company shall provide the Representatives with its draft Tax Returns at least twenty (20) days before the deadline for their filing and shall revise such Tax Returns pursuant to the Representatives’ reasonable comments, to the extent any such comments are not to the Company’s detriment.

(d) The Company shall keep the Stockholders informed of any notice, document or other communication received from Governmental Authorities regarding or affecting the Pre-Closing Taxes, the R&D Credits and/or the Income Tax Adjustment. Copy of any such notice, documents must be provided to the Representatives within twenty (20) days of its receipt by the Company. Should the R&D Credits and/or Income Tax Adjustment be challenged in any way by the Governmental Authorities, or their payment or use by the Company be suspended or otherwise affected by measures or positions taken by the Governmental Authorities, the Stockholders shall have the right (in the Representatives’ sole discretion) to lead the contestation process with the Governmental Authorities, at the Stockholders’ costs and expenses; provided, however, that in order to exercise such right, the Representatives must acknowledge in writing to Buyer and the Company that any Loss attributable to such contest shall be the sole responsibility of the Stockholders. The Company shall cooperate with the Representatives in any such process and make available to the Representatives, at the Representatives’ expense, all witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information in the Company’s possession or under the Company’s control relating thereto as is reasonably required by the Representatives.

 

-36-


7.4 Time Limitation.  The obligations set forth in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 (and any claim for breach thereof) shall terminate at the close of business on the thirtieth (30th) day following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations with respect to the Tax liabilities in question (giving effect to any waiver, mitigation or extension thereof), and shall not be subject to any of the limitations on indemnification set forth in Section 8.3 hereof. To the extent of any conflict between the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 , and any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3 shall govern.

7.5 Release by Stockholders.  As a material inducement to Buyer’s willingness to enter into and perform this Agreement for the consideration to be paid or provided to the Stockholders, each Stockholder, on behalf of such Stockholder and such Stockholder’s affiliates (each a “ Releasing Party ”) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases and forever discharges, the Company, the Subsidiary and their respective successors and assigns (the “ Released Parties ”) from any and all claims, charges, complaints, causes of action, damages, agreements and liabilities of any kind or nature whatsoever (“ Released Claims ”), whether known or unknown and whether at law or in equity, which such Stockholder or any of its affiliates now has, have ever had or may hereafter have against the respective Released Parties arising contemporaneously with or prior to the Closing Date or on account of or arising out of any matter, cause or event occurring contemporaneously with or prior to the Closing Date, including without limitation any Released Claims relating to or arising out of such Stockholder’s ownership of Shares, and any Released Claims such Releasing Party may now or hereafter otherwise have arising from any rights to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses under the Company’s organizational documents or agreements now or hereafter in effect. Furthermore, each of Rudolf Melik, Rafat Hilal, Ara Israilian, Ludwig Melik and Edwin Badalian (and for clarification, none of the other Stockholders) agrees to irrevocably waive any rights to severance, including without limitation, any right to severance contained in such Stockholders’ offer letter or employment agreement or otherwise granted by the Company’s board of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 7.5 shall operate to release any obligations of the Company, or obligate the Releasing Parties to refrain from making claims or commencing any proceedings arising under, or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Related Agreement. Furthermore, nothing contained in this Section 7.5 shall operate to release or terminate any obligations for employee compensation for the current pay period or employee benefits under any Plans of the Company. Each Stockholder shall cause such Stockholder’s affiliates to comply with the terms of this Section 7.5 and the release contemplated hereby.

7.6 Non-Competition Agreements.  The Non-Competition Agreements mentioned at Section 6.3(g)  shall be executed and delivered by the Stockholders identified at such Section as part of the transaction contemplated hereby. No specific monetary consideration (as part of the Purchase Price or otherwise), other than the actual closing of the purchase and sale of Shares owned by such Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement, shall be paid to the Stockholders in consideration of the execution and delivery of the Non-Competition Agreements.

 

-37-


ARTICLE VIII

SURVIVAL, INDEMNIFICATION, AND ESCROW

8.1 Survival.  The representations, warranties and obligations of the Company and the Stockholders contained in this Agreement (including the representations and warranties included at Article III and IV) shall survive for twelve (12) months following the Closing Date (such date, the “ Survival Date ”); provided , however , that in the event of fraud or intentional misrepresentation, such representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and obligations shall survive indefinitely with respect to such fraud or intentional misrepresentation and provided further , that any claim that is properly asserted in writing prior to the expiration of the applicable survival period as provided in this Section 8.1  shall survive until such claim is finally resolved and satisfied and provided further that the representation and warranty of the Company in Section 4.16(b)(xviii) shall survive indefinitely and shall not expire.

8.2 Indemnification.  From and after the Closing, and subject to the provisions of Section 8.1 hereof, each of the Company and the Stockholders (the “ Indemnifying Parties ”) agree, on a several basis, to indemnify and hold harmless Buyer and its officers, directors, affiliates, employees, agents and representatives (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) against all claims, losses, Taxes, liabilities, damages, costs, interest, awards, judgments, penalties and third party expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses and including any such expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending against or settling any of the foregoing (hereinafter individually a “ Loss ” and collectively “ Losses ”) incurred or sustained by the Indemnified Parties, or any of them, as a result of (i) any breach or inaccuracy of a representation or warranty of such Indemnifying Party contained in this Agreement ( provided that, in the event of any such breach or inaccuracy, solely for purposes of determining the amount of any Loss and not to determine whether a Loss has occurred, no effect will be given to any qualification as to “materiality,” a “Material Adverse Effect” or “Knowledge” contained therein), (ii) any failure by such Indemnifying Party to perform or comply with any covenant, obligation or agreement applicable to it contained in this Agreement, (iii) any fraud or intentional misrepresentation, (iv) any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation of such Indemnifying Party contained in this Agreement, (v) any Transaction Expenses not otherwise set forth in detail on the Statement of Expenses, (vi) any and all Pre-Closing Taxes imposed on the Company and (vii) the Reorganization (subject to Sections 3.6, 3.7 and 8.5(a) with respect to the Amalgamation). The Stockholders shall not have the right to require that the Company or the Buyer contribute to any indemnification owed by the Stockholders hereunder, provided that in all cases, the Company and the Buyer must take reasonable steps to mitigate their damages.

8.3 Maximum Payments; Limitations.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the aggregate maximum indemnification obligation of the Company and the Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement shall not exceed:

(i) a maximum amount of CDN$10,000,000 with respect to any and all Losses resulting from breaches to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.18 regarding Intellectual Property;

(ii) the Escrow Amount, with respect to any and all Losses resulting from breaches to the representations and warranties set forth in Article IV (except for Section 4.18);

(iii) the amount of the Purchase Price, with respect to any and all breaches to the representations and warranties set forth in Article III ;

the whole provided that (A) for Losses resulting from fraud or intentional misrepresentation or intentional breach of the representations and warranties in Article III and Article IV , the maximum indemnification obligation shall not be limited and (B) subject to preceding item (A), the aggregate liability of the Stockholders hereunder shall under no circumstance exceed the amount of the Purchase Price (when adding up all the indemnities paid to the Buyer pursuant to various breaches of representations and warranties after having taken into account the limitations set forth above).

 

-38-


(b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the obligations of the Company and Stockholders hereunder are several and the maximum liability of each Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement shall correspond to his Pro Rata Portion of the overall liability of the Stockholders indemnity to be paid to Buyer after having taken into account the limitations set forth in this Article; provided, however, that (i) the obligations of Rudolf Melik, 8032351 Canada Inc. and the Rudolf Melik Family Trust are joint and several between them, (ii) the obligations of Ludwig Melik, 8032394 Canada Inc. and the Ludwig Melik Family Trust are joint and several between them, (iii) the obligations of Aramazd Israilian, 8032378 Canada Inc. and the Aramazd Israilian Family Trust are joint and several between them, (iv) the obligations of Edwin Badalian, 8032386 Canada Inc. and the Edwin Badalian Family Trust are joint and several between them, and the obligations of Rafat Hilal, 8032360 Canada Inc.and the Rafat Hilal Family Trust are joint and several between them.

(c) The Indemnifying Parties shall have no obligation to indemnify any of the Indemnified Parties against any Losses due to the breach or inaccuracy of a representation or warranty of the Company or the Stockholders contained in this Agreement, other than Losses resulting from fraud or intentional misrepresentation or breach, unless and until the aggregate amount of all such Losses suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Parties exceeds CDN$100,000 (the “ Basket Amount ”), in which event such Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to full indemnification for all such Losses, subject to the limitation in Sections 8.3(a) and 8.3(b) . The parties agree however that at all times (a) the Buyer shall give written notice to the Representatives of any claim (whatever the amount) which may be considered for the Basket and (b) the Stockholders shall have the right, in their sole discretion, to pay the amount of such claim to the Buyer (in which case, it shall be disregarded in determining whether the Basket is exceeded).

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the parties hereto agree and acknowledge that any Indemnified Party may bring a claim for indemnification for any Loss under this Article VIII notwithstanding the fact that such Indemnified Party conducted due diligence. Buyer and Parent acknowledge that Jack McDonald does not have actual knowledge of any inaccuracy or breach to the Stockholders’ representations and warranties in Article III and Article IV for which Buyer or Parent intends to pursue a claim for a Loss following the Closing. The Stockholders shall not be liable for any breach, event, or circumstances disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule unless it is expressly set forth therein that the Stockholders are liable therefor.

(e) Buyer hereby agrees and acknowledges that any recourse to which it may be entitled from all of the Stockholders pursuant to Article IV this Agreement must be exercised against all Stockholders in proportion to their Pro Rata Portion.

(f) The rights of Buyer pursuant to this Article VIII shall constitute Buyer’s sole and exclusive recourse in connection with this Agreement.

8.4 Escrow.

(a) In order to satisfy and to establish a procedure for the satisfaction of claims by Buyer or its related Indemnified Parties for indemnification, Buyer, the Representative, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, Toronto Branch as escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”) shall enter into an agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), on the Closing Date, pursuant to which Buyer shall withhold the Escrow Amount from the Purchase Price and deposit the Escrow Amount into a fund to be

 

-39-


managed by the Escrow Agent and to be used to satisfy the Company’s and the Stockholders indemnification obligations, if any, any set forth in this Article   VIII (the “ Escrow Fund ”). Each Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion of the Escrow Amount shall be set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table, and the aggregate Purchase Price received by each such Stockholder shall be reduced by such amount.

(b) The Escrow Fund shall be retained as of the Closing Date and distributed within ten days after the Survival Date (or if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day immediately following such date), (such period referred to herein as the “ Escrow Period ”), the Escrow Agent shall pay to each Stockholder its Pro Rata Portion of the Escrow Amount as set forth on the Certified Capitalization Table, minus (i) all amounts theretofore validly distributed out of the Escrow Fund to the Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof, minus (ii) the amount of any unsatisfied claims specified in any Officer’s Certificate theretofore delivered to the Representative prior to termination of the Escrow Period, which amount shall remain in the Escrow Fund (and the Escrow Fund shall remain in existence) until such claims have been resolved (the “ Escrow Disbursement ”); provided , however , that to the extent it is subsequently determined in accordance with Article VIII that the Buyer is not entitled to retain any amounts subtracted pursuant to clause (ii) of this sentence or otherwise determined by a competent court or arbitrator that the Buyer is not entitled to retain any other amounts subtracted pursuant to this Section, the Escrow Agent shall promptly pay such amounts to the Stockholders in accordance with their Pro Rata Portions. As soon as any such claims have been resolved (such resolution to be evidenced by the written agreement of the Indemnified Parties and the Indemnifying Parties or the written decision of the arbitrators as described below), and within five (5) Business Days thereafter, the Escrow Agent shall deliver to the Stockholders, according to their respective Pro Rata Portions, the remaining portion of the Escrow Fund not required to satisfy any remaining claims. Interests accrued on the principal shall be paid and allocated entirely to Novacap. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this Article VIII and the provisions of the Escrow Agreement, the provisions of the Escrow Agreement shall prevail.

8.5 Claims for Indemnification.

(a) Satisfaction of Indemnification Obligations . Any Losses resulting from a breach of a representation or warranty contained in Article III or a breach of an individual covenant (to the extent it is readily apparent such covenant relates solely to such individual) included in this Agreement shall be recoverable only from the Indemnifying Party responsible for such breach, while any Losses resulting from a breach of representation or warranty contained in Article IV shall be recoverable from the Indemnifying Parties on a several basis and subject in all cases to the limitations included in this Article VIII (provided however that any Losses which result from a breach to a representation or warranty of Article IV but is clearly results from or is clearly due to RudolfCo or LudwigCo shall only be indemnifiable by Rudolf Melik and Rudolf Melik Family Trust (as to RudolfCo) and by Ludwig Melik and Ludwig Melik Family Trust (as to LudwigCo).

(b) Procedure .

(i) For the purposes hereof, “ Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean a certificate signed by any officer of Buyer: (A) stating that an Indemnified Party has paid, sustained, incurred, or accrued, or reasonably anticipates that it will have to pay, sustain, incur, or accrue Losses, and (B) specifying in reasonable detail the individual items of Losses included in the amount so stated, the date each such item was paid, sustained, incurred, or accrued, or the basis for such anticipated liability, and the nature of the misrepresentation, breach of warranty or covenant to which such item is related.

 

-40-


(ii) At the time of delivery of any Officer’s Certificate to the Representatives, and for a period of thirty (30) days after such delivery, no reduction shall be made to the Escrow Fund pursuant to this Section 8.5 unless the Representatives shall have provided written authorization to the Escrow Agent to make such reduction. After the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to release from the Escrow Fund and pay to Buyer an aggregate value not to exceed the amount of the Losses set forth in the Officer’s Certificate in accordance with this Section 8.5 , provided that no such reduction may be made if the Representatives shall object in a written statement to the claim made in the Officer’s Certificate, and such statement shall have been delivered to the Escrow Agent prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day period.

(iii) In case the Representatives shall object in writing to any claim or claims made in any Officer’s Certificate within thirty (30) days after delivery of such Officer’s Certificate, the Representatives and Buyer shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of the respective parties with respect to each of such claims. If the Representatives and Buyer should so agree, a memorandum setting forth any agreement reached by the parties with respect to such claim shall be prepared and signed by both parties, and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to release and distribute funds from the Escrow Fund in accordance with the terms of such memorandum.

(iv) If no such agreement can be reached after good faith negotiation and prior to sixty (60) days after delivery of an Officer’s Certificate, the dispute shall be definitively settled under the auspices of The Canadian Commercial Arbitration Centre, by means of arbitration and to the exclusion of courts of law, in accordance with its General Commercial Arbitration Rules in force at the time this Agreement is signed and to which the parties declare they have adhered. In the event that, within thirty (30) days after submission of any dispute to arbitration, Buyer and the Representatives cannot mutually agree on one arbitrator, then the parties agree that the arbitration will be conducted by one arbitrator selected by The Canadian Commercial Arbitration Centre.

(v) Any such arbitration shall be held in Montreal, Canada and conducted in the English language. The decision of the arbitrator as to the validity and amount of any claim in such Officer’s Certificate shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the parties to this Agreement. Such decision shall be written and shall be supported by written findings of fact and conclusions which shall set forth the award, judgment, decree or order awarded by the arbitrator, and the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to release funds from the Escrow Fund in accordance with such decision of the arbitrator.

(vi) Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction, subject to Section 8.10 . The foregoing arbitration provision shall apply to any dispute between the Stockholders on the one hand, and any Indemnified Party, on the other hand, under this Article VIII hereof .

(vii) In the event an Indemnified Party becomes aware of a third-party claim which such Indemnified Party believes may result in a demand against the Company, Buyer shall notify the Representatives of such claim within 30 days of Buyer becoming aware of the claim, the whole by way of written notice to the Representatives with reasonable details on the claim and Indemnified Party’s position (together with a complete copy of all documents relating to the claim) (the “ Claim Notice ”). If Buyer fails to provide such Claim Notice within the said 30-day period and the third-party claim is materially prejudiced thereby, the Indemnifying Parties shall be released of their obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party in connection with such claim. The Representatives shall be entitled, at the Stockholders’ expense, to lead or participate (in the Representative’s sole discretion) in any defense of a claim. If the Representatives choose to lead the defense, the Indemnifying Parties shall assume any and all of the Representatives’ legal fees, costs

 

-41-


and expenses. In the event the Representatives exercise the right to lead or participate on behalf of the Indemnifying Parties in any such defense against any such claim as provided above, the Indemnified Parties shall cooperate with the Representatives in such defense and make available to the Representatives, at the Representatives’ expense, all witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information in the Indemnified Parties’ possession or under the Indemnified Parties’ control relating thereto as is reasonably required by the Representatives. Similarly, in the event the Indemnified Parties are, directly or indirectly, conducting the defense against any such claim, the Representatives shall cooperate with the Indemnified Parties in such defense and make available to the Indemnified Parties, at the Indemnifying Parties’ expense, all such witnesses, records, materials and information in the Indemnifying Parties’ possession or under the Indemnifying Parties’ control relating thereto as is reasonably required by the Indemnified Parties. An Indemnified Party may not settle any such claim without the prior written consent of the Representatives (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). In the event that the Representatives have consented to any such settlement, the Representatives shall have no power or authority to object to the amount of any claim by such Indemnified Party against the Company for indemnity with respect to such settlement, unless such claim is in an amount in excess of any amount consented to by the Representatives.

(viii) Buyer shall cooperate and cause the Company and the Subsidiary to cooperate and give access to the Stockholders to all documents, books, records and information in order to allow a reasonable assessment of the basis of a claim pursuant to this Article VIII within the delays herein set forth, except to the extent such information could result in a breach of the attorney-client privilege or other confidentiality obligations.

(ix) Buyer shall have the full benefit of any insurance proceed or Taxes recoverable in respect of any Loss.

8.6 Stockholder Representatives.

(a) Each Stockholder (other than Novacap II, L.P.) irrevocably appoints and authorizes Aramazd Israilian (the “ Founders Representative ”) as its agent and attorney-in-fact to take such action as agent and attorney-in-fact on its or his behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Founders Representative, acting without further consent of any other Stockholder, is hereby authorized by each of the Stockholders (other than Novacap II, L.P.) to (i) take any and all actions under this Agreement on behalf of the Stockholders (other than Novacap II, L.P.) without any further consent or approval from any other Person, including for all purposes in relation to the Closing Balance Sheet and Purchase Price Adjustment (ii) supervise, defend, coordinate and negotiate claims for indemnification on behalf of the Stockholders (other than Novacap II, L.P.) under Article VIII (including settlements thereof), (iii) effect payments to Stockholders (other than Novacap II, L.P.) hereunder, (iv) to authorize delivery to the Indemnified Parties of cash from the Escrow Fund in satisfaction of claims by Buyer Indemnified Parties or object to such delivery, (v) receive or give notices hereunder, (vi) demand arbitration, (vii) receive or make payment hereunder, (viii) execute waivers or amendments hereof or hereto, and/or (ix) execute and deliver documents, releases and/or receipts hereunder.

(b) Novacap shall represent itself for all purposes in connection with this Agreement. Novacap shall identify a representative to Buyer prior to Closing, which Novacap may update in writing from time to time, and Buyer may rely on the authority of such representative until notified in writing by Novacap to the contrary. The representative of Novacap II, L.P. (as identified from time to time) and the Founders Representative are collectively referred to as, the “ Representatives ”.

 

-42-


(c) Buyer shall be entitled to deal exclusively with the Representatives on behalf of the Stockholders with respect to all matters relating to this Agreement. A decision, act, consent or instruction of the Representatives shall constitute a decision of all the Stockholders and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each of such Stockholders and Buyer may rely upon any such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Representatives as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each every such Stockholder. The Buyer is hereby relieved from any liability to any person for any acts done by them in accordance with such decision, act, consent or instruction of the Representatives.

(d) The Founders Representative may resign as Founders Representative at any time with or without cause by giving thirty (30) days prior written notice to the holders of interest of the Escrow Fund and Buyer, such resignation to be effective no sooner than thirty (30) days following the date such notice is given. Such agency may be changed (or a successor appointed in the event of the death, disability or resignation of the Founders Representative) by the holders of a majority in interest of the Escrow Fund from time to time upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Buyer; provided that the Founders Representative may not be removed unless holders of a two-thirds interest of the Escrow Fund agree to such removal and to the identity of the substituted agent. In the event of the death, disability, resignation or removal of the Founders Representative, a successor or replacement Founders Representative shall be appointed no later than ten (10) days following the last date of service of the Founders Representative that is being replaced. In the event that a successor Founders Representative is not appointed within such ten (10) day period, the Buyer and other parties shall be entitled to rely on any action of the holders of a majority in interest of the Escrow Fund as the action of all of the holders in interest of the Escrow Fund and such majority in interest of holders shall have all of the rights and duties of the Founders Representative hereunder. No bond shall be required of the Founders Representative. Notices or communications to or from the Founders Representative shall constitute notice to or from each of the Stockholders and the holders of Company Stock Rights.

(e) The Representatives shall not be liable for any act done or omitted hereunder as Representatives while acting in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable judgment. The Stockholders on whose behalf the Escrow Fund was retained shall indemnify the Representatives on a several basis and hold the Representatives harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Representatives and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Representatives’ duties hereunder, including the reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel retained by the Representatives.

ARTICLE IX

GUARANTEE

9.1 Parent Guarantee.  Following the Closing, the Parent shall cause the Buyer and the Company to pay and/or perform all of its covenants, indemnities and other post-Closing obligations under this Agreement and shall be liable jointly and severally with the Buyer and the Company for the failure of the Buyer and the Company to discharge any of its post-Closing obligations arising out of this Agreement and for the accuracy and/or fulfillment of all of the representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and other obligations of the Buyer under this Agreement or arising in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

-43-


ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

10.1 Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by the Parties hereto at any time by execution of an instrument in writing signed by all Parties hereto.

10.2 Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial messenger or courier service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with acknowledgment of complete transmission) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice or by email); provided , however , that notices sent by mail will not be deemed given until received:

 

  (a) if to Parent or Buyer, to:

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower, 29 th Floor

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, Texas 78701

Attn: Jack McDonald

Facsimile No.: (512) 721-1218

with a copy to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor

Austin, Texas 78746-5546

Attn: Brian K. Beard

Facsimile No.: (512) 338-5499

 

  (b) if to the Company, to:

Tenrox Inc.

600 Boulevard Armand-Frappier

Laval, Quebec, Canada

H7V 4B4

Attn:

Facsimile No.: (450) 688-7862

 

  (c) if to the Stockholders (other than Novacap II, L.P.), to:

Aramazd Israilian

600 Boulevard Armand-Frappier

Laval, Quebec, Canada

H7V 4B4

Attn:

Facsimile No.: (450) 688-7862

 

-44-


  (d) if to Novacap II, L.P.

375 Roland-Therrien Blvd.

Suite 210

Longueuil, Québec

J4H 4A6

Attn : Bruno Duguay,

Vice-president, Legal Affairs & Alain Bélanger, General Partner

Fax: (450) 651-7585

 

  (e) provided that a copy of any notice to the Company or the Stockholders (including Novacap II, L.P.) must be sent to :

Heenan Blaikie LLP

1250 rené-Lévesque West

Suite 2500

Montreal, Quebec, Canada

H3B 4Y1

Attn: Carl Bélanger

Facsimile No.: (514) 921-1212

10.3 Confidentiality.  Except as provided by Section 10.8 , each of the Parties hereto hereby agree to keep the content of this Agreement and all related documents confidential, subject to any disclosure necessary for Tax purposes or required by Applicable Law. Each of the Stockholders further agrees to keep confidential any information that relates to the Company’s business or research and development, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans or other information regarding the Company’s products or services and markets therefor, customer lists and customers, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances or other business information, except to the extent such information becomes publicly known through no wrongful act or omission of such Stockholder or of others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved.

10.4 Interpretation.  The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “ without limitation .” The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

10.5 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts or copies thereof have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

10.6 Entire Agreement; Assignment.  This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Related Agreements, the Nondisclosure Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements among the parties hereto referenced herein: (i) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including the Term Sheet; (ii) are not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder; and (iii) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise, except that Buyer may assign its rights and delegate its obligations hereunder to its affiliates as long as Buyer remains ultimately liable for all of Buyer’s obligations hereunder.

 

-45-


10.7 Severability.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

10.8 Public Disclosure.  No public release, public announcement or any other public disclosure concerning any of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be made or issued unless pre-approved by the Parent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. If, after the Closing, any Party shall desire to issue any such public statement or communication, such issuing party shall first deliver such statement or communication to the Parent (if the Stockholders are the issuing party) or the Representatives (if Parent or Buyer is the issuing party) to give them a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon such statement or communication, and each Party agrees that any such comment shall be considered in good faith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties agree that, after the public announcement of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by Parent or Buyer, Novacap II, L.P. may publicly announce the transactions contemplated by the Agreement on its website and in communications to its investors, provided that Novacap II, L.P. gives Parent a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon such statement or communication and agrees that any such comment shall be considered in good faith. Following the Closing, each of the Parties agrees not to disparage any other Party.

10.9 Other Remedies.  Any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

10.10 Governing Law; Jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Subject to Section 8.5 hereof, each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the Province of Ontario (Toronto).

10.11 Rules of Construction.  The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and, therefor, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

10.12 Currency.  In this Agreement, unless specified otherwise, references to dollar amounts or “$” are to Canadian dollars.

10.13 Language Clause.  The parties hereby confirm their express wish that this Agreement and all documents, agreements or notices directly or indirectly related hereto be drawn up in the English language. Les parties reconnaissent leur volonté expresse que le présent contrat ainsi que tous les documents, conventions ou avis s’y rattachant directement ou indirectement soient rédigés en langue anglaise.

 

-46-


[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-47-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed, all as of the date first written above.

 

“Parent”
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name: John T. McDonald
Title: Chief Executive Officer
“Buyer”
SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name: John T. McDonald
Title: President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed, all as of the date first written above.

 

“Company”
TENROX INC.
By:  

/s/ RUDOLF MELIK

Name: Rudolf Melik
Title: President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed, all as of the date first written above.

 

“Stockholders”
NOVACAP II, L.P. , acting through its general partner, NOVACAP PARTENAIRES SEC , itself acting through its general partner, NOVACAP MANAGEMENT INC.
By:  

/s/ ALAIN BELANGER

Name: Alain Belanger
Title:
By:  

/s/ PASCAL TREMBLAY

Name: Pascal Tremblay
Title:

SIGNATURE PAGE TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed, all as of the date first written above.

 

“Stockholders”

/s/ RUDOLF MELIK

RUDOLF MELIK

/s/ RUDOLF MELIK

RUDOLF MELIK , ès qualities of trustee of the RUDOLF MELIK FAMILY TRUST acting on behalf of the trustees of the Rudolf Melik Family Trust

/s/ ARAMAZD ISRAILIAN

ARAMAZD ISRAILIAN

/s/ ARAMAZD ISRAILIAN

ARAMAZD ISRAILIAN , ès qualities of trustee of the ARAMAZD ISRAILIAN FAMILY TRUST acting on behalf of the trustees of the Aramazd Israilian Family Trust

SIGNATURE PAGE TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed, all as of the date first written above.

 

“Stockholders”

/s/ LUDWIG MELIK

LUDWIG MELIK

/s/ LUDWIG MELIK

LUDWIG MELIK , ès qualities of trustee of the LUDWIG MELIK FAMILY TRUST acting on behalf of the trustees of the Ludwig Melik Family Trust

/s/ NOUCHIG SARAFIAN

NOUCHIG SARAFIAN

SIGNATURE PAGE TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed, all as of the date first written above.

 

“Stockholders”

/s/ KOHAR TERZIAN

KOHAR TERZIAN

/s/ EDWIN BADALIAN

EDWIN BADALIAN

/s/ EDWIN BADALIAN

EDWIN BADALIAN , ès qualities of trustee of the EDWIN BADALIAN FAMILY TRUST acting on behalf of the trustees of the Edwin Badalian Family Trust

/s/ EDNA BADALIAN

EDNA BADALIAN

SIGNATURE PAGE TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed, all as of the date first written above.

 

“Stockholders”

/s/ RAFAT HILAL

RAFAT HILAL

/s/ RAFAT HILAL

RAFAT HILAL , ès qualities of trustee of the RAFAT HILAL FAMILY TRUST acting on behalf of the trustees of the Rafat Hilal Family Trust

/s/ ZAVEN LALEYAN

ZAVEN LALEYAN

/s/ MOUNIR HILAL

MOUNIR HILAL

/s/ KNAR NAJARIAN

KNAR NAJARIAN

/s/ HARMIG AMENDJIAN

HARMIG AMENDJIAN

SIGNATURE PAGE TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 2.3

MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.,

LMR SOLUTIONS, LLC,

JOSEPH LARSCHEID

AND

CHERYL LARSCHEID

Dated as of November 13, 2012


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page  

ARTICLE 1 THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE

    1   

1.1 Membership Interest Purchase

    1   

1.2 Closing; Effective Time

    2   

1.3 Calculation of Estimated and Final Adjusted Consideration

    2   

1.4 Payment Procedures

    4   

1.5 Transfer Books; No Further Ownership Rights in the Company Interests

    5   

1.6 Taking of Further Necessary Action

    5   

1.7 Transfer Taxes

    5   

1.8 Holdback Amount

    5   

1.9 Allocation

    5   

ARTICLE 2 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING MEMBERS

    6   

2.1 Organization and Standing

    6   

2.2 Capitalization

    6   

2.3 Authority

    7   

2.4 No Conflicts

    8   

2.5 Governmental Filings and Consents

    8   

2.6 Financial Statements

    9   

2.7 Substantial Customers and Suppliers

    9   

2.8 Absence of Changes

    10   

2.9 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities

    10   

2.10 Taxes

    10   

2.11 Property

    12   

2.12 Contracts

    12   

2.13 Benefit Plans

    14   

2.14 Intellectual Property

    15   

2.15 Government Funding; Government Contracts.

    19   

2.16 Insurance

    19   

2.17 Personnel

    20   

2.18 Litigation

    22   

2.19 Environmental Matters

    22   

2.20 Compliance with Laws; Permits

    23   

2.21 Encumbrances

    23   

2.22 Brokers and Finders

    23   

2.23 Anti-Takeover Statute Not Applicable

    23   

2.24 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

    24   

2.25 Bank Accounts; Powers, etc.

    24   

2.26 Books and Records

    24   

2.27 Representations Complete

    24   

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

    25   

3.1 Organization and Standing

    25   

3.2 Authority

    25   

3.3 No Conflicts

    25   

3.4 Governmental Filings and Consents

    25   

3.5 Funds

    25   

3.6 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees

    25   

 

-i-


ARTICLE 4 CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME

     26   

4.1 Conduct of Business of the Company

     26   

4.2 No Negotiation

     28   

4.3 Tax Returns

     29   

ARTICLE 5 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     30   

5.1 Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Complete; Third Party Consents

     30   

5.2 Notification of Certain Matters

     30   

5.3 Access to Information; Public Announcement

     31   

5.4 Fees and Expenses

     31   

5.5 Tax Matters

     31   

5.6 Corporate Matters

     33   

5.7 Confidentiality

     33   

5.8 Selling Members Release of Claims

     34   

5.9 Company Employee Plans

     34   

5.10 Further Assurances

     34   

ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE

     35   

6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party

     35   

6.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser

     35   

6.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Company and Selling Members

     37   

ARTICLE 7 SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

     38   

7.1 Survival

     38   

7.2 Indemnification of Indemnified Parties

     39   

ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION

     43   

8.1 Termination

     43   

8.2 Effect of Termination

     44   

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

     44   

9.1 Amendments; No Waiver

     44   

9.2 Notices

     44   

9.3 Successors and Assigns

     45   

9.4 Certain Interpretations

     46   

9.5 Counterparts; Facsimile

     46   

9.6 Severability

     46   

9.7 Specific Performance

     46   

9.8 Other Remedies

     47   

9.9 Third Parties

     47   

9.10 Governing Law

     47   

9.11 Consent to Jurisdiction

     47   

9.12 Entire Agreement

     47   

9.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

     47   

 

-ii-


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

   Section in the
Agreement
Financial Statements    Section 2.6(a)
Acquisition Proposal    ANNEX A(a)
Action    ANNEX A(b)
Actual Closing Net Working Capital    Section 1.3(b)(iii)
Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement    Section 1.3(b)(i)
Agreed Upon Damages    Section 7.2(c)(iii)
Agreement    Preamble
Balance Sheet    Section 2.6(a)
Base Consideration    ANNEX A(c)
Basket Amount    Section 7.2(b)(iii)
Cash    ANNEX A(d)
Change in Control Payments    ANNEX A(e)
Closing    Section 1.2
Closing Cash    ANNEX A(f)
Closing Date    Section 1.2
Closing Date Balance Sheet    Section 1.3(a)
Closing Net Working Capital    ANNEX A(g)
Closing Payment    Section 1.1(a)(i)
Code    Section 1.4(c)
Company    Preamble
Company Accounting Practices    Section 1.3(a)
Company Documents    ANNEX A(j)
Company Employee Plan    Section 2.13(a)
Company Government Contract    Section 2.15(b)
Company Government Subcontract    Section 2.15(b)
Company Indebtedness    ANNEX A(k)
Company Intellectual Property    ANNEX A(h)
Company Interests    ANNEX A(i)
Company Material Adverse Effect    ANNEX A(l)
Company Options    Section 2.2(c)
Company Organizational Documents    Section 2.1(b)
Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights    ANNEX A(m)
Company Representatives    Section 4.2(a)
Company Securities    ANNEX A(n)
Company Software Programs    Section 2.14(u)
Confidential Information    Section 5.7(a)
Consents    Section 2.5
Continuing Employees    ANNEX A(o)
Contract    ANNEX A(p)
Damages    Section 7.2(f)
Delivered    ANNEX A(q)
Disclosure Schedule    ANNEX A(r)
Effective Time    Section 1.2
Employee    ANNEX A(t)
Employee Agreement    ANNEX A(s)
Encumbrance    ANNEX A(u)
Environmental Laws    Section 2.19(a)
Environmental Permit    Section 2.19(a)
ERISA    Section 2.13(b)
ERISA Affiliate    Section2.13(c)
Estimated Adjusted Consideration    ANNEX A(v)

 

-iii-


Term

  

Section in the
Agreement

Estimated Closing Net Working Capital    Section 1.3(a)
Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement    Section 1.3(a)
Executive Agreement    Recitals
Final Adjusted Consideration    ANNEX A(w)
Final Payment Date    ANNEX A(x)
Financial Statements    Section 2.6(a)
GAAP    ANNEX A(y)
Governmental Authority    ANNEX A(z)
Hazardous Substance    Section 2.19(a)
Hazardous Substance Activity    Section 2.19(a)
Holdback Amount    Section 1.1(a)(iv)
Indebtedness    ANNEX A(aa)
Indemnification Claim    Section 7.2(c)(i)
Indemnification Claim Certificate    Section 7.2(c)(i)
Indemnified Parties    Section 7.2(a)
Independent Accounting Firm    Section 1.3(b)(iii)(B)
Intellectual Property Rights    ANNEX A(bb)
Knowledge    ANNEX A(cc)
Legal Requirements    ANNEX A(dd)
Liability    ANNEX A(ee)
Material Contract or Material Contracts    Section 2.12(z)
Membership Interest Purchase    Recitals
Net Working Capital    ANNEX A(ff)
Note or Notes    Section 1.1(a)(ii)
Notice of Dispute    Section 1.3(b)(ii)
Outside Date    Section 8.1(b)
Partner Payables    ANNEX A(gg)
PCBs    Section 2.19(b)
Permits    ANNEX A(hh)
Person    ANNEX A(ii)
Plan    Section 2.13(a)
Post-Closing Tax Period    Section 5.5(c)(i)
Pre-Closing Tax Period    Section 5.5(c)(i)
Pre-Closing Taxes    ANNEX A(jj)
Pro Rata Portion    ANNEX A(kk)
Proprietary Information Agreement    Recitals
PTO    Section 2.14(a)
Public Software    Section 2.14(u)
Purchase Price    ANNEX A(ll)
Purchaser    Preamble
Purchaser Shares    Section 1.1(a)(iii)
Registered Intellectual Property Right(s)    ANNEX A(mm)
Related Party    Section 2.12(f)
Released Parties    Section 5.8
Restricted Stock Agreement    Recitals
Securities Act    Section 2.2(b)
Security Interest    ANNEX A(nn)
Selling Member or Selling Members    Preamble
Selling Member’s Interests    Section 5.8
Shortfall Amount    Section 1.4(b)(i)
Special Indemnification Representations    Section 7.1(a)(i)
Statement of Expenses    Section 5.4

 

-iv-


Term

  

Section in the
Agreement

Straddle Period    Section 5.5(b)
Straddle Period Tax Return    Section 5.5(b)
Subsidiary    ANNEX A(oo)
Survival Period    Section 7.1(a)(i)
Targeted Net Working Capital Amount    ANNEX A(pp)
Tax Law    ANNEX A(qq)
Tax or Taxes    ANNEX A(ss)
Tax Return    ANNEX A(rr)
Taxing Authority    ANNEX A(tt)
Technology    ANNEX A(uu)
Third Party Claim    Section 7.2(e)
Transaction Expenses    Section 5.4
Transfer Taxes    Section 1.7
WARN Act    Section 2.17(h)
Wire Transfer Letter    Section 1.4(a)
Working Capital Memorandum    Section 1.3(b)(iii)(A)

Annexes

 

Annex A       Certain Defined Terms
Annex B       Schedule of Members

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A       Form of Executive Agreement
Exhibit B-1       Form of Employee Proprietary Information Agreement
Exhibit B-2       At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement
Exhibit C       Form of Restricted Stock Agreement
Exhibit D       Form of Promissory Note

Schedules

 

Schedule 1.3(a)       Net Working Capital
Disclosure Schedule      
Schedule 5.1(b)       Required Consents
Schedule 5.6(b)       Managers and Officers of the Company after the Effective Time
Schedule 6.2(o)(v)       Contracts Required to be Terminated at Closing

 

-v-


MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 13, 2012 by and among Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”), LMR Solutions, LLC d/b/a EPM Live, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid, the members of the Company (each a “ Selling Member ” and collectively, the “ Selling Members ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth on Annex A hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Selling Members are the record and beneficial owners of all of the issued and outstanding ownership interests of Company;

WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to purchase from the Selling Members, and the Selling Members desire to sell to Purchaser all of the ownership interests of Company (the “ Membership Interest Purchase ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all of the ownership interests of the Company shall be converted into the right to receive the consideration set forth in Section 1.1(a) herein;

WHEREAS, a portion of the consideration otherwise payable by Purchaser in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase shall be held back by Purchaser as partial security for the indemnification obligations set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to the willingness of Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, Joseph Larscheid shall execute and deliver at Closing an Executive Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Executive Agreement ”) with Purchaser or one of its Subsidiaries;

WHEREAS, as a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, each of the Continuing Employees shall execute and deliver at Closing an Employee Proprietary Information Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (or if such Continuing Employee performs his or her services in California, an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 ) (each a “ Proprietary Information Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, concurrent with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, as a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, the Selling Members shall have entered into a Restricted Stock Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Restricted Stock Agreement ”).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE

1.1 Membership Interest Purchase .

(a) Company Interests . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Selling Members shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall acquire and purchase, in a combination of cash, stock and subordinated debt, from the Selling Members, all right, title and interest of the Selling Members, legal or equitable, in and to all


Company Interests owned by the Selling Members free and clear of all Encumbrances. The Selling Members agree to cure at any time after the Closing, without further compensation, any deficiencies with respect to the transfer of the Company Interests, the endorsement of any certificate(s) representing the Company Interests owned by the Selling Members or with respect to the stock power accompanying any such certificates. The aggregate purchase price for all of the Company Interests shall equal the Purchase Price, subject to (i) applicable Tax withholding, and (ii) Purchaser’s indemnification rights (including rights of set off) set forth in Article 7 , and shall be payable as follows:

(i) An amount of Cash equal to the lesser of (i) the Base Consideration and (ii) the Estimated Adjusted Consideration (as applicable, the “ Closing Payment ”) multiplied by a Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion shall be delivered to such Selling Member at the Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such Selling Member’s bank account pursuant to the wire instructions delivered in writing to the Purchaser prior to Closing;

(ii) A subordinated promissory note, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , in an original amount equal to $1,500,000 multiplied by a Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion, shall be delivered to such Selling Member (each a “ Note ” and collectively, the “ Notes ”);

(iii) 800,000 shares of Purchaser’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock (the “ Purchaser Shares ”) multiplied by a Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion shall be issued and delivered to such Selling Member, subject to the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Agreement;

(iv) $600,000 multiplied by a Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion shall be delivered on the first anniversary of the Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such Selling Member’s bank account pursuant to the wire instructions delivered in writing to the Purchaser prior to Closing or such other wire instructions delivered in writing to the Purchaser prior to the first anniversary of Closing, subject to Purchaser’s indemnification rights (including rights of set off) set forth in Article 7 (the “ Holdback Amount ”).

(b) Contract Right Only . The right to receive the Holdback Amount payable pursuant to this Agreement is a contract right only and no certificate evidencing such right shall be issued. The right to receive the Holdback Amount payable pursuant to this Agreement may not be transferred or assigned.

1.2 Closing; Effective Time . The Membership Interest Purchase shall be consummated at a closing (the “ Closing ”) to occur on a business day as soon as practicable (and in any event within two (2) business days) following the satisfaction or waiver (if permitted hereunder) of all of the conditions set forth in Article 6 other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing (but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions at the Closing) at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, located at 900 South Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, Texas, 78746-5546, unless another date and/or place is mutually agreed upon in writing by Purchaser, the Company and the Selling Members. The date upon which the Closing actually occurs hereunder is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .” The actual time of Closing is referred to herein as the “ Effective Time .”

1.3 Calculation of Estimated and Final Adjusted Consideration .

(a) Calculation of Estimated Closing Net Working Capital . At least three (3) business days prior to the close of business on the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and deliver to Purchaser an estimated unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing (the “ Closing Date Balance Sheet ”), which shall include a statement setting forth the Company’s estimate of the Closing Net Working Capital and Closing Cash which shall use the same methodology for calculating Net Working Capital and Closing Cash used and further described on Schedule 1.3(a) (the “ Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement ”) and shall be prepared in accordance with the Company’s standard accounting practices, which are based on the cash accrual method, prepared in the ordinary course of business and as presented to the Purchaser, and consistent with past practice (“ Company Accounting Practices ”). The Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement shall fairly and accurately present the Company’s good faith estimate (based on

 

- 2 -


reasonable assumptions) of the Closing Net Working Capital and Closing Cash without giving effect to the consummation of the Membership Interest Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The estimated Closing Net Working Capital and Closing Cash set forth in the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement shall be referred to herein as the “ Estimated Closing Net Working Capital .”

(b) Calculation of Final Closing Net Working Capital .

(i) Within ninety (90) calendar days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) and deliver to the Selling Members a statement setting forth Purchaser’s calculation of the actual Closing Net Working Capital (the “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement ”). The Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement shall be prepared in accordance with the Company Accounting Practices and in reliance upon the financial books and records of the Company reflecting its assets and liabilities. Purchaser will make the work papers and back-up materials used in preparing the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement available to the Selling Members and their accountants and other representatives at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice at any time during (A) the review by Sellers of the Actual Closing Net Working Capital statement, and (B) the resolution by the parties of any objections thereto.

(ii) Any one or more of the Selling Members may dispute any item or amount set forth in the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement, at any time within twenty (20) calendar days following receipt of the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement, by delivering to Purchaser a written notice of such dispute executed by the Selling Members (a “ Notice of Dispute ”) setting forth, in reasonable detail, (A) each item or amount so disputed by the Selling Members, (B) the Selling Members’ calculation of each such disputed item or amount, and (C) the Selling Members’ calculation of the Closing Net Working Capital of the Company after giving effect to the Selling Members’ calculation of each such disputed item or amount. In the event each Selling Member separately delivers a Notice of Dispute to the Purchaser, the Selling Members agree that they shall consolidate such disputes into a single Notice of Dispute such that the Purchaser shall only be required to respond to one Notice of Dispute pursuant to Section 1.3(b)(iii) .

(iii) If Purchaser does not receive a Notice of Dispute from the Selling Members delivered pursuant to and in accordance with Section 1.3(b)(ii) within the time period set forth therein, then (x) the Selling Member shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented and agreed to each item and amount set forth in the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement delivered by Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.3(b)(i) , and (y) for all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Closing Net Working Capital, as set forth in the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement delivered by Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.3(b)(i) . If Purchaser receives a Notice of Dispute from the Selling Members delivered pursuant to and in accordance with Section 1.3(b)(ii) within the time period set forth therein, then Purchaser and the Selling Members shall use good faith efforts to resolve all disputed items and amounts set forth in the Notice of Dispute pursuant to good faith negotiations. In the event that Purchaser and the Selling Members shall reach agreement, within thirty (30) calendar days following Purchaser’s receipt of a Notice of Dispute, on all disputed items and amounts set forth in such Notice of Dispute, then the Purchaser and Selling Members shall execute a memorandum setting forth such agreement and then for all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Closing Net Working Capital, as agreed upon by Purchaser and the Selling Members. In the event that Purchaser and the Selling Members are unable to reach agreement, within thirty (30) calendar days following Purchaser’s receipt of a Notice of Dispute, on all of the disputed items or amounts set forth in a Notice of Dispute, then:

(A) Purchaser and the Selling Members shall execute a memorandum (the “ Working Capital Memorandum ”) setting forth (1) the resolved items and/or amounts, if any, and (2) the items or amounts that remain in dispute following such good faith negotiations;

 

- 3 -


(B) Purchaser and the Selling Members shall submit all remaining disputed items and amounts set forth in the Working Capital Memorandum to Ernst & Young (the “ Independent Accounting Firm ”) for resolution in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Each of the parties to this Agreement shall, and shall cause their respective affiliates and representatives to, provide full cooperation to the Independent Accounting Firm. The Independent Accounting Firm shall (1) act in its capacity as an expert and not as an arbitrator, (2) consider only those items and amounts identified in the Working Capital Memorandum as being in dispute between Purchaser and the Selling Members, (3) be instructed to reach its conclusions regarding any such dispute within thirty (30) calendar days after its appointment and provide a written explanation of its decision, and (4) not (x) determine any liability claimed by the Selling Members or asset claimed by Purchaser in an amount less than that claimed by such party, or (y) determine any asset claimed by the Selling Members or liability claimed by Purchaser in an amount in excess of the amount claimed by such party. The fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be paid as follows: (i) if the Independent Accounting Firm resolves all of the remaining objections in favor of Purchaser’s determination of Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement (the “ Low Value ”), the Selling Members shall be responsible for all of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm; (ii) if the Independent Accounting Firm resolves all of the remaining objections in favor of Selling Members’ determination of Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement (the “ High Value ”), Purchaser shall be responsible for all of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm; and (iii) if the Independent Accounting Firm resolves some of the remaining objections in favor of Purchaser and some objections in favor of the Selling Members (the “ Actual Value ”), the Selling Members shall be responsible for that fraction of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm equal to (x) the difference between the High Value and the Actual Value over (y) the difference between the High Value and the Low Value, and Purchaser shall be responsible for the remainder of the fees and expenses. The Independent Accounting Firm shall determine all disputed items and amounts and its decision in respect thereof shall be final and binding upon Purchaser and the Selling Members; and

(C) for all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Closing Net Working Capital, based upon (1) all amounts agreed upon by Purchaser and the Selling Members in respect of any disputed items or amounts, as set forth in the Working Capital Memorandum, and (2) all other amounts determined by the Independent Accounting Firm pursuant to clause (B) of this Section 1.3(b)(iii) ; and shall never exceed the Target Net Working Capital Amount.

1.4 Payment Procedures .

(a) Closing Payment . At the Closing, each Selling Member shall deliver to Purchaser executed wire transfer instructions designating the account to which payment shall be made (a “ Wire Transfer Letter ”), a completed IRS Form W-9 or Form W-8BEN, the duly executed Restricted Stock Agreement, and this Agreement duly executed. Following receipt of such Wire Transfer Letter, applicable IRS Form, the duly executed Restricted Stock Agreement, and the Agreement duly executed by each Selling Member by Purchaser, Purchaser shall pay to each Selling Member by wire transfer to the account listed in such Selling Member’s Wire Transfer Letter that portion of the Closing Payment without interest payable to such Selling Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustment to Purchase Price Based on Final Adjusted Consideration .

(i) If the Final Adjusted Consideration is less than the Estimated Adjusted Consideration (the value of such difference, the “ Shortfall Amount ”), each Selling Member shall, within five (5) business days immediately after written request from Purchaser, pay to Purchaser an amount of cash (without interest) equal to the Shortfall Amount multiplied by such Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion. In the event the Selling Members do not timely pay the Shortfall Amount to Purchaser in immediately available funds, Purchaser may reduce the amount of any Holdback Amount to be paid to Selling Members in an amount necessary for payment in full of the Shortfall Amount and such amounts shall be deemed to be Agreed Upon Damages for purposes of Article 7 , but such reduction shall not release the obligation of the Selling Members to pay the Shortfall Amount to Purchaser.

(ii) Unless otherwise instructed in writing by a Selling Member, Purchaser shall be entitled to rely on each Selling Member’s Wire Transfer Letter in making any payments under this Agreement.

 

- 4 -


(c) Withholding Rights . Each of Purchaser and the Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the payment of any consideration (including the Final Adjusted Consideration or Estimated Adjusted Consideration (or any portion thereof)) to the Selling Members such amounts as may be required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) or any other applicable Legal Requirements, unless such Person provides Purchaser with such documentation as Purchaser reasonably requests and as satisfactory to Purchaser to qualify for an exemption to any such requirement to withhold. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by Purchaser or the Company, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to such Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.

1.5 Transfer Books; No Further Ownership Rights in the Company Interests . At the Effective Time, the ownership interest transfer books of the Company shall be closed, and thereafter there shall be no further registration of transfers of the Company Interests on the records of the Company. From and after the Effective Time, the holders of Certificates (other than Purchaser or any affiliate thereof) formerly representing ownership of the Company Interests outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to such interests, except as otherwise provided for herein or by applicable Legal Requirements.

1.6 Taking of Further Necessary Action . Each of Purchaser, the Company, and the Selling Members shall take all such reasonable and lawful action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effectuate the Membership Interest Purchase in accordance with this Agreement as promptly as possible. If, at any time after the Effective Time, any such further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest Purchaser with full right, title and possession to all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company, the officers and managers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time are and will remain fully authorized in the name of the Company or otherwise to take, and shall take, only upon request by Purchaser, all such lawful and necessary action.

1.7 Transfer Taxes . All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other substantially similar Taxes imposed on a Selling Member and incurred in connection with this Agreement (collectively, “ Transfer Taxes ”), if any, shall be borne by such Selling Member and shall be paid by such Selling Member when due. Each Selling Member shall, at its own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such Transfer Taxes and Purchaser and the Company will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation if necessary under any Legal Requirement. Upon Purchaser’s request, the Selling Members shall provide Purchaser with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser that such Transfer Taxes have been paid by the Selling Members.

1.8 Holdback Amount . In order to at least partially satisfy and to establish a procedure for the satisfaction of claims by Purchaser or its related Indemnified Parties (as defined in Section 7.2(a) ) for indemnification pursuant to Article 7 , Purchaser shall retain the Holdback Amount in escrow for the benefit of the Selling Members, until the Holdback Amount is distributed in accordance with this Agreement.

1.9 Allocation . The parties hereto intend that, for United States federal tax purposes, this Agreement will be treated as follows: (a) with respect to the Selling Members, as a sale by each Selling Member of the Company Interests owned by such Selling Member, and (ii) with respect to the Purchaser, as a purchase of the Company’s assets, in both cases in accordance with situation 2 of Revenue Ruling 99-6, 1991-1 C.B. 432 (the “Transaction Tax Treatment”). Within 90 days of the Closing, Purchaser shall prepare and provide to the Selling Members an allocation of the total purchase price (as determined for federal income tax purposes) among the assets of the Company (the “ Allocation ”). The Allocation shall be mutually agreed upon by both parties and shall be binding upon Purchaser and the Selling Members for all purposes, and the parties agree that all Tax Returns and reports and all financial statements shall be prepared in a manner consistent with (and the parties shall not otherwise file a tax return position inconsistent with) the Allocation and the Transaction Tax Treatment unless required by the IRS or any other applicable Taxing Authority. Within 90 days after the

 

- 5 -


final determination of the amount of any Holdback Amount released to the Selling Members, any Shortfall Amount

or the actual payment of any amount pursuant to Article 7, Purchaser shall prepare and provide to the Selling Members a revised allocation of the Purchase Price (each, a “Revised Allocation”). The Revised Allocation shall be conclusive and binding upon Purchaser and the Selling Members for all purposes, and the parties agree that all Tax Returns and reports and all financial statements shall be prepared in a manner consistent with (and the parties shall not otherwise file a tax return position inconsistent with) the Revised Allocation and the Transaction Tax Treatment unless required by the IRS or any other applicable taxing authority.

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING MEMBERS

Each of the Company and the Selling Members hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing Date (except for such representations and warranties as are made only as of a specific date, which shall be only made as of such date), as follows:

2.1 Organization and Standing .

(a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all necessary corporate power and authority to conduct its business as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in every jurisdiction where the properties, owned, leased or operated, or the business conducted by it requires such qualification, except for such failures to be so duly qualified and in good standing that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 2.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each jurisdiction where the Company is required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation.

(b) The Company has delivered to Purchaser accurate, complete and correct copies of the Company’s certificate of formation and operating agreement as in effect on the date hereof (the “ Company Organizational Documents ”). The Company Organizational Documents are in full force and effect and the Company is not in violation of (and has not previously violated) any provision of the Company Organizational Documents. The operations now being conducted by the Company are not (and have never been) conducted under any other name, except as set forth on Schedule 2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(c) Schedule 2.1(c) of the Disclosure Schedule lists (i) the managers of the Company and (ii) the officers of the Company.

2.2 Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capitalization the Company consists of one class of Company Interests, all of which are held by the Selling Members. The Selling Members are the only holders of Company Interests, and the Company has not issued any other Company Securities. Schedule 2.2(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct capitalization table of the Company, as of the Closing, which lists (i) all members and their respective addresses, (ii) their respective ownership interest percentage in the Company, including type of interest, (iii) each member’s respective portion of the Closing Payment, Notes, Purchaser Shares and Holdback Amount and (iv) such other information relevant thereto or which Purchaser may reasonably request. The Company shall deliver Schedule 2.2(a) of the Disclosure Schedule to Purchaser at least five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date.

(b) All of the outstanding Company Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All of the outstanding Company Interests have been offered, issued and sold by the Company in compliance with United States federal and applicable state securities laws. There are no authorized or outstanding (i) subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any ownership interests in the

 

- 6 -


Company or (ii) securities, instruments or obligations that are or may become convertible or exchangeable into ownership interests or other securities or registered capital of the Company. The Company does not have any obligation (whether written, oral, contingent or otherwise) nor is it otherwise bound to issue any subscription, warrant, option, convertible or exchangeable security or other such right or to issue or distribute to holders of any ownership interests or other Company Securities or any evidences of indebtedness or assets of the Company. The Company does not have any obligation (whether written, oral, contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any ownership interests in the Company or other Company Securities or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not made or delivered any oral or written communications to the employees or contractors of the Company with respect to any payment arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. There are no agreements, written or oral, between the Company and any holder of its securities or others, or among any holders of its securities, relating to the acquisition (including rights of first refusal, first offer, anti-dilution or pre-emptive rights), disposition, registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or voting of the Company Interests.

(c) The Company has never issued any options (including commitments to grant options) or other equity awards, whether vested or unvested, to acquire Company Interests (“ Company Options ”). The Company does not maintain, and the Company has never maintained any option plans or other equity compensation related plans or arrangements. The Company has never issued any warrants or other rights to acquire Company Interests or any other interests or securities of the Company (whether or not exercisable or vested).

(d) The Company has no Subsidiaries and has never had any Subsidiaries, and the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any equity or similar interest in, or any interest convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity or similar interest in, or have any commitment or obligation to invest in, purchase any securities or obligations of, fund, guarantee, contribute or maintain the capital of or otherwise financially support any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business association or entity.

(e) The consideration to which the Company Interests will be entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement, if any, conforms to the Company Organizational Documents and the Selling Members shall not be entitled to receive any different or additional amount with respect to Company Interests held by the Selling Members.

(f) The Selling Members are the record and beneficial owner of all of the Company Interests and such Company Interests are not subject to any Encumbrances or, to any rights of first refusal of any kind, and the Selling Members has not granted any rights to purchase such Company Interests to any other Person. The Selling Members have the sole right to transfer such Company Interests to Purchaser. The Company Interests constitutes all of the Company Interests owned, beneficially or of record, by the Selling Members, and the Selling Members has no (i) subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any ownership interests of the Company or (ii) securities, instruments or obligations that are or may become convertible or exchangeable into ownership interests of the Company or other securities or registered capital of the Company. At the Closing, pursuant to Section 1.2 , Purchaser will receive good title to such Company Interests, free and clear of all Encumbrances.

2.3 Authority . Each of the Company and the Selling Members has all necessary corporate power and authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Company Documents, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The (i) execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the other Company Documents and (ii) the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.

 

- 7 -


This Agreement has been, and each of the other Company Documents has been (or will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company or the Selling Members, as applicable, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Purchaser, constitutes (or will constitute) a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Selling Members, enforceable against the Company and the Selling Members, in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general equity principles. The managers and the members of the Company have unanimously approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to adopt or authorize this Agreement, or any certificate or other instrument required to be executed and delivered by the Company pursuant hereto or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. None of such actions by the managers and members of the Company has been amended, rescinded or modified.

2.4 No Conflicts .

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Company Documents, compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the other Company Documents by the Company and the Selling Members, as applicable, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (a) conflict with or violate the Company Organizational Documents, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, or result in the loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under, (1) any Contract (other than a Material Contract), Permit, Security Interest or other interest to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which the Company’s assets are subject, or (2) any Material Contract, (c) result in the creation or imposition of any Security Interest upon any assets of the Company, or (d) violate any Legal Requirements applicable to the Company or the Selling Members or any of their respective properties or assets.

(b) The execution and delivery by the Selling Members of this Agreement and the other Company Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not conflict with (i) any material mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise or license to which the Selling Members or any of their properties or assets is subject, or (ii) any Legal Requirement applicable to the Selling Members or any of their properties or assets.

(c) Schedule 2.4(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all necessary notices, consents, waivers and approvals as are required under any Contracts in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase, or for any such Contract to remain in full force and effect without limitation, modification or alteration after the Closing Date. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.4(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, following the Closing Date, the Company will be permitted to exercise all of its rights under its Contracts without the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than ongoing fees, royalties or payments which the Company or would otherwise be required to pay pursuant to the terms of such Contracts had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred.

2.5 Governmental Filings and Consents . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with (together, the “ Consents ”), any Governmental Authority is required on the part of the Company or the Selling Members in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such consents, authorizations, filings, approvals, notices and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not be material to the Company and would not prevent, materially alter or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

- 8 -


2.6 Financial Statements .

(a) Attached as Schedule 2.6(a) of the Disclosure Schedule are the following financial statements (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”): (i) the unaudited balance sheet (the “ Balance Sheet ”) and the related statements of income, members’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the eight (8) month period ended August 31, 2012 and the related statements of income, members’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended (collectively, the “ 2012 Financial Statements ”), (ii) the unaudited balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, and the related statements of income, members’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended, (iii) the unaudited balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and the related statements of income, members’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended, and (iv) the unaudited balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and the related statements of income, members’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended.

(b) The Financial Statements (i) are derived from and are in accordance with the books and records of the Company, (ii) have been prepared in accordance with the Company Accounting Practices on an accrual basis applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and consistent with each other, (iii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company at the dates therein indicated and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods therein specified (subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments, none of which adjustments individually or in the aggregate will be material in amount), and (iv) are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects.

(c) None of the Company or its officers has identified or been made aware of any complaint, allegation, deficiency, assertion or claim, whether written or oral, regarding the Controls or the Financial Statements. To the Company’s Knowledge, there have been no instances of fraud, whether or not material, that occurred during any period covered by the Financial Statements.

(d) All of the notes and accounts receivable of the Company arose in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices and are carried at values determined in accordance with Company Accounting Practices consistently applied. The notes and accounts receivable of the Company are not subject to any set off or counterclaim, other than any amount for which a reserve has been established consistent with past practices and calculated in accordance with Company Accounting Practices (as shown on the Balance Sheet or, for receivables arising subsequent to the Balance Sheet Date, as reflected on the books and records of the Company (which receivables are recorded in accordance with Company Accounting Practices consistently applied)). No notes or accounts receivable of the Company represents an obligation for goods sold on consignment, on approval or on a sale-or-return basis or is subject to any other repurchase or return arrangement. No Person has any Encumbrance on any notes or accounts receivable of the Company and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no request or agreement for deduction or discount has been made with respect to any notes or accounts receivable of the Company. Schedule 2.6(d)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and correct list of any receivables which are more than 60 days overdue and/or have been deemed uncollectible and are not reflected in the Balance Sheet.

(e) Schedule 2.6(e)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the Net Working Capital as of December 31, 2011 and Schedule 2.6(e)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the Net Working Capital as of August 31, 2012.

2.7 Substantial Customers and Suppliers .

(a) Schedule 2.7(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the twenty (20) largest customers of the Company on the basis of revenues (including the respective revenues of such customers) for (i) the eight (8) month period ending on August 31, 2012, (ii) the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the Balance Sheet, (iii) the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31, 2011, and (iv) the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31, 2010.

(b) No such customer or supplier of the Company has (i) ceased or materially reduced its purchases from or sales or provision of services to the Company since the beginning of the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the Balance Sheet, (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to cease or materially reduce such purchases or sales or provision of services, or (iii) to the Knowledge of the Company, been threatened with bankruptcy or insolvency.

 

- 9 -


2.8 Absence of Changes . Since the date of the Balance Sheet, (a) the business of the Company has been conducted in the usual, regular and ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (b) no Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred; and (c) there has not been any action or event, nor any authorization, commitment or agreement by the Company with respect to any action or event that, if taken or if occurred after the date of this Agreement, would be prohibited by Section 4.1 , without regard to anything disclosed in Schedule 4.1 of the Disclosure Schedule.

2.9 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities . The Company does not have any Indebtedness or other Liability or obligation (whether known, unknown, mature, unmature, absolute or contingent), except for Liabilities and obligations (a) shown on the Balance Sheet, including proper accrual for bonuses and commissions; (b) which have arisen since the date of the Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and which are not in excess of $5,000, individually or $10,000 in the aggregate; (c) incurred pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and (d) set forth in Schedule 2.9(i) of the Disclosure Schedule. Schedule 2.9(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all Company Indebtedness as of the date hereof. Except for Liabilities reflected in the Financial Statements, the Company does not have any off-balance sheet Liability of any nature to, or any financial interest in, any third party or entities, the purpose or effect of which is to defer, postpone, reduce or otherwise avoid or adjust the recording of debt expenses incurred by the Company. All reserves that are set forth in or reflected in the Balance Sheet have been established in accordance with Company Accounting Practices consistently applied and are adequate. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any current or former employee, officer, manager, consultant or member of the Company has identified or been made aware of any fraud that involves the Company’s management or any other current or former employees, officers, managers or consultants who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls, if any, utilized by the Company, or any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

2.10 Taxes .

(a) (i) All Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of the Company have been duly and timely filed with the appropriate Taxing Authority in all jurisdictions in which such Tax Returns are required to be filed (after giving effect to any valid extensions of time in which to make such filings), and all such Tax Returns are accurate, complete and correct; and (ii) all Taxes payable by or on behalf of the Company (whether or not shown on a Tax Return) have been fully and timely paid. With respect to any period for which such Tax Returns have not yet been filed or for which such Taxes are not yet due or owing, the Company has made due and sufficient accruals for such Taxes on the Balance Sheet. All required estimated Tax payments have been timely made by or on behalf of the Company.

(b) As of the date of the Balance Sheet, the Company does not have any Liability for unpaid Taxes, except to the extent adequate accruals have been established on the Balance Sheet. Since the date of the Balance Sheet, the Company has not incurred any Liability for Taxes except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice. The Company will establish, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, appropriate accruals for the payment of Taxes due and payable by the Company for the period from January 1, 2012 through the Effective Time.

(c) The Company has complied with all applicable Legal Requirements relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes and has duly and timely withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority all amounts so withheld.

(d) The Company has Delivered to Purchaser copies of (i) all Tax Returns of or including the Company for all Tax periods of the Company since inception, and (ii) any audit, report or other similar correspondence issued relating to Taxes of the Company for all such Tax periods.

 

- 10 -


(e) No claim has been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company does not file a Tax return that the Company is or may be subject to Taxation in that jurisdiction, and there is no jurisdiction in which such claim could be reasonably made.

(f) No Tax Return of the Company has ever been audited by the Internal Revenue Service or any other Taxing Authority, no such audit is in progress and the Company has not been notified of any request for such an audit or other examination. The Company is not currently delinquent in the payment of any Tax, nor have any deficiencies for any Tax been threatened, claimed, proposed or assessed against the Company which have not been settled or paid. No issue has been raised by any Taxing Authority in any prior examination of the Company that, by application of the same or similar principles, could reasonably be expected to result in a proposed deficiency for any subsequent Tax period. No adjustment relating to any Tax Returns filed by the Company has been proposed by a Taxing Authority to the Company (or any representative thereof). There is not in effect any waiver by the Company of any statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes.

(g) The Company (including any other Person on its behalf) (i) has not agreed to, is not required to and has not made any application requesting permission to make, and has not made any adjustment pursuant to Section 481(a) of the Code or any similar provision of Tax Law, (ii) has not entered into a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code or any similar provision of Tax Law with respect to the Company, and (iii) has not requested any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return, which Tax Return has not since been filed, or granted any extension for the assessment or collection of Taxes, which Taxes have not since been paid. The Company will not be required to include any income or gain or exclude any deduction or loss from income for any taxable period or portion thereof after the Effective Time as a result of any installment sale or open transaction disposition consummated before the Effective Time or prepaid amount received before the Effective Time.

(h) The Company is not subject to any private letter ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or comparable rulings of any Taxing Authority.

(i) The Company has never been a party to any joint venture, partnership or other agreement that could be treated as a partnership for Tax purposes.

(j) The Company has not constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of stock qualifying or intended to qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (or so much of Section 356 of the Code as relates to Section 355 of the Code).

(k) The Company has adequately disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

(l) The Company has not consummated or participated in, and the Company is not currently participating in, any transaction which was or is a “tax shelter” as defined in Section 6662 or former Section 6111 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (or any comparable provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law). The Company has not participated in, and the Company is not currently participating in, a “Reportable Transaction” within the meaning of Section 6707A(c) of the Code or Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b), including any transaction that is the same or substantially similar to one or more of the types of transactions that the Internal Revenue Service has determined to be a tax avoidance transaction and identified by notice, regulation, or other form of published guidance as a listed transaction, as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2), or any transaction requiring disclosure under a corresponding or similar provision of state, local, or foreign law (or any comparable provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law).

 

- 11 -


(m) The Company is not a party to, or otherwise obligated under, any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement covering any Person that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible by Purchaser, the Company or any of their respective affiliates by reason of Section 280G of the Code or that could be subject to Section 4999 of the Code.

(n) The Company has not made or filed an election under Section 108, Section 441 or Section 1017 of the Code.

(o) The Company is, and at all times since its inception has been, treated as a partnership for Tax purposes, and has never filed an election to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation.

2.11 Property . Except as set forth in Schedule 2.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not currently own or lease and has never owned or leased any real property. The Company has good and indefeasible title to all properties and assets (whether real or personal) necessary to conduct all of the businesses and operations of the Company as currently conducted, including all tangible properties and assets reflected on the Balance Sheet or acquired after the date of the Balance Sheet, and none of such properties or assets is subject to any Security Interest or other Encumbrance. The personal property owned by the Company is in good operating condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted, are free from any material defects, and are suitable for the uses for which they are being used in all material respects.

2.12 Contracts . Other than as disclosed on Schedule 2.12(1) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not a party to, subject to or otherwise bound by:

(a) any Contract or series of related Contracts which requires aggregate future expenditures by the Company in excess of $5,000 or which might result in payments by or to the Company in excess of $5,000;

(b) any Contract for the purchase of equipment in excess of $5,000;

(c) any Contract that expires more than one year after the date of this Agreement;

(d) any Contract (other than a Contract entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) with support or indemnification obligations that cannot be terminated with not more than ninety (90) days notice without penalty;

(e) any distributor, reseller or similar Contract under which the Company does not have the right to terminate without penalty on less than 90 days notice;

(f) any Contract with any current or former member, employee, officer or manager of the Company, or any “affiliate” or “associate” of such Persons (as such terms are defined in the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act) (any of the foregoing, a “ Related Party ”), including any Contract providing for the furnishing of services by, rental of real or personal property from, or otherwise requiring payments to, or from, any Related Party;

(g) any Contract limiting the freedom of the Company to engage or participate, or compete with any other Person, in any line of business, market or geographic area, or to make use of any Technology or Intellectual Property Rights, or any Contract granting most favored nation pricing, exclusive sales, distribution, marketing or other exclusive rights, rights of refusal, rights of first negotiation or similar rights and/or terms to any Person, or any Contract otherwise limiting the right of the Company to sell, distribute or manufacture any products or services or to purchase or otherwise obtain any software, components, parts, subassemblies or services;

(h) any agreement, contract or commitment by the Company to license to any third party the right to manufacture or reproduce any product, service or technology of the Company or any agreement, contract or commitment by any Person to the Company to sell or distribute any products, service or technology of the Company;

 

- 12 -


(i) any agreement relating to the licensing of source code for the Company’s products;

(j) any trust, loan agreement, indenture, note, bond, debenture or other document or Contract evidencing Indebtedness to any Person, any capitalized lease obligation, any commitment to provide any of the foregoing, or any agreement of guaranty, indemnification or other similar commitment with respect to the obligations or Liabilities of any other Person;

(k) any Company Government Contract or Company Government Subcontract;

(l) any Contract for the disposition of any material portion of the assets or business (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) of the Company;

(m) any Contract for the acquisition of the business or capital stock of another party (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);

(n) any Contract concerning a joint venture, joint development or other similar arrangement with one or more Persons;

(o) any agreement pursuant to which the Company is obligated to provide maintenance, support or training for its products, other than in the ordinary course of business;

(p) any hedging, futures, options or other derivative Contract;

(q) any Contract to grant any severance or termination pay or benefits (in cash or otherwise) to any employee, individual consultant, or any contractor, consulting or sales agreement, contract, or commitment with a firm or other organization;

(r) any Contract (including any Company Employee Plan), any of the benefits of which will be increased, or the vesting of benefits of which will be accelerated, by the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or in connection with additional or subsequent events) or the value of any of the benefits of which will be calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(s) any Contract for the employment of any manager, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any other type of Contract with any officer, employee or consultant of the Company that is not immediately terminable at-will by the Company without cost, Liability or post-termination benefits (other than continuation coverage required by law), including any Contract requiring the Company to make a payment to any manager, officer, employee or consultant on account of the Membership Interest Purchase, any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any Contract that is entered into in connection with this Agreement;

(t) any Contract under which the Company provides any consulting, software implementation, deployment, development services or support services with payments to the Company in excess of $5,000;

(u) any Contract with any labor union or any collective bargaining agreement or similar contract with its employees;

(v) any Contract with any investment banker, broker, advisor or similar party, or any accountant, legal counsel or other Person retained by the Company, in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

- 13 -


(w) any confidentiality, secrecy or non-disclosure Contract other than any such Contract entered into with customers and distributors in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s standard unmodified form (a copy of which has been Delivered to Purchaser);

(x) any settlement agreement;

(y) any real property lease; or

(z) any other Contract not listed in Section 2.12(a) through Section 2.12(y), inclusive, that is otherwise material to the business of the Company.

Accurate, complete and correct copies of each of the Material Contracts (including all amendments thereto) have been Delivered to Purchaser. Each Contract set forth in Schedule 2.12(1) of the Disclosure Schedule or any other Schedule of the Disclosure Schedule (or required to be so disclosed therein, whether or not actually disclosed therein) (each, a “ Material Contract ” and collectively the “ Material Contracts ”) is a valid and binding agreement of the Company and is in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.12(2) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not in material default or breach under the terms of any of the Material Contracts (a “default” being defined for purposes hereof as an actual default or event of default or the existence of any fact or circumstance which would, upon receipt of notice or passage of time, constitute a default or right of termination), nor will the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement give rise to any such material default or breach, and (i) to the Company’s Knowledge no other party to any such Material Contracts is in material default or breach of such Material Contracts, and (ii) no event has occurred that with notice or the passage of time would constitute a material default or breach thereunder by the Company or would permit the modification or premature termination of any such Material Contracts by any other party thereto.

2.13 Benefit Plans .

(a) Schedule 2.13(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of each plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement, or other arrangement providing for retirement, fringe benefit, vacation, cafeteria benefit, health or welfare benefit, dependent care, stock, option, bonus, or other incentive plan, supplemental retirement, deferred compensation, severance, separation, employment, compensation or other benefits, which is or has been maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by the Company or any Subsidiary (whether written or unwritten, insured or self-insured, each, a “ Company Employee Plan ” or “ Plan ”) and each Employee Agreement.

(b) None of the Company Employee Plans is an “employee welfare benefit plan” or “employee pension benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”).

(c) No persons or entities are or have ever been under common control with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, and the regulations issued thereunder (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”).

(d) None of the Company Employee Plans or Employee Agreements promises or provides retiree medical or other retiree welfare benefits to any person. The Company does not and has never maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, contributed to, or required to contribute to any pension plan which is subject to Section 412 of the Code.

(e) Each Company Employee Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms and in material compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, ERISA and the Code) and the Company has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it under, is not in default under or violation of and has no knowledge of any material default or violation by any other party to, any of the Plans.

 

- 14 -


(f) The execution of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any Company Employee Plan or Employee Agreement that will result in any payment (whether of severance pay or otherwise), acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefit or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any employee or consultant of the Company.

(g) Any Company Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (i) has either applied for, prior to the expiration of the requisite period under currently applicable Treasury Regulations or IRS pronouncements, or obtained a favorable determination, notification, advisory and/or opinion letter, as applicable, as to its qualified status from the IRS, or still has a remaining period of time under applicable Treasury Regulations or IRS pronouncements in which to apply for such letter and to make any amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination, and (ii) incorporates or has been amended to incorporate all provisions required to comply currently applicable legislation. For each Company Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code there has been no event, condition or circumstance that has adversely affected or is likely to adversely affect such qualified status.

2.14 Intellectual Property .

(a) Schedule 2.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule is a complete and accurate list of (i) all Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights, (ii) all unregistered copyrights in computer software that are included in the Company Intellectual Property, (iii) all unregistered Trademarks included within the Company Intellectual Property. For each of the foregoing, the listing shall include (w) the respective application or serial number (if applicable), (x) the date of any such application and registration, the jurisdiction(s) in which each such right either exists or, for registrations and applications thereto, has been registered or applied for, (y) an identification of whether the right is solely owned by, jointly owned by, or exclusively licensed, and (z) a brief summary of any proceedings or actions before any court, tribunal (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “ PTO ”) or equivalent authority anywhere in the world) related thereto.

(b) Each item of Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights is valid and subsisting, and all necessary fees, including without limitation all registration, maintenance, issuance and renewal fees, in connection with such Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights have been paid and all necessary documents and certificates in connection with such Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other authorities in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of maintaining such Registered Intellectual Property Rights. There are no actions that must be taken by the Company or any of its subsidiaries within one hundred twenty (120) days of the Closing Date, including the payment of any registration, maintenance or renewal fees or the filing of any responses to office actions, documents, applications or certificates for the purposes of obtaining, maintaining, perfecting or preserving or renewing any Registered Intellectual Property Rights. Without limiting the foregoing, neither Company nor any of its subsidiaries has taken any action or allowed any event to occur, and neither Company nor any of its subsidiaries is aware of any event or circumstances, which would set a United States patent bar date within one hundred twenty (120) days of the Closing Date. A United States patent bar date includes any date by which the Company or one of its subsidiaries must file a patent application in order to preserve Company’s or its Subsidiary’s right and ability to seek patent protection for an invention in the United States. To Company’s Knowledge, no third party is in breach of any non-disclosure agreement signed with Company or any Subsidiary or of any confidentiality terms of any agreement signed with Company or any Subsidiary. In each case in which the Company or a Subsidiary has acquired any Technology or Intellectual Property Right from any Person, the Company has obtained a valid and enforceable assignment sufficient to irrevocably transfer the Technology and all rights in such Technology including all associated Intellectual Property Rights (including the right to seek past and future damages with respect thereto) to the Company or a Subsidiary. To the maximum extent provided for by, and in accordance with, applicable laws and regulations, the Company and its subsidiaries have recorded each such assignment of a Registered Intellectual Property Right assigned to the Company or a Subsidiary with the relevant Governmental Entity, including the PTO, the U.S. Copyright Office, or their respective equivalents in any relevant foreign jurisdiction, as the case may be.

 

- 15 -


Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has claimed a particular status, including “Small Business Status,” in the application for any Intellectual Property Rights, which claim of status was not at the time made, or which has since become, inaccurate or false or that will no longer be true and accurate as a result of the Closing.

(c) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any Knowledge of any facts or circumstances that would render any Company Intellectual Property invalid or unenforceable. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary knows of any information, materials, facts, or circumstances, including any information or fact that would constitute prior art, that would render any of Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights invalid or unenforceable, or would adversely affect any pending application for any Company Registered Intellectual Property Right, and neither Company nor any Subsidiary has misrepresented, or failed to disclose, and has no Knowledge of any misrepresentation or failure to disclose, any fact or circumstances in any application for any Company Registered Intellectual Property Right that would constitute fraud or a misrepresentation with respect to such application or that would otherwise affect the validity or enforceability of any Company Registered Intellectual Property Right.

(d) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(d) Disclosure Schedule, each item of Company Intellectual Property is free and clear of any Encumbrances.

(e) Except as disclosed in the Schedule 2.14(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, all Company Technology and Company Intellectual Property will be fully transferable, alienable or licensable by Purchaser without restriction and without payment of any kind to any third party.

(f) To the extent that any Technology which is owned, possessed, used or controlled by Company or a Subsidiary has been developed or created by a third party, the Company or a Subsidiary has a written agreement with such third party with respect thereto and Company or a Subsidiary thereby either (i) has obtained ownership of, and is the exclusive owner of, or (ii) has obtained a license (sufficient for the conduct of its business as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted) to all such third party’s Intellectual Property Rights in such Technology by operation of law or by valid assignment or license, to the fullest extent it is legally possible to do so, with rights to freely assign all such third party Intellectual Property Rights.

(g) With the exception of “shrink-wrap” or similar widely-available commercial end-user licenses, all Technology used in or necessary to the conduct of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ business as presently conducted or currently contemplated to be conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries was written and created solely by either (i) employees of the Company or a Subsidiary acting within the scope of their employment or (ii) by third parties who have validly and irrevocably assigned all of their rights, including Intellectual Property Rights therein, to the Company or a Subsidiary, and no third party owns or has any rights to any of the Company Intellectual Property.

(h) The Company and each Subsidiary has, and enforces, a policy requiring each employee, consultant and contractor to execute a proprietary information, confidentiality and assignment agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.14(h) of the Disclosure Schedule, and all current and former employees, consultants and contractors of Company and its subsidiaries have executed such an agreement. No such person has excluded any of his or her prior inventions pursuant to such agreements.

(i) The Company and its subsidiaries have taken all commercially reasonable steps required to protect the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ rights in confidential information and Trade Secrets of the Company or a Subsidiary or provided by any other Person to the Company or a Subsidiary.

(j) No Person who has licensed Technology or Intellectual Property Rights to the Company or one of its subsidiaries has ownership rights or license rights to improvements made by the Company or one of its subsidiaries in such Technology or Intellectual Property Rights.

 

- 16 -


(k) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(k) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has transferred ownership of, or granted any exclusive license of or right to use, or authorized the retention of any exclusive rights to use or joint ownership of, any Technology or Intellectual Property Right that is or was Company Intellectual Property, to any other Person.

(l) Other than inbound “shrink-wrap” and similar publicly available commercial binary code end-user licenses and outbound “shrink-wrap” licenses in the form set forth on Schedule 2.14(l) of the Disclosure Schedule, the contracts, licenses and agreements listed in Schedule 2.14(l) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all contracts, licenses and agreements to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company is a party with respect to any Technology or Intellectual Property Rights. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is in material breach of nor has the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company failed to perform under in any material respect, any of the foregoing contracts, licenses or agreements and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no other party to any such contract, license or agreement is in breach thereof or has failed to perform thereunder.

(m) Schedule 2.14(m) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all material contracts, licenses and agreements between the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company on the one hand and any other Person on the other hand wherein or whereby the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company has agreed to, or assumed, any obligation or duty to warrant, indemnify, reimburse, hold harmless, guaranty or otherwise assume or incur any obligation or liability or provide a right of rescission with respect to the infringement or misappropriation of the Intellectual Property Rights of any Person.

(n) To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no contracts, licenses or agreements between the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company on the one hand and any other Person on the other hand with respect to the Company Intellectual Property under which there is any dispute regarding the scope of such agreement, or performance under such agreement, including with respect to any payments to be made or received by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company thereunder.

(o) The operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as it currently is conducted or is contemplated to be conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries, including but not limited to the design, development, use, disclosure, import, branding, advertising, promotion, marketing, license, manufacture sale, license and distribution of the products, or services or other Technology of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including such Technology currently under development) does not and will not when conducted by Purchaser in substantially the same manner following the Closing infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property Right of any Person, violate any right of any Person (including any right to privacy or publicity) or constitute unfair competition or trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice from any Person claiming that such operation or any act, product, or service or other Technology of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (including such Technology currently under development) infringes or misappropriates any Intellectual Property Right of any Person or constitutes unfair competition or trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction, nor does the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company have Knowledge of any basis therefore.

(p) To the Company’s Knowledge, no Person is infringing or misappropriating any Company Intellectual Property Right.

(q) No Company Intellectual Property or Technology is subject to any proceeding or outstanding decree, order, judgment or settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner the use, transfer or licensing thereof by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or may affect the validity, use or enforceability of such Company Intellectual Property or Technology.

(r) No (i) product, technology, service or publication of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) material published or distributed by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or (iii) conduct or statement of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company constitutes obscene material, a defamatory statement or material, false advertising or otherwise violates in any material respect any law or regulation.

 

- 17 -


(s) The Company Intellectual Property constitutes all the Technology and Intellectual Property Rights used in and/or necessary to the conduct of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as it currently is conducted, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, as it is currently planned or contemplated to be conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the design, development, manufacture, use, disclosure, import, branding, advertising, promotion, marketing, sale, license and distribution of products or other Technology of the Company and its subsidiaries, including performance of services (including such Technology currently under development).

(t) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(t) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither this Agreement nor the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the assignment to Purchaser, by operation of law or otherwise, of any contracts or agreements to which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is a party, will result in (i) any third party being granted rights or access to, or the placement in or release from escrow, of any Company Intellectual Property, (ii) Purchaser granting to any third party any right, title or interest to or with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights owned by, or licensed to, Purchaser pursuant to any agreement to which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) Purchaser being bound by, or subject to, any non-compete or other restriction on the operation or scope of their respective businesses, (iv) any restriction on the ability of the Purchaser to share information relating to its ongoing business or operations, or (v) Purchaser being obligated to pay any royalties, fees, honoraria or other amounts to any third party in excess of those payable by Company or a Subsidiary of the Company prior to the Closing Date pursuant to agreements to which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(u) Schedule 2.14(u) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of all of the software programs included in or developed for inclusion in the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s products by the Company or its Subsidiary or any third party (including all software programs embedded or incorporated in the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s products) (the “ Company Software Programs ”). Except as listed in Schedule 2.14(u)(2) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company Software Programs do not contain any third party software or Public Software. The list in Schedule 2.14(u)(2) of the Disclosure Schedule shall contain (i) the name of the Public Software, (ii) the license name and version pursuant to which the Company or its Subsidiary has received a license to such Public Software, (iii) a link to the location from which such Public Software was accessed and downloaded, (iv) a statement of whether such Public Software is dynamically or statically linked to any of the Company’s proprietary code, (v) a statement of whether such Public Software has been modified for use in the Company’s products, (vi) a statement of whether such Public Software is distributed by the Company, and (vii) a short statement regarding how the Public Software is being used by the Company or its Subsidiary in the Company or Subsidiary’s product. “ Public Software ” means any software that contains, includes, incorporates, or has instantiated therein, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is distributed as free software, open source software ( e.g. , Linux) or similar licensing or distribution models, including software licensed or distributed under any of the following licenses or distribution models, or licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following: (1) GNU’s General Public License (GPL) or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL); (2) the Artistic License ( e.g. , PERL); (3) the Mozilla Public License; (4) the Netscape Public License; (5) the Sun Community Source License (SCSL); (6) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL); (7) the BSD License; and (8) the Apache License.

(v) Each of the Company and its Subsidiary employs commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the Company Software Programs do not contain any viruses. For the purposes of this Agreement, “virus” means any computer code intentionally designed to disrupt, disable, or harm in any manner the operation of any software or hardware or to allow a third party to have access to the user’s computer or network without such user’s authority.

 

- 18 -


(w) All data which has been collected, stored, maintained or otherwise used by the Company and its subsidiaries has been collected, stored, maintained and used in accordance with all applicable U.S. and foreign laws, rules, regulations, guidelines, contracts, and industry standards. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has received a notice of noncompliance with applicable data protection laws, rules, regulations, guidelines or industry standards. The Company and its Subsidiary have made all registrations that the Company and its Subsidiary are required to have made in relation to the processing of data, and are in good standing with respect to such registrations, with all fees due within ninety (90) days of the date hereof duly made. The Company’s and its Subsidiary’s practices are, and have always been, in compliance with (i) their then-current privacy policy, including the privacy policy posted on the Company’s and its Subsidiary’s websites, and (ii) their customers’ privacy policies, when required to do so by contract. The Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained appropriate and reasonable measures to protect and maintain the confidential nature of any personal information. The Company and its subsidiaries have adequate technological and procedural measures in place to protect personal information collected by Company or a Subsidiary of the Company against loss, theft and unauthorized access or disclosure. The Company and its subsidiaries have the full power and authority to transfer any and all rights in any individual’s personal information in the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ possession or control to Purchaser. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is subject to any obligation that would prevent Purchaser from using the personal information in a manner consistent with any law or industry standard regarding the collection, retention, use, or disclosure of such information.

2.15 Government Funding; Government Contracts .

(a) The Company has not applied for or received any financial assistance from any supranational, national, local or foreign authority or government agency.

(b) Neither the Company, nor any of its managers, officers or employees is, or within the past three years has been, to the Knowledge of the Company (i) under any material administrative, civil or criminal investigation, audit, indictment or information by any Governmental Authority, (ii) the subject of any material audit or investigation by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, in each case, with respect to any alleged violation of any Legal Requirement or Contract arising under or relating to any Contract between the Company, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority, on the other hand, including any facilities Contract for the use of government-owned facilities (each such Contract, a “ Company Government Contract ”) or each Contract between the Company, on the one hand, and any prime contractor or upper-tier subcontractor, on the other hand, relating to a Contract between such Person and any Governmental Authority, (each such Contract, a “ Company Government Subcontract ”) or (iii) debarred or suspended, or proposed for debarment or suspension, or received notice of actual or proposed debarment or suspension (or for purposes of this clause (iii), in the case of Contracts governed by Legal Requirements other than the state or federal Legal Requirements of the United States, the functional equivalents thereof, if any), from participation in the award of any Contract with any Governmental Authority. There exist no facts or circumstances that, to the Knowledge of the Company, would warrant the institution of suspension or debarment proceedings or a finding of nonresponsibility or ineligibility with respect to the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers or managers, in any such case, for purposes of doing business with any Governmental Authority.

2.16 Insurance Schedule 2.16 (a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list as of the date hereof of all insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of the Company. Such list includes information regarding the type of policy, form of coverage, policy number and insurer, coverage dates, named insured(s) and limits of liability. Accurate, complete and correct copies of each listed policy have been Delivered to Purchaser. Such policies are in full force and effect and the Company has complied in all material respects with the provisions of such policies. There is no claim by the Company pending under any of such insurance policies as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed in writing by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. The Company has not received written notice or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other form of notice of any threatened termination of, or any premium increase with respect to, any of such insurance policies.

 

- 19 -


2.17 Personnel .

(a) The Company is in compliance with all Legal Requirements respecting employment, discrimination in employment, employment practices, tax withholding, equal employment, terms and conditions of employment, meal and rest periods, immigration status, leaves of absence, employee privacy, worker classification (including the proper classification of workers as independent contractors and consultants), wages (including overtime wages), compensation and hours of work, and occupational safety and health and employment practices. The Company has not engaged any employee whose employment would require special licenses or permits. The Company has withheld all amounts required by law or by agreement to be withheld from the wages, salaries, and other payments to employees; and is not liable for any arrears of wages, compensation, Taxes, penalties or other sums for failure to comply with any of the foregoing. The Company has paid in full to all Employees all wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, benefits and other compensation due to or on behalf of such Employees, and in each case, with respect to Employees: (i) has withheld and reported all amounts required by law or by agreement to be withheld and reported with respect to wages, salaries and other payments to Employees, (ii) is not liable for any arrears of wages, severance pay or any taxes or any penalty for failure to comply with any of the foregoing, and (iii) is not liable for any payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any governmental authority, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for Employees (other than routine payments to be made in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice). There are no actions, suits, claims or administrative matters pending, threatened or reasonably anticipated against the Company or any of their Employees relating to any Employee, or Employee Agreement. There are no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened claims or actions against Company under any worker’s compensation policy or long-term disability policy.

(b) The Company does not have any liability with respect to any misclassification of: (i) any Person as an independent contractor rather than as an employee, (ii) any employee leased from another employer, or (iii) any employee currently or formerly classified as exempt from overtime wages. There are no unwritten policies or customs that, by extension, could entitle employees of the Company to benefits in addition to those to which they are entitled pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements (including unwritten customs concerning the payment of statutory severance pay when it is not legally required). The Company is not liable for any payment to any trust or other fund or to any Governmental Authority, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for employees (other than routine payments to be made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice).

(c) The Company does not have any obligations under COBRA (or similar Legal Requirement) with respect to any former employees or qualifying beneficiaries thereunder, except for obligations that are not material in amount. The Company is not a party to a conciliation agreement, consent decree or other agreement or order with any Government Authority. There are no material controversies pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company threatened, between the Company and any of its employees or other service providers, which controversies have or have threatened to result in an action, arbitration, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation before any Governmental Authority.

(d) Schedule 2.17(d) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate, complete and correct list of all severance Contracts, employment Contracts and Contracts providing for any Change in Control Payment to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound. Except for the foregoing, the Company does not have any obligation to pay any amount or provide any benefit to any former employee or officer, other than obligations (i) for which the Company has established a reserve for such amount on the Balance Sheet and (ii) pursuant to Contracts entered into after the date of the Balance Sheet and disclosed on Schedule 2.17(d) of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

- 20 -


(e) The Company is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement or other labor union Contract (including any Contract or agreement with any works council, trade union, or other labor-relations entity) with respect to any employee or other service provider, and no such collective bargaining agreement or other labor union Contract is being negotiated by the Company. There is no pending demand for recognition or any other request or demand from a labor organization for representative status with respect to any employee or other service provider of the Company. The Company does not have any Knowledge of any activities or proceedings of any labor union with respect to organizing its employees. There is no labor dispute, strike, work stoppage, slowdown, or concerted refusal to work overtime against the Company pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company threatened, which may interfere with the business activities of the Company. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not entitle any Person (including any works council, trade union or other labor-relations entity) to any payments under any labor agreement, or require the Company to consult with, provide notice to, or obtain the consent or opinion of any union, works council, or similar labor relations entity. Neither the Company, nor to the Knowledge of the Company any of its representatives or employees, has committed any unfair labor practice within the meaning of the National Labor Relations Act in connection with the operation of the business of the Company, and there is no charge or complaint against the Company by the National Labor Relations Board or any comparable Governmental Authority pending or to the Knowledge of the Company threatened.

(f) The Company has Delivered to Purchaser an accurate, complete and correct list of the names, positions and rates of compensation of all current officers, managers, and employees of the Company, showing each such person’s name, position, place of employment, date of hire, annual remuneration (including commission and bonus opportunity), accrued vacation or paid time off, status as exempt/non-exempt and fringe benefits for the current fiscal year. The Company has no employees performing services outside of the United States.

(g) The Company has Delivered to Purchaser an accurate, complete and correct list of all of its consultants, advisory board members, seconded workers, and independent contractors since January 1, 2008 and for each such Person the initial hire date or date of the engagement, a description of the remuneration arrangements applicable to each, a brief description of the services provided, the specific entity for whom they provide services (if other than the Company), and whether the engagement has been terminated by either party, including the effective date of such termination.

(h) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with the Worker Adjustment Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended (“ WARN Act ”), or any similar state or local law. In the past year, (i) the Company has not effectuated a “plant closing” (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or one or more facilities or operating units within any site of employment or facility of its business, (ii) there has not occurred a “mass layoff” (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or facility of the Company, and (iii) the Company has not been affected by any transaction or engaged in layoffs or employment terminations sufficient in number, including as aggregated, to trigger application of any similar state, local or foreign law or regulation. The Company has not caused any of its employees to suffer an “employment loss” (as defined in the WARN Act) during the ninety (90) day period prior to the date hereof, and there has been no termination which would trigger any notice or other obligations under the WARN Act or similar state, local or foreign law. No terminations prior to the Closing would trigger any notice or other obligations under the WARN Act or similar state or local law.

(i) There are no election statements under Section 83(b) of the Code that are in the Company’s possession or subject to its control with respect to any unvested securities or other property issued by the Company to any of their respective employees, non-employee managers, consultants and other service providers.

(j) Schedule 2.17(j) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate, complete and correct list of all current employees of, and consultants to, the Company with names and titles, as applicable. Such employees of and consultants to are adequate for the conduct of the Company’s business as currently conducted.

 

- 21 -


(k) Except as contemplated herein, the Company has not (i) entered into any arrangements or agreements that obligate or purport to obligate the Company to make an offer of employment to any present or former employee or consultant of the Company or (ii) promised or otherwise provided any assurances (contingent or otherwise) to any present or former employee or consultant of the Company of any terms or conditions of employment with the Company following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.18 Litigation . There is no (a) Action pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Company, any of the properties of the Company, or the transactions contemplated hereby, nor to the Knowledge of the Company or the Selling Members is there any reasonable basis therefor, (b) governmental inquiry, audit, investigation, or other proceeding pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its properties (including any inquiry as to the qualification of the Company to hold or receive any license or Permit), nor to the Knowledge of the Company or any of the Selling Members is there any reasonable basis therefor or (c) to the Company’s Knowledge, any Action pending or threatened against any Related Party or the Selling Members in connection with the business of the Company. The Company is not in default with respect to any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority known to or served upon the Company. There is no action or suit by the Company pending, threatened or contemplated against any other Person. No Governmental Authority has at any time challenged or questioned the legal right of the Company to conduct their respective operations as presently or previously conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted. There is no action, suit, claim or proceeding of any nature pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, against any Person who has a contractual right or a right pursuant to Delaware Law to indemnification from the Company related to facts and circumstances existing prior to the Effective Time, nor are there, to the Company’s Knowledge, any facts or circumstances that would give rise to such an action, suit, claim or proceeding.

2.19 Environmental Matters .

(a) For all purposes of and under this Agreement, (i) the term “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean any Legal Requirement (whether domestic or foreign) which prohibits, regulates or controls any Hazardous Substance or any Hazardous Substance Activity; (ii) the term “ Hazardous Substance ” shall mean any substance, chemical, material, emission, waste or discharge that is designated or regulated as toxic, hazardous, radioactive or a pollutant, or contaminant or is otherwise a danger to health, reproduction and the environment, including without limitation, asbestos-containing materials, petroleum and petroleum products or any fraction thereof; (iii) the term “ Hazardous Substance Activity ” shall mean the transportation, transfer, recycling, storage, use, treatment, manufacture, removal, remediation, release, labeling, exposure of others to, sale, or distribution of any Hazardous Substance or any product or waste containing a Hazardous Substance, or product manufactured with Ozone depleting substances; (iv) the term “ Environmental Permit ” shall mean any approval, authorization, permit, registration, certification, franchise, concession, license, clearance or consent required to be obtained from any private person or any Governmental Authority with respect to a Hazardous Substance Activity which is or was conducted by the Company.

(b) (i) The Company has conducted all Hazardous Substance Activities in compliance with all Environmental Laws in all material respects; (ii) the Company has not received any notice of any noncompliance relating to its past or present operations with Environmental Laws; (iii) no notices, administrative actions or suits are pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge threatened, relating to an actual or alleged violation of any applicable Environmental Law by the Company; (iv) the Hazardous Substance Activities of the Company have not resulted in the exposure of any person to a Hazardous Substance in a manner which has caused or could reasonably be expected to cause an adverse health effect to any such person; (v) except in compliance with all Environmental Laws and as would not subject the Company to Liability, no Hazardous Substance is present on or under any real property that the Company owns, leases occupies, or otherwise uses or was present on or under any other real property at the time the Company ceased owning, leasing, occupying, or using such property; (vii) there have been no Hazardous Substances generated by the Company that have been disposed of, or come to rest at, any site that has been included in any published United States federal, state or local

 

- 22 -


“superfund” site list or any other similar list of hazardous or toxic waste sites published by any Governmental Authority within or outside the United States, (vii) there are no aboveground or underground tanks, sumps, asbestos which is friable or likely to become friable, or any polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”) or PCB-containing equipment used or stored on any site currently owned, leased or otherwise used by the Company, (viii) Section 2.19(b)(viii) of the Disclosure Schedule accurately describes all of the Environmental Permits currently held by the Company and the listed Environmental Permits are all of the Environmental Permits necessary for the continued conduct of any Hazardous Substance Activity of the Company and all such Environmental Permits are valid and in full force and effect and no circumstances exist which could cause any Environmental Permit to be revoked, modified, or rendered non-renewable upon payment of the permit fee; (ix) the Company has not entered into any agreement that may require it to guarantee, reimburse, pledge, defend, hold harmless or indemnify any other party with respect to Liabilities arising out of any Environmental Law or the Hazardous Substance Activities of the Company, or any other Person; (x) the Company is not aware of any fact or circumstance, which could result in any environmental Liability which could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the business or financial status of the Company; and (xi) the Company has Delivered to Purchaser true and correct copies of all material records in the Company’s or its advisors’ possession or control concerning the Hazardous Substance Activities of the Company, any Environmental Permits, any environmental site assessments, any testing or sampling data, and any audits, inspection reports, notices of non-compliance, and correspondence with regulatory agencies.

2.20 Compliance with Laws; Permits .

(a) The Company is in compliance with, and has complied with, and as of the date of this Agreement has not received any notices of violation with respect to, any Legal Requirement with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its business (including the keeping of all required registers and timely filing or delivery of all required documents under the provisions of any applicable Legal Requirement). To the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is not under investigation with respect to, has not been threatened to be charged with, and has not been given notice of, any violation of any Legal Requirement.

(b) All material Permits (i) pursuant to which the Company currently operates or holds any interest in its properties, or (ii) which are required for the operation of the business of the Company as currently conducted or the holding of any such interest, have been issued or granted to the Company, and all such material Permits are in full force and effect and constitute all Permits required to permit the Company to operate or conduct its business as it is currently conducted and hold any interest in its properties or assets.

2.21 Encumbrances . The property and assets that the Company owns are free and clear of all mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, loans, claims, charges, restrictions and Encumbrances, except for statutory liens for the payment of current taxes that are not yet delinquent and Encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases and, to its Knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any Encumbrances other than those of the lessors of such property or assets. To the Company’s Knowledge, the foregoing property and assets collectively comprise all material property and assets necessary for the Company to conduct its business consistent with the manner such business was conducted during the periods covered by the Financial Statements.

2.22 Brokers and Finders . All negotiations relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been carried on without the intervention of any Person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates in such manner as to give rise to any valid claim against the Company or Purchaser for any investment banker, brokerage or finder’s commission, fee or similar compensation.

2.23 Anti-Takeover Statute Not Applicable . No “business combination,” “fair price,” “moratorium,” “control share acquisition” or other similar anti-takeover statute or regulation or anti-takeover provision in the Company Organizational Documents is applicable to the Company, any Company Interests or other Company Securities, this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

- 23 -


2.24 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions . None of the officers and managers of the Company, the Selling Members or any of their family members, nor to the Knowledge of the Company, any immediate family member of an officer or manager of the Company, has any direct or indirect ownership, participation, royalty or other interest in, or is an officer, director, employee of or consultant or contractor for, any firm, partnership, entity or corporation that competes with, or does business with, or has any contractual arrangement with, the Company (except with respect to any interest in less than 1% of the stock of any corporation whose stock is publicly traded). Neither the Selling Members or any of their family members nor any officers or managers of the Company, or any of their immediate family members, is a party to, or to the Knowledge of the Company otherwise directly or indirectly interested in, any Contract to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets or properties may be bound or affected, other than normal employment, compensation and stock option and other benefit arrangements for services as an officer, manager or employee thereof. Neither the Selling Members or any of their family members nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any officers or managers of the Company or immediate family members has any interest in any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible that is used in, or that relates to, the business of the Company, except for the rights of the Selling Members under applicable Legal Requirements.

2.25 Bank Accounts; Powers, etc. Schedule 2.25(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each bank, trust company, savings institution, brokerage firm, mutual fund or other financial institution with which the Company has an account or safe deposit box, the balances in such accounts as of the date hereof, and the names and identification of all Persons authorized to draw thereon or to have access thereto. Schedule 2.25(b) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each Person with a company credit card.

2.26 Books and Records .

(a) Without limiting the foregoing, the Company has Delivered to Purchaser accurate, complete and correct copies of: (i) all documents identified on the Disclosure Schedule; (ii) the Company Organizational Documents, as currently in effect; (iii) the minute books containing records of all proceedings, consents, actions and meetings of the managers, committees of the managers and members of the Company; (iv) the ownership interest ledger, journal and other records reflecting all equity issuances and transfers and all option and warrant grants and agreements of the Company; and (v) permits, orders and consents issued by any regulatory agency with respect to the Company, or any securities of the Company, and all applications for such permits, orders and consents.

(b) The minute books of the Company Delivered to Purchaser contain a complete and accurate summary in all material respects of all meetings of managers and members or actions by written consent since the time of incorporation of the Company through the date of this Agreement, and reflect all transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all material respects.

(c) The books, records and accounts of the Company (i) are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) have been maintained in accordance with reasonable business practices on a basis consistent with prior years, (iii) are stated in reasonable detail and accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets and properties of the Company, and (iv) accurately and fairly reflect the basis for the Financial Statements.

2.27 Representations Complete . None of the representations or warranties made by the Company or the Selling Members (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule) in this Agreement, and none of the statements made in any exhibit, schedule or certificate furnished by the Company or the Selling Members pursuant to this Agreement, contains or will contain at the Effective Time, any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will omit at the Effective Time to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in the light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.

 

- 24 -


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF PURCHASER

Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing Date (except for such representations and warranties as are made only as of a specific date, which shall be made only as of such date), as follows:

3.1 Organization and Standing . Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation. Purchaser is not in violation of any of the provisions of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, except as would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.2 Authority . Purchaser has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto, to perform their obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Purchaser. This Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto has been (or will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by Purchaser, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, and the Selling Members, constitutes (or will constitute) a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general equity principles.

3.3 No Conflicts . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto, compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and each certificate or other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (a) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Purchaser, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, or result in the loss of any benefit to which Purchaser is entitled under, any Contract, Permit, Security Interest or other interest to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser is bound or to which the assets of Purchaser are subject, (c) result in the creation or imposition of any Security Interest upon any assets of Purchaser, except as contemplated by this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein or (d) violate any Legal Requirements applicable to Purchaser or any of their respective properties or assets.

3.4 Governmental Filings and Consents . No Consents of or with any Governmental Authority are required on the part of Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such other consents, authorizations, filings, approvals, notices and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not prevent, materially alter or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.5 Funds . On the Closing Date, Purchaser will have sufficient funds to pay the Closing Payment payable in respect of the Company Interests at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

3.6 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees . Purchaser has not incurred, nor will they incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or investment bankers’ fees or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby for which the Company or the Selling Members shall have any liability.

 

- 25 -


ARTICLE 4

CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME

During the time period from the date hereof until the earlier to occur of (a) the Effective Time or (b) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1 , the Company covenants and agrees with Purchaser as follows:

4.1 Conduct of Business of the Company .

(a) Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, or as Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing, the Company shall operate its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted, pay its debts and Taxes when due (subject to the right of Purchaser to review and approve any Tax Returns in accordance with this Agreement), pay or perform its other obligations when due, and, to the extent not inconsistent with such business, use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with its customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it.

(b) Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in Schedule 4.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule (referencing the specific subsection of this Section 4.1(b) to which it relates) or as Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing, the Company shall not:

(i) make any expenditure or enter into any commitment or transaction exceeding $5,000 (other than the payment of rent, payroll and interest obligations on Company Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice);

(ii) terminate or extend, or materially amend, waive, modify, or violate the terms of, any Contract disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule (or agree to do so), or enter into any Contract that would have been required to have been disclosed on Schedule 2.8 of the Disclosure Schedule) or Schedule 2.12(1) of the Disclosure Schedule had such Contract been entered into prior to the date hereof, except for Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business for the license and sale of Company’s products;

(iii) engage in or enter into any transaction or commitment, or relinquish any material right, outside the ordinary course of the Company’s business and consistent with past practice;

(iv) enter into or materially amend, waive or modify the terms of any Contract pursuant to which any other party is granted marketing, distribution, development or similar rights of any type or scope with respect to any products or technology of the Company;

(v) commence, compromise or settle any Action or threat of Action, other than to enforce its rights under this Agreement;

(vi) declare, set aside or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of any Company Interests, or split, combine or reclassify any Company Interests, or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for Company Interests;

(vii) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of Company Interests (or options, warrants or other rights exercisable therefor);

 

- 26 -


(viii) issue, grant, deliver or sell any Company Interests or any securities convertible into, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other agreements or commitments of any kind or character obligating it to issue, grant, deliver or sell any such shares or other convertible securities convertible into Company Interests;

(ix) cause or permit any amendments to the Company Organizational Documents;

(x) acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing any assets or equity securities of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company’s business;

(xi) sell, lease, license (except for licenses of Company’s products in the ordinary course of business) or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s properties or assets, including the sale of any accounts receivable of the Company, grant or otherwise create or consent to the creation of any easement, covenant, restriction, assessment or charge affecting any owned property or leased property or any part thereof, or convey, assign, sublease, license or otherwise transfer all or any portion of any owned property or leased property or any interest or rights therein;

(xii) incur any Indebtedness (other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) or guarantee any Indebtedness or issue or sell any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities or other obligations of others;

(xiii) grant any loans to others (other than advances to employees for travel and business expenses in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) or purchase debt securities of others or amend the terms of any outstanding loan agreement;

(xiv) adopt or amend any Company Employee Plan, enter into any Employee Agreement, pay or agree to pay any special bonus or special remuneration to any manager or Employee, or increase or agree to increase the salaries, wage rates, or other compensation or benefits of its Employees except payments made pursuant to written agreements or plans outstanding on the date hereof and disclosed in Schedule 4.1(b)(xiv) of the Disclosure Schedule;

(xv) revalue any of its assets (whether tangible or intangible), including writing off notes or accounts receivable, settle, discount or compromise any accounts receivable, or reverse any reserves other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(xvi) pay, discharge or satisfy, in an amount in excess of $5,000 in the aggregate, any claim, liability, loan or obligation (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction in the ordinary course of business of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet;

(xvii) make or change any election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method, period of accounting, or historic practice in respect of Taxes, enter into any closing agreement or similar agreement or arrangement with respect to Taxes, contest or settle any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, take any action to surrender any right to claim a refund or credit of Taxes, or file or amend any Tax Return unless such Tax Return or amended Tax Return has been provided to Purchaser for review in accordance with Section 4.3 ;

(xviii) enter into or amend any licensing, distribution, joint venture, strategic alliance or joint marketing arrangement or agreement or any similar arrangement or agreement;

 

- 27 -


(xix) hire, offer to hire or terminate any employees, or encourage any employees to resign from the Company, or promote, demote or make any other change to the employment status or title of any officer of the Company, or remove or permit the resignation of any manager of the Company;

(xx) increase or make any other change to the salary, employment status, title, fringe benefits or other compensation (including equity based compensation) payable or to become payable by the Company to any of its officers, managers, employees or consultants;

(xxi) adopt or amend any Company Employee Plan, or execute or amend any Employee Agreement (other than execution of the Company’s standard at will offer letter);

(xxii) enter into any agreement, contract or commitment for the grant by the Company of any severance, termination pay or bonus (in cash or otherwise) to any Employee, including any officer;

(xxiii) change the Company’s accounting policies or procedures, including with respect to reserves for doubtful accounts, amortization or depreciation policy or rates, or payment or collection policies or practices;

(xxiv) engage in any purchase or sale of any interest in real property, grant of any Security Interest in any real property, or enter into any agreement to lease, sublease, license or otherwise occupy any real property;

(xxv) take any action regarding a patent or patent application or trademark or trademark application, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and filing continuations for existing patent applications or completing or renewing registrations of existing patents, domain names, trademarks or service marks in the ordinary course of business;

(xxvi) terminate, amend or fail to renew any existing insurance coverage;

(xxvii) terminate or fail to renew or preserve any material Permits;

(xxviii) send any written communications (including electronic communications) to any Employees regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or make any communications to the Employees that are inconsistent with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby;

(xxix) terminate any Employee other than for cause, with prompt notification to Purchaser after any such for cause termination; or

(xxx) take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, or propose to take, any of the actions described in Section 4.1(b)(i) through Section 4.1(b)(xxix) , inclusive, or any other action that would (A) cause or result in any of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth herein being untrue or incorrect, (B) prevent or materially hinder the Company from performing its covenants hereunder or consummating the transactions contemplated hereby, or (C) delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.2 No Negotiation .

(a) Each of the Company and the Selling Members will immediately cease and cause to be terminated any and all existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any Persons conducted prior to or on the date of this Agreement with respect to any Acquisition Proposal. Neither the Company nor the Selling Members will, nor will any of them authorize or permit any of the officers, managers, directors, affiliates, members or Employees of the Company or any investment banker, attorney or other advisor or representative retained by any of them (all of the foregoing Persons, including any such Persons so authorized by the Company

 

- 28 -


or the Selling Members, collectively being the “ Company Representatives ”) to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, initiate, seek, entertain, encourage, facilitate, support or induce (or assist in or cooperate with any Person in) the making, submission or announcement of any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal (as hereinafter defined), (ii) enter into, participate in, maintain or continue any discussions, communications (except solely to provide written notice as to the existence of these provisions) or negotiations regarding any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, or otherwise take any action to facilitate any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) agree to, accept, approve, endorse or recommend (or publicly propose or announce any intention or desire to agree to, accept, approve, endorse or recommend) any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, any Acquisition Proposal, (iv) enter into any letter of intent or any other Contract contemplating or otherwise relating to any Acquisition Proposal, (v) submit any Acquisition Proposal to the vote of any security holders of the Company, (vi) consummate or otherwise effect a transaction providing for any transaction contemplated by an Acquisition Proposal, or (vii) disclose or make available any information not customarily disclosed to any Person concerning the Company’s business, properties, assets or technologies, or afford to any Person access to its properties, technologies, books or records.

(b) The Company and the Selling Members shall immediately notify Purchaser orally and in writing after receipt by the Company and/or any Company Representatives of (i) any Acquisition Proposal, (ii) any inquiry, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) any other notice that any Person is considering making an Acquisition Proposal, or (iv) any request for information by any Person or Persons (other than Purchaser) not customarily disclosed to any Person concerning the Company’s business, properties, assets or technologies. Such notice shall describe (i) the terms and conditions of such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, proposal, offer, notice or request, and (ii) the identity of the Person or Group (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder) making any such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, proposal, offer, notice or request. The Company and the Selling Members shall keep Purchaser fully informed of the status and details of, and any modification to, any such Acquisition Proposal, or inquiry, proposal or offer and any correspondence or communications related thereto and shall provide to Purchaser a true, complete and correct copy of such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, proposal or offer and any amendments, correspondence and communications related thereto, if it is in writing, or a reasonable written summary thereof, if it is not in writing. The Company shall provide Purchaser with 72 hours prior notice (or such lesser prior notice as is provided to the managers of the Company) of any meeting of the managers of the Company at which the managers of the Company is reasonably expected to discuss any Acquisition Proposal.

(c) The Company shall be deemed to have breached the terms of this Section 4.2 if any Company Representatives shall take any action, whether in his or her capacity as such or in any other capacity, that is prohibited by this Section 4.2 . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that the provisions of this Section 4.2 were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed by the parties hereto that Purchaser shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Section 4.2 and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which Purchaser may be entitled at law or in equity.

4.3 Tax Returns . The Company shall timely file all Tax Returns required to be filed, and shall pay all Taxes (including payments of estimated Tax) required to be paid, prior to the Closing Date. Purchaser shall have the opportunity to review all such Tax Returns before they are filed and to consent to any positions taken therein which are inconsistent with either the past practices of the Company or applicable Legal Requirements (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

- 29 -


ARTICLE 5

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

5.1 Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Complete; Third Party Consents .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take promptly, or cause to be taken promptly, all actions, and to do promptly, or cause to be done promptly, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to satisfy the conditions set forth in Article 6 and to remove any injunctions or other impediments or delays, legal or otherwise, in order to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for the purpose of securing to the parties hereto the benefits contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) In furtherance and not in limitation of Section 5.1(a) , the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents, waivers and approvals of any parties to any Contracts to which the Company is a party as are required in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase in order to ensure that all such Contracts remain in full force and effect from and after the Effective Time in accordance with their respective terms and to preserve all rights of, and benefits to, Purchaser and the Company under such Contracts from and after the Effective Time, including, but not limited to, the consents set forth on Schedule 5.1(b) . All such consents, waivers and approvals shall be in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchaser. In the event that the other parties to any such Contract conditions its grant of a consent, waiver or approval (including by threatening to exercise a “recapture” or other termination right) upon or otherwise required in response to a notice or consent request relating to this Agreement, the payment of a consent fee, “profit sharing” payment or other consideration, or other payments under the Contract or the provision of additional security (including a guaranty), the Company shall not make or commit to make any such payment or provide any such consideration without Purchaser’s prior written consent, which may be withheld at Purchaser’s sole discretion.

5.2 Notification of Certain Matters .

(a) Each of the Company and the Selling Members shall give prompt notice to Purchaser of (i) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event, the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would reasonably be expected to cause any representation or warranty of the Company and/or the Selling Members set forth in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate at or prior to the Effective Time, (ii) any failure of the Company or the Selling Members to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder, and (iii) any other event, condition, fact or circumstance that would make the timely satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Article 6 impossible or unlikely.

(b) Purchaser shall give prompt notice to the Company of (i) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event, the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would reasonably be expected to cause any representation or warranty of Purchaser set forth in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate at or prior to the Effective Time, (ii) any failure of Purchaser to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder, and (iii) any other event, condition, fact or circumstance that would make the timely satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Article 6 impossible or unlikely.

(c) The delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall not (i) limit or otherwise affect any remedies otherwise available to any party, or (ii) constitute an acknowledgment or admission of a breach of this Agreement. No disclosure by any party pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall affect or be deemed to modify, amend or supplement any representation or warranty set forth herein, the Disclosure Schedule or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, or limit any right to indemnification provided herein.

 

- 30 -


5.3 Access to Information; Public Announcement During the period from the date hereof and prior to the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement, the Company shall afford Purchaser and its accountants, counsel and other representatives, reasonable access during the Company’s normal business hours to (i) all of the Company’s properties, books, Contracts, assets, commitments and records, (ii) all other information concerning the business, properties and personnel (subject to restrictions imposed by applicable law) of the Company as Purchaser may reasonably request, and (iii) all employees of the Company as identified by Purchaser. The Company shall provide to Purchaser and its accountants, counsel and other representatives copies of internal financial statements (including Tax Returns and supporting documentation) promptly upon request. No information or knowledge obtained in any investigation pursuant to this Section 5.3 or otherwise shall affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty of the Company contained herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Membership Interest Purchase in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor the Selling Members shall (nor will they permit, as applicable, any of their respective officers, managers, directors, members, stockholders, agents, representatives or affiliates to), directly or indirectly, issue any statement or communication to any third party (other than its agents that are bound by confidentiality restrictions and other than communications with the Selling Members and third parties to obtain the consents and approvals required under this Agreement and applicable law) regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including, if applicable, the termination of this Agreement and the reasons therefor or any disputes or arbitration proceedings, without the consent of Purchaser.

5.4 Fees and Expenses . Whether or not the Membership Interest Purchase is consummated, all Liabilities outside of the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and fees and expenses incurred by the Company (for which the Company may pay or reimburse others or may otherwise be obligated to pay or reimburse others or may be or may become liable) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby including, all legal, accounting, consulting, investment banking, financial advisory, and brokerage fees and expenses and all other fees and expenses of third parties (including any costs incurred to obtain any consents, waivers or approvals as a result of compliance with this Agreement) (the “ Transaction Expenses ”), shall be the Liability and obligation of the Selling Members and shall not be obligations of Purchaser or the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Transaction Expenses that are the Liability and obligation of the Selling Members pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not include any cost, fee, or expense incurred by Purchaser in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, including, all legal, accounting, consulting, investment banking, financial advisory, and brokerage fees and expenses and all other fees and expenses of third parties incurred by Purchaser, all of which shall be borne by Purchaser. At least three (3) business days prior to the Closing, the Company shall provide Purchaser with a statement of estimated Transaction Expenses in form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser which statement shall be accompanied by final invoices from the Company’s legal, accounting, financial, consulting and other advisors providing services in connection with the negotiation and effectuation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby reflecting such advisors’ final billable Transaction Expenses (the “ Statement of Expenses ”). Whether or not reflected in the Statement of Expenses, Purchaser shall be entitled to recover the amount of any and all Transaction Expenses in excess of the amount of aggregate estimated Transaction Expenses as set forth on the Statement of Expenses and may do so by reducing the Actual Closing Net Working Capital pursuant to Section 1.3 or pursuant to Article 7 .

5.5 Tax Matters .

(a) The Selling Members and the Company shall prepare and file, or have caused to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns for the Company due on or before the Closing Date. Purchaser shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns for the Company for all periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date that are filed after the Closing Date. All such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with prior practice unless otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirements.

(b) Purchaser shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed any Tax Return of the Company for any Tax period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date (a “ Straddle Period ”, and any such Tax Return, a “ Straddle Period Tax Return ”). Any Taxes for a Straddle Period shall be apportioned between the Selling Members and the Purchaser in the manner set forth in Section 5.5(c) .

 

- 31 -


(c) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) In the case of any gross receipts, income, payroll or similar Taxes that are payable with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such Taxes allocable to (A) the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date (the “ Pre-Closing Tax Period ”), for which the Selling Members are responsible, and (B) the portion of the Straddle Period beginning on the day next succeeding the Closing Date (the “ Post-Closing Tax Period ”), for which the Purchaser and/or the Company is responsible, shall be determined on the basis of a deemed closing at the end of the Closing Date of the books and records of the Company.

(ii) In the case of any Taxes (other than gross receipts, income, payroll or similar Taxes) that are payable with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such Taxes allocable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be equal to the product of all such Taxes multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period from the commencement of the Straddle Period through and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period; provided, however, that appropriate adjustments shall be made to reflect specific events that can be identified and specifically allocated as occurring on or prior to the Closing Date (in which case the Selling Members shall be responsible for any Taxes related thereto and Purchaser shall be entitled to reimbursement by reduction of the Holdback Amount for such Taxes to the extent such Taxes were not reflected in the Closing Date Balance Sheet, which Taxes shall be considered Agreed-Upon Damages hereunder) or occurring after the Closing Date (in which case, Purchaser shall be responsible for any Taxes related thereto).

(iii) The Company, the Purchaser, and the Selling Members shall cooperate with each other in connection with the filing of any Tax Returns of the Company and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes of the Company. The Company, the Purchaser, and the Selling Members agree (i) to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Company relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by the Company, the Purchaser or the Selling Members, any extensions of the statute of limitations) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority, and (ii) to give the other parties reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if any of the other Parties so requests, the Company, the Purchaser, or the Selling Members, as the case may be, shall allow the other party to take possession of such books and records.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Purchaser shall have the sole right to control and make all decisions regarding any Tax audit or administrative or court proceeding relating to Taxes of the Company, including selection of counsel and selection of a forum for such contest, provided, however , that in the event such audit or proceeding relates to Taxes for which Purchaser is entitled to be reimbursed by the Selling Members or by reduction of the Holdback Amount, (i) Purchaser, Company, and the Selling Members shall cooperate in the conduct of any audit or proceeding relating to such period, (ii) the Selling Members shall have the right (but not the obligation) to participate in such audit or proceeding at the Selling Members’ expense, and (iii) Purchaser shall have the sole right to exercise control at any time over the handling, disposition and/or settlement of any issue raised in any official inquiry, examination or proceeding regarding any Tax Return (including the right to settle or otherwise terminate any contest with respect thereto). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.2(e) , this Section 5.5(c) shall govern the conduct of Tax contests related to the Company.

 

- 32 -


5.6 Corporate Matters .

(a) Corporate Records . At the Closing, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser the original corporate books, ownership interest ledgers, minute books and corporate seal, if any, of the Company and other controlled affiliates.

(b) Managers and Officers of the Company after the Effective Time . Unless otherwise determined by Purchaser prior to the Effective Time, immediately following the Effective Time the managers of the Company shall be those Persons listed on Schedule 5.6(b) , until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal. Unless otherwise determined by Purchaser prior to the Effective Time, immediately following the Effective Time the officers of the Company shall be those Persons listed on Schedule 5.6(b) , until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal.

5.7 Confidentiality .

(a) From and after the Closing Date, the Selling Members shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate to any Person other than authorized officers, directors and employees of Purchaser or use or otherwise exploit for his own benefit or for the benefit of anyone other than Purchaser, any Confidential Information (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Selling Members shall have no obligation to keep confidential (or cause the Company or its officers, managers or Affiliates to keep confidential) any Confidential Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically required by law; provided, however, that in the event disclosure is required by applicable Legal Requirements, the Selling Members shall, to the extent reasonably possible, provide Purchaser with prompt notice of such requirement prior to making any disclosure so that Purchaser may seek an appropriate protective order. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean any information with respect to the Company, including the terms of any this Agreement Company Document and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, methods of operation, customer lists, products, prices, fees, costs, Technology, inventions, Trade Secrets, know-how, Software, marketing methods, plans, personnel, suppliers, competitors, markets or other specialized information or proprietary matters not in the public domain or otherwise generally available to the public, provided that “ Confidential Information ” does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder with respect to, information that (i) is generally available to the public on the date of this Agreement or (ii) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure not otherwise permissible hereunder.

(b) The covenants and undertakings contained in this Section 5.7 relate to matters which are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and a violation of any of the terms of this Section 5.7 will cause irreparable injury to the parties, the amount of which will be impossible to estimate or determine and which cannot be adequately compensated. The parties hereto specifically acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for any breach of this Section 5.7 will be inadequate and in addition to any other remedy available to it, Purchaser will be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any breach of this Section 5.7 . The rights and remedies provided by this Section 5.7 are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and remedies which Purchaser may have hereunder or at law or in equity. In the event that Purchaser were to seek damages for any breach of this Section 5.7 , the portion of the consideration delivered to the Selling Members hereunder which is allocated by the parties to the foregoing covenant shall not be considered a measure of, or limit on, such damages.

(c) The parties hereto agree that, if any court of competent jurisdiction in a final nonappealable judgment determines that a specified time period, a specified business limitation, a specified geographical area or any other relevant feature of this Section 5.7 is unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, then a lesser period of time, business limitation, geographical area or other relevant feature which is determined to be reasonable, not arbitrary and not against public policy may be enforced against the applicable party.

 

- 33 -


5.8 Selling Members Release of Claims . Each Selling Member agrees, upon the Effective Time, on his own behalf and on behalf of his respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, to irrevocably release and forever discharge the Purchaser, Company, and their respective current and former affiliates, stockholders, members, investors, attorneys, administrators, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, division, agents, managers, directors, officers, assigns, predecessors and successors (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”) from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, demand, cause of action, that such Selling Member had or now has, or that such Selling Member may hereafter have against any Released Party relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that such Selling Member may possess against any of the Released Parties arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Time, including, without limitation: (A) any and all claims relating to or arising from such Selling Member’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of that relationship, (B) with respect to each Selling Member’s ownership of the Company Interests (with respect to such Selling Member, the “ Selling Member’s Interests ”) or the undersigned’s ownership of (or any right to acquire) any other equity interest in the Company, (C) any and all claims, in each case arising out of or relating to such Selling Member’s ownership of the Selling Member’s Interests, against a Released Party for any breach of duty, tort, contract (express or implied), fraud, misrepresentation, relief or rights under any federal, state or local law, statute or regulation or pursuant to any organizational documents of the Company, (D) any and all claims, in each case arising out of or relating to such Selling Member’s ownership of the Selling Member’s Interests, at law or in equity, (E) any and all claims, in each case arising out of or relating to such Selling Member’s ownership of the Selling Member’s Interests, based in any other way upon any act or omission on the part of the Released Parties and derivative rights that the undersigned had or now has, or that the undersigned may hereafter have against any Released Party by reason of any event, transaction, conduct, occurrence, relationship or cause whatsoever occurring on or prior to the date of this Agreement; provided, however , that the foregoing release shall not relieve any of the Released Parties of their respective obligations or liabilities pursuant to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the other documents executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or be deemed to constitute a waiver of the availability of insurance to cover claims not covered by the release. Each Selling Member agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, a Selling Member’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that any such filing or participation does not give a Selling Member the right to recover any monetary damages against the Company; each Selling Member’s release of claims herein bars such Selling Member from recovering such monetary relief from the Company). Each Selling Member represents that he has made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, demand, cause of action, or other matter waived or released by this Section 5.8 . Each Selling Member acknowledges and represents that, other than the consideration set forth in this Agreement, the Company has paid or provided all salary, wages, bonuses, accrued vacation/paid time off, premiums, leaves, housing allowances, relocation costs, interest, severance, outplacement costs, fees, reimbursable expenses, commissions, stock, stock options, vesting, and any and all other benefits and compensation due to such Selling Member.

5.9 Company Employee Plans . The Selling Members and the Company shall, upon Purchaser’s request, terminate the existing Company Employee Plans, with such termination to be effective prior to the Closing.

5.10 Further Assurances . Each party hereto, at the request of another party hereto, shall execute and deliver such other certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents, and do and perform such other acts and things, as may be reasonably necessary or desirable for purposes of effecting completely the consummation of the Membership Interest Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

- 34 -


ARTICLE 6

CONDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE

6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party . The respective obligations of the Company, each Selling Member and Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Effective Time, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing exclusively by Purchaser and the Company together:

(a) Requisite Governmental Approvals . Purchaser and the Company shall have obtained all consents and approvals from all Governmental Authorities, and submitted all requisite filings and made all requisite notifications with all Governmental Authorities, in each case that Purchaser reasonably determines to be necessary or appropriate in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) No Prohibitive Laws . No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) No Prohibitive Injunctions or Orders . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other similar legal restraint shall be in effect that has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser . The obligations of Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by Purchaser:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Members shall have been true and correct on the date they were made and shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties refer to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specified date.

(b) Covenants . The Company and each Selling Member shall have performed and complied with all covenants and obligations under this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by them prior to or as of the Closing.

(c) No Company Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred any change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or effect of any character that has had, or is reasonably likely to have, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(d) No Legal Proceedings or Threats . There shall be no legal action, suit, claim or proceeding of any kind or nature pending before any Governmental Authority (whether brought by a Governmental Authority or any other Person) or overtly threatened by any Governmental Authority or any other Person against Purchaser, the Company, the Selling Members, or any of their respective properties or any of their respective managers or officers (in their capacities as such) that (i) arises out of, or is in any way connected with, this Agreement, the Membership Interest Purchase or any other transaction contemplated hereby, (ii) seeks to prohibit the consummation of the Membership Interest Purchase or any other transaction contemplated hereby, (iii) seeks to impose limitations on the ability of Purchaser to consummate the Membership Interest Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iv) seeks to prohibit or impose any limitations on the ownership or operation by Purchaser of all or any portion of the businesses or assets of Purchaser, the Company or any of their respective affiliates, or to compel Purchaser, the Selling Members or

 

- 35 -


the Company to dispose of or hold separate any portion of the businesses or assets of Purchaser, the Company or any of their respective affiliates or (v) seeks to impose limitations on the ability of Purchaser effectively to exercise full rights of ownership of all Company Interests.

(e) No Burdensome Regulatory Conditions . No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, entered or deemed applicable to the Membership Interest Purchase any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of (i) prohibiting Purchaser’s ownership or operation of any portion of the business of the Company, or (ii) compelling Purchaser or the Company to dispose of or hold separate all or any portion of the businesses or assets of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or the Company, in any case in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

(f) Executive Agreement . The Executive Agreement entered into concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall be in full force and effect, Joe Larscheid shall not have attempted to terminate, rescind, or repudiate the Executive Agreement or notified Purchaser or the Company of his intention of terminating the Executive Agreement following the Effective Time.

(g) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each of the Selling Members shall have entered into the Restricted Stock Agreement with the Purchaser concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Such Restricted Stock Agreement shall be in full force and effect, none of the Selling Members shall not have attempted to terminate, rescind, or repudiate the Restricted Stock Agreement or notified Purchaser or the Company of such Selling Member’s intention of terminating the Restricted Stock Agreement following the Effective Time.

(h) Subordination Agreements . Each Selling Member shall have entered into and delivered to the Purchaser a subordination agreement with the Company’s senior lender, Comerica Bank.

(i) Purchaser Financing Agreements . Each of the Selling Members shall have entered into the Purchaser’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, Amended and Restated Right Voting Agreement, and Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal & Co-Sale Agreement, each to be amended and restated in conjunction with the issuance of the Purchaser Shares (the “ Financing Agreements ”).

(j) Company Indebtedness and Encumbrances . Purchaser shall have received evidence, satisfactory to Purchaser, that all Company Indebtedness has paid in full and finally discharged or that upon payment thereof at Closing, all Encumbrances on and security interests in any property of the Company constituting collateral or securing any obligations under any documents evidencing the Company Indebtedness will be released and terminated as of Closing.

(k) Proprietary Information Agreement . Each of the Continuing Employees shall have entered into a Proprietary Information Agreement with the Purchaser, in each case concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Such agreements shall be in full force and effect, none of the Continuing Employees shall have attempted to terminate, rescind, or repudiate their respective Proprietary Information Agreement or notified Purchaser or the Company of an intention of terminating such respective agreement following the Effective Time.

(l) Partner Payables . Selling Members shall waive or otherwise extinguish the total balance of Partner Payables.

(m) Company Employee Plans . The Company shall have delivered to Purchaser evidence of the termination of Company Employee Plans requested by the Purchaser pursuant to Section 5.9 .

(n) Member Acknowledgment and Release . Michael G. Larscheid shall have executed an acknowledgment and release in a form satisfactory to the Purchaser.

 

- 36 -


(o) Closing Deliverables of Company . At or prior to the Closing, the Company shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall have received, the following:

(i) a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, certifying as to the matters set forth in Sections 6.2(a) , 6.2(b) and 6.2(c) ;

(ii) a certificate of the Secretary of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, certifying (A) the Company Organizational Documents, (B) the resolutions adopted by the managers of the Company to adopt and authorize this Agreement, the Membership Interest Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby (copies of which resolutions shall be attached to such certificate), and (C) the incumbency and signatures of the officers of the Company executing this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents executed by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iii) letters of resignation in a form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, effective as of the Closing Date, of each manager and officer of the Company;

(iv) the novation or consent to assignment of any Person whose novation or consent to assignment, as the case may be, may be required in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement under the Contracts listed or described on Schedule 5.1(b) ;

(v) the termination of each of the Contracts of the Company listed or described on Schedule 6.2(o)(v) ;

(vi) a certificate from the Delaware Secretary of State and each other state or other United States jurisdiction in which the Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation (or the closest equivalent thereof in the event that any jurisdiction does not provide such certificates), each dated within five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date, certifying that the Company is duly qualified to transact business and/or is in good standing (as applicable in each such jurisdiction) and that all applicable state franchise taxes or fees of the Company through and including the date of the certificate have been paid;

(vii) a statement, in a form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser and in compliance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b) from each Selling Member certifying that such Selling Member is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Code;

(viii) any documents, instruments, certificates or other Agreements required pursuant to this Agreement or that Purchaser may reasonably request; and

(ix) the Statement of Expenses, including all accompanying final invoices.

6.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Company and Selling Members . The obligations of the Company and the Selling Members to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by the Company and the Selling Members:

 

- 37 -


(a) Representations and Warranties . the representations and warranties of Purchaser shall have been true and correct on the date they were made and shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties refer to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specified date.

(b) Covenants . Purchaser shall have performed and complied with all covenants and obligations under this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by Purchaser prior to or as of the Closing.

ARTICLE 7

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 Survival .

(a) The representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Members set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation or disclosure made by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto, until 11:59 p.m. (Central time) on the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided , however , that:

(i) notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, with respect to the special representations and warranties specified in this Section 7.1(a)(i) (collectively, the “ Special Indemnification Representations ”), (A) such special representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2.10 (Taxes) shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect until sixty (60) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, regardless of any investigation or disclosure made by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto, (B) such special representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2.2 (Capitalization), Section 2.3 (Authority) and Section 2.14 (Intellectual Property) shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect in perpetuity (all such survival periods specified above in this Section 7.1(a) , collectively, the “ Survival Period ”);

(ii) in the event of any fraud or intentional misrepresentation of or by the Company or the Selling Members with respect to any matters set forth in this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, such representations and warranties shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect in perpetuity, regardless of any investigation or disclosure made by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto;

(iii) in the event that any Indemnified Party shall bring a claim for indemnification under this Article 7 in respect of a breach of a representation or warranty of the Company or the Selling Members set forth in this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, prior to the expiration of the Survival Period applicable to the representation or warranty of the Company or the Selling Members on which such claim is based, then such representation or warranty shall continue in full force and effect with respect to such claim until the final resolution of such claim;

(iv) no right to indemnification under this Article 7 in respect of a breach of a representation or warranty of the Company or the Selling Members set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby which is set forth in an Indemnification Claim delivered prior to the expiration of the Survival Period applicable to such representation or warranty of the Company or the Selling Members on which such claim is based shall be affected by the expiration of the Survival Period applicable to such representation or warranty; and

 

- 38 -


(v) the expiration of any Survival Period applicable to any representation or warranty of the Company or the Selling Members set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, shall not limit, restrict, impair or otherwise affect in any manner the rights of any Indemnified Party under this Article 7 , or otherwise under applicable law, arising out of fraud or any intentional misrepresentation.

(b) The representations and warranties of Purchaser set forth in this Agreement, or in any certificate or other instrument required to be delivered under or pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, shall terminate and expire at and as of the Effective Time and thereafter be of no further force or effect whatsoever.

(c) All of the covenants and other agreements of Purchaser, the Company and each Selling Member set forth in this Agreement (excluding the indemnification obligations set forth in this Article 7 ) shall terminate and expire at and as of the Effective Time; provided , however , that (i) notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the covenants and other agreements of Purchaser, the Company or the Selling Members, set forth in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, Section 1.1 , Section 1.4 , Section 1.6 , Section 1.8 , Section 5.7 , and Section 5.10 ), or in any Other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, that contemplate performance following the Closing and the Effective Time shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect following the Closing and the Effective Time in accordance with their respective terms, and (ii) no right to indemnification under this Article 7 in respect of a breach of a covenant or other agreement set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, which is set forth in an Indemnification Claim delivered prior to the expiration of the applicable Survival Period shall be affected by the expiration of such covenant or other agreement.

7.2 Indemnification of Indemnified Parties .

(a) Indemnification . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article 7 from and after the Effective Time, the Selling Members shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser and each of its Subsidiaries (including, following the Effective Time, the Company) and their respective managers, directors, officers, employees, affiliates and other Persons who control or are controlled by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, and their respective agents and other representatives (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”), from, against and in respect of any and all Damages directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred by any of the Indemnified Parties (or any of them) directly or indirectly resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, or in any way related to, any of the following:

(i) (A) any failure of any representation or warranty made by the Company or the Selling Members in this Agreement (other than the Special Indemnification Representations) to be true and correct as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date as if such representation or warranty had been made at and as of the Closing Date or in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct, or (B) any failure of any representation, warranty or certification made by the Company or the Selling Members in any other Company Document (other than with respect to Special Indemnification Representations) to be true and correct at and as of the date of such document, schedule, certificate or other instrument or in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct;

(ii) (A) any failure of any Special Indemnification Representation made by the Company or the Selling Members in this Agreement to be true and correct as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date as if such Special Indemnification Representation had been made at and as of the Closing Date or, in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct, or (B) any failure of any such Special Indemnification Representation (or certification in respect thereof) made by the Company or any the Selling Members in any other Company Document, to be true and correct at and as of the date of such document, schedule, certificate or other instrument or in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct;

 

- 39 -


(iii) any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant or other agreement made or to be performed by the Company or the Selling Members in this Agreement or in any other Company Document;

(iv) any Transaction Expenses (to the extent that such Transaction Expenses are not treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Adjusted Cash Consideration at the Closing);

(v) any portion of the Company Indebtedness that has not been paid and finally discharged pursuant to Section 6.2(j) (to the extent that such Company Indebtedness is not treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Adjusted Cash Consideration at the Closing) and any and all Change in Control Payments, to the extent that such Change in Control Payments not treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Adjusted Cash Consideration at Closing;

(vi) any Pre-Closing Taxes;

(vii) any Shortfall Amount;

(viii) any Uncollectible Designated Receivables as contemplated by Schedule 1.3(a);

or

(ix) any fraud, willful breach or intentional misrepresentation by the Company (or any of its agents) or the Selling Members in connection with this Agreement, any other Company Document or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

(b) Limitations on Indemnification .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, (A) nothing set forth in this Article 7 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall limit the liability of the Company or the Selling Members for any breach of this Agreement if the Membership Interest Purchase is not consummated, and (B) nothing set forth in this Article 7 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall limit the liability of the Selling Members for any claims or causes of action arising out of fraud, willful breach or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law by the Company (or any of its agents) or the Selling Members (other than Indemnification Claims pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(ix) ).

(ii) The Holdback Amount shall be available to compensate the Indemnified Parties for any Indemnification Claims, and the Purchaser shall have the right to set off any Holdback Amount by an amount equal to any indemnification obligations of the Company or the Selling Members pursuant to this Article 7 (subject to the resolution of any disputes in the manner set forth in this Article 7 ). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Holdback Amount shall be the Indemnified Parties’ sole and exclusive security and source of recovery for any Indemnification Claims under and pursuant to clause (i) of Section 7.2(a) ; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, (1) the preceding restrictions set forth in this Section 7.2(b)(ii) shall not in any way limit or otherwise restrict any right in respect of any Indemnification Claims under or pursuant to clauses (ii) through (ix) of Section 7.2(a) , inclusive, or any other claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law by the Company (or any of its agents) or the Selling Members, in which case the aggregate amount of recovery to the Indemnified Parties from each Selling Member shall be limited to the aggregate of (A) the pro rata portion of the Holdback Amount owed to such Selling Member, (B) the value of the outstanding principal and accrued interest of the Note then owed to such Selling Member, (C) the Purchase Shares issued to such Selling Member (assuming, for the purposes of this Article 7 only, a price per share for the Purchaser Shares of $1.00 per share) and (D) the amount of the Closing Payment made to such Selling Member; and (2) the Indemnified Parties shall not be precluded, restricted or otherwise limited in respect of bringing or participating in any claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation or with respect to amounts recoverable against any Person arising out of the fraud or intentional misrepresentation by such Person.

 

- 40 -


(iii) The Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to recover any Indemnification Claims under or pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(i) unless and until all Damages directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred by the Indemnified Parties (or any of them) exceeds $50,000 (the “ Basket Amount ”) in the aggregate, and if the aggregate of all Damages directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred against by the Indemnified Parties (or any of them) exceeds the Basket Amount then the Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification for all such Damages from the first dollar of such Damages without regard to the Basket Amount; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the preceding restriction set forth in this Section 7.2(b)(iii) shall not in any way limit or otherwise restrict any right in respect of Indemnification Claims pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(ii) through Section 7.2(a)(ix) inclusive, or any other claims or causes of action arising out of fraud, willful breach or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law.

(c) Indemnification Claims .

(i) If an Indemnified Party is of the opinion that he, she or it has or may acquire a right to indemnification under this Article 7 (each, an “ Indemnification Claim ”), such Indemnified Party shall so notify the Selling Members in a written notice, signed by such Indemnified Party, or any officer thereof where applicable (each, an “ Indemnification Claim Certificate ”) (i) stating that such Indemnified Party has directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred any Damages, or reasonably anticipates that he, she or it will directly or indirectly pay, sustain or incur any Damages, (ii) specifying in reasonable detail the individual items of Damages included in the amount so stated (and the method of computation of each such item of Damages; if applicable), the date each such item of Damages was paid, sustained or incurred, or the basis for such reasonably anticipated Damages, (iii) a brief description in reasonable detail (to the extent available to such Indemnified Party) of the facts, circumstances or events giving rise to each item of Damages based on such Indemnified Party’s good faith belief thereof, including the identity and address of any third-party claimant and copies of any formal demand or complaint relating thereto, and (iv) the basis for indemnification under Section 7.2 to which such item of Damages is related (including, if applicable, the specific nature of the misrepresentation, or the breach of warranty or covenant). Upon delivery of an Indemnification Claim Certificate, any Holdback Amount that may become payable pursuant to Section 1.1(a) , shall not be paid to the Selling Members to the extent of the Damages claimed in such Indemnification Claim Certificate until such Indemnification Claim contained in such Indemnification Claim Certificate shall be resolved in accordance with this Section 7.2(c) .

(ii) If none of the Selling Members object (other than with respect to any Agreed Upon Damages) in writing to Purchaser, pursuant to Section 7.2(c)(iii) to any individual items of Damages set forth in an Indemnification Claim Certificate delivered by Purchaser or any other Indemnified Party or Parties pursuant to Section 7.2(c)(i) within thirty (30) days after Purchaser’s receipt of such Indemnification Claim Certificate, the Selling Members shall be conclusively deemed to have acknowledged and irrevocably consented, (A) to the Indemnified Party’s recovery of the full amount of all such items of Damages set forth in such Indemnification Claim Certificate, and (B) if and to the extent necessary, and without further notice, to have stipulated to the entry of a final judgment for damages against the Selling Members for such items of Damages in any court having competent jurisdiction over the matter.

(iii) In the event that all Selling Members seek to contest any individual items of Damages (other than any Agreed Upon Damages) set forth in an Indemnification Claim Certificate received from Purchaser or any other Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 7.2(c)(i) , the Selling Members shall notify Purchaser in writing, within thirty (30) days after such Indemnification Claim Certificate is sent, of the Selling Members’ objection, which notice shall set forth a brief description in reasonable detail of the Selling Members’ basis for objecting to each item of Damages based on the Selling Members’ good faith belief thereof. Upon Purchaser’s receipt of a written notice of objection from the Selling Members pursuant to the preceding sentence, Purchaser and the Selling Members shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of the respective parties with respect to the disputed items of Damages.

 

- 41 -


If the Selling Members and Purchaser should so agree, a memorandum setting forth the agreement reached by the parties with respect to such disputed items of Damages shall be prepared and signed by both parties and the amount of Damages shall be permanently retained by the Purchaser and shall reduce the available Holdback Amount that may become payable pursuant to Section 1.1(a) . Any such reduction of the available Holdback Amount shall first be applied to the next due Holdback Amount, and if the aggregate amount of such reductions exceed the amount of the next due Holdback Amount, shall also reduce the subsequent Holdback Amount, such that all such reductions are applied to the first occurring Holdback Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Selling Members hereby waive the right to object to or contest any Agreed Upon Damages set forth in an Indemnification Claim Certificate received from Purchaser or any other Indemnified Party, except to the extent that the Selling Members disagree with the mathematical calculation of the amount of such Agreed Upon Damages. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Agreed Upon Damages ” shall mean Damages directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred by any of the Indemnified Parties (or any of them) directly or indirectly resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, or in any way related to, any of the following: (A) any Transaction Expenses (to the extent that such Transaction Expenses are not treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Adjusted Cash Consideration at the Closing), (B) any portion of the Company Indebtedness that has not been paid and finally discharged pursuant to Section 6.2(j) (to the extent that such Company Indebtedness is not treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Adjusted Cash Consideration at the Closing), (C) any Change in Control Payments that are not treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Adjusted Cash Consideration at the Closing, (D) any amounts paid pursuant to Section 1.4(b)(i) , (E) any Shortfall Amount, (F) any Agent Interpleader Expenses and Agent Indemnification Expenses and (F) the amount of any Taxes for which the Selling Members are liable pursuant to this Agreement (including pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(i) and Section 5.5(c)(ii) ).

(iv) If within sixty (60) days after the Selling Members’ receipt of such Indemnification Claim Certificate, and after good faith negotiations, the parties are unable to agree on the rights of the respective parties with respect to any disputed items of Damages set forth in an Indemnification Claim Certificate, either Purchaser or the Selling Members may bring suit in the courts identified in Section 9.11 hereof to resolve the matter. The decision of the trial court as to the validity and amount of any claim in such Indemnification Claim Certificate shall be nonappealable, binding and conclusive upon the parties to this Agreement and any Damages so determined shall be permanently retained by Purchaser and shall reduce any Holdback Amount that may become payable pursuant to Section 1.1(a) . Judgment upon any award rendered by the trial court may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

(d) Selling Members . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Company Organizational Documents, or any agreement between the Company and the Selling Members to the contrary entered into prior to the Closing, in no event shall the Company, or Purchaser, be obligated to reimburse, contribute, indemnify or hold harmless any Selling Member in his capacity as an owner of the Company for or in connection with any Damages or obligations of the Company under this Article 7 .

(e) Third Party Actions . In the event any Action is instituted against an Indemnified Party which involves or appears reasonably likely to involve an Indemnification Claim hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), Purchaser will, promptly after receipt of notice of any such Action, notify the Selling Members of the commencement thereof. The failure to so notify the Selling Members of the commencement of any such Action will relieve the Selling Members from liability in connection therewith only if and to the extent that such failure materially and adversely affects the ability of the Selling Members to defend their interests in such Action. Purchaser shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to control the defense or settlement of such Action; provided , however , that the Selling Members and their counsel (at such party’s sole expense) may participate in (but not control the conduct of) the defense of such Action; and provided further that, except with the consent of the Selling Members, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, no settlement of any such Action with third party claimants shall be determinative of the amount of Damages relating to such matter. In the event that the Selling Members have consented to any such settlement, the Selling Members shall have no power or authority to object under any provision of this Article 7 to the amount of any such Indemnification Claim, with respect to such settlement.

 

- 42 -


(f) Definition of Damages . For all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Damages ” shall mean the amount of (i) any direct, indirect, incidental or other damage (including lost profits and diminution in value), loss, liability, claim, deficiency, Tax, judgment, fine, penalty, cost or other expense (including reasonable attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees and expenses) directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred by the Indemnified Parties (or any of them), and (ii) any and all reasonable fees and costs of enforcing the Indemnified Party’s rights under this Agreement. For purposes of determining the amount of any Damage suffered or incurred by an Indemnified Party, any qualifications in the representations, warranties and covenants with respect to a Company Material Adverse Effect, materiality, material or similar terms shall be disregarded and will not have any effect with respect to the calculation of the amount of any Damages attributable to a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of the Company set forth in this Agreement or in any of the ancillary agreements, exhibits, schedules or certificates to, or delivered in connection with this Agreement.

(g) No Right of Contribution . After the Closing, the Selling Members shall not have any right of contribution against Purchaser or the Company for any inaccuracy in any representation or warranty of the Company or the Selling Members or breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company or the Selling Members.

(h) Treatment of Indemnity Payments . Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, all indemnification payments made pursuant to this Article 7 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Final Adjusted Consideration for Tax purposes, and no party shall take any position inconsistent with such characterization.

ARTICLE 8

TERMINATION

8.1 Termination . Except as provided in Section 8.2 , this Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual written agreement of the Company and Purchaser;

(b) by either Purchaser or the Company, if the Closing Date shall not have occurred by December 31, 2012 (the “ Outside Date ”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose action or failure to act has been a principal cause of or resulted in the failure of the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes a breach of this Agreement;

(c) by either Purchaser or the Company, if: (i) any Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) any Governmental Authority shall have issued or granted a temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, or other similar legal restraint, in any such case that has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and such order, injunction or restraint shall have become final and nonappealable;

(d) by Purchaser, if any Governmental Authority shall have taken any action, or enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, entered or deemed applicable to the Membership Interest Purchase any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent), that has the effect of (i) prohibiting Purchaser’s ownership or operation of any portion of the business of the Company, or (ii) compelling Purchaser or the Company to dispose of or hold separate all or any portion of the business or assets of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or the Company, in any case in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

- 43 -


(e) by Purchaser, if (i) there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Company or the Selling Members set forth in this Agreement such that, if not cured on or prior to the Closing Date, the conditions set forth in Sections 6.2(a) or 6.2(b) would not be satisfied and such breach has not been cured within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof to the Company, provided , however , that no cure period shall be required for a breach which by its nature cannot be cured, or (ii) a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred; or

(f) by the Company, if there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of Purchaser set forth in this Agreement such that, if not cured on or prior to the Closing Date, the conditions set forth in Section 6.3(a) or Section 6.3(b) would not be satisfied and such breach has not been cured within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof to Purchaser, provided , however , that no cure period shall be required for a breach which by its nature cannot be cured.

8.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Purchaser, the Selling Members, the Company or their respective officers, managers or members; provided , however , that notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, following any termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, any party hereto shall remain liable thereafter for any claims or causes of action under applicable law arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation by such party in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and for any intentional breach of this Agreement that occurred prior to such termination; and provided further , that, the provisions of Section 5.2 (Public Announcements), Section 5.4 (Fees and Expenses), this Section 8.2 and Article 9 shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Article 8 .

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Amendments; No Waiver . Subject to applicable Legal Requirements, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived prior to the Effective Time if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or, in the case of a waiver, by each party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No course of dealing and no failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such party’s rights, powers and remedies. The failure of any of the parties to this Agreement to require the performance of a term or obligation under this Agreement or the waiver by any of the parties to this Agreement of any breach hereunder shall not prevent subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach hereunder. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

9.2 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, consents and communications necessary or required under this Agreement shall be delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, by overnight prepaid courier or by facsimile (receipt confirmed) to:

(a) if to Purchaser, to:

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower, Suite 2950

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Telephone No.: (512) 567-8020

Facsimile: (512) 721-1218

 

- 44 -


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor

Austin, Texas 78746-5546

Attention: Brian K. Beard

Telephone No.: (512) 338-5400

Facsimile No.: (512) 338-5499

(b) if to the Company (prior to the Effective Time), to:

LMR Solutions, LLC d/b/a EPM Live

5860 Owens Ave., Ste. 130

Carlsbad, CA 92008

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Telephone No.: (866) 395-8704

Facsimile: (858) 225-0685

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

JurisVenture, P.C.

10601-G Tierrasanta Blvd., #298

San Diego. CA 92124

Attention: Michael Wahlster

Telephone No.: (858) 437-1557

Facsimile: (858) 630-4214

(c) if to the Selling Members, to:

Joseph Larscheid

[***]

and

Cheryl Larscheid

[***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

JurisVenture, P.C.

10601-G Tierrasanta Blvd., #298

San Diego. CA 92124

Attention: Michael Wahlster

Telephone No.: (858) 437-1557

Facsimile: (858) 630-4214

All such notices, requests, demands, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given or sent one day following the date mailed if sent by overnight courier, or on the date on which delivered by hand or by facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed), as the case may be, and addressed as aforesaid.

9.3 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements and other provisions set forth in this Agreement and made by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the successors, heirs and permitted assigns of such party, whether or not so expressed. None of the parties may assign or transfer any of their respective rights or obligations under this

 

- 45 -


Agreement without the consent in writing of the Company, Purchaser and the Selling Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit Purchaser from merging the Company with and into Purchaser or assigning any of the rights of Purchaser hereunder to a direct or indirect subsidiary of Purchaser.

9.4 Certain Interpretations . When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Schedule, Annex or an Exhibit, such reference shall be to a Schedule, Annex or an Exhibit to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or a Section, such reference shall be to an Article or a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The headings set forth in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to a legal entity (including the Company) shall be deemed to refer to such entity and its Subsidiaries unless the context requires otherwise. Where a reference is made to a law, such reference is to such law, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires (i) words of any gender include each other gender, (ii) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number respectively, and (iii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement. All references in this Agreement to the Subsidiaries of a legal entity shall be deemed to include all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of such entity. Documents or other information and materials shall be deemed to have been “Delivered” by the Company if and only if, at least two (2) business days prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, the Company has posted accurate, complete and correct copies of such documents and information and other materials to a virtual data room managed by the Company to which Purchaser and its designated representatives have been given access.

(a) The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by legal counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document shall be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

9.5 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (which may be by facsimile) and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

9.6 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected (so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party), it being intended that the rights and privileges of each party shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, and any such invalidity, illegality and unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction (so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party).

9.7 Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity, and the parties hereby agree to waive any requirements for posting a bond in connection with any such action.

 

- 46 -


9.8 Other Remedies . Any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

9.9 Third Parties . Except as specifically set forth or referred to herein, nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any Person any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement or any other certificate, document, instrument or agreement executed in connection herewith, or be relied upon by other than the parties hereto and their permitted successors or assigns.

9.10 Governing Law . All matters arising under or related to this Agreement and the Agreement, including the validity hereof and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely in such state (without giving effect to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

9.11 Consent to Jurisdiction . Without limiting the other provisions of this Section 9.11 , the parties hereto agree that any legal proceeding by or against any party hereto or with respect to or arising out of this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in any state or federal court in the United States District for Texas located in Austin, Texas. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and to the appellate courts therefrom solely for the purposes of disputes arising under this Agreement and not as a general submission to such jurisdiction or with respect to any other dispute, matter or claim whatsoever. The parties hereto irrevocably consent to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the delivery of copies thereof by overnight courier to the address for such party to which notices are deliverable hereunder. Any such service of process shall be effective upon delivery. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law. The parties hereto hereby waive any right to stay or dismiss any action or proceeding under or in connection with this Agreement brought before the foregoing courts on the basis of (a) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason, or that it or any of its property is immune from the above-described legal process, (b) that such action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that venue for the action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts, or (c) any other defense that would hinder or delay the levy, execution or collection of any amount to which any party hereto is entitled pursuant to any final judgment of any court having jurisdiction.

9.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Disclosure Schedule (and all exhibits and schedules thereto), all Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules to this Agreement, and all other agreements referred to herein, is complete, and all promises, representations, understandings, warranties and agreements with reference to the subject matter hereof, and all inducements to the making of this Agreement relied upon by all the parties hereto, have been expressed herein or in such Disclosure Schedule, Exhibits, Annexes, Schedules or other agreements and this Agreement (including such Disclosure Schedule, Exhibits, Annexes, Schedules and other agreements) supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

9.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

- 47 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement under seal as of the day and year first above written.

 

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

  John T. McDonald,
  Chief Executive Officer
LMR SOLUTIONS, LLC
By:  

/s/ JOSEPH LARSCHEID

  Joseph Larscheid,
  Chief Executive Officer
SELLING MEMBERS
By:  

/s/ JOSEPH LARSCHEID

  Joseph Larscheid
By:  

/s/ CHERYL LARSCHEID

  Cheryl Larscheid

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT]


ANNEX A

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of and under this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “ Acquisition Proposal ” shall mean any inquiry, offer, proposal or indication of interest (other than this Agreement or any other inquiry, offer, proposal or indication of interest by Purchaser), or any public announcement of intention to make any inquiry, offer, proposal or indication of interest (including any request for information from the Company or the Company Representatives), contemplating, relating to or otherwise involving in any way any acquisition or license of all or a significant portion of the Company’s business, properties, assets or technologies, or any amount of the Company Interests (whether or not outstanding), whether by equity purchase, asset purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization, restructuring, license or any other form of transaction or series of transactions.

(b) “ Action ” shall mean any private or governmental action, suit, claim, charge, cause of action or suit (whether in contract or tort or otherwise), litigation (whether at law or in equity, whether civil or criminal), controversy, assessment, arbitration, investigation, audit, hearing, complaint, demand or other proceeding to, from, by or before any arbitrator, court, tribunal or other Governmental Authority.

(c) “ Base Consideration ” shall mean (i) $6,000,000, minus (ii) the Holdback Amount, minus (iii) the amount, if any, that Closing Cash is less than $350,000, minus (iv) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of any and all Transaction Expenses, plus (B) the aggregate amount of any and all Change in Control Payments (whether paid prior to the Closing or payable at the Closing), plus (C) an amount equal to 50% of all outstanding Indebtedness as of the Closing, up to $750,000, and 100% of all outstanding Indebtedness in excess of $750,000. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event the Closing Cash is more than $350,000, the Base Consideration shall be increased by any amount over $350,000.

(d) “ Cash ” means cash and cash equivalents within the meaning of GAAP.

(e) “ Change in Control Payments ” shall mean any severance, accrued vacation, bonus or other similar payment under any Contract or Company Employee Plan, which is owed to a Selling Member, or to a Person related to a Selling Member, as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any employer or similar Taxes arising as a result of such payments.

(f) “ Closing Cash ” the amount of the Company’s Cash at the Closing.

(g) “ Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Net Working Capital of the Company at the Closing.

(h) “ Company Intellectual Property ” means any and all Technology and any and all Intellectual Property Rights, including Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights, that is or are owned (in whole or in part) by, purported to be owned by, exclusively licensed to or otherwise exclusively controlled by, or purported to be licensed to or otherwise exclusively controlled by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(i) “ Company Interests ” shall mean all of ownership interests of the Company.

(j) “ Company Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Executive Agreement and each other agreement, certificate or instrument contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by the Company or the Selling Members in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


(k) “ Company Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of the Company.

(l) “ Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any change, event, development, circumstance or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with all other changes, events, developments, circumstances and effects, is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, liabilities, prospects, results of operations, or capitalization of the Company, taken as a whole; provided , however , that in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred, is reasonably likely to occur, would reasonably be expected to occur, or would or could occur, there shall be excluded any effect on the Company resulting from, relating to or arising out of in connection with any of the following (either alone or in combination): (i) changes in, or conditions affecting, economic, political, business or financial market conditions generally, provided that such changes or conditions do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Company operates; (ii) changes in, or conditions affecting, the industry in which the Company operates, provided that such changes or conditions do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Company operates; (iii) any generally applicable change in law, rule or regulation, or in the interpretation of any of the foregoing by any Person other than the Company, provided that such changes do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Company operates; and (iv) conditions arising out of acts of terrorism, war, weather conditions or other force majeure events, provided that such changes do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Company operates.

(m) “ Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights ” means all of the Registered Intellectual Property owned by, filed in the name of, or applied for the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(n) “ Company Securities ” shall mean all securities of the Company, including all Company Interests and all other securities or rights, including options and warrants, that are convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, securities of the Company.

(o) “ Continuing Employees ” shall mean those Employees of the Company that Purchaser identifies to the Company that it desires to retain after the Closing.

(p) “ Contract ” shall mean any written or oral legally binding contract, agreement, instrument, commitment or undertaking of any nature (including leases, licenses, mortgages, notes, guarantees, sublicenses, subcontracts, letters of intent, covenants not to compete, employment agreements and purchase orders) and any amendments, supplements, or other modifications thereto, including as of the Closing or as may hereafter be in effect.

(q) “ Delivered ” shall mean actually delivered or made available to a party.

(r) “ Disclosure Schedule ” shall mean the Company’s disclosure schedule of even date herewith and executed and delivered to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement.

(s) “ Employee Agreement ” shall mean each employment, change in control, severance, separation, settlement, retention, bonus, consulting, contractor, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visa, work permit or other agreement, contract or understanding between the Company and any Employee.

(t) “ Employee ” shall mean any current or former or retired employee, consultant, contractor or manager of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.

(u) “ Encumbrance ” shall mean any claim, charge, easement, encumbrance, lease, lien, covenant, security interest, option, pledge, rights of others, or restriction (whether on voting, sale, transfer, disposition or otherwise), whether imposed by Contract, agreement, understanding, law, equity or otherwise, except for any restrictions on transfer generally arising under any applicable federal or state securities law.


(v) “ Estimated Adjusted Consideration ” shall mean the Base Consideration, minus the amount, if any, by which Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ) is less than the Targeted Net Working Capital Amount if such amount is less than the Targeted Net Working Capital Amount.

(w) “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall have the following meaning:

(i) If the Actual Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(b) ) is equal to or greater than the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ), then “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall be the same amount as Estimated Adjusted Consideration; or

(ii) If the Actual Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(b) ) is less than the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ), then “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall mean Estimated Adjusted Consideration, minus the amount by which Estimated Closing Net Working Capital is greater than Actual Closing Net Working Capital.

(x) “ Final Payment Date ” shall mean the date that is the second anniversary of Closing.

(y) “ GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

(z) “ Governmental Authority ” shall mean any United States federal, state, municipal or local or any foreign government, or political subdivision thereof, or any authority, agency or commission entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or other governmental power, any court or tribunal (or any department, bureau or division thereof), or any arbitrator or arbitral body.

(aa) “ Indebtedness ” shall mean with respect to any Person all Liabilities (including any applicable penalties (including with respect to any prepayment thereof), interest and premiums) (i) for borrowed money or extensions of credit (including bank overdrafts and advances), (ii) evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, loan agreements or similar instruments, (iii) for the deferred purchase price of property, goods or services (other than trade payables or accruals incurred in the ordinary course of business not past due for more than sixty (60) days past the due date), (iv) of such Person as lessee capitalized in accordance with GAAP, (v) of others secured by an Encumbrance on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person, (vi) in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments, and under reverse repurchase agreements, (vii) of such Person in respect of futures contracts, swaps, derivative transactions, other financial Contracts and other similar obligations (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) (determined on a net basis as if such Contract or obligation was being terminated early, on the date of such determination) or (viii) in the nature of guarantees of the obligations described in clauses (i) through (vii) above of any other Person.

(bb) “ Intellectual Property Rights ” means any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) all United States and foreign patents and utility models, including utility patents, design patents, plant patents and plant variety protection certificates, and all registrations and applications therefore and all reissues, divisionals, re-examinations, corrections, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations in-part thereof, and other derivatives and certificates associated therewith, and equivalent or similar rights anywhere in the world in inventions and discoveries, including, without limitation, invention disclosures (“ Patents ”); (ii) all trade secrets and other rights in know-how and confidential or proprietary information throughout the world (“ Trade Secrets ”); (iii) all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefore and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world (“ Copyrights ”); (iv) all mask works, mask work registrations and applications therefore, and any equivalent or similar rights (“ Mask Works ”); (v) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefore throughout the world; (vi) all rights in domain names and applications and registrations therefore (“ Domain Names ”);


(vii) all trade names, trade dress, logos or other corporate designations, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefore and all goodwill associated therewith throughout the world (“ Trademarks ”); and (viii) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world, including, without limitation, moral rights and publicity rights.

(cc) “ Knowledge ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) the actual knowledge of the members of such Person’s Board of Directors (or equivalent governing body), and (ii) the actual knowledge of the officers of such Person (and in the case of the Company, irrespective of whether such Person is an officer of the Company, for purposes of this definition of Knowledge, the term “officer” shall include each Selling Member, Michelle Larscheid and Michael Larscheid, and any knowledge that such Persons would reasonably be expected to have if and to the extent that each such Person had made due inquiry of all relevant employees and consultants of such Person.

(dd) “ Legal Requirements ” shall mean any applicable federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, ordinance, code, directives, order, edict, decree, principle of common law, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into legal effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority.

(ee) “ Liability ” shall mean any debt, liability and obligation (including any fines and penalties), whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, determined or determinable, asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, including those arising under any law, action or governmental order and those arising under any Contract.

(ff) “ Net Working Capital ” shall mean an amount equal to (i) the aggregate value of all current assets of the Company, less (ii) the aggregate value of all current liabilities of the Company, including, without limitation, accounts payable, checks written in excess of available funds, other payables, employee benefits payable, payroll Taxes payable, accrued payroll, accrued vacation, holiday, and sick pay, employee-related liabilities (including sales commissions) and other accrued liabilities, but excluding all deferred revenue , Indebtedness in the form of bank debt (but not including trade payables, capital lease obligations and the like), and Partner Payables.

(gg) “ Partner Payables ” shall mean those partner draws payable by the Company to Cheryl Larscheid.

(hh) “ Permits ” shall mean all permits, concessions, certifications, consents, grants, franchises, licenses and other governmental authorizations and approvals.

(ii) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, company, corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, trust, proprietorship, joint venture, or other business entity, unincorporated association, organization or enterprise, or any Governmental Authority.

(jj) “ Pre-Closing Taxes ” shall mean (i) all Taxes of the Company for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date and, with respect to any Straddle Period, that portion of any Taxes of the Company for such Straddle Period that is apportioned to the Selling Members pursuant to Section 5.5 , (ii) all Taxes for any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary group of which the Company (or any predecessor) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation §1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local, or non-U.S. law or regulation, and (iii) any and all Taxes of any Person (other than Company) imposed on the Company as a transferee or successor, by contract (other than Taxes attributable to a post-Closing period pursuant to a contract the principal purpose of which is not to address Tax matters) or pursuant to any law, rule, or regulation, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring on or before the Closing Date; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above, Pre-Closing Taxes shall not include any Taxes that were previously reserved for (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) on the face of the Closing Balance Sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) and taken into account in determining the Actual Closing Net Working Capital.


(kk) “ Pro Rata Portion ” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to a Selling Member, such Selling Member’s ownership interest in the Company set forth opposite such Selling Member’s name on the Schedule of Members attached hereto.

(ll) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the sum of the (i) Closing Payment, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the Purchaser Shares, and (iv) the Holdback Amount, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Notes.

(mm) “ Registered Intellectual Property Right(s) ” means any and all United States, foreign, national and international: (i) Patents; (ii) registered Trademarks, applications to register Trademarks, including intent to use applications, or other registrations or applications related to Trademarks; (iii) Copyrights registrations and applications to register Copyrights; (iv) Mask Work registrations and applications to register Mask Works; (v) Domain Name registrations; and (vi) any other Intellectual Property Rights related thereto that are the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration or other document issued by, filed with, or recorded by, any state, government or other public or private legal authority at any time.

(nn) “ Security Interest ” shall mean any mortgage, security interest, pledge, encumbrance, restriction (and in the case of securities, vote) or lien (whether arising by contract or by operation of law and whether voluntary or involuntary).

(oo) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any party, any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which (i) at least a majority of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such party or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries or (ii) such party or any other Subsidiary of such party is a general partner (excluding any such partnership where such party or any Subsidiary of such party does not have a majority of the voting interest in such partnership).

(pp) “ Targeted Net Working Capital Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to One Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,300,000), of which Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000) shall be cash.

(qq) “ Tax Law ” shall mean any Legal Requirement (whether domestic or foreign) relating to Taxes.

(rr) “ Tax Return ” shall mean any return, report or statement required to be filed with respect to any Tax (including any elections, declarations, schedules, statements or attachments thereto, and any amendment thereof) including any information return, estimate, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax, including Treasury Department Form TD F 90-22.1,and including, where permitted or required, affiliated, combined, consolidated or unitary returns for any group of entities that includes the Company.

(ss) “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” shall mean (i) all federal, state, county, local or foreign taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments, including all income, gross receipts, capital, windfall profits, production, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, inventory, capital stock, license, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, real and personal property and estimated taxes, customs, duties, fees, assessments and charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalties, fines, additions to tax or additional amounts (whether disputed or not) imposed by any Governmental Authority, (ii) any Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (i) of this sentence as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group for any taxable period, and (iii) any


Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence as a result of being a transferee of or successor to any Person or as a result of any express or implied obligation to assume such Taxes or to indemnify any other Person or otherwise by operation of law.

(tt) “ Taxing Authority ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service of the United States or any other authority, agency, board or commission (whether state, local or foreign) responsible for the administration of any Tax.

(uu) “ Technology ” means any or all of the following: (i) products of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and any works of authorship including, without limitation, computer programs, source code and executable code, whether embodied in software, firmware or otherwise, documentation, designs, files, net lists, formulas, records, data and mask works; (ii) inventions (whether or not patentable), ideas, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques, information regarding plans for research, and technology; (iii) proprietary and confidential information, including technical data and customer and supplier lists and information related thereto, financial analysis, marketing and selling plans, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, general intangibles, trade secrets and know how; (iv) databases, data compilations and collections and technical data; (v) logos, trade names, trade dress, trademarks, service marks; (vi) domain names and websites; (vii) tools, services, methods and processes; and (viii) all instantiations of the foregoing in any form and embodied in any media.

Exhibit 2.4

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.,

MAREX GROUP, INC.,

FILEBOUND SOLUTIONS, INC.,

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS,

AND

REX LAMB, AS THE STOCKHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE,

Dated as of May 16, 2013


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1   THE STOCK PURCHASE      1   

1.1

  Stock Purchase      1   

1.2

  Closing; Effective Time      2   

1.3

  Calculation of Estimated and Final Adjusted Consideration      2   

1.4

  Payment Procedures      4   

1.5

  Transfer Books; No Further Ownership Rights in the Company Capital Stock      5   

1.6

  Transfer Taxes      5   

1.7

  Allocation      5   

1.8

  Closing Cash      6   
ARTICLE 2   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS      6   

2.1

  Organization and Standing      6   

2.2

  Capitalization      7   

2.3

  Authority      8   

2.4

  No Conflicts      8   

2.5

  Governmental Filings and Consents      9   

2.6

  Financial Statements      9   

2.7

  Substantial Customers and Suppliers      9   

2.8

  Absence of Changes      10   

2.9

  Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities      10   

2.10

  Taxes      10   

2.11

  Property      12   

2.12

  Contracts      12   

2.13

  Benefit Plans      14   

2.14

  Intellectual Property      16   

2.15

  Government Funding; Government Contracts      19   

2.16

  Insurance      20   

2.17

  Personnel      20   

2.18

  Litigation      22   

2.19

  Environmental Matters      23   

2.20

  Compliance with Laws; Permits      23   

2.21

  Encumbrances      24   

2.22

  Brokers and Finders      24   

2.23

  Anti-Takeover Statute Not Applicable      24   

2.24

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions      24   

2.25

  Bank Accounts; Powers, etc.      24   

2.26

  Books and Records      25   
ARTICLE 2   A REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF EACH SELLING STOCKHOLDER      25   

2A.1

  Ownership      25   

2A.2

  Authority      25   

2A.3

  No Conflicts      26   

2A.4

  Governmental Filings and Consents      26   

2A.5

  Investment Purpose      26   
ARTICLE 3   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER      27   

3.1

  Organization and Standing      27   

3.2

  Authority      27   

3.3

  No Conflicts      27   

 

- i -


3.4

  Governmental Filings and Consents      27   

3.5

  Funds      28   

3.6

  Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees      28   

3.7

  Solvency      28   

3.8

  Purchaser Shares; Capitalization      28   

3.9

  Financial Statements      28   

3.10

  Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities      29   

3.11

  Investment Purpose      29   

3.12

  Litigation      29   

3.13

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions      29   

3.14

  Independent Investigation      29   
ARTICLE 4   CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME      30   

4.1

  Conduct of Business of each Company      30   

4.2

  No Negotiation      32   

4.3

  Tax Returns      33   
ARTICLE 5   ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS      33   

5.1

  Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Complete; Third Party Consents      33   

5.2

  Notification of Certain Matters      34   

5.3

  Access to Information      34   

5.4

  Fees and Expenses      34   

5.5

  Tax Matters      35   

5.6

  Corporate Matters      37   

5.7

  Confidentiality      37   

5.8

  Selling Stockholders Release of Claims      38   

5.9

  Further Assurances      39   

5.10

  Cash Distributions      39   

5.11

  Record Retention      39   

5.12

  Guarantees      39   

5.13

  Retained Assets      39   

5.14

  Employee Matters      39   

5.15

  Public Announcements      40   

5.16

  Designated Receivables      40   

5.17

  Healthland      41   

5.18

  Shareholder Notes      42   

5.19

  Lease      42   
ARTICLE 6   CONDITIONS TO THE STOCK PURCHASE      42   

6.1

  Conditions to Obligations of Each Party      42   

6.2

  Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser      42   

6.3

  Conditions to Obligations of the Companies and Selling Stockholders      44   
ARTICLE 7   SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION      45   

7.1

  Survival      45   

7.2

  Indemnification of Indemnified Parties      46   

7.3

  Stockholder Representative      53   

7.4

  Reliance on Stockholder Representative      54   
ARTICLE 8   TERMINATION      55   

8.1

  Termination      55   

8.2

  Effect of Termination      55   

 

- ii -


ARTICLE 9   MISCELLANEOUS      56   

9.1

  Amendments; No Waiver      56   

9.2

  Notices      56   

9.3

  Successors and Assigns      57   

9.4

  Certain Interpretations      57   

9.5

  Counterparts; Facsimile      58   

9.6

  Severability      58   

9.7

  Specific Performance      58   

9.8

  Other Remedies      58   

9.9

  Third Parties      58   

9.10

  Governing Law      58   

9.11

  Consent to Jurisdiction      58   

9.12

  Entire Agreement      59   

9.13

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      59   

9.14

  Post-Closing Representation      59   

9.15

  Appointment of Attorney in Fact      59   

 

- iii -


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

  

Section in the Agreement

2012 Financial Statements    Section 2.6(a)
2014 Healthland Shortfall Amount    Section 5.17(a)
2015 Healthland Shortfall Amount    Section 5.17(b)
338(h)(10) Elections    Section 5.5(g)
Acquisition Proposal    ANNEX A(a)
Action    ANNEX A(b)
Actual Closing Net Working Capital    Section 1.3(b)(iii)
Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement    Section 1.3(b)(i)
Actual Value    Section 1.3(b)(iii)(B)
Agreement    Preamble
Allocation Principles    Section 1.7
Balance Sheet    Section 2.6(a)
Base Consideration    ANNEX A(c)
Basket Amount    Section 7.2(b)(v)
Board of Directors    ANNEX A(d)
Cash    ANNEX A(e)
Certificates    Section 1.4(a)
Change in Control Payments    ANNEX A(f)
Claim Recipient    Section 7.2(d)(i)
Closing    Section 1.2
Closing Cash    ANNEX A(g)
Closing Cash Threshold    Section 1.8
Closing Date    Section 1.2
Closing Net Working Capital    ANNEX A(h)
Closing Payment    ANNEX A(i)
Code    Section 1.4(c)
Company Capital Stock    ANNEX A(j)
Company Documents    ANNEX A(m)
Company Employee Plan or Plan    Section 2.13(a)
Company Government Contract    Section 2.15(b)
Company Government Subcontract    Section 2.15(b)
Company Group    ANNEX A(k)
Company Group Capital Stock    ANNEX A(l)
Company Indebtedness    ANNEX A(n)
Company Intellectual Property    ANNEX A(o)
Company Material Adverse Effect    ANNEX A(p)
Company Options    Section 2.2(c)
Company or Companies    Preamble
Company Organizational Documents    Section 2.1(b)
Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights    ANNEX A(q)
Company Representatives    Section 4.2(a)
Company Securities    ANNEX A(r)
Company Software Program    Section 2.14(t)
Confidential Information    Section 5.7(a)
Consents    Section 2.5
Continuing Employees    ANNEX A(s)
Contract    ANNEX A(t)
Copyrights    ANNEX A(gg)
Customer Contracts    ANNEX A(u)
Damages    Section 7.2(h)

 

- iv -


Term

  

Section in the Agreement

Delivered    ANNEX A(v)
Designated Receivables    Schedule 1.3(a)
Disagreement Notice    Section 1.7
Disclosure Schedules    ANNEX A(w)
Domain Names    ANNEX A(gg)
Effective Time    Section 1.2
Employee    ANNEX A(x)
Employee Agreement    ANNEX A(y)
Encumbrance    ANNEX A(z)
Environmental Laws    Section 2.19(a)
Environmental Permit    Section 2.19(a)
ERISA    Section 2.13(c)
ERISA Affiliate    Section 2.13(d)
Estimated Adjusted Consideration    ANNEX A(aa)
Estimated Closing Net Working Capital    Section 1.3(a)
Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement    Section 1.3(a)
Excess Amount    Section 1.4(b)(i)
Excluded Matters    Section 5.8
Executive Agreement    Recitals
Filing Party    Section 5.5(c)(i)
Final Adjusted Consideration    ANNEX A(bb)
Final Allocation    Section 1.7
Financial Statement    Section 2.6(a)
Financing Agreements    Section 6.2(l)
GAAP    ANNEX A(cc)
Governmental Authority    ANNEX A(dd)
Guarantees    Section 5.12
Hazardous Substance    Section 2.19(a)
Hazardous Substance Activity    Section 2.19(a)
Healthland    Section 2.12
Healthland Agreement    Section 2.12
Healthland Overpayment    Section 5.18(c)
Healthland Shortfall Amount    Section 5.17(b)
High Value    Section 1.3(b)(iii)(B)
Indebtedness    ANNEX A(ee)
Indemnification Claim    Section 7.2(d)(i)
Indemnification Claim Certificate    Section 7.2(d)(i)
Indemnified Parties    ANNEX A(ff)
Independent Accounting Firm    Section 1.3(b)(iii)(B)
Intellectual Property Rights    ANNEX A(gg)
IRS    ANNEX A(hh)
Key Employees    ANNEX A(ii)
Knowledge    ANNEX A(jj)
Lease    Section 5.19
Legal Requirements    ANNEX A(kk)
Liability    ANNEX A(ll)
Lost Certificate Affidavit    Section 1.4(d)
Lost Certificate Indemnity Agreement    Section 1.4(d)
Low Value    Section 1.3(b)(iii)(B)
Major Customers    Section 2.7(a)
Mask Works    ANNEX A(gg)
Material Contract or Material Contracts    Section 2.12
Maximum Indemnification Amount    ANNEX A(mm)

 

- v -


Term

  

Section in the Agreement

Minimum Purchase Requirement    Section 2.12
Net Working Capital    ANNEX A(nn)
Non-Competition Agreement    Recitals
Notes    Section 1.1(a)(iii)
Notice of Dispute    Section 1.3(b)(ii)
Outside Date    Section 8.1(b)
Patents    ANNEX A(gg)
Paying Party    Section 5.5(c)(i)
PCBS    Section 2.19(b)
Permits    ANNEX A(oo)
Person    ANNEX A(pp)
Post-Closing Covenants    Section 7.1 (b)
Post-Closing Tax Period    Section 5.5 (c)(i)
Pre-Closing Tax Period    Section 5.5 (c)(i)
Pre-Closing Taxes    ANNEX A (qq)
Pro Rata Portion    ANNEX A(rr)
Proposed Allocation    Section 1.7
Proprietary Information Agreement    Recitals
PTO    Section 2.14(a)
Public Software    Section 2.14(t)
Purchase Price    ANNEX A(ss)
Purchaser    Preamble
Purchaser Balance Sheet    Section 3.9(a)
Purchaser Disclosure Schedule    ANNEX A(tt)
Purchaser Financial Statements    Section 3.9(a)
Purchaser Indemnified Parties    Section 7.2(a)
Purchaser Organizational Documents    Section 3.1(b)
Purchaser Shares    Section 1.1(a)(iv)
Records    Section 5.11
Registered Intellectual Property Right(s)    ANNEX A(uu)
Related Party    Section 2.12(f)
Released Parties    Section 5.8
Representatives    ANNEX A(vv)
Required Consents    Section 5.1(b)
Revised Allocation    Section 1.7
Securities Act    Section 2.2(b)
Security Interest    ANNEX A(ww)
Seller Disclosure Schedule    ANNEX A(xx)
Seller Indemnified Parties    Section 7.2(c)
Selling Stockholder or Selling Stockholders    Preamble
Selling Stockholder’s Interests    Section 5.8
Shortfall Amount    Section 1.4(b)(ii)
Special Damages    ANNEX A(yy)
Special Indemnification Representations    Section 7.1(a)(i)
Statement of Expenses    Section 5.4
Stock Purchase    Recitals
Stockholder Representative    Preamble
Straddle Period    Section 5.5(b)
Straddle Period Tax Return    Section 5.5(b)
Sublease Agreement    Section 6.2(j)
Subsidiary    ANNEX A(zz)
Survival Period    Section 7.1(a)(i)
Targeted Net Working Capital Amount    ANNEX A(aaa)

 

- vi -


Term

  

Section in the Agreement

Tax or Taxes    ANNEX A(bbb)
Tax Law    ANNEX A(ccc))
Tax Return    ANNEX A(ddd)
Taxing Authority    ANNEX A(eee)
Technology    ANNEX A(fff)
Third Party Claim    Section 7.2(f)
Three-Year Note or Three-Year Notes    Section 1.1 (a)(iii)
Total Healthland Sales    Section 5.18(b)
Trade Secrets    ANNEX A(gg)
Trademarks    ANNEX A(gg)
Transaction Expenses    Section 5.4
Transfer Taxes    Section 1.6
Two-Year Note or Notes    Section 1.1 (a)(ii)
WARN Act    Section 2.17(h)
Wire Transfer Letter    Section 1.4(a)
Working Capital Memorandum    Section 1.3(b)(iii)(A)

 

- vii -


Annexes

 

Annex A       Certain Defined Terms
Annex B    -    Schedule of Stockholders
Annex C    -    Schedule of Knowledge Persons

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A       Form of Executive Agreement
Exhibit B    -    Form of Proprietary Information Agreement
Exhibit C    -    Form of Non-Competition Agreement
Exhibit D    -    Form of Two-Year Promissory Note
Exhibit E       Form of Three-Year Promissory Note
Exhibit F       Allocation Principles
Exhibit G       Retained Assets
Exhibit H       Shareholder Notes
Exhibit I       Subordination Agreement
Exhibit J       Sublease Agreement
Exhibit K       Financing Agreements

Schedules

 

Schedule 1.3(a)       Net Working Capital
Seller Disclosure Schedule
Purchaser Disclosure Schedule
Schedule 4.1       Conduct of Business
Schedule 5.1(b)       Required Consents
Schedule 5.6(b)       Directors and Officers of the Companies after the Effective Time
Schedule 5.12       Guarantees
Schedule 5.6(b)       Vacation, Sick Leave and Paid Time Off

 

- viii -


STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 16, 2013 by and among Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”), Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (each, a “ Company ” and collectively the “ Companies ”), the stockholders of the Companies (each a “ Selling Stockholder ” and collectively, the “ Selling Stockholders ”) and Rex Lamb, as the exclusive representative of the Selling Stockholders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Stockholder Representative ”), solely in his capacity as the Stockholder Representative hereunder for purposes of Sections 1.3, 1.7, 5.5 and 5.17 and Article 7 hereof. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth on Annex A hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Selling Stockholders are the record and beneficial owners of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of each Company;

WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to purchase from the Selling Stockholders, and the Selling Stockholders desire to sell to Purchaser all of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of each Company (the “ Stock Purchase ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Stock Purchase and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all of the shares of capital stock of each Company shall be converted into the right to receive the consideration set forth in Section 1.1(a) herein;

WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to the willingness of Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, each of Sean Nathaniel and Dan Yount shall execute and deliver at Closing an Executive Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Executive Agreement ”) with Purchaser or one of its Subsidiaries;

WHEREAS, as a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, each of the Key Employees shall execute and deliver at Closing an Employee Proprietary Information Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (a “ Proprietary Information Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, concurrent with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, as a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, the Selling Stockholders shall enter into a Non-Competition Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (a “ Non-Competition Agreement ”).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

THE STOCK PURCHASE

1.1 Stock Purchase.

(a) Company Group Capital Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Selling Stockholders shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall acquire and purchase, in a combination of cash, Purchaser Shares and Notes, from the Selling Stockholders, all right, title and interest of, legal or equitable, in and to all shares of the Company Group Capital Stock owned by the Selling Stockholders free and clear of all Encumbrances. The Selling Stockholders agree to cure at any time after the Closing, without further compensation, any deficiencies with respect to the transfer of


the shares of the Company Group Capital Stock, the endorsement of any certificate(s) representing the shares of the Company Group Capital Stock owned by the Selling Stockholders or with respect to the stock power accompanying any such certificates. The aggregate purchase price for all of the Company Group Capital Stock shall equal the Purchase Price, subject to (i) applicable Tax withholding, and (ii) Purchaser’s indemnification rights (including rights of setoff) set forth in Article 7 , and shall be payable as follows:

(i) An amount of Cash equal to the Closing Payment, multiplied by a Selling Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion, shall be delivered to such Selling Stockholder at the Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such Selling Stockholder’s bank account pursuant to the wire instructions delivered in writing to the Purchaser prior to Closing;

(ii) Subordinated promissory notes, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , in an original aggregate principal amount equal to $3,000,000, with a maturity date that is on the second anniversary of the Closing Date, multiplied by a Selling Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion, shall be delivered to such Selling Stockholder (each a “ Two-Year Note ” and collectively, the “ Two-Year Notes ”);

(iii) Subordinated promissory notes, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E in an original aggregate principal amount equal to $500,000, with a maturity date that is on the third anniversary of the Closing Date, multiplied by a Selling Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion, shall be delivered to such Selling Stockholder (each a “ Three-Year Note ” and collectively, the “ Three-Year Notes ” and together with the Two-Year Notes, the “ Notes ”);

(iv) Six Hundred Fifty Thousand (650,000) shares of Purchaser’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock (the “ Purchaser Shares ”), multiplied by a Selling Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion shall be issued and delivered to such Selling Stockholder;

(v) To the extent applicable, as described in Section 1.4(b)(i) .

1.2 Closing; Effective Time . The Stock Purchase shall be consummated at a closing (the “Closing”) to occur on a business day as soon as practicable (and in any event within two (2) business days) following the satisfaction or waiver (if permitted hereunder) of all of the conditions set forth in Article 6 other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing (but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions at the Closing), at the offices of McGrath North Mullin & Kratz, PC LLO, 3700 First National Tower, 1601 Dodge Street, Omaha, Nebraska 68102, unless another date and/or place is mutually agreed upon in writing by Purchaser, the Companies and the Selling Stockholders. The date upon which the Closing actually occurs hereunder is referred to herein as the “Closing Date.” The effective time of Closing, which shall be 5:00 p.m. on the Closing Date, is referred to herein as the “Effective Time.” In addition to the delivery of the Closing Payment via wire transfer, Closing shall be effected by the exchange of executed signature pages via facsimile or Adobe Portable Document Format followed by delivery of the original executed signature pages via overnight mail carrier thereafter.

1.3 Calculation of Estimated and Final Adjusted Consideration .

(a) Calculation of Estimated Closing Net Working Capital . Prior to Closing, the Company Group shall prepare and deliver to Purchaser a statement setting forth the Company Group’s estimate of the Closing Net Working Capital (including Closing Cash) which shall use the same methodology for calculating Net Working Capital (including Closing Cash) used and further described on Schedule 1.3(a) (the “ Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement ”). The Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement shall fairly and accurately present the Company Group’s good faith estimate (based on reasonable assumptions) of the Closing Net Working Capital (including Closing Cash) calculated in accordance with the methodology described on Schedule 1.3(a) . The estimated Closing Net Working Capital (including Closing Cash) set forth in the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement shall be referred to herein as the “ Estimated Closing Net Working Capital .”

 

- 2 -


(b) Calculation of Final Closing Net Working Capital .

(i) Within ninety (90) calendar days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) and deliver to the Stockholder Representative a statement setting forth Purchaser’s calculation of the actual Closing Net Working Capital (the “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement ”).

(ii) The Stockholder Representative may dispute any item or amount set forth in the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement, at any time within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement, by delivering to Purchaser a written notice of such dispute executed by the Stockholder Representative (a “ Notice of Dispute ”) setting forth, in reasonable detail, (A) each item or amount so disputed by the Stockholder Representative, (B) the Stockholder Representative’s calculation of each such disputed item or amount, and (C) the Stockholder Representative’s calculation of the Closing Net Working Capital of the Company Group after giving effect to the Stockholder Representative’s calculation of each such disputed item or amount. Purchaser and the Companies shall provide the Stockholder Representative and its Representatives with reasonable access to Purchaser’s and the Companies’ employees, accountants, books, records, work papers and other supporting documents, including the work papers of its accountants, as requested by the Stockholder Representative in order to review and confirm the information and calculations contained in the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement.

(iii) If Purchaser does not receive a Notice of Dispute from the Stockholder Representative delivered pursuant to and in accordance with Section 1.3(b)(ii) within the time period set forth therein, then (x) the Stockholder Representative shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented and agreed to each item and amount set forth in the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement delivered by Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.3(b)(i) , and (y) for all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Closing Net Working Capital, as set forth in the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement delivered by Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.3(b)(i) . If Purchaser receives a Notice of Dispute from the Stockholder Representative delivered pursuant to and in accordance with Section 1.3(b)(ii) within the time period set forth therein, then Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative shall use good faith efforts to resolve all disputed items and amounts set forth in the Notice of Dispute pursuant to good faith negotiations. In the event that Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative shall reach agreement, within thirty (30) calendar days following Purchaser’s receipt of a Notice of Dispute, on all disputed items and amounts set forth in such Notice of Dispute, then the Purchaser and Stockholder Representative shall execute a memorandum setting forth such agreement and then for all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Closing Net Working Capital, as agreed upon by Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative. In the event that Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative are unable to reach agreement, within thirty (30) calendar days following Purchaser’s receipt of a Notice of Dispute, on all of the disputed items or amounts set forth in a Notice of Dispute, then:

(A) Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative shall execute a memorandum (the “ Working Capital Memorandum ”) setting forth (1) the resolved items and/or amounts, if any, and (2) the items or amounts that remain in dispute following such good faith negotiations;

(B) Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative shall submit all remaining disputed items and amounts set forth in the Working Capital Memorandum to an independent accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative (the “ Independent Accounting Firm ”) for resolution in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Each of the parties to this Agreement shall, and shall cause their respective affiliates and representatives to, provide full cooperation to the Independent Accounting Firm. The Independent Accounting Firm shall (1) act in its capacity as an expert and not as an arbitrator, (2) consider only those items and amounts identified in the Working Capital Memorandum as being in dispute between Purchaser and the Selling Stockholders, (3) be instructed to reach its conclusions regarding any such dispute within thirty (30) calendar days after its appointment and provide a written explanation of its decision, and (4) not (x) determine any liability claimed by the Selling Stockholders or asset claimed by Purchaser in an amount less than that claimed by such party, or (y) determine

 

- 3 -


any asset claimed by the Selling Stockholders or liability claimed by Purchaser in an amount in excess of the amount claimed by such party. The fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be paid as follows: (i) if the Independent Accounting Firm resolves all of the remaining objections in favor of Purchaser’s determination of Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement (the “ Low Value ”), the Selling Stockholders shall be responsible for all of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm; (ii) if the Independent Accounting Firm resolves all of the remaining objections in favor of Selling Stockholders’ determination of Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement (the “ High Value ”), Purchaser shall be responsible for all of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm; and (iii) if the Independent Accounting Firm resolves some of the remaining objections in favor of Purchaser and some objections in favor of the Selling Stockholders (the “ Actual Value ”), the Selling Stockholders shall be responsible for that fraction of the fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm equal to (x) the difference between the High Value and the Actual Value over (y) the difference between the High Value and the Low Value, and Purchaser shall be responsible for the remainder of the fees and expenses. The Independent Accounting Firm shall determine all disputed items and amounts and its decision in respect thereof shall be final and binding upon Purchaser and the Selling Stockholders; and

(C) for all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Closing Net Working Capital, based upon (1) all amounts agreed upon by Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative in respect of any disputed items or amounts, as set forth in the Working Capital Memorandum, and (2) all other amounts determined by the Independent Accounting Firm pursuant to clause (B) of this Section 1.3(b)(iii) .

1.4 Payment Procedures .

(a) Closing Payment . At the Closing, each Selling Stockholder shall deliver to Purchaser the certificate(s) representing the Company Group Capital Stock (the “ Certificates ”) owned by such Selling Stockholder, accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank by such Selling Stockholder, executed wire transfer instructions designating the account to which payment shall be made (a “ Wire Transfer Letter ”), a completed IRS Form W-9 or Form W-8BEN, and this Agreement duly executed. Following receipt of such Certificates, stock powers, Wire Transfer Letter, applicable IRS Form and the Agreement duly executed by each Selling Stockholder by Purchaser, Purchaser shall pay to each Selling Stockholder by wire transfer to the account listed in such Selling Stockholder’s Wire Transfer Letter that portion of the Closing Payment without interest payable to such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustment to Purchase Price Based on Final Adjusted Consideration .

(i) If the Final Adjusted Consideration is greater than the Closing Payment (the value of such amount greater than the Closing Payment, the “ Excess Amount ”), then within five (5) business days of the determination of the Final Adjusted Consideration in accordance with this Agreement, Purchaser shall pay to each Selling Stockholder an amount of cash (without interest) equal to the Excess Amount multiplied by such Selling Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion, subject to Purchaser’s indemnification rights (including rights of setoff) set forth in Article 7 . Such payments are expressly conditioned upon the execution and delivery of the Certificates, stock powers, Wire Transfer Letter, applicable IRS Form and this Agreement.

(ii) If the Final Adjusted Consideration is less than the Closing Payment (the value of such difference, the “ Shortfall Amount ”), each Selling Stockholder shall, within five (5) business days immediately after written request from Purchaser, pay to Purchaser an amount of cash (without interest) equal to the Shortfall Amount multiplied by such Selling Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion. In the event the Selling Stockholders do not timely pay the Shortfall Amount to Purchaser in immediately available funds, Purchaser shall first reduce the amount of any unpaid principal or accrued interest outstanding on the Notes, on a pro-rata basis based upon the Selling Stockholders’ Pro Rata Portion, by an amount (without interest) equal to the Shortfall Amount. In the event that such amount is insufficient to satisfy the Shortfall Amount, the Selling Stockholders shall satisfy the remaining portion of the Shortfall Amount by (at the Selling Stockholders’ option) either (A) paying to Purchaser an amount of cash (without interest) equal to such remaining portion of the Shortfall Amount, or (B) the forfeiture of Purchaser Shares with a value equal to such remaining portion of the Shortfall Amount (assuming a price per share for the Purchaser Shares of $3.85).

 

- 4 -


(iii) Unless otherwise instructed in writing by a Selling Stockholder, Purchaser shall be entitled to rely on each Selling Stockholder’s Wire Transfer Letter in making any payments under this Agreement.

(c) Withholding Rights . Each of Purchaser and the Companies shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the payment of any consideration (including the Final Adjusted Consideration or Estimated Adjusted Consideration (or any portion thereof)) to the Selling Stockholders such amounts as may be required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) or any other applicable Legal Requirements, unless such Person provides Purchaser with such documentation as Purchaser reasonably requests and as satisfactory to Purchaser to qualify for an exemption to any such requirement to withhold. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by Purchaser, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to such Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.

(d) Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . In the event any Certificates which formerly represented the shares of the Company Group Capital Stock shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making and delivery of an affidavit of that fact by such Selling Stockholder in form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser (a “ Lost Certificate Affidavit ”), Purchaser shall pay such Selling Stockholder the portion of the Purchase Price to which the Selling Stockholder is entitled to pursuant to Section 1.1(a) ; provided , however , that Purchaser may, in its sole discretion and as a condition precedent to payment, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificates or agreements to deliver an agreement of indemnification in a form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, and/or a bond in such sum as Purchaser may reasonably direct as indemnity, against any claim that may be made against Purchaser, or the Companies with respect to the Certificates or agreements alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed (the “ Lost Certificate Indemnity Agreement ”), and in connection therewith the holder of such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be responsible for all required fees and premiums.

1.5 Transfer Books; No Further Ownership Rights in the Company Capital Stock . At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of each Company shall be closed, and thereafter there shall be no further registration of transfers of the respective Company Capital Stock on the records of either Company. From and after the Effective Time, the holders of Certificates (other than Purchaser or any affiliate thereof) formerly representing ownership of the Company Group Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to such shares, except as otherwise provided for herein or by applicable Legal Requirements.

1.6 Transfer Taxes . All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other substantially similar Taxes imposed by Law on a Selling Stockholder and incurred in connection with this Agreement (collectively, “ Transfer Taxes ”), if any, shall be borne by such Selling Stockholder and shall be paid by such Selling Stockholder when due. Each Selling Stockholder shall, at its own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such Transfer Taxes and Purchaser and the appropriate Company will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation if necessary under any Legal Requirement. Upon Purchaser’s request, the Selling Stockholders shall provide Purchaser with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser that such Transfer Taxes have been paid by the Selling Stockholders.

1.7 Allocation . With respect to all the fixed assets of the Companies, the purchase price (as determined for federal income Tax purposes in the case of an election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code) shall be allocated in accordance with Exhibit F (the “ Allocation Principles ”). For the sole purpose of assisting the Selling Stockholders with estimating potential tax liability associated with the Stock Purchase, the parties hereby agree to a preliminary estimated purchase price allocation to the Non-Competition Agreements referred to in the recitals in the amount of $1.00. This preliminary allocation is for tax planning purposes only and is not

 

- 5 -


binding on any party hereto for tax filing disclosures required related to the Stock Purchase. Upon receipt of an independent third-party valuation required under ASC 805, a final determination of purchase price allocation for tax and GAAP reporting purposes will be determined as set forth below, including adjustments to the preliminary allocation to Non-Competition Agreements for tax planning purposes. Within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall submit to the Stockholder Representative in writing a proposed allocation of the value of the purchase price (as determined for federal income tax purposes), which shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Section 1060 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Proposed Allocation ”). The Selling Stockholders shall be deemed to have accepted the Proposed Allocation unless the Stockholder Representative provides to the Purchaser written notice of disagreement within ten (10) days of receipt of the Proposed Allocation (the “ Disagreement Notice” ), in which case the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative shall negotiate in good faith to resolve the differences within ten (10) days of the Purchaser’s receipt of the Disagreement Notice. Either the Proposed Allocation, if the Seller does not provide a Disagreement Notice, or the allocation agreed to in accordance with the preceding sentence, if any, shall be referred to as the “ Final Allocation .” The Final Allocation shall be conclusive and binding upon Purchaser and the Selling Stockholders for all purposes, and the parties agree that all Tax Returns and reports (including IRS Form 8883) and all financial statements shall be prepared in a manner consistent with (and the parties shall not otherwise file a tax return position inconsistent with) the Final Allocation unless required by the IRS or any other applicable Taxing Authority. Within 90 days after the final determination of the amount of any Excess Amount or Shortfall Amount to be received by or paid by (as applicable) the Selling Stockholders, or the actual payment of any amount pursuant to Article 7 , Purchaser shall prepare and provide to the Selling Stockholders a revised allocation of the Purchase Price (each, a “ Revised Allocation ”) calculated in the same manner as the Final Allocation. The Revised Allocation shall be conclusive and binding upon Purchaser and the Selling Stockholders for all purposes, and the parties agree that all Tax Returns and reports (including IRS Form 8883) and all financial statements shall be prepared in a manner consistent with (and the parties shall not otherwise file a tax return position inconsistent with) the Revised Allocation unless required by the IRS or any other applicable taxing authority). In the absence of a Final Allocation, each Party will provide the other with a copy of its Form 8883 in the form filed with the IRS.

1.8 Closing Cash . The Selling Stockholders agree that Closing Cash shall be an amount equal to or greater than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (the “ Closing Cash Threshold ”). In the event Closing Cash is less than the Closing Cash Threshold, the Selling Stockholders shall remit to the Companies prior to Closing in immediately available funds, additional Cash in an amount equal to such deficiency and, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, such remitted Cash amount shall be included in Net Working Capital and the calculation of Actual Closing Net Working Capital.

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

Each of the Companies and the Selling Stockholders hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows, subject to the matters set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule:

2.1 Organization and Standing .

(a) Each Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all necessary corporate power and authority to conduct its business as currently conducted. Each Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in every jurisdiction where the properties, owned, leased or operated, or the business conducted by it requires such qualification, except for such failures to be so duly qualified and in good standing that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 2.1(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule separately lists each jurisdiction where each Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation.

 

- 6 -


(b) Each Company has Delivered to Purchaser accurate, complete and correct copies of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws as in effect on the date hereof (the “ Company Organizational Documents ”). The Company Organizational Documents are in full force and effect and neither of the Companies is in violation of any provision of the Company Organizational Documents. The operations now being conducted by the Companies are not (and have never been) conducted under any other name.

(c) Schedule 2.1(c) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule separately lists (i) the directors of each Company and (ii) the officers of each Company.

2.2 Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of each Company is separately listed on Schedule 2.2(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule. All of the issued and outstanding Company Group Capital Stock is held by the Selling Stockholders. The Selling Stockholders are the only record holders of Company Group Capital Stock, and neither Company has issued any other Company Securities. Schedule 2.2(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct capitalization table of each Company, as of the Closing, which lists (i) all stockholders and their respective addresses, (ii) their respective holdings of Company Group Capital Stock, and (iii) each stockholder’s respective portion of the Closing Payment, Notes and Purchaser Shares. The Companies shall deliver Schedule 2.2(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule to Purchaser prior to Closing.

(b) All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company Group Capital Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company Group Capital Stock have been offered, issued and sold by the Companies in compliance with United States federal and applicable state securities laws. There are no authorized or outstanding (i) subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any shares of capital stock of any Company or (ii) securities, instruments or obligations that are or may become convertible or exchangeable into shares of capital stock or other securities or registered capital of either Company. The Companies do not have any obligation (whether written, oral, contingent or otherwise) nor are they otherwise bound to issue any subscription, warrant, option, convertible or exchangeable security or other such right or to issue or distribute to holders of any shares of capital stock or other Company Securities or any evidences of indebtedness or assets of either Company. Neither Company has any obligation (whether written, oral, contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock or other Company Securities or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, restricted stock, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to either Company. Neither Company has made or delivered any oral or written communications to the employees or contractors of either Company with respect to any payment arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. There are no agreements, written or oral, between any Company and any holder of its respective securities or others, or among any holders of its securities, relating to the acquisition (including rights of first refusal, first offer, anti-dilution or pre-emptive rights), disposition, registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or voting of the Company Group Capital Stock.

(c) Neither Company has any outstanding options (including commitments to grant options) or other equity awards, whether vested or unvested, to acquire shares of its Company Capital Stock (“ Company Options ”). Neither Company maintains any option plans or other equity compensation related plans or arrangements. No Company has any outstanding warrants or other rights to acquire shares of its Company Capital Stock or any other interests or securities of the Company (whether or not exercisable or vested).

(d) Neither Company has any Subsidiaries and neither has ever had any Subsidiaries, and neither Company does own or control, directly or indirectly, any equity or similar interest in, or any interest convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity or similar interest in, or have any commitment or obligation to invest in, purchase any securities or obligations of, fund, guarantee, contribute or maintain the capital of or otherwise financially support any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business association or entity.

 

- 7 -


(e) The consideration to which the holders of shares of Company Capital Stock will be entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement, if any, conforms to the Company Organizational Documents and the Selling Stockholders shall not be entitled to receive any different or additional amount as a result of the transactions contemplated herein with respect to shares of Company Capital Stock held by the Selling Stockholders.

(f) The Selling Stockholders are the record owners of all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company Group Capital Stock. The Company Group Capital Stock constitutes all of the Company Group Capital Stock owned of record by the Selling Stockholders, and the Company has not issued or granted any (i) subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any shares of capital stock of the Companies or (ii) securities, instruments or obligations that are or may become convertible or exchangeable into shares of capital stock of either Company or other securities or registered capital of either Company.

2.3 Authority . Each of the Companies has all necessary corporate power and authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Company Documents to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The (i) execution, delivery, and performance by the Companies of this Agreement and the other Company Documents and (ii) the consummation by the Companies of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the respective part of each Company. This Agreement has been, and each of the other Company Documents to which either Company is a party has been (or will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by each Company, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Purchaser, constitutes (or will constitute) a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Company, enforceable against such Company, in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general equity principles. The Board of Directors and the stockholders of each Company have unanimously approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of either Company are necessary to adopt or authorize this Agreement, or any certificate or other instrument required to be executed and delivered by either Company pursuant hereto or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. None of such actions by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of either Company have been amended, rescinded or modified.

2.4 No Conflicts .

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Company Documents to which it is a party, compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the other Company Documents to which it is a party by each Company, as applicable, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (a) conflict with or violate the Company Organizational Documents, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, or result in the loss of any benefit to which either Company is entitled under, any Material Contract, Permit, Security Interest to which either Company is a party or by which either Company is bound or to which such Company’s assets are subject, (c) result in the creation or imposition of any Security Interest upon any assets of either Company, or (d) violate any Legal Requirements applicable to either Company or any of their respective properties or assets.

(b) Schedule 2.4(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth all necessary notices, consents, waivers and approvals as are required under any Contracts to which either Company is a party in connection with the Stock Purchase, or for any such Contract to which either Company is a party to remain in full force and effect without limitation, modification or alteration immediately after the Closing.

 

- 8 -


2.5 Governmental Filings and Consents . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with (together, the “ Consents ”), any Governmental Authority is required on the part of the Companies in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such consents, authorizations, filings, approvals, notices and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not be material to either Company and would not prevent, materially alter or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.6 Financial Statements .

(a) Attached as Schedule 2.6(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule are the following financial statements of the Companies, prepared on a consolidated basis (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”): (i) the unaudited balance sheet (the “ Balance Sheet ”) and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the three (3) month period ended March 31, 2013, (ii) the audited balance sheet and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 (collectively, the “ 2012 Financial Statements ”), and (iii) the audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended.

(b) The Financial Statements (i) are derived from and are in accordance with the books and records of the Company, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company Group on a combined basis at the dates therein indicated and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company Group on a combined basis for the periods therein specified in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments, none of which adjustments individually or in the aggregate will be material in amount and except for the absence of footnotes).

(c) All of the trade accounts receivable of the Company Group arose in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices and are carried at values determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. The trade accounts receivable of the Company Group are not subject to any setoff or counterclaim other than any amount for which a reserve has been established in accordance with GAAP (as shown on the Balance Sheet or, for receivables arising subsequent to the Balance Sheet Date, as reflected on the books and records of the Company (which receivables are recorded in accordance with GAAP)). No notes or accounts receivable of the Company Group represents an obligation for goods sold on consignment, on approval or on a sale-or-return basis or is subject to any other repurchase or return arrangement. Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.6 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, no Person has any Encumbrance on any notes or accounts receivable of the Company Group and, no request or agreement for deduction or discount has been received by the Companies with respect to any notes or accounts receivable of the Company Group.

(d) Schedule 2.6(d)(i) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth the Net Working Capital of the Company Group on a combined basis as of December 31, 2012 and Schedule 2.6(d)(ii) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth the Net Working Capital of the Company Group on a combined basis as of March 31, 2013.

2.7 Substantial Customers and Suppliers .

(a) Schedule 2.7(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists the twenty (20) largest customers of the Company Group on the basis of consolidated revenues received by the Company from such customers (including the respective revenues from such customers) for (i) the three (3) month period ending on March 31, 2013, (ii) the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31, 2012 (the foregoing described customers are herein called the “ Major Customers ”).

(b) No Major Customer of the Companies has provided written or, to the Company Group’s Knowledge, verbal notice to the Company that it has terminated, or intends to terminate, its contract with the Company.

 

- 9 -


2.8 Absence of Changes . Except as set forth in Schedule 2.8 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, since the date of the Balance Sheet, (a) the business of each Company has been conducted in the usual, regular and ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (b) no Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred; and (c) there has not been any action or event, nor any authorization, commitment or agreement by either Company with respect to any action or event that, if taken or if occurred after the date of this Agreement, would be prohibited by Section 4.1 , without regard to anything disclosed in Schedule 4.1(b).

2.9 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities . As of the date hereof and as of Closing, the Company Group does not have any Indebtedness or other Liability or obligation, except for Liabilities and obligations (a) shown on the Balance Sheet; (b) which have arisen since the date of the Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and which are not in excess of $10,000, individually or $20,000 in the aggregate; (c) incurred pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (d) which have been or will be satisfied on or prior to Closing or will be reflected in Actual Closing Net Working Capital; (e) arising in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice under Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; or (f) set forth in Schedule 2.9(i) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (listed out separately for each Company). Except for Liabilities reflected in the Financial Statements, the Company Group does not have any off-balance sheet Liability of any nature to, or any financial interest in, any third party or entities, the purpose or effect of which is to defer, postpone, reduce or otherwise avoid or adjust the recording of debt expenses incurred by the Company. All reserves that are set forth in or reflected in the Balance Sheet have been established in accordance with GAAP. To the Company Group’s Knowledge, no current or former employee, officer, director or stockholder of either Company has identified or been made aware of any fraud that involves either of the Company’s respective management or any other current or former employees, officers or directors who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls, if any, utilized by such Company, or any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

2.10 Taxes . Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.10 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule:

(a) (i) All Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of each Company have been duly and timely filed with the appropriate Taxing Authority in all jurisdictions in which such Tax Returns are required to be filed (after giving effect to any valid extensions of time in which to make such filings), and all such Tax Returns are accurate in all material respects, complete and correct; and (ii) all Taxes payable by or on behalf of each Company (whether or not shown on a Tax Return) have been fully and timely paid. With respect to any period for which such Tax Returns have not yet been filed or for which such Taxes are not yet due or owing, each Company has made adequate accruals for such Taxes on the Balance Sheet in accordance with GAAP. All required estimated Tax payments have been timely made by or on behalf of each Company.

(b) Since the date of the Balance Sheet, each Company has not incurred any Liability for Taxes except in the ordinary course of business of the Company Group and consistent with past practice of the Company Group. Each Company will establish, in accordance with GAAP accruals for the payment of Taxes due and payable by such Company for the period from January 1, 2013 through the Effective Time.

(c) Each Company has complied with all applicable Legal Requirements relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes and has duly and timely withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority all amounts so withheld.

(d) Each Company has Delivered to Purchaser copies of (i) all income and other material Tax Returns of or including such Company for all Tax periods of such Company for all open years, and (ii) any pending audit, revenue agent report or other similar correspondence issued relating to Taxes of such Company for all such Tax periods.

(e) No claim has been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where either Company does not file a Tax return that either Company is or may be subject to Taxation in that jurisdiction, and to the Company Group’s Knowledge, there is no jurisdiction in which such claim could be reasonably made.

 

- 10 -


(f) There are no pending audits by the Internal Revenue Service or any other Taxing Authority, no audit is in progress and neither Company has been notified of any request for such an audit or other examination. Neither Company is currently delinquent in the payment of any Tax, nor, have any deficiencies for any Tax been threatened, claimed, proposed or assessed in writing against such Company which have not been settled or paid. No adjustment relating to any Tax Returns filed by either Company has been proposed by a Taxing Authority to such Company (or any representative thereof) that has not been finally resolved. There is not in effect any waiver by either Company of any statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes.

(g) Each Company (including any other Person on its behalf) (i) has not agreed to, is not required to and has not made any application requesting permission to make, and has not made any adjustment pursuant to Section 481(a) of the Code or any similar provision of Tax Law, (ii) has not entered into a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code or any similar provision of Tax Law with respect to the Company, and (iii) has not requested any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return, which Tax Return has not since been filed, or granted any extension for the assessment or collection of Taxes, which Taxes have not since been paid. For income Tax purposes, each Company will not be required to include any income or gain or exclude any deduction or loss from income for any taxable period or portion thereof after the Effective Time as a result of any installment sale or open transaction disposition consummated before the Effective Time or prepaid amount received before the Effective Time.

(h) Neither Company is subject to any private letter ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or comparable rulings of any Taxing Authority.

(i) Neither Company has ever been a party to, any joint venture, partnership or other agreement that could be treated as a partnership for Tax purposes.

(j) Neither Company has constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of stock qualifying or intended to qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (or so much of Section 356 of the Code as relates to Section 355 of the Code).

(k) Each Company has adequately disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

(l) Neither Company has consummated or participated in, and neither Company is currently participating in, any transaction which was or is a “tax shelter” as defined in Section 6662 or former Section 6111 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (or any comparable provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law). Neither Company has participated in, and neither Company is currently participating in, a “Reportable Transaction” within the meaning of Section 6707A(c) of the Code or Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b), including any transaction that is the same or substantially similar to one or more of the types of transactions that the Internal Revenue Service has determined to be a tax avoidance transaction and identified by notice, regulation, or other form of published guidance as a listed transaction, as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2), or any transaction requiring disclosure under a corresponding or similar provision of state, local, or foreign law (or any comparable provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law).

(m) Neither Company is a party to, or otherwise obligated under, any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement covering any Person that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible by Purchaser, either Company or any of their respective affiliates by reason of Section 280G of the Code or that could be subject to Section 4999 of the Code.

(n) Neither Company has made or filed an election under Section 108, Section 441 or Section 1017 of the Code.

 

- 11 -


(o) There are (and immediately following the Effective Time there will be) no liens on the assets of either Company relating or attributable to Taxes, other than liens for Taxes not yet due and payable.

(p) Neither Company has (i) ever been a member of an affiliated group (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code) filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return, (ii) ever been a party to any Tax sharing, indemnification, allocation or similar agreement, or (iii) any liability for the Taxes of any person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or non-U.S. law), as a transferee or successor, by operation of law, by contract or agreement, or otherwise.

(q) Each Company has been an S corporation within the meaning of the Code and for state Tax Law purposes (except in those states which do not recognize S corporation status), at all times since inception, and has filed all forms and taken all actions necessary to maintain such status. Neither Company nor any Selling Stockholder has taken any action, or omitted to take any action, which action or omission could result in the loss of S corporation status prior to the Closing.

(r) Neither Company will be liable for any Tax under Section 1374 of the Code in connection with the deemed sale of such Company’s assets caused by the Section 338(h)(10) Elections. Neither Company has in the past 10 years, (1) acquired assets from another corporation in a transaction in which the tax basis of the acquired assets (or any other property) was determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the tax basis of the acquired assets (or any other property) in the hands of the transferor, or (2) acquired the stock of any corporation.

2.11 Property . Except as set forth in Schedule 2.11 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither Company currently owns or leases and has never owned or leased any real property. Each Company has good and indefeasible title to all tangible properties and assets (whether real or personal). All such tangible properties and assets reflected on the Companies’ books and records as being owned by the Company, including all tangible properties and assets reflected on the Balance Sheet or acquired after the date of the Balance Sheet, other than obsolete properties or assets that have been disposed of in the ordinary course of business, and, except as disclosed on Schedule 2.11 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, none of such properties or assets is subject to any Security Interest or other Encumbrance.

2.12 Contracts . Other than as disclosed on Schedule 2.12(1) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (and listed separately for each Company), neither Company is a party to, subject to or otherwise bound by:

(a) other than Customer Contracts, any Contract or series of related Contracts which requires aggregate future expenditures by the Company in excess of $10,000.00 or which might result in payments by or to the Company in excess of $10,000.00;

(b) any Contract for the purchase of equipment in excess of $10,000.00;

(c) other than Customer Contracts, any Contract that expires more than one year after the date of this Agreement;

(d) any Contract (other than a Contract entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) with support or indemnification obligations that cannot be terminated with not more than ninety (90) days’ notice without penalty;

(e) any distributor, reseller or similar Contract under which such Company does not have the right to terminate without penalty on less than 90 days notice;

(f) any Contract with any current or former stockholder, employee, officer or director of such Company, or to the Company Group’s Knowledge, any “affiliate” or “associate” of such Persons (as such terms are defined in the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act) (any of the foregoing, a “ Related Party ”), including any Contract providing for the furnishing of services by, rental of real or personal property from, or otherwise requiring payments to, or from, any Related Party;

 

- 12 -


(g) any Contract limiting the freedom of such Company to engage or participate, or compete with any other Person, in any line of business, market or geographic area, or to make use of any Technology or Intellectual Property Rights, or any Contract granting most favored nation pricing, exclusive sales, distribution, marketing or other exclusive rights, rights of refusal, rights of first negotiation or similar rights and/or terms to any Person, or any Contract otherwise limiting the right of such Company to sell, distribute or manufacture any products or services or to purchase or otherwise obtain any software, components, parts, subassemblies or services;

(h) any agreement, contract or commitment by such Company to license to any third party the right to manufacture or reproduce any product, service or technology of such Company or any agreement, contract or commitment by any Person to such Company to sell or distribute any products, service or technology of such Company;

(i) any agreement pursuant to which the Company licenses to or from a third party source code for such Company’s products;

(j) any trust, loan agreement, indenture, note, bond, debenture or other document or Contract evidencing Indebtedness to any Person, any capitalized lease obligation, any commitment to provide any of the foregoing, or any agreement of guaranty, indemnification or other similar commitment with respect to the obligations or Liabilities of any other Person;

(k) any Company Government Contract or Company Government Subcontract;

(l) any Contract for the disposition of any material portion of the assets or business (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) of such Company;

(m) any Contract for the acquisition of the business or capital stock of another party (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);

(n) any Contract concerning a joint venture, joint development or other similar arrangement with one or more Persons;

(o) any agreement pursuant to which such Company is obligated to provide maintenance, support or training for its products, other than in the ordinary course of business;

(p) any hedging, futures, options or other derivative Contract;

(q) any Contract to grant any severance or termination pay or benefits (in cash or otherwise) to any employee, individual consultant, or any contractor;

(r) any Contract (including any Company Employee Plan), any of the benefits of which will be increased, or the vesting of benefits of which will be accelerated, by the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or in connection with additional or subsequent events) or the value of any of the benefits of which will be calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(s) any Contract for the employment of any director, officer, employee or consultant of such Company or any other type of Contract with any officer, employee or consultant of such Company that is not immediately terminable at-will by such Company without cost, Liability or post-termination benefits (other than continuation coverage required by law), including any Contract requiring such Company to make a payment to any director, officer, employee or consultant on account of the Stock Purchase, any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any Contract that is entered into in connection with this Agreement;

 

- 13 -


(t) any Contract under which such Company provides any consulting, software implementation, deployment, development services or support services with payments to such Company in excess of $10,000;

(u) any Contract with any labor union or any collective bargaining agreement or similar contract with its employees;

(v) any Contract with any investment banker, broker, advisor or similar party, or any accountant, legal counsel or other Person retained by such Company, in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

(w) any confidentiality, secrecy or non-disclosure Contract other than any such Contract entered into the ordinary course of business pursuant to such Company’s standard unmodified form (a copy of which has been Delivered to Purchaser);

(x) any Customer Contract with an end-user Customer with revenue of greater than $10,000 for the twelve (12) month period ending December 31, 2012;

(y) any settlement agreement; or

(z) any real property lease;

Accurate, complete and correct copies of each of the Material Contracts (including all amendments thereto) have been Delivered to Purchaser. Each Contract set forth in Schedule 2.12 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (or required to be so disclosed therein, whether or not actually disclosed therein) (each, a “ Material Contract ” and collectively the “ Material Contracts ”) is a valid and binding agreement of the respective Company, is in full force and effect and is enforceable against all parties thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general principles of equity. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.12 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, (i) such Company is not in material default or breach under the terms of any of the Material Contracts (a “default” being defined for purposes hereof as an actual default or event of default or the existence of any fact or circumstance which would, upon receipt of notice or passage of time, constitute a default or right of termination), nor will the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement give rise to any such material default or breach, (ii) to the Company Group’s Knowledge no other party to any such Material Contracts is in material default or breach of such Material Contracts, (iii) to the Company Group’s Knowledge, no event has occurred that with notice or the passage of time would constitute a material default or breach thereunder by the Companies, and (iv) to the Company Group’s Knowledge, no event has occurred that with notice or the passage of time would permit the modification or premature termination of any Contract with a Major Customer by any other party thereto. Marex Group, Inc. is a party to that certain Reseller Agreement dated November 4, 2011, by and between Healthland, Inc. (“ Healthland ”) and Marex Group, Inc. (the “ Healthland Agreement ”) which agreement includes a minimum purchase requirement in Exhibit A thereto that, among other things, requires Healthland to purchase a minimum of twenty five (25) licenses per quarter from Marex Group, Inc. (100 annually) until October 31, 2014 (the “ Minimum Purchase Requirement ”). For all purposes under this Agreement, the Healthland Agreement shall be deemed a Material Contract.

2.13 Benefit Plans .

(a) Schedule 2.13(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of each plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement, or other arrangement providing for retirement, fringe benefit, vacation, cafeteria benefit, health or welfare benefit, dependent care, stock, option, bonus, or other incentive plan, supplemental retirement, deferred compensation, severance, separation, employment, compensation or other benefits, which is or has been maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by each Company (whether written or unwritten, insured or self-insured, each, a “ Company Employee Plan ” or “ Plan ”) and each Employee Agreement.

 

- 14 -


(b) The Companies have Delivered to Purchaser complete and accurate copies of (i) each Company Employee Plan and Employee Agreement including all amendments thereto, (ii) the most recent annual report on Form 5500 required to have been filed with the IRS for each Company Employee Plan; (iii) the most recent determination letter, if any, from the IRS for any Company Employee Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code; (iv) the summary plan descriptions for each Company Employee Plan, or a written description of the terms of any Company Employee Plan that is not in writing; (v) any related trust agreements, insurance contracts, insurance policies or other documents of any funding arrangements for each Company Employee Plan; (vi) any notices to or from the IRS or U.S. Department of Labor relating to any material compliance issues in respect of any such Company Employee Plan.

(c) None of the Company Employee Plans is an “employee welfare benefit plan” or “employee pension benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”).

(d) No persons or entities are or have ever been under common control with a Company within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, and the regulations issued thereunder (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”).

(e) None of the Company Employee Plans or Employee Agreements promises or provides retiree medical or other retiree welfare benefits to any person. Neither Company has ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, contributed to, or required to contribute to any pension plan which is subject to Section 412 of the Code.

(f) Each Company Employee Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms and in material compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, ERISA and the Code) and each Company has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it under, is not in default under or violation of and has no knowledge of any material default or violation by any other party to, any of the Plans.

(g) The execution of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any Company Employee Plan or Employee Agreement that will result in any payment (whether of severance pay or otherwise), acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefit or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any employee or consultant of either Company.

(h) Any Company Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (i) has either applied for, prior to the expiration of the requisite period under currently applicable Treasury Regulations or IRS pronouncements, or obtained a favorable determination, notification, advisory and/or opinion letter, as applicable, as to its qualified status from the IRS, or still has a remaining period of time under applicable Treasury Regulations or IRS pronouncements in which to apply for such letter and to make any amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination, and (ii) incorporates or has been amended to incorporate all provisions required to comply with currently applicable legislation. For each Company Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code there has been no event, condition or circumstance that has adversely affected or is likely to adversely affect such qualified status.

(i) Each Company “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code has complied with the documentary and operational requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Neither Company has any obligation to reimburse any employee for taxes under Section 409A of the Code.

 

- 15 -


(j) None of the Companies, any of their Subsidiaries, or, to the Knowledge of the Company Group, any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents has, with respect to any Company Employee Plan, engaged in or been a party to any non-exempt “prohibited transaction,” as such term is defined in Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA, which could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a material penalty assessed pursuant to Section 502(i) of ERISA or a material tax imposed by Section 4975 of the Code, in each case applicable to a Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Company Employee Plan or for which such Company or any of its Subsidiaries has any indemnification obligation.

(k) All required contributions, premiums and other payments required to be made with respect to any Company Employee Plan have been timely made, accrued or reserved for.

2.14 Intellectual Property .

(a) Schedule 2.14(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is a complete and accurate list (separated by Company) of (i) all Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights, (ii) all unregistered copyrights in computer software that are included in the Company Intellectual Property, (iii) all unregistered Trademarks included within the Company Intellectual Property. For each of the foregoing, the listing shall include (w) the respective application or serial number (if applicable), (x) the date of any such application and registration and the jurisdiction(s) in which any such application and registration has been registered or applied for, and (y) a brief summary of any pending proceedings or actions before any court, tribunal (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “ PTO ”) or equivalent authority anywhere in the world) related thereto.

(b) Each item of Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights is valid and subsisting, and all necessary fees, including without limitation all registration, maintenance, issuance and renewal fees, in connection with such Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights have been paid and all necessary documents and certificates in connection with such Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other authorities in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of maintaining such Registered Intellectual Property Rights. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there are no actions that must be taken by either Company within one hundred twenty (120) days of the Closing Date, including the payment of any registration, maintenance or renewal fees or the filing of any responses to office actions, documents, applications or certificates for the purposes of obtaining, maintaining, perfecting or preserving or renewing any Registered Intellectual Property Rights. To Company Group’s Knowledge, no third party is in breach of any non-disclosure agreement signed with a Company or of any confidentiality terms of any agreement signed with a Company. In each case in which a Company has acquired ownership of any Technology or Intellectual Property Right from any Person, such Company has obtained a valid and enforceable assignment sufficient to irrevocably transfer the Technology and all rights in such Technology including all associated Intellectual Property Rights (including the right to seek past and future damages with respect thereto) to such Company. To the maximum extent provided for by, and in accordance with, applicable laws and regulations, each Company has recorded each assignment of a Registered Intellectual Property Right assigned to such Company with the relevant Governmental Entity, including the PTO, the U.S. Copyright Office, or their respective equivalents in any relevant foreign jurisdiction, as the case may be. Neither Company has claimed a particular status, including “Small Business Status,” in the application for any Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights, or which to the Knowledge of the Company Group has since become inaccurate or false prior to the Closing.

(c) The Company Group does not have any Knowledge of any information, materials, facts, or circumstances, including any information or fact that would constitute prior art, that would render any of Company Intellectual Property invalid or unenforceable, or would adversely affect any pending application for any Company Registered Intellectual Property Right, and, to the Knowledge of the Company Group, neither Company has misrepresented, or failed to disclose, and has no Knowledge of any misrepresentation or failure to disclose, any fact or circumstances in any application for any Company Registered Intellectual Property Right that would constitute fraud or a misrepresentation with respect to such application or that would otherwise affect the validity or enforceability of any Company Registered Intellectual Property Right.

 

- 16 -


(d) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, (i) neither Company has granted any Encumbrance to any item of unregistered Company Intellectual Property and, to the Company Group’s Knowledge, no Person has claimed it has any Encumbrance to any item of unregistered Company Intellectual Property, and (ii) the Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights are free and clear of Encumbrances.

(e) Except as disclosed in the Schedule 2.14(e) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither this Agreement nor the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will result in the loss or impairment of the rights of the Company Group to own, use or otherwise exploit any of the Company Intellectual Property.

(f) To the extent that any Technology currently used by any Company which is owned, possessed, used or controlled by any Company has been developed or created by a third party, such Company has a written agreement with such third party with respect thereto and such Company thereby either (i) has obtained all rights of the developer thereto, or (ii) has obtained a license (sufficient for the conduct of its business as currently conducted), in either event by operation of law or by valid assignment or license.

(g) With the exception of inbound “shrink-wrap”, similar publicly available commercial binary code end-user licenses or Public Software, all Technology owned by a Company was written and created solely by either (i) employees of such Company acting within the scope of their employment or (ii) by third parties who have validly and irrevocably assigned all of their rights, including Intellectual Property Rights therein, to such Company, and to the Company Group’s Knowledge no such third party owns or has any rights to any of the Company Intellectual Property.

(h) Each Company has, and enforces, a policy requiring each employee, consultant and contractor who contributed in any material manner to the development or creation of any Company Intellectual Property to execute a proprietary information, confidentiality and assignment agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.14(h) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, and all such current and former employees, consultants and contractors of such Company have executed such an agreement.

(i) Each Company has taken commercially reasonable steps to protect the Company’s rights in confidential information and Trade Secrets of such Company or provided by any other Person to such Company.

(j) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(j) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither Company has transferred ownership of, or granted any exclusive license of or right to use, or authorized the retention of any exclusive rights to use or joint ownership of, any Technology or Intellectual Property Right that is or was Company Intellectual Property, to any other Person.

(k) Other than inbound “shrink-wrap”, similar publicly available commercial binary code end-user licenses and Public Software, the contracts, licenses and agreements listed in Schedule 2.14(k) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (separated by Company) lists all contracts, licenses and agreements to which either Company is a party with respect to any Technology or Intellectual Property Rights licensed to a Company. Neither Company is in material breach of nor has such Company failed to perform under in any material respect, any of the foregoing contracts, licenses or agreements and, to the Company Group’s Knowledge, no other party to any such contract, license or agreement is in breach thereof or has failed to perform thereunder.

(l) Other than Customer Contracts, Schedule 2.14(l) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists (separated by Company) all material contracts, licenses and agreements between a Company on the one hand and any other Person on the other hand wherein or whereby such Company has agreed to, or assumed, any obligation or duty to warrant, indemnify, reimburse, hold harmless, guaranty or otherwise assume or incur any obligation or liability or provide a right of rescission with respect to the infringement or misappropriation of the Intellectual Property Rights of any Person.

 

- 17 -


(m) To the Knowledge of the Company Group, there are no contracts, licenses or agreements between a Company on the one hand and any other Person on the other hand with respect to the Company Intellectual Property under which there is any dispute regarding the scope of such agreement, or performance under such agreement, including with respect to any payments to be made or received by such Company thereunder.

(n) To the Knowledge of the Company Group, the operation of the business of the Company Group as it currently is conducted, including but not limited to the design, development, use, disclosure, import, branding, advertising, promotion, marketing, license, manufacture, sale, license and distribution of the products, or services or other Technology of the Companies does not infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property Right of any Person, or constitute unfair competition or trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction, and neither Company has received written, or to the Knowledge of the Company Group oral, notice from any Person claiming that such operation or any act, product, or service or other Technology of the Companies infringes or misappropriates any Intellectual Property Right of any Person or constitutes unfair competition or trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction.

(o) To the Company Group’s Knowledge, no Person is infringing or misappropriating any Company Intellectual Property.

(p) The Company is not a party to any pending proceeding or outstanding decree, order, judgment or settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner the use, transfer or licensing of Company Intellectual Property by the Companies or affects the validity, use or enforceability of such Company Intellectual Property.

(q) No (i) product, technology, service or publication of either Company, (ii) material published or distributed by either Company or (iii) conduct or statement of either Company constitutes obscene material, a defamatory statement or material, false advertising or otherwise violates in any material respect any law or regulation.

(r) The Company Intellectual Property, the contracts, licenses and agreements listed in Schedule 2.14(l) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule and the Company Software Programs, constitutes all the Technology and Intellectual Property Rights used in the conduct of the business of the Companies as it currently is conducted, including, without limitation, the design, development, manufacture, use, disclosure, import, branding, advertising, promotion, marketing, sale, license and distribution of products or other Technology of the Companies, including performance of services.

(s) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(s) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither this Agreement nor the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will result in (i) any third party being granted rights or access to, or the placement in or release from escrow, of any Company Intellectual Property, (ii) Purchaser being required to grant any third party any right, title or interest to or with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights owned by, or licensed to, Purchaser pursuant to any agreement to which such Company is a party or by which it is bound, or (iii) Purchaser being obligated to pay any royalties, fees, honoraria or other amounts to any third party in excess of those payable by such Company prior to the Closing Date pursuant to agreements to which such Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(t) Schedule 2.14(t) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list (separated by Company) of all of the software programs included in or developed for inclusion in each Company’s products by such Company or any third party (including all software programs embedded or incorporated in such Company’s products) (the “ Company Software Programs ”). To the Company Group’s Knowledge, each Company is in compliance with all Pubic Software license agreements to which such

 

- 18 -


Company is a party and a Company’s use or incorporation of Public Software has and does not (i) grant to any third party any rights in such Company’s products or Company Intellectual Property, (ii) require the licensing, disclosure, or distribution of any Company Intellectual Property developed by or for such Company, (iii) require such Company to license the use of such Company’s products to third parties without charge, (iv) create restrictions on or immunities to such Company’s enforcement of its Intellectual Property Rights, or (v) obligate such Company to disclose, make available, offer or deliver any portion of its source code to any third party. The term “ Public Software ” includes any and all software that contains, includes, incorporates, or has instantiated therein, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is distributed as open source, public source, free software or similar licensing or distribution model, including software licensed or distributed under any of the licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following: (i) GNU’s General Public License (GPL) or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL); (ii) the Artistic License ( e.g. , PERL); (iii) the Mozilla Public License; (iv) the Netscape Public License; (v) the Sun Community Source License (SCSL); (vi) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL); (vii) the BSD License; and (viii) the Apache License.

(u) Each Company employs commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the Company Software Programs do not contain any viruses. For the purposes of this Agreement, “virus” means any computer code intentionally designed to disrupt, disable, or harm in any manner the operation of any software or hardware or to allow a third party to have access to the user’s computer or network without such user’s authority.

(v) All data which has been collected, stored, maintained or otherwise used by each Company has been collected, stored, maintained and used in accordance with all applicable U.S. and foreign laws, rules, regulations, guidelines, contracts, and industry standards. Neither Company has received written, or to the Company Group’s Knowledge oral, notice of noncompliance with applicable data protection laws, rules, regulations, guidelines or industry standards in effect prior to the Closing Date. Each Company has made all registrations that such Company is required to have made in relation to the processing of data, and is in good standing with respect to such registrations, with all fees due within ninety (90) days of the date hereof duly made. Each Company’s practices are, and have always been, in compliance with (i) their then-current privacy policy, including the privacy policy posted on such Company’s websites, and (ii) their customers’ privacy policies, when required to do so by contract. Each Company has implemented and maintained measures as required by applicable law to protect and maintain the confidential nature of any personally identifiable information. Each Company has technological and procedural measures in place as required by applicable law to protect personally identifiable information collected by such Company against loss, theft and unauthorized access or disclosure.

(w) This Section 2.14 is the sole and exclusive representation and warranty of the Companies and the Selling Stockholders with respect to the Company Intellectual Property and Technology and Intellectual Property Rights licensed to each Company

2.15 Government Funding; Government Contracts .

(a) Neither Company has applied for or received any financial assistance from any supranational, national, local or foreign authority or government agency.

(b) Neither Company, nor any directors, officers or employees of either Company is, or within the past three years has been, to the Knowledge of the Company Group (i) under any material administrative, civil or criminal investigation, audit, indictment or information by any Governmental Authority, (ii) the subject of any material audit or investigation, with respect to any alleged violation of any Legal Requirement or Contract arising under or relating to any Contract between such Company, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority, on the other hand, including any facilities Contract for the use of government-owned facilities (each such Contract, a “ Company Government Contract ”) or each Contract between such Company, on the one hand, and any prime contractor or upper-tier subcontractor, on the other hand, relating to a Contract between such Person and any Governmental Authority, (each such Contract, a “ Company Government Subcontract ”) or (iii) debarred or suspended, or proposed for debarment or

 

- 19 -


suspension, or received notice of actual or proposed debarment or suspension (or for purposes of this clause (iii), in the case of Contracts governed by Legal Requirements other than the state or federal Legal Requirements of the United States, the functional equivalents thereof, if any), from participation in the award of any Contract with any Governmental Authority. There exist no facts or circumstances that, to the Knowledge of the Company Group, would warrant the institution of suspension or debarment proceedings or a finding of nonresponsibility or ineligibility with respect to either Company, or any of their respective directors, officers or managers, in any such case, for purposes of doing business with any Governmental Authority.

2.16 Insurance . Schedule 2.16 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list (separated by Company) as of the date hereof of all insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of the Companies. Such list includes information regarding the type of policy and policy number and insurer. Accurate, complete and correct copies of each listed policy have been Delivered to Purchaser. Such policies are in full force and effect and each Company has complied in all material respects with the provisions of such policies. There is no pending claim by either Company pending under any of such insurance policies as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed in writing by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. Neither Company has received written notice or, to the Company Group’s Knowledge, any other form of notice of any threatened termination of, or any premium increase with respect to, any of such insurance policies.

2.17 Personnel .

(a) Each Company is in compliance in all material respects with all Legal Requirements respecting employment, discrimination in employment, employment practices, tax withholding, equal employment, terms and conditions of employment, meal and rest periods, immigration status, leaves of absence, employee privacy, worker classification (including the proper classification of workers as independent contractors and consultants), wages (including overtime wages), compensation and hours of work, and occupational safety and health and employment practices. Neither Company has engaged any employee whose employment would require special licenses or permits. Each Company has withheld all amounts required by law or by agreement to be withheld from the wages, salaries, and other payments to employees; and is not liable for any arrears of wages, compensation, Taxes, penalties or other sums for failure to comply with any of the foregoing. Each Company has paid in full to all Employees all wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, benefits and other compensation due to or on behalf of such Employees, and in each case, with respect to Employees: (i) has withheld and reported all amounts required by law or by agreement to be withheld and reported with respect to wages, salaries and other payments to Employees, (ii) is not liable for any arrears of wages, severance pay or any taxes or any penalty for failure to comply with any of the foregoing, and (iii) is not liable for any payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any governmental authority, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for Employees (other than routine payments to be made in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice). There are no actions, suits, claims or administrative matters pending, or to the Company Group’s Knowledge threatened, against either Company or, to the Company Group’s Knowledge, any of their Employees relating to (i) any Employee (in such Employee’s capacity as an officer, director or employee of a Company), or (ii) any Employee Agreement. There are no pending or, to the Company Group’s Knowledge, threatened claims or actions against either Company under any worker’s compensation policy or long-term disability policy. Except as described on Schedule 2.17(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither Company is a party to any Employee Agreement.

(b) Neither Company has any liability with respect to any misclassification of: (i) any Person as an independent contractor rather than as an employee, (ii) any employee leased from another employer, or (iii) any employee currently or formerly classified as exempt from overtime wages. There are no unwritten policies or customs that, by extension, could entitle employees of either Company to benefits in addition to those to which they are entitled pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements (including unwritten customs concerning the payment of statutory severance pay when it is not legally required). Neither Company is liable for any payment to any trust or other fund or to any Governmental Authority, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for employees (other than routine payments to be made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice).

 

- 20 -


(c) Neither Company has engaged any consultants, sub-contractors or freelancers who, according to applicable Legal Requirements, would be entitled to the rights of an employee vis-à-vis such Company, including rights to severance pay, vacation, and other employee-related statutory benefits. Neither Company has any obligations under COBRA (or similar Legal Requirement) with respect to any former employees or qualifying beneficiaries thereunder, except for obligations that are not material in amount. Neither Company is a party to a conciliation agreement, consent decree or other agreement or order with any Government Authority. There are no material controversies pending, or to the Company Group’s Knowledge threatened, between either Company and any of their employees or other service providers, which controversies have or have threatened to result in an action, arbitration, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation before any Governmental Authority.

(d) Schedule 2.17(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate, complete and correct list (separated by Company) of all severance Contracts, employment Contracts and Contracts providing for any Change in Control Payment to which either Company is a party or by which either Company is bound. Except for the foregoing and except for COBRA related obligations required by law (i.e., there are no financial obligations of either Company under any COBRA matter), neither Company has any obligation to pay any amount or provide any benefit to any former employee or former officer, other than obligations (i) for which a Company has established a reserve for such amount on the Balance Sheet and (ii) pursuant to Contracts entered into after the date of the Balance Sheet and disclosed on Schedule 2.17(d) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule.

(e) Neither Company is a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement or other labor union Contract (including any Contract or agreement with any works council, trade union, or other labor-relations entity) with respect to any employee, and no such collective bargaining agreement or other labor union Contract is being negotiated by either Company. There is no pending demand for recognition or any other request or demand from a labor organization for representative status with respect to any employee or other service provider of a Company. The Company Group has no Knowledge of any activities or proceedings of any labor union with respect to organizing its employees. There is no labor dispute, strike, work stoppage, slowdown, or concerted refusal to work overtime against either Company pending, or to the Company Group’s Knowledge, threatened, which may interfere with the business activities of either Company. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not entitle any Person (including any works council, trade union or other labor-relations entity) to any payments under any labor agreement, or require a Company to consult with, provide notice to, or obtain the consent or opinion of any union, works council, or similar labor relations entity. Neither Company, nor to the Knowledge of the Company Group, any of their representatives or employees, has committed any unfair labor practice within the meaning of the National Labor Relations Act in connection with the operation of the business of a Company, and there is no charge or complaint against either Company by the National Labor Relations Board or any comparable Governmental Authority pending or to the Knowledge of the Company Group threatened.

(f) Each Company has Delivered to Purchaser an accurate, complete and correct list of the names, positions and rates of compensation of all current officers, directors, and employees of the Company, showing each such person’s name, position, place of employment, date of hire, annual remuneration (including commission and bonus opportunity), accrued vacation or paid time off, status as exempt/non-exempt and fringe benefits for the current fiscal year. Neither Company has any employees performing services outside of the United States.

(g) Each Company has Delivered to Purchaser an accurate, complete and correct list of all of its consultants, advisory board members, seconded workers, and independent contractors since January 1, 2010 and for each such Person the initial hire date or date of the engagement, a description of the remuneration arrangements applicable to each, and a brief description of the services provided, the specific entity for whom they provide services (if other than a Company), and whether the engagement has been terminated by either party, including the effective date of such termination.

 

- 21 -


(h) Each Company is in compliance in all material respects with the Worker Adjustment Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended (“ WARN Act ”), or any similar state or local law. In the past year, (i) neither Company has effectuated a “plant closing” (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or one or more facilities or operating units within any site of employment or facility of its business, (ii) there has not occurred a “mass layoff” (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or facility of a Company, and (iii) neither Company has been affected by any transaction or engaged in layoffs or employment terminations sufficient in number, including as aggregated, to trigger application of any similar state, local or foreign law or regulation. Neither Company has caused any of its employees to suffer an “employment loss” (as defined in the WARN Act) during the ninety (90) day period prior to the date hereof, and there has been no termination which would trigger any notice or other obligations under the WARN Act or similar state, local or foreign law. No terminations prior to the Closing would trigger any notice or other obligations under the WARN Act or similar state or local law.

(i) There are no election statements under Section 83(b) of the Code that are in either Company’s possession or subject to its control with respect to any unvested securities or other property issued by either Company to any of its respective employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers.

(j) Schedule 2.17(j) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate, complete and correct list (separated by Company) of all employees of, and independent contractors to, the Companies with names and titles, as applicable.

(k) Except as contemplated herein, neither Company has (i) entered into any arrangements or agreements that obligate or purport to obligate any Company to make an offer of employment to any present or former employee or consultant of the Companies or (ii) promised or otherwise provided any assurances (contingent or otherwise) to any present or former employee or consultant of either Company of any terms or conditions of employment with either Company following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.18 Litigation . Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.18 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there is no (a) Action pending, or to the Company Group’s Knowledge, threatened, against either Company, any of the properties of the Companies, or the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) governmental inquiry, audit, investigation, or other proceeding pending, or to the Company Group’s Knowledge threatened, against either Company or any of their properties (including any inquiry as to the qualification of a Company to hold or receive any license or Permit), or (c) to the Company Group’s Knowledge, any Action pending or threatened against any Related Party or the Selling Stockholders in connection with the business of a Company. Neither Company is in default with respect to any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority known to or served upon a Company. There is no action or suit by either Company pending, threatened or contemplated against any other Person. No Governmental Authority has at any time challenged or questioned the legal right of either Company to conduct their respective operations as presently or previously conducted. There is no action, suit, claim or proceeding of any nature pending or, to the Company Group’s Knowledge, threatened, against any Person who has a contractual right or a right pursuant to Nebraska or Florida Law, as applicable, to indemnification from either Company related to facts and circumstances existing prior to the Effective Time.

 

- 22 -


2.19 Environmental Matters .

(a) For all purposes of and under this Agreement, (i) the term “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean any Legal Requirement (whether domestic or foreign) which prohibits, regulates or controls any Hazardous Substance or any Hazardous Substance Activity; (ii) the term “ Hazardous Substance ” shall mean any substance, chemical, material, emission, waste or discharge that is designated or regulated as toxic, hazardous, radioactive or a pollutant, or contaminant or is otherwise a danger to health, reproduction and the environment, including without limitation, asbestos-containing materials, petroleum and petroleum products or any fraction thereof; (iii) the term “ Hazardous Substance Activity ” shall mean the transportation, transfer, recycling, storage, use, treatment, manufacture, removal, remediation, release, labeling, exposure of others to, sale, or distribution of any Hazardous Substance or any product or waste containing a Hazardous Substance, or product manufactured with Ozone depleting substances; (iv) the term “ Environmental Permit ” shall mean any approval, authorization, permit, registration, certification, franchise, concession, license, clearance or consent required to be obtained from any private person or any Governmental Authority with respect to a Hazardous Substance Activity which is or was conducted by a Company.

(b) (i) Each Company has conducted all Hazardous Substance Activities in compliance with all Environmental Laws in all material respects; (ii) neither Company has received any notice of any noncompliance relating to its past or present operations with Environmental Laws; (iii) no notices, administrative actions or suits are pending, or to the Company Group’s Knowledge threatened, relating to an actual or alleged violation of any applicable Environmental Law by either Company; (iv) the Hazardous Substance Activities of each Company have not resulted in the exposure of any person to a Hazardous Substance in a manner which has caused or could reasonably be expected to cause an adverse health effect to any such person; (v) except in compliance with all Environmental Laws and as would not subject a Company to Liability, no Hazardous Substance is present on or under any real property that either Company owns, leases occupies, or otherwise uses or was present on or under any other real property at the time a Company ceased owning, leasing, occupying, or using such property; (vii) there have been no Hazardous Substances generated by either Company that have been disposed of, or come to rest at, any site that has been included in any published United States federal, state or local “superfund” site list or any other similar list of hazardous or toxic waste sites published by any Governmental Authority within or outside the United States, (vii) there are no aboveground or underground tanks, sumps, asbestos which is friable or likely to become friable, or any polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”) or PCB-containing equipment used or stored on any site currently owned, leased or otherwise used by either Company, (viii)  Schedule 2.19(b)(viii) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule accurately describes all of the Environmental Permits currently held by each Company and the listed Environmental Permits are all of the Environmental Permits necessary for the continued conduct of any Hazardous Substance Activity of such Company and all such Environmental Permits are valid and in full force and effect and no circumstances exist which could cause any Environmental Permit to be revoked, modified, or rendered non-renewable upon payment of the permit fee; (ix) neither Company has entered into any agreement that may require it to guarantee, reimburse, pledge, defend, hold harmless or indemnify any other party with respect to Liabilities arising out of any Environmental Law or the Hazardous Substance Activities of the respective Company, or any other Person; (x) neither Company is aware of any fact or circumstance, which could result in any environmental Liability which could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the business or financial status of the respective Company; and (xi) each Company has Delivered to Purchaser true and correct copies of all material records in such Company’s or its advisors’ possession or control concerning the Hazardous Substance Activities of such Company, any Environmental Permits, any environmental site assessments, any testing or sampling data, and any audits, inspection reports, notices of non-compliance, and correspondence with regulatory agencies.

2.20 Compliance with Laws; Permits .

(a) Each Company is in compliance with, and has complied with, and as of the date of this Agreement has not received any notices of violation with respect to, any Legal Requirement with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its business (including the keeping of all required registers and timely filing or delivery of all required documents under the provisions of any applicable Legal Requirement). To the Company Group’s Knowledge, neither Company is under investigation with respect to, has not been threatened to be charged with, and has not been given notice of, any violation of any Legal Requirement.

 

- 23 -


(b) All material Permits (i) pursuant to which a Company currently operates or holds any interest in its properties, or (ii) which are required for the operation of the business of such Company as currently conducted or the holding of any such interest, have been issued or granted to such Company, and all such material Permits are in full force and effect and constitute all Permits required to permit each Company to operate or conduct its business as it is currently conducted and hold any interest in its properties or assets.

2.21 Encumbrances . Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.21 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, the tangible property and assets that each Company owns are free and clear of all mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, loans, claims, charges, restrictions and Encumbrances, except for statutory liens for the payment of current taxes that are not yet delinquent and Encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and do not materially impair such Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets. Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.21 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, with respect to the property and assets it leases, each Company is in compliance with such leases and, to the Knowledge of the Company Group, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any Encumbrances other than those of the lessors of such property or assets. To the Company Group’s Knowledge, the foregoing property and assets collectively comprise all material tangible property and assets necessary for each Company to conduct its business consistent with the manner such business was conducted during the periods covered by the Financial Statements.

2.22 Brokers and Finders . All negotiations relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been carried on without the intervention of any Person acting on behalf of the Companies or any of their affiliates in such manner as to give rise to any valid claim against either Company or Purchaser for any investment banker, brokerage or finder’s commission, fee or similar compensation.

2.23 Anti-Takeover Statute Not Applicable . No “business combination,” “fair price,” “moratorium,” “control share acquisition” or other similar anti-takeover statute or regulation or anti-takeover provision in the Company Organizational Documents is applicable to either Company, any shares of Company Group Capital Stock or other Company Securities, this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.24 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions . Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.24 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, none of the officers and directors of either Company, the Selling Stockholders, nor to the Knowledge of the Company Group, any immediate family member of an officer, Selling Stockholder or director of either Company, has any direct or indirect ownership, participation, royalty or other interest in, or is an officer, director, employee of or consultant or contractor for, any firm, partnership, entity or corporation that competes with, or does business with, or has any contractual arrangement with, the Companies (except with respect to any interest in less than 1% of the stock of any corporation whose stock is publicly traded). Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.24 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither the Selling Stockholders or, to the Knowledge of the Company Group, any of their immediate family members nor any officers or directors of either Company, or, to the Knowledge of the Company Group, any of their immediate family members, is a party to, or to the Knowledge of the Company Group otherwise directly or indirectly interested in, any Contract to which either Company is a party or by which either Company or any of its assets or properties may be bound or affected, other than normal employment, compensation and stock option and other benefit arrangements for services as an officer, director or employee thereof. Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.24 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, neither the Selling Stockholders or, to the Knowledge of the Company Group, any of their immediate family members nor, to the Knowledge of the Company Group, any officers or directors of either Company or immediate family members has any interest in any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible that is used in, or that relates to, the business of the Companies, except for the rights of the Selling Stockholders under applicable Legal Requirements.

2.25 Bank Accounts; Powers, etc . Schedule 2.25(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists (separated by Company) each bank, trust company, savings institution, brokerage firm, mutual fund or other financial institution with which a Company has an account or safe deposit box and the names and identification of all Persons authorized to draw thereon or to have access thereto. Schedule 2.25(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule lists each Person with a company credit card.

 

- 24 -


2.26 Books and Records .

(a) Without limiting the foregoing, each Company has Delivered to Purchaser accurate, complete and correct copies of: (i) the Company Organizational Documents, as currently in effect; (ii) the minute books of such Company; (iii) the stock ledger, journal and other records reflecting all equity issuances and transfers and all option and warrant grants and agreements of such Company; and (iv) permits, orders and consents issued by any regulatory agency with respect to such Company, or any securities of such Company, and all applications for such permits, orders and consents.

(b) The minute books of each Company Delivered to Purchaser contain a complete and accurate summary in all material respects of all meetings of directors and stockholders or actions by written consent since the time of incorporation of such Company through the date of this Agreement, and reflect all transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all material respects.

(c) The financial and accounting books, records and accounts of each Company (i) are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) have been maintained in accordance with reasonable business practices, (iii) are stated in reasonable detail and accurately and fairly reflect in all material respects the transactions and dispositions of the assets and properties of such Company, and (iv) accurately and fairly reflect, in all material respects, the basis for the Financial Statements.

ARTICLE 2A

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF EACH SELLING STOCKHOLDER

Each Selling Stockholder severally, and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows:

2A.1 Ownership . Such Selling Stockholder is the record and beneficial owner of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company Group Capital Stock set forth opposite such Seller Stockholder’s name on Schedule 2.A 1 hereto, and, except as disclosed on Schedule 2A.2 hereto, such Company Group Capital Stock is not subject to any Encumbrances or to any rights of first refusal of any kind, and, except as disclosed on Schedule 2A.2 hereto, such Selling Stockholders has not granted any rights to purchase such Company Group Capital Stock to any other Person. Such Selling Stockholder has the sole right to transfer such Company Group Capital Stock to Purchaser. Such Company Group Capital Stock constitutes all of the Company Group Capital Stock owned, beneficially or of record, by such Selling Stockholder, and such Selling Stockholder has no (i) subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any shares of capital stock of the Companies or (ii) securities, instruments or obligations that are or may become convertible or exchangeable into shares of capital stock of either Company or other securities or registered capital of either Company. At the Closing, pursuant to Section 1.5 , Purchaser will receive good title to such Company Group Capital Stock, free and clear of all Encumbrances.

2A.2 Authority . Such Selling Stockholders has all necessary power and authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Company Documents to which it is a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement has been, and each of the other Company Documents to which such Selling Stockholder is a party has been (or will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder, as applicable, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Purchaser, constitutes (or will constitute) a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Selling Stockholder, enforceable against such Selling Stockholder, in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general equity principles.

 

- 25 -


2A.3 No Conflicts .

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Company Documents to which it is a party, compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and such other Company Documents by such Selling Stockholder, as applicable, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not violate any Legal Requirements applicable to such Selling Stockholders or any of their respective properties or assets.

(b) The execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the other Company Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not conflict with (i) any material mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument, permit, concession, franchise or license to which such Selling Stockholder or any of their properties or assets is subject, or (ii) any Legal Requirement applicable to such Selling Stockholder or any of their properties or assets.

2A.4 Governmental Filings and Consents . No Consents of or with any Governmental Authority or third parties is required on the part of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

2A.5 Investment Purpose (a).

(a) Such Selling Stockholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act. Such Selling Stockholder acknowledges that the Purchaser Shares are not being registered under the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof in reliance upon one or more exemptions from the registration requirements made available under such laws.

(b) Such Selling Stockholder is acquiring the Purchaser Shares for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and that neither Stockholder has any present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Selling Stockholder further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or entity or to any third person or entity with respect to any of the Purchaser Shares.

(c) Such Selling Stockholder understands and acknowledges that the Purchaser has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Purchaser is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. Such Selling Stockholder can bear the economic risk of such Selling Stockholder’s investment and is able, without impairing such Selling Stockholder’s financial condition, to hold the Purchaser Shares for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of such Selling Stockholder’s investment. Such Selling Stockholder has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of the Purchaser concerning the Purchaser Shares and the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, as well as the Purchaser’s business, management and financial affairs, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. Such Selling Stockholder believes that it has received all the information such Selling Stockholder considers necessary or appropriate for deciding to acquire the Purchaser Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

- 26 -


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF PURCHASER

Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Selling Stockholders and the Companies as follows subject to the matters set forth in the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule:

3.1 Organization and Standing .

(a) Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation. Purchaser is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in every jurisdiction where the properties, owned, leased or operated, or the business conducted by it requires such qualification, expect for such failures to be so duly qualified and in good standing that would not have a material adverse effect. Purchaser is not in violation of any of the provisions of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, except as would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Purchaser has delivered to the Selling Stockholders accurate, complete and correct copies of the Purchaser’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws as in effect on the date hereof (the “ Purchaser Organizational Documents ”). The Purchaser Organizational Documents are in full force and effect and Purchaser is not in material violation of any provision of the Purchaser Organizational Documents.

3.2 Authority . Purchaser has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Purchaser. This Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto has been (or will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by Purchaser, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Companies, and the Selling Stockholders, constitutes (or will constitute) a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general equity principles.

3.3 No Conflicts . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto, compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and each certificate or other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser pursuant hereto and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (a) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Purchaser, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, or result in the loss of any benefit to which Purchaser is entitled under, any Contract, Permit, Security Interest or other interest to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser is bound or to which the assets of Purchaser are subject, (c) result in the creation or imposition of any Security Interest upon any assets of Purchaser, except as contemplated by this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein or (d) violate any Legal Requirements applicable to Purchaser or any of its properties or assets.

3.4 Governmental Filings and Consents . No Consents of or with any Governmental Authority are required on the part of Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such other consents, authorizations, filings, approvals, notices and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not prevent, materially alter or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

- 27 -


3.5 Funds . On the Closing Date, Purchaser will have sufficient funds to pay the Closing Payment payable in respect of the Company Group Capital Stock at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

3.6 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees . All negotiations relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been carried on without the intervention of any Person acting on behalf Purchaser or any of its affiliates in such manner as to give rise to any valid claim against either Company or Purchaser for any investment banker, brokerage or finder’s commission, fee or similar compensation.

3.7 Solvency . The Purchaser is not insolvent and, after the Closing and after giving effect to this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated hereby, the Purchaser shall not be insolvent, in each case either because its financial condition is such that the sum of its debts is greater than the fair value of its assets or because the present fair salable value of its assets will be less than the amount required to pay its probable Liability on debts as they become absolute and matured.

3.8 Purchaser Shares; Capitalization .

(a) The issuance and delivery of the Purchaser Shares has been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable and the issuance thereof is not subject to any preemptive or other similar right.

(b) The authorized capital stock of Purchaser consists of (i) 45,500,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; (ii) 18,240,300 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share; (iii) 10,782,500 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share; and (iv) 6,000,000 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Purchaser are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and no class of capital stock of Purchaser is entitled to preemptive rights. 10,342,210 shares of common stock, 17,206,508 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 10,380,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and 800,000 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding. All outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries of Purchaser are owned by Purchaser or a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Purchaser, free and clear of all Encumbrances. There are no options or rights to acquire capital stock or voting securities of Purchaser and there are no other securities of Purchaser convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or voting securities of Purchaser.

3.9 Financial Statements .

(a) Attached as Schedule 3.9 of the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule are the following financial statements of the Purchaser (collectively, the “ Purchaser Financial Statements ”): (i) the unaudited balance sheet (the “ Purchaser Balance Sheet ”) and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the three (3) month period ended March 31, 2013, (ii) the audited balance sheet and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012, and (iii) the audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended.

(b) The Purchaser Financial Statements (i) are derived from and are in accordance with the books and records of the Purchaser, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Purchaser at the dates therein indicated and the results of operations and cash flows of the Purchaser for the periods therein specified in accordance with GAAP (subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments, none of which adjustments individually or in the aggregate will be material in amount and except for the absence of footnotes).

 

- 28 -


3.10 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities . Purchaser does not have any Indebtedness or other Liability or obligation, except for Liabilities and obligations (a) shown on the Purchaser Balance Sheet; (b) which have arisen since the date of the Purchaser Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and which are not in excess of $10,000, individually or $20,000 in the aggregate; (c) incurred pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; or (d) set forth in Schedule 3.10 . Schedule 3.10 sets forth all Indebtedness of Purchaser as of the date hereof. Except for Liabilities reflected in the Purchaser Financial Statements, the Purchaser does not have any off-balance sheet Liability of any nature to, or any financial interest in, any third party or entities, the purpose or effect of which is to defer, postpone, reduce or otherwise avoid or adjust the recording of debt expenses incurred by the Purchaser. All reserves that are set forth in or reflected in the Purchaser Balance Sheet have been established in accordance with GAAP. To the knowledge of the Purchaser, no current or former employee, officer, director or stockholder of Purchaser has identified or been made aware of any fraud that involves either of the Purchaser’s management or any other current or former employees, officers or directors who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls, if any, utilized by such Purchaser, or any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

3.11 Investment Purpose . Purchaser is purchasing the Company Group Capital Stock for investment only and not with a view to resale or other disposition. Purchaser acknowledges that the Company Group Capital Stock is not being registered under the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof in reliance upon one or more exemptions from the registration requirements made available under such laws.

3.12 Litigation . Purchaser is not a party to or subject to any Action, judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree or award before any Governmental Authority, nor are any such Actions pending or to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened which, if adversely determined, would prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance of the Purchaser Shares.

3.13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions . None of the stockholders, officers and directors of Purchaser, nor to the knowledge of Purchaser, any immediate family member of a stockholder, officer or director of Purchaser, (i) has any direct or indirect ownership, participation, royalty or other interest in, or is an officer, director, employee of or consultant or contractor for, any firm, partnership, entity or corporation that does business with, or has any contractual arrangement with, Purchaser (except with respect to any interest in less than 1% of the stock of any corporation whose stock is publicly traded), (ii) is a party to, or to the knowledge of Purchaser otherwise directly or indirectly interested in, any Contract to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser or any of its assets or properties may be bound or affected, other than normal employment, compensation and stock option and other benefit arrangements for services as an officer, director or employee thereof, or (iii) has any interest in any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible that is used in, or that relates to, the business of the Purchaser.

3.14 Independent Investigation . In entering into this Agreement and each of the other documents and instruments relating to the Stock Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, Purchaser has relied solely upon its own investigation and analysis, and Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, except for the specific representations and warranties of the Selling Stockholders and the Companies contained in Articles  2 and 2A of this Agreement or in any other Company Document, none of the Selling Stockholders, the Companies, their respective affiliates or any of their respective Representatives makes or has made any representation or warranty, either express or implied, with respect to the Companies or their business, operations, Technology, assets, liabilities, results of operations, financial condition, prospects, projections, budgets, estimates or operational metrics, or as to the accuracy or completeness of any of the information (including any statement, document or agreement delivered pursuant to this Agreement and any financial statements and any projections, estimates or other forward-looking information) provided (including in any management presentations, information or descriptive memorandum, “data rooms” maintained by the Sellers Stockholders and/or Companies, supplemental information or other materials or information with respect to any of the above) or otherwise made available to Purchaser or any of its affiliates, shareholders or Representatives.

 

- 29 -


ARTICLE 4

CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME

During the time period from the date hereof until the earlier to occur of (a) the Effective Time or (b) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1 , each Company covenants and agrees with Purchaser as follows:

4.1 Conduct of Business of each Company .

(a) Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, or as Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), each Company shall use reasonable commercial efforts to operate its business in all material respects in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted, pay its debts and Taxes when due (subject to the right of Purchaser to review and approve any Tax Returns to the extent required by this Agreement) (unless disputed in good faith), pay or perform its other obligations when due (unless disputed in good faith), and, to the extent not inconsistent with such business, use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with its customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it.

(b) Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in Schedule 4.1(b) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (referencing the specific subsection of this Section 4.1(b) to which it relates) or as Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Companies shall not:

(i) make any expenditure, or enter into any commitment or transaction, exceeding $25,000 (other than the payment of rent, accounts payable and accrued expenses, payroll and interest obligations on Company Indebtedness or under Customer Contracts (on the Company’s standard form Delivered to Purchaser and not exceeding annual Company obligations of $ 50,000 and terminable within 90 days notice), in each case, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice);

(ii) (A) terminate or extend, or materially amend, waive, modify, or violate the terms of, any Material Contract disclosed on the Seller Disclosure Schedule (or agree to do so), or (B) enter into any Contract that would have been required to have been disclosed on Schedule 2.8 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule or Schedule 2.12 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule had such Contract been entered into prior to the date hereof except for Customer Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) relinquish any material right, outside the ordinary course of such Company’s business;

(iv) commence, compromise or settle any Action or threat of Action, other than Actions to enforce its rights under this Agreement, which compromise or settlement would result in amounts payable by a Company in excess of $10,000;

(v) other than cash dividends, declare, set aside or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions (whether in stock or property) in respect of any Company Group Capital Stock, or split, combine or reclassify any Company Group Capital Stock, or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for Company Group Capital Stock;

(vi) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of Company Group Capital Stock (or options, warrants or other rights exercisable therefor);

(vii) issue, grant, deliver or sell any shares of Company Group Capital Stock or any securities convertible into, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other agreements or commitments of any kind or character obligating it to issue, grant, deliver or sell any such shares or other convertible securities convertible into Company Interests;

 

- 30 -


(viii) cause or permit any amendments to the Company Organizational Documents;

(ix) acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing any assets or equity securities of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Companies’ business;

(x) other than the sale or disposition of obsolete assets, sell, lease, license (except for licenses of a Company’s products or services in the ordinary course of business) or otherwise dispose of any of a Company’s properties or assets, including the sale of any accounts receivable of a Company, or grant or otherwise create or consent to the creation of any easement, covenant, restriction, assessment or charge (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business) affecting any owned property or leased property or any part thereof;

(xi) incur any Indebtedness (other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) or guarantee any Indebtedness or issue or sell any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities or other obligations of others;

(xii) grant any loans to others (other than advances to employees for travel and business expenses in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) or purchase debt securities of others or amend the terms of any outstanding loan agreement;

(xiii) adopt or, except as required by law for which such Company shall provide prior written notice to Purchaser and cooperate with the Purchaser in reviewing such requirement, amend any Company Employee Plan, enter into or amend any Employee Agreement (other than execution of a Company’s standard at will offer letter), pay or agree to pay any special bonus or special remuneration to any director or Employee, or increase or agree to increase the salaries, wage rates, or other compensation or benefits of its Employees except payments made pursuant to written agreements or plans outstanding on the date hereof and disclosed in Schedule 4.1(b)(xiii) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule;

(xiv) revalue any of its assets (whether tangible or intangible), including writing off notes or accounts receivable, settle, discount or compromise any accounts receivable, or reverse any reserves other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(xv) accelerate the booking, collection or recording of any accounts receivable outside the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(xvi) delay the payment, accrual or recording of any liabilities of a Company outside the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(xvii) pay, discharge or satisfy, in an amount in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate, any claim, liability, loan or obligation (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction in the ordinary course of business of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Balance Sheet;

(xviii) except as required by law, and except as relates to income Tax related elections or income Tax related methods, policies, or practices that would have no material effect on the Purchaser or its ownership of either Company, make or change any material election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any material accounting method or policy, period of accounting, or historic practice in respect of Taxes, enter into any closing agreement or similar agreement or arrangement with respect to Taxes, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, take any action to surrender any right to claim a refund or credit of Taxes, or file or amend any Tax Return unless such Tax Return or amended Tax Return has been provided to Purchaser for review to the extent required by Section 4.3 ;

 

- 31 -


(xix) enter into or amend any joint venture, strategic alliance or any similar arrangement or agreement;

(xx) hire, offer to hire or terminate (other than for cause) any employees, or encourage any employees to resign from a Company, or promote, demote or make any other change to the employment status or title of any officer of a Company;

(xxi) enter into any agreement, contract or commitment for the grant by a Company of any severance, termination pay or bonus (in cash or otherwise) to any Employee, including any officer;

(xxii) engage in any purchase or sale of any interest in real property, grant of any Security Interest in any real property, or enter into any agreement to lease, sublease, license or otherwise occupy any real property;

(xxiii) take any action regarding a patent or patent application or trademark or trademark application, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and filing continuations for existing patent applications or completing or renewing registrations of existing patents, domain names, trademarks or service marks in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiv) terminate, amend or fail to renew any existing insurance coverage;

(xxv) terminate or fail to renew or preserve any material Permits; or

(xxvi) take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, or propose to take, any of the actions described in Section 4.1(b)(i) through Section 4.1(b)(xxv) , inclusive.

4.2 No Negotiation .

(a) Each of the Companies and the Selling Stockholders will immediately cease and cause to be terminated any and all existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any Persons conducted prior to or on the date of this Agreement with respect to any Acquisition Proposal. Neither the Companies nor the Selling Stockholders will, nor will any of them authorize or permit any of the officers, directors, affiliates, stockholders or Employees of a Company or any investment banker, attorney or other advisor or representative retained by any of them (all of the foregoing Persons, including any such Persons so authorized by either Company or the Selling Stockholders, collectively being the “ Company Representatives ”) to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, initiate, seek, entertain, encourage, facilitate, support or induce (or assist in or cooperate with any Person in) the making, submission or announcement of any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal (as hereinafter defined), (ii) enter into, participate in, maintain or continue any discussions, communications (except solely to provide written notice as to the existence of these provisions) or negotiations regarding any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, or otherwise take any action to facilitate any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) agree to, accept, approve, endorse or recommend (or publicly propose or announce any intention or desire to agree to, accept, approve, endorse or recommend) any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, any Acquisition Proposal, (iv) enter into any letter of intent or any other Contract contemplating or otherwise relating to any Acquisition Proposal, (v) submit any Acquisition Proposal to the vote of any security holders of a Company, or (vi) consummate or otherwise effect a transaction providing for any transaction contemplated by an Acquisition Proposal.

 

- 32 -


(b) The Companies and the Selling Stockholders shall immediately notify Purchaser orally and in writing after receipt by either one of the Companies and/or any Company Representatives of any Acquisition Proposal and provide Purchaser with the high level terms of such Acquisition Proposal.

(c) The Companies shall be deemed to have breached the terms of this Section 4.2 if any Company Representatives shall take any action, whether in his or her capacity as such or in any other capacity, that is prohibited by this Section 4.2 . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that the provisions of this Section 4.2 were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed by the parties hereto that Purchaser shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Section 4.2 and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which Purchaser may be entitled at law or in equity.

4.3 Tax Returns . Each Company shall timely file all Tax Returns required to be filed, and shall pay all Taxes (including payments of estimated Tax) required to be paid, prior to the Closing Date. Purchaser shall have the opportunity to review all such non-income Tax Returns before they are filed and to consent to any positions taken therein which are inconsistent with either the past practices of the Companies or applicable Legal Requirements. The Companies shall give the Purchaser a copy of all such income Tax Returns for informational purposes only unless the filing of such income Tax Return could reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect in any material respect on Purchaser or its ownership of either Company. If such adverse effect could reasonably be expected to occur, the Purchaser’s opportunity to consent, as provided above in this Section 4.3 , shall be provided before filing any such income Tax Return, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE 5

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

5.1 Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Complete; Third Party Consents .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take promptly, or cause to be taken promptly, all actions, and to do promptly, or cause to be done promptly, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to satisfy the conditions set forth in Article 6 and to remove any injunctions or other impediments or delays, legal or otherwise, in order to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for the purpose of securing to the parties hereto the benefits contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) In furtherance and not in limitation of Section 5.1(a) , each Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consents set forth on Schedule 5.1(b) (the “ Required Consents ”). All such consents shall be in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchaser. In the event that the other parties to any Contract to which the Required Consents relate conditions its grant of a consent, waiver or approval (including by threatening to exercise a “recapture” or other termination right) upon or otherwise required in response to a consent request relating to this Agreement, the payment of a consent fee, “profit sharing” payment or other consideration, or other payments under the Contract or the provision of additional security (including a guaranty), such Company shall not make or commit to make any such payment or provide any such consideration without Purchaser’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

- 33 -


5.2 Notification of Certain Matters .

(a) During the time period from the date hereof until the earlier to occur of (x) the Effective Time or (y) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1 , each of the Companies and the Selling Stockholders shall give prompt notice to Purchaser of (i) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event which has caused, or is reasonably likely to cause, any representation or warranty of a Company and/or the Selling Stockholders set forth in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate, (ii) any failure of either Company or the Selling Stockholders to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement which was required to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder, and (iii) any other event, condition, fact or circumstance that would make the timely satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Article 6 impossible or unlikely, in each such case to the extent the Company Group obtains Knowledge thereof. The Selling Stockholders and the Companies shall have the right after the date of this Agreement, but no later than the Closing, to amend and supplement the information contained in (i)  Schedule 2.12 , but solely to disclose any new Contracts which have been entered into after the date hereof by the Companies in accordance with this Agreement, (ii)  Schedule 2.17(j) , but solely to disclose changes which occurred after the date hereof without violation of the terms of this Agreement, and (iii)  Schedule 2.2(a) as provided in Section 2.2(a) . Such amendments and supplements shall be deemed to update the Seller Disclosure Schedules for all purposes hereunder.

(b) During the time period from the date hereof until the earlier to occur of (x) the Effective Time or (y) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1 , Purchaser shall give prompt notice to the Companies of (i) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event which has caused or would be reasonably likely to cause, any representation or warranty of Purchaser set forth in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate, (ii) any failure of Purchaser to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement which was required to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder, and (iii) any other event, condition, fact or circumstance that would make the timely satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Article 6 impossible or unlikely, in each such case to the extent the Purchaser obtains knowledge thereof.

(c) The delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall not (i) limit or otherwise affect any remedies otherwise available to any party, or (ii) constitute an acknowledgment or admission of a breach of this Agreement. Except as provided in Section 5.2(a) , no disclosure by any party pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall affect or be deemed to modify, amend or supplement any representation or warranty set forth herein, the Seller Disclosure Schedule or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, or limit any right to indemnification provided herein.

5.3 Access to Information . During the period from the date hereof and prior to the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement, each Company shall afford Purchaser and its accountants, counsel and other representatives, reasonable access during the Companies’ normal business hours to (i) all of the properties, books, Contracts, assets, commitments and records of such Company, (ii) all other information concerning the business, properties and personnel (subject to restrictions imposed by applicable law) of such Company as Purchaser may reasonably request, and (iii) all employees of such Company as identified by Purchaser. Each Company shall provide to Purchaser and its accountants, counsel and other representatives copies of the Companies’ internal financial statements (including Tax Returns and supporting documentation) promptly upon request. No information or knowledge obtained in any investigation pursuant to this Section 5.3 or otherwise shall affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty of the Companies contained herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Stock Purchase in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof.

5.4 Fees and Expenses . Whether or not the Stock Purchase is consummated, all fees and expenses incurred by the Companies (for which the Companies may pay or reimburse others or may otherwise be obligated to pay or reimburse others or may be or may become liable) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (including legal, accounting, consulting, investment banking, financial advisory, and brokerage fees and all other fees and expenses of third parties (including any costs incurred to obtain any Required Consents)) (the “ Transaction Expenses ”), shall, except to the extent paid at or prior to Closing, be the Liability and obligation of the Selling Stockholders and shall not be obligations of Purchaser or the Companies. For the avoidance of doubt, the Transaction Expenses that are the Liability and obligation of the Selling Stockholders pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not include any cost, fee, or expense incurred or committed to by Purchaser in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, including, all legal, accounting, consulting, investment banking, financial advisory, and brokerage fees and expenses and all other fees and expenses of third parties incurred or committed to by Purchaser, all of which shall be borne by Purchaser. The Companies

 

- 34 -


have previously provided to Purchaser a statement of estimated Transaction Expenses in form satisfactory to Purchaser (the “ Statement of Expenses ”). Whether or not reflected in the Statement of Expenses, Purchaser shall be entitled to recover the amount of any and all Transaction Expenses in excess of the amount of aggregate estimated Transaction Expenses as set forth on the Statement of Expenses pursuant to the terms and conditions of Article 7 .

5.5 Tax Matters .

(a) The Selling Stockholders shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns required to be filed on or before the Closing Date, and all income Tax Returns for any Tax period that ends on or before the Closing Date (whether required to be filed before or after the Closing Date). Such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with prior practice unless otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirements or, in the case of income Tax Returns, unless such inconsistency has no adverse effect in any material respect on the Final Allocation, Purchaser or its ownership of either Company.

(b) Purchaser shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed any Tax Return of each Company for any Tax period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date (a “ Straddle Period ”, and any such Tax Return, a “ Straddle Period Tax Return ”). Any Taxes for a Straddle Period shall be apportioned between the Selling Stockholders and the Purchaser in the manner set forth in Section 5.5(c) , provided however that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or otherwise, any non-income Taxes included in Actual Closing Net Working Capital shall be the responsibility of, and paid by, Purchaser.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) In the case of any gross receipts, income, payroll or similar Taxes that are payable with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such Taxes allocable to (A) the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date (the “ Pre-Closing Tax Period ”), for which the Selling Stockholders are responsible, and (B) the portion of the Straddle Period beginning on the day next succeeding the Closing Date (the “ Post-Closing Tax Period ”), for which the Purchaser and/or either Company is responsible, shall be determined on the basis of a deemed closing at the end of the Closing Date of the books and records of such Company, provided however that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or otherwise, any non-income Taxes included in Actual Closing Net Working Capital shall be the responsibility of, and paid by, Purchaser. For the avoidance of doubt, any income Taxes resulting from the Section 338(h)(10) Elections, any Taxes of the Selling Stockholders for any taxable period or portion thereof, and any employment or payroll Taxes with respect to bonuses, cashout of options or other compensatory payments in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (except to the extent included in Actual Closing Net Working Capital) shall be treated as arising in the Pre-Closing Tax Period. To the extent that the party responsible pursuant to this Agreement for filing a Return (the “ Filing Party ”) is required to remit any Taxes that the other party is responsible pursuant to this Agreement to pay (the “ Paying Party ”), the Paying Party shall pay to the Filing Party any such Taxes within 10 days after receipt of reasonably satisfactory evidence of the amount of such Taxes.

(ii) In the case of any Taxes (other than gross receipts, income, payroll or similar Taxes) that are payable with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such Taxes allocable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be equal to the product of all such Taxes multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period from the commencement of the Straddle Period through and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period; provided , however , that appropriate adjustments shall be made to reflect specific events that can be identified and specifically allocated as occurring on or prior to the Closing Date (in which case the Selling Stockholders shall be responsible for any Taxes related thereto and Purchaser shall be entitled to reimbursement for such Taxes to the extent such Taxes were not reflected in Actual Closing Net Working Capital) or occurring after the Closing Date (in which case, Purchaser shall be responsible for any Taxes related thereto).

 

- 35 -


(d) Each Company, the Purchaser, and the Selling Stockholders shall cooperate with each other in connection with the filing of any Tax Returns of the Companies and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes of the Companies. Each Company, the Purchaser, and the Selling Stockholders agree (i) to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Companies relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by a Company, the Purchaser or the Selling Stockholders, any extensions of the statute of limitations) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority, and (ii) to give the other parties reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if any of the other Parties so requests, each Company, the Purchaser, or the Selling Stockholders, as the case may be, shall allow the other party to take possession of such books and records.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Selling Stockholders shall have the sole right to control and make all decisions regarding any Tax audit or administrative or court proceedings relating to federal or state income Taxes of each Company for any taxable period for which such Company was an S Corporation for the entire taxable period, including but not limited to the taxable period ending on the Closing Date (provided that such Company was an S-Corporation for the entire taxable period), and also including selection of counsel and selection of a forum for such contest.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, except as set forth in Section 5.5(e) , Purchaser shall have the sole right to control and make all decisions regarding any Tax audit or administrative or court proceeding relating to Taxes of each Company, including selection of counsel and selection of a forum for such contest, provided, however , that in the event such audit or proceeding relates to Taxes for which Purchaser is entitled to be reimbursed by, or to indemnification from, the Selling Stockholders, (i) Purchaser shall give the Selling Stockholders prompt written notice of such audit or proceeding, (ii) Purchaser, the Companies, and the Selling Stockholders shall cooperate in the conduct of any audit or proceeding relating to such Taxes, (iii) the Selling Stockholders shall have the right (but not the obligation) to participate in such audit or proceeding at the Selling Stockholders’ expense and shall be provided with copies of all material correspondence and documents relating to such audit or proceeding, and (iv) Purchaser shall not dispose of or settle any issue raised in any official inquiry, examination, audit or proceeding relating to Taxes of the Companies without the Stockholder Representative’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 5.5(f) shall govern the conduct of Tax contests related to either Company.

(g) Selling Stockholders and Purchaser agree that, if requested by Purchaser, Selling Stockholders shall take, and shall cause a Company to take, all actions necessary and appropriate to make the election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code and comparable state, local and foreign law with respect to Purchaser’s acquisition of the shares of each Company (the “ 338(h)(10) Elections ”). Each Selling Stockholder will, if requested by Purchaser, deliver to Purchaser a completed and properly executed IRS Form 8023 relating to Purchaser’s acquisition of the shares of each Company. If Purchaser makes the 338(h)(10) Election, Purchaser shall deliver to the Stockholder Representative an IRS Form 8883 consistent with the Allocation. Purchaser, each Company and each Selling Stockholder shall file all Tax Returns consistent with, and shall not take any position inconsistent with such IRS Form 8883. Each Selling Stockholder shall include any income, gain, loss, deduction or other Tax item resulting from the 338(h)(10) Elections on such Selling Stockholder’s Tax Returns to the extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the obligations and covenants set forth in this Section 5.5 (and any claim for breach thereof) shall terminate at the close of business on the sixtieth day following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations with respect to the Tax liabilities at issue.

 

- 36 -


5.6 Corporate Matters .

(a) Corporate Records . At the Closing, each Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser the original corporate books, stock ledgers, minute books and corporate seal, if any, of such Company.

(b) Directors and Officers of the Companies after the Effective Time . Unless otherwise determined by Purchaser prior to the Effective Time, immediately following the Effective Time the directors of each Company shall be those Persons listed on Schedule 5.6(b) (separated by Company), until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal. Unless otherwise determined by Purchaser prior to the Effective Time, immediately following the Effective Time the officers of each Company shall be those Persons listed on Schedule 5.6(b) (separated by Company), until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal.

5.7 Confidentiality .

(a) From and after the Closing Date, the Selling Stockholders shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate to any Person other than authorized officers, directors and employees of Purchaser or use or otherwise exploit for his own benefit or for the benefit of anyone other than Purchaser, any Confidential Information (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Selling Stockholders shall have no obligation to keep confidential (or cause the Companies or their officers, directors or Affiliates to keep confidential) any Confidential Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically required by law; provided , however , that in the event disclosure is required by applicable Legal Requirements, the Selling Stockholders shall, to the extent reasonably possible, provide Purchaser with prompt notice of such requirement prior to making any disclosure so that Purchaser may seek an appropriate protective order. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean any confidential or proprietary information with respect to the Companies, including methods of operation, customer lists, products, prices, fees, costs, Technology, inventions, Trade Secrets, know-how, Software, marketing methods, plans, personnel, suppliers, competitors, markets or other specialized information or proprietary matters not in the public domain or otherwise generally available to the public, provided that “ Confidential Information ” does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder with respect to, information that (i) is generally available to the public on the date of this Agreement or (ii) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure not otherwise permissible hereunder.

(b) Each of Purchaser, the Companies and the Selling Stockholders shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate to any Person the terms of this Agreement, the Company Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

(c) The covenants and undertakings contained in this Section 5.7 relate to matters which are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and a violation of any of the terms of this Section 5.7 will cause irreparable injury to the parties, the amount of which will be impossible to estimate or determine and which cannot be adequately compensated. The parties hereto specifically acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for any breach of this Section 5.7 will be inadequate and in addition to any other remedy available to it, Purchaser will be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any breach of this Section 5.7 . The rights and remedies provided by this Section 5.7 are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and remedies which Purchaser may have hereunder or at law or in equity. In the event that Purchaser were to seek damages for any breach of this Section 5.7 , the portion of the consideration delivered to the Selling Stockholders hereunder which is allocated by the parties to the foregoing covenant shall not be considered a measure of, or limit on, such damages.

(d) The parties hereto agree that, if any court of competent jurisdiction in a final nonappealable judgment determines that a specified time period, a specified business limitation, a specified geographical area or any other relevant feature of this Section 5.7 is unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, then a lesser period of time, business limitation, geographical area or other relevant feature which is determined to be reasonable, not arbitrary and not against public policy may be enforced against the applicable party.

 

- 37 -


5.8 Selling Stockholders Release of Claims . Each Selling Stockholder agrees, upon the Effective Time, on his own behalf and on behalf of his respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, to irrevocably release and forever discharge the Purchaser, each Company, and their respective current and former affiliates, stockholders, investors, attorneys, agents, managers, directors, officers, assigns, predecessors and successors (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”) from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, demand, cause of action, that such Selling Stockholder had or now has, or that such Selling Stockholder may hereafter have against any Released Party relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that such Selling Stockholder may possess against any of the Released Parties arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Time, including, without limitation: (A) any and all claims relating to or arising from such Selling Stockholder’s employment relationship with either Company and the termination of that relationship, (B) with respect to each Selling Stockholder’s ownership of the Company Group Capital Stock (with respect to such Selling Stockholder, the “ Selling Stockholder’s Interests ”) or the undersigned’s ownership of (or any right to acquire) any other equity interest in either Company, (C) any and all claims, in each case arising out of or relating to such Selling Stockholder’s ownership of the Selling Stockholder’s Interests, against a Released Party for any breach of duty, tort, contract (express or implied), fraud, misrepresentation, relief or rights under any federal, state or local law, statute or regulation or pursuant to any organizational documents of either Company, (D) any and all claims, in each case arising out of or relating to such Selling Stockholder’s ownership of the Selling Stockholder’s Interests, at law or in equity, (E) any and all claims, in each case arising out of or relating to such Selling Stockholder’s ownership of the Selling Stockholder’s Interests, based in any other way upon any act or omission on the part of the Released Parties and derivative rights that the undersigned had or now has, or that the undersigned may hereafter have against any Released Party by reason of any event, transaction, conduct, occurrence, relationship or cause whatsoever occurring on or prior to the date of this Agreement; provided, however , that the foregoing release shall not (i) apply to or relieve any of the Released Parties of their respective obligations or liabilities pursuant to, relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Company Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the other documents executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Notes) or be deemed to constitute a waiver of the availability of insurance (including health insurance and E&O policies), or any rights to make claims or demands with respect to that insurance, to cover claims or demands relating to pre-Closing periods, (ii) apply to any claims based on acts or events first occurring after the Effective Time, (iii) apply with respect to the Companies 401(k) plan and rights relating thereto, and (iv) apply to any benefits in which a Selling Stockholder has become vested under ERISA (collectively, the “ Excluded Matters ”). Each Selling Stockholder agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, a Selling Stockholder’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against either Company (with the understanding that any such filing or participation does not give a Selling Stockholder the right to recover any monetary damages against such Company; each Selling Stockholder’s release of claims herein bars such Selling Stockholder from recovering such monetary relief from such Company). Each Selling Stockholder represents that he has made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, demand, cause of action, or other matter waived or released by this Section. Each Selling Stockholder acknowledges and represents that, other than the consideration set forth in this Agreement or provided in agreements entered into pursuant to this Agreement, each Company has paid or provided all salary, wages, bonuses, premiums, leaves, housing allowances, relocation costs, interest, severance, outplacement costs, fees, reimbursable expenses, commissions, stock, stock options, vesting, and any and all other compensation due to such Selling Stockholder (other than holiday pay, earned but unused sick pay and vacation pay, rights to COBRA benefits required by Legal Requirements and the Excluded Matters).

 

- 38 -


5.9 Further Assurances . Each party hereto, at the request of another party hereto, shall execute and deliver such other certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents, and do and perform such other acts and things, as may be reasonably necessary or desirable for purposes of effecting completely the consummation of the Stock Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

5.10 Cash Distributions . Subject to the Closing Cash requirements set forth in this Agreement, the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to withdraw at or prior to Closing any Cash held by the Companies that has resulted from operating the Companies in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and not from the acceleration of any account receivables.

5.11 Record Retention . Except as set forth below, Purchaser will cause all books and records of the Companies (the “ Records ”) to be retained for five (5) years after Closing or such longer period as required by applicable Legal Requirements. During such term, Purchaser shall allow the Selling Stockholders and their Representatives reasonable access to inspect and/or copy the Records during normal business hours.

5.12 Guarantees . Purchaser and the Companies shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Purchaser to be substituted in all respects for the Selling Stockholders, and the Selling Stockholders fully released, as soon as possible after Closing, in respect of all obligations of the Selling Stockholders under each of the guarantees, indemnities, bonding arrangements, letters of credit and letters of comfort given by the Selling Stockholders for the benefit of the Companies identified on Schedule 5.12 hereto (the “ Guarantees ”). If any such release cannot be obtained, (i) Purchaser and the Companies shall indemnify and hold the Selling Stockholders harmless from and against any Liability arising out of or related to any Guarantee not released and arising out of or related to post-Closing events, and (ii) Purchaser and the Companies shall not renew or otherwise extend the original term of any contract, agreement, lease, or other document or instrument to which such unreleased Guarantee relates.

5.13 Retained Assets . At or prior to Closing, the Companies shall transfer, assign and distribute, without consideration, the assets listed on Exhibit G to the Persons so designated on Exhibit G , along with obligations and liabilities related thereto.

5.14 Employee Matters .

(a) Subject to Section 5.14(f) , Purchaser will cause the Companies to continue the employment effective immediately after Closing of all employees of the Companies, including any employees on medical, disability, family or other leave of absence as of Closing, but excluding Rex Lamb and Mark Creglow. Subject to Section 5.14(f) , for a period of at least one year following the Closing, Purchaser shall, or shall cause each Company to, provide base salary or wage rates to Continuing Employees who remain employed with Purchaser or an affiliate that are not less than provided as of the Closing.

(b) From and after Closing, Purchaser will, with respect to the Continuing Employees, (a) honor existing Employee Agreements (subject to any right to amend or terminate such agreements in accordance with their terms), and (b) either continue the Company Employee Plans, or permit Continuing Employees, and, as applicable, their eligible dependents, to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs or policies of Purchaser on terms no less favorable than those provided to similarly situated employees of Purchaser, or a combination of the foregoing. To the extent Purchaser elects to have Continuing Employees and their eligible dependents participate in benefit plans, program or policies following the Closing, Purchaser shall recognize the prior service with the Companies of each Continuing Employee in connection with all employee benefit plans, programs or policies of Purchaser in which Continuing Employees are eligible to participate for purposes of eligibility to participate, vesting and determination of level of benefits (but not for purposes of benefit accruals under any defined benefit pension plan or to the extent that such recognition would result in duplication of benefits). In addition, to the extent permitted by the applicable plan or program, Purchaser shall waive pre-existing condition requirements, evidence-of-insurability provisions, waiting-period requirements and all other similar provisions under any benefit plan or program or compensation arrangements provided to Continuing Employees after the Effective Time.

 

- 39 -


Purchaser shall also, to the extent permitted by the applicable plan, apply toward any deductible requirements and out-of-pocket maximum limits under its employee welfare benefit plans, any amounts paid by each Continuing Employee prior to Closing under welfare benefit plans during the current plan year.

(c) Vacation, Sick Leave and Paid Time Off . Purchaser and the Companies shall honor and pay all earned vacation, sick leave and paid time off benefits to which the employees of the Companies are entitled as of the Effective Time as listed on Schedule 5.14(c) .

(d) Seller 401(k) Plan . As of the Closing Date, the interests of the employees of the Companies in the Marex Group 401(k) Plan shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested and shall be fully nonforfeitable.

(e) COBRA . Purchaser shall provide, or cause the Companies to provide, group health plan continuation coverages pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code, and Sections 601-609 of ERISA, to all employees of the Companies and their eligible dependents who become entitled to such coverages on account of “qualifying events” (within the meaning of Section 4980B(f)(3) of the Code) that occur before or after the Effective Time.

(f) Nothing herein shall (i) require Purchaser to continue the employment of any Continuing Employee for any particular period, or (ii) cause any Continuing Employee to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and all employees shall maintain the status of at-will employees other than Rex Lamb and Mark Creglow who will be terminated as of immediately prior to Closing.

5.15 Public Announcements . Neither the Companies (prior to Closing only) nor the Selling Stockholders shall (nor will they permit, as applicable, any of their respective officers, managers, directors, members, stockholders, agents, representatives or affiliates to), directly or indirectly, issue any statement or communication to any third party (other than its agents that are bound by confidentiality restrictions and other than communications with the Selling Stockholders and third parties to obtain the consents and approvals required under this Agreement and applicable law) regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, including, if applicable, the termination of this Agreement and the reasons therefor or any disputes or arbitration proceedings, without the consent of Purchaser; provided, however , except as may be required by any applicable Legal Requirement so long as the Companies (prior to Closing only) and the Selling Stockholders provide Purchaser with prior written notice and cooperate with Purchaser to prevent such disclosure; and provided, further , the Companies and the Selling Stockholders may make reasonable disclosures in legal proceedings related to this Agreement, the Stock Purchase and the transactions contemplated thereby, to the extent, and solely to the extent necessary to enforce their rights under this Agreement, the ancillary documents delivered in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

5.16 Designated Receivables .

(a) From and after the Closing Date until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Purchaser and the Companies shall use reasonable commercial efforts, consistent with the Companies’ past practice, to collect the Designated Receivables.

(b) If any Designated Receivables are collected by or on behalf of Purchaser or the Companies prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, then within thirty (30) days after the first anniversary of Closing, Purchaser shall pay such collected amount, net of reasonable collection costs, to the Selling Stockholders in accordance with such Selling Stockholders’ Pro Rata Portion.

(c) From and after the Closing Date until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Purchaser shall not enter into any amendment with respect a Designated Receivable that would extend the payment date for any such Designated Receivables.

 

- 40 -


5.17 Healthland .

(a) In the event that licensing revenue received by or on behalf of the Companies or their affiliates, successors or assigns pursuant to the Healthland Agreement during the period from December 1, 2013 to November 30, 2014 are, in the aggregate, less than $900,000 (such shortfall referred to herein as the “ 2014 Healthland Shortfall Amount ”), the Selling Stockholders shall compensate Purchaser for the 2014 Healthland Shortfall Amount as provided below.

(b) In the event that licensing revenue received by or on behalf of the Companies or their affiliates, successors or assigns pursuant to the Healthland Agreement during the period from December 1, 2014 to November 30, 2015 are, in the aggregate, less than $300,000 (such shortfall referred to herein as the “ 2015 Healthland Shortfall Amount ” together with the 2014 Healthland Shortfall Amount, the “ Healthland Shortfall Amount ”), the Selling Stockholders shall compensate Purchaser for the 2015 Healthland Shortfall Amount as provided below.

(c) Purchaser shall provide to the Stockholder Representative on an annual basis within twenty (20) business days of November 30, 2014 and November 30, 2015, a report setting forth (i) the number of units ordered under the Healthland Agreement during the preceding year, and (ii) the total dollar amount of licensing revenue received under the Healthland Agreement during the preceding year. Purchaser shall provide the Selling Stockholders and their Representatives reasonable access to Purchaser’s and the Companies’ books and records related to the Healthland Agreement in order to review and confirm Purchaser’s calculation of licensing revenue pursuant to the Healthland Agreement.

(d) If (A) Purchaser, the Companies or their successor or assigns amend the Healthland Agreement prior to December 1, 2015, (B) Purchaser, a Company or their successors or assigns takes any action or makes an omission, in each case after the Effective Time, that results in a material breach of or default under the Healthland Agreement which results in a reduction of the revenue received by the Companies or their affiliates, successors or assigns pursuant to the Healthland Agreement, (C) Purchaser, the Companies or their successors or assigns offer, agree to or provide any pricing discount under the Healthland Agreement, or otherwise manipulate sales with respect to the Healthland Agreement, prior to December 1, 2015, in any of the foregoing cases, (D) Healthland is dissolved, its existence terminated, or it becomes insolvent; or there is a seizure, levy or attachment by any Governmental Authority or Taxing Authority of any of Healthland’s property or business; or there occur any appointment of a receiver over any of Healthland’s property; or there occurs any filing of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding by or against Healthland or (E) there is any renewal or extension of the term of the Healthland Agreement (in clauses (A) – (D), in a manner which could detrimentally affect the Selling Stockholders’ rights and obligations relating to the Healthland Agreement in any material manner, then, in any such event all obligations, covenants, representations and warranties of or by the Selling Stockholders and the Companies, including those set forth in this Section 5.17 relating to Healthland and/or the Healthland Agreement shall immediately terminate and be of no further force or effect as of the date of such action described in clause (A) – (E).

(e) Any Healthland Shortfall Amount shall be paid first by reducing the amount of any unpaid principal or accrued interest outstanding on the Notes, on a pro-rata basis based upon the Selling Stockholders’ Pro Rata Portion, by an amount (without interest) equal to the applicable Healthland Shortfall Amount. In the event that such amount is insufficient to satisfy the applicable Healthland Shortfall Amount, the Selling Stockholders shall satisfy the remaining portion of the applicable Healthland Shortfall Amount by (at the Selling Stockholders’ option) either (A) paying to Purchaser an amount of cash (without interest) equal to such remaining portion of the applicable Healthland Shortfall Amount, or (B) the forfeiture of the Purchaser Shares with a value equal to such remaining portion of the applicable Healthland Shortfall Amount (assuming a price per share for the Purchaser Shares of $3.85).

 

- 41 -


5.18 Shareholder Notes . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all outstanding amounts under the shareholder promissory notes identified on Exhibit H shall be deemed forgiven and paid in full by the Companies immediately prior to Closing.

5.19 Lease . Prior to Closing, Marex Properties, LLC assumed Marex Group, Inc.’s rights and obligations under the Cushman Professional Building Business Property Lease dated effective March 5, 2013, between Marex Group, Inc. and Lincoln One, LLC (the “ Lease ”) and Marex Group, Inc. was released therefrom. Effective as of the Effective Time, Marex Group, Inc., as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Purchaser, shall sublease the entire leased premises under the Lease from Marex Properties, LLC as provided in the Sublease Agreement. Purchaser shall remit to Marex Properties, LLC immediately following Closing the amount of $18,838.13 to be held as a security deposit by Marex Properties, LLC under the Sublease Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

CONDITIONS TO THE STOCK PURCHASE

6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party . The respective obligations of the Companies, each Selling Stockholder and Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Effective Time, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing exclusively by Purchaser, the Selling Stockholders and the Companies together:

(a) Requisite Governmental Approvals . Purchaser and the Companies shall have obtained all consents and approvals from all Governmental Authorities, and submitted all requisite filings and made all requisite notifications with all Governmental Authorities, in each case that are necessary or appropriate in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) No Prohibitive Laws . No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) No Prohibitive Injunctions or Orders . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other similar legal restraint shall be in effect that has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser . The obligations of Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by Purchaser:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of each Company and the Selling Stockholders in this Agreement shall have been true and correct on the date they were made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties refer to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specified date.

(b) Covenants . Each Company and each Selling Stockholder shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants and obligations under this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by them prior to or as of the Closing.

(c) No Company Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred since the date of this Agreement a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

- 42 -


(d) No Legal Proceedings or Threats . There shall be no legal action, suit, claim or proceeding of any kind or nature pending before any Governmental Authority (whether brought by a Governmental Authority or any other Person) or overtly threatened by any Governmental Authority or any other Person against Purchaser, either Company, the Selling Stockholders, or any of their respective properties or any of their respective directors or officers (in their capacities as such) that (i) arises out of, or is in any way connected with, this Agreement, the Stock Purchase or any other transaction contemplated hereby, (ii) seeks to prohibit the consummation of the Stock Purchase or any other transaction contemplated hereby, (iii) seeks to impose limitations on the ability of Purchaser to consummate the Stock Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iv) seeks to prohibit or impose any limitations on the ownership or operation by Purchaser of all or any portion of the businesses or assets of the Companies, or to compel Purchaser, the Selling Stockholders or the Companies to dispose of or hold separate any portion of the businesses or assets of Purchaser, the Companies or any of their respective affiliates as a result of or in connection with this Agreement or (v) seeks to impose limitations on the ability of Purchaser effectively to exercise full rights of ownership of all Company Group Capital Stock.

(e) No Burdensome Regulatory Conditions . No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, entered or deemed applicable to the Stock Purchase any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of (i) prohibiting Purchaser’s ownership or operation of any portion of the business of either Company, or (ii) compelling Purchaser or the Companies to dispose of or hold separate all or any portion of the businesses or assets of Purchaser or the Companies, in any case in connection with the Stock Purchase or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

(f) Executive Agreement . Sean Nathaniel and Dan Yount each shall have executed and delivered to Purchaser the Executive Agreement.

(g) Proprietary Information Agreement . The Key Employees each shall have executed and delivered to Purchaser the Proprietary Information Agreement.

(h) Selling Stockholder Non-Competition Agreement . Each of the Selling Stockholders shall have entered into a Non-Competition Agreement with the Purchaser concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Such Non-Competition Agreement shall be in full force and effect, none of the Selling Stockholders shall have attempted to terminate, rescind, or repudiate the Non-Competition Agreement or notified Purchaser or either Company of his intention of terminating the Non-Competition Agreement following the Effective Time.

(i) Subordination Agreements . Each Selling Stockholder shall have entered into and delivered to the Purchaser a subordination agreement with Purchaser’s senior lender, Comerica Bank, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H .

(j) Sublease Agreement . Marex Properties, LLC shall have entered into and delivered to Purchaser the Sublease Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K (the “ Sublease Agreement ”).

(k) Closing Cash . The Closing Cash shall be at least $150,000.

(l) Purchaser Financing Agreements . Each of the Selling Stockholders shall have entered into the Purchaser’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, Amended and Restated Voting Agreement and Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement (the “ Financing Agreements ”) in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit J .

(m) Company Indebtedness and Encumbrances . Purchaser shall have received evidence, satisfactory to Purchaser, that all Company Indebtedness has been paid in full and finally discharged or that upon payment thereof at Closing, all Encumbrances on any property of the Companies constituting collateral or securing any obligations under any documents evidencing the Company Indebtedness will be released and terminated as of Closing.

 

- 43 -


(n) Closing Deliverables of the Companies . At or prior to the Closing, each Company shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall have received, the following:

(i) a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of each Company, dated the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, certifying as to the matters set forth in Sections 6.2(a) , 6.2(b) and 6.2(c) ;

(ii) a certificate of the Secretary of each Company, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, certifying (A) the Company Organizational Documents, (B) the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of such Company to adopt and authorize this Agreement, the Stock Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby (copies of which resolutions shall be attached to such certificate), and (C) the incumbency and signatures of the officers of such Company executing this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents executed by or on behalf of such Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iii) letters of resignation in a form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, effective as of the Closing Date, of each director and officer of each Company;

(iv) the notice, novation or consent to assignment of any Person constituting Required Consents, as the case may be, as may be required in connection with the Stock Purchase or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement;

(v) a certificate from the Nebraska Secretary of State or Florida Secretary of State, as applicable, and each other state or other United States jurisdiction in which a Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation (or the closest equivalent thereof in the event that any jurisdiction does not provide such certificates), each dated within seven (7) business days prior to the Closing Date, certifying that such Company is duly qualified to transact business and/or is in good standing (as applicable in each such jurisdiction);

(vi) a statement, in a form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser and in compliance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1445-2(c)(3)(i) and 1.897-2(h), from each Company certifying that the interests in such Company are not United States real property interests and evidence from each Company demonstrating that such Company has complied with the requirement to notify the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2); and

(vii) the Statement of Expenses.

6.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Companies and Selling Stockholders . The obligations of the Companies and the Selling Stockholders to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by the Companies and the Selling Stockholders:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Purchaser in this Agreement shall have been true and correct on the date they were made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties refer to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specified date.

 

- 44 -


(b) Covenants . Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants and obligations under this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by Purchaser prior to or as of the Closing.

(c) Closing Deliverables of the Purchaser . At or prior to Closing, Purchaser shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Selling Stockholders, and the Sellers Stockholders shall have received, the following:

(i) a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer of Purchaser, dated the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Selling Stockholders, certifying as to the matters set forth in Sections 6.3(a) and 6.3(b) ;

(ii) a certificate of the Secretary of each Purchaser, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Selling Stockholders, certifying (A) the Purchaser Organizational Documents, (B) the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Purchaser to adopt and authorize this Agreement, the issuance and delivery of the Purchaser Shares, the delivery of the Notes and the other transactions contemplated hereby (copies of which resolutions shall be attached to such certificate), and (C) the incumbency and signatures of the officer of Purchaser executing this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents executed by or on behalf of Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iii) a certificate from the Delaware Secretary of State, and each other state or other United States jurisdiction in which Purchaser is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation (or the closest equivalent thereof in the event that any jurisdiction does not provide such certificates), dated within five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date, certifying that Purchaser is duly qualified to transact business and/or is in good standing (as applicable in each such jurisdiction);

(iv) the Notes, duly executed;

(v) the Purchaser Shares;

(vi) the Closing Payment; and

(vii) the Sublease Agreement, duly executed by Purchaser.

ARTICLE 7

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 Survival .

(a) The representations and warranties of the Companies and the Selling Stockholders set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation or disclosure made by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto, until 11:59 p.m. (Central time) on the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that:

(i) notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, with respect to the special representations and warranties specified in this Section 7.1(a)(i) (collectively, the “ Special Indemnification Representations ”), such special representations and warranties of the Companies set forth in Section 2.2 (Capitalization), Section 2.3 (Authority), Section 2A.2 (Authority) and Section 2.10 (Taxes) shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect until sixty (60) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, regardless of any investigation or disclosure made by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto (all such survival periods specified above in this Section 7.1(a) , collectively, the “ Survival Period ”);

 

- 45 -


(ii) in the event that any Indemnified Party shall bring a claim for indemnification under this Article 7 in respect of a breach of a representation or warranty of the Companies or any Selling Stockholders set forth in this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, prior to the expiration of the Survival Period applicable to the representation or warranty of the Companies or any Selling Stockholders on which such claim is based, then such representation or warranty shall continue in full force and effect with respect to such claim until the final resolution of such claim;

(iii) no right to indemnification under this Article 7 in respect of a breach of a representation or warranty of the Companies or any Selling Stockholders set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby which is set forth in an Indemnification Claim delivered prior to the expiration of the Survival Period applicable to such representation or warranty of the Companies or any Selling Stockholders on which such claim is based shall be affected by the expiration of the Survival Period applicable to such representation or warranty; and

(iv) the expiration of any Survival Period applicable to any representation or warranty of the Companies or the Selling Stockholders set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, shall not limit, restrict, impair or otherwise affect in any manner the rights of any Indemnified Party under this Article 7 , or otherwise under applicable law, arising out of fraud or any intentional misrepresentation.

(b) All of the covenants and other agreements of Purchaser, each Company and each Selling Stockholder set forth in this Agreement (excluding the indemnification obligations set forth in this Article 7 ) shall terminate and expire at and as of the Effective Time; provided , however , that (i) notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the covenants and other agreements of Purchaser, the Companies or the Selling Stockholders, set forth in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, Section 1.1 , Section 1.3 , Section 1.4 , Section 1.6 , Section 5.5 , Section 5.7 , Section 5.9 , Section 5.11 , Section 5.12 , Section 5.14 , Section 5.16 and Section 5.17 ), or in any Other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, that contemplate performance following the Closing and the Effective Time shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect following the Closing and the Effective Time (such covenants and agreements, exclusive of (i)  Section 5.17 , and (ii)  Section 5.5 to the extent related to non-income Taxes, referred to herein as the “ Post-Closing Covenants ”) in accordance with their respective terms, and (ii) no right to indemnification under this Article 7 in respect of a breach of a covenant or other agreement set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, which is set forth in an Indemnification Claim delivered prior to the expiration of the applicable Survival Period shall be affected by the expiration of such covenant or other agreement.

7.2 Indemnification of Indemnified Parties .

(a) Indemnification of Purchaser . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article 7 , the Selling Stockholders shall indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser and each of its Subsidiaries (including, following the Effective Time, the Companies) and their respective directors, officers, employees, affiliates and other Persons who control or are controlled by Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries, and their respective agents and other representatives (collectively, the “ Purchaser Indemnified Parties ”), from, against and in respect of any and all Damages paid, sustained or incurred by any of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties (or any of them) resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, any of the following:

(i) (A) any failure of any representation or warranty made by the Companies or the Selling Stockholders in this Agreement (other than the Special Indemnification Representations) to be true and correct as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date as if such representation or warranty had been made at and as of the Closing Date, or (B) any failure of any representation, warranty or certification made by the Companies or the Selling Stockholders in any other Company Document (other than with respect to Special Indemnification Representations) to be true and correct at and as of the date of such document, schedule, certificate or other instrument;

 

- 46 -


(ii) any failure of any Special Indemnification Representation made by the Companies or the Selling Stockholders in this Agreement to be true and correct as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date as if such Special Indemnification Representation had been made at and as of the Closing Date;

(iii) any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant or other agreement (A) made or to be performed by the Selling Stockholders in this Agreement, (B) made or to be performed by either Company in this Agreement or in any other Company Document on or prior to the Effective Time, and (C) made or to be performed by the Selling Stockholders in any Company Document on or prior to the Effective Time;

(iv) any unpaid Transaction Expenses (to the extent that such Transaction Expenses are not treated as a reduction in the calculation Actual Closing Net Working Capital);

(v) any portion of the Company Indebtedness as of the Effective Time that has not been paid and finally discharged (to the extent that such Company Indebtedness is not treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Actual Closing Net Working Capital) and any and all unpaid Change in Control Payments, to the extent that such Change in Control Payments are not treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Actual Closing Net Working Capital;

(vi) any Pre-Closing Taxes (except to the extent included in Actual Closing Net Working Capital); or

(vii) any Shortfall Amount;

(viii) any Taxes arising out of the Nebraska Department of Revenue Tax inquiry referenced in Section 2.10 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule notwithstanding such disclosure; or

(ix) any fraud or intentional misrepresentation by either Company (or any of their respective agents) prior to the Effective Time, with respect to the representations, warranties or covenants made in this Agreement or in any other Company Document.

(b) Limitations on Indemnification .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, nothing set forth in this Article 7 shall limit the liability of (A) any party if the Stock Purchase is not consummated, (B) the Selling Stockholders for any claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law by the Companies (or any of their respective agents) (prior to the Effective Time) or the Selling Stockholders (prior to the Effective Time) in connection with this Agreement, any other Company Document or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, or (C) the Purchaser for any claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law by the Purchaser (or any of its agents) (prior to the Effective Time) in connection with this Agreement, any other Company Document or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

(ii) If the Stock Purchase is consummated, subject to the limitations in this Article 7 , including those of Section 7.2(b)(iii) through Section 7.2(b)(v) , the total Purchase Price shall be available to compensate the Purchaser Indemnified Parties for any Indemnification Claims made by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser shall satisfy any indemnification obligations of the Selling Stockholders first from the reduction of any unpaid principal and accrued interest outstanding under the Notes (on a pro-rata basis based upon the Selling Stockholder’s Pro-Rata Portion). In the event that the amount of such indemnification obligations exceeds the amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest outstanding under the Notes, the Selling Stockholders shall satisfy the remaining portion of the indemnification obligation by (at the Selling Stockholders’ option) either (A) paying to Purchaser an amount of cash equal to such remaining portion of the indemnification obligation, or (B) the forfeiture of Purchaser Shares with a value equal to such remaining portion of the indemnified obligation (assuming a price per share for the Purchaser Shares of $3.85).

 

- 47 -


(iii) If the Stock Purchase is consummated, the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to recover any Damages from the Selling Stockholders in respect of any Indemnification Claims under or pursuant to Section 7.2(a) in excess of an amount equal to the Maximum Indemnification Amount; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (A) the preceding restrictions set forth in this Section 7.2(b)(iii) shall not in any way limit or otherwise restrict any right in respect of (x) any Indemnification Claims under or pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(ii) , Section 7.2(a)(iv) , Section 7.2(a)(v) , Section 7.2(a)(vi) , Section 7.2(a)(vii) , Section 7.2(a)(viii) or Section 7.2(a)(ix) (y) any Indemnification Claims under Section 7.2(a)(i) to the extent brought with respect to Section 2.14 (Intellectual Property), or (z) any other claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law by the Company (or any of its agents) (prior to the Effective Time) or the Selling Stockholders; and (B) the Indemnified Parties shall not be precluded, restricted or otherwise limited in respect of bringing or participating in any claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation or with respect to amounts recoverable against any Person arising out of the fraud or intentional misrepresentation by such Person.

(iv) If the Stock Purchase is consummated, the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to recover any Damages from the Selling Stockholders in respect of any Indemnification Claims under or pursuant to Section 7.2(a) in excess of an amount equal to the total Purchase Price; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (A) the preceding restrictions set forth in this Section 7.2(b)(iv) shall not in any way limit or otherwise restrict any right in respect of (x) any Indemnification Claims under or pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(iv) , Section 7.2(a)(v) , Section 7.2(a)(vi) , Section 7.2(a)(vii) , Section 7.2(a)(viii) or Section 7.2(a)(ix) or (y) any other claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law by the Company (or any of its agents) (prior to the Effective Time) or the Selling Stockholders; and (B) the Indemnified Parties shall not be precluded, restricted or otherwise limited in respect of bringing or participating in any claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation or with respect to amounts recoverable against any Person arising out of the fraud or intentional misrepresentation by such Person.

(v) The Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to recover any Indemnification Claims under or pursuant to Section 7.2(a) unless and until all Damages for which the Purchaser Indemnified Parties would be entitled to indemnification under this Article 7 which are paid, sustained or incurred by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties (or any of them) exceeds $100,000 (the “ Basket Amount ”) in the aggregate, and if the aggregate of all such Damages paid, sustained or incurred by the Indemnified Parties (or any of them) exceeds the Basket Amount then the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification for all such Damages from the first dollar of such Damages without regard to the Basket Amount; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the preceding restriction set forth in this Section 7.2(b)(v) shall not in any way limit or otherwise restrict any right in respect of (A) Indemnification Claims pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(iv) , Section 7.2(a)(v) , or Section 7.2(a)(vii) , or Section 7.2(a)(viii) , (B) Indemnification Claims pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(iii) to the extent relating to Post-Closing Covenants, (C) Indemnification Claims pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(vi) to the extent relating to income Taxes, or (D) any other claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law.

(c) Indemnification of Selling Stockholders . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article 7 , the Purchaser and the Companies, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Selling Stockholders and their respective heirs, agents and representatives (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”), from, against and in respect of any and all Damages paid, sustained or incurred by any of the Seller Indemnified Parties (or any of them) resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, any of the following:

 

- 48 -


(i) any failure of any representation or warranty made by the Purchaser in this Agreement to be true and correct as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date as if such representation or warranty had been made at and as of the Closing Date;

(ii) any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant or other agreement in this Agreement (A) made or to be performed by the Purchaser in this Agreement or in any other Company Document, or (B) made or to be performed by either Company in this Agreement or in any other Company Document, in each case in this clause (B), after the Effective Time;

(iii) any Excess Amount; or

(iv) any income Taxes of the Selling Stockholders that arise in connection with any event or transaction of a Company occurring on or after the Closing at the direction of or exercise of control by the Purchaser or its affiliates or Representatives (other than the making of the 338(h)(10) Elections).

(d) Indemnification Claims .

(i) If an Indemnified Party is of the opinion that he, she or it has or may acquire a right to indemnification under this Article 7 (each, an “ Indemnification Claim ”), such Indemnified Party shall so notify, in the case of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties, the Stockholder Representative, and in the case of the Selling Stockholders, the Purchaser (as applicable, the “ Claim Recipient ”), a written notice, signed by such Indemnified Party, or any officer thereof where applicable (each, an “ Indemnification Claim Certificate ”) as soon as practicable after the Indemnified Party becomes aware of any fact, condition or event which may give rise to Damages for which indemnification may be sought under this Article 7 (and in any event within ten (10) business days after the service of any citation or summons relating to a Third Party Claim) (i) stating that such Indemnified Party has paid, sustained or incurred Damages, or reasonably anticipates that he, she or it will pay, sustain or incur Damages, (ii) specifying in reasonable detail the individual items of Damages included in the amount so stated (and the method of computation of each such item of Damages; if applicable), the date each such item of Damages was paid, sustained or incurred, or the basis for such reasonably anticipated Damages, (iii) a brief description in reasonable detail (to the extent available to such Indemnified Party) of the facts, circumstances or events giving rise to each item of Damages based on such Indemnified Party’s good faith belief thereof, including the identity and address of any third-party claimant and copies of any formal demand or complaint relating thereto, and (iv) the basis for indemnification under Section 7.2 to which such item of Damages is related (including, if applicable, the specific nature of the misrepresentation, or the breach of warranty or covenant). Upon delivery of an Indemnification Claim Certificate by a Purchaser Indemnified Party, any unpaid principal and accrued interest outstanding under the Notes shall not be paid to the Selling Stockholders to the extent of the Damages claimed in such Indemnification Claim Certificate until such Indemnification Claim contained in such Indemnification Claim Certificate has been resolved in accordance with this Section 7.2(c) ; provided that, to the extent the Purchaser Indemnified Parties have withheld or offset funds (including both principal and interest accruing pursuant to the Notes on all unpaid amounts) in excess of the amount of Damages (if any) ultimately determined pursuant to this Agreement to be due and owing by the Selling Stockholders to the Purchaser Indemnified Parties with respect to such Indemnification Claim, Purchaser shall immediately pay to the Selling Stockholders (i) such excess amount (including both principal and interest accrued pursuant to the Notes on all unpaid amounts until paid), plus (ii) interest, at a rate of five percent (5%) per annum, on such excess amount (including both principal and interest accrued pursuant to the Notes on all unpaid amounts until paid) from the respective dates that the principal and accrued interest amounts comprising such excess amount would have otherwise been due and owing until such excess amount is paid to the Selling Stockholders.

(ii) If the Claim Recipient does not object in writing to the Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 7.2(c)(ii) to any individual items of Damages set forth in an Indemnification Claim Certificate delivered by Purchaser, the Selling Stockholders or any other Indemnified Party or Parties pursuant to Section 7.2(d)(i) within sixty (60) days after the Claim Recipient’s receipt of such Indemnification Claim Certificate, the indemnifying party shall be conclusively deemed to have acknowledged and irrevocably

 

- 49 -


consented, subject to all limitations set forth in this Article 7 , (A) to the Indemnified Party’s recovery of the full amount of all such items of Damages set forth in such Indemnification Claim Certificate, and (B) if and to the extent necessary, and without further notice, to have stipulated to the entry of a final judgment for damages against the indemnifying party for such items of Damages in any court having competent jurisdiction over the matter.

(iii) In the event that the Claim Recipient seeks to contest any individual items of Damages set forth in an Indemnification Claim Certificate received from Purchaser, the Selling Stockholders or any other Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 7.2(d)(i) , the Claim Recipient shall notify the Indemnified Party in writing, within sixty (60) days after such Indemnification Claim Certificate is received by the Claim Recipient, of the Claim Recipient’s objection, which notice shall set forth a brief description in reasonable detail of the Claim Recipient’s basis for objecting to each item of Damages based on the Claim Recipient’s good faith belief thereof. Upon the Indemnified Party’s receipt of a written notice of objection from the Claim Recipient pursuant to the preceding sentence, Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of the respective parties with respect to the disputed items of Damages. If the Stockholder Representative and Purchaser should so agree, a memorandum setting forth the agreement reached by the parties with respect to such disputed items of Damages shall be prepared and signed by both parties.

(iv) If within sixty (60) days after the indemnifying party’s receipt of an Indemnification Claim Certificate, and after good faith negotiations, the parties are unable to agree on the rights of the respective parties with respect to any disputed items of Damages set forth in an Indemnification Claim Certificate, either Purchaser or the Selling Stockholders may bring suit in the courts identified in Section 9.11 hereof to resolve the matter. Judgment upon any award rendered by the trial court may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

(e) Selling Stockholders . Except as provided in this Agreement, but notwithstanding any provision of the Company Organizational Documents or any agreement between either Company and the Selling Stockholders entered into prior to the Closing to the contrary, in no event shall either Company, or Purchaser, be obligated to reimburse, contribute, indemnify or hold harmless any Selling Stockholder in his capacity as an owner of any Company for any obligations of the Selling Stockholders under this Article 7 .

(f) Third Party Actions . In the event any Action is instituted against an Indemnified Party which involves or appears reasonably likely to involve an Indemnification Claim hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), the Indemnified Party will notify the applicable Claim Recipient as provided in Section 7.2(d)(i) . The failure to so notify the applicable Claim Recipient of the commencement of any such Action will relieve the indemnifying party from liability in connection therewith only if and to the extent that such failure materially and adversely affects the ability of the indemnifying party to defend their interests in such Action. After receipt of an Indemnification Claim Certificate relating to a Third Party Claim, in the case of the Selling Stockholders, if the Stockholder Representative furnishes to the Indemnified Party evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party that the Selling Stockholders have and will have sufficient financial resources to fund on a current basis the cost of defending the Third-Party Claim and paying all Damages that may arise under the Third-Party Claim (subject to all limitations set forth in this Article 7 ), the indemnifying party shall be entitled, if it so elects, at its own cost, risk and expense, (i) to take control of the defense and investigation of such Third Party Claim and (ii) to employ and engage attorneys of its own choice to handle and defend the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Stockholder’s Representative (on behalf of the Selling Stockholders) shall continue to be entitled to assert any limitation on any claims made pursuant to Section 7.2(a) . If the indemnifying party fails to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim within thirty (30) business days after receipt of the Indemnification Claim Certificate, or if (i) the claim seeks only an injunction or other equitable relief, (ii) the Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that there are one or more legal or equitable defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party and, in the reasonable opinion of the Indemnified Party, counsel for the indemnifying party could not adequately represent the interests of the

 

- 50 -


Indemnified Party because such interests could be in conflict with those of the indemnifying party, (iii) (where the Selling Stockholders are the indemnifying party) in excess of one-half (1/2) of the amount of Damages reasonably claimed would be borne, if the claim is adversely determined, by Purchaser by virtue of the operation of the Basket or the indemnity caps provided in this Agreement, or (iv) the claim results from any Action brought by a Governmental Entity, then the Indemnified Party against which such Third Party Claim has been asserted will (upon delivering notice to such effect to the indemnifying party) have the right to undertake the defense of such Claim. The Indemnified Party shall, with respect to any Third Party Claim, promptly deliver to the indemnifying party, but in any event within ten (10) business days after the Indemnified Party’s receipt thereof, copies of all notices, court papers and material correspondence received by the Indemnified Party relating to the Third Party Claim. The party that assumes the defense of the Third Party Claim shall keep the other party reasonably informed of the progress of any such defense, compromise or settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnified Party (or, if the Indemnified Party controls the defense, the indemnifying party) may participate in such defense or settlement at its own expense. The Indemnified Party shall, at the expense of the indemnifying party, provide such information and documentation that is not subject to the attorney-client privilege or other applicable privilege or under court seal as the indemnifying party may reasonably request in order to evaluate its indemnification obligations hereunder in order to determine whether to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim. Should the indemnifying party elect to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, does assume such defense and does not lose the right to control such defense pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for legal expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof. If the indemnifying party chooses to defend any Third Party Claim, all the parties hereto shall cooperate in the defense or prosecution of such Third Party Claim. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the indemnifying party’s request) the provision to the indemnifying party of records and information which are reasonably relevant to such Third Party Claim, and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Whether or not the indemnifying party shall have assumed the defense of a Third Party Claim, no Indemnified Party shall admit any liability with respect to, consent to the entry of any judgment, or settle, compromise or discharge, any Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed in the circumstance where the indemnifying party has not elected to assume defense of such Third Party Claim).

(g) Settlement . In the event that the Indemnified Party settles any Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall have no indemnification obligations under this Article 7 with respect to such Third Party Claim. If the indemnifying party shall control the defense of any such Third Party Claim, the indemnifying party shall obtain the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) before entering into any settlement of a Third Party Claim if, pursuant to or as a result of such settlement, injunctive or other equitable relief shall be imposed against the Indemnified Party or if such settlement includes monetary damages in excess of the Maximum Indemnification Amount (to the extent applicable) or the Purchase Price (to the extent the limitations set forth in Section 7.2(b)(iv) are applicable) and does not include a full and final release of the Indemnified Party. In the event that the indemnifying party proposes a settlement to any Third Party Claim with respect to which the indemnifying party is or was entitled to defend, which settlement is satisfactory to the party instituting such Claim, and the Indemnified Party withholds its consent to such settlement, and thereafter a final judgment is entered against the indemnifying party or Indemnified Party pursuant to which damages exceed the amount of the proposed settlement, then in such case the indemnifying party shall have no obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party under this Article 7 against and in respect of the amount by which the damages resulting from such final judgment exceed the amount of the proposed settlement.

(h) Definition of Damages . For all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Damages ” shall mean the amount of (i) any loss, damage, liability, claim, deficiency, Tax, judgment, fine, penalty, cost or other expense (including reasonable attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees and expenses and costs of investigation) paid, sustained or incurred by the Indemnified Parties (or any of them), and (ii) any and all reasonable fees and costs of enforcing the Indemnified Party’s rights under this Agreement provided , however , that “ Damages ” shall not include punitive damages or Special Damages except to the extent that Indemnified Party is or has

 

- 51 -


been required to pay such punitive damages or Special Damages. For purposes of determining the amount of any Damage suffered or incurred by an Indemnified Party, any qualifications in the representations, warranties and covenants with respect to a Company Material Adverse Effect, materiality, material or similar terms shall be disregarded and will not have any effect with respect to the calculation of the amount of any Damages attributable to a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of the Companies set forth in this Agreement or in any of the ancillary agreements, exhibits, schedules or certificates to, or delivered in connection with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of any Damages for which indemnification is sought pursuant to this Article 7 shall be reduced by the amount of (i) any insurance or contribution payments actually paid to and received by any Indemnified Party from any third party with respect thereto, net of any applicable deductibles, increases in premiums or similar costs or payments, it being understood that no Indemnified Party shall be obligated to seek any insurance or contribution payments from any such third party, and (ii) any Tax benefits actually realized by any Person seeking indemnification hereunder arising solely from the deductibility of any such Damages assuming all other available losses, deductions, and other Tax attributes are utilized prior to such Damages in reducing such Taxes.

(i) No Right of Contribution . After the Closing, the Selling Stockholders shall not have any right of contribution against Purchaser or the Companies for any inaccuracy in any representation or warranty of the Companies or the Selling Stockholders made in this Agreement or breach of any covenant or agreement made in this Agreement of either Company (to the extent to be performed at or prior to the Effective Time) or the Selling Stockholders.

(j) Treatment of Indemnity Payments . Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, all indemnification payments made pursuant to this Article 7 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes, and no party shall take any position inconsistent with such characterization.

(k) Mitigation . Each Indemnified Party has an obligation to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate Damages under this Agreement, and to that end each party shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to consult and cooperate with each other with a view towards mitigating claims, losses, Liabilities, Damages, deficiencies, costs and expenses that may give rise to claims for indemnification under this Article 7 .

(l) Exclusive Remedy . From and after the Closing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the parties acknowledge and agree that their sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any and all claims (other than claims arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law on the part of a party hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 7 ; provided, however, nothing herein shall prohibit Purchaser from seeking any and all remedies available to it or otherwise limit its remedies with respect to any breach by a Selling Stockholder, after Closing, of a Company Document (other than this Agreement) to which such Selling Stockholder is individually a party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7.2(l) shall limit any party’s right to seek and obtain any equitable relief or injunctive relief to which any party shall be entitled pursuant to Section 9.7 .

(m) Post-Closing Adjustments . No Damages shall be recoverable to the extent such Damages have already been included in the calculation of Actual Closing Net Working Capital.

(n) Subrogation . Upon making any payment to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Damages, the indemnifying party will, to the extent of such payment, be subrogated to all rights of the Indemnified Party (and its affiliates) against any third party in respect of the Damages to which such payment related. Such Indemnified Party (and its affiliates) and indemnifying party will execute upon request all instruments reasonably necessary to evidence or further perfect such subrogation rights.

 

- 52 -


7.3 Stockholder Representative .

Each of the Selling Stockholders hereby appoints Rex Lamb as his, her or its true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, to exercise all or any of the powers, authority and discretion conferred on the Stockholder Representative under this Agreement.

(a) Powers of the Stockholder Representative .

(i) The Stockholder Representative shall have and may exercise all of the powers conferred upon the Stockholder Representative pursuant to this Agreement, which shall include:

(A) The power to execute any agreement or instrument in connection with the Stock Purchase and any other transactions contemplated hereby for and on behalf of the Selling Stockholders;

(B) The power to give or receive any notice or instruction permitted or required under this Agreement or any other agreement, document or instrument entered into or executed in connection herewith, to be given or received by any Selling Stockholder, and each of them (other than notice for service of process relating to any action before a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction, which notice must be given to each Indemnifying Party individually, as applicable), and to take any and all action for and on behalf of the Selling Stockholders, and each of them, under this Agreement or any other such agreement, document or instrument;

(C) The power to contest, negotiate, defend, compromise or settle any Indemnification Claims for which an Indemnified Party may be entitled to indemnification through counsel selected by the Stockholder Representative and solely at the cost, risk and expense of the Indemnifying Parties, authorize payment to any Indemnified Party or set off in favor of any Indemnified Party, in satisfaction of any Indemnification Claims, agree to, negotiate, enter into settlements and compromises of, and demand arbitration and comply with orders of courts and awards of arbitrators with respect to such Indemnification Claims, resolve any Indemnification Claims, take any actions in connection with the resolution of any dispute relating hereto or to the Stock Purchase or any other transactions contemplated hereby by arbitration, settlement or otherwise, and take or forego any or all actions permitted or required of any Selling Stockholder or necessary in the judgment of the Stockholder Representative for the accomplishment of the foregoing and all of the other terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement;

(D) The power to consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by him, solely at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Parties;

(E) The power to review, negotiate and agree to and authorize any payments from the Escrow Fund in satisfaction of any payment obligation, in each case, on behalf of the Selling Stockholders, as contemplated thereunder;

(F) The power to waive or amend any terms and conditions of this Agreement providing rights or benefits to the Selling Stockholders (other than the payment of the purchase price in accordance with the terms hereof and in the manner provided herein); and

(G) The power to take any actions in regard to such other matters as are reasonably necessary for the consummation of the Stock Purchase and any other transactions contemplated hereby or as the Stockholder Representative reasonably believes are in the best interests of the Selling Stockholders.

 

- 53 -


(b) Representations of Stockholder Representative .

(i) The Stockholder Representative has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out his obligations hereunder and thereunder.

(ii) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Stockholder Representative and constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Stockholder Representative, enforceable against the Stockholder Representative in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general equity principles.

(c) Stockholder Representative Procedures Upon Receipt of Indemnification Claims . The Stockholder Representative shall have the discretion to take such action as he shall determine to be in the best interest of all of the Selling Stockholders, including authorizing payment to any Indemnified Party of any portion of any indemnification obligations; provided, however, that, in any event, all Selling Stockholders are treated in substantially the same manner.

(d) Notices . Any notice given to the Stockholder Representative will constitute notice to each and all of the Selling Stockholders at the time notice is given to the Stockholder Representative. Any action taken by, or notice or instruction received from, the Stockholder Representative will be deemed to be action by, or notice or instruction from, each and all of the Selling Stockholders. Except as otherwise contained herein, Purchaser and the Companies may disregard any notice or instruction received from any one or more individual Selling Stockholders.

(e) Agreement of Stockholder Representative . The Stockholder Representative hereby agrees to do such acts, and execute further documents, as shall be necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) Liability of Stockholder Representative . The Stockholder Representative shall not be personally liable as the Stockholder Representative to any Selling Stockholder for any act done or omitted hereunder as the Stockholder Representative while acting in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable judgment. The Selling Stockholders shall severally (but not jointly) indemnify the Stockholder Representative and hold the Stockholder Representative harmless against any Damages incurred without gross negligence or bad faith on the part of the Stockholder Representative and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the Stockholder Representative’s duties hereunder.

7.4 Reliance on Stockholder Representative . Purchaser shall be entitled to rely on the appointment of Rex Lamb as the Stockholder Representative and treat such Stockholder Representative as the duly appointed attorney-in-fact of each Selling Stockholder and as having the duties, power and authority provided for in this Agreement. The Purchaser shall not be liable to any Selling Stockholder for any actions taken or omitted by them in reliance upon any instructions, notice or other instruments delivered by the Stockholder Representative. No resignation of the Stockholder Representative shall become effective unless at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of the replacement or resignation of such Stockholder Representative shall be provided to Purchaser. Purchaser shall be entitled to rely at any time after receipt of any such notice on the most recent notice so received. The Selling Stockholders holding an aggregate Pro Rata Portion greater than 50% at such time may remove the Stockholder Representative by a written instrument delivered to the Stockholder Representative and Purchaser, and, in such event and also if the Stockholder Representative shall be unable or unwilling to serve in such capacity, his successor who shall serve and exercise the powers of the Stockholder Representative hereunder shall be appointed by a written instrument signed by Selling Stockholders holding an aggregate Pro Rata Portion greater than 50% at such time and delivered to the Purchaser.

 

- 54 -


ARTICLE 8

TERMINATION

8.1 Termination . Except as provided in Section 8.2 , this Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual written agreement of the Companies, the Selling Stockholders and Purchaser;

(b) by either Purchaser, the Selling Stockholders or the Companies, if the Closing Date shall not have occurred by June 30, 2013 (the “ Outside Date ”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose action or failure to act has been a principal cause of or resulted in the failure of the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes a breach of this Agreement;

(c) by either Purchaser, the Selling Stockholders or the Companies, if: (i) any Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) any Governmental Authority shall have issued or granted a temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, or other similar legal restraint, in any such case that has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and such order, injunction or restraint shall have become final and nonappealable;

(d) by Purchaser, if any Governmental Authority shall have taken any action, or enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, entered or deemed applicable to the Stock Purchase any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent), that has the effect of (i) prohibiting Purchaser’s ownership or operation of any portion of the business of either Company, or (ii) compelling Purchaser or either Company to dispose of or hold separate all or any portion of the business or assets of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or a Company, in any case in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(e) by Purchaser, if (i) there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Companies or the Selling Stockholders set forth in this Agreement such that, if not cured on or prior to the Closing Date, the conditions set forth in Sections 6.2(a) or 6.2(b) would not be satisfied and such breach has not been cured within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof to the Companies, provided , however , that no cure period shall be required for a breach which by its nature cannot be cured, or (ii) a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred; or

(f) by the Companies, if there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of Purchaser set forth in this Agreement such that, if not cured on or prior to the Closing Date, the conditions set forth in Section 6.3(a) or Section 6.3(b) would not be satisfied and such breach has not been cured within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof to Purchaser, provided , however , that no cure period shall be required for a breach which by its nature cannot be cured.

8.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Purchaser, the Selling Stockholders, the Companies or their respective Representatives or stockholders; provided , however , that notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, following any termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, any party hereto shall remain liable thereafter for any claims or causes of action under applicable law arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation by such party in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and for any intentional breach of this Agreement that occurred prior to such termination; and provided further , that, the provisions of Section 5.2 (Public Announcements), Section 5.4 (Fees and Expenses), this Section 8.2 and Article 9 shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Article 8 .

 

- 55 -


ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Amendments; No Waiver . Subject to applicable Legal Requirements, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived prior to the Effective Time if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or, in the case of a waiver, by each party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No course of dealing and no failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such party’s rights, powers and remedies. The failure of any of the parties to this Agreement to require the performance of a term or obligation under this Agreement or the waiver by any of the parties to this Agreement of any breach hereunder shall not prevent subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach hereunder. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

9.2 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, consents and communications necessary or required under this Agreement shall be delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, by overnight prepaid courier, by facsimile (receipt confirmed) or electronic mail (upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address) to:

(a) if to Purchaser, to:

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower, Suite 2950

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Telephone No.: (512) 567-8020

Facsimile: (512) 721-1218

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor

Austin, Texas 78746-5546

Attention: Brian K. Beard

Telephone No.: (512) 338-5400

Facsimile No.: (512) 338-5499

(b) if to the Companies (prior to the Effective Time), to:

Dan Yount

1701 Cushman Drive

Lincoln, Nebraska 68512

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Telephone No.: (402) 436-3060

Facsimile: (402) 421-2524

 

- 56 -


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

McGrath North Mullin & Kratz, PC LLO

3700 First National Tower

1601 Dodge Street

Omaha, Nebraska 68102

Attention: Jeffrey J. Pirruccello

Telephone No.: 402-341-3070

Facsimile: 402-341-0216

(c) if to the Selling Stockholders, to:

Rex Lamb

[***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

McGrath North Mullin & Kratz, PC LLO

3700 First National Tower

1601 Dodge Street

Omaha, Nebraska 68102

Attention: Jeffrey J. Pirruccello

Telephone No.: 402-341-3070

Facsimile: 402-341-0216

All such notices, requests, demands, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given or sent one day following the date mailed if sent by overnight courier, or on the date on which delivered by hand or by facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed), as the case may be, and addressed as aforesaid.

9.3 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements and other provisions set forth in this Agreement and made by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the successors, heirs and permitted assigns of such party, whether or not so expressed. None of the parties may assign or transfer any of their respective rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent in writing of the Companies, Purchaser and the Selling Stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit Purchaser from merging either Company with and into Purchaser or assigning any of the rights of Purchaser hereunder to a direct or indirect subsidiary of Purchaser.

9.4 Certain Interpretations . When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Schedule, Annex or an Exhibit, such reference shall be to a Schedule, Annex or an Exhibit to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or a Section, such reference shall be to an Article or a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The headings set forth in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to a legal entity (including each Company) shall be deemed to refer to such entity and its Subsidiaries unless the context requires otherwise. Where a reference is made to a law, such reference is to such law, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires (i) words of any gender include each other gender, (ii) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number respectively, and (iii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement. All references in this Agreement to the Subsidiaries of a legal entity shall be deemed to include all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of such entity. Documents or other information and materials shall be deemed to have been “Delivered” by the Selling Stockholders or a Company to the extent such documents and information and other materials are available in a virtual data room to which Purchaser has access.

 

- 57 -


(a) The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by legal counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document shall be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

9.5 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (which may be by facsimile) and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

9.6 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected (so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party), it being intended that the rights and privileges of each party shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, and any such invalidity, illegality and unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction (so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party).

9.7 Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity, and the parties hereby agree to waive any requirements for posting a bond in connection with any such action.

9.8 Other Remedies . Any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

9.9 Third Parties . Except as specifically set forth or referred to herein, nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any Person any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement or any other certificate, document, instrument or agreement executed in connection herewith, or be relied upon by other than the parties hereto and their permitted successors or assigns.

9.10 Governing Law . All matters arising under or related to this Agreement and the Agreement, including the validity hereof and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely in such state (without giving effect to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

9.11 Consent to Jurisdiction . Without limiting the other provisions of this Section 9.11 , the parties hereto agree that any legal proceeding by or against any party hereto or with respect to or arising out of this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in any state or federal court in the State of Delaware. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and to the appellate courts therefrom solely for the purposes of disputes arising under this Agreement and not as a general submission to such jurisdiction or with respect to any other dispute, matter

 

- 58 -


or claim whatsoever. The parties hereto irrevocably consent to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the delivery of copies thereof by overnight courier to the address for such party to which notices are deliverable hereunder. Any such service of process shall be effective upon delivery. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law. The parties hereto hereby waive any right to stay or dismiss any action or proceeding under or in connection with this Agreement brought before the foregoing courts on the basis of (a) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason, or that it or any of its property is immune from the above-described legal process, (b) that such action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that venue for the action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts, or (c) any other defense that would hinder or delay the levy, execution or collection of any amount to which any party hereto is entitled pursuant to any final judgment of any court having jurisdiction.

9.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Disclosure Schedules (and all exhibits and schedules thereto), all Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules to this Agreement, and all other agreements referred to herein, is complete, and all promises, representations, understandings, warranties and agreements with reference to the subject matter hereof, and all inducements to the making of this Agreement relied upon by all the parties hereto, have been expressed herein or in such Disclosure Schedules, Exhibits, Annexes, Schedules or other agreements and this Agreement (including such Disclosure Schedule, Exhibits, Annexes, Schedules and other agreements) supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

9.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

9.14 Post-Closing Representation . The parties hereto agree that the fact that McGrath North Mullin & Kratz, PC LLO may have represented the Companies and/or the Selling Stockholders prior to Closing shall not prevent McGrath North Mullin & Kratz, PC LLO from representing the Stockholder Representative or any of the Selling Stockholders in connection with any matters involving, including any disputes with, any of the parties after Closing.

9.15 Appointment of Attorney in Fact . Vicki Lamb hereby (i) appoints Rex Lamb as her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact for all purposes relating to this Agreement, the Stock Purchase and the transactions relating hereto and thereto, including the right and power to receive the portion of the Purchase Price due Vicki Lamb, and (ii) directs Purchaser to remit and deliver to Rex Lamb, as Vicki Lamb’s agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, her pro-rata share of the Closing Payment and any Excess Amount, the Notes to be delivered to her, and the Purchaser Shares to be issued to her, in each case which Purchaser is required to remit or deliver to Vicki Lamb pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The payee under such Notes, and the title holder of such Purchaser Shares, shall initially be Vicki and Rex Lamb, jointly. Purchaser agrees to reissue such Purchaser Shares and/or deliver replacement promissory notes for such Notes in the name of Vicki Lamb, individually, upon receipt of (i) written request from Rex Lamb, as Vicki Lamb’s agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, or Vicki Lamb, and (ii) originals of such Notes and/or Purchaser Shares previously delivered and issued.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

- 59 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

  John T. McDonald
  Chief Executive Officer
MAREX GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ DAN YOUNT

  Dan Yount
  President
FILEBOUND SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ DAN YOUNT

  Dan Yount
  President
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
By:  

/s/ MARK CREGLOW

  Mark Creglow
By:  

/s/ REX LAMB

  Rex Lamb
By:  

/s/ VICKI LAMB

  Vicki Lamb
By:  

/s/ SEAN NATHANIEL

  Sean Nathaniel
By:  

/s/ DAN YOUNT

  Dan Yount

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Stockholder Representative executes this Agreement solely for the purposes of (i) accepting his appointment as the Stockholder Representative, and (ii) acknowledging his rights and obligations as set forth in Sections 1.3, 1.7, 5.5 and 5.17 and Article 7 hereof.

STOCKHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE

 

By:  

/s/ REX LAMB

  Rex Lamb

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT]


ANNEX A

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of and under this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “ Acquisition Proposal ” shall mean any inquiry, offer, proposal or indication of interest (other than this Agreement or any other inquiry, offer, proposal or indication of interest by Purchaser), or any public announcement of intention to make any inquiry, offer, proposal or indication of interest (including any request for information from either Company or the Company Representatives), contemplating, relating to or otherwise involving in any way any acquisition or license of all or a significant portion of either Company’s business, properties, assets or technologies, or any amount of the Company Group Capital Stock (whether or not outstanding), whether by equity purchase, asset purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization, restructuring, license or any other form of transaction or series of transactions.

(b) “ Action ” shall mean any private or governmental action, suit, claim, charge, cause of action or suit (whether in contract or tort or otherwise), litigation (whether at law or in equity, whether civil or criminal), assessment, arbitration, investigation, audit, hearing, complaint, demand or other proceeding to, from, by or before any arbitrator, court, tribunal or other Governmental Authority.

(c) “ Base Consideration ” shall mean $11,000,000 minus (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of any and all unpaid Transaction Expenses as of Closing, plus (B) the aggregate amount of any and all unpaid Change in Control Payments as of the Closing), plus (C) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness as of the Closing.

(d) “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the board of directors of a Company.

(e) “ Cash ” means cash and cash equivalents within the meaning of GAAP.

(f) “ Change in Control Payments ” shall mean any severance, accrued vacation, bonus or other similar payment under any Contract or Company Employee Plan, which is owed to a Selling Stockholder, or to a Person related to a Selling Stockholder, as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Companies or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any employer or similar Taxes arising as a result of such payments.

(g) “ Closing Cash ” the amount of the Company Group’s Cash at the Closing.

(h) “ Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Net Working Capital of the Company Group at the Closing.

(i) “ Closing Payment ” shall mean (i) in the event that the Base Consideration is greater than the Estimated Adjusted Consideration, the Estimated Adjusted Consideration, and (ii) in the event that Base Consideration is less than the Estimated Adjusted Consideration, the Estimated Adjusted Consideration up to an amount that shall not exceed the sum of (A) the Base Consideration, plus (B) $260,000.

(j) “ Company Capital Stock ” shall mean all of the capital stock of a Company.

(k) “ Company Group ” shall mean the Companies considered together on a consolidated basis.

(l) “ Company Group Capital Stock ” shall collectively mean all of the capital stock of both Companies.


(m) “ Company Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Executive Agreement and each other agreement, certificate or instrument contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by a Company or the Selling Stockholders in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(n) “ Company Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of a Company.

(o) “ Company Intellectual Property ” means any and all Technology and any and all Intellectual Property Rights, including Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights, to the extent owned by, purported to be owned by, or exclusively licensed to or purported to be exclusively licensed to, a Company.

(p) “ Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any change, event, development, circumstance or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with all other changes, events, developments, circumstances and effects, is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, liabilities, results of operations, or capitalization of the Company Group, taken as a whole; provided , however , that in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred, is reasonably likely to occur, would reasonably be expected to occur, or would or could occur, there shall be excluded any effect on the Company Group resulting from, relating to or arising out of in connection with any of the following (either alone or in combination): (i) changes in, or conditions affecting, economic, political, business or financial market conditions generally, provided that such changes or conditions do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company Group relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Companies operate; (ii) changes in, or conditions affecting, the industry in which such Companies operate, provided that such changes or conditions do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company Group relative to other companies operating in the industry in which such Companies operate; (iii) any generally applicable change in law, rule or regulation, or in the interpretation of any of the foregoing by any Person other than the Companies or the Selling Stockholders, provided that such changes do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company Group relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Companies operate; and (iv) conditions arising out of acts of terrorism, war, weather conditions or other force majeure events, provided that such changes do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company Group relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Companies operate.

(q) “ Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights ” means all of the Registered Intellectual Property owned by, filed in the name of, or applied for by a Company.

(r) “ Company Securities ” shall mean all securities of a Company, including all Company Capital Stock and all other securities or rights, including options and warrants that are convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, securities of such Company.

(s) “ Continuing Employees ” shall mean those employees of a Company who are employed by a Company as of Closing, other than Rex Lamb and Mark Creglow.

(t) “ Contract ” shall mean any written or oral legally binding contract, agreement, instrument, commitment or undertaking of any nature (including leases, licenses, mortgages, notes, guarantees, sublicenses, subcontracts, letters of intent, covenants not to compete, employment agreements and purchase orders) and any amendments, supplements, or other modifications thereto, including as of the Closing or as may hereafter be in effect.

(u) “ Customer Contracts ” shall mean a Contract pursuant to which the Companies provide goods or services to distributors, resellers or end users.

(v) “ Delivered ” shall mean actually delivered or made available to a party, including through any data room utilized by the Companies or the Selling Stockholders.


(w) “ Disclosure Schedules ” shall mean Seller Disclosure Schedules and the Purchaser Disclosure Schedules, collectively.

(x) “ Employee ” shall mean any current or former or retired employee of a Company (or any independent contractor that is later determined by a Governmental Authority to be misclassified and therefore an employee) and any ERISA Affiliate.

(y) “ Employee Agreement ” shall mean each employment, change in control, severance, separation, settlement, retention, bonus, consulting, contractor, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visa, work permit or other agreement or contract between a Company and any Employee.

(z) “ Encumbrance ” shall mean any claim, charge, easement, encumbrance, lease, lien, covenant, security interest, option, pledge, or restriction (whether on voting, sale, transfer, disposition or otherwise), whether imposed by Contract, agreement, understanding, law, equity or otherwise, except for any restrictions on transfer generally arising under any applicable federal or state securities law.

(aa) “ Estimated Adjusted Consideration ” shall mean the Base Consideration, either (i) plus the amount, if any, by which Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ) is greater than the Targeted Net Working Capital Amount if such amount is greater than the Targeted Net Working Capital Amount but never to exceed the sum of (A) the Base Consideration, plus (B) $260,000, or (ii) minus the amount, if any, by which Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ) is less than the Targeted Net Working Capital Amount if such amount is less than the Targeted Net Working Capital Amount.

(bb) “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall have the following meaning:

(i) If the Actual Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(b) ) is equal to the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ), then “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall be the same amount as Estimated Adjusted Consideration;

(ii) If the Actual Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(b) ) is greater than the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ), then “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall mean the Estimated Adjusted Consideration, plus the amount by which Actual Closing Net Working Capital is greater than Estimated Closing Net Working Capital; or

(iii) If the Actual Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(b) ) is less than the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ), then “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall mean Estimated Adjusted Consideration, minus the amount by which Estimated Closing Net Working Capital is greater than Actual Closing Net Working Capital.

(cc) “ GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

(dd) “ Governmental Authority ” shall mean any United States federal, state, municipal or local or any foreign government, or political subdivision thereof, or any authority, agency or commission entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or other governmental power, any court or tribunal (or any department, bureau or division thereof), or any arbitrator or arbitral body.

(ee) “ Indebtedness ” shall mean with respect to any Person all Liabilities (including any applicable penalties (including with respect to any prepayment thereof), interest and premiums) (i) for borrowed money (including bank overdrafts and advances), (ii) evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, loan agreements or similar instruments, (iii) for the deferred purchase price of property, goods or services (other than trade payables or accruals incurred in the ordinary course of business not past due for more than sixty (60) days past due), (iv) of such Person as lessee capitalized in accordance with GAAP, (v) of others secured by an Encumbrance on


any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person, (vi) in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments, and under reverse repurchase agreements, (vii) of such Person in respect of futures contracts, swaps, derivative transactions, other financial Contracts and other similar obligations (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) (determined on a net basis as if such Contract or obligation was being terminated early, on the date of such determination) or (viii) in the nature of guarantees of the obligations described in clauses (i) through (vii) above of any other Person.

(ff) “ Indemnified Parties ” shall mean the Purchaser Indemnified Parties and the Seller Indemnified Parties.

(gg) “ Intellectual Property Rights ” means any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) all United States and foreign patents and utility models, including utility patents, design patents, plant patents and plant variety protection certificates, and all registrations and applications therefore and all reissues, divisionals, re-examinations, corrections, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations in-part thereof, and other derivatives and certificates associated therewith, and equivalent or similar rights anywhere in the world in inventions and discoveries, including, without limitation, invention disclosures (“ Patents ”); (ii) all trade secrets and other rights in know-how and confidential or proprietary information throughout the world (“ Trade Secrets ”); (iii) all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefore and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world (“ Copyrights ”); (iv) all mask works, mask work registrations and applications therefore, and any equivalent or similar rights (“ Mask Works ”); (v) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefore throughout the world; (vi) all rights in domain names and applications and registrations therefore (“ Domain Names ”); (vii) all trade names, trade dress, logos or other corporate designations, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefore and all goodwill associated therewith throughout the world (“ Trademarks ”); and (viii) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world, including, without limitation, moral rights and publicity rights.

(hh) “ IRS ” shall mean United States Internal Revenue Service.

(ii) “ Key Employees ” shall mean Sean Nathaniel, Dan Yount, Gina Stoltz, John Fox, Jon Eilers, Justin Carper, Kyle Petsch, Thomas Kernes, Tim Schukar and Toby Hottovy.

(jj) “ Knowledge ” shall mean the actual knowledge of those Persons listed on ANNEX C(1) after reasonable inquiry by such Persons of those employees listed on ANNEX C(2) , with such required inquiry with respect to each such Person to be limited to the respective area of expertise of such Person.

(kk) “ Legal Requirements ” shall mean any applicable federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, ordinance, code, directives, order, edict, decree, principle of common law, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into legal effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority.

(ll) “ Liability ” shall mean any debt, liability and obligation (including any fines and penalties), whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, determined or determinable, asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, including those arising under any law, action or governmental order and those arising under any Contract.

(mm) “ Maximum Indemnification Amount ” shall mean One Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand dollars ($1,450,000).


(nn) “ Net Working Capital ” shall mean an amount equal to (i) the aggregate value of all current assets of the Company Group, less (ii) the aggregate value of all current liabilities of the Company Group, including, without limitation, accounts payable, checks written in excess of available funds, other payables, employee benefits payable, payroll Taxes payable, accrued payroll, employee-related liabilities (including sales commissions) and other accrued liabilities, but excluding (A) any accrual or liability for holiday pay, sick pay and vacation, and (B) all deferred revenue and any Indebtedness related to current liabilities, in each case, calculated in accordance with Schedule 1.3(a) on a combined basis.

(oo) “ Permits ” shall mean all permits, concessions, certifications, consents, grants, franchises, licenses and other governmental authorizations and approvals.

(pp) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, company, corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, trust, proprietorship, joint venture, or other business entity, unincorporated association, organization or enterprise, or any Governmental Authority.

(qq) “ Pre-Closing Taxes ” shall mean (i) all Taxes of a Company for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date and, with respect to any Straddle Period, that portion of any Taxes of a Company for such Straddle Period that is apportioned to the Selling Stockholders pursuant to Section 5.5 , (ii) all Taxes for any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary group of which a Company (or any predecessor) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation §1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local, or non-U.S. law or regulation, and (iii) any and all Taxes of any Person (other than such Company) imposed on a Company as a transferee or successor, by contract (other than Taxes attributable to a post-Closing period pursuant to a contract the principal purpose of which is not to address Tax matters) or pursuant to any law, rule, or regulation, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring on or before the Closing Date; provided , however , that in the case of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above, Pre-Closing Taxes shall not include any Taxes that are taken into account in determining Actual Closing Net Working Capital; provided, further, that Pre-Closing Taxes shall not include any income Taxes of the Selling Stockholders that arise in connection with any event or transaction of a Company occurring on or after the Closing at the direction of or exercise of control by Purchaser or its affiliates or Representatives (other than the making of the 338(h)(10) Elections).

(rr) “ Pro Rata Portion ” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to a Selling Stockholder, such Selling Stockholder’s ownership interest in the Company Group set forth opposite such Selling Stockholder’s name on the Schedule of Stockholders attached hereto.

(ss) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean (A) the sum of the (i) Closing Payment, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the Purchaser Shares, and, if applicable, (iv) the Excess Amount, less (B) if applicable, the Shortfall Amount, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Notes.

(tt) “ Purchaser Disclosure Schedule ” shall mean the Purchaser’s disclosure schedule of even date herewith and executed and delivered to the Selling Stockholders in connection with this Agreement.

(uu) “ Registered Intellectual Property Right(s) ” means any and all United States, foreign, national and international: (i) Patents; (ii) registered Trademarks, applications to register Trademarks, including intent to use applications, or other registrations or applications related to Trademarks; (iii) Copyrights registrations and applications to register Copyrights; (iv) Mask Work registrations and applications to register Mask Works; (v) Domain Name registrations; and (vi) any other Intellectual Property Rights related thereto that are the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration or other document issued by, filed with, or recorded by, any state, government or other public or private legal authority at any time.

(vv) “ Representatives ” shall mean directors, officers, employees, consultants, accountants, legal counsel, investment bankers or other financial advisors, agents and other representatives of a Person.


(ww) “ Security Interest ” shall mean any mortgage, security interest, pledge, encumbrance, restriction (and in the case of securities, vote) or lien (whether arising by contract or by operation of law and whether voluntary or involuntary).

(xx) “ Seller Disclosure Schedule ” shall mean the Company Group’s disclosure schedule of even date herewith and executed and delivered to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement and as updated as provided herein.

(yy) “ Special Damages ” shall mean (i) any loss of profits based on an anticipated, expected, projected or actual increase in profits after the Effective Time as compared to a Company’s historical profits prior to the Effective Time, (ii) prospective or anticipated Damages that depend upon future developments that are improbable, (iii) Damages that are not the probable and reasonably foreseeable result of the inaccuracy in or breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of a Company or Selling Stockholder set forth in this Agreement or any Company Document, and (iv) exemplary damages.

(zz) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any party, any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which (i) at least a majority of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such party or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries or (ii) such party or any other Subsidiary of such party is a general partner (excluding any such partnership where such party or any Subsidiary of such party does not have a majority of the voting interest in such partnership).

(aaa) “ Targeted Net Working Capital Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to Two Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,450,000).

(bbb) “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” shall mean (i) all federal, state, county, local or foreign taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments, including all income, gross receipts, capital, windfall profits, production, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, inventory, capital stock, license, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, real and personal property and estimated taxes, customs, duties, fees, assessments and charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalties, fines, additions to tax or additional amounts (whether disputed or not) imposed by any Governmental Authority, (ii) any Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (i) of this sentence as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group for any taxable period, and (iii) any Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence as a result of being a transferee of or successor to any Person or as a result of any express or implied obligation to assume such Taxes or to indemnify any other Person or otherwise by operation of law.

(ccc) “ Tax Law ” shall mean any Legal Requirement (whether domestic or foreign) relating to Taxes.

(ddd) “ Tax Return ” shall mean any return, report or statement required to be filed with respect to any Tax (including any elections, declarations, schedules, statements or attachments thereto, and any amendment thereof) including any information return, estimate, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax, and including, where permitted or required, affiliated, combined, consolidated or unitary returns for any group of entities that includes a Company.

(eee) “ Taxing Authority ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service of the United States or any other authority, agency, board or commission (whether state, local or foreign) responsible for the administration of any Tax.


(fff) “ Technology ” means any or all of the following: (i) products of a Company and any works of authorship including, without limitation, computer programs, source code and executable code, whether embodied in software, firmware or otherwise, and related documentation, designs, files, net lists, formulas, records, data and mask works; (ii) inventions (whether or not patentable); (iii) databases, data compilations and collections and technical data; (iv) tools, services, methods and processes; and (v) all instantiations of the foregoing in any form and embodied in any media.

Exhibit 2.5

MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.,

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.,

COMSCI, LLC,

AND

ROBERT J. SVEC and ALAN C. MALTZ, as SELLING MEMBERS,

Dated as of November 7, 2013


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1 THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE

     1   

1.1

  Membership Interest Purchase;      1   

1.2

  Closing; Effective Time      2   

1.3

  Calculation of Estimated and Final Adjusted Consideration      3   

1.4

  Payment Procedures      4   

1.5

  Transfer Books; No Further Ownership Rights in the Company Interests      6   

1.6

  Taking of Further Necessary Action      6   

1.7

  Transfer Taxes      6   

1.8

  Holdback Amount      7   

1.9

  Allocation      7   

ARTICLE 2 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING MEMBERS

     7   

2.1

  Organization and Standing      7   

2.2

  Capitalization      8   

2.3

  Authority      9   

2.4

  No Conflicts      10   

2.5

  Governmental Filings and Consents      10   

2.6

  Financial Statements      10   

2.7

  Substantial Customers and Suppliers      11   

2.8

  Absence of Changes      11   

2.9

  Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities      12   

2.10

  Taxes      12   

2.11

  Property      14   

2.12

  Contracts      14   

2.13

  Benefit Plans      16   

2.14

  Intellectual Property      18   

2.15

  Government Funding; Government Contracts      22   

2.16

  Insurance      22   

2.17

  Personnel      23   

2.18

  Litigation      25   

2.19

  Environmental Matters      25   

2.20

  Compliance with Laws; Permits      26   

2.21

  Encumbrances      27   

2.22

  Brokers and Finders      27   

2.23

  Anti-Takeover Statute Not Applicable      27   

2.24

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions      27   

2.25

  Bank Accounts; Powers, etc.      27   

2.26

  Books and Records      28   

ARTICLE 2 A REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF EACH SELLING MEMBER

     28   

2A.1

  Accredited Investor      28   

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

     29   

3.1

  Organization and Standing      29   

3.2

  Authority      30   

3.3

  No Conflicts      30   

 

- i -


3.4

  Governmental Filings and Consents      30   

3.5

  Funds      30   
  Purchaser Shares; Capitalization      30   
  Financial Statements      32   

3.8

  Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees      32   

3.12

  Property      33   

3.16

  Litigation      33   

3.17

  Compliance with Laws; Permits      34   

3.19

  Brokers and Finders      34   

ARTICLE 4 CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME

     35   

4.1

  Conduct of Business of the Company      35   

4.2

  No Negotiation      37   

4.3

  Tax Returns      38   

ARTICLE 5 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     39   

5.1

  Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Complete; Third Party Consents      39   

5.2

  Notification of Certain Matters      39   

5.3

  Access to Information      40   

5.4

  Fees and Expenses      40   

5.5

  Tax Matters      41   

5.6

  Corporate Matters      44   

5.7

  Confidentiality      44   

5.8

  Selling Members Release of Claims      45   

5.9

  Company Employee Plans      46   

5.10

  Further Assurances      46   

ARTICLE 6 CONDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE

     47   

6.1

  Conditions to Obligations of Each Party      47   

6.2

  Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser      47   

6.3

  Conditions to Obligations of the Company and Selling Members      49   

ARTICLE 7 SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

     51   

7.1

  Survival      51   

7.2

  Indemnification of Indemnified Parties      52   

ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION

     59   

8.1

  Termination      59   

8.2

  Effect of Termination      60   

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

     60   

9.1

  Amendments; No Waiver      60   

9.2

  Notices      60   

9.3

  Successors and Assigns      62   

9.4

  Certain Interpretations      62   

9.5

  Counterparts; Facsimile      63   

9.6

  Severability      63   

9.7

  Specific Performance      63   

9.8

  Other Remedies      63   

9.9

  Third Parties      63   

9.10

  Governing Law      63   

9.11

  Consent to Jurisdiction      64   

9.12

  Entire Agreement      64   

9.13

  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL      64   

 

- ii -


INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

Term

  

Section in the

Agreement

Financial Statements

   Section 2.6(a)

Acquisition Proposal

   ANNEX A(a)

Action

   ANNEX A(b)

Actual Closing Net Working Capital

   Section 1.3(b)(iii)

Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement

   Section 1.3(b)(i)

Agreement

   Preamble

Allocation

   Section 1.9

Balance Sheet

   Section 2.6(a)

Base Consideration

   ANNEX A(c)

Basket Amount

   Section 7.2(c)(v)

Cash

   ANNEX A(d)

Certificates

   Section 1.4(a)

Change in Control Payments

   ANNEX A(e)

Closing

   Section 1.2

Closing Cash

   ANNEX A(f)

Closing Date

   Section 1.2

Closing Date Balance Sheet

   Section 1.3(a)

Closing Net Working Capital

   ANNEX A(g)

Closing Payment

   Section 1.1(a)(i)

Code

   Section 1.4(c)

Company

   Preamble

Company Documents

   ANNEX A(j)

Company Employee Plan

   Section 2.13(a)

Company Government Contract

   Section 2.15(b)

Company Government Subcontract

   Section 2.15(b)

Company Indebtedness

   ANNEX A(k)

Company Intellectual Property

   ANNEX A(h)

Company Interests

   ANNEX A(i)

Company Material Adverse Effect

   ANNEX A(l)

Company Options

   Section 2.2(c)

Company Organizational Documents

   Section 2.1(b)

Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights

   ANNEX A(m)

Company Representatives

   Section 4.2(a)

Company Securities

   ANNEX A(n)

Company Software Programs

   Section 2.14(t)

Confidential Information

   Section 5.7(a)

Consents

   Section 2.5

Contract

   ANNEX A(p)

Damages

   Section 7.2(f)

Disclosure Schedule

   ANNEX A(q)

Effective Time

   Section 1.2

Employee

   ANNEX A(s)

Employee Agreement

   ANNEX A(r)

Encumbrance

   ANNEX A(t)

Environmental Laws

   Section 2.19(a)

Environmental Permit

   Section 2.19(a)

ERISA

   Section 2.13(c)

ERISA Affiliate

   Section 2.13(d)

 

- iii -


Term

  

Section in the

Agreement

Estimated Adjusted Consideration

   ANNEX A(u)

Estimated Closing Net Working Capital

   Section 1.3(a)

Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement

   Section 1.3(a)

Excess Amount

   Section 1.4(b)

Executive Agreement

   Recitals

Final Adjusted Consideration

   ANNEX A(v)

Financial Statements

   Section 2.6(a)

GAAP

   ANNEX A(w)

Governmental Authority

   ANNEX A(x)

Hazardous Substance

   Section 2.19(a)

Hazardous Substance Activity

   Section 2.19(a)

Holdback Amount

   Section 1.1(a)(iii)

Indebtedness

   ANNEX A(y)

Indemnification Claim

   Section 7.2(d)(i)

Indemnification Claim Certificate

   Section 7.2(d)(i)

Purchaser Indemnified Parties

   Section 7.2(a)

Independent Accounting Firm

   Section 1.3(b)(iii)(B)

Intellectual Property Rights

   ANNEX A(z)

Key Employees

   ANNEX A(aa)

Knowledge

   ANNEX A(bb)

Legal Requirements

   ANNEX A(cc)

Liability

   ANNEX A(dd)

Lost Certificate Affidavit

   Section 1.4(f)

Lost Certificate Indemnity Agreement

   Section 1.4(f)

Market Standoff Agreement

   Recitals

Material Contract or Material Contracts

   Section 2.12(z)

Membership Interest Purchase

   Recitals

Net Working Capital

   ANNEX A(ee)

Notice of Dispute

   Section 1.3(b)(ii)

Outside Date

   Section 8.1(b)

PCBs

   Section 2.19(b)

Permits

   ANNEX A(ff)

Person

   ANNEX A(ii)

Plan

   Section 2.13(a)

Post-Closing Tax Period

   Section 0

Pre-Closing Taxes

   ANNEX A(kk)

Pro Rata Portion

   ANNEX A(nn)

PTO

   Section 0

Public Software

   Section 2.14(t)

Purchase Price

   ANNEX A(oo)

Parent

   Preamble

Parent Shares

   Section 1.1(a)(ii)

Registered Intellectual Property Right(s)

   ANNEX A(qq)

Related Party

   Section 2.12(f)

Released Parties

   Section 5.8

Revised Allocation

   Section 1.9

Securities Act

   Section 2.2(b)

Security Interest

   ANNEX A(rr)

Selling Member or Selling Members

   Preamble

Selling Member’s Interests

   Section 5.8

Shortfall Amount

   Section 1.4(b)(ii)

 

- iv -


Term

  

Section in the

Agreement

Special Indemnification Representations

   Section 7.1(a)(i)

Statement of Expenses

   Section 5.4

Straddle Period

   Section 5.5(b)

Straddle Period Tax Return

   Section 5.5(b)

Subsidiary

   ANNEX A(ss)

Survival Period

   Section 7.1(a)(i)

Targeted Net Working Capital Amount

   ANNEX A(tt)

Tax Law

   ANNEX A(uu)

Tax or Taxes

   ANNEX A(ww)

Tax Return

   ANNEX A(vv)

Taxing Authority

   ANNEX A(xx)

Technology

   ANNEX A(yy)

Third Party Claim

   Section 7.2(e)

Trade Accounts Receivable

   ANNEX A(zz)

Transaction Expenses

   Section 5.4

Transfer Taxes

   Section 1.7

WARN Act

   Section 2.17(h)

Wire Transfer Letter

   Section 1.4(a)

Working Capital Memorandum

   Section 1.3(b)(iii)(A)

 

      Annexes   
Annex A       Certain Defined Terms   
Annex B       Schedule of Members   
      Exhibits   
Exhibit A       Form of Executive Agreement   
Exhibit B       Form of Market Standoff Agreement   
Exhibit C       Form of Non-Competition Agreement   
      Schedules   
Schedule 1.3(a)       Net Working Capital   
Schedule K       Knowledge Employees   

 

- v -


MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 7, 2013 by and among Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Purchaser ”), ComSci, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Robert J. Svec and Alan C. Maltz, the members of the Company (each a “ Selling Member ” and collectively, the “ Selling Members ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth on Annex A hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Selling Members are the record and beneficial owners of all of the issued and outstanding ownership interests of Company;

WHEREAS, Purchaser desires to purchase from the Selling Members, and the Selling Members desire to sell to Purchaser all of the ownership interests of Company (the “ Membership Interest Purchase ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all of the ownership interests of the Company shall be converted into the right to receive the consideration set forth in Section 1.1(a) herein;

WHEREAS, a portion of the consideration otherwise payable by Purchaser in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase shall be held back by Purchaser as partial security for the indemnification obligations set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, as a condition and inducement to the willingness of Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, Robert J. Svec shall execute and deliver at Closing an Executive Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Executive Agreement ”) with Parent or one of its Subsidiaries;

WHEREAS, concurrent with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, as a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, the Selling Members shall have entered into a Market Standoff Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Market Standoff Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, concurrent with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, as a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement, the Selling Members shall enter into a Non-Competition Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (a “ Non-Competition Agreement ”).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE

1.1 Membership Interest Purchase; Company Interests .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Selling Members shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall acquire and purchase, in a combination of cash and stock, from the Selling Members, all right, title and interest of the Selling Members, legal or equitable, in and to all Company Interests owned by the Selling Members free and clear of all Encumbrances. The Selling Members agree to cure at any time after the Closing, without further


compensation, any deficiencies with respect to the Selling Members’ title to the Company Interests, the endorsement of any certificate(s) representing the Company Interests owned by the Selling Members or with respect to the stock power accompanying any such certificates. The aggregate purchase price for all of the Company Interests shall equal the Purchase Price, subject to (i) applicable Tax withholding, and (ii) Purchaser’s indemnification rights (including rights of set off) set forth in Article 7 , and shall be payable as follows:

(i) An amount of Cash equal to the lesser of (i) the Base Consideration and (ii) the Estimated Adjusted Consideration (as applicable, the “ Closing Payment ”) multiplied by a Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion shall be delivered to such Selling Member at the Closing by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such Selling Member’s bank account pursuant to the wire instructions delivered in writing to the Purchaser prior to Closing;

(ii) (A) To Robert J. Svec, 949,000 shares of Parent’s Common Stock, and (B) to Alan C. Maltz, 949,000 shares of Parent’s Series B-2 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Parent Shares ”), shall be issued and delivered to such Selling Member, subject to the terms and conditions of the Market Standoff Agreement;

(iii) $750,000 (the “ Holdback Amount ”) multiplied by a Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion shall be delivered on the first anniversary of the Closing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such Selling Member or his designee(s) pursuant to the wire instructions delivered in writing to the Purchaser prior to Closing or such other wire instructions delivered in writing to the Purchaser prior to the first anniversary of Closing, subject to Purchaser’s indemnification and set off rights under Article 7 ; provided that, in the event Purchaser has any made any Indemnification Claims pursuant to Article 7 which remain unsatisfied and unresolved as of the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the amount of Damages subject to the Indemnification Claim(s) of Purchaser (the “ Escrowed Holdback Amount ”) shall be subtracted and withheld from the release of the Holdback Amount to the Selling Members on the first anniversary of the Closing Date and Purchaser shall immediately deposit in cash an amount equal to the Escrowed Holdback Amount with an independent third party escrow agent reasonably acceptable to the Selling Members and Purchaser pursuant to an escrow agreement among the Selling Members, Purchaser and the escrow agent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the parties thereto (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). The fees, costs and expenses of such escrow agent shall be borne equally by the Selling Members on one hand, and Purchaser on the other hand; and

(iv) The Post Closing Payments, if any, shall be paid to the Selling Members in accordance with Section 1.4(c ).

(b) Holdback Amount . The right to receive the Holdback Amount payable pursuant to this Agreement is a contract right only and shall not be evidenced by any certificate evidencing such right. The right to receive the Holdback Amount payable pursuant to this Agreement may not be transferred or assigned except as permitted under Section 9.3 hereof.

1.2 Closing; Effective Time . The Membership Interest Purchase shall be consummated at a closing (the “ Closing ”) to occur on a business day as soon as practicable (and in any event within two (2) business days) following the satisfaction or waiver (if permitted hereunder) of all of the conditions set forth in Article 6 other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing (but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions at the Closing) at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, located at 900 South Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, Texas, 78746-5546, unless another date and/or place is mutually agreed upon in writing by Purchaser, the Company and the Selling Members. The date upon which the Closing actually occurs hereunder is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .” The actual time of Closing is referred to herein as the “ Effective Time .”

 

- 2 -


1.3 Calculation of Estimated and Final Adjusted Consideration .

(a) Calculation of Estimated Closing Net Working Capital . At least three (3) business days prior to the close of business on the Closing Date (or such other time as may be approved by Purchaser), the Company shall prepare and deliver to Purchaser an estimated unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing (the “ Closing Date Balance Sheet ”), which shall include a statement setting forth the Company’s estimate of the Closing Net Working Capital and Closing Cash which shall use the same methodology for calculating Net Working Capital and Closing Cash used and further described on Schedule 1.3(a) (the “ Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement ”) and shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to the exceptions described in Schedule 1.3(a )). The Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement shall fairly and accurately present the Company’s good faith best estimate (based on reasonable assumptions) of the Closing Net Working Capital and Closing Cash without giving effect to the consummation of the Membership Interest Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The estimated Closing Net Working Capital set forth in the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement shall be referred to herein as the “ Estimated Closing Net Working Capital .”

(b) Calculation of Final Closing Net Working Capital .

(i) Within ninety (90) calendar days following the Closing Date, Purchaser shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) and deliver to the Selling Members a reasonably detailed statement setting forth Purchaser’s calculation of the actual Closing Net Working Capital which shall use the same methodology for calculating the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement as described on Schedule 1.3(a) (the “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement ”) and which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to the exceptions described in Schedule 1.3(a )).

(ii) The Selling Members may dispute any item or amount set forth in the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement, at any time within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt of the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement, by delivering to Purchaser a written notice of such dispute executed by the Selling Members (a “ Notice of Dispute ”) setting forth, in reasonable detail, (A) each item or amount so disputed by the Selling Members, (B) the Selling Members’ calculation of each such disputed item or amount, and (C) the Selling Members’ calculation of the Closing Net Working Capital of the Company after giving effect to the Selling Members’ calculation of each such disputed item or amount.

(iii) If Purchaser does not receive a Notice of Dispute from the Selling Members delivered pursuant to and in accordance with Section 1.3(b)(ii) within the time period set forth therein, then (x) the Selling Member shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented and agreed to each item and amount set forth in the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement delivered by Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.3(b)(i) , and (y) for all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Closing Net Working Capital, as set forth in the Actual Closing Net Working Capital Statement delivered by Purchaser pursuant to Section 1.3(b)(i) . If Purchaser receives a Notice of Dispute from the Selling Members delivered pursuant to and in accordance with Section 1.3(b)(ii) within the time period set forth therein, then Purchaser and the Selling Members shall use good faith efforts to resolve all disputed items and amounts set forth in the Notice of Dispute pursuant to good faith negotiations. The Selling Members shall be provided with reasonable access to all relevant books and records for the purposes of reviewing and analyzing such disputed items and amounts. In the event that Purchaser and the Selling Members shall reach agreement, within thirty (30) calendar days following Purchaser’s receipt of a Notice of Dispute, on all disputed items and amounts set forth in such Notice of Dispute, then the Purchaser and Selling Members shall execute a memorandum setting forth such agreement and then for all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Closing Net Working Capital, as agreed upon by Purchaser and the Selling Members. In the event that Purchaser and the Selling Members are unable to reach agreement, within thirty (30) calendar days following Purchaser’s receipt of a Notice of Dispute, on all of the disputed items or amounts set forth in a Notice of Dispute, then:

 

- 3 -


(A) Purchaser and the Selling Members shall execute a memorandum (the “ Working Capital Memorandum ”) setting forth (1) the resolved items and/or amounts, if any, and (2) the items or amounts that remain in dispute following such good faith negotiations;

(B) Purchaser and the Selling Members shall submit all remaining disputed items and amounts set forth in the Working Capital Memorandum to an independent nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm reasonably acceptable to such parties (the “ Independent Accounting Firm ”) for resolution in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Each of the parties to this Agreement shall, and shall cause their respective affiliates and representatives to, provide full cooperation to the Independent Accounting Firm. The Independent Accounting Firm shall (1) act in its capacity as an expert and not as an arbitrator, (2) consider only those items and amounts identified in the Working Capital Memorandum as being in dispute between Purchaser and the Selling Members, (3) be instructed to reach its conclusions regarding any such dispute within thirty (30) calendar days after its appointment and provide a written explanation of its decision, and (4) not (x) determine any liability claimed by the Selling Members or asset claimed by Purchaser in an amount less than that claimed by such party, or (y) determine any asset claimed by the Selling Members or liability claimed by Purchaser in an amount in excess of the amount claimed by such party. All expenses relating to the engagement of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be shared equally by Purchaser, on one hand, and the Selling Members, on the other hand. The Independent Accounting Firm shall determine all disputed items and amounts and its decision in respect thereof shall be final and binding upon Purchaser and the Selling Members; and

(C) for all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Actual Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Closing Net Working Capital, based upon (1) all amounts agreed upon by Purchaser and the Selling Members in respect of any disputed items or amounts, as set forth in the Working Capital Memorandum, and (2) all other amounts determined by the Independent Accounting Firm pursuant to clause (B) of this Section 1.3(b)(iii) .

1.4 Payment Procedures .

(a) Closing Payment . At the Closing, if and to the extent there are certificate(s) representing the Company Interests (the “ Certificates ”), each Selling Member shall deliver to Purchaser the Certificates owned by such Selling Member, accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank by such Selling Member, executed wire transfer instructions designating the account to which payment shall be made (a “ Wire Transfer Letter ”), a completed IRS Form W-9 or Form W-8BEN, the duly executed Market Standoff Agreement, and this Agreement duly executed. Following receipt of such Certificates (if applicable), stock powers (if applicable), Wire Transfer Letter, applicable IRS Form, the duly executed Market Standoff Agreement, and the Agreement duly executed by each Selling Member by Purchaser, Purchaser shall pay to each Selling Member by wire transfer to the account listed in such Selling Member’s Wire Transfer Letter that portion of the Closing Payment without interest payable to such Selling Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Adjustment to Purchase Price Based on Final Adjusted Consideration .

(i) If the Final Adjusted Consideration is greater than the Closing Payment (the value of such amount greater than the Closing Payment, the “ Excess Amount ”), then within five (5) business days of the determination of the Final Adjusted Consideration in accordance with this Agreement, Purchaser shall pay to each Selling Member an amount of cash (without interest) equal to the Excess Amount multiplied by such Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion, subject to Purchaser’s indemnification rights (including rights of set off) set forth in Article 7 . Such payments are expressly conditioned upon the execution and delivery of the Certificates, stock powers, Wire Transfer Letter, applicable IRS Form and this Agreement.

 

- 4 -


(ii) If the Final Adjusted Consideration is less than the Closing Payment (the value of such difference, the “ Shortfall Amount ”), each Selling Member shall, within five (5) business days immediately after written request from Purchaser, pay to Purchaser an amount of cash (without interest) equal to the Shortfall Amount multiplied by such Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion. In the event the Selling Members do not timely pay the Shortfall Amount to Purchaser in immediately available funds, Purchaser may reduce the amount of any Holdback Amount to be paid to Selling Members in an amount necessary for payment in full of the Shortfall Amount, but such reduction shall not release the obligation of the Selling Members to pay the Shortfall Amount to Purchaser.

(iii) Unless otherwise instructed in writing by a Selling Member, Purchaser shall be entitled to rely on each Selling Member’s Wire Transfer Letter in making any payments under this Agreement.

(c) Post Closing Payments .

(i) In the event that (A) within nine (9) months immediately following the Closing Date, the Company, Purchaser or any of their respective subsidiaries (or any other entities formed by the Company, Purchaser or any of their respective subsidiaries for the purposes of the transactions described in the BOA proposal) is awarded a contract with Bank of America in connection with the Company’s Call Detail Recording/Call Accounting Pricing proposal dated May 28, 2013 (the “ BOA Proposal ”) and (B) the Company, Purchaser or any of their respective subsidiaries or such other entities referred to herein subsequently enters into a contract with Bank of America or becomes a subcontractor, partner or owner of any other entity that enters into such contract as a result of the BOA Proposal, in any case prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, for the delivery of the products and services detailed in the BOA Proposal (the “ BOA Contract ”), then Purchaser shall deliver to the Selling Members (X) an aggregate amount of cash (without interest) equal to $1,125, and (Y) 326 Parent Shares (of the same class and series delivered to each Selling Member at Closing, and the final number of such additional Parent Shares being subject to adjustments based on any stock splits, combinations or reclassifications, stock dividends or distributions and other similar adjustment events occurring after the Closing) (collectively, the “ Post Closing Payments ”) for each $1,000 of Normalized Revenue actually collected by the Company, Purchaser or any of their respective subsidiaries or such other entities referred to herein.

(ii) The Post Closing Payments shall be delivered to the Selling Members in accordance with each Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion within ninety (90) days after the expiration of the Normalized Revenue Period, and in all cases, shall be subject to Purchaser’s indemnification rights (including rights of set off) set forth in Article 7 . Delivery of the Post-Closing Payments shall be accompanied by reasonably detailed statements and back-up documentation describing and evidencing the basis for the calculation of the amount of the Post-Closing Payment, and cash payments of the Post-Closing Payments shall be made to each Selling Member or his designee(s) in accordance with written instructions to be provided by the Selling Member.

(iii) Contract Right Only . The right to receive any Post Closing Payments payable pursuant to this Agreement is a contract right only and no certificate evidencing such right shall be issued. The right to receive any Post Closing Payments payable pursuant to this Agreement may not be transferred or assigned (except as permitted under Section 9.3 hereof).

(d) Closing Cash . Within five (5) Business Days after the ninety (90) day anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Closing Cash Release Date ”), the Purchaser shall pay each Selling Member’s Pro Rata Portion of the Closing Cash to such Selling Member (the “ Closing Cash Payment ”); provided , however , notwithstanding anything in the Disclosure Schedule, if after the date of the Balance Sheet, the Company (i) breaches Section 2.8 (a “ Cash Management Breach ”), then the incremental Closing Cash payable to

 

- 5 -


the Selling Members pursuant to this Section 1.4(d) shall be reduced by the incremental portion of Closing Cash attributable to the Cash Management Breach and any other Damages related to such Cash Management Breach. Any claim by the Purchaser prior to the Closing Cash Release Date of a Cash Management Breach, including any dispute thereof, shall follow and be subject to the indemnification procedures set forth Article 7 .

(e) Withholding Rights . Each of Purchaser and the Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the payment of any consideration (including the Final Adjusted Consideration or Estimated Adjusted Consideration (or any portion thereof)) to the Selling Members such amounts as may be required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) or any other applicable Legal Requirements, unless such Person provides Purchaser with such documentation as Purchaser reasonably requests and as satisfactory to Purchaser to qualify for an exemption to any such requirement to withhold or an approval or certification from the applicable tax authorities instructing Purchaser otherwise. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by Purchaser, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to such Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.

(f) Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . In the event any Certificates which formerly represented the Company Interests shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making and delivery of an affidavit of that fact by such Selling Member in form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser (a “ Lost Certificate Affidavit ”), Purchaser shall pay such Selling Member the portion of the Purchase Price to which the Selling Member is entitled to pursuant to Section 1.1(a) ; provided , however , that Purchaser may, in its sole discretion and as a condition precedent to payment, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificates or agreements to deliver an agreement of indemnification in a form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, and/or a bond in such sum as Purchaser may reasonably direct as indemnity, against any claim that may be made against Purchaser, or the Company with respect to the Certificates or agreements alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed (the “ Lost Certificate Indemnity Agreement ”), and in connection therewith the holder of such lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be responsible for all required fees and premiums.

1.5 Transfer Books; No Further Ownership Rights in the Company Interests . At the Effective Time, the ownership interest transfer books of the Company shall be closed, and thereafter there shall be no further registration of transfers of the Company Interests on the records of the Company. From and after the Effective Time, the holders of Certificates (other than Purchaser or any affiliate thereof) formerly representing ownership of the Company Interests outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to such interests, except as otherwise provided for herein or by applicable Legal Requirements.

1.6 Taking of Further Necessary Action . Each of Purchaser, the Company, and the Selling Members shall take all such reasonable and lawful action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effectuate the Membership Interest Purchase in accordance with this Agreement as promptly as possible. If, at any time after the Effective Time, any such further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest Purchaser with full right, title and possession to all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company, the officers and managers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time are and will remain fully authorized in the name of the Company or otherwise to take, and shall take (at the sole cost and expense of Purchaser, absent any breach of this Agreement or any Company Document), only upon request by Purchaser, all such lawful and necessary action.

1.7 Transfer Taxes . All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other substantially similar Taxes imposed on a Selling Member and incurred in connection with this Agreement (collectively, “ Transfer Taxes ”), if any, shall be borne by such Selling Member and shall be paid by such Selling Member when due. Each Selling Member shall, at its own expense, file all

 

- 6 -


necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such Transfer Taxes and Purchaser and the Company will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation if necessary under any Legal Requirement. Upon Purchaser’s request, the Selling Members shall provide Purchaser with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser that such Transfer Taxes have been paid by the Selling Members.

1.8 Holdback Amount . In order to at least partially satisfy and to establish a procedure for the satisfaction of claims by Purchaser or the Purchaser Indemnified Parties (as defined in Section 7.2 ) for indemnification pursuant to Article 7 , subject to the requirements in Section 1.1(a)(iii ) hereof, Purchaser shall retain the Holdback Amount (in escrow if required by Section 1.1(a)(iii )) for the benefit of the Selling Members until the Holdback Amount is distributed in accordance with this Agreement or deposited with the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

1.9 Allocation . The parties hereto intend that, for United States federal Tax purposes, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be treated as follows: (a) with respect to the Selling Members, as a sale by each Selling Member of the Company Interests owned by such Selling Member, and (ii) with respect to the Purchaser, as a purchase of the Company’s assets, in both cases in accordance with situation 2 of Revenue Ruling 99-6, 1991-1 C.B. 432 (the “ Transaction Tax Treatment ”). Within 90 days of the Closing, Purchaser shall prepare and provide to the Selling Members an allocation of the Purchase Price (as determined for federal income tax purposes) among the assets of the Company (the “ Allocation ”). The Selling Members shall raise any objections to the Allocation within 30 days thereafter, and the Selling Members and Purchaser shall work in good faith to resolve any agreements. Within 90 days after the final determination of the amount of any Holdback Amount released to the Selling Members, any Excess Amount, any Shortfall Amount or the actual payment of any amount pursuant to Article 7 , Purchaser shall prepare and provide to the Selling Members a revised allocation of the Purchase Price (each, a “ Revised Allocation ”). The Selling Members shall raise any objections to the Revised Allocation within 30 days thereafter, and the Selling Members and Purchaser shall work in good faith to resolve any agreements. The Allocation or the Revised Allocation, if agreed to, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Purchaser and the Selling Members for all purposes and the parties agree that all Tax Returns and reports and all financial statements shall be prepared in a manner consistent with (and the parties shall not otherwise file a tax return position inconsistent with) the Allocation and the Transaction Tax Treatment unless required by the IRS or other applicable Taxing Authority.

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING MEMBERS

Each of the Company and the Selling Members hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser and Parent as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing Date (except for such representations and warranties as are made only as of a specific date, which shall be only made as of such date), as follows:

2.1 Organization and Standing .

(a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all necessary corporate power and authority to conduct its business as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in every jurisdiction where the properties, owned, leased or operated, or the business conducted by it requires such qualification, except for such failures to be so duly qualified and in good standing that would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 2.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each jurisdiction where the Company is required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation.

 

- 7 -


(b) The Company has delivered to Purchaser accurate, complete and correct copies of the Company’s certificate of formation and operating agreement as in effect on the date hereof (the “ Company Organizational Documents ”). The Company Organizational Documents are in full force and effect and the Company is not in violation of (and has not previously violated) any provision of the Company Organizational Documents. The operations now being conducted by the Company are not (and have never been) conducted under any other name, except as set forth in Schedule 2.1(b ) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(c) Schedule 2.1(c) of the Disclosure Schedule lists (i) the managers of the Company and (ii) the officers of the Company.

2.2 Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capitalization of the Company consists of 100% of the membership interests in the Company, all of which are held by the Selling Members. The Selling Members are the only holders of Company Interests, and the Company has not issued any other Company Securities except as set forth in Schedule 2.2(a ) of the Disclosure Schedule. Schedule 2.2(a) sets forth a complete and correct capitalization table of the Company, as of the Closing, which lists (i) all members and their respective addresses, (ii) their respective ownership interest percentage in the Company, including type of interest, (iii) each member’s respective portion of the Closing Payment, Parent Shares and Holdback Amount and (iv) such other information relevant thereto or which Purchaser may reasonably request. The Company shall deliver Schedule 2.2(a) to Purchaser at least five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date.

(b) All of the outstanding Company Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. All of the outstanding Company Interests have been offered, issued and sold by the Company in compliance with United States federal and applicable state securities laws. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.2(b ) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no authorized or outstanding (i) subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any ownership interests in the Company or (ii) securities, instruments or obligations that are or may become convertible or exchangeable into ownership interests or other securities or registered capital of the Company. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.2(b ) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not have any obligation (whether written, oral, contingent or otherwise) nor is it otherwise bound to issue any subscription, warrant, option, convertible or exchangeable security or other such right or to issue or distribute to holders of any ownership interests or other Company Securities or any evidences of indebtedness or assets of the Company. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.2(b ) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not have any obligation (whether written, oral, contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any ownership interests in the Company or other Company Securities or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.2(b ) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not made or delivered any oral or written communications to the employees or contractors of the Company with respect to any payment arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.2(b ) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no agreements, written or oral, between the Company and any holder of its securities or others, or among any holders of its securities, relating to the acquisition (including rights of first refusal, first offer, anti-dilution or pre-emptive rights), disposition, registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or voting of the Company Interests.

 

- 8 -


(c) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.2(c ) of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) the Company has never issued any options (including commitments to grant options) or other equity awards, whether vested or unvested, to acquire Company Interests (“ Company Options ”), (ii) the Company does not maintain, and the Company has never maintained any option plans or other equity compensation related plans or arrangements, and (iii) the Company has never issued any warrants or other rights to acquire Company Interests or any other interests or securities of the Company (whether or not exercisable or vested).

(d) The Company has no Subsidiaries and has never had any Subsidiaries, and the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any equity or similar interest in, or any interest convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity or similar interest in, or have any commitment or obligation to invest in, purchase any securities or obligations of, fund, guarantee, contribute or maintain the capital of or otherwise financially support any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business association or entity.

(e) The consideration which the Selling Members will be entitled to receive as to the Company Interests pursuant to this Agreement conforms to the Company Organizational Documents and the Selling Members shall not be entitled to receive pursuant to the Company Organizational Documents any different or additional amount with respect to Company Interests held by the Selling Members.

(f) The Selling Members are the record and beneficial owner of all of the Company Interests and such Company Interests are not subject to any Encumbrances or, to any rights of first refusal of any kind, and the Selling Members has not granted any rights to purchase such Company Interests to any other Person. The Selling Members have the sole right to transfer such Company Interests to Purchaser. The Company Interests constitute all of the membership interests in the Company owned, beneficially or of record, by the Selling Members, and the Selling Members has no (i) subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any ownership interests of the Company or (ii) securities, instruments or obligations that are or may become convertible or exchangeable into ownership interests of the Company or other securities or registered capital of the Company. At the Closing, pursuant to Section 1.2 , Purchaser will receive good title to such Company Interests, free and clear of all Encumbrances.

2.3 Authority . Each of the Company and the Selling Members has all necessary corporate power and authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Company Documents, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The (i) execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the other Company Documents and (ii) the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of the Company. This Agreement has been, and each of the other Company Documents has been (or will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company or the Selling Members, as applicable, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Purchaser, constitutes (or will constitute) a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Selling Members, enforceable against the Company and the Selling Members, in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general equity principles. The managers and the members of the Company have unanimously approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and no other limited liability company proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to adopt or authorize this Agreement, or any certificate or other instrument required to be executed and delivered by the Company pursuant hereto or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. None of such actions by the managers and members of the Company has been amended, rescinded or modified.

 

- 9 -


2.4 No Conflicts .

(a) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Company Documents, compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the other Company Documents by the Company and the Selling Members, as applicable, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (a) conflict with or violate the Company Organizational Documents, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, or result in the loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under, (1) any Contract (other than a Material Contract), Permit, Security Interest or other interest to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which the Company’s assets are subject, or (2) any Material Contract, (c) result in the creation or imposition of any Security Interest upon any assets of the Company, or (d) violate any Legal Requirements applicable to the Company or the Selling Members or any of their respective properties or assets.

(b) The execution and delivery by the Selling Members of this Agreement and the other Company Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not conflict with (i) any material mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other material agreement, instrument, permit, concession, franchise or license to which the Selling Members or any of their properties or assets is subject, or (ii) any Legal Requirement applicable to the Selling Members or any of their properties or assets.

(c) Schedule 2.4(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all necessary notices, consents, waivers and approvals as are required under any Contracts in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase, or for any such Contract to remain in full force and effect without limitation, modification or alteration as of the Closing Date. Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.4(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, immediately following the Closing Date, the Company will be permitted to exercise all of its rights under its Contracts without the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than ongoing fees, royalties or payments which the Company or would otherwise be required to pay pursuant to the terms of such Contracts had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred.

2.5 Governmental Filings and Consents . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with (together, the “ Consents ”), any Governmental Authority is required on the part of the Company or the Selling Members in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such consents, authorizations, filings, approvals, notices and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not be material to the Company and would not prevent, materially alter or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.6 Financial Statements .

(a) Attached as Schedule 2.6(a) of the Disclosure Schedule are the following financial statements (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”): (i) the unaudited balance sheet (the “ Balance Sheet ”) and the related statement of income for the six (6) month period ended June 30, 2013 (collectively, the “ 2013 Financial Statements ”), (ii) the unaudited balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, and the related statement of income and members’ equity and statement of cash flows for the year then ended, (iii) the unaudited balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and the related statement of income and members’ equity and statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and (iv) the unaudited balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and the related statement of income and members’ equity and statement of cash flows for the year then ended.

(b) The Financial Statements (i) are derived from and are in accordance with the books and records of the Company, (ii) have been prepared in accordance with the Company’s standard accounting practices (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments, none of which adjustments individually or in the aggregate will be material in

 

- 10 -


amount and further subject to interim adjustments to prior purchase accounting estimates, and except as disclosed in Schedule 2.6(b ) of the Disclosure Schedule) on an accrual basis applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and consistent with each other except as may be indicated in the footnotes thereto, and (iii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company at the dates therein indicated and the results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods therein specified (subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments, none of which adjustments individually or in the aggregate will be material in amount and further subject to interim adjustments to prior purchase accounting estimates).

(c) None of the Company or any of the Selling Members has identified or been made aware of any complaint, allegation, deficiency, assertion or claim, whether written or oral, regarding the Financial Statements. To the Company’s Knowledge, there have been no instances of fraud by the Company that occurred during any period covered by the Financial Statements.

(d) All of the notes and accounts receivable of the Company arose in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices and are carried at values determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. The notes and accounts receivable of the Company are not subject to any set off or counterclaim, other than any amount for which a reserve has been established consistent with past practices and calculated in accordance with GAAP (as shown on the Balance Sheet or, for receivables arising subsequent to the Balance Sheet Date, as reflected on the books and records of the Company (which receivables are recorded in accordance with GAAP consistently applied)). No notes or accounts receivable of the Company represents an obligation for goods sold on consignment, on approval or on a sale-or-return basis or is subject to any other repurchase or return arrangement. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.6(d ) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Person has any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances) on any notes or accounts receivable of the Company and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no request or agreement for deduction or discount has been made with respect to any notes or accounts receivable of the Company which are not reflected in the Financial Statements. Schedule 2.6(d) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true and correct list of any receivables which have been deemed uncollectible and are not reflected in the Balance Sheet.

(e) Schedule 2.6(e)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the Net Working Capital as of December 31, 2012 and Schedule 2.6(e)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the Net Working Capital as of July 31, 2013.

2.7 Substantial Customers and Suppliers .

(a) Schedule 2.7(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the twenty (20) largest customers of the Company on the basis of revenues (including the respective revenues of such customers) for (i) the seven (7) month period ending on July 31, 2013, (ii) the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31, 2012, (iii) the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31, 2011, and (iv) the twelve (12) month period ending on December 31, 2010.

(b) No such customer listed in Schedule 2.7(a) of the Disclosure Schedule has (i) ceased or materially reduced its purchases from or sales or provision of services to the Company since the beginning of the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the Balance Sheet, (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to cease or materially reduce such purchases or sales or provision of services, or (iii) to the Knowledge of the Company, been threatened with bankruptcy or insolvency.

2.8 Absence of Changes . Since the date of the Balance Sheet, (a) the business of the Company has been conducted in the usual, regular and ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (b) no Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred; (c) there has been no acceleration or delay, except in the ordinary course of business, in (i) the payment of accounts payable, accrued expenses or other Liabilities, or (ii) in the collection of notes or accounts receivable, and (d) there has not been any action or event, nor any

 

- 11 -


authorization, commitment or agreement by the Company with respect to any action or event that, if taken or if occurred after the date of this Agreement, would be prohibited by Section 4.1 , without regard to anything disclosed in Schedule 4.1 of the Disclosure Schedule.

2.9 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities . The Company does not have any Indebtedness or other Liability (whether known, unknown, mature, unmature, absolute or contingent), except for Liabilities (a) shown on the Balance Sheet, including proper accrual for bonuses and commissions; (b) which have arisen since the date of the Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, and which are not in excess of $10,000, individually or $20,000 in the aggregate; (c) incurred pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and (d) set forth in Schedule 2.9(i) of the Disclosure Schedule. Schedule 2.9(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all Company Indebtedness as of the date hereof. Except for Liabilities reflected in the Financial Statements, the Company does not have any off-balance sheet Liability of any nature to, or any financial interest in, any third party or entities, the purpose or effect of which is to defer, postpone, reduce or otherwise avoid or adjust the recording of debt expenses incurred by the Company. All reserves that are set forth in or reflected in the Balance Sheet have been established in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and are adequate. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s Knowledge, any current or former employee, officer, manager, consultant or member of the Company has identified or been made aware of any fraud that involves the Company’s management or any other current or former employees, officers, managers or consultants who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls, if any, utilized by the Company, or any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

2.10 Taxes . Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10 of the Disclosure Schedule:

(a) (i) All Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of the Company have been duly and timely filed with the appropriate Taxing Authority in all jurisdictions in which such Tax Returns are required to be filed (after giving effect to any valid extensions of time in which to make such filings), and all such Tax Returns are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects; and (ii) all Taxes payable by or on behalf of the Company (whether or not shown on a Tax Return) have been fully and timely paid. With respect to any period for which such Tax Returns have not yet been filed or for which such Taxes are not yet due or owing, the Company has made due and sufficient accruals for such Taxes on the Balance Sheet. All required estimated Tax payments have been timely made by or on behalf of the Company.

(b) As of the date of the Balance Sheet, the Company does not have any Liability for unpaid Taxes, except to the extent adequate accruals have been established on the Balance Sheet. Since the date of the Balance Sheet, the Company has not incurred any Liability for Taxes except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice. The Company will establish, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, appropriate accruals for the payment of Taxes due and payable by the Company for the period from January 1, 2013 through the Effective Time (except as such accrual may be property adjusted after the Closing in accordance with Section 1.3 hereof.

(c) The Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes and has duly and timely withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority all amounts so withheld.

(d) The Company has Delivered to Purchaser copies of (i) all Tax Returns of or including the Company for all Tax periods of the Company since 2009, and (ii) any audit, report or other similar correspondence issued relating to Taxes of the Company for all such Tax periods that resulted in an adjustment of $5,000 or greater.

 

- 12 -


(e) No claim has been made by a Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company does not file a Tax Return that the Company is or may be subject to Taxation in that jurisdiction, and to the Company’s Knowledge, there is no jurisdiction in which such claim could be reasonably made.

(f) No income or other material Tax Return of the Company has ever been audited by the Internal Revenue Service or any other Taxing Authority, no such audit is in progress and the Company has not been notified of any request for such an audit or other examination. The Company is not currently delinquent in the payment of any Tax, nor have any deficiencies for any Tax been threatened, claimed, proposed or assessed against the Company which have not been settled or paid. No issue has been raised by any Taxing Authority in any prior examination of the Company that, by application of the same or similar principles, could reasonably be expected to result in a proposed deficiency for any subsequent Tax period. No adjustment relating to any Tax Returns filed by the Company has been proposed by a Taxing Authority to the Company (or any representative thereof). There is not in effect any waiver by the Company of any statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes.

(g) The Company (including any other Person on its behalf) (i) has not agreed to, is not required to and has not made any application requesting permission to make, and has not made any adjustment pursuant to Section 481(a) of the Code or any similar provision of Tax Law, (ii) has not entered into a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code or any similar provision of Tax Law with respect to the Company, and (iii) has not requested any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return, which Tax Return has not since been filed, or granted any extension for the assessment or collection of Taxes, which Taxes have not since been paid. The Company will not be required to include any income or gain or exclude any deduction or loss from income for any taxable period or portion thereof after the Effective Time as a result of any installment sale or open transaction disposition consummated before the Effective Time or prepaid amount received before the Effective Time.

(h) The Company is not subject to any private letter ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or comparable rulings of any Taxing Authority.

(i) The Company has never been a party to any joint venture, partnership or other agreement that could be treated as a partnership for Tax purposes.

(j) The Company has not constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of stock qualifying or intended to qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (or so much of Section 356 of the Code as relates to Section 355 of the Code).

(k) The Company has adequately disclosed on its federal income Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

(l) The Company has not consummated or participated in, and the Company is not currently participating in, any transaction which was or is a “tax shelter” as defined in Section 6662 or former Section 6111 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (or any comparable provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law). The Company has not participated in, and the Company is not currently participating in, a “Reportable Transaction” within the meaning of Section 6707A(c) of the Code or Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b), including any transaction that is the same or substantially similar to one or more of the types of transactions that the Internal Revenue Service has determined to be a tax avoidance transaction and identified by notice, regulation, or other form of published guidance as a listed transaction, as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2), or any transaction requiring disclosure under a corresponding or similar provision of state, local, or foreign law (or any comparable provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law).

 

- 13 -


(m) The Company has not made or filed an election under Section 108, Section 441 or Section 1017 of the Code.

(n) The Company is, and at all times since its inception has been, treated as a partnership for Tax purposes, and has never filed an election to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation.

2.11 Property . Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not currently own or lease and has never owned or leased any real property. The Company has good and indefeasible title to all properties and assets (whether real or personal) necessary to conduct all of the businesses and operations of the Company as currently conducted, including all tangible properties and assets reflected on the Balance Sheet or acquired after the date of the Balance Sheet, and none of such properties or assets is subject to any Security Interest or other Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances). The personal property owned by the Company is in good operating condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted, are free from any material defects, and are suitable for the uses for which they are being used in all material respects.

2.12 Contracts . Other than as disclosed on Schedule 2.12(1) , the Company is not a party to, subject to or otherwise bound by:

(a) any Contract or series of related Contracts which requires aggregate future expenditures by the Company in excess of $10,000 or which might result in payments by or to the Company in excess of $10,000;

(b) any Contract for the purchase of equipment in excess of $10,000;

(c) any Contract that expires more than one year after the date of this Agreement;

(d) any Contract (other than a Contract entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) with support or indemnification obligations that cannot be terminated with not more than ninety (90) days notice without penalty;

(e) any distributor, reseller or similar Contract under which the Company does not have the right to terminate without penalty on less than 90 days notice;

(f) any Contract with any current or former member, employee, officer or manager of the Company, or any “affiliate” or “associate” of such Persons (as such terms are defined in the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act) (any of the foregoing, a “ Related Party ”), including any Contract providing for the furnishing of services by, rental of real or personal property from, or otherwise requiring payments to, or from, any Related Party;

(g) any Contract limiting the freedom of the Company to engage or participate, or compete with any other Person, in any line of business, market or geographic area, or to make use of any Technology or Intellectual Property Rights, or any Contract granting most favored nation pricing, exclusive sales, distribution, marketing or other exclusive rights, rights of refusal, rights of first negotiation or similar rights and/or terms to any Person, or any Contract otherwise limiting the right of the Company to sell, distribute or manufacture any products or services or to purchase or otherwise obtain any software, components, parts, subassemblies or services;

(h) any agreement, contract or commitment by the Company to license to any third party the right to manufacture or reproduce any product, service or technology of the Company or any agreement, contract or commitment by any Person to the Company to sell or distribute any products, service or technology of the Company;

 

- 14 -


(i) any agreement relating to the licensing of source code for the Company’s products;

(j) any trust, loan agreement, indenture, note, bond, debenture or other document or Contract evidencing Indebtedness to any Person, any capitalized lease obligation, any commitment to provide any of the foregoing, or any agreement of guaranty, indemnification or other similar commitment with respect to the obligations or Liabilities of any other Person;

(k) any Company Government Contract or Company Government Subcontract;

(l) any Contract for the disposition of any material portion of the assets or business (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) of the Company;

(m) any Contract for the acquisition of the business or capital stock of another party (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);

(n) any Contract concerning a joint venture, joint development or other similar arrangement with one or more Persons;

(o) any agreement pursuant to which the Company is obligated to provide maintenance, support or training for its products, other than in the ordinary course of business;

(p) any hedging, futures, options or other derivative Contract;

(q) any Contract to grant any severance or termination pay or benefits (in cash or otherwise) to any employee, individual consultant, or any contractor, consulting or sales agreement, contract, or commitment with a firm or other organization;

(r) any Contract (including any Company Employee Plan), any of the benefits of which will be increased, or the vesting of benefits of which will be accelerated, by the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or in connection with additional or subsequent events) or the value of any of the benefits of which will be calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(s) any Contract for the employment of any manager, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any other type of Contract with any officer, employee or consultant of the Company that is not immediately terminable at-will by the Company without cost, Liability or post-termination benefits (other than continuation coverage required by law), including any Contract requiring the Company to make a payment to any manager, officer, employee or consultant on account of the Membership Interest Purchase, any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any Contract that is entered into in connection with this Agreement;

(t) any Contract under which the Company provides any consulting, software implementation, deployment, development services or support services with payments to the Company in excess of $10,000;

(u) any Contract with any labor union or any collective bargaining agreement or similar contract with its employees;

 

- 15 -


(v) any Contract with any investment banker, broker, advisor or similar party, or any accountant, legal counsel or other Person retained by the Company, in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

(w) any confidentiality, secrecy or non-disclosure Contract other than any such Contract entered into with customers and distributors in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s standard form (a copy of which has been Delivered to Purchaser);

(x) any settlement agreement;

(y) any real property lease; or

(z) any other Contract not listed in Section 2.12(a) through Section 2.12(y), inclusive, that is otherwise material to the business of the Company.

Accurate, complete and correct copies of each of the Material Contracts (including all amendments thereto) have been Delivered to Purchaser. Each Contract set forth in Schedule 2.12(1) or any other Schedule of the Disclosure Schedule (or required to be so disclosed therein, whether or not actually disclosed therein) (each, a “ Material Contract ” and collectively the “ Material Contracts ”) is a valid and binding agreement of the Company and is in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Except as set forth in
2.12(2) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not in material default or breach under the terms of any of the Material Contracts (a “default” being defined for purposes hereof as an actual default or event of default or the existence of any fact or circumstance which would, upon receipt of notice or passage of time, constitute a default or right of termination), nor will the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement give rise to any such material default or breach, and (i) to the Company’s Knowledge no other party to any such Material Contracts is in material default or breach of such Material Contracts, and (ii) no event has occurred that with notice or the passage of time would constitute a material default or breach thereunder by the Company or would permit the modification or premature termination of any such Material Contracts by any other party thereto.

2.13 Benefit Plans .

(a) Schedule 2.13(a) sets forth a complete and accurate list of each plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement, or other arrangement providing for retirement, fringe benefit, vacation, cafeteria benefit, health or welfare benefit, dependent care, stock, option, bonus, or other incentive plan, supplemental retirement, deferred compensation, severance, separation, employment, compensation or other benefits which is, maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether written or unwritten, insured or self-insured, or for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has or may have any Liability or obligation, each, a “ Company Employee Plan ” or “ Plan ”) and each Employee Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, a Company Employee Plan or Plan shall not include any plan, program, practice, contract or agreement sponsored or maintained by a professional employer organization (each, a “ PEO Plan ”), and which is not sponsored or maintained by the Company, with respect to which employees of the Company participate; provided, however, that only that portion of a PEO Plan that is sponsored or maintained by the Company, and with respect to which employees of the Company participate, shall be considered a Company Employee Plan or Plan.

(b) The Company has delivered to Purchaser complete and accurate copies of (i) each written Company Employee Plan and Employee Agreement including all amendments thereto, (ii) the most recent annual report on Form 5500 required to have been filed with the IRS, and with respect to which the filing deadline, after giving effect to any applicable extension has not passed, for each Company Employee Plan that is not a PEO Plan; (iii) the most recent determination letter, if any, from the IRS for any Company Employee Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code; (iv) the summary plan description for each Company

 

- 16 -


Employee Plan, other than a PEO Plan, with respect to which Section 102 of ERISA applies, or a written description of the terms of any Company Employee Plan, other than a PEO Plan, that is not in writing or not subject to Section 102 of ERISA; (v) any related trust agreements, insurance contracts, insurance policies or other documents of any funding arrangements, to the extent applicable, for each Company Employee Plan that is not a PEO Plan; (vi) any written notices to or from the IRS or U.S. Department of Labor relating to any material compliance issues in respect of any such Company Employee Plan.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 2.13(b) , none of the Company Employee Plans is an “employee welfare benefit plan” or “employee pension benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”).

(d) No persons or entities are or have ever been under common control with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, and the regulations issued thereunder (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”).

(e) None of the Company Employee Plans or Employee Agreements promises or provides retiree medical or other retiree welfare benefits to any person, other than benefits required under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) or any similar state, local or foreign law. The Company does not and has never maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, contributed to, or required to contribute to any pension plan which is subject to Section 412 of the Code.

(f) Each Company Employee Plan has been administered in accordance with its terms and in material compliance with the requirements prescribed by any and all applicable statutes, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, ERISA and the Code) and the Company has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it under, is not in default under or violation of and has no knowledge of any material default or violation by any other party to, any of the Plans.

(g) Any Company Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (i) has either applied for, prior to the expiration of the requisite period under currently applicable Treasury Regulations or IRS pronouncements, or obtained a favorable determination, notification, advisory and/or opinion letter, as applicable, as to its qualified status from the IRS, or still has a remaining period of time under applicable Treasury Regulations or IRS pronouncements in which to apply for such letter and to make any amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination, and (ii) incorporates or has been amended to incorporate all provisions required to comply with currently applicable legislation. For each Company Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code there has been no event, condition or circumstance that has adversely affected or is likely to adversely affect such qualified status.

(h) The execution of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any Company Employee Plan or Employee Agreement that will result in any payment (whether of severance pay or otherwise), acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefit or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any employee or consultant of the Company.

(i) Each Company “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code has complied with the documentary and operational requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company has no obligation to reimburse any employee for taxes under Section 409A of the Code.

(j) Neither the Company, nor to the Knowledge of the Company, any of its directors, officers, employees or agents has, with respect to any Company Employee Plan, engaged in or been a party to any non-exempt “prohibited transaction,” as such term is defined in Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA, which could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a material penalty assessed pursuant to Section 502(i) of ERISA or a material tax imposed by Section 4975 of the Code, in each case applicable to the Company or any Company Employee Plan or for which the Company has any indemnification obligation.

 

- 17 -


(k) All required Company and Company employee contributions, premiums and other payments required to be made with respect to any Company Employee Plan have been timely made, accrued or reserved for.

2.14 Intellectual Property .

Schedule 2.14 of the Disclosure Schedule is a complete and accurate list of (i) all Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights, (ii) all unregistered copyrights in computer software that are included in the Company Intellectual Property owned by the Company, and (iii) all unregistered Trademarks included within the Company Intellectual Property owned by the Company. For each of the foregoing, the listing shall include (w) the respective application or serial number (if applicable), (x) the date of any such application and registration, the jurisdiction(s) in which each such right either exists or, for registrations and applications thereto, has been registered or applied for, (y) an identification of whether the right is solely owned by, jointly owned by, or exclusively licensed, and (z) a brief summary of any proceedings or actions before any court, tribunal (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “ PTO ”) or equivalent authority anywhere in the world) related thereto.

(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.14(a ) of the Disclosure Schedule, each item of Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights is valid and subsisting, and all necessary fees, including without limitation all registration, maintenance, issuance and renewal fees, in connection with such Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights have been paid and all necessary documents and certificates in connection with such Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other authorities in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of maintaining such Registered Intellectual Property Rights. There are no actions that must be taken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries within one hundred twenty (120) days of the Closing Date, including the payment of any registration, maintenance or renewal fees or the filing of any responses to office actions, documents, applications or certificates for the purposes of obtaining, maintaining, perfecting or preserving or renewing any Registered Intellectual Property Rights. To Company’s Knowledge, no third party is in breach of any non-disclosure agreement signed with Company or any Subsidiary or of any confidentiality terms of any agreement signed with Company or any Subsidiary. In each case in which the Company or its Subsidiary has acquired from any Person any Technology or Intellectual Property Right, the Company has obtained a valid and enforceable assignment sufficient to irrevocably transfer the Technology and all rights in such Technology including all associated Intellectual Property Rights (including the right to seek past and future damages with respect thereto) to the Company or a Subsidiary. To the maximum extent provided for by, and in accordance with, applicable laws and regulations, the Company and its Subsidiaries have recorded each such assignment of a Registered Intellectual Property Right assigned to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company with the relevant Governmental Entity, including the PTO, the U.S. Copyright Office, or their respective equivalents in any relevant foreign jurisdiction, as the case may be. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has claimed a particular status, including “Small Business Status,” in the application for any Intellectual Property Rights, which claim of status was not at the time made, or which has since become, inaccurate or false or that will no longer be true and accurate as a result of the Closing.

(b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(b ) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any Knowledge of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably expected to render any Company Intellectual Property invalid or unenforceable. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any Knowledge of any information, materials, facts, or circumstances, including any information or fact that would constitute prior art, that would render any of

 

- 18 -


Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights invalid or unenforceable, or would adversely affect any pending application for any Company Registered Intellectual Property Right, and neither Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has misrepresented, or failed to disclose, and has no Knowledge of any misrepresentation or failure to disclose, any fact or circumstances in any application for any Company Registered Intellectual Property Right that would constitute fraud or a misrepresentation with respect to such application or that would otherwise affect the validity or enforceability of any Company Registered Intellectual Property Right.

(c) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(c ) of the Disclosure Schedule, each item of Company Intellectual Property is free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances).

(d) Except as disclosed in the Schedule 2.14(d) , all Company Intellectual Property are and will be immediately after the Closing fully transferable, alienable or licensable by the Company without restriction and without payment of any kind to any third party.

(e) To the extent that any Technology which is owned, possessed, used or controlled by Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been developed or created by a third party, the Company or its Subsidiary has a written agreement with such third party with respect thereto, and Company or its Subsidiary either (i) has obtained ownership of, and is the exclusive owner of, or (ii) has obtained a license (sufficient for the conduct of its business as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted) to all such third party’s Intellectual Property Rights in, such Technology by operation of law or by valid assignment or license.

(f) With the exception of “shrink-wrap” or similar widely-available commercial end-user licenses, (A) all Technology used in or necessary to the conduct of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business as presently conducted was written and created solely by either (i) employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries acting within the scope of their employment, or (ii) by third parties who have validly and irrevocably assigned all of their rights, including Intellectual Property Rights therein, or otherwise granted valid licenses with respect to such rights, to the Company or a Subsidiary, (B) no third party shares ownership of any Intellectual Property Rights that are Company Intellectual Property owned by the Company, and (C) with respect to Company Intellectual Property licensed to the Company on an exclusive basis, to the Company’s Knowledge, no third party shares any license rights to such Company Intellectual Property exclusively licensed to the Company (other than rights of the licensor which granted such license to the Company).

(g) The Company and each Subsidiary of the Company has, and enforces, a policy requiring each employee, consultant and contractor to execute a proprietary information, confidentiality and assignment agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2.14(g) , and all current and former employees, consultants and contractors of Company and its Subsidiaries have executed such an agreement. No such person has excluded any of his or her prior inventions pursuant to such agreements.

(h) The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken all commercially reasonable steps required to protect the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ rights in confidential information and Trade Secrets of the Company or its Subsidiaries or provided by any other Person to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(i) No Person who has licensed Technology or Intellectual Property Rights to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries has ownership rights or license rights to improvements made by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries in such Technology or Intellectual Property Rights.

(j) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(j) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has transferred ownership of, or granted any exclusive license of or right to use, or authorized the retention of any exclusive rights to use or joint ownership of, any Technology or Intellectual Property Right that is or was Company Intellectual Property, to any other Person.

 

- 19 -


(k) Other than inbound “shrink-wrap” and similar publicly available commercial binary code end-user licenses and outbound “shrink-wrap” licenses in the form set forth on Schedule 2.14(k) of the Disclosure Schedule, the contracts, licenses and agreements listed in Schedule 2.14(k) lists all contracts, licenses and agreements to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company is a party with respect to any Technology or Intellectual Property Rights. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is in material breach of nor has the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company failed to perform under in any material respect, any of the foregoing contracts, licenses or agreements and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no other party to any such contract, license or agreement is in material breach thereof or has failed to perform in any material respect thereunder.

(l) Schedule 2.14(l) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all material contracts, licenses and agreements between the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company on the one hand and any other Person on the other hand wherein or whereby the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company has agreed to, or assumed, any obligation or duty to warrant, indemnify, reimburse, hold harmless, guaranty or otherwise assume or incur any obligation or liability or provide a right of rescission with respect to the infringement or misappropriation of the Intellectual Property Rights of any Person.

(m) To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no contracts, licenses or agreements between the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company on the one hand and any other Person on the other hand with respect to the Company Intellectual Property under which there is any dispute regarding the scope of such agreement, or performance under such agreement, including with respect to any payments to be made or received by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company thereunder.

(n) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(n ) of the Disclosure Schedule, the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as it currently is conducted, including but not limited to the design, development, use, disclosure, import, branding, advertising, promotion, marketing, license, manufacture, sale and distribution of the products, or services or other Technology of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including such Technology currently under development), does not infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property Right of any Person, violate any right of any Person (including any right to privacy or publicity) or constitute unfair competition or unfair trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received written notice from any Person claiming that such operation or any act, product, or service or other Technology of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including such Technology currently under development) infringes or misappropriates any Intellectual Property Right of any Person or constitutes unfair competition or unfair trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction, nor does the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company have Knowledge of any basis therefor.

(o) To the Company’s Knowledge, no Person is infringing or misappropriating any Company Intellectual Property.

(p) No Company Intellectual Property is subject to any proceeding or outstanding decree, order, judgment or settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner the use, transfer or licensing thereof by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or may affect the validity, use or enforceability of such Company Intellectual Property.

(q) No (i) product, technology, service or publication of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) material published or distributed by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or (iii) conduct or statement of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company constitutes obscene material, a defamatory statement or material, false advertising or otherwise violates in any material respect any law or regulation.

 

- 20 -


(r) The Company Intellectual Property (together with inbound “shrink-wrap” and similar publicly available commercial binary code end-user licenses and outbound “shrink-wrap” licenses listed in Schedule 2.14(k) of the Disclosure Schedule) constitutes all the Technology and Intellectual Property Rights used in and/or necessary to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as it currently is conducted, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, as it is currently planned or contemplated to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the design, development, manufacture, use, disclosure, import, branding, advertising, promotion, marketing, sale, license and distribution of products or other Technology of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including performance of services (including such Technology currently under development).

(s) Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.14(s) , neither this Agreement nor the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will result in (i) any third party being granted rights or access to, or the placement in or release from escrow, of any Company Intellectual Property, (ii) the Company granting to any third party any right, title or interest to or with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights owned by, or licensed to, Company pursuant to any agreement to which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which it is bound, (iii) the Company being bound by, or subject to, any non-compete or other restriction on the operation or scope of their respective businesses, (iv) any restriction on the ability of the Company to share information relating to its ongoing business or operations, or (v) the Company being obligated to pay any royalties, fees, honoraria or other amounts to any third party in excess of those payable by Company or a Subsidiary of the Company prior to the Closing Date pursuant to agreements to which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(t) Schedule 2.14(t) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of all of the software programs included in or developed for inclusion in the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s products by the Company or its Subsidiary or any third party (including all software programs embedded or incorporated in the Company’s or its Subsidiary’s products) (the “ Company Software Programs ”). Except as listed in Schedule 2.14(t) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company Software Programs do not contain any third party software or Public Software. The list in Schedule 2.14(t) of the Disclosure Schedule contains (i) the name of the Public Software, (ii) the license name and version pursuant to which the Company or its Subsidiary has received a license to such Public Software, (iii) a link to the location from which such Public Software was accessed and downloaded, (iv) a statement of whether such Public Software is dynamically or statically linked to any of the Company’s proprietary code, (v) a statement of whether such Public Software has been modified for use in the Company’s products, (vi) a statement of whether such Public Software is distributed by the Company, and (vii) a short statement regarding how the Public Software is being used by the Company or its Subsidiary in the Company or Subsidiary’s product. “ Public Software ” means any software that contains, includes, incorporates, or has instantiated therein, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is distributed as free software, open source software ( e.g. , Linux) or similar licensing or distribution models, including software licensed or distributed under any of the following licenses or distribution models, or licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following: (1) GNU’s General Public License (GPL) or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL); (2) the Artistic License ( e.g. , PERL); (3) the Mozilla Public License; (4) the Netscape Public License; (5) the Sun Community Source License (SCSL); (6) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL); (7) the BSD License; and (8) the Apache License.

(u) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries employs commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the Company Software Programs do not contain any viruses. For the purposes of this Agreement, “virus” means any computer code intentionally designed to disrupt, disable, or harm in any manner the operation of any software or hardware or to allow a third party to have access to the user’s computer or network without such user’s authority.

 

- 21 -


(v) All data which has been collected, stored, maintained or otherwise used by the Company and its Subsidiaries has been collected, stored, maintained and used in accordance with all applicable U.S. and foreign laws, rules, regulations, guidelines, contracts, and industry standards. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiary has received any written notice of noncompliance with applicable data protection laws, rules, regulations, guidelines or industry standards. The Company and its Subsidiaries have made all registrations that the Company and its Subsidiaries are required to have made in relation to the processing of data, and are in good standing with respect to such registrations, with all fees due within ninety (90) days of the date hereof duly made. The Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ practices are, and have always been, in compliance with (i) their then-current privacy policy, including the privacy policy posted on the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ websites, and (ii) their customers’ privacy policies, when required to do so by contract. The Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained appropriate and reasonable measures to protect and maintain the confidential nature of any personal information. The Company and its subsidiaries have adequate technological and procedural measures in place to protect personal information collected by Company or a Subsidiary of the Company against loss, theft and unauthorized access or disclosure. The Company and its Subsidiaries have the full power and authority to transfer any and all rights in any individual’s personal information in the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ possession or control to Purchaser. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is subject to any obligation that would prevent the Company from using the personal information in a manner consistent with any law or industry standard regarding the collection, retention, use, or disclosure of such information.

2.15 Government Funding; Government Contracts.

(a) The Company has not applied for or received any financial assistance from any supranational, national, local or foreign authority or government agency.

(b) Neither the Company, nor to the Knowledge of the Company, any of its managers, officers or employees is, or within the past three years has been, to the Knowledge of the Company (i) under any material administrative, civil or criminal investigation, audit, indictment or information by any Governmental Authority, (ii) the subject of any material audit or investigation by the Company or any Company Subsidiary, in each case, with respect to any alleged violation of any Legal Requirement or Contract arising under or relating to any Contract between the Company, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority, on the other hand, including any facilities Contract for the use of government-owned facilities (each such Contract, a “ Company Government Contract ”) or each Contract between the Company, on the one hand, and any prime contractor or upper-tier subcontractor, on the other hand, relating to a Contract between such Person and any Governmental Authority, (each such Contract, a “ Company Government Subcontract ”) or (iii) debarred or suspended, or proposed for debarment or suspension, or received notice of actual or proposed debarment or suspension (or for purposes of this clause (iii), in the case of Contracts governed by Legal Requirements other than the state or federal Legal Requirements of the United States, the functional equivalents thereof, if any), from participation in the award of any Contract with any Governmental Authority. There exist no facts or circumstances that, to the Knowledge of the Company, would warrant the institution of suspension or debarment proceedings or a finding of nonresponsibility or ineligibility with respect to the Company, any Company Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers or managers, in any such case, for purposes of doing business with any Governmental Authority.

2.16 Insurance Schedule 2.16(a ) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct list as of the date hereof of all insurance policies maintained by or on behalf of the Company. Such list includes information regarding the type of policy, form of coverage, policy number and insurer, coverage dates, named insured(s) and limits of liability. Accurate, complete and correct copies of each listed policy have been Delivered to Purchaser. Such policies are in full force and effect and the Company has complied in all

 

- 22 -


material respects with the provisions of such policies. There is no claim by the Company pending under any of such insurance policies as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed in writing by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. The Company has not received written notice or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other form of notice of any threatened termination of, or any premium increase with respect to, any of such insurance policies.

2.17 Personnel .

(a) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all Legal Requirements respecting employment, discrimination in employment, employment practices, tax withholding, equal employment, terms and conditions of employment, meal and rest periods, immigration status, leaves of absence, employee privacy, worker classification (including the proper classification of workers as independent contractors and consultants), wages (including overtime wages), compensation and hours of work, and occupational safety and health and employment practices. The Company has not engaged any employee whose employment would require special licenses or permits. The Company has withheld all amounts required by law or by agreement to be withheld from the wages, salaries, and other payments to employees; and is not liable for any arrears of wages, compensation, Taxes, penalties or other sums for failure to comply with any of the foregoing. The Company has paid in full to all Employees all wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses (other than those payable under the Comsci, LLC 2012 Key Employee Equity Participation Plan, which shall be paid in accordance with the terms thereof at Closing), benefits and other compensation due to or on behalf of such Employees, and in each case, with respect to Employees: (i) has withheld and reported all amounts required by law or by agreement to be withheld and reported with respect to wages, salaries and other payments to Employees, (ii) is not liable for any arrears of wages, severance pay or any taxes or any penalty for failure to comply with any of the foregoing, and (iii) is not liable for any payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any governmental authority, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for Employees (other than routine payments to be made in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice). There are no actions, suits, claims or administrative matters pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened or reasonably anticipated, against the Company or any of its Employees relating to any employment matters between the Company and its Employees, including any Employee Agreement. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened or reasonably anticipated, claims or actions against Company under any worker’s compensation policy or long-term disability policy. The services provided by each of the Company’s Employees are terminable at the will of the Company and there are no contractual obligations owed by the Company to any such Employees that would be triggered by termination of such at-will employment arrangements.

(b) To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company does not have any liability with respect to any misclassification of: (i) any Person as an independent contractor rather than as an employee, (ii) any employee leased from another employer, or (iii) any employee currently or formerly classified as exempt from overtime wages. There are no unwritten policies or customs that, by extension, could entitle employees of the Company to benefits in addition to those to which they are entitled pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements (including unwritten customs concerning the payment of statutory severance pay when it is not legally required). The Company is not liable for any payment to any trust or other fund or to any Governmental Authority, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for employees (other than routine payments to be made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice).

(c) The Company has not engaged any consultants, sub-contractors or freelancers who, according to applicable Legal Requirements, would be entitled to the rights of an employee vis-à-vis the Company, including rights to severance pay, vacation, and other employee-related statutory benefits. The Company does not have any obligations under COBRA (or similar Legal Requirement) with respect to any former employees or qualifying beneficiaries thereunder, except for obligations that are not material in amount.

 

- 23 -


The Company is not a party to a conciliation agreement, consent decree or other agreement or order with any Government Authority. There are no material controversies pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company threatened, between the Company and any of its employees or other service providers, which controversies have or have threatened to result in an action, arbitration, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation before any Governmental Authority.

(d) Schedule 2.17(d) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate, complete and correct list of all severance Contracts, employment Contracts and Contracts providing for any Change in Control Payment to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound. Except for the foregoing, the Company does not have any obligation to pay any amount or provide any benefit to any former employee or officer, other than obligations (i) for which the Company has established a reserve for such amount on the Balance Sheet and (ii) pursuant to Contracts entered into after the date of the Balance Sheet and disclosed on Schedule 2.17(d) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(e) The Company is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement or other labor union Contract (including any Contract or agreement with any works council, trade union, or other labor-relations entity) with respect to any employee or other service provider, and no such collective bargaining agreement or other labor union Contract is being negotiated by the Company. There is no pending demand for recognition or any other request or demand from a labor organization for representative status with respect to any employee or other service provider of the Company. The Company does not have any Knowledge of any activities or proceedings of any labor union with respect to organizing its employees. There is no labor dispute, strike, work stoppage, slowdown, or concerted refusal to work overtime against the Company pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company threatened, which may interfere with the business activities of the Company. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not entitle any Person (including any works council, trade union or other labor-relations entity) to any payments under any labor agreement, or require the Company to consult with, provide notice to, or obtain the consent or opinion of any union, works council, or similar labor relations entity. Neither the Company, nor to the Knowledge of the Company any of its representatives or employees, has committed any unfair labor practice within the meaning of the National Labor Relations Act in connection with the operation of the business of the Company, and there is no charge or complaint against the Company by the National Labor Relations Board or any comparable Governmental Authority pending or to the Knowledge of the Company threatened.

(f) The Company has Delivered to Purchaser an accurate, complete and correct list of the names, positions and rates of compensation of all current officers, managers, and employees of the Company, showing each such person’s name, position, place of employment, date of hire, annual remuneration (including commission and bonus opportunity), accrued vacation or other paid time off, status as exempt/non-exempt and fringe benefits for the current fiscal year. The Company has no employees performing services outside of the United States.

(g) The Company has Delivered to Purchaser an accurate, complete and correct list of all of its consultants, advisory board members, seconded workers, and independent contractors since January 1, 2008 and for each such Person the initial hire date or date of the engagement, a description of the remuneration arrangements applicable to each, a brief description of the services provided, the specific entity for whom they provide services (if other than the Company), and whether the engagement has been terminated by either party, including the effective date of such termination.

(h) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with the Worker Adjustment Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended (“ WARN Act ”), or any similar state or local law. In the past year, (i) the Company has not effectuated a “plant closing” (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or one or more facilities or operating units within any site of employment or facility of its business, (ii) there has not occurred a “mass layoff” (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of

 

- 24 -


employment or facility of the Company, and (iii) the Company has not been affected by any transaction or engaged in layoffs or employment terminations sufficient in number, including as aggregated, to trigger application of any similar state, local or foreign law or regulation. The Company has not caused any of its employees to suffer an “employment loss” (as defined in the WARN Act) during the ninety (90) day period prior to the date hereof, and there has been no termination which would trigger any notice or other obligations under the WARN Act or similar state, local or foreign law. No terminations prior to the Closing would trigger any notice or other obligations under the WARN Act or similar state or local law.

(i) There are no election statements under Section 83(b) of the Code that are in the Company’s possession or subject to its control with respect to any unvested securities or other property issued by the Company to any of their respective employees, non-employee managers, consultants and other service providers.

(j) Schedule 2.17(j) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth an accurate, complete and correct list of all employees of and consultants to the Company with names and titles, as applicable. Such employees of and consultants to are adequate for the conduct of the Company’s business as currently conducted and currently proposed to be conducted.

(k) Except as contemplated herein, the Company has not (i) entered into any arrangements or agreements that obligate or purport to obligate the Company to make an offer of employment to any present or former employee or consultant of the Company or (ii) promised or otherwise provided any assurances (contingent or otherwise) to any present or former employee or consultant of the Company of any terms or conditions of employment with the Company following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.18 Litigation . There is no (a) Action pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, against or affecting the Company, any of the properties of the Company, or the transactions contemplated hereby, nor to the Knowledge of the Company or the Selling Members is there any reasonable basis therefore, except as set forth in Schedule 2.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, (b) governmental inquiry, audit, investigation, or other proceeding pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its properties (including any inquiry as to the qualification of the Company to hold or receive any license or Permit), nor to the Knowledge of the Company or any of the Selling Members is there any reasonable basis therefor or (c) to the Company’s Knowledge, any Action pending or threatened against any Related Party or the Selling Members in connection with the business of the Company. The Company is not in default with respect to any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority known to or served upon the Company. There is no action or suit by the Company pending, threatened or contemplated against any other Person. No Governmental Authority has at any time challenged or questioned the legal right of the Company to conduct their respective operations as presently or previously conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted. There is no action, suit, claim or proceeding of any nature pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, against any Person who has a contractual right or a right pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements to indemnification from the Company related to facts and circumstances existing prior to the Effective Time, nor are there, to the Company’s Knowledge, any facts or circumstances that would give rise to such an action, suit, claim or proceeding.

2.19 Environmental Matters .

(a) For all purposes of and under this Agreement, (i) the term “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean any Legal Requirement (whether domestic or foreign) which prohibits, regulates or controls any Hazardous Substance or any Hazardous Substance Activity; (ii) the term “ Hazardous Substance ” shall mean any substance, chemical, material, emission, waste or discharge that is designated or

 

- 25 -


regulated as toxic, hazardous, radioactive or a pollutant, or contaminant or is otherwise a danger to health, reproduction and the environment, including without limitation, asbestos-containing materials, petroleum and petroleum products or any fraction thereof; (iii) the term “ Hazardous Substance Activity ” shall mean the transportation, transfer, recycling, storage, use, treatment, manufacture, removal, remediation, release, labeling, exposure of others to, sale, or distribution of any Hazardous Substance or any product or waste containing a Hazardous Substance, or product manufactured with Ozone depleting substances; (iv) the term “ Environmental Permit ” shall mean any approval, authorization, permit, registration, certification, franchise, concession, license, clearance or consent required to be obtained from any private person or any Governmental Authority with respect to a Hazardous Substance Activity which is or was conducted by the Company.

(b) (i) The Company has conducted all Hazardous Substance Activities in compliance with all Environmental Laws in all material respects; (ii) the Company has not received any notice of any noncompliance relating to its past or present operations with Environmental Laws; (iii) no notices, administrative actions or suits are pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge threatened, relating to an actual or alleged violation of any applicable Environmental Law by the Company; (iv) the Hazardous Substance Activities of the Company have not resulted in the exposure of any person to a Hazardous Substance in a manner which has caused or could reasonably be expected to cause an adverse health effect to any such person; (v) except in compliance with all Environmental Laws and as would not subject the Company to Liability, no Hazardous Substance is present on or under any real property that the Company owns, leases occupies, or otherwise uses or was present on or under any other real property at the time the Company ceased owning, leasing, occupying, or using such property; (vi) there have been no Hazardous Substances generated by the Company that have been disposed of, or come to rest at, any site that has been included in any published United States federal, state or local “superfund” site list or any other similar list of hazardous or toxic waste sites published by any Governmental Authority within or outside the United States, (vii) there are no aboveground or underground tanks, sumps, asbestos which is friable or likely to become friable, or any polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”) or PCB-containing equipment used or stored on any site currently owned, leased or otherwise used by the Company, (viii) Section 2.19(b)(viii) of the Disclosure Schedule accurately describes all of the Environmental Permits currently held by the Company and the listed Environmental Permits are all of the Environmental Permits necessary for the continued conduct of any Hazardous Substance Activity of the Company and all such Environmental Permits are valid and in full force and effect and no circumstances exist which could cause any Environmental Permit to be revoked, modified, or rendered non-renewable upon payment of the permit fee; (ix) the Company has not entered into any agreement that may require it to guarantee, reimburse, pledge, defend, hold harmless or indemnify any other party with respect to Liabilities arising out of any Environmental Law or the Hazardous Substance Activities of the Company, or any other Person; (x) the Company is not aware of any fact or circumstance, which could result in any environmental Liability which could reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect; and (xi) the Company has Delivered to Purchaser true and correct copies of all material records in the Company’s or its advisors’ possession or control concerning the Hazardous Substance Activities of the Company, any Environmental Permits, any environmental site assessments, any testing or sampling data, and any audits, inspection reports, notices of non-compliance, and correspondence with regulatory agencies.

2.20 Compliance with Laws; Permits .

(a) Without duplication of other representations and warranties under this Article 2 relating to compliance, non-compliance, breach or violation of, or any audit, investigation, proceeding or inquiry with respect to, any Legal Requirement (including without limitation, Sections 2.10 , 2.13 , 2.15 , 2.17 and 2.19 ), (i) the Company is in compliance with, and has complied with, in all material respects, and as of the date of this Agreement has not received any notices of violation with respect to, any Legal Requirement with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its business (including the keeping of all

 

- 26 -


required registers and timely filing or delivery of all required documents under the provisions of any applicable Legal Requirement), and (ii) to the Company’s Knowledge, the Company is not under investigation with respect to, has not been threatened to be charged with, and has not been given notice of, any violation of any Legal Requirement.

(b) All material Permits (i) pursuant to which the Company currently operates or holds any interest in its properties, or (ii) which are required for the operation of the business of the Company as currently conducted or the holding of any such interest, have been issued or granted to the Company, and all such material Permits are in full force and effect and constitute all Permits required to permit the Company to operate or conduct its business as it is currently conducted and hold any interest in its properties or assets.

2.21 Encumbrances . The property and assets that the Company owns are free and clear of all mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, loans, claims, charges, restrictions and other Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases and, to the Knowledge of the Company, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any Encumbrances other than those of the lessors of such property or assets. To the Company’s Knowledge, the foregoing property and assets owned or leased by the Company collectively comprise all material property and assets necessary for the Company to conduct its business consistent with the manner such business was conducted during the periods covered by the Financial Statements.

2.22 Brokers and Finders . Except pursuant to that certain letter agreement with Aramar Capital dated as of August 21, 2012 and effective September 4, 2012, all negotiations relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been carried on without the intervention of any Person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates in such manner as to give rise to any valid claim against the Company or Purchaser for any investment banker, brokerage or finder’s commission, fee or similar compensation.

2.23 Anti-Takeover Statute Not Applicable . No “business combination,” “fair price,” “moratorium,” “control share acquisition” or other similar anti-takeover statute or regulation or anti-takeover provision in the Company Organizational Documents is applicable to the Company, any Company Interests or other Company Securities, this Agreement, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.24 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions . To the Knowledge of the Company, none of the officers and managers of the Company, the Selling Members or any of their immediate family members has any direct or indirect ownership, participation, royalty or other interest in, or is an officer, director, employee of or consultant or contractor for, any firm, partnership, entity or corporation that competes with, or does business with, or has any contractual arrangement with, the Company (except with respect to any interest in less than 1% of the stock of any corporation whose stock is publicly traded). Neither the Selling Members or any of their immediate family members nor any officers or managers of the Company, is a party to, or to the Knowledge of the Company otherwise interested in, any Contract to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets or properties may be bound or affected, other than normal employment, compensation and stock option and other benefit arrangements for services as an officer, manager or employee thereof. Neither the Selling Members or any of their immediate family members nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any officers or managers of the Company has any interest in any property, real or personal, tangible or intangible that is used in, or that relates to, the business of the Company, except for the rights of the Selling Members under applicable Legal Requirements.

2.25 Bank Accounts; Powers, etc. Schedule 2.25(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each bank, trust company, savings institution, brokerage firm, mutual fund or other financial institution with which the Company has an account or safe deposit box, the balances in such accounts as of the date hereof, and the names and identification of all Persons authorized to draw thereon or to have access thereto. Schedule 2.25(b) of the Disclosure Schedule lists each Person with a company credit card.

 

- 27 -


2.26 Books and Records .

(a) Without limiting the foregoing, the Company has Delivered to Purchaser accurate, complete and correct copies of: (i) all documents identified on the Disclosure Schedule; (ii) the Company Organizational Documents, as currently in effect; (iii) the minute books containing records of all proceedings, consents, actions and meetings of the managers, committees of the managers and members of the Company; (iv) the ownership interest ledger, journal and other records reflecting all equity issuances and transfers and all option and warrant grants and agreements of the Company; and (v) permits, orders and consents issued by any regulatory agency with respect to the Company, or any securities of the Company, and all applications for such permits, orders and consents.

(b) The minute books of the Company Delivered to Purchaser contain a complete and accurate summary in all material respects of all meetings of managers and members or actions by written consent since the time of incorporation of the Company through the date of this Agreement, and reflect all transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all material respects.

(c) The books, records and accounts of the Company (i) are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) have been maintained in accordance with reasonable business practices on a basis consistent with prior years, (iii) are stated in reasonable detail and accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets and properties of the Company, and (iv) accurately and fairly reflect the basis for the Financial Statements.

ARTICLE 2A

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF EACH SELLING MEMBER

Each Selling Member severally, and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser and Parent as follows:

2A.1 Accredited Investor . Each Selling Member is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2A.2 No Registration . Each Selling Member understands and acknowledges that the issuance by the Purchaser of the Parent Shares will not be registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of each Selling Member’s representations set forth in this Article 2A.

2A.3 Restricted Securities . Each Selling Member understands and acknowledges that the Parent Shares constitute “restricted stock” and, therefore, such shares may not be sold unless they are registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act is available.

2A.4 Investment Intent . Each Selling Member is acquiring the Parent Shares for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and that neither Selling Member has any present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Each Selling Member further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or entity or to any third person or entity with respect to any of the Parent Shares.

 

- 28 -


2A.5 Speculative Nature of Investment . Without limiting any of the Selling Members’ rights and remedies arising out of or relating to any breach of the Purchaser’s and Parent’s representations, warranties and covenants under this Agreement, (a) each Selling Member understands and acknowledges that the Parent has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Parent is highly speculative and involves substantial risks, and (b) each Selling Member can bear the economic risk of such Selling Member’s investment and is able, without impairing such Selling Member’s financial condition, to hold the Parent Shares for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of such Selling Member’s investment.

2A.6 Access to Data . Each Selling Member has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of the Parent concerning the Parent Shares and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as well as the Parent’s business, management and financial affairs, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. Each Selling Member believes that it has received all the information such Selling Member considers necessary or appropriate for deciding to acquire the Purchase Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Each Selling Member understands that any information issued by the Parent was intended to describe certain aspects of the Parent’s business and prospects, but was not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. Each Selling Member acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Parent otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. Each Selling Member also acknowledges that it is relying solely on its own counsel and not on any statements or representations of the Parent or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 2A.6 shall limit any of the Selling Members’ rights and remedies arising out of or relating to any breach of the Parent’s representations, warranties and covenants under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF PURCHASER AND PARENT

Each of Purchaser and Parent hereby represents and warrants to the Company and each of the Selling Members, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as if such representations and warranties were made at and as of the Closing Date (except for such representations and warranties as are made only as of a specific date, which shall be made only as of such date), as follows:

3.1 Organization and Standing . Each of Purchaser and Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all necessary corporate power and authority to conduct its business as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted. Each of Purchaser and Parent is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in every jurisdiction where the properties, owned, leased or operated, or the business conducted by it requires such qualification, except for such failures to be so duly qualified and in good standing that would not have a material adverse effect on Purchaser or Parent, as applicable. Purchaser has delivered to the Company and the Selling Members accurate, complete and correct copies of Purchaser’s and Parent’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, shareholders agreement, voting agreement, investors’ rights agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and all other similar agreements and organizational documents of Purchaser or Parent as in effect on the date hereof (the “ Purchaser Organizational Documents ”). The Purchaser Organizational Documents are in full force and effect, and the Purchaser, Parent, and to the Knowledge of Purchaser, no other party, is in violation of any provision of any Purchaser Organizational Document.

 

- 29 -


3.2 Authority . Each of Parent and Purchaser has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser and Parent pursuant hereto, to perform its respective obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser and Parent of this Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser and Parent, respectively, pursuant hereto and the consummation by Purchaser and Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Purchaser and Parent. This Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser and Parent pursuant hereto has been (or will be) duly and validly executed and delivered by Purchaser and Parent, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company and the Selling Members, constitutes (or will constitute) a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against Purchaser and Parent, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general equity principles. The board of directors of Parent has unanimously approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Purchaser or Parent are necessary to adopt or authorize this Agreement, or any certificate or other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser or Parent pursuant hereto or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. None of such actions by the board of directors of Parent has been amended, rescinded or modified.

3.3 No Conflicts . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.3 of the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each certificate and other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser or Parent pursuant hereto, compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and each certificate or other instrument required to be executed and delivered by Purchaser or Parent pursuant hereto and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (a) conflict with or violate any Purchaser Organizational Document, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, or result in the loss of any benefit to which Purchaser or Parent is entitled under, any Contract, Permit, Security Interest or other interest to which Purchaser or Parent is a party or by which Purchaser or Parent is bound or to which the assets of Purchaser or Parent are subject, (c) result in the creation or imposition of any Security Interest upon any assets of Purchaser or Parent, except as contemplated by this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein or (d) violate any Legal Requirements applicable to Purchaser or Parent or any of their respective properties or assets.

3.4 Governmental Filings and Consents . No Consents of or with any Governmental Authority are required on the part of Purchaser or Parent in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such other consents, authorizations, filings, approvals, notices and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not prevent, materially alter or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.5 Funds . On the Closing Date, Purchaser or Parent will have sufficient funds to pay the Closing Payment payable in respect of the Company Interests at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement.

3.6 Parent Shares; Capitalization .

(a) The issuance and delivery of the Parent Shares has been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will have been validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable and the issuance thereof is not subject to any preemptive or other similar right.

 

- 30 -


(b) The authorized capital stock of Parent consists of (i) 61,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; (ii) 18,240,300 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share; (iii) 10,782,500 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share; (iv) 6,000,000 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and (v) 10,000,000 shares of Series B-2 Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Parent are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and no class of capital stock of Parent is entitled to preemptive or other similar rights. 10,342,210 shares of common stock, 17,206,508 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, 10,380,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 1,450,000 shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and no shares of Series B-2 Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding. Schedule 3.6(b) of the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of all Subsidiaries of Parent. All outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries of Parent are owned by Parent or a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, free and clear of all Encumbrances. There are no options or rights to acquire capital stock or voting securities of Parent and there are no other securities of Parent convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or voting securities of Parent.

(c) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock in Parent have been offered, issued and sold by Parent in compliance with United States federal and applicable state securities laws. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.6(c ) of the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule, there are no authorized or outstanding (i) subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities or other rights (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any ownership interests in Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) securities, instruments or obligations that are or may become convertible or exchangeable into ownership interests or other securities or registered capital of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. Parent and its Subsidiaries do not have any obligation (whether written, oral, contingent or otherwise) nor are any of them otherwise bound to issue any subscription, warrant, option, convertible or exchangeable security or other such right or to issue or distribute to holders of any ownership interests or other securities or any evidences of indebtedness or assets of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation (whether written, oral, contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any ownership interests or other securities in Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.6(c ) of the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule, there are no agreements, written or oral, between Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and any holder of their respective securities or others, or among any holders of their respective securities, relating to the acquisition (including rights of first refusal, first offer, anti-dilution or pre-emptive rights), disposition, registration under the Securities Act or voting of their respective securities or other equity interests.

(d) Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.6(d ) of the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule, (i) neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has issued any options (including commitments to grant options) or other equity awards, whether vested or unvested, to acquire any of their respective securities or other equity interests, (ii) Parent and its Subsidiaries do not maintain, and have never maintained, any option plans or other equity compensation related plans or arrangements; and (iii) Parent and its Subsidiaries have never issued any warrants or other rights to acquire their respective securities or other equity interests (whether or not exercisable or vested).

(e) Parent and its Subsidiaries do not own or control, directly or indirectly, any equity or similar interest in, or any interest convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity or similar interest in, or have any commitment or obligation to invest in, purchase any securities or obligations of, fund, guarantee, contribute or maintain the capital of or otherwise financially support any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business association or entity.

 

- 31 -


3.7 Financial Statements .

(a) Attached as Schedule 3.7 of the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule are the following financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Parent Financial Statements ”): (i) the unaudited, consolidated balance sheet (the “ Parent Balance Sheet ”) for the six (6) month period ended June 30, 2013, (ii) the audited, consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012, and (iii) the audited, consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended.

(b) The Parent Financial Statements (i) are derived from and are in accordance with the books and records of the Parent and/or its Subsidiaries, (ii) have been prepared in accordance with the Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ standard accounting practices (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to normal recurring year-end adjustments, none of which adjustments individually or in the aggregate will be material in amount and further subject to interim adjustments to prior purchase accounting estimates) on an accrual basis applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated and consistent with each other except as may be indicated in the footnotes thereto, and (iii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent and its Subsidiaries at the dates therein indicated and the results of operations and cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the periods therein specified (subject to normal recurring year-end audit adjustments, none of which adjustments individually or in the aggregate will be material in amount and further subject to interim adjustments to prior purchase accounting estimates).

(c) None of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their officers has identified or been made aware of any complaint, allegation, deficiency, assertion or claim, whether written or oral, regarding the Parent Financial Statements. To the Knowledge of Parent, there have been no instances of fraud, whether or not material, that occurred during any period covered by the Parent Financial Statements.

3.8 Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees . Neither Parent nor Purchaser has incurred, nor will they incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or investment bankers’ fees or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby for which the Company or the Selling Members shall have any liability.

3.9 Customers . Schedule 3.9 of the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule lists the twenty (20) largest customers of Parent and its Subsidiaries on the basis of revenues (including the respective revenues of such customers) for the 12-month period ending on September 30, 2013. No material customer has (i) ceased or materially reduced its purchases from or sales or provision of services to Parent or the applicable Subsidiary within the last 12 months, (ii) to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened to cease or materially reduce such purchases or sales or provision of services, or (iii) to the Knowledge of Parent, been threatened with bankruptcy or insolvency.

3.10 Absence of Changes . Since the date of the Parent Balance Sheet, (a) the business of Parent and its Subsidiaries has been conducted in the usual, regular and ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; (b) no material adverse effect has occurred with respect to the financial condition, assets, liabilities, business or operations of Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (c) there has been no acceleration or delay, except in the ordinary course of business, in (i) the payment of accounts payable, accrued expenses or other Liabilities, or (ii) in the collection of notes or accounts receivable.

3.11 Taxes . All Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries have been duly and timely filed with the appropriate Taxing Authority in all jurisdictions in which such Tax Returns are required to be filed (after giving effect to any valid extensions of time in which to make such filings), and all such Tax Returns are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects. All Taxes payable by or on behalf of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or not shown on a Tax Return) have

 

- 32 -


been fully and timely paid. With respect to any period for which such Tax Returns have not yet been filed or for which such Taxes are not yet due or owing, Parent and its Subsidiaries has made due and sufficient accruals for such Taxes. All required estimated Tax payments have been timely made by or on behalf of Parent and its Subsidiaries. Parent and its Subsidiaries have complied with all applicable Legal Requirements relating to the payment and withholding of Taxes and has duly and timely withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority all amounts so withheld. No income or other material Tax return of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has ever been audited by the Internal Revenue Service or any other Taxing Authority, no such audit is in progress and Parent and its Subsidiaries have not been notified of any request for such an audit or other examination. Parent and its Subsidiaries are not currently delinquent in the payment of any Tax, nor have any deficiencies for any Tax been threatened, claimed, proposed or assessed against any of them which have not been settled or paid. No issue has been raised by any Taxing Authority in any prior examination of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that, by application of the same or similar principles, could reasonably be expected to result in a proposed deficiency for any subsequent Tax period. No adjustment relating to any Tax Returns filed by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has been proposed by a Taxing Authority to any of them (or any representative thereof). There is not in effect any waiver by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries of any statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes.

3.12 Property . Parent and each of its Subsidiaries has good and indefeasible title to all properties and assets (whether real or personal) necessary to conduct all of their respective businesses and operations as currently conducted, including all tangible properties and assets reflected on the Parent Balance Sheet or acquired after the date of the Parent Balance Sheet, and none of such tangible properties or assets is subject to any Security Interest or other Encumbrance, except as disclosed in Schedule 3.12 of the Parent Disclosure Schedule.

3.14 Material Contracts . Neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries is in material default or breach under the terms of any material agreement to which it is a party or by which it or its assets is otherwise bound (a “default” being defined for purposes hereof as an actual default or event of default or the existence of any fact or circumstance which would, upon receipt of notice or passage of time, constitute a default or right of termination), and to the Knowledge of Parent, no other party to any such material agreement is in material default or breach thereunder. No event has occurred that with notice or the passage of time would constitute a material default or breach thereunder by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or would permit the modification or premature termination of any such material agreement by any other party thereto.

3.15 Employees . Parent and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all Legal Requirements respecting employment, discrimination in employment, employment practices, tax withholding, equal employment, terms and conditions of employment, meal and rest periods, immigration status, leaves of absence, employee privacy, worker classification (including the proper classification of workers as independent contractors and consultants), wages (including overtime wages), compensation and hours of work, and occupational safety and health and employment practices.

3.16 Litigation . There is no (a) Action pending, or to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened, against or affecting Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, any of their properties, or the transactions contemplated hereby, nor to the Knowledge of Parent is there any reasonable basis therefor, or (b) governmental inquiry, audit, investigation, or other proceeding pending, or to the Knowledge of Parent threatened, against or affecting Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties (including any inquiry as to the qualification of Parent or its Subsidiaries to hold or receive any license or Permit), nor to the Knowledge of Parent is there any reasonable basis therefore. Parent and its Subsidiaries are not in default with respect to any order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Authority known to or served upon Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. There is no action or suit by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries pending, threatened or contemplated against any other Person. No Governmental Authority has at any time challenged or questioned the legal right of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries to conduct their respective operations as presently or previously conducted or as currently contemplated to be conducted.

 

- 33 -


3.17 Compliance with Laws; Permits .

(a) Without duplication of other representations and warranties under this Article 3 relating to compliance, non-compliance, breach or violation of, or any audit, investigation, proceeding or inquiry with respect to, any Legal Requirement, Parent and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with, and has complied with, in all material respects, and as of the date of this Agreement has not received any notices of material violation with respect to, any Legal Requirement with respect to the conduct of their respective business, or the ownership or operation of their business (including the keeping of all required registers and timely filing or delivery of all required documents under the provisions of any applicable Legal Requirement). To the Knowledge of Parent, Parent and its Subsidiaries are not under investigation with respect to, have not been threatened to be charged with, and have not been given notice of, any material violation of any Legal Requirement.

(b) All material Permits (i) pursuant to which Parent or any of its Subsidiaries currently operates or holds any interest in its properties, or (ii) which are required for the operation of the business of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted or the holding of any such interest, have been issued or granted to Parent or the applicable Subsidiary, and all such material Permits are in full force and effect and constitute all Permits required to permit Parent or the applicable Subsidiary to operate or conduct its business as it is currently conducted and hold any interest in its properties or assets.

3.18 Encumbrances . Except as set forth in Schedule 3.18 of the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule, the property and assets that Parent and its Subsidiaries own are free and clear of all mortgages, deeds of trust, liens, loans, claims, charges, restrictions and Encumbrances, except for Permitted Encumbrances. With respect to leased property and assets, Parent and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with such leases and, to Knowledge of Parent, hold valid leasehold interests free of any Encumbrances other than those of the lessors of such property or assets. To the Knowledge of Parent, the foregoing property and assets collectively comprise all material property and assets necessary for Parent and its Subsidiaries to conduct their respective business consistent with the manner such business was conducted during the periods covered by the Parent Financial Statements.

3.19 Brokers and Finders . All negotiations relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been carried on without the intervention of any Person acting on behalf of Parent or any of its affiliates in such manner as to give rise to any valid claim against the Company or any of the Selling Members for any investment banker, brokerage or finder’s commission, fee or similar compensation.

3.20 Books and Records . Purchaser has Delivered to the Company and the Selling Members accurate, complete and correct copies of: (i) all documents identified on the Purchaser Disclosure Schedule; (ii) the Purchaser Organizational Documents, as currently in effect; (iii) the minute books containing records of all proceedings, consents, actions and meetings of the board of directors, committees of the board and shareholders of Parent; (iv) the stock ledger, journal and other records reflecting all stock or other equity issuances and transfers and all option and warrant grants and agreements of Parent; and (v) permits, orders and consents issued by any regulatory agency with respect to Parent, or any securities of Parent, and all applications for such permits, orders and consents. The books, records and accounts of Parent (i) are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) have been maintained in accordance with reasonable business practices on a basis consistent with prior years, (iii) are stated in reasonable detail and accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets and properties of Parent, and (iv) accurately and fairly reflect the basis for the Parent Financial Statements.

 

- 34 -


ARTICLE 4

CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME

During the time period from the date hereof until the earlier to occur of (a) the Effective Time or (b) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1 , the Company covenants and agrees with Purchaser as follows:

4.1 Conduct of Business of the Company .

(a) Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, or as Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Company shall operate its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted, pay its debts and Taxes when due (subject to the right of Purchaser to review any Tax Returns in accordance with this Agreement), pay or perform its other obligations when due, and, to the extent not inconsistent with such business, use reasonable best efforts to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with its customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it.

(b) Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in Schedule 4.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule (referencing the specific subsection of this Section 4.1(b) to which it relates) or as Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing, the Company shall not:

(i) make any expenditure or enter into any commitment or transaction exceeding $10,000 (other than the payment of rent, payroll and interest obligations on Company Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice);

(ii) terminate or extend, or materially amend, waive, modify, or violate the terms of, any Contract disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule (or agree to do so), or enter into any Contract that would have been required to have been disclosed on Schedule 2.8 of the Disclosure Schedule) or Schedule 2.12 of the Disclosure Schedule had such Contract been entered into prior to the date hereof;

(iii) engage in or enter into any transaction or commitment, or relinquish any material right, outside the ordinary course of the Company’s business and consistent with past practice;

(iv) enter into or materially amend, waive or modify the terms of any Contract pursuant to which any other party is granted marketing, distribution, development or similar rights of any type or scope with respect to any products or technology of the Company;

(v) commence, compromise or settle any Action or threat of Action, other than to enforce its rights under this Agreement;

(vi) declare, set aside or pay any dividends on, or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of any Company Interests, or split, combine or reclassify any Company Interests, or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for Company Interests, except distributions to members of the Company consistent with past practices;

(vii) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of Company Interests (or options, warrants or other rights exercisable therefor);

 

- 35 -


(viii) issue, grant, deliver or sell any Company Interests or any securities convertible into, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other agreements or commitments of any kind or character obligating it to issue, grant, deliver or sell any such shares or other convertible securities convertible into Company Interests;

(ix) cause or permit any amendments to the Company Organizational Documents;

(x) acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing any assets or equity securities of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets that are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the Company’s business;

(xi) other than in the ordinary course of business, sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s properties or assets, including the sale of any accounts receivable of the Company, grant or otherwise create or consent to the creation of any easement, covenant, restriction, assessment or charge affecting any owned property or leased property or any part thereof, or convey, assign, sublease, license or otherwise transfer all or any portion of any owned property or leased property or any interest or rights therein;

(xii) incur any Indebtedness (other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) or guarantee any Indebtedness or issue or sell any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities or other obligations of others;

(xiii) grant any loans to others (other than advances to employees for travel and business expenses in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice) or purchase debt securities of others or amend the terms of any outstanding loan agreement;

(xiv) adopt or amend (except as required under applicable law) any Company Employee Plan, enter into any Employee Agreement (other than execution of the Company’s standard at will offer letter), pay or agree to pay any special bonus or special remuneration to any manager or Employee, or increase or agree to increase the salaries, wage rates, or other compensation or benefits of its Employees except pursuant to written agreements or plans outstanding on the date hereof and disclosed in Schedule 4.1(b)(xiv) of the Disclosure Schedule;

(xv) revalue any of its assets (whether tangible or intangible), including writing off notes or accounts receivable, settle, discount or compromise any accounts receivable, or reverse any reserves other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;

(xvi) pay, discharge or satisfy, in an amount in excess of $10,000 in the aggregate, any claim, liability, loan or obligation (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction in the ordinary course;

(xvii) make or change any election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method, period of accounting, or historic practice in respect of Taxes, enter into any closing agreement or similar agreement or arrangement with respect to Taxes, contest or settle any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, take any action to surrender any right to claim a refund or credit of Taxes, or file or amend any Tax Return unless such Tax Return or amended Tax Return has been provided to Purchaser for review in accordance with Section 4.3 ;

 

- 36 -


(xviii) enter into or amend in any material respect any licensing, distribution, joint venture, strategic alliance or joint marketing arrangement or agreement or any similar arrangement or agreement other than in the ordinary course of business;

(xix) hire, offer to hire or terminate any employees, or encourage any employees to resign from the Company, or promote, demote or make any other change to the employment status or title of any officer of the Company;

(xx) enter into any agreement, contract or commitment for the grant by the Company of any severance, termination pay or bonus (in cash or otherwise) to any Employee, including any officer;

(xxi) change the Company’s accounting policies or procedures, including with respect to reserves for doubtful accounts, amortization or depreciation policy or rates, or payment or collection policies or practices;

(xxii) engage in any purchase or sale of any interest in real property, grant of any Security Interest in any real property, or enter into any agreement to lease, sublease, license or otherwise occupy any real property;

(xxiii) take any action regarding a patent or patent application or trademark or trademark application, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and filing continuations for existing patent applications or completing or renewing registrations of existing patents, domain names, trademarks or service marks in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiv) except in the ordinary course of the administration of any Company Employee Plan, terminate, amend in any material respect or fail to renew any existing insurance coverage;

(xxv) terminate or fail to renew or preserve any material Permits;

(xxvi) send any written communications (including electronic communications) to any Employees regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or make any communications to the Employees that are inconsistent with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby; or

(xxvii) take, or agree in writing or otherwise to take, any of the actions described in Section 4.1(b)(i) through Section 4.1(b)(xxvi) , inclusive, or any other action that would (A) cause or result in any of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth herein being untrue or incorrect, (B) prevent or materially hinder the Company from performing its covenants hereunder or consummating the transactions contemplated hereby, or (C) delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.2 No Negotiation .

(a) Each of the Company and the Selling Members will immediately cease and cause to be terminated any and all existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any Persons conducted prior to or on the date of this Agreement with respect to any Acquisition Proposal (as hereinafter defined). Neither the Company nor the Selling Members will, nor will any of them authorize or permit any of the officers, managers, directors, affiliates, members or Employees of the Company or any investment banker, attorney or other advisor or representative retained by any of them (all of the foregoing Persons, including any such Persons so authorized by the Company or the Selling Members, collectively being the “ Company Representatives ”) to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, initiate, seek, entertain, encourage, facilitate, support or induce (or assist in or cooperate with any Person in) the making, submission or announcement of any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an

 

- 37 -


Acquisition Proposal, (ii) enter into, participate in, maintain or continue any discussions, communications (except solely to provide written notice as to the existence of these provisions) or negotiations regarding any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, or otherwise take any action to facilitate any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) agree to, accept, approve, endorse or recommend (or publicly propose or announce any intention or desire to agree to, accept, approve, endorse or recommend) any inquiry, expression of interest, proposal or offer that constitutes, or would reasonably be expected to lead to, any Acquisition Proposal, (iv) enter into any letter of intent or any other Contract contemplating or otherwise relating to any Acquisition Proposal, (v) submit any Acquisition Proposal to the vote of any security holders of the Company, (vi) consummate or otherwise effect a transaction providing for any transaction contemplated by an Acquisition Proposal, or (vii) disclose or make available to any Person any information not customarily disclosed or otherwise not disclosed in the ordinary course of business concerning the Company’s business, properties, assets or technologies, or afford to any Person access to its properties, technologies, books or records.

(b) The Company and the Selling Members shall immediately notify Purchaser orally and in writing after receipt by the Company and/or any Company Representatives of (i) any Acquisition Proposal, (ii) any inquiry, proposal or offer that constitutes, or could reasonably be expected to lead to, an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) any other notice that any Person is considering making an Acquisition Proposal, or (iv) any request for information by any Person or Persons (other than Purchaser) not customarily disclosed or otherwise not disclosed in the ordinary course of business to any Person concerning the Company’s business, properties, assets or technologies. Such notice shall describe (i) the terms and conditions of such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, proposal, offer, notice or request, and (ii) the identity of the Person or Group (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder) making any such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, proposal, offer, notice or request. The Company and the Selling Members shall keep Purchaser fully informed of the status and details of, and any modification to, any such Acquisition Proposal, or inquiry, proposal or offer and any correspondence or communications related thereto and shall provide to Purchaser a true, complete and correct copy of such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, proposal or offer and any amendments, correspondence and communications related thereto, if it is in writing, or a reasonable written summary thereof, if it is not in writing. The Company shall provide Purchaser with 72 hours prior notice (or such lesser prior notice as is provided to the managers of the Company) of any meeting of the managers of the Company at which the managers of the Company is reasonably expected to discuss any Acquisition Proposal.

(c) The Company shall be deemed to have breached the terms of this Section 4.2 if any Company Representatives shall take any action, whether in his or her capacity as such or in any other capacity, that is prohibited by this Section 4.2 . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that the provisions of this Section 4.2 were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed by the parties hereto that Purchaser shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Section 4.2 and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which Purchaser may be entitled at law or in equity.

4.3 Tax Returns . The Company shall timely file all Tax Returns required to be filed, and shall pay all Taxes (including payments of estimated Tax) required to be paid, prior to the Closing Date, except for Taxes that are being contested in good faith and for which sufficient accruals have been made on the Balance Sheet. Purchaser shall have the opportunity to review all such Tax Returns before they are filed and to approve any positions taken therein which are inconsistent with either the past practices of the Company or applicable Legal Requirements.

 

- 38 -


ARTICLE 5

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

5.1 Commercially Reasonable Efforts to Complete; Third Party Consents .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take promptly, or cause to be taken promptly, all actions, and to do promptly, or cause to be done promptly, all things necessary, proper or advisable, subject to applicable laws and regulations, to satisfy the conditions set forth in Article 6 and to remove any injunctions or other impediments or delays, legal or otherwise, in order to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for the purpose of securing to the parties hereto the benefits contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) In furtherance and not in limitation of Section 5.1(a) , the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents, waivers and approvals of any parties to any Contracts to which the Company is a party as are required in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase in order to ensure that all such Contracts remain in full force and effect immediately after the Effective Time in accordance with their respective terms and to preserve all rights of, and benefits to, Purchaser and the Company under such Contracts immediately after the Effective Time, including, but not limited to, the consents set forth on Schedule 5.1(b) . All such consents, waivers and approvals shall be in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchaser. In the event that the other parties to any such Contract conditions its grant of a consent, waiver or approval (including by threatening to exercise a “recapture” or other termination right) upon or otherwise required in response to a notice or consent request relating to this Agreement, the payment of a consent fee, “profit sharing” payment or other consideration, or other payments under the Contract or the provision of additional security (including a guaranty), (i) the Company shall not make or commit to make any such payment or provide any such consideration without Purchaser’s prior written consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (ii) any such payment shall be deemed to be a Transaction Expense for all purposes of and under this Agreement.

5.2 Notification of Certain Matters .

(a) Each of the Company and the Selling Members shall give prompt notice to Purchaser of (i) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event, the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would reasonably be expected to cause any representation or warranty of the Company and/or the Selling Members set forth in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate at or prior to the Effective Time, (ii) any failure of the Company or the Selling Members to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder, and (iii) any other event, condition, fact or circumstance that would make the timely satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Article 6 impossible or unlikely.

(b) Purchaser shall give prompt notice to the Company of (i) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event, the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would reasonably be expected to cause any representation or warranty of Purchaser set forth in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate at or prior to the Effective Time, (ii) any failure of Purchaser to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder, and (iii) any other event, condition, fact or circumstance that would make the timely satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in Article 6 impossible or unlikely.

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.2 , the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall not (i) limit or otherwise affect any remedies otherwise available to any party, or (ii) constitute an acknowledgment or admission of a breach of this Agreement. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.2 , no disclosure by any party pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall affect or be deemed to modify, amend or supplement any representation or warranty set forth herein, the Disclosure Schedule or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, or

 

- 39 -


limit any right to indemnification provided herein; provided however , notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2 to the contrary, any party may update, modify or supplement the disclosures made in its own disclosure schedules attached to this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing for matters first occurring after the date hereof and the other party shall have the right to either (i) terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(g ) no later than three (3) business days immediately following such disclosure, or (ii) if no such termination is made, then any such update or modification shall be deemed to have been accepted by the other party as of the Closing and any breach of any representation or warranty or covenant relating thereto shall be deemed to have been waived by such other party from and after the consummation of the Closing.

5.3 Access to Information; Public Announcement . During the period from the date hereof and prior to the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement, the Company and Purchaser shall afford each other and its accountants, counsel and other representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours to (i) all of its properties, books, Contracts, assets, commitments and records, (ii) all other information concerning its business, properties and personnel (subject to restrictions imposed by applicable law) as the other party may reasonably request, and (iii) subject to prior written approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, all of its employees as identified by such other party. The Company and Purchaser shall provide to the other party and its accountants, counsel and other representatives copies of internal financial statements (including Tax Returns and supporting documentation) promptly upon request. No information or knowledge obtained in any investigation pursuant to this Section 5.3 or otherwise shall affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty of a party contained herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Membership Interest Purchase in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor the Selling Members shall (nor will they permit, as applicable, any of their respective officers, managers, directors, members, stockholders, agents, representatives or affiliates to), directly or indirectly, issue any statement or communication to any third party (other than its agents that are bound by confidentiality restrictions and other than communications with the Selling Members and third parties to obtain the consents and approvals required under this Agreement and applicable law) regarding the subject matter of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, without the consent of Purchaser which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

5.4 Fees and Expenses . Whether or not the Membership Interest Purchase is consummated, all Liabilities outside of the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and fees and expenses incurred by the Company (for which the Company may pay or reimburse others or may otherwise be obligated to pay or reimburse others or may be or may become liable) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby including, all legal, accounting, consulting, investment banking, financial advisory, and brokerage fees and expenses and all other fees and expenses of third parties (including any costs incurred to obtain any consents, waivers or approvals as a result of compliance with this Agreement) (the “ Transaction Expenses ”), shall be the Liability and obligation of the Selling Members and shall not be obligations of Purchaser or the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Transaction Expenses that are the Liability and obligation of the Selling Members pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not include any cost, fee, or expense incurred by Purchaser in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, including, all legal, accounting, consulting, investment banking, financial advisory, and brokerage fees and expenses and all other fees and expenses of third parties incurred by Purchaser, all of which shall be borne by Purchaser. At least three (3) business days prior to the Closing (or such other time as approved by Parent or Purchaser), the Company shall provide Purchaser with a statement of estimated Transaction Expenses in form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, which statement shall be accompanied by final invoices from the Company’s legal, accounting, financial, consulting and other advisors providing services in connection with the negotiation and effectuation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby reflecting such advisors’ final billable Transaction Expenses (the “ Statement of Expenses ”). Whether or not reflected in the Statement of Expenses, Purchaser shall be entitled to recover the

 

- 40 -


amount of any and all Transaction Expenses in excess of the amount of aggregate estimated Transaction Expenses as set forth on the Statement of Expenses and may do so by reducing the Actual Closing Net Working Capital pursuant to Section 1.3 or pursuant to Article 7 (if and to the extent not otherwise paid or discharged by the Selling Members after the Closing in accordance with this Agreement).

5.5 Tax Matters .

(a) Pre and Post Closing Tax Returns . The Selling Members shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all income Tax Returns for all Tax periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date that are required to be filed after the Closing Date. The Selling Members and the Company shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all other Tax Returns for the Company due on or before the Closing Date. The Selling Members shall deliver copies of such Tax Returns to Purchaser within a reasonable period prior to filing and shall incorporate Purchaser’s reasonable comments thereto. All Tax Returns described in this paragraph shall be prepared in a manner consistent with prior practice unless otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirements.

(b) Straddle Period Tax Returns . Purchaser shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, any Tax Return of the Company for any Tax period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date (a “ Straddle Period ”, and any such Tax Return, a “ Straddle Period Tax Return ”). Any Taxes for a Straddle Period shall be apportioned between the Selling Members and the Purchaser in the manner set forth in Section 5.5(c) . Purchaser shall forward all income Tax Returns and other material Tax Returns for the Straddle Period and supporting calculations to the Selling Members for review and comment, no later than 30 days prior to the filing of such Tax Returns. Purchaser shall make any changes reasonably requested by the Selling Members to such Straddle Period Tax Returns. All Tax Returns described in this paragraph shall be prepared in a manner consistent with prior practice unless otherwise required by applicable Legal Requirements.

(c) Procedures for Tax Matters . For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) In the case of any gross receipts, income, payroll or similar Taxes that are payable with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such Taxes allocable to (A) the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date, for which the Selling Members are responsible, and (B) the portion of the Straddle Period beginning on the day next succeeding the Closing Date (the “ Post-Closing Tax Period ”), for which the Purchaser and/or the Company is responsible, shall be determined on the basis of a deemed closing at the end of the Closing Date of the books and records of the Company; provided , however , that exemptions, allowances or deductions that are calculated on an annual basis (including but not limited to, depreciation and amortization deductions) shall be allocated to the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the Post-Closing Tax Period in proportion to the number of days in each period.

(ii) In the case of any Taxes (other than gross receipts, income, payroll or similar Taxes) that are payable with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such Taxes allocable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be equal to the product of all such Taxes multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period from the commencement of the Straddle Period through and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period; provided, however, that appropriate adjustments shall be made to reflect specific events that can be identified and specifically allocated as occurring on or prior to the Closing Date (in which case the Selling Members shall be responsible for any Taxes related thereto and Purchaser shall be entitled to reimbursement by reduction of the Holdback Amount or any Excess Amount for such Taxes to the extent such Taxes were not reflected in the Closing Date Balance Sheet, which Taxes shall be considered Agreed-Upon Damages hereunder) or occurring after the Closing Date (in which case, Purchaser shall be responsible for any Taxes related thereto). All other Taxes shall be apportioned based on a hypothetical closing of the books as of the Closing Date.

 

- 41 -


(iii) The Company, the Purchaser, and the Selling Members shall cooperate with each other in connection with the filing of any Tax Returns of the Company and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes of the Company. The Company, the Purchaser, and the Selling Members agree (i) to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Company relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by the Company, the Purchaser or the Selling Members, any extensions of the statute of limitations) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority, and (ii) to give the other parties reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records and, if any of the other Parties so requests, the Company, the Purchaser, or the Selling Members, as the case may be, shall allow the other party to take possession of such books and records.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, from and after the Closing, Purchaser shall have the sole right to control and make all decisions regarding any Tax audit or administrative or court proceeding relating to Taxes of the Company, including selection of counsel and selection of a forum for such contest, provided, however , that in the event such audit or proceeding relates to Taxes for which Purchaser is entitled to be indemnified or reimbursed by the Selling Members or by reduction of the Holdback Amount or any Excess Amount, (i) Purchaser, Company, and the Selling Members shall cooperate in the conduct of any audit or proceeding relating to such period, (ii) the Selling Members shall have the right (but not the obligation) to participate in such audit or proceeding at the Selling Members’ expense, and (iii) Purchaser shall have the sole right to exercise control at any time over the handling, disposition and/or settlement of any issue raised in any official inquiry, examination or proceeding regarding any Tax Return (including the right to settle or otherwise terminate any contest with respect thereto), except that consent of the Selling Members (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) shall be required for any disposition or settlement of such Tax matter (excluding Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations, which shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 5.5(d ) below) if Purchaser is seeking or intends to seek reimbursement or indemnification from the Selling Members with respect to such Tax matter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 7.2(f) , this Section 5.5(c ) shall govern the conduct of Tax contests related to the Company.

(d) Post-Closing Sales Tax Covenants .

(i) At any time after the Closing, except as set forth in Section 5.5(d)(iii ), if Purchaser or the Company or any of their affiliates intends to charge and/or collect any Sales Tax (as defined below) in connection with the sale of software or any other product and/or services to (A) any new or future customers of the Company (who are not current customers of the Company as of Closing), Purchaser shall cause such business activity to be conducted by or through an entity other than the Company and otherwise having a different tax identification number than the Company (which entity may be an affiliate of Purchaser or the Company) (an “ Affiliate Provider ”); (B) any current customer existing as of the Closing which does not have a written contract (or is otherwise subject to terms of sale, terms and conditions or similar provisions that have any prohibition on amendment or assignment) with the Company for products and/or services provided by the Company (it being acknowledged that any customer who is under a purchase order arrangement or other periodic billing or invoicing arrangement shall be deemed to be a customer without such written contract), Purchaser shall cause such business activity to be conducted by or through an Affiliate Provider, or (C) any current customer which has a written contract (including any purchase orders, terms of sale, terms and conditions or similar provision that have any prohibition on amendment or assignment thereof by the Company without the customer’s consent) with the Company for products and/or services provided by the Company as of the Closing, Purchaser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to amend and/or restate the contract with such customer so that an Affiliate Provider, rather than the Company, shall become the provider of such products and/or services to the customer, or assign all rights and obligations under such contract from the Company to an Affiliate Provider, or otherwise cause such business activity with such customer to be conducted by or through an Affiliate Provider, in each of the foregoing cases described in subsections (A ), ( B ) and ( C ) above (all such actions being referred to herein as “ Post-Closing Sales Tax Actions ”), prior to charging and/or collecting any Sales Tax from the customer (including issuance of any

 

- 42 -


invoice containing Sales Tax to such customer). Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Agreement or any Company Document (including without limitation, any Tax representation or warranty made under Section 2.10 , or the provisions of Section 5.5(b ) or Section 7.2(a)(vi ) hereof), if Purchaser breaches any provision of this Section 5.5(d ) at any time, which results in the Company being assessed or charged with or otherwise liable for any Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations, the Selling Members shall have no obligation or liability to Purchaser, the Company or any of their affiliates for any Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations; provided that , solely with respect to subsection (C ) above, it being understood that if Purchaser in good faith uses commercially reasonable efforts as provided herein above but is unable to consummate the requested actions as a result of actions or inactions of third parties ( i.e ., if the Purchaser requests in writing that a customer agree to assign a contract to the Affiliate Provider or otherwise amend and/or restate the contract or do business with such entity and undertakes in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to pursue and obtain the requested action from the customer and, if requested by the Selling Members, the Purchaser provides the Selling Members a reasonable opportunity to participate in discussions and negotiations with the customer (with Purchaser participating in such meetings), but such customer does not promptly (and in any event within sixty (60) days) approve such assignment or otherwise agree to amend and/or restate the contract or otherwise do business with such Affiliate Provider), Purchaser and its affiliates shall be deemed to have complied in all respects with subsection (C ) of this paragraph.

(ii) Prior to the Company commencing any Post-Closing Sales Tax Actions, except as set forth in Section 5.5(d)(iii ), (A) Purchaser and its affiliates shall inform the Selling Members with respect to such actions, and shall provide to the Selling Members a reasonable opportunity to review the proposed actions and to discuss in good faith with the Selling Members the advisability and merits of the proposed actions; (B) the Selling Members and Purchaser and its affiliate shall participate and cooperate in good faith in connection with the preparation of and entering into any agreements or filings with respect thereto, (C) Purchaser and its affiliates shall at all times keep the Selling Members reasonably informed with respect to such proposed actions and permit the Selling Members to review with Purchaser and its affiliates and participate in discussions and negotiations with the applicable customer all matters relating thereto; (D) all out of pocket costs and expenses relating to such proposed actions shall be borne by Purchaser and its affiliates (other than the Selling Members’ own expenses, which shall be borne by the Selling Members), and (E) notwithstanding the immediately preceding subsections (A ) to ( D ) of this paragraph, any final decision as to whether or not a Post-Closing Sales Tax Action shall be made and any final decisions relating thereto shall be within the control of Purchaser, and nothing in the immediately preceding subsections (A ) to ( D ) of this paragraph shall prevent Purchaser or the Company from promptly taking any such Post-Closing Sales Tax Action in accordance with this Agreement.

(iii) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Purchaser and its affiliates may, or may cause the Company to, enter into agreements or make filings with any Governmental Authority in any jurisdiction, if determined in Purchaser’s reasonable judgment, with prior consultation with its independent accounting and tax advisers, to be necessary or advisable under applicable law, with respect to sales, use, gross receipts, value added and other similar Taxes of the Company (including any additional Taxes related thereto) (collectively, and individually, “ Sales Tax ”), whether for periods prior to or after the Closing (each, a “ Voluntary Disclosure ”), provided that (A) Purchaser and its affiliates, prior to making or entering into a Voluntary Disclosure with any Governmental Authority, shall provide to the Selling Members a reasonable opportunity to review the proposed Voluntary Disclosure and shall discuss in good faith with the Selling Members the advisability and merits of the Voluntary Disclosure; (B) the Selling Members and Purchaser and its affiliate shall participate and cooperate in good faith in connection with the preparation of and entering into any agreements or filings with respect to a Voluntary Disclosure, (C) Purchaser and its affiliates shall at all times keep the Selling Members reasonably informed with respect to the Voluntary Disclosure and permit the Selling Members to review with Purchaser and its affiliates and participate in discussions and negotiations with the applicable Governmental Authority all matters relating to the Voluntary Disclosure, (D) all out of pocket costs and expenses relating to such Voluntary Disclosure (other than Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations which may be the responsibility of the Selling Members pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement)

 

- 43 -


shall be borne by Purchaser and its affiliates (other than the Selling Members’ own expenses, which shall be borne by the Selling Members), and (E) notwithstanding the immediately preceding subsections (A ) to ( D ) of this paragraph, any final decision as to whether or not a Voluntary Disclosure shall be made and any final settlement or disposition thereof with the applicable Governmental Authority shall be within the control of Purchaser, and nothing in the immediately preceding subsections (A ) to ( D ) of this paragraph shall prevent Purchaser or the Company from promptly entering into any Voluntary Disclosure in accordance with this Agreement. If Purchaser, the Company or their respective affiliates enter into a Voluntary Disclosure in accordance with this subsection (iii ), then none of the Purchaser, the Company or their respective affiliates shall be required to comply with Section 5.5(d)(i ) or Section 5.5(d)(ii ) with respect to any business of the customer of the Company having operations within the state in which the Voluntary Disclosure was entered.

5.6 Corporate Matters .

(a) Corporate Records . At the Closing, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser the original corporate books, ownership interest ledgers, minute books and corporate seal, if any, of the Company and other controlled affiliates.

(b) Managers and Officers of the Corporation after the Effective Time . Unless otherwise determined by Purchaser prior to the Effective Time, immediately following the Effective Time the managers of the Company shall be those Persons listed on Schedule 5.6(b) , until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal. Unless otherwise determined by Purchaser prior to the Effective Time, immediately following the Effective Time the officers of the Company shall be those Persons listed on Schedule 5.6(b) , until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, or their earlier death, resignation or removal.

5.7 Confidentiality.

(a) From and after the Closing Date, the Selling Members shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate to any Person other than authorized officers, directors and employees of Purchaser or use or otherwise exploit for his own benefit or for the benefit of anyone other than Purchaser, any Confidential Information (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Selling Members shall have no obligation to keep confidential (or cause the Company or its officers, managers or Affiliates to keep confidential) any Confidential Information if and to the extent disclosure thereof is specifically required by applicable Legal Requirements; provided , however , that in the event disclosure is required by applicable Legal Requirements, the Selling Members shall, to the extent reasonably possible, provide Purchaser with prompt notice of such requirement prior to making any disclosure so that Purchaser may seek an appropriate protective order. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” shall mean any confidential or proprietary information with respect to the Company, including methods of operation, customer lists, products, prices, fees, costs, Technology, inventions, Trade Secrets, know-how, Software, marketing methods, plans, personnel, suppliers, competitors, markets or other specialized information or proprietary matters not in the public domain or otherwise generally available to the public, provided that “ Confidential Information ” does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder with respect to, information that (i) is generally available to the public on the date of this Agreement or (ii) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure not otherwise permissible hereunder. The Selling Members shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose, reveal, divulge or communicate to any Person the terms of this Agreement or any Company Document, except to their own legal, financial or other advisors on a need-to-know basis, as may be required by Legal Requirements or as otherwise consented to by Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

- 44 -


(b) The covenants and undertakings contained in this Section 5.7 relate to matters which are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and a violation of any of the terms of this Section 5.7 will cause irreparable injury to the parties, the amount of which will be impossible to estimate or determine and which cannot be adequately compensated. The parties hereto specifically acknowledge and agree that the remedy at law for any breach of this Section 5.7 will be inadequate and in addition to any other remedy available to it, Purchaser will be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction in the event of any breach of this Section 5.7 . The rights and remedies provided by this Section 5.7 are cumulative and in addition to any other rights and remedies which Purchaser may have hereunder or at law or in equity. In the event that Purchaser were to seek damages for any breach of this Section 5.7 , the portion of the consideration delivered to the Selling Members hereunder which is allocated by the parties to the foregoing covenant shall not be considered a measure of, or limit on, such damages.

(c) The parties hereto agree that, if any court of competent jurisdiction in a final nonappealable judgment determines that a specified time period, a specified business limitation, a specified geographical area or any other relevant feature of this Section 5.7 is unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, then a lesser period of time, business limitation, geographical area or other relevant feature which is determined to be reasonable, not arbitrary and not against public policy may be enforced against the applicable party.

5.8 Selling Members Release of Claims . Each Selling Member agrees, upon the Effective Time, on his own behalf and on behalf of his respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, to irrevocably release and forever discharge the Company and its current and former affiliates, stockholders, investors, attorneys, administrators, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, division, agents, managers, directors, officers, assigns, predecessors and successors (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”) from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, demand, cause of action, that such Selling Member had or now has, or that such Selling Member may hereafter have against any Released Party, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that such Selling Member may possess against any of the Released Parties arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Time, which relate to or arise out of: (A) any and all claims relating to or arising from such Selling Member’s employment relationship with the Company and any termination of that relationship, (B) with respect to each Selling Member’s ownership of the Company Interests (with respect to such Selling Member, the “ Selling Member’s Interests ”) or such Selling Member’s ownership of (or any right to acquire) any other equity interest in the Company, (C) any and all claims, in each case arising out of or relating to such Selling Member’s ownership of the Selling Member’s Interests, against a Released Party for any breach of duty, tort, contract (express or implied), fraud, misrepresentation, relief or rights under any federal, state or local law, statute or regulation or pursuant to any organizational documents of the Company, whether at law or in equity, or (D) any and all claims, in each case arising out of or relating to such Selling Member’s ownership of the Selling Member’s Interests, based in any other way upon any act or omission on the part of the Released Parties and derivative rights that such Selling Member had or now has, or that such Selling Member may hereafter have against any Released Party by reason of any event, transaction, conduct, occurrence, relationship or cause whatsoever occurring on or prior to the date of this Agreement; provided, however , that the foregoing release shall not relieve any of the Released Parties of their respective obligations or liabilities pursuant to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the other documents executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or be deemed to constitute a waiver of the availability of insurance to cover claims not covered by this release. Each Selling Member agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, a Selling Member’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that any

 

- 45 -


such filing or participation does not give a Selling Member the right to recover any monetary damages against the Company; each Selling Member’s release of claims herein bars such Selling Member from recovering such monetary relief from the Company). Each Selling Member represents that he has made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, demand, cause of action, or other matter waived or released by this Section. Each Selling Member acknowledges and represents that, other than the consideration set forth in this Agreement and other than accrued benefits which a Selling Member may be entitled to carry over as an employee of the Company as of and immediately after the Closing consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Company has paid or provided all salary, wages, bonuses, accrued vacation or other paid time off, premiums, leaves, housing allowances, relocation costs, interest, severance, outplacement costs, fees, reimbursable expenses, commissions, stock, stock options, vesting, and any and all other benefits and compensation due to such Selling Member; provided that Robert J. Svec, as a Continuing Employee, shall be entitled to the benefits of his accrued or earned vacation and other paid time off from and after the Closing Date in accordance with Section 5.9 below.

5.9 Company Employee Plans . The Selling Members and the Company shall, upon Purchaser’s request, which shall be made reasonably in advance of the Closing, terminate the existing Company Employee Plans, in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable law, with such termination to be effective immediately prior to the Closing, or such later date as is permitted under the provisions of the Plans, Contracts and applicable law. From and after Closing, Purchaser will, with respect to the Continuing Employees, (a) honor existing Employee Agreements (subject to any right to amend or terminate such agreements in accordance with their terms), and (b) either continue the Company Employee Plans and any plans, programs, practices, contracts or agreements sponsored or maintained by a professional employer organization with respect to which employees of the Company participate, or permit Continuing Employees, and, as applicable, their eligible spouses and dependents, to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs or policies of Purchaser on terms no less favorable than those provided to similarly situated employees of Purchaser (or a combination of the foregoing, which shall afford the Continuing Employees benefit terms equal to or better than those required under this Section 5.9(b )). Purchaser shall recognize the prior service with the Company of each Continuing Employee in connection with all employee benefit plans, programs or policies of Purchaser in which Continuing Employees are eligible to participate for purposes of eligibility to participate, vesting and determination of level of benefits (but not for purposes of benefit accruals under any defined benefit pension plan or to the extent that such recognition would result in duplication of benefits). In addition, to the extent permitted by the applicable plan or program, Purchaser shall waive pre-existing condition requirements, evidence-of-insurability provisions, waiting-period requirements and all other similar provisions under any benefit plan or program or compensation arrangements provided to Continuing Employees after the Effective Time. Purchaser shall also, to the extent permitted by the applicable plan, apply toward any deductible requirements and out-of-pocket maximum limits under its employee welfare benefit plans, any amounts paid by each Continuing Employee prior to the Closing under welfare benefit plans during the current plan year of such welfare benefit plans. From and after the Closing, Purchaser shall credit and honor, and allow all Continuing Employees to use, all paid time-off accrued but unused by the Continuing Employees as of the Closing and listed on Schedule 5.9 of the Disclosure Schedule.

5.10 Further Assurances . Each party hereto, at the request of another party hereto, shall execute and deliver such other certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents, and do and perform such other acts and things, as may be reasonably necessary or desirable for purposes of effecting completely the consummation of the Membership Interest Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

5.11 Insurance . For a period of three (3) years after the Closing, Purchaser shall maintain, or cause the Company to maintain, insurance policies in such amounts, terms and coverages as are customarily maintained by other businesses in the industry which are similar or comparable to the Company in terms of the size and nature of its business.

 

- 46 -


ARTICLE 6

CONDITIONS TO THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE

6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party . The respective obligations of the Company, each Selling Member and Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Effective Time, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing exclusively by Purchaser, on one hand, and the Company and the Selling Members on the other hand:

(a) Requisite Governmental Approvals . Purchaser and the Company shall have obtained all consents and approvals from all Governmental Authorities, and submitted all requisite filings and made all requisite notifications with all Governmental Authorities, which are reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) No Prohibitive Laws . No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(c) No Prohibitive Injunctions or Orders . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other similar legal restraint shall be in effect that has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

6.2 Conditions to the Obligations of Purchaser . The obligations of Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by Purchaser:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Members shall have been true and correct on the date they were made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties refer to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specified date and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on the Closing Date.

(b) Covenants . The Company and each Selling Member shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants and obligations under this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by them prior to or as of the Closing.

(c) No Company Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have occurred any change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or effect of any character that has had, or is reasonably likely to have, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(d) No Legal Proceedings or Threats . There shall be no legal action, suit, claim or proceeding of any kind or nature pending before any Governmental Authority (whether brought by a Governmental Authority or any other Person) or overtly threatened by any Governmental Authority or any other Person against Purchaser, the Company, the Selling Members, or any of their respective properties or any of their respective managers or officers (in their capacities as such) that (i) arises out of, or is in any way connected with, this Agreement, the Membership Interest Purchase or any other transaction contemplated hereby, (ii) seeks to prohibit the consummation of the Membership Interest Purchase or any other transaction contemplated hereby, (iii) seeks to impose limitations

 

- 47 -


on the ability of Purchaser to consummate the Membership Interest Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iv) seeks to prohibit or impose any limitations on the ownership or operation by Purchaser of all or any portion of the businesses or assets of Purchaser, the Company or any of their respective affiliates, or to compel Purchaser, the Selling Members or the Company to dispose of or hold separate any portion of the businesses or assets of Purchaser, the Company or any of their respective affiliates or (v) seeks to impose limitations on the ability of Purchaser effectively to exercise full rights of ownership of all Company Interests.

(e) No Burdensome Regulatory Conditions . No Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, entered or deemed applicable to the Membership Interest Purchase any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of (i) prohibiting Purchaser’s ownership or operation of any portion of the business of the Company, or (ii) compelling Purchaser or the Company to dispose of or hold separate all or any portion of the businesses or assets of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or the Company, in any case in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

(f) Executive Agreement . The Executive Agreement shall be in full force and effect, and Robert J. Svec shall not have attempted to terminate, rescind, or repudiate the Executive Agreement or notified Purchaser or the Company of his intention of terminating the Executive Agreement following the Effective Time.

(g) Market Standoff Agreement . Each of the Selling Members shall have entered into a Market Standoff Agreement. Such Market Standoff Agreement shall be in full force and effect, none of the Selling Members shall not have attempted to terminate, rescind, or repudiate the Market Standoff Agreement or notified Purchaser or the Company of such Selling Member’s intention of terminating the Market Standoff Agreement following the Effective Time.

(h) Parent Financing Agreements . Each of the Selling Members shall have entered into the Parent’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, Amended and Restated Right Voting Agreement, and Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal & Co-Sale Agreement, each to be amended and restated in conjunction with the issuance of the Parent Shares (the “ Financing Agreements ”).

(i) Company Indebtedness and Encumbrances . Purchaser shall have received evidence, reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, that all Company Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness relating to the equipment leases with Ricoh and IBM) has been paid in full and finally discharged or that upon payment thereof at Closing, all Encumbrances on and security interests in any property of the Company constituting collateral or securing any obligations under any documents evidencing such Company Indebtedness will be released and terminated as of Closing.

(j) [Intentionally Omitted]

(k) Selling Member Non-Competition Agreement . Each of the Selling Members shall have entered into a Non-Competition Agreement with the Purchaser concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Such Non-Competition Agreement shall be in full force and effect, none of the Selling Members shall have attempted to terminate, rescind, or repudiate the Non-Competition Agreement or notified Purchaser or either Company of his intention of terminating the Non-Competition Agreement following the Closing.

(l) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

- 48 -


(m) Closing Deliveries of the Company . At or prior to the Closing, the Company shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall have received, the following:

(i) a certificate the Company executed by its Chief Executive Officer (or other person in equivalent position), dated the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, certifying as to the matters set forth in
Sections 6.2(a) , 6.2(b) and 6.2(c) ;

(ii) a certificate of the Company executed by its Secretary (or other person in equivalent position), dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, certifying (A) the Company Organizational Documents, (B) the resolutions adopted by the managers of the Company to adopt and authorize this Agreement, the Membership Interest Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby (copies of which resolutions shall be attached to such certificate), and (C) the incumbency and signatures of the officers of the Company executing this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents executed by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iii) letters of resignation in a form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, effective as of the Closing Date, of each manager and officer of the Company;

(iv) the novation or consent to assignment of any Person whose novation or consent to assignment, as the case may be, may be required in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement under the Contracts listed or described on Schedule 6.2(m)(iv) (unless same is otherwise waived by Parent or Purchaser on or prior to the Closing);

(v) a certificate from the Department of Treasury of the State of New Jersey and each other state or other United States jurisdiction in which the Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation (or the closest equivalent thereof in the event that any jurisdiction does not provide such certificates), each dated within five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date, certifying that the Company is duly qualified to transact business and/or is in good standing (as applicable in each such jurisdiction) and that all applicable state franchise taxes or fees of the Company through and including the date of the certificate have been paid;

(vi) a statement, in a form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser and in compliance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b) from each Selling Member certifying that such Selling Member is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Code;

(vii) any documents, instruments, certificates or other Agreements required pursuant to this Agreement or that Purchaser may reasonably request; and

(viii) the Statement of Expenses, including all accompanying final invoices.

6.3 Conditions to Obligations of the Company and Selling Members . The obligations of the Company and the Selling Members to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by the Company and the Selling Members:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of Purchaser shall have been true and correct on the date they were made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on the Closing Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties refer to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specified date and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on the Closing Date.

 

- 49 -


(b) Covenants . Purchaser shall have performed and complied with all covenants and obligations under this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by Purchaser prior to or as of the Closing.

(c) Executive Agreement . The Executive Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the Parent.

(d) No Legal Proceedings or Threats . The conditions in Section 6.2(d ) shall have been satisfied.

(e) Closing Deliveries of Parent . At or prior to the Closing, Purchaser shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Selling Members, and Selling Members shall have received, the following:

(i) a certificate of Parent executed by its Chief Executive Officer (or other person in equivalent position), dated the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, certifying as to the matters set forth in
Sections 6.2(a) and 6.2(b) ;

(ii) a certificate of Parent executed by its Secretary (or other person in equivalent position), dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, certifying (A) the Purchaser Organizational Documents, (B) the resolutions adopted by the board of directors of Parent to adopt and authorize this Agreement, the Membership Interest Purchase and the other transactions contemplated hereby (copies of which resolutions shall be attached to such certificate), and (C) the incumbency and signatures of the officers of Parent executing this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents executed by or on behalf of Parent pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(iii) duly completed and executed original stock certificates evidencing the Parent Shares to be issued to the Selling Members;

(iv) a certificate from the Delaware Secretary of State dated within five (5) business days prior to the Closing Date, certifying that Purchaser and Parent is in good standing and that all applicable state franchise taxes or fees of Purchaser or Parent through and including the date of the certificate have been paid;

(v) Offer letters shall have been delivered to each Key Employee of the Company, which shall include provisions regarding stock options to be granted to each such Key Employees, duly executed by Purchaser (or the Company); and

(vi) any documents, instruments, certificates or other Agreements required pursuant to this Agreement or that any of the Selling Members may reasonably request.

 

- 50 -


ARTICLE 7

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 Survival .

(a) The representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Members and Purchaser and Parent set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or Purchaser Document in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation or disclosure made by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto, until 11:59 p.m. (Central time) on the first anniversary of the Closing Date; provided , however , that:

(i) notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, with respect to the special representations and warranties specified in this Section 7.1(a)(i) (collectively, the “ Special Indemnification Representations ”), (A) such special representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2.2 (Capitalization), Section 2.3 (Authority), Section 2.10 (Taxes), Section 3.2 (Authority), Section 3.6 (Parent Shares; Capitalization), and Section 3.12 (Taxes) (but subject to the time limitations under Section 7.2(c)(vi ) with respect to Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations), shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect until sixty (60) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, and (B) such special representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2.14 (Intellectual Property) shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect until the second anniversary of the Closing Date (all such survival periods specified above in this Section 7.1(a) , collectively, the “ Survival Period ”);

(ii) in the event of any fraud or intentional misrepresentation of or by the Company or the Selling Members or Purchaser with respect to any matters set forth in this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or in any other Company Document or Purchaser Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, such representations and warranties shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall remain in full force and effect in perpetuity, regardless of any investigation or disclosure made by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto;

(iii) in the event that any Indemnified Party shall bring a claim for indemnification under this Article 7 in respect of a breach of a representation or warranty of any party set forth in this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or in any other Company Document or Purchaser Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby, prior to the expiration of the Survival Period applicable to the representation or warranty on which such claim is based, then such representation or warranty shall continue in full force and effect with respect to such claim until the final resolution of such claim;

(iv) no right to indemnification under this Article 7 in respect of a breach of a representation or warranty of any party set forth in this Agreement or in any other Company Document or Purchaser Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby which is set forth in an Indemnification Claim delivered prior to the expiration of the Survival Period applicable to such representation or warranty of any party on which such claim is based shall be affected by the expiration of the Survival Period applicable to such representation or warranty; and

(v) the expiration of any Survival Period applicable to any representation or warranty of any party set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, shall not limit, restrict, impair or otherwise affect in any manner the rights of any Indemnified Party under this Article 7 , or otherwise under applicable law, arising out of fraud or any intentional misrepresentation.

(b) All of the covenants and other agreements of Purchaser, Parent, the Company and each Selling Member set forth in this Agreement (excluding the indemnification obligations set forth in this Article 7 ) shall terminate and expire at and as of the Effective Time; provided , however , that (i) notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the covenants and other agreements of Purchaser, Parent, the Company or the Selling Members, set forth in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, Section 1.1 , Section 1.4 , Section 1.6 , Section 1.8 , Section 1.9 , Section 5.5 , Section 5.7 , Section 5.8 , Section 5.10 and

 

- 51 -


Section 5.11 ), or in any other Company Document or Purchaser Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, that contemplate performance following the Closing and the Effective Time shall survive the Closing and the Effective Time and shall survive and remain in full force and effect following the Closing and the Effective Time in accordance with their respective terms, and (ii) no right to indemnification under this Article 7 in respect of a breach of a covenant or other agreement set forth in this Agreement, or in any other Company Document or Purchaser Document or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, which is set forth in an Indemnification Claim delivered prior to the expiration of any applicable survival period shall be affected by the expiration of such covenant or other agreement.

7.2 Indemnification of Indemnified Parties .

(a) Indemnification by Selling Members . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article 7 , from and after the Effective Time, the Selling Members shall indemnify and hold harmless Parent and each of its Subsidiaries (including, following the Effective Time, the Company) and their respective managers, directors, officers, employees, affiliates and other Persons who control or are controlled by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, and their respective agents and other representatives (collectively, the “ Purchaser Indemnified Parties ”), from, against and in respect of any and all Damages directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred by any of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties (or any of them) directly or indirectly resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, or in any way related to, any of the following:

(i) (A) any failure of any representation or warranty made by the Company or the Selling Members in this Agreement (other than the Special Indemnification Representations) to be true and correct as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date as if such representation or warranty had been made at and as of the Closing Date or in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct, or (B) any failure of any representation, warranty or certification made by the Company or the Selling Members in any other Company Document (other than with respect to Special Indemnification Representations) to be true and correct at and as of the date of such document, schedule, certificate or other instrument or in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct;

(ii) (A) any failure of any Special Indemnification Representation made by the Company or the Selling Members in this Agreement to be true and correct as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date as if such Special Indemnification Representation had been made at and as of the Closing Date or, in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct, or (B) any failure of any such Special Indemnification Representation (or certification in respect thereof) made by the Company or any the Selling Members in any other Company Document, to be true and correct at and as of the date of such document, schedule, certificate or other instrument or in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct;

(iii) any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant or other agreement made or to be performed by the Company or the Selling Members in this Agreement or in any other Company Document;

(iv) any Transaction Expenses (to the extent that such Transaction Expenses are not paid or discharged prior to the Closing by the Company or the Selling Members, or treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Base Consideration at the Closing or otherwise paid or discharged by the Selling Members after the Closing within 15 business days after receipt of written demand from Purchaser);

 

- 52 -


(v) any portion of the Company Indebtedness that has not been paid and finally discharged pursuant to Section 6.2(i) (to the extent that such Company Indebtedness is not treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Base Consideration at the Closing) and any and all Change in Control Payments (to the extent that such Change in Control Payments are not paid and discharged by the Company or the Selling Members prior to the Closing or treated as a reduction in the calculation of the Base Consideration at Closing), and to the extent any of the foregoing items are not otherwise paid or discharged by the Selling Members after the Closing within 15 business days after receipt of written demand from Purchaser;

(vi) any Pre-Closing Taxes (subject to the time limitations in Section 7.1(a)(i)(A ), the limitations on Damages with respect to Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations (as set forth in the definition of Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations), the Pre-Closing Sales Tax Cap, the Voluntary Sales Tax Cap and the limitations and conditions set forth in Section 5.5(d ) and Section 7.2(c ) below);

(vii) any Shortfall Amount;

(viii) any refund payable to Bank of New York by the Company arising out of billing by the Company to Bank of New York during the period of 2009 through 2012; or

(ix) any fraud or intentional misrepresentation by the Company (or any of its agents) or the Selling Members in connection with this Agreement, any other Company Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(b) Indemnification by Purchaser . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article 7 , from and after the Effective Time, Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Selling Members and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, agents and other representatives (collectively, the “ Selling Member Indemnified Parties ” and, together with the Purchaser Indemnified Parties, the “ Indemnified Parties ”), from, against and in respect of any and all Damages directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred by any of the Selling Member Indemnified Parties (or any of them) directly or indirectly resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, or in any way related to, any of the following:

(i) (A) any failure of any representation or warranty made by Purchaser in this Agreement (other than the Special Indemnification Representations) to be true and correct as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date as if such representation or warranty had been made at and as of the Closing Date or in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct, or (B) any failure of any representation, warranty or certification made by Purchaser in any other Purchaser Document (other than with respect to Special Indemnification Representations) to be true and correct at and as of the date of such document, schedule, certificate or other instrument or in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct;

(ii) (A) any failure of any Special Indemnification Representation made by Purchaser in this Agreement to be true and correct as of the date hereof or as of the Closing Date as if such Special Indemnification Representation had been made at and as of the Closing Date or, in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct, or (B) any failure of any such Special Indemnification Representation (or certification in respect thereof) made by Purchaser in any other Purchaser Document, to be true and correct at and as of the date of such document, schedule, certificate or other instrument or in the case of a Third Party Claim, any allegation that, if true, would constitute such a failure of such representation or warranty to be true and correct;

(iii) any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant or other agreement made or to be performed by Purchaser in this Agreement or in any other Purchaser Document;

(iv) any Excess Amount; or

 

- 53 -


(v) any fraud or intentional misrepresentation by Purchaser (or any of its agents) in connection with this Agreement, any other Purchaser Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(c) Limitations on Indemnification .

(i) Exceptions to Limitations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, (A) nothing set forth in this Article 7 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall limit the liability of any party for any breach of this Agreement if the Membership Interest Purchase is not consummated, and (B) nothing set forth in this Article 7 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall limit the liability of any party for any claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law by such party (or any of its agents and in the case of the Selling Members, fraud or intentional misrepresentation of the Company).

(ii) Holdback Amount . The Holdback Amount (including any Escrowed Holdback Amount) shall be available to compensate the Purchaser Indemnified Parties for their Indemnification Claims and the Purchaser shall have the right to set off, or make a claim pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, against the Holdback Amount (including any Escrowed Holdback Amount) in an amount equal to any indemnification obligations of the Company or the Selling Members pursuant to this Article 7 (subject to the right of the Selling Members to dispute any such Indemnification Claims and the resolution of any disputes in the manner set forth in this Article 7 ). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement (but subject to the provisions of Section 7.2(c)(iii ) below), the Holdback Amount shall be the Purchaser Indemnified Parties’ sole and exclusive security and source of recovery for any of their Indemnification Claims under and pursuant to clause (i ) of Section 7.2(a) ; provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, (A) the preceding restrictions set forth in this Section 7.2 (c) (ii) shall not in any way limit or otherwise restrict any right in respect of any Indemnification Claims under or pursuant to clauses (ii ) through (viii ) of Section 7.2(a) inclusive (but subject to other limitations on indemnification expressly set forth in this Agreement), or any other claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law by the Company (or any of its agents) or the Selling Members, (B) no Indemnified Party shall be precluded, restricted or otherwise limited in respect of bringing or participating in any claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation or with respect to amounts recoverable against any Person arising out of the fraud or intentional misrepresentation by such Person; and (C) any Damages for Indemnification Claims of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties which exceed the Holdback Amount and which may be recovered by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties from the Selling Members pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid 50% in cash and 50% in Parent Shares (assuming, for the purposes of this clause (C ) only, a value per share for each Parent Share equal to the Stock Indemnity Value), provided that , if the total value of the Parent Shares owned by the Selling Members as of the time such Damages are determined to be due and payable to Purchaser are less than 50% of the Damages so determined, the percentage of such Damages required to be paid in cash shall be increased accordingly to cover, together with the total value of the Parent Shares then owned by the Selling Members, 100% of the Damages. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Stock Indemnity Value ” shall mean $3.45 per share, which amount represents a per share value solely for the purposes of the indemnification provisions of this Agreement, which amount has been negotiated on an arms-length basis by the parties hereto, and shall not at any time be construed to be the fair market value of the Parent Shares for any other purpose, including without limitation, Tax reporting purposes.

(iii) Intellectual Property Matters . The aggregate maximum indemnification obligation of the Selling Members for Damages under Section 7.1(a)(i)(B) shall not exceed, in the aggregate, $3,000,000, except for Damages arising out of or related to fraud or intentional misrepresentation, which shall not be so limited.

 

- 54 -


(iv) Indemnification Cap . The aggregate maximum indemnification obligation of each Selling Member for Damages under this Agreement shall not exceed, in the aggregate, an amount equal to the sum (the “ Indemnification Cap ”) of (A) the amount of the Closing Payment made to such Selling Member, plus (B) the Parent Shares issued to such Selling Member at the Closing (assuming, for the purposes of this clause (iv ) only, a price per share for the Parent Shares equal to the Stock Indemnity Value plus (C) the Pro Rata Portion of the Holdback Amount paid or payable to such Selling Member, plus (D) the Pro Rata Portion of the Post Closing Payments (assuming a price per share equal to the Stock Indemnity Value for any Parent Shares issued or to be issued as part of the Post-Closing Payments), in all cases except for Damages arising out of or related to fraud or intentional misrepresentation, which shall not be so limited. The aggregate maximum indemnification obligation of Purchaser for Damages under this Agreement shall not exceed, in the aggregate, an amount equal to the Indemnification Cap (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall mean the aggregate amount of the Indemnification Cap for all Selling Members), in all cases except for Damages arising out of or related to fraud or intentional misrepresentation, which shall not be so limited.

(v) Basket Amount . The Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to recover any Indemnification Claims under or pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(i) or Section 7.2(a)(ii) unless and until all Damages directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties (or any of them) exceeds $130,000 (the “ Basket Amount ”) in the aggregate, and if the aggregate of all Damages directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred against by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties (or any of them) exceeds the Basket Amount, then the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification for all such Damages from the first dollar of such Damages without regard to the Basket Amount; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the preceding restriction set forth in this Section 7.2 (c)(v) shall not in any way limit or otherwise restrict any right in respect of Indemnification Claims pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(iii) through Section 7.2(a)(ix) inclusive, or any other claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law. The Selling Member Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to recover any Indemnification Claims under or pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(i ) and Section 7.2(b)(ii ) unless and until all Damages directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred by the Selling Member Indemnified Parties (or any of them) exceeds the Basket Amount, and if the aggregate of all Damages paid, sustained or incurred against by the Selling Member Indemnified Parties (or any of them) exceeds the Basket Amount, then the Selling Member Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification for all such Damages from the first dollar of such Damages without regard to the Basket Amount; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the preceding restriction set forth in this Section 7.2 (c) (v) shall not in any way limit or otherwise restrict any right in respect of Indemnification Claims pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(iii ) through ( v ) inclusive, or any other claims or causes of action arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation under applicable law.

(vi) Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations . Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein to the contrary, including without limitation, any provisions of this Agreement relating to maximum indemnification obligations or survival of representations and warranties and indemnification rights relating thereto, and subject to the conditions and limitations under Section 5.5(d)(i ):

(A) any and all Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations suffered or incurred by the Company or any of its affiliates or which otherwise become due and owing by the Company or its affiliates to any Governmental Authority from and after the Closing as a result of, or in connection with, any and all Voluntary Disclosures in any one or more jurisdictions (collectively, “ Voluntary Sales Tax Obligations ”), shall be paid equally by the Selling Members, on one hand, and Purchaser on the other hand, on a 50/50 basis (subject to the Voluntary Sales Tax Cap for the Selling Members’ obligation with respect thereto);

 

- 55 -


(B) the maximum aggregate indemnification obligation or any other liability of the Selling Members for any and all Voluntary Sales Tax Obligations (whether pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(vi ) or resulting from a breach of any Tax representation or warranty by the Selling Members or otherwise) shall in no event exceed, in the aggregate, $350,000 (the “ Voluntary Sales Tax Cap ”);

(C) the maximum aggregate indemnification obligations and any other liabilities of the Selling Members for any and all Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Voluntary Sales Tax Obligations), whether pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(vi ) or as a result of a breach of any Tax representation or warranty by the Selling Members or otherwise, shall in no event exceed in the aggregate $750,000 (the “ Pre-Closing Sales Tax Cap ”); and the first $350,000 of all such Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations (including any payments with respect to Voluntary Sales Tax Obligations) (the “ Pre-Closing Sales Tax Threshold ”) shall be paid in cash (first out of the Holdback Amount (including any Escrowed Holdback Amount), if and to the extent available), and any balance of the Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations in excess of the Pre-Closing Sales Tax Threshold (up to the Pre-Closing Sales Tax Cap) shall be satisfied in Parent Shares (assuming for the purposes of this clause (C ) only, a value per share for the Parent Shares equal to the Stock Indemnity Value); provided that , if the total value of the Parent Shares owned by the Selling Members as of the time any Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations in excess of the Pre-Closing Sales Tax Threshold are determined to be due and payable to Purchaser is less than 100% of the amount so determined, such shortfall shall be paid in cash; and

(D) all of the Selling Members’ obligations and liabilities with respect to any and all Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations (including Voluntary Sales Tax Obligations), whether pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(vi ) or resulting from a breach of any Tax representation or warranty by the Selling Members or otherwise), shall survive for a period of, and shall terminate on the date which is, three (3) years after the Closing Date (the “ Pre-Closing Sales Tax Indemnity Period ”), and the Selling Members shall have no obligation or liability with respect to a Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligation unless Purchaser has made an Indemnification Claim therefor on or prior to the expiration of the Pre-Closing Sales Tax Indemnity Period in accordance with this Agreement, in which case Purchaser’s right to seek indemnification or other recovery from the Selling Members for such Indemnification Claim made within the Pre-Closing Sales Tax Indemnity Period shall continue to survive.

(vii) Sole and Exclusive Remedy . The Selling Members (for themselves and on behalf of each Selling Member Indemnified Party) and Purchaser (for itself and on behalf of each Purchaser Indemnified Party) agree that, except (i) in the case of fraud or intentional misrepresentation, and (ii) for equitable remedies, the indemnification rights under this Article 7 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of such parties (and their respective Indemnified Parties) with respect to any Damages suffered or incurred from and after the Closing under or in connection with this Agreement, including with respect to any breach of any representations, warranties or covenants contained herein.

(viii) Infringement Claim . Notwithstanding any representation or warranty of the Selling Members or the Company or any other provision of this Agreement, the Selling Members shall have no liability or obligation whatsoever to Purchaser or any other Purchaser Indemnified Party, whether for indemnification or otherwise, with respect to or arising out of any Action threatened, asserted, filed or brought by Apptio, Inc. or any of its affiliates against the Company, Purchaser or any other Purchaser Indemnified Party relating to any patent or other intellectual property infringement claims.

(d) Indemnification Claims .

(i) If an Indemnified Party is of the opinion that he, she or it has or may acquire a right to indemnification under this Article 7 (each, an “ Indemnification Claim ”), such Indemnified Party shall promptly so notify the other party obligated to provide indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in a written notice, signed by such Indemnified Party, or any officer thereof where applicable (each, an “ Indemnification Claim Certificate ”) (i) stating that such Indemnified Party has directly or indirectly paid,

 

- 56 -


sustained or incurred any Damages, or reasonably anticipates that he, she or it will directly or indirectly pay, sustain or incur any Damages, (ii) specifying in reasonable detail the individual items of Damages included in the amount so stated (and the method of computation of each such item of Damages; if applicable), the date each such item of Damages was paid, sustained or incurred, or the basis for such reasonably anticipated Damages, (iii) a brief description in reasonable detail (to the extent available to such Indemnified Party) of the facts, circumstances or events giving rise to each item of Damages based on such Indemnified Party’s good faith belief thereof, including the identity and address of any third-party claimant and copies of any formal demand or complaint relating thereto, and (iv) the basis for indemnification under Section 7.2 to which such item of Damages is related (including, if applicable, the specific nature of the misrepresentation, or the breach of warranty or covenant). Subject to the provisions of Section 1.1(a)(iii ), upon delivery of an Indemnification Claim Certificate by Purchaser, any Holdback Amount, or if applicable, any Post Closing Payment, that may become payable pursuant to this Agreement, shall not be paid to the Selling Members until such Indemnification Claim contained in such Indemnification Claim Certificate shall be resolved in accordance with this Section 7.2(d) (but solely to the extent of the Damages claimed in such Indemnification Claim Certificate, with the balance of such amount payable to the Selling Members to be paid in accordance with this Agreement).

(ii) If the Indemnifying Party does not object in writing to the Indemnified Party, pursuant to Section 7.2(d)(iii) to any individual items of Damages set forth in an Indemnification Claim Certificate delivered by any Indemnified Party or Parties pursuant to Section 7.2(d)(i) within thirty (30) days after receipt of such Indemnification Claim Certificate, the Indemnifying Party shall be conclusively deemed to have acknowledged and irrevocably consented to the Indemnified Party’s recovery of the full amount of all such items of Damages set forth in such Indemnification Claim Certificate.

(iii) In the event that an Indemnifying Party seeks to contest any individual items of Damages set forth in an Indemnification Claim Certificate pursuant to Section 7.2(d)(i) , the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party in writing, within thirty (30) days after such Indemnification Claim Certificate is sent, of the Indemnifying Party’s objection, which notice shall set forth a brief description in reasonable detail of the basis for objecting to each item of Damages based on the Indemnifying Party’s good faith belief thereof. Upon the Indemnified Party’s receipt of a written notice of objection from the Indemnifying Party pursuant to the preceding sentence, the parties involved in the Indemnification Claim shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of the respective parties with respect to the disputed items of Damages. If such parties should so agree, a memorandum setting forth the agreement reached by the parties with respect to such disputed items of Damages shall be prepared and signed by both parties and, if applicable, the amount of Damages shall be permanently retained by the Purchaser and shall reduce the available Holdback Amount that may become payable pursuant to Section 1.1(a) , or, if applicable, paid out of the Escrowed Holdback Amount pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

(iv) If within sixty (60) days after the Indemnifying Party’s receipt of such Indemnification Claim Certificate, and after good faith negotiations, the parties are unable to agree on the rights of the respective parties with respect to any disputed items of Damages set forth in an Indemnification Claim Certificate, the Indemnified Party may bring suit in the courts identified in Section 9.11 hereof to resolve the matter.

(e) Third Party Actions . Except for Tax matters addressed in Section 5.5, in the event any Action is instituted against an Indemnified Party which involves or appears reasonably likely to involve an Indemnification Claim hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), the Indemnified Party will, promptly after receipt of notice of any such Action (and in no event later than 5 business days after receipt of such notice), notify the Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof. The failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party of the commencement of any such Action will relieve the Indemnifying Party from liability in connection therewith only if

 

- 57 -


and to the extent that such failure materially and adversely affects the ability of the Indemnifying Party to defend its interests in such Action. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to control the defense or settlement of such Action; provided , however , that the Indemnified Party and its counsel (at such party’s sole expense) may participate in (but not control the conduct of) the defense of such Action; and provided further that, (i) unless the Indemnified Party shall have provided its consent thereto (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), any settlement of such Action by the Indemnifying Party shall include an absolute, unconditional and irrevocable release in favor of the Indemnified Party by the third party claimants in the Action from and against all claims, obligations and liabilities relating to the Action, and (ii) except with the consent of the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, no settlement of any such Action with third party claimants shall be determinative of the amount of Damages (if any) relating to such matter. In the event that the Indemnifying Party has consented to any such settlement, the Indemnifying shall have no power or authority to object under any provision of this Article 7 to the amount of the Indemnification Claim, with respect to such settlement.

(f) Definition of Damages . For all purposes of and under this Agreement, the term “ Damages ” shall mean the amount of any damage, loss, liability, claim, deficiency, Tax, judgment, fine, penalty, cost or other expense (including reasonable attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees and expenses) directly or indirectly paid, sustained or incurred by the Indemnified Parties (or any of them), and any and all reasonable fees and costs of enforcing the Indemnified Party’s rights under this Agreement; provided however , “ Damages ” shall not include special, punitive or treble damages of any party, including, without limitation, loss of revenue, income or profits, diminution in value or loss of business reputation, whether in tort, contract or otherwise, unless the Indemnified Party is required to pay any such Damages to a third party. Any Damages suffered or incurred by an Indemnified Party for which an indemnification claim is made under this Article 7 shall be net of, and reduced by, the amount of any insurance proceeds or any other recovery actually received by the Indemnified Party from any third party with respect to the applicable Damages (in any such case, net of any reasonable costs of recovery and any increased premiums resulting from the insurance claim). If the Indemnified Party receives a payment or benefit described in the foregoing sentence (a “ Mitigation Benefit ”) after it has already received an indemnification payment on account of its claim, then it shall promptly reimburse the Indemnifying Party for the amount of the Mitigation Benefit to the extent that such Mitigation Benefit was not already deducted from the indemnification payment made by the Indemnifying Party. Purchaser shall or shall cause the Company to use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue all viable recoveries, claims or other recourse against insurers to recover, reduce, mitigate or offset any Damages which are subject to or relate to an indemnification claim hereunder, provided that Purchaser shall have sole and absolute discretion whether to institute litigation with respect to any such matters.

(g) No Right of Contribution . After the Closing, the Selling Members shall not have any right of contribution against Purchaser or the Company for any inaccuracy in any representation or warranty of the Company or the Selling Members or breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company or the Selling Members.

(h) Treatment of Indemnity Payments . Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, all indemnification payments made pursuant to this Article 7 shall be treated as an adjustment to the Final Adjusted Consideration for Tax purposes, and no party shall take any position inconsistent with such characterization. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the parties, acting in good faith, agree that such indemnification payments is required by applicable Law to not be treated as on adjustment to the Final Adjusted Consideration, then such indemnification payments shall not be treated as an adjustment to the Final Adjusted Consideration. The parties shall (upon request of any party no later than ten (10) business days after it is agreed or determined that the relevant indemnity payment is payable hereunder) consult in good faith for a period of not less than ten (10) business days (or such longer or shorter period as the parties may agree) with respect to the Tax treatment of such indemnification payment.

 

- 58 -


(i) Cooperation . If, after the Closing Date, any Purchaser Indemnified Party seeks indemnification or recovery from one or more other parties to a Contract of the Company, or otherwise seeks to enforce such Contract, or to enforce intellectual property rights of the Company or defend itself against claims made by a third party against the Company, and, in order to defend itself or obtain such indemnification, recovery or enforcement, it is necessary for any Selling Member to participate in any Proceeding or otherwise provide assistance to the Purchaser Indemnified Party, then, at the request and the sole cost and expense of Purchaser (including without limitation, fees and expenses of professionals, out of pocket travel expenses and lost salary or other income resulting from such activities), such Selling Member will take such action as the Purchaser Indemnified Party may reasonably request in connection with the Purchaser Indemnified Party’s efforts to defend itself or obtain such indemnification, recovery or enforcement.

ARTICLE 8

TERMINATION

8.1 Termination . Except as provided in Section 8.2 , this Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:

(a) by mutual written agreement of the Company, the Selling Members and Purchaser;

(b) by either Purchaser, on one hand, or the Company and the Selling Members on the other hand, if the Closing Date shall not have occurred by November 30, 2013 (the “ Outside Date ”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose action or failure to act has been a principal cause of or resulted in the failure of the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes a breach of this Agreement;

(c) by either Purchaser, on one hand, or the Company and the Selling Members on the other hand, if: (i) any Governmental Authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (ii) any Governmental Authority shall have issued or granted a temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, or other similar legal restraint, in any such case that has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibits or otherwise restrains the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and such order, injunction or restraint shall have become final and nonappealable;

(d) by Purchaser, if any Governmental Authority shall have taken any action, or enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced, entered or deemed applicable to the Membership Interest Purchase any law, statute, rule, regulation, executive order or decree (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent), that has the effect of (i) prohibiting Purchaser’s ownership or operation of any portion of the business of the Company, or (ii) compelling Purchaser or the Company to dispose of or hold separate all or any portion of the business or assets of Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries or the Company, in any case in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

(e) by Purchaser, if (i) there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Company or the Selling Members set forth in this Agreement such that, if not cured on or prior to the Closing Date, the conditions set forth in Sections 6.2(a) or 6.2(b) would not be satisfied and such breach has not been cured within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof to the Company, provided , however , that no cure period shall be required for a breach which by its nature cannot be cured, or (ii) a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred;

 

- 59 -


(f) by the Company and the Selling Members, if there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of Purchaser set forth in this Agreement such that, if not cured on or prior to the Closing Date, the conditions set forth in Section 6.3(a) or Section 6.3(b) would not be satisfied and such breach has not been cured within twenty (20) days after written notice thereof to Purchaser, provided , however , that no cure period shall be required for a breach which by its nature cannot be cured; or

(g) by either Purchaser, on one hand, or the Company and the Selling Members on the other hand, within three (3) business days of the other party updating its disclosure schedule pursuant to Section 5.2(c ).

8.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Purchaser, the Selling Members, the Company or their respective officers, managers or members; provided , however , that notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, following any termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, any party hereto shall remain liable thereafter for any claims or causes of action under applicable law arising out of fraud or intentional misrepresentation by such party in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and for any intentional breach of this Agreement that occurred prior to such termination; and provided further , that, the provisions of Section 5.2 (Public Announcements), Section 5.4 (Fees and Expenses), this Section 8.2 and Article 9 shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Article 8 . Termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1 shall not terminate, limit or affect any obligations of Purchaser or the Company under any confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement by and between the Parent (or its affiliates) and the Company.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Amendments; No Waiver . Subject to applicable Legal Requirements, any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived prior to the Effective Time if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or, in the case of a waiver, by each party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No course of dealing and no failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such party’s rights, powers and remedies. The failure of any of the parties to this Agreement to require the performance of a term or obligation under this Agreement or the waiver by any of the parties to this Agreement of any breach hereunder shall not prevent subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach hereunder. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

9.2 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, consents and communications necessary or required under this Agreement shall be delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, by overnight prepaid courier or by facsimile (receipt confirmed) to:

(a) if to Parent, to:

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower, 29 th Floor

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Telephone No.: (512) 567-8020

Facsimile: (512) 721-1218

 

- 60 -


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor

Austin, Texas 78746-5546

Attention: Brian K. Beard

Telephone No.: (512) 338-5400

Facsimile No.: (512) 338-5499

(b) if to Purchaser, to:

Upland Software, Inc.

Frost Tower, 29 th Floor

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Telephone No.: (512) 567-8020

Facsimile: (512) 721-1218

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor

Austin, Texas 78746-5546

Attention: Brian K. Beard

Telephone No.: (512) 338-5400

Facsimile No.: (512) 338-5499

(c) if to the Company (prior to the Effective Time), to:

ComSci, LLC

485B Route 1 South, Suite 100

Iselin, New Jersey 08830

Attention: Robert J. Svec; and Dr. Alan C. Maltz

Telephone No: (732) 733-1415

Facsimile: (732) 632-1830

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wolff & Samson PC

One Boland Drive

West Orange, New Jersey 07052

Attention: Daniel A. Schwartz, Esq.

Telephone No.: (973) 530-2005

Facsimile: (973) 530-2205

 

- 61 -


(d) if to the Selling Members, to:

Robert J. Svec

[***]

Dr. Alan C. Maltz

[***]

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wolff & Samson PC

One Boland Drive

West Orange, New Jersey 07052

Attention: Daniel A. Schwartz, Esq.

Telephone No.: (973) 530-2005

Facsimile: (973) 530-2205

All such notices, requests, demands, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given or sent one day following the date mailed if sent by overnight courier, or on the date on which delivered by hand or by facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed), as the case may be, and addressed as aforesaid.

9.3 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements and other provisions set forth in this Agreement and made by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the successors, heirs and permitted assigns of such party, whether or not so expressed. None of the parties may assign or transfer any of their respective rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent in writing of the Company, Purchaser and the Selling Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit (a) Purchaser from merging the Company with and into Purchaser or assigning any of the rights of Purchaser hereunder to a direct or indirect subsidiary of Parent after the Closing, and (b) any Selling Member from assigning his rights and interests with respect to all or any portion of the Parent Shares or any of the Post-Closing Payments to any trust, corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other entities which are majority owned and/or controlled by the Selling Member for the purposes of estate planning of such Selling Member (so long as such entity owned and/or controlled by the Selling Member is not engaged in any other business).

9.4 Certain Interpretations . When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Schedule, Annex or an Exhibit, such reference shall be to a Schedule, Annex or an Exhibit to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or a Section, such reference shall be to an Article or a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The headings set forth in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to a legal entity (including the Company) shall be deemed to refer to such entity and its Subsidiaries unless the context requires otherwise. Where a reference is made to a law, such reference is to such law, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires (i) words of any gender include each other gender, (ii) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number respectively, and (iii) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement. All references in this Agreement to the Subsidiaries of a legal entity shall be deemed to include all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of such entity. Documents or other information and materials shall be deemed to have been “ Delivered ” if and only if, prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto, the Delivering party has furnished or otherwise made available accurate, complete and correct copies of such documents and information and other materials to the recipient party and/or its designated advisors, agents or representatives.

 

- 62 -


(a) The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by legal counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document shall be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

9.5 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (which may be by facsimile) and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

9.6 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected (so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party), it being intended that the rights and privileges of each party shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Legal Requirements, and any such invalidity, illegality and unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction (so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party).

9.7 Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage may occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity, and the parties hereby agree to waive any requirements for posting a bond in connection with any such action.

9.8 Other Remedies . Subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement, including the provisions of Article 7 , any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

9.9 Third Parties . Except as specifically set forth or referred to herein, nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any Person any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement or any other certificate, document, instrument or agreement executed in connection herewith, or be relied upon by other than the parties hereto and their permitted successors or assigns.

9.10 Governing Law . All matters arising under or related to this Agreement and the Agreement, including the validity hereof and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely in such state (without giving effect to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

 

- 63 -


9.11 Consent to Jurisdiction . Without limiting the other provisions of this Section 9.11 , the parties hereto agree that any legal proceeding by or against any party hereto or with respect to or arising out of this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in any state or federal court located in New York, New York. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and to the appellate courts therefrom solely for the purposes of disputes arising under this Agreement and not as a general submission to such jurisdiction or with respect to any other dispute, matter or claim whatsoever. The parties hereto irrevocably consent to the service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the delivery of copies thereof by overnight courier to the address for such party to which notices are deliverable hereunder. Any such service of process shall be effective upon delivery. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law. The parties hereto hereby waive any right to stay or dismiss any action or proceeding under or in connection with this Agreement brought before the foregoing courts on the basis of (a) any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason, or that it or any of its property is immune from the above-described legal process, (b) that such action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that venue for the action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts, or (c) any other defense that would hinder or delay the levy, execution or collection of any amount to which any party hereto is entitled pursuant to any final judgment of any court having jurisdiction.

9.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Disclosure Schedule (and all exhibits and schedules thereto), all Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules to this Agreement, and all other agreements referred to herein, is complete, and all promises, representations, understandings, warranties and agreements with reference to the subject matter hereof, and all inducements to the making of this Agreement relied upon by all the parties hereto, have been expressed herein or in such Disclosure Schedule, Exhibits, Annexes, Schedules or other agreements and this Agreement (including such Disclosure Schedule, Exhibits, Annexes, Schedules and other agreements) supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, including without limitation, that certain letter of intent dated July 25, 2013 between the Company and Parent (or its affiliate), to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

9.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

9.14 Guarantee . Parent hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Selling Members the full and prompt performance, satisfaction and payment of Purchaser’s obligations to the Selling Members as required pursuant to this Agreement, if, as and when the same become due and owing or payable. Prior to enforcing this guaranty, the Selling Members shall not be required to enforce or exhaust any of their rights and remedies against Purchaser, this being a guaranty of payment and not of collection.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

- 64 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement under seal as of the day and year first above written.

 

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

 

John T. McDonald,

Chief Executive Officer

COMSCI, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ ROBERT J. SVEC

 

Name: Robert J. Svec

Title: Managing Member

SELLING MEMBERS
By:  

/s/ ROBERT J. SVEC

  ROBERT J. SVEC
By:  

/s/ ALAN C. MALTZ

  ALAN C. MALTZ

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT]


UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

 

Name: John T. McDonald

Title: President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT]


ANNEX A

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of and under this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “ Acquisition Proposal ” shall mean any inquiry, offer, proposal or indication of interest (other than this Agreement or any other inquiry, offer, proposal or indication of interest by Purchaser), or any public announcement of intention to make any inquiry, offer, proposal or indication of interest (including any request for information from the Company or the Company Representatives), contemplating, relating to or otherwise involving in any way any acquisition or license of all or a significant portion of the Company’s business, properties, assets or technologies, or any amount of the Company Interests (whether or not outstanding), whether by equity purchase, asset purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization, restructuring, license or any other form of transaction or series of transactions.

(b) “ Action ” shall mean any private or governmental action, suit, claim, charge, cause of action or suit (whether in contract or tort or otherwise), litigation (whether at law or in equity, whether civil or criminal), controversy, assessment, arbitration, investigation, audit, hearing, complaint, demand or other proceeding to, from, by or before any arbitrator, court, tribunal or other Governmental Authority.

(c) “ Base Consideration ” shall mean (i) $6,415,000, minus (ii) the Holdback Amount, minus (iii) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of any and all Transaction Expenses (if and to the extent not paid by the Company or the Selling Members prior to the Closing), plus (B) the aggregate amount of any and all Change in Control Payments (if and to the extent not paid by the Company or the Selling Members prior to the Closing), plus (C) an amount equal to all outstanding Indebtedness (excluding the Indebtedness related to the Company’s equipment lines with Ricoh and IBM disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule) (if and to the extent not paid by the Company or the Selling Members prior to the Closing).

(d) “ Cash ” means cash and cash equivalents within the meaning of GAAP.

(e) “ Change in Control Payments ” shall mean any severance, accrued vacation, bonus or other similar payment under any Contract or Company Employee Plan, which is owed to a Selling Member, or to a Person related to a Selling Member, as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any employer or similar Taxes arising as a result of such payments.

(f) “ Closing Cash ” the amount of the Company’s Cash at the Closing.

(g) “ Closing Net Working Capital ” shall mean the Net Working Capital of the Company at the Closing.

(h) “ Company Intellectual Property ” means any and all Technology and any and all Intellectual Property Rights, including Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights, that is or are owned (in whole or in part) by, purported to be owned by, exclusively licensed to or otherwise exclusively controlled by, or purported to be exclusively licensed to or otherwise exclusively controlled by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(i) “ Company Interests ” shall mean all membership or other equity or ownership interests in the Company.


(j) “ Company Documents ” shall mean this Agreement and each other agreement, certificate or instrument contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by the Company or the Selling Members in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(k) “ Company Indebtedness ” shall mean any Indebtedness of the Company.

(l) “ Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any change, event, development, circumstance or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with all other changes, events, developments, circumstances and effects, is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), assets, liabilities, prospects, results of operations, or capitalization of the Company, taken as a whole; provided , however , that in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred, is reasonably likely to occur, would reasonably be expected to occur, or would or could occur, there shall be excluded any effect on the Company resulting from, relating to or arising out of in connection with any of the following (either alone or in combination): (i) changes in, or conditions affecting, economic, political, business or financial market conditions generally, provided that such changes or conditions do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Company operates; (ii) changes in, or conditions affecting, the industry in which the Company operates, provided that such changes or conditions do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Company operates; (iii) any generally applicable change in law, rule or regulation, or in the interpretation of any of the foregoing by any Person other than the Company, provided that such changes do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Company operates; and (iv) conditions arising out of acts of terrorism, war, weather conditions or other force majeure events, provided that such changes do not have a disproportionate or unique effect on the Company relative to other companies operating in the industry in which the Company operates.

(m) “ Company Registered Intellectual Property Rights ” means all of the Registered Intellectual Property owned by, filed in the name of, or applied for the Company or any of its subsidiaries

(n) “ Company Securities ” shall mean all securities of the Company, including all Company Interests and all other securities or rights, including options and warrants, that are convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, securities of the Company.

(o) “ Continuing Employees ” shall mean those employees of the Company who are employed by the Company as of Closing.

(p) “ Contract ” shall mean any written or oral legally binding contract, agreement, instrument, commitment or undertaking of any nature (including leases, licenses, mortgages, notes, guarantees, sublicenses, subcontracts, letters of intent, covenants not to compete, employment agreements and purchase orders) and any amendments, supplements, or other modifications thereto, including as of the Closing or as may hereafter be in effect.

(q) “ Disclosure Schedule ” shall mean the Company’s disclosure schedule of even date herewith and executed and delivered to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement.

(r) “ Employee Agreement ” shall mean each employment, change in control, severance, separation, settlement, retention, bonus, consulting, contractor, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visa, work permit or other agreement, contract or understanding between the Company and any Employee.

(s) “ Employee ” shall mean any current or former or retired employee, consultant, contractor or manager of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.


(t) “ Encumbrance ” shall mean any claim, charge, easement, encumbrance, lease, lien, covenant, security interest, option, pledge, rights of others, or restriction (whether on voting, sale, transfer, disposition or otherwise), whether imposed by Contract, agreement, understanding, law, equity or otherwise, except for any restrictions on transfer generally arising under any applicable federal or state securities law.

(u) “ Estimated Adjusted Consideration ” shall mean the Base Consideration, either (i) plus the amount, if any, by which Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ) is greater than the Targeted Net Working Capital Amount if such amount is greater than the Targeted Net Working Capital Amount, or (ii) minus the amount, if any, by which Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ) is less than the Targeted Net Working Capital Amount if such amount is less than the Targeted Net Working Capital Amount.

(v) “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall have the following meaning:

(i) If the Actual Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(b) ) is equal to the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ), then “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall be the same amount as the Estimated Adjusted Consideration;

(ii) If the Actual Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(b) ) is greater than the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ), then “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall mean the Estimated Adjusted Consideration, plus the amount by which Actual Closing Net Working Capital is greater than Estimated Closing Net Working Capital; or

(iii) If the Actual Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(b) ) is less than the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3(a) ), then “ Final Adjusted Consideration ” shall mean Estimated Adjusted Consideration, minus the amount by which Estimated Closing Net Working Capital is greater than Actual Closing Net Working Capital.

(w) “ GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

(x) “ Governmental Authority ” shall mean any United States federal, state, municipal or local or any foreign government, or political subdivision thereof, or any authority, agency or commission entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or other governmental power, any court or tribunal (or any department, bureau or division thereof), or any arbitrator or arbitral body.

(y) “ Indebtedness ” shall mean with respect to any Person all Liabilities (including any applicable penalties (including with respect to any prepayment thereof), interest and premiums) (i) for borrowed money or extensions of credit (including bank overdrafts and advances), (ii) evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, loan agreements or similar instruments, (iii) for the deferred purchase price of property, goods or services (other than trade payables or accruals incurred in the ordinary course of business), (iv) of such Person as lessee capitalized in accordance with GAAP, (v) of others secured by an Encumbrance on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligations are assumed by such Person, (vi) in respect of bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments, and under reverse repurchase agreements, (vii) of such Person in respect of futures contracts, swaps, derivative transactions, other financial Contracts and other similar obligations (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) (determined on a net basis as if such Contract or obligation was being terminated early, on the date of such determination) or (viii) in the nature of guarantees of the obligations described in clauses (i) through (vii) above of any other Person.

(z) “ Intellectual Property Rights ” means any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (i) all United States and foreign patents and utility models, including utility patents, design patents, plant patents and plant variety protection certificates, and all registrations and applications therefore and all reissues, divisionals, re-examinations, corrections,


renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations in-part thereof, and other derivatives and certificates associated therewith, and equivalent or similar rights anywhere in the world in inventions and discoveries, including, without limitation, invention disclosures (“ Patents ”); (ii) all trade secrets and other rights in know-how and confidential or proprietary information throughout the world (“ Trade Secrets ”); (iii) all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefore and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world (“ Copyrights ”); (iv) all mask works, mask work registrations and applications therefore, and any equivalent or similar rights (“ Mask Works ”); (v) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefore throughout the world; (vi) all rights in domain names and applications and registrations therefore (“ Domain Names ”); (vii) all trade names, trade dress, logos or other corporate designations, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefore and all goodwill associated therewith throughout the world (“ Trademarks ”); and (viii) any similar, corresponding or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world, including, without limitation, moral rights and publicity rights.

(aa) “ Key Employees ” shall mean Robert Svec, Lou Takacs, Bob Bracco, Brian Stedman, Anthony Smaltino, Bernadine Abaya, Diego Arbelaez, Jeff Yoder, and Richard Wintermute.

(bb) “ Knowledge ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i) the actual knowledge of the members of such Person’s Board of Directors (or equivalent governing body), and (ii) the actual knowledge of the officers of such Person; provided that, in the case of the Company, for purposes of this definition of Knowledge, the term “officer” shall mean each Selling Member and any knowledge that such Persons would reasonably be expected to have if and to the extent that each such Person had made reasonable due inquiry of the Persons set forth on Schedule K with such inquiry with respect to each such Person to be limited to the respective area of expertise of such Person.

(cc) “ Legal Requirements ” shall mean any applicable federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, ordinance, code, directives, order, edict, decree, principle of common law, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into legal effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority.

(dd) “ Liability ” shall mean any debt, liability and obligation (including any fines and penalties), whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, determined or determinable, asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, including those arising under any law, action or governmental order and those arising under any Contract.

(ee) “ Net Working Capital ” shall mean an amount equal to (i) the aggregate value of all current assets of the Company (excluding cash and cash equivalents), less (ii) the aggregate value of all current liabilities of the Company, including, without limitation, accounts payable, checks written in excess of available funds, other payables, employee benefits payable, payroll tax payable, accrued payroll, employee-related liabilities (including sales commissions) and other accrued current liabilities, but excluding all deferred revenue and any Indebtedness related to current liabilities.

(ff) “ Normalized Revenue ” shall mean the total revenues earned in connection with the BOA Contract during the Normalized Revenue Period.

(gg) Normalized Revenue Period ” shall mean the period of 12 months commencing on the earlier of (A) the date which is nine (9) months after the effective date of the BOA Contract, and (B) the date which is fifteen (15) days prior to the date of any written notice from the Selling Members to Purchaser indicating that the Selling Members have decided to commence the Normalized Revenue Period.

(hh) “ Permits ” shall mean all permits, concessions, certifications, consents, grants, franchises, licenses and other governmental authorizations and approvals.


(ii) “ Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean (a) statutory liens for the payment of current taxes that are not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate procedures and for which sufficient accruals have been made on the Balance Sheet; (b) Encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets; (c) deposits or pledges to secure obligations under worker’s compensation, social security or similar laws, or under unemployment insurance; (d) deposits or pledges to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds and other obligations of like nature arising in the ordinary course of business; and (e) Encumbrances disclosed in Schedule 2.21 of the Disclosure Schedule.

(jj) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, company, corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, trust, proprietorship, joint venture, or other business entity, unincorporated association, organization or enterprise, or any Governmental Authority.

(kk) “ Pre-Closing Tax Period ” shall mean any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date.

(ll) “ Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations ” shall mean sales, use, gross receipts, value added and other similar Taxes Liabilities of the Company (including any additional Taxes related thereto and any fines, penalties and interest thereon) in respect of any business conducted by the Company during any Pre-Closing Tax Period but shall exclude (i) any other Damages related thereto such as professional fees, costs and expenses associated with the investigation, negotiation and determination of such Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations and (ii) any other Damages related to any Voluntary Disclosure or any Post-Closing Sales Tax Action.

(mm) “ Pre-Closing Taxes ” shall mean (i) all Pre-Closing Sales Tax Obligations, (ii) all Taxes of the Company for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date and, with respect to any Straddle Period, that portion of any Taxes of the Company for such Straddle Period that is apportioned to the Selling Members pursuant to Section 5.5 , (iii) all Taxes for the Pre-Closing Tax Period of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary group of which the Company (or any predecessor) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation §1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local, or non-U.S. law or regulation, and (iv) any and all Taxes of any Person (other than Company) imposed on the Company as a transferee or successor, by contract (other than Taxes attributable to a post-Closing period pursuant to a contract the principal purpose of which is not to address Tax matters) or pursuant to any law, rule, or regulation, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring on or before the Closing Date; provided , however , that in the case of clauses (i ), ( ii ), ( iii ) and ( iv ) above, the amount of Pre-Closing Taxes shall be net of the amount, if any, previously reserved for such Taxes (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) on the face of the Closing Balance Sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) and taken into account in determining the Actual Closing Net Working Capital.

(nn) “ Pro Rata Portion ” shall mean, as of any date, with respect to a Selling Member, such Selling Member’s ownership interest in the Company set forth opposite such Selling Member’s name on the Schedule of Members attached hereto.

(oo) “ Purchase Price ” shall mean the sum of the (i) Closing Payment, (ii) the Parent Shares, (iii) the Holdback Amount, if and to the extent payable to the Selling Members pursuant to the terms hereof, and (iv) the Post-Closing Payments (including any Parent Shares included therein), if and to the extent payable to the Selling Members pursuant to the terms hereof, and in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement


(pp) “ Purchaser Documents ” shall mean this Agreement and each other agreement, certificate or instrument contemplated by this Agreement or to be executed by the Purchaser or Parent in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(qq) “ Registered Intellectual Property Right(s) ” means any and all United States, foreign, national and international: (i) Patents; (ii) registered Trademarks, applications to register Trademarks, including intent to use applications, or other registrations or applications related to Trademarks; (iii) Copyrights registrations and applications to register Copyrights; (iv) Mask Work registrations and applications to register Mask Works; (v) Domain Name registrations; and (vi) any other Intellectual Property Rights related thereto that are the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration or other document issued by, filed with, or recorded by, any state, government or other public or private legal authority at any time.

(rr) “ Security Interest ” shall mean any mortgage, security interest, pledge, encumbrance, restriction (and in the case of securities, vote) or lien (whether arising by contract or by operation of law and whether voluntary or involuntary).

(ss) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any party, any corporation or other organization, whether incorporated or unincorporated, of which (i) at least a majority of the securities or other interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or others performing similar functions with respect to such corporation or other organization is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such party or by any one or more of its Subsidiaries or (ii) such party or any other Subsidiary of such party is a general partner (excluding any such partnership where such party or any Subsidiary of such party does not have a majority of the voting interest in such partnership).

(tt) “ Targeted Net Working Capital Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to $962,178.

(uu) “ Tax Law ” shall mean any Legal Requirement (whether domestic or foreign) relating to Taxes.

(vv) “ Tax Return ” shall mean any return, report or statement filed or required to be filed with respect to any Tax (including any elections, declarations, schedules, statements or attachments thereto, and any amendment thereof) including any information return, estimate, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax, and including, where permitted or required, affiliated, combined, consolidated or unitary returns for any group of entities that includes the Company.

(ww) “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” shall mean (i) all federal, state, county, local or foreign taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or other assessments, including all income, gross receipts, capital, windfall profits, production, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, inventory, capital stock, license, withholding, payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, real and personal property and estimated taxes, customs, duties, fees, assessments and charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalties, fines, additions to tax or additional amounts (whether disputed or not) imposed by any Governmental Authority, (ii) any Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (i) of this sentence as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group for any taxable period, and (iii) any Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence as a result of being a transferee of or successor to any Person or as a result of any express or implied obligation to assume such Taxes or to indemnify any other Person or otherwise by operation of law.

(xx) “ Taxing Authority ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service of the United States or any other authority, agency, board or commission (whether state, local or foreign) responsible for the administration of any Tax.


(yy) “ Technology ” means any or all of the following: (i) products developed or created by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any works of authorship including, without limitation, computer programs, source code and executable code, whether embodied in software, firmware or otherwise, documentation, designs, files, net lists, formulas, records, data and mask works; (ii) inventions (whether or not patentable), ideas, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques, information regarding plans for research, and technology; (iii) proprietary and confidential databases, data compilations, collections and technical data and trade secret information; (iv) logos, trade names, trade dress, trademarks, service marks; (v) domain names and websites; (vi) tools, services, methods and processes; and (vii) all instantiations of the foregoing in any form and embodied in any media.

(zz) “ Trade Accounts Receivable ” shall mean the accounts receivable of the Company calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Exhibit 2.6

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

dated as of

December 23, 2013

by and among

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.,

CLICKABILITY, INC.

and

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

relating to the purchase and sale of

100% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of

CLICKABILITY, INC.


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

     1   

Section 1.01

 

Definitions

     1   

Section 1.02

 

Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions

     12   

ARTICLE 2 PURCHASE AND SALE

     13   

Section 2.01

 

Purchase and Sale

     13   

Section 2.02

 

Closing Transactions

     13   

Section 2.03

 

Working Capital Adjustment

     13   

Section 2.04

 

Seller Retained Liabilities

     14   

Section 2.05

 

Withholding

     15   

ARTICLE 3 CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     15   

Section 3.01

 

Conditions to each Party’s Obligation

     15   

Section 3.02

 

Conditions to Buyer’s Obligation

     16   

Section 3.03

 

Conditions to the Seller’s Obligation

     17   

ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

     18   

Section 4.01

 

Additional Documents and Further Assurances

     18   

ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND SELLER

     19   

Section 5.01

 

Organization and Power

     19   

Section 5.02

 

Authorization

     19   

Section 5.03

 

Noncontravention

     20   

Section 5.04

 

Capitalization

     20   

Section 5.05

 

Subsidiaries

     20   

Section 5.06

 

Financial Statements; Company Records

     20   

Section 5.07

 

Absence of Certain Changes

     21   

Section 5.08

 

No Undisclosed Material Liabilities

     23   

Section 5.09

 

Material Contracts

     24   

Section 5.10

 

Litigation

     26   

Section 5.11

 

Compliance with Laws and Court Orders

     26   

Section 5.12

 

Assets and Properties; Leased Real Property

     26   

Section 5.13

 

Intellectual Property

     27   

Section 5.14

 

Information Technology

     33   

 

-i-


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

Section 5.15

 

Insurance Coverage

     33   

Section 5.16

 

Licenses and Permits

     34   

Section 5.17

 

Finders’ Fees

     34   

Section 5.18

 

Employees

     34   

Section 5.19

 

Labor Matters

     36   

Section 5.20

 

Employee Benefit Plans

     37   

Section 5.21

 

Environmental Matters

     38   

Section 5.22

 

Tax Matters

     39   

Section 5.23

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

     41   

ARTICLE 6 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

     42   

Section 6.01

 

Organization and Power

     42   

Section 6.02

 

Authorization

     42   

Section 6.03

 

Noncontravention

     42   

Section 6.04

 

Equity Ownership

     42   

ARTICLE 7 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

     43   

Section 7.01

 

Organization and Power

     43   

Section 7.02

 

Authorization

     43   

Section 7.03

 

Governmental Authorization

     43   

Section 7.04

 

Noncontravention

     43   

Section 7.05

 

Litigation

     43   

Section 7.06

 

Purchase for Investment

     44   

Section 7.07

 

Finders’ Fees

     44   

Section 7.08

 

Sufficiency of Funds

     44   

ARTICLE 8 TAX MATTERS

     44   

Section 8.01

 

Tax Returns

     44   

Section 8.02

 

Liability for Taxes

     44   

Section 8.03

 

Apportionment of Straddle Period Taxes

     45   

Section 8.04

 

Cooperation; Audits

     45   

Section 8.05

 

Tax Proceedings

     45   

Section 8.06

 

Tax Sharing Agreements

     46   

 

-ii-


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

Section 8.07

 

Transfer Taxes

     46   

Section 8.08

 

Purchase Price Adjustment

     46   

Section 8.09

 

Exclusivity

     46   

ARTICLE 9 RESERVED

     47   

ARTICLE 10 SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

     47   

Section 10.01

 

Survival of Representations and Covenants

     47   

Section 10.02

 

Indemnification by the Seller

     48   

Section 10.03

 

Indemnification by Buyer

     48   

Section 10.04

 

Limitations on Liability

     49   

Section 10.05

 

Claims Procedure

     50   

Section 10.06

 

Third-Party Claims

     51   

Section 10.07

 

Other Indemnification Provisions

     52   

ARTICLE 11 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     53   

Section 11.01

 

Confidentiality

     53   

Section 11.02

 

Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation

     53   

Section 11.03

 

Notices

     54   

Section 11.04

 

Amendments and Waivers

     55   

Section 11.05

 

General Release

     56   

Section 11.06

 

Expenses

     56   

Section 11.07

 

Successors and Assigns

     57   

Section 11.08

 

Governing Law

     57   

Section 11.09

 

Jurisdiction

     57   

Section 11.10

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     57   

Section 11.11

 

Counterparts; Effectiveness; Third Party Beneficiaries

     58   

Section 11.12

 

Entire Agreement

     58   

Section 11.13

 

Severability

     58   

Section 11.14

 

Specific Performance

     58   

 

-iii-


STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 23, 2013, is entered into by and among Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”), Clickability, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Limelight Web Content Management, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Limelight Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Seller ”). The Company, the Seller and Buyer are collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ” and each individually as a “ Party .”

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in the Business (as defined below);

WHEREAS, the Seller owns beneficially and of record 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (the “ Company Stock ”); and

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, Buyer desires to purchase from the Seller, and the Seller desires to sell to Buyer, all of the Company Stock.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follow:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions . The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person (it being acknowledged and agreed that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company is, and has been at all times since May 2, 2011, an Affiliate of the Seller).

Aggregate Purchase Price ” means, collectively, the Closing Payment Amount and the amount of any adjustments made following the Closing in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Ancillary Agreements ” means the Colocation License Agreement, Commercial Agreement, Company Referral Agreement, Seller Referral Agreement, Share Space License Agreement and Transition Services Agreement.

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any federal, state or local law (statutory, common or otherwise), constitution, treaty, convention, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling or other similar requirement enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied by a Governmental Authority that is binding upon or applicable to such Person, as amended unless expressly specified otherwise.

 

-1-


Bankruptcy and Equity Exceptions ” means the laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, and the relief of debtors and similar generally Applicable Laws regarding creditors’ rights and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

Business ” means the Company’s business of developing, marketing, selling and making commercially available the Company Products and Services.

Business Day ” means a day, other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by Applicable Law to close.

Business Employee ” means any Seller employee who performs all or substantially all of his or her services for Seller on behalf of the Company in relation to the Business.

Buyer Indemnified Parties ” means Buyer and, following the Closing, the Company and each of their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives, successors and assignees.

Change of Control ” means either (a) the acquisition of Seller by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which Seller is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation) that results in the voting securities of Seller outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to represent immediately after such transaction or series of transactions (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the entity that controls such surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of Seller, such surviving entity or the entity that controls such surviving entity; or (b) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of Seller.

Closing Assets ” means the sum of all (a) accounts receivable (net of an appropriate allowance for bad debt) of the Company, (b) deferred expenses (related to professional services deferred revenue) of the Company and (c) property, plant and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation) of the Company, each as set forth on the Latest Balance Sheet as the target for December 15, 2013. For the avoidance of doubt, Closing Assets shall not include any Tax assets.

Closing Liabilities ” means deferred revenue of the Company, as set forth on the Latest Balance Sheet as the target for December 15, 2013. For the avoidance of doubt, Closing Liabilities shall not include any Tax liabilities.

Closing Payment Amount ” means an amount equal to $12,400,000 in cash, minus (a) any Indebtedness of the Company as of the Closing that is not included in the calculation of the Estimated Closing Working Capital, minus (b) any Transaction Expenses as of the Closing that are not included in the calculation of the Estimated Closing Working Capital (to the extent such Transaction Expenses are not fully assumed by the Seller), minus (c) the amount, if any, by which Target Working Capital exceeds Estimated Closing Working Capital, plus (d) the amount, if any, by which Estimated Closing Working Capital exceeds Target Working Capital.

 

-2-


Closing Working Capital ” means, as of the Measurement Time, an amount equal to (a) the Closing Assets, minus (b) the Closing Liabilities.

COBRA ” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Colocation License Agreement ” means the License Agreement by and between Seller and the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Commercial Agreement ” means the Commercial Agreement by and between Seller, Buyer and the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Company Intellectual Property ” means all Company Intellectual Property Rights and all Technology owned or purported to be owned by the Company.

Company Intellectual Property Rights ” means all Intellectual Property Rights owned or purported to be owned by the Company.

Company Products and Services ” means the products and services set forth on Exhibit C hereto.

Company Referral Agreement ” means the Sales Referral Agreement by and between Seller and the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Company Registered IP ” means Registered IP owned or purported to be owned by, or filed or registered in the name of, the Company.

Company Software ” means Software owned or purported to be owned by the Company.

Contemplated Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

Contract ” means any contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, conditional sales contract, mortgage or other arrangement, whether written or oral.

Environmental Laws ” means any Applicable Law or any agreement with any Governmental Authority or other third party, relating to human health and safety, the environment or to Hazardous Substances.

Environmental Permits ” means all permits, licenses, franchises, certificates, approvals and other similar authorizations of Governmental Authorities relating to or required by Environmental Laws and affecting, or relating in any way to, the Business or the Company.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

-3-


ERISA Affiliate ” of any entity means any other entity which, together with such entity, would be treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

Governmental Authority ” means any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local governmental authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof.

Hardware ” means any computer or computer network equipment used by or for the benefit of the Company (or, where so specified, by or for the benefit of any other Person) at any time including parts of computer equipment such as firmware, screens, terminals, keyboards, disks and including cabling, routers, and other peripheral and associated electronic equipment, but excluding all Software.

Hazardous Substances ” means any pollutant, contaminant, waste or chemical or any toxic, radioactive, ignitable, corrosive, reactive or otherwise hazardous substance, waste or material, or any substance, waste or material having any constituent elements displaying any of the foregoing characteristics, including petroleum, its derivatives, by-products and other hydrocarbons, and any substance, waste or material regulated under any Environmental Law.

HIPAA ” means the Health Insurance Portability Act of 1996, as amended.

Indebtedness ” means, without duplication (a) any indebtedness for borrowed money or issued in substitution for or exchange of indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) any indebtedness evidenced by any note, bond, debenture or other debt security for the payment of which a Person is responsible or liable, (c) any indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services with respect to which a Person is liable, contingently or otherwise, as obligor or otherwise (excluding trade accounts payable, other payable and other accrued current liabilities arising in the Ordinary Course of Business), (d) any commitment by which a Person assures a creditor against loss (including, without limitation, contingent reimbursement Liability with respect to letters of credit), (e) any indebtedness guaranteed in any manner by a Person (including, without limitation, guarantees in the form of an agreement to repurchase or reimburse), (f) any Liabilities under capitalized leases with respect to which a Person is liable, contingently or otherwise, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, (g) any indebtedness secured by a Lien on a Person’s assets, and (h) any accrued and unpaid interest on, and any prepayment premiums, penalties or similar contractual charges in respect of, any of the foregoing obligations computed as though payment is being made in respect thereof on the Closing Date.

Intellectual Property Rights ” means all (a) United States and foreign patents and patent applications and disclosures relating thereto (and any patents that issue as a result of those patent applications), and any renewals, reissues, reexaminations, extensions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions and substitutions relating to any of the patents and patent applications, as well as all related foreign patent and patent applications that are counterparts to such patents and patent applications, and any other national and multinational statutory invention registrations and disclosures relating thereto, (b) United States and foreign trademarks, trade names,

 

-4-


service marks, service names, trade dress, logos, slogans, 800 numbers and corporate names, whether registered or unregistered, and the goodwill associated therewith, together with any registrations and applications for registration thereof, (c) rights in works of authorship including any United States and foreign copyrights and rights under copyrights, whether registered or unregistered, including moral rights, and any registrations and applications for registration thereof, (d) United States and foreign mask work rights or equivalents, and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (e) rights in databases and data collections (including knowledge databases, customer lists and customer databases) under the laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction, whether registered or unregistered, and any applications for registration therefor, (f) trade secrets and other rights in know-how and confidential or proprietary information (including any business plans, designs, technical data, Customer Data, financial information, pricing and cost information, bills of material, or other similar information), (g) URL and domain name registrations, (h) inventions (whether or not patentable) and improvements thereto, and all prior user rights, (i) all claims and causes of action arising out of or related to infringement or misappropriation of any of the foregoing and (j) other proprietary or intellectual property rights now known or hereafter recognized in any jurisdiction worldwide.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

IT Systems ” means all systems used by the Seller and/or any of its Affiliates in the delivery of services included within Company Products and Services, including the information and communications technology infrastructure and systems (including all Software, Hardware, firmware, networks and Company websites), and any security and disaster recovery arrangements relating thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, IT Systems does not include any systems the benefit of which is provided to Buyer pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement.

Knowledge ” of any Person that is not an individual means (a) with respect to Buyer, the knowledge of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Buyer and (b) with respect to the Seller, the knowledge of Dan Boncel, Phil Maynard, Jeff Freund, Sean Noonan and Pete Perrone, in each case, including the knowledge which such Person would have obtained after making a reasonably diligent inquiry, in light of the circumstances, with respect to the particular matter in question.

Liability ” means any liability, debt, obligation, deficiency, Tax, penalty, assessment, fine, claim, cause of action or other loss, fee, cost or expense of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, known or unknown, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due and regardless of when asserted.

Licensed Intellectual Property ” means all Intellectual Property Rights or Technology owned by a third party and licensed or sublicensed to the Company.

Lien ” means, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, encumbrance or other adverse claim of any kind in respect of such property or asset; provided that “Lien” does not include a license of Intellectual Property Rights.

 

-5-


Loaned Employee Agreement ” means the Commercial Agreement by and between Seller, Buyer and the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit I .

Material Adverse Effect ” means any result, occurrence, fact, change, event or effect (any such item, an “ Effect ”), individually or in the aggregate, that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business, assets, liabilities, capitalization or results of operations of the Company and/or the Business, taken as a whole; provided , that that in no event shall any of the following Effects be deemed to constitute or be taken into account in determining whether there has been a Material Adverse Effect: (a) changes, developments or events generally affecting the economy (including those affecting the securities markets) in the United States or any foreign markets where the Company and/or the Business has material operations or sales, (b) acts of God, acts of war (whether or not declared), sabotage, other force majeure events, calamities, national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by any country in hostilities (whether commenced before, on or after the date of this Agreement) or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack, (c) conditions in the industries or markets in which the Company operates (including legal and regulatory changes), (d) the public announcement of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (e) any change in Applicable Laws, or (f) any change in GAAP or other accounting rules, (g) any Effect resulting from compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by the Company or consented to in writing by Buyer, (h) Effects resulting from any breach of this Agreement by Buyer, or any other actions taken or omitted to be taken by Buyer, its Affiliates or any of their respective representatives after the date hereof not permitted by this Agreement, or (i) any fees or expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , further , that, in the case of clauses (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f), such Effect does not have a materially disproportionate negative effect on the Company and/or the Business as compared to the other companies that operate in the same industry in which the Company and/or the Business operates.

Measurement Time ” means 11:59 p.m. (Pacific Time) on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date.

Neutral Arbiter ” means the “big four” accounting firm mutually agreed to by the Seller and Buyer in writing (it being acknowledged and agreed that at the time of determination such accounting firm shall not be providing audit services to the Seller, Buyer and/or any of their respective Subsidiaries); provided , if Buyer and the Seller are unable to mutually agree upon such an accountant within a ten day period, then Buyer and the Seller shall each select a nationally recognized accountant and within five days after their selection, those two accountants shall select a third nationally recognized accountant, which third accountant shall act as the Neutral Arbiter.

Open Source License ” means any “free software” license, “software libre” license, “public” license, or open-source software license, including without limitation the GNU General Public License, the GNU Lesser General Public License, the Mozilla Public License, the Apache license, the MIT license, the BSD and any BSD-like license, and any other license that meets the “Open Source Definition” promulgated by the Open Source Initiative.

 

-6-


Open Source Software ” means any software code that is subject to the terms and conditions of an Open Source License.

Ordinary Course of Business ” means ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and frequency).

Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to any Person (other than an individual), (a) the certificate or articles of association, incorporation or organization or limited partnership or limited liability company, and any joint venture, limited liability company, operating or partnership agreement and other similar documents adopted or filed in connection with the creation, formation or organization of such Person and (b) all by-laws and similar documents, instruments or agreements, in each case, relating to the organization or governance of such Person, in each case, as amended or supplemented.

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens for Taxes or governmental assessments, charges or claims the payment of which is not yet due and payable, (b) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and other similar Persons and other Liens imposed by Applicable Law incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business for sums not yet delinquent or immaterial in amount or are being contested in good faith, provided adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established, (c) pledges and deposits made in the Ordinary Course of Business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations or (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the Ordinary Course of Business and which do not exceed USD $15,000.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

Personal Data ” means any information that alone, or in combination with other information that is collected or solicited for collection by the Company, can be used to identify a specific individual.

Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date and the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date (as determined in accordance with Section 8.03 ).

Privacy and Security Laws ” means Applicable Laws regarding collecting, accessing, using, disclosing, electronically transmitting, securing, sharing, transferring and storing Personal Data or other tracking of online consumer behaviors including federal, state or foreign laws or regulations regarding (a) data privacy and information security, (b) data breach notification (as applicable), (c) unfair or deceptive practices and (d) trespass, computer crime and other Laws governing unauthorized access to or use of electronic data.

Registered IP ” means all Intellectual Property Rights that are registered, filed or issued under the authority of any Governmental Authority, including all patents, registered copyrights, registered trademarks, and domain names and all applications for any of the foregoing.

 

-7-


Retention Plan ” means that certain Transaction Retention Plan adopted on September 28, 2013 as amended and restated on December 13, 2013.

Seller Employee Benefit Plan ” means any pension, retirement or savings plan, any medical, hospital, health, dental, life, death benefit or disability plan, any group insurance plan, any profit sharing, deferred compensation, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, phantom stock, bonus, commission or incentive plan (including any equity or equity-based plan), and any fringe benefit, vacation pay, holiday pay, sick leave, service awards, tuition reimbursement, moving expense reimbursement, severance or change in control pay, consulting or employment agreement, or other employee benefit plan, trust, agreement, contract, policy or commitment (including, but not limited to, any pension plan, as defined in ERISA §3(2), and any “welfare plan,” as defined in ERISA § 3(1)), whether any of the foregoing is funded, insured or self-funded, written or oral, (a) sponsored or maintained by the Seller, the Company or any ERISA Affiliate and covering the Seller’s, the Company’s or any ERISA Affiliate’s active or former employees (or their beneficiaries), (b) to which the Seller or any ERISA Affiliates is a party or bound, or (c) with respect to which the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate has made any payments, contributions or commitments or may otherwise have any Liability (whether or not such Seller Employee Benefit Plan is still maintained).

Seller Indemnified Parties ” means Seller and its respective Affiliates, directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives, successors and assignees.

Seller Referral Agreement ” means the Sales Referral Agreement by and between Seller and the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Share Space License Agreement ” means the License Agreement by and between Seller and the Company related to the leased premises located on the 4 th floor of 55 2 nd Street, San Francisco, California, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .

Software ” means any computer program, operating system, applications system, firmware or software code of any nature, whether operational, under development or inactive, including all object code, source code, data files, rules, definitions or methodology derived from the foregoing and any derivations, updates, enhancements and customization of any of the foregoing, processes, know-how, operating procedures, methods and all other Intellectual Property Rights or Technology embodied with the foregoing, technical manuals, user manuals and other documentation thereof, whether in machine-readable form, programming language or any other language or symbols and whether stored, encoded, recorded or written on disk, tape, film, memory device, paper or other media of any nature.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or (b) if a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more

 

-8-


Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and for this purpose, a Person or Persons own a majority ownership interest in such a business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of such business entity’s gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such business entity (other than a corporation). The term “ Subsidiary ” shall also include all Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary.

Target Working Capital ” means $1,579,720.

Tax Return ” means any report, declaration, return, information return, claim for refund, or statement relating to Taxes, including any transfer pricing reports, schedule or attachment thereto and any amendments thereof.

Tax Sharing Agreements ” means all existing agreements or arrangements (whether or not written) binding the Company that provide for the allocation, apportionment, sharing or assignment of any Tax liability or benefit, or the transfer or assignment of income, revenues, receipts or gains for the purpose of determining any Person’s Tax liability.

Taxes ” means (a) any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, payroll, social security (or equivalent), employment, unemployment, disability, property (real, tangible or intangible), sales, use, transfer, registration, ad valorem, value added, goods and services, alternative or add-on minimum or estimated tax or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty or additional amount (whether disputed or not) imposed by any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax (domestic or foreign) (b) any Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (a) of this definition as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group for any taxable period, and (c) any Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (a) or (b) of this definition as a result of being a transferee of or successor to any Person or as a result of any express or implied obligation to assume such Taxes or to indemnify any other Person.

Taxing Authority ” means any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition or collection of any Taxes.

Technology ” means tangible embodiments of Intellectual Property Rights, whether in electronic, written or other media, including diagrams, inventions (whether or not patentable), invention disclosures, know-how, methods, network configurations and architectures, proprietary information, protocols, schematics, design information, bills of material, specifications, technical data, Software (in any form, including source code and executable or object code), build scripts, test scripts, algorithms, APIs, subroutines, techniques, user interfaces, URLs, web site content, works of authorship, documentation (including instruction manuals, samples, studies, and summaries), databases and data collections.

 

-9-


Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement and the other agreements, instruments and documents being delivered by the Parties at or prior to the Closing pursuant to Section 3.02 and Section 3.03 .

Transaction Expenses ” means the aggregate amount of (a) all expenses of the Company and/or the Business, including all third-party legal, accounting, financial advisory, consulting or other fees and expenses of the Company and/or the Business, (b) any change-of-control or similar payment obligations of the Company and/or the Business which are triggered in whole or in part by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including any Transaction Payroll Taxes) and (c) any Liability of the Company and/or the Business under deferred compensation plans, phantom equity plans, severance or bonus plans, or similar arrangements made payable in whole or in part as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including any Transaction Payroll Taxes).

Transaction Payroll Taxes ” means the employer portion of any payroll or employment Taxes incurred in connection with any bonuses, option cashouts or other compensatory payments made in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including pursuant to the Retention Plan) and paid to any Business Employee who becomes an employee of Buyer at or after the Closing.

Transition Services Agreement ” means the Transition Services Agreement by and between Seller, the Company and Buyer, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G .

WARN Act ” means the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, 29 U.S.C. § 2101, et seq.

(a) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term.

 

Term

   Section

Agreement

   Preamble

Authorized Action

   11.01(d)

Balance Sheet Date

   5.06(a)

Basket Amount

   10.03(a)

Business

   Recitals

Business Privacy Policies

   5.13(u)

Business Service Provider

   5.18(e)

Buyer

   Preamble

Claim Certificate

   10.04(a)

Claim Dispute Notice

   10.04(b)

Closing

   2.02(a)

Closing Date

   2.02(a)

Closing Statement

   2.03(b)

Company

   Preamble

Company Closing Certificate

   3.02(i)(i)

 

-10-


Term

   Section

Company Disclosure Schedule

   Article 5

Company Marks

   11.03

Company Policies

   5.15(a)

Company Stock

   Recitals

Confidential Information

   11.01(a)

Damages

   10.02

Defense Election Notice

   10.05(b)

Dispute Notice

   2.03(b)

Dispute Notice Period

   10.04(b)

DMCA

   5.13(v)

Employment Loss

   2.05(b)

Estimated Closing Working Capital

   2.03(a)

Estimated Claim Amount

   10.04(a)

Excluded Seller Employees

   5.18(a)

Financial Statements

   5.06(a)

Fundamental Representations

   10.01

Historical Balance Sheet

   5.06(a)

Historical Statements of Revenues

   5.06(a)

Item of Dispute

   2.03(b)

Joint Press Release

   11.01(b)

Latest Balance Sheet

   5.06(a)

Latest Statement of Revenues

   5.06(a)

Leased Real Property

   5.12(d)

Leased Real Property Leases

   5.12(d)

Malicious Code

   5.13(n)

Material Contract(s)

   5.09(a)

Measurement Period

   2.04(b)

Multiemployer Plan

   5.20(d)

Non-IP Necessary Assets

   5.12(c)

Party(ies)

   Preamble

Permits

   5.16

Post-Closing Straddle Period

   8.03

Pre-Closing Straddle Period

   8.03

Proceeding

   5.10

Released Matters

   11.05(a)

Released Parties

   11.05(a)

Releasing Parties

   11.05(a)

Retained Liabilities

   2.05

Review Period

   2.03(b)

Securities Act

   7.06

 

-11-


Term

   Section

Security Policies

   5.13(u)

Seller(s)

   Preamble

Seller Employee

   5.18(a)

Seller Subsidiary Tax Returns

   8.01(a)

Seller Supplemental Statement of Revenues

   5.06(a)

Straddle Period

   8.02

Tax Matters

   10.02(a)

Tax Proceeding

   8.05(b)

Third-Party Claim

   10.05(a)

Transfer Taxes

   8.08

Section 1.02 Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions . The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing,” “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; provided that with respect to any agreement or contract listed on any schedules hereto, all such amendments, modifications or supplements must also be listed in the appropriate schedule. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively. References to “law,” “laws” or to a particular statute or law shall be deemed also to include any and all Applicable Law. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “made available to Buyer” or “delivered to Buyer” (or similar phrases) shall mean that (a) the Seller, the Company and/or any of their representatives has, on or prior to the date that is one (1) Business Day prior to the date of this Agreement, posted such materials to the virtual data room established by the Seller at www.rrdvenue.com , (b) Buyer or any of its representatives have acknowledged in writing (including by email) receipt of or access to such materials, (c) if not in written form, Buyer has specifically inquired as to the matter and the Seller, the Company and/or any of their representatives has responded prior to the date hereof identifying the substance of matter, (d) the Seller, the Company and/or any of their representatives has, directly or through its legal counsel, provided such materials to Buyer or its legal counsel, on or before one (1) Business Day prior to the date of this Agreement, or (e) the Seller, the Company and/or any of their representatives has made the materials available for Buyer’s inspection at the Company’s executive offices prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

-12-


ARTICLE 2

PURCHASE AND SALE

Section 2.01 Purchase and Sale . On and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, (a) at the Closing, Buyer shall purchase from the Seller, and the Seller shall sell, assign, convey and transfer to Buyer, all of the Company Stock owned by the Seller as such ownership is set forth on Section 5.04 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, free and clear of any Liens, restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws), options, warrants, calls, commitments, proxies or other contract rights and (b) in consideration of the sale of the Company Stock and the covenants and agreements of the Seller contained in Section 11.02 , Buyer shall deliver to the Seller, on the Closing Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is designated by the Seller in writing at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, an aggregate amount equal to the Closing Payment Amount.

Section 2.02 Closing Transactions.

(a) Closing . Subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions contained in this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304 commencing at 10:00 a.m. on the date hereof, or at such other place or on such other date as may be mutually agreeable to the Parties. The date of the Closing is herein referred to as the “ Closing Date ”.

(b) Closing Transactions . Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Parties shall consummate the following transactions at or prior to the Closing:

(i) The Seller shall deliver to Buyer the original stock certificate(s) representing the Company Stock, which certificate(s) shall be accompanied by a duly executed stock power(s) in form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer;

(ii) Buyer shall deliver to the Seller the consideration specified in Section 2.01 to be delivered on the Closing Date in exchange for the Company Stock held by the Seller as set forth on Section 5.04 of the Company Disclosure Schedule; and

(iii) The Company, the Seller and Buyer shall each deliver the certificates and other documents and instruments required to be delivered by or on behalf of such Party under Article 3 .

Section 2.03 Working Capital Adjustment.

(a) At the Closing, the Seller will deliver its determination of the estimated Closing Working Capital of the Company, calculated in accordance with the calculations and methodology used in Exhibit H (the “ Estimated Closing Working Capital ”).

 

-13-


(b) Promptly, but in any event within ninety days after the Closing, Buyer shall furnish to the Seller a statement (the “ Closing Statement ”) setting forth the Closing Working Capital of the Company, including detailed statements of its calculation thereof. Unless within the thirty-day period following the Seller’s receipt of the Closing Statement (the “ Review Period ”), the Seller delivers written notice to Buyer (the “ Dispute Notice ”) setting forth in reasonable detail any and all items of disagreement related to the Closing Statement (each, an “ Item of Dispute ”), the Closing Statement shall be conclusive and binding upon the Seller and Buyer. The Seller shall cooperate fully with Buyer in connection with the preparation of the Closing Statement. After the delivery of the Closing Statement, Buyer shall cooperate fully with the Seller in connection with its review of the Closing Statement, including, without limitation, by providing the Seller and its accountants reasonable access during normal business hours to materials used in the preparation of the Closing Statement.

(c) If the Seller delivers the Dispute Notice to Buyer prior to the termination of the Review Period, Buyer and the Seller shall use reasonable efforts to resolve their differences concerning the Items of Dispute, and if any Item of Dispute is so resolved, the Closing Statement shall be modified as necessary to reflect such resolution. If all Items of Dispute are so resolved, the Closing Statement (as so modified) shall be conclusive and binding on all Parties. If any Item of Dispute remains unresolved for a period of twenty days after Buyer’s receipt of the Dispute Notice, Buyer or the Seller may submit the Item of Dispute to the Neutral Arbiter. Buyer and the Seller shall request that the Neutral Arbiter render a determination as to each unresolved Item of Dispute within thirty days after its retention, and the Parties shall cooperate fully with the Neutral Arbiter so as to enable it to make such determination as quickly and as accurately as practicable. The Neutral Arbiter’s determination as to each Item of Dispute submitted to it shall be in writing and shall be conclusive and binding upon the Parties, and the Closing Statement shall be modified to the extent necessary to reflect such determination. The fees and expenses of the Neutral Arbiter shall be allocated to be paid by Buyer, on the one hand, and/or the Seller, on the other, based upon the percentage which the portion of the contested amount not awarded to each party bears to the amount actually contested by such party, as determined by the Neutral Arbiter.

(d) Within ten Business Days after the Closing Statement becomes final and binding upon the Parties in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.03 :

(i) if the amount of the Closing Working Capital as reflected on the final Closing Statement is greater than the Estimated Closing Working Capital, Buyer shall make, or cause the Company to make, a cash payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Seller equal to the amount of such difference; and

(ii) if the amount of the Closing Working Capital as reflected on the final Closing Statement is less than the Estimated Closing Working Capital, the Seller shall make a cash payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company equal to the amount of such difference.

Section 2.04 Seller Retained Liabilities. The Seller (or other Seller Employer, as applicable) shall remain responsible for and will discharge and perform in full when due all of the Retained Liabilities (as defined below) and, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, none of Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including the Company following the Closing) will assume, and no such Person

 

-14-


will be responsible for or otherwise bear the economic burden of, any Retained Liability. “ Retained Liabilities ” shall mean each of the following Liabilities:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Article 8 , any Liability (whether direct or as a result of successor liability, transferee liability, joint and several liability or contractual liability, including without limitation any Liability under Treasury Regulations § 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law) for Taxes of or with respect to the Company or the Business attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period;

(b) any Liability of the Seller or any of its Affiliates for any payment due or benefit owing to any Business Employee or Business Service Provider that arises prior to the Closing;

(c) any Liabilities of the Seller or any of its Affiliates accrued or arising prior to or that otherwise relate to services performed in the time period prior to the Closing for wages (including any bonus or other incentive compensation), employee benefits, accrued vacation or other accrued or vested paid time off or sick leave, assessments, severance, equity or other ownership interests, or other employment compensation for any current or former Business Employee, any Liabilities arising from the vesting of any equity grants in connection with the closing of the Contemplated Transactions, and any Liabilities (including unpaid amounts and fees) to any Business Service Providers of the Seller or any of its Affiliates accrued or arising prior to or that otherwise relate to services performed in the time period prior to the Closing and any Liability under any Seller Employee Benefit Plan accrued or arising prior to or that otherwise relate to services performed in the time period prior to the Closing;

(d) any Liability relating to or arising out of any employment related actions taken by the Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to any current or former Business Employee on or before December 31, 2013 including, but not limited to, any adverse employment actions, corrective actions, transfers or terminations; and

(e) any Liability relating to the Retention Plan.

Section 2.05 Withholding . Each of Buyer and the Company (on behalf of Buyer) or any agent of any of the foregoing shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to the Seller or any other Person such amounts as each of Buyer and/or the Company or such agent is required to deduct and withhold under the Code or Applicable Law, with respect to the making of such payment. To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld and remitted to the applicable Taxing Authority, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such deduction and withholding was made.

ARTICLE 3

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

Section 3.01 Conditions to each Party’s Obligation . The respective obligation of each Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions as of the Closing Date:

 

-15-


(a) Any consents, approvals, orders or authorizations of, or registrations, declarations or filings with, any Governmental Authority required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been filed, made or obtained;

(b) No Proceeding shall be pending or threatened before Governmental Authority wherein an unfavorable judgment, decree, injunction, order or ruling would prevent the performance of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, declare unlawful the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, cause such transactions to be rescinded or materially and adversely affect the right of Buyer to own or operate the Company, and no judgment, decree, injunction, order or ruling shall have been entered which has any of the foregoing effects;

(c) No order issued by any Governmental Authority or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in effect; provided , that the Parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to have any such order vacated or lifted; and

(d) No statute, rule, regulation, or order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any Governmental Authority which prohibits, restricts or makes illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 3.02 Conditions to Buyer’s Obligation . The obligation of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to Closing:

(a) Except for representations and warranties made as of a particular date (which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects as of such particular date), the representations and warranties set forth in Article 5 and Article 6 hereof which are not qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all material respects and the representations and warranties set forth in Article 5 and Article 6 which are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects, in each case at and as of the Closing Date as though then made and as though the Closing Date were substituted for the date of this Agreement throughout such representations and warranties;

(b) The Seller and the Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of the covenants and agreements required to be performed by each of them under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing;

(c) Each of Noah Logan, Akshobhya Mann, Deepesh Chourey, Sal Novoa, Anthony Piracini and Predeep Ravi shall have executed and delivered Transfer Offers to Buyer, and such Transfer Offers shall be in full force and effect no later than January 1, 2014;

(d) The Seller shall have executed and delivered to Buyer each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party;

(e) Buyer shall have received from each of the Company’s officers and directors a duly executed director and officer resignation letter, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer;

 

-16-


(f) There shall have been no Material Adverse Effect;

(g) The Seller shall deliver to Buyer all corporate books and records of the Company in such Seller’s possession or under such Seller’s control, provided that Seller may retain a copy of all such books and records;

(h) All consents or approvals set forth on Schedule 3.02(h) shall have been obtained and delivered to Buyer;

(i) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to Buyer, each of the following:

(i) a certificate duly executed by an officer of the Seller, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, dated as of the Closing Date, stating that the preconditions specified in Sections 3.02(a) and 3.02(b) have been satisfied (the “ Company Closing Certificate ”);

(ii) certified copies of the Organizational Documents of the Company, the resolutions of the Company’s board of directors (or equivalent governing body) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and approving the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

(iii) certificate of the secretary of state of the jurisdiction in which the Company was formed, and each jurisdiction where the Company is qualified to do business, in each case dated as of a date within five Business Days of the Closing and stating that the Company is in good standing in such jurisdiction; and

(iv) a certificate certifying that the Seller is not a foreign person for purposes of Code Section 1445 or that the purchase is otherwise exempt from withholding under Code Section 1445.

Any condition specified in this Section 3.02 may be waived by Buyer; provided that no such waiver shall be effective unless it is set forth in a writing executed by Buyer or unless Buyer consummates the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without fulfillment of such condition.

Section 3.03 Conditions to the Seller’s Obligation . The obligation of the Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing:

(a) The representations and warranties set forth in Article 7 which are not qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all material respects and the representations and warranties set forth in Article 7 which are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all respects, in each case at and as of the Closing Date as though then made and as though the Closing Date were substituted for the date of this Agreement throughout such representations and warranties;

 

-17-


(b) Buyer shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of the covenants and agreements required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing;

(c) On or prior to the Closing Date, Buyer shall have delivered to the Seller, each of the following:

(i) a certificate duly executed by an officer of Buyer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Seller, dated as of the Closing Date, stating that the preconditions specified in Sections 3.03(a) and 3.03(b) have been satisfied (the “ Buyer Closing Certificate ”);

(ii) the resolutions of the Buyer’s board of directors (or equivalent governing body) authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and approving the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and

(iii) certificate of the secretary of state of the jurisdiction in which Buyer was formed, dated as of a date within five Business Days of the Closing and stating that Buyer is in good standing in such jurisdiction.

(d) Buyer shall have extended an offer of employment (“ Transfer Offer ”) to each of the Business Employees, and shall have executed and delivered the Transfer Offers, which shall be in full force and effect no later than January 1, 2014, to the Seller; and

(e) Buyer shall have executed and delivered to the Seller each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party.

Any condition specified in this Section 3.03 may be waived by the Seller; provided that no such waiver shall be effective against the Seller unless it is set forth in a writing executed by the Seller or unless the Seller consummates the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the fulfillment of such condition.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

Section 4.01 Additional Documents and Further Assurances . Each Party hereto, at the request of another Party hereto, shall, on the Closing Date and from time to time thereafter, execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be necessary or desirable for effecting completely the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 4.02 Historical Statements of Revenues . Upon request from Buyer, the Seller shall use its commercially reasonably efforts to assist Buyer in its preparation of an income statement and identifiable balance sheet data of the Company for the two 12-month periods ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

-18-


Section 4.03 Retention Plan . The Seller shall perform all its obligations under the Retention Plan, including, without limitation, the payment of (a) the Covered Transaction Benefit (as defined in the Retention Plan) in accordance with the timeframes set forth under the heading “Covered Transaction Benefit – Timing of Payments” of the Retention Plan and (b) the Milestone Benefit (as defined in the Retention Plan) in accordance with the timeframes set forth under the heading “Milestone Benefit – Triggering Events and Timing of Payment” of the Retention Plan.

ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND SELLER

In addition to the representations and warranties set forth in this Article 5 , the Seller shall provide a Company Disclosure Schedule (the “ Company Disclosure Schedule ”) setting forth any exceptions to, or any disclosures required by Article 5 or Article 6 . Any reference in a particular Section or Schedule of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall only be deemed to be an exception to (or, as applicable, a disclosure for purposes of) (a) the representations and warranties that are contained in the corresponding Section of this Agreement and (b) any other representations and warranties that are contained in this Agreement, but only if the relevance of that reference as an exception to (or a disclosure for purposes of) such representations and warranties would be readily apparent on its face to a reasonable person who has read that reference and such representations and warranties, without any independent knowledge on the part of the reader regarding the matter(s) so disclosed. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, each of the Company and the Seller represent and warrants to Buyer that the statements contained in this Article 5 are true and correct on the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct on the Closing Date:

Section 5.01 Organization and Power . The Company is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite corporate power and corporate authority to carry on the Business as now conducted. The Company is qualified or registered to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Seller has heretofore delivered to Buyer complete and accurate copies of the Organizational Documents of the Company as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

Section 5.02 Authorization . The Company has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Company has duly approved this Agreement, and all other Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party and has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Agreement and all other Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. No other Proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to approve and authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and all other Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitute the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exceptions.

 

-19-


Section 5.03 Noncontravention . Except as set forth on Section 5.03 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and shall not (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (b) constitute a default under, (c) result in a violation of, (d) give any third party the right to modify, terminate or accelerate or cause the modification, termination or acceleration of, any obligation under, (e) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the shares of Company Stock or the assets of the Company and/or the Business, or (f) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice or declaration to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority, under (i) the provisions of the Organizational Documents of the Company, (ii) any Material Contract, (iii) any judgment, order or decree to which the Company and/or the Business is subject, or (iv) any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company and/or the Business is subject.

Section 5.04 Capitalization. Section 5.04 of the Company Disclosure Schedule accurately sets forth all of the outstanding equity interests of the Company and the holder thereof. All of the outstanding shares of Company Stock have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, are not subject to, nor were they issued in violation of, any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal, or similar rights, and are owned of record and beneficially by the Seller, free and clear of all options, warrants, calls, puts, rights to subscribe, conversion rights and other Liens. All of the outstanding shares of Company Stock were issued in compliance with all Applicable Laws and the Company’s Organizational Documents. Except for this Agreement, there are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, equity appreciation, phantom equity, calls, puts, rights to subscribe, conversion rights or other agreements or commitments to which the Company is a party or which are binding upon the Company providing for the issuance, disposition or acquisition of any of its equity interests or any rights or interests exercisable therefor. There are no voting trusts, proxies or any other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting, dividend rights, transfer or disposition of the shares of Company Stock. The Company is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of Company Stock. The Company is not under any contractual or other obligation to register any of its securities.

Section 5.05 Subsidiaries . The Company does not own or control, and has not owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, nor does it have any rights or obligations with respect to the ownership or potential ownership thereof. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture or any arrangement to share revenues, profits, expenses, losses or liabilities.

Section 5.06 Financial Statements; Company Records.

(a) The Seller has made available to Buyer and attached hereto as Section 5.06(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule: (i) the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of September 30, 2013 (the “ Latest Balance Sheet ”), (ii) the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2012 (the “ Historical Balance Sheet ”), (iii) the unaudited statements of revenues of the

 

-20-


Company for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2012 (the “ Historical Statements of Revenues ”) and (iv) the unaudited statement of revenues of the Company for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 (the “ Latest Statement of Revenues ”). Each of the foregoing financial statements (including, in each case, the notes thereto, if any) is accurate and complete in all material respects, is consistent with the books and records of the Company (which, in turn, are accurate and complete in all material respects) and (A) with respect to the Latest Balance Sheet and the Historical Balance Sheets, presents fairly in all material respects the assets and liabilities of the Company as of the respective dates indicated therein and (B) with respect to the Latest Statement of Revenues and the Historical Statements of Revenues, presents fairly in all material respects the revenues of the Company for the respective periods indicated therein. The date of the Latest Balance Sheet is referred to herein as the “ Balance Sheet Date .” Attached hereto as Section 5.06(a)-1 of the Company Disclosure Schedule are the unaudited statements of revenues of the Company for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2012 and for the 9-month period ended September 30, 2013, each derived by Seller from the sale of Company Products and Services but not reflected in the Historical Statements of Revenues or the Latest Statement of Revenues (the “ Seller Supplemental Statement of Revenues ”). The Latest Statement of Revenues and the Historical Statements of Revenue, when combined with the Seller Supplemental Statement of Revenues, present fairly in all material respects the revenues of the Business for the respective periods indicated therein.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 5.06(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company is not subject to any Indebtedness. The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient, in all material respects, to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed with management’s authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(c) To the Knowledge of Seller, the accounting books and records of the Company accurately and fairly reflect the activities of the Company in all material respects. The Company has not engaged in any material transaction, maintained any bank account or used any material amount of corporate funds, except for transactions, bank accounts or funds which have been and are (i) reflected in the normally maintained accounting books and records or (ii) reflected in the financial statements described in Section 5.06(a) . The Company’s records and minute books have been made available to Buyer and, to the Knowledge of Seller, accurately and fairly reflect in all material respects, all minutes of meetings, resolutions and other material actions and proceedings of the Company and its stockholders and board of directors (or equivalent governing body) and all committees thereof and all issuances, transfers and redemptions of equity interests of the Company, in each case, since May 2, 2011.

Section 5.07 Absence of Certain Changes . Since the Balance Sheet Date, neither the Company nor the Business has suffered a Material Adverse Effect. Additionally, since the Balance Sheet Date, except as contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth on Section 5.07 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, each of the Seller and the Company has conducted the Business in all material respects in the Ordinary Course of Business and none of the Company, the Business or, with respect to the Business, the Seller or any of its Affiliates has:

 

-21-


(a) suffered any theft, damage, destruction or casualty loss in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate to its assets, whether or not covered by insurance;

(b) redeemed or repurchased, directly or indirectly, any equity security or declared, set aside or paid any dividends or made any other distributions (whether in cash or in kind) with respect to any of its equity securities;

(c) issued, sold or transferred any notes, bonds or other debt securities, any equity securities, any securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into its equity securities, or options or other rights to acquire its equity securities;

(d) taken any actions which may materially compromise the value of the Company and/or the Business or the assets of the Company and/or the Business, including declaring or making any dividend or distribution to the Seller or any other person or factoring or selling any accounts receivable;

(e) borrowed any amount or incurred or become subject to any Indebtedness or other Liabilities, except current liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business and not constituting Indebtedness;

(f) discharged or satisfied any Lien or paid any Liability (other than Liabilities paid in the Ordinary Course of Business), prepaid any amount of Indebtedness or subjected any portion of its properties or assets to any Lien;

(g) sold, leased, licensed, encumbered, assigned or transferred (including, without limitation, transfers to the Seller) any of its intangible or material tangible assets (including Intellectual Property Rights, except for non-exclusive licenses to customers in the Ordinary Course of Business) or disclosed any confidential information (other than pursuant to agreements requiring the person to whom the disclosure was made to maintain the confidentiality of and preserving all rights of the Company in such confidential information);

(h) waived, canceled, compromised or released any rights or claims of material value, whether or not in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(i) entered into, amended or terminated any Material Contract or entered into any other material transaction, or materially changed any business practice (other than in the Ordinary Course of Business);

(j) made, granted or promised any bonus or any wage, salary or compensation increase to any Business Employee or Business Service Provider or made, granted or promised any increase in respect of any Business Employee in any employee benefit plan or arrangement, or amended or terminated any existing employee benefit plan or arrangement or adopted any new employee benefit plan or arrangement covering any Business Employee, in all cases, outside of the Ordinary Course of Business);

(k) made any grant or commitment to grant any retention, severance or termination payment to any Business Employee or Business Service Provider;

 

-22-


(l) made any other material change in employment terms for any Business Employee other than routine increases in wages, salary, compensation or benefits in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(m) conducted its cash management customs and practices other than in the Ordinary Course of Business (including, without limitation, with respect to maintenance of working capital balances, and reserves, collection of accounts receivable, payment of accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other Liabilities and credit policies);

(n) made or changed any election, changed an annual accounting period, adopted or changed any accounting method, filed any amended Tax Return, entered into any closing agreement, settled any Tax claim or assessment relating to the Company and/or the Business, consented to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment relating to the Company and/or the Business, or took any other similar action, or omitted to take any action relating to the filing of any Tax Return or the payment of any Tax, if such election, adoption, change, amendment, agreement, settlement, surrender, consent or other action or omission would reasonably be expected to have the effect of materially increasing the Tax liability of the Company, the Business and/or Buyer for any period after the Closing Date;

(o) made any capital expenditures that aggregate in excess of $50,000;

(p) made any loans or advances to (other than routine advances for business expenses), or guarantees for the benefit of, any Persons;

(q) amended or modified or authorized any amendment or modification to the Company’s Organizational Documents;

(r) instituted or settled any Proceeding;

(s) granted any performance guarantee to any of the customers of the Company and/or the Business;

(t) acquired any other business or Person (or any significant portion or division thereof), whether by merger, consolidation or reorganization or by purchase of its assets or equity or acquired any other material assets other than in the Ordinary Course of Business; or

(u) committed or agreed to any of the foregoing.

Section 5.08 No Undisclosed Material Liabilities.

(a) There are no Liabilities of the Company and/or the Business other than: (i) as reflected in, reserved against or disclosed in the Latest Balance Sheet; (ii) Liabilities disclosed in Section 5.08(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule; (iii) obligations to perform the executory portions of Material Contracts or Contracts posted to the virtual data room, in each case, to which the Company is a party; and (iv) Liabilities for the Transaction Expenses; and (v) as incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since the Balance Sheet Date which, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Company and/or the Business.

 

-23-


Section 5.09 Material Contracts.

(a) Section 5.09 of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all Contracts referred to in clauses (i) through (xv) below, inclusive, of this Section 5.09(a) (with specific reference to the subsection of this Section  5.09(a) to which it relates) to which the Company is a party and/or which relate to or are used in the operation of the Business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted (each Contract required to be disclosed hereunder, a “ Material Contract ” and, collectively, the “ Material Contracts ”), complete and accurate copies of which have been made available to Buyer:

(i) any lease (whether of real or personal property) providing for annual rentals of $50,000 or more;

(ii) any agreement for the purchase of materials, supplies, goods, services, equipment or other assets providing for either (A) annual payments by or on behalf of the Company and/or the Business of $50,000 or more or (B) aggregate payments by or on behalf of the Company and/or the Business of $100,000 or more, except for, in the case of either (A) or (B), such agreements with Business Service Providers cancellable without penalty on ninety (90) or less days notice;

(iii) any sales, partnering, development, reseller or other similar agreement providing for the sale by or on behalf of the Company and/or the Business of products, services or other assets that provides for either (A) annual payments to or for the benefit of the Company and/or the Business of $50,000 or more or (B) aggregate payments to or for the benefit of the Company and/or the Business of $100,000 or more;

(iv) any partnership, joint venture or other similar agreement or arrangement;

(v) any agreement relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise);

(vi) any agreement relating to indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property (in either case, whether incurred, assumed, guaranteed or secured by any asset);

(vii) any (A) option, franchise or similar agreement, (B) Inbound Licenses, or (C) Outbound Licenses;

(viii) any agreement (other than Outbound Licenses and Inbound Licenses) relating to the conception, development, authoring, creation, or reduction to practice of any component of the Company Products and Services by a third party;

(ix) any agency, dealer, sales representative, distribution, reseller, marketing or other similar agreement;

(x) any agreement that (A) limits the freedom of the Company and/or the Business to compete in any line of business or against any Person or in any area or which would so limit the freedom of the Company and/or the Business after the Closing Date or (B) provides for pricing or other contract terms on a “most favored nations” or similar basis;

 

-24-


(xi) any agreement with (A) the Seller or any of its Affiliates, or (B) any director or officer of the Company, the Seller or any of their respective Affiliates or any “associates” or members of the “immediate family” (as such terms are respectively defined in Rule 12b-2 and Rule 16a-1 of the Exchange Act) of any such director or officer;

(xii) any indemnification agreements, other than in connection with commercial transactions in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(xiii) any contract with a Governmental Authority;

(xiv) general powers of attorney;

(xv) confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, other than those entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business that are not individually material; or

(xvi) any other agreement, commitment, arrangement or plan not made in the Ordinary Course of Business and not otherwise disclosed in clauses (i) through (xiv) above, that if terminated or breached would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.

(b) Except as set forth on Section 5.09(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (i) each Material Contract is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, except as limited by the Bankruptcy and Equity Exceptions, and is in full force and effect, (ii) none of the Company, the Seller and/or any of the Seller’s Subsidiaries party to any Material Contract, as applicable, or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, any third party that is party to such Material Contract, is in default or breach in any material respect under the terms of such Material Contract and (iii) to the Knowledge of the Seller, no event or circumstance has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute any event of default under any Material Contract. Complete and accurate copies of each Material Contract (together with all amendments, modifications, extensions and other agreements with respect thereto) have been made available to Buyer. To Seller’s Knowledge, each Material Contract has been entered into on an arms-length basis.

(c) Section 5.09(c)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth the names of (i) the twenty vendors or suppliers and (ii) the twenty customers to whom the Seller and/or its Affiliates, directly or indirectly, paid or received the greatest sum of money in respect of services, products or materials provided to or from the Company and/or the Business, as applicable, during the year ended December 31, 2012 and during the 11-months ended November 30, 2013. Since December 31, 2012, none of the partners or customers listed in Section 5.09(c)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule has canceled, materially reduced or otherwise terminated its business with the Company and/or the Business or has notified the Company and/or the Seller that it is canceling, materially reducing or otherwise terminating its business with the Company and/or the Business or that it intends to cancel, materially reduce or otherwise terminate its relationship with the Company and/or the Business. Section 5.09(c)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth the top five Reseller Customers (as such term is defined in that certain Master Resale Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2012 (as the same may be amended, assigned or otherwise modified from time to time), as between the Seller and Broadcast Interactive Media, LLC), including the full legal name of each such Reseller Customer.

 

-25-


Section 5.10 Litigation . Except as set forth on Section 5.10 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there is no action, suit, investigation, claim, arbitration, inquiry, review or proceeding (“ Proceeding ”) pending against, or to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened against or affecting, the Company and/or the Business before any arbitrator or any Governmental Authority and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, no event has occurred and no claim, dispute or other condition or circumstance exists, that will, or that could reasonably be expected to, give rise to or serve as the basis for the commencement of such Proceeding against the Company and/or the Business. There is no order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree to which the Company and/or the Business, or any of the assets owned or used by the Company and/or the Business, is subject. To the Knowledge of the Seller, no officer of the Company or other Business Employee is subject to any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree that prohibits such officer or other Business Employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the Business.

Section 5.11 Compliance with Laws and Court Orders . The Company and the Business is in compliance in all material respects with any Applicable Law to which it or its assets or properties is subject. To the Knowledge of the Seller, neither the Company nor the Business is under investigation with respect to, and has not been threatened to be charged with or given notice of any violation of, any Applicable Law.

Section 5.12 Assets and Properties; Leased Real Property.

(a) Except for the property and assets provided to the Company by Seller pursuant to the Ancillary Agreements, the Company has good and marketable, indefeasible, fee simple title to, or in the case of leased property and assets has valid leasehold interests in, all property and assets (whether real, personal, tangible or intangible) reflected on the Latest Balance Sheet or acquired after the Balance Sheet Date, except for properties and assets sold since the Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course of Business. None of such property or assets is subject to any Lien, except for Permitted Liens.

(b) There are no events affecting any such property or assets pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company threatened, which might materially detract from the value, materially interfere with any present or intended use or materially adversely affect the marketability of any such property or assets.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 5.12(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the properties and assets (whether real, personal, tangible or intangible) that are either (i) owned, leased or licensed by the Company, or (ii) the benefits of which are otherwise provided to the Company by the Transition Services Agreement or other Ancillary Agreements for the duration of such agreements, constitute all of the assets and properties necessary to operate the Business or otherwise used by the Seller (either directly or indirectly) during the past twelve months in the conduct of the Business (the “ Non-IP Necessary Assets ”); provided, however that none of the foregoing are representations of non-infringement of the Intellectual Property Rights of any third Person.

 

-26-


(d) Section 5.12(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all real property leased, subleased, licensed or otherwise occupied by the Company and/or used in the Business (the “ Leased Real Property ”). All Leased Real Property is leased or subleased by the Company or Seller pursuant to the leases or other agreements also listed in Section 5.12(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (together with all amendments, modifications, extensions and other agreements with respect thereto, the “ Leased Real Property Leases ”). Each Leased Real Property Lease is in full force and effect against the Company or Seller, as applicable, and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, against each other party thereto, and is unmodified. The Company or Seller, as applicable, has a good and valid leasehold interest in each Leased Real Property, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens. The Company or Seller, as applicable, is not, and, to the Knowledge of the Seller, no other party thereto is, in default under any Leased Real Property Lease, and the Company or Seller, as applicable, has not received written notice of any breach or default thereunder, or cancellation or termination thereof. There are no conditions, events or circumstances which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a material breach or material default by the Company or Seller, as applicable, or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, any other party thereto, under any Leased Real Property Lease. The Company and Seller have made available to Buyer a complete and accurate copy of each Leased Real Property Lease.

(e) The Company does not own any real estate plants, buildings or structures. The equipment and the structures and fixtures on the Leased Real Property owned by the Company have no material defects, are in good operating condition and repair and have been reasonably maintained consistent with standards generally followed in the industry (giving due account to the age and length of use of same, ordinary wear and tear excepted), and are adequate and suitable for their present uses.

(f) The Leased Real Property constitutes all real property held or used by the Company and/or the Seller to conduct, operate or manage the Business.

Section 5.13 Intellectual Property.

(a) Registered IP . Section 5.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule accurately identifies as of the date of this Agreement (i) each item of Company Registered IP, (ii) the jurisdiction in which such item of Company Registered IP has been registered or filed and the applicable application, registration, or serial or other similar identification number, (iii) any other Person (including Seller and/or any of its Affiliates) that has an ownership interest in such item of Company Registered IP and the nature of such ownership interest, and (iv) all material unregistered trademarks used exclusively in connection with the Business. The Seller has made available to Buyer complete and accurate copies of all applications, correspondence with Governmental Authorities with respect to each such item of Company Registered IP.

(b) Ownership . To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company exclusively owns all right, title and interest in and to the Company Intellectual Property free and clear of any Liens. Each Person who is or was a Business Employee or contractor of the Company and who is or was involved in the creation or development of any Company Intellectual Property has signed an enforceable

 

-27-


agreement containing an assignment to the Company (whether directly or through Seller) of all Intellectual Property Rights in such Person’s contribution to the Company Intellectual Property and a waiver (to the extent waivable under applicable law) of any rights that such Person may have in the Company Intellectual Property that cannot be assigned as a matter of law (such as moral rights). The Seller did not assign any of the foregoing Intellectual Property Rights to any Person and, as of the effective date of this Agreement, to the Knowledge of Seller, the Company owns all such Intellectual Property Rights. To the Knowledge of the Seller, no Business Employee is (i) bound by or otherwise subject to any Contract restricting such Business Employee from performing their duties for the Company and/or the Business, (ii) in breach of any Contract relating to employment, invention disclosure, invention assignment, non-disclosure or non-competition or any other Contract with any other party or with any former employer or other Person concerning Intellectual Property Rights or confidentiality due to their activities as a Business Employee, or (iii) has developed any technology, software or other copyrightable, patentable or otherwise proprietary work for the Seller and/or any of its Affiliates that is subject to any agreement under which such Business Employee has assigned or otherwise granted to any third party any rights (including Intellectual Property Rights) in or to such technology, software or other copyrightable, patentable or other proprietary work. To the Knowledge of the Seller, neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement will conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under any Contract of the type described in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence.

(c) Payment Obligations . Section 5.13(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all Contracts pursuant to which the Company is obligated to pay royalties, fees, commissions or other amounts (other than sales commissions paid to employees according to the Company’s standard commissions plan) for the license or distribution of any Company Software or the use of any Company Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property.

(d) Registration; Validity . To the Knowledge of Seller and the Company, there are no facts, information, or circumstances, including any information or facts that would constitute prior art, that would render any of the Company Registered IP invalid or unenforceable, or would affect any pending application for any Company Registered IP. The Seller and/or the Company have made all filings and payments and taken all other actions required to be made or taken to maintain each item of Company Registered IP in full force and effect by the applicable deadline and otherwise in accordance with all Applicable Laws. No interference, opposition, reissue, reexamination, or other Proceeding is or has been pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, in which the scope, validity or enforceability of any Company Registered IP is being, has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, contested or challenged. All filings, payments, and other actions required to be made or taken to maintain each item of Company Registered IP in full force and effect have been made by the applicable deadline. No application for a patent or a material copyright, or trademark registration filed by or on behalf of the Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Business has been abandoned, allowed to lapse or rejected. The Company has not, and none of the Seller or any of its Affiliates with respect to the Business has, engaged in patent or copyright misuse or any fraud or inequitable conduct in connection with any Company Registered IP. The Company, the Seller and, to the Knowledge of the Seller and the Company, their patent counsel have complied with their duty of candor and disclosure and have made no material misrepresentations in the filings submitted to the applicable Governmental Authorities with respect to any patents included in the Company Registered IP. Section 5.13(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a detailed listing with respect to each item of Company Registered IP and all actions, filings and payment obligations due to be made to any Governmental Authority within ninety (90) days following the Closing Date in order to avoid prejudice to, impairment or abandonment of such Company Registered IP.

 

-28-


(e) Third Party IP and Inbound Licenses . Section 5.13(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule accurately identifies (i) all Intellectual Property Rights licensed to the Company (other than Intellectual Property Rights embodied by any non-customized Software that constitutes any of the following: (A) is so licensed solely in executable or object code form pursuant to a non-exclusive, internal use Software license, (B) is not incorporated into, or used directly in the development, manufacturing, testing, distribution, or support of, any Company Products and Services, or (C) is generally available on standard terms for less than $25,000 per annum for a term license or in total consideration for a perpetual license (“ Inbound Licenses ”)); (ii) the corresponding Contract or Contracts pursuant to which such Intellectual Property Rights is licensed to the Company; and (iii) whether the license or licenses granted to the Company are exclusive.

(f) Outbound Licenses . Section 5.13(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule accurately identifies (i) each Contract pursuant to which any Person has been granted any license under, or otherwise has received or acquired any right (whether or not currently exercisable) or interest in, any Company Intellectual Property (other than non-exclusive, internal use, object code software licenses granted to end user customers in the Ordinary Course of Business pursuant to the Seller’s or the Company’s standard form of end user license agreement, the form of each of which has been made available to Buyer (“ Outbound Licenses ”)), and (ii) whether the licenses, rights, and interests so granted, received, or acquired are exclusive.

(g) Infringement of Company Intellectual Property Rights . To the Knowledge of the Seller, no Person has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated, and no Person is currently infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating, any Company Intellectual Property Rights. Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates has brought any action, suit or proceeding for infringement, misappropriation, or violation of any Company Intellectual Property Rights.

(h) Effect of Transaction . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement nor the consummation of any of the transactions or agreements contemplated by this Agreement will, with or without notice or the lapse of time, result in or give any other Person the right or option to cause or declare: (i) a loss of or Lien on, any Company Intellectual Property; or (ii) the grant, assignment or transfer to any other Person of any license or other right or interest under, to or in any Technology or Intellectual Property Right that would not have been granted, assigned or transferred in the absence of this Agreement.

(i) Sufficiency . The Company Intellectual Property and Licensed Intellectual Property, together with the Technology and Intellectual Property Rights provided to the Company under the Transition Services Agreement or other Ancillary Agreements (for the duration of those agreements), constitute all of the Technology and Intellectual Property Rights used in or necessary for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted, free and clear of any Liens; provided, that the foregoing is not a non-infringement representation or warranty. Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates has transferred ownership of or exclusively licensed any Company Intellectual Property to any third party.

 

-29-


(j) Non-infringement . To the Knowledge of the Seller and the Company, the Company has not, and none of the Seller or any of its Affiliates has with respect to the Business, infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property Right of any third Person. To the Knowledge of the Seller and the Company, the operation of the Business as currently conducted has not and does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property Right of any third Person, and does not constitute unfair competition or unfair trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction. Except as set forth on Section 5.13(j) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no infringement, misappropriation or similar claim or proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Seller threatened, against the Company or any Person who may be entitled to be indemnified or reimbursed by the Company with respect to such claim or proceeding. Except as set forth on Section 5.13(j) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not received any notice or other communication (in writing or otherwise) relating to any actual, alleged or suspected infringement, misappropriation or violation of any Intellectual Property Right of another Person. The Company has not received any “cease and desist” letter that involves its use of Intellectual Property Rights, or unsolicited written communication that involves an offer to license or grant any other rights or immunities under any Intellectual Property Rights owned by a third party.

(k) Development Obligations . The Company has no unfulfilled obligation under any Contract to develop any deliverables for the Seller or a third party.

(l) Trade Secrets . All employees and contractors of the Company, Seller or its other Affiliates that have been or will be involved in the conception, development, authoring, creation, or reduction to practice of any Company Intellectual Property have executed agreements to maintain the confidentiality of all trade secrets and confidential information of the Company. Seller and its Affiliates have taken reasonable measures to protect the confidentiality of trade secrets and confidential information used in the Business.

(m) Malicious Code . No Company Software contains any “back door,” “drop dead device,” “time bomb,” “Trojan horse,” “virus,” “worm,” “spyware” or “adware” (as such terms are commonly understood in the software industry) or any other code designed or intended to have or capable of performing or facilitating, any of the following functions: (i) disrupting, disabling, harming or otherwise impeding in any manner the operation of, or providing unauthorized access to, a computer system or network or other device on which such code is stored or installed; or (ii) compromising the privacy or data security of a user or damaging or destroying any data or file without the user’s consent (collectively, “ Malicious Code ”). The Seller and the Company have implemented, and Company maintains, reasonable measures designed to prevent the introduction of Malicious Code into Company Software, including firewall protections and regular virus scans and for taking and storing on-site and off-site back-up copies of Company Software.

 

-30-


(n) Source Code . Except as set forth on Section 5.13(n) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no source code for any Company Software has been delivered, licensed or made available to any escrow agent or other Person who is not, as of the date of this Agreement, an employee of the Company. Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates has any duty or obligation (whether present, contingent or otherwise) to deliver, license or make available the source code for any Company Software to any escrow agent or other Person. The execution and performance of this Agreement will not result in a release from escrow or other delivery to a third party of any source code of Company Software.

(o) Use of Open Source . Section 5.13(o) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a true, complete, and accurate list of: (i) each item of Open Source Software that is used in Company Products and Services, including which major functional component of the Company Product and Services the Open Source Software is used in; (ii) the corresponding Open Source License pursuant to which the Company uses such Open Source Software; (iii) the URL or other source from which the Company obtained such Open Source Software; and (iv) whether the Open Source Software is distributed by the Company.

(p) Open Source Compliance . The Company has not, and neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates has with respect to the Business, used, modified, distributed, or otherwise undertaken any act or omission with respect to any Open Source Software that would be likely to result in any claim that any software code associated with or contained in the Company Software, in whole or in part, is (i) required to be made available to any third party in source code form, (ii) required to be licensed to any third party for the purpose of modification or redistribution, (iii) required to be licensed to any third party at no charge or (iv) required to be made subject to the terms and conditions of any Open Source License. The Company is, and the Seller and each of its Affiliates is with respect to the Business, in compliance with the terms and conditions of, and have complied with the obligations set forth in, the Open Source Licenses under which it has received any Open Source Software, including all obligations regarding attribution notices, copyright statements, disclaimers, license terms, source code availability, and marking requirements; provided, that the foregoing is not a non-infringement representation or warranty.

(q) Funding Sources . No funding, facilities or personnel of any Governmental Authority or any public or private university, college or other educational or research institution were used, directly or indirectly, to develop or create, in whole or in part, any Company Intellectual Property.

(r) Standards Bodies . Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates are or have ever been a member or promoter of, or a contributor to, any industry standards body or similar standard setting organization that could require or obligate the Seller or such Affiliate to grant or offer to any other Person any license or right to any Company Intellectual Property.

(s) Product Warranties . The Seller has provided Buyer a complete and accurate listing of all product warranty claims received and logged by the Seller or any of its Affiliates regarding any Company Software, including a listing of the resolution of all such product warranty claims, other than customer support tickets received in the Ordinary Course of Business.

 

-31-


(t) Privacy :

(i) Information Security/Internal Policies and Procedures . The Company has in place, and Seller and Company have taken, steps reasonably designed to assure material compliance with data security policies and procedures of the Company and the Business, which policies and procedures have been provided or disclosed to Buyer (the “ Security Policies ”).

(ii) Information Security; Third Party Storage and Handling; Confidentiality . The Company and Seller have taken steps reasonably designed to ensure that all material Contracts with third parties that have access to Personal Data include requirements with respect to such third party’s handling of Personal Data that are materially consistent with the Security Policies and otherwise sufficient to meet the Company’s obligations under Privacy and Security Laws and the Company’s other material contractual obligations, including any confidentiality obligations. To the Knowledge of the Seller, the Company is not in breach of any material contractual obligation to secure or otherwise safeguard Personal Data it receives in connection with the provision of Company Products and Services.

(iii) Information Security; No Unauthorized Access or Acquisition . The Company or the Seller have made all notifications to customers or individuals required to be made by the Company and/or the Seller (relating to the Business) by any Privacy and Security Laws arising out of or relating to any event of access to or acquisition of any Personal Data by an unauthorized Person, including third parties and Business Employees acting outside of the scope of their authority or authorization in a manner which is otherwise unlawful.

(iv) Privacy Policy and Practices . True and correct copies of all applicable current internal and customer or user-facing privacy policies applicable to the Business (collectively, “ Business Privacy Policies ”) have been provided to Buyer. The Seller and each of its Affiliates have complied in all material respects with all Privacy and Security Laws in connection with the Business. No disclosures made or contained in any Business Privacy Policy to any customer or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, made by a customer to any user of the products or services of the Business, have been inaccurate or in violation of any Privacy and Security Laws in any material respect. Neither the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement (or any of the ancillary agreements) nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (or any of the ancillary agreements), nor Buyer’s or the Company’s possession or use of the Personal Data will result in any violation of any Business Privacy Policy or any Privacy and Security Laws.

(v) Privacy Practices; No Proceedings . To the Knowledge of the Seller, there is no complaint to or audit, Proceeding, investigation (formal or informal) or claim currently pending against, the Company and/or the Business by (A) any private party or (B) any Governmental Authority, with respect to the collection, use, storage or disclosure of Personal Data. Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates have received any complaint, inquiry or investigative demand regarding the collection, use, processing, storage or disclosure of Personal Data by the Company and/or the Business.

(vi) Opt-Out Compliance . The Company has abided by any applicable opt-out requests related to Personal Data or otherwise required by Privacy and Security Laws.

 

-32-


(u) Digital Millennium Copyright Act . The Company conducts and has conducted the Business in such a manner as to take reasonable advantage, if and when applicable, of the safe harbors provided by Section 512 of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (the “ DMCA ”) and by any substantially similar Applicable Law in any other jurisdiction in which the Business is conducted, including by informing users of such policy, designating an agent for notice of infringement claims, registering such agent with the United States Copyright Office, and taking appropriate action expeditiously upon receiving notice of possible infringement in accordance with the “notice and take-down” procedures of the DMCA or such other Applicable Law.

Section 5.14 Information Technology.

(a) Copies or details of all licenses and leases relating to the IT Systems that are owned by, or licensed or leased to, the Company are listed in Section 5.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule. The Company is the legal and beneficial owner of, or has a contractual right to use such IT Systems free from Liens, except for Permitted Liens, and has not, in the twelve months prior to the date of this Agreement, received written notice from a third party alleging that the Company is in default under licenses or leases relating to such IT Systems.

(b) None of the maintenance and support agreements for the IT Systems owned by, or licensed or leased to, the Company will be terminable as a result of the execution or completion of this Agreement. The information technology systems and services provided to the Company under the Transition Services Agreement or other Ancillary Agreements (for the duration of those agreements) together with the IT Systems owned, licensed or leased by the Company constitute all the information and communications technology and other systems infrastructure reasonably necessary to carry on the Business, including having sufficient capacity and maintenance and support requirements to satisfy the current requirements of the Business with regard to information and communications technology, data processing and communications.

(c) The Company has in effect reasonable back-up and disaster recovery plans, procedures and facilities for the Business, and the Seller and its Affiliates have taken reasonable steps to safeguard the security and the integrity of the IT Systems. To the Knowledge of the Company, there have been no unauthorized intrusions or breaches of the security with respect to the IT Systems. Except as set forth in Section 5.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, in the 12 months prior to the date of this Agreement, there has been no failure or other material substandard performance of any IT System that has cause any material disruption to the Business.

Section 5.15 Insurance Coverage.

(a) Section 5.15(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of all insurance policies or binders of fire, liability, workers’ compensation, motor vehicle, directors’ and officers’ liability, property, casualty, life and other forms of insurance owned by the Company or under which the assets or properties of the Company and/or the Business are insured (regardless of whether the premiums are paid by the Company) (collectively, the “ Company Policies ”). The Seller has made available to Buyer correct and complete copies of such policies and binders and all pending applications for any such policies or binders.

 

-33-


(b) All Company Policies are in full force and effect and, with respect to providing coverage under such Company Policies for the Company and/or the Business, will be cancelled and terminated as of the Closing Date. As of the date of this Agreement, with respect to the Company Policies, there are no pending claims relating to the Company and/or the Business against such insurance by the Seller or any of its Affiliates as to which the insurers have denied coverage.

Section 5.16 Licenses and Permits . Section 5.16 of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate listing and summary description of all permits, licenses, franchises, certificates, approvals, consents, certificates of authorization, registrations and other authorizations of foreign, federal, state and local governments or regulatory authorities, or other similar rights (a) owned or possessed by the Company or (b) used, or relied upon on, by the Seller or any of its Affiliates in the conduct of the Business (collectively, the “ Permits ”). Except as indicated in Section 5.16 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (i) the Company owns or possesses all right, title and interest in and to each of the Permits and (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not require any consent, renewal or notice with respect to any such Permit. The Seller and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with the terms and conditions of each of the Permits. No loss or expiration of any Permit is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened or reasonably foreseeable (including, without limitation, as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby) other than expiration in accordance with the terms thereof, which terms do not expire as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Other than the Permits, no other permits, licenses, franchises, certificates, approvals, consents, certificates of authorization, registrations and other authorizations of foreign, federal, state and local governments or regulatory authorities, or other similar rights are necessary to operate the Business.

Section 5.17 Finders’ Fees . There is no investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary which has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of the Seller or any of its Affiliate who is entitled to any fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 5.18 Employees.

(a) Section 5.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Business Employees, excluding, however, any employee of the Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than any employee set forth on Schedule 5.18(a) ) that performs an administrative function for the Company and/or the Business (e.g., human resources, finance, accounting) and devotes less than 30% of his or her total working time to the Company and/or the Business (the “ Excluded Seller Employees ”), identifying for each Business Employee such employee’s (i) company identification number, (ii) principal location, (iii) job title or description, (iv) date of hire or service date, (v) base salary or wage rate, (vi) incentive compensation such as commission or other cash compensation, bonus opportunity and equity or equity-based award opportunity, (vii) whether such employee is classified as exempt or non-exempt by the employing entity (whether the Seller, the Company or any other Affiliate of the Seller, as applicable, the “ Seller

 

-34-


Employer ”) and under applicable wage and hour laws, (viii) accrued vacation balance and other paid time off, and (ix) each Seller Employee Benefit Plan in which such employee participates or is eligible to participate. Other than as set forth on Section 5.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company does not employ, and has not employed, any Person, either as an employee or other service provider. Other than the Business Employees and Business Service Providers, no Person is employed or provides services to the Business (whether temporary or permanent and whether under a Contract of service or Contract for services and whether on leave of absence or disability). Section 5.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule accurately identifies each Business Employee who is not fully available to perform work because of disability or other leave and sets forth the basis of such disability or leave and the anticipated date of return to full service.

(b) All of the current Business Employees have the legal right to perform services for the Company without condition in accordance with local immigration, work permit and similar Applicable Laws and regulations. Section 5.18(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a complete list of all Business Employees who are currently working for a Seller Employer under a visa or for whom the Seller Employer has filed or is in the process of filing any forms of immigrant or non-immigrant work visas, including current status and current visa type, expiry date of current visa or work authorization document and pending filings that are awaiting approval (including name and contact information of the Person handling the filings on behalf of the Seller Employer).

(c) To the Knowledge of the Seller, no current Business Employee has expressed an intention to or intends to terminate his or her employment with a Seller Employer, or, subsequent to the Closing, with Buyer or any of its Affiliates. The services provided by each Business Employee are terminable at the will of the Company, without any obligation to provide any particular form or period of notice prior to termination and without incurring any Liability or obligation other than the payment of accrued salary, wages and vacation.

(d) The Seller has delivered or made available to Buyer accurate and complete copies of all employee manuals and handbooks and employment policy statements relating to the employment of each Business Employee. To the Knowledge of the Seller and except as would not be material, no Business Employee is, was or could reasonably be deemed to be or have been improperly classified as exempt under applicable wage and hour laws. Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates has ever had any leased Business Employees.

(e) Other than the Business Employees and the Excluded Seller Employees, there is no Person providing services used in or related to the Business who is or could reasonably be deemed an employee of any Seller Employer, and all other Persons providing services primarily used in or related to the Business for or on behalf of the Company (each a “ Business Service Provider ”) have been properly classified as independent contractors under Tax, employment and other Applicable Laws. No Business Service Provider nor any Governmental Authority has made or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened any claim that such Business Service Provider is misclassified or should be considered an employee of the Company, the Seller or any other Subsidiary of the Seller (whether under applicable Law, any service agreement or otherwise). Section 5.18(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a correct and complete list of all individual and entity Business Service Providers, identifying the Business Service Provider’s name, the entity

 

-35-


(whether the Company, the Seller or any other Subsidiary of the Seller) that engaged the services of such Business Service Provider, the date as of which such independent contractor was originally engaged by such entity, contract duration, fee rate and other cash compensation entitlement, and the aggregate dollar amount of the compensation (including all payments or benefits of any type, other than equity awards) received by such independent contractor from such entity with respect to services performed since January 1, 2013. In the case of any entity Business Service Providers, Section 5.18(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a correct and complete list of all individuals providing services through an entity Business Service Provider and a brief description of the services performed. There are no current Business Service Providers who have ever provided services to the Seller, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Seller as an employee.

Section 5.19 Labor Matters.

(a) With respect to the Business Employees, the Company has never been, a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, or other Contract with a labor union, works council or similar organization, nor is any such agreement presently being negotiated, nor is there any duty on the part of the Company to bargain with, consult with, or obtain the approval of, any labor union, works council or similar organization or labor-related Governmental Authority prior to the execution of this Agreement or as a condition to closing the Contemplated Transactions. No labor union, works council or similar organization has been certified to represent any Business Employee or to the Knowledge of the Seller or the Company, has applied to represent or is attempting to organize so as to represent such Business Employees. To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company is not engaged in and has never been engaged in, any unfair labor practice of any nature. There has never been any slowdown, work stoppage, labor dispute or union organizing activity, or any similar activity or dispute, affecting the Company or conducted by any current or former Business Employee.

(b) With regard to the employment of current Business Employees, the Company is in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws respecting employment and employment practices, employee safety and health, and wages and hours. There are no actions, suits, claims, administrative matters, labor disputes or grievances pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened or reasonably anticipated, relating to any current Business Employee, including, without limitation, charges of unfair labor practices or discrimination complaints. The Company is in compliance with and, since January 1, 2012, has not incurred any liability or obligation under the WARN Act or any other similar U.S. state or local law, or applicable foreign country law, that remains unsatisfied.

(c) The Company is not delinquent in payments to any current or former Business Employee or to any Business Service Provider, for any wages (including overtime pay), salaries, commissions, bonuses, fees or other compensation for any services performed for the Business through the date of this Agreement. The Company has no Liability for any payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any Governmental Authority with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for any current Business Employee (other than routine payments to be made in the Ordinary Course of Business).

 

-36-


(d) To the Knowledge of the Company, no Business Employee is in violation of any material term of any employment agreement, noncompetition agreement, confidentiality and inventions assignment agreement or any restrictive covenant to a former employer relating to the right of any such Business Employee to be employed by a Seller Employer because of the nature of the Business conducted or to the use of trade secrets or proprietary information of others. No Business Employee is a party to or is bound by any confidentiality agreement, noncompetition agreement or other Contract (with any Person) that may have an adverse effect on: (i) the performance by such employee of any of his or her duties or responsibilities as a Business Employee.

Section 5.20 Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) Section 5.20(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a correct and complete list identifying each material Seller Employee Benefit Plan (whether or not such Seller Employee Benefit Plan is still maintained). True, correct and complete copies of each material Seller Employee Benefit Plan have been furnished to Buyer. Except for the reimbursement of Business Employee expenses as set forth in the Loaned Employee Agreement, on and after the Closing Date, none of the Company, Buyer and any of their ERISA Affiliates (as such ERISA Affiliates are determined following the Closing Date) shall have any liability with respect to any Seller Employee Benefit Plan.

(b) Each Seller Employee Benefit Plan that any current or former Business Employee has participated in has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and with the material requirements prescribed by Applicable Law, including ERISA and the Code.

(c) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate (i) sponsors, maintains or otherwise contributes to, or at any time has sponsored, maintained or contributed to, or has any Liability with respect to any Seller Employee Benefit Plan that is a “defined benefit plan” as defined in ERISA § 3(35), is subject to Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding requirements of section 412 of the Code or (ii) has ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in or contributed to, any Seller Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to meet the requirements of a “qualified plan” under the Code in which stock of the Company or any of their ERISA Affiliates is or was held as a plan asset.

(d) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate contributes to, has any obligation to contribute to, or at any time has sponsored, maintained or contributed to, or has otherwise had any Liability (including withdrawal liability as defined in ERISA § 4201) under or with respect to (i) any “multi-employer plan” as defined in ERISA § 3(37), (ii) any single employer pension plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA) for which the Company or one of its ERISA Affiliates would have Liability under Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA, or (iii) any multiple employer plan or any plan described in Section 413(c) of the Code. No Seller Employee Benefit Plan covers current or former Business Employees residing outside of the United States.

 

-37-


(e) The Company has no current or projected Liability in respect of post employment or post retirement health, medical or life insurance or other employee welfare benefits for retired, former or current Business Employees, except as required under COBRA or similar state law, and none of the Seller, the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate of the Seller has ever represented, promised or contracted (whether in oral or written form) to any Business Employee (either individually or to employees as a group) or any other Person that such employees or other Person would be provided with life insurance, health, medical or other employee welfare benefits, except to the extent required by Applicable Law. Neither the Seller nor the Company have any unsatisfied obligations to any current or former Business Employees (or their qualified beneficiaries) pursuant to COBRA, HIPAA or any state or statutory local law governing health care coverage or extension.

(f) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (either alone or together with any other event, including a subsequent termination of employment or service) (i) result in any payment (including severance, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise), becoming due or paid to any current Business Employee (other than the payment of accrued vacation or paid time off), (ii) result in any forgiveness of indebtedness with respect to the Business Employees, or (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits with respect to the Business Employees, except as required under Section 411(d)(3) of the Code.

(g) There is no Seller Employee Benefit Plan or other contract, agreement, plan or arrangement with a Business Employee to which the Seller, the Company or any ERISA Affiliate is a party to that, individually or collectively and as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Company is a party (whether alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events but relating solely to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), would reasonably be expected to give rise to the payment of any amount that could be considered an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (determined without regard to the exceptions contained in Sections 280G(b)(4) and 280G(b)(5) of the Code).

Section 5.21 Environmental Matters.

(a) No written notice, notification, demand, request for information, citation, summons or order has been received, no complaint has been filed, no penalty has been assessed and no Proceeding is pending or, to Knowledge of the Seller, threatened by any Governmental Authority or other Person with respect to any matters (i) relating to the Company and/or the Business and (ii) relating to or arising out of any Environmental Law. There are no material Liabilities of or relating to the Company and/or the Business arising under or relating to any Environmental Law or any Hazardous Substances, and to Knowledge of the Seller there are no facts, conditions, situations or set of circumstances which could reasonably be expected to result in or be the basis for any such Liability. To Knowledge of the Seller, no Hazardous Substances have been discharged, disposed of, dumped, injected, pumped, deposited, spilled, leaked, emitted or released at, on or under any property now or previously owned, leased or operated by the Company and/or the Business. Each of the Company and the Business is and has at all times since May 2, 2011 been in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws and has obtained and are in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Permits; such Environmental Permits are valid and in full force and effect and will not be terminated or impaired or become terminable, in whole or in part, as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

-38-


(b) There has been no environmental investigation, study, audit, test, review or other analysis conducted of which the Seller has Knowledge in relation to the Business of the Company or any property or facility now or previously owned, leased or operated by the Company which has not been delivered to Buyer at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date hereof.

Section 5.22 Tax Matters.

(a) Except as set forth in Section 5.22(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, all material Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to the Company have been duly and timely filed. All such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects. All material Taxes owed by the Company or for which the Company may be liable that are or have become due have been paid in full (whether or not shown on any Tax Return). The Company is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return related to the Business (other than an automatic extension not requiring the consent of a Taxing Authority). No claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where the Company does not file Tax Returns that the Company is or may be subject to Tax by that jurisdiction in connection with the conduct of the Business. There are no Liens (other than Permitted Liens) on any of the assets of the Company that arose in connection with any failure or alleged failure to pay any Tax.

(b) The unpaid Taxes of the Company (i) did not, as of the Balance Sheet Date, exceed the reserve for Tax Liability (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the Latest Balance Sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) and (ii) do not as of the date of this Agreement exceed that reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of the Company in filing its Tax Returns.

(c) The Seller has delivered or made available to Buyer complete and accurate copies of all material Tax Returns of the Company filed since May 1, 2011. The Seller has made available to Buyer complete and accurate copies of all private letter rulings, determination letters, closing agreements and other correspondence issued by or received from the IRS or any other Taxing Authority with respect to Tax matters of the Company.

(d) No deficiencies for Taxes with respect to the Company have been claimed, proposed or assessed by any Taxing Authority. No audit, assessment or other action for or relating to any liability in respect of Taxes of the Company has been commenced or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, and there are no matters under discussion with any Taxing Authority, or known to the Seller or the Company, with respect to Taxes that are reasonably likely to result in an additional liability for Taxes with respect to the Company. Neither the Seller nor the Company has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency, which waiver or extension remains currently in effect, nor has any request been made in writing for any such waiver or extension. No power of attorney with respect to any Taxes of the Company has been executed or filed with any Taxing Authority.

 

-39-


(e) All material elections with respect to Taxes affecting the Company as of the date hereof, to the extent such elections are not shown on the Tax Returns that have been delivered or made available to Buyer, are set forth in Section 5.22(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

(f) The Company will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any deduction or loss from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (i) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date; (ii) change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date; (iii) “closing agreement” as described in section 7121 of the Code executed on or prior to the Closing Date or (iv) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.

(g) The Company shall not be bound by any Tax Sharing Agreements, Tax indemnity agreements or similar arrangements.

(h) Neither the Company nor any predecessor has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than a group the common parent of which (i) from and after May 1, 2011 is or was the Seller, and (ii) prior to May 1, 2011 was the Company or such predecessor) or any similar group for federal, state, local or foreign Tax purposes. The Company does not have any liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than Taxes of the Company) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise.

(i) The Company has reported, withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been reported, withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any Business Employee, independent contractor, creditor, equityholder or other third party.

(j) The Company is not a partner for Tax purposes with respect to any joint venture, partnership or other arrangement or Contract that, to the Knowledge of the Company, is treated, or required to be treated, as a partnership for Tax purposes.

(k) The Company has not engaged in a trade or business, had a permanent establishment (within the meaning of an applicable Tax treaty), or otherwise become subject to Tax jurisdiction in a country other than the United States.

(l) The Company has not entered into any transaction that is or is substantially similar to a “reportable transaction” as defined in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.6011-4, or any other transaction requiring disclosure under analogous provisions of state, local or foreign law. If the Company has entered into any transaction such that, if the treatment claimed by it were to be disallowed, the transaction would constitute a substantial understatement of federal income tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code, then it believes that it has either (i) substantial authority for the tax treatment of such transaction or (ii) disclosed on its Tax Return the relevant facts affecting the tax treatment of such transaction.

 

-40-


(m) The Company has not constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” in a distribution of stock intended to qualify for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code (a) in the two years prior to the date of this Agreement or (b) in a distribution which could otherwise constitute part of a “plan” or “series of related transactions” (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) in conjunction with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any other provision of this Section 5.22 ) to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Seller makes any representation or warranty with respect to the existence, availability, amount, usability or limitations (or lack thereof) of any net operating loss, net operating loss carryforward, capital loss, capital loss carryforward or other Tax attribute (whether federal, state, local or foreign) of the Company after the Closing Date.

Section 5.23 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Seller, any agent, Business Employee or other Person acting on behalf of the Company and/or the Business has, directly or indirectly, in violation of any Applicable Law related to anti-corruption or bribery, used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity, made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other similar unlawful payment. Neither the Company nor the Business has any pending or anticipated disclosures to any Governmental Authority for (a) violations or (b) facts or circumstances that would constitute a violation, in each case, of any Applicable Law related to anti-corruption or bribery. To the Knowledge of Seller, there have been no violations of Applicable Laws related to anti-corruption or bribery that have been discovered by or brought to the attention of the Company or the Seller since May 2, 2011 with respect to Company and/or the Business.

Section 5.24 Interested Party Transactions . Except as set forth on Section 5.24 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no employee, officer, director or stockholder of the Company, including the Seller, nor any member of his or her immediate family, is indebted to the Company, nor is the Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them. Except for this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, no officer or director of the Company, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any member of such Person’s immediate family, has any direct or indirect ownership interest in (a) any Person with which the Company has a business relationship (other than the ownership of less than 5% of the outstanding class of publicly traded stock in publicly traded companies that may compete with the Company) or (b) any Person that competes with the Company (other than the ownership of less than 5% of the outstanding class of publicly traded stock in publicly traded companies that may compete with the Company). Except for this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, no officer or director of the Seller, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any member of his or her immediate family, is, directly or indirectly, a party to or interested in any Contract with the Company. Except as contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, Section 5.24 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth all payments made by the Company to the Seller, excluding payments made in the ordinary course of business or in the context of normal and customary payments between a parent and wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

-41-


Section 5.25 Company Products and Services . The products and services set forth on Exhibit C hereto constitute all products and services developed or being developed by or for the Company and marketed, licensed, sold, distributed or otherwise made commercially available by the Company as of the date of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

The Seller represents and warrants to Buyer that the statements contained in this Article 6 are true and correct on the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct on the Closing Date:

Section 6.01 Organization and Power . The Seller is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which the Seller is a party and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

Section 6.02 Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which the Seller is a party have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of the Seller, and no other corporate proceedings on its part are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which the Seller is a party. This Agreement constitutes, and each of the other Ancillary Agreements to which the Seller is a party shall when executed constitute, a valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exceptions.

Section 6.03 Noncontravention . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which the Seller is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and shall not (a) conflict with, result in a breach of any of the provisions of, (b) constitute a default under, (c) result in the violation of, (d) give any third party the right to terminate or to accelerate any obligation under, (e) result in the creation of any Lien upon the Company Stock owned by the Seller, or (f) require any authorization, consent, approval, execution or other action by or notice to or declaration to, or filing with any Governmental Authority other than compliance with any applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, under (i) the provisions of the Organizational Documents of the Seller, (ii) any judgment, order or decree to which the Seller is subject, or (iii) any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Seller is subject.

Section 6.04 Equity Ownership . The Seller holds of record and owns beneficially all of the shares of Company Stock set forth on Section 5.04 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, and at the Closing the Seller will transfer to Buyer good and marketable title to such shares of Company Stock free and clear of any Liens, restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws), options, warrants, rights, calls, commitments, proxies or other contract rights. The Seller is not a party to any option, warrant, Contract, call, put or other agreement or commitment providing for the disposition or acquisition of any shares of Company Stock (other than this Agreement). The Seller is not a party to any voting trust, proxy or other agreement or understanding with respect to the voting, dividend rights, transfer or disposition of any shares of Company Stock.

 

-42-


ARTICLE 7

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Buyer represents and warrants to the Seller that the statements contained in this Article 7 are true and correct on the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct on the Closing Date:

Section 7.01 Organization and Power . Buyer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which Buyer is a party and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

Section 7.02 Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which Buyer is a party have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of Buyer, and no other corporate proceedings on its part are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes, and each of the other Ancillary Agreements to which Buyer is a party shall when executed constitute, a valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exceptions.

Section 7.03 Governmental Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which Buyer is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not require any authorization, consent, approval, execution or other action by or notice to or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority other than compliance with any applicable requirements of the Exchange Act.

Section 7.04 Noncontravention . Buyer is not subject or party to any Applicable Law, or rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority, or any Contract, or any license, franchise or permit, or subject to any order, writ, injunction or decree, which would, by Buyer’s execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which Buyer is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, result in (a) a conflict with or breach of any of the provisions of such items listed in this Section 7.04 , (b) constitute a default under such items listed in this Section 7.04 , (c) result in the violation of such items listed in this Section 7.04 , or (d) give any third party the right to terminate or to accelerate any obligation under such items listed in this Section 7.04 .

Section 7.05 Litigation . There is no Proceeding pending against, or to the Knowledge of Buyer threatened against or affecting, Buyer before any arbitrator or any Governmental Authority which in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or materially delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements to which Buyer is a party.

 

-43-


Section 7.06 Purchase for Investment . Buyer is acquiring the Company Stock solely for the purpose of investment and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof other than in compliance with all Applicable Law, including United States federal securities laws. Buyer agrees that the Company Stock may not be sold, transferred, offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and any applicable state securities laws, except pursuant to an exemption from such registration under the Securities Act and such laws.

Section 7.07 Finders’ Fees . There is no investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary who has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of Buyer who is entitled to any fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 7.08 Sufficiency of Funds . Buyer has sufficient cash on hand or other sources of immediately available funds to enable it to (i) make payment of the Closing Payment Amount and (ii) consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

ARTICLE 8

TAX MATTERS

Section 8.01 Tax Returns. The Seller will prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all income Tax Returns of or including the Company relating to a Pre-Closing Tax Period that are filed on a consolidated, combined or unitary Tax group basis (each, a “ Group Income Tax Return ”) the due date of which (taking into account valid extensions of time to file) is after the Closing Date and shall pay all Taxes owed with respect thereto. The Seller will prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all income Tax Returns (other than Group Income Tax Returns) of the Company relating to a Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date (each, a “ Seller Prepared Return ”) the due date of which (taking into account valid extensions of time to file) is after the Closing Date. The Seller will prepare all such Seller Prepared Returns in a manner consistent with past custom and practice of the Seller and the Company, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, and will furnish a copy of any such Seller Prepared Returns, together with all supporting documentation and workpapers, to the Buyer within a reasonable period of time prior to filing for the Buyer’s review and approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Buyer will prepare all Tax Returns (other than Group Income Tax Returns and Seller Prepared Returns) of or with respect to the Company for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods and all Straddle Periods that are required to be filed after the Closing Date in a manner consistent with past custom and practice of the Seller and the Company, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, and will furnish a copy of any such Tax Returns that report any Taxes for which Seller may be obligated to indemnify under Article 10 hereof to the Seller within a reasonable period of time prior to filing for the Seller’s review and approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

Section 8.02 Liability for Taxes. Subject to the claims procedure set forth in Section 10.05, the Seller shall promptly reimburse Buyer or the Company for all Taxes of the Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period and for the Seller’s portion (as determined under Section 8.03 ) of all Taxes of the Company for any Tax period that begins on or before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date (a “ Straddle Period ”), including any adjustment to any Tax Return pursuant to Section 8.05 that creates a deficiency in any Taxes for which the Seller is liable under this Agreement.

 

-44-


Section 8.03 Apportionment of Straddle Period Taxes. With respect to any Straddle Period, the Taxes of the Company attributable to such Straddle Period shall be apportioned between the portion of the Straddle Period that begins on the first day of the Straddle Period and ends on the Closing Date (the “ Pre-Closing Straddle Period ”), which portion shall be the responsibility of the Seller, and the portion of the Straddle Period that begins on the day immediately following the Closing Date and ends on the last day of the Straddle Period (the “ Post-Closing Straddle Period ”), which portion shall be the responsibility of Buyer. In the case of income Taxes, sales and use Taxes, and Taxes based on gross or net receipts or payments, the portion of the Tax allocated to the Pre-Closing Straddle Period shall equal the amount that would be payable if the Straddle Period ended on the last day of the Pre-Closing Straddle Period by means of closing the books and records of the Company as of the last day of the Pre-Closing Straddle Period, provided that all permitted allowances, exemptions and deductions that are normally computed on the basis of an entire year or period (such as depreciation and amortization deductions) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be allocated between the Pre-Closing Straddle Period and the Post-Closing Straddle Period in proportion to the number of days in each such period. In the case of Taxes not described in the immediately preceding sentence, the portion of the Tax allocated to the Pre-Closing Straddle Period shall equal the amount of Tax for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days during the Pre-Closing Straddle Period to the number of days during the entire Straddle Period.

Section 8.04 Cooperation; Audits. In connection with the preparation of Tax Returns, audit examinations, and any administrative or judicial proceedings relating to the Taxes imposed on the Company or the Business for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods and Straddle Periods, Buyer, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand, shall cooperate fully with each other, including furnishing or making available during normal business hours records, personnel (as reasonably required), books of account, powers of attorney or other materials necessary or helpful for the preparation of such Tax Returns, the conduct of audit examinations or the defense of claims by Governmental Authorities as to the imposition of Taxes. Buyer shall provide the Seller, and the Seller shall provide Buyer, with the information that each is respectively required to report under Code Section 6043A.

Section 8.05 Tax Proceedings.

(a) Buyer and the Company, on the one hand, and the Seller, on the other hand, shall promptly notify each other upon receipt by such party of written notice of any inquiries, claims, assessments, audits or similar events with respect to Taxes of the Company in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to Article 10 (any such inquiry, claim, assessment, audit or similar event, a “ Tax Proceeding ”). No failure or delay of Buyer or the Company in the performance of the foregoing shall reduce or otherwise affect the obligations or liabilities of the Seller under this Agreement, except to the extent that such failure precludes the Company or the Seller from defending against any liability or claim for Taxes that the Seller is obligated to pay hereunder.

 

-45-


(b) The Seller shall solely conduct and control any such Tax Proceeding that relates to a Group Income Tax Return or Seller Prepared Return. Buyer shall control any other such Tax Proceeding, provided that Seller shall be entitled, on behalf of the applicable Indemnifying Party, at its sole option and expense, to participate in such Tax Proceeding or settlement negotiations with respect to such Tax Proceeding. Buyer shall consider in good faith any recommendations made by Seller with respect to the Tax Proceeding. If Buyer so proceeds with the defense of any such Tax Proceeding: (i) Buyer shall keep the Seller informed regarding the progress of any Tax Proceeding, and (ii) Buyer shall not settle or otherwise resolve any Tax Proceeding (or any issue raised in any Tax Proceeding) if such settlement or other resolution relates to Taxes for which the Seller is liable under this Agreement without the consent of the Seller (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

Section 8.06 Tax Sharing Agreements. All Tax allocation, Tax sharing, Tax indemnity or similar agreements between the Seller or any of its Affiliates or any other Person, on the one hand, and the Company on the other hand, shall be terminated with respect to the Company prior to the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, nor the Company on the other hand, shall be bound thereby or have any further Liability or obligation thereunder to the other party except as provided in this Agreement.

Section 8.07 Transfer Taxes. Any transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration, value-added and similar Taxes and fees (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with the Contemplated Transactions (including any real property transfer Tax and any similar Tax) (collectively, “ Transfer Taxes ”) shall be paid by Buyer when due. Buyer hereby agrees to file, or cause to be filed, in a timely manner all necessary documents (including, but not limited to, all Tax Returns) with respect to all such amounts for which Buyer is so liable. Buyer shall provide the Seller with evidence satisfactory to the Seller that such Transfer Taxes have been paid by Buyer. If required by Applicable Law, the Seller will, and will cause its applicable Affiliates to, join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation. The Buyer and the Seller shall cooperate in good faith to minimize, to the extent permissible under Applicable Law, the amount of any such Transfer Taxes.

Section 8.08 Purchase Price Adjustment . Any amount paid by the Seller or Buyer under Section 2.03 , Article 8 or Article 10 will be treated as an adjustment to the Aggregate Purchase Price (including by Buyer and the Seller on their respective Tax Returns) for Tax purposes to the extent permitted under Applicable Law.

Section 8.09 State Tax Matter . To address any Tax liability of the Company for uncollected and unpaid sales and use taxes attributable to the Pre-Closing Tax Period in the states of Massachusetts and Pennsylvania (the “ Unpaid Taxes ”), Seller, Buyer and the Company shall act in all material respects in conformity with the process described in Exhibit J attached hereto. On or before 15 days after completion of the process described in Exhibit J and payment of all Unpaid Taxes and any associated penalties and interest (the “ State Tax Resolution Date ”), Seller and Buyer shall agree upon the final amount of the Unpaid Taxes. If the final amount of the Unpaid Taxes is in excess of $100,000, Seller shall promptly pay the amount of such excess to Buyer. If the final amount of the Unpaid Taxes is less than $100,000, Buyer shall promptly pay the difference to Seller. During the period between the Closing and the State Tax Resolution Date, the parties acknowledge and agree that Buyer may invoice and collect state sales and use taxes related to

 

-46-


taxable periods beginning after the Closing, but neither Buyer nor the Company shall file any state sales or use Tax Returns in the states of Massachusetts or Pennsylvania until the Seller provides written notice to Buyer that the VDA process in such states has been completed.

Section 8.10 Conflict Priority . To the extent any provision of this Article 8 conflicts with any provision of Article 10 , this Article 8 shall control. For the avoidance of doubt, the limitations on liability set forth in Section 10.04(c) that apply to Section 5.22 (Tax Matters) shall apply to this Article 8 .

ARTICLE 9

RESERVED

ARTICLE 10

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.01 Survival of Representations and Covenants . The representations and warranties of Buyer and the Seller contained in this Agreement shall survive until the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date; provided , that (a) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.13 (Intellectual Property) shall survive until the 30-month anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.20 (Employee Benefit Plans) and Section 5.22 (Tax Matters), in each case, shall survive until the date that is thirty (30) days after the applicable statute of limitations for such representations and warranties expires, and (c) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.01 (Organization and Power), Section 5.02 (Authorization), Section 5.03(i) (Noncontravention), Section 5.04 (Capitalization), Section 6.01 (Organization and Power), Section 6.02 (Authorization), Section 6.03(i) (Noncontravention), Section 6.04 (Equity Interests), Section 7.01 (Organization and Power), Section 7.02 (Authorization) and Section 7.04 (Noncontravention) (the representations and warranties in clauses (b) and (c), the “ Fundamental Representations ”), in each case, shall survive indefinitely; provided , further , that any claim that is properly asserted in writing pursuant to this Article 10 prior to the expiration of the survival period applicable to such representation or warranty set forth above shall survive until such claim is finally resolved and satisfied. All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing in accordance with their respective terms. It is the express intent of the Parties that, if the applicable survival period for an item as contemplated by this Section 10.01 is shorter than the statute of limitations that would otherwise have been applicable to such item, then, by contract, the applicable statute of limitations with respect to such item shall be reduced to the shortened survival period contemplated hereby. The Parties further acknowledge that the time periods set forth in this Section 10.01 for the assertion of claims under this Agreement are the result of arms’-length negotiation among the Parties and that they intend for the time periods to be enforced as agreed by the Parties.

 

-47-


Section 10.02 Indemnification by the Seller.

(a) Subject to other provisions of this Article 10 , the Seller hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless, and agrees to pay on behalf of or reimburse the Buyer Indemnified Parties from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, Taxes, costs, interest, awards, judgments, penalties and expenses, including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses and including any such expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending against or settling any of the foregoing (collectively “ Damages ”) which a Buyer Indemnified Party suffers, sustains or incurs after the Closing based upon or resulting from:

(i) any breach of any of the representations or warranties made by the Seller in this Agreement or in the Company Closing Certificate (excluding any Fundamental Representations, which are addressed in clause (ii) below);

(ii) any breach of any of the Fundamental Representations made by the Seller;

(iii) any breach of or failure to perform, on or prior to the Closing, any covenant or agreement made by the Seller and/or the Company in this Agreement;

(iv) any Transaction Expenses or Indebtedness of the Company and/or the Business to the extent not fully discharged at the Closing and that have not been applied to reduce the calculation of the Closing Payment Amount;

(v) any Retained Liabilities; and

(vi) any matter set forth on Schedule 10.02(a)(vi) .

(b) Buyer shall take and shall cause the Company to take commercially reasonable steps to mitigate any Damages as required by Applicable Law upon becoming aware of any event which would reasonably be expected to, or does, give rise thereto.

Section 10.03 Indemnification by Buyer.

(a) Subject to other provisions of this Article 10 , Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless, and agrees to pay on behalf of or reimburse the Seller Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Damages which a Seller Indemnified Party suffers, sustains or incurs after the Closing based upon or resulting from:

(i) any breach of any of the representations or warranties made by Buyer in this Agreement or in the Buyer Closing Certificate (excluding any Fundamental Representations, which are addressed in clause (ii) below);

(ii) any breach of any of the Fundamental Representations made by Buyer;

(iii) any breach of or failure to perform any covenant or agreement made by Buyer in this Agreement to be performed by Buyer after the Closing; and

(iv) any Damages relating to, arising from or as a result of the Buyer’s or the Company’s conduct of the Business, acts or omissions after the Closing.

 

-48-


Section 10.04 Limitations on Liability.

(a) No claim may be asserted against any party for breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained herein, unless written notice of such claim, describing in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances with respect to the subject matter of such claim, is received by such party on or prior to the date on which the representation, warranty or covenant on which such claim is based ceases to survive as set forth in Section 10.01 , in which case such representation, warranty or covenant shall survive as to such claim until such claim has been finally resolved.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 , except in the case of fraud, or willful or intentional misrepresentation, (i) the Seller shall have no indemnification obligations for Damages under Section 10.02(a)(i) (x) for any individual claim involving Damages of less than $15,000 (the “ Seller Claim Threshold ”), it being understood that such Damages with respect to a claim may not be applied toward satisfaction of the Basket Amount unless the Damages with respect to a claim exceeds the Seller Claim Threshold, and (y) unless and until the aggregate amount of all such Damages exceeds an amount equal to $184,850 (the “ Basket Amount ”); provided , that from and after such time as the total amount of Damages actually incurred by the Indemnified Parties under Section 10.02(a)(i) exceeds the Basket Amount, then the Seller shall be liable for all Damages, including the initial Basket Amount and (ii) in no event shall the aggregate indemnification to be paid by the Seller for Damages under Section 10.02(a)(i) exceed an amount equal to $1,232,338; provided, however, that with respect to breaches of the representations or warranties by the Seller contained in Section 5.13 (Intellectual Property), in no event shall the aggregate indemnification to be paid by Seller for all Damages under Section 5.13 (Intellectual Property) and under Section 10.02(a)(i) exceed an amount equal to $6,161,692

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except in the case of fraud, or willful or intentional misrepresentation, in no event will the Seller be liable for any Damages of the Indemnified Parties in an amount in excess of the proceeds actually received by the Seller hereunder on account of the sale by the Seller of the Company Stock.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the amount of any Damages incurred or suffered by a Buyer Indemnified Party or Seller Indemnified Party, as applicable, (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall be calculated after giving effect to (i) any insurance proceeds received by the Indemnified Party (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to or as a result of such Damages and (ii) any Tax benefit that actually reduces the Taxes of the Indemnified Party arising from the incurrence or payment of any such Damages (net of any Tax detriment to such Indemnified Party) to the extent that such Tax benefit occurs in the same Tax year that the Damages were incurred, treating such deduction as a marginal item (i.e., the last item of deduction to be applied only after exhaustion of all other available deductions or credits) in respect of such Tax year.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Seller shall not be liable to, or indemnify, the Buyer Indemnified Parties for any Damages that result solely from the acts or omissions of any Buyer Indemnified Party or any of their Affiliates, including the Company, on or after the Closing Date.

 

-49-


(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the term “Damages” shall not include (i) punitive or exemplary damages, except solely to the extent owed to or imposed by unrelated third parties in connection with a Third Party Claim, or (ii) damages that arise solely from special circumstances of Buyer of which the Seller is not aware.

(g) The Buyer Indemnified Parties shall not be entitled to recover any Damages relating to any matter arising under one provision of this Agreement to the extent that the Buyer Indemnified Parties have already recovered Damages with respect to such matter pursuant to another provision of this Agreement.

(h) In no event shall a Buyer Indemnified Party be indemnified for any Damages pursuant to Article 8 or this Article 10 related to or arising from the amount, value or condition of any Tax asset or attribute (e.g., net operating loss carry-forward or tax credit carry-forward) of the Company or the ability of Buyer or the Company to utilize any such Tax asset or attribute for any taxable period commencing after the Closing Date.

Section 10.05 Claims Procedure.

(a) If an Indemnified Party determines in good faith that such Indemnified Party has a bona fide claim for indemnification pursuant to this Article 10 , then Indemnified Party may deliver to the party against whom indemnity is sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) a certificate signed by any officer of the Indemnified Party (a “ Claim Certificate ”):

(i) stating that an Indemnified Party has a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Article 10 ;

(ii) to the extent possible, containing a good faith non-binding, preliminary estimate of the amount to which such Indemnified Party claims to be entitled to receive, which shall be the amount of Damages such Indemnified Party claims to have so incurred or suffered or could reasonably be expected to incur or suffer; and

(iii) specifying in reasonable detail (based upon the information then possessed by the Indemnified Party) the material facts known to the Indemnified Party giving rise to such claim.

Subject to this Article 10 , no delay in providing such Claim Certificate shall affect an Indemnified Party’s rights hereunder, unless (and then only to the extent that) the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced thereby.

(b) If the Indemnifying Party in good faith objects to any claim made in any Claim Certificate, then the Indemnifying Party shall deliver a written notice (a “ Claim Dispute Notice ”) to the Indemnified Party during the thirty calendar day period commencing upon receipt by the Indemnifying Party of the Claim Certificate (the “ Dispute Notice Period ”). The Claim Dispute Notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the principal basis for the dispute of any claim made in the relevant Claim Certificate. If no Claim Dispute Notice is delivered prior to the expiration of the Dispute Notice Period, then (i) each claim for indemnification set forth in such Claim Certificate shall be deemed to have been conclusively determined in the Indemnified Party’s favor for purposes of this Article 10 on the terms set forth in the Claim Certificate and (ii) within ten Business Days following the expiration of the Dispute Notice Period, the Indemnifying Party shall deliver to the Indemnified Party, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is designated by the Indemnified Party, an aggregate amount equal to the Damages set forth in such Claim Certificate.

 

-50-


(c) Following the timely delivery of a Claim Dispute Notice, the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall then attempt in good faith to resolve any such objections raised in such Claim Dispute Notice. If the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party agree to a resolution of such objection, then (i) a memorandum setting forth the matters conclusively determined by the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall be prepared and signed by both parties and (ii) within ten Business Days following the execution by both parties of such memorandum, the Indemnifying Party shall deliver to the Indemnified Party, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is designated by the Indemnified Party, an aggregate amount equal to the Damages, if any, set forth in such memorandum.

(d) If no such resolution can be reached during the thirty calendar day period following the timely receipt by the Indemnified Party of a given Claim Dispute Notice, then upon the expiration of such thirty calendar day period, either the Indemnified Party or the Indemnifying Party may bring suit to resolve such claim in accordance with Sections 11.09 and 11.10 . The decision of the trial court as to the validity and amount of any claim in such Claim Certificate shall be non-appealable, binding and conclusive upon the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party. If such decision calls for a payment of Damages to an Indemnified Party, within ten Business Days following the date of such decision, the Indemnifying Party shall deliver to the Indemnified Party, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as is designated by the Indemnified Party, an aggregate amount equal to such Damages. Judgment upon any award rendered by the trial court may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 10.06 Third-Party Claims.

(a) If a third party notifies an Indemnified Party of any matter (a “ Third-Party Claim ”) that may give rise to a claim for indemnification by such Indemnified Party under this Article 10 , then such Indemnified Party will promptly deliver written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party; provided , that no delay in delivering such notice will relieve the Indemnifying Party from any indemnification obligation under this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced.

(b) The Indemnifying Party will have the right to contest and defend against the Third-Party Claim in any manner that the Indemnifying Party reasonably deems appropriate at the Indemnifying Party’s sole cost and expense and with legal counsel of its choice (reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party) if (i) the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party, in writing within thirty days after receiving notice of the Third-Party Claim from the Indemnified Party, that the Indemnifying Party will contest and defend the Third-Party Claim (the “ Defense Election Notice ”), (ii) the Third-Party Claim involves only money damages and does not seek an injunction or other equitable relief, (iii) settlement of, or an adverse judgment with respect to, the Third-Party Claim is not, in the Indemnifying Party’s good faith judgment, likely to establish a precedential custom or practice adverse to such Indemnified Party and (iv) the Indemnifying Party conducts the defense of the Third-Party Claim actively and diligently.

 

-51-


(c) If the Indemnifying Party timely elects to contest or defend against a Third-Party Claim in accordance with Section 10.06(b) , then (i) the Indemnified Party may, at its sole cost and expense, retain separate co-counsel of its choice and otherwise participate in such contest or defense of the Third-Party Claim, (ii) the Indemnified Party will not consent to the entry of any judgment on or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third-Party Claim without the Indemnifying Party’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (iii) the Indemnifying Party will not consent to the entry of any judgment on or enter into any settlement with respect to the Third-Party Claim without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and (iv) the Indemnified Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, make available to the Indemnifying Party and its representatives any documents and materials in its possession or control that may be necessary to the defense of such Third-Party Claim.

(d) If the Indemnifying Party does not timely deliver the Defense Election Notice in accordance with Section 10.06(b) or if any condition in Section 10.06(b) is or becomes unsatisfied, then (i) the Indemnified Party may, in good faith and with the advice of legal counsel (reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnifying Party), contest and defend against the Third-Party Claim in any manner that the Indemnified Party reasonably deems appropriate, (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, make available to the Indemnified Party and its representatives any documents and materials in its possession or control that may be necessary to the defense of such Third-Party Claim, (iii) the Indemnifying Party will reimburse the Indemnified Party promptly and periodically for all Damages the Indemnified Party is entitled to under this Article 10 of contesting and defending against the Third-Party Claim, and (iv) the Indemnifying Party will remain responsible for any Damages that the Indemnified Party suffers resulting from or relating to the Third-Party Claim and is entitled to receive as provided in, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 10 . The Indemnified Party shall not have the right to settle, adjust or compromise such Third-Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

Section 10.07 Other Indemnification Provisions.

(a) Each of the Indemnified Parties acknowledges that, subject to Section 10.07(b) below, the indemnification provisions in this Article 10 shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Indemnified Parties for any and all claims against the Indemnifying Parties for Damages under this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Article 10 to the contrary, in the event any Party to this Agreement perpetrates a fraud on another Party hereto, any Party which suffers any Damages by reason thereof shall be entitled to seek recovery therefor against the Person or Persons who perpetrated such fraud without regard to any limitation set forth in this Agreement (whether a temporal limitation, a dollar limitation or otherwise).

(c) All indemnification payments made pursuant to this Article 10 shall be treated as adjustments to the Aggregate Purchase Price.

 

-52-


ARTICLE 11

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

Section 11.01 Confidentiality.

(a) The Seller shall (and shall cause each of its Affiliates to) treat and hold as confidential any information concerning the Company and/or the Business that is not already generally available to the public (the “ Confidential Information ”), refrain from using any of the Confidential Information except in connection with this Agreement, and deliver promptly to Buyer, at the request and option of Buyer, all tangible embodiments (and all copies) of the Confidential Information which are in its possession or under its control, except Seller may keep one copy of such items for its records. In the event that the Seller or any of its Affiliates is requested or required (by oral question or request for information or documents in any legal proceeding, interrogatory, subpoena, civil investigative demand, or similar process) to disclose any Confidential Information, the Seller shall notify Buyer promptly of the request or requirement so that Buyer may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 11.01(a) . If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Seller or any of its Affiliates is, on the advice of counsel, compelled to disclose any Confidential Information to any Governmental Authority, the Seller or such Affiliate may disclose the Confidential Information to the Governmental Authority.

(b) Promptly following the Closing, the Seller and the Buyer shall issue a joint press release, in a form and on terms mutually agreeable to both Parties, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Joint Press Release ”). Except for the Joint Press Release, each Party shall not, and shall cause each of their respective Affiliates and representatives not to, directly or indirectly, issue any press release or other public statement relating to the terms of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or use the other Party’s name or refer to the other Party directly or indirectly in connection with each Party’s relationship with the other Party in any media interview, advertisement, news release, press release or professional or trade publication, or in any print media, whether or not in response to an inquiry, without the prior written approval of the other Party, unless required by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.01(b) to the contrary, the Seller, the Company and Buyer may make any public disclosure as required by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or the rules and requirements of any applicable stock exchange in such Party’s sole discretion without prior consultation with the other Party.

Section 11.02 Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation.

(a) Non-Competition . Except pursuant to the Ancillary Agreements, during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Non-Compete Period ”), the Seller shall not engage (whether as an owner, operator, manager, employee, officer, director, consultant, advisor, or representative), directly or indirectly anywhere in the United States in the Business; provided , that ownership of less than 5% of the outstanding stock of any publicly-traded corporation shall not be deemed to be engaging solely by reason thereof in any of its business; provided, further , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Section 11.02 shall terminate upon a Change of Control of Seller; provided, further , that this Section 11.02 shall not apply to and shall not limit or restrict Seller from (i) acting as a reseller for other third parties who may be

 

-53-


engaged directly or indirectly in the Business (a “Third Party”); (ii) integrating Seller’s services and products with any Third Party’s services or products; and/or (iii) advertising any relationships with any such Third Parties, including but not limited to any actions contemplated by clauses (i) and (ii) hereof, or receiving payment as a result of any such relationship.

(b) Non-Solicitation . Both the Seller and Buyer agree that, during the Non-Compete Period, each of them shall not, and shall not permit any of their respective employees, officers, directors, managers or Affiliates to, directly or indirectly, contact, approach or solicit for the purpose of offering employment to or hiring (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, independent contractor or otherwise) (i) with respect to Seller, any Business Employee that becomes an employee of Buyer or the Company following the Closing, without the prior written consent of Buyer and (ii) with respect to Buyer, any employee of Seller, without the prior written consent of Seller.

(c) Remedy for Breach . The Seller acknowledges and agrees that in the event of a breach by the Seller of any of the provisions of this Section 11.02 monetary damages shall not constitute a sufficient remedy. Consequently, in the event of any such breach, the Company, Buyer and/or their respective successors or assigns, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Section 11.02 , in each case without the requirement of posting a bond or proving actual damages.

(d) Enforcement . If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Section 11.02 is invalid or unenforceable, the Parties agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified after the expiration of the time within which the judgment may be appealed.

(e) Acknowledgment . The Seller acknowledges and agrees that (i) the restrictions contained in this Section 11.02 are reasonable in all respects (including, without limitation, with respect to the subject matter, time period and geographical area) and are necessary to protect Buyer’s interest in, and value of, the Company Stock (including, without limitation, the goodwill inherent therein), (ii) the Seller is primarily responsible for the creation of such value, and (iii) Buyer would not have consummated the transactions contemplated hereby without the restrictions contained in this Section 11.02 .

Section 11.03 Use of Name . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Ancillary Agreements, after the Closing, except as set forth in Section 11.03 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither Seller nor its Affiliates shall have any rights in and to any trademarks, trade names, service marks, trade dress, logos, corporate names, domain names owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and other source identifiers, emblems, signs or insignia related thereto or containing or comprising the foregoing, including any mark or term confusingly similar thereto or derivative thereof (collectively, the “Company Marks”) and will not, at any time after the Closing, market, promote, advertise or offer for sale any products, goods or services utilizing any of the Company Marks or otherwise hold itself out as having any affiliation with Buyer, the Company, or any of their Affiliates.

 

-54-


Section 11.04 Notices . All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given, if to Buyer (or the Company following the Closing), to:

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower, 29 th Floor

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Telephone No.: (512) 567-8020

Facsimile No.: (512) 721-1218

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to Buyer) to:

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

2801 Via Fortuna, Suite 100

Austin, Texas 78746

Attention: Wes Jones

Facsimile No.: (512) 236-3251

if to Seller (or the Company prior to the Closing), to:

Limelight Networks, Inc.

222 South Mill Avenue, Suite 800

Tempe, AZ 85281

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile No.: 602-850-5001

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Seller) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attention: Mark L. Reinstra

Facsimile No.: (650) 493-6811

or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. PST in the place of receipt and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.

 

-55-


Section 11.05 Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each Party to this Agreement, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective. Neither Party may assign this Agreement or its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the other Party’s consent.

(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Applicable Law.

Section 11.06 General Release.

(a) As of the Closing, the Seller, on behalf of itself and each of its predecessors, successors, Affiliates, personal representatives and assigns (collectively, the “ Releasing Parties ”), hereby irrevocably releases and forever discharges the Company and its officers, directors, shareholders, equity holders, employees, Subsidiaries, predecessors, successors and assigns (each a “ Released Party ” and collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), for and from any and all manners of actions, causes, causes of action, suits, debts, dues, compensation, wages, bonuses, Liabilities, rights, costs, expenses (including, without limitation attorneys’ fees and costs), bonds, bills, covenants, contracts, controversies, executions, claims and demands, of whatever kind or nature, in law or in equity, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, vested or contingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, and whether or not concealed or hidden, whichever have or may have existed, or which do exist, that may now or hereafter at any time be made or brought against any Released Party by the Company and/or any of the Releasing Parties by reason of or in connection with any matter, cause, thing, action or omission whatsoever, arising, occurring, relating to or in respect of any time up through and including the date hereof (collectively, the “ Released Matters ”); provided that nothing in this paragraph will release any Released Party from any obligations under this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Released Matters shall include, without limitation, any right to recover against the Company for any indemnification claims made against or paid by the Seller pursuant to Article 10 . From and after the date hereof, the Seller agrees to not (and agrees to cause the Releasing Parties not to), directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, in a derivative proceeding), assert any claim or demand or commence, institute or maintain, or cause to be commenced, instituted, or maintained, or knowingly facilitate or assist any other party in commencing, instituting or maintaining, any Proceeding of any kind against any of the Released Parties based upon or with respect to any Released Matter(s).

(b) The Seller, on behalf of itself and each of the Releasing Parties, acknowledges that the release in Section 11.05(a) includes releases of claims of which the Seller and/or any of the Releasing Parties is presently unaware of or which the Seller and/or any of the Releasing Parties does not presently suspect to exist. The Seller, on behalf of itself and each of the Releasing Parties, agrees, represents and warrants that the Seller realizes and acknowledges that factual matters now unknown to it and/or any of the

 

-56-


Releasing Parties may have given or may hereafter give rise to causes of action, claims, demands, debts, controversies, damages, costs, losses and expenses which are presently unknown and unsuspected, and the Seller, on behalf of itself and each of the Releasing Parties, further agrees, represents and warrants that the waivers and releases herein have been negotiated and agreed upon in light of that realization and that the Seller, on behalf of itself and each of the Releasing Parties, nevertheless hereby intends to release, discharge and acquit the Released Parties from any such unknown causes of action, claims, demands, debts, controversies, damages, costs, losses and expenses arising out of or with respect to the claims described in Section 11.05(a) . The Seller, on behalf of itself and each of the Releasing Parties, further acknowledges that such Seller has read and understands Section 1542 of the California Civil Code, which reads as follows: “A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.” The Seller, on behalf of itself and each of the Releasing Parties, hereby expressly waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any other jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to such Seller’s release of any unknown or unsuspected claims herein. The Seller, on behalf of itself and each of the Releasing Parties, acknowledges that the inclusion of unknown and unsuspected claims was separately bargained for and was a key element of this Agreement.

(c) The Seller shall indemnify and hold the Released Parties harmless from and against all Damages arising from or in connection with the assertion by any of the Releasing Parties of any claim based upon or with respect to any Released Matter(s) or the breach by any of the Releasing Parties of any of the covenants set forth in this Section 11.05 .

Section 11.07 Expenses . Except as otherwise provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid by the party incurring such cost or expense.

Section 11.08 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that no party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each other party hereto.

Section 11.09 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of such state.

Section 11.10 Jurisdiction . Each Party hereby (a) agrees to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court located in Wilmington, Delaware with respect to any claim or cause of action arising under or relating to this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, (b) waives any objection based on forum non conveniens and waives any objection to venue of any such suit, action or proceeding, (c) waives personal service of any and process upon it, and (d) consents that all services of process be made by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) directed to it at its address stated in Section 11.03 and service so made will be complete when received. Nothing in this Section 11.09 will affect the rights of the Parties to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

-57-


Section 11.11 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT ENTERED INTO IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY CLAIM, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER AGREEMENTS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.10 .

Section 11.12 Counterparts; Effectiveness; Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument, and any of which may be delivered by facsimile or electronically in portable document format (.pdf). This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by all of the other parties hereto. Until and unless each party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other party hereto, this Agreement shall have no effect and no party shall have any right or obligation hereunder (whether by virtue of any other oral or written agreement or other communication). No provision of this Agreement is intended to confer any rights, benefits, remedies, obligations, or liabilities hereunder upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 11.13 Entire Agreement . This Agreement; that certain Mutual Confidentiality Agreement, dated July 18, 2013, between the Seller and the Buyer (f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.); the Ancillary Agreements and the documents, agreements, certificates and instruments contained herein and therein, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

Section 11.14 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

-58-


Section 11.15 Specific Performance . The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

-59-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Stock Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
 

Name: John T. McDonald

Title: Chief Executive Officer

CLICKABILITY, INC.

By:  

/s/ JEFF FREUND

 

Name: Jeff Freund

Title: Vice President and GM

LIMELIGHT NETWORKS, INC.

By:  

/s/ PETER PERRONE

 

Name: Peter Perrone

Title: SVP and CFO

Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

Upland Software, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

1. The name of the Corporation is Upland Software, Inc. The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 7, 2010 under the name Silverback Acquisition Corporation. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 27, 2010. An amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 19, 2011. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 8, 2011. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 23, 2012. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 13, 2012. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 3, 2012. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 11, 2013. An amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 6, 2013. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 6, 2013. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 13, 2013. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 5, 2013. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 20, 2013.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Upland Software, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by John T. McDonald, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on January 26, 2014.

 

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

John T. McDonald,

Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Upland Software, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, DE 19808. The name of the registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred forty-two million forty-seven thousand eight hundred (142,047,800), consisting of eighty-five million three hundred twenty-five thousand (85,325,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and fifty-six million seven hundred twenty-two thousand eight hundred (56,722,800) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The first Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of eighteen million two hundred forty thousand three hundred (18,240,300) shares. The second Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of ten million seven hundred eighty-two thousand five hundred (10,782,500) shares. The third Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of six million (6,000,000) shares. The fourth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B-2 Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of ten million (10,000,000) shares. The fifth Series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of eleven million seven hundred thousand (11,700,000) shares.

ARTICLE V

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Base Amount ” shall mean the sum of (i) the Original Issue Price specified for such share of Series C Preferred Stock, and (ii) all previously accrued and unpaid dividends on such share of Series C Preferred Stock.

(b) “ Conversion Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share for the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, and $1.80 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

(c) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (including any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for convertible Preferred Stock).

 

-2-


(d) “ Corporation ” shall mean Upland Software, Inc.

(e) “ Distribution ” shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the Corporation or its subsidiaries for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchases of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, and (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of the Common and Preferred Stock of the Corporation voting as separate classes.

(f) “ Dividend Rate ” shall mean an annual rate of $0.08 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.08 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.08 per share for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, and $0.08 per share for the Series B-2 Preferred Stock. The “ Dividend Rate ” of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be 8.0% per annum of the Base Amount. The Dividend Rate shall be subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein.

(g) “ Liquidation Preference ” shall mean $1.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share for the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, and $1.80 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(h) “ Non-Voting Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series B-2 Preferred Stock.

(i) “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(j) “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share for the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $1.00 per share for the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, and $1.80 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(k) “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Non-Voting Preferred Stock and the Voting Preferred Stock.

(l) “ Recapitalization ” shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

(m) “ Redeemable Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-2 Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock.

(n) “ Voting Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock.

(o) “ Voting Redeemable Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

-3-


2. Dividends.

(a) Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall begin to accrue on a daily basis at the prorated Dividend Rate from the date on which the Corporation issues such shares of Series C Preferred Stock, shall be cumulative, and shall compound on an annual basis (the “ Cumulative Dividends ”). The Cumulative Dividends shall be due and payable upon the earliest to occur of (i) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, as defined in Section 3(b), (ii) the redemption of the Series C Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms of Section 6, or (iii) the payment of any dividends with respect to the Common Stock or Existing Preferred Stock (as defined below). No dividends will be declared, paid, or set aside for payment with regard to the Existing Preferred Stock or the Common Stock unless sufficient funds have been set aside to cover (x) the payment of all accrued Cumulative Dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and (y) all additional Cumulative Dividends that will accrue on shares of Series C Preferred Stock over the subsequent twelve months. The Corporation shall, upon the written request of any holder of Series C Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth the accrued Cumulative Dividends with respect to that holder’s Series C Preferred Stock and the basis for calculating the accrued Cumulative Dividends. Cumulative Dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue and all accrued and unpaid Cumulative Dividends shall be cancelled and any rights to such dividends shall terminate at the time such share of Series C Preferred Stock is converted pursuant to Section 4.

(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B-2 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Existing Preferred Stock ”) shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the Dividend Rate specified for such shares of Existing Preferred Stock payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar year. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common Stock unless dividends on the Existing Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Existing Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Existing Preferred Stock holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Existing Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Existing Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Existing Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the Dividend Rates for each series of Existing Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the applicability of this Section 2(b) to any proposed dividend or Distribution may be waived by the consent or vote of at least 50% of the outstanding Voting Redeemable Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis) so that Distributions may be paid in a lesser amount or be made to the holders of Common Stock prior to the satisfaction of any preference set forth above, or both.

(c) Additional Dividends. After the payment or setting aside for payment of the dividends described in Section 2(a) and Section 2(b), any additional dividends (other than dividends on Common Stock payable solely in Common Stock) set aside or paid in any fiscal year shall be set aside or paid among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as defined in Section 4).

(d) Non-Cash Distributions. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

-4-


(e) Waiver of Dividends. Except as otherwise provided in Section 2(b), any dividend preference of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series.

3. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation Preference.

(i) Series C Preferred Stock . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Existing Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Series C Preferred Stock, (ii) all accrued Cumulative Dividends on such share of Series C Preferred Stock, and (iii) all other declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Series C Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(i), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(i).

(ii) Existing Preferred Stock . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, and after payment in full of the amounts to which holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled under Section 3(a)(i), the holders of the Existing Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Existing Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Existing Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Existing Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis). If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Existing Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a)(i), then the entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Existing Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(i).

(b) Remaining Assets. After the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified above, the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution by the Corporation shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock and Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, with the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-2 Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, the aggregate distributions made pursuant to one or more subsections of this Section 3 with respect to any share of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock shall not exceed an amount equal to 2.5 times the applicable

 

-5-


Liquidation Preference for that share of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock plus any declared but unpaid dividends, and (ii) in the case of the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, the aggregate distributions made pursuant to one or more subsections of this Section 3 with respect to any share of Series B-2 Preferred Stock shall not exceed an amount equal to 1.75 times the Liquidation Preference for that share of Series B-2 Preferred Stock plus any declared but unpaid dividends.

(c) Shares not Treated as Both Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution. Shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock.

(d) Reorganization. For purposes of this Section 3, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction retain, immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or (iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary. The treatment of any transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be waived by the consent or vote of at least 50% of the outstanding Voting Preferred Stock (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis), including a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock.

(e) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution;

(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the Distribution.

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

 

-6-


4. Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Conversion Rate ” for each such series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock or immediately prior to a reverse triangular merger in which the Corporation becomes a publicly traded corporation, provided that the offering price per share is not less than (x) in the event that the closing date of such event is on or prior to the date that is 18 months immediately following the initial sale of the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.43 (as adjusted for Recapitalizations), or (y) in the event that the closing date of such event is any time after the date that is 18 months immediately following the initial sale of the Series C Preferred Stock, $3.60 (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) and, in each case, the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation exceed $25,000,000, (ii) with respect to the Existing Preferred Stock, upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Existing Preferred Stock entitled to vote (voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis), or (iii) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders of at least 50% of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting as a single class), or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests (each of the events referred to in (i), (ii) and (iii) are referred to herein as an “ Automatic Conversion Event ”).

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For such purpose, all converting shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, the holder shall either (A) surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock that are subject to such Automatic Conversion Event shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further , however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock that are subject to such Automatic Conversion Event shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

 

-7-


(d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

(i) Special Definition. For purposes of this paragraph 4(d), “ Additional Shares of Common ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, other than issuances or deemed issuances of:

(1) shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(2) shares of Common Stock and options, warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar arrangements;

(3) shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities;

(4) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) hereof;

(5) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a registered public offering under the Securities Act;

(6) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided , that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors;

(7) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, real property lessors, financial institutions or other persons engaged in the business of making loans pursuant to a debt financing, commercial transaction, commercial leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors;

(8) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the Board of Directors;

(9) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors;

(10) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors; and

(11) shares of Common Stock which the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Voting Preferred Stock (including a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock) agree in writing shall not constitute Additional Shares of Common.

 

-8-


(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such series of Preferred Stock.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(1) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as Sections 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof), the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect thereto);

(3) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(4) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price of each Series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(a) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

 

-9-


(b) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

(5) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Subsection 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(1) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(a) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with such issuance;

(b) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(c) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

-10-


(2) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing:

(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(f) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Rate, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(g) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. Subject to Section 3 (“ Liquidation Rights ”), if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

 

-11-


(h) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

(i) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of (1) Series A Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, (2) Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series B-1 Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and B-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, in each case, either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment, (3) Series B-2 Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment or (4) Series C Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

(j) Notices of Record Date. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

(i) to declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

(ii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; or

(iii) to voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);

then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the amount and character of such Distribution ) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed.

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the Voting Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

 

-12-


5. Voting.

(a) Restricted Class Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Voting Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

(b) Voting Preferred Stock. Each holder of Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Voting Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Voting Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein or as specifically required by applicable law, (i) the holders of Series B-2 Preferred Stock shall have no right to vote on any matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Corporation, and (ii) the Series B-2 Preferred Stock shall not be included in determining the number of shares of voting or entitled to vote on such matters.

(c) Election of Directors.

(i) Existing Preferred Directors . So long as at least 13,000,000 shares (as adjusted for Recapitalizations) of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, collectively, remain outstanding, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors. Subject to Section 5(c)(ii), any additional members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall be elected by mutual agreement of the other directors. If a vacancy on the Board of Directors is to be filled by the Board of Directors, only directors elected by the same class or classes of stockholders as those who would be entitled to vote to fill such vacancy shall vote to fill such vacancy.

(ii) Series C Preferred Director . Upon the earlier of (x) immediately prior to the initial filing under the Securities Act of a registration statement contemplating the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock, (y) immediately prior to the Corporation becoming a publicly traded Corporation, whether by a reverse triangular merger or otherwise, or (z) the first anniversary of the initial sale of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Series C Preferred Director ”) at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors.

 

-13-


(d) Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote.

(e) Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

6. Redemption.

(a) At any time after the fifth anniversary of the initial sale of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and at the election of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of the Voting Redeemable Preferred Stock, this Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, all (but not less than all) outstanding shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock which have not been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4, in three (3) equal annual installments (each a “ Preferred Stock Redemption Date ”). The Corporation shall redeem the shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock by paying in cash an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price for such Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to, (x) in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series B-2 Preferred Stock, all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned for such Redeemable Preferred Stock, and (y) in the case of Series C Preferred Stock, all accrued but unpaid Cumulative Dividends and any other declared but unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned for such Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Redemption Price ”). The number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock that the Corporation shall be required under this Section 6(a) to redeem on any one Preferred Stock Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing: (a) the aggregate number of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Preferred Stock Redemption Date by (b) the number of remaining Preferred Stock Redemption Dates (including the Preferred Stock Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If the funds legally available for redemption of the Redeemable Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full respective Redemption Prices, the Corporation shall first redeem all of the Series C Preferred Stock that the Corporation is required to redeem on such Preferred Stock Redemption Date, and shall then use the remaining available funds to effect such redemption pro rata among the holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock (other than the Series C Preferred Stock) so that each holder of Redeemable Preferred Stock (other than Series C Preferred Stock) shall receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate amount remaining available for redemption, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock (not including Series C Preferred Stock) held by such holder multiplied by the Redemption Price of each such share of Redeemable Preferred Stock held by such holder, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock (not including Series C Preferred Stock) outstanding multiplied by the Redemption Price of each such outstanding share of Redeemable Preferred Stock, as applicable.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(a), any redemption effected pursuant to Section 6(a) shall be made on a pro rata basis among the holders of the Redeemable Preferred Stock in proportion to the shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock then held by them.

(c) At any time after the sixth anniversary of the initial sale of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and at the election of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, this Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, all (but not less than all) outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock which have not been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4, in three (3) equal annual installments (each a “ Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date ” and together with the Preferred Stock Redemption Date, each a “ Redemption Date ”). The Corporation shall redeem the shares of Series C Preferred Stock by paying in cash an amount per share equal to the Redemption Price of Series C Preferred Stock. The number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock that the Corporation shall be required under this Section 6(a) to redeem on any one Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing: (a) the aggregate number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date by (b) the number of remaining Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Dates (including the Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If the funds legally available for redemption of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Redemption Price, the Corporation shall effect such redemption pro rata among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock so that each holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate amount available for redemption, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied by the Redemption Price of each share of Series C Preferred Stock held by such holder, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock outstanding multiplied by the Redemption Price of each such outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

-14-


(d) At least fifteen (15), but no more than thirty (30) days prior to each Redemption Date, written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of the Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected, specifying the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder, the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price, the place at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, the holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Notice ”). Except as provided herein, on or after the Redemption Date each holder of Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender to this Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

(e) From and after the applicable Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice as holders of Redeemable Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to the shares designated for redemption on such date, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6(a) and 6(c), if the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem such shares ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed based upon their holdings of Redeemable Preferred Stock. The shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares which the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on any Redemption Date, but which it has not redeemed.

(f) On or prior to each Redemption Date, the Corporation may deposit the Redemption Price of all shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice and not yet redeemed with a bank or trust corporation having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000, as a trust fund for the benefit of the respective holders of the shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust corporation to pay the Redemption Price for such shares to their respective holders on or after the Redemption Date upon receipt of notification from the Corporation that such holder has surrendered a share certificate to the Corporation pursuant to Section 6(d). As of the Redemption Date, the deposit shall constitute full payment of the shares to their holders, and from and after the Redemption Date the shares so called for redemption shall be redeemed and shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding, and the holders thereof shall cease to be stockholders with respect to such shares and shall have no rights with respect thereto except the right to receive from the bank or trust corporation payment of the Redemption Price of the shares, without interest, upon surrender of their certificates therefor. Such instructions shall also provide that any moneys deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 6(f) for the redemption of shares thereafter converted into shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 prior to the Redemption Date shall be returned to the Corporation forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any moneys deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 6(f) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of two (2) years following the Redemption Date shall thereafter be returned to the Corporation upon its request expressed in a resolution of its Board of Directors.

 

-15-


7. Amendments and Changes.

(a) As long as at least 10,000,000 shares of the Voting Redeemable Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the outstanding shares of the Voting Redeemable Preferred Stock, voting together:

(i) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation if such action would adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Preferred Stock;

(ii) declare or pay any Distribution with respect to the Preferred Stock (other than as set forth in Section 6) or Common Stock of the Corporation;

(iii) authorize or create any new class or series of equity security (including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security) having rights, preferences or privileges with respect to dividends, redemption or payments upon liquidation senior to or on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock;

(iv) increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock;

(v) create or hold capital stock in any subsidiary of the Corporation that is not wholly owned by the Corporation or dispose of any capital stock of any subsidiary of the Corporation or all or substantially all of the assets of any subsidiary of the Corporation, in each case, other than in connection with the spinoff of any such subsidiary conducted on a pro rata basis to the holders of the Corporation’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock;

(vi) purchase or redeem any shares of capital stock of the Corporation prior to the Series C Preferred Stock other than (x) as set forth in Section 6, as approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series C Preferred Director) and (y) repurchases of capital stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation in connection with cessation of such employment or service as provided for in the purchase documents therefor;

(vii) amend this Section 7(a).

 

-16-


(b) As long as any shares of the Voting Redeemable Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Voting Redeemable Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class:

(i) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);

(ii) authorize a merger, acquisition or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (other than a merger exclusively to effect a change of domicile of the Corporation);

(iii) voluntarily liquidate or dissolve; or

(iv) amend this Section 7(b).

(c) As long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class:

(i) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation if such action would adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series C Preferred Stock in a manner disproportionate to the effect on the other series of Preferred Stock;

(ii) declare or pay any Distribution with respect to the Preferred Stock (other than as set forth in Section 6) or Common Stock of the Corporation;

(iii) consummate a merger, asset sale or other corporate reorganization or acquisition of the Corporation having an equity value less than $165,000,000, unless John T. McDonald is the Chairman or Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation at the time of the transaction; or

(iv) amend this Section 7(c).

8. Reissuance of Preferred Stock. In the event that any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4, redeemed pursuant to Section 6 or otherwise repurchased by the Corporation, the shares so converted, redeemed or repurchased shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this Corporation.

9. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

-17-


In the event that a director of this Corporation who is also a partner, member, director, stockholder or employee of a holder of Preferred Stock acquires knowledge of any actual or potential business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for both this Corporation and such holder of Preferred Stock, such director shall to the fullest extent required by law have fully satisfied and fulfilled his fiduciary duty with respect to such business opportunity, and this Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law waives and renounces any claim, interest or expectancy that such business opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to this Corporation or any of its affiliates, if such director acts in good faith and in a manner consistent with the following policy: a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director of this Corporation, and who is also a partner or employee of a holder of Preferred Stock, shall belong to this Corporation only if such opportunity is offered to such person in his or her capacity as a director of this Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the foregoing, this paragraph shall not limit or abrogate the fiduciary duty of any such director with respect to the confidentiality of any of this Corporation’s proprietary information.

ARTICLE VIII

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

1. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

2. The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

3. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE IX, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

-18-

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS OF

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

Adopted November 13, 2013


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

1.1

  Place of Meetings      1   

1.2

  Annual Meeting      1   

1.3

  Special Meeting      1   

1.4

  Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      2   

1.5

  Quorum      2   

1.6

  Adjourned Meeting; Notice      2   

1.7

  Conduct of Business      2   

1.8

  Voting      3   

1.9

  Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      3   

1.10

  Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents      4   

1.11

  Proxies      5   

1.12

  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      5   

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

     6   

2.1

  Powers      6   

2.2

  Number of Directors      6   

2.3

  Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors      6   

2.4

  Resignation and Vacancies      6   

2.5

  Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone      7   

2.6

  Conduct of Business      7   

2.7

  Regular Meetings      7   

2.8

  Special Meetings; Notice      7   

2.9

  Quorum; Voting      8   

2.10

  Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      8   

2.11

  Fees and Compensation of Directors      8   

2.12

  Removal of Directors      8   

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

     9   

3.1

  Committees of Directors      9   

3.2

  Committee Minutes      9   

3.3

  Meetings and Actions of Committees      9   

3.4

  Subcommittees      10   

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

     10   

4.1

  Officers      10   

4.2

  Appointment of Officers      10   

4.3

  Subordinate Officers      10   

4.4

  Removal and Resignation of Officers      10   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

         Page  

4.5

  Vacancies in Offices      11   

4.6

  Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      11   

4.7

  Authority and Duties of Officers      11   

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

     11   

5.1

  Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings      11   

5.2

  Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company      11   

5.3

  Successful Defense      12   

5.4

  Indemnification of Others      12   

5.5

  Advance Payment of Expenses      12   

5.6

  Limitation on Indemnification      12   

5.7

  Determination; Claim      13   

5.8

  Non-Exclusivity of Rights      13   

5.9

  Insurance      13   

5.10

  Survival      14   

5.11

  Effect of Repeal or Modification      14   

5.12

  Certain Definitions      14   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     14   

6.1

  Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares      14   

6.2

  Special Designation on Certificates      15   

6.3

  Lost Certificates      15   

6.4

  Dividends      15   

6.5

  Stock Transfer Agreements      16   

6.6

  Registered Stockholders      16   

6.7

  Transfers      16   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     16   

7.1

  Notice of Stockholder Meetings      16   

7.2

  Notice by Electronic Transmission      16   

7.3

  Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address      17   

7.4

  Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful      18   

7.5

  Waiver of Notice      18   

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

     18   

8.1

  Fiscal Year      18   

8.2

  Seal      18   

8.3

  Construction; Definitions      18   

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

     18   

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . Meetings of stockholders of Upland Software, Inc., (the “ Company ”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3 Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i) be in writing;

(ii) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.


1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

1.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 1.6 , until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice . Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

1.7 Conduct of Business . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

-2-


1.8 Voting . The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in Section 7.2 ) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

 

-3-


In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents . In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date:

(i) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting;

(ii) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board; and

(iii) in the case of determination of stockholders for any other action, shall not be more than 60 days prior to such other action.

If no record date is fixed by the Board:

(i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

 

-4-


(ii) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action of the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law, or, if prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action; and

(iii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, provided that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

1.11 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

-5-


ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.2 Number of Directors . The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . Except as provided in Section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to Sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4 Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

-6-


If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6 Conduct of Business . Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

-7-


(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12 Removal of Directors .  Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

-8-


ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors.  The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 Committee Minutes.  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees.  Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii) Section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii) Section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv) Section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

(v) Section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

-9-


(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.4 Subcommittees.  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

4.1 Officers.  The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment of Officers.  The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

4.3 Subordinate Officers.  The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers.  Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

-10-


4.5 Vacancies in Offices.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 4.3 .

4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations.  Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers.  Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-11-


5.3 Successful Defense.  To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4 Indemnification of Others.  Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5 Advance Payment of Expenses.  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws.

5.6 Limitation on Indemnification .  Subject to the requirements in Section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

-12-


(iii) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7 Determination; Claim . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The Company shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9 Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

-13-


5.10 Survival . The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

5.12 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article V , references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Article V .

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares . The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

-14-


The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 Special Designation on Certificates . If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this Section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Dividends . The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

-15-


The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements . The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6 Registered Stockholders . The Company:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 Transfers . Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings . Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

 

-16-


(ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

-18-


7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 Seal . The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 Construction; Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

-18-


UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 18 pages, were adopted as the bylaws of the Company on November 13, 2013.

The undersigned has executed this certificate as of November 13, 2013.

 

/s/ BRIAN K. BEARD

Brian K. Beard,

Secretary

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

December 20, 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

Section 1 Definitions

     1   

1.1

  Certain Definitions      1   

Section 2 Registration Rights

     4   

2.1

  Requested Registration      4   

2.2

  Company Registration      6   

2.3

  Registration on Form S-3      7   

2.4

  Expenses of Registration      8   

2.5

  Registration Procedures      8   

2.6

  Indemnification      9   

2.7

  Information by Holder      11   

2.8

  Restrictions on Transfer      11   

2.9

  Rule 144 Reporting      12   

2.10

  Market Stand-Off Agreement      12   

2.11

  Liability Insurance      13   

2.12

  Delay of Registration      13   

2.13

  Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights      13   

2.14

  Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      13   

2.15

  Termination of Registration Rights      14   

Section 3 Information Covenants of the Company

     14   

3.1

  Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights      14   

3.2

  Confidentiality      14   

3.3

  Termination of Covenants      15   

Section 4 Right of First Refusal

     15   

4.1

  Right of First Refusal to Significant Holders      15   

Section 5 Miscellaneous

     17   

5.1

  Amendment      17   

5.2

  Notices      17   

5.3

  Governing Law      18   

5.4

  Successors and Assigns      18   

5.5

  Entire Agreement      19   

5.6

  Delays or Omissions      19   

5.7

  Severability      19   

5.8

  Titles and Subtitles      19   

5.9

  Counterparts      19   

5.10

  Telecopy Execution and Delivery      19   

5.11

  Jurisdiction; Venue      19   

5.12

  Further Assurances      20   

5.13

  Termination Upon Change of Control      20   

5.14

  Conflict      20   

5.15

  Aggregation of Stock      20   

5.16

  Waiver of Right of First Refusal      20   

5.17

  Prior Agreement      20   


UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of December 20, 2013, and is between Upland Software, Inc. (f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated November 7, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”) among the Company and certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”).

The Company proposes to sell shares of Series C Preferred Stock to certain of the Investors (the “ Purchasers ”) pursuant to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

Pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Prior Agreement, the Prior Agreement may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated by the written agreement of the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) (the “ Requisite Stockholders ”).

The undersigned Investors constitute the Requisite Stockholders, and such Requisite Stockholders desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as set forth below so that the rights and obligations with respect to the subject matter herein of the Company and the Investors shall, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, be consolidated and restated herein.

The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the Purchasers and the Requisite Stockholders is a condition to the closing of the issuance, sale and purchase of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Certain Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(b) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(c) “ Conversion Stock ” shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Shares.


(d) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(e) “ Holder ” shall mean any Investor who holds Registrable Securities and any holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with Section 2.13 of this Agreement.

(f) “ Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

(g) “ Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c).

(h) “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(i) “ Initiating Holders ” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities.

(j) “ New Securities ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

(k) “ Other Selling Stockholders ” shall mean persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their Other Shares in certain registrations hereunder.

(l) “ Other Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock, other than Registrable Securities (as defined below), with respect to which registration rights have been granted.

(m) “ Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(n) “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Shares and (ii) any Common Stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) above; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) or (ii) above which have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement.

(o) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” shall refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(p) “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, such fees not to exceed $25,000, blue sky fees and expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company.

 

2


(q) “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set forth in Section 2.8(b).

(r) “ Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(s) “ Rule 145 ” shall mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(t) “ Rule 415 ” shall mean Rule 415 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

(u) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

(v) “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder (other than the fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses).

(w) “ Series A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(x) “ Series B Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(y) “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(z) “ Series B-2 Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series B-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(aa) “ Series C Preferred Stock ” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(bb) “ Shares ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series B-2 Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock.

(cc) “ Significant Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

(dd) “ Withdrawn Registration ” shall mean a forfeited demand registration under Section 2.1 in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 2.4.

 

3


SECTION 2

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

2.1 Requested Registration.

(a) Request for Registration. Subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.1, if the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request signed by such Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of by such Initiating Holders), the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, file and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.

(b) Limitations on Requested Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(i) Prior to the earlier of (A) the five (5) year anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an underwritten offering of any of its securities to the general public (or the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements applicable to the offering have terminated);

(ii) If the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate offering price, net of underwriters’ discounts and expenses, of less than $10.00 per share of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares) and the aggregate proceeds of which (after deduction for underwriter’s discounts and expenses related to the issuance) are less than $25,000,000;

(iii) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(iv) After the Company has initiated two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 (counting for these purposes only (x) registrations which have been declared or ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold, and (y) Withdrawn Registrations);

(v) During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration (or ending on the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements applicable to the offering have terminated); provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

 

4


(vi) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under Section 2.3;

(vii) If the Initiating Holders do not request that such offering be firmly underwritten by underwriters selected by the Initiating Holders (subject to the consent of the Company); and

(viii) If the Company and the Initiating Holders are unable to obtain the commitment of the underwriter described in clause (b)(vii) above to firmly underwrite the offer.

(c) Deferral. If (i) in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would be detrimental to the Company and the board of directors of the Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, it would be detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b)(v) above) the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, and, provided further , that the Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than two (2) times in any twelve-month period.

(d) Other Shares. The registration statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(e), include Other Shares, and may include securities of the Company being sold for the account of the Company.

(e) Underwriting. The right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in an underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1 of securities being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this Section 2 (including Section 2.10). The Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable to a majority-in-interest of the Initiating Holders.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of Registrable Securities and Other Shares that may be so included shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion; and (ii) second, to the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own account, or for the account of other holders or employees of the Company.

 

5


If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this Section 2.1(e), then the Company shall then offer to all Holders and Other Selling Stockholders who have retained rights to include securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities or Other Shares in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders and Other Selling Stockholders requesting additional inclusion, as set forth above.

2.2 Company Registration.

(a) Company Registration. If the Company shall determine to register any of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3, a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders; and

(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b) below, and in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders received by the Company within ten (10) days after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Underwriting. If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company, the Other Selling Stockholders and other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, and (ii) second, to the Holders and Other Selling Stockholders requesting to include Registrable Securities and Other Shares in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities and Other Shares held by such Holders and Other Selling Stockholders, assuming conversion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such reduction shall reduce the value of the Registrable Securities of the Holders included in such registration below twenty five percent (25%) of the total value of

 

6


securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Company’s Initial Public Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders (excluding shares registered for the account of the Company), in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded.

If a person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

2.3 Registration on Form S-3.

(a) Request for Form S-3 Registration. After its Initial Public Offering, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights contained in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2 and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3, if the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by Section 2.1(a)(i) and (ii).

(b) Limitations on Form S-3 Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

(i) In the circumstances described in either Sections 2.1(b)(i), 2.1(b)(iii) or 2.1(b)(v);

(ii) If the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; or

(iii) If, in a given twelve-month period, the Company has effected two (2) such registrations in such period.

(c) Deferral. The provisions of Section 2.1(c) shall apply to any registration pursuant to this Section 2.3.

(d) Underwriting. If the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this Section 2.3 intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, the provisions of Section 2.1(e) shall apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

7


2.4 Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.3 are no longer satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1; provided , however , in the event that a withdrawal by the Holders is based upon material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting registration at the time of their request for registration under Section 2.1, such registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of Section 2.1, even though the Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such registration. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities so registered.

2.5 Registration Procedures.  In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to Section 2, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Keep such registration effective for a period of ending on the earlier of the date which is sixty (60) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto;

(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above;

(c) Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request;

(d) Use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided , that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

8


(f) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(g) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

(h) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1, enter into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains reasonable and customary provisions, and provided further , that each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

2.6 Indemnification.  

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any person who controls any such underwriter, and stated to be specifically for use therein; and provided , further that, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling each other such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.6 exceed the gross proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

9


(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2.6, to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No person or entity will be required under this Section 2.6(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the gross proceeds from the offering received by such person or entity, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such person or entity. No person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

10


2.7 Information by Holder.  Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance referred to in this Section 2.

2.8 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) The holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2.8. Each Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any beneficial interest therein, unless and until the transferee thereof has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 2.8 and Section 2.10, and:

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and the disposition is made in accordance with the registration statement; or

(ii) The Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed disposition, and the Holder shall have furnished the Company, at the Holder’s expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or (ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by the Holder to the Company.

(b) Each certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

11


The Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 2.8.

(c) The first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in Section 2.8(b) stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock transfer instructions and record notations with respect to the Restricted Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder of Restricted Securities if (i) those securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the holder provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that a sale or transfer of those securities may be made without registration or qualification.

2.9 Rule 144 Reporting.  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Make and keep adequate current public information with respect to the Company available in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

2.10 Market Stand-Off Agreement.  Each Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of at least five percent (5%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain market-standoff agreement consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10 from all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities. The obligations described in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 2.8(b) with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10. If the restrictions imposed on any party under this Section 2.10 are waived in whole or in part, then the restrictions imposed by this Section 2.10 automatically shall be waived on a pro rata basis for each party.

 

12


2.11 Liability Insurance.  The Company shall, within ninety (90) calendar days after the date hereof, use its best efforts to obtain from financially sound and reputable insurers general liability and casualty insurance in amounts customary for companies similarly situated, except as otherwise decided in accordance with the policies adopted by unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. The Company will use its best efforts to cause to be maintained the general liability and casualty insurance required by this Section 2.11 in force, except as otherwise decided in accordance with policies adopted by unanimous vote of the Board of Directors. Such policies shall name Austin Ventures IX, L.P., Austin Ventures X, L.P. and Activant as additional insureds and as loss payees and shall prohibit cancellation or substantial modification, termination or lapse in coverage by the insurer without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Austin Ventures IX, L.P., Austin Ventures X, L.P. and Activant, except for non-payment of premium, in which case such policies shall provide for at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Austin Ventures IX, L.P., Austin Ventures X, L.P and Activant. The Company shall furnish to Austin Ventures IX, L.P., Austin Ventures X, L.P. and Activant, upon request, evidence of the insurance required to be maintained by this Section 2.11 in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Austin Ventures IX, L.P., Austin Ventures X, L.P and Activant.

2.12 Delay of Registration.  No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.13 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights.  The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an affiliate of a Holder (including, without limitation, a limited partner or member of a Holder that is a limited partnership or limited liability company, respectively), or (ii) after such transfer, holds at least 200,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like); provided that (i) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8, the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given written notice prior to said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement, including without limitation the obligations set forth in Section 2.10.

2.14 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights.  Other than Registrable Securities issued to a New Party or securities that are deemed not to constitute Additional Shares of Common pursuant to Article V Sections 4(d)(i)(6), 4(d)(i)(7), 4(d)(i)(8) and 4(d)(i)(9) of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, from and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.15), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights, unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the number of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included.

 

13


2.15 Termination of Registration Rights.  The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) such date, on or after the closing of the Company’s first registered public offering of Common Stock, on which all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period and (ii) three (3) years after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

SECTION 3

INFORMATION COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby covenants and agrees, as follows:

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Inspection Rights.

(a) Basic Financial Information. The Company will furnish the following reports to each Holder who owns at least 2,000,000 Shares and/or Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like):

(i) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied;

(ii) As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty five (45) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments; and

(iii) As soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such monthly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments.

3.2 Confidentiality.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Holder by reason of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or classified information of the Company. The Company shall not be required to comply with any information rights of Section 3 in respect of any Holder whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or holder of more than ten percent (10%) of a competitor. Each Holder acknowledges that the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company has made such information available to the public generally.

 

14


3.3 Termination of Covenants.  The covenants set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

SECTION 4

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

4.1 Right of First Refusal to Significant Holders . The Company hereby grants to each Holder who owns at least 500,000 Shares or Conversion Stock (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and the like) (the “ Significant Holders ”), the right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 4.1(a)) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement. A Significant Holder’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Significant Holder immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants held by such Significant Holder) to (b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and full conversion or exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants and all securities reserved for issuance under the Company’s stock plans). Each Significant Holder shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any Significant Holder fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Significant Holders may purchase the non-purchasing Significant Holder’s portion on a pro rata basis. This right of first refusal shall be subject to the following provisions:

(a) “ New Securities ” shall mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital stock; provided that the term “ New Securities ” does not include:

(i) the Shares and the Conversion Stock;

(ii) securities issued or issuable to officers, employees, directors, consultants, placement agents, and other service providers of the Company (or any subsidiary) pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans, agreements or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the board of directors of the Company;

(iii) securities issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise any outstanding convertible or exercisable securities as of this date of this Agreement;

(iv) securities issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock of the Company or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) of the certificate of incorporation of the Company;

(v) securities offered pursuant to a bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act pursuant to which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are automatically converted into Common Stock pursuant to an Automatic Conversion Event (as defined in the certificate of incorporation of the Company);

 

15


(vi) securities issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided , that such issuances are approved by the board of directors of the Company;

(vii) securities issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, real property lessors, financial institutions or other persons engaged in the business of making loans pursuant to a debt financing, commercial transaction, commercial leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the board of directors of the Company;

(viii) securities issued or issuable in connection with any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the board of directors of the Company;

(ix) securities issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the board of directors of the Company;

(x) securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the board of directors of the Company;

(xi) securities of the Company which are otherwise excluded by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock of the Company then outstanding; and

(xii) any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i) through (xi) above.

(b) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Significant Holder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Significant Holder shall have ten (10) days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Holder’s pro rata share of such New Securities and to indicate whether such Holder desires to exercise its over-allotment option for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company, in substantially the form attached as Schedule 1, and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

(c) In the event the Holders fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal and over-allotment rights, if any, within said ten (10) day period (the “ Election Period ”), the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Significant Holders’ right of first refusal option set forth in this Section 4.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Significant Holders delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(b). In the event the Company has not sold within such ninety (90) day period following the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of said agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Significant Holders in the manner provided in this Section 4.1.

 

16


(d) The right of first refusal granted under this Agreement shall expire upon, and shall not be applicable to, the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

SECTION 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Amendment . Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144, and excluding, with respect to Section 2 (other than Sections 2.8, 2.9 and 2.10), any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.15); provided , however , that any amendment that materially and adversely affects the rights of the Series C Preferred Stock hereunder in a manner differently than it affects the rights of the other series of the Company’s Preferred Stock shall also require approval by the Holders holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock; provided, further , that Exhibit A hereto may be amended from time to time with no further action on the part of the parties hereto to add subsequent holders of Registrable Securities or transferees or assignees permitted herein (each a “ New Party ”), provided that such New Party shall have executed and delivered an Adoption Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2; provided , further , that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) as long as at least 500,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, any amendment or waiver of rights under Section 4.1(including, without limitation, an exclusion pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(xi)) on behalf of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall require the approval of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and (ii) in the case that New Securities are being offered at the same price or less than the initial sale of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, any such amendment or waiver of the rights under Section 4.1 on behalf of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall require the approval of Activant Capital Group or its affiliate holding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (“ Activant ”) as long as Activant holds at least 500,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for stock splits, subdivisions and combinations, reclassifications and similar corporate actions). Upon the execution and delivery of an Adoption Agreement by a New Party, such New Party shall be deemed to be a party hereto as if such New Party’s signature appeared on the signature pages hereto. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all such securities of Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided herein, by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144, and excluding, with respect to Section 2 (other than Sections 2.8, 2.9 and 2.10), any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.15) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this Agreement.

5.2 Notices.  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to an Investor or Holder) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to an Investor, to the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

 

17


(b) if to any Holder, to such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, or, until any such Holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of such shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(c) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950, Austin, Texas 78701, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors or Holders, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Brian K. Beard, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 900 South Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, Texas 78746-5546.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor and Holder consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other facsimile number for the Investor or Holder in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor or Holder in the Company’s records if provided by the Holder), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice, provided in accordance with subsection (i) or (ii), to the Investor or Holder of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Investor or Holder. This consent may be revoked by an Investor or Holder by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

5.3 Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.4 Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however , that subject to Section 2.13, an Investor may transfer or assign this Agreement without the Company’s prior written consent in connection with a transfer or assignment effected in accordance with the terms of Section 2.8 and the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement so long as the transferee or assignee delivers to the Company an executed joinder whereby such transferee or assignee agrees to become a party to this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the foregoing sentence, any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

18


5.5 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

5.6 Delays or Omissions.  Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

5.8 Titles and Subtitles.  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

5.9 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.10 Telecopy Execution and Delivery.  A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

5.11 Jurisdiction; Venue.  Any action, suit or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall only be brought in any federal court or state court located in the State of Texas, and each party consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such action, suit or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such, action, suit or proceeding in any such court or that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such action, suit or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court.

 

19


5.12 Further Assurances.  Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

5.13 Termination Upon Change of Control.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement (excluding any then-existing obligations) shall terminate upon (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; or (b) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

5.14 Conflict.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, as the case may be, will control.

5.15 Aggregation of Stock.  All securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.16 Waiver of Right of First Refusal.  By execution of this Agreement, each Investor, on behalf of itself, its affiliates and the other Investors, hereby waives any Right of First Refusal it has under Section 4.1 of the Prior Agreement or otherwise, and the right to the notice thereof, with respect to the Company’s proposed offer and sale of Series C Preferred Stock and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of such Series C Preferred Stock (in each case as the same may be adjusted from time to time for stock splits, subdivisions and combinations, reclassifications and similar corporate actions with respect to such shares of Series C Preferred Stock and Common Stock).

5.17 Prior Agreement.  Effective upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the other parties hereto, the parties hereto completely and irrevocably waive any and all application of the Prior Agreement and acknowledge that the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement.

( Signature pages to follow. )

 

20


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
  John T. McDonald,
  Chief Executive Officer

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
MLPF&S AS CUST. FBO JOHN MCDONALD
IRRA
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
John T. McDonald

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

INVESTOR
ACTIVANT INVESTMENT II, LLC
By:   /s/ STEVE SARRACINO
Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ACTIVANT HOLDINGS I, LP
By: Activant Capital Group, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:   /s/ STEVE SARRACINO
Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ACTIVANT HOLDINGS II, LP
By: Activant Capital Group, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:   /s/ STEVE SARRACINO
Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ALTITUDE INVESTMENTS FUND I, L.P.
By: Altitude Investments LLC
Its: General Partner
By:   /s/ BRAD SEIDEL
Name:   Brad Seidel
Title:   President

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
AUSTIN VENTURES IX, L.P.
By: AV Partners IX, L.P., its General Partner
By: AV Partners IX, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ JOHN THORNTON
Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
AUSTIN VENTURES X, L.P.

By: AV Partners X, L.P., its General Partner

By: AV Partners X, LLC, its General Partner

By:

  /s/ JOHN THORNTON

Name:

  John Thornton

Title:

  Member

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ CLAYTON CHRISTOPHER

Clayton Christopher

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
COVENANT PE I, L.P.
By: Atlas Capital Management, L.P.
Its: General partner
By: RHA, Inc.
Its: General partner
By:   /s/ ROBERT H. ALPERT
Name:   Robert H. Alpert
Title:   President

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
COZMO INVESTMENTS, LTD.
By: High 4 Family, LLC
Its: General partner
By:   /s/ WALTER C. REYNOLDS
Name:   Walter C. Reynolds
Title:   Manager

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ESW CAPITAL LLC
By:   /s/ ANDREW S. PRICE
Name:   Andrew S. Price
Title:   CFO

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
GLOBAL UNDERVALUED SECURITIES
MASTER FUND, L.P.
By:   /s/ JAMES K. PHILLIPS
Name:   James K. Phillips
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
/s/ ROBERT HERSCH
Robert Hersch

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JERALD PETERSON

Jerald Peterson

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JOSEPH P. PETERSON

Joseph P. Peterson

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JOE ROSS

Joe Ross

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ KEVIN SINGERMAN

Kevin Singerman

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
MARGUERITE C. KLEINHEINZ TRUST
By:   /s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ
  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
JOHN BURKE KLEINHEINZ JR. TRUST

By:

  /s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ
  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
WILLIAM HARRISON KLEINHEINZ TRUST

By:

  /s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ
  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ LEO PETERSON

Leo Peterson

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ MARK SINGERMAN

Mark Singerman

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JAMES PALLOTTA

James Pallotta

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ BYRON DAVID PEARSON

Byron David Pearson

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
RARA4 INVESTMENTS, LTD.
By: Tame Coyote Management, LLC
Its: General partner
By:   /s/ DONALD C. REYNOLDS
Name:   Donald C. Reynolds
Title:   Manager

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
THE MICHAEL M REYNOLDS TESTAMENTARY TRUST

By:

  /s/ MIKE REYNOLDS

Name:

  Mike Reynolds

Title:

  Trustee

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
RICHARD H. HEIN TRUST DATED JUNE 12, 1995

By:

  /s/ RICHARD H. HEIN

Name:

  Richard H. Hein

Title:

  Trustee

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ GEORGE WOODIWISS

George Woodiwiss

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ TIMOTHY MAY

Timothy May

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


EXHIBIT A—INVESTORS

 

Austin Ventures X, L.P.

[***]

  

SHV Partners III, LLC

[***]

  

Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

[***]

  

ESW Capital LLC

[***]

  

RARA4 Investments, Ltd.

[***]

Activant Investment II, LLC

[***]

  

Activant Holdings I, LP

[***]

  

Activant Holdings II, LP

[***]

Joe Ross

[***]

  

Clayton Christopher

[***]

  

Cozmo Investments, Ltd.

[***]

John T. McDonald

[***]

  

Michael Beaudoin

[***]

  

Jerald Lawrence Peterson

[***]

Covenant PE I, L.P.

[***]

  

James Pallotta

[***]

  

Joseph P. Peterson

[***]

WS Investment Company, LLC (2010A)

[***]

  

John and Tamra Gorman

[***]

  

Tamra I. Gorman Exempt Trust/Tamra I. Gorman, Trustee

[***]

Rodney Rice

[***]

  

Richard H. Hein Trust dated June 12, 1995

[***]

  

Richard Schottenfeld

[***]

Marguerite C. Kleinheinz Trust

[***]

  

John Burke Kleinheinz Jr. Trust

[***]

  

William Harrison Kleinheinz Trust

[***]

MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John McDonald IRRA

[***]

  

Joseph Larscheid

[***]

  

Cheryl Larscheid

[***]

Rex and Vicki Lamb

[***]

  

Mark Creglow

[***]

  

Dan Yount

[***]

Sean Nathaniel

[***]

  

Altitude Investments Fund I, L.P.

[***]

  

Global Undervalued Securities Master Fund, L.P.

[***]

Alan Maltz

[***]

  

Timothy May

[***]

  

Byron David Pearson

[***]

The Michael M Reynolds Testamentary Trust

[***]

  

George Woodiwiss

[***]

  

Robert Hersch

[***]

Kevin Singerman

[***]

  

Mark Singerman

[***]

  

Leo Peterson

[***]

Maltz Enterprises L.P.

[***]

  

Estrella Solamente, LLC

[***]

  

Lindy Smith

[***]

Cindy Willingham

[***]

     

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT

December 20, 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page   

SECTION 1 DEFINITIONS

     1   

1.1

  Certain Definitions      1   

SECTION 2 RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

     4   

2.1

  General      4   

2.2

  Notice of Proposed Transfer      4   

SECTION 3 RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     4   

3.1

  Exercise by the Company      4   

3.2

  Initial Exercise by the Eligible Investors      4   

3.3

  Subsequent Exercise by the Eligible Investors      5   

3.4

  Purchase Price      5   

3.5

  Closing; Payment      6   

3.6

  Exclusion from Right of First Refusal      6   

SECTION 4 RIGHT OF CO-SALE

     6   

4.1

  Exercise by the Eligible Investors      6   

4.2

  Closing; Consummation of the Co-Sale      6   

4.3

  Exclusion from Co-Sale Right      7   

4.4

  Multiple Series, Class or Type of Stock      7   

4.5

  Seller’s Right To Transfer      7   

SECTION 5 CONDITIONS TO VALID TRANSFER

     7   

5.1

  Generally      7   

SECTION 6 RESTRICTIVE LEGEND AND STOP TRANSFER ORDERS

     7   

6.1

  Legend      7   

6.2

  Stop Transfer Instructions      8   

SECTION 7 TERMINATION

     8   

7.1

  Termination      8   

SECTION 8 MISCELLANEOUS

     8   

8.1

  Notices      8   

8.2

  Successors and Assigns      9   

8.3

  Severability      9   

8.4

  Amendment      10   

8.5

  Continuity of Other Restrictions      10   

8.6

  Governing Law      10   

8.7

  Counterparts      10   

8.8

  Further Assurances      10   

8.9

  Conflict      10   

8.10

  Titles and Subtitles      10   

8.11

  Entire Agreement      11   

 

-i-


8.12

  Delays or Omissions      11   

8.13

  Telecopy Execution and Delivery      11   

8.14

  Aggregation      11   

8.15

  Prior Agreement      11   

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of December 20, 2013, and is between Upland Software, Inc. (f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the individuals and entities listed on Exhibit A (each, an “ Investor ,” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) and the individuals listed on Exhibit B (each, a “ Founder ,” and collectively, the “ Founders ”).

RECITALS

This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated November 7, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”) among the Company, the Founders and certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”).

The Company proposes to sell shares of Series C Preferred Stock to certain of the Investors (the “ Purchasers ”) pursuant to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

Pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Prior Agreement, the Prior Agreement may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated by the written agreement of the Company and Prior Investors holding a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (as defined in the Prior Agreement) (the “ Requisite Stockholders ”).

The undersigned Founders and Investors constitute the Requisite Stockholders, and such Requisite Stockholders desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as set forth below so that the rights and obligations with respect to the subject matter herein of the Company, the Investors and the Founders shall, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, be consolidated and restated herein.

The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the Purchasers and the Requisite Stockholders is a condition to the closing of the issuance, sale and purchase of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

Each Founder currently owns that number of shares of the Company’s securities indicated beside such Founder’s name in the exhibits hereto.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

(a) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(b) “ Change of Control ” means the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions.

 

-1-


(c) “ Convertible Securities ” means all then outstanding options, warrants, rights, convertible notes, preferred stock or other securities of the Company directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock.

(d) “ Co-Sale Eligible Investor ” means each Eligible Investor who purchased none of the Offered Shares pursuant to Section 3.

(e) “ Days ” means calendar days; provided that if any day on which a period specified in this Agreement would otherwise terminate falls on a weekend or a federal holiday, the term “ day ” shall mean the next business day.

(f) “ Eligible Investor ” means an Investor who or which, at the time in question, holds at least 1 share of Preferred Stock (as may be adjusted from time to time for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations and the like).

(g) “ Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B-2 Preferred Stock, and the Series C Preferred Stock.

(h) “ Rights of Co-Sale ” means the rights of co-sale provided to the Co-Sale Eligible Investors in Section 4.

(i) “ Rights of First Refusal ” means the rights of first refusal provided to the Company and the Eligible Investors in Section 3.

(j) “ Seller ” means any Founder proposing to Transfer Seller Shares.

(k) “ Seller Shares ” means all shares of Common Stock and Convertible Securities of the Company owned as of the date hereof or hereafter acquired by a Founder, as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations and the like.

(l) “ Series A Preferred Stock ” means the shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(m) “ Series B Preferred Stock ” means the shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(n) “ Series B-1 Preferred Stock ” means the shares of the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(o) “ Series B-2 Preferred Stock ” means the shares of the Company’s Series B-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

(p) “ Series C Preferred Stock ” means the shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

-2-


(q) “ Transfer ,” “ Transferring ,” “ Transferred ,” or words of similar import, mean and include any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including but not limited to transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, except :

(i) any bona fide pledge made pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction that creates a mere security interest, if the pledgee executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound thereby as a Seller in the event that and to the extent that such pledgee ever acquires ownership of such shares;

(ii) any transfers of Seller Shares by a Seller to Seller’s spouse, ex-spouse, domestic partner, lineal descendant or antecedent, brother or sister, the adopted child or adopted grandchild, or the spouse or domestic partner of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Seller, or to a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of Seller or those members of Seller’s family specified in this Section 1.1(q)(ii) or transfers of Seller Shares by Seller by devise or descent; provided that, in all cases, the transferee or other recipient executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound thereby as was Seller;

(iii) any bona fide gift effected for tax planning purposes, provided that the pledgee, transferee or donee or other recipient executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound thereby as was Seller;

(iv) by operation of law;

(v) (i) any transfer not involving a change in beneficial ownership or (ii) any transfers involving the distribution without consideration to (x) a constituent partner or a retired partner, or the estate of any such partner, of a Seller that is a partnership; (y) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of a Seller that is a corporation; or (z) a member or a retired member, or the estate of any such member, of a Seller that is a limited liability company; provided, that, in all cases, the transferee or other recipient executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound thereby as was Seller;

(vi) any transfer to the Company or an Eligible Investor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and

(vii) any repurchase of Seller Shares by the Company pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such Seller Shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as termination of employment, or in connection with the exercise by the Company of any rights of first refusal.

If a Seller plans to make any of the above excepted transfers, then, prior to transferring its Seller Shares, the Seller shall deliver to the Company a written notice stating: (i) Seller’s bona fide intention to make an excepted transfer of its Seller Shares; (ii) the name, address and phone number of each proposed transferee; (iii) the aggregate number of Seller Shares to be transferred to each proposed transferee; and (iv) the section in this agreement upon which Seller is relying in making an excepted transfer.

 

-3-


SECTION 2

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

2.1 General.  Before a Seller may Transfer any Seller Shares, Seller must comply with the provisions of Section 2.2, Section 3 and Section 4. Each Founder represents and warrants that it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of its Seller Shares and, subject to any restrictions imposed under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or under any restricted stock purchase agreement with the Company, that no other person or entity has any interest (other than a community property interest) in such shares.

2.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer .  Prior to Seller Transferring any of its Seller Shares, Seller shall deliver to the Company and the Eligible Investors a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, stating: (i) Seller’s bona fide intention to Transfer such Seller Shares; (ii) the name, address and phone number of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (each, a “ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the aggregate number of Seller Shares proposed to be Transferred to each Proposed Transferee (the “ Offered Shares ”); (iv) the bona fide cash price or, in reasonable detail, other consideration for which Seller proposes to Transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price ”); and (v) each Eligible Investor’s right to exercise either its Right of First Refusal or its Right of Co-Sale (but not both rights) with respect to the Offered Shares.

SECTION 3

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

3.1 Exercise by the Company.

(a) For a period of twenty (20) days (the “ Company Exercise Period ”) after the last date on which the Transfer Notice is, pursuant to Section 8.1, deemed to have been delivered to the Company and all Eligible Investors, the Company shall have the right to purchase all but not less than all of the Offered Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3. In order to exercise its right hereunder, the Company must deliver written notice to Seller within the Company Exercise Period. In the event that the Company’s Board of Directors determines, in its sole discretion, that the Company is prohibited by law or by contract from exercising the Company’s Right of First Refusal, the Company may specify another person or entity who shall be neither a current stockholder of the Company nor any other affiliate of the Company or its stockholders and who shall be unanimously approved by the Board of Directors, excluding any board member who is also a Seller, as its designee to purchase such Offered Shares.

(b) Upon the earlier to occur of (i) the expiration of the Company Exercise Period or (ii) the time when Seller has received written confirmation from the Company regarding its exercise of its Right of First Refusal, the Company shall be deemed to have made its election with respect to the Offered Shares, and the shares for which the Eligible Investors may exercise their Rights of First Refusal (as described below) shall be correspondingly reduced, if appropriate.

3.2 Initial Exercise by the Eligible Investors.

(a) Subject to the limitations of this Section 3.2, during the ten (10) days immediately following the expiration of the Company Exercise Period (the “ Investor Exercise Period ”), the Eligible Investors shall have the right to purchase, in the aggregate, all or any part of the Offered Shares not purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 (the “ Remaining Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3. In order to exercise its rights hereunder, such Eligible Investor must provide written notice delivered to Seller within the Investor Exercise Period.

 

-4-


(b) If the aggregate number of shares that the Eligible Investors desire to purchase (as evidenced in the written notices delivered to Seller) exceeds the Remaining Shares, each Eligible Investor so exercising will be entitled to purchase its pro rata share of the Remaining Shares, which shall be equal to that number of the Remaining Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Remaining Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held by such Eligible Investor on the date of the Transfer Notice and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by all Eligible Investors exercising their Rights of First Refusal (“ Pro Rata ROFR Share ”).

(c) Within five (5) days after the expiration of the Investor Exercise Period, Seller will give written notice to the Company and each Eligible Investor specifying the number of Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company and each Eligible Investor exercising its Right of First Refusal (the “ ROFR Confirmation Notice ”). The ROFR Confirmation Notice shall also specify the number of Offered Shares not purchased by the Company or the Eligible Investors, if any, pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 (“ Unsubscribed Shares ”) and shall list each Participating Investor’s (as defined in Section 3.3) Subsequent Pro Rata Share (as described in Section 3.3) of any such Unsubscribed Shares.

3.3 Subsequent Exercise by the Eligible Investors .  To the extent that there remain any Unsubscribed Shares, each Eligible Investor electing to exercise its right to purchase at least its full Pro Rata ROFR Share of the Remaining Shares under Section 3.2 (a “ Participating Investor ”) shall have a right to purchase all or any part of the Unsubscribed Shares; however , if the aggregate number of shares that the Participating Investors desire to purchase (as evidenced in written notices delivered to the Seller) exceeds the remaining Unsubscribed Shares, each Participating Investor so exercising (an “ Electing Participating Investor ”) will be entitled to purchase that number of the Unsubscribed Shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Unsubscribed Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by such Electing Participating Investor and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by all Electing Participating Investors (“ Subsequent Pro Rata Share ”); provided, however, if any Electing Participating Investor does not request to purchase its full Subsequent Pro Rata Share, the remaining portion of its allocation shall be reallocated among those Electing Participating Investors whose Subsequent Pro Rata Share allocations did not satisfy their requests, pro rata, as described above, and this procedure shall be repeated until each Electing Participating Investor’s request has been fulfilled or all of the Remaining Shares have been so allocated. In order to exercise its rights hereunder, such Electing Participating Investor must provide written notice to Seller with a copy to the Company and each Eligible Investor within seven (7) days after the expiration of the Investor Exercise Period (the “ Subsequent Exercise Period ”).

3.4 Purchase Price .  The purchase price for the Offered Shares to be purchased by the Company or by an Eligible Investor exercising its Right of First Refusal under this Agreement will be the Offered Price, and will be payable as set forth in Section 3.5. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, which determination will be binding upon the Company, each Eligible Investor and Seller, absent fraud or error.

 

-5-


3.5 Closing; Payment .  Subject to compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws, the Company and the Eligible Investors exercising their Rights of First Refusal shall effect the purchase of all or any portion of the Offered Shares, including the payment of the purchase price, within ten (10) days after the later of (i) delivery of the ROFR Confirmation Notice, (ii) Delivery of the Co-Sale Confirmation Notice (as defined in Section 4.1(c)), and (iii) expiration of the Subsequent Exercise Period (the “ Right of First Refusal Closing ”). Payment of the purchase price will be made, at the option of the party exercising its Right of First Refusal, (i) in cash (by check), (ii) by wire transfer or (iii) by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Seller to the Company or the Eligible Investor, as the case may be, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing. At such Right of First Refusal Closing, Seller shall deliver to each of the Company and the Eligible Investors exercising their Rights of First Refusal, one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, representing such Offered Shares so purchased.

3.6 Exclusion from Right of First Refusal .  This Right of First Refusal shall not apply with respect to shares sold and to be sold by Eligible Investors pursuant to the Right of Co-Sale (set forth in Section 4).

SECTION 4

RIGHT OF CO-SALE

4.1 Exercise by the Eligible Investors.

(a) Subject to the limitations of this Section 4, to the extent that the Company and the Eligible Investors do not exercise their respective Rights of First Refusal with respect to all or any part of the Offered Shares or the Remaining Shares, as applicable, pursuant to Section 3, then, each Eligible Investor who has not exercised its Right of First Refusal pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.3 (a “ Co-Sale Eligible Investor ”) shall have the right to participate in such sale of the Offered Shares which are not being purchased by the Company or the Eligible Investors pursuant to their respective Rights of First Refusal (“ Residual Shares ”), on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Transfer Notice, to the extent described in Section 4.1(b). To exercise its rights hereunder, each Co-Sale Eligible Investor (a “ Selling Investor ”) must have provided a written notice to Seller within the Investor Exercise Period indicating the number of shares it holds that it wishes to sell pursuant to this Section 4.1.

(b) Each Selling Investor will be entitled to sell up to its pro rata share of the Residual Shares, which shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the number of Residual Shares by (y) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by such Selling Investor and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all Preferred Stock into Common Stock) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by Seller and all Selling Investors.

(c) Within ten (10) days after the expiration of the Subsequent Exercise Period, Seller will give written notice to the Company and each Selling Investor specifying the number of Residual Shares to be sold by each Selling Investor exercising its Right of Co-Sale (the “ Co-Sale Confirmation Notice ”).

4.2 Closing; Consummation of the Co-Sale .  Subject to compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws, the sale of the Residual Shares by the Selling Investors shall occur within ten (10) days after delivery of the Co-Sale Confirmation Notice (the “ Co-Sale Closing ”). If a Selling Investor exercised the Right of Co-Sale in accordance with this Section 4, then such Selling Investor shall deliver to Seller at or before the Co-Sale Closing, one or more certificates, properly endorsed for Transfer, representing

 

-6-


the number of Residual Shares to which the Selling Investor is entitled to sell pursuant to this Section 4. At the Co-Sale Closing, Seller shall cause such certificates or other instruments to be Transferred and delivered to the Transferee pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice, and Seller will remit, or will cause to be remitted, to each Selling Investor, at the Co-Sale Closing, that portion of the proceeds of the Transfer to which each Selling Investor is entitled by reason of each Selling Investor’s participation in such Transfer pursuant to the Right of Co-Sale.

4.3 Exclusion from Co-Sale Right .  This Right of Co-Sale shall not apply with respect to Common Stock (including shares issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock) sold or to be sold to Eligible Investors or the Company pursuant to the Right of First Refusal.

4.4 Multiple Series, Class or Type of Stock .  If the Offered Shares consist of more than one series, class or type of security, Seller has the right to Transfer hereunder each such series, class or type.

4.5 Seller’s Right To Transfer .  If any of the Offered Shares remain available for sale by Seller after the exercise of all Rights of First Refusal and all Rights of Co-Sale, then the Seller shall be free to Transfer, subject to Section 5, any such remaining shares to the Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price in accordance with the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice; provided, however, that if the Offered Shares are not so Transferred during the seventy-two (72) day period following the deemed delivery of the Transfer Notice, then Seller may not Transfer any of such remaining Offered Shares without complying again in full with the provisions of this Agreement .

SECTION 5

CONDITIONS TO VALID TRANSFER

5.1 Generally .  Any attempt by any Seller to Transfer any Seller Shares in violation of any provision of this Agreement will be void. No securities shall be transferred by Seller unless (i) such Transfer is made in compliance with all of the terms of this Agreement and all applicable federal and state securities laws and (ii) prior to such Transfer, the transferee or transferees sign a counterpart to this Agreement pursuant to which it or they agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. The Company will not be required to (i) transfer on its books any shares that have been Transferred in violation of any provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such shares, or accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser, donee or other transferee to whom such shares may have been so Transferred.

SECTION 6

RESTRICTIVE LEGEND AND STOP TRANSFER ORDERS

6.1 Legend .  Each Founder understands and agrees that the Company will cause the legend set forth below, or a legend substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) or other documents or instruments evidencing ownership of Seller Shares by such Founder:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AND MAY ONLY BE SOLD, DISPOSED OF OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND RIGHTS OF CO-SALE AS SET FORTH IN A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND RIGHTS OF CO-SALE ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

-7-


6.2 Stop Transfer Instructions .  In order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, each Seller agrees that the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” certificates or instructions in the event of a Transfer in violation of any provision of this Agreement and that it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its records.

SECTION 7

TERMINATION

7.1 Termination .  The Eligible Investors’ Rights of First Refusal and Rights of Co-Sale shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the closing of an Initial Public Offering (as defined below), (ii) the date on which this Agreement is terminated by a writing executed by holders of at least a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock then held by the Investors (on an as converted to common basis), (iii) the dissolution or winding-up of the Company, or (iv) immediately prior to the effective date of a Change of Control. The Company’s Right of First Refusal will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) a written election of the Company pursuant to an action by the Board of Directors, or (ii) the occurrence of any of (i), (iii) or (iv) in the preceding sentence. An “ Initial Public Offering ” means the Company’s first bona fide , firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the Company’s Common Stock.

SECTION 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Notices.  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to an Investor, a Seller or any other holder of Company securities subject to this Agreement) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to an Investor, to the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records (if provided by the Investor), as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

(b) if to a Seller, to the Seller’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

(c) if to any other holder of Company securities subject to this Agreement, to such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of such securities for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(d) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950, Austin, Texas 78701, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, Sellers or other such holders, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Brian K. Beard, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 900 South Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, Texas 78746-5546.

 

-8-


Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor, Seller or other security holder consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth in the exhibits to this Agreement (or to any other facsimile number for the Investor, Seller or other security holder in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth in the exhibits to this Agreement (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor, Seller or other security holder in the Company’s records If provided by such Investor), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice, in accordance with subsection (i) or (ii) to the Investor, Seller or other security holder of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Investor, Seller or other security holder. This consent may be revoked by an Investor, Seller or other security holder by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

8.2 Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however , that an Investor may transfer or assign Investor’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder without the Company’s prior written consent in connection with a transfer or assignment effected in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, so long as the transferee or assignee delivers to the Company an executed joinder whereby such transferee or assignee agrees to become a party to this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the foregoing sentence, any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

8.3 Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

-9-


8.4 Amendment .  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Investors holding a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144); provided, however , that any amendment that materially and adversely affects the rights of the Series C Preferred Stock hereunder in a manner differently than it affects the rights of the other series of Preferred Stock shall also require approval by the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock; provided further , however , that Exhibit A hereto may be amended from time to time with no further action on the part of the parties hereto to add subsequent holders of Preferred Stock or transferees or assignees permitted herein (each a “ New Party ”), provided that such New Party shall have executed and delivered an Adoption Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1. Upon the execution and delivery of an Adoption Agreement by a New Party, such New Party shall be deemed to be a party hereto as if such New Party’s signature appeared on the signature pages hereto. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Seller, each Investor and each future holder of shares of Preferred Stock with rights under this Agreement. Each Investor acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided herein, by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Investor under this Agreement.

8.5 Continuity of Other Restrictions .  Any Seller Shares not purchased by the Company or any Eligible Investor pursuant to their Right of First Refusal hereunder will continue to be subject to all other restrictions imposed upon such Seller Shares hereunder and by law, including any restrictions imposed under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or by agreement.

8.6 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

8.7 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

8.8 Further Assurances .  Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

8.9 Conflict .  In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the terms of the Company’s certificate of incorporation will control. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any other agreement to which a Founder is a party or by which such Founder is bound, the terms of this Agreement will control. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

8.10 Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs, exhibits and schedules shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits and schedules attached hereto.

 

-10-


8.11 Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party hereto shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein

8.12 Delays or Omissions .  Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

8.13 Telecopy Execution and Delivery .  A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

8.14 Aggregation .  All shares of Preferred Stock of the Company held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons of an Investor (including but not limited to (i) a constituent partner or a retired partner of an Investor that is a partnership; (ii) a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of an Investor that is a corporation; (iii) an immediate family member living in the same household, a descendant, or a trust, in the case of an Investor who is an individual; or (iv) a member of an Investor that is a limited liability company) shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement which are triggered by the beneficial ownership of a threshold number of shares of the Company’s capital stock.

8.15 Prior Agreement .  Effective upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the other parties hereto, the parties hereto completely and irrevocably waive any and all application of the Prior Agreement and acknowledge that the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement.

( Signature pages to follow. )

 

-11-


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

  John T. McDonald,
  Chief Executive Officer

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
MLPF&S AS CUST. FBO JOHN MCDONALD IRRA
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

John T. McDonald

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ACTIVANT INVESTMENT II, LLC
By:  

/s/ STEVE SARRACINO

Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ACTIVANT HOLDINGS I, LP
By:   Activant Capital Group, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ STEVE SARRACINO

Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ACTIVANT HOLDINGS II, LP
By:   Activant Capital Group, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ STEVE SARRACINO

Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ALTITUDE INVESTMENTS FUND I, L.P.
By:   Altitude Investments LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ BRAD SEIDEL

Name:   Brad Seidel
Title:   President

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
AUSTIN VENTURES IX, L.P.
By:   AV Partners IX, L.P., its General Partner
By:   AV Partners IX, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ JOHN THORNTON

Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
AUSTIN VENTURES X, L.P.
By:   AV Partners X, L.P., its General Partner
By:   AV Partners X, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ JOHN THORNTON

Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ CLAYTON CHRISTOPHER

Clayton Christopher

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
COVENANT PE I, L.P.
By:   Atlas Capital Management, L.P.
Its:   General partner
By:   RHA, Inc.
Its:   General partner
By:  

/s/ ROBERT H. ALPERT

Name:   Robert H. Alpert
Title:   President

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
COZMO INVESTMENTS, LTD.
By:   High 4 Family, LLC
Its:   General partner
By:  

/s/ WALTER C. REYNOLDS

Name:   Walter C. Reynolds
Title:   Manager

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ESW CAPITAL LLC
By:  

/s/ ANDREW S. PRICE

Name:   Andrew S. Price
Title:   CFO

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
GLOBAL UNDERVALUED SECURITIES MASTER FUND, L.P.
By:  

/s/ JAMES K. PHILLIPS

Name:   James K. Phillips
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ ROBERT HERSCH

Robert Hersch

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JERALD PETERSON

Jerald Peterson

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JOSEPH P. PETERSON

Joseph P. Peterson

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JOE ROSS

Joe Ross

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ KEVIN SINGERMAN

Kevin Singerman

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
MARGUERITE C. KLEINHEINZ TRUST
By:  

/s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ

  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
JOHN BURKE KLEINHEINZ JR. TRUST
By:  

/s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ

  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
WILLIAM HARRISON KLEINHEINZ TRUST
By:  

/s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ

  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ LEO PETERSON

Leo Peterson

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ MARK SINGERMAN

Mark Singerman

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JAMES PALLOTTA

James Pallotta

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ BYRON DAVID PEARSON

Byron David Pearson

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
RARA4 INVESTMENTS, LTD.
By:   Tame Coyote Management, LLC
Its:   General partner
By:  

/s/ DONALD C. REYNOLDS

Name:   Donald C. Reynolds
Title:   Manager

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
THE MICHAEL M REYNOLDS TESTAMENTARY TRUST
By:  

/s/ MIKE REYNOLDS

Name:   Mike Reynolds
Title:   Trustee

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

RICHARD H. HEIN TRUST DATED JUNE 12, 1995
By:  

/s/ RICHARD H. HEIN

Name:   Richard H. Hein
Title:   Trustee

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ GEORGE WOODIWISS

George Woodiwiss

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ TIMOTHY MAY

Timothy May

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

FOUNDER

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

John T. McDonald

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement )


EXHIBIT A—INVESTORS

 

Austin Ventures X, L.P.

[***]

  

SHV Partners III, LLC

[***]

  

Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

[***]

  

ESW Capital LLC

[***]

   RARA4 Investments, Ltd.

[***]

Activant Investment II, LLC

[***]

  

Activant Holdings I, LP

[***]

   Activant Holdings II, LP

[***]

Joe Ross

[***]

  

Clayton Christopher

[***]

   Cozmo Investments, Ltd.

[***]

John T. McDonald

[***]

  

Michael Beaudoin

[***]

   Jerald Lawrence Peterson

[***]

Covenant PE I, L.P.

[***]

  

James Pallotta

[***]

   Joseph P. Peterson

[***]

WS Investment Company, LLC (2010A)

[***]

  

John and Tamra Gorman

[***]

   Tamra I. Gorman Exempt

Trust/Tamra I. Gorman, Trustee

[***]

Rodney Rice

[***]

  

Richard H. Hein Trust dated June 12, 1995

[***]

   Richard Schottenfeld

[***]

Marguerite C. Kleinheinz Trust

[***]

  

John Burke Kleinheinz Jr. Trust

[***]

   William Harrison Kleinheinz Trust

[***]

MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John McDonald IRRA

[***]

  

Joseph Larscheid

[***]

   Cheryl Larscheid

[***]

Rex and Vicki Lamb

[***]

  

Mark Creglow

[***]

   Dan Yount

[***]

Sean Nathaniel

[***]

  

Altitude Investments Fund I, L.P.

[***]

   Global Undervalued Securities
Master Fund, L.P.

[***]

Alan Maltz

[***]

  

Timothy May

[***]

   Byron David Pearson

[***]

The Michael M Reynolds Testamentary Trust

[***]

  

George Woodiwiss

[***]

   Robert Hersch

[***]

Kevin Singerman

[***]

  

Mark Singerman

[***]

   Leo Peterson

[***]

Maltz Enterprises L.P.

[***]

  

Estrella Solamente, LLC

[***]

   Lindy Smith

[***]

 


Cindy Willingham

[***]


EXHIBIT B—FOUNDERS

 

John T. McDonald

[***]

 

Christopher Ney

[***]


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF

NOTICE OF SHARE TRANSFER

Notice of Transfer

I intend to transfer shares of the Company’s stock as indicated below (the “ Offered Shares ”).

Notice of Rights

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), I write to inform you of your Right of First Refusal and your Right of Co-Sale (each as defined in the Agreement) with respect to the Offered Shares. If you choose to do so, you may exercise one (but not both) of these rights with respect to the Offered Shares by returning this notice to me, at the address below, with a copy to Upland Software, Inc. If you decline your right to do so, you do not need to return anything. Your failure to return this notice on a timely basis will indicate that you have declined to exercise your Right of First Refusal and Right of Co-Sale with respect to the Offered Shares.

Election

I exercise my Right of First Refusal                                 ¨

I exercise my Right of Co-Sale                                          ¨

I wish to ( circle one, not both ) buy / sell         shares of         stock.

Description of Transfer

 

1. Type and aggregate number of shares to be transferred:

 

2. Type of transfer ( please check one ):

 

  ¨ Sale

 

  ¨ Other. Describe:


3. Proposed transferees:

 

Name and address

  

Type, amount and price of shares

1.      [ insert name of proposed transferee ]

[ insert address of proposed transferee ]

[ insert phone number of proposed transferee ]

   [ enter amount, type and price of shares ]

2.      [ insert name of proposed transferee ]

[ insert address of proposed transferee ]

[ insert phone number of proposed transferee ]

   [ enter amount, type and price of shares ]

 

4. Consideration:

 

    Total cash consideration:

 

    Total fair market value of non-cash consideration (if any) as of the date of the notice:

 

    Describe any non-cash consideration in reasonable detail:

[ Specify applicable return dates for the notice ] . There will be no extension of this deadline.

[ Enter seller’s name and address ]

[ Enter the company’s address and contact person ]

 

-2-

Exhibit 4.3

 

 

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

December 20, 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page  

SECTION 1 VOTING

    2   

1.1      General

    2   

SECTION 2 ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

    2   

2.1      Voting

    2   

2.2      Designation of Directors

    2   

2.3      Current Designees

    3   

2.4      Vacancy; Removal

    3   

2.5      Observer Rights

    4   

2.6      No Liability for Election of Recommended Director

    5   

SECTION 3 TERMINATION

    5   

3.1      Termination

    5   

SECTION 4 ADDITIONAL SHARES

    5   

4.1      Additional Shares

    5   

SECTION 5 RESTRICTIVE LEGEND

    6   

5.1      Restrictive Legend

    6   

SECTION 6 MISCELLANEOUS

    6   

6.1      Certain Definitions

    6   

6.2      Notices

    6   

6.3      Successors and Assigns

    7   

6.4      Governing Law

    7   

6.5      Titles and Subtitles

    7   

6.6      Further Assurances

    7   

6.7      Entire Agreement

    7   

6.8      No Grant of Proxy

    7   

6.9      Not a Voting Trust

    7   

6.10    Specific Performance

    8   

6.11    Amendment

    8   

6.12    No Waiver

    8   

6.13    Severability

    8   

6.14    Counterparts

    9   

6.15    Aggregation of Stock

    9   

6.16    Prior Agreement

    9   


UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Voting Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of December 20, 2013 by and among Upland Software, Inc. (f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A (each an “ Investor ,” and collectively the “ Investors ”), and the persons listed on Exhibit B (each a “ Founder ,” and collectively the “ Founders ”). The Founders and the Investors are referred to herein collectively as the “ Voting Parties .”

RECITALS

This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated November 7, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”) among the Company, the Founders and certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”).

The Company proposes to sell shares of its Series C Preferred Stock (“ Series C Preferred Stock ” and together with the Company’s Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B-2 Preferred Stock, “ Preferred Stock ”) to certain of the Investors (the “ Purchasers ”) pursuant to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

Pursuant to Section 6.11 of the Prior Agreement, the Prior Agreement may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated by the written agreement of (i) the Company, (ii) Founders holding a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) held by all Founders and (iii) Prior Investors holding a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) held by all Prior Investors (together with the Founders in clause (ii) above, the “ Requisite Stockholders ”).

The undersigned Founders and Investors constitute the Requisite Stockholders, and such Requisite Stockholders desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as set forth below so that the rights and obligations with respect to the subject matter herein of the Company, the Investors and the Founders shall, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, be consolidated and restated herein.

The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, the Purchasers and the Requisite Stockholders is a condition to the closing of the issuance, sale and purchase of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) provides that the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one director (the “ Preferred Director ”) and the holders of the Company’s common stock shall be entitled to elect one director (the “ Common Director ”) and, subject to the occurrence of certain events, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect one director (the “ Series C Preferred Director ”), and any additional directors shall be elected by the mutual agreement of the other directors (the “ Additional Directors ”).

The parties therefore agree as follows:


SECTION 1

 

VOTING

1.1 General . During the term of this Agreement, the Voting Parties each agree to vote all shares of the Company’s voting securities now or hereafter owned by them, whether beneficially or otherwise, or as to which they have voting power (the “ Shares ”) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 2

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

2.1 Voting.  During the term of this Agreement, each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares in such manner as may be necessary to (i) ensure that the size of the Company’s board of directors shall be set and remain at three (3) directors, and (ii) elect (and maintain in office) as members of the Company’s board of directors the following individuals, subject to Section 2.2:

(a) One Existing Preferred Designee (as defined below) as the “ Existing Preferred Director ”;

(b) One Common Designee (as defined below) as the Common Director;

(c) Upon the occurrence of a Series C Director Triggering Event (as defined below), one Series C Preferred Designee (as defined below) as the Series C Preferred Director; and

(d) Prior to a Series C Director Triggering Event, one Mutual Designee (as defined below) as the “ Mutual Director .”

2.2 Designation of Directors.  The designees to the Company’s board of directors described above (each a “ Designee ”) shall be selected as follows:

(a) The “ Existing Preferred Designee ” shall be chosen by Austin Ventures IX, or its affiliates (“ Austin Ventures ”), so long as Austin Ventures holds at least 5,750,000 shares of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock of the Company issued upon conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock) (the “ AV Requisite Threshold ”).

(b) The “ Common Designee ” shall be chosen by Founders holding a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) held by all Founders; provided, however , that the Common Designee shall be the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Such approval shall take the form of a notice signed by Founders holding the requisite voting interest; provided, however , that if no such notice has been delivered to the Secretary of the Company within ten days prior to any regular or special meeting of stockholders or five days after receiving an Action by Written Consent, the Secretary of the Company shall deliver a ballot to each Founder. Such ballot shall contain the nominee or nominees of any Founder, the names of which were delivered to the Secretary prior to the mailing of the ballot, and shall contain instructions that each Founder is to complete and return such ballot to the Secretary of the Company within five days of the effective date of such notice.

(c) The “ Series C Preferred Designee ” shall only be chosen by the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, following the earlier to occur of (x) immediately prior to the initial filing under the Securities Act of a registration statement contemplating the offer and sale of the Company’s Common Stock, (y) immediately prior to the Company becoming a publicly traded corporation, whether by a reverse triangular merger or otherwise, or (z) the first anniversary of the initial sale of shares of Series C Preferred Stock (“ Series C Director Triggering Event ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Activant Capital Group or its affiliates (“ Activant ”) purchases at least $4,000,000 of the Series C Preferred Stock (excluding the conversion of any indebtedness) and continue to hold at least 975,610 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (or common stock of the Company issued upon conversion of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock) (the “ Activant Requisite Threshold ”), the Series C Preferred Designee shall be chosen by Activant.

 

-2-


(d) The “ Mutual Designee ” shall be approved by the Existing Preferred Director and the Common Director.

2.3 Current Designees .  For the purpose of this Agreement, the directors of the Company shall be deemed to include the following Designees:

(a) The Existing Preferred Designee shall initially be John Thornton.

(b) The Common Designee shall initially be John T. McDonald.

(c) The Series C Preferred Designee shall initially be vacant.

(d) The Mutual Designee shall initially be Steve Sarracino.

2.4 Vacancy; Removal .  In the case of a vacancy in the office of a director elected pursuant to Section 2.1, any such vacancy shall be filled as set forth in this Section 2.4. Further, any Designee may be removed during his or her term of office, with or without cause, as set forth in this Section 2.4.

(a) Existing Preferred Director . In the case of a vacancy of a director elected pursuant to Section 2.1(a), so long as Austin Ventures holds the AV Requisite Threshold, Austin Ventures shall choose a successor to the Existing Preferred Designee, and each Voting Party shall vote all Shares held by such Voting Party to elect the new Existing Preferred Designee pursuant to Section 2.1(a). So long as Austin Ventures holds the AV Requisite Threshold, any director who shall have been elected pursuant to Section 2.1(a) may be removed during such director’s term of office, whether with or without cause, only upon written direction by Austin Ventures to the Voting Parties to remove such director, following which each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares then held by such Voting Party in favor of such removal. In the event Austin Ventures no longer holds the AV Requisite Threshold, the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, may elect to remove the Existing Preferred Director from office, whether with or without cause, by written direction to the Voting Parties, following which each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares then held by such Voting Party in favor of such removal. In the event Austin Ventures no longer holds the AV Requisite Threshold and there is a vacancy in the office of a director elected pursuant to Section 2.1(a), the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, may choose a new Existing Preferred Designee, and each Voting Party shall vote all Shares held by such Voting Party to elect the new Existing Preferred Designee pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

(b) Common Director .

(i) In the event that the Common Director is no longer the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, a majority of the other members of the board of directors, excluding the Common Director, may demand that the Common Director resign from the board of directors (a “ Demand Resignation ”). In the event the Common Director does not resign within five (5) days of a Resignation Demand, the Voting Parties shall immediately call a meeting or act by written consent and shall vote all Shares then held by them in favor of the immediate removal of the Common Director from the board of directors, which removal shall occur no later than fifteen (15) days after such Resignation Demand.

 

-3-


(ii) Subject to Section 2.2(b), in the event of the resignation, death, removal or disqualification of the Common Director, each Voting Party shall vote all Shares then held by it in favor of the then-current Chief Executive Officer to be the new Common Director.

(c) Series C Preferred Director . In the case of a vacancy of a director elected pursuant to Section 2.1(c) following a Series C Director Triggering Event, and so long as Activant holds the Activant Requisite Threshold, Activant shall choose a successor to the Series C Preferred Designee, and each Voting Party shall vote all Shares held by such Voting Party to elect the new Series C Preferred Designee pursuant to Section 2.1(c). Following a Series C Director Triggering Event, so long as Activant holds the Activant Requisite Threshold, any director who shall have been elected pursuant to Section 2.1(c) may be removed during such director’s term of office, whether with or without cause, only upon written direction by Activant to the Voting Parties to remove such director, following which each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares then held by such Voting Party in favor of such removal. In the event Activant no longer holds the Activant Requisite Threshold after a Series C Director Triggering Event, the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, may elect to remove the Series C Preferred Director from office, whether with or without cause, by written direction to the Voting Parties, following which each Voting Party agrees to vote all Shares then held by such Voting Party in favor of such removal. In the event Activant no longer holds the Activant Requisite Threshold after a Series C Director Triggering Event and there is a vacancy in the office of a director elected pursuant to Section 2.1(c), the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, may choose a new Series C Preferred Designee, and each Voting Party shall vote all Shares held by such Voting Party to elect the new Series C Preferred Designee pursuant to Section 2.1(c).

(d) Mutual Director . Any vacancy in the seat reserved for the Mutual Director, and any removal of the Mutual Director, shall be governed by Article V Section 5(c) of the Restated Certificate.

2.5 Observer Rights .  Activant shall be allowed to appoint a designee (the “ Observer ”) to act as a non-voting observer at meetings of the Company’s board of directors and any committees thereof; provided, however , if a Series C Director Triggering Event has occurred, or Steve Sarracino is serving as a member of the Company’s board of directors, then any designee and such designee’s participation in any meeting of the Company’s board of directors and any committees thereof, in each case, shall be subject to the prior approval of the Common Designee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditined or delayed). The Company will provide the Observer notice of all meetings of the Company’s board of directors and board committees at the time notice is given to the directors and will provide copies of any written material distributed to the directors; provided that the Company reserves the right to exclude the Observer from access to any of such materials or meetings or portions thereof if (a) the Company believes upon advice of counsel that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, (b) the Company believes that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to protect the Company’s trade secrets, (c) the Observer or one of its affiliates has a direct interest in the subject matter that is adverse to that of the Company, or (d) if a Series C Director Triggering Event has occurred, or Steve Sarracino is serving as a member of the Company’s board of directors, such participation or access has not been approved in advance by the Common Designee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditined or delayed). The Company will provide the Observer with copies of any minutes of the meetings of the Board, its committees or sub-committees at the same time such minutes are made available to the Board or the committee or sub-committee members; provided, however, the Company shall not be obligated to provide such minutes to the extent that it is necessary (i) upon the advice of counsel, to protect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel; (ii) in order to discharge the fiduciary duties of the Company’s board of directors (or any committees or sub-committees thereof); (iii) to protect the Company’s trade secrets; (iv) and in the best interests of the Company, where the Observer or one of its affiliates has a direct interest in the subject matter that is adverse to that of the Company; or (v) if the Observor is excluded from such meeting pursuant to item (d) above. Activant agrees, and any representative of Activant will agree, that all information provided to it or learned by it in connection with its rights under this Section 2.5 shall be held in confidence and trust and shall not disclose any such confidential information; provided, however, it being understood and agreed that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Observer shall be permitted to disclose such information to Activant and their respective employees on an as-needed basis solely for the purpose of managing Activant’s investment in the Company.

 

-4-


2.6 No Liability for Election of Recommended Director .  None of the parties and no officer, director, stockholder, partner, employee or agent of any party makes any representation or warranty as to the fitness or competence of the nominee of any party hereunder to serve on the board of directors by virtue of such party’s execution of this Agreement or by the act of such party in voting for such nominee pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 3

TERMINATION

3.1 Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock into common stock; (ii) a Change of Control Transaction; or (iii) the agreement of a majority-in-interest of the Founders and a majority-in-interest of the Investors, acting separately. “ Change of Control Transaction ” means either (a) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any sale of stock for capital raising purposes) that results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to represent immediately after such transaction or series of transactions (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or the entity that controls such surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting securities of the Company, such surviving entity or the entity that controls such surviving entity; or (b) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

SECTION 4

ADDITIONAL SHARES

4.1 Additional Shares .  In the event that subsequent to the date of this Agreement any shares or other securities (other than pursuant to a Change of Control Transaction) are issued on, or in exchange for, any of the Shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, consolidation of shares, reclassification or consolidation involving the Company, such shares or securities shall be deemed to be Shares for purposes of this Agreement.

 

-5-


SECTION 5

RESTRICTIVE LEGEND

5.1 Restrictive Legend .  Each certificate representing any of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall be marked by the Company with a legend reading substantially as follows:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A VOTING AGREEMENT (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ISSUER), AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON HOLDING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SAID VOTING AGREEMENT.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Certain Definitions .  Shares “ held ” by a Voting Party shall mean any Shares directly or indirectly owned (of record or beneficially) by such Voting Party or as to which such Voting Party has voting power. “ Vote ” shall include any exercise of voting rights whether at an annual or special meeting or by written consent or in any other manner permitted by applicable law. A “ majority-in-interest ” of either the Founders or the Investors shall mean the holders of a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) then held by such group.

6.2 Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to a Voting Party) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to a Voting Party, to the Voting Party’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof, or, until any such Voting Party so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of the relevant Shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950, Austin, Texas 78701, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Voting Parties, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Brian K. Beard, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. 900 South Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, Texas 78746-5546.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

 

-6-


Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Voting Party consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth in the exhibits to this Agreement (or to any other facsimile number for the Voting Party in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth in the exhibits to this Agreement (or to any other electronic mail address for the Voting Party in the Company’s records if provided by such Voting Party), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice, in accordance with subsection (i) or (ii), to the Voting Party of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Voting Party. This consent may be revoked by a Voting Party by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

6.3 Successors and Assigns .  The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties. The Company shall not permit the transfer of any Shares on its books or issue a new certificate representing any Shares unless and until the person to whom such security is to be transferred shall have executed a written agreement pursuant to which such person becomes a party to this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all the provisions hereof as if such person was a Voting Party hereunder.

6.4 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

6.5 Titles and Subtitles .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

6.6 Further Assurances .  Each party agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

6.7 Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof. No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein.

6.8 No Grant of Proxy .  This Agreement does not grant any proxy and should not be interpreted as doing so. Nevertheless, should the provisions of this Agreement be construed to constitute the granting of proxies, such proxies shall be deemed coupled with an interest and are irrevocable for the term of this Agreement.

6.9 Not a Voting Trust .  This Agreement is not a voting trust governed by Section 218 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and should not be interpreted as such.

 

-7-


6.10 Specific Performance .  It is agreed and understood that monetary damages would not adequately compensate an injured party for the breach of this Agreement by any party, that this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, and that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order. Further, each party waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach.

6.11 Amendment .  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by (i) the Company, (ii) Founders holding a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) held by all Founders and (iii) Investors holding a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) held by all Investors. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(a) This Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may not be waived with respect to any Investor or Founder without the written consent of such Investor or Founder unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors or Founders, as the case may be, in the same fashion.

(b) Exhibit A hereto may be amended from time to time with no further action on the part of the parties hereto to add subsequent holders of Shares or transferees or assignees permitted herein (each a “ New Party ”), provided that such New Party shall have executed and delivered an Adoption Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1. Upon the execution and delivery of an Adoption Agreement by a New Party, such New Party shall be deemed to be a party hereto as if such New Party’s signature appeared on the signature pages hereto.

(c) Section 2.1(c) of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock. Section 2.2(c) or Section 2.4(c) of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of (i) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, and (ii) Activant, so long as Activant Requisite Threshold is satisfied. Section 2.5 of this Agreement shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of Activant.

The Company shall give prompt written notice of any amendment, termination, or waiver hereunder to any party that did not consent in writing thereto. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each Voting Party that has entered into this voting agreement. Each Voting Party acknowledges that, except as otherwise set forth herein, by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) held by all Founders and the holders of a majority of the common stock (determined on an as-converted basis) held by all Investors will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Voting Party under this Agreement.

6.12 No Waiver .  The failure or delay by a party to enforce any provision of this Agreement will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.

6.13 Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

-8-


6.14 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

6.15 Aggregation of Stock .  All securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons to the Voting Parties shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

6.16 Prior Agreement .  Effective upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the other parties hereto, the parties hereto completely and irrevocably waive any and all application of the Prior Agreement and acknowledge that the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement.

( Signature pages to follow. )

 

-9-


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

  John T. McDonald,
  Chief Executive Officer

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
MLPF&S AS CUST. FBO JOHN MCDONALD IRRA
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

John T. McDonald

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ACTIVANT INVESTMENT II, LLC
By:  

/s/ STEVE SARRACINO

Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ACTIVANT HOLDINGS I, LP
By: Activant Capital Group, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ STEVE SARRACINO

Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ACTIVANT HOLDINGS II, LP
By: Activant Capital Group, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ STEVE SARRACINO

Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ALTITUDE INVESTMENTS FUND I, L.P.
By: Altitude Investments LLC
Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ BRAD SEIDEL

Name:   Brad Seidel
Title:   President

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
AUSTIN VENTURES IX, L.P.
By: AV Partners IX, L.P., its General Partner
By: AV Partners IX, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ JOHN THORNTON

Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
AUSTIN VENTURES X, L.P.
By: AV Partners X, L.P., its General Partner
By: AV Partners X, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ JOHN THORNTON

Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ CLAYTON CHRISTOPHER

Clayton Christopher

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
COVENANT PE I, L.P.
By: Atlas Capital Management, L.P.
Its: General partner
By: RHA, Inc.
Its: General partner
By:  

/s/ ROBERT H. ALPERT

Name:   Robert H. Alpert
Title:   President

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
COZMO INVESTMENTS, LTD.
By: High 4 Family, LLC
Its: General partner
By:  

/s/ WALTER C. REYNOLDS

Name:   Walter C. Reynolds
Title:   Manager

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
ESW CAPITAL LLC
By:  

/s/ ANDREW S. PRICE

Name:   Andrew S. Price
Title:   CFO

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
GLOBAL UNDERVALUED SECURITIES MASTER FUND, L.P.
By:  

/s/ JAMES K. PHILLIPS

Name:   James K. Phillips
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ ROBERT HERSCH

Robert Hersch

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JERALD PETERSON

Jerald Peterson

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JOSEPH P. PETERSON

Joseph P. Peterson

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JOE ROSS

Joe Ross

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ KEVIN SINGERMAN

Kevin Singerman

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
MARGUERITE C. KLEINHEINZ TRUST
By:  

/s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ

  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
JOHN BURKE KLEINHEINZ JR. TRUST
By:  

/s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ

  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
WILLIAM HARRISON KLEINHEINZ TRUST
By:  

/s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ

  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ LEO PETERSON

Leo Peterson

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ MARK SINGERMAN

Mark Singerman

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ JAMES PALLOTTA

James Pallotta

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ BYRON DAVID PEARSON

Byron David Pearson

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
RARA4 INVESTMENTS, LTD.
By: Tame Coyote Management, LLC
Its: General partner
By:  

/s/ DONALD C. REYNOLDS

Name:   Donald C. Reynolds
Title:   Manager

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
THE MICHAEL M REYNOLDS TESTAMENTARY TRUST
By:  

/s/ MIKE REYNOLDS

Name:   Mike Reynolds
Title:   Trustee

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR
RICHARD H. HEIN TRUST DATED JUNE 12, 1995
By:  

/s/ RICHARD H. HEIN

Name:   Richard H. Hein
Title:   Trustee

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ GEORGE WOODIWISS

George Woodiwiss

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

INVESTOR

/s/ TIMOTHY MAY

Timothy May

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


The parties are signing this Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

FOUNDER

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

John T. McDonald

 

( Signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement)


Exhibit A - INVESTORS

 

Austin Ventures X, L.P.

[***]

  

SHV Partners III, LLC

[***]

  

Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

[***]

  

ESW Capital LLC

[***]

  

RARA4 Investments, Ltd.

[***]

Activant Investment II, LLC

[***]

  

Activant Holdings I, LP

[***]

  

Activant Holdings II, LP

[***]

Joe Ross

[***]

  

Clayton Christopher

[***]

  

Cozmo Investments, Ltd.

[***]

John T. McDonald

[***]

  

Michael Beaudoin

[***]

  

Jerald Lawrence Peterson

[***]

Covenant PE I, L.P.

[***]

  

James Pallotta

[***]

  

Joseph P. Peterson

[***]

WS Investment Company, LLC (2010A)

[***]

  

John and Tamra Gorman

[***]

  

Tamra I. Gorman Exempt Trust/Tamra I. Gorman, Trustee

[***]

Rodney Rice

[***]

  

Richard H. Hein Trust dated June 12, 1995

[***]

  

Richard Schottenfeld

[***]

Marguerite C. Kleinheinz Trust

[***]

  

John Burke Kleinheinz Jr. Trust

[***]

  

William Harrison Kleinheinz Trust

[***]

MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John McDonald IRRA

[***]

  

Joseph Larscheid

[***]

  

Cheryl Larscheid

[***]

Rex and Vicki Lamb

[***]

  

Mark Creglow

[***]

  

Dan Yount

[***]

Sean Nathaniel

[***]

  

Altitude Investments Fund I, L.P.

[***]

  

Global Undervalued Securities Master Fund, L.P.

[***]

Alan Maltz

[***]

  

Timothy May

[***]

  

Byron David Pearson

[***]

The Michael M Reynolds Testamentary Trust

[***]

  

George Woodiwiss

[***]

  

Robert Hersch

[***]

Kevin Singerman

[***]

  

Mark Singerman

[***]

  

Leo Peterson

[***]

Maltz Enterprises L.P.

[***]

  

Estrella Solamente, LLC

[***]

  

Lindy Smith

[***]

Cindy Willingham

[***]

     


Exhibit B—FOUNDERS

John T. McDonald

[***]

Christopher Ney

[***]

Exhibit 4.4

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 14, 2012, is entered into by and between Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), Joseph Larscheid, an individual, and Cheryl Larscheid, an individual (each a “ Stockholder ” and together, the “Stockholders” and together with the Company, collectively the “ Parties ” and each, individually, a “ Party ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Company, LMR Solutions LLC d/b/a EPM Live, a Delaware limited liability company, and the Stockholders, are entering into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). Capitalized terms that are used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

WHEREAS, a portion of the consideration payable to the Stockholders in connection with the Membership Interest Purchase is in the form of 800,000 shares of the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, which shall be issued and delivered pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and be subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.

WHEREAS, as a material inducement for the Company to enter into the Purchase Agreement and consummate the Membership Interest Purchase, (i) Joseph Larscheid (the “ Executive ”) has agreed to become an employee of the Company (or a Subsidiary of the Company) as of the Closing Date pursuant to an executive employment agreement dated on or about the closing date (the “ Executive Agreement ”) and (ii) the Stockholders have agreed to enter into this Agreement and agree to the terms set forth herein, including the Forfeiture Obligations (as defined herein) and transfer restrictions.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

  1. Certain Definitions .

Cause ” shall mean (i) the Executive’s failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations under the Executive Agreement (for reasons other than death or Disability), which shall not be materially different than the duties and obligations of the Executive as of immediately prior to the Closing as defined in the Purchase Agreement, and which failure, if curable within the discretion of the Company, is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from the Company of such failure; (ii) Executive’s failure or refusal to comply with reasonable written policies, standards and regulations established by the Company from time to time, which failure, if curable in the discretion of the Company, is not cured to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such failure from the Company; (iii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, misrepresentation, or other unlawful act committed by the Executive; (iv) the Executive’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business; (v) the Executive’s violation of, or a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state; or (vi) the Executive’s breach of the terms of the Executive Agreement or the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement between the Company and the Executive dated on or about the date hereof.


Disability ” shall mean that Executive, at the time notice is given, has been unable to substantially perform Executive’s duties under the Executive Agreement for not less than one-hundred and twenty (120) work days within a twelve (12) consecutive month period as a result of Executive’s incapacity due to a physical or mental condition and, if reasonable accommodation is required by law, after any reasonable accommodation.

Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s express written consent: (i) Executive’s relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s then current location; or (ii) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary (except where there is a reduction applicable to the executive team generally).

Forfeiture Obligations ” shall mean the requirement that the Purchaser Shares be forfeited and promptly surrendered to the Company for no additional consideration (i) upon a termination of employment by the Company for Cause or (ii) a resignation by Executive without Good Reason or without fulfilling the requirements for resigning with Good Reason as required in the Executive Agreement.

Securities Act ” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2. Forfeiture Obligation . The Parties acknowledge and agree that as consideration for the Membership Interest Purchase, the Company agrees to issue and deliver 800,000 shares of the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock to the Stockholders (the “ Purchaser Shares ”), subject to the terms of and subject to the satisfaction of the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Executive Agreement and this Agreement, including without limitation the Forfeiture Obligations and other transfer restrictions applicable thereto.

(a) Subject to Section 2(b) and 2(c), the Purchaser Shares shall be released from the Forfeiture Obligations on the date that is twenty-four (24) months following the Closing Date.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event of Executive’s death, Disability, termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or its Subsidiary employing Executive without Cause or resignation by Executive for Good Reason pursuant to the requirements for resigning for Good Reason set forth in the Executive Agreement, all Purchaser Shares shall be released from the Forfeiture Obligations; provided, however, that any such Purchaser Shares shall remain subject to any applicable securities laws or other restrictions to which the Stockholders are subject under this Agreement or the Company’s applicable written policies.

(c) Immediately upon Executive’s termination for Cause by the Company or its Subsidary employing Executive or Executive’s resignation without Good Reason (or without fulfilling the requirements for resigning with Good Reason as required in the Executive Agreement), the Purchaser Shares will be forfeited and automatically surrendered to the Company for no additional consideration and the Stockholders will have no further rights to the Purchaser Shares.

 

-2-


3. Lock-Up Period . Each Stockholder hereby agrees that such Stockholder shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Stockholder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Each Stockholder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Stockholder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 3 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Each Stockholder agrees that any transferee of any portion of the Purchaser Shares or shares acquired pursuant to the Purchaser Shares shall be bound by this Section 3.

4. Tax Consequences . Each Stockholder has reviewed with such Stockholder’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Stockholders are relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Each Stockholder understands that such Stockholder (and not the Company) shall be responsible for such Stockholder’s tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5. Restriction on Transfer . Except for the escrow described in Section 6, none of the Purchaser Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way until the release of such Purchaser Shares from the Forfeiture Obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Any distribution or delivery to be made to a Stockholder under this Agreement shall, if such Stockholder is then deceased, be made to such Stockholder’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives such Stockholder, to the administrator or executor of the Stockholder’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

-3-


6. Escrow of Shares .

(a) To ensure the availability for delivery of the Purchaser Shares in the event of forfeiture to the Company, the Stockholders will, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit (or direct such Purchaser Shares to be delivered and deposited) with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”) the share certificates representing the Purchaser Shares, together with the Assignment Separate from Certificate (the “ Stock Assignment ”) duly endorsed in blank, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 . The Purchaser Shares and Stock Assignment shall be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and the Stockholders attached as Exhibit A-2 hereto, until such time as the Forfeiture Obligations expire.

(b) The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Purchaser Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) Subject to the terms hereof, each Stockholder shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Portion (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) of such Purchaser Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Purchaser Shares and receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

7. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Subject to Section 5, before any Purchaser Shares held by a Stockholder or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Purchaser Shares being sold or otherwise transferred (the “ Transfer Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Transfer Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Transfer Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Purchaser Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Transfer Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Transfer Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

 

-4-


(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Right of First Refusal Price ”) for the Transfer Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 7 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, to its assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Transfer Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 7, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Transfer Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 7 shall continue to apply to the Transfer Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Transfer Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Transfer Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 7 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Purchaser Shares held by a Stockholder during such Stockholder’s lifetime or on such Stockholder’s death by will or intestacy to such Stockholder’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Stockholder’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 7. “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Purchaser Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 7 and Section 9, and there shall be no further transfer of such Purchaser Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Purchaser Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

8. Representations and Warranties .

(a) Accredited Investor . Each Stockholder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

-5-


(b) No Registration . Each Stockholder understands and acknowledges that the issuance by the Company of the Purchaser Shares will not be registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of each Stockholder’s representations set forth in this Section 8.

(c) Restricted Stock . Each Stockholder understands and acknowledges that the Purchaser Shares constitute “restricted stock” and, therefore, such shares may not be sold unless they are registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act is available.

(d) Investment Intent . Each Stockholder is acquiring the Purchaser Shares for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and that neither Stockholder has any present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Each Stockholder further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or entity or to any third person or entity with respect to any of the Purchaser Shares.

(e) Speculative Nature of Investment . Each Stockholder understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. Each Stockholder can bear the economic risk of such Stockholder’s investment and is able, without impairing such Stockholder’s financial condition, to hold the Purchaser Shares for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of such Stockholder’s investment.

(f) Access to Data . Each Stockholder has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of the Company concerning the Purchaser Shares and the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, as well as the Company’s business, management and financial affairs, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. Each Stockholder believes that it has received all the information such Stockholder considers necessary or appropriate for deciding to acquire the Purchase Shares pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Each Stockholder understands that any information issued by the Company was intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but was not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. Each Stockholder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. Each Stockholder also acknowledges that it is relying solely on its own counsel and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

 

-6-


9. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Each Stockholder understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Purchaser Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Each Stockholder agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchaser Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Purchaser Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Purchaser Shares shall have been so transferred.

10. Notices . Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or a Stockholder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

 

-7-


Any notice to the Escrow Holder shall be sent to the Company’s address with a copy to the other parties not sending the notice.

11. No Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

12. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon each Stockholder and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of the Stockholders under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

13. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by the Stockholders or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

14. Additional Documents . Each Stockholder agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. The exchange of a fully executed Agreement (in counterparts or otherwise) by electronic transmission in .PDF format or by facsimile shall be sufficient to bind the parties to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

16. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

17. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Executive Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Stockholders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Stockholders’ interests except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Stockholders.

( Signature page(s) to follow .)

 

-8-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
By
John T. McDonald
Print Name
Chief Executive Officer
Title
“STOCKHOLDERS”
Joseph Larcsheid
/s/ JOSEPH LARCSHEID
By
Joseph Larcsheid
Print Name
 
Title
Cheryl Larscheid
/s/ CHERYL LARSCHEID
By
Cheryl Larscheid
Print Name
 
Title

 

-9-


EXHIBIT A-1

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                     , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.                      shares of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock of Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. standing in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.          herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Agreement between Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid dated                     ,          (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:              ,              Signature:  

 

Dated:              ,              Signature:  

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.

 

-10-


EXHIBIT A-2

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

             ,         

Chief Financial Officer

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

401 Congress Ave.

Suite 2950

Austin, TX 78701

Dear                      :

As Escrow Agent for both Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned holders of stock of the Company (the “Stockholders”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the shares subject to Forfeiture Obligations as set forth in the Agreement are forfeited to the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”), the Company shall give to the Stockholders and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock being forfeited. The Stockholders and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the time indicated in the notice, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee.

3. The Stockholders irrevocably authorize the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. The Stockholders do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as the Stockholders’ attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, the Stockholders shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

4. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.


5. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for the Stockholders while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

6. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

7. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

8. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

9. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

10. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

11. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

12. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

13. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

-2-


14. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

15. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

16. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware.

( Signature page(s) to follow .)

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
By
John T. McDonald
Print Name
Chief Executive Officer
Title
“STOCKHOLDERS”
Joseph Larscheid
/s/ JOSEPH LARSCHEID
By
Joseph Larscheid
Print Name
Cheryl Larscheid
/s/ CHERYL LARSCHEID
By
Cheryl Larscheid
Print Name
ESCROW AGENT
/s/ MICHAEL HILL
Chief Financial Officer
Dated:   11/14/12

 

-4-

Exhibit 4.5

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.

MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT

In connection with, and as consideration for, my receipt of shares of common stock (the “ Common Stock ”) or preferred stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”) of Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”) from the Company on November 7, 2013, I, the undersigned, agree and represent as follows:

I hereby agree that I shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Preferred Stock, Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by me or otherwise in my possession during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement relating to the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this Market Standoff Agreement shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with restrictive legends with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. I further agree to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Market Standoff Agreement.

[ Signature page follows. ]


I hereby sign this Market Standoff Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

/s/ ROBERT SVEC
Robert Svec
  11/6/13
  (date)

Exhibit 4.6

MANAGEMENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS MANAGEMENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 28, 2010 by and between Silverback Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Austin Ventures IX, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Fund ”) (together, the “ Parties ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Fund is seeking to satisfy certain requirements to qualify, or to maintain its qualification, as a “venture capital operating company” within the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation Section 2510.3-101(d) (the “ Regulation ”);

WHEREAS, the Regulation generally requires that a venture capital operating company have direct contractual rights to substantially participate in, or substantially influence the conduct of, the management of its portfolio companies; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Fund to invest in the Company, the Company has agreed to provide such rights to the Fund.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows.

1. Grant of Management Rights. From and after the Fund’s purchase of shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company (including any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, the “ Securities ”), the Fund shall have the following contractual management rights. Such rights shall be in addition to, and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit, any other rights that the Fund may hold as a holder of the Securities or otherwise.

(a) The Fund shall be entitled to consult with and advise management of the Company on significant business issues, including without limitation management’s proposed quarterly and annual operating plans. Upon request by the Fund, management of the Company shall meet with authorized representatives of the Fund, at a mutually agreeable time and place, within thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter for such consultation and advice and to review progress in achieving such plans.

(b) The Fund shall be entitled to examine the books and records of the Company, inspect its facilities, and receive other information at reasonable times and intervals concerning the general status of the Company’s financial condition and operations.

(c) For any period during which an authorized representative of the Fund is not a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company shall invite the Fund’s authorized representative to attend all meetings of the Board and in connection therewith shall provide to such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors. Such representative may participate in discussions of matters brought before the Board, but shall in all other respects be a nonvoting observer.

2. Limitation on Management Rights. The Company shall not be required under this Agreement to provide access to attorney-client privileged communications or other information of an extremely sensitive nature the disclosure of which to the Fund would be materially detrimental to the Company. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the preceding sentence is not intended to prevent the Fund from obtaining information necessary for the Fund to substantially participate in, or substantially influence the conduct of, management of the Company within the meaning of the Regulation.


3. Termination of Management Rights. The management rights granted in paragraph 1 above shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) consummation of a sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with a firm commitment underwritten offering of the Company’s securities to the general public; (ii) any transaction (including, without limitation, a merger, acquisition or reorganization of the Company) pursuant to which the Fund exchanges 100% of the Securities for cash and/or securities that are, have become, or will within 12 months become freely tradable on a United States domestic, national securities exchange; (iii) distribution by the Fund to its constituent partners of 100% of the Securities; or (iv) any other transaction pursuant to which the Fund disposes of 100% of the Securities exclusively for cash and/or other consideration that does not include debt or equity securities or instruments.

4. Confidentiality. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Fund and any authorized representative acting on behalf of the Fund pursuant to this Agreement shall maintain the confidentiality of all proprietary Company information acquired pursuant to this Agreement and shall not disclose or use such information other than for a Company purpose or with the Company’s consent.

5. Restructuring. Subject to paragraph 3, above, if the Company engages in a restructuring or similar transaction, any resulting entity or entities shall be subject to this Agreement in the same manner as the Company.

6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and, when so executed, all of such counterparts shall constitute a single instrument binding upon all Parties notwithstanding the fact that all Parties are not signatory to the original or to the same counterpart.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank; signature page follows.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Management Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SILVERBACK ACQUISITION CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
  John T. McDonald,
  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ANAGEMENT R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Management Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

AUSTIN VENTURES IX, L.P.
By: AV Partners IX, L.P., its general partner
By: AV Partners IX, L.L.C., its general partner
By:   /s/ PHILIP SIEGEL
Name:   Philip Siegel
Title:   General Partner

 

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ANAGEMENT R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]

Exhibit 4.7

MANAGEMENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS MANAGEMENT RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 28, 2010 by and between Silverback Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Austin Ventures X, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Fund ”) (together, the “ Parties ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Fund is seeking to satisfy certain requirements to qualify, or to maintain its qualification, as a “venture capital operating company” within the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation Section 2510.3-101(d) (the “ Regulation ”);

WHEREAS, the Regulation generally requires that a venture capital operating company have direct contractual rights to substantially participate in, or substantially influence the conduct of, the management of its portfolio companies; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Fund to invest in the Company, the Company has agreed to provide such rights to the Fund.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows.

1. Grant of Management Rights. From and after the Fund’s purchase of shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company (including any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, the “ Securities ”), the Fund shall have the following contractual management rights. Such rights shall be in addition to, and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to limit, any other rights that the Fund may hold as a holder of the Securities or otherwise.

(a) The Fund shall be entitled to consult with and advise management of the Company on significant business issues, including without limitation management’s proposed quarterly and annual operating plans. Upon request by the Fund, management of the Company shall meet with authorized representatives of the Fund, at a mutually agreeable time and place, within thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter for such consultation and advice and to review progress in achieving such plans.

(b) The Fund shall be entitled to examine the books and records of the Company, inspect its facilities, and receive other information at reasonable times and intervals concerning the general status of the Company’s financial condition and operations.

(c) For any period during which an authorized representative of the Fund is not a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company shall invite the Fund’s authorized representative to attend all meetings of the Board and in connection therewith shall provide to such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors. Such representative may participate in discussions of matters brought before the Board, but shall in all other respects be a nonvoting observer.

2. Limitation on Management Rights. The Company shall not be required under this Agreement to provide access to attorney-client privileged communications or other information of an extremely sensitive nature the disclosure of which to the Fund would be materially detrimental to the Company. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the preceding sentence is not intended to prevent the Fund from obtaining information necessary for the Fund to substantially participate in, or substantially influence the conduct of, management of the Company within the meaning of the Regulation.


3. Termination of Management Rights. The management rights granted in paragraph 1 above shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) consummation of a sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with a firm commitment underwritten offering of the Company’s securities to the general public; (ii) any transaction (including, without limitation, a merger, acquisition or reorganization of the Company) pursuant to which the Fund exchanges 100% of the Securities for cash and/or securities that are, have become, or will within 12 months become freely tradable on a United States domestic, national securities exchange; (iii) distribution by the Fund to its constituent partners of 100% of the Securities; or (iv) any other transaction pursuant to which the Fund disposes of 100% of the Securities exclusively for cash and/or other consideration that does not include debt or equity securities or instruments.

4. Confidentiality. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Fund and any authorized representative acting on behalf of the Fund pursuant to this Agreement shall maintain the confidentiality of all proprietary Company information acquired pursuant to this Agreement and shall not disclose or use such information other than for a Company purpose or with the Company’s consent.

5. Restructuring. Subject to paragraph 3, above, if the Company engages in a restructuring or similar transaction, any resulting entity or entities shall be subject to this Agreement in the same manner as the Company.

6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and, when so executed, all of such counterparts shall constitute a single instrument binding upon all Parties notwithstanding the fact that all Parties are not signatory to the original or to the same counterpart.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank; signature page follows.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Management Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SILVERBACK ACQUISITION CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
  John T. McDonald,
  Chief Executive Officer

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ANAGEMENT R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Management Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

AUSTIN VENTURES X, L.P.
By: AV Partners X, L.P., its general partner
By: AV Partners X, L.L.C., its general partner
By:   /s/ PHILIP SIEGEL
Name:   Philip Siegel
Title:   General Partner

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ANAGEMENT R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]

Exhibit 4.8

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE, SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THE SHARES.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:    SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    120,000
Class of Stock:    Preferred Series A Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    $1.00 per share
Issue Date:    February 10, 2012
Expiration Date:    February 10, 2019 (Subject to Section 4.1)

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (THIS “WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC. (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix I to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is so instructed by the Company). Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within 30 days after Holder exercises this Warrant and the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.3 Replacement of Warrants . In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.


1.4 Acquisition of the Company .

1.4.1 “ Acquisition .” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions (other than in connection with a bona fide sale of issuance of securities of the Company for capital raising purposes (each an “Equity Financing”), the primary purpose of which is to fund the Company’s operations).

1.4.2 Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition . The Company shall give Holder written notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

(a) If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact. In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, Holder may immediately exercise this Warrant in the manner specified in this Warrant with such exercise effective immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition. If Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, then this Warrant will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary if the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with such Acquisition, other than in connection with an Excluded Acquisition (as defined below), then effective as of the date that is ten (10) days prior to the closing of such Acquisition, the Holder shall have the option to elect (i) that the Warrant Price be adjusted, without further action of any party, to $0.01 per share or (ii) to put this Warrant to the Company for a per Share amount equal to the difference between the Acquisition consideration payable for one Share and the Warrant Price. As used herein, an “Excluded Acquisition” means, an Acquisition where the consideration that the holders of the Shares are entitled to receive on account of the Shares consists entirely of cash and/or shares of common stock that are publicly traded on a national exchange and where the shares, if any, receivable by the Holder of this Warrant were the Holder to exercise this Warrant in full immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition may be publicly re-sold by the Holder in their entirety within the three (3) months following such closing pursuant to Rule 144 or an effective registration statement under the Act.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2


2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Certificate”), upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price, the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant and expiration date. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Certificate, which apply to Diluting Issuances as if the Shares were outstanding on the date of such Diluting Issuance. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Certificate relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing shall prohibit the Company from amending its Certificate with the requisite consent of the board of directors and stockholders, and the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder, if it amends the Certificate, if the holders of the Company’s capital stock consent to such amendment or waive their rights thereunder so long as such amendment or waiver affects the Shares in the same manner as such amendment or waiver affects the other shares of the same series of stock as the Shares.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.7 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

 

3


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

3.1.1 The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the Series A Conversion Price (as defined in the Certificate) as of the date of hereof.

3.1.2 All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.1.3 The Company’s capitalization table delivered to Holder as of the Issue Date is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event). Upon request, the Company shall provide Holder with such information reasonably necessary for Holder to evaluate its rights as a holder of this Warrant or Warrant Shares in the case of matters referred to (a), (b), (c) and (d) herein above. Holder agrees to keep any information received under this Section confidential in a manner consistent with the confidentiality practices of Holder. Any notice required pursuant to this Section 3.2 may be waived by Holder, either prospectively or retroactively.

3.3 Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communications, information and/or communiqués to the shareholders of the Company (in their capacity as shareholders and not as officers or directors of the Company), (b) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual unaudited financial statements of the Company, (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Company’s quarterly unaudited financial statements and (d) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, the Company’s monthly, unaudited financial statements. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall afford to the Holder the same access to information concerning the Company and its business and financial condition as would be afforded to a holder of the class of Shares (in such holder’s capacity as shareholder and not as officer or direction of the Company) under applicable state law and/or any agreement with any holder of the class of Shares. The Company’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall terminate at such time as the Company becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

4


3.4 Registration Under the Act . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” or otherwise entitled to “piggy back” registration rights in accordance with the terms of that certain Investors Rights Agreement between the Company and its investors dated as of October 28, 2010, as same may be amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B . The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights hereunder this provision without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment affects the registration rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment affects the registration rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder. Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights and the Market Stand-Off Provision set forth in Section 2.10 of the Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

With respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and any of the Shares, Holder hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Warrant is issued to Holder in reliance upon Holder’s representation to the Company that this Warrant and the Shares will be acquired for investment for Holder’s, or its affiliate’s, own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof other than to an affiliate, and that Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same other than to an affiliate. By executing this Warrant, Holder further represents that Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person, other than an affiliate, to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person with respect to any of the Shares.

4.2 Reliance upon Holder’s Representations . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are not registered under the Act on the ground that the issuance of such securities is exempt from registration under the Act, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on Holder’s representations set forth herein.

4.3 Accredited Investor Status . Holder represents to the Company that Holder is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the Act).

4.4 Restricted Securities . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such federal securities laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited circumstances.

4.5 Market Stand-Off . Holder agrees to be bound by the Market Stand-Off provision contained in Section 2.10 of the Agreement.

4.6 Term; Exercise Upon Expiration . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company agrees that Holder may terminate this Warrant, upon notice to the Company, at any time in its sole discretion.

 

5


4.7 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THE SHARES.

4.8 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Comerica Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate (as defined herein) to provide an opinion of counsel or investment representation letter if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”), or any other affiliate of Bank (“Bank Affiliate”).

4.9 Transfer Procedure . After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Comerica Ventures Incorporated, a non-banking subsidiary of Comerica and a Bank Affiliate (“Ventures”). Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Ventures, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

4.10 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, fee prepaid, or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile, at such address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon the receipt of executed Warrant and initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

 

6


All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

401 Congress Ave.

Suite 2950

Austin, Texas 78701

4.11 Amendments; Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.12 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

4.13 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

4.14 Confidentiality . The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.

4.15 Rights as Shareholder . Other than as explicitly set forth in this Warrant, no holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscriptions rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised as provided herein.

[Signature on Following Page]

 

7


SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Warrant]


APPENDIX I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of the                      stock of Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

4. The undersigned agrees to be bound by the obligations of Holder under the attached Warrant, including, without limitation, the “Market Stand-Off” provision referenced in Section 2.10 of that certain Investors Rights Agreement between the Company and its investors dated as of October 28, 2010, as same may be amended from time to time.

 

COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED

or Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Name and Title)

 

(Date)

Exhibit 4.9

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE, SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THE SHARES.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:    SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    120,000
Class of Stock:    Preferred Series B Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    $1.00 per share
Issue Date:    March 5, 2012
Expiration Date:    March 5, 2019 (Subject to Section 4.1)

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (THIS “WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC. (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix I to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is so instructed by the Company). Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within 30 days after Holder exercises this Warrant and the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.3 Replacement of Warrants . In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.


1.4 Acquisition of the Company .

1.4.1 “ Acquisition .” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions (other than in connection with a bona fide sale of issuance of securities of the Company for capital raising purposes (each an “Equity Financing”), the primary purpose of which is to fund the Company’s operations).

1.4.2 Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition . The Company shall give Holder written notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

(a) If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact. In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, Holder may immediately exercise this Warrant in the manner specified in this Warrant with such exercise effective immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition. If Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, then this Warrant will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary if the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with such Acquisition, other than in connection with an Excluded Acquisition (as defined below), then effective as of the date that is ten (10) days prior to the closing of such Acquisition, the Holder shall have the option to elect (i) that the Warrant Price be adjusted, without further action of any party, to $0.01 per share or (ii) to put this Warrant to the Company for a per Share amount equal to the difference between the Acquisition consideration payable for one Share and the Warrant Price. As used herein, an “Excluded Acquisition” means, an Acquisition where the consideration that the holders of the Shares are entitled to receive on account of the Shares consists entirely of cash and/or shares of common stock that are publicly traded on a national exchange and where the shares, if any, receivable by the Holder of this Warrant were the Holder to exercise this Warrant in full immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition may be publicly re-sold by the Holder in their entirety within the three (3) months following such closing pursuant to Rule 144 or an effective registration statement under the Act.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2


2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Certificate”), upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price, the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant and expiration date. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Certificate, which apply to Diluting Issuances as if the Shares were outstanding on the date of such Diluting Issuance. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Certificate relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing shall prohibit the Company from amending its Certificate with the requisite consent of the board of directors and stockholders, and the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder, if it amends the Certificate, if the holders of the Company’s capital stock consent to such amendment or waive their rights thereunder so long as such amendment or waiver affects the Shares in the same manner as such amendment or waiver affects the other shares of the same series of stock as the Shares.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.7 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

 

3


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

3.1.1 The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the Series B Conversion Price (as defined in the Certificate) as of the date of hereof.

3.1.2 All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.1.3 The Company’s capitalization table delivered to Holder as of the Issue Date is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event). Upon request, the Company shall provide Holder with such information reasonably necessary for Holder to evaluate its rights as a holder of this Warrant or Warrant Shares in the case of matters referred to (a), (b), (c) and (d) herein above. Holder agrees to keep any information received under this Section confidential in a manner consistent with the confidentiality practices of Holder. Any notice required pursuant to this Section 3.2 may be waived by Holder, either prospectively or retroactively.

3.3 Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communications, information and/or communiqués to the shareholders of the Company (in their capacity as shareholders and not as officers or directors of the Company), (b) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual unaudited financial statements of the Company, (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Company’s quarterly unaudited financial statements and (d) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, the Company’s monthly, unaudited financial statements. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall afford to the Holder the same access to information concerning the Company and its business and financial condition as would be afforded to a holder of the class of Shares (in such holder’s capacity as shareholder and not as officer or direction of the Company) under applicable state law and/or any agreement with any holder of the class of Shares. The Company’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall terminate at such time as the Company becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

4


3.4 Registration Under the Act . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” or otherwise entitled to “piggy back” registration rights in accordance with the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement between the Company and its investors dated as of January 25, 2012, as same may be amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B . The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights hereunder this provision without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment affects the registration rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment affects the registration rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder. Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights and the Market Stand-Off Provision set forth in Section 2.10 of the Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

With respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and any of the Shares, Holder hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Warrant is issued to Holder in reliance upon Holder’s representation to the Company that this Warrant and the Shares will be acquired for investment for Holder’s, or its affiliate’s, own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof other than to an affiliate, and that Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same other than to an affiliate. By executing this Warrant, Holder further represents that Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person, other than an affiliate, to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person with respect to any of the Shares.

4.2 Reliance upon Holder’s Representations . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are not registered under the Act on the ground that the issuance of such securities is exempt from registration under the Act, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on Holder’s representations set forth herein.

4.3 Accredited Investor Status . Holder represents to the Company that Holder is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the Act).

4.4 Restricted Securities . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such federal securities laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited circumstances.

4.5 Market Stand-Off . Holder agrees to be bound by the Market Stand-Off provision contained in Section 2.10 of the Agreement.

4.6 Term; Exercise Upon Expiration . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company agrees that Holder may terminate this Warrant, upon notice to the Company, at any time in its sole discretion.

 

5


4.7 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THE SHARES.

4.8 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Comerica Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate (as defined herein) to provide an opinion of counsel or investment representation letter if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”), or any other affiliate of Bank (“Bank Affiliate”).

4.9 Transfer Procedure . After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Comerica Ventures Incorporated, a non-banking subsidiary of Comerica and a Bank Affiliate (“Ventures”). Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Ventures, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

4.10 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, fee prepaid, or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile, at such address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon the receipt of executed Warrant and initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

6


Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

401 Congress Ave.

Suite 2950

Austin, Texas 78701

4.11 Amendments; Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.12 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

4.13 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

4.14 Confidentiality . The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.

4.15 Rights as Shareholder . Other than as explicitly set forth in this Warrant, no holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscriptions rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised as provided herein.

[Signature on Following Page]

 

7


SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Warrant]


APPENDIX I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of the                      stock of Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

4. The undersigned agrees to be bound by the obligations of Holder under the attached Warrant, including, without limitation, the “Market Stand-Off” provision referenced in Section 2.10 of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement between the Company and its investors dated as of January 25, 2012, as same may be amended from time to time.

 

COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED

or Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Name and Title)

 

(Date)

Exhibit 4.10

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE, SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THE SHARES.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:    SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    226,667
Class of Stock:    Preferred Series B Preferred Stock
Warrant Price:    $1.00 per share
Issue Date:    April 11, 2013
Expiration Date:    April 11, 2020 (Subject to Section 4.1)

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (THIS “WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC. (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix I to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is so instructed by the Company). Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within 30 days after Holder exercises this Warrant and the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.3 Replacement of Warrants . In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.


1.4 Acquisition of the Company .

1.4.1 “ Acquisition .” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions (other than in connection with a bona fide sale of issuance of securities of the Company for capital raising purposes (each an “Equity Financing”), the primary purpose of which is to fund the Company’s operations).

1.4.2 Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition . The Company shall give Holder written notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

(a) If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(b) If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact. In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, Holder may immediately exercise this Warrant in the manner specified in this Warrant with such exercise effective immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition. If Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, then this Warrant will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary if the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with such Acquisition, other than in connection with an Excluded Acquisition (as defined below), then effective as of the date that is ten (10) days prior to the closing of such Acquisition, the Holder shall have the option to elect (i) that the Warrant Price be adjusted, without further action of any party, to $0.01 per share or (ii) to put this Warrant to the Company for a per Share amount equal to the difference between the Acquisition consideration payable for one Share and the Warrant Price. As used herein, an “Excluded Acquisition” means, an Acquisition where the consideration that the holders of the Shares are entitled to receive on account of the Shares consists entirely of cash and/or shares of common stock that are publicly traded on a national exchange and where the shares, if any, receivable by the Holder of this Warrant were the Holder to exercise this Warrant in full immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition may be publicly re-sold by the Holder in their entirety within the three (3) months following such closing pursuant to Rule 144 or an effective registration statement under the Act.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2


2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Certificate”), upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price, the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant and expiration date. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Certificate, which apply to Diluting Issuances as if the Shares were outstanding on the date of such Diluting Issuance. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Certificate relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

2.5 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing shall prohibit the Company from amending its Certificate with the requisite consent of the board of directors and stockholders, and the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder, if it amends the Certificate, if the holders of the Company’s capital stock consent to such amendment or waive their rights thereunder so long as such amendment or waiver affects the Shares in the same manner as such amendment or waiver affects the other shares of the same series of stock as the Shares.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.7 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

 

3


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

3.1.1 The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the Series B Conversion Price (as defined in the Certificate) as of the date of hereof.

3.1.2 All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

3.1.3 The Company’s capitalization table delivered to Holder as of the Issue Date is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event). Upon request, the Company shall provide Holder with such information reasonably necessary for Holder to evaluate its rights as a holder of this Warrant or Warrant Shares in the case of matters referred to (a), (b), (c) and (d) herein above. Holder agrees to keep any information received under this Section confidential in a manner consistent with the confidentiality practices of Holder. Any notice required pursuant to this Section 3.2 may be waived by Holder, either prospectively or retroactively.

3.3 Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communications, information and/or communiqués to the shareholders of the Company (in their capacity as shareholders and not as officers or directors of the Company), (b) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual unaudited financial statements of the Company, (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Company’s quarterly unaudited financial statements and (d) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, the Company’s monthly, unaudited financial statements. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall afford to the Holder the same access to information concerning the Company and its business and financial condition as would be afforded to a holder of the class of Shares (in such holder’s capacity as shareholder and not as officer or direction of the Company) under applicable state law and/or any agreement with any holder of the class of Shares. The Company’s obligations under this Section 3.3 shall terminate at such time as the Company becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

4


3.4 Registration Under the Act . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” or otherwise entitled to “piggy back” registration rights in accordance with the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement between the Company and its investors dated as of November 14, 2012, as same may be amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B . The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights hereunder this provision without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment affects the registration rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment affects the registration rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder. Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights and the Market Stand-Off Provision set forth in Section 2.10 of the Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

With respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and any of the Shares, Holder hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Warrant is issued to Holder in reliance upon Holder’s representation to the Company that this Warrant and the Shares will be acquired for investment for Holder’s, or its affiliate’s, own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof other than to an affiliate, and that Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same other than to an affiliate. By executing this Warrant, Holder further represents that Holder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person, other than an affiliate, to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person with respect to any of the Shares.

4.2 Reliance upon Holder’s Representations . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are not registered under the Act on the ground that the issuance of such securities is exempt from registration under the Act, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on Holder’s representations set forth herein.

4.3 Accredited Investor Status . Holder represents to the Company that Holder is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the Act).

4.4 Restricted Securities . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares are “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such federal securities laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited circumstances.

4.5 Market Stand-Off . Holder agrees to be bound by the Market Stand-Off provision contained in Section 2.10 of the Agreement.

4.6 Term; Exercise Upon Expiration . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company agrees that Holder may terminate this Warrant, upon notice to the Company, at any time in its sole discretion.

 

5


4.7 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THE SHARES.

4.8 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Comerica Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate (as defined herein) to provide an opinion of counsel or investment representation letter if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”), or any other affiliate of Bank (“Bank Affiliate”).

4.9 Transfer Procedure . After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Comerica Ventures Incorporated, a non-banking subsidiary of Comerica and a Bank Affiliate (“Ventures”). Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Ventures, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

4.10 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, fee prepaid, or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile, at such address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon the receipt of executed Warrant and initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

6


Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

401 Congress Ave.

Suite 2950

Austin, Texas 78701

4.11 Amendments; Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.12 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

4.13 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

4.14 Confidentiality . The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.

4.15 Rights as Shareholder . Other than as explicitly set forth in this Warrant, no holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscriptions rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised as provided herein.

[Signature on Following Page]

 

7


SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Warrant]


APPENDIX I

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of the                      stock of Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

4. The undersigned agrees to be bound by the obligations of Holder under the attached Warrant, including, without limitation, the “Market Stand-Off” provision referenced in Section 2.10 of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement between the Company and its investors dated as of November 14, 2012, as same may be amended from time to time.

 

COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED

or Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Name and Title)

 

(Date)

Exhibit 4.11

Issue Date: November 6, 2013

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR UNLESS THE CORPORATION HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

S TOCK P URCHASE W ARRANT

THIS CERTIFIES that the Entrepreneurs Foundation of Central Texas (the “ Holder ”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date of this Warrant and on or prior to November 6, 2015 (the “ Expiration Date ”), to subscribe for and purchase, from Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), 15,000 of Common Stock (or other securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist) (the “ Shares ”) at an exercise price of $0.29 per share (the “ Exercise Price ”). The Exercise Price and the Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 8.

1. Exercise of Warrant .

(a) The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the Holder, in whole or in part, at any time after the date hereof and before the close of business on the Expiration Date, by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise annexed hereto duly executed at the principal executive office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment of the Exercise Price of the Shares thereby purchased (by cash or by check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company); whereupon the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Shares so purchased. The Company agrees that if at the time of the surrender of this Warrant and purchase of the Shares, the Holder shall be entitled to exercise this Warrant, the Shares so purchased shall be and be deemed to be issued to the Holder as the record owner of such Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised as aforesaid.

(b) In lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment of cash or check pursuant to subsection (a) above, the Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), at any time after the date hereof and before the close of business on the Expiration Date, by surrender of this Warrant at the principal executive office of the Company, together with the Notice of Conversion annexed hereto, in which event the Company will issue to the Holder Shares in accordance with the following formula:


X    =    Y(A-B)   
      A   

 

Where,    X    =    the number of Shares to be issued to Holder;
   Y    =    the number of Shares for which the Warrant is being exercised;
   A    =    the fair market value of one Share; and
   B    =    the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

(i) For purposes of this subsection (b), the fair market value of a Share is defined as follows:

(1) if the exercise is in connection with an initial public offering of the Common Stock, and if the Company’s registration statement relating to such offering has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the fair market value shall be the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to the offering;

(2) if the exercise is in connection with a Change of Control (as defined below), then the fair market value shall be the value received in such Change of Control by the holders of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist;

(3) if the exercise occurs after, and not in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, and:

a) if traded on a securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or market over the five (5) day period prior to the date of the Notice of Conversion; or

b) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the five (5) day period prior to the date of the Notice of Conversion;

(4) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

(ii) A “ Change of Control ” shall mean (x) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary, but excluding any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation or raising capital for the Company), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity or (y) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

- 2 -


2. Nonassessable . The Company covenants that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue). Certificates for Shares purchased hereunder shall be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised as aforesaid.

3. No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon the exercise of this Warrant, an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the then current price at which each Share may be purchased hereunder shall be paid in cash to the Holder.

4. Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of certificates for Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder hereof for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such certificates shall be issued in the name of the Holder.

5. No Rights as Stockholder . This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof.

6. Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant . On receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

7. Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

8. Adjustments . The Exercise Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in this Section 8.

(a) Reclassification, etc . If the Company, at any time while this Warrant, or any portion hereof, remains outstanding and unexpired by reclassification of securities or otherwise, shall change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities or any other class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities that were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification or other change and the Exercise Price therefor shall be appropriately adjusted, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 8.

(b) Subdivision or Combination of Shares . In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, or shall issue a stock dividend on the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, the number of securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist immediately prior to such subdivision or to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, the number of securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

 

- 3 -


(c) Cash Distributions . No adjustment on account of cash dividends or interest on the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist will be made to the Exercise Price under this Warrant.

9. Restrictions on Transferability of Securities .

(a) Restrictions on Transferability . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (collectively the “ Securities ”) shall not be sold, assigned, transferred or pledged except upon the conditions specified in this Section 9.

(b) Restrictive Legend . Each certificate representing the Securities and any other securities issued in respect of the Securities upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 9(c)) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND QUALIFIED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR UNLESS THE CORPORATION HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A 180 DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION, AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE. SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THIS CERTIFICATE. A COPY OF SUCH WARRANT MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE CORPORATION.

 

- 4 -


Each holder of Securities and each subsequent transferee consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Section 9.

(c) Notice of Proposed Transfers . Each holder of a warrant or stock certificate, as the case may be, representing the Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 9(c). Such holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Securities unless and until (X) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement or (Y) such holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, such holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act.

10. Investment Representations and Covenants of the Holder . With respect to the acquisition of any of the Securities, the Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) Experience . The Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests.

(b) Investment . The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder’s representations as expressed herein.

(c) Rule 144 . The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder understands that the Company is not under any obligation to register any of the Securities. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act that permit limited resale of securities purchased in a private placement subject to satisfaction of certain conditions.

11. Market Standoff . The Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (l80) calendar days (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto)) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any securities of the Company, including (without limitation) shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of securities, in cash or otherwise. The Holder agrees to execute an agreement(s) reflecting (i) and (ii) above as may be requested by the managing underwriters at the time of the initial public offering, and further agrees that the Company may impose stop transfer instructions with its transfer agent in order to enforce the covenants in (i) and (ii) above. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s initial public offering are intended third party beneficiaries of the covenants in this subsection and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce such covenants as though they were a party hereto.

 

- 5 -


12. Early Termination . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant shall terminate and be of no further force and effect after 5:00 p.m., United States Central Standard Time, on November 6, 2015.

13. Notices .

(a) In the event (i) the Company shall take a record of the holders of the securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant for the purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right, (ii) of any capital reorganization of the Company, (iii) of any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, (iv) of any Change of Control or (v) of any voluntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, then, and in each such case, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed to the Holder a notice specifying, as the case may be, (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and stating the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (B) the date on which such reorganization, reclassification, Change of Control, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of the securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be entitled to exchange such securities for the securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, Change of Control, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Such notice shall be mailed at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date therein specified.

(b) In the event the Company consummates prior to the Expiration Date an equity financing pursuant to which it sells shares of a series of preferred stock, with the principal purpose of raising capital (a “ Qualified Equity Financing ”), the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed to the Holder a notice specifying (A) the date on which such Qualified Equity Financing is to take place, (B) the series of preferred stock sold pursuant to such Qualified Equity Financing and (C) the total number of shares of Company common stock outstanding immediately following such Qualified Equity Financing (assuming full conversion of the Shares and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mail such notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date therein specified.

 

- 6 -


14. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED IN ALL RESPECTS BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AS SUCH LAWS ARE APPLIED TO AGREEMENTS BETWEEN DELAWARE RESIDENTS ENTERED INTO AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS RULES.

(b) Restrictions . By acceptance hereof, the Holder acknowledges that the Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant may have restrictions upon its resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

(c) Waivers and Amendments . This Warrant and any provisions hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

(d) Assignment; Assumption Upon Change of Control .

(i) This Warrant may be assigned or transferred by the Holder only with the prior written approval of the Company. This Warrant shall be binding upon any successors or assigns of the Company.

(ii) If a Change of Control event shall occur, the Company shall ensure that appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder of this Warrant to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Exercise Price and of the number of shares purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be possible, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets deliverable upon the exercise hereof. Upon any such Change of Control event, the successor corporation shall assume by written instrument, executed and mailed or delivered to the registered Holder hereof at the last address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation to deliver to such Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such Holder may be entitled to purchase.

(e) Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or sent by electronic mail directed to the party to be notified at the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address indicated for such person on the signature page hereof, or at such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given upon personal delivery, on the date of mailing, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or when directed to the electronic mail address set forth on signature page hereof. With respect to any notice given by the Company under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s charter or bylaws, the Holder agrees that such notice may given by facsimile or by electronic mail.

(f) Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized.

 

Upland Software, Inc.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

  John T. McDonald, Chief Executive Officer

 

Address:   401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950
  Austin, TX 78701

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
Entrepreneurs Foundation of Central Texas
By:  

/s/ EUGENE SEPULVEDA

Name:   Eugene Sepulveda
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Address

PO Box 684826

Austin, TX 78768

S IGNATURE P AGE TO S TOCK P URCHASE W ARRANT

U PLAND S OFTWARE , I NC .


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950

Austin, TX 78701

ATTN: Chief Financial Officer

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase              shares of the                      Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Upland Software, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Print Name)

Address:  

 

 

3. The undersigned confirms that the Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or selling the Shares.

 

 

(Date)

     

 

(Signature)

     

 

      (Print Name)


NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

TO: Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950

Austin, TX 78701

ATTN: Chief Financial Officer

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into              shares of the                      Stock (the “ Shares ”) of Upland Software, Inc. pursuant to Section 1(b) of such Warrant, which conversion shall be effected pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Print Name)

Address:  

 

 

3. The undersigned represents that the Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.

 

 

(Date)

     

 

(Signature)

     

 

      (Print Name)

Exhibit 10.1

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is effective as of              , and is between Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and              (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(b) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(c) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.


(e) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(f) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(g) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(h) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

-2-


3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

-3-


7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

-4-


9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense, (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense. Indemnitee agrees to consult with the Company and to consider in good faith the advisability and appropriateness of joint representation in the event that either the Company or other indemnitees in addition to Indemnitee require representation in connection with any Proceeding.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) Indemnitee shall not enter into any settlement in connection with a Proceeding (or any part thereof) without ten days prior written notice to the Company.

(f) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

 

-5-


(b) If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by such person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication in accordance with this Agreement.

 

-6-


(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

-7-


13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by              , and/or its affiliates (the “ Secondary Indemnitor ”). The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitor, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitor to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitor with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitor of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitor is an express third-party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 15.

16. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

17. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

 

-8-


18. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

-9-


23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at 401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950, Austin, Texas 78701, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Brian K. Beard, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 900 South Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, Texas, 78746-5546.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

 

-10-


27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the courts of Travis County, Texas, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Travis County, Texas for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the courts of Travis County, Texas, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the courts of Travis County, Texas has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

(Signature page follows.)

 

-11-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

 

John T. McDonald,

Chief Executive Officer

INDEMNITEE

 

(Signature)

 

(Print name)

 

(Street address)

 

(City, State and ZIP)

 

(Email address)

S IGNATURE PAGE TO I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

(as amended December 4, 2013)

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The Plan permits the grant of Options and Restricted Stock as the Administrator may determine.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options or Restricted Stock.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that shall be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein shall be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Upland Software, Inc. (f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

-2-


(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options of the same type (which may have lower or higher exercise prices and different terms), Options of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or, if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported); or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(v) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w) “ Plan ” means this 2010 Stock Plan.

 

-3-


(x) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(y) “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Participant evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to Shares purchased under a Restricted Stock award. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.

(z) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 below.

(cc) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 5,777,992 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of an Award, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment provided in Section 11, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate Share number stated in the first paragraph of this Section, plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan under this second paragraph of this Section.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

-4-


(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi) to institute an Exchange Program;

(vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(viii) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan) including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(a) regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(ix) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator; and

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Participants.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Restricted Stock may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(b) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

 

-5-


(A) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

a) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

b) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(C) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

(ii) Forms of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, (6) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(c) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Award Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, together with any applicable withholding taxes. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

 

-6-


Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, such Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

-7-


(v) Incentive Stock Option Limit . Each Option shall be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c)(v), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Rights to Purchase . Restricted Stock may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it shall offer Restricted Stock under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid (if any), and the time within which such person must accept such offer.

(b) Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within ninety (90) days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Restricted Stock is purchased or otherwise issued, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Restricted Stock is purchased or otherwise issued, except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

8. Tax Withholding . Prior to the delivery of any Shares pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof). The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, shall determine in what manner it shall allow a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation and may permit the Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by one (1) or more of the following: (a) paying cash (or by check), (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld, or (c) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to a Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld.

 

-8-


9. Limited Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.

10. Leaves of Absence; Transfers .

(a) Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, or except as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.

(b) A Service Provider shall not cease to be a Service Provider in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.

(c) For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

11. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, shall adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

-9-


(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator shall not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control in which the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her outstanding Awards, including Shares as to which such Award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, and restrictions on all of the Participant’s Restricted Stock shall lapse. In addition, if an Award is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Award shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and any Award not assumed or substituted for shall terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

For the purposes of this Section 11(c), the Award shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to the Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

12. Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

13. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon any participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

14. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

-10-


(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Administrator may in its discretion require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares.

15. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

16. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

17. Stockholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

18. Term of Plan . Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 17, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 19, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing (which may include e-mail) and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

-11-


APPENDIX A

TO

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC. 2010 STOCK PLAN

(for California residents only, to the extent required by 25102(o))

This Appendix A to the Upland Software, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan shall apply only to the Participants who are residents of the State of California and who are receiving an Award under the Plan. Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Appendix A. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Administrator amends this Appendix A or the Administrator otherwise provides.

(a) The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement, provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.

(b) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(c) If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, such Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days following the date of the Participant’s termination, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination.

(d) If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s termination, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination.


(e) If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s death, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, personal representative, or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination.

(f) No Award shall be granted to a resident of California more than ten (10) years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan or the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

(g) In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(h) This Appendix A shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Administrator shall have the authority to amend this Appendix A in accordance with Section 18 of the Plan.

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

( as amended September 2, 2014 )

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The Plan permits the grant of Options, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units as the Administrator may determine.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity compensation plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction shall not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that shall be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein shall be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Upland Software, Inc. (f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

-2-


(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options of the same type (which may have lower or higher exercise prices and different terms), Options of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or, if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported); or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(v) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w) “ Plan ” means this 2010 Stock Plan.

 

-3-


(x) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(y) “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Participant evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to Shares purchased under a Restricted Stock award. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the notice of grant.

(z) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(bb) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(cc) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 7,277,992 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or with respect to Restricted Stock Units is forfeited due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or with respect to Restricted Stock Units, the forfeited Shares) that were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of an Award, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment provided in Section 12, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall equal the aggregate Share number stated in the first paragraph of this Section, plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan under this second paragraph of this Section.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

 

-4-


(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi) to institute an Exchange Program;

(vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(viii) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 20(c) of the Plan) including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercise period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(a) regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(ix) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator; and

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Participants.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

-5-


(b) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(A) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

a) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

b) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(C) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above in accordance with and pursuant to a transaction described in Section 424 of the Code.

(ii) Forms of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, (6) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(c) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

-6-


An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Award Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, together with any applicable withholding taxes. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, such Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form

 

-7-


acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(v) Incentive Stock Option Limit . Each Option shall be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c)(v), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Rights to Purchase . Restricted Stock may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it shall offer Restricted Stock under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid (if any), and the time within which such person must accept such offer.

(b) Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable within ninety (90) days of the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability). Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Restricted Stock is purchased or otherwise issued, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a stockholder and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Restricted Stock is purchased or otherwise issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

-8-


8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Tax Withholding . Prior to the delivery of any Shares pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof). The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, shall determine in what manner it shall allow a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation and may permit the Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by one (1) or more of the following: (a) paying cash (or by check), (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld, or (c) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to a Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld.

10. Limited Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant.

 

-9-


11. Leaves of Absence; Transfers .

(a) Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, or except as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence.

(b) A Service Provider shall not cease to be a Service Provider in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor.

(c) For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, shall adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award shall be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator shall not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control in which the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her outstanding Awards, including Shares as to which such Award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, and restrictions on all of the Participant’s Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse. In addition, if an Award is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the


Participant in writing or electronically that the Award shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and any Award not assumed or substituted for shall terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

For the purposes of this Section 12(c), the Award shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share subject to the Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control.

13. Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

14. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall confer upon any participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Administrator may in its discretion require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares.

16. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

-11-


17. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18. Stockholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

19. Term of Plan . Subject to stockholder approval in accordance with Section 18, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 20, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

20. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing (which may include e-mail) and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

-12-


APPENDIX A

TO

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC. 2010 STOCK PLAN

(for California residents only, to the extent required by 25102(o))

This Appendix A to the Upland Software, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan shall apply only to the Participants who are residents of the State of California and who are receiving an Award under the Plan. Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided by this Appendix A. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the Plan to the contrary and to the extent required by Applicable Laws, the following terms shall apply to all Awards granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Administrator amends this Appendix A or the Administrator otherwise provides.

(a) The term of each Option shall be stated in the Award Agreement, provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.

(b) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(c) If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, such Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days following the date of the Participant’s termination, to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination.

(d) If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s termination, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination.

(e) If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as specified in the Award Agreement, which shall not be less than six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s death, to the extent the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, personal representative, or by the person(s)


to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination.

(f) No Award shall be granted to a resident of California more than ten (10) years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan or the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

(g) In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(h) This Appendix A shall be deemed to be part of the Plan and the Administrator shall have the authority to amend this Appendix A in accordance with Section 20 of the Plan.

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.4

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:                     

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:                        
Vesting Commencement Date:                        
Exercise Price per Share:    US$                     
Total Number of Shares Granted:                        
Total Exercise Price :    US                     
Type of Option:             Incentive Stock Option
            Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:    Ten Year Anniversary of Date of Grant

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

 

    Ten percent (10%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then

 

    Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then


    Thirty percent (30%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then

 

    Forty percent (40%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the forth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and

All of the vesting, as described above, is subject to the Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 11(c) of the Plan.

Further, notwithstanding any terms or conditions of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of termination of Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider, Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Participant is no longer actively providing service to the Company or a Subsidiary or Parent of the Company and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law (e.g., Participant’s active relationship as a Service Provider would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local law); furthermore, in the event of termination of Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to receive Shares pursuant to the Option after such termination, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of Participant’s active Service Provider relationship and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer in an active Service Provider relationship for purposes of the Option.

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

-2-


If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

 

-3-


Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

 

-4-


8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. To the extent any Participant is subject to U.S. federal income taxation, the following provision applies. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Delaware.

 

-5-


11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

12. Acknowledgements; Nature of Option . By entering into this Agreement and accepting the grant of an Option evidenced hereby, Participant acknowledges that:

(a) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Options, or benefits in lieu of Options, even if Options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future Option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Option is an extraordinary item which does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant and which is outside the scope of Participant’s employment contract, if any;

(e) the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments;

(f) in the event that the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant, is not the Company, the grant of an Option will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company; and furthermore, the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(g) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(i) if Participant exercises the Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

 

-6-


(j) in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Participant’s Service Provider relationship by the Company or by the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant (for any reason whether or not in breach of applicable labor laws) and Participant irrevocably releases the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen then, by signing this Agreement, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived his or her entitlement to pursue such a claim;

(k) it is Participant’s sole responsibility to investigate and comply with any applicable exchange control laws in connection with the issuance and delivery of Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option;

(l) the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant are not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor are the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Option; and

(m) Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

13. Data Privacy . By entering into this Option Agreement, and as a condition of the grant of the Option, Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, as the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant and/or the Company deems necessary for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”). Participant acknowledges and understands that Data may be transferred to any broker as designated by the Company and any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in Participant’s country or applicable area, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other

 

-7-


third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Participant understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect his or her ability to exercise or realize benefits from the Option or otherwise participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of his or her refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

14. Language . If Participant has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control unless otherwise prescribed by local law.

15. Consent to Receive Information in English . The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that this agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceeds entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de cette convention, ainsi que de tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et procédures judiciaries intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement à ou suite à la présente convention.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-8-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
     

 

Signature     By
     

 

Print Name     Print Name
     

 

    Title
     
Residence Address    

 

-9-


EXHIBIT A

2010 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,              ,      , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase              shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated              (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
     

 

Signature     By
     

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

    Title
Address:     Address:
      401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950
      Austin, TX 78701
   

 

    Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :   
COMPANY    :    UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
SECURITY    :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :                             SHARES
DATE    :                            

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company


becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

  PARTICIPANT
   
  Signature
   
  Print Name
   
  Date

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.4.1

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:                         

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

  Date of Grant:                                         
  Vesting Commencement Date:                                          
  Exercise Price per Share:   US$                           
  Total Number of Shares Granted:                                         
  Total Exercise Price :   US                           
  Type of Option:                Incentive Stock Option
                 Nonstatutory Stock Option
  Term/Expiration Date:   Ten Year Anniversary of Date of Grant

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

 

    One twenty-fourth (1/24 th ) of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option shall vest one month after the closing of the date of acquisition (the “Vesting Commencement Date”), and an additional one twenty-fourth (1/24 th ) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest on the corresponding day of each month thereafter (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the two-year period after the closing of the acquisition, in each case as described above, subject to the Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.


Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 11(c) of the Plan.

Further, notwithstanding any terms or conditions of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of termination of Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider, Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Participant is no longer actively providing service to the Company or a Subsidiary or Parent of the Company and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law (e.g., Participant’s active relationship as a Service Provider would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local law); furthermore, in the event of termination of Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to receive Shares pursuant to the Option after such termination, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of Participant’s active Service Provider relationship and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer in an active Service Provider relationship for purposes of the Option.

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

 

-2-


2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of

 

-3-


the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

-4-


(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. To the extent any Participant is subject to U.S. federal income taxation, the following provision applies. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Delaware.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-5-


12. Acknowledgements; Nature of Option . By entering into this Agreement and accepting the grant of an Option evidenced hereby, Participant acknowledges that:

(a) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Options, or benefits in lieu of Options, even if Options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future Option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Option is an extraordinary item which does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant and which is outside the scope of Participant’s employment contract, if any;

(e) the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments;

(f) in the event that the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant, is not the Company, the grant of an Option will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company; and furthermore, the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(g) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(i) if Participant exercises the Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(j) in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Participant’s Service Provider relationship by the Company or by the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant (for any reason whether or not in breach of applicable labor laws) and Participant irrevocably releases the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen then, by signing this Agreement, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived his or her entitlement to pursue such a claim;

 

-6-


(k) it is Participant’s sole responsibility to investigate and comply with any applicable exchange control laws in connection with the issuance and delivery of Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option;

(l) the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant are not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor are the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Option; and

(m) Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

13. Data Privacy . By entering into this Option Agreement, and as a condition of the grant of the Option, Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, as the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant and/or the Company deems necessary for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”). Participant acknowledges and understands that Data may be transferred to any broker as designated by the Company and any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in Participant’s country or applicable area, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Participant understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect his or her ability to exercise or realize benefits from the Option or otherwise participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of his or her refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

-7-


14. Language . If Participant has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control unless otherwise prescribed by local law.

15. Consent to Receive Information in English . The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that this agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceeds entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de cette convention, ainsi que de tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et procédures judiciaries intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement à ou suite à la présente convention.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-8-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

 

Signature

   

 

By

 

Print Name

   

 

Print Name

 

   

 

Title

 

Residence Address

   

 

-9-


EXHIBIT A

2010 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                                 ,             , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                                  shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                          (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

-10-


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

PARTICIPANT

 

Accepted by:

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

     

 

Signature

   

 

By

 

Print Name

   

 

Print Name

     
Address:    

 

Title

    Address:  

 

    401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950

 

    Austin, TX 78701
   

 

Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :
COMPANY    :        UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
SECURITY    :        COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :                                               SHARES
DATE    :                                              

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of


Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.4.2

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:                     

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:                      
Vesting Commencement Date:                      
Exercise Price per Share:      US$                        
Total Number of Shares Granted:                      
Total Exercise Price :      US                        
Type of Option:               Incentive Stock Option
              Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:      Ten Year Anniversary of Date of Grant

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

 

    Ten percent (10%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then

 

    Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then


    Thirty percent (30%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then

 

    Forty percent (40%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the forth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and

All of the vesting, as described above, is subject to the Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant is terminated without Cause or leaves for Good Reason within nine months following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), the vesting of the Option shall accelerate as to that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that would have vested had Participant remained an employee for two additional years. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) Participant’s willful or grossly negligent failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations of Participant’s position with the Company; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by Participant which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Participant at the expense of the Company; (iii) Participant’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; (iv) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, excluding felonies for minor traffic violation and vicarious liability (so long as Participant did not know of the felony and did not willfully violate the law); (v) Participant’s material breach of the terms of the Proprietary Information Agreement with the Company. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means (i) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction of Participant’s duties or responsibilities relative to Participant’s duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided , however , any reduction in Participant’s duties or responsibilities resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change in Control but is not the chief executive officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) without Participant’s written consent, a material reduction in Participant’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in expenses generally affecting senior executives of the Company; (iii) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Participant was entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that Participant’s overall benefits package is materially reduced, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in benefits generally affecting senior executives of the Company; or (iv) without Participant’s consent, a relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from Participant’s then current present working locations. Good Reason shall not exist unless Participant provides (i) notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition triggering Good Reason and (ii) the Company the opportunity of at least thirty (30) days to cure such

 

-2-


condition. A termination from service shall not be considered for Good Reason if such termination occurs later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the Good Reason condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant terminates employment with the Company for Good Reason, but the Company discovers after such termination that Participant’s conduct during the employment term would have entitled the Company to terminate Participant for Cause, then Participant’s termination shall be for Cause and not for Good Reason and Participant shall remit all amounts paid to Participant for termination for Good Reason.

Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 11(c) of the Plan.

Further, notwithstanding any terms or conditions of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, in the event of termination of Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider, Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate effective as of the date that Participant is no longer actively providing service to the Company or a Subsidiary or Parent of the Company and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law (e.g., Participant’s active relationship as a Service Provider would not include a period of “garden leave” or similar period pursuant to local law); furthermore, in the event of termination of Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider (whether or not in breach of local labor laws), Participant’s right to receive Shares pursuant to the Option after such termination, if any, will be measured by the date of termination of Participant’s active Service Provider relationship and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under local law; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer in an active Service Provider relationship for purposes of the Option.

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall

 

-3-


the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

 

-4-


Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Obligations .

 

-5-


(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. To the extent any Participant is subject to U.S. federal income taxation, the following provision applies. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Delaware.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO

 

-6-


NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

12. Acknowledgements; Nature of Option . By entering into this Agreement and accepting the grant of an Option evidenced hereby, Participant acknowledges that:

(a) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Options, or benefits in lieu of Options, even if Options have been granted repeatedly in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future Option grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Option is an extraordinary item which does not constitute compensation of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant and which is outside the scope of Participant’s employment contract, if any;

(e) the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose, including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments;

(f) in the event that the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant, is not the Company, the grant of an Option will not be interpreted to form an employment contract or relationship with the Company; and furthermore, the Option grant will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(g) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(i) if Participant exercises the Option and obtains Shares, the value of those Shares acquired upon exercise may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(j) in consideration of the grant of the Option, no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages arises from termination of the Option or diminution in value of the Option or Shares purchased through exercise of the Option resulting from termination of Participant’s Service Provider relationship by the Company or by the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant (for any reason whether or not in breach of applicable labor laws) and Participant irrevocably

 

-7-


releases the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant from any such claim that may arise; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen then, by signing this Agreement, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived his or her entitlement to pursue such a claim;

(k) it is Participant’s sole responsibility to investigate and comply with any applicable exchange control laws in connection with the issuance and delivery of Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option;

(l) the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant are not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor are the Company or the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Option; and

(m) Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

13. Data Privacy . By entering into this Option Agreement, and as a condition of the grant of the Option, Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor, as the Parent or Subsidiary retaining Participant and/or the Company deems necessary for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”). Participant acknowledges and understands that Data may be transferred to any broker as designated by the Company and any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in Participant’s country or applicable area, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting Participant’s local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom Participant may elect to deposit any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the

 

-8-


consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Participant understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect his or her ability to exercise or realize benefits from the Option or otherwise participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of his or her refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

14. Language . If Participant has received this Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control unless otherwise prescribed by local law.

15. Consent to Receive Information in English . The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that this agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceeds entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de cette convention, ainsi que de tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et procédures judiciaries intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement à ou suite à la présente convention.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

-9-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
     

 

    Title

 

   
Residence Address    

 

-10-


EXHIBIT A

2010 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,             , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase             shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2010 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated             (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 11 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:       Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT       UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
       

 

Signature       By
       

 

Print Name       Print Name
     

 

      Title
Address:       Address:
        401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950
        Austin, TX 78701
     

 

      Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :        
COMPANY    :      UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
SECURITY    :      COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :                           SHARES
DATE    :                            

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of


Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT
 
Signature
 
Print Name
 
Date

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.4.3

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

AMENDMENT TO STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Stock Option Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made effective as of                     , 2014 (the “ Amendment Date ”) by and between Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                                 (the “ Participant ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Upland Software, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”) or the Stock Option Agreement previously entered into between the Company and the Participant with respect to the Option (as defined below) (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS: The Company granted the Participant an option under the Plan on                     to purchase                 shares of Common Stock at a price of $            per share (the “ Option ”);

WHEREAS: On September 2, 2014 the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Option to revise the vesting schedule to include certain vesting acceleration provisions;

WHEREAS: In connection with the foregoing, and to give effect to such amendment to the Option, the Stock Option Agreement evidencing the Option is amended as set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE: The parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment of Stock Option Agreement . The Stock Option Agreement evidencing the Option is hereby amended as follows:

a. Amendment of Vesting Schedule . The Vesting Schedule as set forth in Section I (Notice of Stock Option Grant) of the Stock Option Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

 

    Ten percent (10%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then


    Twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then

 

    Thirty percent (30%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then

 

    Forty percent (40%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and

All of the vesting, as described above, is subject to the Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant is terminated without Cause or leaves for Good Reason within twelve months following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), then one hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the Option shall accelerate as of immediately prior to such termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) Participant’s willful or grossly negligent failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations of Participant’s position with the Company; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by Participant which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Participant at the expense of the Company; (iii) Participant’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; (iv) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, excluding felonies for minor traffic violation and vicarious liability (so long as Participant did not know of the felony and did not willfully violate the law); (v) Participant’s material breach of the terms of the Proprietary Information Agreement with the Company. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means (i) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction of Participant’s duties or responsibilities relative to Participant’s duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided , however , any reduction in Participant’s duties or responsibilities resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change in Control but is not the chief executive officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) without Participant’s written consent, a material reduction in Participant’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in expenses generally affecting senior executives of the Company; (iii) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Participant was entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that Participant’s overall

 

-2-


benefits package is materially reduced, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in benefits generally affecting senior executives of the Company; or (iv) without Participant’s consent, a relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from Participant’s then current present working locations. Good Reason shall not exist unless Participant provides (i) notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition triggering Good Reason and (ii) the Company the opportunity of at least thirty (30) days to cure such condition. A termination from service shall not be considered for Good Reason if such termination occurs later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the Good Reason condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant terminates employment with the Company for Good Reason, but the Company discovers after such termination that Participant’s conduct during the employment term would have entitled the Company to terminate Participant for Cause, then Participant’s termination shall be for Cause and not for Good Reason and Participant shall remit all amounts paid to Participant for termination for Good Reason.

2. Miscellaneous . Except as set forth herein, the Option and the Stock Option Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Amendment shall be effective upon the execution hereof by the Company. This Amendment is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of the State of Texas.

* * * * *

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Acknowledged and agreed:
PARTICIPANT:

 

Address:

 

 

 

Facsimile #:                                                                           
Email:                                                                                       

U PLAND S OFTWARE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDMENT TO S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.5

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2010 STOCK PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”).

I. NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted a right to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date:  

 

 
Purchase Price per Share:  

 

 
Total Number of Shares Granted:  

 

 
Total Purchase Price:  

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and the remaining seventy-five (75%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in equal monthly installments thereafter over thirty-six (36) months on the corresponding day of each relevant month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

Any of the Shares which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option are referred to herein as “Unreleased Shares.” The Shares which have been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option shall be delivered to Participant at Participant’s request (see Section 11 of Part II of this Agreement).


II. AGREEMENT

1. Sale of Stock . The Administrator of the Company hereby agrees to sell to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), and Participant hereby agrees to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock, at the Purchase Price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the “Purchase Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Payment of Purchase Price . The Company hereby acknowledges that the purchase price for the Shares has been paid by Participant via services previously rendered to the Company, such services having a value at least equal to the Purchase Price.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Restricted Stock Award is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Restricted Stock Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Award or shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

-2-


5. Non-Transferability of Restricted Stock . This Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

6. Tax Consequences . Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant understands that Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option. Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase. The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit B-4 hereto.

THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS THE PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF THE PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.

7. Tax Withholding . Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”) with respect to Shares released from the Company’s Repurchase Option by, in the Administrator’s discretion: (i) withholding otherwise deliverable Shares upon release from the Company’s Repurchase Option having a Fair Market Value equal the amount of such Withholding Taxes, (ii) withholding the amount of such Withholding Taxes from Participant’s paycheck(s), (iii) requiring Participant to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Withholding Taxes, or (iv) a combination of the foregoing. The Company shall not retain fractional Shares to satisfy any portion of the Withholding Taxes. Accordingly, if any withholding is done through the withholding of Shares, Participant shall pay to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Should the Company be unable to procure such cash amounts from Participant, Participant agrees and acknowledges that Participant is giving the Company permission to withhold from Participant’s paycheck(s) an amount equal to the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of purchase.

 

-3-


8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RELEASE OF SHARES FROM THE REPURCHASE OPTION OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Repurchase Option .

(a) In the event Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider terminates for any or no reason (including death or Disability), the Company shall, upon the date of such termination (as reasonably fixed and determined by the Company), have an irrevocable, exclusive option for a period of ninety (90) days from such date to repurchase up to that number of Shares which constitute the Unreleased Shares (as defined in Part I of this Agreement) at the Purchase Price per share (the “Repurchase Price”) (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by delivering written notice to Participant or Participant’s executor (with a copy to the Escrow Holder (as defined in Section 11)) AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to Participant or Participant’s executor a check in the amount of the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of Participant’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate Repurchase Price. Upon delivery of such notice and the payment of the aggregate Repurchase Price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unreleased Shares being repurchased and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unreleased Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unreleased Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option to purchase all or a part of the Unreleased Shares. If the Fair Market Value of the Unreleased Shares to be repurchased on the date of such designation or assignment (the “Repurchase FMV”) exceeds the aggregate Repurchase Price of the Unreleased Shares, then each such designee or assignee shall pay the Company cash equal to the difference between the Repurchase FMV and the aggregate Repurchase Price of Unreleased Shares to be purchased.

 

-4-


(d) If the Company or its assignee does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

10. Restriction on Transfer . Except for the escrow described in Section 11 or transfer of the Shares to the Company or its assignees contemplated by this Agreement, none of the Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way until the release of such Shares from the Company’s Repurchase Option in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement shall, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, to the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

11. Escrow of Shares .

(a) To ensure the availability for delivery of Participant’s Unreleased Shares upon exercise of the Repurchase Option by the Company, Participant will, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”) the share certificates representing the Unreleased Shares, together with the Assignment Separate from Certificate (the “Stock Assignment”) duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 . The Unreleased Shares and Stock Assignment shall be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Participant attached as Exhibit B-2 hereto, until such time as the Company’s Repurchase Option expires.

(b) The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Unreleased Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) If the Company or any assignee exercises its Repurchase Option hereunder, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such option exercise from the proposed transferee, shall take all steps necessary to accomplish such transfer. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unreleased Shares to the Company upon such termination.

(d) When the Repurchase Option has been exercised or expires unexercised or a portion of the Shares has been released from such Repurchase Option, upon Participant’s request the Escrow Holder shall promptly cause a new certificate to be issued for such released Shares and shall deliver such certificate to the Company or Participant, as the case may be.

 

-5-


(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock, the Shares shall be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant shall in his or her capacity as owner of Unreleased Shares that have been awarded to him or her be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities shall thereupon be considered to be “Unreleased Shares” and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unreleased Shares pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any Unreleased Shares, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants shall be considered to be Unreleased Shares and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unreleased Shares pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

12. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Subject to Section 10, before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 12 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

 

-6-


(d) Payment . Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 12, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 12 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 12. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 12 and Section 9, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 12.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

13. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

 

-7-


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, AND A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND REPURCHASE OPTION ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

14. Notices . Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or Participant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

Any notice to the Escrow Holder shall be sent to the Company’s address with a copy to the other party not sending the notice.

15. No Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

-8-


16. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

17. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

18. Additional Documents . Participant agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

19. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

20. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

( Signature page(s) to follow .)

 

-9-


PARTICIPANT     SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

    Title

 

   
Residence Address    

 

-10-


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :   
COMPANY    :    SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
SECURITY    :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :                             SHARES
DATE    :    __________

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under

 

-11-


Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-12-


EXHIBIT B-1

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                  , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.                      shares of the Common Stock of Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. standing in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.               herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                              to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. and the undersigned dated                      ,                      (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                          ,             Signature:                                                                                                          

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Participant.

 

-13-


EXHIBIT B-2

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                          ,             

Chief Financial Officer

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

401 Congress Ave.

Suite 2950

Austin, TX 78701

Dear                                  :

As Escrow Agent for both Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Participant”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Participant and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Participant and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Participant irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Participant does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Participant’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.


4. Upon written request of the Participant, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Participant’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Participant, you shall deliver all of the same to Participant and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Participant while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

-2-


14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

( Signature page(s) to follow .)

 

-3-


PARTICIPANT     SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

    Title

 

   
Residence Address    
ESCROW AGENT    

 

   
Chief Financial Officer    
Dated:                                                                                                                     

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B-3

SPOUSAL CONSENT

I,                             , spouse of                         , have read and approve of the foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of             , together with all exhibits and attachments thereto (collectively, the “ Agreement ”), by and between my spouse and Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). In consideration of the Company’s granting of the right to                     to purchase                     shares of Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint                         as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise or waiver of any rights under the Agreement, and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws of the State of Texas, or under similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

Dated:                     

 

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name)


EXHIBIT B-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME:  

                                                          

   SPOUSE:   

                                                          

  
ADDRESS:  

                                                          

        
 

 

        

    TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.:                                          TAXABLE YEAR:                             

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                      shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:                      ,              .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $                         .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $                     .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:                                                       ,                     

 

    Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.

 

Dated:                                                       ,                     

 

    Spouse of Taxpayer

Exhibit 10.5.1

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

AMENDMENT TO RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made effective as of             , 2014 (the “ Amendment Date ”) by and between Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and             (the “ Participant ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Upland Software, Inc. 2010 Stock Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”) or the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement previously entered into between the Company and the Participant with respect to the Shares (as defined below) (the “ Stock Agreement ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS: The Company sold and issued to the Participant             shares of Common Stock at a price of $            per share (the “ Shares ”);

WHEREAS: On September 2, 2014 the Company’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Stock Agreement to revise the vesting schedule to include certain vesting acceleration provisions;

WHEREAS: In connection with the foregoing, and to give effect to such amendment to the Stock Agreement, the Stock Agreement is amended as set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE: The parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment of Stock Agreement . The Stock Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

a. Amendment of Vesting Schedule . The Vesting Schedule as set forth in Section I (Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock) of the Stock Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

Vesting Schedule:

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option on the one-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and the remaining seventy-five (75%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in equal monthly installments thereafter over thirty-six (36) months on the corresponding day of each relevant month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.


Any of the Shares which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option are referred to herein as “Unreleased Shares.” The Shares which have been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option shall be delivered to Participant at Participant’s request (see Section 11 of Part II of this Agreement).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant is terminated without Cause or leaves for Good Reason within twelve months following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), then one hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the Repurchase Option shall accelerate as of immediately prior to such termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) Participant’s willful or grossly negligent failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations of Participant’s position with the Company; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by Participant which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Participant at the expense of the Company; (iii) Participant’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; (iv) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, excluding felonies for minor traffic violation and vicarious liability (so long as Participant did not know of the felony and did not willfully violate the law); (v) Participant’s material breach of the terms of the Proprietary Information Agreement with the Company. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means (i) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction of Participant’s duties or responsibilities relative to Participant’s duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided , however , any reduction in Participant’s duties or responsibilities resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change in Control but is not the chief executive officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) without Participant’s written consent, a material reduction in Participant’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in expenses generally affecting senior executives of the Company; (iii) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Participant was entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that Participant’s overall benefits package is materially reduced, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in benefits generally affecting senior executives of the Company; or (iv) without Participant’s consent, a relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from Participant’s then current present working locations. Good Reason shall not exist unless Participant provides (i) notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition triggering Good Reason and (ii) the Company the opportunity of at least thirty (30) days to cure such condition. A termination from service shall not be considered for Good Reason if such termination occurs later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the Good Reason condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant terminates employment with the Company for Good Reason, but the Company discovers after such termination that Participant’s conduct during the employment term would have entitled the Company to terminate Participant for Cause, then Participant’s termination shall be for Cause and not for Good Reason and Participant shall remit all amounts paid to Participant for termination for Good Reason.

 

-2-


2. Miscellaneous . Except as set forth herein, the Shares and the Stock Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Amendment shall be effective upon the execution hereof by the Company. This Amendment is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of the State of Texas.

* * * * *

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Acknowledged and agreed:
PARTICIPANT:

 

Address :

 

 

 

Facsimile #:                                                        
Email:                                                                  

U PLAND S OFTWARE , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO A MENDMENT TO S TOCK A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.10

S ILVERBACK A CQUISITION C ORPORATION

July 23, 2010

Mr. John T. McDonald

                                     

                                     

Dear Jack:

I am pleased to offer you a position with Silverback Acquisition Corporation (the “ Company ”), as its Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer.

If you decide to join us, you will not receive any salary until January 2012, other than such minimum wages as may be required by law. You also will be given the opportunity to purchase 6,558,750 shares of the Company’s Common Stock at a price of $0.0001 per share (the “ Shares ”), subject to a right of repurchase by the Company (the “ Repurchase Option ”), which Repurchase Option shall lapse with respect to one-fourth (1/4) of the Shares on the first anniversary of your employment, with the remaining three-fourths (3/4) of the Shares being released from the Repurchase Option in equal monthly installments thereafter over thirty-six (36) months subject to the terms of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement with the Company (the “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ”). In the event that your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or you voluntarily resign with Good Reason (e.g., relocation or material change in title, duties or salary) (as both such terms are defined in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement), such Shares that would have been released from the Repurchase Option during the 12-month period immediately following the date of such termination shall be immediately released from the Repurchase Option. In the event that your employment is terminated without Cause or you voluntarily resign with Good Reason following a Change of Control (as defined in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement), 100% of the Shares still subject to the Repurchase Option shall be released and no longer be subject to such Repurchase Option. As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits upon implementation of such benefit plans and policies by the Company.

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment.


John T. McDonald

July 23, 2010

Page 2

 

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, except as listed Schedule A of your Employee Proprietary Information Agreement, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an Employee Proprietary Information Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. The Employee Proprietary Information Agreement will also contain a restriction on your ability to engage in competitive activities for a period of three (3) years from your last date of employment with the Company.

To accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be July 23, 2010 . This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by an officer of the Company and you.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Silverback Acquisition Corporation.


John T. McDonald

July 23, 2010

Page 3

 

Sincerely,
/s/ BRIAN K. BEARD
Brian K. Beard,
Secretary

 

Agreed to and accepted:
Signature:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Printed Name:   John T. McDonald
Date:   7/23/2010

Enclosures

Duplicate Original Letter

Employee Proprietary Information Agreement

Exhibit 10.11

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.

January 10, 2013

Brian Henley

3511 Riva Ridge

Cove Austin, Tx

78746

Dear Brian Henley:

I am pleased to offer you a position with Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”), as a Managing Director. If you decide to join us, you will receive a monthly salary of $10,000.00 starting January 1, 2013 , which will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. In addition, you will receive a monthly non-recourse draw of $4,166.67 for up to your first twelve (12) months tied to your first Acquisition. For purposes of this offer letter, Acquisition will be defined as a business acquired by the Company having at least $5 million of trailing twelve months total GAAP revenue. The Company may choose to alter the definition of an Acquisition to include a business with less revenue if we deem that business to have a unique strategic or financial value. Upon the first Acquisition, any remaining balance of the $50,000 “success fee” owed to you less cumulative draws to that date will be paid to you in the form of a bonus. Similarly, but without draws, a bonus of $60,000 will be paid upon the second Acquisition, Similarly, and still without draws, a bonus of $70,000 will be paid upon the third Acquisition. Finally, and still without draws, a bonus of $80,000 will be paid upon the fourth Acquisition, but for this fourth Acquisition, the definition of Acquisition will be amended to increase the minimum acquired business trailing twelve months total GAAP revenue from $5 million to $10 million.

As an employee, you will also be eligible to receive certain employee benefits. You will also be eligible to participate in any new equity-based plan adopted by the Company at a level appropriate for your role and responsibilities within the Company as determined by management. We will propose an initial option grant of 212,160 shares of Common Stock to the Board for approval with a Vesting Commencement Date of January 1, 2013 (consistent with your employment start date), and ten percent (10%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in equal twelve (12) installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then thirty percent (30%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in equal twelve (12) installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then the remaining Forty percent (40%) of the shares subject to the Option shall vest in equal twelve (12) installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the


Brian Henley

January 10, 2013

Page 2

 

fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and all of the vesting, as described above, is subject to you continuing to be an employee through each such date. You should note that the Company may modify job titles, salaries and benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice. We request that, in the event of resignation, you give the Company at least two weeks notice.

The Company reserves the right to conduct background investigations and/or reference checks on all of its potential employees. Your job offer, therefore, is contingent upon a clearance of such a background investigation and/or reference check, if any.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment or other business activities that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

As a condition of your employment, you are also required to sign and comply with an Employee Proprietary Information Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at the Company, a restriction on your ability to engage in competitive activities, and non-disclosure of Company proprietary information. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all but the first $300 of the arbitration fees. Please note that we must receive your signed Agreement before your first day of employment.

To memorialize your accept the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records. If you accept our offer, your first day of employment will be Tuesday, January 1, 2013 . This letter, along with any agreements relating to proprietary rights between you and the Company, set forth the


Brian Henley

January 10, 2013

Page 3

 

terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements including, but not limited to, any representations made during your recruitment, interviews or pre-employment negotiations, whether written or oral. This letter, including, but not limited to, its at-will employment provision, may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by an officer of the Company and you. This offer of employment will terminate if it is not accepted, signed and returned by Friday, January 11, 2013 .

We look forward to your favorable reply and to working with you at Silverback Acquisition Corporation.

 

Sincerely,
/s/ Michael Hill

Michael Hill

CFO

 

Agreed to and accepted:
Signature:   /s/ Brian Henley
Printed Name: Brian Henley
Date: 1/10/13

Enclosures:

Duplicate Original Letter

Employee Proprietary Information Agreement

Exhibit 10.11.1

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of July 25, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and R. Brian Henley (“ Executive ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to memorialize the terms of employment of Executive as of the Effective Date.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Duties and Scope of Employment.

(a) Positions and Duties. As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as Executive Vice President of Corporate Development & M&A of the Company. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .” During the Employment Term, Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties as are customarily associated with Executive’s positions within the Company and Executive agrees to perform such other duties and functions as shall from time to time be reasonably assigned or delegated by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”).

(b) Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company. During the Employment Term, Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his business time to the Company and shall not engage in any other material employment, occupation or consulting activity with material remuneration without the prior written consent of the CEO.

2. At-Will Employment. Executive and the Company agree and acknowledge Executive’s employment with the Company constitutes “at-will” employment. Executive and the Company further agree and acknowledge that this employment relationship (and the Employment Term) may be terminated at any time, with or without cause or good reason, at the option of either Executive or the Company. Executive understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Executive’s employment with the Company.


3. Compensation.

(a) Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for Executive’s services a base salary at the annualized rate of $125,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding). During the Employment Term, Executive’s compensation shall be reviewed by the CEO from time to time and at least once every 12 months. Any increase or decrease in Base Salary (together with the then existing Base Salary) shall serve as the “Base Salary” under this Agreement. The first and last payment will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

(b) Bonus. During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to receive bonus payments upon the closing of the Company’s acquisitions. The Bonus calculation for the 2014 calendar year is outlined in Exhibit A. Future year bonuses to be approved by the CEO and Executive will be finalized in January of each calendar year based upon the Company’s annual acquisition targets as represented by subsequent addenda to this Agreement.

(c) Equity. Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional grant of 250,000 shares of restricted stock of the Company (the “ Award ”) subject to approval of the Board and the terms and conditions set forth in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement issued thereunder (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). The Purchase Agreement shall include a three year vesting schedule pursuant to which and twenty percent (20%) of the shares subject to the Award shall vest on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, then forty percent (40%) of the shares subject to the Award shall vest in equal twelve (12) installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the first anniversary of the Effective Date to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, then forty percent (40%) of the shares subject to the Award shall vest in equal twelve (12) installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the second anniversary of the Effective Date to the third anniversary of the Effective Date, and in each case above, all of the vesting, is subject to Executive continuing to be an employee through each such date.

4. Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5. Vacation. Executive will be entitled to paid vacation generally applicable to the senior executives of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy.

6. Business Expenses. During the Employment Term, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time (the “ Expense Reimbursement ”).

 

-2-


7. Severance.

(a) For Cause Termination by the Company; Voluntary Termination without Good Reason by Executive . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment voluntarily without Good Reason, then Executive will (i) receive the earned but unpaid compensation and earned but unpaid Bonus through the date of termination, (ii) any accrued but unpaid vacation pay for the fiscal year during which the termination occurs and Expense Reimbursement and (iii) not receive any other compensation or benefits from the Company except as may be required by law or in accordance with established Company plans and policies; provided, however, nothing herein shall be deemed to alter or affect Executive’s vested rights in any pension, 401(k) or other benefit plan with the Company, if any.

(b) Termination Without Cause by the Company; Termination For Good Reason by Executive. If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason, then Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) any earned but unpaid compensation, earned but unpaid Bonus, and accrued but unpaid vacation pay and any Expense Reimbursement, (ii) severance in the form of continuation of Executive’s Base Salary in effect on the effective date of termination for a period determined by multiplying (i) four (4) weeks by (ii) the number of years of service to the Company at the time of termination (up to a maximum of fifty two (52) weeks of severance)(such time period, the “ Severance Period ”), after the date of such termination to be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, (iii) the vesting of all outstanding shares of restricted stock and the shares underlying all options issued to the Executive shall accelerate as if the Executive had remained a service provider until the first anniversary of the date of termination, and (iv) reimbursement of any health care benefit continuation premiums during the Severance Period, provided Executive timely elects continuation of coverage under COBRA or applicable state law; provided, however, that Executive’s right to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall be conditioned upon Executive’s and Executive’s wife’s execution and delivery (without revocation) of a general release of claims in favor of the Company and affirmation of Executive’s other continuing obligations dated as of the date of termination; provided, further, that such COBRA premium reimbursements set forth in clause (iii) shall terminate upon commencement of new employment by an employer that offers health care coverage to its employees and Executive shall be required to notify the Company of such other employment prior to the effective date thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information Agreement (as defined in Section 11), the Company shall no longer be obligated to pay any amounts set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii), and Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further monthly installments of the severance payments set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii).

(c) Section 409A.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), and the severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits ”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment. All subsequent Deferred

 

-3-


Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(ii) Any amount paid under the Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-l(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of Section 7(c)(i) above.

(iii) Any amount paid under the Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of Section 7(c)(i) above. For purposes of this Section 7(c), “ Section 409A Limit ” will mean the lesser of two (2) times: (A) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-l(b)(9)(iii)(A)(l) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (B) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(l7) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

8. Death or Disability. The Employment Term and Executive’s employment shall terminate upon Executive’s death or Disability. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for either death or Disability, Executive or Executive’s estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation, earned but unpaid Bonus, and accrued but unpaid vacation pay and any Expense Reimbursement. Upon termination of Executive’s employment due to death or Disability pursuant to this Section 8, Executive or Executive’s estate, as the case may be, shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. All other benefits, if any, due Executive following Executive’s termination for death or Disability shall be determined in accordance with established Company plans and practices.

9. Limitation on Payments. In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 9, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance and other benefits will be either: (i) delivered in full, or (ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance and other benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance and other benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance and other benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under

 

-4-


this Section 9 will be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants immediately prior to a Change of Control (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 9, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 9. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 9. In the event the Accountants determine that this Section 9 requires a reduction in Executive’s severance or other benefits, the reduction will occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; reduction of employee benefits; cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; cancellation of equity awards that are considered to be contingent upon the Change of Control transaction. If Executive fails to make an appropriate reduction election within the reasonable time period determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, the order of reduction shall be determined by the Board.

10. Definitions.

(a) Change of Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” means (X) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary, but excluding any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity or (Y) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(b) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means (i) Executive’s willful failure to perform the duties and obligations of Executive’s position with the Company; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by Executive which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Executive at the expense of the Company; (iii) Executive’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; (iv) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, excluding felonies for minor traffic violation and vicarious liability (so long as Executive did not know of the felony and did not willfully violate the law); or (v) Executive’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information Agreement (as defined in Section 11).

(c) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means, (i) without Executive’s consent, a material reduction of Executive’s duties or responsibilities relative to Executive’s duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided , however , any reduction in Executive’s duties or responsibilities resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change of Control but is not the chief

 

-5-


executive officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) without Executive’s written consent, a material reduction in the Base Salary of Executive as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in expenses generally affecting senior executives of the Company; (iii) without Executive’s consent, a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that Executive’s overall benefits package is materially reduced, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in benefits generally affecting senior executives of the Company or (iv) without Executive’s consent, his relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from his present working locations (currently Austin, Texas). Good Reason shall not exist unless Executive provides (i) notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition triggering Good Reason and (ii) the Company the opportunity of at least thirty (30) days to cure such condition.

(d) Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means Executive’s inability to perform Executive’s duties due to Executive’s physical or mental incapacity, as reasonably determined by the Board or its designee, for an aggregate of 180 days in any 365 consecutive day period.

11. Confidential Information. Executive confirms Executive’s obligations under the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement entered into by the Company and Executive on or about January 10, 2013 (the “ Proprietary Information Agreement ”), including, without limitation, provisions prohibiting (a) disclosure of confidential information, (b) solicitation of company employees, and (c) competition with the Company, each as more fully set forth in the Proprietary Information Agreement.

12. Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. None of the obligations of Executive under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile directed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number indicated for such party on the signature page to this Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given upon personal delivery, three (3) days after the date of mailing, or upon confirmation of facsimile transfer.

14. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

 

-6-


15. Confidentiality. During the Employment Term and thereafter, Executive agrees to use Executive’s best efforts to maintain in confidence the existence of this Agreement, the contents and terms of this Agreement, including any documents incorporated by reference, the consideration for this Agreement, any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, products, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom Executive called or with whom Executive became acquainted during the term of the Employment Term), markets, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances or other business information disclosed to Executive by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing or orally (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Employment Information ”). Executive agrees to take every reasonable precaution to prevent disclosure of any Employment Information to third parties, and agree that there will be no publicity, directly or indirectly, concerning any Employment Information.

16. Arbitration.

(a) Executive agrees that any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, validity, construction, performance, breach, or termination thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration to be held in Austin, Texas in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association (the “ Rules ”). The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

(b) The arbitrator(s) will apply Texas law to the merits of any dispute or claim, without reference to rules of conflicts of law. The arbitration proceedings will be governed by federal arbitration law and by the Rules, without reference to state arbitration law. Executive hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Texas for any action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in which the parties are participants.

(c) EXECUTIVE HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THIS SECTION, WHICH DISCUSSES ARBITRATION. EXECUTIVE UNDERSTANDS THAT BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, EXECUTIVE AGREES TO SUBMIT ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE INTERPRETATION, VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, BREACH OR TERMINATION THEREOF TO BINDING ARBITRATION, AND THAT THIS ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIP, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DISCRIMINATION CLAIMS.

 

-7-


17. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Effective Date, or (ii) or the end of the Employment Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 2 and 7 – 21 of this Agreement shall survive any such termination or expiration.

18. Integration. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement (and any other option or purchase agreements outstanding on the Effective Date) and the Proprietary Information Agreement, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. To the extent that any provision of the Proprietary Information Agreement conflicts with a provision of this Agreement, this Agreement shall control. No waiver, alteration or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

19. Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

20. Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS WITHOUT REGARD FOR CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES. SUBJECT TO THE ARBITRATION PROVISION IN SECTION 16, I HEREBY EXPRESSLY CONSENT TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN TEXAS FOR ANY LAWSUIT FILED THERE AGAINST ME BY THE COMPANY CONCERNING MY EMPLOYMENT OR THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT OR ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

21. Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that Executive has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from Executive’s private attorney, Executive has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

-8-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
Upload Software, Inc.
By:  

/s/ John McDonald

Name:  

John McDonald

Title:  

CEO

Address :   401 CONGRESS AVE
  AUSTIN TX
Attn:  

 

Facsimile #:  

 

“EXECUTIVE”

/s/ R. Brian Henley

R. Brian Henley
Address:  
3511 Riva Ridge Cove
Austin, TX 78746

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


Exhibit A

2014 BONUS

The Executive will be paid a bonus for each business acquired by the Company during the 2014 calendar year. The bonus will be 1.33% of the acquired Annualized Run Rate Revenue of the acquired company at the closing of the acquisition. Annualized Run Rate Revenue is defined as the product of (i) the aggregate amount of recognized revenue of the acquired company for the full three month period ending on the last day of the month prior to the closing of the acquisition, multiplied by (ii) four (4). Earned bonuses shall be paid no later than 45 days after the closing of an acquisition. A bonus will be deemed earned on an acquisition if the Executive is terminated without cause within 45 days of acquisition closing.

Exhibit 10.12

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of May 9, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and John T. McDonald (“ Executive ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to memorialize the terms of employment of Executive as of the Effective Date.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Duties and Scope of Employment .

(a) Positions and Duties . As of the Effective Date, Executive will continue to serve as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Company. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .” During the Employment Term, Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of Executive’s duties as are customarily associated with Executive’s positions within the Company and Executive agrees to perform such other duties and functions as shall from time to time be reasonably assigned or delegated to Executive by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

(b) Obligations . During the Employment Term, Executive will perform Executive’s duties faithfully and to the best of Executive’s ability and will devote Executive’s full business efforts and time to the Company. During the Employment Term, Executive agrees to devote substantially of his business time to the Company and shall not engage in any other material employment, occupation or consulting activity with material remuneration without the prior written consent of the Board.

2. At-Will Employment . Executive and the Company agree and acknowledge Executive’s employment with the Company constitutes “at-will” employment. Executive and the Company further agree and acknowledge that this employment relationship (and the Employment Term) may be terminated at any time, with or without cause or good reason, at the option of either Executive or the Company. Executive understands and agrees that neither Executive’s job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of Executive’s employment with the Company.


3. Compensation .

(a) Base Salary . During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for Executive’s services a base salary at the annualized rate of $240,000 (the “ Base Salary ”). The Base Salary will be paid in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices (subject to required withholding). During the Employment Term, Executive’s compensation shall be reviewed by the Board from time to time and at least once every 12 months. Any increase or decrease in Base Salary (together with the then existing Base Salary) shall serve as the “Base Salary” under this Agreement. The first and last payment will be adjusted, if necessary, to reflect a commencement or termination date other than the first or last working day of a pay period.

(b) Target Bonus . During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 100% of Executive’s Base Salary, less applicable withholdings, upon achievement of performance objectives to be determined by the Board in its sole discretion, which shall be based upon, among other things, achievement of revenue and EBITDA targets (the “ Target Bonus ”). Any Bonus will be earned only if the Company achieves the annual performance objectives during the designated time period and Executive is continuously employed by the Company on the date that such performance objectives are achieved. The Company shall pay such Bonus at the same time as bonuses are normally paid to senior management, unless the Board approves an exception for payment of a particular bonus on a case by case basis, but in any event, any earned Bonus shall be paid no later than two months and 15 days after the end of the Company’s taxable year in which such Bonus was earned.

(c) Equity . Executive shall be entitled to receive a grant of 1,043,173 shares of restricted stock of the Company subject to approval of the Board and the terms and conditions set forth in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement issued thereunder (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). The Purchase Agreement shall include a four year vesting schedule and such other terms approved by the Board and Executive.

4. Employee Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5. Vacation . Executive will be entitled to paid vacation generally applicable to the senior executives of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s vacation policy.

6. Business Expenses . During the Employment Term, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time (the “ Expense Reimbursement ”).

7. Severance .

(a) For Cause Termination by the Company; Voluntary Termination without Good Reason by Executive . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment voluntarily without Good Reason, then Executive will (i) receive the earned but unpaid compensation and earned but unpaid Bonus through the date of termination, (ii) any accrued but unpaid vacation pay for the fiscal year during which the termination

 

-2-


occurs and Expense Reimbursement and (iii) not receive any other compensation or benefits from the Company except as may be required by law or in accordance with established Company plans and policies; provided, however, nothing herein shall be deemed to alter or affect Executive’s vested rights in any pension, 401(k) or other benefit plan with the Company, if any.

(b) Termination Without Cause by the Company; Termination For Good Reason by Executive . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or if Executive terminates Executive’s employment for Good Reason, then Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) any earned but unpaid compensation, earned but unpaid Bonus, and accrued but unpaid vacation pay and any Expense Reimbursement, (ii) severance in the form of continuation of Executive’s Base Salary in effect on the effective date of termination for a period of twelve (12) months after the date of such termination to be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, and (iii) reimbursement of any health care benefit continuation premiums for a period of twelve (12) months after the date of such termination, provided Executive timely elects continuation of coverage under COBRA or applicable state law; provided, however , that Executive’s right to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii) above shall be conditioned upon Executive’s and Executive’s wife’s execution and delivery (without revocation) of a general release of claims in favor of the Company and affirmation of Executive’s other continuing obligations dated as of the date of termination; provided, further , that such COBRA premium reimbursements set forth in clause (iii) shall terminate upon commencement of new employment by an employer that offers health care coverage to its employees and Executive shall be required to notify the Company of such other employment prior to the effective date thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information Agreement (as defined in Section 11), the Company shall no longer be obligated to pay any amounts set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii), and Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further monthly installments of the severance payments set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii).

(c) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), and the severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “ Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits ”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s termination of employment, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following his termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

-3-


(ii) Any amount paid under the Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of Section 7(c)(i) above.

(iii) Any amount paid under the Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of Section 7(c)(i) above. For purposes of this Section 7(c), “ Section 409A Limit ” will mean the lesser of two (2) times: (A) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (B) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

8. Death or Disability . The Employment Term and Executive’s employment shall terminate upon Executive’s death or Disability. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for either death or Disability, Executive or Executive’s estate, as the case may be, shall be entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation, earned but unpaid Bonus, and accrued but unpaid vacation pay and any Expense Reimbursement. Upon termination of Executive’s employment due to death or Disability pursuant to this Section 8, Executive or Executive’s estate, as the case may be, shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. All other benefits, if any, due Executive following Executive’s termination for death or Disability shall be determined in accordance with established Company plans and practices.

9. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 9, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance and other benefits will be either: (i) delivered in full, or (ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance and other benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance and other benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance and other benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 9 will be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants immediately prior to a Change of Control (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 9, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 9. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 9.

 

-4-


In the event the Accountants determine that this Section 9 requires a reduction in Executive’s severance or other benefits, the reduction will occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; reduction of employee benefits; cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; cancellation of equity awards that are considered to be contingent upon the Change of Control transaction. If Executive fails to make an appropriate reduction election within the reasonable time period determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, the order of reduction shall be determined by the Board.

10. Definitions .

(a) Change of Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” means (X) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary, but excluding any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity or (Y) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(b) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means (i) Executive’s willful failure to perform the duties and obligations of Executive’s position with the Company; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by Executive which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Executive at the expense of the Company; (iii) Executive’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; (iv) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, excluding felonies for minor traffic violation and vicarious liability (so long as Executive did not know of the felony and did not willfully violate the law); or (v) Executive’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information Agreement (as defined in Section 11).

(c) Good Reason . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means, (i) without Executive’s consent, a material reduction of Executive’s duties or responsibilities relative to Executive’s duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided , however , any reduction in Executive’s duties or responsibilities resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change of Control but is not the chief executive officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) without Executive’s written consent, a material reduction in the Base Salary of Executive as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in expenses generally affecting senior executives of the Company; (iii) without Executive’s consent, a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Executive was entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that Executive’s overall benefits package is materially reduced, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in benefits generally affecting senior executives of the Company or (iv) without Executive’s consent, his relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from his present working locations (currently the Irving/Dallas

 

-5-


area and Austin, Texas). Good Reason shall not exist unless Executive provides (i) notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition triggering Good Reason and (ii) the Company the opportunity of at least thirty (30) days to cure such condition.

(d) Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means Executive’s inability to perform Executive’s duties due to Executive’s physical or mental incapacity, as reasonably determined by the Board or its designee, for an aggregate of 180 days in any 365 consecutive day period.

11. Confidential Information . Executive confirms Executive’s obligations under the Employee Proprietary Information Agreement entered into by the Company and Executive on or about July 23, 2010 (the “ Proprietary Information Agreement ”), including, without limitation, provisions prohibiting (a) disclosure of confidential information, (b) solicitation of company employees, and (c) competition with the Company, each as more fully set forth in the Proprietary Information Agreement.

12. Assignment . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. None of the obligations of Executive under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally by hand or by courier, mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile directed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number indicated for such party on the signature page to this Agreement, or at such other address or facsimile number as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed given upon personal delivery, three (3) days after the date of mailing, or upon confirmation of facsimile transfer.

14. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Confidentiality . During the Employment Term and thereafter, Executive agrees to use Executive’s best efforts to maintain in confidence the existence of this Agreement, the contents and terms of this Agreement, including any documents incorporated by reference, the consideration for this Agreement, any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, products, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom Executive called or

 

-6-


with whom Executive became acquainted during the term of the Employment Term), markets, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances or other business information disclosed to Executive by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing or orally (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Employment Information ”). Executive agrees to take every reasonable precaution to prevent disclosure of any Employment Information to third parties, and agree that there will be no publicity, directly or indirectly, concerning any Employment Information.

16. Arbitration .

(a) Executive agrees that any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, validity, construction, performance, breach, or termination thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration to be held in Austin, Texas in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association (the “ Rules ”). The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in such dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator will be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction.

(b) The arbitrator(s) will apply Texas law to the merits of any dispute or claim, without reference to rules of conflicts of law. The arbitration proceedings will be governed by federal arbitration law and by the Rules, without reference to state arbitration law. Executive hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Texas for any action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in which the parties are participants.

(c) EXECUTIVE HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THIS SECTION, WHICH DISCUSSES ARBITRATION. EXECUTIVE UNDERSTANDS THAT BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, EXECUTIVE AGREES TO SUBMIT ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE INTERPRETATION, VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, BREACH OR TERMINATION THEREOF TO BINDING ARBITRATION, AND THAT THIS ARBITRATION CLAUSE CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIP, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DISCRIMINATION CLAIMS.

17. Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the Effective Date, or (ii) or the end of the Employment Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 2 and 7 – 21 of this Agreement shall survive any such termination or expiration.

18. Integration . This Agreement, together with the Option Agreement (and any other option agreements outstanding on the Effective Date) and the Proprietary Information Agreement, represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. To the extent that any provision of the Proprietary Information Agreement conflicts with a provision of this

 

-7-


Agreement, this Agreement shall control. No waiver, alteration or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

19. Tax Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

20. Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction . THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS WITHOUT REGARD FOR CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES. SUBJECT TO THE ARBITRATION PROVISION IN SECTION 16, I HEREBY EXPRESSLY CONSENT TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN TEXAS FOR ANY LAWSUIT FILED THERE AGAINST ME BY THE COMPANY CONCERNING MY EMPLOYMENT OR THE TERMINATION OF MY EMPLOYMENT OR ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

21. Acknowledgment . Executive acknowledges that Executive has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from Executive’s private attorney, Executive has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

-8-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

“COMPANY”
Upland Software, Inc.
By:  

/s/ ROBERT V. HOUSLEY

Name:  

Robert V. Housley

Title:  

General Counsel and Secretary

Address :
401 Congress Avenue, Suite 2950
Austin, Texas 78701

 

“EXECUTIVE”

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

John T. McDonald
Address :

5406 Maryanna Drive

Austin, Texas 78746

     

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

Exhibit 10.13

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT entered into at the City of Laval, Province of Quebec, as of the 10 th day of February, 2012

 

B E T W E E N:    Ludwig Melik , of the city of Laval in the Province of Québec
   (hereinafter referred to as the “ Executive ”)
A N D:    SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada
   (hereinafter referred to as the “ Buyer ”)
A N D:    TENROX INC. , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada
   (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”).
A N D:    SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC. , a corporation incorporated under the laws of Delaware.
   (hereinafter referred to as “ Silverback ”).

WHEREAS the Executive is currently an employee of the Company;

AND WHEREAS the Executive is also a co-founding shareholder of the Company;

AND WHEREAS the Buyer is proposing to acquire all of the outstanding securities of the Company (the “ Purchase ”);

AND WHEREAS the Buyer is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Silverback.

AND WHEREAS it is a condition to the completion of the Purchase that the Executive enter into this Agreement;

AND WHEREAS the Executive has agreed to be employed with the Company after the date hereof upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. PREAMBLE

The preamble shall form an integral part of this Agreement;

 

2. THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS

The Company is currently focused on the business of developing, testing, marketing, selling, installing, servicing, maintaining, improving, integrating and customizing Project Management, Professional Services Automation and Portfolio Project Management software and providing consulting services or market commentary relative thereto (the “ Business ”).

 

3. EMPLOYMENT

The Executive agrees to be employed with the Company as its Vice President of Sales (Tenrox Division).

 

4. TERM

The employment of the Executive shall be for an indeterminate term, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of section 9 hereunder.

 

5. DUTIES

During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall faithfully, honestly, diligently and to the best of his abilities, serve the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and will exercise and perform all such powers, responsibilities and duties inherent to the above mentioned position and such other duties and responsibilities as the Company’s Board of Directors, or such person as the Board or the CEO of Silverback shall from time to time designate, acting reasonably, may, from time to time, require him to exercise, perform and carry out, provided that such duties are consistent with the office of the Executive. The Executive shall devote his full business time, attention and effort to the affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates (and shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, undertake any other business or occupation or become a director, officer, employee or agent of any other organization, firm or individual) and shall use the Executive’s best efforts to promote the interests of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates. The Executive acknowledges that employment in the position noted above will include the carrying out of duties in the evenings and weekends, as may be required from time to time, in addition to regular business hours, for which no compensation or time off for overtime work shall be provided.

The Executive further agrees to strictly comply with all laws, regulations, rules, Company policies, practices, standards and procedures as may, from time to time, be in force.

 

-2-


The Company hereby acknowledges and accepts that the Executive will act as director, officer and/or trustee of his holding company or family trust. Such involvement shall not prevent him from performing his duties hereunder.

 

6. BASE SALARY

The Company shall pay the Executive a gross annualized salary one hundred thirty-four thousand one hundred six dollars (CDN$ 134,106) (hereinafter referred to as the “ Base Salary ”) payable in regular instalments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices. The Base Salary shall be reviewed on an annual basis.

 

7. BENEFITS

In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be entitled to the following Benefits (hereinafter referred to as the “ Benefits ”):

 

  7.1 Insurance Plans: The Executive shall participate in such medical, dental, short term and long term disability and life insurance plans as the Company makes available to its employees from time to time. A description of the benefits conferred under these plans shall be made available to the Executive as necessary from time to time. As the benefits are provided by a third party insurer, such that the cost and availability of such benefits are outside the Company’s control, the Company reserves the right to modify or discontinue the benefits as the Company judges necessary from time to time. In the event of any such modification or discontinuance, the Executive shall have no right to compensation as a consequence of the modification or discontinuance.

 

  7.2 Expenses: The Company shall provide the Executive with an annual expense allowance of up to thirty-three thousand five hundred dollars (CDN$ 33,500) (the “ Expense Allowance ”) for reasonable expenses incurred by him in the course of performing his duties under this Agreement in a timely manner and in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company from time to time and provided that proper supporting receipts are submitted. The unused portion of the Expense Allowance at the end of the calendar year shall be payable to the Executive in the form of a bonus or a retirement plan contribution.

 

  7.3 Incentive Plans: The Executive shall participate in such incentive plans, including bonus or equity plans, as the Company or Silverback may implement from time to time and which shall designate the Executive as an eligible participant. Subject to mutual agreement between the Executive and the Company, it is hereby acknowledged that the Executive’s participation in any Company or Silverback incentive plan may be combined with a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary.

 

-3-


8. VACATION

The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation per calendar year, accruing monthly from and after the Notice Start Date (as defined below); provided, however, that as of the Notice Start Date, the Executive shall be entitled to use up to one (1) week of such paid vacation (the “ Vacation Credit ”), which such Vacation Credit shall be reduced in proportion to the accrual of one (1) week of vacation in accordance with standard accrual policy or in connection with the use of such Vacation Credit. The Executive shall take his vacation at such time or times as may be appropriate, having regard to the Company’s operations and the Executive’s responsibilities. Upon prior written consent of the Company, Executive may defer unused vacation days from one calendar year to the next.

 

9. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

  9.1 Termination by Executive - The Executive may terminate his employment with the Company by giving not less than sixty (60) days of written notice of termination. If the Executive gives notice of termination as provided herein, the Company may, at its sole discretion, waive such notice and immediately terminate this agreement and the employment of the Executive without any notice or indemnity in lieu of notice to the Executive and the company will have no further obligations to the Executive with respect to the termination of his employment or this agreement, including by way of notice of termination, payment in lieu of notice, anticipated earnings or damages of any kind save and except for any unpaid Base Salary as well as any unused and outstanding accrued vacation pay from the Notice Start Date up to the effective termination date.

 

  9.2 Termination for Serious Reason: The Company may terminate this Agreement and the Executive s employment at any time, for serious reason, without notice and without payment of compensation, either by way of notice, pay in lieu of notice, anticipated earnings or damages of any kind. For the purposes hereof, “serious reason” means (i) the Executive’s violation of a material term and/or condition of this Agreement, of any other material contract between the Company and the Executive, or of any of the Company’s policies as in effect from time to time; (ii) the substantial failure of the Executive to perform Executive’s obligations hereunder or under or of any other material contract between the Company and the Executive in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Company or the inability or incapacity of Executive to fulfill the essential requirements of Executive’s position for a continuous period of sixty (60) days; (iii) Executive’s engaging in fraud, dishonestly, serious misconduct or neglect in the discharge of Executive’s duties (including, without limitation, violation of any contractual, statutory or common law duty to the Company or any affiliate or subsidiary thereof); (iv) Executive’s being convicted (by way of a final judgment) of a serious criminal offense or being declared guilty of dishonesty or any substantial misconduct which reflects adversely on the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof; (v) the commission by the Executive of any act of gross negligence or intentional misconduct in the performance or non-performance of the Executive’s duties to the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof; or (vi) any conduct that, in the opinion of the Company, may reasonably be expected to bring the Executive, the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries into disrepute.

 

-4-


In the event of the occurrence of an alleged serious reason invoked by the Company pursuant to sections 9.2 (i), (iii), (v) and/or (vi), the Company agrees and undertakes to issue a formal written notice to the Executive, setting out the specific nature of the alleged serious reason and it will provide the Executive with a minimum delay of fifteen (15) business days to address the letter and remedy the alleged conduct, if necessary.

Should this Agreement be terminated for serious reason pursuant to the provisions of this section 9.2, the Executive shall be paid all unpaid Base Salary to the date of termination, as well as any unused and outstanding accrued vacation pay from the Notice Start Date to that date.

 

  9.3 Termination Without Serious Reason:

 

  9.3.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement and solely for the purpose of determining the length of notice or indemnity in lieu of notice to which the Executive is entitled under this Agreement in the event of the termination of his employment without serious reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have began his employment with the Company on the date hereof (the “ Notice Start Date ”).

 

  9.3.2 In consideration for the benefits deriving to the Executive from the sale of his shares in the Company pursuant to the Purchase concurrent with the execution of this Agreement, the employment relationship between the Executive and the Company existing immediately before the execution of this Agreement is hereby, by mutual consent, irrevocably resiliated and this Agreement constates a new employment relationship beginning on the Notice Start Date.

 

  9.3.3 The Executive hereby renounces any right to notice or indemnity in lieu of notice on account of employment with the Company prior to the Notice Start Date and agrees to sign, contemporaneous with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, a full and final release with respect to any such rights in favour of the Company, in the form of the release attached hereto at Schedule A.

 

  9.3.4 Notwithstanding subsection 9.3.2 hereof, the Executive’s obligations pursuant to article 2088 of the Civil Code of Quebec arising from the period prior to Notice Start Date are hereby continued and confirmed.

 

  9.3.5 If this Agreement is terminated by the Company without serious reason, the Executive shall be entitled to receive a notice or indemnity in lieu thereof, at the Company’s discretion, equal to four (4) weeks per year of service between the Notice Start Date and the date of termination of employment. The notice or indemnity in lieu of notice under this Agreement shall be pro rated for any partial year of service and shall in no case exceed eighteen (18) months.

 

-5-


  9.4 Termination by Death or Permanent Incapacity - The employment of the Executive shall terminate automatically upon the death or permanent incapacity of the Executive, as declared by a competent physician. For purposes of this section 9.4, the Executive shall be deemed to have suffered permanent incapacity when the Executive suffers any illness or injury that prevents him from performing his essential employment duties for a period of six (6) consecutive months. Where the employment of the Executive is terminated under this section 9.4, the Company shall be under no obligation to provide the Executive (or his estate, as the case may be) with notice of termination, payment in lieu of notice, anticipated earnings or damages of any kind save and except for any unpaid Base Salary as well as any unused and outstanding accrued vacation pay from the Notice Start Date up to the effective termination date.

 

  9.5 Directorship and Offices - Upon the termination of his employment with the Company, the Executive shall immediately resign any directorship or office held in the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliated companies of the Company and, except as provided in this agreement, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any written notice of termination or payment in lieu of notice, or to receive any severance pay, damages or compensation for loss of office or otherwise, by reason of the resignation or resignations referred to in this section 9.5. On termination of employment with the Company, the Executive shall immediately relinquish all shares or stock and all equity interests which may be held by the Executive as a nominee for or on behalf of the Company or any parent, subsidiary or affiliated companies of the Company.

 

  9.6 Return of Property: In the event that this Agreement is terminated for any reason whatsoever, the Executive shall immediately return all Company’s property, including, without limitation, Confidential Information (as defined below), any and all notes, business records or documents, whether on digital media or otherwise, keys, security access cards, computer, telephone, and all other passwords, files, contracts, books, computer source, access and/or object codes and any and all other equipment, whether or not any of these items or parts of these items were prepared by him, in his possession or under his control, without retaining any memoranda or copies in whatever form of any such items.

 

  9.7 Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the Executive’s employment for any reason whatsoever and by whomsoever, the provisions of sections 10 (Safeguarding Confidential Information) and 11 (Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition) of this Agreement, and any provision of this Agreement necessary to give them effect, shall continue in full force and effect following such termination.

 

-6-


10. SAFEGUARDING CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

  10.1 The Executive acknowledges that the Company, Silverback and their subsidiary companies operate businesses in a highly specialized and competitive area and that confidentiality is vital to the pursuit of their operations.

 

  10.2 The Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment with the Company, he has had access to and used and will continue to have access to and use “Confidential Information” (as defined below) regarding the Company, its subsidiary companies, its Business, Silverback and its subsidiary companies, their clients, suppliers, consultants and co-contractors, and that such Confidential Information belongs to the Company, Silverback and their respective subsidiary companies (the “ Silverback Group ”), as the case may be, and has special, unique and extraordinary value for the Silverback Group and that the disclosure of such Confidential Information in any manner and to whomsoever, and more particularly to the competitors of the Silverback Group or to the general public, would be highly detrimental to the Silverback Group.

 

  10.3 The Executive acknowledges that the Silverback Group has a legitimate interest in protecting the Confidential Information. The Executive hereby undertakes not to disclose or reveal to whomsoever and for any reason, nor use for his own account or for the account of any other person, any Confidential Information regarding the Silverback Group, their clients, suppliers, consultants and co-contractors, as long as he is in the Company’s employ and indefinitely following the termination of his employment, except in the following circumstances:

 

  10.3.1 The Confidential Information is already known to the public without any breach or disclosure on the part of the Executive;

 

  10.3.2 The Executive is required by a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise by law to disclose the Confidential Information. In such circumstances, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company to preserve the confidentiality of any Confidential Information the disclosure of which is not required;

 

  10.3.3 Disclosure is required in order for the Executive’s duties with the Company to be performed in certain circumstances.

 

  10.4 In the event that the Executive is requested or required to disclose any Confidential Information, he shall provide the Company with prompt written notice of any such request or requirements so that the appropriate member of the Silverback Group may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  10.5 The Executive further undertakes to use his best efforts and diligence to safeguard all such Confidential Information, and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, lost or theft.

 

-7-


  10.6 For the purposes hereof, “Confidential Information” means any information that has commercial value for any member of the Silverback Group (including the Company), their clients, suppliers, consultants and co-contractors, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, industrial designs, designs, ideas, business secrets, trade secrets, patents, copyrights, discoveries, inventions, improvements, procedures, formulas, works, reports, know-how, data or other proprietary information relating to research, documents, contracts, strategic tools, research and experiment results, laboratory techniques, computer programs, software, software documentation, hardware design, manuals, techniques, price or rate lists, client lists, key persons lists, contacts, potential clients, financial information, sources of supply, lists of suppliers, sales techniques and policies, price policies, sales and distribution data, internal reports and market studies, formulas, products, product composition, processes, materials, developmental or experimental work, other original works of authorship, projections, marketing and operational plans, business plans, strategic plans, scientific projects and any other trade secrets and information regarding the services or business of the Silverback Group, their clients, suppliers, consultants and co-contractors which any member of the Silverback Group treats as Confidential Information, including any information entrusted to the Company by third parties.

 

11. NON-SOLICITATION and NON-COMPETITION

 

  11.1 The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s Business and the business of the Silverback Group is highly competitive, is knowledge, idea, and concept-driven, and involves extensive investments in research and development, design, marketing and sale of its products and services.

The Executive acknowledges that those with whom the Company conducts its Business, and those persons with whom the other members of the Silverback Group conduct their business, whether as sponsors, investors, suppliers, representatives, collaborators, contractors, consultants, clients, associates, executives and employees are and have been critical to its and their success, and further acknowledges that they acquire extensive training relating to, background in, and knowledge of its business.

The Executive further acknowledges that much of the research and development taking place at the Company forms the basis of the Company’s ability to operate successfully in the industry pertaining to the Company’s Business (and that the same applies in respect of the other members of the Silverback Group).

It is therefore just, reasonable, and necessary for the Company to protect its legitimate interests through the present provisions regarding Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition and that the other members of the Silverback Group do the same through the present provisions regarding Non-Solicitation.

 

-8-


  11.2 Non-Competition: As a consequence of the acknowledgements made above, the Executive hereby covenants and agrees with the Company that, during his employment and for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of his employment, the Executive will not, either alone or in conjunction with any individual, firm, corporation, association or other entity, whether as principal, agent, employee, consultant, advisor, shareholder or in any other capacity whatsoever;

 

  11.2.1     

 

  a) carry on, engage in or be concerned with or interested in; or

 

  b) be or become an officer, director, stockholder, owner, affiliate, salesperson, co-owner, partner, trustee, promoter, technician, engineer, analyst, employee, agent, representative, supplier, contractor, consultant, advisor or manager of or to, or otherwise acquire or hold any interest in, or participate in or facilitate the financing, operation, management or control of, any firm, partnership, corporation, person, entity or business that engages or participates in; or

 

  c) lend money to, guarantee the debts or obligations of or permit its name or any part thereof to be used or employed by any person engaged in or concerned with or interested in;

any business which is similar to or competitive with the Company’s Business;

 

  11.3 Non-Solicitation: As a further consequence of the acknowledgements made above, the Executive hereby covenants and agrees with the Company and the other members of the Silverback Group that, during his employment and for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of his employment, the Executive will not, either alone or in conjunction with any individual, firm, corporation, association or other entity, whether as principal, agent, employee, consultant, advisor, shareholder or in any other capacity whatsoever;

 

  11.3.1     

 

  a) induce or endeavour to induce any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to leave his or her employment;

 

  b) induce or endeavour to induce any employee of any other member of the Silverback Group to leave his or her employment;

 

  c) employ or attempt to employ or assist any Person to employ any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

  d) employ or attempt to employ or assist any Person to employ any employee of any other member of the Silverback Group;

 

-9-


  e) solicit, endeavour to solicit or gain the custom of, canvass or interfere with the Company’s or any subsidiary’s relationships with any person that:

 

  (i) is or was a customer of the Company or any of its predecessors;

 

  (ii) has been pursued as a prospective customer by or on behalf of the Company or any of its predecessors, and in respect of whom the Company or any of its predecessors has not determined to cease all such pursuit; or

 

  f) solicit, endeavour to solicit or gain the custom of, canvass or interfere with any other member of the Silverback Group’s relationships with any person that :

 

  (i) is or was a customer of such member of the Silverback Group or any of its predecessors;

 

  (ii) has been pursued as a prospective customer by or on behalf of such member of the Silverback Group or any of its predecessors, and in respect of whom the Silverback Group or any of its predecessors has not determined to cease all such pursuit;

As used in this section 11.3.1 f), “customer” and “prospective customer” shall mean those customers or prospective customers of the Silverback Group or any of its predecessors (other than the Company) of whom the Executive has knowledge, with whom the Executive had contact, directly or indirectly, or to whom the Executive provided services, on behalf of the Company, in the twenty-four (24) month period prior to the termination of his employment with the Company.

 

  11.3.2 knowingly take any action as a result of which the relations between the Company (or any other member of the Silverback Group) and its (or their) customers, clients or employees may be impaired; or

Provided that each of clauses and subclauses of 11.2, 11.3.1 and 11.3.2 hereof shall reflect separate covenants and shall be severable one from the other.

 

  11.4 The Executive acknowledges and agrees that, given the global appeal of the Company’s business, that the Company has served over 800 clients in over 50 countries, that the Company’s business is entirely Web-based and that the Company’s business is not and cannot be circumscribed to any specific territorial limits, the limitations found at sections 11.2 and 11.3 herein are applicable to every country or territory in the World.

 

-10-


12. Intellectual Property Rights

 

  12.1 The Executive covenants and agrees that all works, inventions and improvements, discoveries, designs and secret processes, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any software, source codes and programmes (collectively hereinafter referred to as “ Developments ”), whether or not patentable or copyrightable, which have been or which shall be developed by the Executive at any time in the course of his employment with the Company shall be the sole and complete property of the Company, that any and all copyrights and other proprietary interest therein shall belong to the Company. The Executive hereby waives any and all rights to the Developments, including without limitation any rights to royalties or other remuneration in respect of the exploitation of such Developments or any moral rights he may have to the Developments under any copyright law or otherwise. The Executive hereby assigns to the Company without any further consideration than is provided for in this Agreement, all such rights, title and interest to each such Development effective at the time it is created and agrees to execute such further documents and do such acts and other things reasonably requested by the Company to evidence and effect such assignment and to enable the Company to obtain patents or copyrights or the like covering any such Development. The Executive further agrees to notify the Company promptly of the creation of any such Development and to keep accurate written records in respect thereof, which records shall also become the property of the Company upon their creation. The Executive agrees that the obligations in this section 12.1 shall continue beyond the termination of his employment with the Company with respect to Developments developed by the Executive during the term of his employment with the Company. For greater certainty, in the event that the Executive provides any services to any other member of the Silverback Group on behalf of the Company and if, as a result thereof, any Developments are developed, the Executive acknowledges that the Company may designate in writing any one or more other members of the Silverback Group as being the party for whom the benefit of such Development and the provisions of this Section 12.1 apply.

 

13. SILVERBACK

 

  13.1 The parties hereto agree that Silverback is a party to the present Agreement solely for the purpose of benefiting of, and being entitled to enforce, those obligations of the Executive referred to in Sections 10, 11 and 12 of this Agreement other than those stated to be for the benefit of the Company and that Silverback may take action to enforce any rights of any member of the Silverback Group other than the Company or may designate any appropriate entity within the Silverback Group as being the designated beneficiary on whose behalf Silverback holds such rights. The Executive agrees that this Agreement shall not give rise to any liabilities or obligations of any kind on the part of Silverback, whether express or implied and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not give rise to an employer-employee relationship between the Executive and Silverback;

 

-11-


14. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  14.1 Reasonableness of Scope and Duration: The Executive acknowledges that the provisions of Sections 10, 11 and 12 are reasonable in terms of scope and duration, and do not constitute an impediment to earning a reasonable livelihood following the cessation of his employment with the Company, and are necessary for the protection of the legitimate interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. For the purposes of Sections 10and 11, all references to the “Company” shall be deemed to be references to “the Company and its subsidiaries” unless the context otherwise requires.

 

  14.2 Breach of Obligations: The Executive further acknowledges that any failure on his part to respect any obligation resulting from this Agreement would cause serious and irreparable harm to the Company such that a final award in damages would not be adequate. Consequently, the Executive recognizes that in the event of breach of his obligations, the Company may immediately seek injunctive relief, without prejudice to the Company’s right to other remedies available hereunder or at law.

 

  14.3 Contractual Obligations : The Executive acknowledges that the contractual obligations provided herein are in addition to any other obligations of loyalty, good faith and confidentiality owed to the Company under the Quebec Civil Code arising from his position at the Company and that they are fair and reasonable under the circumstances.

 

  14.4 Holding Shares of Listed Corporations : Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed so as to prohibit the Executive from holding (for passive investment purposes only) shares listed on any Canadian, American or other nationally recognized stock exchange, where the holdings do not exceed five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares listed.

 

  14.5 Amendment or Waiver: No part of this Agreement may be changed or waived except in writing, signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change or waiver is sought.

 

  14.6 Governing Law : The Executive recognizes that he is employed in the Province of Quebec in relation to a business operating in the Province of Quebec. As such, he agrees that the present Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted, now and at all times, solely and exclusively, in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and of the federal laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

-12-


  14.7 Severability: If in the course of any legal proceedings before a competent tribunal, it is determined that any section, subsection or any part thereof is invalid or unenforceable with respect to any particular set of circumstances, only that section, subsection or part thereof shall be deemed to be severed from this Agreement for the purposes only of the particular legal proceedings in question, and that section, subsection or part thereof shall, in every other respect, continue in full force and effect.

In particular, but not so as to limit the generality of the foregoing, Sections 10 (Safeguarding Confidential Information) and 11 (Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition) of this Agreement, and their various subsections, are severable and independent one from the other.

 

  14.8 Entire Agreement: This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as otherwise expressly provided, it supersedes and annuls any prior agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Company and the Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

  14.9 Headings: The headings in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement.

 

  14.10  Notices: Any demand, notice or other communication to be given in connection with this Agreement must be given in writing and will be given by personal delivery, by registered mail or by electronic means of communication addressed to the recipient as follows:

To the Executive:

  

                                                          

  
     
  

                                                          

  
     
  

                                                          

  

To the Buyer, the Company and Silverback:

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower, 29th Floor

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, Texas 78701

Attention: Jack McDonald

Facsimile No.: (512) 721-1218

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

900 South Capital of Texas Highway

Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor

Austin, Texas 78746-5546

Attention: Brian K. Beard

Facsimile No.: (512) 338-5499

 

-13-


or to such other street address, individual or electronic communication number or address as may be designated by notice given by any party to the other. Any demand, notice or other communication given by personal delivery will be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by registered mail, on the fifth Business Day following the deposit thereof in the mail and, if given by electronic communication, on the day of transmittal thereof if given during the normal business hours of the recipient and on the Business Day during which such normal business hours next occur if not given during such hours on any day. If the party giving any demand, notice or other communication knows or ought reasonably to know of any difficulties with the postal system that might affect the delivery of mail, any such demand, notice or other communication may not be mailed but must be given by personal delivery or by electronic communication. For the purposes hereof, “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which Buyer is closed for business or banking institutions located in [Montreal, Canada] are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

  14.11  Non-Waiver: The failure of any party to seek redress for a violation of or to insist upon the strict performance of any provision of this Agreement shall not prevent a subsequent act which would have originally constituted a violation from having the effect of an original violation.

 

  14.12  Currency: Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts referred to herein are in Canadian dollars.

 

  14.13  Gender: In this Agreement, wording importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa, words importing gender shall include the masculine, feminine genders, and words importing persons shall include firms, groups and associations.

 

  14.14  Personal Nature of Services: The services to be rendered by the Executive to the Company under this Agreement are personal in nature and, therefore, the Executive may not delegate any part of his duties with the Company nor assign his rights or any obligation under this Agreement.

 

  14.15  Assignment: The provisions hereof shall enure to the benefit of the Company’s successors and assigns and shall be binding upon the Executive s heirs, executors and legal representatives.

 

  14.16  Language: The parties hereto acknowledge that they have required that the present Agreement and all documents, documentations and agreements, directly or indirectly related thereto, be drawn up in English. Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de la présente Convention ainsi que de tous les documents, documentations et ententes, directement ou indirectement reliés à la présente Convention.

 

-14-


  14.17  Deductions and Withholdings : All amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be payable less deductions and withholdings required by applicable law.

 

  14.18  Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and/or by facsimile or e mail transmission of Adobe Acrobat files, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any Party executing this Agreement by fax or PDF file shall, immediately following a request by any other Party, provide an originally executed counterpart of this Agreement provided, however, that any failure to so provide shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

 

15. ADDITIONAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE EXECUTIVE

 

  15.1 Additional Acknowledgements: The Executive further acknowledges as follows:

 

  15.1.1  The Executive has had the opportunity to review the terms of this Agreement;

 

  15.1.2  The Executive acknowledges having had and being given adequate time and opportunity to seek legal and/or professional advice prior to signature of this Agreement.

 

  15.1.3  The terms of this Agreement have been the subject of negotiations between the Executive and the Company and that the terms of this Agreement have not been imposed upon the Executive by the Company.

The signature page is on the following page.

 

-15-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Agreement.

 

SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION
Per:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

  Name: John T. McDonald
  Title: President
TENROX INC.
Per:  

/s/ RUDOLF MELIK

  Name:Rudolf Melik
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP,

INC.

Per:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

  Name: John T. McDonald
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED   )    
in the presence of:   )    

 

      /s/ LUDWIG MELIK
Witness   )     Ludwig Melik
     

 

-16-


SHEDULE A

RELEASE

In consideration for the purchase of my shares in Tenrox Inc., I do hereby, in my name and that of my successors, heirs and assigns, fully and irrevocably release and discharge Tenrox Inc., (the “ Company ”), related companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, agents, representatives, employees and mandatories, regardless of the times at which they held such positions, of any and all claims, actions or demands which I ever had, now have or hereafter may have on account of notice or indemnity in lieu of notice or any severance with respect to my employment with the Company prior to the sale of my shares in Tenrox, pursuant to any applicable laws, including in equity, contract or tort, or under the Civil Code of Québec , the Act respecting Labour Standards , and any other statute or contract.

My execution of this release and discharge confirms that I have entered into a full and final settlement relative to any claims which I may have against the Company with respect to the subject hereof.

I acknowledge that I was given sufficient time to review the terms and conditions of the present Release and to seek independent legal advice, and I confirm that I in fact did receive such legal advice, before executing this document. After having been satisfied that the present transaction is just and reasonable in the circumstances, I acknowledge having executed it freely, voluntarily, and after just consideration.

The present Release constitutes a transaction within the meaning of Sections 2631 and following of the Civil Code of Quebec .

The present Release shall benefit to the successors and assigns of the Company and shall bind my heirs, executors, successors and assigns.

I hereby confirm my express wish that the present Release and all documents directly and indirectly related hereto be drawn up in English. Je reconnais de manière expresse mon désir que la présente entente ainsi que tous les documents et conventions qui s’y rattachent directement ou indirectement soient rédigés en langue anglaise.

IN WITNESS THEREOF, I HAVE SIGNED IN (city) Laval ,

this 10th day of (month) February 2012.

 

 

    /s/ LUDWIG MELIK
Witness     Ludwig Melik

Exhibit 10.14

SILVERBACK ACQUISITION CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of July 23, 2010 by and between Silverback Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and John T. McDonald (the “ Purchaser ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants and representations set forth below, the Company and the Purchaser agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Sale of the Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company on the Closing (as defined below) 6,558,750 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per Share (the “ Shares ”), at a price of $0.0001 per share (the “ Purchase Price ”), for an aggregate purchase price of $655.88.

2. Closing. The purchase and sale of the Shares shall occur at a closing (the “ Closing ”) to be held on the date first set forth above, or at any other time mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser. The Closing will take place at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as shall be designated by the Company. At the Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver the aggregate Purchase Price set forth above to the Company by wire transfer, check or any other method of payment permissible under applicable law and approved by the Company’s board of directors (or any combination of such methods of payment), and the Company will issue, as promptly thereafter as practicable, a stock certificate, registered in the name of the Purchaser, reflecting the Shares.

3. Repurchase Option.

A. Option. In the event the Purchaser ceases to be an employee, consultant, advisor, officer or director of the Company (a “ Service Provider ”) for any or no reason, including, without limitation, by reason of the Purchaser’s death or disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), “ Disability ”), resignation or involuntary termination, the Company shall, from such time (as determined by the Company in its discretion), have the right, but not the obligation (the “ Repurchase Option ”), for a period of 90 days from the date the Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider, to repurchase any Shares which have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option (the “ Unreleased Shares ”) at a price per share equal to the Purchase Price (the “ Repurchase Price ”). The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by delivering written notice to the Purchaser or, in the event of the Purchaser’s death, the Purchaser’s executor and , at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s executor a check in the amount of the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (ii) by canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) such that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals the aggregate Repurchase Price. Upon delivery of such notice and the payment of the aggregate Repurchase Price, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unreleased Shares being repurchased and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unreleased Shares being repurchased by the Company.


B. Assignability. The Company in its sole discretion may assign all or part of the Repurchase Option to one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

4. Release of Shares from Repurchase Option; Vesting.

A. Vesting. So long as the Purchaser’s continuous status as a Service Provider has not yet terminated in each such instance, (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option on the one-year anniversary of this Agreement, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in equal monthly installments thereafter over thirty-six (36) months on the corresponding day of each relevant month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month).

B. Acceleration upon Termination after a Change of Control. In the event that the Purchaser’s continuous status as a Service Provider is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or Purchaser voluntarily resigns with Good Reason (as defined below) after a Change of Control (as defined below), 100% of the total number of Shares that have not been released from the Repurchase Option shall be immediately released from the Repurchase Option.

C. Acceleration upon Termination without Cause or for Good Reason. In the event that the Purchaser’s continuous status as a Service Provider is terminated by the Company without Cause or Purchaser voluntarily resigns with Good Reason, such Shares that would have been released from the Repurchase Option during the twelve-month (12) period immediately following the date of such termination shall be immediately released from the Repurchase Option.

D. “Change of Control” Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change of Control ” means either:

(1) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation or stock transfer, but excluding any such transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company), unless the Company’s stockholders of record immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity ( provided that the sale by the Company of its securities for the purposes of raising additional funds shall not constitute a Change of Control hereunder); or

(2) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

E. “Cause” Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean: (i) the Purchaser’s repeated failure to perform his or her assigned duties or responsibilities as a Service Provider (other than a failure resulting from the Purchaser’s Disability) after written notice thereof from the Company describing the Purchaser’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities and a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure; (ii) the Purchaser engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation; (iii) the Purchaser’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) the Purchaser’s breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between the Purchaser and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) the Purchaser being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime or committing any act of moral turpitude.

 

-2-


F. “Good Reason” Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without Purchaser’s written consent: (i) there is a material reduction of the level of Purchaser’s base compensation (except where there is a general reduction applicable to the management team generally); (ii) there is a material reduction in Purchaser’s overall responsibilities or authority, or scope of duties, provided, however, that a reduction in responsibilities, authority or duties solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when the Chief Executive Officer of the Company remains as such following a Change of Control but is not made the Chief Executive Officer of the acquiring corporation) will not constitute “Good Reason”; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Purchaser must perform his services; provided, that in no instance will the relocation of Purchaser to a facility or a location of fifty (50) miles or less from Purchaser’s then current office location be deemed material for purposes of this Agreement.

G. Delivery of Released Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 8 , the Shares which have been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option shall be delivered to the Purchaser.

5. Limitation on Payments.

A. Payments Limitation. In the event that the release of the Unreleased Shares from the Repurchase Option provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Purchaser (i) constitute “ parachute payments ” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Purchaser’s benefits under this Agreement shall be either:

(1) delivered in full, or

(2) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the Purchaser on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this Section 5 will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) reduction of vesting acceleration of equity awards; and (3) reduction of other benefits paid or provided to Purchaser. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for Purchaser’s equity awards. If two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis. In no event will Purchaser exercise any discretion with respect to the ordering of any reductions of payments or benefits under this Section 5 .

B. Determination. Unless the Company and the Purchaser otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 5 shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants or a national “Big Four” accounting firm selected by the Company (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Purchaser and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5 , the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Purchaser shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 5 . The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5 .

 

-3-


6. Restrictions on Transfer.

A. Investment Representations and Legend Requirements. The Purchaser hereby makes the investment representations listed on Exhibit A to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of the Closing, and agrees that such representations are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, such that the Company may rely on them in issuing the Shares. The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below, or substantially equivalent legends, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by applicable state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING AND A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, LOCK-UP PERIOD AND REPURCHASE OPTION ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

B. Stop-Transfer Notices. The Purchaser agrees that to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

C. Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

D. Lock-Up Period. The Purchaser hereby agrees that the Purchaser shall not sell, offer, pledge, contract to sell, grant any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or encumber, directly or indirectly, any Shares or other securities of the Company, nor shall the Purchaser enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Shares or other securities of the Company, during the period from the filing of the first registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act through the end of the 180-day period following the effective date of such registration statement (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate

 

-4-


regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Purchaser further agrees, if so requested by the Company or any representative of its underwriters, to enter into such underwriter’s standard form of “lockup” or “market standoff” agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of any such restriction period.

E. Unreleased Shares. No Unreleased Shares subject to the Repurchase Option contained in Section 3 of this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser, other than as expressly permitted or required by Section 3 .

F. Released Shares. No Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser or any subsequent transferee, other than in compliance with the Company’s right of first refusal provisions contained in Section 7 of this Agreement.

7. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement (or any beneficial interest in such Shares) may be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser or any subsequent transferee (each a “ Holder ”), such Holder must first offer such Shares or beneficial interest to the Company and/or its assignee(s) as follows:

A. Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed transferee; (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each proposed transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares; and (v) that by delivering the notice, the Holder offers all such Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to this section and on the same terms described in the notice.

B. Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Holder’s notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the proposed transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 7.C .

C. Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Shares purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) under this section shall be the price listed in the Holder’s notice. If the price listed in the Holder’s notice includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the board of directors of the Company in its sole discretion.

D. Payment. Payment of the purchase price shall be made, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company and/or its assignee(s), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt by the Company of the Holder’s notice (or at such later date as is called for by such notice).

 

-5-


E. Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the notice to be transferred to a given proposed transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that proposed transferee; provided that: (i) the transfer is made only on the terms provided for in the notice, with the exception of the purchase price, which may be either the price listed in the notice or any higher price; (ii) such transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date the notice is delivered to the Company; (iii) the transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws, and if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have delivered an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company to that effect; and (iv) the proposed transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this section. If any Shares described in a notice are not transferred to the proposed transferee within the period provided above, then before any such Shares may be transferred, a new notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the right of first refusal described in this section.

F. Involuntary Transfers. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 7 , in the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including, but not limited to, transfers by operation of law or other involuntary transfers in connection with a divorce, dissolution, legal separation or annulment) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof that does not occur in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 7 , the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer (as determined by the board of directors of the Company). Upon such a transfer, the persons transferring or acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company in writing of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice of the transfer.

G. Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this section, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Holder’s lifetime (except in connection with a divorce, dissolution, legal separation or annulment), or on the Holder’s death by will or intestacy, to the Holder’s spouse, child, father, mother, brother, sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, grandfather, grandmother, grandchild, cousin, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, stepchild, or to a trust or other similar estate planning vehicle for the benefit of the Holder or any such person, shall be exempt from the provisions of this section; provided that, in each such case, the transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this section; and provided further , that without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Company, no more than three transfers may be made pursuant to this section, including all transfers by the Holder and all transfers by any transferee.

H. Termination of Right of First Refusal. The rights contained in this section shall terminate as to all Shares purchased hereunder upon the earlier of: (i) the closing date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, and (ii) the closing date of a Change of Control pursuant to which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company receive securities of a class registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

-6-


8. Escrow.

A. Deposit. As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with a stock power in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Agreement, executed by the Purchaser and by the Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date and number of Shares left blank), to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company or to another designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Agent ”). These documents shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and the Purchaser set forth in Exhibit C attached to this Agreement, which instructions are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, and which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent after the Closing.

B. Rights in Escrow Shares. Subject to the terms hereof, the Purchaser shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares. If, from time to time during the term of the Company’s Repurchase Option, there is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares, (ii) any dividend of cash or other property on the Shares, or (iii) any merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets or other acquisition of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or cash or other consideration to which the Purchaser is entitled by reason of the Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares shall immediately become subject to this escrow, deposited with the Escrow Agent and included thereafter as “ Shares ” for purposes of this Agreement and the Company’s Repurchase Option.

9. Tax Consequences. The Purchaser has reviewed with the Purchaser’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Purchaser understands that the Purchaser (and not the Company) shall be responsible for any tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser understands that Section 83 of the Code, taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “ restriction ” includes the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option. The Purchaser understands that the Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within 30 days from the date of purchase. THE FORM FOR MAKING THIS SECTION 83(B) ELECTION IS ATTACHED TO THIS AGREEMENT AS EXHIBIT D AND THE PURCHASER (AND NOT THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AGENTS) SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR APPROPRIATELY FILING SUCH FORM, EVEN IF THE PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENTS TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

10. General Provisions.

A. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

B. Integration. This Agreement, including all exhibits hereto, represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the purchase of the Shares by the Purchaser and supersedes and replaces any and all prior written or oral agreements regarding the subject matter of this Agreement including, but not limited to, any representations made during any interviews, relocation discussions or negotiations whether written or oral.

 

-7-


C. Notices. Any notice, demand, offer, request or other communication required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties at the addresses provided to the Company (which the Company agrees to disclose to the other parties upon request) or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

D. Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “ Company ” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this section or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Purchaser and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

E. Assignment; Transfers. Except as set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by the Purchaser without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by the Purchaser without such consent to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Except as set forth in this Agreement, any transfers in violation of any restriction upon transfer contained in any section of this Agreement shall be void, unless such restriction is waived in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

F. Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.

G. Purchaser Investment Representations and Further Documents . The Purchaser agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or reasonably desirable in the view of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement, including (but not limited to) the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement.

H. Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be found to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable to the greatest extent permitted by law.

I. Rights as Stockholder. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Purchaser shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that the Purchaser delivers a fully executed copy of this Agreement (including the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement) and full payment for the Shares to the Company, and until such time as the Purchaser disposes of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Upon such transfer, the Purchaser shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except (in the case of a transfer to the Company) the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and the Purchaser shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

-8-


J. Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares which may be made after the date of this Agreement.

K. Employment at Will. THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICE AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT WILL (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE PURCHASER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, OR FOR ANY PERIOD AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE PURCHASER’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE PURCHASER’S RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE OR NOTICE.

L. Arbitration and Equitable Relief.

(1) Arbitration. IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PROMISES IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PURCHASER AGREES THAT ANY AND ALL CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, OR DISPUTES WITH ANYONE (INCLUDING THE COMPANY AND ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR, SHAREHOLDER OR BENEFIT PLAN OF THE COMPANY IN THEIR CAPACITY AS SUCH OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR RESULTING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO BINDING ARBITRATION. DISPUTES WHICH THE PURCHASER AGREES TO ARBITRATE, AND THEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, INCLUDE ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS UNDER STATE OR FEDERAL LAW, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CLAIMS UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT, THE WORKER ADJUSTMENT AND RETRAINING NOTIFICATION ACT, CLAIMS OF HARASSMENT, DISCRIMINATION OR WRONGFUL TERMINATION AND ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE PURCHASER FURTHER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY DISPUTES THAT THE COMPANY MAY HAVE WITH THE PURCHASER.

(2) Procedure. THE PURCHASER AGREES THAT ANY ARBITRATION WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION (“ AAA ”) AND THAT THE NEUTRAL ARBITRATOR WILL BE SELECTED IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH ITS NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES. PURCHASER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ANY MOTIONS BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY TO THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY JUDGMENT AND/OR ADJUDICATION AND MOTIONS TO DISMISS AND DEMURRERS, PRIOR TO ANY ARBITRATION HEARING. PURCHASER ALSO AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD ANY REMEDIES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS, AVAILABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE COMPANY WILL PAY FOR ANY ADMINISTRATIVE OR HEARING FEES CHARGED BY THE ARBITRATOR OR AAA EXCEPT THAT PURCHASER SHALL PAY THE FIRST $125.00 OF ANY FILING FEES ASSOCIATED WITH ANY ARBITRATION PURCHASER INITIATES.

 

-9-


PURCHASER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE RULES AND THAT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE AAA’S NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES CONFLICT WITH THE RULES, THE RULES SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. THE PURCHASER AGREES THAT THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE IN WRITING.

(3) Remedy. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, ARBITRATION SHALL BE THE SOLE, EXCLUSIVE AND FINAL REMEDY FOR ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE PURCHASER AND THE COMPANY. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER THE PURCHASER NOR THE COMPANY WILL BE PERMITTED TO PURSUE COURT ACTION REGARDING CLAIMS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION. NOTWITHSTANDING, THE ARBITRATOR WILL NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO DISREGARD OR REFUSE TO ENFORCE ANY LAWFUL COMPANY POLICY, AND THE ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT ORDER OR REQUIRE THE COMPANY TO ADOPT A POLICY NOT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW WHICH THE COMPANY HAS NOT ADOPTED.

(4) Availability of Injunctive Relief. BOTH PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY PARTY MAY PETITION A COURT FOR INJUNCTIVE RELIEF AS PERMITTED BY THE RULES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WHERE EITHER PARTY ALLEGES OR CLAIMS A VIOLATION OF ANY CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PURCHASER AND THE COMPANY OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT REGARDING TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR NONSOLICITATION. BOTH PARTIES UNDERSTAND THAT ANY BREACH OR THREATENED BREACH OF SUCH AN AGREEMENT WILL CAUSE IRREPARABLE INJURY AND THAT MONEY DAMAGES WILL NOT PROVIDE AN ADEQUATE REMEDY THEREFOR AND BOTH PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF AN INJUNCTION. IN THE EVENT EITHER PARTY SEEKS INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, THE PREVAILING PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER REASONABLE COSTS AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES.

(5) A dministrative Relief . THE PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT PROHIBIT THE PURCHASER FROM PURSUING AN ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIM WITH A LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BODY SUCH AS THE DEPARTMENT OF FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING, THE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION OR THE WORKERS’ COMPENSATION BOARD. THIS AGREEMENT DOES, HOWEVER, PRECLUDE THE PURCHASER FROM PURSUING COURT ACTION REGARDING ANY SUCH CLAIM.

(1) Voluntary Nature of Agreement. THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE PURCHASER IS EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND WITHOUT ANY DURESS OR UNDUE INFLUENCE BY THE COMPANY OR ANYONE ELSE. THE PURCHASER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE PURCHASER HAS CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT THE PURCHASER HAS ASKED ANY QUESTIONS NEEDED FOR THE PURCHASER TO UNDERSTAND THE TERMS, CONSEQUENCES AND BINDING EFFECT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTANDS IT, INCLUDING THAT THE PURCHASER IS WAIVING PURCHASER’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . FINALLY, THE PURCHASER AGREES THAT THE PURCHASER HAS BEEN PROVIDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF AN ATTORNEY OF PURCHASER’S CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

 

-10-


M. Reliance on Counsel and Advisors. The Purchaser acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Purchaser acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to review this Agreement, including all attachments hereto, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with his or her own legal counsel, tax advisors and other advisors. The Purchaser is relying solely on his or her own counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal or other advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

N. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages shall be binding originals.

(signature page follows)

 

-11-


The parties represent that they have read this Agreement in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understand this Agreement. The Purchaser agrees to notify the Company of any change in his or her address below.

 

JOHN T. MCDONALD

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Signature
SILVERBACK ACQUISITION CORPORATION

/s/ BRIAN K. BEARD

Brian K. Beard,
Secretary

 

-12-


Exhibit A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PURCHASER    :    John T. McDonald
COMPANY    :    Silverback Acquisition Corporation
SECURITY    :    Common Stock
AMOUNT    :    6,558,750 shares
DATE    :    July 23, 2010

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares, I, the undersigned purchaser, represent to the Company as follows:

1. The Company may rely on these representations. I understand that the Company’s sale of the shares to me has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), because the Company believes, relying in part on my representations in this document, that an exemption from such registration requirement is available for such sale. I understand that the availability of this exemption depends upon the representations I am making to the Company in this document being true and correct.

2. I am purchasing for investment. I am purchasing the shares solely for investment purposes, and not for further distribution. My entire legal and beneficial ownership interest in the shares is being purchased and shall be held solely for my account, except to the extent I intend to hold the shares jointly with my spouse. I am not a party to, and do not presently intend to enter into, any contract or other arrangement with any other person or entity involving the resale, transfer, grant of participation with respect to or other distribution of any of the shares. My investment intent is not limited to my present intention to hold the shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under any applicable tax law, for a deferred sale, for a specified increase or decrease in the market price of the shares, or for any other fixed period in the future.

3. I can protect my own interests. I can properly evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the shares and can protect my own interests in this regard, whether by reason of my own business and financial expertise, the business and financial expertise of certain professional advisors unaffiliated with the Company with whom I have consulted, or my preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons.

4. I am informed about the Company. I am sufficiently aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the shares. I have had opportunity to discuss the plans, operations and financial condition of the Company with its officers, directors or controlling persons, and have received all information I deem appropriate for assessing the risk of an investment in the shares.

 

-2-


5. I recognize my economic risk. I realize that the purchase of the shares involves a high degree of risk, and that the Company’s future prospects are uncertain. I am able to hold the shares indefinitely if required, and am able to bear the loss of my entire investment in the shares.

6. I know that the shares are restricted securities. I understand that the shares are “restricted securities” in that the Company’s sale of the shares to me has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption for non-public offerings. In this regard, I also understand and agree that:

A. I must hold the shares indefinitely, unless any subsequent proposed resale by me is registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available (such as Rule 144);

B. the Company is under no obligation to register any subsequent proposed resale of the shares by me; and

C. the certificate evidencing the shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the shares unless such transfer is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

7. I am familiar with Rule 144 . I am familiar with Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act, which in some circumstances permits limited public resales of “restricted securities” like the shares acquired from an issuer in a non-public offering. I understand that my ability to sell the shares under Rule 144 in the future is uncertain, and may depend upon, among other things: (i) the availability of certain current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale occurring more than a specified period after my purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the shares; and (iii) if I am an affiliate of the Company (A) the sale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a market maker or riskless principal transactions, as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (B) the amount of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated in Rule 144, and (C) timely filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, if applicable.

8. I know that Rule 144 may never be available . I understand that the requirements of Rule 144 may never be met, and that the shares may never be saleable under the rule. I further understand that at the time I wish to sell the shares, there may be no public market for the Company’s stock upon which to make such a sale, or the current public information requirements of Rule 144 may not be satisfied, either of which may preclude me from selling the shares under Rule 144 even if the relevant holding period had been satisfied.

9. I know that I am subject to further restrictions on resale. I understand that in the event Rule 144 is not available to me, any future proposed sale of any of the shares by me will not be possible without prior registration under the Securities Act, compliance with some other registration exemption (which may or may not be available), or each of the following: (i) my written notice to the Company containing detailed information regarding the proposed sale, (ii) my providing an opinion of my counsel to the effect that such sale will not require registration, and (iii) the Company notifying me in writing that its counsel concurs in such opinion. I understand that neither the Company nor its counsel is obligated to provide me with any such opinion. I understand that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the SEC has stated that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

-2-


10. I know that I may have tax liability due to the uncertain value of the shares. I understand that the board of directors believes its valuation of the shares represents a fair appraisal of their worth, but that it remains possible that, with the benefit of hindsight, the Internal Revenue Service may successfully assert that the value of the shares on the date of my purchase is substantially greater than the Board’s appraisal. I understand that any additional value ascribed to the shares by such an IRS determination will constitute ordinary income to me as of the purchase date, and that any additional taxes and interest due as a result will be my sole responsibility payable only by me, and that the Company need not and will not reimburse me for that tax liability.

11. Residence. The address of my principal residence is set forth on the signature page below.

By signing below, I acknowledge my agreement with each of the statements contained in this Investment Representation Statement as of the date first set forth above, and my intent for the Company to rely on such statements in issuing the shares to me.

 

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Purchaser’s Signature

John T. McDonald

Print Name

Address of the Purchaser’s principal residence:

[***]

 

-3-


Exhibit B

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of                           , 2010, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto              ,              (              ) shares of Common Stock of Silverback Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by certificate number          delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              as attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of said corporation.

Dated:                                 

 

 

(Signature)

John T. McDonald

(Print Name)

 

(Spouse’s Signature, if any)

 

(Print Name)

This Assignment Separate From Certificate was executed in conjunction with the terms of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the above assignor and the above corporation, dated as of              , 2010.

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature and name lines.

 

-2-


Exhibit C

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

July 23, 2010

Silverback Acquisition Corporation

5406 Maryanna Drive

Austin, Texas 78746

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Dear Chief Financial Officer:

As Escrow Agent for both Silverback Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and John T. McDonald (the “ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of July 23, 2010, to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event that the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “ Company ”) exercises the Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to the Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. The Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by check or such other form of consideration mutually agreed to by the parties) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

3. The Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. The Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as his or her attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3 , the Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

4. After each successive one-year period from the date of the Agreement, unless the Repurchase Option has been exercised, you will deliver to the Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock remaining in escrow as are not then subject to the Repurchase Option. On the date that is 95 days after the date the Purchaser’s status as a service provider (as defined in the Agreement) to the Company terminates, you will deliver to the Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares sold and issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

 

-2-


5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to the Purchaser, you shall deliver all of same to the Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for the Purchaser while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. The Company and the Purchaser hereby jointly and severally expressly agree to indemnify and hold harmless you and your designees against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of investigation and defense incurred or suffered by you and your designees, directly or indirectly, as a result of any of your actions or omissions or those of your designees while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your judgment under the Agreement, these Joint Escrow Instructions, exhibits hereto or written instructions from the Company or the Purchaser hereunder.

9. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

10. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor. The Company shall reimburse you for any such disbursements.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. You are expressly authorized to delegate your duties as Escrow Agent hereunder to the law firm of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., or any other law firm, which delegation, if any, may change from time to time and shall survive your resignation as Escrow Agent.

 

-3-


14. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

15. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

16. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or four days following deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as a party may designate by written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

COMPANY:    Silverback Acquisition Corporation   
   5406 Maryanna Drive   
   Austin, Texas 78746   
   Attn: Chief Executive Officer   
PURCHASER:    John T. McDonald   
   [***]   
ESCROW AGENT:    Chief Financial Officer   
   5406 Maryanna Drive   
   Austin, Texas 78746   

17. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

18. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

-4-


Very truly yours,
SILVERBACK ACQUISITION CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ BRIAN K. BEARD

Name:   Brian K. Beard
Title:   Secretary

 

PURCHASER:

John T. McDonald

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

(signature)

 

ESCROW AGENT:

/s/ MICHAEL HILL

Michael Hill,
Chief Financial Officer

 

-5-


Exhibit D

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE

INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED

 

-6-


Exhibit E

SPOUSAL CONSENT

I, Carla McDonald, spouse of John T. McDonald, have read and approve of the foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2010, together with all exhibits and attachments thereto (collectively, the “ Agreement ”), by and between my spouse and Silverback Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). In consideration of the Company’s granting of the right to John T. McDonald to purchase 6,558,750 shares of Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint John T. McDonald as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise or waiver of any rights under the Agreement, and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws of the State of Texas, or under similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

Dated: July 23, 2010            

 

“Spouse of Purchaser”

/s/ CARLA MCDONALD

(Signature)

Carla McDonald

(Print Name)

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.15

SILVERBACK ACQUISITION CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of October 18, 2010 by and between Silverback Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and John T. McDonald (the “ Purchaser ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants and representations set forth below, the Company and the Purchaser agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Sale of the Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company on the Closing (as defined below) 400,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per Share (the “ Shares ”), at a price of $0.0001 per share (the “ Purchase Price ”), for an aggregate purchase price of $40.00.

2. Closing. The purchase and sale of the Shares shall occur at a closing (the “ Closing ”) to be held on the date first set forth above, or at any other time mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser. The Closing will take place at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as shall be designated by the Company. At the Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver the aggregate Purchase Price set forth above to the Company by wire transfer, check or any other method of payment permissible under applicable law and approved by the Company’s board of directors (or any combination of such methods of payment), and the Company will issue, as promptly thereafter as practicable, a stock certificate, registered in the name of the Purchaser, reflecting the Shares.

3. Repurchase Option.

A. Option. In the event the Purchaser ceases to be an employee, consultant, advisor, officer or director of the Company (a “ Service Provider ”) for any or no reason, including, without limitation, by reason of the Purchaser’s death or disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), “ Disability ”), resignation or involuntary termination, the Company shall, from such time (as determined by the Company in its discretion), have the right, but not the obligation (the “ Repurchase Option ”), for a period of 90 days from the date the Purchaser ceases to be a Service Provider, to repurchase any Shares which have not yet been released from the Repurchase Option (the “ Unreleased Shares ”) at a price per share equal to the Purchase Price (the “ Repurchase Price ”). The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by delivering written notice to the Purchaser or, in the event of the Purchaser’s death, the Purchaser’s executor and , at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s executor a check in the amount of the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (ii) by canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) such that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals the aggregate Repurchase Price. Upon delivery of such notice and the payment of the aggregate Repurchase Price, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unreleased Shares being repurchased and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unreleased Shares being repurchased by the Company.


B. Assignability. The Company in its sole discretion may assign all or part of the Repurchase Option to one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

4. Release of Shares from Repurchase Option; Vesting.

A. Vesting. So long as the Purchaser’s continuous status as a Service Provider has not yet terminated in each such instance, (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option on July 23, 2011, and the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) of the total number of Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in equal monthly installments thereafter over thirty-six (36) months on the corresponding day of each relevant month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month).

B. Acceleration upon Termination after a Change of Control. In the event that the Purchaser’s continuous status as a Service Provider is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below) or Purchaser voluntarily resigns with Good Reason (as defined below) after a Change of Control (as defined below), 100% of the total number of Shares that have not been released from the Repurchase Option shall be immediately released from the Repurchase Option.

C. Acceleration upon Termination without Cause or for Good Reason. In the event that the Purchaser’s continuous status as a Service Provider is terminated by the Company without Cause or Purchaser voluntarily resigns with Good Reason, such Shares that would have been released from the Repurchase Option during the twelve-month (12) period immediately following the date of such termination shall be immediately released from the Repurchase Option.

D. “Change of Control” Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Change of Control ” means either:

(1) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation or stock transfer, but excluding any such transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company), unless the Company’s stockholders of record immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions hold, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity ( provided that the sale by the Company of its securities for the purposes of raising additional funds shall not constitute a Change of Control hereunder); or

(2) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

E. “Cause” Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean: (i) the Purchaser’s repeated failure to perform his or her assigned duties or responsibilities as a Service Provider (other than a failure resulting from the Purchaser’s Disability) after written notice thereof from the Company describing the Purchaser’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities and a thirty (30) day opportunity to cure; (ii) the Purchaser engaging in any act of dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation; (iii) the Purchaser’s violation of any federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or its affiliates; (iv) the Purchaser’s breach of any confidentiality agreement or invention assignment agreement between the Purchaser and the Company (or any affiliate of the Company); or (v) the Purchaser being convicted of, or entering a plea of nolo contendere to, any crime or committing any act of moral turpitude.

 

-2-


F. “Good Reason” Definition. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without Purchaser’s written consent: (i) there is a material reduction of the level of Purchaser’s base compensation (except where there is a general reduction applicable to the management team generally); (ii) there is a material reduction in Purchaser’s overall responsibilities or authority, or scope of duties, provided, however, that a reduction in responsibilities, authority or duties solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when the Chief Executive Officer of the Company remains as such following a Change of Control but is not made the Chief Executive Officer of the acquiring corporation) will not constitute “Good Reason”; or (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which Purchaser must perform his services; provided, that in no instance will the relocation of Purchaser to a facility or a location of fifty (50) miles or less from Purchaser’s then current office location be deemed material for purposes of this Agreement.

G. Delivery of Released Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 8 , the Shares which have been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option shall be delivered to the Purchaser.

5. Limitation on Payments.

A. Payments Limitation. In the event that the release of the Unreleased Shares from the Repurchase Option provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Purchaser (i) constitute “ parachute payments ” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Purchaser’s benefits under this Agreement shall be either:

(1) delivered in full, or

(2) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to the Excise Tax,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the Purchaser on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this Section 5 will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) reduction of vesting acceleration of equity awards; and (3) reduction of other benefits paid or provided to Purchaser. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for Purchaser’s equity awards. If two or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis. In no event will Purchaser exercise any discretion with respect to the ordering of any reductions of payments or benefits under this Section 5 .

B. Determination. Unless the Company and the Purchaser otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 5 shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants or a national “Big Four” accounting firm selected by the Company (the “ Accountants ”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Purchaser and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5 , the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Purchaser shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 5 . The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5 .

 

-3-


6. Restrictions on Transfer.

A. Investment Representations and Legend Requirements. The Purchaser hereby makes the investment representations listed on Exhibit A to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of the Closing, and agrees that such representations are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, such that the Company may rely on them in issuing the Shares. The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below, or substantially equivalent legends, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by applicable state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING AND A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, LOCK-UP PERIOD AND REPURCHASE OPTION ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

B. Stop-Transfer Notices. The Purchaser agrees that to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

C. Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

D. Lock-Up Period. The Purchaser hereby agrees that the Purchaser shall not sell, offer, pledge, contract to sell, grant any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or encumber, directly or indirectly, any Shares or other securities of the Company, nor shall the Purchaser enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Shares or other securities of the Company, during the period from the filing of the first registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act through the end of the 180-day period following the effective date of such registration statement (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate

 

-4-


regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Purchaser further agrees, if so requested by the Company or any representative of its underwriters, to enter into such underwriter’s standard form of “lockup” or “market standoff” agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of any such restriction period.

E. Unreleased Shares. No Unreleased Shares subject to the Repurchase Option contained in Section 3 of this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser, other than as expressly permitted or required by Section 3 .

F. Released Shares. No Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser or any subsequent transferee, other than in compliance with the Company’s right of first refusal provisions contained in Section 7 of this Agreement.

7. Company’s Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement (or any beneficial interest in such Shares) may be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser or any subsequent transferee (each a “ Holder ”), such Holder must first offer such Shares or beneficial interest to the Company and/or its assignee(s) as follows:

A. Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed transferee; (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each proposed transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares; and (v) that by delivering the notice, the Holder offers all such Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to this section and on the same terms described in the notice.

B. Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Holder’s notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the proposed transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 7.C .

C. Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Shares purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) under this section shall be the price listed in the Holder’s notice. If the price listed in the Holder’s notice includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the board of directors of the Company in its sole discretion.

D. Payment. Payment of the purchase price shall be made, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company and/or its assignee(s), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt by the Company of the Holder’s notice (or at such later date as is called for by such notice).

 

-5-


E. Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the notice to be transferred to a given proposed transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that proposed transferee; provided that: (i) the transfer is made only on the terms provided for in the notice, with the exception of the purchase price, which may be either the price listed in the notice or any higher price; (ii) such transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date the notice is delivered to the Company; (iii) the transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws, and if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have delivered an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company to that effect; and (iv) the proposed transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this section. If any Shares described in a notice are not transferred to the proposed transferee within the period provided above, then before any such Shares may be transferred, a new notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the right of first refusal described in this section.

F. Involuntary Transfers. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 7 , in the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including, but not limited to, transfers by operation of law or other involuntary transfers in connection with a divorce, dissolution, legal separation or annulment) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof that does not occur in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 7 , the Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement or the fair market value of the Shares on the date of transfer (as determined by the board of directors of the Company). Upon such a transfer, the persons transferring or acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company in writing of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of 30 days following receipt by the Company of written notice of the transfer.

G. Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this section, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Holder’s lifetime (except in connection with a divorce, dissolution, legal separation or annulment), or on the Holder’s death by will or intestacy, to the Holder’s spouse, child, father, mother, brother, sister, father-in-law, mother-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, grandfather, grandmother, grandchild, cousin, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, stepchild, or to a trust or other similar estate planning vehicle for the benefit of the Holder or any such person, shall be exempt from the provisions of this section; provided that, in each such case, the transferee agrees in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this section; and provided further , that without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be withheld in the sole discretion of the Company, no more than three transfers may be made pursuant to this section, including all transfers by the Holder and all transfers by any transferee.

H. Termination of Right of First Refusal. The rights contained in this section shall terminate as to all Shares purchased hereunder upon the earlier of: (i) the closing date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, and (ii) the closing date of a Change of Control pursuant to which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company receive securities of a class registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

-6-


8. Escrow.

A. Deposit. As security for the faithful performance of this Agreement, the Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with a stock power in the form of Exhibit B attached to this Agreement, executed by the Purchaser and by the Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date and number of Shares left blank), to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company or to another designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Agent ”). These documents shall be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and the Purchaser set forth in Exhibit C attached to this Agreement, which instructions are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, and which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent after the Closing.

B. Rights in Escrow Shares. Subject to the terms hereof, the Purchaser shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares. If, from time to time during the term of the Company’s Repurchase Option, there is (i) any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the Shares, (ii) any dividend of cash or other property on the Shares, or (iii) any merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets or other acquisition of the Company, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or cash or other consideration to which the Purchaser is entitled by reason of the Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares shall immediately become subject to this escrow, deposited with the Escrow Agent and included thereafter as “ Shares ” for purposes of this Agreement and the Company’s Repurchase Option.

9. Tax Consequences. The Purchaser has reviewed with the Purchaser’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Purchaser understands that the Purchaser (and not the Company) shall be responsible for any tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser understands that Section 83 of the Code, taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “ restriction ” includes the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option. The Purchaser understands that the Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within 30 days from the date of purchase. THE FORM FOR MAKING THIS SECTION 83(B) ELECTION IS ATTACHED TO THIS AGREEMENT AS EXHIBIT D AND THE PURCHASER (AND NOT THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AGENTS) SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR APPROPRIATELY FILING SUCH FORM, EVEN IF THE PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENTS TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

10. General Provisions.

A. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

B. Integration. This Agreement, including all exhibits hereto, represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the purchase of the Shares by the Purchaser and supersedes and replaces any and all prior written or oral agreements regarding the subject matter of this Agreement including, but not limited to, any representations made during any interviews, relocation discussions or negotiations whether written or oral.

 

-7-


C. Notices. Any notice, demand, offer, request or other communication required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties at the addresses provided to the Company (which the Company agrees to disclose to the other parties upon request) or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

D. Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “ Company ” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this section or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Purchaser and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

E. Assignment; Transfers. Except as set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by the Purchaser without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by the Purchaser without such consent to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Except as set forth in this Agreement, any transfers in violation of any restriction upon transfer contained in any section of this Agreement shall be void, unless such restriction is waived in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

F. Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.

G. Purchaser Investment Representations and Further Documents . The Purchaser agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or reasonably desirable in the view of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement, including (but not limited to) the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement.

H. Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be found to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable to the greatest extent permitted by law.

I. Rights as Stockholder. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Purchaser shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that the Purchaser delivers a fully executed copy of this Agreement (including the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement) and full payment for the Shares to the Company, and until such time as the Purchaser disposes of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Upon such transfer, the Purchaser shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except (in the case of a transfer to the Company) the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and the Purchaser shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

-8-


J. Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares which may be made after the date of this Agreement.

K. Employment at Will. THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING SERVICE AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT WILL (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). THE PURCHASER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, OR FOR ANY PERIOD AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE PURCHASER’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE PURCHASER’S RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE OR NOTICE.

L. Arbitration and Equitable Relief.

(1) Arbitration. IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PROMISES IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PURCHASER AGREES THAT ANY AND ALL CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, OR DISPUTES WITH ANYONE (INCLUDING THE COMPANY AND ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR, SHAREHOLDER OR BENEFIT PLAN OF THE COMPANY IN THEIR CAPACITY AS SUCH OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR RESULTING FROM THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO BINDING ARBITRATION. DISPUTES WHICH THE PURCHASER AGREES TO ARBITRATE, AND THEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, INCLUDE ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS UNDER STATE OR FEDERAL LAW, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CLAIMS UNDER TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE OLDER WORKERS BENEFIT PROTECTION ACT, THE WORKER ADJUSTMENT AND RETRAINING NOTIFICATION ACT, CLAIMS OF HARASSMENT, DISCRIMINATION OR WRONGFUL TERMINATION AND ANY STATUTORY CLAIMS. THE PURCHASER FURTHER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY DISPUTES THAT THE COMPANY MAY HAVE WITH THE PURCHASER.

(2) Procedure. THE PURCHASER AGREES THAT ANY ARBITRATION WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION (“ AAA ”) AND THAT THE NEUTRAL ARBITRATOR WILL BE SELECTED IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH ITS NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES. PURCHASER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ANY MOTIONS BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY TO THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY JUDGMENT AND/OR ADJUDICATION AND MOTIONS TO DISMISS AND DEMURRERS, PRIOR TO ANY ARBITRATION HEARING. PURCHASER ALSO AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD ANY REMEDIES, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS, AVAILABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE COMPANY WILL PAY FOR ANY ADMINISTRATIVE OR HEARING FEES CHARGED BY THE ARBITRATOR OR AAA EXCEPT THAT PURCHASER SHALL PAY THE FIRST $125.00 OF ANY FILING FEES ASSOCIATED WITH ANY ARBITRATION PURCHASER INITIATES.

 

-9-


PURCHASER AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE RULES AND THAT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE AAA’S NATIONAL RULES FOR THE RESOLUTION OF EMPLOYMENT DISPUTES CONFLICT WITH THE RULES, THE RULES SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. THE PURCHASER AGREES THAT THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE IN WRITING.

(3) Remedy. EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, ARBITRATION SHALL BE THE SOLE, EXCLUSIVE AND FINAL REMEDY FOR ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE PURCHASER AND THE COMPANY. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR BY THE RULES AND THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER THE PURCHASER NOR THE COMPANY WILL BE PERMITTED TO PURSUE COURT ACTION REGARDING CLAIMS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION. NOTWITHSTANDING, THE ARBITRATOR WILL NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO DISREGARD OR REFUSE TO ENFORCE ANY LAWFUL COMPANY POLICY, AND THE ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT ORDER OR REQUIRE THE COMPANY TO ADOPT A POLICY NOT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW WHICH THE COMPANY HAS NOT ADOPTED.

(4) Availability of Injunctive Relief. BOTH PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY PARTY MAY PETITION A COURT FOR INJUNCTIVE RELIEF AS PERMITTED BY THE RULES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WHERE EITHER PARTY ALLEGES OR CLAIMS A VIOLATION OF ANY CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PURCHASER AND THE COMPANY OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT REGARDING TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION OR NONSOLICITATION. BOTH PARTIES UNDERSTAND THAT ANY BREACH OR THREATENED BREACH OF SUCH AN AGREEMENT WILL CAUSE IRREPARABLE INJURY AND THAT MONEY DAMAGES WILL NOT PROVIDE AN ADEQUATE REMEDY THEREFOR AND BOTH PARTIES HEREBY CONSENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF AN INJUNCTION. IN THE EVENT EITHER PARTY SEEKS INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, THE PREVAILING PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER REASONABLE COSTS AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES.

(5) Administrative Relief. THE PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT PROHIBIT THE PURCHASER FROM PURSUING AN ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIM WITH A LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BODY SUCH AS THE DEPARTMENT OF FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING, THE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION OR THE WORKERS’ COMPENSATION BOARD. THIS AGREEMENT DOES, HOWEVER, PRECLUDE THE PURCHASER FROM PURSUING COURT ACTION REGARDING ANY SUCH CLAIM.

(1) Voluntary Nature of Agreement. THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE PURCHASER IS EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND WITHOUT ANY DURESS OR UNDUE INFLUENCE BY THE COMPANY OR ANYONE ELSE. THE PURCHASER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE PURCHASER HAS CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT THE PURCHASER HAS ASKED ANY QUESTIONS NEEDED FOR THE PURCHASER TO UNDERSTAND THE TERMS, CONSEQUENCES AND BINDING EFFECT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTANDS IT, INCLUDING THAT THE PURCHASER IS WAIVING PURCHASER’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . FINALLY, THE PURCHASER AGREES THAT THE PURCHASER HAS BEEN PROVIDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF AN ATTORNEY OF PURCHASER’S CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

 

-10-


M. Reliance on Counsel and Advisors. The Purchaser acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, is representing only the Company in this transaction. The Purchaser acknowledges that he or she has had the opportunity to review this Agreement, including all attachments hereto, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with his or her own legal counsel, tax advisors and other advisors. The Purchaser is relying solely on his or her own counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal or other advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

N. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages shall be binding originals.

( signature page follows )

 

-11-


The parties represent that they have read this Agreement in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understand this Agreement. The Purchaser agrees to notify the Company of any change in his or her address below.

 

JOHN T. MCDONALD
/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Signature

 

SILVERBACK ACQUISITION CORPORATION
/s/ BRIAN K. BEARD
Brian K. Beard,
Secretary

 

-12-


Exhibit A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PURCHASER    :    John T. McDonald
COMPANY    :    Silverback Acquisition Corporation
SECURITY    :    Common Stock
AMOUNT    :    400,000 shares
DATE    :    October 18, 2010

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares, I, the undersigned purchaser, represent to the Company as follows:

1. The Company may rely on these representations. I understand that the Company’s sale of the shares to me has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), because the Company believes, relying in part on my representations in this document, that an exemption from such registration requirement is available for such sale. I understand that the availability of this exemption depends upon the representations I am making to the Company in this document being true and correct.

2. I am purchasing for investment. I am purchasing the shares solely for investment purposes, and not for further distribution. My entire legal and beneficial ownership interest in the shares is being purchased and shall be held solely for my account, except to the extent I intend to hold the shares jointly with my spouse. I am not a party to, and do not presently intend to enter into, any contract or other arrangement with any other person or entity involving the resale, transfer, grant of participation with respect to or other distribution of any of the shares. My investment intent is not limited to my present intention to hold the shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under any applicable tax law, for a deferred sale, for a specified increase or decrease in the market price of the shares, or for any other fixed period in the future.

3. I can protect my own interests. I can properly evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the shares and can protect my own interests in this regard, whether by reason of my own business and financial expertise, the business and financial expertise of certain professional advisors unaffiliated with the Company with whom I have consulted, or my preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons.

4. I am informed about the Company. I am sufficiently aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the shares. I have had opportunity to discuss the plans, operations and financial condition of the Company with its officers, directors or controlling persons, and have received all information I deem appropriate for assessing the risk of an investment in the shares.

 

-2-


5. I recognize my economic risk. I realize that the purchase of the shares involves a high degree of risk, and that the Company’s future prospects are uncertain. I am able to hold the shares indefinitely if required, and am able to bear the loss of my entire investment in the shares.

6. I know that the shares are restricted securities. I understand that the shares are “restricted securities” in that the Company’s sale of the shares to me has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption for non-public offerings. In this regard, I also understand and agree that:

A. I must hold the shares indefinitely, unless any subsequent proposed resale by me is registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available (such as Rule 144);

B. the Company is under no obligation to register any subsequent proposed resale of the shares by me; and

C. the certificate evidencing the shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the shares unless such transfer is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

7. I am familiar with Rule 144 . I am familiar with Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act, which in some circumstances permits limited public resales of “restricted securities” like the shares acquired from an issuer in a non-public offering. I understand that my ability to sell the shares under Rule 144 in the future is uncertain, and may depend upon, among other things: (i) the availability of certain current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale occurring more than a specified period after my purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the shares; and (iii) if I am an affiliate of the Company (A) the sale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a market maker or riskless principal transactions, as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (B) the amount of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated in Rule 144, and (C) timely filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, if applicable.

8. I know that Rule 144 may never be available . I understand that the requirements of Rule 144 may never be met, and that the shares may never be saleable under the rule. I further understand that at the time I wish to sell the shares, there may be no public market for the Company’s stock upon which to make such a sale, or the current public information requirements of Rule 144 may not be satisfied, either of which may preclude me from selling the shares under Rule 144 even if the relevant holding period had been satisfied.

9. I know that I am subject to further restrictions on resale. I understand that in the event Rule 144 is not available to me, any future proposed sale of any of the shares by me will not be possible without prior registration under the Securities Act, compliance with some other registration exemption (which may or may not be available), or each of the following: (i) my written notice to the Company containing detailed information regarding the proposed sale, (ii) my providing an opinion of my counsel to the effect that such sale will not require registration, and (iii) the Company notifying me in writing that its counsel concurs in such opinion. I understand that neither the Company nor its counsel is obligated to provide me with any such opinion. I understand that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the SEC has stated that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

-2-


10. I know that I may have tax liability due to the uncertain value of the shares. I understand that the board of directors believes its valuation of the shares represents a fair appraisal of their worth, but that it remains possible that, with the benefit of hindsight, the Internal Revenue Service may successfully assert that the value of the shares on the date of my purchase is substantially greater than the Board’s appraisal. I understand that any additional value ascribed to the shares by such an IRS determination will constitute ordinary income to me as of the purchase date, and that any additional taxes and interest due as a result will be my sole responsibility payable only by me, and that the Company need not and will not reimburse me for that tax liability.

11. Residence. The address of my principal residence is set forth on the signature page below.

By signing below, I acknowledge my agreement with each of the statements contained in this Investment Representation Statement as of the date first set forth above, and my intent for the Company to rely on such statements in issuing the shares to me.

 

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Purchaser’s Signature

John T. McDonald

Print Name

Address of the Purchaser’s principal residence:

[***]

 

-3-


Exhibit B

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of                                   , 2010, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto              ,              (              ) shares of Common Stock of Silverback Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by certificate number              delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint              as attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of said corporation.

Dated:                                         

 

 

(Signature)

John T. McDonald

(Print Name)

 

(Spouse’s Signature, if any)

 

(Print Name)

This Assignment Separate From Certificate was executed in conjunction with the terms of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the above assignor and the above corporation, dated as of                                   , 2010.

Instruction: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature and name lines.

 

-2-


Exhibit C

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

October 18, 2010

Silverback Acquisition Corporation

5406 Maryanna Drive

Austin, Texas 78746

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Dear Chief Financial Officer:

As Escrow Agent for both Silverback Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and John T. McDonald (the “ Purchaser ”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 18, 2010, to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event that the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “ Company ”) exercises the Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to the Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. The Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by check or such other form of consideration mutually agreed to by the parties) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

3. The Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. The Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as his or her attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3 , the Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

4. After each successive one-year period from the date of the Agreement, unless the Repurchase Option has been exercised, you will deliver to the Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock remaining in escrow as are not then subject to the Repurchase Option. On the date that is 95 days after the date the Purchaser’s status as a service provider (as defined in the Agreement) to the Company terminates, you will deliver to the Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares sold and issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

 

-2-


5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to the Purchaser, you shall deliver all of same to the Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for the Purchaser while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. The Company and the Purchaser hereby jointly and severally expressly agree to indemnify and hold harmless you and your designees against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of investigation and defense incurred or suffered by you and your designees, directly or indirectly, as a result of any of your actions or omissions or those of your designees while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your judgment under the Agreement, these Joint Escrow Instructions, exhibits hereto or written instructions from the Company or the Purchaser hereunder.

9. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

10. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor. The Company shall reimburse you for any such disbursements.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. You are expressly authorized to delegate your duties as Escrow Agent hereunder to the law firm of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., or any other law firm, which delegation, if any, may change from time to time and shall survive your resignation as Escrow Agent.

 

-3-


14. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

15. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

16. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or four days following deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid and return receipt requested, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as a party may designate by written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

 

COMPANY:    Silverback Acquisition Corporation
   5406 Maryanna Drive
   Austin, Texas 78746
   Attn: Chief Executive Officer
PURCHASER:    John T. McDonald
   [***]
ESCROW AGENT:    Chief Financial Officer
   5406 Maryanna Drive
   Austin, Texas 78746

17. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

18. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

-4-


Very truly yours,
SILVERBACK ACQUISITION CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ BRIAN K. BEARD

Name:   Brian K. Beard
Title:   Secretary
PURCHASER:
John T. McDonald

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

(signature)

 

ESCROW AGENT:
/s/ MICHAEL HILL
Michael Hill,
Chief Financial Officer

 

-5-


Exhibit D

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE

INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED

 

-6-


Exhibit E

SPOUSAL CONSENT

I, Carla McDonald, spouse of John T. McDonald, have read and approve of the foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2010 together with all exhibits and attachments thereto (collectively, the “ Agreement ”), by and between my spouse and Silverback Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). In consideration of the Company’s granting of the right to John T. McDonald to purchase 400,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint John T. McDonald as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise or waiver of any rights under the Agreement, and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws of the State of Texas, or under similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

Dated: October 18, 2010

 

“Spouse of Purchaser”

/s/ CARLA MCDONALD

(Signature)

Carla McDonald

(Print Name)

 

-7-

Exhibit 10.16

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

Name:    John T. McDonald
Address:   

The undersigned Participant has been granted a right to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:    September 2, 2014     
Vesting Commencement Date:    May 9, 2014     
Purchase Price per Share:    $1.43     
Total Number of Shares Granted:    1,043,173     
Total Purchase Price:    $1,491,737.39     
Vesting Schedule :          

100% of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall vest on the four (4) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date referred to herein as the “Cliff Vesting Date”; provided, however, that in the event Participant is terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause (as defined below) prior to the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, such vesting will accelerate so that such vested shares would be equal to what would have been vested if subject to the Company’s standard vesting schedule:

 

    Ten percent (10%) of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall be released from the Company’s Repurchase Option on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then


    Twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then

 

    Thirty percent (30%) of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then

 

    Forty percent (40%) of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and

All of the vesting, as described above, is subject to the Participant continuing to be a Service Provider, which, for the sake of clarity includes, without limitation, serving as chief executive officer, chairman or any other position, through each such date (the “Standard Schedule”).

In addition, in the event of Participant’s termination by the Company for any reason other than Cause or if Participant leaves for Good Reason after a Change of Control, then 100% of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall become fully vested.

Any of the Shares which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option are referred to herein as “Unreleased Shares.” The Shares which have been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option shall be delivered to Participant at Participant’s request (see Section 11 of Part II of this Agreement).

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” means (X) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary, but excluding any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity or (Y) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means (i) Participant’s willful failure to perform the duties and obligations of Participant’s position with the Company; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by Participant which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Participant at the expense of the Company; (iii) Participant’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s

 

-2-


business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; (iv) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, excluding felonies for minor traffic violation and vicarious liability (so long as Participant did not know of the felony and did not willfully violate the law); or (v) Participant’s material breach of the terms of the Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Participant dated May 9, 2014, as same may be amended from time to time (“Executive Agreement”) or the Proprietary Information Agreement (as defined in the Executive Agreement).

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means, (i) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction of Participant’s duties or responsibilities relative to Participant’s duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided , however , any reduction in Participant’s duties or responsibilities resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change of Control but is not the chief executive officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) without Participant’s written consent, a material reduction in the base salary of Participant as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in expenses generally affecting senior executives of the Company; (iii) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Participant was entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that Participant’s overall benefits package is materially reduced, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in benefits generally affecting senior executives of the Company or (iv) without Participant’s consent, his relocation to a facility or a location more than fifty (50) miles from his present working locations (currently the Irving/Dallas area and Austin, Texas). Good Reason shall not exist unless Participant provides (i) notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition triggering Good Reason and (ii) the Company the opportunity of at least thirty (30) days to cure such condition.

II. AGREEMENT

1. Sale of Stock . The Administrator of the Company hereby agrees to sell to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), and Participant hereby agrees to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock, at the Purchase Price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the “Purchase Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Payment of Purchase Price . The Company hereby acknowledges that the purchase price for the Shares has been paid by Participant via services previously rendered to the Company, such services having a value at least equal to the Purchase Price.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Restricted Stock Award is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Restricted Stock Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

-3-


4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Award or shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Non-Transferability of Restricted Stock . This Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

6. Tax Consequences . Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant understands that

 

-4-


Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option. Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase. The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit B-4 hereto.

THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS THE PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF THE PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.

7. Tax Withholding . Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”) with respect to Shares released from the Company’s Repurchase Option by, in the Administrator’s discretion: (i) withholding otherwise deliverable Shares upon release from the Company’s Repurchase Option having a Fair Market Value equal the amount of such Withholding Taxes, (ii) withholding the amount of such Withholding Taxes from Participant’s paycheck(s), (iii) requiring Participant to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Withholding Taxes, or (iv) a combination of the foregoing. The Company shall not retain fractional Shares to satisfy any portion of the Withholding Taxes. Accordingly, if any withholding is done through the withholding of Shares, Participant shall pay to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Should the Company be unable to procure such cash amounts from Participant, Participant agrees and acknowledges that Participant is giving the Company permission to withhold from Participant’s paycheck(s) an amount equal to the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of purchase.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RELEASE OF SHARES FROM THE REPURCHASE OPTION OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-5-


9. Repurchase Option .

(a) In the event Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider terminates for any or no reason (including death or Disability), the Company shall, upon the date of such termination (as reasonably fixed and determined by the Company), have an irrevocable, exclusive option for a period of ninety (90) days from such date to repurchase up to that number of Shares which constitute the Unreleased Shares (as defined in Part I of this Agreement) at the Purchase Price per share (the “Repurchase Price”) (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by delivering written notice to Participant or Participant’s executor (with a copy to the Escrow Holder (as defined in Section 11)) AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to Participant or Participant’s executor a check in the amount of the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of Participant’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate Repurchase Price. Upon delivery of such notice and the payment of the aggregate Repurchase Price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unreleased Shares being repurchased and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unreleased Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unreleased Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option to purchase all or a part of the Unreleased Shares. If the Fair Market Value of the Unreleased Shares to be repurchased on the date of such designation or assignment (the “Repurchase FMV”) exceeds the aggregate Repurchase Price of the Unreleased Shares, then each such designee or assignee shall pay the Company cash equal to the difference between the Repurchase FMV and the aggregate Repurchase Price of Unreleased Shares to be purchased.

(d) If the Company or its assignee does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

10. Restriction on Transfer . Except for the escrow described in Section 11 or transfer of the Shares to the Company or its assignees contemplated by this Agreement, none of the Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way until the release of such Shares from the Company’s Repurchase Option in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement shall, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, to the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

-6-


11. Escrow of Shares .

(a) To ensure the availability for delivery of Participant’s Unreleased Shares upon exercise of the Repurchase Option by the Company, Participant will, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”) the share certificates representing the Unreleased Shares, together with the Assignment Separate from Certificate (the “Stock Assignment”) duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 . The Unreleased Shares and Stock Assignment shall be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Participant attached as Exhibit B-2 hereto, until such time as the Company’s Repurchase Option expires.

(b) The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Unreleased Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) If the Company or any assignee exercises its Repurchase Option hereunder, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such option exercise from the proposed transferee, shall take all steps necessary to accomplish such transfer. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unreleased Shares to the Company upon such termination.

(d) When the Repurchase Option has been exercised or expires unexercised or a portion of the Shares has been released from such Repurchase Option, upon Participant’s request the Escrow Holder shall promptly cause a new certificate to be issued for such released Shares and shall deliver such certificate to the Company or Participant, as the case may be.

(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock, the Shares shall be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant shall in his or her capacity as owner of Unreleased Shares that have been awarded to him or her be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities shall thereupon be considered to be “Unreleased Shares” and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unreleased Shares pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or

 

-7-


warrants with respect to any Unreleased Shares, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants shall be considered to be Unreleased Shares and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unreleased Shares pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

12. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Subject to Section 10, before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 12 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 12, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the

 

-8-


Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 12 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 12. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 12 and Section 9, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 12.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

13. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, AND A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND REPURCHASE OPTION ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

-9-


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

14. Notices . Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or Participant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

Any notice to the Escrow Holder shall be sent to the Company’s address with a copy to the other party not sending the notice.

15. No Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

16. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

17. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

-10-


18. Additional Documents . Participant agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

19. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

20. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

(Signature page(s) to follow.)

 

-11-


PARTICIPANT       UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD      

/s/ Michael Hill

Signature       By
John T. McDonald      

Michael Hill

print Name       Print name
     

Chief Financial Officer

      Title
       
Residence Address      

 

-12-


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    : JOHN T. MCDONALD     

COMPANY

   : UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.   

SECURITY

   : COMMON STOCK   

AMOUNT

   : 1,043,173 SHARES   
     

DATE

   : SEPTEMBER 2, 2014   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities

 

-13-


exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Signature

 

John T. McDonald

Print Name

 

9/2/2014
Date

 

-14-


EXHIBIT B-1

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,             , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Upland Software, Inc.             shares of the Common Stock of Upland Software, Inc. standing in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.             herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint             to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Upland Software, Inc. and the undersigned dated             ,             (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                      ,              Signature:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Participant.

 

-15-


EXHIBIT B-2

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

September 2, 2014

Chief Financial Officer

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Ave.

Suite 1850

Austin, TX 78701

Dear Mr. Hill:

As Escrow Agent for both Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Participant”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Participant and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Participant and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Participant irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Participant does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Participant’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.


4. Upon written request of the Participant, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Participant’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Participant, you shall deliver all of the same to Participant and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Participant while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

-2-


13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

( Signature page(s) to follow .)

 

-3-


PARTICIPANT     UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

   

/s/ Michael Hill

Signature     By

John T. McDonald

   

Michael Hill

Print Name     Print Name
   

Chief Financial Officer

    Title

 

   
Residence Address    
ESCROW AGENT    

/s/ MICHAEL HILL

   

Chief Financial Officer

 

   
Dated: 9/2/2014    

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B-3

SPOUSAL CONSENT

I, Carla McDonald, spouse of John T. McDonald, have read and approve of the foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 2, 2014, together with all exhibits and attachments thereto (collectively, the “ Agreement ”), by and between my spouse and Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). In consideration of the Company’s granting of the right to John T. McDonald to purchase 1,043,173 shares of Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint John T. McDonald as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise or waiver of any rights under the Agreement, and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws of the State of Texas, or under similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

Dated:                                                          

 

 

(Signature)

 

( Print Name )


EXHIBIT B-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME:   

 

      SPOUSE:   

 

ADDRESS:   

 

        
  

 

        
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.:                                                                                      TAXABLE YEAR:                                                             

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:             shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:            ,            .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $            .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $            .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:                                                               ,               

 

  Taxpayer
 
The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.
Dated:                                                               ,               

 

  Spouse of Taxpayer

 

Exhibit 10.16.1

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

2010 STOCK PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2010 Stock Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK

 

Name:    R. Brian Henley
Address:   

The undersigned Participant has been granted a right to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:    September 2, 2014   
Vesting Commencement Date:    May 9, 2014   
Purchase Price per Share:    $1.43   
Total Number of Shares Granted:    250,000   
Total Purchase Price:    $357,500   


Vesting Schedule :

Twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall be released from the Company’s Repurchase Option on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then forty percent (40%) of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, then forty percent (40%) of the Shares subject to this Agreement shall vest in twelve (12) equal installments on the corresponding day of each month (or if there is no corresponding day in any such month, on the last day of such month) over the period from the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date to the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and all of the vesting, as described above, is subject to the Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.

Any of the Shares which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option are referred to herein as “Unreleased Shares.” The Shares which have been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option shall be delivered to Participant at Participant’s request (see Section 11 of Part II of this Agreement).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Participant is terminated without Cause or leaves for Good Reason within twelve months following a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), then one hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to the Repurchase Option shall accelerate as of immediately prior to such termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means (i) Participant’s willful or grossly negligent failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations of Participant’s position with the Company; (ii) any act of personal dishonesty, fraud or misrepresentation taken by Participant which was intended to result in substantial gain or personal enrichment of Participant at the expense of the Company; (iii) Participant’s violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the Company’s business which violation was or is reasonably likely to be injurious to the Company; (iv) Participant’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere or guilty to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State, excluding felonies for minor traffic violation and vicarious liability (so long as Participant did not know of the felony and did not willfully violate the law); (v) Participant’s material breach of the terms of the Proprietary Information Agreement with the Company. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means (i) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction of Participant’s duties or responsibilities relative to Participant’s duties or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided , however , any reduction in Participant’s duties or responsibilities resulting solely from the Company being acquired by and made a part of a larger entity (as, for example, when a chief executive officer becomes an employee of the acquiring corporation following a Change in Control but is not the chief executive officer of the acquiring corporation) shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) without Participant’s written consent, a material reduction in Participant’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in expenses generally affecting senior executives of the Company; (iii) without Participant’s consent, a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Participant was entitled immediately prior to such reduction, with the result that Participant’s overall benefits package is materially reduced, unless such reduction is part of a reduction in benefits generally affecting senior executives of the Company; or (iv) without Participant’s consent, a relocation to a facility or a

 

-2-


location more than fifty (50) miles from Participant’s then current present working locations. Good Reason shall not exist unless Participant provides (i) notice to the Company within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition triggering Good Reason and (ii) the Company the opportunity of at least thirty (30) days to cure such condition. A termination from service shall not be considered for Good Reason if such termination occurs later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the Good Reason condition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Participant terminates employment with the Company for Good Reason, but the Company discovers after such termination that Participant’s conduct during the employment term would have entitled the Company to terminate Participant for Cause, then Participant’s termination shall be for Cause and not for Good Reason and Participant shall remit all amounts paid to Participant for termination for Good Reason.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Sale of Stock . The Administrator of the Company hereby agrees to sell to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), and Participant hereby agrees to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock, at the Purchase Price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock (the “Purchase Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Payment of Purchase Price . The Company hereby acknowledges that the purchase price for the Shares has been paid by Participant via services previously rendered to the Company, such services having a value at least equal to the Purchase Price.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Restricted Stock Award is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Restricted Stock Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

 

-3-


Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Award or shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Non-Transferability of Restricted Stock . This Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

6. Tax Consequences . Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Participant understands that Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), taxes as ordinary income the difference between the purchase price for the Shares and the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse. In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option. Participant understands that Participant may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the IRS within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase. The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit B-4 hereto.

THE PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS THE PARTICIPANT’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF THE PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON THE PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.

7. Tax Withholding . Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the Company shall withhold the minimum amount required to be withheld for the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld (the “Withholding Taxes”) with respect to Shares released from the Company’s Repurchase Option

 

-4-


by, in the Administrator’s discretion: (i) withholding otherwise deliverable Shares upon release from the Company’s Repurchase Option having a Fair Market Value equal the amount of such Withholding Taxes, (ii) withholding the amount of such Withholding Taxes from Participant’s paycheck(s), (iii) requiring Participant to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Withholding Taxes, or (iv) a combination of the foregoing. The Company shall not retain fractional Shares to satisfy any portion of the Withholding Taxes. Accordingly, if any withholding is done through the withholding of Shares, Participant shall pay to the Company an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Should the Company be unable to procure such cash amounts from Participant, Participant agrees and acknowledges that Participant is giving the Company permission to withhold from Participant’s paycheck(s) an amount equal to the remaining Withholding Taxes due and payable as a result of the Company not retaining fractional Shares. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of purchase.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE RELEASE OF SHARES FROM THE REPURCHASE OPTION OF THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Repurchase Option .

(a) In the event Participant’s continuous status as a Service Provider terminates for any or no reason (including death or Disability), the Company shall, upon the date of such termination (as reasonably fixed and determined by the Company), have an irrevocable, exclusive option for a period of ninety (90) days from such date to repurchase up to that number of Shares which constitute the Unreleased Shares (as defined in Part I of this Agreement) at the Purchase Price per share (the “Repurchase Price”) (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) The Repurchase Option shall be exercised by the Company by delivering written notice to Participant or Participant’s executor (with a copy to the Escrow Holder (as defined in Section 11)) AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to Participant or Participant’s executor a check in the amount of the aggregate Repurchase Price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of Participant’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price, or

 

-5-


(iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate Repurchase Price. Upon delivery of such notice and the payment of the aggregate Repurchase Price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unreleased Shares being repurchased and all rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unreleased Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unreleased Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option to purchase all or a part of the Unreleased Shares. If the Fair Market Value of the Unreleased Shares to be repurchased on the date of such designation or assignment (the “Repurchase FMV”) exceeds the aggregate Repurchase Price of the Unreleased Shares, then each such designee or assignee shall pay the Company cash equal to the difference between the Repurchase FMV and the aggregate Repurchase Price of Unreleased Shares to be purchased.

(d) If the Company or its assignee does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

10. Restriction on Transfer . Except for the escrow described in Section 11 or transfer of the Shares to the Company or its assignees contemplated by this Agreement, none of the Shares or any beneficial interest therein shall be transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way until the release of such Shares from the Company’s Repurchase Option in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement shall, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, to the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

11. Escrow of Shares .

(a) To ensure the availability for delivery of Participant’s Unreleased Shares upon exercise of the Repurchase Option by the Company, Participant will, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”) the share certificates representing the Unreleased Shares, together with the Assignment Separate from Certificate (the “Stock Assignment”) duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 . The Unreleased Shares and Stock Assignment shall be held by the Escrow Holder, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Participant attached as Exhibit B-2 hereto, until such time as the Company’s Repurchase Option expires.

(b) The Escrow Holder shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Unreleased Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

-6-


(c) If the Company or any assignee exercises its Repurchase Option hereunder, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such option exercise from the proposed transferee, shall take all steps necessary to accomplish such transfer. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such Unreleased Shares to the Company upon such termination.

(d) When the Repurchase Option has been exercised or expires unexercised or a portion of the Shares has been released from such Repurchase Option, upon Participant’s request the Escrow Holder shall promptly cause a new certificate to be issued for such released Shares and shall deliver such certificate to the Company or Participant, as the case may be.

(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, separation, liquidation, stock dividend, split-up, share combination, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock, the Shares shall be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant shall in his or her capacity as owner of Unreleased Shares that have been awarded to him or her be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities shall thereupon be considered to be “Unreleased Shares” and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unreleased Shares pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any Unreleased Shares, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants shall be considered to be Unreleased Shares and shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Unreleased Shares pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

12. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Subject to Section 10, before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

-7-


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 12 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 12, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 12 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Participant’s lifetime or on Participant’s death by will or intestacy to Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 12. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section 12 and Section 9, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 12.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-8-


13. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, AND A REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND REPURCHASE OPTION ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-9-


14. Notices . Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given by either the Company or Participant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when delivered personally or deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid, and addressed to the parties at the addresses of the parties set forth at the end of this Agreement or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

Any notice to the Escrow Holder shall be sent to the Company’s address with a copy to the other party not sending the notice.

15. No Waiver . Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

16. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

17. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

18. Additional Documents . Participant agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement.

19. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

20. Entire Agreement . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Agreement (including the exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their

 

-10-


entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

( Signature page(s) to follow .)

 

-11-


PARTICIPANT       UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

/s/ BRIAN HENLEY

     

/s/ John T. McDonald

Signature       By

Brian Henley

     

John T. McDonald

Print Name       Print Name
     

Chief Executive Officer

      Title

 

     
Residence Address      

 

-12-


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :      BRIAN HENLEY   
COMPANY    :      UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.   
SECURITY    :      COMMON STOCK   
AMOUNT    :      250,000 SHARES   
DATE    :      SEPTEMBER 2, 2014   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Award to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities

 

-13-


exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

/s/ BRIAN HENLEY

Signature

Brian Henley

Print Name

9/2/2014

Date

 

-14-


EXHIBIT B-1

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                     , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto Upland Software, Inc.                     shares of the Common Stock of Upland Software, Inc. standing in my name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.                     herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                     to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between Upland Software, Inc. and the undersigned dated             ,             (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                            ,                 

         Signature:  /s/ BRIAN HENLEY

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Participant.

 

-15-


EXHIBIT B-2

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

September 2, 2014

Chief Financial Officer

Upland Software, Inc.

401 Congress Ave.

Suite 1850

Austin, TX 78701

Dear Mr. Hill:

As Escrow Agent for both Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Participant”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Participant and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Participant and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Participant irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Participant does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Participant’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Participant shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.


4. Upon written request of the Participant, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Participant’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Participant a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Participant, you shall deliver all of the same to Participant and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Participant while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

 

-2-


13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

(Signature page(s) to follow.)

 

-3-


PARTICIPANT      UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

/s/ BRIAN HENLEY

    

/s/ John T. McDonald

Signature      By

Brian Henley

     John T. McDonald
Print Name     

 

Print Name

    

Chief Executive Officer

Title

 

Residence Address

    
ESCROW AGENT     

/s/ MICHAEL HILL

    
Chief Financial Officer     
Dated: 9/2/2014     

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B-3

SPOUSAL CONSENT

I, Rebecca Henley, spouse of Brian Henley, have read and approve of the foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 2, 2014, together with all exhibits and attachments thereto (collectively, the “ Agreement ”), by and between my spouse and Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). In consideration of the Company’s granting of the right to Brian Henley to purchase 250,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint Brian Henley as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise or waiver of any rights under the Agreement, and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws of the State of Texas, or under similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

Dated:                     

 

 

(Signature)

 

( Print Name )


EXHIBIT B-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME:  

 

   SPOUSE:   

 

ADDRESS:  

 

     
 

 

     
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO.:                                       TAXABLE YEAR:                                           

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:             shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Upland Software, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:            ,            .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $            .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $            .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:                                      ,           
 

 

Taxpayer

The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.  
Dated:                                    ,           
 

 

Spouse of Taxpayer

 

Exhibit 10.17

LEASE AGREEMENT

This Lease Agreement (“ Lease ”) is entered into as of February 27 th , 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between TPG- 401 Congress LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”). In consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. Terms and Definitions . The following definitions and terms apply to this Lease (other words are defined elsewhere in the text of this Lease):

 

  (a) “Tenant’s Address : 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 1850, Austin, Texas 78701.

 

  (b) “Premises : Suite 1850 on the 18th floor in the building (the “ Building ”) known as Frost Bank Tower and located on land with an address of 401 Congress Avenue, Austin, Texas 78701 (the “ Land ”)

 

  (c) “Rentable Area of Premises : 6,255 rentable square feet (“ RSF ”)

 

  (d) “Rentable Area of Building : 535,078 RSF

 

  (e) “Pro-rata Share” : Tenant’s pro-rata share is 1.1690%, which is determined by dividing the Rentable Area of Premises by the Rentable Area of Building.

 

  (f) “Term” : a period of approximately thirty-six (36) months beginning on the Commencement Date and expiring at 6 o’clock PM local time on the Expiration Date.

 

  (g) “Commencement Date” : Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Commencement Date of this Lease shall be the earlier of (i) the date Tenant takes possession of all or any portion of the Premises for the purpose of conducting Tenant’s business (without any obligation of Tenant to take possession of the Premises prior to Substantial Completion); or (ii) Substantial Completion, as defined and provided in the Work Letter, defined below, as adjusted for Tenant Delay, as defined and provided in the Work Letter.

 

  (h) “Expiration Date” : 6 o’clock PM local time on the last day of the thirty-sixth (36 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date.

 

  (i) “Base Rent” : the amounts specified in the chart below, to be paid by Tenant according to the provisions hereof:

Base Rent

Suite 1850

6,255 RSF

 

Months

  

Base Rent per RSF

  

Monthly Amount

1*-12    $34.00    $17,722.50
13-24    $35.00    $18,243.75
25-36    $36.00    $18,765.00

 

* Includes any partial calendar month in the event the Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of a month, which shall be prorated pursuant to Section 5 below.

 

  (j) “Initial Improvements : the improvements, if any, to be made to the Premises in accordance with the work letter attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Work Letter ).

 

  (k) “Security Deposit : $27,522.00 in immediately available funds (the “Cash Security Deposit ) and $56,295.00 in the form of the Letter of Credit, as defined below.

 

  (l) “Guarantor : N/A.

 

  (m) “Parking Spaces” : Subject to Section 48(b) below, twenty-three (23) unreserved parking spaces and two (2) reserved parking spaces in the Building’s Parking Facility. As of the Effective Date, charges ( “Parking Charges” ) for the Parking Spaces are as follows: (i) unreserved Parking Spaces are $150.00 per month per Parking Space plus applicable taxes; and (ii) reserved Parking Spaces are $250.00 per month per Parking Space plus applicable taxes and initial signage costs. Parking Charges shall be payable in advance on the first (1st) day of each calendar month without prior notice or demand. Parking Charges are subject to change by Landlord from time to time; provided, however, that the Parking Charges will not be increased by Landlord during the initial thirty-six (36) month Term.


  (n) Tenant’s Broker ” is: N/A.

 

  (o) Landlord’s Broker ” is: Eola Capital LLC, which is an affiliate of Landlord.

 

  (p) Laws ” shall mean any and all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and building and other codes of any governmental or quasi-governmental entity or authority (“ Governmental Authority ”) applicable to the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, all Laws relating to disabilities, health, safety or the environment.

 

  (q) Project ”: shall mean the Building, Land, any areas designated by Landlord from time to time for the common use of all tenants and occupants of the Building (“ Common Areas ”), including, but not limited to, the parking facility for the Building designated by Landlord from time to time (the “ Parking Facility ”), walkways, greenspace, plaza and common areas, and related equipment, fixtures and improvements.

 

  (r) Building Standard ”: The quantity and quality of materials, finishes and workmanship from time to time specified by Landlord for use throughout the Building. “ Above Standard ” means all improvements, fixtures, materials, finishes and workmanship which exceed Building Standard in terms of quantity or quality (or both), including, but not limited to, Supplemental HVAC Equipment, defined below; water heaters, instant hot faucets, garbage disposals, dishwashers, stoves, microwaves, refrigerators, ice machines, coffee machines, washing machines, dryers or other appliances; and sinks, sink fixtures, sink drain lines, appliance drain lines, water source plumbing, ground fault interrupters, dedicated outlets or other similar plumbing and/or electrical fixtures or items.

 

  (s) Building Systems ”: The mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sanitary, sprinkler, heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”), security, life-safety, elevator and other service systems or facilities of the Building up to the point of connection of localized distribution to the Premises.

2. Premises . Subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises as designated on Exhibit A , consisting of the 6,255 RSF. Tenant agrees that, except as expressly stated herein and in the Work Letter attached to this Lease, no representations or warranties relating to the condition of the Project or the Premises and no promises to alter, repair or improve the Premises have been made by Landlord. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease or the Work Letter attached hereto, Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in their current “ AS IS, WHERE IS ” condition and acknowledges that LANDLORD MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, SUITABILITY, HABITABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE PREMISES OR THE INITIAL IMPROVEMENTS . Upon Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises for the purposes of conducting business, the Premises, including all Initial Improvements, shall be deemed accepted by Tenant. Tenant shall also have the nonexclusive right, subject to the terms hereof, to use the Common Areas of the Project. Tenant acknowledges that the Project is or may become an integrated commercial real estate project including the Building, the Land and other buildings, Common Areas and land. Landlord reserves the right, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, to include the Building within a project and/or to expand and/or reduce the amount of Land and/or improvements of which the Building, the Common Areas, or Project consists; to alter, relocate, reconfigure and/or reduce the Common Areas; and to temporarily suspend access to portions of the Common Areas, as long as the Premises remain reasonably accessible and Tenant’s use of the Premises is not materially diminished.

3. Authorized Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for general business office purposes, consistent with the uses of office buildings (the “ Authorized Use ”), and for no other purpose.

4. Term .

(a) Term . This Lease shall constitute a legally binding and enforceable agreement between Landlord and Tenant as of the Effective Date. The Term of this Lease is stated in Section 1(f), and the Commencement Date shall be determined as provided in Section 1(g). Landlord and Tenant shall confirm the Commencement Date and Expiration Date in writing within thirty (30) days after the actual Commencement Date pursuant to the form certificate attached as Exhibit E . The parties acknowledge that the Premises are occupied as of the Effective Date and that Landlord anticipates delivering the Premises to Tenant pursuant to this Lease on or about May 1, 2014. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall not be liable for a failure to deliver possession of the Premises or any other space due to the holdover or unlawful possession of such space or for any other reasons beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, except as set forth in subsection (b) below.

 

2


(b) Outside Termination Completion Date . The term “ Outside Termination Completion Date ” means August 1, 2014; provided, however, the Outside Termination Completion Date shall automatically be extended by the number of days that Substantial Completion of the Initial Improvements is delayed due to (i) Force Majeure Events (as herein defined) and (ii) Tenant Delays (as defined in Exhibit D ). If the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before the Outside Termination Completion Date, Tenant, as its sole and exclusive remedy, may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of termination on or before the earlier to occur of (1) five (5) business days after the Outside Termination Completion Date, or (2) the Commencement Date. In the event Tenant elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to the preceding sentence, this Lease shall be deemed terminated and of no further force or effect and Landlord shall promptly return the Security Deposit and the Letter of Credit and the parties hereto shall have no further responsibilities or obligations to each other with respect to this Lease except to the extent the same expressly survive such termination. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if Landlord determines in good faith that it will be unable to cause Substantial Completion of the Initial Improvements to occur by the Outside Termination Completion Date, Landlord shall have the right to immediately cease its construction of the Initial Improvements and provide Tenant with written notice (an “ Extension Notice ”) of such inability, which Extension Notice shall set forth the date on which Landlord reasonably believes that Substantial Completion of the Initial Improvements will occur. Upon receipt of the Extension Notice, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by providing written notice of termination to Landlord within five (5) business days after the date of the Extension Notice. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease within such five (5) business day period, the Outside Termination Completion Date shall automatically be amended to be the date set forth in the Extension Notice.

5. Rent Payment . Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to pay Rent (defined below) in monthly installments on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term; provided, however, that the first full monthly installment of Rent shall be paid in advance on the date of Tenant’s execution of this Lease and shall be applied to the first full monthly installment of Rent due hereunder. Tenant agrees to timely pay all Base Rent, Additional Rent, defined below, and all other sums of money which become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (collectively “ Rent ”), without abatement, demand, offset, deduction or counterclaim, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant fails to pay part or all of the Rent within five (5) days after it is due, Tenant shall also pay (i) interest at the Default Rate, defined below, on the unpaid Rent, plus (ii) a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the unpaid Rent or the maximum then allowed by law, whichever is less. Landlord may assess a reasonable fee to Tenant for any checks made payable to Landlord that are returned unpaid by Tenant’s bank for any reason. If the Term does not begin on the first day of a calendar month and/or end on the last day of a calendar month, the installment of Rent for that partial month shall be prorated. All Rent shall be paid by Tenant in lawful money of the United States of America and sent to Landlord as follows (or pursuant to such other directions as Landlord may designate from time to time in writing): (1) if by check, payable to the order of [**] or (2) if by wire, using the instructions set forth below:

 

Bank Name:

       [**]

Routing No.:

       [**]

Account No.:

       [**]

For Credit To:

       [**]

6. Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as the base rent for the Premises (the “Base Rent” ) the amount set forth in Section 1, subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided. Nothing contained herein shall be construed at any time so as to reduce the Base Rent payable hereunder below the amount set forth above. Base Rent shall be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions (any such adjustment is “Additional Rent” ). Prior to January 1 of each year in the Term or as soon thereafter as reasonably possible, Landlord shall provide Tenant with Landlord’s good faith estimate (which Landlord may re-estimate at any time) of Operating Expenses and Taxes for the next calendar year in the Term (each, an “Operating Period” ), and commencing on January 1 of each Operating Period, one-twelfth (1/12) of Tenant’s Pro-rata Share of the estimated Operating Expenses and Taxes will be due each month from Tenant as Tenant’s Additional Rent during such Operating Period. If Landlord’s statement is furnished after the start of an Operating Period, then Tenant shall continue to pay the monthly amount of its Additional Rent due for the prior Operating Period

 

3


and on the next monthly Additional Rent payment date after Tenant receives Landlord’s statement, Tenant shall also pay any excess amounts allocable to the prior months in that Operating Period. As of the Effective Date of this Lease, Landlord’s estimate is that the amount that will be due as Additional Rent hereunder for the year in which the Commencement Date occurs will be $18.80 per RSF of the Rentable Area of Premises per year. Until further written notice is forwarded from Landlord to Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall remit 1/12th of this amount to Landlord monthly as Additional Rent, to be paid at the same time and in the same manner as Tenant’s monthly payments of Base Rent.

7. Operating Expenses and Taxes .

(a) Definitions of Operating Expenses and Taxes . “ Operating Expenses ,” as used herein, shall mean all expenses, costs and disbursements of every kind and nature relating to or incurred or paid during any Operating Period in connection with the ownership, operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, including, but not limited to, wages and salaries of all employees engaged in the operation, maintenance or security of the Project, whether billed directly or through a common or master association, including taxes, insurance and benefits relating thereto; the cost of all labor, supplies, equipment, materials and tools used in the operation and maintenance of the Project; management fees; the cost of all legal and accounting expenses incurred in connection with the management and operation of the Project; the cost of all utilities for the Project, including, but not limited to, the cost of HVAC, water, sewer, waste disposal, gas, and electricity; the cost of all maintenance and service agreements for the Project, including, but not limited to, security service, window cleaning, elevator maintenance and janitorial service; the cost of all insurance relating to the Project and Landlord’s personal property used in connection therewith, plus the cost of all deductible payments made by Landlord in connection therewith; the cost of all license and permit fees; the cost of repairs, replacements, refurbishing, restoration and general maintenance; a reasonable amortization charge on account of any capital expenditure incurred in an effort (I) to comply with any Laws (but excluding any and all costs with respect to any non-compliance with Laws that exists as of the Commencement Date and is not triggered by any acts or omissions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, customers, licensees or invitees or due to the construction of any Initial Improvements or Tenant Work), or (II) to reduce the Operating Expenses of the Project; costs billed to the Building, Project or Landlord through a declaration or any cross-easement agreement which encumbers the Project, or any declaration of condominium or other like instrument that encumbers any or all of the improvements on the Project; costs or assessments required to be paid by Landlord in connection with any community improvement district; and, all other items constituting operating and maintenance costs in connection with the Project according to generally accepted accounting principles. Except as specifically provided in the immediately preceding sentence, Operating Expenses shall not include the following: (i) depreciation, (ii) leasing commissions, (iii) repairs and restorations paid for by the proceeds of any insurance policy, (iv) construction of improvements of a capital nature, (v) income taxes other than that portion, if any, of income taxes which may hereafter be assessed and paid in lieu of or as a substitute in whole or in part for Taxes, (vi) costs of utilities directly charged to and reimbursed by Tenant or other tenants, (vii) legal and other related expenses associated with the negotiation or enforcement of leases or (viii) marketing and advertising costs incurred directly for leasing individual space in the Building. “ Taxes ,” as used herein, means all ad valorem taxes, personal property taxes, and all other taxes, assessments, and an other similar charges, if any, which are levied, assessed, or imposed upon or become due and payable in connection with, or a lien upon, the Project or any portion thereof or facilities used in connection therewith, and all taxes of whatsoever nature that are imposed in substitution for or in lieu of any of the taxes, assessments, or other charges included in this definition of Taxes, such as taxes paid through a private agreement with respect to the Project as a part of or in connection with an inducement resolution with a development authority and all costs, expenses and fees associated by Landlord in connection with that inducement resolution and transaction involving a development authority, but excluding, however, taxes and assessments attributable to the personal property of tenants and paid by such tenants as a separate charge. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Taxes shall include the tax (sometimes referred to as business, margin or franchise tax) enacted by House Bill 3 as passed during the 3rd called session of the Texas Legislature in 2006, which has been codified in Chapter 171, Texas Tax Code, and any supplements, replacements, additions or other modifications thereto. In the event Landlord shall retain any consultant to negotiate the amount of taxes, tax rate, assessed value or other factors influencing the amount of Taxes, then the aggregate of all such reasonable third-party fees (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and appraisers’ fees) and MI disbursements, court costs and other items paid or incurred by Landlord during the applicable tax year with respect to such proceedings shall be included in Taxes. Tenant shall not institute any proceedings with respect to the assessed valuation of the Building, Land, or the Project or any part thereof for the purpose of seeking or securing a

 

4


tax reduction. TENANT HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO PROTEST THE APPRAISED VALUE OF THE PROPERTY OR TO APPEAL THE SAME AND ALL RIGHTS TO RECEIVE NOTICES OF REAPPRAISALS AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 41.413 AND 42.015 OF THE TEXAS TAX CODE . If a rental tax, gross receipts tax or sales tax on Rent is imposed on Landlord by any Governmental Authority, Tenant shall, as additional Rent, reimburse Landlord, at the same time as each monthly payment of Base Rent is due, an amount equal to all such taxes Landlord is required to pay by reason of the Rent paid hereunder. If less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Rentable Area of the Building is actually occupied during any Operating Period, Operating Expenses shall be the amount that such Operating Expenses would have been for such Operating Period had one hundred percent (100%) of the Rentable Area of the Building been occupied during all such Operating Period, as determined by Landlord. Accordingly, Operating Expenses that vary according to the occupancy of the Building shall be adjusted to reflect one hundred percent (100%) occupancy of the Building for any period in which the Building is not one hundred percent (100%) occupied.

(b) Additional Rent . Landlord shall, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Operating Period (or as soon thereafter as it is reasonably able to do so), furnish Tenant with a statement of the Operating Expenses and Taxes during such year and a computation of the Additional Rent owed by Tenant for such Operating Period (“ Expense Statement ”). Failure of Landlord to provide an Expense Statement within such time period shall not be a waiver of Landlord’s right to collect any Additional Rent. If the Expense Statement shows that the actual amount Tenant owes for such Operating Period is more than the estimated Additional Rent paid by Tenant for such Operating Period, Tenant shall pay the difference within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Expense Statement. If the Expense Statement shows that Tenant paid more in estimated Additional Rent than the actual amount of Additional Rent owed by Tenant for such Operating Period, Tenant shall receive a credit therefor. The credit shall be applied to future monthly payments attributable to the Additional Rent, or if this Lease has expired, such amount shall be refunded to Tenant. Unless adjusted as a result of an audit by Tenant conducted pursuant to the express terms of Section 7(c) of this Lease, the Operating Expenses, Taxes and Additional Rent set forth in the Expense Statement shall be binding upon Tenant. Provided, however, that in the event that the Term of this Lease expires, or is terminated pursuant to the terms of this Lease, on a date other than December 31, then, at the option of Landlord, Landlord may, either prior to the date on which the Term expires, or within thirty (30) days thereafter, elect to provide Tenant with a revised estimate of the Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Operating Period in which such expiration or termination date occurs and the Additional Rent that will be due from Tenant for such Operating Period, which estimated Additional Rent shall be prorated to reflect the portion of such Operating Period that is contained within the Term (the “ Final Expense Estimate ”). In the event that Landlord elects to deliver a Final Expense Estimate to Tenant, then (i) Tenant shall pay the prorated Additional Rent reflected in the Final Expense Estimate within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of such Final Expense Estimate; (ii) the estimated amount of the Additional Rent for the final Operating Period shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant; and (iii) Landlord shall not thereafter seek from Tenant any additional payment of Additional Rent if the actual Operating Expenses and Taxes for such Operating Period are greater than those reflected in the Final Expense Estimate, nor shall Landlord have any obligation to refund to Tenant any excess funds paid by Tenant to Landlord should the actual Operating Expenses and Taxes for such Operating Period be less than those reflected in the Final Expense Statement. In the event that Landlord elects not to provide Tenant with a Final Expense Estimate, then it shall be presumed that Landlord will provide Tenant with an Expense Statement within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the final Operating Period contained in the Term, as provided above, and the Additional Rent shown in such Expense Statement shall be due from Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of such statement.

(c) Tenant’s Audit . Tenant shall have the right to have Landlord’s books and records pertaining to Operating Expenses and Taxes for each Operating Period reviewed, copied (provided Landlord is reimbursed for the cost of such copies) and audited ( “Tenant’s Audit” ), provided that: (a) such right shall not be exercised more than once during any calendar year; (b) if Tenant elects to conduct Tenant’s Audit, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice thereof ( “Tenant’s Audit Notice” ) no later than thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Expense Statement for the year to which Tenant’s Audit will apply; (c) Tenant shall have no right to conduct Tenant’s Audit if an uncured Default by Tenant exists either at the time of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Audit Notice or at any time during Tenant’s Audit; (d) no subtenant shall have any right to conduct an audit and no assignee shall conduct an audit for any period during which such assignee was not in possession of the Premises; (e) conducting Tenant’s Audit shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to timely pay Base Rent or the Additional Rent, pending the outcome of such audit; (f) Tenant’s right to conduct such audit for any calendar year shall expire thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Expense Statement for such year, and if Landlord has not received Tenant’s Audit Notice within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall have waived its right to conduct Tenant’s Audit for such calendar year; (g) Tenant’s Audit shall be conducted by a Certified Public Accountant whose compensation is not contingent upon the results of Tenant’s Audit or the amount of any refund received by Tenant, and who is not employed by or otherwise affiliated with Tenant; (h) Tenant’s Audit shall be conducted at Landlord’s office where the records of the

 

5


year in question are maintained by Landlord, during Landlord’s normal business hours; (i) Tenant’s Audit shall be completed within sixty (60) days after the date of Tenant’s Audit Notice, and a complete copy of the results thereof shall be delivered to Landlord within ninety (90) days after the date of Tenant’s Audit Notice; and (j) Tenant’s Audit shall be conducted at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant’s Audit is completed and submitted to Landlord in accordance with the requirements of this Section and such audit demonstrates to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that Landlord has overstated the Operating Expenses or Taxes for the year audited, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any overpayment, and if Tenant’s Additional Rent has been overstated by more than five percent (5%), then Landlord shall also reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s actual, reasonable cost incurred in conducting Tenant’s Audit (not to exceed $2,500.00), with such reimbursement(s) to be made within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord reflecting the amount of such overpayment and the cost of Tenant’s Audit. If Tenant’s Audit reveals that for such Operating Period that the Additional Rent paid by Tenant was less than the sum which Tenant should have paid, Tenant shall pay said difference to Landlord concurrently with the next due payment of Additional Rent, or, if this Lease has expired, Tenant shall pay Landlord the difference within thirty (30) days after said expiration.

(d) Confidentiality . Tenant hereby agrees to keep the results of Tenant’s Audit confidential and to require the auditor conducting Tenant’s Audit, including its employees and each of their respective attorneys and advisors, to keep the results of Tenant’s Audit in strictest confidence. In particular, but without limitation, Tenant agrees that: (a) Tenant shall not disclose the results of Tenant’s Audit to any past, current or prospective tenant of the Building; and (b) Tenant shall require that its auditors, attorneys and anyone associated with such parties shall not disclose the results of Tenant’s Audit to any past, current or prospective tenant of the Building; provided, however, that Landlord hereby agrees that nothing in items (a) or (b) of this subparagraph shall preclude Tenant from disclosing the results of Tenant’s Audit in any judicial or quasi-judicial proceeding, or pursuant to court order or discovery request, or to any current or prospective assignee or subtenant of Tenant, or to any agent, representative or employee of Landlord who or which request the same. If Tenant intends to disclose the results of Tenant’s Audit in any judicial or quasi-judicial proceeding, or if Tenant receives notice that it may be required in any such proceeding by either the order of any judicial, regulatory or other governmental entity presiding over such proceeding, or by a discovery request made in such proceeding, to disclose the results of Tenant’s Audit, then Tenant shall (i) provide Landlord with sufficient prior written notice of Tenant’s intent to make such disclosure, or such order or request for such disclosure, in order to permit Landlord to contest such intended disclosure, order or request; and (ii) cooperate with Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, in seeking a protective order or other remedy to limit the disclosure of such results to the extent reasonably required to adjudicate the matters at issue in such proceeding. If required by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and require Tenant’s auditor to execute Landlord’s then-current confidentiality agreement reflecting the terms of this Section as a condition precedent to Tenant’s right to conduct Tenant’s Audit.

8. Security Deposit .

(a) Cash Security Deposit . Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit the amount of the Cash Security Deposit in immediately available funds indicated in Section 1 with Landlord to secure Tenant’s performance under this Lease. Tenant hereby grants to Landlord a security interest in the Cash Security Deposit as collateral for all Rent and other sums of money becoming due from Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, and for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, which security interest shall remain in effect until all such Rent and other sums of money have been paid in full and all such obligations have been fulfilled; the parties hereby acknowledge and agree that this Lease constitutes a security agreement under which such security interest is granted from Tenant to Landlord. In the event of an uncured Default, defined below, then Landlord may, without prejudice to Landlord’s other remedies, apply part or all of the Cash Security Deposit to cure such Default. If Landlord so uses part or all of the Cash Security Deposit, then Tenant shall within ten (10) days after written demand, provide Landlord with a replacement Cash Security Deposit in an amount sufficient to restore the Cash Security Deposit to its original amount. Any part of the Cash Security Deposit not used by the Landlord as permitted by this Lease shall be returned to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date. If Landlord sells the Building then Landlord shall transfer the Cash Security Deposit to the new owner and Landlord shall be relieved of any liability for the Cash Security Deposit. Tenant shall not be entitled to any interest on the Cash Security Deposit, and Landlord may commingle the Cash Security Deposit with other monies of Landlord.

(b) Letter of Credit Security Deposit . As security for the full and faithful performance of all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (the “ Obligations ”), Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term, an irrevocable, standby letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”) in favor of Landlord or its successors or assigns, with a national lending institution that is reasonably acceptable to Landlord (the “ Lender ”), in the amount of $56,295.00 (the “ Credit Limit ”). On or before March 11, 2014, Tenant shall deliver the Letter of Credit to Landlord in the amount of the Credit Limit, which Letter of Credit shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, Lender and Tenant.

 

6


(c) Drawing upon the Letter of Credit in a Default . In the event of a Default under this Lease, beyond any applicable notice and period of cure, then in addition to any other remedies provided under this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to a draw upon the Letter of Credit, in the manner described in the Letter of Credit, in such amount as may be necessary in order to cure such Default on behalf of Tenant. In the event that Landlord draws upon the Letter of Credit, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days of receipt of notice from Landlord that the Letter of Credit has been drawn down, restore the Letter of Credit to the full amount of the Credit Limit, and provide Landlord with documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord that the Letter of Credit has been so restored. If Tenant (i) allows the Letter of Credit to lapse at any time during the Term of this Lease, or (ii) fails to restore the Letter of Credit to the amount required hereunder after the Letter of Credit has been drawn upon by Landlord in accordance with the terms hereof, then Tenant shall be in Default under this Lease and Landlord shall be entitled to exercise all remedies for Default set forth in this Lease.

(d) Drawing upon the Letter of Credit where Letter of Credit expires prior to the expiration of the Term . In the event that, for whatever reason, Landlord receives notice from Tenant or Lender that the Letter of Credit will expire prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease, then the parties agree that in such event, Landlord may immediately draw upon the Letter of Credit in the full amount of the Credit Limit, in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit, which shall expressly provide for such draw to be permitted, even if no Default has occurred under this Lease. In such event, the funds drawn by Landlord upon the Letter of Credit shall thereafter constitute a portion of the Cash Security Deposit and shall be held by Landlord as a security for the full and faithful performance of the Obligations and Landlord shall have all rights and remedies with respect thereto as to the original Cash Security Deposit, as set forth subsection (a) above.

9. Initial Improvements . The construction of any Initial Improvements to the Premises shall be undertaken in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease and the terms set forth in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit D and incorporated herein by this reference. Unless otherwise stated herein, the parties’ respective obligations for payment of the Initial Improvements shall be governed by the terms of the Work Letter. Except as expressly stated in this Lease and in the Work Letter, Landlord shall have no obligation to improve or otherwise modify the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy.

10. Maintenance and Repair . Landlord shall make such improvements, repairs or replacements as may be necessary for normal maintenance of the Building Systems serving the Premises, the exterior and the structural portions of the Building and the Common Areas. Subject to the terms of Section 7, the maintenance and repairs to be performed by Landlord hereunder shall be at Landlord’s expense, unless the need for such maintenance or repairs was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors or invitees, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such maintenance or repairs, plus a construction oversight fee for Landlord in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the cost and expense of such maintenance or repairs; the construction oversight or management fee, if any, applicable to construction of the Initial Improvements shall be governed by the terms of the Work Letter and not by the provisions of this Section. Except to the extent that Landlord is obligated to restore and repair the Premises pursuant to Section 23, Tenant, at its sole cost, shall maintain and repair the Premises and otherwise keep the Premises in good order and repair. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Tenant shall not be required to make, nor be financially responsible for (except to the extent the same constitute Operating Expenses), any structural changes to the Building or to modify any Building Systems that do not exclusively serve the Premises unless the need for compliance is triggered by the construction of the Initial Improvements or Tenant’s Work or by any acts or omissions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, customers, licensees or invitee. Any repair or maintenance by Tenant shall be undertaken in accordance with the provisions and requirements of Section 16. Landlord is not responsible for replacing and/or repairing Tenant’s fixtures or any Above Standard improvements, or fixtures. Except as expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant shall accept the Premises including any existing appliances and Above Standard fixtures in their “ AS IS, WHERE IS ” condition as of the Effective Date. For purposes of this Lease, all Above Standard improvements and fixtures existing in the Premises as of the Effective Date shall be deemed to be Tenant’s property until the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises under this Lease, at which time such Above Standard improvements and fixtures shall become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord with the Premises.

 

7


11. Services . Landlord shall furnish Tenant during Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises the following services: (i) janitorial service in accordance with the Cleaning and Janitorial Service specifications attached hereto as Exhibit B, (ii) domestic water at those points of supply for normal lavatory and drinking purposes to be drawn from the public lavatory in the core of the floor on which the Premises are located, (iii) electricity for normal, Building Standard office uses subject to Section 12, (iv) elevator service at the times and frequency reasonably required for normal business use of the Premises, (v) lamp and ballast replacement for Building Standard light fixtures, (vi) HVAC service between 7:00 o’clock a.m. and 7:00 o’clock p.m. on Monday through Friday (“ Building Standard Hours ”), except on New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, July 4, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the date after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and other holidays designated by Landlord (“ Holidays ”). If any Holiday falls on a weekend, the Building may observe the Holiday on the preceding Friday or the succeeding Monday. In addition to HVAC service provided during Building Standard Hours, Landlord shall, upon Tenant’s request, provide HVAC service to the Premises between the hours of 8:00 o’clock a.m. and 1:00 o’clock p.m. on Saturday, at no additional charge to Tenant, provided that such request is made no later than noon on the immediately preceding day. Tenant may periodically request, and Landlord shall furnish, HVAC service on days and at times other than those referred to above, provided Tenant requests such service in accordance with the Project Rules, defined below, then in effect, and agrees to reimburse Landlord for this service at the then existing rate being charged in the Building. If Tenant utilizes services provided by Landlord hereunder in either quantity and/or quality exceeding the quantity and/or quality customarily utilized by normal office uses of comparable premises in the Building, then Landlord may separately meter or otherwise monitor Tenant’s use of such services, and charge Tenant a reasonable amount for such excess usage; such amount shall constitute additional Rent due hereunder within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s statement for such excess. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall any Rent be abated by reason of, the installation, use or interruption of use of any equipment in connection with furnishing any of the foregoing services, or failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any such service except when such failure or delay is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. The failure to furnish any such services shall not be construed as an eviction of Tenant or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, be responsible for cleaning and maintaining any Above Standard improvements or fixtures, including Above Standard Tenant Work, defined below, and Above Standard Initial Improvements, in the Premises.

If any governmental entity imposes mandatory or suggests or requests voluntary controls or guidelines on Landlord or the Project or any part thereof, relating to the services provided by Landlord, or the reduction of emissions, Landlord may make such alterations to the Building or any other part of the Project related thereto and take such other steps as are necessary to comply with such controls and guidelines, the cost of such compliance and alterations shall be included in Operating Expenses, and Landlord shall not be liable therefor, for damages or otherwise, nor shall the same be construed either as an eviction of Tenant, or result in an abatement of Rent.

Provided, however, that if Landlord shall fail to provide any service to Tenant that Landlord is required to provide to Tenant hereunder, and such failure shall persist for a period of fourteen (14) days after Landlord’s receipt of written notice from Tenant of the existence of such failure, and such failure is not due to a Force Majeure Event, defined below, and as a result of such failure, the Premises or a portion thereof shall be substantially unusable by Tenant for the purposes for which they were leased to Tenant hereunder, then, commencing with the expiration of such fourteen (14) day period, Tenant’s Rent due under this Lease shall abate in the proportion that the rentable square footage of the portion of the Premises rendered substantially unusable by such failure bears to the total Rentable Area of Premises for the period of time that such portion is substantially unusable.

12. Electrical Usage . Landlord shall supply sufficient electrical capacity to a panel box located in the core of each floor for lighting and for Tenant’s office equipment to the extent that the total demand load at 100% capacity of such lighting and equipment does not exceed six (6) watts per RSF in the Premises (“ Electrical Design Load ”). If Tenant utilizes any portion of the Premises on a regular basis beyond Building Standard Hours or in any manner in excess of the Electrical Design Load, Landlord shall have the right to separately meter such space and charge Tenant for all excess usage; additionally, Landlord shall have the right, at Tenant’s expense, to separately meter any Above Standard fixture(s) in the Premises, such as water heaters and vending machines, and to charge Tenant for the electricity consumed by such fixture(s). If separate metering is not practical, Landlord may reasonably estimate such excess usage and charge Tenant a reasonable hourly rate. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of all electricity consumed in excess of six (6) watts per RSF in the Premises for the number of hours in the Building Standard Hours for the relevant period, plus any actual accounting expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the metering or calculation thereof. Tenant shall pay the cost of installing, maintaining, repairing and replacing all such meters. In the event that the level of occupancy of the Premises, or any machinery or equipment located in the Premises, creates unusual demands on the HVAC system serving the Premises, then Tenant may install, and Landlord may require that Tenant install, its own supplemental HVAC unit(s) (“ Supplemental HVAC Equipment ”) in the Premises, and in either event the installation, maintenance and removal of the Supplemental HVAC Equipment shall be governed by the terms of Exhibit F attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

8


13. Communication Lines . Subject to Building design limits and its existing, or then existing, capacity, Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use communications or computer wires and cables which service the Premises (“ Lines ”), provided: (a) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and shall use contractors reasonably approved in writing by Landlord; (b) all such Lines shall be plenum rated and neatly bundled, labeled and attached to beams and not to suspended ceiling grids; (c) any such installation, maintenance, replacement, removal or use shall comply with all Laws applicable thereto, including, but not limited to, the National Electric Code, and shall not interfere with any then existing Lines at the Building; and (d) Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses in connection therewith. Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which violate this Lease or represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition, within three (3) business days after written notice. Tenant shall remove all Lines installed by or on behalf of Tenant upon termination or expiration of this Lease. Any Lines that Landlord expressly permits to remain at the expiration or termination of this Lease shall become the property of Landlord without payment of any type. Under no circumstances shall any Line problems be deemed an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, render Landlord liable to Tenant for abatement of Rent, or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

14. Prohibited Use . Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done within the Project nor bring, keep or permit anything to be brought or kept therein, which is prohibited by any Laws now in force or hereafter enacted or promulgated, or which is prohibited by any insurance policy or which may increase the existing rate or otherwise affect any insurance which Landlord carries on the Project. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants, or injure or annoy them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful or objectionable purpose. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste to, in or about the Premises or Project.

15. Legal Requirements; Project Rules . Tenant shall comply with, and shall indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and its directors, officers, partners, members, shareholders, employees and agents harmless from any and all obligations, claims, administrative proceedings, judgments, damages, fines, penalties, costs, and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (collectively, “ Costs ”) incurred by Landlord as a result of the failure by Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors to comply with all Laws relating to the use, condition or occupancy of the Premises now or hereafter enacted, and the Project Rules, defined below. Tenant shall cause its employees, agents and contractors to comply with, and shall use reasonable efforts to cause its invitees to, comply with, all Laws applicable to the Project. Tenant shall not cause or permit the use, generation, storage, release or disposal in or about the Premises or the Project of any substances, materials or wastes subject to regulation under any Laws from time to time, including, without limitation, flammable, explosive, hazardous, petroleum, toxic or radioactive materials, unless Tenant shall have received Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold or revoke at any time in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall comply with, and cause its employees, agents and contractors to comply with, and shall use its reasonable efforts to cause its invitees to comply with, the rules and regulations of the Project adopted by Landlord from time to time for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises and the Project (“ Project Rules ”). In the event of any conflict between this Lease and the Project Rules, the provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability to Tenant for any failure of any other tenants to comply with the Project Rules. The Project Rules in effect as of the Effective Date are attached hereto as Exhibit C . In the event that any Governmental Authority, ordinance or other Law applicable to the Project requires either Landlord or Tenant to establish and implement a transportation management plan designed to reduce the number of single-occupancy vehicles being used by employees and other permitted occupants of the Building for commuting to and from the Building, then Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in establishing and implementing such plan.

16. Alterations, Additions and Improvements . Except for the Initial Improvements (which shall be constructed pursuant to the Work Letter), Tenant shall not permit, make or allow to be made any construction, alterations, physical additions or improvements in or to the Premises (“ Tenant Work ”) without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, nor place any signs in the Premises which are visible from outside the Premises, without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in

 

9


Landlord’s sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent to Tenant Work that: (i) is non-structural and does not adversely affect any Building Systems or improvements, (ii) is not visible from the exterior of the Premises, (iii) does not affect the exterior of the Building or any Common Areas, (iv) does not violate any provision of this Lease, (v) does not violate any Laws, and (vi) will not interfere with the use and occupancy of any other portion of the Project by any other tenant or occupant of the Project. Tenant’s plans and specifications and all contractors, subcontractors, vendors, architects arid engineers (collectively, “ Outside Contractors ”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute a work letter for any such Tenant Work substantially in the form then used by Landlord for construction performed by tenants of the Building. Tenant shall pay Landlord a construction oversight fee in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the cost and expense of any Tenant Work whether undertaken by Landlord or Tenant; the construction oversight or management fee, if any, applicable to construction of the Initial Improvements shall be governed by the terms of the Work Letter and not by the provisions of this Section. Landlord may hire outside consultants to review such documents and information furnished to Landlord, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost thereof, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, upon demand. Neither review nor approval by Landlord of any plans or specifications shall constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord that such documents either (i) are complete or suitable for their intended purpose, or (ii) comply with applicable Laws, it being expressly agreed by Tenant that Landlord assumes no responsibility or liability whatsoever to Tenant or any other person or entity for such completeness, suitability or compliance. Tenant shall furnish any documents and information reasonably requested by Landlord, including “as-built” drawings (both in paper and in electronic format acceptable to Landlord) after completion of such Tenant Work. Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant Work as are reasonably appropriate, including, without limitation, compliance with any construction rules adopted by Landlord from time to time, requiring Tenant to furnish Landlord with security for the payment of all costs to be incurred in connection with such Tenant Work, insurance covering Landlord against liabilities which may arise out of such work, plans and specifications, and permits for such Tenant Work. All Building Standard Tenant Work shall become the property of Landlord upon completion and shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises under this Lease, unless Landlord shall require removal or restoration of such Tenant Work by Tenant. All Tenant Work that is Above Standard shall be and remain the property of Tenant, and shall be maintained by Tenant in good condition and repair throughout the Term, until the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises under this Lease, at which time such Tenant Work shall become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord with the Premises, unless Landlord specifies, at the time of the approval of the installation of such Above Standard Tenant Work, that Landlord will require Tenant to remove same upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises under this Lease. Any Tenant Work that Tenant is required to remove from the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises under this Lease shall be removed at Tenant’s sole expense, and Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, promptly repair any damage to the Premises, the Building or the Project caused by such removal. Tenant shall not allow any liens to be filed against the Premises or the Project in connection with any Tenant Work or otherwise. if any liens are filed, Tenant shall cause the same to be released within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice of such lien by bonding or other method acceptable to Landlord. All Outside Contractors shall maintain insurance in amounts and types required by, and in compliance with, Section 20. An ACORD 25 (or its equivalent) certificates of insurance in the most recent edition available evidencing such coverage shall be provided to Landlord prior to commencement of any Tenant Work. All Outside Contractors shall perform all work in a good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with all Laws and all applicable Project Rules and Building construction rules. No Tenant Work shall be unreasonably disruptive to other tenants. Prior to final completion of any Tenant Work, Landlord may prepare and submit to Tenant a punch list of items to be completed, and Tenant shall diligently complete all such punch list items.

17. Tenant’s Equipment . Except for personal computers, facsimile machines, copiers and other similar office equipment, Tenant shall not install within the Premises any fixtures, equipment or other improvements until the plans and location thereof have been approved by Landlord. The location, weight and supporting devices for any libraries, central filing areas, safes and other heavy equipment shall in all cases be approved by Landlord prior to initial installation or any relocation. Landlord may prohibit any article, equipment or any other item that may exceed the load capacity of the Building from being brought into the Building.

18. Taxes on Tenant’s Property . Tenant shall pay all ad valorem and similar taxes or assessments levied upon all equipment, fixtures, furniture and other property placed by Tenant in the Premises and all license and other fees or taxes imposed on Tenant’s business. If any improvements installed or placed in the Project by, or at the expense of, Tenant result in Landlord being required to pay higher taxes with respect to the Project than would have been payable otherwise, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after demand, the amount by which such excess taxes are reasonably attributable to Tenant .

 

10


19. Access . Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times in order to inspect the condition of the Premises, show the Premises (provided that showing the Premises to prospective tenants will only occur during the twelve (12) month period preceding the Expiration Date or at any other time during the Term while a Default by Tenant exists), determine if Tenant is performing its obligations hereunder, perform the services or make the repairs that Landlord is obligated or elects to perform hereunder, make repairs to adjoining space, cure any Defaults of Tenant hereunder that Landlord elects to cure, and remove from the Premises any improvements or property placed therein in violation of this Lease. Except in the case of an emergency or to perform routine services hereunder, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to provide Tenant prior notice of such access, and in all events shall use commercially reasonable efforts to endeavor in good faith to enter in such a manner as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s conduct of its business in the Premises.

20. Tenant’s Insurance . At all times after the execution of this Lease, Tenant will carry and maintain, at its expense with insurance companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord that are rated no less than A-, Class VII, by A.M. Best Company: (i) a commercial general liability insurance policy, including products/completed operations and insurance against assumed or contractual liability under this Lease, for liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto, including any portion of the Common Areas used by Tenant, Tenant’s invitees, contractors, employees or agents, to afford protection with respect to bodily injury, death or property damage (including loss of use) of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence/Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) aggregate; (ii) a property insurance policy insuring all Above Standard improvements and fixtures in the Premises, and all personal property located within the Premises, on the “Special Form,” including theft coverage, written at replacement cost value with replacement cost endorsements, covering all of Tenant’s property, and business interruption coverage in an amount that will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to the perils insured against under section (i) above and this section (ii), and other perils commonly insured against by prudent business owners, or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises, for a period of at least eighteen (18) months; (iii) a workers’ compensation insurance policy with applicable statutory limits, including employers liability insurance with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00); (iv) automobile liability insurance with single limit coverage of at least $1,000,000 for all owned, leased/hired or non-owned vehicles; (v) if Tenant will serve or sell alcohol at the Project, a liquor liability insurance policy with minimum coverage of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00); and (vi) an excess/umbrella liability policy “following form” of not less than Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000), including a “drop down” feature in case the limits of the primary policy are exhausted. Landlord may also require all Outside Contractors to provide in addition to the insurance coverages referenced above such other insurance in amounts and types and with such companies as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including, without limitation, construction all risk/builder’s risks (including loss of revenue) insurance, owners and contractors protective liability insurance, professional errors and omissions liability insurance, and insurance covering such contractor’s equipment and tools. Each insurance policy required to be maintained hereunder by Tenant shall include an “Additional Insured Endorsement” in favor of Landlord, Parkway Properties, Inc., Parkway Properties LP and Eola Capital LLC, and their direct and indirect parent companies and subsidiaries and any of their affiliated entities, successors and assigns, as well as their respective current or future directors, officers, employees, partners, members and agents. Tenant’s insurance shall be considered primary, not excess, and non-contributory with Landlord’s insurance policies. Deductible amounts, if any, under such policies shall be commercially reasonable. An ACORD 25 certificate of such insurance in the most recent edition available and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, or certified copies of the policies, shall be furnished to Landlord on or before the earlier of the Commencement Date or ten (10) days after execution of the Lease, reflecting the limits and endorsements required herein, and renewal ACORD 25 certificates or certified copies of renewal policies shall be delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration date of any policy. Each policy shall be endorsed to provide notice of nonrenewal to Landlord and shall further provide that it may not be altered or canceled without thirty (30) days prior notice to Landlord. Landlord agrees to cooperate with Tenant to the extent reasonably requested by Tenant to enable Tenant to obtain such insurance. Landlord shall have the right to require increased limits if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, such increase is necessary. Tenant shall pay all premiums and charges for all of said policies, and, if Tenant shall fail to make any such payment when due or carry any such policy, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make such payment or carry such policy, and the amount paid by Landlord, with interest thereon at the Default Rate, shall be repaid to Landlord by Tenant within ten (10) days following demand therefor, and all such amounts so repayable, together with such interest, shall be deemed to constitute additional Rent hereunder. Payment by Landlord of any such premium, or the carrying by Landlord of any such policy, shall not be deemed to waive or release Tenant from any remedy available to Landlord under this Lease.

 

11


21. Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall maintain, during the Term of this Lease, (i) a commercial general liability insurance policy of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) each occurrence/Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) aggregate, (ii) a property insurance policy on the “Special” Perils policy form, including theft coverage, written at full replacement cost value and with replacement cost endorsement, covering the Project, including the Building and all Building Standard improvements and fixtures in the Premises, but specifically excluding any Above Standard improvements or fixtures until such time as such Above Standard improvements or fixtures shall become the property of Landlord as provided above, and all personal property, fixtures and improvements therein belonging to Landlord, (iii) an excess liability policy “following form” of not less than Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000), including a “drop down” feature in case the limits of the primary policy are exhausted, and (iv) such additional or alternative insurance as may be required by the holder of the Mortgage or as Landlord may reasonably determine is appropriate and consistent with other owners of Class A Buildings. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure any property of Tenant.

22. Waiver of Subrogation; Mutual Waiver of Liability . All policies of insurance required to be carried by either party hereunder shall include a waiver of subrogation endorsement, containing a waiver by the insurer of all right of subrogation against the other party in connection with any loss, injury or damage thereby insured against. The waiver of subrogation shall apply regardless of any deductible (or self-insured retention) or self-insurance carried by either party. Any additional premium for such waiver shall be paid by the primary insured. To the full extent permitted by Law, Landlord and Tenant each waive all rights of recovery against the other (and any officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and representatives of the other), and agree to release the other from liability, for loss or damage to the extent such loss or damage is covered by valid and collectible insurance in effect covering the party seeking recovery at the time of such loss or damage or would be covered by the insurance required to be maintained under this Lease by the party seeking recovery, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DAMAGE OR LOSS MAY BE ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF EITHER PARTY OR THEIR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES . If the release of either party, as set forth above, should contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of the party in question shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the liability of the other’s insurer. FOR THE PURPOSE OF THE FOREGOING WAIVER, THE AMOUNT OF ANY DEDUCTIBLE OR SELF-INSURED RETENTION APPLICABLE TO ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE SHALL BE DEEMED COVERED BY, AND RECOVERABLE BY THE INSURED UNDER THE INSURANCE POLICY OR SELF-INSURANCE PROGRAM TO WHICH SUCH DEDUCTIBLE RELATES. IT IS THE EXPRESS INTENT OF LANDLORD AND TENANT THAT THE WAIVER OF SUBROGATION CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 22 APPLY TO ALL MATTERS DESCRIBED HEREIN, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OF THE SAME THAT ARE CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD OR TENANT (OR THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, PARTNERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES) .

23. Casualty . If the Premises or the Project is damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by fire or other casualty at any time during the Term and if, after such damage or destruction, Tenant is not able to use the portion of the Premises not damaged or destroyed to substantially the same extent and for the Authorized Use for which the Premises were leased to Tenant hereunder, and within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s receipt of written notice from Tenant describing such damage or destruction Landlord provides notice to Tenant that the Premises, as improved to the extent of the Building Standard improvements existing immediately prior to such destruction or casualty, cannot be repaired or rebuilt to the condition which existed immediately prior to such destruction or casualty within two hundred forty (240) days following the date of such destruction or casualty, then either Landlord or Tenant may by written notice to the other within thirty (30) days following such notice by Landlord terminate this Lease. Unless such damage or destruction is the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees, the Rent shall be abated for the period and proportionately to the extent that after such damage or destruction Tenant is not able to use the portion of the Premises damaged or destroyed for the Authorized Use and to substantially the same extent as Tenant used the Premises prior thereto. If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to the foregoing, then upon receiving the available insurance proceeds,

 

12


Landlord shall restore or replace the damaged or destroyed portions of the Premises, as improved to the extent of the Building Standard improvements existing immediately prior to such destruction or casualty, or Project; Tenant shall restore or replace the improvements to the Premises required to be insured by Tenant hereunder; and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms hereof except for the abatement of Rent referred to above, if applicable, and except that the Term shall be extended by a length of time equal to the period beginning on the date of such damage or destruction and ending upon completion of such restoration or replacement. Landlord shall restore or replace the damaged or destroyed portions of the Premises or Project that Landlord is required to restore or replace hereunder within a reasonable time, subject to Force Majeure Events and the availability of insurance proceeds. If either party elects to terminate this Lease as provided in this Section, this Lease shall terminate on the date which is thirty (30) days following the date of the notice of termination as if the Term hereof had been scheduled to expire on such date, and, except for obligations which are expressly stated herein to survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, neither party shall have any liability to the other party as a result of such termination. Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage to Above Standard improvements or fixtures, Tenant’s inventory, trade fixtures or other personal property. If the Premises or any portion of the Project are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, or invitees, then any repair or restoration of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Section shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or restore the Premises or the Project on account of damage resulting from any casualty which occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, or if the estimated cost of such repair or restoration would exceed fifty percent (50%) of the reasonable value of the Building prior to the casualty. The abatement of Rent, if applicable hereunder, and termination of this Lease by Tenant, if applicable hereunder, are the sole remedies available to Tenant in the event the Premises or the Project is damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by fire or other casualty.

24. Condemnation . If more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises or if a substantial portion of the Building is taken by the power of eminent domain, then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other within thirty (30) days after the date of taking; provided, however, that a condition to the exercise by Tenant of such right to terminate shall be that the portion of the Premises or Building taken shall be of such extent and nature as to substantially impair Tenant’s use of the Premises or the balance of the Premises remaining and Landlord is unwilling or unable to provide reasonable replacement space within the Project. In the event of any taking, Landlord shall be entitled to any and all compensation and awards with respect thereto, except for an award, if any, specified by the condemning authority for any claim made by Tenant for property that Tenant has the right to remove upon termination of this Lease. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of any unexpired portion of the Term. In the event of a partial taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the Rent shall be equitably reduced as to the square footage so taken.

25. Waiver of Claims . Except for the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for damage to person or property caused by defects in the HVAC, electrical, plumbing, elevator or other apparatus or systems, or by water discharged from sprinkler systems, if any, in the Building, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for the theft or loss of or damage to any property of Tenant whether from the Premises or any part of the Building or Project, including, without limitation, the loss of trade secrets or other confidential information , EVEN IF THE SAME IS CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD, ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS . IT IS THE EXPRESS INTENT OF LANDLORD AND TENANT THAT THE WAIVER OF CLAIMS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION 25 APPLY TO ALL MATTERS DESCRIBED HEREIN, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OF THE SAME THAT ARE CAUSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD, ITS EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS . Landlord agrees to make commercially reasonable efforts to protect Tenant from interference or disturbance by third persons, including other tenants; however, Landlord shall not be liable for any such interference, disturbance or breach, whether caused by another tenant or tenants or by Landlord or any other person, nor shall Tenant be relieved from any obligation under this Lease because of such interference, disturbance or breach. Landlord may comply with voluntary controls or guidelines promulgated by any governmental entity relating to the use or conservation of energy, water, gas, light or electricity or the reduction of automobile or other emissions without creating any liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Lease, provided that the Premises are not thereby rendered untenantable. In no event shall Landlord, Parkway Properties LP or Eola Capital LLC or their directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees, or agents be liable in any manner for incidental, consequential or punitive damages, loss of profits, or business interruption. The waivers in this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

13


26. Indemnity .

(a) Except for claims, rights of recovery and causes of action covered by the waiver of subrogation contained in Section 22 or waived in Section 25, Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and its agents, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees and invitees, from all claims, losses, costs, damages, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with any injury to, including death of, any person or damage to any property arising, wholly or in part, out of any action, omission, or neglect of Landlord or its directors, officers, shareholders, members, partners, employees, agents, invitees, or guests, or any parties contracting with any such party, relating to the Premises, or arising, wholly or in part, out of any gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, or its directors, officers, shareholders, members, partners, employees, or agents, or any parties contracting with any such party, relating to the Project exclusive of the Premises. If Tenant shall without fault on its part, be made a party to any action commenced by or against Landlord, for which Landlord is obligated to indemnify Tenant hereunder, then Landlord shall protect and hold Tenant harmless from, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, of Tenant in connection therewith.

(b) Except for claims, rights of recovery and causes of action covered by the waiver of subrogation contained in Section 22, Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its agents, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees and invitees, from all claims, losses, costs, damages, or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with any injury to, including death of, any person or damage to any property arising, wholly or in part, out of any prohibited use of the Premises or other action, omission, or neglect of Tenant or its Outside Contractors, directors, officers, shareholders, members, partners, employees, agents, invitees, subtenants or guests, or any parties contracting with such party relating to the Project. If Landlord shall without fault on its part, be made a party to any action commenced by or against Tenant, for which Tenant is obligated to indemnify Landlord hereunder, then Tenant shall protect and hold Landlord harmless from, and shall pay all costs, expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, of Landlord in connection therewith.

(c) Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be limited by the amount or types of insurance maintained or required to be maintained under this Lease. The obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

27. Non-Waiver . No consent or waiver, express or implied, by Landlord to any breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease shall be construed as or constitute a consent or waiver to any other breach by Tenant. Neither the acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payment, whether or not any Default by Tenant is then known to Landlord, nor any custom or practice followed in connection with this Lease shall constitute a waiver of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Failure by Landlord to complain of any act or omission by Tenant or to declare that a Default has occurred, irrespective of how long such failure may continue, shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any of its rights hereunder. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every obligation of Tenant in which time of performance is a factor. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than the Rent due shall be deemed to be other than a partial payment of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement of any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to its right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other right or remedy. Except for the execution and delivery of a written agreement expressly accepting surrender of the Premises, no act taken or failed to be taken by Landlord shall be deemed an acceptance of surrender of the Premises.

28. Quiet Possession . Provided Tenant has performed all its obligations, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

29. Notices . Each notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally delivered, sent via nationally recognized overnight courier or placed in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed in each case at the address specified herein. A notice shall be deemed to have been received (a) upon the date of delivery or refusal thereof, if delivered personally or by overnight courier, or (b) if sent by registered or certified mail or overnight delivery, (i) the date of delivery of such notice, as indicated on the duly completed United States Postal Service return receipt, if such receipt reflects delivery of such notice, (ii) on the date of refusal of such notice, if the refused notice reflects the date on which such notice is refused, or (iii) three (3) days after mailing of such notice, if the date of delivery of such notice cannot otherwise be established as provided above. Prior to the Commencement Date, the address for notices to Tenant shall be the address set forth in Section 1; after the Commencement Date, the address for Tenant shall be the Premises. Any notices to Landlord shall be addressed and given to Landlord at both of the following addresses:

 

14


c/o PINY Masters TRS Services, LLC

   c/o Parkway Properties Inc.

Attn: Property Manager

   Attn: Asset Manager, Texas

401 Congress, Suite 2670

   10497 Town and Country Way, Suite 250

Austin, TX 78701

   Houston, TX 77024

30. Landlord’s Failure to Perform . If Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall not be in default and Tenant shall not have any rights or remedies growing out of such failure unless Tenant gives Landlord written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature and extent of such failure and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of such notice or such longer period as may otherwise be provided herein. If such failure cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, the length for curing shall be extended as reasonably required. In no event shall Tenant’s remedies for an alleged or actual failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under this Lease include the termination of this Lease.

31. Tenant’s Failure to Perform . If Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, and such failure shall continue following the giving of any required notice, and the expiration of any applicable cure and/or grace period, in addition to the other rights of Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform all or any part of Tenant’s obligations. Upon receipt of a demand therefor, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual cost of performing such obligations, plus interest thereon at the Default Rate, defined below.

32. Default.

(a) “ Default ” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (1) failure of Tenant to pay when due any Rent or other amount required to be paid hereunder, if such failure continues for more than five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with notice of such failure and the five (5) day period within which to cure such failure more than three (3) times during the Term, and a subsequent failure to timely pay the Rent when due shall immediately constitute a Default hereunder; (ii) failure of Tenant, after fifteen (15) days written notice, to observe and fully perform all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, other than payment of Rent which is covered above, except as otherwise provided below (or so long as Tenant commenced to cure such default promptly following receipt of such notice, but the default is not curable within fifteen (15) days despite undertaking all reasonable efforts, then such period shall be extended, but in no event more than an additional thirty (30) days); (iii) the adjudication of Tenant to be bankrupt; (iv) the filing by Tenant of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or other similar proceedings; (v) the making by Tenant of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (vi) the appointment of a receiver of Tenant’s interests in the Premises; (vii) any involuntary proceedings instituted against Tenant under any bankruptcy or similar laws, unless such is dismissed or stayed within sixty (60) days thereafter; (viii) if the Tenant is an individual or if the Tenant is controlled by a single individual, the death or incapacity of such individual; (ix) the filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or other similar proceeding by any Guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, or if such Guarantor is an individual or controlled by a single individual, the death or incapacity of such individual; (x) the voluntary or involuntary dissolution of the Guarantor, or any transaction involving the Guarantor which, if done by Tenant would constitute an assignment by Tenant hereunder, without the written consent of Landlord; or (xi) vacancy of the Premises for more than sixty (60) consecutive days. Notwithstanding any applicable notice and cure period provided above, Landlord shall not, with respect to the occurrence of any of the events described in subparts (ii) through (xi) above, be required to provide Tenant with notice of such failure and the cure period, if any, that would otherwise be applicable to such failure, more than three (3) times during the Term for substantially the same failure, and, at Landlord’s election, a subsequent occurrence of substantially the same failure shall immediately constitute a Default hereunder.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Default and as long as it shall continue, Landlord may, at its option and without waiving any other rights available herein, at law, or in equity, require Tenant to pay Rent by (a) wire transfer of funds to an account designated by Landlord or (b) direct draft from Tenant’s account through bank draft, ACH transfer, or other equivalent funds transfer to Landlord’s designated account. Execution of this Lease by Tenant and Landlord shall be evidence of Landlord’s authorization to debit Tenant’s account as set forth herein. Tenant shall provide all necessary information and execute any additional documents requested by Landlord to facilitate payment of Rent by the method designated by Landlord. Tenant’s failure to provide such information or documents within five (5) days after written notice by Landlord shall constitute a Default hereunder.

 

15


(c) Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord may, at its option, without terminating this Lease, and with or without notice to Tenant, enter into and upon the Premises and, without being liable for any damages as a result thereof, maintain the Premises and repair or replace any damage to the Premises or do anything for which Tenant is responsible hereunder on Tenant’s behalf; and, in such event, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord immediately upon demand for any actual expenses which Landlord incurs in effecting Tenant’s compliance under this Lease.

(d) In addition, if a Default occurs, then or at any time thereafter while such Default continues, Landlord, at its option, may, without waiving any other rights available herein, at law, or in equity, either terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant’s right to possession without terminating this Lease. In either event, Landlord may, without additional notice and without court proceedings, reenter and repossess the Premises, and remove all persons and property therefrom using such force as may be necessary, and Tenant hereby waives any claim arising by reason thereof or by reason of issuance of any distress warrant and agrees to hold Landlord harmless from any such claims. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, it may treat the Default as an entire breach of this Lease and Tenant immediately shall become liable to Landlord for damages for the entire breach in an amount equal to the total Rent and all other payments due for the balance of the Term discounted at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum to the then present value, less the fair rental value of the Premises for the balance of the Term (taking into account, among other factors, the probability of reletting the Premises for all or part of the remainder of the Term, and the anticipated duration of the period the Premises will be unoccupied prior to reletting) similarly discounted to present value, plus the cost of repossessing, remodeling and re-renting the Premises, and all unpaid Rent through the date of such termination. If Landlord elects to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises without terminating this Lease, Landlord may rent the Premises or any part thereof for the account of Tenant to any person for such rent and for such terms and other conditions as Landlord deems practical, and Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the amount, if any, by which the total Rent and all other payments herein provided for the unexpired balance of the Term exceed the net amount, if any, received by Landlord from such re-renting, being the gross amount so received less the cost of repossession, re-renting, remodeling and other expenses relating thereto; Tenant shall be and remain liable for such net amount even after an eviction of Tenant from the Premises, should an eviction of Tenant from the Premises occur. Such sums shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant upon demand. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any rents received by Landlord from reletting the Premises, even if Landlord relets the Premises for an amount exceeding the Rent due from Tenant for the remainder of the unexpired Term. If a Default occurs or in case of any holding over or possession by Tenant of the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and related costs plus interest thereon at the Default Rate, defined below. Actions by Landlord to collect amounts due from Tenant as provided in this Section may be brought at any time, and from time to time, on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until the termination of this Lease. The remedies expressed herein are cumulative and not exclusive, and the election by Landlord to terminate Tenant’s right to possession without terminating this Lease shall not deprive Landlord of the right, and Landlord shall have the continuing right, to terminate this Lease. Upon the occurrence of a Default, Landlord shall have the right to recover from Tenant all damages caused by Tenant’s Default and to pursue all rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

(e) In the event of a termination of this Lease as a result of a Default, Tenant hereby waives all right to recover or regain possession of the Premises, to save forfeiture by payment of Rent due or by other performance of the conditions, terms or provisions hereof, and without limitation of or by the foregoing, Tenant waives all right to reinstate or redeem this Lease notwithstanding any provisions of any statute, law or decision now or hereafter in force or effect and Tenant waives all right to any second or further trial in summary proceedings, ejectment, forcible entry and detainer, forcible detainer or in any other action provided by any statute or decision now or hereafter in force or effect. Landlord shall not be required to serve Tenant with any notices or demands as a prerequisite to its exercise of any of its rights or remedies under this Lease, other than those notices and demands specifically required under this Lease. Tenant expressly waives the service of any statutory demand or notice that is a prerequisite to Landlord’s commencement of eviction proceedings against Tenant, including, without limitation, the demands and notices specified in the Texas Property Code.

 

16


(f) If Landlord exercises either of the remedies provided in Sections 32(d), Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises and immediately deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Landlord may re-enter and take complete and peaceful possession of the Premises, with or without process of law, full and complete license to do so being hereby granted to Landlord, and Landlord may remove all occupants and property therefrom, using such force as may be necessary to the extent allowed by Law, without being deemed guilty in any manner of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without relinquishing Landlord’s right to Rent or any other right given to Landlord hereunder or by operation of law. In order to exercise its remedies hereunder and to regain possession of the Premises and to deny Tenant access thereto, Landlord or its agent may, at the expense and liability of the Tenant, alter or change any or all locks or other security devices controlling access to the Premises without posting or giving notice of any kind to Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives all of such notices or demands to the fullest extent allowed by Law. Unless contrary to Law (after giving full force and effect to Tenant’s waivers in this Lease), Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant a key or grant Tenant access to the Premises so long as Tenant is in Default under this Lease. Unless contrary to Law (after giving full force and effect to Tenant’s waivers in this Lease), Tenant shall not be entitled to recover possession of the Premises, terminate this Lease, or recover any actual, incidental, consequential, punitive, statutory or other damages or award of attorneys’ fees, by reason of Landlord’s alteration or change of any lock or other security device and the resulting exclusion from the Premises of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, customers, licensees, invitees or any other persons from the Premises in accordance with the terms of this paragraph. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH OF THIS LEASE SUPERSEDE THE LOCKOUT PROVISIONS OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE AND TENANT FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HEREBY KNOWINGLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE THEREUNDER TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW .

33. Surrender . On the last day of the Term, or upon the earlier termination hereof, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly surrender the Premises to Landlord, in good order and repair, excepting only reasonable wear and tear resulting from normal use. The Premises shall be surrendered free of all items of Tenant’s personal property, and otherwise in the condition required by the terms of this Lease, and the Premises shall be free and clear of any and all liens or encumbrances of any type.

34. Holding Over . If Tenant does not surrender possession of the Premises at the end of the Term or upon earlier termination of this Lease, at the election of Landlord, Tenant shall be a tenant-at-sufferance from day to day and the Rent due during the period of such holdover shall be one and one-half (1-1/2) times the amount which Tenant was obligated to pay for the immediately preceding month. If Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to a new tenant or to perform improvements to the Premises for a new tenant as a result of Tenant’s holdover, then Tenant shall be liable for all damages that Landlord suffers as a result of Tenant’s holding over in the Premises.

35. Removal of Tenant’s Property . Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove all of Tenant’s removable trade fixtures and other items of personal property from the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage to the Premises or Project resulting from removal of any personal property, including Lines, of Tenant. If Tenant does not remove its property prior to termination, then, in addition to its other remedies at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to consider the property abandoned and such property may be removed by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, or at Landlord’s option become its property, and Tenant shall have no further rights relating thereto or for reimbursement therefor.

36. Intentionally Omitted .

37. Interest . All amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, if not paid when due, shall bear interest from the date due until paid at a rate equal to the lesser of twelve percent (12%) per annum, compounded monthly, or the then maximum lawful rate (“ Default Rate ”).

38. Assignment and Subletting . Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, its rights and obligations hereunder whenever Landlord, in its sole judgment, deems it appropriate without any liability to Tenant, and Tenant shall attorn to any party to which Landlord transfers its rights and obligations hereunder or the Building. Any sale, conveyance or transfer of the Building or Project will operate to release Landlord from liability from and after the effective date of such sale, conveyance, transfer or assignment upon all of the covenants, terms and conditions of this Lease, express or implied, except for those liabilities that arose during such Landlord’s ownership of the Project prior to the effective date of such sale, conveyance, transfer or assignment. After such effective date, Tenant will look solely to Landlord’s successor in interest in and to this Lease.

 

17


Tenant shall not assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber this Lease, or any interest herein, and shall not sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or permit any other party to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord’s consent shall not be considered unreasonably withheld if: (i) the proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s financial responsibility or insurance does not meet the same criteria Landlord uses to select comparable Building tenants; (ii) the proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business is not suitable for the Building considering the business of the other tenants and the Building’s prestige; (iii) the proposed use is inconsistent with the Authorized Use permitted by Section 3; or (iv) the proposed subtenant or assignee is an occupant of the Building, or if the proposed subtenant or assignee, whether or not an occupant of the Building, is in discussions with Landlord regarding the leasing of space within the Building. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed assignment or subletting of any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall timely pay Landlord’s review and processing fee of $750.00 (“ Sublease/Assignment Processing Fee ”) in addition to any reasonable professional fees (including, without limitation, legal, architectural, engineering, and consulting fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with such proposed assignment or subletting (“ Sublease/Assignment Professional Fees ”). The Sublease/Assignment Processing Fee shall be paid by Tenant simultaneously with each request by Tenant to assign or sublease any portion of the Premises. The Sublease/Assignment Professional Fees shall, at Landlord’s option, be paid by Tenant (a) prior to Landlord’s denial or execution of a consent to the proposed assignment or subletting or (b) within ten (10) days of Tenant’s receipt of an invoice from Landlord for such fees. Any subletting of the Premises or assignment of the Lease by Tenant in violation of the provisions of this Section 38 shall constitute a Default.

A “Change in Control” of Tenant shall be deemed for purposes of this Lease to constitute an assignment of this Lease by Tenant which shall require the consent of Landlord and entitle Landlord to exercise its options as provided hereunder. As used in this Section, a “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred when: (x) any person, after the date hereof, acquires directly or indirectly the Beneficial Ownership (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of any voting interests or equity interests of Tenant and immediately after such acquisition such person is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of voting or equity interests representing 50% or more of the total voting interest or equity interest of all of the then-outstanding equity interests or voting interests of Tenant; (y) the stockholders, partners, members or other equity holders of Tenant shall approve a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, or reorganization of Tenant, or consummation of any such transaction if equity holder approval is not sought or obtained; or (z) the stockholders, partners, members or other equity holders of Tenant shall approve a plan of complete liquidation of Tenant or an agreement for the sale or disposition by Tenant of all or a substantial portion of such entity’s assets (i.e., 50% or more of the total assets of such entity).

If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublease the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord notice in writing at least sixty (60) days in advance of the date on which Tenant desires such assignment or sublease to take effect. Tenant’s notice shall include (A) the name and address of the proposed subtenant or assignee; (B) the nature of the proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business it will operate in the Premises; (C) the terms of the proposed sublease or assignment; and (D) reasonable financial information so that Landlord can evaluate the proposed subtenant or assignee. Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days after receiving such information, give notice to the Tenant to (i) permit or deny the proposed sublease or assignment or (ii) terminate this Lease as to the space so affected as of the date specified in Tenant’s notice (and as to option (ii) only, Tenant will be relieved of all further obligations hereunder as to the terminated space).

Notwithstanding an assignment or subletting (i) subleases and assignments by Tenant shall be subject to the terms of this Lease; (ii) Tenant shall remain liable for all of the obligations of “Tenant” under this Lease; (iii) consent to one sublease or assignment does not waive the consent requirement for future assignments or subleases; and (iv) fifty percent (50%) of the consideration received by Tenant from an assignment or sublease that exceeds the amount Tenant must pay Landlord hereunder, excluding reasonable leasing commissions paid by Tenant, payments attributable to the amortization of the cost of improvements made to the Premises at Tenant’s cost for the assignee or sublessee, and other reasonable, out-of-pocket costs paid by Tenant directly related to Tenant’s obtaining an assignee or sublessee, shall also be paid to Landlord. Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord at the beginning of each calendar month. Landlord shall have the right to audit Tenant’s books and records to verify the accuracy of the payments under this Section. If Tenant has sublet the Premises, and thereafter a Default occurs hereunder, Landlord may proceed to collect any rent thereafter becoming due to Tenant under the sublease directly from the subtenant; in which event such collected rent shall be applied by Landlord to the Rent due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder; provided, however, that the collection of rent from Tenant’s subtenant shall not create a privity of contract between Landlord and such subtenant.

 

18


If the proposed sublessee or assignee is approved by Landlord and Tenant fails to enter into the sublease or assignment with the approved sublessee or assignee within ninety (90) days after the date Tenant submitted its proposal to Landlord, then Landlord’s approval shall expire, and Tenant must comply again with the conditions of this Section. Notwithstanding the giving by Landlord of its consent to any sublease or assignment with respect to the Premises, no sublessee or assignee may exercise any renewal options, expansion options, rights of first refusal or similar rights except in accordance with a separate written agreement entered into directly between the Landlord and such sublessee or assignee provided Tenant continues to be liable for the performance of all obligations hereunder, as increased or otherwise affected by the exercise of such rights. Tenant may not exercise any renewal options, expansion options, rights of first refusal or similar rights under this Lease if Tenant has assigned all of its interest in this Lease.

Notwithstanding the limitation set forth above, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet all or a portion of the Premises to an Affiliate (defined below) of Tenant without the consent of Landlord and without paying the Sublease/Assignment Processing Fee with respect to the same, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied: (a) Tenant is not in Default under this Lease; (b) in the event of an assignment of this Lease, Tenant’s successor shall own substantially all of the assets of Tenant; (c) the entity to which the Permitted Transfer is made shall have a net worth which is at least equal to Tenant’s net worth as of the Effective Date or the day immediately prior to the Permitted Transfer, whichever is greater; (d) the use of the Premises shall remain the same as permitted by the terms of this Lease and the transferee meets all licensing requirements for the operation of the Premises as set forth in this Lease and is otherwise qualified to do business in the State of Texas; (e) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the Permitted Transfer; (f) no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the effective date of the Permitted Transfer, the transferee shall execute documents reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to evidence such transferee’s assumption of the obligations and liabilities of Tenant under this Lease; and (g) within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord such documents or information which Landlord reasonably requests for the purpose of substantiating whether or not the transfer is a Permitted Transfer and whether or not Tenant has complied with this Section (any such transfer that does not require Landlord’s prior written consent pursuant to this sentence is herein referred to as a “ Permitted Transfer ”). Additionally, Tenant may sublease a portion of the Premises to Visonael Software, Inc. and Nighthawk Acquisition Corporation with not less than fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and the same shall constitute a Permitted Transfer. Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include information and documentation evidencing the Permitted Transfer and showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. “ Affiliate ” shall mean an entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant. Except as expressly provided herein, a Permitted Transfer shall be subject to this Section 38. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, no Permitted Transfer shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay the Rent and to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder.

Notwithstanding the limitation set forth above, Tenant shall have the right, after fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, to permit employees of companies to whom Tenant is providing products or services or any entity that was or is subsequently spun-out of Tenant, or with which Tenant is collaborating in the development or provision of products or services (collectively, the “ Other Professionals ”) to occupy up to no more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Rentable Area of Premises, provided that (a) Tenant does not separately demise such space and the Other Professionals utilize such space with Tenant and any Other Professionals using one (1) common entry way to the Premises; (b) the Other Professionals operate in the Premises only for the uses permitted by this Lease and in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease; and (c) the Other Professionals are professional and suitable for the Building considering the business of other tenants and the prestige of the Building and does not violate any exclusive rights granted to other tenants of the Building. In no event shall any use of the Premises by Other Professionals release or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease. The Other Professionals and their agents, employees, contractors, customers, invitees and licensees shall be considered to be Tenant’s licensees for all purposes of this Lease. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, Tenant shall (i) indemnify Landlord for the acts and omissions of any Other Professionals (including such Other Professionals’ agents, employees, contractors, customers, invitees and licensees) in accordance with Section 26(b) above, and (ii) shall cause the Other Professionals to maintain the same insurance coverages as required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease and deliver evidence of such insurance to Landlord prior to the occupancy of the Premises by the Other Professionals.

39. Merger of Estates . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation hereof, shall not work a merger, but shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of Tenant’s interest in such subleases or subtenancies.

 

19


40. Limitation of Liability . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant’s sole and exclusive method of collecting on any judgment Tenant obtains against Landlord, or any other award made to Tenant in any judicial process requiring the payment of money by Landlord for the failure of Landlord to perform any of its obligations, shall be to proceed against the interests of Landlord in and to the Project. Therefore, Tenant hereby agrees that no personal or corporate liability of any kind or character whatsoever now attaches or at any time hereafter under any condition shall attach to Landlord for payment or performance of any obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, any Landlord indemnity obligations under Section 26. The obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

41. Subordination . The rights and interests of Tenant under this Lease and in and to the Premises shall be subject and subordinate to all easements and recorded restrictions, covenants, and agreements pertaining to the Project, or any part thereof, and to all deeds of trust, mortgages, and other security instruments and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof (the “ Security Documents ”) heretofore or hereafter executed by Landlord covering the Premises, the Building or any part of the Project, to the same extent as if the Security Documents had been executed, delivered and recorded prior to the execution of this Lease. After Tenant’s receipt of a notice from Landlord that it has entered into one or more Security Documents, then, during the term of such Security Documents, Tenant shall deliver to the holder or holders of all Security Documents a copy of all notices to Landlord and shall grant to such holder or holders the right to cure all defaults, if any, of Landlord hereunder within the same time period provided in this Lease for curing such defaults by Landlord and, except with the prior written consent of the holder or holders of the Security Documents, shall not surrender or terminate this Lease except pursuant to a right to terminate expressly set forth in this Lease. Tenant shall attorn to any holder of any Security Documents or its successor in interest by foreclosure or otherwise. The provisions of this subsection shall be seIf-operative and shall not require further agreement by Tenant; however, at the request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute such further documents as may be required by the holder of any Security Documents. At any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Landlord a written estoppel certificate certifying: (i) the Rentable Area of the Premises, (ii) the Commencement Date and Expiration Date of this Lease, (iii) the Base Rent and Additional Rent, (iv) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications, (v) whether or not the Landlord is in default in the keeping, observance or performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition of this Lease and, if so, specifying each such default, (vi) that Tenant has unconditionally accepted and occupied the Premises, (vii) that all requirements of the Lease have been complied with and no charges, set-offs or other credits exist against any rentals, (viii) that Tenant has not assigned, pledged, sublet, or otherwise transferred any interest in this Lease, or the nature of any of the foregoing effectuated by Tenant in accordance with this Lease; and (ix) such other matters as Landlord may reasonably request, it being intended that any such statement may be relied upon by Landlord, any prospective purchaser, mortgagee or assignee of any mortgage of the Building or the Project or of the Landlord’s interest therein.

At Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to secure from the holder of the Security Documents (such holder, “ Landlord’s Mortgagee ”) a non-disturbance agreement on the standard form of the Landlord’s Mortgagee with or for the benefit of Tenant whereby the Landlord’s Mortgagee agrees not to disturb Tenant’s possession of the Premises provided Tenant is not in Default; provided, however, Landlord shall have no liability if Landlord’s Mortgagee does not agree to provide such a non-disturbance agreement notwithstanding Landlord’s commercially reasonable efforts to secure the same. Tenant shall be responsible for any charges, fees or costs assessed by any Landlord’s Mortgagee in providing any non-disturbance agreement. “Commercially reasonable efforts” of Landlord shall not require Landlord to incur any cost, expense or liability to obtain such a non-disturbance agreement.

42. Legal Interpretation . This Lease shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state where the Project is located. The determination that any provision of this Lease is invalid, void, illegal, or unenforceable shall not affect or invalidate the remainder. All obligations of the parties requiring any performance after the expiration of the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and shall be fully enforceable in accordance with those provisions pertaining thereto. If Tenant consists of two or more parties, then all parties comprising the Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of Tenant hereunder. Should any provisions of this Lease require judicial interpretation, it is agreed that the court interpreting or construing the same shall not apply a presumption that the terms of any such provision shall be more strictly construed against one party or the other by reason of a rule of construction that a document is to be construed most strictly against the party who itself or through its agent prepared the same, it being agreed that the agents of both parties hereto have participated in the preparation of this Lease.

 

20


43. Use of Names and Signage . Tenant shall not have the right to use the name of the Project or Building except in connection with Tenant’s address, and then such terms cannot be emphasized or displayed with more prominence than the rest of such address. Landlord shall have the right to change the name of the Building or Project whenever Landlord in its sole judgment deems appropriate without any consent of or liability to Tenant. Any signage of Tenant within its Premises is subject to the prior written approval of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided in all cases, Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that such signage complies with all applicable Laws and for all costs and expenses relating to any such signage, including, without limitation, design, installation, any operating costs, maintenance, cleaning, repair and removal. Tenant shall be obligated to pay the cost and expense of repairing any damage associated with the removal of any such signage. Tenant shall have no right to place any signage outside the Premises, on the exterior of the Building or elsewhere in the Project.

44. Waiver of Landlord’s Liens . Landlord hereby waives any and all lien rights that it may have in and to Tenant’s tangible personal property located in the Premises, whether statutory, constitutional or otherwise.

45. Brokerage Fees . Landlord’s Broker represents Landlord’s interests in connection with this transaction and shall be paid by Landlord for its services pursuant to a separate, written agreement fully executed by Landlord’s Broker and Landlord prior to full execution of this Lease. Landlord’s Broker does not represent Tenant in this transaction. Tenant warrants and represents that it has had no dealings with any broker in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease other than Landlord’s Broker. Landlord will not be responsible for, and Tenant will indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against, any brokerage or leasing commission or finder’s fee claimed by any party in connection with this Lease.

46. Successors and Assigns . This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and its successors and assigns, and Tenant and its permitted successors and assigns.

47. Force Majeure . Except for the payment of Rent or any other sum due hereunder, each party hereto shall be excused for the period of any delay and shall not be deemed in default with respect to the performance of any of its obligations when prevented from so doing by a cause beyond such party’s reasonable control, including, without limitation, labor disputes, government regulations, fire or casualty, acts of terrorism, inability to obtain any materials or services, or acts of God (collectively, “ Force Majeure Events ”).

48. Parking . (a) Subject to subsection (b) below, Tenant shall lease on a must-take, must-pay basis during the Term the Parking Spaces. While Tenant is occupying the Premises and is not in Default, Tenant shall have the right in common with other tenants to use the Parking Spaces in the Building’s Parking Facility indicated in Section 1, subject to any applicable parking fees and rules and regulations promulgated from time to time. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute a separate parking license agreement detailing Landlord’s and Tenant’s rights and obligations with respect to the Parking Spaces. Tenant shall be entitled to use only the number of Parking Spaces allocated to Tenant as set forth in Section 1(m). Nothing herein contained shall be construed to grant to Tenant any estate in real property nor the exclusive right to a particular parking space, but rather as a license only.

(b) From the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the last day of the twelve (12th) full calendar month of the Term (the “ Parking Election Date ”), Tenant may, upon not less than five (5) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, increase or decrease the number of Parking Spaces leased by Tenant in connection with the Premises, such increases limited to a total of twenty-three (23) unreserved Parking Spaces and two (2) reserved Parking Spaces. On or before the Parking Election Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written election (the “ Parking Election ”) to lease all or a portion of the Parking Spaces for the period commencing on the first (1st) day of the immediately subsequent month and ending on the last day of the Term. The number of Parking Spaces designated in the Parking Election shall constitute the Parking Spaces leased by Tenant for the Term, on a must-take, must-pay basis, and Tenant shall not be entitled to increase or decrease the number of Parking Spaces leased by Tenant during the Term thereafter. If Tenant fails to deliver the Parking Election on or before the Parking Election Date, then Tenant shall be deemed to have delivered a Parking Election electing to lease the number of the Parking Spaces then in use by Tenant (i.e., up to twenty-three (23) unreserved Parking Spaces and up to two (2) reserved Parking Spaces). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall have a right to reject by written notice to Landlord the location of the reserved Parking Spaces within fifteen (15) days following Landlord’s designation and notice to Tenant thereof, in which event the reserved Parking Spaces shall be deemed excluded from the Parking Spaces and the unreserved Parking Spaces shall be increased from twenty-three (23) to twenty-five (25) subject to adjustment pursuant to the remainder of this Section 48(b), and Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any of the Parking Charges associated with the premium for the reserved Parking Spaces from and after the date that Landlord receives Tenant written notice of rejection pursuant to this sentence; if Tenant fails to reject the location of the reserved Parking Spaces within said 15-day period pursuant to this sentence, then Tenant shall have no further right to reject the same.

 

21


49. Rooftop Antenna . Tenant shall have no right to place any microwave, satellite or other type of antenna on the roof or exterior of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord which may be withheld or conditioned in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Landlord expressly reserves the right to charge a fee relating to each such device.

50. Attorneys’ Fees . If Tenant fails to pay any Rent or other sum due under this Lease, or fails to perform an obligation of Tenant hereunder, and Landlord engages an attorney to collect such sum or enforce such obligation, then, in addition to such sums, Tenant shall also pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such engagement. If Landlord and Tenant litigate any provision of this Lease or the subject matter hereof, the unsuccessful party will pay to the successful party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and court costs, incurred by the successful party, including any cost incurred by the successful party on appeal; provided, however that a recovery of attorneys’ fees by Landlord under this sentence shall include, but shall not duplicate, the recovery by Landlord of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other reasonable costs and expenses of collection permitted under the first sentence of this Section.

51. Tenant Certification . Tenant certifies that, as of the Effective Date hereof: (i) neither it nor its officers, directors, or controlling owners is listed as a “Specifically Designated National or Blocked Person” (“ SDN ”) on the SDN list maintained and updated from time to time on the United States Treasury Department’s website (the “ SDN List ”), or is otherwise a banned or blocked person, entity, or nation pursuant to any law, order, rule or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), or is otherwise named by any Executive Order, the United States Department of Justice, or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist; (ii) neither it nor its officers, directors, or controlling owners, is acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation that is listed on the SDN List or is otherwise named by any Executive Order, the United States Department of Justice, or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, SDN or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation, or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule or regulation that is enforced or administered by the OFAC; (iii) neither it nor its officers, directors, or controlling owners is engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity, or nation; (iv) neither it nor its officers, directors, or controlling owners is in violation of Presidential Executive Order 13224, the USA PATRIOT Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act, or any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto (collectively, “ Anti-Terrorism Laws ”); and (v) neither it nor its officers, directors, or controlling owners is an entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from transacting business under any of the Anti-Terrorism Laws.

Tenant further certifies that, during the Term of this Lease (and any extensions thereof), Tenant will not violate any of the Anti-Terrorism Laws, and it will not do business with any entity that violates any of the Anti-Terrorism Laws. Upon the request of Landlord from time to time during the Term (and any extensions thereof), Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord a certificate stating that Tenant is then in compliance with the provisions of this section of the Lease.

Tenant shall indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), and hold Landlord and its directors, officers, partners, members, shareholders, employees, and agents harmless from any and all obligations, claims, administrative proceedings, judgments, damages, fines, penalties, costs, and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Landlord or its directors, officers, partners, members, shareholders, employees, or agents as a result of the breach of the foregoing certification. Moreover, to the extent any provision of this section of the Lease is breached during the Term of this Lease (and any extensions thereof), Landlord may, at its sole option, immediately terminate this Lease without payment or obligation to Tenant.

One of the indirect owners of Landlord is the California State Teachers’ Retirement System (“ CalSTRS ”), which is a unit of the California State and Consumer Services Agency established pursuant to Title I, Division 1, Parts 13 and 14 of the California Education Code, Sections 22000, et seq. (the “ CEC ”). Under the CEC, CalSTRS is prohibited from engaging in certain transactions with or for the benefit of an “employer,” “employing agency,” “member,” “beneficiary” or “participant” (as such terms are defined in the CEC). In addition, CalSTRS may be subject to certain restrictions and requirements under the Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. Section 1 et seq. (the “ IRC ”). Accordingly, Tenant represents and warrants to CalSTRS that: (a) Tenant is neither an “employer,” “employing agency,” “member,” “beneficiary” or “participant” (as such terms are defined in the CEC); (b) Tenant has not made any

 

22


contribution or contributions (as such terms are defined in the IRC) to CalSTRS; (c) Tenant and CalSTRS do not have any relationship described in Section 267(b) of the IRC; (d) other than the Rent to be paid under this Lease, neither CaISTRS, nor Landlord, their affiliates, related entities, agents, officers, directors or employees, (collectively, “ CalSTRS Affiliates ”), has received or will receive, directly or indirectly, any payment, consideration or other benefit from Tenant or any person or entity affiliated with Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant Affiliates ”), and no CalSTRS Affiliate has any agreement or arrangement with Tenant or any Tenant Affiliate relating to the transactions contemplated by this Lease except as expressly set forth in this Lease; and (e) except for publicly traded shares of stock or other publicly traded ownership interests, no CaISTRS Affiliates have any direct or indirect ownership interest in Tenant or any Tenant Affiliates.

52. Guaranty . Intentionally Deleted.

53. Memorandum of Lease . Except for a memorandum of lease to be recorded at Landlord’s request, neither this Lease, nor a memorandum of this Lease, shall be recorded in any public real estate records.

54. Intentionally Omitted .

55. Governing Law . This Lease shall be performed in the state where the Premises are located, and the terms of this Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such state.

56. Waiver of Jury Trial . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN THE EVENT OF ANY LITIGATION BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO, TO THE EXTENT THAT A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD BE AVAILABLE AS TO ANY MATTERS IN SUCH LITIGATION, THE PARTIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY AS TO SUCH MATTERS, AND HEREBY AGREE NOT TO DEMAND A JURY TRIAL AS TO ANY SUCH MATTERS IN SUCH LITIGATION .

57. Entire Agreement . No oral statements or prior written material not specifically incorporated herein shall be of any force or effect. Tenant agrees that in entering into this Lease and accepting the Premises, it relies solely upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease, the exhibits attached hereto and the written agreements, if any, executed contemporaneously herewith. This agreement, including the Exhibits which are attached hereto and a part hereof, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and shall in no way be conditioned, modified or supplemented except by a written agreement executed by both parties.

58. Usury . All agreements between Landlord and Tenant, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever shall the amount contracted for, charged or received by Landlord for the use, forbearance or retention of money hereunder or otherwise exceed the maximum amount which Landlord is legally entitled to contract for, charge or collect under the applicable state or federal law. If, from any circumstance whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof at the time performance of such provision shall be due shall involve transcending the limit of validity prescribed by law, then the obligation to be fulfilled shall be automatically reduced to the limit of such validity, and if from any such circumstance Landlord shall ever receive as interest or otherwise an amount in excess of the maximum that can be legally collected, then such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of Rent hereunder, and if such amount which would be excessive interest exceeds such Rent, then such additional amount shall be refunded to Tenant.

59. Methodology of Calculating Charges . Landlord and Tenant are knowledgeable and experienced in commercial leasing transactions and agree that the provisions of this Lease for determining all Rent and other charges and amounts payable by Tenant are commercially reasonable and valid, and as to each such charge or amount, constitutes a “method by which the charge is to be computed” for purposes of Section 93.012 of the Texas Property Code, even though such methods may not state a precise mathematical formula for determining such charges. ACCORDINGLY, TENANT VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND BENEFITS, IF ANY, OF A TENANT UNDER SECTION 93.012 OF THE TEXAS PROPERTY CODE, AS SUCH SECTION NOW EXISTS OR AS IT MAY BE HEREAFTER AMENDED OR SUCCEEDED .

 

23


60. DTPA WAIVER . PURSUANT TO SECTION 17.42 OF THE TEXAS BUSINESS AND COMMERCE CODE, TENANT WAIVES ALL PROVISIONS OF SUBCHAP MR E OF CHAPTER 17 OF SUCH CODE (OTHER THAN SECTION 17.555) (THE “ DTPA ”) WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE. TO INDUCE LANDLORD TO ENTER INTO THIS LEASE, TENANT REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS: (A) TENANT IS REPRESENTED BY LEGAL COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE AND DESIGNATION IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LEASE; (B) TENANT’S COUNSEL WAS NOT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IDENTIFIED, SUGGES FED OR SELECTED BY LANDLORD OR AN AGENT OF LANDLORD; (C) TENANT IS LEASING THE PREMISES FOR BUSINESS OR COMMERCIAL PURPOSES, NOT FOR USE AS TENANT’S RESIDENCE; (D) TENANT HAS SUFFICIENT KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS AND IT CAN EVALUATE THE MERITS AND RISKS OF THIS LEASE; (E) TENANT IS NOT IN A SIGNIFICANTLY DISPARATE BARGAINING POSITION RELATIVE TO LANDLORD WITH RESPECT TO THIS LEASE; (F) TENANT HAS A CHOICE OTHER THAN TO ENTER INTO THIS LEASE WITH THIS DTPA WAIVER PROVISION, IN THAT IT CAN ENTER INTO A LEASE AGREEMENT WITH ANOTHER LANDLORD OR PAY MORE CONSIDERATION TO ENTER INTO THIS LEASE WITHOUT THIS DTPA WAIVER PROVISION; (0) TENANT IS KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AGREEING TO THIS DTPA WAIVER PROVISION AND CONSIDERS IT BINDING AND ENFORCEABLE; AND (H) TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LANDLORD WOULD NOT ENTER INTO THIS LEASE FOR THE SAME CONSIDERATION OR UPON THE SAME TERMS BUT FOR THE INCLUSION OF THIS DTPA WAIVER PROVISION IN THIS LEASE.

61. Special Stipulations . The terms of this Lease shall include the provisions of the Addendum of Special Stipulations attached hereto as Exhibit G , and the same are incorporated herein by this reference. In the event of an inconsistency between the terms of this Lease and the terms of the Addendum of Special Stipulations, the terms of the Addendum of Special Stipulations shall control.

[Signatures appear on next page]

 

24


WITNESS WHEREOF, this Lease is executed and all provisions shall be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Landlord:       Tenant:

TPG-401 Congress LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

     

Upland Software, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ MICHAEL L. FRANSEN     By:   /s/ MICHAEL HILL
Name:   Michael L. Fransen     Name:   Michael Hill
Its:   Vice President & Managing Director     Its:   CFO

 

25


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

CLEANING AND JANITORIAL SERVICES

 

NIGHTLY

   1.    Empty all waste receptacles, clean as necessary.

CLEANING

   2.    Vacuum all carpeted traffic areas and other areas as needed.
   3.    Dust furniture, files, fixtures, etc.
   4.    Damp wipe and polish all glass furniture tops.
   5.    Remove finger marks and smudges from vertical surfaces.
   6.    Clean all water coolers.
   7.    Sweep all private stairways nightly, vacuum if carpeted.
   8.    Damp mop spillage in office and public areas as required.
   9.    It is understood that Landlord shall have no obligations to (a) wash or otherwise clean dishes, glasses and other utensils used for preparing food or beverages, or (b) to remove or store such dishes, glasses and other utensils in order to clean any area, fixture or surface of the Premises.

WEEKLY

   1.    Twice weekly, detail vacuum all rugs and carpeted areas.

CLEANING

   2.    Once weekly, dust all cleared surfaces of furniture, files, fixtures, etc.

WASH ROOMS

   1.    Damp mop, rinse and dry floors nightly.

( NIGHTLY)

   2.    Scrub floors as necessary.
   3.    Clean all mirrors, bright work and enameled surfaces nightly.
   4.    Wash and disinfect all fixtures.
   5.    Damp wipe and disinfect all partitions, tile walls, etc.
   6.    Empty and sanitize all receptacles.
   7.    Fill toilet tissue, soap, towel, and sanitary napkin dispensers.
   8.    Clean flushometers and other metal work.
   9.    Wash and polish all wall partitions, tile walls and enamel surfaces from trim to floor monthly.
   10.    Vacuum all louvers, ventilating grilles and dust light fixtures monthly.

FLOORS GLASS

   1.    Ceramic tile, marble and terrazzo floors to be swept nightly and washed or scrubbed as necessary.
   2.    Vinyl floors and bases to be swept nightly.
   3.    Tile floors to be waxed and buffed monthly.
   4.    All carpeted areas and rugs to be detailed vacuumed twice weekly and all carpeted traffic areas and other areas as needed to be vacuumed nightly.
   5.    Carpet shampooing will be performed at Tenant’s request and billed to Tenant.

Glass

   1.    Clean inside of all perimeter windows as needed, but not more frequently than once every twelve (12) months.
   2.    Clean outside of all perimeter windows as needed, but not more frequently than twice every twelve (12) months.
   3.    Clean glass entrance doors and adjacent glass panels nightly.

HIGH DUSTING

   1.    Dust and wipe clean all closet shelving when empty.

(QUARTERLY)

   2.    Dust all picture frames, charts, graphs, etc.
   3.    Dust clean all vertical surfaces.
   4.    Dust all ceiling air conditioning diffusers.
   5.    Dust the exterior surfaces of lighting fixtures.

DAY SERVICE

   1.    Check men’s washrooms for toilet tissue replacement.
   2.    Check ladies’ washrooms for toilet tissue and sanitary napkin replacements.
   3.    Supply toilet tissue, soap and towels in men’s and ladies’ washrooms.


Neither Landlord nor the janitorial company will be responsible for removing items from surfaces in order to dust them. It is understood that while dusting is completed nightly in the common areas, it is only completed in the Premises once a week and on no particular day. In addition, neither Landlord nor the janitorial company will be responsible for moving, dusting or cleaning any computer, copier, printer or other office equipment. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is understood that no services of the character provided for in this Exhibit shall be performed on Saturdays, Sundays or Holidays.

 

2


EXHIBIT C

RULES AND REGULATIONS OF BUILDING

1. No smoking shall be permitted within any portion of the Building or within twenty (20) feet of the Building’s exterior doors, including tenant spaces and common areas.

2. Landlord may provide and maintain a directory for all tenants of the Building. No signs, advertisements or notices visible to the general public shall be permitted within the Project without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice placed in violation of this rule without notice to and at the expense of the applicable tenant.

3. Sidewalks, doorways, vestibules, halls, stairways and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by tenants or used by any tenant for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the leased premises and for going from one to another part of the Building. At no time shall any tenant permit its employees, agents, contractors or invitees to loiter in common areas or elsewhere in or about the Building or Project.

4. Corridor doors, when not in use, shall be kept closed.

5. Plumbing fixtures and appliances shall be used only for the purposes for which designed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, food or other unsuitable material shall be thrown or placed therein. Every tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that its employees, agents, contractors and invitees utilize Common Area restrooms in accordance with generally accepted practices of health, cleanliness and decency.

6. Landlord shall provide all locks for doors into each tenant’s leased area, and no tenant shall place any additional lock or locks on any door in its leased area without Landlord’s prior written consent. Two keys for each lock on the doors in each tenant’s leased area shall be furnished by Landlord. Additional keys shall be made available to tenants at the cost of the tenant requesting such keys. No tenant shall have any duplicate keys made except by Landlord. All keys shall be returned to Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of the applicable lease.

7. A tenant may use microwave ovens and coffee brewers in kitchen or break areas. Except as expressly authorized by Landlord in writing, no other appliances or other devices are permitted for cooking or heating of food or beverages in the Building. No portable heaters, space heaters or any other type of supplemental heating device or equipment shall be permitted in the Building. All tenants shall notify their employees that such heaters are not permitted.

8. All tenants will refer all contractors, subcontractors, contractors’ representatives and installation technicians who are to perform any work within the Building to Landlord before the performance of any work. This provision shall apply to all work performed in the Building, including, but not limited to, installation of telephone and communication equipment, medical type equipment, electrical devices and attachments, and any and all installations of every nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment and any other physical portion of the Building.

9. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by a tenant of any heavy equipment, bulky material or merchandise which require the use of elevators, stairways, lobby areas or loading dock areas, shall be restricted to hours designated by Landlord. A tenant must seek Landlord’s prior approval by providing in writing a detailed listing of any such activity. If approved by Landlord, such activity shall be performed in the manner stated by Landlord.

10. All deliveries to or from the Building shall be made only at such times, in the manner and through the areas, entrances and exits designated by Landlord.

11. No portion of any tenant’s leased area shall at any time be used for sleeping or lodging quarters. No birds, animals or pets of any type, with the exception of guide dogs accompanying visually impaired persons, shall be brought into or kept in, on or about any tenant’s leased area.


12. No tenant shall make or permit any loud or improper noises in the Building or otherwise interfere in any way with other tenants or persons having business with them.

13. Each tenant shall endeavor to keep its leased area neat and clean. Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls, elevator shafts, stairways or other common areas, nor shall tenants place any trash receptacles in these areas.

14. No tenant shall employ any person for the purpose of cleaning other than the authorized cleaning mid maintenance personnel for the Building unless otherwise approved in writing by Landlord. The work of cleaning personnel shall not be hindered by a tenant after 5:30 PM local time, and such cleaning work may be done at any time when the offices are vacant. Exterior windows and common areas may be cleaned at any time.

15. To ensure orderly operation of the Building, Landlord reserves the right to approve all concessionaires, vending machine operators or other distributors of cold drinks, coffee, food or other concessions, water, towels or newspapers. No tenant shall install a vending machine in the Building without obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, any vending machine installed in the Building shall not exceed the weight load capacity of the floor where such machine is to be installed; and, Landlord reserves the right to require that such vending machine be separately metered in accordance with this Lease, and that such vending machine be equipped with an automatic device that reduces the power consumption of such machine during non-peak hours of use of such machine.

16. Landlord shall not be responsible to tenants, their agents, contractors, employees or invitees for any loss of money, jewelry or other personal property from the leased premises or public areas or for any damages to any property therein from any cause whatsoever whether such loss or damage occurs when an area is locked against entry or not.

17. All tenants shall exercise reasonable precautions in protection of their personal property from loss or damage by keeping doors to unattended areas locked. Tenants shall also report any thefts or losses to the Building Manager and security personnel as soon as reasonably possible after discovery and shall also notify the Building Manager and security personnel of the presence of any persons whose conduct is suspicious or causes a disturbance. The tenant shall be responsible for notifying appropriate law enforcement agencies of any theft or loss of any property of tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, or invitees.

18. All tenants, their employees, agents, contractors and invitees may be called upon to show suitable identification and sign a building register when entering or leaving the Building at any and all times designated by Landlord from time to time, and all tenants shall cooperate fully with Building personnel in complying with such requirements.

19. No tenant shall solicit from or circulate advertising material among other tenants of the Building except through the regular use of the U.S. Postal Service. A tenant shall notify the Building Manager or the Building personnel promptly if it comes to its attention that any unauthorized persons are soliciting from or causing annoyance to tenants, their employees, guests or invitees.

20. Landlord reserves the right to deny entrance to the Building or remove any person or persons from the Building in any case where the conduct of such person or persons involves a hazard or nuisance to any tenant of the Building or to the public or in the event of other emergency, riot, civil commotion or similar disturbance involving risk to the Building, tenants or the general public.

21. Unless expressly authorized by Landlord in writing, no tenant shall tamper with or attempt to adjust temperature control thermostats in the Building. Upon request, Landlord shall adjust thermostats as required to maintain the Building Standard temperature.

22. All requests for overtime air conditioning or heating must be submitted in writing to the Building management office by noon on the day desired for weekday requests, by noon Friday for weekend requests, and by noon on the preceding business day for Holiday requests.

 

2


23. Tenants shall only utilize the termite and pest extermination service provided, designated or approved by Landlord.

24. No tenant shall install, operate or maintain in its leased premises or in any other area of the Building, any electrical equipment which does not bear the U/L (Underwriters Laboratories) seal of approval, or which would overload the electrical system or any part thereof beyond its capacity for proper, efficient and safe operation as determined by Landlord, taking into consideration the overall electrical system and the present and future requirements therefor in the Building.

25. Parking in the Parking Facility shall be in compliance with all parking rules and regulations including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord. Failure to observe the rules and regulations shall terminate an individual’s right to use the Parking Facility and subject the vehicle in violation to removal and/or impoundment. Parking stickers or other forms of identification supplied by Landlord shall remain the property of Landlord and not the property of a tenant and are not transferable. The owner of the vehicle or its driver assumes all risk and responsibility for damage, loss or theft to vehicles, personal property or persons while such vehicle is in the Parking Facility.

26. Each tenant shall observe Landlord’s reasonable rules with respect to maintaining standard window coverings at all windows in its leased premises so that the Building presents a uniform exterior appearance. Each tenant shall ensure that to the extent reasonably practical, window coverings are closed on all windows in its leased premises while they are exposed to the direct rays of the sun.

27. Bicycles and other vehicles are not permitted inside or on the walkways outside the Building, except in those areas specifically designated by Landlord for such purposes and except as may be needed or used by a physically handicapped person.

28. Landlord reserves the right to rescind any of these rules and regulations and to make such other and further rules and regulations as in its reasonable judgment shall from time to time be needful for the safety, protection, care and cleanliness of the Building, the operation thereof, the preservation of good order therein and the protection and comfort of the tenants and their agents, employees and invitees, which rules and regulations, when made and written notice thereof is given to a tenant, shall be binding upon it in like manner as if originally herein prescribed.

 

3


EXHIBIT D

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter supplements the Lease to which this Work Letter is attached and, together with the Lease, governs the construction of the Initial Improvements to the Premises. All capitalized terms appearing in this Work Letter shall have the same meaning as those appearing in the Lease, except as expressly modified herein.

 

1. Initial Improvements

 

  a. The design and construction of the improvements shown in the Final Plans, defined below (the “Initial Improvements” ) shall be at the expense of Tenant except to the extent of the Improvement Allowance defined below.

 

  b. The cost of the Initial Improvements shall include all “hard” construction costs (e.g., materials) and related “soft” costs (e.g., architectural fees, construction management fees and other indirect construction costs incurred by Landlord or its contractor in constructing the Initial Improvements). The total amount of the hard and soft construction costs is referred to herein as the “Improvement Costs .”

 

  c. Improvement Allowance ” shall mean an allowance of $9.00 (i.e., $56,295.00 ) per square foot of Rentable Area of Premises, to be provided by Landlord as set forth in the Improvement Allowance Section below.

 

2. Tenant Plans

 

  a. Tenant and Landlord, their engineers and architects shall coordinate with each other in the design of the Tenant Plans (defined below) prior to the initial submission of the Tenant Plans to Landlord.

 

  b. On or before March 15, 2014 (the “Plans Due Date ), Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, fully completed and engineered working drawings and specifications suitable for review and permitting by local agencies having jurisdiction (if applicable), for the layout, improvement and finish of the entire Premises consistent with the design and construction of the Building, including electrical and mechanical drawings, capacity reports, dimensioned partition plans, floor and wall finish plans, reflected ceiling plans, power, telephone communications and data plans, life safety devices, construction detail sheets including millwork detail plans, showing the location of partitions, light fixtures, electrical outlets, telephone outlets, sprinklers, doors, equipment specifications (including weight specifications and cooling requirements) and power requirements (including voltage, amps, phase, and special plugs and connections), wall finishes, floor coverings, millwork and other Initial Improvements required by Tenant (collectively, the “ Tenant Plans ”). If at any time (whether as part of the Initial Improvements or later during the Term), Tenant intends to construct a computer room or install a supplemental cooling system, Tenant shall install (at its cost and expense), and the Tenant Plans shall provide for, electricity and BTU meters for measuring electricity and HVAC use within the Premises.

 

  c. For any necessary engineering of the Tenant Plans, Tenant shall, with Landlord’s oversight and coordination, directly employ only mechanical, electrical and structural engineers approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord shall have no responsibility for any of such engineering of the Tenant Plans, which shall be at Tenant’s expense, subject to Section 5 below. The Tenant Plans shall be prepared by a licensed architect, shall be sufficient for Landlord to secure the approval of governmental authorities with jurisdiction over the approval thereof (if applicable) and shall be in a form meeting Landlord’s reasonable requirements. Tenant’s architect and engineers shall coordinate with Landlord’s architect, engineers and tenant improvement manager to make all of the Tenant Plans consistent with the plans and specifications for construction of the Building and the Premises. Landlord and Landlord’s engineers shall have the right to review each phase of Tenant’s design development and the Tenant Plans to assure their compatibility and coordination with Building Systems. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the design and function of the Tenant Plans, including their integration with Building Systems, notwithstanding Landlord’s review and approval thereof


  d. The Tenant Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord agrees to approve or disapprove the Tenant Plans within fifteen (15) business days after receipt thereof. If Landlord disapproves the Tenant Plans, or any portion thereof, Landlord shall notify Tenant thereof and of the revisions which Landlord reasonably requires in order to obtain Landlord’s approval. As promptly as reasonably possible thereafter, Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications incorporating the revisions required by Landlord. Said revisions shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Landlord disapproves the revised Tenant Plans, Landlord shall so notify Tenant thereof and of the further revisions Landlord reasonably requires in order to grant approval. The foregoing process shall be repeated until Landlord finally approves all of the Tenant Plans required for the Initial Improvements in all of the Premises, so that Landlord and Tenant have an agreed upon set of final plans and specifications. The final plans and specifications approved by Landlord shall be referred to as the “Final Plans.” Approval by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord as to the adequacy or correctness of the design of the Initial Improvements.

 

  e. The Tenant Plans and Final Plans shall comply with all applicable Laws. Neither review nor approval by Landlord of the Tenant Plans or Final Plans shall constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord that such plans either (1) are complete or suitable for their intended purpose or (2) comply with applicable Laws, it being expressly agreed by Tenant that Landlord assumes no responsibility or liability whatsoever to Tenant or to any other person or entity for such completeness, suitability, or compliance.

 

  f. Tenant shall not without Landlord’s prior written approval make any changes to the Final Plans (a “Change Order” ). If Tenant desires to make a Change Order, Tenant shall, at its expense, provide to Landlord plans and specifications for such Change Order. Any Change Order shall be subject to Landlord’s written approval pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2 and shall be authorized only in writing by Landlord and Tenant. To the extent the cost of such Change Order, when added to the Estimate referred to in Section 5 below, will cause the improvement Costs (based on such Estimate) to exceed the Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord the additional cost, if any, of the Initial Improvements attributable to such Change Order. Landlord shall not be obligated to proceed with such Change Order until Landlord receives said payment.

 

  g. Any space planner and/or architect utilized by Tenant shall have experience in space planning in Class A buildings in the Central Business District of Austin, Texas and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

3. Construction of Initial Improvements

 

  a. Landlord shall construct the Initial Improvements in accordance with the Final Plans.

 

  b. If Tenant requests Landlord to perform additional work to the Premises outside the scope of the Final Plans, then such work shall be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Prior to commencing any such work requested by Tenant, Landlord will submit to Tenant written estimates of the cost of any such work. If Tenant fails to approve any such estimate within ten (10) days, then the same shall be deemed disapproved in all respects by Tenant, and Landlord shall not be authorized to proceed thereon.

 

2


  c. If Tenant fails to supply to Landlord any of the above-specified information within twenty (20) days after the dates so specified, then Landlord may, at its option, declare a Default under the Lease and exercise any of Landlord’s remedies for Default thereunder, including terminating the Lease. If Landlord so terminates the Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in refurbishing the Premises for Tenant within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice for same.

 

  d. Upon Substantial Completion (defined below), Landlord will assign to Tenant, on a nonexclusive basis, all warranties available from the contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and materialmen for construction of the Initial Improvements. “ Substantial Completion ” shall mean the date Landlord has completed construction of the Initial Improvements in substantial compliance with the Final Plans (exclusive of any equipment, furniture or fixtures to be installed by Tenant and exclusive of any items on the Punch List, as defined below) and Landlord has obtained a certificate of occupancy for the Premises (as constructed with the Initial Improvements). Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for any defects in materials and/or workmanship shall be for the repair of such defects, or the replacement of the portion of the Initial Improvements affected by such defects, under the aforementioned warranties, and Landlord shall not be responsible for any defect of any nature in the Initial Improvements. Landlord makes no warranties, expressed or implied, including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, in connection with the Initial Improvements. Tenant’s sole remedy for breach of any applicable warranty shall be the remedy set forth in this Section. Tenant agrees that no other remedy, including without limitation incidental or consequential damages for lost profits, injury to person or property, or any other incidental or consequential loss, shall be available to Tenant.

 

  e. Prior to and during construction of the Initial Improvements, Tenant’s architects, vendors, and other duly authorized agents shall have the right to enter the Premises for purposes of inspection, making measurements, and installing system furniture, phone equipment, and telecommunications cabling, provided each such agent presents Landlord with a Landlord-approved certificate of insurance naming Landlord as an Additional Insured and schedules such activities with Landlord, Landlord’s contractors and others designated by Landlord. All contractors engaged by Tenant shall be required to comply with the Landlord’s construction rules and regulations for the Building.

 

  f. Upon Substantial Completion, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a punch list of items requiring completion and/or correction with regard to the Initial Improvements (“ Punch List ”). Landlord shall complete the Punch List as soon as reasonably practicable. Landlord shall own all Initial Improvements that are Building Standard as part of the Building. Upon Substantial Completion, the Initial Improvements shall be deemed by Tenant to be satisfactorily completed except to the extent noted in the Punch List.

 

  g. All Above Standard Initial Improvements shall be and remain the property of Tenant, until the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises under this Lease, at which time such Above Standard Initial Improvements shall become the property of Landlord and shall be surrendered to Landlord with the Premises, unless Landlord specifies, at the time of the approval of the installation of such Above Standard Initial Improvements, that Landlord will require Tenant to remove same upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises under the Lease. Any required removal of Above Standard Initial Improvements shall be at Tenant’s expense, and upon such removal, Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises resulting from such removal. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, be responsible for cleaning and maintaining any Above Standard Initial Improvements in good condition and repair throughout the Term of this Lease, and Tenant shall insure same as provided in Section 20 of the Lease.

 

3


4. Selection of Contractor

Landlord shall competitively bid the cost of construction of the Initial Improvements to at least three general contractors selected by Landlord, and will select and enter into a contract with the lowest qualified bidder as determined by Landlord, acting in its sole and absolute discretion with input from Tenant. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to select and/or approve of any subcontractors used in connection with the Initial Improvements.

 

5. Improvement Allowance

 

  a. Landlord shall contribute the Improvement Allowance towards the Improvement Costs in accordance with the terms of this Section. All Improvement Costs incurred by Landlord shall be deducted from the Improvement Allowance, and applied by Landlord to pay the Improvement Costs, as such costs are incurred. The Improvement Allowance shall remain available to be used by Tenant through October 31, 2014 (the “Allowance Expiration Date” ). Any portion of the Improvement Allowance remaining undisbursed after the Allowance Expiration Date shall be retained by Landlord and Tenant shall not be entitled to any payment, Rent reduction or offset for any unused part of the Improvement Allowance. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to expend more than the Improvement Allowance.

 

  b. Prior to commencement of construction of any Initial Improvements, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a written estimate (the “Estimate” ) of the Improvement Costs. The Estimate shall include “allowance(s),” defined as an estimate of cost for an item of work not sufficiently defined in the documents to allow a fixed price to be obtained by the general contractor for which the Improvement Costs are to be increased or decreased, respectively, by the precise amount that the actual cost of the allowance item is either in excess of or less than the amount of the allowance for that item. Tenant shall approve the Estimate in writing within five (5) business days of Tenant’s receipt thereof. If Tenant does not approve or disapprove the Estimate in writing within said period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Estimate. Landlord shall be under no obligation to construct any of the Initial Improvements until Tenant has expressly approved the Estimate.

 

  c. If based on the Estimate, the Improvement Costs will exceed the Improvement Allowance, then prior to commencement of construction of any Initial Improvements, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one hundred percent (100%) of such projected excess amount. Landlord shall keep Tenant reasonably informed with respect to construction progress of the Initial Improvements, the occupancy of the Premises by Tenant and costs thereof. Landlord shall submit to Tenant monthly progress statements illustrating the cost to date of constructing the Initial Improvements. The statements of costs submitted to Landlord by Landlord’s contractors shall be conclusive for purposes of determining the actual cost of the items described therein. The amounts payable by Tenant hereunder constitute Rent payable pursuant to the Lease, and the failure to timely pay same constitutes a Default by Tenant as if Tenant shall have failed to pay Rent. Within ten (10) days after submission by Landlord of the foregoing statement, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount, as set forth in such notice, by which the Improvement Costs exceeds the Improvement Allowance plus any amount previously paid by Tenant to Landlord. Landlord shall not disburse the Improvement Allowance until after Landlord disburses funds paid by Tenant for excess costs and provided that the Improvement Allowance is estimated to be sufficient to pay all remaining costs. Landlord shall disburse first the funds paid by Tenant and then the Improvement Allowance directly to the general contractor and to suppliers and subcontractors as Landlord deems appropriate. As soon as reasonably practical upon completion of the Initial Improvements, Landlord shall prepare and submit to Tenant a statement showing, in reasonable detail an accounting for the Improvement Costs and the total amount payable hereunder by Landlord to Tenant or Tenant to Landlord. Within ten (10) days after submission by Landlord of the foregoing statement, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount, as set forth in such notice, by which the Improvement Costs exceeded the Improvement Allowance and any funds previously paid by Tenant to Landlord. If the Improvement Costs are less than the Improvement Allowance and any funds previously paid by Tenant to Landlord, then the excess funds previously paid by Tenant to Landlord shall be used to offset Base Rent; and Tenant shall not be entitled to any payment, Rent reduction or offset for any unused part of the Improvement Allowance.

 

4


  d. After the Improvement Allowance has been expended by Landlord, the principal amount of the Improvement Allowance, together with interest thereon calculated at the Default Rate, shall be amortized evenly over the Term, and so long as Tenant does not default in its monetary obligations under the Lease, and fail to cure such default within the applicable period of cure, if any, provided under this Lease, then the balance of the Improvement Allowance shall be reduced each month by the principal amount amortized each month, and upon Landlord’s receipt of the final payment of Rent due during the initial Term of this Lease, Tenant shall have no liability to Landlord for the repayment of any portion of the Improvement Allowance or the interest that accrued and was amortized over the initial Term of this Lease. In the event of an uncured Default by Tenant under this Lease, then in addition to all of Landlord’s other remedies available under this Lease, Tenant shalt also be liable to Landlord for the entire unreduced principal balance of the Improvement Allowance remaining as of the date of default, and interest on such balance shall accrue at the Default Rate.

 

6. Commencement Date

The Commencement Date of this Lease shall be determined in accordance with the terms of Section 1(g) of the Lease. Provided, however, that for purposes of determining the Commencement Date pursuant to Section 1(g) of the Lease, the date on which Substantial Completion shall be deemed to have occurred shall be accelerated on a day-for-day basis for each day of Tenant Delay, defined below. For example, if Substantial Completion actually occurs on January 16 of a given year, but there were fifteen (15) days of Tenant Delay, then Substantial Completion will be deemed to have occurred on January 1 of such year.

 

7. Tenant Delay

The term “ Tenant Delay ” shall mean each day that Substantial Completion is delayed by any of the following:

 

  a. Tenant’s failure to respond within the time periods specified in this Work Letter, and if no applicable time period is specified in this Work Letter, then within reasonable time periods prescribed by Landlord; or

 

  b. Failure of Tenant to deliver the Tenant Plans on or before the Plans Due Date; or

 

  c. Tenant’s failure to pay the Cash Security Deposit and deliver the Letter of Credit to Landlord, or to pay any other sum, as required in the Lease; or

 

  d. Changes by Tenant to the Final Plans, including, without limitation, any Change Order requested by Tenant prior to commencement of construction as a part of any value engineering; or

 

  e. Requirements by Tenant for materials, finishes or installations which are not Building Standard; or

 

  f. Any interference by Tenant with the construction of the Initial Improvements; or

 

  g. Changes which must be made in the Final Plans because they do not comply with applicable Laws; or

 

  h. Changes to the base, shell or core of the Building required by the Final Plans; or

 

  i. Tenant’s failure to act in good faith with respect to the construction of the Initial Improvements; or

 

  j. Any other cause defined under the Lease or this Work Letter as a Tenant Delay.

 

5


8. Landlord Work. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, construct a demising wall as generally depicted on Exhibit D-1 attached hereto (the “Landlord Work” ). The Landlord Work shall be completed using Building Standard methods, materials and finishes, as designated by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to select the general contractor and any subcontractors used in connection with the Landlord Work. Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in connection with the Landlord Work and Tenant shall cause its employees, agents and invitees to comply with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any delay in the completion of the Landlord Work or inconvenience suffered by Tenant during the performance of the Landlord Work shall not subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom or entitle Tenant to any credit, abatement or adjustment of Rent or other sums payable under the Lease.

 

6


EXHIBIT D-1

LANDLORD WORK

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT E

CERTIFICATE CONFIRMING LEASE DATES & BASE RENT

This Certificate Confirming Lease Dates and Base Rent is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated                     , 2014, by and between TPG-401 Congress LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Landlord, and Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant.

The undersigned hereby agree and confirm that the Commencement Date, Expiration Date, and Base Rent schedule are as stated below:

The Commencement Date as defined in Section 1(g) of the Lease is                      , and the Expiration Date as defined in Section 1(h) of the Lease is                      .

The Base Rent schedule as defined in Section 1(i) of the Lease is as follows:

 

Period

  

Base Rent per RSF

  

Monthly Amount

__/__/__-__/__/__    $34.00    $17,722.50
__/__/__-__/__/__    $35.00    $18,243.75
__/__/__-__/__/__    $36.00    $18,765.00

 

Landlord:

      Tenant:

TPG-401 Congress LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company a

   

Upland Software, Inc.,

Delaware corporation

By:         By:    
Name:   Michael L. Fransen     Name:  
Its:   Vice President & Managing Director     Its:  


EXHIBIT F

SUPPLEMENTAL HVAC EQUIPMENT

The provisions of this Exhibit shall govern the installation, maintenance and removal of all Supplemental HVAC Equipment installed in the Premises. The installation of Supplemental HVAC Equipment in the Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole expense, and shall include the installation of a submeter to monitor the electricity used by the Supplemental HVAC Equipment. Prior to installing any Supplemental HVAC Equipment in the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with plans and specifications for same and obtain Landlord’s written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Upon receiving such approval, Tenant shall install the Supplemental HVAC Equipment in compliance with Laws, including all building, electrical, and safety codes, applicable to the Project. Prior to installing the Supplemental HVAC Equipment, Tenant shall obtain any permits or licenses that may be required in order to install and operate such equipment, and Tenant shall timely deliver copies of same to Landlord. In no event shall Tenant’s installation of the Supplemental HVAC Equipment damage the Premises or the Building, or interfere with the maintenance of the Building, or any system currently serving the Building, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the cost of repairing any damage to the Building caused by such installation. Tenant shall notify Landlord upon completion of the installation of the Supplemental HVAC Equipment, and Landlord shall have five (5) business days after installation of the Supplemental HVAC Equipment during which to inspect its installation. Tenant shall not commence operation of the Supplemental HVAC Equipment until Landlord has approved its installation. Tenant shall be solely liable for any damages or injury arising out of the installation of the Supplemental HVAC Equipment, and Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord contained in Section 26 shall specifically apply to the installation, operation, maintenance and removal of the Supplemental HVAC Equipment. During the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended from time to time, Tenant shall be solely responsible for maintaining the Supplemental HVAC Equipment in good working order at Tenant’s sole expense, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all electricity consumed by the Supplemental HVAC Equipment, as additional Rent due under the Lease, within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice for same. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove the Supplemental HVAC Equipment from the Premises, and repair all damage to the Premises or the Building caused by the installation or removal of such equipment.


EXHIBIT G

SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

 

1. Landlord’s Personalty . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that (a) as of the Effective Date, there are certain fixtures, equipment and other personalty existing in the Premises as shown on Exhibit G-1 attached hereto, and (b) no later than the Commencement Date, Landlord shall remove such fixtures, equipment and other personally from the Premises except for the fixtures, equipment and other personalty as shown on Exhibit G-2 attached hereto (such fixtures, equipment and other personalty left in the Premises as of the Commencement Date, the “ Landlord’s Personalty ”). The Landlord’s Personalty is owned by Landlord and shall remain Landlord’s property at all times during the Term and Tenant shall not remove any of Landlord’s Personalty from the Premises at any time. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence to the contrary, during the Term, Tenant may use the Landlord’s Personalty in the operation of its business at the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord’s Personalty was previously owned and used by prior occupants of the Premises and agrees that by accepting possession of Landlord’s Personalty, Tenant is deemed to have accepted the Landlord’s Personalty “as is” with no representation or warranty by Landlord as to the condition, merchantability or workability of the same or its suitability for any particular purpose. Tenant shall have no right to grant a security interest in the Landlord Personalty to any party and Tenant shall surrender the Landlord Personalty to Landlord in the same condition as of the Commencement Date upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The Landlord Personalty shall be included in Tenant’s servicing, maintenance and repair obligations described in the Lease.


EXHIBIT G-1

FURNITURE PLAN AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT G-2

LANDLORD’S PERSONALTY TO REMAIN IN PREMISES

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.17.1

FIRST AMENDMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of                          , 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between PKY-401 CONGRESS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

 

A. Landlord (f/k/a TPG-401 Congress LLC) and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of February 27, 2014 (the “ Lease ”).

 

B. Pursuant to the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately 6,255 rentable square feet (the “ Existing Premises ”) (being Suite 1850) located on a portion of the 18 th floor of the Building commonly known as Frost Bank Tower located at 401 Congress Avenue, Austin, Texas 78701.

 

C. The Lease by its terms is scheduled to expire on May 31, 2017 (the “ Existing Expiration Date ”), and Tenant and Landlord desire to extend the Term as set forth herein.

 

D. Tenant has requested that additional space shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ First Amendment Expansion Space ”) containing approximately 3,641 rentable square feet on the 18 th floor of the Building be added to the Existing Premises.

 

E. Tenant and Landlord desire to amend the Lease pursuant to the terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals, which by this reference are incorporated herein, the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1. Extension . The Term is hereby extended for a period (the “ First Extended Term ”) commencing on June 1, 2017 (the “ First Extended Term Commencement Date ”) and expiring on the last day of the sixtieth (60 th ) full calendar month after the “First Amendment Expansion Date” (as defined below) (the “ First Extended Term Expiration Date ”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of the Lease. The capitalized word, “Term,” as used in the Lease and in this Amendment refers to the initial Term and the First Extended Term.

 

2. Expansion .

 

  2.01. Effective as of the First Amendment Expansion Date, the Existing Premises shall be increased from 6,255 rentable square feet to 9,896 rentable square feet by the addition of the First Amendment Expansion Space. From and after the First Amendment Expansion Date, the capitalized term, “Premises,” as used in the Lease and this Amendment, refers to the Existing Premises and the First Amendment Expansion Space.

 

- 1 -


  2.02. The term for the First Amendment Expansion Space shall commence on the First Amendment Expansion Date and end on the expiration of the Term (as extended pursuant to Section 1 above; i.e., the last day of the sixtieth (60 th ) full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date). The lease of the First Amendment Expansion Space is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease except as expressly modified herein and except that Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any allowances, abatements (except for the abatements provided for in Sections 23 and 24 of the Lease) or other financial concessions granted with respect to the Existing Premises.

 

  2.03. The “ First Amendment Expansion Date ” shall be the earlier to occur of the following dates: (a) the date Tenant takes possession of all or any portion of the First Amendment Expansion Space for the purpose of conducting Tenant’s business (without any obligation of Tenant to take possession of the First Amendment Expansion Space prior to Substantial Completion, as defined in Exhibit D attached to the Lease, of the First Amendment Initial Improvements, as hereinafter defined); or (b) the First Amendment Completion Date (as hereinafter defined). The term “ First Amendment Completion Date ” means the date on which Substantial Completion of the First Amendment Initial Improvements to be constructed by Landlord in the First Amendment Expansion Space occurs; provided, however, if Substantial Completion of said First Amendment Initial Improvements in the First Amendment Expansion Space is delayed because of a “Tenant Delay” (as defined in Exhibit D attached to the Lease), then the First Amendment Completion Date shall be deemed to occur on the earliest date (as determined by Landlord) that said First Amendment Initial Improvements would have been Substantially Complete but for such Tenant Delay.

 

  2.04. Landlord anticipates tendering possession of the First Amendment Expansion Space to Tenant with the First Amendment Initial Improvements Substantially Completed on or about January 1, 2015. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any damages resulting from any delay in delivering possession of any portion of the First Amendment Expansion Space to Tenant if said delay is caused by any reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. Accordingly and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that the First Amendment Expansion Date may occur before or after January 1, 2015.

 

  2.05. With the approval of Landlord, Tenant may enter the First Amendment Expansion Space prior to the First Amendment Expansion Date for the sole purpose of installing furniture, fixtures and equipment or other personal property within the First Amendment Expansion Space. During any period that Tenant shall be permitted to enter the First Amendment Expansion Space prior to the First Amendment Expansion Date, Tenant shall comply with all of the terms and provisions of the Lease and this Amendment in connection with the same, except those provisions requiring payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent with respect to the First Amendment Expansion Space prior to the First Amendment Expansion Date. However, notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant shall pay Landlord for any services requested by Tenant (e.g., after hours HVAC usage) and any other Rent due and owing to Landlord with respect to the First Amendment Expansion Space.

 

- 2 -


  2.06. At the request of either party, Landlord and Tenant will execute a memorandum in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto setting forth the First Amendment Expansion Date.

 

3. Base Rent .

 

  3.01. Tenant shall pay Base Rent with respect to the Existing Premises from the Effective Date to the Existing Expiration Date in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

  3.02. The schedule of Base Rent payable with respect to the First Amendment Expansion Space from the First Amendment Expansion Date to the First Extended Term Expiration Date is the following:

 

Period

   Annual Rate
Per Square
Foot
     Monthly
Base Rent
 

First Amendment Expansion Date-12 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date

   $ 32.00       $ 9,709.33   

13 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date-24 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date

   $ 33.00       $ 10,012.75   

25 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date-36 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date

   $ 34.00       $ 10,316.17   

37 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date-48 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date

   $ 35.00       $ 10,619.58   

49 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date-60 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date

   $ 36.00       $ 10,923.00   

 

- 3 -


  3.03. The schedule of Base Rent payable with respect to the Existing Premises during the period from the First Extended Term Commencement Date to the First Extended Term Expiration Date is the following:

 

Period

   Annual Rate
Per Square
Foot
     Monthly
Base Rent
 

First Extended Term Commencement Date-36 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date

   $ 35.00       $ 18,243.75   

37 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date-48 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date

   $ 36.00       $ 18,765.00   

49 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date-60 th full calendar month after the First Amendment Expansion Date

   $ 37.00       $ 19,286.25   

 

  3.04. All such Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

4. Additional Rent .

 

  4.01. Tenant shall continue to pay for Tenant’s Additional Rent applicable to the Existing Premises in accordance with the Lease.

 

  4.02. Commencing on the First Amendment Expansion Date and thereafter during the Term, Tenant shall pay for Tenant’s Additional Rent applicable to the First Amendment Expansion Space in addition to the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

 

  4.03. In accordance with Section 4.02 above, as of the First Amendment Expansion Date, Tenant’s Pro-rata Share with respect to the Premises (i.e., the Existing Premises and the First Amendment Expansion Space) shall be 1.8494 %.

 

5. Parking .

 

  5.01. Section 1(m) of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting the first sentence in said Section 1(m) and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

“Subject to Section 48(b) below, thirty-two (32) unreserved parking spaces and four (4) reserved parking spaces in the Building’s Parking Facility.”

 

  5.02. Section 48(b) of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting said Section 48(b) and inserting the following in lieu thereof:

“(b) From the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2015 (the “ Parking Election Date ”), Tenant may, upon not less than five (5) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, increase or decrease the number of Parking Spaces leased by Tenant in connection with the Premises, such increases limited to a total of thirty-two (32) unreserved Parking Spaces and four (4) reserved

 

- 4 -


Parking Spaces. On or before the Parking Election Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written election (the “ Parking Election ”) to lease all or a portion of the Parking Spaces for the period commencing on January 1, 2016 and ending on the last day of the Term. The number of Parking Spaces designated in the Parking Election shall constitute the Parking Spaces leased by Tenant for the Term, on a must-take, must-pay basis, and Tenant shall not be entitled to increase or decrease the number of Parking Spaces leased by Tenant during the Term thereafter. If Tenant fails to deliver the Parking Election on or before the Parking Election Date, then Tenant shall be deemed to have delivered a Parking Election electing to lease the number of the Parking Spaces then in use by Tenant (i.e., up to thirty-two (32) unreserved Parking Spaces and up to four (4) reserved Parking Spaces). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall have a right to reject by written notice to Landlord the location of the reserved Parking Spaces within fifteen (15) days following Landlord’s designation and notice to Tenant thereof, in which event the reserved Parking Spaces shall be deemed excluded from the Parking Spaces and the unreserved Parking Spaces shall be increased from thirty-two (32) to thirty-six (36) subject to adjustment pursuant to the remainder of this Section 48(b), and Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any of the Parking Charges associated with the premium for the reserved Parking Spaces from and after the date that Landlord receives Tenant written notice of rejection pursuant to this sentence; if Tenant fails to reject the location of the reserved Parking Spaces within said 15-day period pursuant to this sentence, then Tenant shall have no further right to reject the same.”

 

6. Improvements to Premises .

 

  6.01. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE TENANT IS IN POSSESSION OF THE EXISTING PREMISES AND HAS INSPECTED THE FIRST AMENDMENT EXPANSION SPACE AND THAT TENANT ACCEPTS, AND WILL ACCEPT DURING THE TERM, THE SAME IN THEIR PRESENT “AS-IS, WHERE IS” CONDITION AND WITHOUT ANY AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERSTANDINGS OR OBLIGATIONS ON THE PART OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM ANY ALTERATIONS, REPAIRS OR IMPROVEMENTS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 6.02 BELOW AND THE LEASE. LANDLORD, ANY AGENT OF LANDLORD AND ANY BROKER HAVE NOT MADE, AND WILL NOT MAKE, ANY WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE EXISTING PREMISES, THE FIRST AMENDMENT EXPANSION SPACE, THE BUILDING, THE COMMON AREAS OR ANY OTHER PORTION OF THE PROJECT. LANDLORD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF SUITABILITY, HABITABILITY OR MERCHANTABILITY.

 

  6.02.

So long as there exists no Default, Landlord will construct Initial Improvements desired to be constructed by Tenant in the First Amendment Expansion Space and

 

- 5 -


  in the Existing Premises (the “ First Amendment Initial Improvements ”) and make available to Tenant an improvement allowance of up to $200,255.00 (i.e., $55.00 per square foot of Rentable Area of the First Amendment Expansion Space) (the “ First Amendment Improvement Allowance ”) in connection with the construction of said First Amendment Tenant Improvements, in each case in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of Exhibit D attached to the Lease (as modified by this Amendment); provided, however, that: (a) the Plans Due Date for the First Amendment Initial Improvements shall be October 1, 2014; (b) the Allowance Expiration Date for the First Amendment Improvement Allowance shall be May 31, 2015 (the “ First Amendment Allowance Expiration Date ”) and if there is any undisbursed amount of the First Amendment Improvement Allowance remaining on the First Amendment Allowance Expiration Date, then (i) up to $15,413.56 of the undisbursed First Amendment Improvement Allowance will be applied as payment against Base Rent and Tenant’s Additional Rent with respect to the First Amendment Expansion Space coming due on June 1, 2015, and (ii) any other remaining undisbursed amount of the First Amendment Improvement Allowance shall inure solely to the benefit of Landlord, and Tenant shall have no rights to any credit, offset, abatement or payment with respect thereto; (c) in connection with the services to be provided by Landlord with respect to the First Amendment Initial Improvements, Tenant shall pay, out of the First Amendment Improvement Allowance, to PKY Masters TRS Services, LLC (an affiliate of Landlord) within ten (10) days of invoice a construction management fee equal to five percent (5%) of the total cost of the First Amendment Initial Improvements, and the same shall be considered an Improvement Cost for purposes of Exhibit D attached to the Lease; and (d) Section 8 of Exhibit D attached to the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety. If there is any portion of the First Amendment Improvement Allowance remaining upon Substantial Completion of the First Amendment Initial Improvements, then prior to the First Amendment Allowance Expiration Date, Tenant may elect to have Landlord construct additional First Amendment Initial Improvements in the First Amendment Expansion Space and in the Existing Premises in accordance with, and subject to, the terms of this Section 6.02 and the terms of Exhibit D attached to the Lease (as modified by this Amendment); provided, however, (A) the construction of such additional First Amendment Initial Improvements will not delay the First Amendment Expansion Date or otherwise impact the Term of the Lease; (B) in no event will any undisbursed portion of the First Amendment Improvement Allowance be available to Tenant after the First Amendment Allowance Expiration Date for purposes of constructing such additional First Amendment Initial Improvements or otherwise (except as expressly set forth in subparagraph (b)(i) above); (C) such additional First Amendment Initial Improvements may be constructed by Landlord during and/or after business days and Building Standard Hours, no such construction shall be deemed an eviction of Tenant and Tenant shall not be entitled to any offset, abatement or other rights or remedies due to interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises caused by such construction by Landlord; (D) Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in connection with such construction and Tenant shall

 

- 6 -


  cause its employees, agents and invitees to comply with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; and (E) notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any delay in the completion of such additional First Amendment Initial Improvements shall not subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom or entitle Tenant to any credit, abatement or adjustment of Rent or other sums payable under this Amendment or the Lease.

 

  6.03. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has fully credited Tenant with the initial Improvement Allowance set forth in Section 1.c. of Exhibit D attached to the Lease and completed all of the Landlord Work set forth in Section 8 of Exhibit D attached to the Lease. Accordingly, Tenant agrees that any prior right to have Landlord disburse, reimburse, or otherwise credit Tenant with any allowance provided for in the Lease (except as provided in Section 6.02 above) and to complete any work is hereby deleted and Tenant shall have no claim for such allowances or any work.

 

  6.04. Except as provided in Section 6.02 above, any construction, alterations or improvements to the Premises shall be performed by Tenant at its sole cost and expense using contractors selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord and shall be governed in all respects by the provisions of the Lease.

 

7. Security Deposit .

 

  7.01. The Cash Security Deposit is hereby increased from $27,522.00 to $42,935.57 . Tenant shall deposit such increase (i.e., $15,413.57 ) with Landlord as of the Effective Date.

 

  7.02. The Credit Limit of the Letter of Credit is hereby increased from $56,295.00 to $156,295.00 . On or before October 1, 2014, Tenant shall deliver a replacement Letter of Credit to Landlord in the amount of the increased Credit Limit (i.e., $156,295.00), which Letter of Credit shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, Lender and Tenant.

 

  7.03. Tenant shall be required to continue to maintain the Cash Security Deposit and the Letter of Credit (each as increased by this Section 7 ) during the Term in accordance with the Lease.

 

8. Miscellaneous .

 

  8.01.

This Amendment sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or written representations or agreements. Under no circumstances shall Tenant be entitled to any improvement allowance, new leasehold improvements, or any similar economic incentives that may have been provided to Tenant in connection with entering into the Lease. Tenant agrees that neither Tenant nor its agents or any other parties acting on behalf of Tenant shall disclose any matters set forth in this Amendment or disseminate or distribute any information concerning the terms, details or conditions hereof to any person, firm or entity without obtaining the

 

- 7 -


  express written consent of Landlord, except to its attorneys, accountants, representatives and employees who have a need to know such information so long as Tenant notifies any such recipients of the confidential nature of such information (and, in the event of such disclosure by Tenant, Tenant shall be responsible for any further disclosure of such information by the receiving party in violation of this sentence) and except to the extent as required by applicable laws (including, without limitation, disclosures required in connection with a public offering).

 

  8.02. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, it has no claims, demands, counterclaims, defenses, allowances, adjustments or offsets arising out of or in any way related to the Lease or arising out of any document, writing or instrument executed in connection therewith or herewith. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that there exists no Default of Tenant under the Lease or any event that with the giving of notice and passage of time would constitute a Default of Tenant under the Lease.

 

  8.03. Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

  8.04. In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control.

 

  8.05. Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Amendment but rather is a solicitation for such an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord has executed and delivered the same to Tenant.

 

  8.06. The capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Lease to the extent that such capitalized terms are defined therein and not redefined in this Amendment.

 

  8.07. Tenant hereby represents to Landlord that Tenant has dealt with no broker in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord, its members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, mortgagees and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents, harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord hereby represents to Tenant that Landlord has dealt with no broker in connection with this Amendment other than Landlord’s leasing agent. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant, its members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents, harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Amendment.

 

- 8 -


  8.08. Each signatory of this Amendment represents hereby that he or she has the authority to execute and deliver the same on behalf of the party hereto for which such signatory is acting.

 

  8.09. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, including by fax, electronic mail and other electronic means, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute a single instrument.

[Signature page follows]

 

- 9 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment as of the dates set forth below, to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

LANDLORD:

PKY-401 CONGRESS, LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Michael L. Fransen

Name:   Michael L. Fransen
Title:   Vice President & Managing Director
Date:   August 19, 2014
TENANT:

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Michael Hill

Name:   Michael Hill
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Date:   August 15, 2014

 

- 10 -


EXHIBIT A

FIRST AMENDMENT EXPANSION SPACE

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A


EXHIBIT B

MEMORANDUM OF FIRST AMENDMENT EXPANSION DATE

THIS MEMORANDUM OF FIRST AMENDMENT EXPANSION DATE is made and entered into as of                          , 201    , by and between PKY-401 CONGRESS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), with respect to that certain First Amendment between Landlord and Tenant dated as of                          , 2014 (the “ Amendment ”).

The First Amendment Expansion Date under the Amendment is                     , 201    , and the First Extended Term Expiration Date under the Amendment is                     , 201    .

The schedule of Base Rent payable with respect to the First Amendment Expansion Space from the First Amendment Expansion Date to the First Extended Term Expiration Date is the following:

 

Period

 

Annual Rate Per Square Foot

 

Monthly Base Rent

    /    /        -    /     /        

  $32.00   $9,709.33

    /    /        -    /     /        

  $33.00   $10,012.75

    /    /        -    /     /        

  $34.00   $10,316.17

    /    /        -    /     /        

  $35.00   $10,619.58

    /    /         -    /    /        

  $36.00   $10,923.00

The schedule of Base Rent payable with respect to the Existing Premises during the period from the First Extended Term Commencement Date to the First Extended Term Expiration Date is the following:

 

Period

 

Annual Rate Per Square Foot

 

Monthly Base Rent

6/1/2017-    /    /        

  $35.00   $18,243.75

    /    /        -    /     /        

  $36.00   $18,765.00

    /    /        -    /     /        

  $37.00   $19,286.25

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Exhibit B


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Memorandum as of the date set forth in the first paragraph above.

 

LANDLORD:

PKY-401 CONGRESS, LLC ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

TENANT:

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Exhibit B

Exhibit 10.18

Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec—Page 1

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made as of this 5th day of November, 2012, between A.R.E. QUEBEC NO. 2, INC ., a company incorporated under the Companies Act (Quebec) (“Landlord”), and TENROX INC ., a corporation organized under the Canada Business Corporations Act, doing business as Power Steering Software (“Tenant”).

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

Address:    275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec, Canada
Premises:    The approximately 16,987 rentable square feet in Block D of the building (“ Building ”) included in the Project, as more particularly described in Exhibit A .
Project:    The real property on which the Building is located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described in Exhibit B .
Base Rent:    $222,860.00 per annum ($18,571.67 monthly).

Lease Year ” is defined as the 12-month period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, or commencing on any anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, except that if the Rent Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, then Lease Year 1 shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date and end on the last day of the twelfth full calendar month next following the Rent Commencement Date, and each consecutive 12-month period thereafter shall be a Lease Year.

Security Deposit : None.

Commencement Date : November 17, 2012.

Rent Commencement Date : February 1, 2013.

Term : A term of 3 years and 2 months, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on January 31, 2016, subject to
Section 2(c).

Permitted Use : Research and development for computer software applications and/or office use, consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:    Landlord’s Notice Address:
P.O. Box 975383    385 East Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299
Dallas, TX 75397-5383    Pasadena, CA 91101
   Attention: Corporate Secretary

Tenant’s Notice Address:

Tenrox Inc.

275 Armand-Frappier Boulevard

Laval, Quebec, Canada


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 2

 

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

EXHIBIT A - DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

EXHIBIT C - OMITTED

EXHIBIT D - ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

EXHIBIT E - RULES AND REGULATIONS

EXHIBIT F - ROOF RIGHTS

1. Lease of Premises . Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord together with the right to use the common access drive for the Project. Landlord reserves the right to modify the common access drive, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s access to the Premises.

2. Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date; Termination Right.

(a) Delivery; Commencement Date . Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D ; provided , however , Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “ Term ” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above in the Basic Lease Provisions.

Except for the cleaning of the carpet in the Premises, which Landlord shall complete, at Landlord’s expense prior to the Commencement Date: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 7 hereof); (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken. Any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including, in the event Tenant conducts business therein, the obligation to pay Rent.

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 3

 

(b) Early Access . Landlord hereby agrees to permit Tenant access to the Premises, at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, after the date of execution of this Lease and prior to the Commencement Date to perform any work (“ Tenant’s Work ”) required by Tenant, including measurements, painting, installation of server room wiring, and air conditioning, provided that such Tenant’s Work is coordinated with Landlord’s carpet cleaning, and complies with this Lease (including the requirements of Section 12 below) and all other reasonable restrictions and conditions Landlord may impose, all such access shall be during normal business hours or at such other times as are reasonably designated by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to enter onto the Premises or the Project unless and until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord demonstrating that the insurance required by this Lease is in full force and effect. Any entry by Tenant shall comply with all established safety practices of Landlord. Without limitation of the provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall defend with counsel reasonably acceptable by Landlord, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss of or damage to property, completed work, fixtures, equipment, materials or merchandise, and from liability for death of, or injury to, any person, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party in the exercise of its rights hereunder.

(c) Termination Right . Provided that Tenant is not in Default hereunder at the time of notice or termination hereunder, Tenant shall have the right (“ Termination Right ”), effective as of December 1, 2014, to terminate this Lease on the terms set forth herein upon delivery to Landlord of no less than 5 months’ prior written notice of termination delivered on or before July 1, 2014 (“Termination Notice”), without premium or penalty. The Termination Right is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in this Lease.

3. Rent .

(a) Base Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof in lawful money of Canada, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined below) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease. Base Rent, together with any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease, including without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period, are referenced in this Lease as “Rent”. Other than Base Rent and the tax upon Rent specified in Section 3(b) below, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay any amounts to Landlord hereunder for the maintenance, repair or replacement of the Project or any parts thereof (except for damage thereto caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party), or for any taxes relating thereto save and except for those other expenses specified herein as “Additional Rent”,


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 4

 

(b) Tax Upon Rent . Tenant will pay all goods and services taxes, sales taxes, value added taxes and any other existing or future tax of a similar nature whether or not now within the contemplation of the parties, which may be imposed by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9 ) (including without limitation the taxes commonly known as the goods and services tax (GST) and/or any harmonized sales tax payable under the Excise Tax Act (Canada) or any replacement legislation), with respect to any Rent or other amounts payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, or in respect of goods and services furnished or provided by Landlord to Tenant, or in respect of the rental of space under this Lease, however such taxes are characterized and regardless of whether such taxes are remitted to Landlord directly or to a third party on Landlord’s behalf. The amount of such taxes shall be calculated in accordance with the applicable legislation and shall be paid to Landlord contemporaneously with the payment of the amounts in respect of which such taxes are payable, or if imposed in respect of items other than amounts payable hereunder in accordance with the applicable legislation. Taxes payable by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph shall be deemed not to constitute Rent for purposes of calculation of the taxes herein contemplated.

4. Omitted .

5. Omitted .

6. Omitted .

7. Use . The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof (collectively, “ Legal Requirements ” and each, a “ Legal Requirement ”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, commence and diligently prosecute to completion the discontinuance of any use of the Premises which is declared by any federal, provincial, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “ Governmental Authority ”) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement, unless Tenant is actively contesting any such determination in good faith and by appropriate legal proceedings, provided that Tenant first gives Landlord appropriate assurance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord against any loss, cost or expense on account thereof, and further provided such contest shall not subject Landlord to criminal penalties or civil sanctions, loss of property or civil liability. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any insurance policy maintained by Landlord with respect to the Project, to the extent that Tenant is otherwise expressly required to reimburse Landlord for the cost of such policy under the terms of this Lease, by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose.

Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the Premises that are required by Legal Requirements. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 5

 

8. Holding Over . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) there shall be no tacit renewal of this Lease and Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) following 30 days of such holding over, Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages. Notwithstanding Article 1879 of the Civil Code of Quebec , no holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

9. Omitted .

10. Parking . Subject to all matters of record, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below), Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations, and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant, its employees, agents, mandataries and invitees, shall have the right, in common with other tenants of the Project, to park in up to 80 spaces on the surface parking areas to the west of the common drive as shown on Exhibit A-1 hereto. Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project or for enforcing any such reservation of parking spaces. If Tenant identifies any unauthorized vehicles in the garage or surface parking areas which interfere with Tenant’s rights hereunder, Tenant may give Landlord notice thereof, and Landlord shall thereupon use reasonable efforts to address the same in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Project, subject to the rights of other tenants of the Project.

11. Utilities and Services . The cost of hydro-electricity, water, snow removal and other customary Building related maintenance, repair and replacement costs (except for damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party) as well as real estate taxes shall be included in Base Rent hereunder. Landlord shall provide snow removal services for the Project, including the parking area described in Section 10 above.

12. Alterations and Tenant’s Property . Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of Tenant’s personal property and equipment not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other then by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 14 ) (“ Alterations ”), shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant may construct nonstructural Alterations in the Premises without Landlord’s prior approval if the cost of any single Alteration does not exceed $10,000.00 and the aggregate cost of all such work in any 12 month period does not exceed $10,000.00 (a “ Notice-Only Alteration ”), provided Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of such intended Notice-Only Alteration, and such notice shall be accompanied by plans, specifications, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Notice-Only Alteration as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, which notice and accompanying materials shall be delivered to Landlord not less than 10 business days in advance of any proposed construction; provided, that for Alterations the cost of which is less than $5,000.00, Tenant may deliver notice to Landlord following the completion of the Alteration and need only deliver to Landlord the plans and specifications therefor. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions related to the proposed Alteration on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 10 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 6

 

mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials; provided that Tenant may submit schematic drawings for Landlord’s approval as described below before submitting the entire package of materials described in this sentence. Alterations shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof in accordance with Section 27 following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, unless Landlord requires such removal as a condition to the approval of the Alteration. To request Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall provide to Landlord schematic drawings for the Alteration and Landlord shall respond with its comments on such drawings within 10 business days after receipt thereof. Such approval is also subject to Landlord’s subsequent 10 business day review and approval of the construction drawings and specifications for the proposed Alteration. Landlord shall be required to approve the Alteration and the construction drawings and specifications, if (i) Landlord had previously approved the schematic drawings, and (ii) the construction drawings and specifications reflect the same Alteration as such schematic drawings. If Landlord disapproves of either the schematic drawings or the construction drawings and specifications, it shall provide Tenant with reasonably detailed reasons therefore, which shall be consistent with the standards for approval described above. Landlord’s failure to approve or disapprove Tenant’s proposed Alterations within 10 business days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s request for approval, and Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of a second 5 business day reminder notice thereof, shall constitute Landlord’s approval of the Alterations. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand an amount equal to 3% of all charges incurred by Tenant or its contractors or agents in connection with any Alteration to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision for any Alteration having a cost of $25,000.00 or more (provided that such charges shall not be made for Tenant’s initial Alterations of the Premises, except for the cost of any required third party consultants). Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup. Landlord may not charge any costs or charges for plan review, coordination, supervision or otherwise for any Alterations constructed by Tenant prior to the Rent Commencement Date.

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of Liens (which term shall include, without limitation, for all purposes of this Lease, hypothecs (legal or conventional) and prior claims), and shall provide (and cause each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for liability and also either obtain a standalone builder’s risk insurance policy or arrange coverage for improvements under construction as part of Tenant’s property insurance policy required pursuant to Section 17(a) (except that such builder’s risk insurance shall not be required for Notice-Only Alterations) in commercially reasonable amounts and from an insurance company reasonably satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements from a senior officer of the Tenant setting forth that all Alterations have been completed in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by the Landlord, all accounts in respect of same have been paid in full and that the period pursuant to the Civil Code of Quebec within which workmen, material suppliers, contractors or subcontractors in connection with the completion of the Alterations may register a legal


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 7

 

hypothec for unpaid work or services or materials supplied with no legal hypothec having been registered is expired, and the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work; (ii) a clearance certificate issued under the Act respecting industrial accidents and the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Quebec) in respect of each contractor and subcontractor who did work in connection with the Alterations; and (iii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

All leasehold improvements now or hereafter built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises (collectively, “ Installations ”), shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof in accordance with Section 28 following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided , however , that Landlord shall, at the time its approval of such Installation is requested and if Tenant so requests, notify Tenant if it has elected to cause Tenant to remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease due to the unusual expense required to remove such Installation to readapt the Premises for subsequent use. If Landlord so elects, Tenant shall remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and restore any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal. Except for the Installations, Tenant may remove Tenant’s moveable personal property and equipment from the Premises (“Tenant’s Personal Property”) at any time, provided that Tenant, when removing any of Tenant’s Personal Property which was plumbed, wired or otherwise connected to any of the Building Systems, shall cap off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repair any holes. The standards for Landlord’s approval and the approval process for proposed installations of Tenant’s Personal Property during the Term shall be those described in Section 12 for Alterations.

13. Landlord’s Repairs . Landlord shall maintain at its own cost and expense the structure, foundations, reinforced concrete floors, inside and outside bearing walls, exterior walls, roof (including both structural and non-structural elements thereof), concrete footings, supporting beams and columns, exterior, parking and other common areas of the Project, and all HVAC, plumbing, electrical, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises (“ Building Systems ”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s agents, mandataries, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided , however , that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, make a commercially reasonable effort to give Tenant 24 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations in the Premises during the performance of work hereunder Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely governed by the provisions of this Lease. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18 .


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 8

 

14. Tenant’s Compliance . At Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant shall perform and comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises, whether or not the same shall now exist or shall hereafter be enacted or promulgated, and whether or not the same are within the present contemplation of Landlord or Tenant, provided that Landlord shall perform and comply with all Legal Requirements generally applicable to the Project. At Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant shall comply with all provisions of all contracts, agreements, instruments and restrictions affecting the Premises or any part thereof or its ownership, occupancy, use, operation or possession; provided that Landlord shall not enter into or consent to the creation of any such matter which would diminish or adversely affect the rights of Tenant under this Lease or impose any obligations upon Tenant without the written consent of Tenant, which may be withheld in Tenant’s sole discretion. Save as indicated in this Lease, Landlord has no knowledge of any such agreements or restrictions existing at the date of execution hereof.

15. Legal Hypothecs . Tenant shall promptly pay all its contractors, suppliers and workmen for any work or services performed or materials supplied which might give rise to a legal hypothec or other encumbrance and shall ensure that no legal hypothec or other encumbrance is registered against the Premises and the Project or any part thereof or the Tenant’s interest in this Lease with regard to or arising from any work or services performed or goods or materials furnished to or for the benefit of the Tenant, or by reason of any other cause or matter attributable to the Tenant. Should a legal hypothec or other encumbrance be registered against the Premises and the Project or any part thereof or the Tenant’s interest in this Lease by reason of any cause or matter attributable to the Tenant, the Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any legal hypothec or encumbrance against the Premises or against the Project within 15 days after its registration, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any legal hypothec or encumbrance arising out of work or services performed, materials supplied or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge, bond over, or post a letter of credit with Landlord with respect to any legal hypothec or encumbrance described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim and take such actions as it deems appropriate in order to cause the immediate discharge thereof (which payments and actions may, without limitation, include the payment of the amounts secured by such legal hypothec or encumbrance into court or directly to the beneficiary of the legal hypothec or encumbrance) and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any registrations filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such registration is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the registration without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien or hypothec only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

16. Indemnification . Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord. Without limiting Landlord’s obligations under Section 31 , Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records). Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other third party.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 9

 

17. Insurance . (a) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, maintain valid and enforceable all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Improvements and Personal Property. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions (as a coverage feature of the property insurance policy), business interruption, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services (which fidelity bonds shall not be required to be in place prior to 60 days following the date of this Lease). Any insurance policies required by this Section 17(a) shall name the Landlord Parties (as defined below) as insureds as their interests may appear, and loss payee as to the Improvements. Landlord acknowledges that Landlord has no interest in Tenant’s Personal Property, and all indemnities payable for losses or damages thereto by Tenant’s insurer shall be paid solely to Tenant.

(a) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall also maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of Tenant’s Personal Property; commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $1,000,000.00/$2,000,000.00 aggregate for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance policy shall name Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, mandataries, invitees and contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”), as additional insureds. The commercial general liability insurance policy shall insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis.

(b) Any insurance policies required by Sections 17(a) and 17(b) shall be issued by insurance companies which have a rating satisfactory to Landlord; shall not be cancelable for nonpayment of premium unless 30 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; contain a hostile fire endorsement and a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies). Copies of such policies (if available), or certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured on the commercial general liability policy and as loss payee on the property insurance policy, along with reasonable evidence of the payment of premiums for the applicable period, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the Term and upon each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, and (ii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project (but this clause (ii) shall not be construed to give Landlord or any such management company any rights to control the operation of the Project that are not provided in this Lease).

Landlord shall subscribe for and maintain throughout the Term, at its own cost and expense, all risk property insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Building, and commercial general liability insurance in commercially customary amounts.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 10

 

The property insurance obtained by each of Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver by the insurer of subrogation and of all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against the other party and its respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, mandataries, invitees and contractors (“ Related Parties ”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder or otherwise maintained by either party and covering the Building or the Premises, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with commercially reasonable requirements of Landlord’s institutional lender and/or to bring coverage limits to commercially prevailing amounts that may from time to time be applicable to property similar to the Project located in the vicinity.

18. Restoration . If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 30 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “ Restoration Period ”). If the Restoration Period is estimated to exceed 6 months (3 months in the final 12 months of the Term) (the “ Maximum Restoration Period ”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 30 days (as extended by any period necessary to obtain Hazardous Materials Clearances [as defined below]) after the date of such damage or destruction; provided , however , that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 30 days (as extended by any period necessary to obtain Hazardous Materials Clearances) after the date of damage or destruction by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period for the Premises longer than the Maximum Restoration Period. Unless either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds, promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30 ) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “ Hazardous Materials Clearances ”), if any; provided , however , that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration or Tenant may by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of the expiration of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 11

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date that is 30 days (as extended by any period necessary to obtain Hazardous Materials Clearances for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease) after the date of damage or destruction if the Premises are damaged during the last 1 year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage, or if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration.

Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34 ) events or the need to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease, if any, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Rent shall be abated from the date all Hazardous Material Clearances for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease (if any are required) are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18 , Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss except as expressly provided in this Section 18 .

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

19. Condemnation . If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken or expropriated for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “ Taking ” or “ Taken ”), and the Taking would either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises (including a material reduction of space which would result in Tenant being unable to provide adequate space for its existing and projected employees) or materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project, then upon written notice by either party to the other, this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, parking, and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 12

 

20. Events of Default . Each of the following events shall be a default (“ Default ”) by Tenant under this Lease:

(a) Payment Defaults . Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder more than 5 days after notice from Landlord of the date when due, provided that Landlord shall not be required to provide such notice more than twice in any 12-month period under this Lease.

(b) Insurance . Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed and Tenant shall not replace the same at least 10 days before the effective date of such cancellation or reduction, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 20 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

(c) Improper Transfer . Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

(d) Legal Hypothecs . Tenant shall fail to discharge, bond over, post a letter of credit with Landlord, or otherwise obtain the release of any legal hypothec or other encumbrance placed upon the Project or the Premises in violation of this Lease within 15 days after any such legal hypothec or other encumbrance is registered against the project or the Premises

(e) Insolvency Events . Tenant shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “Proceeding for Relief”); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity) otherwise than within a voluntary corporate reorganization (subject to the provisions of Section 22 below).

(f) Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement . Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 business days after a second notice requesting such document and stating that Tenant’s failure to comply with such second request within such time period shall constitute a Default hereunder.

(g) Other Defaults . Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20 , and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

Any notice given under Section 20(g) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(g) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 30 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided , however , that such cure shall be completed no later than 90 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 13

 

21. Landlord’s Remedies .

(a) Payment By Landlord; Interest . Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may (but shall have no legal obligation to), without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum (the “Default Rate”), shall be payable to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

(b) Late Payment Rent . Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 3 business days after the date such payment is due more than twice in any 12 month period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

(c) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of a Default, at Landlord’s option, the full amount of the current month’s and the next 3 months’ installments of Base Rent shall become due and payable, and Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever. No cure in whole or in part of such Default by Tenant after Landlord has taken any action beyond giving Tenant notice of such Default to pursue any remedy provided for herein (including retaining counsel to file an action or otherwise pursue any remedies) shall in any way affect Landlord’s right to pursue such remedy or any other remedy provided Landlord herein or under law or in equity, unless Landlord, in its sole discretion, elects to waive such Default.

 

  (i) This Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted are subject to the limitation that whenever a Default shall have happened and be continuing, Landlord shall have the right, at its election, then or thereafter while any such Default shall continue and notwithstanding the fact that Landlord may have some other remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, to give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease on a date specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than 5 days after the giving of such notice, and upon the date so specified, this Lease and the estate hereby granted shall expire and terminate with the same force and effect as if the date specified in such notice were the date hereinbefore fixed for the expiration of this Lease, and all right of Tenant hereunder shall expire and terminate, and Tenant shall be liable as hereinafter in this Section 21(c) provided. If any such notice is given, Landlord shall have, on such date so specified, the right of re-entry and possession of the Premises and the right to remove all persons and property therefrom and to store such property in a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk and expense, and for the account, of Tenant. Should Landlord elect to re-enter as herein provided or should Landlord take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided for by law, Landlord may from time to time re-let the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord may deem advisable, with the right to make commercially reasonable alterations in and repairs to the Premises.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 14

 

  (ii) In the event of any termination of this Lease as in this Section 21 provided or as required or permitted by law or in equity, Tenant shall forthwith quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, and Landlord may, without further notice, enter upon, re-enter, possess and repossess the same by summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and again have, repossess and enjoy the same as if this Lease had not been made, and in any such event Tenant and no person claiming through or under Tenant by virtue of any law or an order of any court shall be entitled to possession or to remain in possession of the Premises. Landlord, at its option, notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, as and for liquidated damages, the sum of:

(A) all Base Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts payable by Tenant hereunder then due or accrued and unpaid: and

(B) the amount equal to the aggregate of all unpaid Base Rent and Additional Rent which would have been payable if this Lease had not been terminated prior to the end of the Term then in effect (without giving effect to any unexercised Extension Term (as defined below), discounted to its then present value in accordance with accepted financial practice using a rate of 5% per annum, for loss of the bargain; and

(C) all other damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), if any, which Landlord shall have sustained by reason of the breach of any provision of this Lease; less

(D) the net proceeds of any re-letting actually received by Landlord and the amount of damages which Tenant proves could have been avoided had Landlord taken reasonable steps to mitigate its damages.

 

  (iii) Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law, but in each case not more than the amount to which Landlord would otherwise be entitled under this Section 21 .


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 15

 

  (iv) Nothing in this Section 21 shall be deemed to affect the right of either party to indemnifications pursuant to this Lease.

 

  (v) If Landlord terminates this Lease upon the occurrence of a Default, Tenant will quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord or its agents, and Landlord may, without further notice, enter upon, re-enter and repossess the Premises by summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise. The words “enter”, “re-enter”, and “re-entry” are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.

 

  (vi) If either party shall be in default in the observance or performance of any provision of this Lease, and an action shall be brought for the enforcement thereof, the non-prevailing party shall pay to the prevailing party all fees, costs and other expenses which may become payable as a result thereof or in connection therewith, including attorneys’ fees and expenses.

 

  (vii) If Tenant shall default in the keeping, observance or performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition herein contained, Landlord, without thereby waiving such default, may perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant (a) immediately or at any time thereafter and without notice in the case of emergency or in case such default will result in a violation of any legal or insurance requirements resulting in immediate danger to persons or property, or in the imposition of any lien against all or any portion of the Premises (but only after Tenant has failed to respond to such lien as permitted by Section 15 within the time period provided in Section 15 ), and (b) in any other case if such default continues after any applicable notice and cure period provided in Section 20 . All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by it for the account of Tenant and also all reasonable costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by Landlord in any action or proceeding (including any summary dispossess proceeding) brought by Landlord to enforce any obligation of Tenant under this Lease and/or right of Landlord in or to the Premises, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 10 days after demand.

 

  (viii) Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 28 , at Tenant’s expense, to the extent provided in Section 28 .

 

  (ix) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 21 , no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other legal or equitable right or remedy given hereunder, or now or hereafter existing. No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressly so made in writing. Landlord shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to seek injunctive relief in case of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation, of any provision of this Lease, or to seek a decree compelling observance or performance of any provision of this Lease, or to seek any other legal or equitable remedy.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 16

 

22. Assignment and Subletting .

(a) General Prohibition . Subject to Section 22(b) below, without Landlord’s prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22 , Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 49% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22 (subject to the provisions of the second paragraph of clause (b) below).

(b) Permitted Transfers . If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment (as defined below), then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “Assignment Date”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “Assignment Notice”) containing the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, current financial statements for the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in substantially its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant within 5 business days after receipt of an Assignment Notice if Landlord reasonably requires information not included in the Assignment Notice. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent, or (ii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion. No failure of Landlord to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer, unless Tenant has delivered a second notice to Landlord stating that Landlord has failed to respond within the original 15 business day period and Landlord fails to respond within 5 days of receipt of such second notice. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice, up to a maximum amount of $2,000.00.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 17

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublease all or a portion of the Premises, upon 20 days prior written notice to Landlord but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, (a) to any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, Tenant, or (b) to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant, or upon a deemed assignment pursuant to the second sentence of Section 22(a), provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption or transfer, as the case may be, is for a legitimate business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) of the assignee or sublessee is at least equal to the greater of (x) the net worth of Tenant as of the date of this Lease, and (y) the net worth of Tenant as of the date immediately prior to such assignment or sublease, and (iii) in the case of an assignment, such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease arising after the effective date of the assignment (a “Permitted Transfer”).

(c) Additional Conditions . As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

(i) that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided , however , in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment, except in the case of a Permitted Transfer; and

(ii) A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. Where the assignee uses or handles no Hazardous Materials, a simple declaration to this effect will suffice.

(d) Liability of Tenant . Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 18

 

(e) Excess Rents . If the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) (except in the case of a Permitted Transfer) exceeds the sum of the rental payable under this Lease and all expenses required to be paid by Tenant by this Lease (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) and actual and reasonable third party costs incurred by Tenant, including without limitation, advertising costs, tenant improvement allowances, brokerage fees, legal costs and any design or construction fees directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any such sublease or assignment, amortized over the term of the sublease, or, in the case of an assignment, the remaining term of this Lease) (such excess being the “Excess Rent”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder any periodic portion of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease and Landlord shall promptly deliver to Tenant any portion thereof in excess of Tenant’s obligations hereunder; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect and retain such rent other than Excess Rent.

(f) No Waiver . The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting to the extent that such consent is required hereunder, nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

(g) Prior Environmental History . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22 , if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.

23. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that, to the knowledge of Tenant, there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be reasonably requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Should Tenant fail to deliver such statement within 10 days as aforesaid, then Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to sign and deliver such certificate on its behalf, provided that Tenant shall not thereby be excused from its obligations hereunder.

24. Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant shall perform all of the covenants and agreements herein required to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 19

 

25. Prorations . All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

26. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable written rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord and delivered to Tenant covering use of the Premises and the Project and which are applied to all tenants of the Project on a non-discriminatory basis. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E . If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

27. Subordination . This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien, mortgage or hypothec of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided , however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage and Tenant’s other rights hereunder shall not be affected. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees within 10 business days following demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be reasonably requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof and are otherwise reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “ Mortgage ” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include hypothecs, deeds of trust, security assignments, emphyteusis agreements or agreements creating a right of superficies, and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “ Holder ” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust or of a hypothec.

28. Surrender . Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as existing on the Commencement Date, subject to any Alterations or Installations permitted or required by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, “ Tenant HazMat Operations ”), broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and damage that Tenant is not required by this Lease to repair excepted.

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant, other than access cards for the security system which is the property of Tenant. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 20

 

Provided that Tenant has complied with its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall not be charged any fee for elevator service, supervision, guard service, or cleaning upon Tenant’s moving into the Premises after the Commencement Date, or at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, unless such services are requested by Tenant.

29. Intentionally Omitted .

30. Environmental Requirements .

(a) Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity . Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party, nor shall Tenant cause or permit any Hazardous Materials other those customarily existing in a commercial office setting to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents, mandataries and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents, mandataries and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, “Environmental Claims”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, provincial, or municipal Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises or the Project.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 21

 

(b) Business . Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements, and such Hazardous Materials are limited to those customarily existing in a commercial office.

(c) Testing . Landlord shall have the right to conduct annual tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use. Except as provided below, Landlord shall be required to pay the cost of such annual test of the Premises; provided, however, that if Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures reasonably acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests that might otherwise be performed by Landlord. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party reasonably requested by Landlord. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30 , Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests. If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute Additional Rent). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements, to the extent required by Environmental Requirements, the pollution liability carrier, or reasonably required by any mortgagee of the Property. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant.

(d) Underground Tanks . If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant, Tenant shall install, use, monitor, operate, maintain, upgrade and manage such storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable provincial and federal Legal Requirements, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, management, operation, upgrading and closure of such storage tanks.

(e) Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials, the removal of which is Tenant’s obligation under this Lease (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 22

 

(f) Definitions . As used herein, the term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders, guidelines, or other similar enactments or promulgations, whether or not having the force of law, of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the Environmental Quality Act (Quebec), and all provincial and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder, As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

31. Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability .

(a) Notice of Landlord’s Default . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary). Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage registered on the Project and Tenant shall offer such Holder a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

(b) Tenant’s Right to Cure . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, after the Commencement Date, any claimed Landlord default hereunder will immediately, materially and adversely affect Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Premises (a “ Material Landlord Default ”), Tenant shall, as soon as reasonably possible, but in any event within 2 business days of obtaining knowledge of such claimed Material Landlord Default, give Landlord written notice of such claim and telephonic notice to Tenant’s principal contact with Landlord. Landlord shall then have 2 business days to commence cure of such claimed Material Landlord Default and shall diligently prosecute such cure to completion. If Landlord fails to commence cure of any claimed Material Landlord Default as provided above, Tenant may commence and prosecute such cure to completion, and shall be entitled to recover the costs of such cure (but not any consequential or other damages) from Landlord, to the extent of Landlord’s obligation to cure such claimed Material Landlord Default hereunder, subject to the limitations set forth in this Lease.

(c) Limitation of Liability . All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “ Landlord ” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 23

 

32. Inspection and Access; Confidentiality . Landlord and its agents, mandataries, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted to be made by Landlord pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last year of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises in a location mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant stating the Premises are available to let or that the Premises or the Project is available for sale, provided that any signage for leasing shall be permitted only during the last year of the Term. Landlord may grant servitudes, designate common areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises or the Project, provided that no such servitude, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use or its use of the parking demised hereunder. Landlord also reserves the right to subdivide land included in the Project, to adjust the boundaries thereof, and to delete land from the land included in the Project, upon the occurrence of which the legal description attached hereto shall be deemed amended to reflect such subdivision. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such servitudes, dedications, restrictions, or subdivision. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergency, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, mandataries, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder. Tenant may require that Landlord undergo any training normally required for access to portions of the Premises prior to permitting Landlord to access such portions of the Premises (except in case of emergency). In making any entry upon the Premises, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or damage the Premises or any personal property located thereon, and shall repair any damage occasioned thereby. Landlord shall treat as confidential and shall not disclose information about Tenant or Tenant’s operations in the Premises discovered pursuant to Landlord’s entry upon the Premises (other than information generally known and available to the public), unless required to be disclosed under applicable Legal Requirements or to insurance carriers. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause any agents, mandataries, and consultants engaged by Landlord to enter onto the Premises to adhere to such confidentiality standards.

33. Security . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, mandataries, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant may use the card access and security camera systems currently servicing the Premises. Any modification to the systems shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, and shall be performed at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall supply the cards for the card access system, and the cards and the card access and security camera systems shall remain the property of Landlord. Tenant shall bear any costs associated with lost cards (at the rate of $5.00 per card). Landlord shall initially provide to Tenant 90 cards for the card access system.

34. Force Majeure . Neither party shall be held responsible for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, weather, natural disasters, inability to obtain labor or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental restrictions, governmental regulations, governmental controls, delay in issuance of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“ Force Majeure’’ ).


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 24

 

35. Brokers, Entire Agreement, Amendment . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “ Broker ) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than CBRE Limitee (“ CBRE ”). Landlord shall be solely responsible, pursuant to a separate written agreement, for payment to CBRE of any commission claimed by CBRE in connection with this Lease, and agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any claims for such commission or other compensation by CBRE. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any broker, other than the Broker named in this Section 35 , claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the lease of the Premises and supersedes all other agreements, whether oral or written, pertaining to the lease of the Premises, and no other agreements with respect thereto shall be effective. Any amendments or modifications of this Lease shall be in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of both Landlord and Tenant, and any other attempted amendment or modification of this Lease shall be void.

36. Limitation on Landlord’s Liability . NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANTS PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION MOVABLES MATERIALLY ATTACHED TO THE PREMISES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, LABORATORY ANIMALS, PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE’ IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST ANY OF LANDLORD’S OR TENANT’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, MANDATARIES, OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, MANDATARIES, OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

37. Severability . If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 25

 

38. No Termination, Abatement, etc . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall remain bound by this Lease in accordance with its terms and shall neither take any action to modify, surrender or terminate the same, nor seek nor be entitled to any abatement, deduction, deferment or reduction of Rent, or set-off against the Rent, nor shall the respective obligations of Landlord and Tenant be otherwise affected by reason of (a) any damage to, or destruction of, the Premises or any portion thereof from whatever cause, or any Taking of the Premises or any portion thereof, (b) the lawful or unlawful prohibition of, or restriction upon, Tenant’s use of the Premises or any portion thereof, the interference with such use by any Person or by reason of any eviction by paramount title, or any other defect in title, or Tenant’s acquisition of ownership of the Premises otherwise than pursuant to an express provision of this Lease, except to the extent of any intentional breach of Landlord’s covenant of quiet enjoyment set forth in Section 24 , (c) any claim which Tenant has or might have against Landlord or by reason of any default or breach of any warranty by Landlord under this Lease or any other agreement between Landlord and Tenant, or to which Landlord and Tenant are parties, or (d) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, winding up or other proceedings affecting Landlord or any assignee or transferee of Landlord, or any action with respect to this Lease that may be taken by a trustee or receiver of Landlord or any assignee of Landlord or by any court in any such proceeding. Tenant hereby specifically waives all rights, arising from any occurrence whatsoever, which may now or hereafter be available to Tenant by law or in equity to (i) modify, surrender or terminate this Lease or quit or surrender the Premises or any portion thereof, or (ii) entitle Tenant to any abatement, reduction, suspension or deferment of the Rent or other sums payable by Tenant hereunder, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease. The obligations of Landlord and Tenant hereunder shall be separate and independent covenants and agreements and the Base Rent and Additional Rent and all other sums payable by Tenant hereunder shall continue to be payable in all events unless the obligations to pay the same shall be terminated pursuant to the express provisions of this Lease.

39. Signs; Exterior Appearance . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, acting reasonably: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iii) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (iv) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (v) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Tenant shall not use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

40. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or by nationally reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 26

 

(b) Joint and Several Liability . If and when included within the term “ Tenant ,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be solidarily liable for the obligations of Tenant, without the benefit of division or discussion.

(c) Registration . The Tenant shall not publish or register this Lease in any manner except as provided at Article 2999.1 of the Civil Code of Quebec, and only after the form and content of such notice have been approved by the Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, the whole at the Tenant’s costs (including the registration fee and the cost of a registered copy to be provided to the Landlord). Without limiting the reasons for which the Landlord may withhold his consent, said notice of lease shall only contain the information as provided at the second paragraph of Article 29991 of the Civil Code of Quebec only, and in no event shall there be any mention of the Rent or any other amount payable under the Lease. Upon the expiry of the Lease or any renewal thereof, the Tenant shall discharge all such registration at its costs. Should the Tenant not proceed with the said discharge, the Landlord may do at the Tenant’s costs, and the Tenant hereby mandates the Landlord or any person employed by the Landlord (or the Landlord’s manager or any person employed by the Landlord’s manager, if applicable), to proceed with the discharge of the Lease registration and to take all legal, administrative and/or other formalities required to discharge the Lease registration.

(d) Interpretation . The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

(e) Not Binding Until Executed . The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

(f) Limitations on Interest . It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

(g) Choice of Law . Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the Province of Quebec.

(h) Time . Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 27

 

(i) Incorporation by Reference . All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

(j) Financial Information . During the Term, upon Landlord’s request made once per Lease Year, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and correct copies of its most recent audited annual financial statements. From and after any Default of Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall also furnish Landlord, upon Landlord’s request, with the most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements of Tenant not more than 45 days after the end of each calendar quarter and true and correct copies of any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its shareholders or lenders. Landlord agrees that, provided that Tenant remains a publicly-traded company, Tenant’s periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission shall fulfill the requirements of this provision. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with the foregoing information with respect to Tenant and any successor Tenant or guarantor of the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

(k) Waiver under Civil Code of Quebec . Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Lease, Tenant hereby waives the benefit of Articles 1854 (second paragraph), 1859, 1861, the second paragraph of Article 1863, 1864, the last paragraph of Article 1865, 1867, 1868, the second paragraph of Article 1869, 1881, and 1883 of the Civil Code of Quebec.

(l) No Superficies . Landlord and Tenant expressly declare that no superficies results from this Lease or any of the transactions contemplated herein, and Tenant hereby expressly waives the right to assert that it is the beneficiary of any right of superficies. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant expressly waives any right which it may have pursuant to the second paragraph of Article 1116 of the Civil Code of Quebec to acquire ownership of subsoil.

(m) Language of Agreement . The parties declare that they have requested and do hereby confirm their request that the present agreement be in English; les parties declarent qu’elles ont exige et par les presentes confirment leur demande que la presente soit redigee en anglais.

(n) Roof Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, including without limitation the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto, Tenant shall have the right to use a portion of the roof of the Building reasonably designated by Landlord for installation of Tenant’s dedicated equipment without the requirement of payment of Rent therefor.

(o) Canadian Currency . All sums of money referred to in this Lease are in Canadian dollars.

[End of text on page]


Tenrox/PowerSteering Software, 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec - Page 28

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     A.R.E. Quebec No. 2 Inc., a company incorporated under the Companies Act (Quebec)
    By:  

/s/ Jennifer Pappas

    Name:   Jennifer Pappas
    Its:   SVP – General Counsel

 

TENANT:     Tenrox Inc., a corporation organized under the Canada Business Corporations Act
    By:  

/s/ Ludwig Melik

    Name:   Ludwig Melik
    Its:   President


525 Cartier Boulevard West, Laval, Quebec — Page A-1

 

EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

(see attached)


 

LOGO


525 Cartier Boulevard West, Laval, Quebec — Page A-1

 

EXHIBIT A-1

PARKING LOT AREA

(see attached)


 

LOGO


525 Cartier Boulevard West, Laval, Quebec — Page A-1

 

EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

An emplacement situated in the City of Laval, Province of Quebec, known and described as being lot numbers ONE MILLION ONE HUNDRED SIXTY-SIX THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-EIGHT (1 166 438) and ONE MILLION ONE HUNDRED SIXTY-SIX THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED AND THIRTY-NINE (1 166 439) on the Cadastre du Quebec, Registration Division of Laval.

With the building thereon bearing civic address 275 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, City of Laval, Province of Quebec;

With and subject to all servitudes, continuous or discontinuous, apparent or non-apparent attached thereto without exception or reserve of any kind.


EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

OMITTED


EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AGREEMENT

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT AGREEMENT is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated as of                      , 2012 (the “ Lease’’ ), by and between A.R.E. QUEBEC NO. 2, INC. , (“Landlord”), a company incorporated under the Companies Act (Quebec) and TENROX INC. , a                      corporation (“Tenant”). Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that:

 

1. The Commencement Date of the Lease is                      , 2012, the Rent Commencement Date is                      , 2013, and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on                      , 2015.

 

2. In case of a conflict between this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date and the Lease, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

A.R.E. QUEBEC NO. 2, INC.

a company incorporated under the Companies Act (Quebec)

By:    
Name:  
Its:  

 

TENANT:

TENROX INC.

a corporation organized under the Canada Business Corporations Act

By:    
Name:  
Its:  


EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project, except as otherwise provided in Exhibit F .

3. Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

4. Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

5. If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent or mandatary will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

6. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

7. Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

9. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

10. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.


11. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

13. All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

14. No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

15. No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

16. The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

17. Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity, Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

18. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

19. Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.


EXHIBIT F

ROOFTOP RIGHTS

As long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right at its sole cost and expense, subject to compliance with all Legal Requirements, to install, maintain, and remove on the top of the roof of the Building in a location reasonably designated by Landlord one or more satellite dishes having a diameter, height and other specifications acceptable to Landlord for the transmission or reception of communication of signals as Tenant may from time to time desire (“ Rooftop Equipment ”) on the following terms and conditions:

(a) Requirements . Tenant shall submit to Landlord (i) the plans and specifications for the installation of the Rooftop Equipment, (ii) copies of all required governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licenses, and authorizations that Tenant will and must obtain at its own expense, with the cooperation of Landlord, if necessary for the installation and operation of the Rooftop Equipment, and (iii) an insurance policy or certificate of insurance evidencing insurance coverage as required by this Lease and any other insurance as reasonably required by Landlord for the installation and operation of the Rooftop Equipment. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval for the installation and operation of the Rooftop Equipment; provided , however , that Landlord may reasonably withhold its approval if the installation or operation of the Rooftop Equipment : (A) may damage the structural integrity of the Building; (B) may void, terminate, or invalidate any applicable roof warranty; (C) may interfere with any service provided by Landlord or any tenant of the Buildings; (D) may reduce the leasable space in the Buildings; or (E) is not properly screened from the viewing public.

(b) No Damage to Roof . If installation of the Rooftop Equipment requires Tenant to make any roof cuts or perform any other roofing work, such cuts shall only be made to the roof area of the Building located directly above the Premises and only in the manner designated in writing by Landlord; and any such installation work (including any roof cuts or other roofing work) shall be performed by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense by a roofing contractor designated by Landlord. If Tenant or its agents shall otherwise cause any damage to the roof during the installation, operation, and removal of the Rooftop Equipment, such damage shall be repaired promptly at Tenant’s expense and the roof shall be restored in the same condition it was in before the damage. Landlord shall not charge Tenant Additional Rent for the installation and use of the Rooftop Equipment. If, however, Landlord’s insurance premium or Tax assessment increases as a result of the Rooftop Equipment, Tenant shall pay such increase as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after receipt of a reasonably detailed invoice from Landlord. Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction in the amount of Rent payable under this Lease if for any reason Tenant is unable to use the Rooftop Equipment. In no event whatsoever shall the installation, operation, maintenance, or removal of the Rooftop Equipment by Tenant or its agents void, terminate, or invalidate any applicable roof warranty.

(c) Protection . The installation, operation, and removal of the Rooftop Equipment shall be at Tenant’s sole risk. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, damages, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees) of every kind and description that may arise out of or be connected in any way with Tenant’s installation, operation, or removal of the Rooftop Equipment.


(d) Removal . At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or the discontinuance of the use of the Rooftop Equipment by Tenant, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove the Rooftop Equipment from the Building. Tenant shall leave the portion of the roof where the Rooftop Equipment was located in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. If Tenant does not so remove the Rooftop Equipment, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to remove and dispose of the Rooftop Equipment and charge Tenant as Additional Rent for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such removal and disposal. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any Rooftop Equipment or related property disposed of or removed by Landlord.

(e) No Interference . The Rooftop Equipment shall not interfere with the proper functioning of any telecommunications equipment or devices that have been installed by Landlord or for any other tenant of the Building before the date of the installation of the Rooftop Equipment. Tenant acknowledges that other tenant(s) may have approval rights over the installation and operation of telecommunications equipment and devices on or about the roof, and that Tenant’s right to install and operate the Rooftop Equipment is subject and subordinate to the rights of such other tenants. Tenant agrees that any other tenant of the Building that currently has or in the future takes possession of any portion of the Building will be permitted to install such telecommunication equipment that is of a type and frequency that will not cause unreasonable interference to the Rooftop Equipment.

(f) Relocation . Landlord shall have the right, at its expense and after 30 days prior notice to Tenant, to relocate the Rooftop Equipment to another site on the roof of the Building as long as such site reasonably meets Tenant’s sight line and interference requirements and does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use and operation of the Rooftop Equipment.

(g) Access . Landlord grants to Tenant the right of ingress and egress on a 24 hour 7 day per week basis to install, operate, and maintain the Rooftop Equipment. Before receiving access to the roof of the Building, Tenant shall give Landlord at least 24 hours’ advance written or oral notice, except in emergency situations, in which case 2 hours’ advance oral notice shall be given by Tenant. Landlord shall supply Tenant with the name, telephone, and pager numbers of the contact individual(s) responsible for providing access during emergencies.

(h) Appearance . If permissible by Legal Requirements, the Rooftop Equipment shall be painted the same color as the Building so as to render the Rooftop. Equipment virtually invisible from ground level.

(i) No Assignment . The right of Tenant to use and operate the Rooftop Equipment shall be personal solely to Tenant, and (i) no other person or entity shall have any right to use or operate the Rooftop Equipment, and (ii) Tenant shall not assign, convey, or otherwise transfer to any person or entity any right, title, or interest in all or any portion of the Rooftop Equipment or the use and operation thereof.

 

-4-


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ First Amendment ”) is made as of October 23, 2013, by and between A.R.E. QUEBEC NO. 2, INC ., a company incorporated under the Companies Act (Quebec) (“ Landlord ”), and TENROX INC ., a corporation organized under the Canada Business Corporations Act, doing business as Power Steering Software (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated as of November 5, 2012 (the “ Lease ”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 16,987 rentable square feet (the “ Premises ”) in a building located at 275-531 Armand-Frappier Boulevard, Laval, Quebec, Canada. The Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

B. The Base Term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on January 31, 2016.

C. Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, (1) extend the Base Term of the Lease through January 31, 2017 (“ Extended Expiration Date ”), and (2) provide Tenant with a tenant improvement allowance to construct certain tenant improvements in the Premises.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

41. Base Term . The expiration of the Base Term of the Lease is hereby extended through the Extended Expiration Date.

42. Base Rent . Tenant shall continue paying Base Rent as required under the Lease through the Extended Expiration Date.

43. Tenant Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall make available to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance of up to $25,000 in the aggregate (the “ TI Allowance ”) for the construction and expansion of restrooms located in the Premises (collectively, “ Tenant Improvements ”). Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3 , the TI Allowance shall be available only for the design and construction of Tenant Improvements in the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that upon the expiration of the Term of the Lease, the Tenant Improvements shall become the property of Landlord and may not be removed by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the TI Allowance shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Premises. Except for the TI Allowance, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all of the costs of the Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvements shall be treated as Alterations and shall be undertaken pursuant to Section 12 of the Lease. The contractor for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Prior to the commencement of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of any contract with Tenant’s contractors, and certificates of insurance from any contractor performing any part of the Tenant Improvements evidencing industry standard commercial general liability, automotive liability, “builder’s risk”, and workers’ compensation insurance. Tenant shall cause the general contractor to provide a certificate of insurance naming Landlord, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord’s lender (if any) as additional insureds for the general contractor’s liability coverages required above.

 

-5-


During the course of design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the cost of the Tenant Improvements once a month against a draw request in Landlord’s standard form, containing evidence of payment of the applicable costs and such certifications, lien waivers (including a conditional lien release for each progress payment and unconditional lien releases for the prior month’s progress payments), inspection reports and other matters as Landlord customarily obtains, to the extent of Landlord’s approval thereof for payment, no later than 30 days following receipt of such draw request. Upon completion of Tenant Improvements (and prior to any final disbursement of the TI Allowance) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the following items: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did work on the Tenant Improvements and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for the Tenant Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the cost of the Tenant Improvements exceeds the TI Allowance, Tenant shall be required to pay such excess in full prior to Landlord having any obligation to fund any of the TI Allowance. The TI Allowance shall only be available for use by Tenant for the construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises until the date that is 6 months after the mutual execution and delivery of this First Amendment by the parties, and any portion of TI Allowance which has not been disbursed by Landlord on or before until the date that is 6 months after the mutual execution and delivery of this First Amendment by the parties shall be forfeited and not be available for use by Tenant.

44. Early Termination Right . Section 2(c) of the Lease is hereby deleted and is null and void and of no further force or effect.

45. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “ Broker ”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this First Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the broker, if any named in this First Amendment, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this First Amendment.

46. Language . The parties hereby confirm their express wish that this First Amendment and all documents and agreements directly and indirectly related thereto, including notices, be drawn up in English. Les parties reconnaissent leur volonté expresse que la présente convention ainsi que tous les documents et conventions qui s’y rattachent directement ou indirectement , y compris les avis, soient rédigés en langue anglaise.”

47. Miscellaneous .

(a) This First Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This First Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

(b) This First Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns.

 

-6-


(c) This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this First Amendment attached thereto.

(d) Except as amended and/or modified by this First Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this First Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this First Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this First Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this First Amendment.

[Signatures are on the next page.]

 

-7-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

A.R.E. QUEBEC NO. 2, INC.,

a company incorporated under the Companies Act (Quebec)

By:   /s/ Jackie Clem
Name:   Jackie Clem
Title:   VP Real Estate Legal Affairs

 

TENANT:

TENROX INC.,

A corporation organized under the Canada Business

Corporation Act, doing business as Power Steering Software

By:   /s/ Ara Israilian
Name:   Ara Israilian
Title:   VP of Operations

Exhibit 10.19

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this “Sublease”), dated effective as of the 10 th day of May, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into by and between MAREX PROPERTIES, LLC, a Nebraska limited liability company (“Sublessor”), and MAREX GROUP, INC., a Nebraska corporation (“Sublessee”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to a lease dated March 5, 2013 (the “Prime Lease”), between Lincoln One, LLC, as landlord (“Prime Landlord”), and Marex Group, Inc., as tenant (“Prime Tenant”), which Prime Lease was personally guaranteed by Rex Lamb and Mark Creglow, Prime Landlord leased to Prime Tenant the “Premises” as defined in the Prime Lease (the “Subleased Premises”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Assignment of Lease dated May 9, 2013, Acceptance of Assignment dated May 9, 2013, Consent to Assignment dated May 9, 2013, Consent to Sublease dated May 10, 2013 and Release dated May 10, 2013 (the “Assignment”), Prime Tenant assigned all of its rights and obligations under the Prime Lease to Sublessor; and

WHEREAS, Sublessee desires to sublease the Subleased Premises from Sublessor.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals which are incorporated herein, and in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Sublease . Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby subleases from Sublessor, the entire Subleased Premises.

2. Term . This Sublease shall commence on the Effective Date and continue for a term of two (2) years (the “Term”).

3. Rent . Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor the monthly rental installments set forth in the Prime Lease. Sublessor shall pay all rent received by Sublessee directly to the Prime Landlord.

4. Prime Lease . This Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Prime Lease. All the terms, covenants and conditions in the Prime Lease shall be applicable to this Sublease with the same force and effect as if Sublessor were the landlord under the Prime Lease and Sublessee were a tenant thereunder. In case of any breach hereof by Sublessee, Sublessor shall have all the rights against Sublessee as would be available to the landlord against the tenant under the Prime Lease if such breach were by the tenant thereunder. In case of any breach hereof by Sublessor, Sublessee shall have all the rights against Sublessor as would be available to the tenant against the landlord under the Prime Lease if such breach were by the landlord thereunder.


5. Security Deposit . Sublessee shall deliver to Sublessor the sum of $18,838.13 as a security deposit as provided in Section 5.19 of the Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Silverback Enterprises Group, Inc., the Companies, the Selling Stockholders and the Stockholder Representative (as those terms are defined in the Purchase Agreement). Sublessor shall hold such security deposit as security for the performance of Sublessee’s obligations hereunder and shall refund the same (or such portion thereof as is not retained by Sublessor pursuant to the terms hereof) without interest, within forty-five (45) days following termination of this Sublease. Such security deposit may be retained by Sublessor to the extent of the nonpayment or underpayment of rent and to the extent of excess damages to the Subleased Premises during the term of the Sublease over and above normal wear and tear and depreciation and to the extent not compensated through Sublessee’s payment of Operating Expenses (as defined in the Prime Lease).

6. Sublessor Obligations . Sublessor shall fully perform all of its obligations under the Prime Lease to the extent Sublessee has not expressly agreed to perform such obligations under this Sublease. Sublessor shall not terminate or take any actions giving rise to a termination right under the Prime Lease, amend or waive any provisions under the Prime Lease or make any elections, exercise any right or remedy or give any consent or approval under the Prime Lease without, in each instance, Sublessee’s prior written consent; provided, however, that Sublessor may do or take action regarding any of the foregoing with respect to years three (3), four (4) and five (5) of the Prime Lease.

7. Indemnities . Sublessee shall indemnify and save Sublessor harmless from and against any liability or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any breach of this Sublease by Sublessee. Sublessor shall indemnify and save Sublessee harmless from and against any liability or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any breach of this Sublease by Sublessor.

8. Entire Agreement . This Sublease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and no earlier statements or prior written matter shall have any force or effect. This Sublease shall not be modified or cancelled or amended except by written instrument subscribed by both parties.

 

-2-


9. Notice . Any notice required or desired to be given to any party hereto shall be given by certified mail, return receipt requested, and be addressed to the parties hereto at their addresses as set forth below:

 

If to Sublessor:   

Marex Properties, LLC

Attn: Rex Lamb

9820 Wildfire Circle

Lincoln, NE 68512

   And to:
  

Marex Properties, LLC

Attn: Mark Creglow

6421 Bo Creek Bay

Lincoln, NE 68516

If to Sublessee:   

Marex Group, Inc.

c/o Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower, Suite 2950

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, TX 78701

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

   Telephone: (512) 567-8020
   Facsimile: (512) 721-1218

10. Applicable Law . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nebraska applicable to contracts made and performed in Nebraska.

11. Multiple Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Remainder intentionally left blank; signatures on page following.]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sublease effective as of the Effective Date

 

MAREX PROPERTIES, LLC     MAREX GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ Rex Lamb

    By:  

/s/ Dan Yount

  Rex Lamb, Member       Dan Yount, President

[Signature Page to Sublease Agreement]

Exhibit 10.20

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.

VISIONAEL CORPORATION

and

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.


This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of March 5, 2012, among Comerica Bank (“Bank”), Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (“Silverback”), Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Visionael”) and PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PowerSteering” and collectively with Silverback and Visionael, the “Borrowers” and each individually a “Borrower”).

RECITALS

A. Borrowers wish to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrowers.

B. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrowers, and Borrowers will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

1.2 Accounting Terms . Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1 Credit Extensions.

(a) Promise to Pay . Each Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrowers, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, any Borrower, acting alone, can borrow up to the full amount of the Credit Extensions available under this Agreement. Each Borrower will be jointly and severally liable for all Credit Extensions made under this Agreement to any other Borrower.

(b) Term Loan Advances .

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Term Loan Advances to Borrowers. Borrowers, or any of them, may request Term Loan Advances from the date hereof through September 5, 2012. The aggregate outstanding amount of Term Loan Advances shall not exceed the Term Loan. The proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used by Borrowers to reimburse Borrowers for cash expended in Silverback’s acquisition of PowerSteering and to repay Subordinated Debt owed by Silverback to John T. McDonald.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Term Loan Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a) , and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c) . Any Term Loan Advances that are outstanding on September 5, 2012 shall be payable in forty eight (48) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on October 1, 2012, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter until the Term Loan Maturity Date, when all outstanding principal and accrued interest shall be paid in full. Term Loan Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrowers may prepay any Term Loan Advances without penalty or premium.


(iii) When a Borrower desires to obtain a Term Loan Advance, such Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time (1:30 p.m. Central time for wire transfers) on the Business Day the Term Loan Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C . The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer of any Borrower or its designee. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer of any Borrower or a designee thereof, and Borrowers shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance.

2.2 [Reserved.]

2.3 Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

(a) Interest Rate . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b) , Term Loan Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E (“Interest Rate Addendum”).

(b) Late Fee; Default Rate . If any payment is not made within 10 days after the date such payment is due, Borrowers shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to five (5) percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

(c) Payments . Except as set forth in the Interest Rate Addendum, interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the first (1 st ) Business Day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of any Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Term Loan, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. All payments shall be free and clear of any taxes, withholdings, duties, impositions or other charges, to the end that Bank will receive the entire amount of any Obligations payable hereunder, regardless of source of payment.

(d) Computation . With respect to Obligations bearing interest at the Prime Rate, in the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

2.4 Crediting Payments . Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as any Borrower specifies. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 12:00 noon Central time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.5 Fees . Borrowers shall pay to Bank the following:

(a) Facility Fee . On the Closing Date, a fee equal to $30,000.00, which shall be nonrefundable; and

(b) Bank Expenses . On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.

 

2


2.6 Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 13.8 , shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Agreement, executed by Borrowers;

(b) an officer’s certificate of each Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

(c) such UCC and other filings as Bank determines are necessary to perfect all security interests granted to Bank by Borrowers and Tenrox US;

(d) intellectual property security agreements, executed by each Borrower and Tenrox US;

(e) the Interest Rate Addendum, executed by Borrowers;

(f) the Itemization of Amount Financed Disbursement Instructions, executed by Borrowers;

(g) a Security Agreement executed by Tenrox US;

(h) an Unconditional Guaranty executed by Tenrox US;

(i) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Subordination Agreement executed by John T. McDonald;

(j) an officer’s certificate of Tenrox US with respect to, among other things, incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of a guaranty, intellectual property security agreement, security agreement and related documents;

(k) for (i) the location with the address 401 Congress Avenue, 29th Floor, Suite 2950, Austin, Texas 78701 and (ii) each other collateral location or warehouse location of any Borrower or Guarantor or any Collateral location not owned by any Borrower or any Guarantor where the aggregate value of Collateral at such locations is in excess of $250,000.00, a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, executed by the landlord, warehouseman or bailee of such location, as applicable, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement for each such location, as applicable;

(l) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5 ;

(m) current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

(n) current financial statements and other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

(o) current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2 ;

(p) a Warrant to purchase Silverback’s stock, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, together with a copy of (i) Silverback’s current capitalization table and (ii) Silverback’s investors current rights agreement;

 

3


(q) the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with an original instrument of assignment for each certificate evidencing the Shares, duly executed in blank by the applicable Borrower, except for certificate(s) evidencing Shares of Tenrox UK and the corresponding instrument(s) of assignment which shall be delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 ;

(r) an Itemization of Amount Finance Disbursement Instructions, executed by Borrowers;

(s) an Automatic Debit Authorization; and

(t) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Payment/Advance Form as provided in Section 2.1 ; and

(b) the representations and warranties contained in Article 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrowers on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2 .

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Each Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral, now existing or hereafter acquired, to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by such Borrower of each of its, and all other Borrowers’ covenants and duties under the Loan Documents (other than any warrant issued by any Borrower to Bank). Except as set forth in the Schedule and for Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are outstanding.

4.2 Perfection of Security Interest . Each Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of such Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether such Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Borrower, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction whether or not Revised Article 9 of the Code is then in effect in that jurisdiction. Each Borrower shall from time to time endorse and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all Negotiable Collateral and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue perfection of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. Borrowers shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party, Borrowers shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee of any Collateral with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00), that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank; provided, however, the aggregate book value of all such Collateral locations not subject to the preceding requirement shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any time, and (ii) to obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code) by causing

 

4


the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. No Borrower will create any chattel paper in which such Borrower is a lessor or secured party without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrowers, or any of them, from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; each Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by such Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding.

4.3 Right to Inspect . Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during each Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect such Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify such Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

4.4 Shares . Each Borrower hereby pledges, assigns and grants to Bank a security interest in all the Shares, together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all cash, stock and other moneys and property paid thereon, all rights to subscribe for securities declared or granted in connection therewith, and all other cash and non-cash proceeds of the foregoing, as security for the performance of the Obligations. The certificate or certificates for the Shares, as relevant, will be delivered to Bank upon the Closing Date, accompanied by an instrument of assignment duly executed in blank by each applicable Borrower. To the extent required by the terms and conditions governing the Shares, the applicable Borrower shall cause the books of each entity whose Shares are part of the Collateral and any transfer agent to reflect the pledge of the Shares. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, Bank may effect the transfer of any securities included in the Collateral into the name of Bank and cause new certificates representing such securities to be issued in the name of Bank or its transferee. Each Borrower will execute and deliver such documents, and take or cause to be taken such actions, as Bank may reasonably request to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Shares and securities constituting Collateral. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the applicable Borrower shall be entitled to exercise any voting rights with respect to the Shares or other securities and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or which would constitute or create any violation of any of such terms. All such rights to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications shall terminate upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Each Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification . Such Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is an entity duly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or organized, as applicable, and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict . The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within such Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in such Borrower’s organizational documents, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which such Borrower is bound. Such Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Collateral . Such Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement. All Collateral is located solely in the Collateral Locations. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Collateral consisting of deposit or investment accounts is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates, provided that accounts at Bank Affiliates are governed by a control agreement in form and substance acceptable to Bank.

 

5


5.4 Intellectual Property Collateral . Such Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by such Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of such Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property Collateral has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to such Borrower in writing that any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Schedule, such Borrower’s rights as a licensee of intellectual property do not give rise to more than 5% of its gross revenue in any given month, including without limitation revenue derived from the sale, licensing, rendering or disposition of any product or service.

5.5 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office . Except as disclosed in the Schedule, such Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement, or such other name as Borrowers have given notice of in accordance with Section 7.2 . The chief executive office of such Borrower is located in the Chief Executive Office Location at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof or such other address as Borrower has given notice of in accordance with Section 7.2 .

5.6 Actions, Suits, Litigation, or Proceedings . Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions, suits, litigation or proceedings, at law or in equity, pending by or against such Borrower or any Subsidiary of such Borrower before any court, administrative agency, or arbitrator in which a likely adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements . All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to such Borrower and any Subsidiary of such Borrower that are delivered by such Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects such Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and such Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating financial condition of such Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.8 Solvency, Payment of Debts . Such Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of such Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and such Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.9 Compliance with Laws and Regulations . Such Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from such Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in such Borrower incurring any liability that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Such Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of the important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Such Borrower has complied in all material respects with all the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, or any other applicable federal, provincial, territorial, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters Such Borrower is in compliance with all environmental laws, regulations and ordinances except where the failure to comply is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Borrower and each Subsidiary of such Borrower have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Subsidiaries . Such Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments and except as set forth on the Schedule.

5.11 Government Consents . Such Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of such Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6


5.12 Inbound Licenses . Except as disclosed on the Schedule, such Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material inbound license or other agreement, the failure, breach, or termination of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, or that prohibits or otherwise restricts such Borrower from granting a security interest in such Borrower’s interest in such license.

5.13 Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by such Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by such Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

5.14 No Material Adverse Effect . No Material Adverse Effect or event reasonably expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

5.15 Shares . Each Borrower has full power and authority to create a first lien on the Shares and no disability or contractual obligation exists that would prohibit any Borrower from pledging the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. There are no subscriptions, warrants, rights of first refusal or other restrictions on, or options exercisable with respect to the Shares. The Shares have been and will be duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable. To the best of each Borrower’s knowledge, the Shares are not the subject of any present or threatened suit, action, arbitration, administrative or other proceeding, and no Borrower knows of any reasonable grounds for the institution of any such proceedings

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Each Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, such Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Good Standing and Government Compliance . Such Borrower shall maintain its, and each of its Subsidiaries’ limited liability company or corporate, as applicable, existence and good standing in its respective state or jurisdiction of organization or incorporation, as applicable, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to such Borrower by the authorities of the jurisdiction in which such Borrower is organized, if applicable. Such Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to meet, as applicable, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and maintain all material permits, licenses and approvals required thereunder where the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Such Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, commencing with the calendar month ending May 31, 2012, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows covering such Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations during such period, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of Silverback’s fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Silverback and its consolidated Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified (including no going concern comment or qualification) or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of

 

7


an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by such Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iv) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against such Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor that could result in damages or costs to such Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) or more; (v) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by such Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding such Borrower’s management control systems; (vi) as soon as available, but in any event not later than December 31 of each year, Silverback’s financial and business projections and budget for the immediately following year, which projections shall include a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, with evidence of approval thereof by Silverback’s board of directors; (vii) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by such Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time; and (viii) within thirty (30) days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by such Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Bank, listing any applications or registrations that such Borrower has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as well as any material change in such Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of such Borrower in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in Exhibits A , B , and C of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Bank by such Borrower in connection with this Agreement.

(a) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Visionael and Power Steering shall deliver to Bank aged listings by invoice date of their respective accounts receivable and accounts payable, which shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower.

(b) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer of Silverback in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto.

(c) Within three (3) Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer of Borrowers setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrowers have taken or propose to take with respect thereto.

(d) Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit each Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrowers’ expense, provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than one every twelve (12) months, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Borrowers may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2 , and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. If any Borrower delivers this information electronically, it shall also deliver to Bank by U.S. Mail, reputable overnight courier service, hand delivery, facsimile or .pdf file within five (5) Business Days of submission of the unsigned electronic copy the certification of monthly financial statements, the intellectual property report, and the Compliance Certificate, each bearing the physical signature of the Responsible Officer.

6.3 Inventory; Returns . Such Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Returns and allowances, if any, as between any Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of such Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Each Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00).

6.4 Taxes . Such Borrower shall make, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that such Borrower or a Subsidiary of such Borrower has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that such Borrower or a Subsidiary of such Borrower need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by such Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable.

 

8


6.5 Insurance.

(a) Such Borrower, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where such Borrower’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Each Borrower shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to such Borrower’s.

(b) All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least twenty (20) days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason with the exception of non-payment of premium Borrowers shall immediately provide Bank with copies of any notices of policy cancellation Borrower receives from an insurer. Upon Bank’s request, such Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at such Borrower’s option, be payable to such Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim or otherwise acquire property useful to the business of each Borrower, provided that if such property constituted Collateral any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy to the extent such proceeds constitute Collateral, shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

6.6 Accounts . On or before the date that is ninety (90) days after February 10, 2012, such Borrower and each Guarantor shall maintain all of their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

6.7 Financial Covenants .

(a) Minimum Cash . Silverback shall maintain at all times, on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering, Visionael, and Tenrox Canada, Cash at Bank of not less than the Minimum Cash Amount. Each Borrower authorizes Bank to decline to honor any drafts upon such Borrower’s accounts with Bank or any requests by such Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of funds held in such accounts if (i) the aggregate balance of such accounts is less than the Minimum Cash Amount in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time, or (ii) honoring such drafts or requests would cause the aggregate balance of such accounts to be, less than the Minimum Cash Amount in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time.

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratios.

(i) Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering and Visionael, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.20 to 1.00.

(ii) PowerSteering and Visionael shall maintain on a combined basis, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.15 to 1.00.

(c) Debt to EBITDA Ratios.

(i) Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering and Visionael, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, a ratio of Indebtedness to EBITDA of not more than 2.75 to 1.00. For the purpose of calculating this covenant, “Indebtedness” shall not include Contingent Obligations.

 

9


(ii) PowerSteering and Visionael shall maintain on a combined basis, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, a ratio of Indebtedness to EBITDA of not more than 2.75 to 1.00. For the purpose of calculating this covenant, “Indebtedness” shall not include Contingent Obligations.

6.8 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) Such Borrower shall register or cause to be registered on an expedited basis (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by such Borrower, to the extent that such Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.

(b) Such Borrower shall promptly give Bank written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

(c) Such Borrower shall (i) give Bank not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed; (ii) prior to the filing of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as Bank may reasonably request for Bank to maintain its perfection in such intellectual property rights to be registered by such Borrower; (iii) upon the request of Bank, either deliver to Bank or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) upon filing any such applications or registrations, promptly provide Bank with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by Bank to be filed for Bank to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such intellectual property rights, and the date of such filing.

(d) Such Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents from time to time as Bank shall reasonably request to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of Bank’s security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral.

(e) Such Borrower shall use commercially reasonably efforts to (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability its material Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, and trade secrets, (ii) detect infringements of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public unless such Borrower, in each case, deems, in its reasonable business judgment, that it is in the best interest of such Borrower’s business to do otherwise or has obtained the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) Bank may audit such Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral to confirm compliance with this Section 6.8 , provided such audit may not occur more often than once per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrowers’ sole expense, any actions that Borrower is required under this Section 6.8 to take but which Borrower fails to take, after fifteen (15) days’ notice to such Borrower. Borrowers shall reimburse and indemnify Bank for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section 6.8 .

6.9 Consent of Inbound Licensors . Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any material inbound license (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public), the failure, breach, or termination of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, such Borrower shall: (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such agreement with a description of its likely impact on such Borrower’s business or financial condition; and (ii) in good faith take such actions as Bank may reasonably request to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (A) such Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (B) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

 

10


6.10 Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time such Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

6.11 Creation/Acquisition of Foreign Subsidiaries . In the event any Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower creates or acquires any Foreign Subsidiary, such Borrower or Subsidiary, as applicable, shall promptly notify Bank of the creation or acquisition of such Foreign Subsidiary and take, or cause to be taken, all such action as may be reasonably required by Bank to grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of such Foreign Subsidiary (not to exceed 65% of the equity securities of such Foreign Subsidiary), including, without limitation, delivery of original stock certificate(s) and membership certificate(s), as applicable.

6.12 Post Closing Condition . As soon as possible, but in any event by March 23, 2012, Borrowers shall provide, or cause to be provided, to Bank, each in form and content satisfactory to Bank, (a) the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares of Tenrox UK, and (b) an original instrument of assignment for each certificate evidencing the Shares of Tenrox UK, duly executed in blank by the applicable Borrower.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, such Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or subject to Section 6.6 of the Agreement, move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers.

7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control . Change its name or the Borrower State or relocate its chief executive office without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Bank; replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without prompt prior written notification to Bank; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by such Borrower; change its fiscal year end; or have a Change in Control.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary of such Borrower into another Subsidiary of such Borrower or into such Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, or enter into any agreement to do any of the same, except where (i) the cash consideration paid by such Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with such transactions do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) such Borrower is the surviving entity, if it is a party to the merger.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on such Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.

 

11


7.5 Encumbrances . Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person that such Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of such Borrower’s property (a “Negative Pledge Covenant”) except for (i) Negative Pledge Covenants with respect to specific property subject to a Lien described in, and permitted by, subsection (c) of the defined term Permitted Liens, and (ii) Negative Pledge Covenants in merger or acquisition agreements, provided that (1) the counter-parties to such Negative Pledge Covenants do not receive a security interest in such Borrower’s property and (2) on or prior to the consummation of such acquisition or merger Borrower shall either be required to repay the Obligations in accordance with the provisions hereunder or Borrower shall have obtained Bank’s written consent to such acquisition or merger.

7.6 Distributions . Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or repurchase of any capital stock, except that such Borrower may (i) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) during any fiscal year as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (ii) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to such Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (iii) pay dividends in equity securities, (iv) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities, and (v) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares; provided, that the aggregate amount of such payments made during a fiscal year, when added to the aggregate amount of payments made under clause (i) above during such fiscal year, does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00).

7.7 Investments . Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments, or, subject to Section 6.6 , maintain or invest any of its property consisting of deposit and investment accounts with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a control agreement or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary of such Borrower from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to such Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, Bank acknowledges and agrees that a control agreement governing any Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ accounts with Bank that are maintained in Canada is not required. Further, such Borrower shall not enter into any license or agreement with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of such Borrower except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of such Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to such Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; (ii) transactions with Subsidiaries that are permitted under Article 7 of this Agreement; (iii) employment or compensation arrangements and employee benefit plans approved by such Borrower’s board of directors and entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and (iv) equity investments (that are not in the form of notes without the prior written consent of Bank) with such Borrower’s existing investors provided that a Change in Control does not result.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt and the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision of any document evidencing such Subordinated Debt, except in compliance with the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

7.10 Inventory and Equipment . Store the Inventory or the Equipment having an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment; provided, however, that the aggregate book value of all Equipment and Inventory at all locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any time. Except for Inventory sold in the

 

12


ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, such Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10, 25 First Street, Cambridge, MA 02141, 201 San Antonio Circle, Suite 235, Mountain View, CA 94040, 4150 S. 100 th East Avenue, Suite 100, Tulsa, OK 74176, 760 Mission Court, Fremont CA 94539 and 21-27 Burlington Ave., Boston, MA 02215, and such other locations of which such Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank files a financing statement where needed to perfect its security interest.

7.11 No Investment Company; Margin Regulation . Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrowers, or any of them, under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . If any Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due;

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) If any Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Section 6.2 , 6.4 , 6.5 , 6.6 , 6.7 , 6.11 or 6.12 or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

(b) If any Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation under Section 6.1 , 6.3 , 6.8 , 6.9 or 6.10 and has failed to cure such default within 10 days after any Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of any Borrower becomes aware thereof; or

(c) If any Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between any Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within ten (10) days after any Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of any Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrowers be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrowers shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, so long as Borrowers continue to diligently attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made;

8.3 Material Adverse Change . If there occurs any circumstance or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.4 Defective Perfection . If Bank shall receive at any time following the Closing Date an SOS Report indicating that except for Permitted Liens, Bank’s security interest in the Collateral is not prior to all other security interests or Liens of record reflected in the report;

8.5 Attachment . If any material portion of any Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within five (5) days, or if any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of any Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within five (5) days after such Borrower or Subsidiary of such Borrower, as applicable, receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by such Borrower or a Subsidiary of such Borrower, as applicable (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

 

13


8.6 Insolvency . If any Borrower or a Subsidiary of any Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by any Borrower or a Subsidiary of any Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against any Borrower or a Subsidiary of any Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.7 Other Agreements . If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which any Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.8 Subordinated Debt . If any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes any payment on account of Subordinated Debt, except to the extent such payment is allowed under the terms of any subordination agreement entered into with Bank;

8.9 Judgments; Settlements . If one or more (a) judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards requiring any Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to pay an aggregate amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) or greater shall be rendered against any Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries and the same shall not have been vacated or stayed within ten (10) days thereafter (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to such matter being vacated or stayed); or (b) settlements is agreed upon by any Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries for the payment by any Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries of an aggregate amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00) or greater;

8.10 Misrepresentations . If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists when made or deemed made now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

8.11 Guaranty . If any guaranty of all or a portion of the Obligations (a “Guaranty”) ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any guarantor fails to perform any obligation under any Guaranty or a security agreement securing any Guaranty (collectively, the “Guaranty Documents”), or any event of default occurs under any Guaranty Document or any guarantor revokes or purports to revoke a Guaranty, or any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth in any Guaranty Document or in any certificate delivered to Bank in connection with any Guaranty Document, or if any of the circumstances described in Sections 8.3 through 8.9 occur with respect to any guarantor.

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by each Borrower:

(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.6 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrowers, or any of them, under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrowers, or any of them, and Bank;

(c) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

 

14


(d) Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Each Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Each Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any premises owned by a Borrower, such Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(e) Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrowers, or any of them, held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrowers, or any of them, held by Bank;

(f) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1 , to use, without charge, each Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1 , each Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

(g) Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including any premises owned by a Borrower) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrowers will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrowers shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

(h) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

(i) Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of any Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations;

(j) Bank may transfer to or to register on the books of any Issuer (or of any other Person maintaining records with respect to the Shares) in the name of Bank or any of its nominees any or all of the Shares; and

(k) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrowers.

Bank may comply with any applicable state, provincial or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

9.2 Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as such Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse such Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign such Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to such Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting

 

15


the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrowers, or any of them, and Bank without first obtaining such Borrower’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending Exhibits A , B , and C , thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by such Borrower after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which such Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (h) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of such Borrower where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of such Borrower on any of the documents described in clauses (g) and (h) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as each Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

9.3 Accounts Collection . At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to any Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Each Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to such Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4 Bank Expenses . If Borrowers, or any of them, fail to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrowers: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; (b) set up such reserves under the Term Loan as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrowers.

9.6 No Obligation to Pursue Others . Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrowers, or any of them. Each Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

9.7 Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on any Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Each Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

9.8 Demand; Protest . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

 

16


10. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrowers or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

  

If to Borrowers:

   c/o Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.
      Frost Tower, 29 th Floor, Suite 2950
      401 Congress Avenue
      Austin, Texas 78701
      Attn: Chief Financial Officer
      FAX: (521) 721-1218
   with a copy (which is not    Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
   Required to constitute notice    650 Page Mill Road
   hereunder) to:    Palo Alto, CA 94304
      Attn: Andrew J. Hirsch
      Fax: (650) 493-6811
   If to Bank:    Comerica Bank
      M/C 7578
      39200 Six Mile Rd.
      Livonia, MI 48152
      Attn: National Documentation Services
   with a copy to:    Comerica Bank
      300 W. Sixth St.
      Suite 1300
      Austin, TX 78701
      Attn: Megan Kirk
      FAX: (512) 427-7178

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

11. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each Borrower and Bank hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts located in the State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

12. REFERENCE PROVISION.

12.1 In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

 

17


12.2 With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3 , below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

12.3 The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) non-judicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of selfhelp remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Agreement does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Agreement.

12.4 The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

12.5 The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

12.6 The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.7 Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

12.8 The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

18


12.9 If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

12.10 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

13. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

13.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrowers, or any of them, without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to any Borrower to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

13.2 Indemnification . Borrowers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents (each, an “Indemnified Person”) against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrowers, or any of them, whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by an Indemnified Person gross negligence or willful misconduct.

13.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

13.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

13.5 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

13.6 Amendments in Writing, Integration . All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing signed by the parties. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

13.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

13.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrowers, or any of them. The obligations of Borrowers to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 13.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

 

19


13.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrowers, or any of them, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Obligations, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank, (v) to Bank’s accountants, auditors and regulators, and (vi) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

14. CO-BORROWER PROVISIONS.

14.1 Primary Obligation . This Agreement is a primary and original obligation of each Borrower and shall remain in effect notwithstanding future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or irregularity in the creation or acquisition of any Obligations or in the execution or delivery of any agreement between Bank and any Borrower. Each Borrower shall be liable for existing and future Obligations as fully as if all of all Credit Extensions were advanced to such Borrower. Bank may rely on any certificate or representation made by any Borrower as made on behalf of, and binding on, all Borrowers, including without limitation Disbursement Request Forms, Borrowing Base Certificates and Compliance Certificates. Furthermore, the successful operation of each Borrower is dependent on the continued successful performance of the integrated group of Borrowers, such that each Borrower will benefit from any Credit Extensions Bank makes to another Borrower.

14.2 Enforcement of Rights . Borrowers are jointly and severally liable for the Obligations and Bank may proceed against one or more of the Borrowers to enforce the Obligations without waiving its right to proceed against any of the other Borrowers.

14.3 Borrowers as Agents . Each Borrower appoints the other Borrower as its agent with all necessary power and authority to give and receive notices, certificates or demands for and on behalf of both Borrowers, to act as disbursing agent for receipt of any Credit Extensions on behalf of each Borrower and to apply to Bank on behalf of each Borrower for Credit Extensions, any waivers and any consents. This authorization cannot be revoked, and Bank need not inquire as to each Borrower’s authority to act for or on behalf of Borrower.

14.4 Subrogation and Similar Rights . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating the Borrower to the rights of Bank under the Loan Documents) to seek contribution, indemnification, or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by the Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by the Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section 14.4 shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section 14.4 , such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

14.5 Waivers of Notice . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Borrower waives notice of acceptance hereof; notice of the existence, creation or acquisition of any of the Obligations; notice of an Event of Default; notice of the amount of the Obligations outstanding at any time; notice of intent to accelerate; notice of acceleration; notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any other Borrower or of any other fact that might increase the Borrower’s risk; presentment for payment; demand; protest and notice thereof as to any instrument; default; and all other notices and demands to which the Borrower would otherwise be entitled. Each Borrower waives any defense arising from any defense of any other Borrower, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of any other Borrower. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by any Borrower of any provision of the Loan Documents shall not waive, alter or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Nothing contained herein shall prevent Bank from foreclosing on the Lien of any deed of trust, mortgage or other security instrument, or exercising any rights available thereunder, and the exercise of any such rights shall not constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any Borrower. Each Borrower also waives any defense arising from any act or omission of Bank that changes the scope of the Borrower’s risks hereunder.

 

20


14.6 Subrogation Defenses . Each Borrower hereby waives any defense based on impairment or destruction of its subrogation or other rights against any other Borrower and waives all benefits which might otherwise be available to it under California Civil Code Sections 2799, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433 and California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, as those statutory provisions are now in effect and hereafter amended, and under any other similar statutes now and hereafter in effect.

14.7 Right to Settle, Release.

(a) The liability of Borrowers hereunder shall not be diminished by (i) any agreement, understanding or representation that any of the Obligations is or was to be guaranteed by another Person or secured by other property, or (ii) any release or unenforceability, whether partial or total, of rights, if any, which Bank may now or hereafter have against any other Person, including another Borrower, or property with respect to any of the Obligations.

(b) Without affecting the liability of any Borrower hereunder, Bank may (i) compromise, settle, renew, extend the time for payment, change the manner or terms of payment, discharge the performance of, decline to enforce, or release all or any of the Obligations with respect to a Borrower, (ii) grant other indulgences to a Borrower in respect of the Obligations, (iii) modify in any manner any documents relating to the Obligations with respect to a Borrower, (iv) release, surrender or exchange any deposits or other property securing the Obligations, whether pledged by a Borrower or any other Person, or (v) compromise, settle, renew, or extend the time for payment, discharge the performance of, decline to enforce, or release all or any obligations of any guarantor, endorser or other Person who is now or may hereafter be liable with respect to any of the Obligations.

14.8 Subordination . All indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Obligations and the Borrower holding the indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by Lender to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination.]

[signatures on following page]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Chairman and CEO

 

VISIONAEL COPRORATION
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   President

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   President

 

COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ PAUL GERLING
Name:   Paul Gerling
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to any Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by any Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by any Borrower and each Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and partners.

“Applicable Measuring Period” means, (i) with respect to the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, the period commencing on April 1, 2012, and ending on such date of determination, and (ii) with respect to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, and each fiscal quarter ending thereafter, the four fiscal quarter period then ending.

“Bank Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

“Borrower State” means the State of Delaware, the laws of which each Borrower is incorporated under.

“Borrower’s Books” means all books and records of Borrowers including: ledgers; records concerning assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

“Change in Control” shall mean a transaction in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of a Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

“Chief Executive Office Location” means, (a) with respect to Silverback, Frost Tower, 401 Congress Avenue, 29th Floor, Suite 2950, Austin, TX 78701, (b) with respect to PowerSteering, 25 First Street, Cambridge, MA 02141, and (c) with respect to Visionael, 201 San Antonio Circle, Suite 235, Mountain View, CA 94040. “Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Exhibit A – Page 1


“Collateral” means:

(a) with respect to Silverback, the property described on Exhibit B-1 attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B-1 ;

(b) with respect to PowerSteering, the property described on Exhibit B-2 attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B-2 ; and

(c) with respect to Visionael, the property described on Exhibit B-2 attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B-2 ;

in each case, except to the extent any such property (i) is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) is property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote.

“Collateral Location” means, (a) with respect to Silverback, Frost Tower, 401 Congress Avenue, 29th Floor, Suite 2950, Austin, TX 78701, (b) with respect to PowerSteering, 25 First Street, Cambridge, MA 02141, and (c) with respect to Visionael, 201 San Antonio Circle, Suite 235, Mountain View, CA 94040.

“Consolidated Net Income (or Deficit)” means the consolidated net income (or deficit) of any Person and its Subsidiaries, after deduction of all expenses, taxes, and other proper charges, determined in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating therefrom all extraordinary nonrecurring items of income.

“Consolidated Total Interest Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate amount of interest required to be paid or accrued by a Person and its Subsidiaries during such period on all Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries outstanding during all or any part of such period, whether such interest was or is required to be reflected as an item of expense or capitalized, including payments consisting of interest in respect of any capitalized lease or any synthetic lease, and including commitment fees, agency fees, facility fees, balance deficiency fees and similar fees or expenses in connection with the borrowing of money.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

“Credit Extension” means each Term Loan Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrowers, or any of them, hereunder.

 

Exhibit A – Page 2


“EBITDA” means with respect to any Applicable Measuring Period an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income of any Person for such period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of such Person’s Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) non-cash expense, including without limit those expenses associated with granting stock options, plus (v) restructuring expenses incurred by such Person in an aggregate amount not exceeding Two Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,200,000.00), plus (vi) deferred revenue of an acquired company that, due to the business combination, is not recognized as revenue of the acquiring company under GAAP and minus , to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, non-cash tax credits of such Person for such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP other than with respect to clause (v) above. EBITDA shall be calculated (w) for the three month period ending June 30, 2012, by multiplying EBITDA for such period by four (4), (x) for the six month period ending September 30, 2012, by multiplying EBITDA for such period by two (2), (y) for the nine month period ending December 31, 2012, by multiplying EBITDA for such period by four-thirds (4/3), and (z) on a trailing twelve month basis for all testing periods commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2013 and thereafter.

“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal state, local foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which a Borrower has any interest.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” shall mean for any Applicable Measuring Period and with respect to any Person, the ratio of (i) the EBITDA of such Person for such period, to (ii) the sum of (A) the current portion of all long-term Indebtedness of such Person, plus (B) the Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued of such Person during such period, plus (C) all income taxes paid or payable during such period (other than income taxes properly deferred for payment in a subsequent period) by such Person. The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on an annualized basis in accordance with the EBITDA calculations for such period.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a registered organization which is organized under the laws of one of the states comprising the United States (e.g. corporation, limited partnership, registered limited liability partnership or limited liability company).

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

“Guarantor” means Tenrox US and each Person that executed a guaranty in favor of Bank with respect to the Obligations, and “Guarantors” shall mean all of them.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations of such Person, and (d) all Contingent Obligations of such Person.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

Exhibit A – Page 3


“Intellectual Property Collateral” means, with respect to each Borrower, all of such Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

  (a) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

  (b) Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

  (c) Any and all design rights which may be available to such Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

  (d) Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

 

  (e) All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

 

  (f) All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

 

  (g) All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

“Interest Rate Addendum” has the meaning assigned in Section 2.3(a).

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which a Borrower has any interest.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Issuer” shall have the meaning given such term in Exhibit B-1 attached hereto.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrowers, or any of them, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means (i) a material adverse change in any Borrower’s business or financial condition (including without limitation, evidence of a lack of investor support and/or any Borrower’s inability to attract sufficient additional equity financing from its investors), or (ii) a material impairment in the prospect of repayment of all or any portion of the Obligations or in otherwise performing any Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, (iii) a material impairment in the perfection, value or priority of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral.

“Minimum Cash Amount” shall initially mean $3,000,000.00. Borrowers’ undrawn availability under the Term Loan shall be included in the calculation of Borrowers’ “Cash” for the purpose of calculating compliance with the “Minimum Cash Amount”. Subject to the last sentence of this definition, on such date, if ever, as Silverback obtains on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the two fiscal quarter period then ending (calculated on an annualized basis) of at least 1.20 to 1.00, the “Minimum Cash Amount” shall reduce to $2,000,000.00. Subject to the last sentence of this definition, on such date, if ever, as Silverback obtains on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four fiscal quarter period then ending of at least 1.20 to 1.00, the “Minimum Cash Amount” shall reduce to $1,000,000.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Minimum Cash Amount reductions set forth above shall not take effect prior to October 5, 2012.

 

Exhibit A – Page 4


“Negotiable Collateral” means, with respect to any Borrower, all of such Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and such Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrowers, or any of them, pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrowers, or any of them, to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any of any Borrower’s obligations under any warrants issued to Bank.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that a Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrowers, or any of them, and Bank.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

 

  (a) Indebtedness of Borrowers, or any of them, in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

  (b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

 

  (c) Indebtedness of each Borrower in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

 

  (d) (i) Indebtedness in favor of Bank arising in connection with the Tenrox Canada Loan Agreement and (ii) Indebtedness disclosed in the schedules thereto;

 

  (e) Indebtedness (i) of Tenrox US to the extent permitted under the Tenrox US Security Agreement and (ii) of Tenrox Canada to the extent permitted under the Tenrox Canada Loan Agreement;

 

  (f) Subordinated Debt;

 

  (g) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (h) Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries permitted under clauses (d), (e) or (h) of the defined term “Permitted Investments”;

 

  (i) Indebtedness consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposits or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (j) Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards; provided that the aggregate limit of all such cards does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) per Borrower at any time;

 

  (k) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon the applicable Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

Exhibit A – Page 5


“Permitted Investment” means:

 

  (a) Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

 

  (b) (i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (iv) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates money market accounts;

 

  (c) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

 

  (d) Investments of any Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries in or to other Borrowers;

 

  (e) Investments of any Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Subsidiaries that are not both Guarantors and borrowers of Bank (including, without limitation, Tenrox US), not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

  (f) Investments (other than Investments consisting of loans) of Subsidiaries that are not borrower of Bank in any Borrower;

 

  (g) Investments consisting of intercompany loans from Silverback to Tenrox Canada that are subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Tenrox Canada to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Tenrox Canada and Bank);

 

  (h) Investments (i) of Tenrox US to the extent permitted under the Tenrox US Security Agreement and (ii) of Tenrox Canada to the extent permitted under the Tenrox Canada Loan Agreement;

 

  (i) Investments of each Borrower not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by such Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

  (j) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business;

 

  (k) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (k) shall not apply to Investments of a Borrower in any Subsidiary;

 

  (l) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that each Borrower shall be limited to cash Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

  (m) Investments permitted by Section 7.3 hereof; and

 

  (n) Other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) per Borrower.

 

Exhibit A – Page 6


“Permitted Liens” means the following:

 

  (a) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Advances) or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

 

  (b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the applicable Borrower maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

 

  (c) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) per Borrower in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

 

  (d) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

 

  (e) Liens (i) on the assets of Tenrox US to the extent permitted under the Tenrox US Security Agreement and (ii) on the assets of Tenrox Canada to the extent permitted under the Tenrox Canada Loan Agreement;

 

  (f) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) or 8.9 (judgments);

 

  (g) Until each Borrower’s and the Guarantor’s accounts are opened at Bank in accordance with Section 6.6, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with a Borrower’s deposit accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

 

  (h) Statutory and common law rights of set-off and other similar rights in connection with each Borrower’s accounts held at Bank’s Affiliates to secure standard fees for services charged by such institutions;

 

  (i) Carriers, warehousemen’s mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

 

  (j) Deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

 

  (k) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

 

  (l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods.

 

Exhibit A – Page 7


“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, license, transfer or disposition by a Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

 

  (a) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (b) Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of such Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (c) Transfers from any Subsidiary that constitute a Permitted Investment or Permitted Liens;

 

  (d) Worn-out or obsolete Equipment not financed with the proceeds of a Credit Extension;

 

  (e) Other assets of such Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) per Borrower during any fiscal year; or

 

  (f) Transfers (i) by Tenrox US to the extent permitted under the Tenrox US Security Agreement and (ii) by Tenrox Canada to the extent permitted under the Tenrox Canada Loan Agreement.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

“PowerSteering” means PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Prime Rate” means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

“Prohibited Territory” means any person or country listed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury as to which transactions between a United States Person and that territory are prohibited.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of a Borrower.

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

“Securities Laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.

“Shares” means (i) sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units, partnership interests or other securities owned or held of record by a Borrower in any of its Subsidiaries or affiliate of a Borrower which is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof, and (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units, partnership interest or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower in any of its Subsidiaries or affiliate of a Borrower which is an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof.

“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, Chief Executive Office State and the Borrower State and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrowers, or any of them, that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by the applicable Borrower or Borrowers and Bank).

 

Exhibit A – Page 8


“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by such a Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“Tenrox Canada” means Tenrox Inc., a Canadian corporation constituted under the Canada Business Corporations Act.

“Tenrox Canada Loan Agreement” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012, by and between Bank and Tenrox Canada.

“Tenrox UK” means TENROX LTD, a private company limited by shares formed under the laws of England and Wales.

“Tenrox US” means Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Tenrox US Security Agreement” means that certain Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 by and between Tenrox US and Bank.

“Term Loan Advance(s)” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Term Loan.

“Term Loan” means a Credit Extension of up to Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00).

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means September 5, 2016.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of a Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“Visionael Corporation” means Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

Exhibit A – Page 9


DEBTOR:    SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
SECURED PARTY:    COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT B-1

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) counts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) of the equity interests of each Subsidiary of Debtor, including without limit the equity interests identified on Schedule 1 attached hereto (or any addendum thereto), all equity interests of the Persons identified as Issuers on Schedule 1 attached hereto (each an “ Issuer ”), and all securities convertible or exchangeable into, and all warrants, options, or other rights to purchase, the equity interests of Issuer; to the extent of Debtor’s interest therein, all shares of, all securities convertible or exchangeable into, and all warrants, options, or other rights to purchase shares of stock of any Person in which a Debtor acquires a direct equity interest, irrespective of whether such Person is or becomes a Subsidiary of Debtor; the certificates or instruments representing such additional shares, convertible or exchangeable securities, warrants, and other rights and all dividends, cash, options, warrants, rights, instruments, and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares (collectively, the “ Pledged Interests ”).

(c) common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(d) trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(e) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and


(f) any and all cash proceeds and/or non-cash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law, or (iv) any property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote.

Terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 between Debtor, PowerSteering Software, Inc., Visionael Corporation, and Secured Party, as it may be amended, restated, replaced and supplemented from time to time.

 

11


DEBTOR:    POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
SECURED PARTY:        COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT B-2

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of PowerSteering Software, Inc. (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or non-cash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law, (iv) any property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote, or (v) the specific equipment of Debtor subject to one of the equipment leases described below (each, an “Equipment Lease”), so long as such equipment is subject to a lien in favor of the applicable lessor under such Equipment Lease, but only to the extent of the unpaid balance on such Equipment Lease: (a) Buccaneer Financial Group, Inc. under lease agreement no. BFG452, (b) M2 Lease Funds LLC under lease proposal no. 34137, (c) IBM Credit LLC, as assignee of Arrow Electronics Global Financial Solutions, Inc., under lease no. VP0F37790, (d) Key Equipment Finance Inc. under lease agreement no. 1800061628, (e) Key Equipment Finance Inc. under lease agreement no. 1800063126, (f) Royal Bank America Leasing, L.P. under agreement no. 222654, and (g) NSF Leasing, Inc. under master equipment lease no. 2009-005.

 

Exhibit B – Page 1


DEBTOR:    VISIONAEL CORPORATION
SECURED PARTY:    COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT B-3

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Visionael Corporation (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or non-cash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law, (iv) any property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote, or (v) Debtor’s equity interests of Visionael ApS (Sweden).

 

Exhibit B – Page 3


EXHIBIT C

TECHNOLOGY & LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION

LOAN ANALYSIS

LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 3:00* P.M, C.S.T.

DEADLINE FOR WIRE TRANSFERS IS 1.30 P.M, C.S.T.

*At month end and the day before a holiday, the cut off time is 1:30 P.M., C.S.T.

**Subject to 3 day advance notice.

 

TO: Loan Analysis    DATE:                             TIME:                         

FAX #: (512) 427-7178

EMAIL: tlstxcompliance@comerica.com

 

FROM:        TELEPHONE REQUEST (For Bank Use Only):
 

 

Borrower’s Name

    
       The following person is authorized to request the loan payment transfer/loan advance on the designated account and is known to me.
FROM:          
 

 

Authorized Signer’s Name

       
         
FROM:  

 

       

 

  Authorized Signature (Applicable Borrower)         Authorized Requester & Phone #
         
PHONE #  

 

       
         

 

Received by (Bank ) & Phone #

         
FROM ACCOUNT#:  

 

       

 

(please include Note number, if applicable)         Authorized Signature (Bank)
       
TO ACCOUNT#:  

 

       
(please include Note number, if applicable)        

 

REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE    REQUESTED DOLLAR AMOUNT    For Bank Use Only
     
PRINCIPAL INCREASE* (ADVANCE)    $                                                  Date Rec’d:
PRINCIPAL PAYMENT (ONLY)    $                                                  Time:
      Comp. Status:     YES     NO
OTHER INSTRUCTIONS:       Status Date:
      Time:

 

   Approval:

 

  

 

  

The above signed Borrower, certifies, for itself and on behalf of all other Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 among Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., PowerSteering Software, Inc., Visionael Corporation, and Comerica Bank (as it may be amended, restated, replaced or modified from time to time, the “Agreement”), that: all representations and warranties of Borrowers stated in the Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the telephone request for and advance confirmed by this Borrowing Certificate, including without limitation the representation that each Borrower has paid for and owns any equipment financed by Bank; provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date.

 

* IS THERE A WIRE REQUEST TIED TO THIS LOAN ADVANCE? (PLEASE CIRCLE ONE) YES NO

If YES, the Outgoing Wire Transfer Instructions must be completed below.

 

OUTGOING WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS   

Fed Reference Number

  

Bank Transfer Number

The items marked with an asterisk (*) are required to be completed.

 

*Beneficiary Name                                        
*Beneficiary Account Number   
*Beneficiary Address   
Currency Type    US DOLLARS ONLY
*ABA Routing Number (9 Digits)   
*Receiving Institution Name   
*Receiving Institution Address   
*Wire Amount    $

 

Exhibit C – Page 1


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:    Comerica Bank                                                                                              

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Loan Analysis Department

300 W. Sixth St., Suite 1300

   Austin, TX 78701
   Fax: (512) 427-7178
   EMAIL: tlstxcompliance@comerica.com

FROM: SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., VISIONAEL CORPORATION AND POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

The undersigned authorized Officer of                                      (“Borrower”), for itself and on behalf of all other Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, among Borrowers and Bank (the “Agreement”) hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, (i) each Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of each Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof except as noted below; provided however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification (“Supporting Documents”). The Officer further certifies the Supporting Documents are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied form one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column,

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   COMPLIES  

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Compliance Certificate

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

CPA Audited. Re Silverback Unqualified F/S

   Annually, within 150 days of FYE      YES         NO   

A/R & A/P Agings of PowerSteering and Visionael

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)

   Annually, by 12/31      YES         NO   

Intellectual Property Report

   Quarterly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Audit

   Annual      YES         NO   

If Public:

        

10-Q

   Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)      YES         NO   

10-K

   Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)      YES         NO   

Total amount of Borrowers’ cash and investments

   Amount: $                               YES         NO   

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank

   Amount: $                               YES         NO   
    

DESCRIPTION

   APPLICABLE  

Legal Action > $100,000 (Sect. 6.2(iv))

   Notify promptly upon notice                               YES         NO   

Inventory Disputes> $100,000 (Sect. 6.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice                               YES         NO   

Mergers & Acquisitions> $100,000 (Sect. 7.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice                               YES         NO   

Cross default with other agreements>$250,000 (Sect. 8.7)

   Notify promptly upon notice                               YES         NO   

Judgments Settlements > $200,000 (Sect. 8.9)

   Notify promptly upon notice                               YES         NO   

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS    REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES  

TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

           

Minimum Cash Amount

   See Section 6.7(a)    $                               YES         NO   

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (Silverback)

   1.20 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Combined Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (PowerSteering and

   1.15 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Visionael)

           

Consolidated Debt to EBITDA Ratio (Silverback)

   2.75 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Combined Debt to EBITDA Ratio (PowerSteering and Visionael)

   2.75 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   
FINANCIAL COVENANTS*    REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES  

Permitted Indebtedness for equipment leases

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Indebtedness for credit cards

   <$50,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for non-borrower subsidiaries

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for employee loans

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for joint ventures

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Other Permitted Investments

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Liens for equipment leases

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Transfers

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

 

* -- On a per Borrower basis.

[Continued on Following Page]

 

Exhibit D – Page 1


Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations and Exceptions to Representations and Warranties:

The undersigned further acknowledges that at any time Borrowers, or any of them, are not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

Very truly yours,

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., for itself and on behalf of the

Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement among Comerica Bank,

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., PowerSteering Software, Inc., and Visionael

Corporation

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

Exhibit D – Page 2


EXHIBIT E

INTEREST RATE ADDENDUM


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May     , 2012, among COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Silverback ”), VISIONAEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Visionael ”) and POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ PowerSteering ” and collectively with Silverback and Visionael, the “ Borrowers ” and each individually a “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Indebtedness of each Borrower in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) (or, with respect to PowerSteering only, and without duplication, One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00)) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) (or, with respect to PowerSteering only, and without duplication, One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00)) per Borrower in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Section 6.6 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“6.6 Accounts . On or before May 31, 2012, such Borrower and each Guarantor shall maintain all of their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.”


4. The “.” at the end of Section 8.11 is deleted and replaced with “; and”, and new Section 8.12 is added to the Agreement, to read in its entirety as follows:

“8.12 Cross-Default . Tenrox Canada defaults in the payment of any obligations for borrowed money from the Bank (whether by acceleration or otherwise), including, without limitation any obligations under that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012, between Bank and Tenrox Canada, as it may be amended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time, and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure provided with respect thereto, or in the observance or performance of any conditions, covenants or agreements related to or agreed to with respect to any such obligations for borrowed money from the Bank, which continues beyond any applicable period of cure.”

5. Exhibit D to the Agreement is deleted and replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

6. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

7. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

8. Each Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

9. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrowers;

(b) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any Borrower’s accounts; and

(c) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

10. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

“Borrowers”
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    Chairman and CEO

VISIONAEL COPRORATION
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

“Bank”
COMERICA BANK
By:  

     /s/ Paul Gerling

Name:  

    Paul Gerling

Title:  

    Senior Vice President


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:    Comerica Bank                                                                                              

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Loan Analysis Department

300 W. Sixth St., Suite 1300

   Austin, TX 78701
   Fax: (512) 427-7178
   EMAIL: tlstxcompliance@comerica.com

FROM: SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., VISIONAEL CORPORATION AND POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

The undersigned authorized Officer of                                      (“Borrower”), for itself and on behalf of all other Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, among Borrowers and Bank (the “Agreement”) hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, (i) each Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of each Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof except as noted below; provided however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification (“Supporting Documents”). The Officer further certifies the Supporting Documents are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied form one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column,

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   COMPLIES  

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Compliance Certificate

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

CPA Audited. Re Silverback Unqualified F/S

   Annually, within 150 days of FYE      YES         NO   

A/R & A/P Agings of PowerSteering and Visionael

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)

   Annually, by 12/31      YES         NO   

Intellectual Property Report

   Quarterly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Audit

   Annual      YES         NO   

If Public:

        

10-Q

   Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)      YES         NO   

10-K

   Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)      YES         NO   

Total amount of Borrowers’ cash and investments

   Amount: $                               YES         NO   

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank

   Amount: $                               YES         NO   
    

DESCRIPTION

   APPLICABLE  

Legal Action > $100,000 (Sect. 6.2(iv))

   Notify promptly upon notice      YES         NO   

Inventory Disputes> $100,000 (Sect. 6.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice      YES         NO   

Mergers & Acquisitions> $100,000 (Sect. 7.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice      YES         NO   

Cross default with other agreements>$250,000 (Sect. 8.7)

   Notify promptly upon notice      YES         NO   

Judgments Settlements > $200,000 (Sect. 8.9)

   Notify promptly upon notice      YES         NO   

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS    REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES  

TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

           

Minimum Cash Amount

   See Section 6.7(a)    $                               YES         NO   

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (Silverback)

   1.20 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Combined Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (PowerSteering and

   1.15 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Visionael)

           

Consolidated Debt to EBITDA Ratio (Silverback)

   2.75 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Combined Debt to EBITDA Ratio (PowerSteering and Visionael)

   2.75 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   
FINANCIAL COVENANTS*    REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES  

Permitted Indebtedness for equipment leases

   <$100,000 ($150,000 for PowerSteering)    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Indebtedness for credit cards

   <$50,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for non-borrower subsidiaries

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for employee loans

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for joint ventures

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Other Permitted Investments

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Liens for equipment leases

   <$100,000 ($150,000 for PowerSteering)    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Transfers

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

 

* -- On a per Borrower basis.

[Continued on Following Page]


Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations and Exceptions to Representations and Warranties:

The undersigned further acknowledges that at any time Borrowers, or any of them, are not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

Very truly yours,

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., for itself and on behalf of the

Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement among Comerica Bank,

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., PowerSteering Software, Inc., and Visionael

Corporation

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

 

Name

 

 

Title


SECOND AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of June 25, 2012, among COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”). SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Silverback ”), VISIONAEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Visjonael ”) and POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation PowerSteering ” and collectively with Silverback and Visionael, the “ Borrowers ” and each individually a “ Borrower ”‘).

RECITALS

Borrowers and Bank are parties to that a Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012 (as amended, “Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended by adding (in the appropriate alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following terms to read in its entirety as follows:

“ ‘Minimum Cash Amount’ shall initially mean $3,000,000.00. Borrowers’ undrawn availability under the Term Loan, up to $2,000,000, shall be included in the calculation of Borrowers’ ‘Cash’ for the purpose of calculating compliance with the ‘Minimum Cash Amount’. Subject to the last sentence of this definition, on such date, if ever, as Silverback obtains on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering, Visionael, Tenrox Canada and Tenrox US, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the two fiscal quarter period then ending (calculated on an annualized basis) of at least 1.20 to 1.00, the ‘Minimum Cash Amount’ shall reduce to $2,000,000,00, Subject to the last sentence of this definition, on such date, if ever, as Silverback obtains on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four fiscal quarter period then ending of at least 1.20 to 1.00, the ‘Minimum Cash Amount’ shall reduce to $1,000,000.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Minimum Cash Amount reductions set forth above shall not take effect prior to October 5,2012.”

2. Section 6.7(a) of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Minimum Cash . Silverback shall maintain at all times, on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering, Visionael, Tenrox Canada and Tenrox US, Cash at Bank of not less than the Minimum Cash Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the balance of Silverback’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ Cash maintained in accounts at Bank located in the United States shall be at least $500,000 at all times.

Each Borrower authorizes Bank to decline to honor any drafts upon such Borrower’s accounts with Bank or any requests by such Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of funds held in such accounts if (i) the aggregate balance of such accounts is less than the Minimum Cash Amount in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time, or (ii) honoring such drafts or requests would cause the aggregate balance of such accounts to be, less than the Minimum Cash Amount in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time.”

3. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

4. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.


5. Each Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrowers;

(b) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any Borrower’s accounts; and

(c) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

7. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

“Borrowers”
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

VISIONAEL COPRORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

“Bank”  
COMERICA BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


THIRD AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND CONSENT

This Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Consent (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of November 12, 2012, among COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Silverback ”), VISIONAEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Visionael ”) and POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ PowerSteering ” and collectively with Silverback and Visionael, the “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012 and by the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012 (as amended, “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Under Section 7.3 of the Agreement, Borrowers are prohibited from acquiring all or substantially all of the ownership interests of another Person if, among other things, the acquisition cost exceeds $100,000. Silverback desires to acquire all of the membership interests of LMR Solutions, LLC., a Delaware limited liability company (“LMR”) for $9,500,000 under the terms of a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement among Silverback, LMR, Joseph Larscheid (“J. Larscheid”) and Cheryl Larscheid (“C. Larscheid” and together with J. Larscheid collectively referred to herein as “Selling Members”), a draft of which has been provided to Bank and is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Purchase Agreement”). The transactions described in the Purchase Agreement are referred to as the “Transaction”. Borrowers have requested that Bank consent to the Transaction and waive any Events of Default which would arise under the Agreement as a result of the Transaction.

Bank hereby consents to the Transaction and waives any Event of Default which would arise under the Agreement as a result of the Transaction so long as (1) it is consummated in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement previously provided by Silverback to Bank, (2) Borrowers deliver to Bank at least one (1) day prior to the consummation of the Transaction, all exhibits and schedules to the Purchase Agreement, (3) Borrowers execute all loan documentation required by Bank in connection with this consent and the Transaction, (4) on or before the consummation of the Transaction, the Selling Members and John T. McDonald execute and deliver to Bank Subordination Agreements, in form and substance acceptable to Bank, together with copies of the promissory notes issued to Selling Members and John T. McDonald in connection with the Transaction, which notes shall contain a restrictive legend, (5) within three (3) days after the consummation of the Transaction, Borrowers shall have delivered to Bank executed copies of all material documents relating to the Transaction, including without limit the final, executed copy of the Purchase Agreement and all schedules and exhibits thereto, (6) within forty-five (45) days after the consummation of the Transaction, LMR executes and delivers to Bank all documents required by Bank to join the Agreement as a co-borrower, and to grant Bank a security interest in substantially all of its assets, and (7) no default or Event of Default has occurred under any of the Loan Documents prior to the consummation of the Transaction or would result after giving effect thereto.

Except as specifically set forth herein, this consent shall not be deemed to amend or alter in any respect the terms and conditions of the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or to constitute a waiver or release by Bank of any right, remedy, Collateral, default or Event of Default under the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except to the extent specifically set forth herein. This consent shall not act as a consent to any other transaction, act or omission, whether related or unrelated thereto and shall not extend to or affect any obligation, covenant or agreement not expressly consented hereto. Furthermore, this consent shall not affect in any manner whatsoever any rights or remedies of Bank with respect to any other non-compliance by any Borrower with the Agreement or the other Loan Documents, whether in the nature of a default or Event of Default, and whether now in existence or subsequently arising, and shall not apply to any other transaction.


2. Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended by adding (in the appropriate alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“ ‘Minimum Cash Amount’ shall mean (a) $1,000,000 and (b) $2,000,000 upon the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is 45 days after the Third Amendment Date and (ii) the date Bank extends additional credit to Borrowers, provided that Bank has no obligation to extend additional credit to Borrowers and any extension of additional credit is subject to internal approval by Bank in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, on such date, if ever, as Silverback obtains on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four fiscal quarter period then ending of at least 1.20 to 1.00, the ‘Minimum Cash Amount’ shall be $1,000,000.00.”

“ ‘Third Amendment Date’ shall mean November 12, 2012.”

3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, Borrowers shall not make any Investments or Transfers to LMR in excess of $300,000 in the aggregate until LMR has become a co-borrower under the Agreement and all documentation required by Bank in connection with LMR becoming a co-borrower has been executed and delivered to Bank.

4. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

5. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

6. Each Borrower waives, discharges, and forever releases Bank, Bank’s employees, officers, directors, attorneys, stockholders, and their successors and assigns, from and of any and all claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions that such Borrower has or may have had at any time up through and including the date of this Amendment, against any or all of the foregoing, regardless of whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions are known to such Borrower or whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions arose as result of Bank’s actions or omissions in connection with the Loan Documents, or any amendments, extensions or modifications thereto, or Bank’s administration of the Obligations or otherwise. EACH BORROWER WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, WHICH STATES:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

7. Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

8. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrowers;

(b) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any Borrower’s accounts; and

(c) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

9. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

“Borrowers”
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Chairman and CEO
VISIONAEL COPRORATION
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   President
POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   President
“Bank”  
COMERICA BANK
By:  

/s/ PAUL GERLING

Name:   Paul Gerling
Title:   Senior Vice President


EXHIBIT A

DRAFT MEMBERSHIP INTERST PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED 11/1/2012

(see attached)


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND JOINDER

This Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of December 3, 2012, among COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Silverback ”), VISIONAEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Visionael ”), POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“PowerSteering”) and LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ LMR Solutions ” and collectively with Silverback, Visionael and PowerSteering, the “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

A. Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012, the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012 and the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Consent dated as of November 12, 2012 (as amended, “ Agreement ”).

B. Borrowers and Bank are parties to that certain Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (the “ Interest Rate Addendum ”).

C. Silverback acquired LMR Solutions on November 14, 2012.

D. Borrowers desire to join LMR Solutions as a “Borrower” under the Agreement and the Interest Rate Addendum, and otherwise amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. By execution and delivery of this Amendment, LMR Solutions shall, and does hereby become a party to the Agreement and the Interest Rate Addendum as a “Borrower” as if an original signatory thereto. LMR Solutions (a) acknowledges and agrees that it has read the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the other Loan Documents, (b) consents to all of the provisions of the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the Loan Documents relating to it, as applicable; and (c) acknowledges and agrees that this Amendment has been freely executed without duress and after an opportunity was provided to it for review of the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum, this Amendment and all other Loan Documents by competent legal counsel of its choice.

2. All references to “Borrower” in the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the other Loan Documents shall hereafter mean, individually and collectively, Silverback, Visionael, PowerSteering and LMR Solutions.

3. All references to “Tenrox UK” in the Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall hereafter mean and refer to PowerSteering UK (as defined in this Amendment).

4. Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended by adding (in the appropriate alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“ ‘2012 McDonald Note’ means that certain promissory note dated November 14, 2012 in the original principal amount of $1,500,000 made by Silverback payable to John T. McDonald.”


“ ‘EBITDA’ means with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) non-cash expenses of Borrowers, including without limit those expenses associated with granting stock options and restricted stock, plus (v) restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with the acquisitions by Silverback of Visionael, PowerSteering and Tenrox Canada within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the applicable acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding Two Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,200,000), plus (vi) transaction and restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with the acquisition by Silverback of LMR Solutions within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000), plus (vii) any net change in deferred revenue during such period, including without limitation deferred revenue of an acquired company that, due to the business combination, is not recognized as revenue of the acquiring company under GAAP, plus (viii) Borrowers’ expenses related to foreign exchange losses for such period, and minus , to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, (x) non-cash tax credits for such period and (y) foreign exchange related gains, all as determined in accordance with GAAP other than with respect to clauses (v) and (vi) above. EBITDA shall be calculated (y) for the nine month period ending December 31, 2012, by multiplying EBITDA for such period by four-thirds (4/3) and (z) on a trailing on a trailing twelve month basis for all testing periods commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2013 and thereafter.”

“ ‘Holdback Amount’ has the meaning given such term in the Purchase Agreement.”

“ ‘LMR Solutions’ shall mean LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.”

“ ‘Minimum Cash Amount’ shall mean the following amounts during the following periods:

 

Period

   Minimum Cash  

Fourth Amendment Date through and including March 30, 2013

   $ 2,000,000   

March 31, 2013 through and including June 29, 2013

   $ 1,150,000   

June 30, 2013 through and including September 29, 2013

   $ 1,300,000   

September 30, 2013 through and including the earlier of (i) date of payment of the Holdback Amount and (ii) March 30, 2014

   $ 1,450,000   

Date of payment of the Holdback Amount through and including March 30, 2014

   $ 1,000,000   

March 31, 2014 through and including June 29, 2014

   $ 1,375,000   

June 30, 2014 through and including September 29, 2014

   $ 1,750,000   

September 30, 2014 through the date of repayment of the Sellers’ Notes

   $ 2,125,000   

Date of repayment of Sellers’ Notes and thereafter

   $ 1,000,000   

Until March 31, 2013, Silverback’s undrawn availability under the 2012 McDonald Note, up to $500,000, shall be included in the calculation of Borrowers’ ‘Cash’ for the purpose of calculating compliance with the ‘Minimum Cash Amount’.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, on such date, if ever, as Silverback obtains on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering, Visionael, LMR Solutions, Tenrox Canada and Tenrox US, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the two fiscal quarter period then ending (calculated on an annualized basis) of at least 1.50 to 1.00, the ‘Minimum Cash Amount’ shall be reduced (to the extent applicable) to $1,500,000.00.”

 

2


“ ‘Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio’ shall mean for any Applicable Measuring Period and with respect to any Person, the ratio of (i) the EBITDA of such Person for such period, to (ii) the sum of (A) the current portion of all long-term Indebtedness of such Person, plus (B) the Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued of such Person during such period, plus (C) all income taxes paid or payable during such period (other than income taxes properly deferred for payment in a subsequent period) by such Person, plus (D) unfinanced capital expenditures of such Person during such period. Until March 31, 2013, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated on an annualized basis in accordance with the EBITDA calculations for such period. For the purpose of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the current portion of long-term Indebtedness shall not include amounts owing by Silverback to the Sellers under those certain promissory notes, dated November 14, 2012, in the aggregate principal amount of $1,500,000.”

“ ‘Fourth Amendment Date’ shall mean December 3, 2012.”

“PowerSteering UK” means PowerSteering Software Limited, formerly known as TENROX LTD, a private company limited by shares formed under the laws of England and Wales.

“ ‘Purchase Agreement’ means the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated November 14, 2012, among Silverback, LMR Solutions and the Sellers.”

“ ‘Sellers’ means, collectively, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid.”

“ ‘Sellers’ Notes” means, collectively, the promissory notes, each dated November 14, 2012, in the aggregate amount of $1,500,000 payable by Silverback to Sellers, which indebtedness constitutes Subordinated Debt.”

“ ‘Term Loan A’ has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(c).”

“ ‘Term Loan A Maturity Date’ means December 3, 2016.”

5. New Section 2.1(c) is added to the Agreement immediately following Section 2.1(b) to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Term Loan A .

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make a term loan to Borrowers in one disbursement the amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (the “Term Loan A”). The proceeds of the Term Loan A shall be used by Borrowers to reimburse Borrowers for cash expended in Silverback’s acquisition of LMR Solutions, to repay Subordinated Debt owed by Silverback to John T. McDonald in connection with the financing of the LMR Solutions acquisition and for working capital purposes.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of the funding of the Term Loan A at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). The Term Loan A shall be payable in forty two (42) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on July 1, 2013, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter until the Term Loan A Maturity Date, when all outstanding principal and accrued interest shall be paid in full. The Term Loan A, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrowers may prepay the Term Loan A in whole or in part without penalty or premium.

(iii) When Borrowers desires to obtain the Term Loan A, Borrowers shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time (1:30 p.m. Central time for wire transfers) on the Business Day the Term Loan A is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C. The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer of any Borrower or its designee. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer of any Borrower or a designee thereof, and Borrowers shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance.”

6. Section 2.3(a) of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Interest Rate . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), Term Loan Advances and the Term Loan A shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E (“Interest Rate Addendum”).”


7. The second sentence of Section 2.3(c) of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of any Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Term Loan A, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.”

8. The following sentence is added to the end of Section 6.6 to read in its entirety as follow:

“LMR Solutions may maintain accounts outside of Bank and Bank’s Affiliates until March 1, 2013, at which time, all accounts of LMR Solutions must be maintained at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates, which Bank Affiliate accounts shall be covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.”

9. Sections 6.7(b) and (c) of the Agreement are amended and restated to read in their entirety as follows: “

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratios.

(i) Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Tenrox Canada, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK and Visionael, and commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, LMR Solutions, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.20 to 1.00.

(ii) PowerSteering and Visionael, and commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, LMR Solutions, shall maintain on a combined basis, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.15 to 1.00.

(c) Debt to EBITDA Ratios.

(i) Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Tenrox Canada, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK and Visionael, and commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, LMR Solutions, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of Indebtedness to EBITDA of not more than 2.75 to 1.00. For the purpose of calculating this covenant, “Indebtedness” shall not include Contingent Obligations.

(ii) PowerSteering and Visionael, and commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, LMR Solutions, shall maintain on a combined basis, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of Indebtedness to EBITDA of not more than 2.75 to 1.00. For the purpose of calculating this covenant, “Indebtedness” shall not include Contingent Obligations.”

10. Exhibit D to the Agreement is deleted and replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

11. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Agreement is deleted and replaced with the Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

12. Schedule 1 to the Agreement is deleted and replaced with Schedule 1 attached hereto.

13. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

14. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

4


15. Each Borrower waives, discharges, and forever releases Bank, Bank’s employees, officers, directors, attorneys, stockholders, and their successors and assigns, from and of any and all claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions that such Borrower has or may have had at any time up through and including the date of this Amendment, against any or all of the foregoing, regardless of whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions are known to such Borrower or whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions arose as result of Bank’s actions or omissions in connection with the Loan Documents, or any amendments, extensions or modifications thereto, or Bank’s administration of the Obligations or otherwise. EACH BORROWER WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, WHICH STATES:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

16. Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

17. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrowers;

(b) an officer’s certificate of each Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment and related documents;

(c) Intellectual Property Security Agreements, executed by LMR Solutions;

(d) Agreement to Furnish Insurance, executed by LMR Solutions;

(e) a Warrant, executed by Silverback;

(f) an Itemization of Amount Financed Disbursement Instructions (Term Loan A);

(g) an Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement, executed by Silverback;

(h) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Subordination Agreement, executed by John McDonald;

(i) an Affirmation of Guaranty Documents, executed by Tenrox US;

(j) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate;

(k) a non-refundable commitment fee in the amount of $10,000;

(l) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrowers’ accounts; and

(m) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

18. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

“Borrowers”
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    Chairman and CEO

VISIONAEL COPRORATION
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

LMR SOLUTIONS LLC
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

“Bank”
COMERICA BANK
By:  

     /s/ Paul Gerling

Name:  

    Paul Gerling

Title:  

    Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder]


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:    Comerica Bank                                                                                              

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Loan Analysis Department

300 W. Sixth St., Suite 1300

   Austin, TX 78701
   Fax: (512) 427-7178
   EMAIL: tlstxcompliance@comerica.com

FROM: SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., VISIONAEL CORPORATION, POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC. AND LMR SOLUTIONS LLC

The undersigned authorized Officer of                                      (“Borrower”), for itself and on behalf of all other Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, among Borrowers and Bank (as amended, the “Agreement”) hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, (i) each Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of each Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof except as noted below; provided however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification (“Supporting Documents”). The Officer further certifies the Supporting Documents are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied form one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column,

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   COMPLIES  

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Compliance Certificate

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

CPA Audited. Re Silverback Unqualified F/S

   Annually, within 150 days of FYE      YES         NO   

A/R & A/P Agings of PowerSteering and Visionael

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)

   Annually, by 12/31      YES         NO   

Intellectual Property Report

   Quarterly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Audit

   Annual      YES         NO   

If Public:

        

10-Q

   Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)      YES         NO   

10-K

   Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)      YES         NO   

Availability under 2012 McDonald Note

   Amount: $                               N/A        
 
N/
A
 
  

Total amount of Borrowers’ cash and investments

   Amount: $                               YES         NO   

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank

   Amount: $                               YES         NO   
    

DESCRIPTION

   APPLICABLE  

Legal Action > $100,000 (Sect. 6.2(iv))

   Notify promptly upon notice                                YES         NO   

Inventory Disputes> $100,000 (Sect. 6.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                YES         NO   

Mergers & Acquisitions> $100,000 (Sect. 7.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                YES         NO   

Cross default with other agreements>$250,000 (Sect. 8.7)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                YES         NO   

Judgments Settlements > $200,000 (Sect. 8.9)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                YES         NO   

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS    REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES  

TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

           

Minimum Cash Amount

   See Section 6.7(a)    $                               YES         NO   

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (Silverback)

   1.20 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Combined Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (PowerSteering, Visionael and LMR Solutions)

   1.15 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Consolidated Debt to EBITDA Ratio (Silverback)

   2.75 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Combined Debt to EBITDA Ratio (PowerSteering, Visionael and LMR Solutions)

   2.75 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   
FINANCIAL COVENANTS*    REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES  

Permitted Indebtedness for equipment leases

   <$100,000 ($150,000 for PowerSteering)    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Indebtedness for credit cards

   <$50,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for non-borrower subsidiaries

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for employee loans

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for joint ventures

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Other Permitted Investments

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Liens for equipment leases

   <$100,000 ($150,000 for PowerSteering)    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Transfers

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

 

* -- On a per Borrower basis.

[Continued on Following Page]


Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations and Exceptions to Representations and Warranties:

The undersigned further acknowledges that at any time Borrowers, or any of them, are not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

Very truly yours,

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., for itself and on behalf of the

Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement among Comerica Bank,

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., PowerSteering Software, Inc., Visionael

Corporation and LMR Solutions LLC

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

2


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

This Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of April 11, 2013, among COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Silverback ”), VISIONAEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Visionael ”), POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ PowerSteering ”) and LMR SOLUTIONS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ LMR Solutions ”, collectively with Silverback, Visionael and PowerSteering, “ Borrowers ”, and each individually, a “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

A. Borrowers and Bank are parties to that Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012, the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012, the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Consent dated as of November 12, 2012 and the Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of December 3, 2012 (as amended, “ Agreement ”).

B. Borrowers and Bank desire to amend the Agreement further in accordance with the terms of this Amendment, and Borrower has requested that Bank waive certain covenant defaults existing under the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Bank hereby waives Borrowers’ violation of Section 7.4 of the Agreement (Indebtedness) and Section 7.5 of the Agreement (Encumbrances) for the period beginning on December 31, 2012 through the Fifth Amendment Date. This waiver is specific as to content and time, shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not constitute a waiver of any other current or future Default or Event of Default or breach of any covenant contained in the Agreement or the terms and conditions of any other Loan Documents. Bank expressly reserves all of its various rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Agreement and the other Loan Documents due to any other Default or breach not waived herein.

2. Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended by adding (in the appropriate alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“ ‘Adjusted EBITDA’ means with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) non-cash expenses of Borrowers, including without limit those expenses associated with granting stock options and restricted stock, plus (v) restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with the acquisitions by Silverback of Visionael, PowerSteering and Tenrox Canada within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the applicable acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding Two Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,200,000), plus (vi) one-time transaction and restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with the acquisition by Silverback of LMR Solutions within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000), plus (vii) one-time transaction and restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with an acquisition and approved by Bank in writing, plus (viii) any net change in deferred revenue during such period, including without limitation deferred revenue of an acquired company that, due to the business combination, is not recognized as revenue of the acquiring company under GAAP, plus (ix) Borrowers’ expenses related to foreign exchange losses for such period, and minus , to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, (x) non-cash tax credits for such period and (y) foreign exchange related gains, all as determined in accordance with GAAP other than with respect to clauses (v), (vi) and (vii) above. Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated on a trailing four quarter basis for all testing periods commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2013 and thereafter; provided however, with respect to any acquired company, Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated on (A) as of the first measuring period ending after the date such acquired company was acquired (the ‘Acquisition Date’), a trailing four quarter basis, (B) as of the second measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, an annualized basis and the relevant period of determination shall be the one fiscal quarter period ending as of such date, (C) as of the third measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, an annualized basis and the relevant period of determination shall be the two fiscal quarter period ending as of such date, (D) as of the fourth measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, an annualized basis and the relevant period of determination shall be the three fiscal quarter period ending as of such date, and (E) as of the fifth measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, and for each measuring period thereafter, a trailing four quarter basis.”


“ ‘Advance’ or ‘Advances’ means a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Line.”

“ ‘Borrowing Base’ means an amount equal to the sum of: (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, plus (b) the product of Borrowers’ Eligible Monthly Recurring Revenue for the trailing three (3) month period ending on any applicable date of determination multiplied by Borrowers’ weighted average Renewal Rate for the two (2) most recent calendar quarters ended as of such date of determination, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by or on behalf of Borrowers.”

“ ‘Credit Card Services Sublimit’ means a sublimit for corporate credit cards and e-commerce or merchant account services under the Revolving Line not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).”

“ ‘Credit Extension’ means each Advance, Term Loan B Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrowers, or any of them, hereunder.”

“ ‘EBITDA’ means with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) non-cash expenses of Borrowers, including without limit those expenses associated with granting stock options and restricted stock, plus (v) restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with the acquisitions by Silverback of Visionael, PowerSteering and Tenrox Canada within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the applicable acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding One Hundred Fifty Six Thousand Dollars ($156,000), plus (vi) one-time transaction and restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with the acquisition by Silverback of LMR Solutions within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000), plus (vii) any net change in deferred revenue during such period, including without limitation deferred revenue of an acquired company that, due to the business combination, is not recognized as revenue of the acquiring company under GAAP, plus (ix) Borrowers’ expenses related to foreign exchange losses for such period, and minus , to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, (x) non-cash tax credits for such period and (y) foreign exchange related gains, all as determined in accordance with GAAP other than with respect to clauses (v) and (vi) above. EBITDA shall be calculated on a trailing four quarter basis for all testing periods commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2013 and thereafter.”

“ ‘Eligible Accounts’ means, with respect to any Borrower, those Accounts that arise in the ordinary course of such Borrower’s business that comply with all of such Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank set forth in Section 5.3; provided, that Bank may change the standards of eligibility by giving such Borrower thirty (30) days prior written notice. Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following:

 

  (a) Accounts that the account debtor has failed to pay in full within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

 

  (b) Credit balances over ninety (90) days;

 

  (c) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, twenty-five percent (25%) of whose Accounts the account debtor has failed to pay within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

 

  (d) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, including Subsidiaries and Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrowers, or any one of them, exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, to the extent such obligations exceed the aforementioned percentage, except as approved in writing by Bank;

 

  (e) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States, except for Eligible Foreign Accounts;

 

2


  (f) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is the United States or any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States, except for Accounts of the United States if the payee has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. 3727);

 

  (g) Accounts with respect to which such Borrower is liable to the account debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the account debtor to such Borrower, but only to the extent of any amounts owing to the account debtor against amounts owed to such Borrower;

 

  (h) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, sale or return, sale on approval, bill and hold, demo or promotional, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the account debtor may be conditional;

 

  (i) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is an officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of such Borrower;

 

  (j) Accounts that have not yet been billed to the account debtor or that relate to deposits (such as good faith deposits) or other property of the account debtor held by such Borrower for the performance of services or delivery of goods which such Borrower has not yet performed or delivered;

 

  (k) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor disputes liability or makes any claim with respect thereto as to which Bank believes, in its sole discretion, that there may be a basis for dispute (but only to the extent of the amount subject to such dispute or claim), or is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

 

  (l) Accounts the collection of which Bank reasonably determines after inquiry and consultation with such Borrower to be doubtful; and

 

  (m) Retentions and hold-backs.”

“ ‘Eligible Foreign Accounts’ means, with respect to any Borrower, those Accounts (i) with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States and is not located in an OFAC sanctioned country, (ii) that are (a) supported by one or more letters of credit in an amount and of a tenor, and issued by a financial institution, acceptable to Bank, (b) insured by the Export Import Bank of the United States, (c) generated by an account debtor with its principal place of business in Canada, provided that the Bank has perfected its security interest in the appropriate Canadian province, or (d) approved by Bank on a case-by-case basis, and (iii) that otherwise meet the definition of Eligible Accounts, other than clause (e). All Eligible Foreign Accounts must be calculated in U.S. Dollars.”

“ ‘Eligible Monthly Recurring Revenue’ means, as of any applicable measuring period, Borrowers’ revenues (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for such period from account debtors that have executed a service contract with any Borrower that is effective as of the date of determination and entered into in the ordinary course of any Borrower’s business and consistency with past practices; provided , however , that (A) all extraordinary and non-recurring revenue and (B) all the service contract (excluding extraordinary and non-recurring contracts) revenue of any account debtor (1) whose contracts with any Borrower the account debtor has failed to pay within 90 days of invoice date, (2) whose contracts are not renewed within 30 days subsequent to the renewal date for each such contract, (3) whose contracts are not performing acceptably to Bank in its sole discretion, (4) whose contracts the Bank has reasonably determined may not collectible, or (5) that is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business, will be excluded from the calculation of Eligible Monthly Recurring Revenue.”

“ ‘Excess Cash Flow’ means, with respect to any Person, as of the end of each fiscal year, for the year then ended, net income for such fiscal year, plus to the extent deducted in determining net income, depreciation and amortization for such fiscal year, plus or minus, as applicable, the working capital adjustment for such fiscal year, minus (i) non-financed capital expenditures made during such fiscal year, (ii) the amount of all scheduled payments of principal on funded Indebtedness during such fiscal year (excluding all payments made under the Revolving Line and any other revolving facilities), and (iii) the amount of any optional prepayment of term Indebtedness during such fiscal year, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.”

 

3


“ ‘Fifth Amendment Date’ shall mean April 11, 2013.”

“ ‘Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio’ means for any Applicable Measuring Period and with respect to any Person, the ratio of (i) the Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for such period, to (ii) the sum of (A) the current portion of all long-term Indebtedness of such Person, plus (B) the Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued of such Person during such period, plus (C) all income taxes paid or payable during such period (other than income taxes properly deferred for payment in a subsequent period) by such Person, plus (D) unfinanced capital expenditures of such Person during such period. For the purpose of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the current portion of long-term Indebtedness shall not include amounts owing under the Sellers’ Notes.”

“ ‘Indebtedness’ means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation Subordinated Debt and reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, (d) all Contingent Obligations, and (e) all obligations arising under the Credit Card Services Sublimit, if any.”

“ ‘Letter of Credit’ means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at a Borrower’s request in accordance with Section 2.1(d)(iii).”

“ ‘Letter of Credit Sublimit’ means a sublimit for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000).”

“ ‘Minimum Cash Amount’ means the following amounts during the following respective periods:

 

Period

   Minimum Cash  

Fifth Amendment Date through and including June 29, 2013

   $ 1,150,000   

June 30, 2013 through and including September 29, 2013

   $ 1,300,000   

September 30, 2013 through and including the earlier of (i) date of payment of the Holdback Amount and (ii) December 30, 2013

   $ 1,450,000   

Date of payment of the Holdback Amount through and including March 30, 2014

   $ 1,000,000   

March 31, 2014 through and including June 29, 2014

   $ 1,375,000   

June 30, 2014 through and including September 29, 2014

   $ 1,750,000   

September 30, 2014 through the date of repayment of the Sellers’ Notes

   $ 2,125,000   

Date of repayment of Sellers’ Notes and thereafter

   $ 1,000,000”   

“ ‘Post-Fifth Amendment Audit’ has the meaning set forth for such term in Section 6.13 hereof.”

 

4


“ ‘Recapture Percentage’ means fifty percent (50%); provided that, any time that the ratio of Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA is less than 2.00 to 1.00, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered by or on behalf of Borrowers, the ‘Recapture Percentage’ shall mean zero percent (0%).”

“ ‘Renewal Rate’ means, as of any applicable date of determination, one hundred percent (100%), minus the percentage of annual recurring revenue from any Borrower’s clients under recurring service contracts (‘Contracts’) who discontinue their Contracts during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination out of the total annual recurring revenue value of Contracts up for renewal during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination and the total annual recurring value of multi-year Contracts which have an anniversary (not renewal date) during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination (collectively, “Total ARR”), plus the percentage of annual recurring revenue from price increases on any Borrower’s clients under Contracts who have a price increase in their Contracts during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination out of Total ARR, plus the percentage of annual recurring revenue expansion on any Borrower’s clients under Contracts who have a license expansion in their Contracts during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination out of Total ARR, minus the percentage of annual recurring revenue contraction on any Borrower’s clients under Contracts who have a license contraction in their Contracts during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination out of Total ARR, plus the percentage of annual recurring revenue from any Borrower’s clients under Contracts which were previously treated as not renewing their Contracts in preceding fiscal quarters but which did in fact renew their Contracts within the calendar quarter immediately following each such Contract’s applicable termination date out of Total ARR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Renewal Rate shall not exceed 100%.”

“ ‘Revolving Line’ means a Credit Extension of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (inclusive of the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrowers, or any of them, and merchant credit card processing reserves under the Credit Card Services Sublimit).”

“ ‘Revolving Maturity Date’ means April 11, 2015.”

“ ‘Term Loan B’ means a Credit Extension of up to: (a) until Bank’s receipt and satisfactory review of Borrowers’ 2012 annual financial statements delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2, Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000), and (b) thereafter, Nineteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($19,500,000).”

“ ‘Term Loan B Advance(s)’ means a cash advance or cash advances under the Term Loan B.”

“ ‘Term Loan B Draw Period Expiration Date” means April 11, 2014.”

“ ‘Term Loan B Maturity Date’ means April 11, 2018.”

“ ‘Term Loan B Maximum Amount” means all Term Loan B Advances that are outstanding on the Term Loan B Draw Period Expiration Date.

3. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Indebtedness of Borrowers, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

 

5


4. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Liens securing obligations of Borrowers, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

5. New Sections 2.1(d) and 2.1(e) are added to the Agreement immediately following Section 2.1(c) to read in their entirety as follows:

“(d) Advances Under Revolving Line .

(i) Amount . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrowers, or any of them, may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, less the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrowers, or any of them, and merchant credit card processing reserves under the Credit Card Services Sublimit. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(d) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time without penalty or premium prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(d) shall be immediately due and payable.

(ii) Form of Request . Whenever a Borrower desires an Advance, such Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission or telephone no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time (1:30 p.m. Central time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Payment/Advance Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C . Bank is authorized to make Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from a Responsible Officer of any one Borrower or a designee thereof, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer of any Borrower or a designee thereof, and Borrowers shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Advances made under this Section 2.1(d) to any Borrower’s deposit account.

(iii) Letter of Credit Sublimit . Subject to the availability under the Revolving Line, and in reliance on the representations and warranties of Borrowers set forth herein, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, Bank shall issue for the account of Borrowers such Letters of Credit as Borrowers may request by delivering to Bank a duly executed letter of credit application on Bank’s standard form; provided, however, that the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all such Letters of Credit (i) shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (ii) shall be deemed to constitute Advances for the purpose of calculating availability under the Revolving Line. Any drawn but unreimbursed amounts under any Letters of Credit shall be charged as Advances against the Revolving Line. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s form application and letter of credit agreement. Borrowers will pay any standard issuance and other fees that Bank notifies Borrowers it will charge for issuing and processing Letters of Credit.

(iv) Credit Card Services Sublimit . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrowers, or any one of them, may request corporate credit cards and standard and e-commerce merchant account services from Bank (collectively, the ‘Credit Card Services’). The aggregate limit of the corporate credit cards and merchant credit card processing reserves shall not exceed the Credit Card Services Sublimit, provided that availability under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrowers and merchant credit card processing reserves. In addition, Bank may, in its sole discretion, charge as Advances any amounts that become due or owing to Bank in connection with the Credit Card Services. The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Credit Card Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Bank’s standard forms of application and agreement for the Credit Card Services, which Borrowers hereby agree to execute.

 

6


(v) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity . If Borrowers, or any of them, have not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Letters of Credit and Credit Card Services that may extend beyond the Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of the Revolving Maturity Date, the balance in any of any Borrower’s deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in any Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit and Credit Card Services; provided, however, that if there are insufficient balances in such accounts to secure such obligations, Borrowers shall immediately deposit such additional funds as are necessary to fully secure such obligations. Borrowers authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by any Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the Letters of Credit and Credit Card Services are outstanding or continue.

(e) Term Loan B Advances .

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Term Loan B Advances to Borrowers. Borrowers, or any of them, may request Term Loan B Advances from the Fifth Amendment Date through the Term Loan B Draw Period Expiration Date. The aggregate outstanding amount of Term Loan B Advances shall not exceed the Term Loan B. The proceeds of the Term Loan B shall be used by Borrowers to (a) refinance the outstanding Term Loan Advances and the outstanding amounts under Term Loan A and (b) subject to Section 7.3 of this Agreement ( Mergers or Acquisitions ), finance Borrowers’ acquisitions after the Fifth Amendment Date not exceeding an aggregate amount of $12,125,000.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of the funding of the Term Loan B at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). Commencing on November 1, 2013 and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through March 1, 2014, Borrowers shall pay to Bank monthly installments of principal in an aggregate amount equal to five percent (5%) of all Term Loan B Advances that are outstanding on October 2, 2013, plus all accrued interest. Any Term Loan B Advances that are outstanding on the Term Loan B Draw Period Expiration Date shall be payable as follows: (a) monthly installments of principal in an aggregate amount equal to fifteen percent (15%) of the Term Loan B Maximum Amount plus all accrued interest shall be due and payable on April 1, 2014 and on the same day of each month thereafter through March 1, 2015; (b) monthly installments of principal in an aggregate amount equal to twenty five percent (25%) of the Term Loan B Maximum Amount plus all accrued interest shall be due and payable on April 1, 2015 and on the same day of each month thereafter through March 1, 2016; (c) monthly installments of principal equal to twenty five percent (25%) of the Term Loan B Maximum Amount plus all accrued interest shall be due and payable on April 1, 2016 and on the same day of each month thereafter through March 1, 2017; and (d) monthly installments of principal in an aggregate amount equal to thirty percent (30%) of the Term Loan B Maximum Amount plus all accrued interest shall be due and payable on April 1, 2017 and on the same day of each month thereafter through March 1, 2018. Term Loan B Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrowers may prepay any Term Loan B Advances without penalty or premium. All outstanding principal and accrued interest shall be paid in full on the Term Loan B Maturity Date.

(iii) When Borrowers desire to obtain the Term Loan B, Borrowers shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time (1:30 p.m. Central time for wire transfers) on the Business Day the Term Loan B is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C . The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer of any Borrower or its designee. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer of any Borrower or a designee thereof, and Borrowers shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance.

(iv) Excess Cash Flow Recapture . In addition to the payments set forth in Section 2.1(e)(ii) hereof and any optional prepayments made under the Term Loan B, beginning on June 1, 2015 (for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014) and continuing on June 1 of each year thereafter until the Term Loan B Maturity Date or until all amounts due under the Term Loan B have been paid in full, whichever first occurs, Borrowers shall pay an amount equal to the Recapture Percentage multiplied by its Excess Cash Flow for the immediately preceding fiscal year. This Excess Cash Flow payment will be allocated to the Term Loan B payment schedule in the inverse order of payments due beginning backwards from the Term Loan B Maturity Date.”

 

7


6. Section 2.2 of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“2.2 Overadvances . If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, less the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued under the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the aggregate limits of the corporate credit cards issued to Borrowers, at any time, Borrowers shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.”

7. Section 2.3(a) of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Interest Rates .

(i) Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof as set forth in the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E (‘Interest Rate Addendum’).

(ii) Term Loan B Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Term Loan B Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof as set forth in the Interest Rate Addendum.”

8. Section 5.3 of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“5.3 Collateral . Such Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement. All Collateral is located solely in the Collateral Locations. The Eligible Accounts are bona fide existing obligations. The property or services giving rise to such Eligible Accounts has been delivered or rendered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by the account debtor. Such Borrower has not received notice of actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose accounts are included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Account. No licenses or agreements giving rise to such Eligible Accounts is with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Collateral consisting of deposit or investment accounts is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.”

9. Section 6.2(ii) of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(ii) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of Silverback’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements of Silverback and its consolidated Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified (including no going concern comment or qualification) or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;”

10. Section 6.2(a) of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Visionael, Power Steering and LMR Solutions shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of their respective accounts receivable and accounts payable.”

11. Section 6.2(d) of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(d) Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit each Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrowers’ expense, provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than one every six (6) months (excluding the Post-Fifth Amendment Audit), unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.”

 

8


12. Section 6.7 of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“6.7 Financial Covenants .

(a) Minimum Cash . Silverback shall maintain at all times, on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering, Visionael, LMR Solutions, Tenrox Canada and Tenrox US, Cash at Bank of not less than the Minimum Cash Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the balance of Silverback’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ Cash maintained in accounts at Bank located in the United States shall be at least $500,000 at all times.

Each Borrower authorizes Bank to decline to honor any drafts upon such Borrower’s accounts with Bank or any requests by such Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of funds held in such accounts if (i) the aggregate balance of such accounts is less than the Minimum Cash Amount in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time, or (ii) honoring such drafts or requests would cause the aggregate balance of such accounts to be, less than the Minimum Cash Amount in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time.

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Tenrox Canada, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK and Visionael, and commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, LMR Solutions, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00.

(c) Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio . Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Tenrox Canada, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK and Visionael, and commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, LMR Solutions, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of (i) all Indebtedness of Silverback and its consolidated Subsidiaries to (ii) Adjusted EBITDA of not more than 3.25 to 1.00.

(d) EBITDA . Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Tenrox Canada, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK and Visionael, and commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, LMR Solutions, EBITDA of not less than $5,000,000; provided, that if any Borrower acquires any other Persons after the Fifth Amendment Date, Bank reserves the right to reset the amount set forth in this section for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014.”

13. New Section 6.13 is added to the Agreement immediately after Section 6.12 thereof to read in its entirety as follows:

“6.13 Post-Fifth Amendment Audit . Within sixty (60) days after the Fifth Amendment Date, Bank shall have a right to audit each Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral (‘Post-Fifth Amendment Audit’).”

14. New Clause (a)(i) is added to Section 9.1 of the Agreement immediately following Section 9.1(a) to read in its entirety as follows:

“(a)(i) Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn or outstanding Credit Card Services, as collateral security for the repaying of future drawings under such Letters of Credit or outstanding Credit Card Services, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit or Credit Card Services fees, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;”

 

9


15. Bank’s notice address in Section 10 of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  “If to Bank:   Comerica Bank
    M/C 7578
    39200 Six Mile Rd.
    Livonia, MI 48152
    Attn: National Documentation Services
  with a copy to:   Comerica Bank
    300 W. Sixth St.
    Suite 2250
    Austin, TX 78701
    Attn: Megan Kirk
    FAX: (512) 427-7178”

16. Exhibit D to the Agreement is replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

17. Exhibit F is added to the Agreement in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

18. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Agreement is amended as set forth on the Amendment to Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

19. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, the principal installment payments of the Term Loan and the Term Loan A due April 1, 2013 are deferred until the earlier of May 1, 2013 and the refinancing of the Term Loan and Term Loan A.

20. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

21. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

22. Each Borrower waives, discharges, and forever releases Bank, Bank’s employees, officers, directors, attorneys, stockholders, and their successors and assigns, from and of any and all claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions that such Borrower has or may have had at any time up through and including the date of this Amendment, against any or all of the foregoing, regardless of whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions are known to such Borrower or whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions arose as result of Bank’s actions or omissions in connection with the Loan Documents, or any amendments, extensions or modifications thereto, or Bank’s administration of the Obligations or otherwise. EACH BORROWER WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, WHICH STATES:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

23. Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

10


24. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

 

  (a) this Amendment, executed by Borrowers;

 

  (b) an officer’s certificate of each Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment and related documents;

 

  (c) a Warrant, executed by Silverback;

 

  (d) an automatic debit authorization, executed by Silverback;
  (e) an Itemization of Amount Financed Disbursement Instructions (Revolving Line);

 

  (f) an Itemization of Amount Financed Disbursement Instructions (Term Loan B);

 

  (g) an Affirmation of Subordination Agreement, executed by John McDonald;

 

  (h) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Guaranty Documents, executed by Tenrox US;

 

  (i) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate;

 

  (j) non-refundable commitment fees in the amounts of (1) $57,500 with respect to Term Loan B and (2) $25,000 with respect to the Revolving Line, each of which may be deducted from any Borrower’s account with Bank;

 

  (k) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrowers’ accounts; and

 

  (l) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

25. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[signatures on following page]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

“Borrowers”
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Chairman and CEO
VISIONAEL COPRORATION
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   President
POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   President
LMR SOLUTIONS LLC
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   President
“Bank”
COMERICA BANK
By:  

/s/ PAUL GERLING

Name:   Paul Gerling
Title:   Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver]


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:    Comerica Bank                                                                                              

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Loan Analysis Department

300 W. Sixth St., Suite 2250

   Austin, TX 78701
   Fax: (512) 427-7178
   EMAIL: tlstxcompliance@comerica.com

FROM: SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., VISIONAEL CORPORATION, POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC. AND LMR SOLUTIONS LLC

The undersigned authorized Officer of                                                   (“Borrower”), for itself and on behalf of all other Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, among Borrowers and Bank (as amended, the “Agreement”) hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, (i) each Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of each Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof except as noted below; provided however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification (“Supporting Documents”). The Officer further certifies the Supporting Documents are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied form one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column,

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   COMPLIES  

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Compliance Certificate

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

CPA Audited, Re Silverback Unqualified F/S

   Annually, within 150 days of FYE      YES         NO   
Borrowing Base Certificate, A/R & A/P Agings of Visionael,
Power Steering and LMR Solutions
   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)

   Annually, by 12/31      YES         NO   

Intellectual Property Report

   Quarterly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Audit

   Semi-annual      YES         NO   

If Public:

        

10-Q

   Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)      YES         NO   

10-K

   Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)      YES         NO   

Availability under 2012 McDonald Note

   Amount: $                               N/A         N/A   

Total amount of Borrowers’ cash and investments

   Amount: $                               YES         NO   

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank

   Amount: $                               YES         NO   
    

DESCRIPTION

   APPLICABLE  

Legal Action > $100,000 (Sect. 6.2(iv))

   Notify promptly upon notice      YES         NO   

Inventory Disputes> $100,000 (Sect. 6.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice      YES         NO   

Mergers & Acquisitions> $100,000 (Sect. 7.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice      YES         NO   

Cross default with other agreements>$250,000 (Sect. 8.7)

   Notify promptly upon notice      YES         NO   

Judgments Settlements > $200,000 (Sect. 8.9)

   Notify promptly upon notice      YES         NO   

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS    REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES  

TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

           

Minimum Cash Amount

   See Section 6.7(a)    $                               YES         NO   

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

   1.25 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Consolidated Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio

   3.25 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

EBITDA

   $5,000,000    $                               YES         NO   
FINANCIAL COVENANTS*    REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES  

Permitted Indebtedness for equipment leases

   <$600,000, individually or in aggregate    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Indebtedness for credit cards

   <$50,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for non-borrower subsidiaries

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for employee loans

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for joint ventures

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Other Permitted Investments

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Liens for equipment leases

   <$600,000, individually or in aggregate    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Transfers

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

 

* -- On a per Borrower basis.

 

Exhibit D – Page 1


Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations and Exceptions to Representations and Warranties:

The undersigned further acknowledges that at any time Borrowers, or any of them, are not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

Very truly yours,

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., for itself and on behalf of the

Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement among Comerica Bank,

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., PowerSteering Software, Inc., Visionael

Corporation and LMR Solutions LLC

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

Exhibit D – Page 2


EXHIBIT F

Borrowing Base Certificate


SIXTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND JOINDER

This Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May 16, 2013, among COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Silverback ”), VISIONAEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Visionael ”), POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ PowerSteering ”), LMR SOLUTIONS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ LMR Solutions ”, and collectively with Silverback, Visionael and PowerSteering, the “ Prior Borrower Group ”), MAREX GROUP, INC., a Nebraska corporation (“ Marex ”) and FILEBOUND SOLUTIONS, INC., a Florida corporation (“ FileBound ”, and collectively with the Prior Borrower Group and Marex, the “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

A. The Prior Borrower Group and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012, the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012, the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Consent dated as of November 12, 2012, the Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of December 3, 2012 and the Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 11, 2013 (as amended, “ Agreement ”).

B. The Prior Borrower Group and Bank are parties to that certain Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (the “ Interest Rate Addendum ”).

C. Silverback acquired Marex and FileBound on May 16, 2013.

D. The Prior Borrower Group desire to join each of Marex and FileBound as a “Borrower” under the Agreement and the Interest Rate Addendum, and otherwise amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. By execution and delivery of this Amendment, each of Marex and FileBound shall, and does hereby become a party to the Agreement and the Interest Rate Addendum as a “Borrower” as if an original signatory thereto. Each of Marex and FileBound (a) acknowledges and agrees that it has read the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the other Loan Documents, (b) consents to all of the provisions of the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the Loan Documents relating to it, as applicable; and (c) acknowledges and agrees that this Amendment has been freely executed without duress and after an opportunity was provided to it for review of the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum, this Amendment and all other Loan Documents by competent legal counsel of its choice.

2. All references to “Borrower” in the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the other Loan Documents shall hereafter mean, individually and collectively, Silverback, Visionael, PowerSteering, LMR Solutions, Marex and FileBound.


3. Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended by adding (in the appropriate alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“‘Adjusted EBITDA’ means with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) non-cash expenses of Borrowers, including without limit those expenses associated with granting stock options and restricted stock, plus (v) restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with the acquisitions by Silverback of Visionael, PowerSteering and Tenrox Canada within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the applicable acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding Two Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,200,000), plus (vi) one-time transaction and restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with the acquisition by Silverback of LMR Solutions within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000), plus (vii) one-time transaction and restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with an acquisition and approved by Bank in writing, plus (viii) any net change in deferred revenue during such period, including without limitation deferred revenue of an acquired company that, due to the business combination, is not recognized as revenue of the acquiring company under GAAP, plus (ix) Borrowers’ expenses related to foreign exchange losses for such period, plus (x) one-time transaction and restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with the acquisition by Silverback of Marex and FileBound within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($800,000), and minus , to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, (xi) non-cash tax credits for such period and (y) foreign exchange related gains, all as determined in accordance with GAAP other than with respect to clauses (v), (vi) and (vii) above. Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated on a trailing four quarter basis for all testing periods commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2013 and thereafter; provided however, with respect to any acquired company, Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated on (A) as of the first measuring period ending after the date such acquired company was acquired (the ‘Acquisition Date’), a trailing four quarter basis, (B) as of the second measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, an annualized basis and the relevant period of determination shall be the one fiscal quarter period ending as of such date, (C) as of the third measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, an annualized basis and the relevant period of determination shall be the two fiscal quarter period ending as of such date, (D) as of the fourth measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, an annualized basis and the relevant period of determination shall be the three fiscal quarter period ending as of such date, and (E) as of the fifth measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, and for each measuring period thereafter, a trailing four quarter basis.”

“‘FileBound’ means FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation.”

“‘FileBound Sellers’ means, collectively, Mark Creglow, Rex Lamb, Vicki Lamb, Sean Nathaniel and Dan Young.”

“‘Marex’ means Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation.”

“‘FileBound Sellers’ Notes’ means, collectively, the promissory notes, each dated May 16, 2013, in the aggregate amount of $3,500,000, payable by Silverback to FileBound Sellers, which indebtedness constitutes Subordinated Debt.”

 

2


“‘Minimum Cash Amount’ means the following amounts during the following respective periods:

 

Period    Minimum Cash  

Fifth Amendment Date through and including June 29, 2013

   $ 1,150,000   

June 30, 2013 through and including September 29, 2013

   $ 1,300,000   

September 30, 2013 through and including the earlier of (i) date of payment of the Holdback Amount and (ii) December 30, 2013

   $ 1,450,000   

Date of payment of the Holdback Amount through and including March 30, 2014

   $ 1,000,000   

March 31, 2014 through and including June 29, 2014

   $ 1,375,000   

June 30, 2014 through and including

   $ 1,750,000   

September 29, 2014 September 30, 2014 through and including the earlier of (i) date of repayment of the Sellers’ Notes (ii) and December 30, 2014

   $ 2,875,000   

 

December 31, 2014 through and including March 30, 2015

   $ 2,500,000   

March 31, 2015 through and including the earlier of (i) date of repayment of $3,000,000 of principal due under the FileBound Sellers’ Notes and (ii) June 29, 2015

   $ 3,250,000   

June 30, 2015 through and including September 29, 2015

   $ 1,000,000   

September 30, 2015 through and including December 30, 2015

   $ 1,125,000   

December 31, 2015 through and including March 30, 2016

   $ 1,250,000   

March 31, 2015 through and including the date of repayment of the remaining $500,000 of principal due under the FileBound Sellers’ Notes.

   $ 1,375,000   

Date of repayment of the remaining $500,000 of principal due under the FileBound Sellers’ Notes and thereafter

   $ 1,000,000”   

4. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Indebtedness of Borrowers, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

5. Section 6.2(a) of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Visionael, Power Steering, LMR Solutions, Marex and FileBound shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of their respective accounts receivable and accounts payable.”

 

3


6. Section 6.7 of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“6.7 Financial Covenants .

(a) Minimum Cash . Silverback shall maintain at all times, on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering, Visionael, LMR Solutions, Tenrox Canada, Tenrox US, Marex and FileBound, Cash at Bank of not less than the Minimum Cash Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the balance of Silverback’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ Cash maintained in accounts at Bank located in the United States shall be at least $500,000 at all times.

Each Borrower authorizes Bank to decline to honor any drafts upon such Borrower’s accounts with Bank or any requests by such Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of funds held in such accounts if (i) the aggregate balance of such accounts is less than the Minimum Cash Amount in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time, or (ii) honoring such drafts or requests would cause the aggregate balance of such accounts to be, less than the Minimum Cash Amount in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time.

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Tenrox Canada, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK, Visionael, Marex, FileBound and LMR Solutions, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00.

(c) Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio . Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Tenrox Canada, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK, Visionael, Marex, FileBound and LMR Solutions, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of (i) all Indebtedness of Silverback and its consolidated Subsidiaries to (ii) Adjusted EBITDA of not more than 3.75 to 1.00.

(d) EBITDA . Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Tenrox Canada, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK, Visionael and LMR Solutions, EBITDA of not less than $5,000,000; provided, that if any Borrower acquires any other Persons after the Fifth Amendment Date, Bank reserves the right to reset the amount set forth in this section for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014.”

7. Exhibit D to the Agreement is deleted and replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

8. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Agreement is amended as set forth on the Amendment to Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

9. Schedule 1 to the Agreement is deleted and replaced with Schedule 1 attached hereto.

10. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Agreement, on or before June 16, 2013, Borrower shall deliver to Bank lessor’s acknowledgment and subordination agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, duly executed by the lessors of the properties commonly known as (a) 1701 Cushman Drive, Lincoln, Nebraska 68512 and (b) 11080 CirclePoint Road, Suite 120, Westminster, Colorado 80020.

11. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Agreement, on or before the date that is ninety (90) days after the date hereof, Marex and Filebound shall maintain all of their depostory and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affliliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

12. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Agreement, on or before June 16, 2013, Borrower shall deliver to Bank original stock certificates of Marex and FileBound reflecting Silverback as the owner, and one stock or bond assignment executed in blank, per stock certificate.

13. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

 

4


14. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

15. Each Borrower waives, discharges, and forever releases Bank, Bank’s employees, officers, directors, attorneys, stockholders, and their successors and assigns, from and of any and all claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions that such Borrower has or may have had at any time up through and including the date of this Amendment, against any or all of the foregoing, regardless of whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions are known to such Borrower or whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions arose as result of Bank’s actions or omissions in connection with the Loan Documents, or any amendments, extensions or modifications thereto, or Bank’s administration of the Obligations or otherwise. EACH BORROWER WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, WHICH STATES:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

16. Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

17. This Amendment is being executed by Borrowers outside the State of Florida and will be delivered to Bank outside the State of Florida and no documentary stamp taxes or intangible personal property taxes are required under the above circumstances.

18. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrowers;

(b) an officer’s certificate of each Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment and related documents;

(c) Intellectual Property Security Agreements, executed by each of Marex and FileBound;

(d) Agreements to Furnish Insurance, executed by each of Marex and FileBound;

(e) a Subordination Agreement, executed by Mark Creglow, Rex Lamb, Vicki Lamb, Sean Nathaniel and Dan Yount;

(f) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Subordination Agreement, executed by Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid;

(g) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Guaranty Documents, executed by Tenrox US;

(h) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate;

(i) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrowers’ accounts; and

(j) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

19. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[signatures on following page]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

“Borrowers”
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    Chairman and CEO

VISIONAEL COPRORATION
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

LMR SOLUTIONS LLC
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

MAREX GROUP, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

[Continued on Following Page]

[Signature Page to Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (1302462)]


FILEBOUND SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

“Bank”
COMERICA BANK
By:  

     /s/ Paul Gerling

Name:  

    Paul Gerling

Title:  

    Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (1302462)]


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:    Comerica Bank                                                                                              

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Loan Analysis Department

300 W. Sixth St., Suite 2250

   Austin, TX 78701
   Fax: (512) 427-7178
   EMAIL: tlstxcompliance@comerica.com

FROM: SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., VISIONAEL CORPORATION, POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., LMR SOLUTIONS LLC, MAREX GROUP, INC. and FILEBOUND SOLUTIONS, INC.

The undersigned authorized Officer of                                      (“Borrower”), for itself and on behalf of all other Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, among Borrowers and Bank (as amended, the “Agreement”) hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, (i) each Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of each Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof except as noted below; provided however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification (“Supporting Documents”). The Officer further certifies the Supporting Documents are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied form one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column,

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   COMPLIES  

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Compliance Certificate

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

CPA Audited, Re Silverback Unqualified F/S

   Annually, within 150 days of FYE      YES         NO   

Borrowing Base Certificate, A/R & A/P Agings of Visionael,

Power Steering, LMR Solutions, Marex and FileBound

   Monthly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)

   Annually, by 12/31      YES         NO   

Intellectual Property Report

   Quarterly, within 30 days      YES         NO   

Audit

   Semi-annual      YES         NO   

If Public:

        

10-Q

   Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)      YES         NO   

10-K

   Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)      YES         NO   

Availability under 2012 McDonald Note

   Amount: $                               N/A         N/A   

Total amount of Borrowers’ cash and investments

   Amount: $                               YES         NO   

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank

   Amount: $                               YES         NO   
    

DESCRIPTION

   APPLICABLE  

Legal Action > $100,000 (Sect. 6.2(iv))

   Notify promptly upon notice                                    YES         NO   

Inventory Disputes> $100,000 (Sect. 6.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                    YES         NO   

Mergers & Acquisitions> $100,000 (Sect. 7.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                    YES         NO   

Cross default with other agreements>$250,000 (Sect. 8.7)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                    YES         NO   

Judgments Settlements > $200,000 (Sect. 8.9)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                    YES         NO   

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS    REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES  

TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

           

Minimum Cash Amount

   See Section 6.7(a)    $                               YES         NO   

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

   1.25 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

Consolidated Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio

   3.75 to 1.00                 :1.00      YES         NO   

EBITDA

   $5,000,000    $                               YES         NO   
FINANCIAL COVENANTS*    REQUIRED    ACTUAL    COMPLIES  

Permitted Indebtedness for equipment leases

   <$1,000,000, individually or in aggregate    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Indebtedness for credit cards

   <$50,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for non-borrower subsidiaries

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for employee loans

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Investments for joint ventures

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Other Permitted Investments

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Liens for equipment leases

   <$1,000,000, individually or in aggregate    $                               YES         NO   

Permitted Transfers

   <$100,000    $                               YES         NO   

 

* -- On a per Borrower basis.


Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations and Exceptions to Representations and Warranties:

The undersigned further acknowledges that at any time Borrowers, or any of them, are not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

Very truly yours,

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., for itself and on behalf of the

Borrowers party to that certain Loan and Security Agreement among Comerica Bank,

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., PowerSteering Software, Inc., Visionael

Corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc.

 

 

Authorized Signer

 

 

Name

 

 

Title


SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND JOINDER

This Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of December 6, 2013, among COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. (“ Upland ”), POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ PowerSteering ”), MAREX GROUP, INC., a Nebraska corporation (“Marex”), FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ FileBound ”), LMR SOLUTIONS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ LMR Solutions ”, and collectively with Upland, Marex, Filebound and PowerSteering, together with Visionael Corporation, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Visionael ”), the “ Prior Borrower Group ”), COMSCI, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“ ComSci, LLC ”) and COMSCI, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ ComSci ”, and collectively with the Prior Borrower Group, the “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

A. The Prior Borrower Group and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012, the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012, the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Consent dated as of November 12, 2012, the Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of December 3, 2012, the Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 11, 2013 and Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of May 16, 2013 (as amended, “ Agreement ”).

B. The Prior Borrower Group and Bank are parties to that certain Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (the “ Interest Rate Addendum ”).

C. On November 13, 2013, Upland filed an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Silver Back Enterprise Group, Inc., which provides for a change in the name of Upland from Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. to Upland Software, Inc. (the “ Amendment ”). The Amendment was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

D. On November 7, 2013, a subsidiary of Upland, ComSci, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ComSci”), acquired all of the membership interests of ComSci, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“ComSci, LLC”).

E. The Prior Borrower Group requests that Bank consent to the Amendment, release Visionael as a Borrower under the Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents, and the Prior Borrower Group desire to join ComSci and ComSci, LLC, each as a “Borrower” under the Agreement and the Interest Rate Addendum, and otherwise amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. By execution and delivery of this Amendment, each of ComSci and ComSci, LLC shall, and does hereby become a party to the Agreement and the Interest Rate Addendum as a “Borrower” as if an original signatory thereto (the “Joinder”). ComSci and ComSci, LLC each (a) acknowledge and agree that it has read the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the other Loan Documents; (b) consents to all of the provisions of the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the Loan Documents relating to it, as applicable; and (c) acknowledges and agrees that this Amendment has been freely executed without duress and after an opportunity was provided to it for review of the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum, this Amendment and all other Loan Documents by competent legal counsel of its choice.

2. All references to “Borrower” in the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the other Loan Documents shall hereafter mean, individually and collectively, Upland, Marex, PowerSteering, LMR Solutions, FileBound, ComSci, LLC and ComSci.

3. All references to “Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.” shall refer to Upland Software, Inc.


4. All references to “Visionael” and “Visionael Corporation” shall hereafter be deleted and Visionael is hereby released from all of its obligations as a Borrower under the Agreement and applicable Loan Documents.

5. Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended by adding (in the appropriate alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“‘ComSci’ means ComSci, Inc., a Delaware corporation.”

“‘ComSci, LLC’ means ComSci, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company.”

6. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Indebtedness of Borrowers, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

7. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

  “(c) Liens securing obligations of Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

8. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Agreement is amended as set forth on the Amendment to Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

9. Schedule 1 to the Agreement is deleted and replaced with Schedule 1 attached hereto.

10. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Agreement, on or before January __, 2014, if required pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Agreement, ComSci, LLC shall deliver to Bank a lessor’s acknowledgment and subordination agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, duly executed by the lessor of the property commonly known as [485B Route 1 South, Suite 100, Iselin, New Jersey 08830.

11. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Agreement, on or before the date that is ninety (90) days after the date hereof, ComSci and ComSci, LLC shall maintain all of their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank

12. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Agreement, on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after the date hereof, Upland shall deliver to Bank original stock certificates of ComSci reflecting Upland as the owner, and one stock or bond assignment executed in blank, per stock certificate.

13. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

14. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

2


15. Each Borrower waives, discharges, and forever releases Bank, Bank’s employees, officers, directors, attorneys, stockholders, and their successors and assigns, from and of any and all claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions that such Borrower has or may have had at any time up through and including the date of this Amendment, against any or all of the foregoing, regardless of whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions are known to such Borrower or whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions arose as result of Bank’s actions or omissions in connection with the Loan Documents, or any amendments, extensions or modifications thereto, or Bank’s administration of the Obligations or otherwise. EACH BORROWER WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, WHICH STATES:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

16. Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

17. This Amendment is being executed by Borrowers outside the State of Florida and will be delivered to Bank outside the State of Florida and no documentary stamp taxes or intangible personal property taxes are required under the above circumstances.

18. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrowers;

(b) an officer’s certificate of each Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment and related documents;

(c) Intellectual Property Security Agreements, executed by each of ComSci and ComSci, LLC;

(d) Agreements to Furnish Insurance, executed by each of ComSci and ComSci, LLC;

(e) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Subordination Agreement, executed by Mark Creglow, Rex Lamb, Vicki Lamb, Sean Nathaniel and Dan Yount;

(f) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Subordination Agreement, executed by Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid;

(g) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Guaranty Documents, executed by Tenrox US;

(h) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate;

(i) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrowers’ accounts; and

(j) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

19. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[signatures on following page]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

“Borrowers”

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC. ,

f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

LMR SOLUTIONS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

FILEBOUND SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

MAREX GROUP, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (3041881)]


COMSCI, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

COMSCI, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

“Bank”  
COMERICA BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (3041881)]


EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND JOINDER

This Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of March 19, 2014, among COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), COMSCI, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“ ComSci, LLC ”) and COMSCI, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ ComSci ”), UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. (“ Upland ”), POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ PowerSteering ”), FILEBOUND SOLUTIONS, INC., a Nebraska corporation fka Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, successor by merger to FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ FileBound ”), LMR SOLUTIONS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ LMR Solutions ”, and collectively with Upland, FileBound, PowerSteering, ComSci, LLC, and ComSci, the “ Prior Borrower Group ”), and CLICKABILITY, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Clickability ”, and collectively with the Prior Borrower Group, the “ Borrowers ” and each individually, a “ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

A. The Prior Borrower Group and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012, the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012, the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Consent dated as of November 12, 2012, the Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of December 3, 2012, the Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 11, 2013, the Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of May 16, 2013 and the Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of December 6, 2013 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”).

B. The Prior Borrower Group and Bank are parties to that certain Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (the “ Interest Rate Addendum ”).

C. On December 23, 2013, Upland acquired all of the equity interests of Clickability.

D. Effective December 31, 2013, (i) Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation merged with Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation as the surviving entity, and (ii) Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation changed its name to FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Nebraska corporation.

E. The Prior Borrower Group desire to join Clickability as a “Borrower” under the Agreement and the Interest Rate Addendum, and otherwise amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. By execution and delivery of this Amendment, Clickability shall, and does hereby become a party to the Agreement and the Interest Rate Addendum as a “Borrower” as if an original signatory thereto (the “ Joinder ”). Clickability (a) acknowledges and agrees that it has read the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the other Loan Documents; (b) consents to all of the provisions of the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the Loan Documents relating to it, as applicable; and (c) acknowledges and agrees that this Amendment has been freely executed without duress and after an opportunity was provided to it for review of the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum, this Amendment and all other Loan Documents by competent legal counsel of its choice.

2. All references to “Borrower” in the Agreement, the Interest Rate Addendum and the other Loan Documents shall hereafter mean, individually and collectively, Upland, PowerSteering, LMR Solutions, FileBound, ComSci, LLC, ComSci and Clickability.


3. Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended by adding (in the appropriate alphabetical order) the following term to read in its entirety as follows:

“‘Clickability’ means Clickability, Inc., a Delaware corporation.”

4. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Indebtedness of Borrowers, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness.”

5. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Liens securing obligations of Borrowers or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon and the proceeds of such Equipment.”

6. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Agreement is amended as set forth on the Amendment to Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

7. Schedule 1 to the Agreement is deleted and replaced with Schedule 1 attached hereto.

8. Pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Agreement, no Borrower may change its name without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Bank. Borrowers have informed Bank that several Borrowers intend to change their name within thirty (30) days after the date of this Amendment (each a “Name Change” and collectively, “Name Changes”). Notwithstanding any provisions of the Loan Documents to the contrary, Borrowers requested that Bank consent to the Name Changes. Bank hereby consents to any Name Changes that occur on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after the date of this Amendment; provided , that, Borrowers (a) provide to Bank in writing the new names of the applicable Borrowers not later than seven (7) days prior to the occurrence of any Name Change, and (b) execute and/or deliver to Bank all documents that Bank shall reasonably request in connection therewith.

9. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

10. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

2


11. Each Borrower waives, discharges, and forever releases Bank, Bank’s employees, officers, directors, attorneys, stockholders, and their successors and assigns, from and of any and all claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions that such Borrower has or may have had at any time up through and including the date of this Amendment, against any or all of the foregoing, regardless of whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions are known to such Borrower or whether any such claims, causes of action, allegations or assertions arose as result of Bank’s actions or omissions in connection with the Loan Documents, or any amendments, extensions or modifications thereto, or Bank’s administration of the Obligations or otherwise. EACH BORROWER WAIVES THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, WHICH STATES:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

12. Each Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

13. This Amendment is being executed by Borrowers outside the State of Florida and will be delivered to Bank outside the State of Florida and no documentary stamp taxes or intangible personal property taxes are required under the above circumstances.

14. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrowers;

(b) an officer’s certificate of each Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment and related documents;

(c) an Intellectual Property Security Agreement, executed by Clickability;

(d) an Agreement to Furnish Insurance, executed by Clickability;

(e) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Subordination Agreement, executed by Mark Creglow, Rex Lamb, Vicki Lamb, Sean Nathaniel and Dan Yount;

(f) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Subordination Agreement, executed by Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid;

(g) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Guaranty Documents, executed by Tenrox US;

(h) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate;

(i) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrowers’ accounts; and

(j) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

15. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[signatures on following page]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

“Borrowers”

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC. ,

f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    Chairman and CEO

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

LMR SOLUTIONS LLC
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

FILEBOUND SOLUTIONS, INC. ,

f/k/a Marex Group, Inc., successor by merger to FileBound

Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

COMSCI, LLC
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

[Signature Page to Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (3218612)]


COMSCI, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

CLICKABILITY, INC.
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

“Bank”
COMERICA BANK
By:  

     /s/ Paul Gerling

Name:  

    Paul Gerling

Title:  

    Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder (3218612)]

Exhibit 10.21

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(TENROX US)

This Security Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 5, 2012 (“ Closing Date ”) by and between the undersigned (“ Grantor ”), and COMERICA BANK (the “ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations (the “ Financial Accommodations ”) to VISIONAEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“ Visionael ”), SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Silverback ”) and POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ PowerSteering ” and collectively with Visionael and Silverback, “ Borrowers ” and each individually a “ Borrower ”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of even date herewith among Borrowers and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank is willing to make the Financial Accommodations to Borrowers, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor grant to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right title, and interest in, to and under all of the Collateral (defined below) whether presently existing or hereafter acquired.

C. Grantor is an affiliate of Visionael and PowerSteering and a subsidiary of Silverback, is financially interested in the affairs of Borrowers, and deems it advisable, desirable, and in the best interests of Grantor to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Grantor and the Bank agree as follows:

1. Definitions . All terms used without definition in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Loan Agreement. All terms used without definition in this Agreement or in the Loan Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Code. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

(b) “ Collateral ” means the property described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(c) “ Collateral Locations ” means each location where any Collateral is now or hereafter located, including, without limitation, those Collateral Locations listed in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(d) “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5 of this Agreement.

(e) “ Grantor Obligations ” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Grantor pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, including, without limitation, that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated as of even date herewith by Grantor in favor of Bank, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Grantor to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

(f) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.


(g) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Grantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Grantor to repay the Grantor Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (c) Grantor’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

(h) “ Obligations ” shall have the meaning given such term in the Loan Agreement.

(i) “ Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(i) Indebtedness of Grantor in favor of Bank;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(iii) Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Grantor secured by a lien described in clause (ii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness of Grantor or its Subsidiaries permitted under clauses (iv) and (v) of the defined term “Permitted Investments”;

(vi) Indebtedness consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards; provided that the aggregate limit of all such cards does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time; and

(viii) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Grantor or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

(j) “ Permitted Investment ” means:

(i) Investments existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(ii) (a) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (d) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates money market accounts;

(iii) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(iv) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Guarantors that are also borrowers of Bank;

(v) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Subsidiaries that are not both Guarantors and borrowers of Bank, not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

2


(vi) Investments (other than Investments consisting of loans) of Grantor in any Borrower;

(vii) Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (a) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (b) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Grantor or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Grantor’s Board of Directors;

(viii) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business;

(ix) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vii) shall not apply to Investments of Grantor in any Subsidiary; and

(x) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Grantor do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

(k) “ Permitted Liens ” means the following:

(i) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Grantor maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(iii) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate (a) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (b) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(iv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) of the Loan Agreement or 8.9 (judgments) of the Loan Agreement;

 

3


(vi) Until Grantor’s accounts are opened at Bank in accordance with Section 4(m) of this Agreement, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Grantor’s accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

(vii) carriers, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(viii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

(ix) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

(x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods.

(l) “ Permitted Transfer ” means the conveyance, sale, lease, license, transfer or disposition by Grantor or any Subsidiary of:

(i) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Grantor in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) Worn-out or obsolete Equipment;

(iv) Other assets of Grantor that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year; or

(v) Transfers that constitute a Permitted Lien or Permitted Investment.

(m) “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

(n) “ Schedule ” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

(o) “ Secured Obligations ” means collectively, the Obligations and the Grantor Obligations.

(p) “ Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.

(q) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Grantor, either directly or through an Affiliate.

 

4


2. Grant of Security Interest . To secure all of the Secured Obligations, Grantor grants to the Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral, now existing or hereafter acquired. Except for Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first-priority security interest in later acquired Collateral. Grantor authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Grantor of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Grantor, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction.

3. Grantor’s Representations and Warranties . Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Authorization . Grantor has authority and has obtained all approvals and consents necessary to enter into this Agreement, and Grantor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate or conflict with the terms of Grantor’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other charter document, or any material law, any material agreement, or other material instrument or writing to which Grantor is party or by which is it bound.

(b) Title . The Collateral is owned by Grantor and is free of all liens, encumbrances and other security interests, except for (a) liens, encumbrances and other security interests in favor of Bank, (b) Permitted Liens and (c) restrictions on transfer imposed by the Securities Laws.

(c) Solvency, Payment of Debts . Grantor is solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

(d) Further Representations . Grantor further represents, warrants, and covenants that (i) Grantor is not in default under any agreement under which Grantor owes any money, or any agreement, the violation or termination of which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Grantor; (ii) the information provided to Bank on or prior to the date of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects; (iii) all financial statements and other information provided to Bank fairly present Grantor’s financial condition, and there has not been a change in the financial condition of Grantor since the date of the most recent of the financial statements submitted to Bank which could have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) Grantor is in compliance with all material laws and orders applicable to it; (v) Grantor is not party to any litigation, an adverse determination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and is not the subject of any government investigation, and Grantor has no knowledge of any pending litigation or investigation; (vi) Grantor’s principal place of business is located at the address specified in Section 12; and (vii) no representation or other statement made by Grantor to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any statements made to Bank not misleading.

4. Covenants.

(a) Encumbrances . Grantor shall not (i) grant a security interest in any of the Collateral other than security interests in favor of Bank and security interests granted in connection with Permitted Liens, or (ii) execute any financing statements covering any of the Collateral in favor of any person other than Bank and in connection with Permitted Liens.

(b) Use of Collateral . The Collateral will not be used for any unlawful purpose or in any way that will void any insurance required to be carried in connection therewith. Grantor will keep the Collateral free and clear of liens (other than Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement) and will keep it in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

5


(c) Indemnification . Grantor shall indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands and liabilities of any kind caused by the Collateral, except to the extent that such losses, claims, demands and liabilities are caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(d) Perfection of Security Interest . Grantor shall execute and deliver such documents as Bank reasonably deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the first priority security interest in the Collateral.

(e) Insurance of Collateral .

(i) Grantor, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Grantor’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Grantor shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Grantor’s.

(ii) All policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason, with the exception of for non-payment of premium. Grantor shall immediately provide Bank with copies of any notices of policy cancellation Grantor receives from an insurer. Upon Bank’s request, Grantor shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of the payments of all premiums. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Grantor’s option, be payable to Grantor to replace the property subject to the claim or otherwise acquire property useful to the business of Grantor, provided that if such property constituted Collateral, any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy, to the extent that such proceeds constitute Collateral, shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Secured Obligations.

(f) Inventory and Equipment .

(i) Grantor shall not store its Inventory or the Equipment with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) with a bailee, warehouseman, or other third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank, (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in pledge possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment; provided, however, that the aggregate book value of all Equipment and Inventory at all locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Grantor shall not store or maintain any Equipment or Inventory at a location other than the location set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(ii) Grantor shall maintain the Collateral in good and saleable condition, repair it (if necessary) and otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property, use it lawfully and only as permitted by insurance policies, and permit Bank to inspect the Collateral upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Grantor’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

 

6


(iii) Grantor shall not sell, contract to sell, lease, encumber or transfer the Collateral (other than the disposition of Inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business and other assets which are obsolete or otherwise considered surplus, in connection with Permitted Liens and in connection with Permitted Transfers) until the Secured Obligations have been paid or performed in full. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that Bank has a security interest in the proceeds of such Collateral.

(g) Accounts, Chattel Paper and General Intangibles . As to Collateral which are Accounts, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and Proceeds, Grantor warrants, represents and agrees:

(i) All such Collateral is genuine, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions precedent (except as disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing). Grantor will supply Bank with duplicate invoices or other evidence of Grantor’s rights on Bank’s request.

(ii) To the best of Grantor’s knowledge, all persons appearing to be obligated on such Collateral have authority and capacity to contract.

(iii) Grantor will mark conspicuously all Chattel Paper with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, indicating that such Chattel Paper is subject to the security interests of Bank and will, upon Bank’s request after the occurrence of an Event of Default, deliver possession thereof to Bank.

(iv) Grantor agrees that following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor shall not compromise, settle or adjust any Account or renew or extend the time of payment thereof without Bank’s prior written consent.

(v) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor will collect with diligence all Grantor’s Accounts. Any collection of Accounts by Grantor, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, or other instruments for the payment of money (properly endorsed or assigned where required to enable Bank to collect same), shall be in trust for Bank. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Grantor shall keep all such collections separate and apart from all other funds and property so as to be capable of identification as the property of Bank and deliver said collections daily to Bank in the identical form received. The proceeds of such collections when received by Bank may be applied by Bank directly to the payment of the Secured Obligations. Any credit given by Bank upon receipt of said proceeds shall be conditional credit subject to collection. Returned items at Bank’s option may be charged to the Grantor. All collections of the Accounts shall be set forth on an itemized schedule, showing the name of the account debtor, the amount of each payment and such other information as Bank may request.

(vi) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor may continue its present policies with respect to returned merchandise and adjustments. However, Grantor shall promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, notify Bank of all cases involving repossessions, and material loss or damage of or to merchandise represented by the Accounts.

 

7


(h) Binding Agreement . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed; (ii) the exercise by Bank of any of the rights granted hereunder shall not release Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral; and (iii) Bank shall not have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall Bank be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

(i) Instruments . Grantor will deliver and pledge to Bank all Instruments that are part of the Collateral duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

(j) Records . Grantor shall prepare and keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, complete and accurate records regarding the Collateral in all material respects and, if and when requested by Bank, shall prepare and deliver a complete and accurate schedule of all the Collateral in such detail as Bank may reasonably require.

(k) Inspection of Grantor’s Books . Grantor shall permit Bank or its designee at reasonable times and from time to time, but not more than once a year, to inspect Grantor’s books, records and properties and to audit and to make copies of extracts from such books and records.

(l) Fees and Costs . Grantor shall pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Bank in the preservation, realization, enforcement or exercise of any of Bank’s rights under this Agreement and in the establishment, determination, continuation or defense of the validity or priority of Bank’s security interest under this Agreement.

(m) Accounts . Within ninety (90) days from February 10, 2012, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

(n) Corporate Existence . Grantor will maintain its corporate existence and good standing and will maintain in force all licenses and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on Grantor’s business. Grantor will timely pay all material taxes and will comply with all laws and orders applicable to it except where the failure to comply is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Negative Covenants . Grantor will not (i) make any investments in, or loans or advances to, any person other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, other than Permitted Investments, (ii) acquire any assets other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, (iii) make any distributions or pay any dividends to any person on account of Grantor’s shares, except that Grantor may (A) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, (B) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Grantor regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (C) pay dividends in equity securities, (D) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities and (E) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, provided that the aggregate amount of such payments made during a fiscal year, when added to the aggregate amount of payments made under clause (A) above during such fiscal year, does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (iv) borrow any money except (A) in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted and (B) Permitted Indebtedness, (v) move, dispose of or encumber any portion of its assets, except for (A) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, (B) Permitted Liens and (C) Permitted Transfers, (vi) merge or consolidate with or into any person or entity, (vii) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien (other than liens in favor of Bank and Permitted Liens) with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any of Grantor’s accounts, (viii) except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop

 

8


computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, keep Inventory or Equipment at a location other than the address specified in Section 12 hereof; (ix) relocate its chief executive office or state of incorporation without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, or (x) or, subject to Section 4(m), maintain or invest any of its property consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a control agreement or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into an account control agreement with Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Grantor.

(p) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Bank, and at the sole expense of Grantor, Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Bank may reasonably deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the grant of a security interest to Bank in any Collateral held by Grantor or in which Grantor has any rights not heretofore assigned, (ii) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Code with respect to the security interests granted hereby, (iii) transferring Collateral to Bank’s possession (if a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by possession), (iv) placing the interest of Bank as lienholder on the certificate of title (or other evidence of ownership) of any vehicle owned by Grantor or in or with respect to which Grantor holds a beneficial interest and (v) obtaining, for each Collateral Location with Collateral with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) that is not owned by Grantor, a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, executed by the landlord, warehouseman or bailee of such location, as applicable, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement for each such location; provided , however, the aggregate book value of Collateral at Collateral Locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Grantor also hereby authorizes Bank to file any such financing or continuation statement. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is or shall become evidenced by any Instrument, such Instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Bank and delivered to Bank promptly upon Grantor’s receipt thereof.

5. Events of Default . The occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or Grantor’s breach of any term provision, covenant warranty or representation under this Agreement, or under any other document, instrument or agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank, as the same may be amended modified or supplemented from time to time, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement.

6. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have all rights, privileges, powers and remedies provided by law, including, but not limited to, exercise of any or all of the following remedies only during the continuance of an Event of Default.

(a) Bank may declare all Secured Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and thereupon all such amounts shall be and become immediately due and payable to the Bank.

(b) Bank may dispose of the Collateral in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Bank may use, operate, consume and sell the Collateral in its possession as appropriate for the purpose of performing Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto to the extent necessary to satisfy the obligations of Grantor.

 

9


(d) All payments received and amounts realized by Bank shall be promptly applied and distributed by the Bank in the following order of priority:

(i) first, to the payment of all costs and expenses, including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys fees, incurred or made hereunder by Bank, including any such costs and expenses of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of any sale or the exercise of any other remedy under this Section 6, and of all taxes, assessments or liens superior to the lien granted under this Agreement; and

(ii) second, to the payment to Bank of the amount then owing under the Secured Obligations; and

(iii) third, to Grantor, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Grantor’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Grantor’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Grantor’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Grantor’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) file Grantor’s tax returns and related documents with the appropriate governmental authority; (h) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank without first obtaining Grantor’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending the exhibits or schedules thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other intellectual property collateral acquired by Grantor after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other Intellectual Property Collateral in which Grantor no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (i) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing statements, financing change statements or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Grantor where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Grantor on any of the documents described in clauses (h) and (i) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Grantor’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on any Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

Amendment of Loan Documents . Grantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or (with the approval of Borrowers) otherwise change the terms of any Loan

Document, or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of any Loan Document, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

 

10


Grantor Waivers . Grantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrowers, or any of them, any guarantor or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrowers, or any of them; (c) marshal any assets of Borrowers, or any of them; or (d) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, release, exchange, modify, enforce and otherwise exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrowers, or any of them, any guarantor or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Grantor hereunder. Grantor is not relying upon any guaranty which Bank has or may have or assets in which Bank has or may have a lien or security interest for payment of the Secured Obligations. Grantor agrees that no security or guaranty now or later held by Bank for the payment of any Secured Obligations, whether from Borrowers, or any of them, any guarantor, or otherwise, and whether in the nature of a security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or otherwise, shall affect in any manner the unconditional pledge of Grantor under this Agreement. Grantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrowers, or any of them, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrowers, or any of them. Grantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrowers, or any of them, may have against Bank. Grantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrowers, or any of them. Until all Secured Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement, contribution or other rights against Borrowers, or any of them, and Grantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrowers, or any of them. Grantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Grantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Grantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of each Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrowers, or any of them, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Grantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Grantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Until all Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.

11. Borrower Insolvency . If any Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against any Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Loan Documents are terminated or rejected or any obligation of such Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if such Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for insolvency, bankruptcy or any similar reason, Grantor agrees that Grantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, Grantor, any other person, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

12 Notices . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Grantor or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

  If to Grantor:   

TENROX Inc.

1010 N. Central Ave.

Glendale, CA 91202

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

FAX: (512) 721-1218

 

with a copy to (which

copy is not required to

constitute notice):

  

Wilson Sonsini Goodrick & Rosati, Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Andrew J. Hirsch

FAX: (650) 493-6811

 

11


  If to Bank:   

Comerica Bank

Livonia Operations Center

MC 7512

39200 Six Mile Rd.

Livonia, MI 48152

Attn: Credit Manager

 

with a copy to:

  

Comerica Bank

300 W. Sixth St.

Suite 1300

Austin, TX 78701

Attn: Megan Kirk

FAX: (512) 427-7178

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other. Failure to deliver a copy of any notice or demand to a Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not render ineffective any notice or demand otherwise delivered to a party to this Agreement in accordance with this Section.

13. Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

14. Reference Provision.

(a) In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

 

12


(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

(g) Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

 

13


(j) THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

15. General Provisions.

15.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Grantor without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Grantor to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

15.2 Indemnification . Grantor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

15.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

15.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

15.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration . This Agreement cannot be amended or terminated orally. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

15.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

15.7 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Secured Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrowers, or any of them. The obligations of Grantor to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in this Agreement shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth above.

 

GRANTOR:       BANK

TENROX INC.,

a Delaware corporation

      COMERICA BANK
By:   

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

      By:   

/s/ PAUL GERLING

Name:    John T. McDonald       Name:    Paul Gerling
Title:    President       Title:    Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Security Agreement - Tenrox US (1163925)]


DEBTOR:    TENROX INC.
SECURED PARTY:    COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Grantor (herein referred to as “Grantor” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law, or (iv) any property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote.

 

16


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May             , 2012, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), and TENROX INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Grantor ”).

RECITALS

Grantor and Bank are parties to that certain Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Security Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Section 4(m) of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(m) Accounts . On or before May 31, 2012, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.”

2. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Security Agreement. The Security Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Security Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

3. Grantor represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Security Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

“Grantor”

TENROX INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:                                                                                                   
Name:                                                                                             
Title:                                                                                               

 

“Bank”
COMERICA BANK
By:                                                                                                   
Name:                                                                                             
Title:                                                                                               

Exhibit 10.22

UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY

(TENROX US)

For and in consideration of the loan by COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) to VISIONAEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation and POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (each a “Borrower” and collectively, “Borrowers”), which loan is made pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement among Borrowers and Bank dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), and acknowledging that Bank would not enter into the Agreement without the benefit of this Guaranty (this “Guaranty”), the undersigned guarantor (“Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt and complete payment of all amounts that Borrowers, or any of them, owe to Bank and performance by each Borrower of the Agreement and any other agreements between Borrowers, or any of them, and Bank, as amended from time to time (collectively referred to as the “Agreements”), in strict accordance with their respective terms.

1. If any Borrower does not perform its obligations in strict accordance with the Agreements, Guarantor shall immediately pay all amounts due thereunder (including, without limitation, all principal, interest, and fees) and otherwise to proceed to complete the same and satisfy all of Borrowers’ obligations under the Agreements.

2. If there is more than one guarantor, the obligations hereunder are joint and several, and whether or not there is more than one Guarantor, the obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrowers, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor whether action is brought against Borrowers, or any of them, or whether Borrowers, or any of them, be joined in any such action or actions. Guarantor waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, to the extent permitted by law. Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty is not conditioned or contingent upon the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Agreements.

3. Guarantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or otherwise change the terms of the Agreements or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Agreements, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

4. Guarantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrowers, or any of them, or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrowers, or any of them; or (c) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrowers, or any of them, or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Guarantor hereunder. Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrowers, or any of them, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrowers, or any of them (other than a defense that all of Borrowers’ obligations to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full). Guarantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Guarantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrowers, or any of them. Until all obligations of Borrowers owing to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement for claims arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, contribution or other rights against Borrowers, or any of them, and Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrowers or any of them. Until all of the obligations that Borrowers owe to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of each Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrowers, or any of them, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Guarantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Guarantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Guarantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.


5. Guarantor acknowledges that, to the extent Guarantor has or may have certain rights of subrogation or reimbursement against Borrowers, or any of them, for claims arising out of this Guaranty, those rights may be impaired or destroyed if Bank elects to proceed against any real property security of Borrowers, or any of them, by non-judicial foreclosure. That impairment or destruction could, under certain judicial cases and based on equitable principles of estoppel, give rise to a defense by Guarantor against its obligations under this Guaranty. Guarantor waives that defense and any others arising from Bank’s election to pursue non-judicial foreclosure. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, until all obligations owing by Borrowers to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor waives any and all benefits and defenses under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, to the extent they are applicable.

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Bank even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed the Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrowers, or any of them, by the operation of Section 580d of the Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each undersigned Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that any such undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(a) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness.

(b) If Bank forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness:

(i) the amount of the indebtedness may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and

(ii) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor even if Bank, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as collateral, has destroyed any right that the undersigned Guarantor may have to collect from such Borrower.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

6. If any Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against any Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Agreements are terminated or rejected or any obligation of such Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if such Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for any reason, Guarantor agrees that Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, Guarantor, any other guarantor, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

7. Until all obligations that Borrowers owe to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, any indebtedness of Borrowers, or any of the, now or hereafter held by Guarantor is hereby subordinated to any indebtedness of Borrowers to Bank; and such indebtedness of Borrowers, or any of them, to Guarantor shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee for Bank and be paid over to Bank on account of the indebtedness of Borrowers to Bank but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

 

2


8. Guarantor agrees to pay a reasonable attorneys’ fee and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty. No terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be changed, waived, revoked or amended without Bank’s prior written consent. Should any provision of this Guaranty be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, all of the other provisions shall remain effective. This Guaranty, together with any agreements (including without limitation any security agreements or any pledge agreements) executed in connection with this Guaranty, embodies the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the matters set forth herein, and supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. No course of prior dealing among the parties, no usage of trade, and no parol or extrinsic evidence of any nature shall be used to supplement, modify or vary any of the terms hereof. There are no conditions to the full effectiveness of this Guaranty. Bank may assign this Guaranty without in any way affecting Guarantor’s liability under it. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns. This Guaranty is in addition to the guaranties of any other guarantors and any and all other guaranties of Borrowers’ indebtedness or liabilities to Bank.

9. Guarantor represents and warrants to Bank that (i) Guarantor has taken all necessary and appropriate corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty, (ii) execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default under Guarantor’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or other organizational documents or material written agreements to which it is party or by which it is bound, and (iii) this Guaranty constitutes a valid and binding obligation, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

10. Guarantor covenants and agrees that Guarantor shall do all of the following until the obligations owing by Borrowers to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full:

10.1 Guarantor shall maintain its corporate existence, remain in good standing in Delaware, and continue to qualify in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor. Guarantor shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations or business.

10.2 Guarantor shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances, directives, orders, and government rules and regulations to which it is subject if non-compliance with such laws could materially and adversely affect the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor.

10.3 At any time and from time to time Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Guaranty.

10.4 Guarantor shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock or other equity interest Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire in any Borrower.

11. This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of California. UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

 

3


12. REFERENCE PROVISION.

12.1 In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

12.2 With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3, below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

12.3 The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) non-judicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Guaranty does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Guaranty.

12.4 The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

12.5 The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

12.6 The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.7 Except as expressly set forth in this Guaranty, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

4


12.8 The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

12.9 If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired Judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

12.10 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

[Signature on following page]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of this 5 th day of March, 2012.

 

TENROX INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:     
Name:     
Title:     

Address for Notices:

1010 N. Central Ave.

Glendale, CA 91202

Fax: (512) 721-1218

[Signature Page to Guaranty – Tenrox US (1163898)]

Exhibit 10.23

AFFIRMATION OF GUARANTY DOCUMENTS

This AFFIRMATION OF GUARANTY DOCUMENTS (“ Affirmation ”) is made as of December 3, 2012, by the undersigned (“ Guarantor ”) for the benefit of COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., VISIONAEL CORPORATION, POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC. and LMR SOLUTIONS LLC (collectively, “ Borrowers ”) have obtained certain loans or other credit accommodations from Bank pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), which loans and certain credit accommodations are (i) guaranteed by Guarantor pursuant to the terms of an Unconditional Guaranty by Guarantor dated as of March 5, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), and (ii) secured by the assets of Guarantor pursuant to a Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 and an Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (collectively, as amended from time to time, the “ Security Agreements ”, and together with the Guaranty, the “ Guaranty Documents ”).

B. Borrowers and Bank propose to enter into a Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of the date hereof, which amends the Loan Agreement (the “ Amendment ”).

C. Bank has agreed to enter into the Agreement provided, among other things, that, Guarantor acknowledges the entry by Borrowers into the Agreement and agrees that the Guaranty Documents will remain effective.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Guarantor:

1. Consents to the execution, delivery and performance by Borrowers of the Amendment and the documents and instruments executed in connection therewith, as well as all other amendments and modifications to the Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement);

2. Acknowledges and agrees that the Guaranty Documents are and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms with respect to all Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement), subject to no setoff, defense or counterclaim;

3. Represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Guaranty Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Affirmation; and

4. Confirms that this Affirmation is not required by the terms of the Guaranty Documents and need not be obtained in connection with any prior or future waivers or amendments or extensions of additional credit to Borrowers.

[Signature on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor executed this Affirmation as of the first date above written.

 

TENROX INC.
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

[Signature Page to Affirmation of Guaranty (1251887)]


AMENDMENT TO AND AFFIRMATION OF GUARANTY DOCUMENTS

This AMENDMENT TO AND AFFIRMATION OF GUARANTY DOCUMENTS (“ Affirmation ”) is made as of May 16, 2013, by the undersigned (“ Guarantor ”) for the benefit of COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., VISIONAEL CORPORATION, POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC. and LMR SOLUTIONS LLC (collectively, the “ Prior Borrower Group ”) have obtained certain loans or other credit accommodations from Bank pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), which loans and certain credit accommodations are (i) guaranteed by Guarantor pursuant to the terms of an Unconditional Guaranty by Guarantor dated as of March 5, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), and (ii) secured by the assets of Guarantor pursuant to a Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (“General Security Agreement”) and an Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (collectively, as amended from time to time, the “ Security Agreements ”, and together with the Guaranty, the “ Guaranty Documents ”).

B. The Prior Borrower Group and Bank propose to enter into a Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of the date hereof, which amends the Loan Agreement and whereby Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation (“ Marex ”) and FileBound Solutions, Inc. (“ FileBound ”, and collectively with Marex and the Prior Borrower Group, “ Borrowers ”, and each individually, a “ Borrower ) will join the Loan Agreement and become a party thereto as a Borrower (the “ Amendment ”).

C. Bank has agreed to enter into the Amendment provided, among other things, that, Guarantor acknowledges the entry by Borrowers into the Amendment and agrees that the Guaranty Documents will remain effective.

D. Guarantor and Bank desire to amend the Guaranty and the General Security Agreement as set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Guarantor and Bank agree as follows:

1. The first paragraph of the Guaranty is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“For and in consideration of the loan by COMERICA BANK (‘Bank’) to each present and future “Borrower” under the Agreement (defined below), including without limitation, VISIONAEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation, POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation, LMR SOLUTIONS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, MAREX GROUP, INC., a Nebraska corporation and FILEBOUND SOLUTIONS, INC., a Florida corporation (each a ‘Borrower’ and collectively, ‘Borrowers’), which loan is made pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement among Borrowers and Bank dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended from time to time (the ‘Agreement’), and acknowledging that Bank would not enter into the Agreement without the benefit of this Guaranty (this ‘Guaranty’), the undersigned guarantor (‘Guarantor’) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt and complete payment of all amounts that Borrowers, or any of them, owe to Bank and performance by each Borrower of the Agreement and any other agreements between Borrowers, or


any of them, and Bank, as amended from time to time (collectively referred to as the ‘Agreements’), in strict accordance with their respective terms. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Guaranty, the obligations of Borrowers to the Bank covered by this Guaranty shall not include any obligation of a Borrower to Bank with respect to a ‘swap,’ as defined in Section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (‘CEA’), entered into on or after October 12, 2012, if at the time that swap is entered into, Guarantor is not an ‘eligible contract participant,’ as defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the CEA.”

2. Recital A. of the General Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations (the ‘ Financial Accommodations ’) to each present and future “Borrower” under the Loan Agreement (defined below), including without limitation VISIONAEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (‘ Visionael’) , SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (‘ Silverback’) , POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC., a Delaware corporation (‘ PowerSteering’) , LMR SOLUTIONS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (‘ LMR Solutions ’), MAREX GROUP, INC., a Nebraska corporation (“ Marex ”) and FILEBOUND SOLUTIONS, INC., a Florida corporation (“ FileBound ”, and collectively with Visionael, Silverback, LMR Solutions, Marex and FileBound, “ Borrowers ” and each individually a “ Borrower ”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2012 among Borrowers and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the ‘ Loan Agreement ’).”

3. Guarantor consents to the execution, delivery and performance by Borrowers of the Amendment and the documents and instruments executed in connection therewith, as well as all other amendments and modifications to the Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement).

4. Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that the Guaranty Documents are and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms with respect to all Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement), subject to no setoff, defense or counterclaim.

5. Guarantor represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Guaranty Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Affirmation (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date).

6. Guarantor confirms that this Affirmation is not required by the terms of the Guaranty Documents and need not be obtained in connection with any prior or future waivers or amendments or extensions of additional credit to Borrowers.

[Signatures on Following Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Affirmation as of the first date above written.

 

TENROX INC.
By:     
Name:     
Title:     
COMERICA BANK
By:     
Name:     
Title:     

[Signature Page to Amendment to and Affirmation of Guaranty (1302628)]

Exhibit 10.24

SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of February 10, 2012, by and between Comerica Bank (“Bank”) and Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower wishes to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrower. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

1.2 Accounting Terms . Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

1.3 References . For purposes of any Collateral located in the Province of Quebec or charged by any deed of hypothec (or any other Loan Document) and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of a Loan Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Quebec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Quebec, any reference in this Agreement to: (i) “personal property” shall be deemed to include “movable property”, (ii) “real property” shall be deemed to include “immovable property”, (iii) “tangible property” shall be deemed to include “corporeal property”, (iv) “intangible property” shall be deemed to include “incorporeal property”, (v) “security interest” and “mortgage” shall be deemed to include a “hypothec”, (vi) all references to filing, registering or recording under the Code or the Personal Property Security Act of PPSA (of any Canadian province or territory) or otherwise shall be deemed to include publication under the Civil Code of Québec, (vii) all references to “perfection of’ or “perfected” Liens shall be deemed to include a reference to the “opposability” of such Liens to third parties, (viii) any “right of offset”, “right of setoff” or similar expression shall be deemed to include a “right of compensation”, (ix) “goods” shall be deemed to include “corporeal movable property” other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, and (x) an “agent” shall be deemed to include a “mandatary”, and (xi) “chief executive office” shall be deemed to include “domicile”.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1 Credit Extensions.

(a) Promise to Pay . Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b) Term Loan Advances .

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Term Loan Advances to Borrower. Borrower may request Term Loan Advances from the date hereof through August     , 2012. The aggregate outstanding amount of Term Loan Advances shall not exceed the Term Loan. The proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used to finance the Acquisition.


(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Term Loan Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). Any Term Loan Advances that are outstanding on August     , 2012 shall be payable in forty two (42) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on September 1, 2012, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter until paid in full. Term Loan Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Term Loan Advances without penalty or premium.

(iii) When Borrower desires to obtain a Term Loan Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Central (1:30 p.m. Central time for wire transfers), on the Business Day the Term Loan Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C . The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer or its designee and include a copy of the invoice for any Equipment to be financed. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance.

2.2 [Reserved.]

2.3 Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

(a) Interest Rate . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), Term Loan Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E (“Interest Rate Addendum”).

(b) Late Fee; Default Rate . If any payment is not made within 10 days after the date such payment is due, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to five (5) percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

(c) Payments . Except as set forth in the Interest Rate Addendum, interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the first (1 st ) Business Day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Term Loan, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. All payments shall be free and clear of any taxes, withholdings, duties, impositions or other charges, to the end that Bank will receive the entire amount of any Obligations payable hereunder, regardless of source of payment.

(d) Computation . With respect to Obligations bearing interest at the Prime Rate, in the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(e) Interest Act (Canada) . For the purposes of this Agreement, whenever interest or a fee to be paid hereunder is to be calculated on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty (360) days or any other period of time that is less than a calendar year, the yearly rate of interest or the yearly fee to which the rate determined pursuant to such calculation is equivalent is the rate so determined multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the same is to be ascertained and divided by either three hundred and sixty (360) or such other period of time, as the case may be.

 

2


2.4 Crediting Payments . Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 12:00 noon Central time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.5 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

(a) Facility Fee . On the Closing Date, a fee equal to $30,000, which shall be nonrefundable; and

(b) Bank Expenses . On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.

2.6 Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 13.8, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Agreement;

(b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

(c) such UCC, PPSA and other filings as Bank determines are necessary to perfect all security interests granted to Bank by Borrower and Guarantors;

(d) the Canadian Security Agreement;

(e) intellectual property security agreements, duly executed by Borrower and each Guarantor;

(f) agreements to furnish insurance, duly executed by Borrower and each Guarantor;

(g) the Interest Rate Addendum;

(h) the Itemization of Amount Financed Disbursement Instructions;

(i) a pledge and security agreement, duly executed by Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.;

(j) a security agreement from each Guarantor;

(k) a guaranty from each Guarantor;

 

3


(l) an officer’s certificate of Guarantor with respect to, among other things, incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of a guaranty, intellectual property agreement, security agreement and related documents;

(m) executed copies of the Acquisition Documents, certified by a Responsible Officer as being true, correct and complete;

(n) a closing certificate from the Sellers, Borrower, TENROX Canada and Silverback Enterprise that all conditions to closing under the Acquisition Documents (other than payment of the purchase price) have been satisfied, and such other evidence reasonably requested by Bank that each of the Persons party to such documents are in material compliance therewith, to the extent applicable, and that no condition to consummation of the Acquisition under the Acquisition Documents shall have been waived in a manner detrimental in any material respect to Bank or Borrower, or either one of them, by any of the parties thereto;

(o) for (i) the location with the address 600 Armand Frappier Blvd., Laral, Quebec H7V 4B4, Canada and (ii) each other collateral location or warehouse location of Borrower and each Guarantor or any Collateral location not owned by Borrower or the applicable Guarantor where the aggregate value of Collateral at such locations is in excess of $250,000, a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, executed by the landlord, warehouseman or bailee of such location, as applicable, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement for each such location, as applicable;

(p) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5;

(q) current lien searches indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

(r) current financial statements and other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

(s) current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2;

(t) a Warrant in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, together with a copy of (i) Silverback Enterprise’s capitalization table and (ii) Silverback Enterprise’s investors rights agreement;

(u) information certificates for Borrower and each Guarantor;

(v) an Automatic Debit Authorization;

(w) a payoff letter from HSBC;

(x) evidence satisfactory to Bank of Borrower’s receipt of cash proceeds in a minimum amount of Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) from the sale of its equity securities; and

(y) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Payment/Advance Form as provided in Section 2.1; and

 

4


(b) the representations and warranties contained in Article 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

3.3 Post Closing Conditions .

(a) Within fourteen (14) days from the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Bank original stock certificates of Visionael, TENROX US, TENROX UK, and TENROX Canada reflecting Silverback Enterprise as the owner, and one stock or bond assignment executed in blank, per stock certificate; and

(b) Within forty five (45) days after the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, as applicable, for the location with the address 1512–1080 Beaver Hall; Montreal, Quebec H2Z 1S8, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement, as applicable, for such location.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral, now existing or hereafter acquired, to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents (other than any warrant issued by Borrower to Bank). Except as set forth in the Schedule and for Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are outstanding.

4.2 Perfection of Security Interest . Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction whether or not Revised Article 9 of the Code is then in effect in that jurisdiction. Borrower shall from time to time endorse and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all Negotiable Collateral and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue perfection of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party, Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee of any Collateral with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank; provided, however, the aggregate book value of all such Collateral locations not subject to the preceding requirement shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time, (ii) to obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code, the PPSA or Securities Transfer Act in the applicable jurisdiction) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper in which Borrower is a lessor or secured party without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding.

 

5


4.3 Right to Inspect . Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification . Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower are duly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or organized, as applicable, and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict . The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s organizational documents, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Collateral . Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement. All Collateral is located solely in the Collateral Locations. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Collateral consisting of deposit or investment accounts is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates, provided that accounts at Bank’s Affiliates are governed by a control agreement in form and substance acceptable to Bank.

5.4 Intellectual Property Collateral . Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property Collateral has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower in writing that any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Schedule, Borrower’s rights as a licensee of intellectual property do not give rise to more than 5% of its gross revenue in any given month, including without limitation revenue derived from the sale, licensing, rendering or disposition of any product or service.

5.5 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office . Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement or such other name as Borrower has given notice of in accordance with Section 7.2. The chief executive office of Borrower is located in the Chief Executive Office Location at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof or such other address as Borrower has given notice of in accordance with Section 7.2.

5.6 Actions, Suits, Litigation, or Proceedings . Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions, suits, litigation or proceedings, at law or in equity, pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower before any court, administrative agency, or arbitrator in which a likely adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6


5.7 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements . All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary of Borrower that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.8 Solvency, Payment of Debts . Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.9 Compliance with Laws and Regulations . Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any undisclosed or unfunded liabilities under Canadian Pension Plans or Canadian Benefit Plans. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of the important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has complied in all material respects with all the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, An Act Respecting Labour Standards (Quebec), An Act Respecting Occupational Health and Safety (Quebec), An Act Respecting Industrial Accidents and Occupational Diseases (Quebec) or any other applicable federal, provincial, territorial, state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters. Borrower is in compliance with all environmental laws, regulations and ordinances except where the failure to comply is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Subsidiaries . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments and except as set forth on the Schedule.

5.11 Government Consents . Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Inbound Licenses . Except as disclosed on the Schedule, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material inbound license or other agreement, the failure, breach, or termination of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, or that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license.

5.13 Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

5.14 No Material Adverse Effect . No Material Adverse Effect or event reasonably expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

 

7


5.15 Acquisition Documents . As of the Closing Date:

(a) Borrower has furnished Bank with true, correct and complete execution copies of all Acquisition Documents. Borrower has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of each Acquisition Document to which it is a party.

(b) Borrower has complied with all applicable federal, state, provincial and local laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and guidelines (including consent decrees and administrative orders) relating to the consummation of the Acquisition and all applicable waiting periods with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documents have expired without any action being taken by any competent governmental authority which restrains, prevents or imposes material adverse conditions upon the consummation of such transactions.

(c) All necessary authorization, consent, approval, license, qualification or formal exemption from, and all necessary filing, declaration or registration with, any court, governmental agency or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or any other Person (whether or not governmental, and including without limit any shareholder, partner or member of an applicable party) required to be made prior to the closing of the Acquisition in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower, and to Borrower’s best knowledge, each other party to the Acquisition Documents to which Borrower or such other Person is a party, have been obtained and will be in full force and effect, and, to the knowledge of Borrower, are not the subject of any attack or threatened attack (in each case in any material respect) by appeal or direct proceeding or otherwise.

(d) The execution, delivery and performance of the Acquisition Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, are not in contravention of the terms of any indenture, material contract, instrument, any judgment, order or decree, to which Borrower is a party or by which it or its properties are bound, except, in each case, where such contravention could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Borrower has not granted a collateral assignment of, or a security interest over the Acquisition Documents (other than in favor of Bank) and Borrower has not sold, transferred or assigned any Acquisition Document to any Person (other than to or in favor of Bank).

(f) No Acquisition Document to which Borrower is a party has been modified, amended, altered or changed in any manner except in compliance with Section 7.12 of this Agreement, and to Borrower’s best knowledge, there are no unwaived defaults existing under the Acquisition Documents by Borrower that is a party thereto, or, to the best of the knowledge of Borrower, by any other party thereto.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Good Standing and Government Compliance . Borrower shall maintain its, and each of its Subsidiaries’ organizational existence and good standing in its respective state or jurisdiction of organization or incorporation, as applicable, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the jurisdiction in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to meet, as applicable, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall ensure that each Canadian Pension Plan and Canadian Benefit Plan is administered in a timely manner in all respects in accordance with the applicable pension plan text, funding agreement, the Income Tax Act (Canada) and all other applicable laws. Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and maintain all material permits, licenses and approvals required thereunder where the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8


6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, commencing with the calendar month ending May 31, 2012, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows covering Borrower’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ and Silverback Enterprise’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ operations during such period, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, company prepared consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied; (iii) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of Silverback Enterprise’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements of Silverback Enterprise prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified (including no going concern comment or qualification) or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (v) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (v) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor that could result in damages or costs to Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Guarantor of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more; (vi) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems; (vii) as soon as available, but in any event not later than December 31 of each year, Silverback Enterprise’s financial and business projections and budget for the immediately following year, which projections shall include a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows, with evidence of approval thereof by Silverback Enterprise’s board of directors; (viii) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time; and (ix) within thirty (30) days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Bank, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as well as any material change in Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in Exhibits A, B , and C of any Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Bank by Borrower in connection with this Agreement.

(a) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable, which shall be certified by a Responsible Officer.

(b) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto.

(c) Within three (3) Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(d) Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrower’s expense, provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. If Borrower delivers this information electronically, it shall also deliver to Bank by U.S. Mail, reputable overnight courier service, hand delivery, facsimile or .pdf file within five (5) Business Days of submission of the unsigned electronic copy the certification of monthly financial statements, the intellectual property report and the Compliance Certificate, each bearing the physical signature of the Responsible Officer.

 

9


6.3 Inventory; Returns . Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

6.4 Taxes . Borrower shall make, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable.

6.5 Insurance.

(a) Borrower, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Borrower’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Borrower shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Borrower’s.

(b) All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least twenty (20) days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason with the exception of non-payment of premium. Borrower shall immediately provide Bank with copies of any notices of policy cancellation Borrower receives from an insurer. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim or otherwise acquire property useful to the business of Borrower, provided that if such property constituted Collateral any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy, to the extent such proceeds constitute Collateral, shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

6.6 Accounts . Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Borrower and each Guarantor shall maintain all of their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank. For the avoidance of doubt, Bank acknowledges and agrees that a control agreement governing Borrower’s accounts with Bank that are maintained in Canada is not required.

6.7 Financial Covenants . Borrower shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, the following financial ratios and covenants:

(a) Borrower’s Minimum Cash . Maintain at all times, a balance of Borrower’s Cash at Bank of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

10


Borrower authorizes Bank to decline to honor any drafts upon Borrower’s accounts with Bank or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of funds held in such accounts if (i) the aggregate balance of such accounts is less than the minimum cash requirement in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time, or (ii) honoring such drafts or requests would cause the aggregate balance of such accounts to be, less than the minimum cash Requirement in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time.

(b) Silverback Enterprise’s Minimum Cash . On February 22, 2012, and at all times thereafter, maintain a balance of Silverback Enterprise’s Cash at Bank of not less Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

(c) Minimum EBITDA . Tested quarterly, commencing with the Borrower’s fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, EBITDA of not less than (i) One Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,800,000) for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2012, (ii) Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) for the fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2012 and December 31, 20112 and (iii) Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013 and thereafter, as determined, (A) for the three month period ending June 30, 2012, by multiplying EBITDA for such period by four (4), (B) for the six month period ending September 30, 2012, by multiplying EBITDA for such period by two (2), (C) for the nine month period ending December 31, 2012, by multiplying EBITDA for such period by four-thirds (4/3), and (D) on a trailing twelve month basis for all testing periods commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2013 and thereafter.

6.8 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) Borrower shall register or cause to be registered on an expedited basis (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by Borrower, to the extent that Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.

(b) Borrower shall promptly give Bank written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

(c) Borrower shall (i) give Bank not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed; (ii) prior to the filing of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as Bank may reasonably request for Bank to maintain its perfection in such intellectual property rights to be registered by Borrower; (iii) upon the request of Bank, either deliver to Bank or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) upon filing any such applications or registrations, promptly provide Bank with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by Bank to be filed for Bank to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such intellectual property rights, and the date of such filing.

(d) Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents from time to time as Bank shall reasonably request to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of Bank’s security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral.

(e) Borrower shall use commercially reasonably efforts to (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability its material Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, and trade secrets, (ii) detect infringements of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public unless Borrower, in each case, deems, in its reasonable business judgment, that it is in the best interest of Borrower’s business to do otherwise or has obtained the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

11


(f) Bank may audit Borrower’s Intellectual Property Collateral to confirm compliance with this Section 6.8, provided such audit may not occur more often than once per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrower’s sole expense, any actions that Borrower is required under this Section 6.8 to take but which Borrower fails to take, after fifteen (15) days’ notice to Borrower. Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify Bank for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section 6.8.

6.9 Consent of Inbound Licensors . Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any material inbound license (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public), the failure, breach, or termination of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, Borrower shall: (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition; and (ii) in good faith take such actions as Bank may reasonably request to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (A) Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (B) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

6.10 Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or subject to Section 6.6 of the Agreement, move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers.

7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control . Change its name or the Borrower Location or relocate its chief executive office without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Bank; replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without prompt prior written notification to Bank; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; or have a Change in Control.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Other than the amalgamation permitted under Section 14, amalgamate, merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, or enter into any agreement to do any of the same, other than the Acquisition and except where (i) the cash consideration paid by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with such transactions do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity, if it is a party to the merger.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.

 

12


7.5 Encumbrances . Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property (a “Negative Pledge Covenant”) except for (i) Negative Pledge Covenants with respect to specific property subject to a Lien described in, and permitted by, subsection (c) of the defined term Permitted Liens, and (ii) Negative Pledge Covenants in merger or acquisition agreements, provided that (1) the counter-parties to such Negative Pledge Covenants do not receive a security interest in Borrower’s property and (2) on or prior to the consummation of such acquisition or merger Borrower shall either be required to repay the Obligations in accordance with the provisions hereunder or Borrower shall have obtained Bank’s written consent to such acquisition or merger.

7.6 Distributions . Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or repurchase of any capital stock, except that Borrower may (i) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (ii) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (iii) pay dividends in equity securities, (iv) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities, and (v) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares; provided, that the aggregate amount of such payments made during a fiscal year, when added to the aggregate amount of payments made under clause (i) above during such fiscal year, does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

7.7 Investments . Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments, or, subject to Section 6.6, maintain or invest any of its property consisting of deposit and investment accounts with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a control agreement or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary of Borrower from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, Bank acknowledges and agrees that a control agreement governing Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ accounts with Bank that are maintained in Canada is not required. Further, Borrower shall not enter into any license or agreement with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person; (ii) transactions with Subsidiaries that are permitted under Article 7 of this Agreement; (iii) employment or compensation arrangements and employee benefit plans approved by Borrower’s board of directors and entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and (iv) equity investments (that are not in the form of notes without the prior written consent of Bank) with Borrower’s existing investors provided that a Change in Control does not result.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt and the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision of any document evidencing such Subordinated Debt, except in compliance with the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

7.10 Inventory and Equipment . Store the Inventory or the Equipment having an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or

 

13


Equipment; provided, however, that the aggregate book value of all Equipment and Inventory at all locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10, 600 Armand Frappier Blvd., Laral, Quebec H7V 4B4, Canada, and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank files a financing statement where needed to perfect its security interest.

7.11 No Investment Company; Margin Regulation . Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

7.12 Modification of Acquisition Documents . Make or consent to any material amendment or other material modification to the Acquisition Documents without the prior written consent of Bank, except to the extent that any such amendment or modification (i) does not violate the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (ii) does not materially and adversely affect the interest of the Bank as creditor and/or as secured party under any Loan Document and (iii) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due;

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Section 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 or 6.7, or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement;

(b) If Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation under Sections 6.1, 6.3, 6.8, 6.9 or 6.10 and has failed to cure such default within 10 days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; or

(c) If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, so long as Borrower continues to diligently attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made;

8.3 Material Adverse Change . If there occurs any circumstance or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.4 Defective Perfection . If Bank shall receive at any time following the Closing Date lien searches indicating that except for Permitted Liens, Bank’s security interest in the Collateral is not prior to all other security interests or Liens of record reflected in the report;

 

14


8.5 Attachment . If any material portion of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within five (5) days, or if Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within five (5) days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower, as applicable (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

8.6 Insolvency . If Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower or a Subsidiary of Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.7 Other Agreements . If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.8 Subordinated Debt . If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes any payment on account of Subordinated Debt, except to the extent such payment is allowed under the terms of any subordination agreement entered into with Bank;

8.9 Judgments; Settlements . If one or more (a) judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards requiring the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to pay an aggregate amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) or greater shall be rendered against Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries and the same shall not have been vacated or stayed within ten (10) days thereafter (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to such matter being vacated or stayed); or (b) settlements is agreed by Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries for the payment by Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries of an aggregate amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) or greater;

8.10 Misrepresentations . If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists when made or deemed made now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

8.11 Guaranty . If any guaranty of all or a portion of the Obligations (a “Guaranty”) ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any guarantor fails to perform any obligation under any Guaranty or a security agreement securing any Guaranty (collectively, the “Guaranty Documents”), or any event of default occurs under any Guaranty Document or any guarantor revokes or purports to revoke a Guaranty, or any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth in any Guaranty Document or in any certificate delivered to Bank in connection with any Guaranty Document, or if any of the circumstances described in Sections 8.3 through 8.9 occur with respect to any guarantor.

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

 

15


(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.6 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

(d) Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(e) Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

(f) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

(g) Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

(h) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

(i) Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

(j) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

Bank may comply with any applicable state, provincial or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

 

16


9.2 Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrower and Bank without first obtaining Borrower’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending Exhibits A, B , and C , thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by Borrower after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (h) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Borrower where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clauses (g) and (h) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

9.3 Accounts Collection . At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4 Bank Expenses . If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; (b) set up such reserves under the Term Loan as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

9.6 No Obligation to Pursue Others . Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

9.7 Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, the PPSA, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

 

17


9.8 Demand; Protest . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

10. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:

  

Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation

  

c/o Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

  

Frost Tower, 29 th Floor

  

401 Congress Avenue

  

Austin, Texas 78701

  

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

   FAX: (521) 721-1218

with a copy (which is not

   Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

required to constitute notice

   650 Page Mill Road

hereunder) to:

   Palo Alto, CA 94304
   Attn: Andrew J. Hirsch
   Fax: (650) 493-6811

If to Bank:

  

Comerica Bank

  

M/C 7578

  

39200 Six Mile Rd.

  

Livonia, MI 48152

  

Attn: National Documentation Services

with a copy to:

  

Comerica Bank

   300 W. Sixth St.
  

Suite 1300

  

Austin, TX 78701

  

Attn: Megan Kirk

  

FAX: (512) 427-7178

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

11. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of Borrower and Bank hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts located in the State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

 

18


12. REFERENCE PROVISION.

12.1 In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

12.2 With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3, below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

12.3 The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) non-judicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of selfhelp remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Agreement does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Agreement.

12.4 The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

12.5 The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

12.6 The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.7 Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

19


12.8 The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

12.9 If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

12.10 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

13. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

13.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

13.2 Indemnification . Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents (each, an “Indemnified Person”) against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by an Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

13.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

13.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

13.5 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

 

20


13.6 Amendments in Writing, Integration . All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing signed by the parties. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

13.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

13.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 13.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

13.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Loans, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank, (v) to Bank’s accountants, auditors and regulators, and (vi) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

14. AMALGAMATION . Within one (1) Business Day after the Closing Date, Borrower will amalgamate with TENROX Canada, with TENROX Canada as the resulting amalgamated entity (the “Amalgamation”). Upon the completion of the Amalgamation, TENROX Canada will be the “Borrower” under this Agreement and all other Loan Documents as if an original signatory and all references in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to “Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation” shall refer to “TENROX Inc.”, the amalgamated entity. The failure of the Amalgamation to occur within one (1) Business Day after the Closing Date shall constitute an Event of Default.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER
CORPORATION

By:  

     

Name:  

 

Title:

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK
By:  

     

Name:  

     

Title:

 

     

 

22


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Acquisition” shall mean the acquisition by Borrower of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of TENROX Canada from Sellers pursuant to the Acquisition Documents.

“Acquisition Documents” shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement and any other related documents or agreements to which a Borrower is party arising from or entered into pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, in each case as amended as permitted hereunder from time to time, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Loan Documents.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and partners.

“Bank Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

“Borrower Location” means Canada, the jurisdiction under whose laws Borrower is organized.

“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.

“Canadian Benefit Plans” means all material employee benefit plans or arrangements maintained or contributed to by Borrower that are not Canadian Pension Plans, including all profit sharing, savings, supplemental retirement, retiring allowance, severance, pension, deferred compensation, welfare, bonus, incentive compensation, phantom stock, legal services, supplementary unemployment benefit plans or arrangements and all life, health, dental and disability plans and arrangements in which the employees or former employees of Borrower participate or are eligible to participate but excluding all stock option or stock purchase plans.

“Canadian Pension Plans” means all plans or arrangements that are considered to be pension plans for the purposes of any applicable pension benefits standards statute or regulation in Canada established, maintained or contributed to by Borrower for its employees or former employees.

“Canadian Security Agreement” means the movable hypothec dated as of February 1, 2012, executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, as amended, varied, supplemented, restated, renewed or replaced at any time from time to time.

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

 

Exhibit A – Page 1


“Change in Control” shall mean a transaction in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d- 3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

“Chief Executive Office Location” means Quebec, Canada, where Borrower’s chief executive office is located.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral and Intellectual Property Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B, except to the extent any such property (i) is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) is property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law, (iv) is subject to a lien in favor of Dell Financial Services Canada Limited under Commercial Lease (200-0271342-020) or Commercial Lease (200-0271342-021), provided that upon the payment in full of property purchased under such agreements, such property shall automatically be part of the Collateral or (v) is Borrower’s equity interests of TENROX Australia.

“Collateral Locations” means the province where the Collateral is located, which is Quebec, Canada.

“Consolidated Net Income (or Deficit)” means the consolidated net income (or deficit) of any Person and its Subsidiaries, after deduction of all expenses, taxes, and other proper charges, determined in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating therefrom all extraordinary nonrecurring items of income.

“Consolidated Total Interest Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate amount of interest required to be paid or accrued by a Person and its Subsidiaries during such period on all Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries outstanding during all or any part of such period, whether such interest was or is required to be reflected as an item of expense or capitalized, including payments consisting of interest in respect of any capitalized lease or any synthetic lease, and including commitment fees, agency fees, facility fees, balance deficiency fees and similar fees or expenses in connection with the borrowing of money.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

Exhibit A – Page 2


“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

“Credit Extension” means each Term Loan Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“EBITDA” means with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of the Borrower’s Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) non-cash expense, including without limit those expenses associated with granting stock options, plus (v) restructuring expenses incurred by Borrower within nine (9) months after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not exceeding Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($800,000), plus (vi) deferred revenue of an acquired company that, due to the business combination, is not recognized as revenue of the acquiring company under GAAP and minus, to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, non-cash tax credits of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP other than with respect to clause (v) above.

“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal state, local foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

“Guarantors” means, collectively, Silverback Enterprise, TENROX US, Visionael Corporation and PowerSteering, and “Guarantor” shall mean each individually.

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations and (d) all Contingent Obligations.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property Collateral” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

Exhibit A – Page 3


(c) Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(d) Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

(e) All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

(f) All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

(g) All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

“Interest Rate Addendum” has the meaning assigned in Section 2.3(a).

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means (i) a material adverse change in Borrower’s business or financial condition (including without limitation, evidence of a lack of investor support and/or Borrower’s inability to attract sufficient additional equity financing from its investors), or (ii) a material impairment in the prospect of repayment of all or any portion of the Obligations or in otherwise performing Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, (iii) a material impairment in the perfection, value or priority of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral.

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Obligations” shall not include any of Borrower’s obligations under any warrants issued to Bank.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

 

Exhibit A – Page 4


“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(c) Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(d) Subordinated Debt (including without limit Subordinated Debt of Borrower in favor of Silverback Enterprise);

(e) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(f) Indebtedness of Borrower or its Subsidiaries permitted under clauses (d) or (e) of the defined term “Permitted Investments”;

(g) Indebtedness consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards; provided that the aggregate limit of all such cards does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time;

(i) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(a) Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

(b) (i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (iv) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates money market accounts;

(c) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(d) Investments of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Guarantors that are also borrowers of Bank;

(e) Investments of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Subsidiaries that are not both Guarantors and borrowers of Bank, not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(f) Investments (other than Investments consisting of loans) of Subsidiaries in Borrower;

(g) Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

Exhibit A – Page 5


(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(j) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(k) Investments permitted by Section 7.3 hereof; and

(l) Other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

“Permitted Liens” means the following:

(a) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Advances) or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(c) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(d) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(e) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) or 8.9 (judgments);

(f) Until Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ accounts are opened at Bank in accordance with Section 6.6, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

(g) Statutory and common law rights of set-off and other similar rights in connection with Borrower’s accounts held at Bank’s Affiliates to secure standard fees for services charged by such institutions;

(h) carriers, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

 

Exhibit A – Page 6


(i) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

(j) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods.

“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, license, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

(a) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Transfers from any Subsidiary that constitute a Permitted Investment or Permitted Lien;

(d) Worn-out or obsolete Equipment not financed with the proceeds of a Credit Extension; or

(e) Other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

“PowerSteering” means PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“PPSA” shall mean the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) and the Regulations thereunder, as from time to time in effect, provided, however, if attachment, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interests in any Collateral are governed by the personal property security laws of any jurisdiction other than Ontario, PPSA shall mean those personal property security laws in such other jurisdiction for the purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for the definitions related to such provisions.

“Prime Rate” means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

“Prohibited Territory” means any person or country listed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury as to which transactions between a United States Person and that territory are prohibited.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower.

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

 

Exhibit A – Page 7


“Sellers” means, collectively, NOVACAP II, L.P., Rudolf Melik Holding (6991947 Canada Inc.), Rudolf Melik Family Trust, Rudolf Melik, Ludwig Melik Holding (6991963 Canada Inc.), Ludwig Melik Family Trust, Ludwig Melik, Aramazd Israilian, Aramazd Israilian Family Trust, Kohar Terzian, Edwin Badalian, Edwin Badalian Family Trust, Edna Badalian, Rafat Hilal, Rafat Hilal Family Trust, Mouni Hilal, Zaven Laleyan, Knar Najarian and Harmig Amedjian.

“Silverback Enterprise” means Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Stock Purchase Agreement” means the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of February     , 2012 among Borrower, Silverback Enterprise, the Sellers and TENROX Canada, as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“TENROX Australia” means TENROX Australasia Pty Ltd, an Australian proprietary company limited by shares.

“TENROX Canada” means TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation.

“TENROX UK” means TENROX Ltd, a company formed under the laws of England and Wales.

“TENROX US” means TENROX Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Term Loan Advance(s)” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Term Loan.

“Term Loan” means a Credit Extension of up to Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000).

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means August     , 2015.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“Visionael Corporation” means Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

Exhibit A – Page 8


DEBTOR:    SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION
SECURED PARTY:    COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT B

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

 

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the foregoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the foregoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

 

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

 

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

 

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or other wise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law, (iv) is subject to a lien in favor of Dell Financial Services Canada Limited under Commercial Lease (200-0271342-020) or Commercial Lease (200-0271342-021), provided that upon the payment in full of property purchased under such agreements, such property shall automatically be part of the Collateral or (v) Borrower’s equity interests of TENROX Australia.

 

Exhibit B – Page 1


EXHIBIT C

TECHNOLOGY & LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION

LOAN ANALYSIS

LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 3:00* P.M, C.S.T

DEADLINE FOR WIRE TRANSFERS IS 1.30 P.M, C.S.T

*At month end and the day before a holiday, the cut off time is 1:30 P.M., C.S.T

**Subject to 3 day advance notice.

 

TO: Loan Analysis

     DATE:                                           TIME:                                     

FAX #: (512) 427-7178

     

EMAIL: tlstxcompliance@comerica.com

     

 

         

FROM:

  

SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER

      

TELEPHONE REQUEST (For Bank Use Only):

   
    

CORPORATION

             
    

Borrower’s Name

      

The following person is authorized to request the loan payment transfer/loan advance on the designated account and is known to me.

FROM:

  

 

        
     Authorized Signer’s Name          

 

   
               Authorized Requester & Phone #    

FROM:

  

 

             
     
     Authorized Signature (Borrower)          

 

   
               Received by (Bank) & Phone #    

PHONE #

  

     

             
     

FROM ACCOUNT#:

  

 

         

 

   

(please include Note number, if applicable)

          Authorized Signature (Bank)    
     

TO ACCOUNT#:

  

 

             

(please include Note number, if applicable)

             
                   

 

REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE

      REQUESTED DOLLAR AMOUNT       For Bank Use Only
     

PRINCIPAL INCREASE* (ADVANCE)

  $  

 

      Date Rec’d:        

PRINCIPAL PAYMENT (ONLY)

            $                                                                       Time:        
           

Comp. Status:

   YES    NO

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS:

          Status Date:        

     

      Time:        

     

      Approval:        

     

             
                           

All representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the telephone request for an advance confirmed by this Borrowing Certificate, including without limitation the representation that Borrower has paid for and owns the equipment financed by Bank; provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date.

*IS THERE A WIRE REQUEST TIED TO THIS LOAN ADVANCE? (PLEASE CIRCLE ONE)    YES    NO

If YES, the Outgoing Wire Transfer Instructions must be completed below.

 

OUTGOING WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS

      Fed Reference Number         
Bank Transfer Number
  
    
               

                              

 

The items marked with an asterisk (*) are required to be completed.

     

*Beneficiary Name

                  

*Beneficiary Account Number

                  

*Beneficiary Address

                  

Currency Type

     

US DOLLARS ONLY

          

*ABA Routing Number (9 Digits)

                  

*Receiving Institution Name

                  

*Receiving Institution Address

                  

*Wire Amount

     

$

          

 

Exhibit C – Page 1


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:   

Comerica Bank

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Loan Analysis Department

300 W. Sixth St., Suite 1300

Austin, TX 78701

Fax: (512) 427-7178

Email: tlstxcompliance@comerica.com

  

FROM: SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION

The undersigned authorized Officer of SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof except as noted below; provided however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification (the “Supporting Documents”). The Officer further certifies the Supporting Documents are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied form one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column,

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

    

COMPLIES

 

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

   Monthly, within 30 days        YES           NO   

Compliance Certificate

   Monthly, within 30 days        YES           NO   

CPA Audited re .Silverback Enterprise Unqualified F/S

   Annually, within 150 days of FYE        YES           NO   

Company Prepared re Borrower F/S

   Annually, within 150 days of FYE        YES           NO   

A/R & A/P Agings

   Monthly, within 30 days        YES           NO   

Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)

   Annually, by 12/31        YES           NO   

Intellectual Property Report

   Quarterly within 30 days        YES           NO   

Audit

   Annual        YES           NO   

If Public:

            

10-Q

   Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)        YES           NO   

10-K

   Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)        YES           NO   

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and

   Amount: $                                 YES           NO   

investments

            

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with

   Amount: $                                 YES           NO   

Bank

            
    

DESCRIPTION

    

APPLICABLE

 

Legal Action > $100,000 (Sect. 6.2(iv))

   Notify promptly upon notice                                         YES           NO   

Inventory Disputes> $100,000 (Sect. 6.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                         YES           NO   

Mergers & Acquisitions> $100,000 (Sect. 7.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                         YES           NO   

Cross default with other agreements> $250,000 (Sect. 8.7)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                         YES           NO   

Judgments/Settlements > $200,000 (Sect. 8.9)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                         YES           NO   

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS    REQUIRED    ACTUAL     

COMPLIES

 
TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED                         

Minimum Cash – Borrower

   $500,000    $                                   YES           NO   

Minimum Cash – Silverback Enterprise

   $500,000    $                                   YES           NO   

Minimum EBITDA (tested quarterly commencing 6/30/12)

   See Section 6.7(c)    $                                   YES           NO   

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS    REQUIRED      ACTUAL       

COMPLIES

 

Permitted Indebtedness for equipment leases

   <$ 100,000       $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Investments for stock repurchase

   <$ 100,000       $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Investments for subsidiaries

   <$ 100,000       $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Investments for employee loans

   <$ 100,000       $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Investments for joint ventures

   <$ 100,000       $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Liens for equipment leases

   <$ 100,000       $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Transfers

   <$ 100,000       $                                                 YES           NO   

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations and Exceptions to Representations and Warranties:

 

Exhibit D – Page 1


The undersigned further acknowledges that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Authorized Signer

 

Name

 

Title

 

Exhibit D – Page 2


EXHIBIT E

INTEREST RATE ADDENDUM

 

Exhibit E – Page 1


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May 31, 2012, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”) and TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The “Term Loan Maturity Date” in Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby extended from August 10, 2015 to February 10, 2016.

2. Section 6.6 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“6.6 Accounts . On or before May 31, 2012, Borrower and each Guarantor shall maintain all of their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank. For the avoidance of doubt, Bank acknowledges and agrees that a control agreement governing Borrower’s accounts with Bank that are maintained in Canada is not required.”

3. The “.” at the end of Section 8.11 is deleted and replaced with “; and”, and new Section 8.12 is added to the Agreement, to read in its entirety as follows:

“8.12 Cross-Default . Silverback Enterprise, PowerSteering, and Visionael Corporation, or any of them, default in the payment of any obligations for borrowed money from the Bank (whether by acceleration or otherwise), including, without limitation any obligations under that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, among Bank, Silverback Enterprise, PowerSteering, and Visionael Corporation, as it may be amended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time, and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure provided with respect thereto, or in the observance or performance of any conditions, covenants or agreements related to or agreed to with respect to any such obligations for borrowed money from the Bank, which continues beyond any applicable period of cure.”

4. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

5. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.


6. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

7. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrower;

(b) Amendments to Security Agreements, executed by each of PowerSteering, Visonael Corporation, Silverback Enterprise and Tenrox US;

(c) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(d) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

8. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation
By:  

    /s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:

 

    President

 

COMERICA BANK
By:  

    /s/ Paul Gerling

Name:  

    Paul Gerling

Title:

 

    Senior Vice President


SECOND AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of June 25, 2012, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”) and TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to a Loan and Security Agreement dated February 10, 2012, as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012 (as amended, “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement further, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby amended by adding (in the appropriate alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following terms to read in its entirety as follows:

“‘Minimum Cash Amount’ shall initially mean $3,000,000.00. The undrawn availability under the Term Loan (as defined in the Silverback Loan Agreement), up to $2,000,000, shall be included in the calculation of Borrower’s ‘Cash’ for the purpose of calculating compliance with the ‘Minimum Cash Amount’. Subject to the last sentence of this definition, on such date, if ever, as Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. (“Silverback”) achieves, on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering, Visionael, TENROX Canada and TENROX US, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the two fiscal quarter period then ending (calculated on an annualized basis) of at least 1.20 to 1.00, the ‘Minimum Cash Amount’ shall reduce to $2,000,000.00. Subject to the last sentence of this definition, on such date, if ever, as Silverback achieves, on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the four fiscal quarter period then ending of at least 1.20 to 1.00, the ‘Minimum Cash Amount’ shall reduce to $1,000,000.00. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Minimum Cash Amount reductions set forth above shall not take effect prior to October 5, 2012.”

“‘Silverback Loan Agreement’ means that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, among Bank, Silverback, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as it may be amended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time.”

2. Section 6.7(a) of the Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Minimum Cash . Borrower shall maintain at all times, on a consolidated basis with Silverback and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering, Visionael, TENROX Canada and TENROX US, a balance of Cash at Bank of not less than the Minimum Cash Amount, Notwithstanding the foregoing, the balance of Silverback’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ Cash maintained in accounts at Bank located in the United States shall be at least $500,000 at all times.”

Borrower authorizes Bank to decline to honor any drafts upon Borrower’s accounts with Bank or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of funds held in such accounts if (i) the aggregate balance of such accounts is less than the minimum cash requirement in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time, or (ii) honoring such drafts or requests would cause the aggregate balance of such accounts to be, less than the minimum cash Requirement in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time.”


3. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

4. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

5. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrower;

(b) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(c) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

7. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation

By:  

    /s/ MICHAEL HILL

Name:  

Michael Hill

Title:

 

Corporate Secretary

 

COMERICA BANK
By:  

     

Name:  

     

Title:  

     


THIRD AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of December 3, 2012, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”) and TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012 and the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. All references to “Tenrox UK” in the Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall hereafter mean and refer to PowerSteering UK (as defined in this Amendment).

2. Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended by adding (in the correct alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following defined terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“‘Guarantors’ means, collectively, Silverback Enterprise, Tenrox US, Visionael Corporation, PowerSteering, LMR Solutions, and each Subsidiary of a Guarantor which has executed and delivered to Bank a Guaranty and ‘Guarantor’ shall mean each individually.”

“‘LMR Solutions’ means LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.”

“‘PowerSteering UK’ means PowerSteering Software Limited, formerly known as TENROX LTD, a private company limited by shares formed under the laws of England and Wales.”

3. The following sentence is added to the end of Section 6.6 of the Agreement:

“LMR Solutions may maintain accounts outside of Bank and Bank’s Affiliates until March 1, 2013, at which time, all accounts of LMR Solutions must be maintained at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates, which Bank Affiliate accounts shall be covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.”

4. Section 8.12 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“8.12 Cross-Default . Silverback Enterprise, PowerSteering, Visionael Corporation, LMR Solutions and any Person that becomes a co-borrower under the Silverback Loan Agreement (as defined below), or any of them, default in the payment of any obligations for borrowed money from the Bank (whether by acceleration or otherwise), including, without limitation any obligations under that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012, among Bank, Silverback Enterprise, PowerSteering, Visionael Corporation and LMR Solutions, as it may be amended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time (the “Silverback Loan Agreement”), and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure provided with respect thereto, or in the observance or performance of any conditions, covenants or agreements related to or agreed to with respect to any such obligations for borrowed money from the Bank, which continues beyond any applicable period of cure.”


5. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

6. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

7. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

8. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrower;

(b) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(c) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

9. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation

By:  

/s/ John T. McDonald

Name:  

John T. McDonald

Title:

 

President

 

COMERICA BANK
By:  

/s/ Paul Gerling    

Name:  

Paul Gerling    

Title:

 

Senior Vice President    

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement]


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

This Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of April 11, 2013, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”) and TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012, the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012 and the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 3, 2012 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to further amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment, and Borrower has requested that Bank waive certain covenant defaults existing under the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Bank hereby waives Borrower’s violation of Section 7.4 of the Agreement (Indebtedness) and Section 7.5 of the Agreement (Encumbrances) for the period beginning on August 31, 2012 through the Fourth Amendment Date. This waiver is specific as to content and time, shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not constitute a waiver of any other current or future Default or Event of Default or breach of any covenant contained in the Agreement or the terms and conditions of any other Loan Documents. Bank expressly reserves all of its various rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Agreement and the other Loan Documents due to any other Default or breach not waived herein.

2. Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended by adding (in the correct alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following defined terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“‘Adjusted EBITDA’ means with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) non-cash expenses of Silverback and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including without limit those expenses associated with granting stock options and restricted stock, plus (v) restructuring expenses incurred by Silverback and its Consolidated Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisitions by Silverback of Visionael, PowerSteering and Borrower within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the applicable acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding Two Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,200,000), plus (vi) one-time transaction and restructuring expenses incurred by Silverback and its consolidated Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition by Silverback of LMR Solutions within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000), plus (vii) one-time transaction and restructuring expenses incurred by Borrowers in connection with an acquisition and approved by Bank in writing, plus (viii) any net change in deferred revenue during such period, including without limitation deferred revenue of an acquired company that, due to the business combination, is not recognized as revenue of the acquiring company under GAAP, plus (ix) Silverback’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ expenses related to foreign exchange losses for such period, and minus , to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, (x) non-cash tax credits for such period and (y) foreign exchange related gains, all as determined in accordance with GAAP other than with respect to clauses (v), (vi) and (vii) above. Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated on a trailing four quarter basis for all testing periods commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2013


and thereafter; provided however, with respect to any acquired company, Adjusted EBITDA shall be calculated on (A) as of the first measuring period ending after the date such acquired company was acquired (the ‘Acquisition Date’), a trailing four quarter basis, (B) as of the second measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, an annualized basis and the relevant period of determination shall be the one fiscal quarter period ending as of such date, (C) as of the third measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, an annualized basis and the relevant period of determination shall be the two fiscal quarter period ending as of such date, (D) as of the fourth measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, an annualized basis and the relevant period of determination shall be the three fiscal quarter period ending as of such date, and (E) as of the fifth measuring period ending after the Acquisition Date, and for each measuring period thereafter, a trailing four quarter basis.”

“‘Advance’ or ‘Advances’ means a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Line.”

“Applicable Measuring Period” means, (i) with respect to the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, the period commencing on April 1, 2012, and ending on such date of determination, and (ii) with respect to the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, and each fiscal quarter ending thereafter, the four fiscal quarter period then ending.

“‘Borrowing Base’ means an amount equal to the sum of: (a) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, plus (b) the product of Borrower’s Eligible Monthly Recurring Revenue for the trailing three (3) month period ending on any applicable date of determination multiplied by Borrower’s weighted average Renewal Rate for the two (2) most recent calendar quarters ended as of such date of determination, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by or on behalf of Borrower.”

“‘Credit Extension’ means each Advance, Term Loan A Advance, Term Loan Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.”

“‘EBITDA’ means with respect to any fiscal period an amount equal to the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal period, plus (b) in each case to the extent deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, (i) depreciation and amortization for such period, plus (ii) income tax expense for such period, plus (iii) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued during such period, plus (iv) non-cash expenses of Silverback and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including without limit those expenses associated with granting stock options and restricted stock, plus (v) restructuring expenses incurred by Silverback and its Consolidated Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisitions by Silverback of Visionael, PowerSteering and Borrower within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the applicable acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding One Hundred Fifty Six Thousand Dollars ($156,000), plus (vi) one-time transaction and restructuring expenses incurred by Silverback and its consolidated Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition by Silverback of LMR Solutions within twelve (12) months after the date of the consummation of the acquisition in an aggregate amount not exceeding One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000), plus (vii) any net change in deferred revenue during such period, including without limitation deferred revenue of an acquired company that, due to the business combination, is not recognized as revenue of the acquiring company under GAAP, plus (ix) Silverback’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ expenses related to foreign exchange losses for such period, and minus , to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, (x) non-cash tax credits for such period and (y) foreign exchange related gains, all as determined in accordance with GAAP other than with respect to clauses (v) and (vi) above. EBITDA shall be calculated on a trailing four quarter basis for all testing periods commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2013 and thereafter.”


“‘Eligible Accounts’ means those Accounts that arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that comply with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank set forth in Section 5.3; provided, that Bank may change the standards of eligibility by giving Borrower thirty (30) days prior written notice. Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following:

 

  (a) Accounts that the account debtor has failed to pay in full within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

 

  (b) Credit balances over ninety (90) days;

 

  (c) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, twenty-five percent (25%) of whose Accounts the account debtor has failed to pay within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

 

  (d) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, including Subsidiaries and Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, to the extent such obligations exceed the aforementioned percentage, except as approved in writing by Bank;

 

  (e) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States, except for Eligible Foreign Accounts;

 

  (f) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is the United States or any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States, except for Accounts of the United States if the payee has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. 3727);

 

  (g) Accounts with respect to which Borrower is liable to the account debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the account debtor to Borrower, but only to the extent of any amounts owing to the account debtor against amounts owed to Borrower;

 

  (h) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, sale or return, sale on approval, bill and hold, demo or promotional, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the account debtor may be conditional;

 

  (i) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is an officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of Borrower other than Tenrox US;

 

  (j) Accounts that have not yet been billed to the account debtor or that relate to deposits (such as good faith deposits) or other property of the account debtor held by Borrower for the performance of services or delivery of goods which Borrower has not yet performed or delivered;

 

  (k) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor disputes liability or makes any claim with respect thereto as to which Bank believes, in its sole discretion, that there may be a basis for dispute (but only to the extent of the amount subject to such dispute or claim), or is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

 

  (l) Accounts the collection of which Bank reasonably determines after inquiry and consultation with Borrower to be doubtful; and

 

  (m) Retentions and hold-backs.”


“‘Eligible Foreign Accounts’ means Accounts (i) with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States and is not located in an OFAC sanctioned country, (ii) that are (a) supported by one or more letters of credit in an amount and of a tenor, and issued by a financial institution, acceptable to Bank, (b) insured by the Export Import Bank of the United States, (c) generated by an account debtor with its principal place of business in Canada, provided that the Bank has perfected its security interest in the appropriate Canadian province, or (d) approved by Bank on a case-by-case basis, and (iii) that otherwise meet the definition of Eligible Accounts, other than clause (e). All Eligible Foreign Accounts must be calculated in U.S. Dollars.”

“‘Eligible Monthly Recurring Revenue’ means, as of any applicable measuring period, Borrower’s revenues (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for such period from account debtors that have executed a service contract with Borrower that is effective as of the date of determination and entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and consistency with past practices; provided , however , that (A) all extraordinary and non-recurring revenue and (B) the service contract (excluding extraordinary and non-recurring contracts) revenue of any account debtor (1) whose contracts with Borrower the account debtor has failed to pay within 90 days of invoice date, (2) whose contracts are not renewed within 30 days subsequent to the renewal date for each such contract, (3) whose contracts are not performing acceptably to Bank in its sole discretion, (4) whose contracts the Bank has reasonably determined may not collectible, or (5) that is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business, will be excluded from the calculation of Eligible Monthly Recurring Revenue.”

“‘Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio’ means for any Applicable Measuring Period and with respect to any Person, the ratio of (i) the Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for such period, to (ii) the sum of (A) the current portion of all long-term Indebtedness of such Person, plus (B) the Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued of such Person during such period, plus (C) all income taxes paid or payable during such period (other than income taxes properly deferred for payment in a subsequent period) by such Person, plus (D) unfinanced capital expenditures of such Person during such period. For the purpose of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the current portion of long-term Indebtedness shall not include amounts owing under the Sellers’ Notes.”

“‘Fourth Amendment Date’ shall mean April 11, 2013.”


“‘Minimum Cash Amount’ means the following amounts during the following respective periods:

 

Period

  

Minimum Cash

 

Fourth Amendment Date through and including June 29, 2013

     $1,150,000   

June 30, 2013 through and including September 29, 2013

     $1,300,000   

September 30, 2013 through and including the earlier of (i) date of payment of the Holdback Amount and (ii) December 30, 2013

     $1,450,000   

Date of payment of the Holdback Amount through and including March 30, 2014

     $1,000,000   

March 31, 2014 through and including June 29, 2014

     $1,375,000   

June 30, 2014 through and including September 29, 2014

     $1,750,000   

September 30, 2014 through the date of repayment of the Sellers’ Notes

     $2,125,000   

Date of repayment of Sellers’ Notes and thereafter

     $1,000,000”   

“‘Post-Fourth Amendment Audit’ has the meaning set forth for such term in Section 6.11 hereof.”

“‘Renewal Rate’ means, as of any applicable date of determination, one hundred percent (100%), minus the percentage of annual recurring revenue from Borrower’s clients under recurring service contracts (‘Contracts’) who discontinue their Contracts during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination out of the total annual recurring revenue value of Contracts up for renewal during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination and the total annual recurring value of multi-year Contracts which have an anniversary (not renewal date) during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination (collectively, “Total ARR”), plus the percentage of annual recurring revenue from price increases on Borrower’s clients under Contracts who have a price increase in their Contracts during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination out of Total ARR, plus the percentage of annual recurring revenue expansion on Borrower’s clients under Contracts who have a license expansion in their Contracts during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination out of Total ARR, minus the percentage of annual recurring revenue contraction on Borrower’s clients under Contracts who have a license contraction in their Contracts during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the last fiscal quarter immediately preceding the applicable date of determination out of Total ARR, plus the percentage of annual recurring revenue from Borrower’s clients under Contracts which were previously treated as not renewing their Contracts in preceding fiscal quarters but which did in fact renew their Contracts within the calendar quarter immediately following each such Contract’s applicable termination date out of Total ARR. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Renewal Rate shall not exceed 100%.”

“‘Revolving Line’ means a Credit Extension of up to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000).”

“‘Revolving Maturity Date’ means April 11, 2015.”

“‘Sellers’ means, collectively, Joseph Larscheid and Cheryl Larscheid.”

“‘Sellers’ Notes” means, collectively, the promissory notes, each dated November 14, 2012, in the aggregate amount of $1,500,000 payable by Silverback to Sellers, which indebtedness constitutes Subordinated Debt.”


“‘Silverback Loan Agreement’ means that certain Loan and Security Agreement among Bank, Silverback, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time.”

“‘Term Loan A’ means a Credit Extension of up to Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000).”

“‘Term Loan A Advance’ means a cash advance under the Term Loan A.”

“‘Term Loan A Maturity Date’ means April 11, 2015.”

3. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Indebtedness not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

4. Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Exhibit A of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000) in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by a Credit Extension) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

5. New Sections 2.1(c) and 2.1(d) are added to the Agreement immediately following Section 2.1(b) to read in their entirety as follows:

“(c) Advances Under Revolving Line .

(i) Amount . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time without penalty or premium prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(c) shall be immediately due and payable.


(ii) Form of Request . Whenever Borrower desires an Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission or telephone no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time (12:00 p.m. Central time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Payment/Advance Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C. Bank is authorized to make Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from a Responsible Officer or a designee of a Responsible Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Advances made under this Section 2.1(c) to Borrower’s deposit account.

(d) Term Loan A Advances .

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make one Term Loan A Advance to Borrower. Borrower may request the Term Loan A Advance on the Fourth Amendment Date. The aggregate outstanding amount of the Term Loan A Advance shall not exceed the Term Loan A. Proceeds of the Term Loan A shall be used to repay to Bank $2,500,000 of the principal outstanding under the Term Loan.”

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of the Term Loan A Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). The Term Loan A Advance shall be payable in twenty four (24) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on May 1, 2013, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter until paid in full. The Term Loan A Advance, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay the Term Loan A Advance without penalty or premium.

(iii) When Borrower desires to obtain the Term Loan A Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Central time on the Business Days on which the Term Loan A Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C . The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer or its designee. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance.”

6. Section 2.2 of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“2.2 Overadvances . If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.”

7. Section 2.3(a) of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof as set forth in the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Loan and Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E (‘Interest Rate Addendum’).

(ii) Term Loan A Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Term Loan A Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof as set forth in the Interest Rate Addendum.”


8. Section 5.3 of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“5.3 Collateral . Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement. All Collateral is located solely in the Collateral Locations. The Eligible Accounts are bona fide existing obligations. The property or services giving rise to such Eligible Accounts has been delivered or rendered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by the account debtor. Borrower has not received notice of actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose accounts are included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Account. No licenses or agreements giving rise to such Eligible Accounts is with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Collateral consisting of deposit or investment accounts is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.”

9. Section 6.7 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“6.7 Financial Covenants . Borrower shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, the following financial ratios and covenants:

(a) Minimum Cash . Silverback shall maintain at all times, on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation PowerSteering, Visionael, Borrower, LMR Solutions and Tenrox US, Cash at Bank of not less than the Minimum Cash Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the balance of Silverback’s and its consolidated Subsidiaries’ Cash maintained in accounts at Bank located in the United States shall be at least $500,000 at all times.

Borrower authorizes Bank to decline to honor any drafts upon Borrower’s accounts with Bank or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of funds held in such accounts if (i) the aggregate balance of such accounts is less than the Minimum Cash Amount in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time, or (ii) honoring such drafts or requests would cause the aggregate balance of such accounts to be, less than the Minimum Cash Amount in effect under this Section 6.7(a) at such time.

(b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Borrower, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK and Visionael, and commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, LMR Solutions, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.25 to 1.00.

(c) Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio . Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Borrower, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK and Visionael, and commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, LMR Solutions, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of (i) all Indebtedness of Silverback and its consolidated Subsidiaries to (ii) Adjusted EBITDA of not more than 3.25 to 1.00.

(d) EBITDA . Silverback shall maintain on a consolidated basis with its consolidated Subsidiaries, including, without limitation Borrower, Tenrox US, PowerSteering, PowerSteering UK and Visionael, and commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, LMR Solutions, EBITDA of not less than $5,000,000; provided, that if Borrower acquires any other Persons after the Fourth Amendment Date, Bank reserves the right to reset the amount set forth in this section for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014.”


10. New Section 6.11 is added to the Agreement immediately after Section 6.10 thereof to read in its entirety as follows:

“6.11 Post-Fourth Amendment Audit . Within sixty (60) days after the Fourth Amendment Date, Bank shall have a right to audit each Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral (‘Post-Fourth Amendment Audit’).”

11. Bank’s notice address in Section 10 of the Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“If to Bank:

 

Comerica Bank

M/C 7578

39200 Six Mile Rd.

Livonia, MI 48152

Attn: National Documentation Services

with a copy to:

 

Comerica Bank

300 W. Sixth St.

Suite 2250

Austin, TX 78701

Attn: Megan Kirk

FAX: (512) 427-7178”

12. Exhibit D to the Agreement is deleted and replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

13. Exhibit F is added to the Agreement in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

14. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Agreement is amended as set forth in the Amendment to Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

15. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, the principal installment payment of the Term Loan due April 1, 2013 is deferred until the earlier of May 1, 2013 and the refinancing of the Term Loan.

16. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

17. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

18. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.


19. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrower;

(b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment and related documents;

(c) an Itemization of Amount Financed Disbursement Instructions (Revolving Line);

(d) an Itemization of Amount Financed Disbursement Instructions (Term Loan A);

(e) an Amendment to and Affirmation of Guaranty Documents, executed by Silverback, Visionael, PowerSteering, LMR and Tenrox US;

(f) an automatic debit authorization, executed by Borrower;

(g) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(h) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

20. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

TENROX INC. , successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:  

John T. McDonald

Title:  

President

 

COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ PAUL GERLING
Name:  

Paul Gerling

Title:  

Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver]

 

55


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:    Comerica Bank   
   Technology & Life Sciences Division   
  

Loan Analysis Department

  
   300 W. Sixth St., Suite 1300   
  

Austin, TX 78701

  
  

Fax: (512) 427-7178

Email: tlstxcompliance@comerica.com

  

FROM: SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION

The undersigned authorized Officer of SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.8, except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof except as noted below; provided however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification (the “Supporting Documents”). The Officer further certifies the Supporting Documents are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied form one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column,

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

    

COMPLIES

 

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

   Monthly, within 30 days        YES           NO   

Compliance Certificate

   Monthly, within 30 days        YES           NO   

CPA Audited re .Silverback Enterprise Unqualified F/S

   Annually, within 150 days of FYE        YES           NO   

Company Prepared re Borrower F/S

   Annually, within 150 days of FYE        YES           NO   

A/R & A/P Agings

   Monthly, within 30 days        YES           NO   

Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)

   Annually, by 12/31        YES           NO   

Intellectual Property Report

   Quarterly within 30 days        YES           NO   

Audit

   Annual        YES           NO   

If Public:

            

10-Q

   Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)        YES           NO   

10-K

   Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)        YES           NO   

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and

investments

   Amount: $                                 YES           NO   

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank

   Amount: $                                 YES           NO   
    

DESCRIPTION

    

APPLICABLE

 

Legal Action > $100,000 (Sect. 6.2(iv))

   Notify promptly upon notice                                         YES           NO   

Inventory Disputes> $100,000 (Sect. 6.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                         YES           NO   

Mergers & Acquisitions> $100,000 (Sect. 7.3)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                         YES           NO   

Cross default with other agreements>$250,000 (Sect. 8.7)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                         YES           NO   

Judgments/Settlements > $200,000 (Sect. 8.9)

   Notify promptly upon notice                                         YES           NO   

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS    REQUIRED    ACTUAL        COMPLIES       
TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED                         

Minimum Cash Amount

   See Section 6.7(a)    $                                        YES           NO      

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

   1.25 to 1.00                       to 1.00           YES           NO      

Consolidated Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio

   3.25 to 1.00                       to 1.00           YES           NO      

EBITDA

   $5,000,000    $                                        YES           NO      

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS      REQUIRED    ACTUAL        COMPLIES  

Permitted Indebtedness for equipment leases

     <$1,200,000    $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Investments for stock repurchase

     <$100,000    $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Investments for subsidiaries

     <$100,000    $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Investments for employee loans

     <$100,000    $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Investments for joint ventures

     <$100,000    $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Liens for equipment leases

     <$1,200,000    $                                                 YES           NO   

Permitted Transfers

     <$100,000    $                                                 YES           NO   

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations and Exceptions to Representations and Warranties:

The undersigned further acknowledges that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no credit extensions will be made.

 

Very truly yours,
 
Authorized Signer
 
Name
 
Title

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver]


EXHIBIT F

Borrowing Base Certificate

 

2


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May 16, 2013, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”) and TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012, the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012, the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 3, 2012 and the Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver dated as of April 11, 2013 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended by adding (in the correct alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following defined terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“‘FileBound’ means FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation.”

“‘Guarantors’ means, collectively, Silverback Enterprise, Tenrox US, Visionael Corporation, PowerSteering, LMR Solutions, Marex and FileBound and each Subsidiary of a Guarantor which has executed and delivered to Bank a Guaranty and ‘Guarantor’ shall mean each individually.”

“‘Marex’ means Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation.”

“‘Silverback Loan Agreement’ means that certain Loan and Security Agreement among Bank, Silverback, Visionael Corporation, PowerSteering, LMR Solutions, Marex and FileBound, dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time.”

 

2. Section 8.12 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“8.12 Cross-Default . Silverback Enterprise, PowerSteering, Visionael Corporation, LMR Solutions, Marex and FileBound and any Person that becomes a co-borrower under the Silverback Loan Agreement, or any of them, default in the payment of any obligations for borrowed money from the Bank (whether by acceleration or otherwise), including, without limitation any obligations under the Silverback Loan Agreement, and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure provided with respect thereto, or in the observance or performance of any conditions, covenants or agreements related to or agreed to with respect to any such obligations for borrowed money from the Bank, which continues beyond any applicable period of cure.”

3. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.


4. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

5. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrower;

(b) Security Agreements, executed by each of Marex and FileBound;

(c) Unconditional Guaranties, executed by each of Marex and FileBound;

(d) an Amendment No. 4 to Pledge and Security Agreement, executed by Silverback;

(e) an officer’s certificate of each of Marex and FileBound with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of the Security Agreements, Unconditional Guaranties and all related documents;

(f) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(g) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

7. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation
By:        /s/ John T. McDonald
Name:  

    John T. McDonald

Title:  

    President

 

COMERICA BANK
By:       /s/ Paul Gerling
Name:  

    Paul Gerling

Title:  

    Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (1302520)]


SIXTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of December 6, 2013, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”) and TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012, the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012, the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 3, 2012, the Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver dated as of April 11, 2013, and the Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 15, 2013 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended by adding (in the correct alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following defined terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“‘ComSci’ means ComSci, Inc., a Delaware corporation.”

“‘ComSci, LLC’ means ComSci, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company.”

“‘Guarantors’ means, collectively, Silverback Enterprise, Tenrox US, ComSci, ComSci, LLC, PowerSteering, LMR Solutions, Marex and FileBound and each Subsidiary of a Guarantor which has executed and delivered to Bank a Guaranty and ‘Guarantor’ shall mean each individually.”

“‘Silverback Enterprise’ means Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation.”

“‘Silverback Loan Agreement’ means that certain Loan and Security Agreement among Bank, Silverback, ComSci, ComSci, LLC, PowerSteering, LMR Solutions, Marex and FileBound, dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time.”

2. All references to “Visionael Corporation” shall hereafter be deleted.

3. Section 8.12 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“8.12 Cross-Default . Silverback Enterprise, PowerSteering, ComSci, ComSci, LLC, LMR Solutions, Marex and FileBound and any Person that becomes a co-borrower under the Silverback Loan Agreement, or any of them, default in the payment of any obligations for borrowed money from the Bank (whether by acceleration or otherwise), including, without limitation any obligations under the Silverback Loan Agreement, and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure provided with respect thereto, or in the observance or performance of any conditions, covenants or agreements related to or agreed to with respect to any such obligations for borrowed money from the Bank, which continues beyond any applicable period of cure.”

4. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.


5. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

6. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

7. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrower;

(b) Security Agreements, executed by each of ComSci and ComSci, LLC;

(c) Intellectual Property Security Agreements, executed by each of ComSci and ComSci, LLC;

(d) Unconditional Guaranties, executed by each of ComSci and ComSci, LLC;

(e) an Amendment No. 5 to Pledge and Security Agreement, executed by Silverback;

(f) an officer’s certificate of each of ComSci and ComSci, LLC with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of the Security Agreements, Unconditional Guaranties and all related documents;

(g) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(h) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

8. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation
By:   /s/ John T. McDonald
Name:  

John T. McDonald

Title:  

President

 

COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ Paul Gerling
Name:  

Paul Gerling

Title:  

Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (3043364)]


SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of March 19, 2014, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”) and TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation (“ Borrower ”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2012, the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 25, 2012, the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 3, 2012, the Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Waiver dated as of April 11, 2013, the Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 15, 2013, and the Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 6, 2013 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Exhibit A to the Agreement is amended by adding (in the correct alphabetical order) or amending and restating the following defined terms to read in their entirety as follows:

“‘Clickability’ means Clickability, Inc., a Delaware corporation.”

“‘FileBound’ means FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Nebraska corporation f/k/a Marex Group, Inc., successor by merger to FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation.”

“‘Guarantors’ means, collectively, Silverback Enterprise, Tenrox US, ComSci, ComSci, LLC, PowerSteering, LMR Solutions, Clickability and FileBound and each Subsidiary of a Guarantor which has executed and delivered to Bank a Guaranty and ‘Guarantor’ shall mean each individually.”

“‘Silverback Loan Agreement’ means that certain Loan and Security Agreement among Bank, Silverback Enterprise, ComSci, ComSci, LLC, PowerSteering, LMR Solutions, Clickability and FileBound, dated as of March 5, 2012, as amended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time.”

2. Section 8.12 of the Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“8.12 Cross-Default . Silverback Enterprise, PowerSteering, ComSci, ComSci, LLC, Clickability, LMR Solutions and FileBound and any Person that becomes a co-borrower under the Silverback Loan Agreement, or any of them, default in the payment of any obligations for borrowed money from the Bank (whether by acceleration or otherwise), including, without limitation any obligations under the Silverback Loan Agreement, and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure provided with respect thereto, or in the observance or performance of any conditions, covenants or agreements related to or agreed to with respect to any such obligations for borrowed money from the Bank, which continues beyond any applicable period of cure.”

3. Pursuant to Section 7.2 of the Agreement, Borrower may not change its name without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Bank. Borrower has informed Bank that Borrower intends to change its name not later than thirty (30) days after the date of this Amendment (“Name Change”). Notwithstanding any provisions of the Loan Documents to the contrary, Borrower requested that Bank consent to the Name Change. Bank hereby consents to the Name Change; provided, that, Borrower (a) provides to Bank in writing the new name of Borrower not later than seven (7) days prior to the occurrence of the Name Change, and (b) executes and/or delivers to Bank all documents that Bank shall reasonably request in connection therewith.


4. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

5. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

6. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

7. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, executed by Borrower;

(b) a Security Agreement, executed by Clickability;

(c) an Intellectual Property Security Agreement, executed by Clickability;

(d) an Unconditional Guaranty, executed by Clickability;

(e) an Amendment No. 6 to Pledge and Security Agreement, executed by Silverback Enterprise;

(f) Amendments to Security Agreements, executed by each of PowerSteering, ComSci, ComSci, LLC, FileBound and LMR Solutions;

(g) an officer’s certificate of Clickability with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of the Security Agreement, Unconditional Guaranty, the Intellectual Property Security Agreement and all related documents;

(h) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(i) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

8. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

TENROX INC., successor by amalgamation to Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation
By:   /s/ John T. McDonald
Name:  

John T. McDonald

Title:  

President

 

COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ Paul Gerling
Name:  

Paul Gerling

Title:  

Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (3229960)]

Exhibit 10.25

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

(Silverback Enterprise)

This Pledge and Security Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of February 10, 2012 (“ Closing Date ”) by and between the undersigned (“ Grantor ”), and COMERICA BANK (the “ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations (the “ Financial Accommodations ”) to SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION, a corporation constituted under the Canada Business Corporations Act (“ Borrower ”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of even date herewith between Borrower and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank is willing to make the Financial Accommodations to Borrower, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor grant to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right title, and interest in, to and under all of the Collateral (defined below) whether presently existing or hereafter acquired.

C. On the date hereof, Grantor will acquire 100% of the equity interests of TENROX Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (the “ Acquisition ”).

D. Within fourteen (14) days after the date hereof, Grantor will acquire 100% of the equity interests of (i) TENROX Inc., a Delaware corporation, and (ii) TENROX Ltd., a private company limited by shares formed under the laws of England and Wales.

E. Borrower is a Subsidiary of Grantor and Grantor is financially interested in the affairs of Borrower, and deems it advisable, desirable, and in the best interests of Grantor to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Grantor and the Bank agree as follows:

1. Definitions . All terms used without definition in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Loan Agreement. All terms used without definition in this Agreement or in the Loan Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Code. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

(b) “ Collateral ” means the property described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(c) “ Collateral Locations ” means each location where any Collateral is now or hereafter located, including, without limitation, those Collateral Locations listed in Section 13 of this Agreement.

(d) “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5 of this Agreement.

(e) “ Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a registered organization which is organized under the laws of one of the states comprising the United States (e.g. corporation, limited partnership, registered limited liability partnership or limited liability company).


(f) “ Grantor Obligations ” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Grantor pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, including, without limitation, that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated as of even date herewith by Grantor in favor of Bank and that certain Standby Letter of Credit No. 5647-30 in the face amount of $200,000.00, issued by Bank for the account of Grantor on or about February 3, 2012, in all cases, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Grantor to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

(g) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

(h) “ Issuer ” shall have the meaning given such term in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(i) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business operations, condition (financial or otherwise) of Grantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Grantor to repay the Grantor Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (c) Grantor’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

(j) “ Obligations ” shall have the meaning given such term in the Loan Agreement.

(k) “ Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(i) Indebtedness of Grantor in favor of Bank;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(iii) Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Grantor secured by a lien described in clause (ii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness of Grantor or its Subsidiaries permitted under clauses (iv) and (v) of the defined term “Permitted Investments”;

(vi) Indebtedness consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards; provided that the aggregate limit of all such cards does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time;

(viii) Unsecured Indebtedness from John T. McDonald, in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000); and

(ix) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Grantor or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

2


(l) “ Permitted Investment ” means:

(i) Investments existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(ii)(a) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (d) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates money market accounts;

(iii) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(iv) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Guarantors that are also borrowers of Bank;

(v) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Subsidiaries that are not both Guarantors and borrowers of Bank, not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(vi) Investments (other than Investments consisting of loans) of Grantor in Borrower;

(vii) Investments that are loans and debt obligations of Grantor in or to Borrower in an unlimited amount, so long as such Investments are unsecured and are subordinated to the Secured Obligations under a subordination agreement and on terms and conditions acceptable to Bank;

(viii) Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (a) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (b) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Grantor or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Grantor’s Board of Directors;

(ix) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business;

(x) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vii) shall not apply to Investments of Grantor in any Subsidiary; and

(xi) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Grantor do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

(m) “ Permitted Liens ” means the following:

(i) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

 

3


(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Grantor maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(iii) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate (a) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (b) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(iv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) of the Loan Agreement or 8.9 (judgments) of the Loan Agreement;

(vi) Until Grantor’s accounts are opened at Bank in accordance with Section 4(n) of this Agreement, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Grantor’s accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

(vii) carriers, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(viii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

(ix) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

(x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods.

(n) “ Permitted Transfer ” means the conveyance, sale, lease, license, transfer or disposition by Grantor or any Subsidiary of:

(i) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Grantor in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) Worn-out or obsolete Equipment;

 

4


(iv) Other assets of Grantor that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year; or

(v) Transfers that constitute a Permitted Lien or Permitted Investment.

(o) “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

(p) “ Pledged Interests ” shall have the meaning given such term in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(q) “ Schedule ” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

(r) “ Secured Obligations ” means collectively, the Obligations and the Grantor Obligations.

(s) “ Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.

(t) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Grantor, either directly or through an Affiliate.

(u) “ Visionael Sweden ” means Visionael ApS (Sweden).

2. Grant of Security Interest.

(a) To secure all of the Secured Obligations, Grantor grants to the Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral, now existing or hereafter acquired. Except for Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first-priority security interest in later acquired Collateral. Grantor authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Grantor of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Grantor, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the security interest granted by Grantor over the Pledged Interests where the Issuer is a Foreign Subsidiary, shall:

(i) Be limited to a pledge of 65% (or such lesser percentage owned by Grantor) of the aggregate issued and outstanding voting equity interests of such Issuer (determined based on the total voting rights represented by such equity interests) to secure the Grantor Obligations; and

(ii) Be a pledge of 100% of the aggregate issued and outstanding equity interests of such Issuer to secure the Obligations (provided, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall there be a pledge of more than 65% of the total voting power of such Issuer to secure an obligation which is considered an “obligation of a United States person” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)).

 

5


3. Grantor’s Representations and Warranties. Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Authorization . Grantor has authority and has obtained all approvals and consents necessary to enter into this Agreement, and Grantor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate or conflict with the terms of Grantor’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other charter document, or any material law, any material agreement, or other material instrument or writing to which Grantor is party or by which is it bound.

(b) Title . The Collateral is owned by Grantor and is free of all liens, encumbrances and other security interests, except for (a) liens, encumbrances and other security interests in favor of Bank, (b) Permitted Liens and (c) restrictions on transfer imposed by the Securities Laws.

(c) Solvency, Payment of Debts . Grantor is solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

(d) Further Representations . Grantor further represents, warrants, and covenants that (i) Grantor is not in default under any agreement under which Grantor owes any money, or any agreement, the violation or termination of which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Grantor; (ii) the information provided to Bank on or prior to the date of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects; (iii) all financial statements and other information provided to Bank fairly present Grantor’s financial condition, and there has not been a change in the financial condition of Grantor since the date of the most recent of the financial statements submitted to Bank which could have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) Grantor is in compliance with all material laws and orders applicable to it; (v) Grantor is not party to any litigation, an adverse determination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and is not the subject of any government investigation, and Grantor has no knowledge of any pending litigation or investigation; (vi) Grantor’s principal place of business is located at the address specified in Section 13; and (vii) no representation or other statement made by Grantor to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any statements made to Bank not misleading.

(e) Pledged Interests . Grantor further represents, warrants, and covenants that:

(i) Grantor has taken all steps it deems necessary or appropriate to be informed on a continuing basis of changes or potential changes affecting the Pledged Interests (including rights of conversion and exchange, rights to subscribe, payment of dividends, reorganizations or recapitalization, tender offers and voting rights), and agrees that Bank shall have no responsibility or liability for informing Grantor of any such changes or potential changes or for taking any action or omitting to take any action with respect thereto;

(ii) Schedule 3(e) to this Agreement is true and correct and complete in all material respects; without limiting the generality of the foregoing: (i) the Pledged Interests are represented by the security certificates identified on Schedule 3(e) to this Agreement, (ii) all the Pledged Interests, except to the extent registered in the name of Bank or its nominee pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, are registered on the books of the applicable Issuer in the name of such Grantor; and (iii) the Pledged Interests of Issuer constitute at least the percentage of all equity interests of such Issuer as set forth in Schedule 3(e) to this Agreement;

(iii) The Pledged Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued, constitute all the issued and outstanding equity interests of Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, TENROX Inc., a Delaware corporation, TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation and TENROX Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation, as applicable, are freely and validly assignable by Grantor, and are not subject to any option, warrant right to call or commitment of any kind or nature; and

(iv) Neither the pledge of the Pledged Interests pursuant to this Agreement nor the extensions of credit represented by the Secured Obligations violates Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

6


4. Covenants.

(a) Encumbrances . Grantor shall not (i) grant a security interest in any of the Collateral other than security interests in favor of Bank and security interests granted in connection with Permitted Liens, or (ii) execute any financing statements covering any of the Collateral in favor of any person other than Bank and in connection with Permitted Liens.

(b) Use of Collateral . The Collateral will not be used for any unlawful purpose or in any way that will void any insurance required to be carried in connection therewith. Grantor will keep the Collateral free and clear of liens (other than Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement) and will keep it in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(c) Indemnification . Grantor shall indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands and liabilities of any kind caused by the Collateral, except to the extent that such losses, claims, demands and liabilities are caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(d) Perfection of Security Interest . Grantor shall execute and deliver such documents as Bank reasonably deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the first priority security interest in the Collateral.

(e) Insurance of Collateral .

(i) Grantor, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Grantor’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Grantor shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Grantor’s.

(ii) All policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason, with the exception of for non-payment of premium. Grantor shall immediately provide Bank with copies of any notices of policy cancellation Grantor receives from an insurer. Upon Bank’s request, Grantor shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of the payments of all premiums. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Grantor’s option, be payable to Grantor to replace the property subject to the claim or otherwise acquire property useful to the business of Grantor, provided that if such property constituted Collateral, any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy, to the extent that such proceeds constitute Collateral, shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Secured Obligations.

(f) Inventory and Equipment .

(i) Grantor shall not store its Inventory or the Equipment with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) with a bailee, warehouseman, or other third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in pledge possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment; provided, however, that the aggregate book value of all Equipment and Inventory at all locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Grantor shall not store or maintain any Equipment or Inventory at a location other than the location set forth in Section 13 of this Agreement.

 

7


(ii) Grantor shall maintain the Collateral in good and saleable condition, repair it (if necessary) and otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property, use it lawfully and only as permitted by insurance policies, and permit Bank to inspect the Collateral upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Grantor’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

(iii) Grantor shall not sell, contract to sell, lease, encumber or transfer the Collateral (other than the disposition of Inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business and other assets which are obsolete or otherwise considered surplus, in connection with Permitted Liens and in connection with Permitted Transfers) until the Secured Obligations have been paid or performed in full. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that Bank has a security interest in the proceeds of such Collateral.

(g) Accounts, Chattel Paper and General Intangibles . As to Collateral which are Accounts, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and Proceeds, Grantor warrants, represents and agrees:

(i) All such Collateral is genuine, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions precedent (except as disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing). Grantor will supply Bank with duplicate invoices or other evidence of Grantor’s rights on Bank’s request.

(ii) To the best of Grantor’s knowledge, all persons appearing to be obligated on such Collateral have authority and capacity to contract.

(iii) Grantor will mark conspicuously all Chattel Paper with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, indicating that such Chattel Paper is subject to the security interests of Bank and will, upon Bank’s request after the occurrence of an Event of Default, deliver possession thereof to Bank.

(iv) Grantor agrees that following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor shall not compromise, settle or adjust any Account or renew or extend the time of payment thereof without Bank’s prior written consent.

(v) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor will collect with diligence all Grantor’s Accounts. Any collection of Accounts by Grantor, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, or other instruments for the payment of money (properly endorsed or assigned where required to enable Bank to collect same), shall be in trust for Bank. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Grantor shall keep all such collections separate and apart from all other funds and property so as to be capable of identification as the property of Bank and deliver said collections daily to Bank in the identical form received. The proceeds of such collections when received by Bank may be applied by Bank directly to the payment of the Secured Obligations. Any credit given by Bank upon receipt of said proceeds shall be conditional credit subject to collection. Returned items at Bank’s option may be charged to the Grantor. All collections of the Accounts shall be set forth on an itemized schedule, showing the name of the account debtor, the amount of each payment and such other information as Bank may request.

 

8


(vi) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor may continue its present policies with respect to returned merchandise and adjustments. However, Grantor shall promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, notify Bank of all cases involving repossessions, and material loss or damage of or to merchandise represented by the Accounts.

(h) Binding Agreement . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed; (ii) the exercise by Bank of any of the rights granted hereunder shall not release Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral; and (iii) Bank shall not have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall Bank be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

(i) Pledged Interests .

(i) Within fourteen (14) days after the Closing Date, all certificates or instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Pledged Interests, together with certificates of assignments for such certificates or instruments, executed in blank, and any additional Pledged Interests pledged to Bank shall be delivered by Grantor to Bank or Bank’s designee pursuant hereto at a location designated by Bank and shall be held by or on behalf of Bank pursuant hereto, and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and, the case of additional Pledged Interests pledged to Bank, shall be accompanied by an addendum to Schedule 3(e) , identifying the Pledged Interests comprising any such additional Collateral and the issuers thereof.

(ii) Bank shall have the right at any time to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Pledged Interests for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations.

(iii) If, at any time and from time to time, any Pledged Interests (including any certificate or instrument representing or evidencing any Pledged Interests) is in the possession of a Person other than Bank or the Grantor (each, a “ Holder ”), then Grantor shall promptly, but in any event within three (3) Business Days, at Bank’s option, either cause such Pledged Interests to be delivered into Bank’s possession, or execute and deliver to such Holder a written notification/instruction, and take all other steps necessary to perfect the security interest of Bank in such Pledged Interests, including obtaining from such Holder a written acknowledgement that such Holder holds such Pledged Interests for Bank, all pursuant to the Code or other applicable law governing the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Pledged Interests in the possession of such Holder. Each such notification/instruction and acknowledgement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

(iv) Any and all Pledged Interests (including dividends, interest, and other cash distributions) at any time received or held by Grantor shall be so received or held in trust for Bank, shall be segregated from other funds and property of Grantor and shall be forthwith delivered to Bank in the same form as so received or held, with any necessary endorsements; provided that cash dividends or distributions received by Grantor, if and to the extent they are not prohibited by this Agreement, may be retained by Grantor in accordance with Section 4(i)(v) below, and used in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business.

 

9


(v) So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Interests or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of the Loan Documents and shall be entitled to receive and retain any cash dividends or distributions paid in respect of the Pledged Interests.

(vi) If at any time and from time to time any Pledged Interests consists of an uncertificated security or a security in book entry form, then Grantor shall promptly, but in any event within three (3) Business Days, cause such Pledged Interests to be registered or entered, as the case may be, in the name of Bank, or otherwise cause Bank’s security interest thereon to be perfected in accordance with applicable law.

(vii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, all rights of Grantor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights or receive and retain cash dividends or distributions that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise or receive and retain, as applicable pursuant to Section 4(i)(v) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in Bank, who shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting or other consensual rights and to receive and retain such cash dividends and distributions. Grantor shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to Bank all such proxies and other instruments as Bank may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling Bank to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise and to receive the dividends and distributions that it is entitled to receive and retain pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(j) Instruments . Grantor will deliver and pledge to Bank all Instruments that are part of the Collateral duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

(k) Records . Grantor shall prepare and keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, complete and accurate records regarding the Collateral in all material respects and, if and when requested by Bank, shall prepare and deliver a complete and accurate schedule of all the Collateral in such detail as Bank may reasonably require.

(l) Inspection of Grantor’s Books . Grantor shall permit Bank or its designee at reasonable times and from time to time, but not more than once a year, to inspect Grantor’s books, records and properties and to audit and to make copies of extracts from such books and records.

(m) Fees and Costs . Grantor shall pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Bank in the preservation, realization, enforcement or exercise of any of Bank’s rights under this Agreement and in the establishment, determination, continuation or defense of the validity or priority of Bank’s security interest under this Agreement.

(n) Accounts . Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

(o) Corporate Existence . Grantor will maintain its corporate existence and good standing and will maintain in force all licenses and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on Grantor’s business. Grantor will timely pay all material taxes and will comply with all laws and orders applicable to it except where the failure to comply is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10


(p) Negative Covenants . Grantor will not (i) make any investments in, or loans or advances to, any person other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, other than Permitted Investments, (ii) acquire any assets other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, (iii) make any distributions or pay any dividends to any person on account of Grantor’s shares, except that Grantor may (A) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, (B) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Grantor regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (C) pay dividends in equity securities, (D) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities and (E) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, provided that the aggregate amount of such payments made during a fiscal year, when added to the aggregate amount of payments made under clause (A) above during such fiscal year, does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (iv) borrow any money except (A) in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted and (B) Permitted Indebtedness, (v) move, dispose of or encumber any portion of its assets, except for (A) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, (B) Permitted Liens and (C) Permitted Transfers, (vi) merge or consolidate with or into any person or entity, (vii) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien (other than liens in favor of Bank and Permitted Liens) with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any of Grantor’s accounts, (viii) except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, keep Inventory or Equipment at a location other than the address specified in Section 13 hereof; (ix) relocate its chief executive office or state of incorporation without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, or (x) or, subject to Section 4(n), maintain or invest any of its property consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a control agreement or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into an account control agreement with Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Grantor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Grantor shall be permitted to transfer to Visionael Sweden not more than Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) during Grantor’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2012.

(q) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Bank, and at the sole expense of Grantor, Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Bank may reasonably deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the grant of a security interest to Bank in any Collateral held by Grantor or in which Grantor has any rights not heretofore assigned, (ii) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Code with respect to the security interests granted hereby, (iii) transferring Collateral to Bank’s possession (if a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by possession), (iv) placing the interest of Bank as lienholder on the certificate of title (or other evidence of ownership) of any vehicle owned by Grantor or in or with respect to which Grantor holds a beneficial interest and (v) obtaining, for each Collateral Location with Collateral with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) that is not owned by Grantor, a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, executed by the landlord, warehouseman or bailee of such location, as applicable, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement for each such location; provided, however, the aggregate book value of Collateral at Collateral Locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Grantor also hereby authorizes Bank to file any such financing or continuation statement. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is or shall become evidenced by any Instrument, such Instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Bank and delivered to Bank promptly upon Grantor’s receipt thereof.

 

11


(r) Minimum Cash . On February 22, 2012, and at all times thereafter, Grantor shall maintain a balance of Grantor’s unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at Bank of not less Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

(s) Evidence of Mergers . Within fourteen (14) days after the Closing Date, Grantor shall provide, or cause to be provided, to Bank, evidence in form and detail acceptable to Bank in Bank’s reasonable discretion that Grantor acquired 100% of the equity interests of (i) TENROX Inc., a Delaware corporation, and (ii) TENROX Ltd., a private company limited by shares formed under the laws of England and Wales.

5. Events of Default . The occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or Grantor’s breach of any term provision, covenant warranty or representation under this Agreement, or under any other document, instrument or agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank, as the same may be amended modified or supplemented from time to time, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement.

6. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have all rights, privileges, powers and remedies provided by law, including, but not limited to, exercise of any or all of the following remedies only during the continuance of an Event of Default.

(a) Bank may declare all Secured Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and thereupon all such amounts shall be and become immediately due and payable to the Bank.

(b) Bank may dispose of the Collateral in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Bank may use, operate, consume and sell the Collateral in its possession as appropriate for the purpose of performing Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto to the extent necessary to satisfy the obligations of Grantor.

(d) Bank may transfer to or to register on the books of any Issuer (or of any other Person maintaining records with respect to the Pledged Interests) in the name of Bank or any of its nominees any or all of the Pledged Interests.

(e) All payments received and amounts realized by Bank shall be promptly applied and distributed by the Bank in the following order of priority:

(i) first, to the payment of all costs and expenses, including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys fees, incurred or made hereunder by Bank, including any such costs and expenses of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of any sale or the exercise of any other remedy under this Section 6, and of all taxes, assessments or liens superior to the lien granted under this Agreement; and

(ii) second, to the payment to Bank of the amount then owing under the Secured Obligations; and

(iii) third, to Grantor, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

 

12


7. Sale of Pledged Interests.

(a) Grantor acknowledges that the sale by Bank of any Pledged Interests pledged by it pursuant to the terms hereof in compliance with the Securities Laws may require strict limitations as to the manner in which Bank or any subsequent transferee of the Pledged Interests may dispose thereof. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that in order to protect Bank’s interest it may be necessary to sell the Pledged Interests at a price less than the maximum price attainable if a sale were delayed or were made in another manner, such as a public offering under the Securities Laws. Grantor has no objection to any sale in such a manner and agrees that Bank shall have no obligation to obtain the maximum possible price for the Pledged Interests. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Grantor agrees that, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may, subject to applicable law, from time to time attempt to sell all or any part of the Pledged Interests by a private placement, restricting the bidders and prospective purchasers to those who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for investment only and not for distribution. In so doing, Bank may solicit offers to buy the Pledged Interests or any part thereof for cash, from a limited number of investors deemed by Bank, in its reasonable judgment, to be institutional investors or other responsible parties who might be interested in purchasing the Pledged Interests. If Bank shall solicit such offers in accordance with the terms hereof and applicable Securities Laws, then the acceptance by Bank of one of the offers shall be deemed to be a commercially reasonable method of disposition of the Pledged Interests.

(b) If Bank shall determine to exercise its right to sell all or any portion of the Pledged Interests pursuant to this Section, Grantor agrees that, upon request of Bank, Grantor will, at its own expense, as applicable, execute and deliver to Bank or other Person, as directed by Bank, or cause the officers and directors of Issuer to execute and deliver, any and all documents and instruments which, in Bank’s reasonable judgment, may be necessary or appropriate in order to transfer or to more effectively transfer the Pledged Interests or otherwise enforce Bank’s rights hereunder.

8. Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Grantor’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Grantor’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Grantor’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Grantor’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) file Grantor’s tax returns and related documents with the appropriate governmental authority; (h) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank without first obtaining Grantor’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending the exhibits or schedules thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other intellectual property collateral acquired by Grantor after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other Intellectual Property Collateral in which Grantor no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (i) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing statements, financing change statements or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Grantor where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Grantor on any of the documents described in clauses (h) and (i) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Grantor’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

9. Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

 

13


10. Amendment of Loan Documents . Grantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or (with the approval of Borrower) otherwise change the terms of any Loan Document, or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of any Loan Document, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

11. Grantor Waivers . Grantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; (c) marshal any assets of Borrower; or (d) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, release, exchange, modify, enforce and otherwise exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower, any guarantor or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Grantor hereunder. Grantor is not relying upon any guaranty which Bank has or may have or assets in which Bank has or may have a lien or security interest for payment of the Secured Obligations. Grantor agrees that no security or guaranty now or later held by Bank for the payment of any Secured Obligations, whether from Borrower, any guarantor, or otherwise, and whether in the nature of a security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or otherwise, shall affect in any manner the unconditional pledge of Grantor under this Agreement. Grantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower. Grantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Grantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all Secured Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Grantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Grantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Grantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Grantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Grantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Grantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Until all Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.

12. Borrower Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Loan Documents are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for insolvency, bankruptcy or any similar reason, Grantor agrees that Grantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Grantor, any other person, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

 

14


13. Notices . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Grantor or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Grantor:   

Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower, 29 th Floor

401 Congress Avenue, Suite 2950

Austin, TX 78701

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

FAX: (512) 721-1218

 

with a copy to (which copy is not required to constitute notice):   

Wilson Sonsini Goodrick & Rosati, Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Andrew J. Hirsch

FAX: (650) 493-6811

If to Bank:   

Comerica Bank

Livonia Operations Center

MC 7512

39200 Six Mile Rd.

Livonia, MI 48152

Attn: Credit Manager

with a copy to:   

Comerica Bank

300 W. Sixth St.

Suite 1300

Austin, TX 78701

Attn: Megan Kirk

FAX: (512) 427-7178

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other. Failure to deliver a copy of any notice or demand to a Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not render ineffective any notice or demand otherwise delivered to a party to this Agreement in accordance with this Section.

14. Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

 

15


15. Reference Provision.

(a) In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

(g) Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

16


(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

(j) THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

16. Amalgamation of Borrower . Within one Business Day of the date hereof, Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation will amalgamate with its wholly owned subsidiary, TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation, with TENROX Inc. as the resulting amalgamated entity (the “Amalgamation”). Upon the completion of the Amalgamation, TENROX Inc. will be the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents and all references in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to “Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation” shall refer to “TENROX Inc.”, the amalgamated entity.

17. General Provisions.

(a) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Grantor without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Grantor to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

(b) Indemnification . Grantor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

17


(c) Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

(e) Amendments in Writing, Integration . This Agreement cannot be amended or terminated orally. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

(g) Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Secured Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrower. The obligations of Grantor to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in this Agreement shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth above.

 

GRANTOR:     BANK
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.     COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD             By:   /s/ PAUL GERLING         
Name:   John T. McDonald     Name:   Paul Gerling
Title:   Chief Executive Officer     Title:     Senior Vice President


DEBTOR:      SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
SECURED PARTY:      COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Grantor (herein referred to as “Grantor” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all of the equity interests of each Subsidiary of Grantor, including without limit the equity interests identified on Schedule 3(e) attached hereto (or any addendum thereto), all equity interests of the Persons identified as Issuers on Schedule 3(e) attached hereto (each an “ Issuer ”), and all securities convertible or exchangeable into, and all warrants, options, or other rights to purchase, the equity interests of Issuer; to the extent of Grantor’s interest therein, all shares of, all securities convertible or exchangeable into, and all warrants, options, or other rights to purchase shares of stock of any Person in which a Grantor acquires a direct equity interest, irrespective of whether such Person is or becomes a Subsidiary of Grantor; the certificates or instruments representing such additional shares, convertible or exchangeable securities, warrants, and other rights and all dividends, cash, options, warrants, rights, instruments, and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares (collectively, the “ Pledged Interests ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) “Pledged Interests” shall not include Grantor’s equity interests of Visionael ApS (Sweden) and (ii) the security interest granted by Grantor over the Pledged Interests where the Issuer is a Foreign Subsidiary, shall:

(i) Be limited to a pledge of 65% (or such lesser percentage owned by Grantor) of the aggregate issued and outstanding voting equity interests of such Issuer (determined based on the total voting rights represented by such equity interests) to secure the Grantor Obligations; and

(ii) Be a pledge of 100% of the aggregate issued and outstanding equity interests of such Issuer to secure the Obligations (provided, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall there be a pledge of more than 65% of the total voting power of such Issuer to secure an obligation which is considered an “obligation of a United States person” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)).

(c) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;


(d) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(e) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(f) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law.

Terms not specifically defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in that certain Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 between Debtor and Secured Party.

 

21


AMENDMENT TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement (“ Amendment ”), is made, delivered, and effective as of March 5, 2012 (“ Effective Date ”) between SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Grantor ”) and COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. Grantor and Bank are parties to that certain Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 (the “ Security Agreement ”).

B. Grantor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantor and Bank agree as follows:

 

  1. Section 2(b) of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the security interest granted by Grantor over the Pledged Interests where the Issuer is a Foreign Subsidiary, shall:

(i) Be a pledge of 100% of the aggregate issued and outstanding equity interests of such Issuer to secure (x) the Obligations, and (y) any Grantor Obligations arising under that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated as of even date herewith by Grantor in favor of Bank;

(ii) Be limited to a pledge of 65% (or such lesser percentage owned by Grantor) of the aggregate issued and outstanding voting equity interests of such Issuer (determined based on the total voting rights represented by such equity interests) to secure any Grantor Obligations other than any Grantor Obligations arising under that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated as of even date herewith by Grantor in favor of Bank.”

 

  2. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that except as expressly amended in this Amendment, the Security Agreement, as amended, remains in full force and effect, subject to no setoff, defense or counterclaim.

 

  3. Grantor affirms its obligations to Bank under the Security Agreement.

 

  4. All the terms used in this Amendment which are defined in the Security Agreement shall have the same meaning as used in the Security Agreement, unless otherwise defined in this Amendment.

 

  5. This Amendment is not an agreement to any further or other amendment of the Security Agreement.

 

  6. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Amendment.

[signatures on following pages]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment on the date set forth above.

 

GRANTOR:     BANK
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.     COMERICA BANK
By:         By:    
Name:         Name:    
Title:         Title:    

[Signature Page to Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement (Silverback)]


SECOND AMENDMENT TO PLEDGE AND

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of November 30, 2012, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), and SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC. (“ Grantor ”).

RECITALS

Grantor and Bank are parties to that certain Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Security Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Section 4(n) of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(n) Accounts . On or before May 31, 2012, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.”

2. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Security Agreement. The Security Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Security Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

3. Grantor represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Security Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

“Grantor”

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.

By:    

Name:

   

Title:

   
“Bank”

COMERICA BANK

By:    

Name:

   

Title:

   


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO

PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

This Amendment and Waiver executed as of April 11, 2013 by Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as may have been amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, the “Pledge and Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Pledge and Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Bank hereby waives Grantor’s violation of Section 4(p)(iv) of the Pledge and Security Agreement and those Sections of the Pledge and Security Agreement related to clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Liens for the period beginning on December 31, 2012 through the date hereof. This waiver is specific as to content and time, shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not constitute a waiver of any other current or future Default or Event of Default or breach of any covenant contained in the Pledge and Security Agreement or the terms and conditions of any other Loan Documents. Bank expressly reserves all of its various rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Pledge and Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents due to any other Default or breach not waived herein.

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Pledge and Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation and LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

3. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Pledge and Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

4. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Pledge and Security Agreement is amended as set forth on the Amendment to Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

5. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Pledge and Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.     COMERICA BANK

By:

 

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

    By:  

/s/ PAUL GERLING

Its:

 

Chairman and CEO

    Its:  

Senior Vice President

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND CONSENT

This Amendment No. 4 to Pledge and Security Agreement and Consent (“ Amendment ”), is made, delivered, and effective as of May 16, 2013 between SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Grantor ”) and COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. Grantor and Bank are parties to that certain Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012, as amended by that certain Amendment to Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (as amended, the “ Security Agreement ”).

B. Grantor has informed Bank that it intends to acquire substantially all of the stock of Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation (“ Marex ”), and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (“ FileBound ”) under the terms of a Stock Purchase Agreement among Grantor, Marex, FileBound, Mark Creglow, Rex Lamb, Vicki Lamb, Sean Nathaniel and Dan Yount dated on or about the date hereof (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). The transactions described in the Purchase Agreement are referred to as the “ Transaction ”.

C. Grantor has requested that Bank consent to the Transaction and waive any Event of Default which would arise under Section 4(p)(ii) of the Security Agreement as a result of the Transaction, and Bank has agreed to do so, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment.

D. Grantor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantor and Bank agree as follows:

1. Bank hereby consents to the Transaction (“ Consent ”) and waives any Event of Default which would arise under Section 4(p)(ii) of the Security Agreement as a result of the Transaction, so long as (a) the Purchase Agreement is in full force and effect without any material amendment or modification from the version last provided to Bank, (b) the Transaction is consummated in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, and (c) after giving effect to this Consent, no default or Event of Default has occurred under any of the Loan Documents prior to the consummation of the Transaction or would result after giving effect thereto.

Except as specifically set forth herein, the Consent shall not be deemed to amend or alter in any respect the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or to constitute a waiver or release by Bank of any right, remedy, Collateral, default or Event of Default under the Security Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except to the extent specifically set forth herein. The Consent shall not act as a consent to any other transaction, act or omission, whether related or unrelated thereto and shall not extend to or affect any obligation, covenant or agreement not expressly consented hereto. Furthermore, the Consent shall not affect in any manner whatsoever any rights or remedies of Bank with respect to any other non-compliance by Grantor with the Security Agreement or the other Loan Documents, whether in the nature of a default or Event of Default, and whether now in existence or subsequently arising, and shall not apply to any other transaction.

2. Section 3(e)(iii) of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) The Pledged Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued, constitute all the issued and outstanding equity interests of Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, TENROX Inc., a Delaware corporation, TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation, TENROX Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation, as applicable, are freely and validly assignable by Grantor, and are not subject to any option, warrant right to call or commitment of any kind or nature; and”


3. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Pledge and Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation and LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

4. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Pledge and Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

5. The following sentence is added to the end of Section 4(n) of the Security Agreement:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation, may maintain accounts outside of Bank and Bank’s Affiliates until August             , 2013. On August             , 2013, and at all times thereafter, Grantor shall cause Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation, to maintain all of their depository and operating accounts at Bank, and all of their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by control agreements in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.”

6. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Pledge and Security Agreement is amended as set forth on the Amendment to Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

7. Schedule 3(e) attached to the Security Agreement is deleted and replaced with the Schedule 3(e) attached hereto.

8. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that except as expressly amended in this Amendment, the Security Agreement, as amended, remains in full force and effect, subject to no setoff, defense or counterclaim.

9. Grantor affirms its obligations to Bank under the Security Agreement.

10. All the terms used in this Amendment which are defined in the Security Agreement shall have the same meaning as used in the Security Agreement, unless otherwise defined in this Amendment.

11. This Amendment is not an agreement to any further or other amendment of the Security Agreement.

12. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one Amendment.

[signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment on the date set forth above.

 

GRANTOR:     BANK
SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.     COMERICA BANK
By:       /s/ John T. McDonald     By:        /s/ Paul Gerling
Name:       John T. McDonald     Name:       Paul Gerling
Title:       Chief Executive Officer     Title:       Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Pledge and Security Agreement and Consent (Silverback)]

Exhibit 10.26

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(Marex)

This Security Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 16, 2013 (“ Closing Date ”) by and between the undersigned (“ Grantor ”), and COMERICA BANK (the “ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations (the “ Financial Accommodations ”) to TENROX INC., a corporation constituted under the Canada Business Corporations Act (“ Borrower ”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2012 between Borrower and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank is willing to continue to make the Financial Accommodations to Borrower, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor grant to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right title, and interest in, to and under all of the Collateral (defined below) whether presently existing or hereafter acquired.

C. Grantor is an affiliate of Borrower, is financially interested in the affairs of Borrower, and deems it advisable, desirable, and in the best interests of Grantor to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Grantor and the Bank agree as follows:

1. Definitions . All terms used without definition in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Loan Agreement. All terms used without definition in this Agreement or in the Loan Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Code. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

(b) “ Collateral ” means the property described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(c) “ Collateral Locations ” means each location where any Collateral is now or hereafter located, including, without limitation, those Collateral Locations listed in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(d) “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5 of this Agreement.

(e) “ Grantor Obligations ” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Grantor pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, including, without limitation, that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated as of even date herewith by Grantor in favor of Bank, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Grantor to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

(f) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

(g) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Grantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Grantor to repay the Grantor Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (c) Grantor’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.


(h) “ Obligations ” shall have the meaning given such term in the Loan Agreement.

(i) “ Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(i) Indebtedness of Grantor in favor of Bank;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the “Secured Guarantors”, and each individually a “Secured Guarantor”), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens”, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness of Grantor or its Subsidiaries permitted under clauses (iv) and (v) of the defined term “Permitted Investments”;

(vi) Indebtedness consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards; provided that the aggregate limit of all such cards does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time; and

(viii) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Grantor or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

(j) “ Permitted Investment ” means:

(i) Investments existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(ii) (a) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (d) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates money market accounts;

(iii) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(iv) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Guarantors that are also borrowers of Bank;

 

2


(v) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Subsidiaries that are not both Guarantors and borrowers of Bank, not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(vi) Investments (other than Investments consisting of loans) of Grantor in Borrower;

(vii) Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (a) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (b) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Grantor or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Grantor’s Board of Directors;

(viii) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business;

(ix) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vii) shall not apply to Investments of Grantor in any Subsidiary; and

(x) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Grantor do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

(k) “ Permitted Liens ” means the following:

(i) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Grantor maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(iv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

 

3


(v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) of the Loan Agreement or 8.9 (judgments) of the Loan Agreement;

(vi) Until Grantor’s accounts are opened at Bank in accordance with Section 4(m) of this Agreement, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Grantor’s accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

(vii) carriers, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(viii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

(ix) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

(x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods.

(l) “ Permitted Transfer ” means the conveyance, sale, lease, license, transfer or disposition by Grantor or any Subsidiary of:

(i) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Grantor in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) Worn-out or obsolete Equipment;

(iv) Other assets of Grantor that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year; or

(v) Transfers that constitute a Permitted Lien or Permitted Investment.

(m) “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

(n) “ Schedule ” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

(o) “ Secured Obligations ” means collectively, the Obligations and the Grantor Obligations.

(p) “ Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.

(q) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Grantor, either directly or through an Affiliate.

 

4


2. Grant of Security Interest . To secure all of the Secured Obligations, Grantor grants to the Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral, now existing or hereafter acquired. Except for Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first-priority security interest in later acquired Collateral. Grantor authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Grantor of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Grantor, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction.

3. Grantor’s Representations and Warranties . Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Authorization . Grantor has authority and has obtained all approvals and consents necessary to enter into this Agreement, and Grantor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate or conflict with the terms of Grantor’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other charter document, or any material law, any material agreement, or other material instrument or writing to which Grantor is party or by which is it bound.

(b) Title . The Collateral is owned by Grantor and is free of all liens, encumbrances and other security interests, except for (a) liens, encumbrances and other security interests in favor of Bank, (b) Permitted Liens and (c) restrictions on transfer imposed by the Securities Laws.

(c) Solvency, Payment of Debts . Grantor is solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

(d) Further Representations . Grantor further represents, warrants, and covenants that (i) Grantor is not in default under any agreement under which Grantor owes any money, or any agreement, the violation or termination of which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Grantor; (ii) the information provided to Bank on or prior to the date of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects; (iii) all financial statements and other information provided to Bank fairly present Grantor’s financial condition, and there has not been a change in the financial condition of Grantor since the date of the most recent of the financial statements submitted to Bank which could have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) Grantor is in compliance with all material laws and orders applicable to it; (v) Grantor is not party to any litigation, an adverse determination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and is not the subject of any government investigation, and Grantor has no knowledge of any pending litigation or investigation; (vi) Grantor’s principal place of business is located at the address specified in Section 12; and (vii) no representation or other statement made by Grantor to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any statements made to Bank not misleading.

4. Covenants .

(a) Encumbrances . Grantor shall not (i) grant a security interest in any of the Collateral other than security interests in favor of Bank and security interests granted in connection with Permitted Liens, or (ii) execute any financing statements covering any of the Collateral in favor of any person other than Bank and in connection with Permitted Liens.

(b) Use of Collateral . The Collateral will not be used for any unlawful purpose or in any way that will void any insurance required to be carried in connection therewith. Grantor will keep the Collateral free and clear of liens (other than Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement) and will keep it in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

5


(c) Indemnification . Grantor shall indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands and liabilities of any kind caused by the Collateral, except to the extent that such losses, claims, demands and liabilities are caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(d) Perfection of Security Interest . Grantor shall execute and deliver such documents as Bank reasonably deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the first priority security interest in the Collateral.

(e) Insurance of Collateral .

(i) Grantor, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Grantor’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Grantor shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Grantor’s.

(ii) All policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason, with the exception of for non-payment of premium. Grantor shall immediately provide Bank with copies of any notices of policy cancellation Grantor receives from an insurer. Upon Bank’s request, Grantor shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of the payments of all premiums. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Grantor’s option, be payable to Grantor to replace the property subject to the claim or otherwise acquire property useful to the business of Grantor, provided that if such property constituted Collateral, any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy, to the extent that such proceeds constitute Collateral, shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Secured Obligations.

(f) Inventory and Equipment .

(i) Grantor shall not store its Inventory or the Equipment with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) with a bailee, warehouseman, or other third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank, (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in pledge possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment; provided, however, that the aggregate book value of all Equipment and Inventory at all locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Grantor shall not store or maintain any Equipment or Inventory at a location other than the location set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement.

 

6


(ii) Grantor shall maintain the Collateral in good and saleable condition, repair it (if necessary) and otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property, use it lawfully and only as permitted by insurance policies, and permit Bank to inspect the Collateral upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Grantor’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

(iii) Grantor shall not sell, contract to sell, lease, encumber or transfer the Collateral (other than the disposition of Inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business and other assets which are obsolete or otherwise considered surplus, in connection with Permitted Liens and in connection with Permitted Transfers) until the Secured Obligations have been paid or performed in full. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that Bank has a security interest in the proceeds of such Collateral.

(g) Accounts, Chattel Paper and General Intangibles . As to Collateral which are Accounts, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and Proceeds, Grantor warrants, represents and agrees:

(i) All such Collateral is genuine, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions precedent (except as disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing). Grantor will supply Bank with duplicate invoices or other evidence of Grantor’s rights on Bank’s request.

(ii) To the best of Grantor’s knowledge, all persons appearing to be obligated on such Collateral have authority and capacity to contract.

(iii) Grantor will mark conspicuously all Chattel Paper with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, indicating that such Chattel Paper is subject to the security interests of Bank and will, upon Bank’s request after the occurrence of an Event of Default, deliver possession thereof to Bank.

(iv) Grantor agrees that following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor shall not compromise, settle or adjust any Account or renew or extend the time of payment thereof without Bank’s prior written consent.

(v) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor will collect with diligence all Grantor’s Accounts. Any collection of Accounts by Grantor, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, or other instruments for the payment of money (properly endorsed or assigned where required to enable Bank to collect same), shall be in trust for Bank. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Grantor shall keep all such collections separate and apart from all other funds and property so as to be capable of identification as the property of Bank and deliver said collections daily to Bank in the identical form received. The proceeds of such collections when received by Bank may be applied by Bank directly to the payment of the Secured Obligations. Any credit given by Bank upon receipt of said proceeds shall be conditional credit subject to collection. Returned items at Bank’s option may be charged to the Grantor. All collections of the Accounts shall be set forth on an itemized schedule, showing the name of the account debtor, the amount of each payment and such other information as Bank may request.

(vi) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor may continue its present policies with respect to returned merchandise and adjustments. However, Grantor shall promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, notify Bank of all cases involving repossessions, and material loss or damage of or to merchandise represented by the Accounts.

 

7


(h) Binding Agreement . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed; (ii) the exercise by Bank of any of the rights granted hereunder shall not release Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral; and (iii) Bank shall not have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall Bank be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

(i) Instruments . Grantor will deliver and pledge to Bank all Instruments that are part of the Collateral duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

(j) Records . Grantor shall prepare and keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, complete and accurate records regarding the Collateral in all material respects and, if and when requested by Bank, shall prepare and deliver a complete and accurate schedule of all the Collateral in such detail as Bank may reasonably require.

(k) Inspection of Grantor’s Books . Grantor shall permit Bank or its designee at reasonable times and from time to time, but not more than once a year, to inspect Grantor’s books, records and properties and to audit and to make copies of extracts from such books and records.

(l) Fees and Costs . Grantor shall pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Bank in the preservation, realization, enforcement or exercise of any of Bank’s rights under this Agreement and in the establishment, determination, continuation or defense of the validity or priority of Bank’s security interest under this Agreement.

(m) Accounts . On or before the date that is ninety (90) days after the date hereof, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

(n) Corporate Existence . Grantor will maintain its corporate existence and good standing and will maintain in force all licenses and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on Grantor’s business. Grantor will timely pay all material taxes and will comply with all laws and orders applicable to it except where the failure to comply is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Negative Covenants . Grantor will not (i) make any investments in, or loans or advances to, any person other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, other than Permitted Investments, (ii) acquire any assets other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, (iii) make any distributions or pay any dividends to any person on account of Grantor’s shares, except that Grantor may (A) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, (B) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Grantor regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (C) pay dividends in equity securities, (D) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities and (E) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, provided that the aggregate amount of such payments made during a fiscal year, when added to the aggregate amount of payments made under clause (A) above during such fiscal year, does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (iv) borrow any money except (A) in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted and (B) Permitted Indebtedness, (v) move, dispose of or encumber any portion of its assets, except for (A) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, (B) Permitted Liens and (C) Permitted Transfers, (vi) merge or consolidate with or into any person or

 

8


entity, (vii) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien (other than liens in favor of Bank and Permitted Liens) with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any of Grantor’s accounts, (viii) except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, keep Inventory or Equipment at a location other than the address specified in Section 12 hereof; (ix) relocate its chief executive office or state of organization without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, or (x) or, subject to Section 4(m), maintain or invest any of its property consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a control agreement or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into an account control agreement with Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Grantor.

(p) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Bank, and at the sole expense of Grantor, Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Bank may reasonably deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the grant of a security interest to Bank in any Collateral held by Grantor or in which Grantor has any rights not heretofore assigned, (ii) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Code with respect to the security interests granted hereby, (iii) transferring Collateral to Bank’s possession (if a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by possession), (iv) placing the interest of Bank as lienholder on the certificate of title (or other evidence of ownership) of any vehicle owned by Grantor or in or with respect to which Grantor holds a beneficial interest and (v) obtaining, for each Collateral Location with Collateral with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) that is not owned by Grantor, a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, executed by the landlord, warehouseman or bailee of such location, as applicable, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement for each such location; provided , however, the aggregate book value of Collateral at Collateral Locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Grantor also hereby authorizes Bank to file any such financing or continuation statement. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is or shall become evidenced by any Instrument, such Instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Bank and delivered to Bank promptly upon Grantor’s receipt thereof.

5. Events of Default . The occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or Grantor’s breach of any term provision, covenant warranty or representation under this Agreement, or under any other document, instrument or agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank, as the same may be amended modified or supplemented from time to time, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement.

6. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have all rights, privileges, powers and remedies provided by law, including, but not limited to, exercise of any or all of the following remedies only during the continuance of an Event of Default.

(a) Bank may declare all Secured Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and thereupon all such amounts shall be and become immediately due and payable to the Bank.

(b) Bank may dispose of the Collateral in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Bank may use, operate, consume and sell the Collateral in its possession as appropriate for the purpose of performing Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto to the extent necessary to satisfy the obligations of Grantor.

(d) All payments received and amounts realized by Bank shall be promptly applied and distributed by the Bank in the following order of priority:

 

9


(i) first, to the payment of all costs and expenses, including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys fees, incurred or made hereunder by Bank, including any such costs and expenses of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of any sale or the exercise of any other remedy under this Section 6, and of all taxes, assessments or liens superior to the lien granted under this Agreement; and

(ii) second, to the payment to Bank of the amount then owing under the Secured Obligations; and

(iii) third, to Grantor, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

7. Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Grantor’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Grantor’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Grantor’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Grantor’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) file Grantor’s tax returns and related documents with the appropriate governmental authority; (h) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank without first obtaining Grantor’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending the exhibits or schedules thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other intellectual property collateral acquired by Grantor after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other Intellectual Property Collateral in which Grantor no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (i) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing statements, financing change statements or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Grantor where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Grantor on any of the documents described in clauses (h) and (i) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Grantor’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

8. Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

9. Amendment of Loan Documents . Grantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or (with the approval of Borrower) otherwise change the terms of any Loan Document, or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of any Loan Document, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

10. Grantor Waivers . Grantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; (c) marshal any assets of Borrower; or (d) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, release, exchange, modify, enforce and otherwise exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower, any guarantor or any security held by Bank, including without

 

10


limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Grantor hereunder. Grantor is not relying upon any guaranty which Bank has or may have or assets in which Bank has or may have a lien or security interest for payment of the Secured Obligations. Grantor agrees that no security or guaranty now or later held by Bank for the payment of any Secured Obligations, whether from Borrower, any guarantor, or otherwise, and whether in the nature of a security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or otherwise, shall affect in any manner the unconditional pledge of Grantor under this Agreement. Grantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower. Grantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Grantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all Secured Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Grantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Grantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Grantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Grantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Grantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Grantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Until all Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.

11. Borrower Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Loan Documents are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for insolvency, bankruptcy or any similar reason, Grantor agrees that Grantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Grantor, any other person, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

12. Notices . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Grantor or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Grantor:      c/o Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.
     Frost Tower
     29 th Floor, Suite 2950
     401 Congress Avenue
     Austin, TX 78701
     Attn:                                                              
     FAX: (512) 721-1218
with a copy to (which      Wilson Sonsini Goodrick & Rosati, P.C.
is not required to      650 Page Mill Road
constitute notice):      Palo Alto, CA 94304
     Attn: Andrew J. Hirsch
     FAX: (650) 493-6811

 

11


If to Bank:      Comerica Bank
     Livonia Operations Center
     MC 7512
     39200 Six Mile Rd.
     Livonia, MI 48152
     Attn: Credit Manager
with a copy to:      Comerica Bank
     300 W. Sixth St.
     Suite 1300
     Austin, TX 78701
     Attn: Megan Kirk
     FAX: (512) 427-7178

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other. Failure to deliver a copy of any notice or demand to a Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not render ineffective any notice or demand otherwise delivered to a party to this Agreement in accordance with this Section.

13. Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

14. Reference Provision .

(a) In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

 

12


(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

(g) Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

 

13


(j) THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

15. General Provisions .

15.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Grantor without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Grantor to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

15.2 Indemnification . Grantor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

15.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

15.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

15.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration . This Agreement cannot be amended or terminated orally. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

15.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

15.7 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Secured Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrower. The obligations of Grantor to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in this Agreement shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth above.

 

GRANTOR:     BANK
MAREX GROUP, INC.     COMERICA BANK
By:       /s/ John T. McDonald     By:        /s/ Paul Gerling
Name:       John T. McDonald     Name:       Paul Gerling
Title:       President     Title:       Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Security Agreement (Marex)]


DEBTOR:

   MAREX GROUP, INC.

SECURED PARTY:

   COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Grantor (herein referred to as “Grantor” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law, or (iv) any property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote.

 

16


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of December 6, 2013 by Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of May 16, 2013 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ComSci, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ComSci, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

MAREX GROUP, INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:   / S / J OHN T. M C D ONALD     By:   / S / P AUL G ERLING
Its:   P RESIDENT     Its:   S ENIOR V ICE P RESIDENT

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Security Agreement (3050114)]

Exhibit 10.27

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(LMR Solutions)

This Security Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of December 3, 2012 (“ Closing Date ”) by and between the undersigned (“ Grantor ”), and COMERICA BANK (the “ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations (the “ Financial Accommodations ”) to TENROX INC., a corporation constituted under the Canada Business Corporations Act (“ Borrower ”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2012 between Borrower and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank is willing to continue to make the Financial Accommodations to Borrower, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor grant to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right title, and interest in, to and under all of the Collateral (defined below) whether presently existing or hereafter acquired.

C. Grantor is an affiliate of Borrower, is financially interested in the affairs of Borrower, and deems it advisable, desirable, and in the best interests of Grantor to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Grantor and the Bank agree as follows:

1. Definitions . All terms used without definition in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Loan Agreement. All terms used without definition in this Agreement or in the Loan Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Code. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

(b) “ Collateral ” means the property described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(c) “ Collateral Locations ” means each location where any Collateral is now or hereafter located, including, without limitation, those Collateral Locations listed in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(d) “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5 of this Agreement.

(e) “ Grantor Obligations ” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Grantor pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, including, without limitation, that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated as of even date herewith by Grantor in favor of Bank, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Grantor to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

(f) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

(g) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Grantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Grantor to repay the Grantor Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (c) Grantor’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.


(h) “ Obligations ” shall have the meaning given such term in the Loan Agreement.

(i) “ P ermitted Indebtedness ” means:

(i) Indebtedness of Grantor in favor of Bank;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(iii) Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Grantor secured by a lien described in clause (ii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness of Grantor or its Subsidiaries permitted under clauses (iv) and (v) of the defined term “Permitted Investments”;

(vi) Indebtedness consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards; provided that the aggregate limit of all such cards does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time; and

(viii) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Grantor or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

(j) “ Permitted Investment ” means:

(i) Investments existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(ii) (a) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (d) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates money market accounts;

(iii) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(iv) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Guarantors that are also borrowers of Bank;

(v) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Subsidiaries that are not both Guarantors and borrowers of Bank, not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(vi) Investments (other than Investments consisting of loans) of Grantor in Borrower;

 

2


(vii) Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (a) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (b) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Grantor or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Grantor’s Board of Directors;

(viii) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business;

(ix) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vii) shall not apply to Investments of Grantor in any Subsidiary; and

(x) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Grantor do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

(k) “ Permitted Lien s ” means the following:

(i) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Grantor maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(iii) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in the aggregate (a) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (b) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(iv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) of the Loan Agreement or 8.9 (judgments) of the Loan Agreement;

(vi) Until Grantor’s accounts are opened at Bank in accordance with Section 4(m) of this Agreement, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Grantor’s accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

 

3


(vii) carriers, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(viii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

(ix) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and (x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods.

(l) “ Permitted Transfer ” means the conveyance, sale, lease, license, transfer or disposition by Grantor or any Subsidiary of:

(i) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Grantor in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) Worn-out or obsolete Equipment;

(iv) Other assets of Grantor that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year; or

(v) Transfers that constitute a Permitted Lien or Permitted Investment.

(m) “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

(n) “ Schedule ” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

(o) “ Secured Obligations ” means collectively, the Obligations and the Grantor Obligations.

(p) “ Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.

(q) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Grantor, either directly or through an Affiliate.

2. Grant of Security Interest . To secure all of the Secured Obligations, Grantor grants to the Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral, now existing or hereafter acquired. Except for Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first-priority security interest in later acquired Collateral. Grantor authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements,

 

4


continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Grantor of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Grantor, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction.

3. Grantor’s Representations and Warranties. Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Authorization . Grantor has authority and has obtained all approvals and consents necessary to enter into this Agreement, and Grantor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate or conflict with the terms of Grantor’s Certificate of Formation, Operating Agreement or other charter document, or any material law, any material agreement, or other material instrument or writing to which Grantor is party or by which is it bound.

(b) Title . The Collateral is owned by Grantor and is free of all liens, encumbrances and other security interests, except for (a) liens, encumbrances and other security interests in favor of Bank, (b) Permitted Liens and (c) restrictions on transfer imposed by the Securities Laws.

(c) Solvency, Payment of Debts . Grantor is solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

(d) Further Representations . Grantor further represents, warrants, and covenants that (i) Grantor is not in default under any agreement under which Grantor owes any money, or any agreement, the violation or termination of which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Grantor; (ii) the information provided to Bank on or prior to the date of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects; (iii) all financial statements and other information provided to Bank fairly present Grantor’s financial condition, and there has not been a change in the financial condition of Grantor since the date of the most recent of the financial statements submitted to Bank which could have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) Grantor is in compliance with all material laws and orders applicable to it; (v) Grantor is not party to any litigation, an adverse determination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and is not the subject of any government investigation, and Grantor has no knowledge of any pending litigation or investigation; (vi) Grantor’s principal place of business is located at the address specified in Section 12; and (vii) no representation or other statement made by Grantor to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any statements made to Bank not misleading.

4. Covenants.

(a) Encumbrances . Grantor shall not (i) grant a security interest in any of the Collateral other than security interests in favor of Bank and security interests granted in connection with Permitted Liens, or (ii) execute any financing statements covering any of the Collateral in favor of any person other than Bank and in connection with Permitted Liens.

(b) Use of Collateral . The Collateral will not be used for any unlawful purpose or in any way that will void any insurance required to be carried in connection therewith. Grantor will keep the Collateral free and clear of liens (other than Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement) and will keep it in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(c) Indemnification . Grantor shall indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands and liabilities of any kind caused by the Collateral, except to the extent that such losses, claims, demands and liabilities are caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(d) Perfection of Security Interest . Grantor shall execute and deliver such documents as Bank reasonably deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the first priority security interest in the Collateral.

 

5


(e) Insurance of Collateral .

(i) Grantor, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Grantor’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Grantor shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Grantor’s.

(ii) All policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason, with the exception of for non-payment of premium. Grantor shall immediately provide Bank with copies of any notices of policy cancellation Grantor receives from an insurer. Upon Bank’s request, Grantor shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of the payments of all premiums. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Grantor’s option, be payable to Grantor to replace the property subject to the claim or otherwise acquire property useful to the business of Grantor, provided that if such property constituted Collateral, any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy, to the extent that such proceeds constitute Collateral, shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Secured Obligations.

(f) Inventory and Equipment .

(i) Grantor shall not store its Inventory or the Equipment with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) with a bailee, warehouseman, or other third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank, (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in pledge possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment; provided, however, that the aggregate book value of all Equipment and Inventory at all locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Grantor shall not store or maintain any Equipment or Inventory at a location other than the location set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(ii) Grantor shall maintain the Collateral in good and saleable condition, repair it (if necessary) and otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property, use it lawfully and only as permitted by insurance policies, and permit Bank to inspect the Collateral upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Grantor’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

(iii) Grantor shall not sell, contract to sell, lease, encumber or transfer the Collateral (other than the disposition of Inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business and other assets which are obsolete or otherwise considered surplus, in connection with Permitted Liens and in connection with Permitted Transfers) until the Secured Obligations have been paid or performed in full. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that Bank has a security interest in the proceeds of such Collateral.

 

6


(g) Accounts, Chattel Paper and General Intangibles . As to Collateral which are Accounts, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and Proceeds, Grantor warrants, represents and agrees:

(i) All such Collateral is genuine, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions precedent (except as disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing). Grantor will supply Bank with duplicate invoices or other evidence of Grantor’s rights on Bank’s request.

(ii) To the best of Grantor’s knowledge, all persons appearing to be obligated on such Collateral have authority and capacity to contract.

(iii) Grantor will mark conspicuously all Chattel Paper with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, indicating that such Chattel Paper is subject to the security interests of Bank and will, upon Bank’s request after the occurrence of an Event of Default, deliver possession thereof to Bank.

(iv) Grantor agrees that following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor shall not compromise, settle or adjust any Account or renew or extend the time of payment thereof without Bank’s prior written consent.

(v) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor will collect with diligence all Grantor’s Accounts. Any collection of Accounts by Grantor, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, or other instruments for the payment of money (properly endorsed or assigned where required to enable Bank to collect same), shall be in trust for Bank. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Grantor shall keep all such collections separate and apart from all other funds and property so as to be capable of identification as the property of Bank and deliver said collections daily to Bank in the identical form received. The proceeds of such collections when received by Bank may be applied by Bank directly to the payment of the Secured Obligations. Any credit given by Bank upon receipt of said proceeds shall be conditional credit subject to collection. Returned items at Bank’s option may be charged to the Grantor. All collections of the Accounts shall be set forth on an itemized schedule, showing the name of the account debtor, the amount of each payment and such other information as Bank may request.

(vi) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor may continue its present policies with respect to returned merchandise and adjustments. However, Grantor shall promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, notify Bank of all cases involving repossessions, and material loss or damage of or to merchandise represented by the Accounts.

(h) Binding Agreement . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed; (ii) the exercise by Bank of any of the rights granted hereunder shall not release Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral; and (iii) Bank shall not have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall Bank be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

7


(i) Instruments . Grantor will deliver and pledge to Bank all Instruments that are part of the Collateral duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

(j) Records . Grantor shall prepare and keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, complete and accurate records regarding the Collateral in all material respects and, if and when requested by Bank, shall prepare and deliver a complete and accurate schedule of all the Collateral in such detail as Bank may reasonably require.

(k) I nspection of Grantor’s Books . Grantor shall permit Bank or its designee at reasonable times and from time to time, but not more than once a year, to inspect Grantor’s books, records and properties and to audit and to make copies of extracts from such books and records.

(l) Fees and Costs . Grantor shall pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Bank in the preservation, realization, enforcement or exercise of any of Bank’s rights under this Agreement and in the establishment, determination, continuation or defense of the validity or priority of Bank’s security interest under this Agreement.

(m) Accounts . By March 1, 2013 Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

(n) Limited Liability Company Existence . Grantor will maintain its limited liability company existence and good standing and will maintain in force all licenses and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on Grantor’s business. Grantor will timely pay all material taxes and will comply with all laws and orders applicable to it except where the failure to comply is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Negative Covenants . Grantor will not (i) make any investments in, or loans or advances to, any person other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, other than Permitted Investments, (ii) acquire any assets other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, (iii) make any distributions or pay any dividends to any person on account of Grantor’s shares, except that Grantor may (A) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, (B) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Grantor regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (C) pay dividends in equity securities, (D) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities and (E) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, provided that the aggregate amount of such payments made during a fiscal year, when added to the aggregate amount of payments made under clause (A) above during such fiscal year, does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (iv) borrow any money except (A) in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted and (B) Permitted Indebtedness, (v) move, dispose of or encumber any portion of its assets, except for (A) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, (B) Permitted Liens and (C) Permitted Transfers, (vi) merge or consolidate with or into any person or entity, (vii) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien (other than liens in favor of Bank and Permitted Liens) with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any of Grantor’s accounts, (viii) except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, keep Inventory or Equipment at a location other than the address specified in Section 12 hereof; (ix) relocate its chief executive office or state of organization without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, or (x) or, subject to Section 4(m), maintain or invest any of its property consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a control agreement or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into an account control agreement with Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Grantor.

 

8


(p) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Bank, and at the sole expense of Grantor, Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Bank may reasonably deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the grant of a security interest to Bank in any Collateral held by Grantor or in which Grantor has any rights not heretofore assigned, (ii) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Code with respect to the security interests granted hereby, (iii) transferring Collateral to Bank’s possession (if a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by possession), (iv) placing the interest of Bank as lienholder on the certificate of title (or other evidence of ownership) of any vehicle owned by Grantor or in or with respect to which Grantor holds a beneficial interest and (v) obtaining, for each Collateral Location with Collateral with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) that is not owned by Grantor, a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, executed by the landlord, warehouseman or bailee of such location, as applicable, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement for each such location; provided , however, the aggregate book value of Collateral at Collateral Locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Grantor also hereby authorizes Bank to file any such financing or continuation statement. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is or shall become evidenced by any Instrument, such Instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Bank and delivered to Bank promptly upon Grantor’s receipt thereof.

5. Events of Default . The occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or Grantor’s breach of any term provision, covenant warranty or representation under this Agreement, or under any other document, instrument or agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank, as the same may be amended modified or supplemented from time to time, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement.

6. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have all rights, privileges, powers and remedies provided by law, including, but not limited to, exercise of any or all of the following remedies only during the continuance of an Event of Default.

(a) Bank may declare all Secured Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and thereupon all such amounts shall be and become immediately due and payable to the Bank.

(b) Bank may dispose of the Collateral in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Bank may use, operate, consume and sell the Collateral in its possession as appropriate for the purpose of performing Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto to the extent necessary to satisfy the obligations of Grantor.

(d) All payments received and amounts realized by Bank shall be promptly applied and distributed by the Bank in the following order of priority:

(i) first, to the payment of all costs and expenses, including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys fees, incurred or made hereunder by Bank, including any such costs and expenses of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of any sale or the exercise of any other remedy under this Section 6, and of all taxes, assessments or liens superior to the lien granted under this Agreement; and

(ii) second, to the payment to Bank of the amount then owing under the Secured Obligations; and

(iii) third, to Grantor, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

 

9


7. Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Grantor’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Grantor’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Grantor’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Grantor’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) file Grantor’s tax returns and related documents with the appropriate governmental authority; (h) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank without first obtaining Grantor’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending the exhibits or schedules thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other intellectual property collateral acquired by Grantor after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other Intellectual Property Collateral in which Grantor no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (i) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing statements, financing change statements or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Grantor where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Grantor on any of the documents described in clauses (h) and (i) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Grantor’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

8. Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

9. Amendment of Loan Documents . Grantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or (with the approval of Borrower) otherwise change the terms of any Loan Document, or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of any Loan Document, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

10. Grantor Waivers . Grantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; (c) marshal any assets of Borrower; or (d) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, release, exchange, modify, enforce and otherwise exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower, any guarantor or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Grantor hereunder. Grantor is not relying upon any guaranty which Bank has or may have or assets in which Bank has or may have a lien or security interest for payment of the Secured Obligations. Grantor agrees that no security or guaranty now or later held by Bank for the payment of any Secured Obligations, whether from Borrower, any guarantor, or otherwise, and whether in the nature of a security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or otherwise, shall affect in any manner the unconditional pledge of Grantor under this Agreement. Grantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability

 

10


or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower. Grantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Grantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all Secured Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Grantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Grantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Grantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Grantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Grantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Grantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Until all Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.

11. Borrower Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Loan Documents are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for insolvency, bankruptcy or any similar reason, Grantor agrees that Grantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Grantor, any other person, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

12. Notices . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Grantor or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Grantor:

   c/o Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.
   Frost Tower
   29 th Floor, Suite 2950
   701 Congress Avenue
   Austin, TX 78701
   Attn:                         
   FAX: (512) 721-1218
with a copy to (which    Wilson Sonsini Goodrick & Rosati, P.C.

is not required to

   650 Page Mill Road

constitute notice):

   Palo Alto, CA 94304
   Attn: Andrew J. Hirsch
   FAX: (650) 493-6811

 

11


If to Bank:

   Comerica Bank
   Livonia Operations Center
   MC 7512
   39200 Six Mile Rd.
   Livonia, MI 48152
   Attn: Credit Manager

with a copy to:

   Comerica Bank
   300 W. Sixth St.
   Suite 1300
   Austin, TX 78701
   Attn: Megan Kirk
   FAX: (512) 427-7178

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other. Failure to deliver a copy of any notice or demand to a Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not render ineffective any notice or demand otherwise delivered to a party to this Agreement in accordance with this Section.

13. Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

14. Reference Provision .

(a) In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

 

12


(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

(g) Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

13


(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

(j) THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

15. General Provisions .

15.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Grantor without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Grantor to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

15.2 Indemnification . Grantor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

15.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

15.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

15.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration . This Agreement cannot be amended or terminated orally. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

15.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

15.7 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Secured Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrower. The obligations of Grantor to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in this Agreement shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth above.

 

GRANTOR:

    BANK

LMR SOLUTIONS LLC

    COMERICA BANK
By:         By:    
Name:         Name:    
Title:         Title:    

[Signature Page to Security Agreement (LMR Solutions)]


DEBTOR:

     LMR SOLUTIONS LLC

SECURED PARTY:

     COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Grantor (herein referred to as “Grantor” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law, or (iv) any property that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote.


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

This Amendment and Waiver executed as of April 11, 2013 by LMR Solutions LLC (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of December 3, 2012 in favor of Bank (as may have been amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Bank hereby waives Grantor’s violation of Section 4(o)(iv) of the Security Agreement and those Sections of the Security Agreement related to clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Liens for the period beginning on December 31, 2012 through the date hereof. This waiver is specific as to content and time, shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not constitute a waiver of any other current or future Default or Event of Default or breach of any covenant contained in the Security Agreement or the terms and conditions of any other Loan Documents. Bank expressly reserves all of its various rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents due to any other Default or breach not waived herein.

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation and Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

3. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

4. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Security Agreement is amended as set forth on the Amendment to Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

5. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

LMR SOLUTIONS, LLC

    COMERICA BANK
By:   / S / JOHN T. MCDONALD     By:   / S / PAUL GERLING
Its:   President     Its:  

Senior Vice President

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 2 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of May 16, 2013 by LMR Solutions LLC (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of December 3, 2012 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

LMR SOLUTIONS, LLC

    COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ Michael Hill     By:   /s/ Paul Gerling
Its:   Secretary     Its:   Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Security Agreement (1304795)]


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 3 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of December 6, 2013 by LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of December 3, 2012 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ComSci, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ComSci, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

LMR SOLUTIONS, LLC

    COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ John T. McDonald     By:   /s/ Paul Gerling
Its:   President     Its:   Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Security Agreement (3050101)]

Exhibit 10.28

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(PowerSteering)

This Security Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of February 10, 2012 (“ Closing Date ”) by and between the undersigned (“ Grantor ”), and COMERICA BANK (the “ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations (the “ Financial Accommodations ”) to SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION, a corporation constituted under the Canada Business Corporations Act (“ Borrower ”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of even date herewith between Borrower and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank is willing to make the Financial Accommodations to Borrower, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor grant to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right title, and interest in, to and under all of the Collateral (defined below) whether presently existing or hereafter acquired.

C. Grantor is an affiliate of Borrower, is financially interested in the affairs of Borrower, and deems it advisable, desirable, and in the best interests of Grantor to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Grantor and the Bank agree as follows:

1. Definitions . All terms used without definition in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Loan Agreement. All terms used without definition in this Agreement or in the Loan Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Code. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

(b) “ Collateral ” means the property described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(c) “ Collateral Locations ” means each location where any Collateral is now or hereafter located, including, without limitation, those Collateral Locations listed in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(d) “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5 of this Agreement.

(e) “ Grantor Obligations ” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Grantor pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, including, without limitation, that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated as of even date herewith by Grantor in favor of Bank, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Grantor to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

(f) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

(g) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Grantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Grantor to repay the Grantor Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (c) Grantor’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.


(h) “ Obligations ” shall have the meaning given such term in the Loan Agreement.

(i) “ Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(i) Indebtedness of Grantor in favor of Bank;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(iii) Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Grantor secured by a lien described in clause (ii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness of Grantor or its Subsidiaries permitted under clauses (iv) and (v) of the defined term “Permitted Investments”;

(vi) Indebtedness consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards; provided that the aggregate limit of all such cards does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time; and

(viii) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Grantor or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

(j) “ Permitted Investment ” means:

(i) Investments existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(ii) (a) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (d) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates money market accounts;

(iii) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(iv) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Guarantors that are also borrowers of Bank;

(v) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Subsidiaries that are not both Guarantors and borrowers of Bank, not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(vi) Investments (other than Investments consisting of loans) of Grantor in Borrower;

 

2


(vii) Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (a) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (b) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Grantor or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Grantor’s Board of Directors;

(viii) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business;

(ix) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vii) shall not apply to Investments of Grantor in any Subsidiary; and

(x) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Grantor do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

(k) “ Permitted Liens ” means the following:

(i) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Grantor maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(iii) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate (a) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (b) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(iv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) of the Loan Agreement or 8.9 (judgments) of the Loan Agreement;

(vi) Until Grantor’s accounts are opened at Bank in accordance with Section 4(m) of this Agreement, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Grantor’s accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

 

3


(vii) carriers, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(viii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

(ix) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

(x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods.

(l) “ Permitted Transfer ” means the conveyance, sale, lease, license, transfer or disposition by Grantor or any Subsidiary of:

(i) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Grantor in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) Worn-out or obsolete Equipment;

(iv) Other assets of Grantor that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year; or

(v) Transfers that constitute a Permitted Lien or Permitted Investment.

(m) “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

(n) “ Schedule ” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

(o) “ Secured Obligations ” means collectively, the Obligations and the Grantor Obligations.

(p) “ Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.

(q) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Grantor, either directly or through an Affiliate.

2. Grant of Security Interest . To secure all of the Secured Obligations, Grantor grants to the Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral, now existing or hereafter acquired. Except for Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first-priority security interest in later acquired Collateral. Grantor authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements,

 

4


continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Grantor of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Grantor, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction.

3. Grantor’s Representations and Warranties . Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Authorization . Grantor has authority and has obtained all approvals and consents necessary to enter into this Agreement, and Grantor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate or conflict with the terms of Grantor’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other charter document, or any material law, any material agreement, or other material instrument or writing to which Grantor is party or by which is it bound.

(b) Title . The Collateral is owned by Grantor and is free of all liens, encumbrances and other security interests, except for (a) liens, encumbrances and other security interests in favor of Bank, (b) Permitted Liens and (c) restrictions on transfer imposed by the Securities Laws.

(c) Solvency, Payment of Debts . Grantor is solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

(d) Further Representations . Grantor further represents, warrants, and covenants that (i) Grantor is not in default under any agreement under which Grantor owes any money, or any agreement, the violation or termination of which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Grantor; (ii) the information provided to Bank on or prior to the date of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects; (iii) all financial statements and other information provided to Bank fairly present Grantor’s financial condition, and there has not been a change in the financial condition of Grantor since the date of the most recent of the financial statements submitted to Bank which could have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) Grantor is in compliance with all material laws and orders applicable to it; (v) Grantor is not party to any litigation, an adverse determination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and is not the subject of any government investigation, and Grantor has no knowledge of any pending litigation or investigation; (vi) Grantor’s principal place of business is located at the address specified in Section 12; and (vii) no representation or other statement made by Grantor to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any statements made to Bank not misleading.

4. Covenants .

(a) Encumbrances . Grantor shall not (i) grant a security interest in any of the Collateral other than security interests in favor of Bank and security interests granted in connection with Permitted Liens, or (ii) execute any financing statements covering any of the Collateral in favor of any person other than Bank and in connection with Permitted Liens.

(b) Use of Collateral . The Collateral will not be used for any unlawful purpose or in any way that will void any insurance required to be carried in connection therewith. Grantor will keep the Collateral free and clear of liens (other than Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement) and will keep it in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(c) Indemnification . Grantor shall indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands and liabilities of any kind caused by the Collateral, except to the extent that such losses, claims, demands and liabilities are caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(d) Perfection of Security Interest . Grantor shall execute and deliver such documents as Bank reasonably deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the first priority security interest in the Collateral.

 

5


(e) Insurance of Collateral .

(i) Grantor, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Grantor’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Grantor shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Grantor’s.

(ii) All policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason, with the exception of for non-payment of premium. Grantor shall immediately provide Bank with copies of any notices of policy cancellation Grantor receives from an insurer. Upon Bank’s request, Grantor shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of the payments of all premiums. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Grantor’s option, be payable to Grantor to replace the property subject to the claim or otherwise acquire property useful to the business of Grantor, provided that if such property constituted Collateral, any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy, to the extent that such proceeds constitute Collateral, shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Secured Obligations.

(f) Inventory and Equipment .

(i) Grantor shall not store its Inventory or the Equipment with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) with a bailee, warehouseman, or other third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank, (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in pledge possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment; provided, however, that the aggregate book value of all Equipment and Inventory at all locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Grantor shall not store or maintain any Equipment or Inventory at a location other than the location set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(ii) Grantor shall maintain the Collateral in good and saleable condition, repair it (if necessary) and otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property, use it lawfully and only as permitted by insurance policies, and permit Bank to inspect the Collateral upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Grantor’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

(iii) Grantor shall not sell, contract to sell, lease, encumber or transfer the Collateral (other than the disposition of Inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business and other assets which are obsolete or otherwise considered surplus, in connection with Permitted Liens and in connection with Permitted Transfers) until the Secured Obligations have been paid or performed in full. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that Bank has a security interest in the proceeds of such Collateral.

 

6


(g) Accounts, Chattel Paper and General Intangibles . As to Collateral which are Accounts, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and Proceeds, Grantor warrants, represents and agrees:

(i) All such Collateral is genuine, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions precedent (except as disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing). Grantor will supply Bank with duplicate invoices or other evidence of Grantor’s rights on Bank’s request.

(ii) To the best of Grantor’s knowledge, all persons appearing to be obligated on such Collateral have authority and capacity to contract.

(iii) Grantor will mark conspicuously all Chattel Paper with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, indicating that such Chattel Paper is subject to the security interests of Bank and will, upon Bank’s request after the occurrence of an Event of Default, deliver possession thereof to Bank.

(iv) Grantor agrees that following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor shall not compromise, settle or adjust any Account or renew or extend the time of payment thereof without Bank’s prior written consent.

(v) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor will collect with diligence all Grantor’s Accounts. Any collection of Accounts by Grantor, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, or other instruments for the payment of money (properly endorsed or assigned where required to enable Bank to collect same), shall be in trust for Bank. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Grantor shall keep all such collections separate and apart from all other funds and property so as to be capable of identification as the property of Bank and deliver said collections daily to Bank in the identical form received. The proceeds of such collections when received by Bank may be applied by Bank directly to the payment of the Secured Obligations. Any credit given by Bank upon receipt of said proceeds shall be conditional credit subject to collection. Returned items at Bank’s option may be charged to the Grantor. All collections of the Accounts shall be set forth on an itemized schedule, showing the name of the account debtor, the amount of each payment and such other information as Bank may request.

(vi) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor may continue its present policies with respect to returned merchandise and adjustments. However, Grantor shall promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, notify Bank of all cases involving repossessions, and material loss or damage of or to merchandise represented by the Accounts.

(h) Binding Agreement . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed; (ii) the exercise by Bank of any of the rights granted hereunder shall not release Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral; and (iii) Bank shall not have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall Bank be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

7


(i) Instruments . Grantor will deliver and pledge to Bank all Instruments that are part of the Collateral duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

(j) Records . Grantor shall prepare and keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, complete and accurate records regarding the Collateral in all material respects and, if and when requested by Bank, shall prepare and deliver a complete and accurate schedule of all the Collateral in such detail as Bank may reasonably require.

(k) Inspection of Grantor’s Books . Grantor shall permit Bank or its designee at reasonable times and from time to time, but not more than once a year, to inspect Grantor’s books, records and properties and to audit and to make copies of extracts from such books and records.

(l) Fees and Costs . Grantor shall pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Bank in the preservation, realization, enforcement or exercise of any of Bank’s rights under this Agreement and in the establishment, determination, continuation or defense of the validity or priority of Bank’s security interest under this Agreement.

(m) Accounts . Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

(n) Corporate Existence . Grantor will maintain its corporate existence and good standing and will maintain in force all licenses and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on Grantor’s business. Grantor will timely pay all material taxes and will comply with all laws and orders applicable to it except where the failure to comply is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Negative Covenants . Grantor will not (i) make any investments in, or loans or advances to, any person other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, other than Permitted Investments, (ii) acquire any assets other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, (iii) make any distributions or pay any dividends to any person on account of Grantor’s shares, except that Grantor may (A) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, (B) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Grantor regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (C) pay dividends in equity securities, (D) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities and (E) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, provided that the aggregate amount of such payments made during a fiscal year, when added to the aggregate amount of payments made under clause (A) above during such fiscal year, does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (iv) borrow any money except (A) in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted and (B) Permitted Indebtedness, (v) move, dispose of or encumber any portion of its assets, except for (A) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, (B) Permitted Liens and (C) Permitted Transfers, (vi) merge or consolidate with or into any person or entity, (vii) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien (other than liens in favor of Bank and Permitted Liens) with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any of Grantor’s accounts, (viii) except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, keep Inventory or Equipment at a location other than the address specified in Section 12 hereof; (ix) relocate its chief executive office or state of incorporation without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, or (x) or, subject to Section 4(m), maintain or invest any of its property consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a control agreement or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into an account control agreement with Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Grantor.

 

8


(p) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Bank, and at the sole expense of Grantor, Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Bank may reasonably deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the grant of a security interest to Bank in any Collateral held by Grantor or in which Grantor has any rights not heretofore assigned, (ii) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Code with respect to the security interests granted hereby, (iii) transferring Collateral to Bank’s possession (if a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by possession), (iv) placing the interest of Bank as lienholder on the certificate of title (or other evidence of ownership) of any vehicle owned by Grantor or in or with respect to which Grantor holds a beneficial interest and (v) obtaining, for each Collateral Location with Collateral with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) that is not owned by Grantor, a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, executed by the landlord, warehouseman or bailee of such location, as applicable, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement for each such location; provided, however, the aggregate book value of Collateral at Collateral Locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Grantor also hereby authorizes Bank to file any such financing or continuation statement. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is or shall become evidenced by any Instrument, such Instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Bank and delivered to Bank promptly upon Grantor’s receipt thereof.

5. Events of Default . The occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or Grantor’s breach of any term provision, covenant warranty or representation under this Agreement, or under any other document, instrument or agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank, as the same may be amended modified or supplemented from time to time, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement.

6. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have all rights, privileges, powers and remedies provided by law, including, but not limited to, exercise of any or all of the following remedies only during the continuance of an Event of Default.

(a) Bank may declare all Secured Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and thereupon all such amounts shall be and become immediately due and payable to the Bank.

(b) Bank may dispose of the Collateral in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Bank may use, operate, consume and sell the Collateral in its possession as appropriate for the purpose of performing Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto to the extent necessary to satisfy the obligations of Grantor.

(d) All payments received and amounts realized by Bank shall be promptly applied and distributed by the Bank in the following order of priority:

(i) first, to the payment of all costs and expenses, including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys fees, incurred or made hereunder by Bank, including any such costs and expenses of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of any sale or the exercise of any other remedy under this Section 6, and of all taxes, assessments or liens superior to the lien granted under this Agreement; and

(ii) second, to the payment to Bank of the amount then owing under the Secured Obligations; and

(iii) third, to Grantor, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

 

9


7. Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Grantor’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Grantor’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Grantor’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Grantor’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) file Grantor’s tax returns and related documents with the appropriate governmental authority; (h) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank without first obtaining Grantor’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending the exhibits or schedules thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other intellectual property collateral acquired by Grantor after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other Intellectual Property Collateral in which Grantor no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (i) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing statements, financing change statements or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Grantor where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Grantor on any of the documents described in clauses (h) and (i) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Grantor’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

8. Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

9. Amendment of Loan Documents . Grantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or (with the approval of Borrower) otherwise change the terms of any Loan Document, or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of any Loan Document, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

10. Grantor Waivers . Grantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; (c) marshal any assets of Borrower; or (d) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, release, exchange, modify, enforce and otherwise exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower, any guarantor or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Grantor hereunder. Grantor is not relying upon any guaranty which Bank has or may have or assets in which Bank has or may have a lien or security interest for payment of the Secured Obligations. Grantor agrees that no security or guaranty now or later held by Bank for the payment of any Secured Obligations, whether from Borrower, any guarantor, or otherwise, and whether in the nature of a security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or otherwise, shall affect in any manner the unconditional pledge of Grantor under this Agreement. Grantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower. Grantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Grantor waives any defense arising out of the absence,

 

10


impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all Secured Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Grantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Grantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Grantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Grantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Grantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Grantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Until all Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.

11. Borrower Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Loan Documents are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for insolvency, bankruptcy or any similar reason, Grantor agrees that Grantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Grantor, any other person, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

12. Notices . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Grantor or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Grantor:

   PowerSteering Software, Inc.
   25 First Street
   Cambridge, MA 02141
   Attn: Chief Financial Officer
   FAX: (512) 721-1218

with a copy to (which

   Wilson Sonsini Goodrick & Rosati, Professional Corporation

copy is not required to

   650 Page Mill Road

constitute notice):

   Palo Alto, CA 94304
   Attn: Andrew J. Hirsch
   FAX: (650) 493-6811

If to Bank:

   Comerica Bank
   Livonia Operations Center
   MC 7512
   39200 Six Mile Rd.
   Livonia, MI 48152
   Attn: Credit Manager

with a copy to:

   Comerica Bank
   300 W. Sixth St.
   Suite 1300
   Austin, TX 78701
   Attn: Megan Kirk
   FAX: (512) 427-7178

 

11


The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other. Failure to deliver a copy of any notice or demand to a Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not render ineffective any notice or demand otherwise delivered to a party to this Agreement in accordance with this Section.

13. Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

14. Reference Provision .

(a) In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

12


(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

(g) Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

(j) THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

15. Amalgamation of Borrower . Within one Business Day of the date hereof, Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation will amalgamate with its wholly owned subsidiary, TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation, with TENROX Inc. as the resulting amalgamated entity (the “Amalgamation”). Upon the completion of the Amalgamation, TENROX Inc. will be the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents and all references in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to “Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation” shall refer to “TENROX Inc.”, the amalgamated entity.

 

13


16. General Provisions .

16.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Grantor without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Grantor to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

16.2 Indemnification . Grantor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

16.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

16.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

16.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration . This Agreement cannot be amended or terminated orally. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

16.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

16.7 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Secured Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrower. The obligations of Grantor to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in this Agreement shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth above.

 

GRANTOR:

    

BANK

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

    

COMERICA BANK

By:

 

     

    

By:

  

     

Name:

 

     

    

Name:

  

     

Title:

 

     

    

Title:

  

     


DEBTOR:                           POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

SECURED PARTY:          COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Grantor (herein referred to as “Grantor” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law, or (iv) the specific equipment of Debtor subject to one of the equipment leases described below (each, an “Equipment Lease”), so long as such equipment is subject to a lien in favor of the applicable lessor under such Equipment Lease, but only to the extent of the unpaid balance on such Equipment Lease: (a) Buccaneer Financial Group, Inc. under lease agreement no. BFG452, (b) M2 Lease Funds LLC under lease proposal no. 34137, (c) IBM Credit LLC, as assignee of Arrow Electronics Global Financial Solutions, Inc., under lease no. VP0F37790, (d) Key Equipment Finance Inc. under lease agreement no. 1800061628, (e) Key Equipment Finance Inc. under lease agreement no. 1800063126, (f) Royal Bank America Leasing, L.P. under agreement no. 222654, and (g) NSF Leasing, Inc. under master equipment lease no. 2009-005.

 

17


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May 31, 2012, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), and POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC. (“ Grantor ”).

RECITALS

Grantor and Bank are parties to that certain Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Security Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The reference to “One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00)” in Section 1(i)(iii) of the Security Agreement is deleted and replaced with “One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00)”.

2. The reference to “One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00)” in Section 1(k)(iii) of the Security Agreement is deleted and replaced with “One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00)”.

3. Section 4(m) of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(m) Accounts . On or before May 31, 2012, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.”

4. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Security Agreement. The Security Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Security Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

5. Grantor represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Security Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

“Grantor”

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

By:     /s/ John T. McDonald                                                            

Name:     John T. McDonald                                                           

Title:     President                                                                               

“Bank”

COMERICA BANK

By:     /s/ Paul Gerling                                                                    

Name:     Paul Gerling                                                                   

Title:     Senior Vice President                                                       


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

This Amendment and Waiver executed as of April     , 2013 by PowerSteering Software, Inc. (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as may have been amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Bank hereby waives Grantor’s violation of Section 4(o)(iv) of the Security Agreement and those Sections of the Security Agreement related to clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Liens for the period beginning on December 31, 2012 through the date hereof. This waiver is specific as to content and time, shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not constitute a waiver of any other current or future Default or Event of Default or breach of any covenant contained in the Security Agreement or the terms and conditions of any other Loan Documents. Bank expressly reserves all of its various rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents due to any other Default or breach not waived herein.

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation and LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

3. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

4. The Schedule of Exceptions to the Security Agreement is amended as set forth on the Amendment to Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto.

5. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:         By:    
Its:         Its:    

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 3 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of May 16, 2013 by PowerSteering Software, Inc. (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ Michael Hill     By:   /s/ Paul Gerling
Its:   Secretary     Its:   Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Security Agreement (1304799)]


AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 4 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of December 6, 2013 by PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ComSci, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ComSci, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:   / S / J OHN T. M C D ONALD     By:   / S / P AUL G ERLING
Its:   P RESIDENT     Its:   S ENIOR V ICE P RESIDENT

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Security Agreement (3050113)]


AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 5 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of March 19, 2014 by PowerSteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., ComSci, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ComSci, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Clickability, Inc., a Delaware corporation and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Nebraska corporation f/k/a Marex Group, Inc., successor by merger to FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ John T. McDonald     By:   /s/ Paul Gerling
Its:   President     Its:   Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 5 to Security Agreement (3231611)]

Exhibit 10.29

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(TENROX US)

This Security Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of February 10, 2012 (“ Closing Date ”) by and between the undersigned (“ Grantor ”), and COMERICA BANK (the “ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. Bank has agreed to make certain advances of money and to extend certain financial accommodations (the “ Financial Accommodations ”) to SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION, a corporation constituted under the Canada Business Corporations Act (“ Borrower ”) in the amounts and manner set forth in that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of even date herewith between Borrower and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank is willing to make the Financial Accommodations to Borrower, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantor grant to Bank a security interest in all of Grantor’s right title, and interest in, to and under all of the Collateral (defined below) whether presently existing or hereafter acquired.

C. Grantor is an affiliate of Borrower, is financially interested in the affairs of Borrower, and deems it advisable, desirable, and in the best interests of Grantor to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Grantor and the Bank agree as follows:

1. Definitions . All terms used without definition in this Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Loan Agreement. All terms used without definition in this Agreement or in the Loan Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Code. As used in this Agreement:

(a) “ Code ” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

(b) “ Collateral ” means the property described in Exhibit A attached hereto.

(c) “ Collateral Locations ” means each location where any Collateral is now or hereafter located, including, without limitation, those Collateral Locations listed in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(d) “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5 of this Agreement.

(e) “ Grantor Obligations ” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Grantor pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, including, without limitation, that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated as of even date herewith by Grantor in favor of Bank, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Grantor to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

(f) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.


(g) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Grantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Grantor to repay the Grantor Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (c) Grantor’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

(h) “ Obligations ” shall have the meaning given such term in the Loan Agreement.

(i) “ Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(i) Indebtedness of Grantor in favor of Bank;

(ii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(iii) Indebtedness not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Grantor secured by a lien described in clause (ii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(iv) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness of Grantor or its Subsidiaries permitted under clauses (iv) and (v) of the defined term “Permitted Investments”;

(vi) Indebtedness consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(vii) Indebtedness incurred in connection with corporate credit cards; provided that the aggregate limit of all such cards does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time; and

(viii) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Grantor or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

(j) “ Permitted Investment ” means:

(i) Investments existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(ii) (a) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (c) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein, and (d) Bank’s or Bank’s Affiliates money market accounts;

(iii) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(iv) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Guarantors that are also borrowers of Bank;

(v) Investments of Grantor and/or its Subsidiaries in or to Subsidiaries that are not both Guarantors and borrowers of Bank, not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

2


(vi) Investments (other than Investments consisting of loans) of Grantor in Borrower;

(vii) Investments not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (a) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (b) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Grantor or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Grantor’s Board of Directors;

(viii) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business;

(ix) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (vii) shall not apply to Investments of Grantor in any Subsidiary; and

(x) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Grantor do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

(k) “ Permitted Liens ” means the following:

(i) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(ii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Grantor maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(iii) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate (a) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (b) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(iv) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(v) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 (attachment) of the Loan Agreement or 8.9 (judgments) of the Loan Agreement;

 

3


(vi) Until Grantor’s accounts are opened at Bank in accordance with Section 4(m) of this Agreement, Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Grantor’s accounts held at such institutions to secure standard fees for deposit services charged by, but not financing made available by such institutions;

(vii) carriers, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(viii) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money;

(ix) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

(x) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods.

(l) “ Permitted Transfer ” means the conveyance, sale, lease, license, transfer or disposition by Grantor or any Subsidiary of:

(i) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) Non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Grantor in the ordinary course of business;

(iii) Worn-out or obsolete Equipment;

(iv) Other assets of Grantor that do not in the aggregate exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year; or

(v) Transfers that constitute a Permitted Lien or Permitted Investment.

(m) “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

(n) “ Schedule ” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

(o) “ Secured Obligations ” means collectively, the Obligations and the Grantor Obligations.

(p) “ Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.

(q) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Grantor, either directly or through an Affiliate.

 

4


2. Grant of Security Interest . To secure all of the Secured Obligations, Grantor grants to the Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral, now existing or hereafter acquired. Except for Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first-priority security interest in later acquired Collateral. Grantor authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Grantor of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Grantor, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction.

3. Grantor’s Representations and Warranties . Grantor represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Authorization . Grantor has authority and has obtained all approvals and consents necessary to enter into this Agreement, and Grantor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate or conflict with the terms of Grantor’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other charter document, or any material law, any material agreement, or other material instrument or writing to which Grantor is party or by which is it bound.

(b) Title . The Collateral is owned by Grantor and is free of all liens, encumbrances and other security interests, except for (a) liens, encumbrances and other security interests in favor of Bank, (b) Permitted Liens and (c) restrictions on transfer imposed by the Securities Laws.

(c) Solvency, Payment of Debts . Grantor is solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

(d) Further Representations . Grantor further represents, warrants, and covenants that (i) Grantor is not in default under any agreement under which Grantor owes any money, or any agreement, the violation or termination of which could have a Material Adverse Effect on Grantor; (ii) the information provided to Bank on or prior to the date of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects; (iii) all financial statements and other information provided to Bank fairly present Grantor’s financial condition, and there has not been a change in the financial condition of Grantor since the date of the most recent of the financial statements submitted to Bank which could have a Material Adverse Effect; (iv) Grantor is in compliance with all material laws and orders applicable to it; (v) Grantor is not party to any litigation, an adverse determination of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and is not the subject of any government investigation, and Grantor has no knowledge of any pending litigation or investigation; (vi) Grantor’s principal place of business is located at the address specified in Section 12; and (vii) no representation or other statement made by Grantor to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any statements made to Bank not misleading.

4. Covenants .

(a) Encumbrances . Grantor shall not (i) grant a security interest in any of the Collateral other than security interests in favor of Bank and security interests granted in connection with Permitted Liens, or (ii) execute any financing statements covering any of the Collateral in favor of any person other than Bank and in connection with Permitted Liens.

(b) Use of Collateral . The Collateral will not be used for any unlawful purpose or in any way that will void any insurance required to be carried in connection therewith. Grantor will keep the Collateral free and clear of liens (other than Permitted Liens and restrictions created under this Agreement) and will keep it in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

(c) Indemnification . Grantor shall indemnify Bank against all losses, claims, demands and liabilities of any kind caused by the Collateral, except to the extent that such losses, claims, demands and liabilities are caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

5


(d) Perfection of Security Interest . Grantor shall execute and deliver such documents as Bank reasonably deems necessary to create, perfect and continue the first priority security interest in the Collateral.

(e) Insurance of Collateral .

(i) Grantor, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Grantor’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Grantor shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Grantor’s.

(ii) All policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason, with the exception of for non-payment of premium. Grantor shall immediately provide Bank with copies of any notices of policy cancellation Grantor receives from an insurer. Upon Bank’s request, Grantor shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of the payments of all premiums. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Grantor’s option, be payable to Grantor to replace the property subject to the claim or otherwise acquire property useful to the business of Grantor, provided that if such property constituted Collateral, any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, subject to Permitted Liens that are not required to be subordinate to Bank’s Liens. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy, to the extent that such proceeds constitute Collateral, shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Secured Obligations.

(f) Inventory and Equipment .

(i) Grantor shall not store its Inventory or the Equipment with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) with a bailee, warehouseman, or other third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank, (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in pledge possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment; provided, however, that the aggregate book value of all Equipment and Inventory at all locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at any time. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Grantor shall not store or maintain any Equipment or Inventory at a location other than the location set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement.

(ii) Grantor shall maintain the Collateral in good and saleable condition, repair it (if necessary) and otherwise deal with the Collateral in all such ways as are considered good practice by owners of like property, use it lawfully and only as permitted by insurance policies, and permit Bank to inspect the Collateral upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Grantor’s usual business hours but no more than once a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

 

6


(iii) Grantor shall not sell, contract to sell, lease, encumber or transfer the Collateral (other than the disposition of Inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business and other assets which are obsolete or otherwise considered surplus, in connection with Permitted Liens and in connection with Permitted Transfers) until the Secured Obligations have been paid or performed in full. Grantor acknowledges and agrees that Bank has a security interest in the proceeds of such Collateral.

(g) Accounts, Chattel Paper and General Intangibles . As to Collateral which are Accounts, Chattel Paper, General Intangibles and Proceeds, Grantor warrants, represents and agrees:

(i) All such Collateral is genuine, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions precedent (except as disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing). Grantor will supply Bank with duplicate invoices or other evidence of Grantor’s rights on Bank’s request.

(ii) To the best of Grantor’s knowledge, all persons appearing to be obligated on such Collateral have authority and capacity to contract.

(iii) Grantor will mark conspicuously all Chattel Paper with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, indicating that such Chattel Paper is subject to the security interests of Bank and will, upon Bank’s request after the occurrence of an Event of Default, deliver possession thereof to Bank.

(iv) Grantor agrees that following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor shall not compromise, settle or adjust any Account or renew or extend the time of payment thereof without Bank’s prior written consent.

(v) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor will collect with diligence all Grantor’s Accounts. Any collection of Accounts by Grantor, whether in the form of cash, checks, notes, or other instruments for the payment of money (properly endorsed or assigned where required to enable Bank to collect same), shall be in trust for Bank. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Grantor shall keep all such collections separate and apart from all other funds and property so as to be capable of identification as the property of Bank and deliver said collections daily to Bank in the identical form received. The proceeds of such collections when received by Bank may be applied by Bank directly to the payment of the Secured Obligations. Any credit given by Bank upon receipt of said proceeds shall be conditional credit subject to collection. Returned items at Bank’s option may be charged to the Grantor. All collections of the Accounts shall be set forth on an itemized schedule, showing the name of the account debtor, the amount of each payment and such other information as Bank may request.

(vi) Until Bank exercises its rights to collect the Accounts pursuant hereto, Grantor may continue its present policies with respect to returned merchandise and adjustments. However, Grantor shall promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, notify Bank of all cases involving repossessions, and material loss or damage of or to merchandise represented by the Accounts.

(h) Binding Agreement . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) Grantor shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed; (ii) the exercise by Bank of any of the rights granted hereunder shall not release Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral; and (iii) Bank shall not have any obligation or liability under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall Bank be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

7


(i) Instruments . Grantor will deliver and pledge to Bank all Instruments that are part of the Collateral duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

(j) Records . Grantor shall prepare and keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, complete and accurate records regarding the Collateral in all material respects and, if and when requested by Bank, shall prepare and deliver a complete and accurate schedule of all the Collateral in such detail as Bank may reasonably require.

(k) Inspection of Grantor’s Books . Grantor shall permit Bank or its designee at reasonable times and from time to time, but not more than once a year, to inspect Grantor’s books, records and properties and to audit and to make copies of extracts from such books and records.

(l) Fees and Costs . Grantor shall pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Bank in the preservation, realization, enforcement or exercise of any of Bank’s rights under this Agreement and in the establishment, determination, continuation or defense of the validity or priority of Bank’s security interest under this Agreement.

(m) Accounts . Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.

(n) Corporate Existence . Grantor will maintain its corporate existence and good standing and will maintain in force all licenses and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on Grantor’s business. Grantor will timely pay all material taxes and will comply with all laws and orders applicable to it except where the failure to comply is not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Negative Covenants . Grantor will not (i) make any investments in, or loans or advances to, any person other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, other than Permitted Investments, (ii) acquire any assets other than in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted, (iii) make any distributions or pay any dividends to any person on account of Grantor’s shares, except that Grantor may (A) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) during any fiscal year as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, (B) repurchase the stock of former employees, directors and consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Grantor regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, (C) pay dividends in equity securities, (D) convert any of its convertible securities (including warrants) into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities and (E) make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares, provided that the aggregate amount of such payments made during a fiscal year, when added to the aggregate amount of payments made under clause (A) above during such fiscal year, does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), (iv) borrow any money except (A) in the ordinary course of business as currently conducted and (B) Permitted Indebtedness, (v) move, dispose of or encumber any portion of its assets, except for (A) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, (B) Permitted Liens and (C) Permitted Transfers, (vi) merge or consolidate with or into any person or entity, (vii) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any lien (other than liens in favor of Bank and Permitted Liens) with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any of Grantor’s accounts, (viii) except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business and movable items of personal property such as laptop computers and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, keep Inventory or Equipment at a location other than the address specified in Section 12 hereof; (ix) relocate its chief executive office or state of incorporation without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, or (x) or, subject to Section 4(m), maintain or invest any of its property consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to a control agreement or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into an account control agreement with Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Grantor.

 

8


(p) Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Bank, and at the sole expense of Grantor, Grantor shall promptly and duly execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Bank may reasonably deem desirable to obtain the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including, without limitation, (i) to secure all consents and approvals necessary or appropriate for the grant of a security interest to Bank in any Collateral held by Grantor or in which Grantor has any rights not heretofore assigned, (ii) filing any financing or continuation statements under the Code with respect to the security interests granted hereby, (iii) transferring Collateral to Bank’s possession (if a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected by possession), (iv) placing the interest of Bank as lienholder on the certificate of title (or other evidence of ownership) of any vehicle owned by Grantor or in or with respect to which Grantor holds a beneficial interest and (v) obtaining, for each Collateral Location with Collateral with an aggregate book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) that is not owned by Grantor, a landlord subordination agreement, collateral access agreement or bailment waiver, executed by the landlord, warehouseman or bailee of such location, as applicable, together with a copy of the lease, warehouse or bailment agreement for each such location; provided , however, the aggregate book value of Collateral at Collateral Locations not subject to the foregoing requirements shall not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Grantor also hereby authorizes Bank to file any such financing or continuation statement. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral is or shall become evidenced by any Instrument, such Instrument, other than checks and notes received in the ordinary course of business, shall be duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Bank and delivered to Bank promptly upon Grantor’s receipt thereof.

5. Events of Default . The occurrence of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or Grantor’s breach of any term provision, covenant warranty or representation under this Agreement, or under any other document, instrument or agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank, as the same may be amended modified or supplemented from time to time, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement.

6. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have all rights, privileges, powers and remedies provided by law, including, but not limited to, exercise of any or all of the following remedies only during the continuance of an Event of Default.

(a) Bank may declare all Secured Obligations to be immediately due and payable, and thereupon all such amounts shall be and become immediately due and payable to the Bank.

(b) Bank may dispose of the Collateral in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Bank may use, operate, consume and sell the Collateral in its possession as appropriate for the purpose of performing Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto to the extent necessary to satisfy the obligations of Grantor.

(d) All payments received and amounts realized by Bank shall be promptly applied and distributed by the Bank in the following order of priority:

(i) first, to the payment of all costs and expenses, including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys fees, incurred or made hereunder by Bank, including any such costs and expenses of foreclosure or suit, if any, and of any sale or the exercise of any other remedy under this Section 6, and of all taxes, assessments or liens superior to the lien granted under this Agreement; and

(ii) second, to the payment to Bank of the amount then owing under the Secured Obligations; and

(iii) third, to Grantor, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

 

9


7. Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Grantor’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Grantor’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Grantor’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Grantor’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) file Grantor’s tax returns and related documents with the appropriate governmental authority; (h) enter into a short-form intellectual property security agreement consistent with the terms of this Agreement for recording purposes only or modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Grantor and Bank without first obtaining Grantor’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending the exhibits or schedules thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other intellectual property collateral acquired by Grantor after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or other Intellectual Property Collateral in which Grantor no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest; and (i) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing statements, financing change statements or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Grantor where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Grantor on any of the documents described in clauses (h) and (i) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Grantor’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Secured Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

8. Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

9. Amendment of Loan Documents . Grantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or (with the approval of Borrower) otherwise change the terms of any Loan Document, or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of any Loan Document, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

10. Grantor Waivers . Grantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower, any guarantor or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; (c) marshal any assets of Borrower; or (d) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, release, exchange, modify, enforce and otherwise exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower, any guarantor or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Grantor hereunder. Grantor is not relying upon any guaranty which Bank has or may have or assets in which Bank has or may have a lien or security interest for payment of the Secured Obligations. Grantor agrees that no security or guaranty now or later held by Bank for the payment of any Secured Obligations, whether from Borrower, any guarantor, or otherwise, and whether in the nature of a security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or otherwise, shall affect in any manner the unconditional pledge of Grantor under this Agreement. Grantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability

 

10


or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower. Grantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Grantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all Secured Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Grantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Grantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Grantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Grantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Grantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Grantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Until all Obligations have been satisfied, Grantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.

11. Borrower Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Loan Documents are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for insolvency, bankruptcy or any similar reason, Grantor agrees that Grantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Grantor, any other person, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

12. Notices . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Grantor or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Grantor:

   TENROX Inc.
   1010 N. Central Ave.
   Glendale, CA 91202
   Attn:    Chief Financial Officer
   FAX:    (512)721-1218

with a copy to (which

copy is not required to

constitute notice):

  

Wilson Sonsini Goodrick & Rosati, Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn:    Andrew J. Hirsch

FAX:    (650) 493-6811

If to Bank:

  

Comerica Bank

Livonia Operations Center

MC 7512

39200 Six Mile Rd.

Livonia, MI 48152

Attn:    Credit Manager

with a copy to:

  

Comerica Bank

300 W. Sixth St.

Suite 1300

Austin, TX 78701

Attn:    Megan Kirk

FAX:    (512) 427-7178

 

11


The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other. Failure to deliver a copy of any notice or demand to a Person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not render ineffective any notice or demand otherwise delivered to a party to this Agreement in accordance with this Section.

13. Choice of Law and Venue; Jury Trial Waiver .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

14. Reference Provision .

(a) In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

(b) With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

(c) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

(d) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

(e) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

12


(f) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

(g) Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

(h) The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

(i) If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

(j) THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

15. Amalgamation of Borrower . Within one Business Day of the date hereof, Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation will amalgamate with its wholly owned subsidiary, TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation, with TENROX Inc. as the resulting amalgamated entity (the “Amalgamation”). Upon the completion of the Amalgamation, TENROX Inc. will be the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents and all references in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to “Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation” shall refer to “TENROX Inc.”, the amalgamated entity.

 

13


16. General Provisions .

16.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Grantor without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Grantor to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

16.2 Indemnification . Grantor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses (as defined in the Loan Agreement) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to Grantor’s failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

16.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

16.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

16.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration . This Agreement cannot be amended or terminated orally. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

16.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

16.7 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Secured Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrower. The obligations of Grantor to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in this Agreement shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth above.

 

GRANTOR:

   BANK

TENROX INC.,

a Delaware corporation

   COMERICA BANK

By:      /s/ John T. McDonald                                               

   By:     /s/ Paul Gerling                                                     

Name:     John T. McDonald                                                

   Name:     Paul Gerling                                                     

Title:     President                                                                 

   Title:     Senior Vice President                                       


DEBTOR:

   TENROX INC.        

SECURED PARTY:

           COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Grantor (herein referred to as “Grantor” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Bank (herein referred to as “Bank” or “Secured Party”) to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include (i) any property that is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), (ii) any property where the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, or (iii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent the granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademark would be contrary to applicable law.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May          , 2012, between COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”), and TENROX INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Grantor ”).

RECITALS

Grantor and Bank are parties to that certain Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”). The parties desire to amend the Security Agreement, in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Section 4(m) of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(m) Accounts . On or before May 31, 2012, Grantor shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain their depository and operating accounts with Bank and their investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates covered by a control agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Bank.”

2. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Security Agreement. The Security Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Security Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

3. Grantor represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Security Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date), and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

4. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Signatures on following page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

“Grantor”

TENROX INC. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:                                                                                               

Name:                                                                                           

Title:                                                                                             

“Bank”

COMERICA BANK

By:                                                                                               

Name:                                                                                           

Title:                                                                                             


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND WAIVER

This Amendment and Waiver executed as of April 11, 2013 by Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as may have been amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Bank hereby waives Grantor’s violation of Section 4(o)(iv) of the Security Agreement and those Sections of the Security Agreement related to clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Liens for the period beginning on December 31, 2012 through the date hereof. This waiver is specific as to content and time, shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not constitute a waiver of any other current or future Default or Event of Default or breach of any covenant contained in the Security Agreement or the terms and conditions of any other Loan Documents. Bank expressly reserves all of its various rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents due to any other Default or breach not waived herein.

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation and LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

3. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

4. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

TENROX INC. , a Delaware corporation

    COMERICA BANK
By:   / S / JOHN T. MCDONALD     By:   / S / PAUL GERLING
Its:   President     Its:   Senior Vice President

 

2


AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 3 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) is executed as of May 16, 2013 by Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as amended, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation, LMR Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Marex Group, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and FileBound Solutions, Inc., a Florida corporation (collectively, the ‘Secured Guarantors’, and each individually a ‘Secured Guarantor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Secured Guarantors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by a Secured Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[Signatures on Following Page]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

TENROX INC. , a Delaware corporation

    COMERICA BANK
By:         By:    
Its:         Its:    

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to Security Agreement (1304792)]


AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

(Tenrox Canada)

This Amendment No. 4 to Security Agreement (“Amendment”) executed as of December 6, 2013 by Tenrox Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grantor”) and Comerica Bank (“Bank”).

Recitals

A. Grantor executed a Security Agreement dated as of February 10, 2012 in favor of Bank (as may have been amended, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, the “Security Agreement”).

B. Debtor and Bank desire to amend the Security Agreement as set forth below.

The parties agree as follows:

1. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Grantor secured by a lien described in clause (ii) of the defined term “Permitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

2. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations not to exceed One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000) in the aggregate (a) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (b) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

3. Except as expressly modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement remain in full force and effect.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

TENROX INC.

    COMERICA BANK
By:   / S / J OHN T. M C D ONALD     By:   / S / P AUL G ERLING
Its:   P RESIDENT     Its:   S ENIOR V ICE P RESIDENT

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 4 to Security Agreement (3057076)]

Exhibit 10.30

UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY

(Marex Group)

For and in consideration of the loan by COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) to TENROX INC. (“Borrower”), which loan is made pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of May 16, 2013, as amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), and acknowledging that Bank would not enter into the Agreement without the benefit of this Guaranty (this “Guaranty”), the undersigned guarantor (“Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt and complete payment of all amounts that Borrower owes to Bank and performance by Borrower of the Agreement and any other agreements between Borrower and Bank, as amended from time to time (collectively referred to as the “Agreements”), in strict accordance with their respective terms. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Guaranty, the obligations of Borrower to the Bank covered by this Guaranty shall not include any obligation of a Borrower to Bank with respect to a “swap,” as defined in Section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), entered into on or after October 12, 2012, if at the time that swap is entered into, Guarantor is not an “eligible contract participant,” as defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the CEA.

1. If Borrower does not perform its obligations in strict accordance with the Agreements, Guarantor shall immediately pay all amounts due thereunder (including, without limitation, all principal, interest, and fees) and otherwise to proceed to complete the same and satisfy all of Borrower’s obligations under the Agreements.

2. If there is more than one guarantor, the obligations hereunder are joint and several, and whether or not there is more than one Guarantor, the obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor whether action is brought against Borrower or whether Borrower be joined in any such action or actions. Guarantor waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, to the extent permitted by law. Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty is not conditioned or contingent upon the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Agreements.

3. Guarantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or otherwise change the terms of the Agreements or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Agreements, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

4. Guarantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; or (c) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Guarantor hereunder. Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower (other than a defense that all of Borrower’s obligations to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full). Guarantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Guarantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all obligations of Borrower owing to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement for claims arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Until all of the obligations that Borrower owes to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Guarantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Guarantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Guarantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.


5. Guarantor acknowledges that, to the extent Guarantor has or may have certain rights of subrogation or reimbursement against Borrower for claims arising out of this Guaranty, those rights may be impaired or destroyed if Bank elects to proceed against any real property security of Borrower by non-judicial foreclosure. That impairment or destruction could, under certain judicial cases and based on equitable principles of estoppel, give rise to a defense by Guarantor against its obligations under this Guaranty. Guarantor waives that defense and any others arising from Bank’s election to pursue non-judicial foreclosure. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, until all obligations owing by Borrower to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor waives any and all benefits and defenses under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, to the extent they are applicable.

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Bank even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed the Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by the operation of Section 580d of the Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each undersigned Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that any such undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(a) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness.

(b) If Bank forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness:

(i) the amount of the indebtedness may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and

(ii) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor even if Bank, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as collateral, has destroyed any right that the undersigned Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

6. If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Agreements are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for any reason, Guarantor agrees that Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Guarantor, any other guarantor, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

7. Until all obligations that Borrower owes to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, any indebtedness of Borrower now or hereafter held by Guarantor is hereby subordinated to any indebtedness of Borrower to Bank; and such indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantor shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee for Bank and be paid over to Bank on account of the indebtedness of Borrower to Bank but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

 

2


8. Guarantor agrees to pay a reasonable attorneys’ fee and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty. No terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be changed, waived, revoked or amended without Bank’s prior written consent. Should any provision of this Guaranty be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, all of the other provisions shall remain effective. This Guaranty, together with any agreements (including without limitation any security agreements or any pledge agreements) executed in connection with this Guaranty, embodies the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the matters set forth herein, and supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. No course of prior dealing among the parties, no usage of trade, and no parol or extrinsic evidence of any nature shall be used to supplement, modify or vary any of the terms hereof. There are no conditions to the full effectiveness of this Guaranty. Bank may assign this Guaranty without in any way affecting Guarantor’s liability under it. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns. This Guaranty is in addition to the guaranties of any other guarantors and any and all other guaranties of Borrower’s indebtedness or liabilities to Bank.

9. Guarantor represents and warrants to Bank that (i) Guarantor has taken all necessary and appropriate corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty, (ii) execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default under Guarantor’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or other organizational documents or material written agreements to which it is party or by which it is bound, and (iii) this Guaranty constitutes a valid and binding obligation, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

10. Guarantor covenants and agrees that Guarantor shall do all of the following until the obligations owing by Borrower to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full:

10.1 Guarantor shall maintain its corporate existence, remain in good standing in Nebraska, and continue to qualify in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor. Guarantor shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations or business.

10.2 Guarantor shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances, directives, orders, and government rules and regulations to which it is subject if non-compliance with such laws could materially and adversely affect the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor.

10.3 At any time and from time to time Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Guaranty.

10.4 Guarantor shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock or other equity interest Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire in Borrower.

11. This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of California. UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

 

3


12. REFERENCE PROVISION.

12.1 In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

12.2 With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3, below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

12.3 The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Guaranty does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Guaranty.

12.4 The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

12.5 The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

12.6 The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.7 Except as expressly set forth in this Guaranty, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

4


12.8 The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

12.9 If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired Judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

12.10 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

[Signature on following page]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of this 16 th day of May, 2013.

 

MAREX GROUP, INC.

By:       /s/ John T. McDonald
Name:       John T. McDonald
Title:       President
Address for Notices:

c/o Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower

29 th Floor, Suite 2950

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, TX 78701

Attn:    
 

FAX: (512) 721-1218

[Signature Page to Unconditional Guaranty]

 

Exhibit 10.31

UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY

(LMR Solutions)

For and in consideration of the loan by COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) to TENROX INC. (“Borrower”), which loan is made pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of February 10, 2012, as amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), and acknowledging that Bank would not enter into the Agreement without the benefit of this Guaranty (this “Guaranty”), the undersigned guarantor (“Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt and complete payment of all amounts that Borrower owes to Bank and performance by Borrower of the Agreement and any other agreements between Borrower and Bank, as amended from time to time (collectively referred to as the “Agreements”), in strict accordance with their respective terms.

1. If Borrower does not perform its obligations in strict accordance with the Agreements, Guarantor shall immediately pay all amounts due thereunder (including, without limitation, all principal, interest, and fees) and otherwise to proceed to complete the same and satisfy all of Borrower’s obligations under the Agreements.

2. If there is more than one guarantor, the obligations hereunder are joint and several, and whether or not there is more than one Guarantor, the obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor whether action is brought against Borrower or whether Borrower be joined in any such action or actions. Guarantor waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, to the extent permitted by law. Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty is not conditioned or contingent upon the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Agreements.

3. Guarantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or otherwise change the terms of the Agreements or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Agreements, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

4. Guarantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; or (c) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Guarantor hereunder. Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower (other than a defense that all of Borrower’s obligations to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full). Guarantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Guarantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all obligations of Borrower owing to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement for claims arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Until all of the obligations that Borrower owes to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Guarantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Guarantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Guarantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.


5. Guarantor acknowledges that, to the extent Guarantor has or may have certain rights of subrogation or reimbursement against Borrower for claims arising out of this Guaranty, those rights may be impaired or destroyed if Bank elects to proceed against any real property security of Borrower by non-judicial foreclosure. That impairment or destruction could, under certain judicial cases and based on equitable principles of estoppel, give rise to a defense by Guarantor against its obligations under this Guaranty. Guarantor waives that defense and any others arising from Bank’s election to pursue non-judicial foreclosure. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, until all obligations owing by Borrower to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor waives any and all benefits and defenses under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, to the extent they are applicable.

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Bank even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed the Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by the operation of Section 580d of the Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each undersigned Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that any such undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(a) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness.

(b) If Bank forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness:

(i) the amount of the indebtedness may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and

(ii) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor even if Bank, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as collateral, has destroyed any right that the undersigned Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

6. If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Agreements are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for any reason, Guarantor agrees that Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Guarantor, any other guarantor, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

7. Until all obligations that Borrower owes to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, any indebtedness of Borrower now or hereafter held by Guarantor is hereby subordinated to any indebtedness of Borrower to Bank; and such indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantor shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee for Bank and be paid over to Bank on account of the indebtedness of Borrower to Bank but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

 

2


8. Guarantor agrees to pay a reasonable attorneys’ fee and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty. No terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be changed, waived, revoked or amended without Bank’s prior written consent. Should any provision of this Guaranty be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, all of the other provisions shall remain effective. This Guaranty, together with any agreements (including without limitation any security agreements or any pledge agreements) executed in connection with this Guaranty, embodies the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the matters set forth herein, and supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. No course of prior dealing among the parties, no usage of trade, and no parol or extrinsic evidence of any nature shall be used to supplement, modify or vary any of the terms hereof. There are no conditions to the full effectiveness of this Guaranty. Bank may assign this Guaranty without in any way affecting Guarantor’s liability under it. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns. This Guaranty is in addition to the guaranties of any other guarantors and any and all other guaranties of Borrower’s indebtedness or liabilities to Bank.

9. Guarantor represents and warrants to Bank that (i) Guarantor has taken all necessary and appropriate limited liability company action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty, (ii) execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default under Guarantor’s Certificate of Formation or Operating Agreement or other organizational documents or material written agreements to which it is party or by which it is bound, and (iii) this Guaranty constitutes a valid and binding obligation, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

10. Guarantor covenants and agrees that Guarantor shall do all of the following until the obligations owing by Borrower to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full:

10.1 Guarantor shall maintain its limited liability company existence, remain in good standing in Delaware, and continue to qualify in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor. Guarantor shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations or business.

10.2 Guarantor shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances, directives, orders, and government rules and regulations to which it is subject if non-compliance with such laws could materially and adversely affect the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor.

10.3 At any time and from time to time Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Guaranty.

10.4 Guarantor shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock or other equity interest Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire in Borrower.

11. This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of California. UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

 

3


12. REFERENCE PROVISION.

12.1 In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

12.2 With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3, below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

12.3 The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Guaranty does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Guaranty.

12.4 The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

12.5 The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

12.6 The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.7 Except as expressly set forth in this Guaranty, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

4


12.8 The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

12.9 If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired Judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

12.10 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

[Signature on following page]

 

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of this 3rd day of December, 2012.

 

LMR SOLUTIONS LLC

By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Address for Notices:

c/o Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.

Frost Tower

29 th Floor, Suite 2950

401 Congress Ave.

Austin TX 78701

[Signature Page to Unconditional Guaranty]

Exhibit 10.32

UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY

(PowerSteering)

For and in consideration of the loan by COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) to SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION (“Borrower”), which loan is made pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of February 10, 2012, as amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), and acknowledging that Bank would not enter into the Agreement without the benefit of this Guaranty (this “Guaranty”), the undersigned guarantor (“Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt and complete payment of all amounts that Borrower owes to Bank and performance by Borrower of the Agreement and any other agreements between Borrower and Bank, as amended from time to time (collectively referred to as the “Agreements”), in strict accordance with their respective terms.

1. If Borrower does not perform its obligations in strict accordance with the Agreements, Guarantor shall immediately pay all amounts due thereunder (including, without limitation, all principal, interest, and fees) and otherwise to proceed to complete the same and satisfy all of Borrower’s obligations under the Agreements.

2. If there is more than one guarantor, the obligations hereunder are joint and several, and whether or not there is more than one Guarantor, the obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor whether action is brought against Borrower or whether Borrower be joined in any such action or actions. Guarantor waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, to the extent permitted by law. Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty is not conditioned or contingent upon the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Agreements.

3. Guarantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or otherwise change the terms of the Agreements or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Agreements, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

4. Guarantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; or (c) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Guarantor hereunder. Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower (other than a defense that all of Borrower’s obligations to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full). Guarantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Guarantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all obligations of Borrower owing to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement for claims arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Until all of the obligations that Borrower owes to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Guarantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Guarantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Guarantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.


5. Guarantor acknowledges that, to the extent Guarantor has or may have certain rights of subrogation or reimbursement against Borrower for claims arising out of this Guaranty, those rights may be impaired or destroyed if Bank elects to proceed against any real property security of Borrower by non-judicial foreclosure. That impairment or destruction could, under certain judicial cases and based on equitable principles of estoppel, give rise to a defense by Guarantor against its obligations under this Guaranty. Guarantor waives that defense and any others arising from Bank’s election to pursue non-judicial foreclosure. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, until all obligations owing by Borrower to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor waives any and all benefits and defenses under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, to the extent they are applicable.

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Bank even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed the Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by the operation of Section 580d of the Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each undersigned Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that any such undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(a) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness.

(b) If Bank forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness:

(i) the amount of the indebtedness may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and

(ii) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor even if Bank, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as collateral, has destroyed any right that the undersigned Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

6. If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Agreements are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for any reason, Guarantor agrees that Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Guarantor, any other guarantor, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

7. Until all obligations that Borrower owes to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, any indebtedness of Borrower now or hereafter held by Guarantor is hereby subordinated to any indebtedness of Borrower to Bank; and such indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantor shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee for Bank and be paid over to Bank on account of the indebtedness of Borrower to Bank but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

 

2


8. Guarantor agrees to pay a reasonable attorneys’ fee and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty. No terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be changed, waived, revoked or amended without Bank’s prior written consent. Should any provision of this Guaranty be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, all of the other provisions shall remain effective. This Guaranty, together with any agreements (including without limitation any security agreements or any pledge agreements) executed in connection with this Guaranty, embodies the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the matters set forth herein, and supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. No course of prior dealing among the parties, no usage of trade, and no parol or extrinsic evidence of any nature shall be used to supplement, modify or vary any of the terms hereof. There are no conditions to the full effectiveness of this Guaranty. Bank may assign this Guaranty without in any way affecting Guarantor’s liability under it. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns. This Guaranty is in addition to the guaranties of any other guarantors and any and all other guaranties of Borrower’s indebtedness or liabilities to Bank.

9. Guarantor represents and warrants to Bank that (i) Guarantor has taken all necessary and appropriate corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty, (ii) execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default under Guarantor’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or other organizational documents or material written agreements to which it is party or by which it is bound, and (iii) this Guaranty constitutes a valid and binding obligation, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

10. Guarantor covenants and agrees that Guarantor shall do all of the following until the obligations owing by Borrower to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full:

10.1 Guarantor shall maintain its corporate existence, remain in good standing in Delaware, and continue to qualify in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor. Guarantor shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations or business.

10.2 Guarantor shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances, directives, orders, and government rules and regulations to which it is subject if non-compliance with such laws could materially and adversely affect the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor.

10.3 At any time and from time to time Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Guaranty.

10.4 Guarantor shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock or other equity interest Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire in Borrower.

11. This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of California. UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

 

3


12. REFERENCE PROVISION.

12.1 In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

12.2 With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3, below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

12.3 The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) non-judicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Guaranty does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Guaranty.

12.4 The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

12.5 The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

12.6 The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.7 Except as expressly set forth in this Guaranty, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

4


12.8 The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

12.9 If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired Judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

12.10 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

13. Amalgamation of Borrower . Within one Business Day (as defined in the Agreement) of the date hereof, Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation will amalgamate with its wholly owned subsidiary, TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation, with TENROX Inc. as the resulting amalgamated entity (the “Amalgamation”). Upon the completion of the Amalgamation, TENROX Inc. will be the Borrower under the Agreement and all other Loan Documents and all references in this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to “Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation” shall refer to “TENROX Inc.”, the amalgamated entity.

[Signature on following page]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of this      day of February, 2012.

 

POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC.

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

Address for Notices:

25 First Street

Cambridge, MA 02141

Fax: (512) 721-1218

 

Exhibit 10.33

UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY

(TENROX US)

For and in consideration of the loan by COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) to SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION (“Borrower”), which loan is made pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of February 10, 2012, as amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), and acknowledging that Bank would not enter into the Agreement without the benefit of this Guaranty (this “Guaranty”), the undersigned guarantor (“Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt and complete payment of all amounts that Borrower owes to Bank and performance by Borrower of the Agreement and any other agreements between Borrower and Bank, as amended from time to time (collectively referred to as the “Agreements”), in strict accordance with their respective terms.

1. If Borrower does not perform its obligations in strict accordance with the Agreements, Guarantor shall immediately pay all amounts due thereunder (including, without limitation, all principal, interest, and fees) and otherwise to proceed to complete the same and satisfy all of Borrower’s obligations under the Agreements.

2. If there is more than one guarantor, the obligations hereunder are joint and several, and whether or not there is more than one Guarantor, the obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor whether action is brought against Borrower or whether Borrower be joined in any such action or actions. Guarantor waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, to the extent permitted by law. Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty is not conditioned or contingent upon the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Agreements.

3. Guarantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or otherwise change the terms of the Agreements or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Agreements, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

4. Guarantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; or (c) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Guarantor hereunder. Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower (other than a defense that all of Borrower’s obligations to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full). Guarantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Guarantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all obligations of Borrower owing to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement for claims arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Until all of the obligations that Borrower owes to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Guarantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Guarantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Guarantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.


5. Guarantor acknowledges that, to the extent Guarantor has or may have certain rights of subrogation or reimbursement against Borrower for claims arising out of this Guaranty, those rights may be impaired or destroyed if Bank elects to proceed against any real property security of Borrower by non-judicial foreclosure. That impairment or destruction could, under certain judicial cases and based on equitable principles of estoppel, give rise to a defense by Guarantor against its obligations under this Guaranty. Guarantor waives that defense and any others arising from Bank’s election to pursue non-judicial foreclosure. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, until all obligations owing by Borrower to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, Guarantor waives any and all benefits and defenses under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, to the extent they are applicable.

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Bank even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed the Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by the operation of Section 580d of the Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each undersigned Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that any such undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(a) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness.

(b) If Bank forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness:

(i) the amount of the indebtedness may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and

(ii) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor even if Bank, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as collateral, has destroyed any right that the undersigned Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

6. If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Agreements are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for any reason, Guarantor agrees that Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Guarantor, any other guarantor, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

7. Until all obligations that Borrower owes to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full, any indebtedness of Borrower now or hereafter held by Guarantor is hereby subordinated to any indebtedness of Borrower to Bank; and such indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantor shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee for Bank and be paid over to Bank on account of the indebtedness of Borrower to Bank but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

 

2


8. Guarantor agrees to pay a reasonable attorneys’ fee and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty. No terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be changed, waived, revoked or amended without Bank’s prior written consent. Should any provision of this Guaranty be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, all of the other provisions shall remain effective. This Guaranty, together with any agreements (including without limitation any security agreements or any pledge agreements) executed in connection with this Guaranty, embodies the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the matters set forth herein, and supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. No course of prior dealing among the parties, no usage of trade, and no parol or extrinsic evidence of any nature shall be used to supplement, modify or vary any of the terms hereof. There are no conditions to the full effectiveness of this Guaranty. Bank may assign this Guaranty without in any way affecting Guarantor’s liability under it. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns. This Guaranty is in addition to the guaranties of any other guarantors and any and all other guaranties of Borrower’s indebtedness or liabilities to Bank.

9. Guarantor represents and warrants to Bank that (i) Guarantor has taken all necessary and appropriate corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty, (ii) execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default under Guarantor’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or other organizational documents or material written agreements to which it is party or by which it is bound, and (iii) this Guaranty constitutes a valid and binding obligation, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

10. Guarantor covenants and agrees that Guarantor shall do all of the following until the obligations owing by Borrower to Bank have been indefeasibly satisfied in full:

10.1 Guarantor shall maintain its corporate existence, remain in good standing in Delaware, and continue to qualify in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor. Guarantor shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations or business.

10.2 Guarantor shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances, directives, orders, and government rules and regulations to which it is subject if non-compliance with such laws could materially and adversely affect the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor.

10.3 At any time and from time to time Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Guaranty.

10.4 Guarantor shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock or other equity interest Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire in Borrower.

11. This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of California. UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

 

3


12. REFERENCE PROVISION.

12.1 In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

12.2 With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3, below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

12.3 The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) non-judicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Guaranty does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Guaranty.

12.4 The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

12.5 The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

12.6 The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.7 Except as expressly set forth in this Guaranty, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

4


12.8 The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

12.9 If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired Judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

12.10 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

13. Amalgamation of Borrower . Within one Business Day (as defined in the Agreement) of the date hereof, Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation will amalgamate with its wholly owned subsidiary, TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation, with TENROX Inc. as the resulting amalgamated entity (the “Amalgamation”). Upon the completion of the Amalgamation, TENROX Inc. will be the Borrower under the Agreement and all other Loan Documents and all references in this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to “Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation” shall refer to “TENROX Inc.”, the amalgamated entity.

[Signature on following page]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of this      day of February, 2012.

 

TENROX INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

Address for Notices:

1010 N. Central Ave.

Glendale, CA 91202

Fax: (512) 721-1218

 

Exhibit 10.34

UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTY

(Silverback Enterprise Group)

For and in consideration of the loan by COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) to SILVERBACK TWO CANADA MERGER CORPORATION (“Borrower”), which loan is made pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of February 10, 2012, as amended from time to time (the “Agreement”), and acknowledging that Bank would not enter into the Agreement without the benefit of this Guaranty (this “Guaranty”), the undersigned guarantor (“Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt and complete payment of all amounts that Borrower owes to Bank and performance by Borrower of the Agreement and any other agreements between Borrower and Bank, as amended from time to time (collectively referred to as the “Agreements”), in strict accordance with their respective terms.

1. If Borrower does not perform its obligations in strict accordance with the Agreements, Guarantor shall immediately pay all amounts due thereunder (including, without limitation, all principal, interest, and fees) and otherwise to proceed to complete the same and satisfy all of Borrower’s obligations under the Agreements.

2. If there is more than one guarantor, the obligations hereunder are joint and several, and whether or not there is more than one Guarantor, the obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor whether action is brought against Borrower or whether Borrower be joined in any such action or actions. Guarantor waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, to the extent permitted by law. Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty is not conditioned or contingent upon the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Agreements.

3. Guarantor authorizes Bank, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend, or otherwise change the terms of the Agreements or any part thereof; (b) take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Agreements, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (c) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

4. Guarantor waives any right to require Bank to (a) proceed against Borrower or any other person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower; or (c) pursue any other remedy in Bank’s power whatsoever. Bank may, at its election, exercise or decline or fail to exercise any right or remedy it may have against Borrower or any security held by Bank, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Guarantor hereunder. Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower. Guarantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Bank. Guarantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all of the amounts that Borrower owes to Bank have been paid in full, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation or reimbursement for claims arising out of or in connection with this Guaranty, contribution or other rights against Borrower, and Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Bank now has or may hereafter have against Borrower. Guarantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Bank. Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty and of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional indebtedness. Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Bank that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Guarantor, Bank shall have no duty to advise Guarantor of information known to Bank regarding such condition or any such circumstances. Guarantor waives the benefits of California Civil Code sections 2799, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899 and 3433.


5. Guarantor acknowledges that, to the extent Guarantor has or may have certain rights of subrogation or reimbursement against Borrower for claims arising out of this Guaranty, those rights may be impaired or destroyed if Bank elects to proceed against any real property security of Borrower by non-judicial foreclosure. That impairment or destruction could, under certain judicial cases and based on equitable principles of estoppel, give rise to a defense by Guarantor against its obligations under this Guaranty. Guarantor waives that defense and any others arising from Bank’s election to pursue non-judicial foreclosure. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor waives any and all benefits and defenses under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, to the extent they are applicable.

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Bank even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed the Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by the operation of Section 580d of the Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each undersigned Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that any such undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(a) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness.

(b) If Bank forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by any Borrower to secure the indebtedness:

(i) the amount of the indebtedness may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price; and

(ii) Bank may collect from any undersigned Guarantor even if Bank, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as collateral, has destroyed any right that the undersigned Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each undersigned Guarantor may have because the indebtedness is secured by Real Property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

6. If Borrower becomes insolvent or is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any indebtedness or obligations under the Agreements are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for any reason, Guarantor agrees that Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Bank upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower, Guarantor, any other guarantor, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

7. Any indebtedness of Borrower now or hereafter held by Guarantor is hereby subordinated to any indebtedness of Borrower to Bank; and such indebtedness of Borrower to Guarantor shall be collected, enforced and received by Guarantor as trustee for Bank and be paid over to Bank on account of the indebtedness of Borrower to Bank but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

 

2


8. Guarantor agrees to pay a reasonable attorneys’ fee and all other costs and expenses which may be incurred by Bank in the enforcement of this Guaranty. No terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be changed, waived, revoked or amended without Bank’s prior written consent. Should any provision of this Guaranty be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, all of the other provisions shall remain effective. This Guaranty, together with any agreements (including without limitation any security agreements or any pledge agreements) executed in connection with this Guaranty, embodies the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the matters set forth herein, and supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. No course of prior dealing among the parties, no usage of trade, and no parol or extrinsic evidence of any nature shall be used to supplement, modify or vary any of the terms hereof. There are no conditions to the full effectiveness of this Guaranty. Bank may assign this Guaranty without in any way affecting Guarantor’s liability under it. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of Bank and its successors and assigns. This Guaranty is in addition to the guaranties of any other guarantors and any and all other guaranties of Borrower’s indebtedness or liabilities to Bank.

9. Guarantor represents and warrants to Bank that (i) Guarantor has taken all necessary and appropriate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty, (ii) execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default under Guarantor’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or other organizational documents or agreements to which it is party or by which it is bound, and (iii) this Guaranty constitutes a valid and binding obligation, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

10. Guarantor covenants and agrees that Guarantor shall do all of the following:

10.1 Guarantor shall maintain its corporate existence, remain in good standing in Delaware, and continue to qualify in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor. Guarantor shall maintain in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations or business.

10.2 Guarantor shall comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances, directives, orders, and government rules and regulations to which it is subject if non-compliance with such laws could adversely affect the financial condition, operations or business of Guarantor.

10.3 At any time and from time to time Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Guaranty.

10.4 Guarantor shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock or other equity interest Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire in Borrower.

11. This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of California. UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

 

3


12. REFERENCE PROVISION.

12.1 In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

12.2 With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3, below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

12.3 The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) non-judicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of selfhelp remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Guaranty does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Guaranty.

12.4 The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

12.5 The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

12.6 The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.7 Except as expressly set forth in this Guaranty, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

4


12.8 The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

12.9 If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired Judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

12.10 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

13. Additional Provisions .

(a) Within one Business Day (as defined in the Agreement) of the date hereof, Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation will amalgamate with its wholly owned subsidiary, TENROX Inc., a Canadian corporation, with TENROX Inc. as the resulting amalgamated entity (the “Amalgamation”). Upon the completion of the Amalgamation, TENROX Inc. will be the Borrower under the Agreement and all other Loan Documents and all references in this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents to “Silverback Two Canada Merger Corporation” shall refer to “TENROX Inc.”, the amalgamated entity.

(b) Guarantor shall maintain a balance of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at Bank of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000). Guarantor authorizes Bank to decline to honor any drafts upon Guarantor’s accounts with Bank or any requests by Guarantor or any other Person (as defined in the Agreement) to pay or otherwise transfer any part of funds held in such accounts if (i) the aggregate balance of such accounts is less than the minimum cash requirement in effect under this Section 13(b) at such time, or (ii) honoring such drafts or requests would cause the aggregate balance of such accounts to be less than the minimum cash requirement in effect under this Section 13(b) at such time.

[Signature on following page]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Guarantor has executed this Guaranty as of this      day of February, 2012.

 

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
 

Address for Notices:

 

Frost Tower, 29 th Floor

401 Congress Avenue

Austin, TX 78701

Fax: (512) 721-1218

Exhibit 10.35

AMENDMENT TO AND AFFIRMATION OF GUARANTY DOCUMENTS AND WAIVER

This AMENDMENT TO AND AFFIRMATION OF GUARANTY DOCUMENTS AND WAIVER (“ Affirmation ”) is made as of April 11, 2013, by the undersigned (“ Guarantor ”) for the benefit of COMERICA BANK (“ Bank ”).

RECITALS

A. SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC., VISIONAEL CORPORATION, POWERSTEERING SOFTWARE, INC. and LMR SOLUTIONS LLC (collectively, “ Borrowers ”) have obtained certain loans or other credit accommodations from Bank pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), which loans and certain credit accommodations are (i) guaranteed by Guarantor pursuant to the terms of an Unconditional Guaranty by Guarantor dated as of March 5, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), and (ii) secured by the assets of Guarantor pursuant to a Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (“General Security Agreement”) and an Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of March 5, 2012 (collectively, as amended from time to time, the “ Security Agreements ”, and together with the Guaranty, the “ Guaranty Documents ”).

B. Borrowers and Bank propose to enter into a Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of the date hereof, which amends the Loan Agreement (the “ Amendment ”).

C. Bank has agreed to enter into the Agreement provided, among other things, that, Guarantor acknowledges the entry by Borrowers into the Agreement and agrees that the Guaranty Documents will remain effective.

D. Guarantor and Bank desire to amend the Guaranty and the General Security Agreement as set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Guarantor:

1. Bank hereby waives Grantor’s violation of Section 4(o)(iv) of the General Security Agreement and those Sections of the General Security Agreement related to clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Liens for the period beginning on December 31, 2012 through the date hereof. This waiver is specific as to content and time, shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not constitute a waiver of any other current or future Default or Event of Default or breach of any covenant contained in the General Security Agreement or the terms and conditions of any other Loan Documents. Bank expressly reserves all of its various rights, remedies, powers and privileges under the General Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents due to any other Default or breach not waived herein.

2. The following sentence is added to the end of the first paragraph of the Guaranty as follows:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Guaranty, the obligations of Borrrowers to the Bank covered by this Guaranty shall not include any obligation of a Borrower to Bank with respect to a “swap,” as defined in Section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (‘CEA’), entered into on or after October 12, 2012, if at the time that swap is entered into, Guarantor is not an “eligible contract participant,” as defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the CEA.”


3. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1 of the General Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Indebtedness of Grantor, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, LMR Solutions, LLC., a Delaware limited liability company, Powersteering Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation and Visionael Corporation, a Delaware corporation (collectively, the ‘Obligors, and each individually an ‘Obligor’), or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, in an amount not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) in any fiscal year secured by a lien described in clause (iii) of the defined term ‘Permitted Liens’, provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

4. Subsection (iii) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1 of the General Security Agreement is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Liens securing obligations of Obligors, or any of them, individually or in the aggregate, not to exceed Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000.00) (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by an Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;”

5. Consents to the execution, delivery and performance by Borrowers of the Amendment and the documents and instruments executed in connection therewith, as well as all other amendments and modifications to the Loan Documents (as defined in the Loan Agreement);

6. Acknowledges and agrees that the Guaranty Documents are and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms with respect to all Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement), subject to no setoff, defense or counterclaim;

7. Represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Guaranty Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Affirmation (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date); and

8. Confirms that this Affirmation is not required by the terms of the Guaranty Documents and need not be obtained in connection with any prior or future waivers or amendments or extensions of additional credit to Borrowers.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor executed this Affirmation as of the first date above written.

 

TENROX INC.
By:   / S / JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   President

[Signature Page to Affirmation of Guaranty (1281776)]

Exhibit 10.36

 

 

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

December 20, 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
SECTION 1 AUTHORIZATION, SALE AND ISSUANCE      1   
            1.1   

Authorization

     1   
            1.2   

Sale and Issuance of Shares

     1   
SECTION 2 CLOSING DATES AND DELIVERY      1   
            2.1   

Closing

     1   
            2.2   

Delivery

     2   
            2.3   

Conversion of Notes

     2   
SECTION 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY      2   
            3.1   

Organization, Good Standing and Qualification

     2   
            3.2   

Subsidiaries

     3   
            3.3   

Capitalization

     3   
            3.4   

Authorization

     4   
            3.5   

Financial Statements

     4   
            3.6   

Material Contracts

     4   
            3.7   

Intellectual Property

     5   
            3.8   

Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment

     5   
            3.9   

Title to Properties and Assets; Liens

     5   
            3.10   

Compliance with Other Instruments

     6   
            3.11   

Litigation

     6   
            3.12   

Governmental Consent

     6   
            3.13   

Permits

     6   
            3.14   

Offering

     6   
            3.15   

Registration and Voting Rights

     7   
            3.16   

Brokers or Finders

     7   
            3.17   

Qualified Small Business Stock

     7   
            3.18   

Tax Returns and Payments

     7   
            3.19   

Employees

     7   
            3.20   

Employee Benefit Plans

     7   
SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS      9   
            4.1   

No Registration

     9   
            4.2   

Investment Intent

     9   
            4.3   

Investment Experience

     9   
            4.4   

Speculative Nature of Investment

     9   
            4.5   

Access to Data

     9   
            4.6   

Accredited Investor

     10   
            4.7   

Residency

     10   
            4.8   

Rule 144

     10   
            4.9   

No Public Market

     10   
            4.10   

Authorization

     10   
            4.11   

Brokers or Finders

     11   
            4.12   

Tax Advisors

     11   
            4.13   

Legends

     11   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  
SECTION 5 CONDITIONS TO INVESTORS’ OBLIGATIONS TO CLOSE      11   
            5.1   

Representations and Warranties

     11   
            5.2   

Covenants

     12   
            5.3   

Blue Sky

     12   
            5.4   

Restated Certificate

     12   
            5.5   

Rights Agreement

     12   
            5.6   

Voting Agreement

     12   
            5.7   

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

     12   
            5.8   

Closing Deliverables

     12   
SECTION 6 CONDITIONS TO COMPANY’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE      12   
            6.1   

Representations and Warranties

     12   
            6.2   

Covenants

     13   
            6.3   

Compliance with Securities Laws

     13   
            6.4   

Restated Certificate

     13   
            6.5   

Rights Agreement

     13   
            6.6   

Voting Agreement

     13   
            6.7   

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

     13   
SECTION 7 MISCELLANEOUS      13   
            7.1   

Amendment

     13   
            7.2   

Notices

     13   
            7.3   

Governing Law

     14   
            7.4   

Brokers or Finders

     14   
            7.5   

Expenses

     15   
            7.6   

Survival

     15   
            7.7   

Successors and Assigns

     15   
            7.8   

Entire Agreement

     15   
            7.9   

Delays or Omissions

     15   
            7.10   

California Corporate Securities Law

     15   
            7.11   

Indemnification

     16   
            7.12   

Severability

     16   
            7.13   

Counterparts

     16   
            7.14   

Telecopy Execution and Delivery

     16   
            7.15   

Further Assurances

     17   
            7.16   

Exculpation Among Investors

     17   
            7.17   

Rights of Investors

     17   
            7.18   

No Commitment for Additional Financing

     17   
            7.19   

Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest

     17   

 

-ii-


EXHIBITS

 

A Schedule of Investors
B Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
C Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement
D Amended and Restated Voting Agreement
E Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement
F Schedule of Exceptions
G Compliance Certificate
H Secretary’s Certificate
I Opinion of Counsel to the Company

 

-iii-


UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of December 20, 2013, and is among Upland Software, Inc. (f/k/a Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”) listed on the Schedule of Investors attached as Exhibit A (the “ Schedule of Investors ”).

SECTION 1

AUTHORIZATION, SALE AND ISSUANCE

1.1 Authorization.

The Company will, prior to the Initial Closing (as defined below), authorize (a) the sale and issuance of up to 11,700,000 shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Series C Preferred ”), having the rights, privileges, preferences and restrictions set forth in the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of the Company, in substantially the form of Exhibit B (the “ Restated Certificate ”) and (b) the reservation of shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) for issuance upon conversion of the Shares (the “ Conversion Shares ”).

1.2 Sale and Issuance of Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Investor agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase, and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Investor, the number of Shares set forth in the column designated “Number of Series C Shares” opposite such Investor’s name on the Schedule of Investors, at a purchase price of $1.80 per share (the “ Purchase Price ”). The Company’s agreement with each Investor is a separate agreement, and the sale and issuance of the Shares to each Investor is a separate sale and issuance.

SECTION 2

CLOSING DATES AND DELIVERY

2.1 Closing.

(a) The purchase, sale and issuance of the Shares shall take place at one or more closings (each of which is referred to in this Agreement as a “ Closing ”). The initial Closing (the “ Initial Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 900 South Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, Texas 78746-5546, at 10:00 a.m. local time on December 20, 2013, or such other date as the Company and the Investors participating in the Initial Closing shall agree.

(b) If less than all of the Shares are sold and issued at the Initial Closing, then, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company may sell and issue at one or more subsequent closings (each, a “ Subsequent Closing ”), within 120 days after the Initial Closing, up to the balance of the unissued Shares to such persons or entities as may be approved by the Company and


Investors representing a majority of the Shares issued to Investors in previous Closings. Any such sale and issuance in a Subsequent Closing shall be on the same terms and conditions as those contained herein, and such persons or entities shall, upon execution and delivery of the relevant signature pages, become parties to, and be bound by, this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C (the “ Rights Agreement ”), the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit D (the “ Voting Agreement ”), and the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E (the “ Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement ,” and together with this Agreement, the Voting Agreement and the Rights Agreement, the “ Agreements ”), without the need for an amendment to any of the Agreements except to add such person’s or entity’s name to the appropriate exhibit to such Agreements, and shall have the rights and obligations hereunder and thereunder, in each case as of the date of the applicable Subsequent Closing. Each Subsequent Closing shall take place at such date, time and place as shall be approved by the Company and the Investors participating in such Subsequent Closing.

(c) Immediately after each Closing, the Schedule of Investors will be amended to list the Investors purchasing Shares hereunder and the number of Shares issued to each Investor hereunder at each such Closing. The Company will furnish to each Investor copies of the amendments to the Schedule of Investors referred to in the preceding sentence.

2.2 Delivery.  At each Closing, the Company will deliver to each Investor in such Closing a certificate registered in such Investor’s name representing the number of Shares that such Investor is purchasing in such Closing against payment of the Purchase Price therefor as set forth in the column designated “Purchase Price” opposite such Investor’s name on the Schedule of Investors, by (a) check payable to the Company, (b) wire transfer in accordance with the Company’s instructions, (c) cancellation or conversion of indebtedness or (d) any combination of the foregoing. In the event that payment by an Investor is made, in whole or in part, by cancellation or conversion of indebtedness, then such Investor shall surrender to the Company for cancellation at the Closing any evidence of such indebtedness or shall execute an instrument of cancellation with respect thereto in form and substance acceptable to the Company.

2.3 Conversion of Notes.  Each Investor that is a holder of one or more promissory notes listed on the Schedule of Investors (each, a “ Note ”), hereby acknowledges and agrees by such Investor’s execution of this Agreement that, effective upon the Closing, all outstanding principal and interest accrued under each Note held by such Investor shall automatically convert into Shares at the price set forth on the Schedule of Investors with respect to such Note, which conversion shall be deemed to be payment of all or a portion of the purchase price for the Shares as set forth on the Schedule of Investors, and that the issuance of such Shares shall be in full satisfaction and termination of the Company’s obligations under such Note.

SECTION 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

A Schedule of Exceptions, attached as Exhibit F (each, a “ Schedule of Exceptions ”) shall be delivered to the Investors in connection with each Closing. Except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions delivered to the Investor at the applicable Closing, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Investors as follows:

3.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification.  The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to carry on its business as presently conducted or proposed to be conducted, to execute and deliver

 

-2-


the Agreements, to issue and sell the Shares and the Conversion Shares and to perform its obligations pursuant to the Agreements and the Restated Certificate. The Company is presently qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or business as now conducted or proposed to be conducted (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

3.2 Subsidiaries.  The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity.

3.3 Capitalization.

(a) Immediately prior to the Initial Closing, the authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of 74,325,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 11,291,210 shares are issued and outstanding and 56,722,800 shares of Preferred Stock, 18,240,300 of which are designated Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Series A Preferred ”), 17,206,508 of which are issued and outstanding, 10,782,500 of which are designated Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Series B Preferred ”), 10,380,000 of which are issued and outstanding, 6,000,000 of which are designated Series B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Series B-1 Preferred ”), 1,450,000 of which are issued and outstanding, 10,000,000 of which are designated Series B-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Series B-2 Preferred ”), 949,000 of which are issued and outstanding, and 11,700,000 of which are designated Series C Preferred, none of which are issued and outstanding. The Common Stock, the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series B-1 Preferred, the Series B-2 Preferred and the Series C Preferred shall have the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Restated Certificate.

(b) The outstanding shares have been duly authorized and validly issued in compliance with applicable laws, and are fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) The Company has reserved:

(i) the Shares for issuance pursuant to this Agreement;

(ii) 11,700,000 shares of Common Stock (as may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Restated Certificate) for issuance upon conversion of the Shares;

(iii) 18,240,300 shares of Common Stock (as may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Restated Certificate) for issuance upon conversion of the Series A Preferred;

(iv) 10,782,500 shares of Common Stock (as may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Restated Certificate) for issuance upon conversion of the Series B Preferred;

(v) 1,450,000 shares of Common Stock (as may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Restated Certificate) for issuance upon conversion of the Series B-1 Preferred;

(vi) 949,000 shares of Common Stock (as may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Restated Certificate) for issuance upon conversion of the Series B-2 Preferred;

(vii) 5,777,992 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance to employees, consultants and directors pursuant to its Amended and Restated 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, under which 2,455,096 options to purchase shares are issued and outstanding as of the date of this Agreement.

 

-3-


(d) The Shares, when issued and delivered and paid for in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Conversion Shares have been duly and validly reserved and, when issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Restated Certificate and applicable law, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Shares and the Conversion Shares will be free of any liens or encumbrances, other than any liens or encumbrances created by or imposed upon the Investors; provided, however , that the Shares and the Conversion Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer under U.S. state and/or federal securities laws and as set forth herein and in the Rights Agreement. Except as set forth in the Rights Agreement, the Shares and the Conversion Shares are not subject to any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal.

(e) Except for the conversion privileges of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series B-1 Preferred, Series B-2 Preferred and Series C Preferred, the rights provided pursuant to the Rights Agreement and the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement or as otherwise described in this Agreement, there are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights to purchase any of the Company’s authorized and unissued capital stock.

3.4 Authorization.  All corporate action on the part of the Company and its directors, officers and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of the Agreements by the Company, the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Shares and the Conversion Shares, and the performance of all of the Company’s obligations under the Agreements has been taken or will be taken prior to the Initial Closing. The Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (i) as limited by laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors, (ii) as limited by rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and by general principles of equity, and (iii) to the extent the indemnification provisions contained in the Rights Agreement may further be limited by applicable laws and principles of public policy.

3.5 Financial Statements.  The Company has delivered to each Investor its audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, and its unaudited financial statements (including balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows) for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013, and September 30, 2013 (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except that unaudited Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles. The Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject in the case of the unaudited Financial Statements to normal year-end audit adjustments and further subject to interim adjustments to prior purchase accounting estimates. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company has no material liabilities or obligations, contingent or otherwise, other than (i) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business subsequent to September 30, 2013, (ii) obligations under contracts and commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iii) liabilities and obligations of a type or nature not required under generally accepted accounting principles to be reflected in the Financial Statements, and (iv) liabilities incurred subsequent to September 30, 2013 as a result of the Company’s acquisition of ComSci Solutions, LLC, which, in all such cases, individually and in the aggregate would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company maintains and will continue to maintain a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

3.6 Material Contracts.  Except for the agreements explicitly contemplated hereby, there are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which the Company is a party, or by which it is bound which may involve (i) obligations of, or payments to, the Company in excess of $50,000 (other than obligations of, or payments to, the Company arising from purchase or sale agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), or (ii) the license of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from the Company (each, a “ Material Contract ,” collectively the “ Material Contracts ”). To the Company’s knowledge, all of the Material Contracts are valid, binding and in full force and effect in all material respects, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and to general principles of equity. The Company is not in material default under any of such Material Contracts.

 

-4-


3.7 Intellectual Property.

(a) Ownership. To the knowledge of the Company, it owns or possesses sufficient legal rights to all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses (software or otherwise), information, processes and similar proprietary rights (“ Intellectual Property ”) necessary to the business of the Company as presently conducted, the lack of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect without any conflict with or infringement of the rights of others. Except for agreements with its own employees or consultants, standard end-user license agreements, support/maintenance agreements and agreements entered in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, there are no outstanding options, licenses or agreements relating to the Intellectual Property, and the Company is not bound by or a party to any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity. To the knowledge of the Company, it has not violated nor, to the knowledge of the Company, by conducting its business as currently conducted, would it violate any of the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity, nor has the Company received any written communication alleging such a violation.

(b) No Breach by Employees . The Company is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would materially interfere with the use of his or her efforts to promote the interests of the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s business as presently conducted. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement, nor the carrying on of the Company’s business by the employees of the Company, nor the conduct of the Company’s business as presently conducted, will, to the Company’s knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument under which any of such employees is now obligated. The Company does not believe it is or will be necessary to use any inventions of any of its employees made prior to their employment by the Company.

3.8 Proprietary Information and Invention Assignment.  Each current and former employee of the Company has executed a confidential information and invention assignment agreement in the form attached to the Schedule of Exceptions. Each consultant to the Company that has had access to the Company’s Intellectual Property has entered into an agreement containing appropriate confidentiality and invention assignment provisions. To the knowledge of the Company, no officer, employee or consultant of the Company is in violation of such confidential information and invention assignment agreement or any prior employee contract or proprietary information agreement with any other corporation or third party

3.9 Title to Properties and Assets; Liens.  The Company has good and marketable title to its properties and assets, and has good title to all its leasehold interests, in each case subject to no material mortgage, pledge, lien, lease, encumbrance or charge, other than (i) liens for current taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for obligations not past due, (iii) liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers’ compensation laws or similar legislation, and

(iv) liens, encumbrances and defects in title which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or have a Material Adverse Effect, and which have not arisen otherwise than in the ordinary course of business. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases in all material respects and, to its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances, subject to clauses (i)-(iv) above.

 

-5-


3.10 Compliance with Other Instruments.

(a) The Company is not in violation of any material term of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, each as amended to date, or, to the Company’s knowledge, in any material respect of any term or provision of any mortgage, indebtedness, indenture, contract, agreement, instrument, judgment, order or decree to which it is party or by which it is bound which would have a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company is not in violation of any federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company the violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution and delivery of the Agreements by the Company, the performance by the Company of its obligations pursuant to the Agreements, and the issuance of the Shares, and the Conversion Shares, will not result in any material violation of, or materially conflict with, or constitute a material default under, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, each as amended to date, or any of its agreements, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties.

3.11 Litigation.  There are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending against the Company or its properties (nor has the Company received written notice of any threat thereof) before any court or governmental agency. To the Company’s knowledge, there is no legitimate basis for or threat of an action, suit, proceeding, or investigation against the Company that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding, or investigation by the Company currently pending or that the Company currently intends to initiate.

3.12 Governmental Consent.  No consent, approval or authorization of or designation, declaration or filing with any governmental authority on the part of the Company is required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement, or the offer, sale or issuance of the Shares and the Conversion Shares, or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement, except (i) filing of the Restated Certificate with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) the filing of such notices as may be required under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and (iii) such filings as may be required under applicable state securities laws.

3.13 Permits.  The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses, and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it, the lack of which would have a Material Adverse Effect, and believes it can obtain, without undue burden or expense, any similar authority for the conduct of its business as presently planned to be conducted. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

3.14 Offering.  Subject to the accuracy of the Investors’ representations and warranties in Section 4, the offer, sale and issuance of the Shares to be issued in conformity with the terms of this Agreement and the issuance of the Conversion Shares, constitute transactions exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act.

 

-6-


3.15 Registration and Voting Rights.  Except as set forth in the Rights Agreement, the Company is presently not under any obligation and has not granted any rights to register under the Securities Act any of its presently outstanding securities or any of its securities that may hereafter be issued. To the Company’s knowledge, except as contemplated in the Voting Agreement, no stockholder of the Company has entered into any agreements with respect to the voting of capital shares of the Company.

3.16 Brokers or Finders.  The Company has not incurred, and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Company, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

3.17 Qualified Small Business Stock.  As of the date of this Agreement, the Shares constitute “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

3.18 Tax Returns and Payments.  The Company has timely filed all tax returns required to be filed by it with appropriate federal, state and local governmental agencies, except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect. These returns and reports are true and correct in all material respects. All taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns, any assessments imposed, and, to the Company’s knowledge, all other taxes due and payable by the Company have been paid or will be paid prior to the time they become delinquent.

3.19 Employees.  There are no strike, labor dispute or union organization activities pending or threatened between it and its employees. To the Company’s knowledge, none of its employees belongs to any union or collective bargaining unit. The Company is not a party to or bound by any currently effective employment contract, deferred compensation agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement, or other employee compensation agreement. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee intends to terminate his employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer or key employee. Subject to general principles related to wrongful termination of employees, the employment of each officer and employee of the Company is terminable at the will of the Company.

3.20 Employee Benefit Plans.  The Company is in substantial compliance with its “employee benefit plans” as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

3.21 Changes.  Since September 30, 2013, there has not been:

(a) any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not caused, in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any waiver or compromise by the Company of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

(d) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim, or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business and the satisfaction or discharge of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

-7-


(e) any material change to a material contract or agreement by which the Company or any of its assets is bound or subject;

(f) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder;

(g) any resignation or termination of employment of any officer or key employee of the Company;

(h) any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien, created by the Company, with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except liens for taxes not yet due or payable and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets;

(i) any loans or guarantees made by the Company to or for the benefit of its employees, officers or directors, or any members of their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of its business;

(j) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase, or other acquisition of any of such stock by the Company;

(k) any sale, assignment or transfer of any Company Intellectual Property that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any major customer of the Company;

(m) to the Company’s knowledge, any other event or condition of any character, other than events affecting the economy or the Company’s industry generally, that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(n) any arrangement or commitment by the Company to do any of the things described in this Section 3.21.

3.23 Obligations to Related Parties

No employee, officer, director or, to the Company’s knowledge, stockholder of the Company or member of his or her immediate family is indebted to the Company, nor is the Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them other than (i) for payment of salary for services rendered, (ii) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and (iii) for other standard employee benefits made generally available to all employees (including stock option agreements outstanding under any stock option plan approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and stock purchase agreements approved by the Company’s Board of Directors). To the Company’s knowledge, none of such persons has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation that competes with the Company, except in connection with the ownership of stock in publicly-traded companies or in connection with such person’s ownership of Nighthawk Acquisition Corporation, Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. or Visonael Software, Inc. To the Company’s knowledge, no employee, officer, director or stockholder, nor any member of their immediate families, is, directly or indirectly, interested in any material contract with the Company (other than such contracts as relate to any such person’s ownership of capital stock or other securities of the Company).

 

-8-


SECTION 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS

Each Investor hereby, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 No Registration.  The Investor understands that the Shares and the Conversion Shares, have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Investor’s representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

4.2 Investment Intent.  The Investor is acquiring the Shares, and the Conversion Shares, for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and that the Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. The Investor further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or entity or to any third person or entity with respect to any of the Shares or the Conversion Shares.

4.3 Investment Experience.  The Investor, has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company and acknowledges that the Investor, can protect its own interests. The Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so that the Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company.

4.4 Speculative Nature of Investment.  The Investor understands and acknowledges that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Company is highly speculative and involves substantial risks. The Investor can bear the economic risk of the Investor’s investment and is able, without impairing the Investor’s financial condition, to hold the Shares and the Conversion Shares for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of the Investor’s investment.

4.5 Access to Data.  The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the officers of the Company concerning the Agreements, the exhibits and schedules attached hereto and thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Agreements, as well as the Company’s business, management and financial affairs, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Investor believes that it has received all the information the Investor considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Shares and the Conversion Shares. The Investor understands that such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company’s business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Investor acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. The Investor also acknowledges that it is relying solely on its own counsel and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Agreements. The foregoing, however, does not limit or modify the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement or the right of the Investor to rely thereon.

 

-9-


4.6 Accredited Investor.  The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

4.7 Residency.  The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the Schedule of Investors.

4.8 Rule 144.  The Investor acknowledges that the Shares and the Conversion Shares must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Investor is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act which permit resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, which may include, among other things, the availability of certain current public information about the Company; the resale occurring not less than a specified period after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold; the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations; the sale being effected through a “brokers’ transaction,” a transaction directly with a “market maker” or a “riskless principal transaction” (as those terms are defined in the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); and the filing of a Form 144 notice, if applicable. The Investor understands that the current public information referred to above is not now available and the Company has no present plans to make such information available. The Investor acknowledges and understands that notwithstanding any obligation under the Rights Agreement, the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirement of Rule 144 at the time the Investor wishes to sell the Shares or the Conversion Shares, and that, in such event, the Investor may be precluded from selling such securities under Rule 144, even if the other applicable requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied. The Investor acknowledges that, in the event the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not met, registration under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration will be required for any disposition of the Shares or the underlying Common Stock. The Investor understands that, although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell restricted securities received in a private offering other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

4.9 No Public Market.  The Investor understands and acknowledges that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Company’s securities.

4.10 Authorization.

(a) The Investor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Agreements, to purchase the Shares hereunder and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of the Agreements. All action on the part of the Investor necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of the Agreements, and the performance of all of the Investor’s obligations under the Agreements, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing.

 

-10-


(b) The Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Investor, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Investor, enforceable in accordance with their terms except: (i) to the extent that the indemnification provisions contained in the Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable law and principles of public policy, (ii) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (iii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or by general principles of equity.

(c) No consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration or qualification of or with any court, governmental authority or third person is required to be obtained by the Investor in connection with the execution and delivery of the Agreements by the Investor or the performance of the Investor’s obligations hereunder or thereunder.

4.11 Brokers or Finders.  The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents, and neither the Company nor any other Investor has, nor will, incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Agreements.

4.12 Tax Advisors.  The Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Agreements. With respect to such matters, the Investor relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Agreements.

4.13 Legends.  The Investor understands and agrees that the certificates evidencing the Shares or the Conversion Shares, or any other securities issued in respect of the Shares or the Conversion Shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall bear the following legend (in addition to any legend required by the Rights Agreement or under applicable state securities laws):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND/OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

SECTION 5

CONDITIONS TO INVESTORS’ OBLIGATIONS TO CLOSE

Each Investor’s obligation to purchase the Shares at a Closing is subject to the fulfillment on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions, unless waived by the applicable Investor purchasing the Shares in such Closing:

5.1 Representations and Warranties.  Except as set forth in or modified by the Schedule of Exceptions, the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 3 shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such Closing.

 

-11-


5.2 Covenants.  The Company shall have performed or complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company on or prior to such Closing in all material respects.

5.3 Blue Sky.  The Company shall have obtained all necessary Blue Sky law permits and qualifications, or have the availability of exemptions therefrom, required by any state for the offer and sale of the Shares and the Conversion Shares.

5.4 Restated Certificate.  The Restated Certificate shall have been duly authorized, executed and filed with and accepted by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

5.5 Rights Agreement.  The Company and the Investors (each as defined in the Rights Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Rights Agreement.

5.6 Voting Agreement.  The Company, the Founders and the Investors (each as defined in the Voting Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Voting Agreement.

5.7 Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement.  The Company, the Founders and the Investors (each as defined in the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement.

5.8 Closing Deliverables.  The Company shall have delivered to counsel to the Investors the following:

(a) a certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company on behalf of the Company, in substantially the form of Exhibit G, certifying the satisfaction of the conditions to closing listed in Sections 5.1 and 5.2;

(b) a certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, dated as of a date within five days of the date of the Initial Closing, with respect to the good standing of the Company;

(c) a certificate of the Company executed by the Company’s Assistant Secretary, in substantially the form of Exhibit H, attaching and certifying to the truth and correctness of (1) the Restated Certificate, (2) the bylaws and (3) the board and stockholder resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

(d) with respect to the Initial Closing only, an opinion from Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel to the Company, dated as of the Initial Closing, in substantially the form of Exhibit I.

SECTION 6

CONDITIONS TO COMPANY’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

The Company’s obligation to sell and issue the Shares at each Closing is subject to the fulfillment on or before such Closing of the following conditions, unless waived by the Company:

6.1 Representations and Warranties.  The representations and warranties made by the Investors in such Closing in Section 4 shall be true and correct when made and shall be true and correct as of the date of such Closing.

 

-12-


6.2 Covenants.  The Investors shall have performed or complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions contained in the Agreements to be performed or complied with by the Investors on or prior to the date of such Closing in all material respects.

6.3 Compliance with Securities Laws.  The Company shall be satisfied that the offer and sale of the Shares and the Conversion Shares shall be qualified or exempt from registration or qualification under all applicable federal and state securities laws (including receipt by the Company of all necessary blue sky law permits and qualifications required by any state, if any).

6.4 Restated Certificate.  The Restated Certificate shall have been duly authorized, executed and filed with and accepted by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

6.5 Rights Agreement.  The Company and the Investors (each as defined in the Rights Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Rights Agreement.

6.6 Voting Agreement.  The Company, the Founders and the Investors (each as defined in the Voting Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Voting Agreement.

6.7 Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement.  The Company, the Founders and the Investors (each as defined in the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement) shall have executed and delivered the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement.

SECTION 7

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Amendment.  Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Investors holding a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144); provided, however , that Investors purchasing shares in a Closing after the Initial Closing may become parties to this Agreement in accordance with Section 2.1 without any amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or approval of any other Investor. Any such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any securities purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding (including securities into which such securities have been converted or exchanged or for which such securities have been exercised) and each future holder of all such securities. Each Investor acknowledges that, except as otherwise set forth herein, by the operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144) will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of such Investor under this Agreement.

7.2 Notices.  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail (if to an Investor or any other holder of Company securities) or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

-13-


(a) if to an Investor, to the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof;

(b) if to any other holder of any Shares or Conversion Shares, to such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown in the exhibits to this Agreement or in the Company’s records, or, until any such holder so furnishes an address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address of the last holder of such Shares or Conversion Shares for which the Company has contact information in its records; or

(c) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 401 Congress Ave., Suite 2950, Austin, Texas 78701, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Brian K. Beard, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 900 South Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, Texas 78746-5546.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day. In the event of any conflict between the Company’s books and records and this Agreement or any notice delivered hereunder, the Company’s books and records will control absent fraud or error.

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor or other security holder consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other facsimile number for the Investor or other security holder in the Company’s records), (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth on Exhibit A (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor or other security holder in the Company’s records if provided by such Investor), (iii) posting on an electronic network together with separate notice, in accordance with subsection (i) or (ii), to the Investor or other security holder of such specific posting or (iv) any other form of electronic transmission (as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law) directed to the Investor or other security holder. This consent may be revoked by an Investor or other security holder by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

7.3 Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

7.4 Brokers or Finders.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Investor from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a brokerage or finder’s fee or agent’s commission (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which such Investor or any of its constituent partners, members, officers, directors, employees or representatives is responsible to the extent such liability is attributable to any inaccuracy or breach of the representations and

 

-14-


warranties contained in Section 3.16, and each Investor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each other Investor from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a brokerage or finder’s fee or agent’s commission (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company, any other Investor or any of their constituent partners, members, officers, directors, employees or representatives is responsible to the extent such liability is attributable to any inaccuracy or breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.11.

7.5 Expenses.  The Company and the Investors shall each pay their own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however , that if the Initial Closing is effected, the Company shall reimburse the reasonable documented fees of any legal, accounting, travel and related costs and expenses, such amount not to exceed an aggregate of $75,000.

7.6 Survival.  The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in this Agreement shall survive any investigation made by any party hereto and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby for one year from the date of the Initial Closing.

7.7 Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however , that an Investor may transfer or assign Investor’s rights, duties and obligations hereunder without the Company’s prior written consent in connection with a transfer or assignment effected in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement and Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, so long as the transferee or assignee delivers to the Company an executed joinder whereby such transferee or assignee agrees to become a party to this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the foregoing sentence, any attempt by an Investor without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

7.8 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

7.9 Delays or Omissions.  Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

7.10 California Corporate Securities Law.  THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

 

-15-


7.11 Indemnification.  The Company, without limitation as to time, assumes liability for and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Investor and its officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, agents and affiliates (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against, all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, obligations, fines, penalties, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses and disbursements (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “ Losses ”) (i) arising out of or related to any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement; (ii) any non-fulfillment or breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement or any of the Agreements; or (iii) incurred in connection with any action or proceeding against the Company or any Indemnified Person arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, any of the Agreements (or any other document or instrument executed pursuant hereto or thereto), or the transactions contemplated herein or therein, other than (x) Losses that are finally determined in such action or proceeding to be primarily and directly a result of (I) the gross negligence of such Indemnified Person, (II) a breach of a fiduciary duty, if any, owed by such Indemnified Person to the Company, (III) the willful misconduct or a knowing violation of applicable law by such Indemnified Person, or (IV) a transaction from which such Indemnified Person received an improper personal benefit, or (y) Losses that are the subject of the indemnification agreement entered into by the Company and such Indemnified Person pursuant to the Rights Agreement, as to which Losses such indemnification agreement, rather than this Section 7.11, shall apply. The Company agrees to reimburse each Indemnified Person promptly for all such Losses as they are incurred by such Indemnified Person after the Company receives a written undertaking of such Indemnified Person to reimburse the Company for any payments made by the Company to such Indemnified Person if it is finally determined in such action or proceeding that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to clause (iii) above. The obligations of the Company to each Indemnified Person under this Section 7.11 will be separate and distinct obligations and will survive any transfer of securities by any Investor and the expiration or termination of this Agreement or any of the Agreements. THE COMPANY AND THE INVESTORS INTEND THAT THE INDEMNIFIED PERSONS BE INDEMNIFIED FROM LIABILITY FOR THEIR OWN NEGLIGENCE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 7.11.

7.12 Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

7.13 Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

7.14 Telecopy Execution and Delivery.  A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

 

-16-


7.15 Further Assurances.  Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.

7.16 Exculpation Among Investors.  Each Investor acknowledges that it is not relying upon any other Investor, or any officer, director, stockholder, employee, agent, partner or affiliate of any such other Investor, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company or in monitoring such investment. Each Investor agrees that no other Investor nor any officer, director, stockholder, employee, agent, partner or affiliate of any other Investor shall be liable for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them relating to or in connection with the Company or the Series C Preferred, or both. Without limiting the foregoing, no Investor nor any of its officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees or agents of affiliates, or other holder of any Series C Preferred shall have any obligation, liability or responsibility whatsoever for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of any or all information about the Company or any subsidiary or their respective properties, business or financial and other affairs, acquired by such Investor or holder from the Company or any subsidiary or the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, counsel or auditors of either, and in turn provided to another Investor or holder of Series C Preferred, nor shall any such Investor or other Person have any obligation or responsibility whatsoever to provide any such information to any other Investor or holder of Series C Preferred or to continue to provide any such information if any information is provided.

7.17 Rights of Investors.  Each Investor, in its sole and absolute discretion, may exercise or refrain from exercising any rights or privileges that such Investor may have pursuant to the Agreements, the Restated Certificate, the Bylaws or at law or in equity, and such Investor shall not incur or be subject to any liability or obligation to the Company, any other Investor or holder of Series C Preferred, any other stockholder or securityholder of the Company or any other person, by reason of exercising or refraining from exercising any such rights or privileges.

7.18 No Commitment for Additional Financing.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that no Investor has made any representation, undertaking, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing, investment or other assistance, other than the purchase of the Series C Preferred as set forth in Section 1.2 and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5. In addition, the Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) no statements, whether written or oral, made by any Investor or its representatives on or after the date hereof shall create an obligation, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing or investment, (ii) the Company shall not rely on any such statement by any Investor or its representatives and (iii) an obligation, commitment or agreement to provide or assist the Company in obtaining any financing or investment may only be created by a written agreement, signed by such Investor and the Company, setting forth the terms and conditions of such financing or investment and stating that the parties intend for such writing to be a binding obligation or agreement. Each Investor shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to refuse or decline to participate in any other financing of or investment in the Company, and shall have no obligation to assist or cooperate with the Company in obtaining any financing, investment or other assistance.

7.19 Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest.  Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“ WSGR ”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to such Investors.

 

-17-


Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. Each of the Investors and the Company understands that an affiliate of WSGR may also be an Investor under this Agreement. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities, WSGR’s possession of such confidential information and the participation by WSGR’s affiliate in the financing. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

( Signature pages to follow. )

 

-18-


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
  John T. McDonald,
  Chief Executive Officer

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

MLPF&S AS CUST. FBO JOHN MCDONALD IRRA
By:   /s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

AUSTIN VENTURES IX, L.P.
By: AV Partners IX, L.P., its General Partner
By: AV Partners IX, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ JOHN THORNTON
Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

AUSTIN VENTURES X, L.P.
By: AV Partners X, L.P., its General Partner
By: AV Partners X, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ JOHN THORNTON
Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

ACTIVANT INVESTMENT II, LLC
By:   /s/ STEVE SARRACINO
Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

ACTIVANT HOLDINGS I, LP
By: ACTIVANT CAPITAL GROUP, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:   /s/ STEVE SARRACINO
Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

ACTIVANT HOLDINGS II, LP
By: ACTIVANT CAPITAL GROUP, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:   /s/ STEVE SARRACINO
Name:   Steve Sarracino
Title:   Manager

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

ALTITUDE INVESTMENTS FUND I, L.P.
By: Altitude Investments LLC
Its: General Partner
By:   /s/ BRAD SEIDEL
Name:   Brad Seidel
Title:   President

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/ S / CLAYTON CHRISTOPHER
Clayton Christopher

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

COVENANT PE I, L.P.
By: Atlas Capital Management, L.P.
Its: General partner
By: RHA, Inc.
Its: General partner
By:   /s/ ROBERT H. ALPERT
Name:   Robert H. Alpert
Title:   President

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

RARA4 INVESTMENTS, LTD.
By: Tame Coyote Management, LLC
Its: General partner
By:   /s/ DONALD C. REYNOLDS
Name:   Donald C. Reynolds
Title:   Manager

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

COZMO INVESTMENTS, LTD.
By: High 4 Family, LLC
Its: General partner
By:   /s/ WALTER C. REYNOLDS
Name:   Walter C. Reynolds
Title:   Manager

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

ESW CAPITAL LLC
By:   /s/ ANDREW S. PRICE
Name:   Andrew S. Price
Title:   CFO

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

GLOBAL UNDERVALUED SECURITIES MASTER FUND, L.P.
By:   /s/ JAMES K. PHILLIPS
Name:   James K. Phillips
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ ROBERT HERSCH
Robert Hersch

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ JERALD PETERSON
Jerald Peterson

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ JOSEPH P. PETERSON
Joseph P. Peterson

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ JOE ROSS
Joe Ross

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ KEVIN SINGERMAN
Kevin Singerman

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

MARGUERITE C. KLEINHEINZ TRUST
By:   /s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ
  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

JOHN BURKE KLEINHEINZ JR. TRUST
By:   /s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ
  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

WILLIAM HARRISON KLEINHEINZ TRUST
By:   /s/ JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ
  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ LEO PETERSON
Leo Peterson

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ MARK SINGERMAN
Mark Singerman

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ JAMES PALLOTTA
James Pallotta

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ BYRON DAVID PEARSON
Byron David Pearson

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

THE MICHAEL M REYNOLDS TESTAMENTARY TRUST
By:   /s/ MIKE REYNOLDS
Name:   Mike Reynolds
Title:   Trustee

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

RICHARD H. HEIN TRUST DATED JUNE 12, 1995
By:   /s/ RICHARD H. HEIN
Name:   Richard H. Hein
Title:   Trustee

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ TIMOTHY MAY
Timothy May

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


The parties are signing this Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/s/ GEORGE WOODIWISS
George Woodiwiss

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


Exhibit A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

INITIAL CLOSING

 

Investor Name and Address

   Cancellation
of
Indebtedness 1
     Cash      Total
Purchase
Price
     No. of
Series C
Shares
 

Activant Investment II, LLC

[***]

   $ 1,009,998.72       $ 0.00       $ 1,009,998.72         701,388   

Activant Holdings I, LP

[***]

   $ 0.00       $ 3,699,999.00       $ 3,699,999.00         2,055,555   

Activant Holdings II, LP

[***]

   $ 0.00       $ 3,049,999.20       $ 3,049,999.20         1,694,444   

Austin Ventures X, L.P.

[***]

   $ 1,060,499.52       $ 0.00       $ 1,060,499.52         736,458   

Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

[***]

   $ 706,999.68       $ 0.00       $ 706,999.68         490,972   

ESW Capital LLC

[***]

   $ 512,817.12       $ 1,499,999.40       $ 2,012,816.52         1,189,456   

MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John

McDonald IRRA

[***]

   $ 368,648.64       $ 414,999.00       $ 783,647.64         486,561   

Covenant PE I, L.P.

[***]

   $ 151,544.16       $ 505,999.80       $ 657,543.96         386,350   

RARA4 Investments, Ltd.

[***]

   $ 146,446.56       $ 749,998.80       $ 896,445.36         518,365   

Cozmo Investments, Ltd.

[***]

   $ 146,446.56       $ 749,998.80       $ 896,445.36         518,365   

James Pallotta

   $ 97,938.72       $ 249,998.40       $ 347,937.12         206,901   

[***]

           

 

1   Shares purchased by cancellation of these Notes are sold at 80% of the Purchase Price pursuant to contractual provisions set forth therein.


Investor Name and Address

   Cancellation
of
Indebtedness 1
     Cash      Total
Purchase
Price
     No. of
Series C
Shares
 

Marguerite C. Kleinheinz Trust

[***]

   $ 84,165.12       $ 0.00       $ 84,165.12         58,448   

John Burke Kleinheinz Jr. Trust

[***]

   $ 84,165.12       $ 0.00       $ 84,165.12         58,448   

William Harrison Kleinheinz Trust

[***]

   $ 84,165.12       $ 0.00       $ 84,165.12         58,448   

Global Undervalued Securities Master Fund, L.P.

[***]

   $ 0.00       $ 1,499,999.40       $ 1,499,999.40         833,333   

Kevin Singerman

[***]

   $ 75,447.36       $ 0.00       $ 75,447.36         52,394   

Mark Singerman

[***]

   $ 75,447.36       $ 0.00       $ 75,447.36         52,394   

Jerald Peterson

[***]

   $ 65,144.16       $ 49,998.60       $ 115,142.76         73,016   

Leo Peterson

[***]

   $ 65,144.16       $ 94,998.60       $ 160,142.76         98,016   

Joseph P. Peterson

[***]

   $ 0.00       $ 104,999.40       $ 104,999.40         58,333   

Clayton Christopher

[***]

   $ 50,499.36       $ 124,999.20       $ 175,498.56         104,513   

Richard H. Hein Trust dated June 12, 1995

[***]

   $ 33,675.84       $ 112,602.60       $ 146,278.44         85,943   

Joe Ross

[***]

   $ 25,256.16       $ 29,998.80       $ 55,254.96         34,205   

George Woodiwiss

[***]

   $ 90,174.24       $ 0.00       $ 90,174.24         62,621   

Altitude Investments Fund I, L.P.

[***]

   $ 0.00       $ 1,399,998.60       $ 1,399,998.60         777,777   

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )


Investor Name and Address

   Cancellation
of
Indebtedness 1
     Cash      Total
Purchase
Price
     No. of
Series C
Shares
 

The Michael M Reynolds

Testamentary Trust

[***]

   $ 0.00       $ 249,998.40       $ 249,998.40         138,888   

Byron David Pearson

[***]

   $ 0.00       $ 99,999.00       $ 99,999.00         55,555   

Timothy May

[***]

   $ 0.00       $ 149,999.40       $ 149,999.40         83,333   

Robert Hersch

[***]

   $ 0.00       $ 49,998.60       $ 49,998.60         27,777   

TOTAL

   $ 4,934,623.68       $ 14,888,583.00       $ 19,823,206.68         11,698,257   

 

(Signature page to the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement )

Exhibit 10.37

LOGO

AMENDED AND RESTATED TECHNOLOGY SERVICES AGREEMENT

Effective Date:

January 1, 2014

 

This Amended and Restated Technology Services Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between DevFactory FZ-LLC, 705-706 Al Thuraya Tower No. 01, Seventh Floor, Dubai Media City, P.O. Box 502092, Dubai, 43659 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES (“DevFactory”) and Upland Software, Inc. (f.k.a. Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., “Client”), with offices at 401 Congress Avenue, Austin, Texas 78701, and sets forth the terms and conditions under which DevFactory will provide certain technology services to Client as may from time to time be mutually agreed upon by the parties.

1 Scope of Services

1.1 Deliverables Based Work . Unless otherwise provided on a Statement of Work, all Work to be performed hereunder shall be performed on a scoped deliverable basis and not on a time and material basis. The parties shall work in good faith to specify the applicable deliverables in the applicable SOW.

1.2 Statements of Work . DevFactory agrees to provide the technology services (“Services”) described on separate, mutually executed statements of work (the “Statement(s) of Work” or SOW(s)”) as may from time to time be issued hereunder. Each Statement of Work shall define the Services to be provided to Client, the applicable pricing, Deliverables to be created thereunder, Client deliverables and obligations, and all other appropriate terms and conditions. DevFactory will not begin any work unless a Statement of Work governing has been executed by both parties. DevFactory may immediately cease performing Services, without liability, if a Statement of Work expires and is not immediately extended or replaced with a valid Statement of Work.

1.3 Change Control Process . Change control for additional Services or scope to be delivered under a Statement of Work will be completed according to the following procedure prior to DevFactory starting any work.

 

  (a) Specific changes may be proposed by Client’s business team members.

 

  (b) Proposed changes will be reviewed by DevFactory and a report of the scope, schedule, resource and budget impact (“Impact Report”) will be prepared and delivered to Client management.

 

  (c) Client management reviews the Impact Report and approves by signature or denies changes in scope, schedule, resources and/or budget.

 

  (d) DevFactory receives the signed, approved Impact Report and creates. for Client’s approval, an additional Statement of Work with a copy of the Impact Report attached.

 

  (e) Client approves by signature such Statement of Work and delivers such Statement of Work to DevFactory for DevFactory’s signature.
  (f) DevFactory begins work on specific changes defined in the signed, approved Impact Report only upon the mutual execution of the new Statement of Work referenced above.

1.4 Testing and Acceptance . Following completion of any Deliverable (as defined below) to be provided to Client hereunder, Client may test the Deliverable to determine whether the Deliverable conforms to the specifications established for such Deliverable in the applicable SOW for a period not to exceed thirty (30) days after delivery to Client of the Deliverable (the “Acceptance Period”). Upon the expiration of the Acceptance Period, Client will either (i) certify to DevFactory that the Deliverable is accepted (“Acceptance”); or (ii) deliver to DevFactory a written description of any specific failure of the Deliverable to conform to the applicable specifications. In no such written response is provided, the Deliverable shall be deemed to be Accepted and complete. Further, if the Deliverable substantially conforms to the specifications but Client identifies certain minor non-conformities, Client shall Accept the Deliverable and the parties shall work in good faith to either correct such non-conformities or agree on appropriate Work Credits (as defined below) to compensate Client for such non-conformities. Upon proper notice of a failure of Acceptance, DevFactory will promptly undertake such corrections as are necessary for the Deliverable to conform to the specifications and DevFactory will notify Client when such corrections and modifications have been made. If DevFactory has performed corrections to the Deliverable, Client will have thirty (30) days after delivery of such corrections to perform acceptance testing to determine whether the Deliverable conforms to the applicable specifications. If after a second attempt the Deliverable still does not conform to the applicable specifications, Client shall have the right to (1) allow continued attempts to correct the Deliverable, subject to this Section 1.4, or (2) terminate the applicable service obligation for the failed deliverable and receive a Work Credit (as defined below) as to just that failed Deliverable. If DevFactory notifies Client that Client has failed to properly provide notice that a Deliverable has failed, if Client otherwise improperly fails to Accept a Deliverable, or if the parties disagree as to whether a Deliverable substantially conforms to the specifications, such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 12.16. For clarity, any concerns by Client that a Deliverable does not meet Client’s expectations, but otherwise complies with all applicable specifications, shall not be actionable under this provision, but, rather, shall constitute an additional service request.

1.5 Order of Precedence . Each Statement of Work shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including its schedules and attachments); however, in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and a Statement of Work the provisions of the Statement of Work shall prevail.

2 Subcontractors

2.1 Client acknowledges that DevFactory shall subcontract Services to a third party (“Subcontractor”), subject to provisions contained under Section 5.4. DevFactory shall be responsible for the

 


Subcontractor’s compliance with this Agreement. Client understands that the Subcontractors shall be foreign nationals and may be located in a country other than the United States (but will not be located in Iran, Sudan, Syria, Iraq, Cuba or North Korea or any other country subject to embargo or other restrictions by the United States government). Either party warrants that any export of its Confidential Information, data or software, and its performance hereunder, will comply with all foreign and domestic federal, state and local laws and ordinances, including any and all import and export restrictions and all customs requirements.

3 Term

3.1 Agreement Term . This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall remain in force for an initial period of forty-eight (48) months and shall automatically renew for up to five successive one year periods thereafter at the election of either party as provided herein. If both parties have failed to indicate a desire to renew a term prior to the date that is thirty (30) days prior to the then current expiration date, each party shall provide written notice to the other seeking to confirm such other party’s desire not to renew. Each party shall have thirty days to confirm its position on renewal or non renewal. The Agreement shall continue in effect through the confirmation process.

3.2 Statement of Work Term . Each Statement of Work shall remain in effect until it has expired on its own terms or the Services and Deliverables authorized thereunder are complete. The parties agree that they are contractually obligated to enter into Statements of Work pursuant to the structure set forth in Schedule A which is attached hereto and made a part hereof. As such, Schedule A sets forth the percentage of revenue of any and all entities and business lines acquired by Client that is payable to DevFactory throughout the term of the Agreement and likewise, DevFactory hereby agrees to provide the Deliverables as to all entities acquired by Client as per Schedule A.

4 Price and Payment

4.1 Service Fees . In consideration of the Services provided by DevFactory, Client shall pay the Services Fees set forth in the applicable Statement of Work or as otherwise provided on Schedule A, subject to the payment provisions set forth in Schedule A. In the event a Statement of Work does not reference any specific pricing, such Services shall be provided at rates and charges in accordance with Section 4 of Schedule A.

4.2 Expenses . Client shall reimburse DevFactory for all reasonable travel, food, lodging and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performance of a given Statement of Work. DevFactory shall obtain Client’s prior written expense prior to incurring any single expense in excess of $500.

4.3 Payment Due Date . DevFactory will submit invoices for charges and expenses hereunder monthly. Client shall make payment of each invoice in US dollars within thirty (30) days from the invoice date. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, any and all payments required to be made hereunder shall be timely made, and no payments to DevFactory shall be withheld, delayed, reduced or refunded if DevFactory has fully performed its material obligations and its inability to meet any schedule or delivery requirements is caused by Client’s failure to provide certain of its facilities, computer resources, software programs, project management activities, personnel, and business information as are required to perform any work.

4.4 Purchase Orders . Client agrees to provide DevFactory with a valid purchase order, if applicable, promptly upon execution of a Statement of Work. Notwithstanding

anything to the contrary herein, purchase orders are to be used solely for Client’s accounting purposes and any terms and conditions contained therein shall be deemed null and void with respect to the parties’ relationship and this Agreement. Client’s failure to issue a purchase order or provide such purchase order to DevFactory, however, shall in no way relieve Client of any obligation entered into pursuant to this Agreement or any Statement of Work entered into hereunder, including, but not limited to, its obligation to pay DevFactory in a timely fashion.

4.5 Late Payment . Any late payment shall be subject to any costs of collection (including reasonable legal fees) and shall bear interest at the rate of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month (prorated for partial periods) or at the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. In addition to other rights and remedies available to DevFactory hereunder and under the law, DevFactory shall have the right to withdraw all consulting staff as well as all unfinished Services or Deliverables performed under a Statement of Work in the event of Client’s failure to pay any undisputed (a dispute as to invoice may only be commenced on the basis of proper form or amount for such invoice) open invoice within thirty (30) days following the due date. The Services will not be restaffed until: (i) all amounts due to DevFactory have been paid in full; (ii) any and all contractual terms and/or deadlines that have been affected by the delay have been revised and agreed upon by the parties; and (iii) DevFactory resources have become available for redeployment on Client’s project.

4.6 Taxes . The charges required to be paid hereunder do not include any amount for taxes or levy (including interest and penalties). Client shall reimburse DevFactory and hold DevFactory harmless for all sales, use, VAT, excise, property, or other taxes or levies which DevFactory is required to collect or remit to applicable tax authorities. This provision does not apply to DevFactory’s income or franchise taxes, or any taxes for which Client is exempt, provided Client has furnished DevFactory with a valid tax exemption certificate.

4.7 Invoice Dispute Resolution . Without limiting any rights or obligations under the Agreement, including Section 4.5 above, the following steps will be taken if an invoice becomes past due. DevFactory’s accounts receivable and Client’s accounts payable representatives shall use all reasonable efforts to facilitate immediate payment of the invoice. In the event DevFactory does not receive a commitment for prompt payment, each party shall escalate the matter to DevFactory’s Primary Contact for the Services in question, as designated in the Statement of Work, or DevFactory’s designated financial officer and Client’s Chief Executive Officer (the “Final Escalation”) for investigation and resolution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the initial contact with Client’s vice president pursuant to such Final Escalation shall constitute “notice of default” pursuant to Section 9.1.1.

5 Confidential/Proprietary Information

5.1 Definition . All information which is defined as Confidential Information hereunder in tangible form shall be marked as “Confidential” or the like or, if intangible (e.g. visually or orally disclosed), shall be designated as being confidential at the time of disclosure and shall be confirmed as such in writing within thirty (30) days of the initial disclosure. “Confidential Information” may include all technical, product, business, financial, and other information regarding the business and software programs of either party, its customers, employees, investors, contractors, vendors and suppliers, including but not limited to programming techniques and methods, research and development, computer programs, documentation, marketing plans, customer identity, and business methods. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding any marking requirement, Confidential Information shall include all

 

 

Technology Services Agreement    Page 2


information and materials disclosed orally or in any other form, regarding DevFactory’s software products or software product development and other information of or relating to DevFactory’s software products or derived from testing or other use thereof. All such Confidential Information may be disclosed by either party, before or after the Effective Date. Confidential Information includes information generally not publicly known, whether tangible or intangible and in whatever form or medium provided, as well as any information generated by a party that contains, reflects, or is derived from such information. For the purpose of this entire Section 5, ‘DevFactory’ shall include all its Affiliates.

5.2 Exceptions . Without granting any right or license, the obligations of the parties hereunder shall not apply to any material or information that: (i) is or becomes a part of the public domain through no act or omission by the receiving party; (ii) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information; (iii) is rightfully obtained from a third party without any obligation of confidentiality to the receiving party; or (iv) is already known by the receiving party without any obligation of confidentiality prior to obtaining the Confidential Information from the disclosing party. In addition, neither party shall be liable for disclosure of Confidential Information if made in response to a valid order of a court or authorized agency of government, provided that notice is promptly given to the party whose Confidential Information is to be disclosed so that such party may seek a protective order and engage in other efforts to minimize the required disclosure. The parties shall cooperate fully in seeking such protective order and in engaging in such other efforts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except for intellectual property owned by DevFactory prior to execution of the applicable SOW or developed separately by DevFactory for which fees were not paid to DevFactory hereunder (“DevFactory Pre-existing Technology”), Deliverables provided to Client hereunder are the Confidential Information of Client and shall not be subject to the exceptions set forth in this Section 5.2.

5.3 Ownership of Confidential Information . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to convey any title or ownership rights to the DevFactory Confidential Information or to any patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret embodied therein, or to grant any other right title, or ownership interest in the DevFactory Confidential Information to Client. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to convey any title or ownership rights to Client’s Confidential Information or to any patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret embodied therein, or to grant any other right, title, or ownership interest in the Client’s Confidential Information to DevFactory. Neither party shall disassemble, decompile, or reverse engineer the other party’s Confidential Information or permit others to do so. Neither party shall, in whole or in part, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or disclose the Confidential Information to any third party and shall not copy, reproduce or distribute the Confidential Information except as expressly permitted in this Agreement. Each party shall take every reasonable precaution, but no less than those precautions used to protect its own Confidential Information, to prevent the theft, disclosure, and the unauthorized copying, reproduction or distribution of the Confidential Information.

5.4 Non-Disclosure . Each party agrees at all times to use all reasonable efforts, but in any case no less than the efforts that each party uses in the protection of its own Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) of like value to protect Confidential Information belonging to the other party. Each party agrees to restrict access to the other party’s Confidential Information only to those employees (or in DevFactory’s case, its Subcontractors) who (i) require access in the course of their assigned duties and responsibilities, and (ii) have

agreed in writing to be bound by provisions no less restrictive than those set forth in this Section 5.

5.5 Injunctive Relief . Each party acknowledges that any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information would cause the other party imminent irreparable injury and that such party shall be entitled to, in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief in the event the other party does not fulfill its obligations under this Section 5.

5.6 Prohibition Against Individual Agreements . Client agrees that no employees or Subcontractors of DevFactory shall be required to individually sign any agreement in order to perform Services hereunder, including but not limited to access agreements, security agreements, facilities agreements or individual confidentiality agreement.

5.7 Affiliates . For the purpose of this entire Section 5 ‘DevFactory’ shall include all its Affiliates.

5.8 Return of Confidential Information . Upon the written request of disclosing party or termination of this Agreement, receiving party shall return or destroy (and certify such destruction in a signed writing) all Confidential Information of disclosing party, including all copies thereof and materials incorporating such Confidential Information, whether in physical or electronic form. Each party may retain a copy of the other party’s Confidential Information solely for archival purposes. To the extent that it is impracticable to return or destroy any Confidential Information, and with respect to any copies retained for archival purposes, receiving party shall continue to maintain the Confidential Information in accordance with this Agreement. The confidentiality obligations set forth in this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement and remain in full force and effect until such Confidential Information, through no act or omission of receiving party, ceases to be Confidential Information as defined hereunder.

6 Client’s Support

6.1 To the extent reasonably required by DevFactory, Client will make available to DevFactory certain of its programs, networks, personnel, and business information as are required to perform any Statement of Work hereunder. DevFactory agrees to comply with Client’s network access rules and regulations regarding safety, security, and conduct provided DevFactory has been made aware of such rules and regulations.

7 Warranties

7.1 DevFactory warrants that it has the right to enter into this Agreement and grant the rights and licenses set forth herein, and that all Services performed under this Agreement shall be performed in a workmanlike and professional manner.

7.2 EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT, ANY AND ALL SERVICES, DELIVERABLES, CUSTOMIZATIONS, DOCUMENTATION, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER TECHNOLOGY OR MATERIALS PROVIDED BY DEVFACTORY TO THE CLIENT ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT.

7.3 CLIENT’S SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY FAILURE OF THE FOREGOING WARRANTY AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY FAILURE OF ANY KIND OF SERVICES OR

 

 

Technology Services Agreement    Page 3


DELIVERABLES SUBMITTED BY DEVFACTORY SHALL BE (I) TO OBTAIN THE REPAIR, REPLACEMENT, AND CORRECTION OF THE DEFECTIVE SERVICES OR DELIVERABLES BY DEVFACTORY IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1.4, OR (II) TO OBTAIN A CREDIT EQUAL TO THE AMOUNTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE DEFECTIVE SERVICES OR DELIVERABLES WITH SUCH CREDIT TO BE UTILIZED FOR A FUTURE DELIVERABLE (THE “WORK CREDIT”). SHOULD A WORK CREDIT BE ISSUED, IT SHALL BE APPLIED TO THE PURCHASE OF ADDITIONAL WORK ABOVE AND BEYOND WORK PERFORMED FOR THE MINIMUM FEE (AS DEFINED IN SCHEDULE A) AND SHALL NOT, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BELOW, REDUCE PAYMENTS DUE OR PAYABLE TO DEVFACTORY UNDER THE AGREEMENT. THE MINIMUM FEE SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL WORK PERFORMED BEFORE ANY WORK CREDITS ARE APPLIED, AND UNUSED WORK CREDITS SHALL CARRY OVER TO FUTURE YEARS (“WORK CREDIT BALANCE”). IF CERTAIN TYPES OF SERVICES ARE CONSISTENTLY LEADING TO THE ACCUMULATION OF WORK CREDITS, CLIENT AND DEVFACTORY SHALL WORK TOGETHER IN GOOD FAITH TO ALLOCATE WORK CREDITS TO THE TYPES OF SERVICES THAT CAN BE SUCCESSFULLY DELIVERED BY DEVFACTORY, PROVIDED THAT CLIENT HAS A NEED FOR SUCH SERVICE (EVEN IF THAT NEED HAD BEEN FULFILLED BY EMPLOYEES OR OTHER PROVIDERS). IF (A) CLIENT HAS APPLIED ITS WORK CREDITS AND SERVICE REQUESTS TO THE RECOMMENDED SERVICES AS DESCRIBED ABOVE AND (B) THE WORK CREDIT BALANCE EXCEEDS 10% OF THE PREVIOUS YEAR’S MINIMUM FEE, AND (C) DEVFACTORY HAS NOT WORKED IN GOOD FAITH UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THEN THE CURRENT YEAR’S MINIMUM FEE SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE WORK CREDIT BALANCE AND 10% OF THE PREVIOUS YEAR’S MINIMUM FEE. THE WORK CREDIT BALANCE SHALL BE REDUCED BY THE SAME AMOUNT.

8 Limitation of Liability

8.1 IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY, OR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS OR THIRD PARTY LICENSORS BE LIABLE ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN EQUITBALE, LEGAL, OR COMMON LAW ACTION ARISING HEREUNDER FOR CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, INDEMNITY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES WHICH, IN THE AGGREGATE, EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF CHARGES PAID OR PAYABLE BY CLIENT HEREUNDER FOR THE SERVICES AND/OR DELIVERABLES WHICH GAVE RISE TO SUCH DAMAGES (PROVIDED IN THE RESPECTIVE STATEMENT OF WORK) AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY REMEDY. IN ALL INSTANCES, CLIENT’S SOLE REMEDY AS TO QUALITY OF SERVICES SHALL BE TO SEEK RE-PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OR A FUTURE WORK CREDIT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7.3.

8.2 IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS OR THIRD PARTY LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND AND HOWEVER CAUSED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES. OR GOOD WILL EVEN IF NOTIFIED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE, AND

NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY REMEDY.

8.3 The limitations of liability and exclusion of damages set forth in Sections 8.1 shall not apply to breach of Section 5 or to a party’s indemnification obligations herein.

9 Termination

9.1 This Agreement, any license granted herein, and/or any Statement of Work may be terminated prior to expiration or completion in accordance with the following:

 

  9.1.1 By DevFactory by giving prior written notice to Client if Client fails to perform any material obligation required of it hereunder, and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days of Client’s receipt of DevFactory’s notice to cure such non-performance of material obligation.

 

  9.1.2 By Client by giving prior written notice to DevFactory if DevFactory fails to perform any material obligation required of it hereunder, and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days from DevFactory’s receipt of Client’s notice to cure such non-performance of material obligation.

9.2 Effect of Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement, Client’s rights to any Deliverables not paid for, DevFactory Confidential Information, and other DevFactory materials (except for those DevFactory materials included in Deliverables owned by Client) (all collectively “Materials”) shall cease. Client shall immediately stop using such Materials and shall return such Materials to DevFactory or destroy all copies thereof. In addition, Client shall provide DevFactory with written certification signed by an officer of Client that all copies of the Materials have been returned or destroyed and that no copies have been retained by Client for any purpose whatsoever. Following termination, any use of the Materials by Client shall be an infringement and/or misappropriation of DevFactory’s proprietary rights in the Materials. Upon termination of this Agreement by Client, DevFactory shall have no further obligation or liability hereunder and all fees due under the Agreement shall become due and payable to DevFactory immediately upon such termination. Termination of this Agreement or any license created hereunder shall not limit either party from pursuing other remedies available to it, nor shall such termination relieve Client’s obligation to pay all fees that have accrued or are otherwise owed by Client under this Agreement including, but not limited to, any License schedule, Statement of Work, or exhibit.

10 Ownership

10.1 Ownership in Deliverables . By signing this Agreement and subject to Client’s full payment for Services provided and Deliverables created under an applicable Statement of Work, DevFactory acknowledges that, subject to the licenses granted herein, DevFactory has no ownership interest in the Deliverables, or Materials provided to Client. Client shall own all right, title, and interest in such Deliverables, or Materials, subject to any limitations associated with intellectual property rights of third parties, and DevFactory hereby assigns all right, title and interest in and to such Deliverables and Materials, including without limitation all accompanying worldwide intellectual property rights.

10.2 Rights to Deliverables . Client hereby grants to DevFactory, a perpetual, royalty free, internal, worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable license to the object code and source code versions of the Deliverables to use the code, techniques,

 

 

Technology Services Agreement    Page 4


strategies and know-how contained in the Deliverables for other projects and development, if and for so long as any Confidential Information of Client incorporated into such Deliverables, are not provided to, or included in any deliverable provided to, any third party. For clarity, provided that the Deliverables have been made generic. as described in the preceding provision, DevFactory shall have the perpetual, royalty free, worldwide, nonexclusive, nontransferable and irrevocable right and license to (i) modify and otherwise create derivative works based on the generic Deliverables, and (ii) reproduce, distribute, perform, display (publicly or otherwise), and otherwise use and exploit the generic Deliverables and derivative works thereof; but DevFactory may not use, license or distribute software programs as a whole, but may use, license and distribute, generic routines, algorithms, and other portions of the software programs.

10.3 Ownership in the event of material breach . Notwithstanding anything provision to the contrary herein (including sections 10.1 and 10.2 above), in the event that there is a termination of this Agreement, or any SOW, as a result of a material breach by Client of this Agreement and/or any such SOW, any and all rights, title and interest in any applicable Deliverables or Materials for which Client has not made full payment shall automatically revert to DevFactory and the Client shall have no ownership rights whatsoever therein. Promptly after notification from DevFactory, the Client shall undertake any and all reasonable actions to assert DevFactory’s right, title and interest in such Deliverables and Materials. In the event of Deliverables or Materials for which partial payment has been made, the parties shall discuss in good faith whether a partial Deliverable or a refund shall be provided to Client.

10.4 No Support of Deliverables . DevFactory shall have no support and enhancement obligations related to any Deliverable except as otherwise mutually specified in a Statement of Work.

10.5 Third Party Rights . Client acknowledges that in the event DevFactory provides Services pertaining to any third party products required by Client (including software, hardware, equipment or any other material), all rights in such third party products (“Third Party Rights”) are retained by the respective third party. Client shall be required to obtain any Third Party Rights from the respective third party directly and any rights in the DevFactory Services related to such Third Party Rights shall be subject to Client’s agreement with the respective third party. If any such Third Party Rights are included in the Deliverables by DevFactory, or if DevFactory includes any DevFactory Pre-existing Technology, then DevFactory hereby grants to Client a worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable right and license to use, copy, market, promote and make derivative works of the foregoing, and to make, have made, sell, have sold, import and export products incorporating any of the foregoing. DevFactory shall consult with Client, and obtain Client’s prior written consent, prior to including any Third Party Rights or DevFactory Pre-existing Technology in any Deliverables.

10.6 Further Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude DevFactory from using in any manner or for any purpose it deems necessary, the know-how, techniques, or procedures acquired or used by DevFactory in the performance of Services hereunder.

11 INDEMNIFICATION.

11.1 Infringement Indemnity . DevFactory will defend any action brought against Client to the extent that it is based upon a claim that the Deliverables, as provided by DevFactory to Client under this Agreement and used within the scope of this Agreement, infringe any patent, trademark, trade secret, copyright or other intellectual property right of a third party, and will pay any costs, damages and reasonable

attorneys’ fees attributable to such claim incurred by Client, provided that Client: (a) promptly notifies DevFactory in writing of the claim; (b) grants DevFactory sole control of the defense and settlement of the claim; and (c) provides DevFactory with all reasonable assistance, information and authority required for the defense and settlement of the claim.

11.2 Injunctions . If Client’s use of any of the Deliverables hereunder is, or in DevFactory’s opinion is likely to be, enjoined due to the type of infringement specified in Section 11.1 above, DevFactory may, at its sole option and expense: (a) procure for Client the right to continue using such Deliverables under the terms of this Agreement; (b) replace or modify such Deliverables so that they are non-infringing and substantially equivalent in function to the enjoined Deliverables; or (c) if options (a) and (b) above cannot be accomplished despite DevFactory’s reasonable efforts, then DevFactory may terminate Client’s rights and DevFactory’s obligations hereunder with respect to such Deliverables and refund to Client the fees paid hereunder for such Deliverables.

11.3 Exclusions . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1, DevFactory will have no liability for any infringement claim of any kind to the extent it results from: (a) modification of the Deliverables made other than by DevFactory or DevFactory’s contractors or agents; or (b) compliance by DevFactory with designs, plans or specifications furnished by or on behalf of Client.

12 General Terms and Conditions

12.1 Import/Export . Each party shall comply with all then-current export and import laws and regulations of the United States and such other governments as are applicable.

12.2 Compliance with Laws . Both parties agree to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, and ordinances relating to such party’s performance under this Agreement.

12.3 Assignment . Neither party may assign this Agreement or transfer any license created hereunder, by operation of law, change of control or otherwise (“Assign”) without the prior written consent of the other party, and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the language of this Section 12.3, however, a party (the “Assigning Party”) may Assign this Agreement to any person, firm or corporation which, through merger, acquisition by or of the Assigning Party or otherwise, succeeds to all or substantially all of the Assigning Party’s business, provided (i) the Assigning Party provides the other party with thirty (30) days prior written notice; (ii) the assignee does not compete directly or indirectly with the other party; (iii) the Assigning Party and any assignee are current in all fees or other obligations due hereunder to the other party; (iv) any such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (v) if Client is the Assigning Party, the licenses and rights of Client under this Agreement shall apply to, and may be exercised only in connection with, the operations of Client as they exist on the date of the acquisition, and the Deliverables, Materials, and Confidential Information of DevFactory may be made available only to Client personnel working in such operations. In the event that Client is subject to a change in control, at DevFactory’s option and election, the Minimum Fee (as set forth in Schedule A) following such change in control shall become set (without being subject to change thereafter) to the then current Minimum Fee amount in effect at the time of the acquisition.

12.4 Survival . The provisions set forth in sections 4, 5, 7, 8, 9.2, 10, 11 and 12 of this Agreement shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement and any applicable license hereunder.

 

 

Technology Services Agreement    Page 5


12.5 Notices . Any notice required under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effective upon delivery to the party addressed. All notices shall be sent to the applicable address specified on the face page hereof or to such other address as the parties may designate in writing. Unless otherwise specified, all notices to DevFactory shall be sent to the attention of the Contracts Manager. Any notice of material breach pursuant to Section 9 shall clearly define the breach including the specific contractual obligation that has been breached.

12.6 Force Majeure . DevFactory shall not be liable to Client for any delay or failure of DevFactory to perform, its obligations hereunder if such delay or failure arises from any cause or causes beyond the reasonable control of DevFactory. Such causes shall include, but are not limited to, acts of God, floods, fires, loss of electricity or other utilities (unless due to DevFactory’s acts or omissions), or delays by Client in providing required resources or support or performing any other requirements hereunder,

12.7 Conflict . In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement, a License Schedule, an exhibit, or a Statement of Work, the terms and conditions of the SOW, license schedule or exhibit shall prevail, in that order.

12.8 Restricted Rights . Use of the Deliverables and/or Materials by or for the United States Government is conditioned upon the Government agreeing that the Deliverables and/or Materials are subject to Restricted Rights as provided under the provisions set forth in FAR 52.227-19. Client shall be responsible for ensuring that this provision is included in all agreements with the United States Government and that the Deliverables and Materials, when delivered to the Government, is correctly marked as required by applicable Government regulations governing such Restricted Rights as of such delivery,

12.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any schedules or attachments hereto), and including any separately executed Statements of Work and any exhibits, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof and supersede all proposals and prior discussions and writings between the parties with respect thereto, including without limitation the Technology Services Agreement entered into between DevFactory LLC-FZ and Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc. on January 18, 2012 and the Amendment #1 thereto entered into on January 26, 2012, which agreements shall be of no further force and effect as of the date hereof, which agreements shall be deemed fully performed with no further obligations by one party to the other owed thereunder and of no further force and effect as of the date hereof.

12.10 Modifications . The parties agree that this Agreement, and any SOW executed hereunder, cannot be altered, amended or modified, except by a writing signed by an authorized representative of each party.

12.11 Nonsolicitation . During the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, each party agrees not to solicit, nor attempt to solicit, the services of any employee or Subcontractor of the other party without the prior written consent of such other party. Each party further agrees not to solicit nor attempt to solicit, the services of any former employee or Subcontractor of the other party for a period of six (6) months from such former employee’s or Subcontractor’s last date of service with the other party. Violation of this provision shall entitle the aggrieved party to liquidated damages against the violating party equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the solicited person’s gross annual compensation. Generalized employment searches, such as Internet postings, classified advertising, job fairs or the like, shall not violate this Section 12.11.

12.12 Headings . Headings are for reference purposes only, have no substantive effect, and shall not enter into the interpretation hereof.

12.13 No Waiver . No failure or delay in enforcing any right or exercising any remedy will be deemed a waiver of any right or remedy.

12.14 Severability and Reformation . Each provision of this Agreement is a separately enforceable provision. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be or becomes unenforceable or illegal, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary in order for this Agreement to remain in effect in accordance with its terms as modified by such reformation.

12.15 Independent Contractor . DevFactory is an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to make DevFactory an agent, employee, partner or joint venturer of Client. Neither party shall have authority to bind, commit, or otherwise obligate the other party in any manner whatsoever.

12.16 Dispute Resolution . Any dispute, controversy or claim arising under, out of or relating to this contract and any subsequent amendments of this contract, including, without limitation, its formation, validity, binding effect, interpretation, performance, breach or termination, as well as non-contractual claims, shall be submitted to mediation in accordance with the WIPO Mediation Rules. The place of mediation shall be Austin, Texas, USA. The language to be used in the mediation shall be English.

If, and to the extent that, any such dispute. controversy or claim has not been settled pursuant to the mediation within sixty (60) days of the commencement of the mediation, it shall, upon the filing of a Request for Arbitration by either party, be referred to and finally determined by arbitration in accordance with the WIPO Expedited Arbitration Rules. Alternatively, if, before the expiration of the said period of sixty (60) days, either party fails to participate or to continue to participate in the mediation, the dispute, controversy or claim shall, upon the filing of a Request for Arbitration by the other party, be referred to and finally determined by arbitration in accordance with the WIPO Expedited Arbitration Rules. The place of arbitration shall be Austin, Texas, USA. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English. The parties acknowledge and agree that mediation and arbitration as set forth above, and not litigation, are the only dispute resolution procedures that will be used for disputes, controversies or claims arising as a result of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything contained hereunder, Client agrees and acknowledges that no dispute resolution shall be pursued by Client for any breach of this Agreement until and unless DevFactory has had an opportunity to cure any alleged breach. Client agrees to provide DevFactory with a detailed description of any alleged failure and description of the steps that Client understands must be taken by DevFactory to resolve the failure. DevFactory shall have thirty (30) days from DevFactory’s receipt of Client’s notice to complete and cure.

12.17 Choice of Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND INTERPRETED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, USA, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION.

 

 

Technology Services Agreement    Page 6


The parties hereto agree to the foregoing as evidenced by their signatures below.

Agreed to by:

 

DEVFACTORY FZ-LLC

  

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

(DevFactory)    (“Client”)

/s/ RAHUL SUBRAMANIAM

  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

Signature    Signature

Rahul Subramaniam

  

John T. McDonald

Print Name    Print Name

CEO

  

Chief Executive Officer

Title    Title

January 26, 2014

  

January 26, 2014

Date    Date

DevFactory Legal Approval ¨

Exhibit 10.38

January 1, 2014

DevFactory FZ-LLC

705-706 Al Thuraya Tower No. 01

Seventh Floor

Dubai Media City

P.O. Box 502092, Dubai, 43659

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES

Re: Letter Agreement Regarding Amended and Restated Technology Services Agreement (“ Letter Agreement ”)

Reference is made to that certain Technology Services Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2012, and amended by that certain Amendment #1 dated as of January 26, 2012 (as amended, the “ Original Services Agreement ”), by and between Upland Software, Inc. (the “ Upland ”) and DevFactory FZ- LLC (the “ DevFactory ”), which was further amended and restated in its entirety by that certain Amended and Restated Technology Services Agreement (the “ Restated Services Agreement ”), dated as of the date hereof, by and between Upland and DevFactory. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Restated Services Agreement. Upland and DevFactory agree as follows:

1. In the event that Upland does not consummate its first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (an “ IPO ”) on or prior to the date that is the first anniversary of the date hereof (the “ IPO Deadline ”), then DevFactory may elect, on or prior to the date that is sixty (60) days after the IPO Deadline, in exchange for and subject to receipt of the purchase price described below, to cause (i) the Restated Services Agreement to automatically and without any further action on the part of any party thereto, be amended and restated to match the terms of the Original Services Agreement, and (ii) Upland shall pay in arrears to DevFactory, any amounts that would have been due and payable to DevFactory under the Original Services Agreement as if the Restated Agreement had never been effective. The purchase price for the foregoing election shall be 11,000,000 shares of Common Stock of Upland (the “ Shares ”). In order to effect the foregoing election, DevFactory shall provide Upland written notice of such election on or prior to the date that is sixty (60) days after the IPO Deadline together with the original stock certificate representing the Shares endorsed in favor of the Company.

2. The validity of this Letter Agreement and of any of its terms or provisions, as well as the rights and duties of the parties under this Letter Agreement, shall be governed by the laws of the state of Texas without reference to its choice of law provisions.

 

1


3. The Restated Services Agreement (and any exhibits thereto and any written instruments or notices delivered in connection therewith), the Stock Purchase Agreement and this Letter Agreement constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter thereof.

4. This Letter Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. Signatures transmitted via facsimile shall be deemed originals for purposes of this Letter Agreement.

 

2


Very truly yours,

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
By:   / S / JOHN T. MCDONALD
  Name:   John T. McDonald
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

DEVFACTORY FZ-LLC

By:   / S / RAHUL SUBRAMANIAM
  Name:  

Rahul Subramaniam

  Title:  

CEO

[DEVFACTORY LETTER AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE]

Exhibit 10.39

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of January 27, 2014, by and between Upland Software, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and DevFactory FZ-LLC (the “ Purchaser ”).

In consideration of the mutual covenants and representations set forth below, the Company and the Purchaser agree as follows:

1. Purchase and Sale of the Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company on the Closing (as defined below) 11,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per Share (the “ Shares ”), at a price of $0.0001 per share (the “ Purchase Price ”), for an aggregate purchase price of $1,100.

2. Closing. The purchase and sale of the Shares shall occur at a closing (the “ Closing ”) to be held on the date first set forth above, or at any other time mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser. The Closing will take place at the principal office of the Company or at such other place as shall be designated by the Company. At the Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver the aggregate Purchase Price set forth above to the Company by wire transfer, check or any other method of payment permissible under applicable law and approved by the Company’s board of directors (or any combination of such methods of payment), and the Company will issue, as promptly thereafter as practicable, a stock certificate, registered in the name of the Purchaser, reflecting the Shares.

3. Restrictions on Transfer.

A. Investment Representations and Legend Requirements. The Purchaser hereby makes the investment representations listed on Exhibit A to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of the Closing, and agrees that such representations are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, such that the Company may rely on them in issuing the Shares. The Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below, or substantially equivalent legends, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by applicable state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING AS SET FORTH IN THE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, LOCK-UP PERIOD ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.


B. Stop-Transfer Notices. The Purchaser agrees that to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

C. Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

D. Lock-Up Period. The Purchaser hereby agrees that the Purchaser shall not sell, offer, pledge, contract to sell, grant any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or encumber, directly or indirectly, any Shares or other securities of the Company, nor shall the Purchaser enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Shares or other securities of the Company, during the period from the filing of the first registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act through the end of the 180-day period following the effective date of such registration statement (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The obligations described in this section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Purchaser further agrees, if so requested by the Company or any representative of its underwriters, to enter into such underwriter’s standard form of “lockup” or “market standoff” agreement in a form satisfactory to the Company and such underwriter. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of any such restriction period.

E. Restrictions on Shares. No Shares subject to this Agreement, nor any beneficial interest in such Shares, shall be sold, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser, without the prior written consent of the Company until the earlier of (i) the date that the Company consummates its first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (ii) the date that is sixty (60) days immediately following the first anniversary hereof.

4. Tax Consequences. The Purchaser has reviewed with the Purchaser’s own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. The Purchaser understands that the Purchaser (and not the Company) shall be responsible for any tax liability that may arise as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

-2-


5. General Provisions.

A. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Texas.

B. Integration. This Agreement, including all exhibits hereto, represents the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the purchase of the Shares by the Purchaser and supersedes and replaces any and all prior written or oral agreements regarding the subject matter of this Agreement including, but not limited to, any representations made during any interviews, relocation discussions or negotiations whether written or oral.

C. Notices. Any notice, demand, offer, request or other communication required or permitted to be given by either the Company or the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, First Class with postage prepaid and return receipt requested, and addressed to the parties at the addresses provided to the Company (which the Company agrees to disclose to the other parties upon request) or such other address as a party may request by notifying the other in writing.

D. Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “ Company ” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this section or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Purchaser and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

E. Assignment; Transfers. Except as set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by the Purchaser without the prior written consent of the Company. Any attempt by the Purchaser without such consent to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Agreement shall be void. Except as set forth in this Agreement, any transfers in violation of any restriction upon transfer contained in any section of this Agreement shall be void, unless such restriction is waived in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

F. Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing any other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted both parties hereunder are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert any other legal remedy available to it.

G. Purchaser Investment Representations and Further Documents . The Purchaser agrees upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or reasonably desirable in the view of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of this Agreement, including (but not limited to) the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement.

 

-3-


H. Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be found to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable to the greatest extent permitted by law.

I. Rights as Stockholder. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Purchaser shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that the Purchaser delivers a fully executed copy of this Agreement (including the applicable exhibits and attachments to this Agreement) and full payment for the Shares to the Company, and until such time as the Purchaser disposes of the Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Upon such transfer, the Purchaser shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except (in the case of a transfer to the Company) the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and the Purchaser shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

J. Adjustment for Stock Split. All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares which may be made after the date of this Agreement.

K. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages shall be binding originals.

( signature page follows )

 

-4-


The parties represent that they have read this Agreement in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understand this Agreement. The Purchaser agrees to notify the Company of any change in his or her address below.

 

DEVFACTORY FZ-LLC
By:   / S / RAHUL SUBRAMANIAM
  Name:  

Rahul Subramaniam

  Title:  

CEO

 

UPLAND SOFTWARE, INC.
By:   / S / JOHN T. MCDONALD
  Name:  

John T. McDonald

  Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

 

-5-


Exhibit A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PURCHASER   :    DevFactory FZ-LLC      
COMPANY   :    Upland Software, Inc.      
SECURITY   :    Common Stock      
AMOUNT   :    11,000,000 shares      
DATE   :    January 27, 2014      

 

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed shares, Purchaser represents to the Company as follows:

1. The Company may rely on these representations. Purchaser understands that the Company’s sale of the shares to Purchaser has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), because the Company believes, relying in part on its representations in this document, that an exemption from such registration requirement is available for such sale. Purchaser understands that the availability of this exemption depends upon the representations it is making to the Company in this document being true and correct.

2. Purchasing for investment. Purchaser is purchasing the shares solely for investment purposes, and not for further distribution. Its entire legal and beneficial ownership interest in the shares is being purchased and shall be held solely for its account. Purchaser is not a party to, and do not presently intend to enter into, any contract or other arrangement with any other person or entity involving the resale, transfer, grant of participation with respect to or other distribution of any of the shares. Purchaser’s investment intent is not limited to its present intention to hold the shares for the minimum capital gains period specified under any applicable tax law, for a deferred sale, for a specified increase or decrease in the market price of the shares, or for any other fixed period in the future.

3. Purchaser can protect its own interests. Purchaser can properly evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the shares and can protect its own interests in this regard, whether by reason of its own business and financial expertise, the business and financial expertise of certain professional advisors unaffiliated with the Company with whom it may have consulted, or its preexisting business or personal relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling persons.

4. Purchaser is informed about the Company. Purchaser is sufficiently aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the shares. Purchaser has had opportunity to discuss the plans, operations and financial condition of the Company with its officers, directors or controlling persons, and have received all information it deems appropriate for assessing the risk of an investment in the shares.

5. Purchaser recognizes its economic risk. Purchaser realizes that the purchase of the shares involves a high degree of risk, and that the Company’s future prospects are uncertain. Purchaser is able to hold the shares indefinitely if required, and is able to bear the loss of my entire investment in the shares.

 

-2-


6. Purchaser knows that the shares are restricted securities. Purchaser understands that the shares are “restricted securities” in that the Company’s sale of the shares has not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon an exemption for non-public offerings. In this regard, Purchaser also understands and agrees that:

A. It must hold the shares indefinitely, unless any subsequent proposed resale is registered under the Securities Act, or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available (such as Rule 144);

B. the Company is under no obligation to register any subsequent proposed resale of the shares; and

C. the certificate evidencing the shares will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the shares unless such transfer is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

7. Purchaser is familiar with Rule 144 . Purchaser is familiar with Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act, which in some circumstances permits limited public resales of “restricted securities” like the shares acquired from an issuer in a non-public offering. Purchaser understands that its ability to sell the shares under Rule 144 in the future is uncertain, and may depend upon, among other things: (i) the availability of certain current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale occurring more than a specified period after this purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the shares; and (iii) if Purchaser is an affiliate of the Company (A) the sale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a market maker or riskless principal transactions, as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (B) the amount of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated in Rule 144, and (C) timely filing of a notice of proposed sale on Form 144, if applicable.

8. Purchaser knows that Rule 144 may never be available . Purchaser understands that the requirements of Rule 144 may never be met, and that the shares may never be saleable under the rule. Purchaser understands that at the time it wishes to sell the shares, there may be no public market for the Company’s stock upon which to make such a sale, or the current public information requirements of Rule 144 may not be satisfied, either of which may preclude Purchaser from selling the shares under Rule 144 even if the relevant holding period had been satisfied.

9. Purchaser understands that it is subject to further restrictions on resale. Purchaser understands that in the event Rule 144 is not available, any future proposed sale of any of the shares will not be possible without prior registration under the Securities Act, compliance with some other registration exemption (which may or may not be available), or each of the following: (i) its written notice to the Company containing detailed information regarding the proposed sale, (ii) Purchaser providing an opinion of my counsel to the effect that such sale will not require registration, and (iii) the Company notifying Purchaser in writing that its counsel concurs in such opinion. Purchaser understands that neither the Company nor its counsel is obligated to provide it with any such opinion. Purchaser understands that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the Staff of the SEC has stated that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering or pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

-3-


10. Purchaser understands that it may have tax liability due to the uncertain value of the shares. Purchaser understands that the board of directors believes its valuation of the shares represents a fair appraisal of their worth, but that it remains possible that, with the benefit of hindsight, the Internal Revenue Service may successfully assert that the value of the shares on the date of the purchase is substantially greater than the Board’s appraisal. Purchaser understands that any additional value ascribed to the shares by such an IRS determination will constitute ordinary income to Purchaser as of the purchase date, and that any additional taxes and interest due as a result will be Purchaser’s sole responsibility payable only by Purchaser, and that the Company need not and will not reimburse Purchaser for that tax liability.

11. Residence. The address of the Purchaser’s principal residence is set forth on the signature page below.

By signing below, Purchaser acknowledges its agreement with each of the statements contained in this Investment Representation Statement as of the date first set forth above, and its intent for the Company to rely on such statements in issuing the shares.

 

DEVFACTORY HZ-LLC
By:   / S / RAHUL SUBRAMANIAM
  Name:  

Rahul Subramaniam

  Title:  

CEO

Address of the Purchaser’s principal residence:

[***]

 

-4-

Exhibit 10.40

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and among Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities listed on the schedule of investors attached hereto as Schedule I (each an “ Investor ” and, collectively, the “ Investors ”), as such Schedule I may be amended in accordance with Section 6 hereof.

RECITALS

A.    On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, each Investor is willing to purchase from the Company, and the Company is willing to sell to such Investor, a subordinated convertible promissory note in the principal amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto.

B.    Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the form of Note (as defined below) attached hereto as Exhibit A .

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. The Notes .

(a) Issuance of Notes . Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Investors, and each of the Investors severally agrees to purchase, a subordinated convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (each, a “ Note ” and, collectively, the “ Notes ”) in the principal amount set forth opposite the respective Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto, under the heading “Allocation Amount” (“ Original Allocation ”). The Company is authorized to sell and issue Notes pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof with an aggregate principal amount of up to $4,775,000 (the “ Financing ”); provided, however , the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) may, in its sole discretion prior to the Initial Closing, decrease the aggregate principal amount of the Financing based upon the Board’s determination of the Company’s funding needs, and if, as a result, the Financing is oversubscribed, the Board may unilaterally adjust each Investor’s Original Allocation as it deems appropriate, in its sole discretion, so that the amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule I under the heading “Actual Note Amount” (the “ Final Allocation ”) as of the Initial Closing shall reflect any adjustment in an Investor’s Original Allocation and any overpayments therefore made by any Investor shall promptly be returned to such Investor, and all investments amounts in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Final Allocation. The obligations of the Investors to purchase Notes are several and not joint.

(b) Delivery . The initial sale and purchase of the Notes shall take place at a closing (the “ Initial Closing ”) to be held at such place and time as the Company and the Investors may determine on the date hereof, or such other date as the Company and Investors representing a majority of the Notes to be sold in such Initial Closing shall agree (the “ Initial Closing Date ”). At the Initial Closing, the Company will deliver to each of the Investors the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding purchase price set forth on Schedule I hereto (the “ Purchase Price ”). The Company may conduct one or more additional closings within sixty (60) days of the Initial Closing (each, an “ Additional Closing ” and, together with the Initial Closing,


a “ Closing ”) to be held at such place and time as the Company and the Investors participating in such Additional Closing may determine (each, an “ Additional Closing Date ” and, together with the Initial Closing Date, a “ Closing Date ”). At each Additional Closing, the Company will deliver to each of the Investors participating in such Additional Closing the Note to be purchased by such Investor, against receipt by the Company of the corresponding Purchase Price. Each of the Notes will be registered in such Investor’s name in the Company’s records.

(c) Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the sale and issuance of the Notes shall be used for general corporate purposes.

(d) Payments . The Company will make all cash payments due under the Notes in immediately available funds by 1:00 p.m. central time on the date such payment is due at the address for such purpose specified below each Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto, or at such other address, or in such other manner, as an Investor or other registered holder of a Note may from time to time direct in writing.

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Investor that:

(a) Due Incorporation, Qualification, etc . The Company (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted; and (iii) is duly qualified, licensed to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified or licensed could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(b) Authority . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby (i) are within the power of the Company and (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of the Company.

(c) Enforceability . Each Transaction Document executed, or to be executed, by the Company has been, or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, or will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

(d) Non-Contravention . The execution and delivery by the Company of the Transaction Documents executed by the Company and the performance and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not (i) violate the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (each as amended, the “ Charter Documents ”) or any material judgment, order, writ, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company; (ii) violate any provision of, or result in the breach or the acceleration of, or entitle any other Person to accelerate (whether after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both), any material mortgage, indenture, agreement, instrument or contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property, asset or revenue of the Company or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations, or any of its assets or properties.

(e) Subsidiaries . Each of the Company’s subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is in good standing under such laws and has the power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and carry on its business as now conducted. None of the Company’s subsidiaries owns or leases property or engages in any activity in any jurisdiction that might require its qualification to do business as a foreign corporation in such jurisdiction and in which the failure to qualify as such would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

-2-


(f) Approvals . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority or other Person (including, without limitation, the shareholders of any Person) is required in connection with the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents executed by the Company and the performance and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, other than such as have been obtained and remain in full force and effect and other than such qualifications or filings under applicable securities laws as may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(g) No Violation or Default . None of the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries is in violation of or in default with respect to (i) its Charter Documents or other organizational documents or any material judgment, order, writ, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to such Person; or (ii) any material mortgage, indenture, agreement, instrument or contract to which such Person is a party or by which it is bound (nor is there any waiver in effect which, if not in effect, would result in such a violation or default).

(h) Litigation . Except as set forth in Item 2(h) of Schedule II hereto (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”), no actions (including, without limitation, derivative actions), suits, proceedings or investigations are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against the Company at law or in equity in any court or before any other governmental authority that if adversely determined (i) would (alone or in the aggregate) result in a material liability or (ii) seeks to enjoin, either directly or indirectly, the execution, delivery or performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby.

(i) Intellectual Property . To the best of its knowledge, the Company owns or possesses or can obtain on commercially reasonable terms sufficient legal rights to all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information, processes and other intellectual property rights necessary for its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, the lack of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect without any conflict with, or infringement of the rights of, others.

(j) Equity Securities . The Company’s total authorized and issued capitalization is as set forth in Item 2(l)  of the Disclosure Schedule. The equity securities (“ Equity Securities ”) of the Company have the respective rights, preferences and privileges set forth in the Company’s Charter Documents in effect on the date hereof. All of the outstanding Equity Securities of the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The offer and sale of all Equity Securities of the Company issued before the Initial Closing Date complied with or were exempt from registration or qualification under all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(k) Accuracy of Information Furnished . None of the Transaction Documents and none of the other certificates, statements or information furnished to Investors by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company does not represent or warrant that it will achieve any financial projections provided to the Investors and represents only that such projections were prepared in good faith.

 

-3-


(l) Operating Company . The Company is an “operating company” within the meaning of Section 22062(b)(2) of the California Financial Code in that (A) it primarily engages, wholly or substantially, directly or indirectly through a majority owned subsidiary or subsidiaries, in the production or sale, or the research or development, of a product or service other than the investment of capital, (B) it is not an individual or sole proprietorship, (C) it is not an entity with no specific business plan or purpose and its business plan is not to engage in a merger or acquisition with an unidentified company or companies or other entity or person, and (D) it intends to use the proceeds from the sale of the Notes extended to it solely for the operation of the Company’s business and uses other than personal, family, or household purposes. The Company’s board of directors, in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, has approved the sale of the Notes based upon a reasonable belief that the loans represented by the Notes are appropriate for the Company after reasonable inquiry concerning the Company’s financing objectives and financial situation.

3. Representations and Warranties of Investors . Each Investor, for that Investor alone, represents and warrants to the Company upon the acquisition of a Note as follows:

(a) Binding Obligation . Such Investor has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. This Agreement and the Transaction Documents constitute valid and binding obligations of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

(b) Securities Law Compliance . Such Investor has been advised that the Notes and the underlying securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, or any state securities laws and, therefore, cannot be resold unless they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration requirements is available. Such Investor is aware that, except as set forth in the Rights Agreement (as defined below), the Company is under no obligation to effect any such registration with respect to the Notes or the underlying securities or to file for or comply with any exemption from registration. Such Investor has not been formed solely for the purpose of making this investment and is purchasing the Notes to be acquired by such Investor hereunder for its own account for investment, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. Such Investor has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of such investment, is able to incur a complete loss of such investment without impairing such Investor’s financial condition and is able to bear the economic risk of such investment for an indefinite period of time. Such Investor is an accredited investor as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company. The residency of the Investor (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity’s principal place of business) is correctly set forth beneath such Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto.

(c) Access to Information . Such Investor acknowledges that the Company has given such Investor access to the corporate records and accounts of the Company and to all information in its possession relating to the Company, has made its officers and representatives available for interview by such Investor, and has furnished such Investor with all documents and other information required for such Investor to make an informed decision with respect to the purchase of the Notes.

(d) Tax Advisors. Such Investor has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. With respect to such matters, such Investor relies solely on any such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Such Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

-4-


4. Conditions to Closing of the Investors . Each Investor’s obligations at each Closing are subject to the fulfillment, on or prior to the applicable Closing Date, of all of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in whole or in part by all of the Investors:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 2 hereof shall have been true and correct when made, and shall be true and correct on the applicable Closing Date.

(b) Governmental Approvals and Filings . Except for any notices required or permitted to be filed after the applicable Closing Date with certain federal and state securities commissions, the Company shall have obtained all governmental approvals required in connection with the lawful sale and issuance of the Notes.

(c) Legal Requirements . At each Closing, the sale and issuance by the Company, and the purchase by the Investors, of the Notes shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investors or the Company are subject.

(d) Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at each Closing and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Investors.

(e) Transaction Documents . The Company shall have duly executed and delivered to the Investors the following documents:

(i) This Agreement; and

(ii) Each Note issued hereunder.

(f) Corporate Documents . The Company shall have delivered to the Investors each of the following:

(i) A certificate of the Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated as of the applicable Closing, certifying (a) that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and attached thereto, is in full force and effect and has not been amended, supplemented, revoked or repealed since the date of such certification; (b) that attached thereto is a true and correct copy of the Bylaws of the Company as in effect on the applicable Closing Date; and (c) that attached thereto are true and correct copies of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and continuing in effect, which authorize the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and

(ii) A Certificate of Good Standing or comparable certificate as to the Company, certified as of a recent date prior to the applicable Closing Date by the Secretary of State of Delaware.

5. Conditions to Obligations of the Company . The Company’s obligation to issue and sell the Notes at each Closing is subject to the fulfillment, on or prior to the applicable Closing Date, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Company:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties made by the applicable Investors in Section 3 hereof shall be true and correct when made, and shall be true and correct on the applicable Closing Date.

 

-5-


(b) Governmental Approvals and Filings . Except for any notices required or permitted to be filed after the applicable Closing Date with certain federal and state securities commissions, the Company shall have obtained all governmental approvals required in connection with the lawful sale and issuance of the Notes.

(c) Legal Requirements . At each Closing, the sale and issuance by the Company, and the purchase by the applicable Investors, of the Notes shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which such Investors or the Company are subject.

(d) Purchase Price . Each Investor shall have delivered to the Company the Purchase Price in respect of the Note being purchased by such Investor referenced in Section 1(b) hereof.

6. Miscellaneous .

(a) Waivers and Amendments . Any provision of this Agreement, and the Notes may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and a Majority in Interest of Investors; provided however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall: (i) reduce the principal amount of any Note without the affected Investor’s written consent, or (ii) reduce the rate of interest of any Note without the affected Investor’s written consent. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon all of the parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended to add a party as an Investor hereunder in connection with Additional Closings without the consent of any other Investor, by delivery to the Company of a counterparty signature page to this Agreement, together with a supplement to Schedule I and Schedule II hereto. Such amendment shall take effect at the Additional Closing and such party shall thereafter be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder and Schedule I and Schedule II hereto shall be updated to reflect the addition of such Investor.

(b) Governing Law . This Agreement and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware or of any other state. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be (to the extent necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 22062(b)(3)(D) of the California Financial Code) subject to the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing arising under Section 1655 of the California Civil Code.

(c) Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

(d) Successors and Assigns . Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Sections 6(e) and  6(f)  below, the rights and obligations of the Company and the Investors shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

(e) Registration, Transfer and Replacement of the Notes . The Notes issuable under this Agreement shall be registered notes. The Company will keep, at its principal executive office, books for the registration and registration of transfer of the Notes. Prior to presentation of any Note for registration of transfer, the Company shall treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner and holder of such Note for all purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note shall be overdue, and the Company shall not be affected by notice to the contrary. Subject to any restrictions on or conditions to transfer set forth in any

 

-6-


Note, the holder of any Note, at its option, may in person or by duly authorized attorney surrender the same for exchange at the Company’s principal executive office, and promptly thereafter and at the Company’s expense, except as provided below, receive in exchange therefor one or more new Note(s), each in the principal requested by such holder, dated the date to which interest shall have been paid on the Note so surrendered or, if no interest shall have yet been so paid, dated the date of the Note so surrendered and registered in the name of such Person or Persons as shall have been designated in writing by such holder or its attorney for the same principal amount as the then unpaid principal amount of the Note so surrendered. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note and (a) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it; or (b) in the case of mutilation, upon surrender thereof, the Company, at its expense, will execute and deliver in lieu thereof a new Note executed in the same manner as the Note being replaced, in the same principal amount as the unpaid principal amount of such Note and dated the date to which interest shall have been paid on such Note or, if no interest shall have yet been so paid, dated the date of such Note.

(f) Assignment by the Company . The rights, interests or obligations hereunder or under the Notes may not be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of a Majority in Interest of Investors.

(g) Entire Agreement . This Agreement together with the other Transaction Documents constitute and contain the entire agreement among the Company and Investors and supersede any and all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, understandings and communications among the parties, whether written or oral, respecting the subject matter hereof.

(h) Notices . All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party as follows: (i) if to a Investor, at such Investor’s address or facsimile number set forth in the Schedule of Investors attached as Schedule I , or at such other address as such Investor shall have furnished the Company in writing, or (ii) if to the Company, at 401 Congress Avenue, Suite 2950, Austin, Texas 78701, or at such other address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors in writing, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Brian K. Beard, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 900 South Capital of Texas Highway, Las Cimas IV, Fifth Floor, Austin, Texas 78746. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

(i) Separability of Agreements; Severability of this Agreement . The Company’s agreement with each of the Investors is a separate agreement and the sale of the Notes to each of the Investors is a separate sale. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, the rights of each Investor hereunder are several rights, not rights jointly held with any of the other Investors. Any invalidity, illegality or limitation on the enforceability of the Agreement or any part thereof, by any Investor whether arising by reason of the law of the respective Investor’s domicile or otherwise, shall in no way affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement with respect to other Investors. If any provision of this Agreement shall be judicially determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(j) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

 

-7-


(k) Waiver of Rights of First Offer. The undersigned Investors, constituting Investors (as such term is defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of May 16, 2013 (the “ Rights Agreement ”) holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined therein), hereby (i) consent to the Company issuing the Notes, (ii) waive any and all rights of first offer such Investors have under Section 4.1 of the Rights Agreement to purchase any portion of the Notes, including any shares of Preferred Stock or other equity securities of the Company issued upon conversion thereof or shares of the Company’s capital stock issuable upon the conversion of such shares of Preferred Stock or equity security, and (iii) waives any required notice of the Company’s intention to issue the Notes. The waiver set forth in this subsection (k) shall become effective and binding on all Investors (as defined in the Rights Agreement) upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and by Investors (as defined in the Rights Agreement) holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities.

(l) Waiver of Potential Conflicts of Interest .  Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (“ WSGR ”) may have represented and may currently represent certain of the Investors. In the course of such representation, WSGR may have come into possession of confidential information relating to such Investors. Each of the Investors and the Company acknowledges that WSGR is representing only the Company in this transaction. Pursuant to applicable rules of professional responsibility, an attorney must avoid representations in which the attorney has or had a relationship with another party interested in the representation without the informed written consent of all parties affected. By executing this Agreement, each of the Investors and the Company hereby waives any actual or potential conflict of interest which may arise as a result of WSGR’s representation of such persons and entities and WSGR’s possession of such confidential information. Each of the Investors and the Company represents that it has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel concerning the giving of this waiver.

(Signature pages to follow.)

 

-8-


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:   / S / JOHN T. MCDONALD
  John T. McDonald,
  Chief Executive Officer

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

AUSTIN VENTURES IX, L.P.

By: AV Partners IX, L.P., its General Partner

By: AV Partners IX, LLC, its General Partner

By:   / S / JOHN THORNTON
Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

AUSTIN VENTURES X, L.P.

By: AV Partners X, L.P., its General Partner

By: AV Partners X, LLC, its General Partner

By:   / S / JOHN THORNTON
Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

ESW CAPITAL LLC
By:   / S / ANDREW S. PRICE
Name:   Andrew S. Price
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

COVENANT PE I, L.P.

By : Atlas Capital Management, LP

Its : General Partner

By : RHA, Inc.

Its : General Partner

By:   / S / ROBERT H. ALPERT
Name:   Robert H. Alpert
Title:   President

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

RARA4 INVESTMENTS, LTD.

By: Tame Coyote Management, LLC
Its: General Partner
By:   / S / DONALD C. REYNOLDS
Name:   Donald C. Reynolds
Title:   Manager

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

COZMO INVESTMENTS, LTD.

By: High 4 Family, LLC

Its: General Partner

By:   / S / WALTER C. REYNOLDS
Name:   Walter C. Reynolds
Title:   Manager

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

MARGUERITE C. KLEINHEINZ TRUST

By:   / S / JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ
  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

JOHN BURKE KLEINHEINZ JR. TRUST

By:   / S / JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ
  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

WILLIAM HARRISON KLEINHEINZ TRUST

By:   / S / JOHN B. KLEINHEINZ
  John B. Kleinheinz,
  Trustee

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

MLPF&S AS CUST. FBO JOHN MCDONALD IRRA

By:   / S / JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John T. McDonald
Title:   Authorized Signatory

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

RICHARD H. HEIN TRUST DATED JUNE 12, 1995

By:   / S / RICHARD H. HEIN
Name:   Richard H. Hein
Title:   Trustee

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

ACTIVANT INVESTMENT II, LLC

By:   / S / STEVEN SARRACINO
Name:   Steven Sarracino
Title:   Partner/Member

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/ S / CLAYTON CHRISTOPHER
Clayton Christopher

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/ S / JOE ROSS

Joe Ross

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/ S / JAMES PALLOTTA

James Pallotta

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/ S / LEO PETERSON

Leo Peterson

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/ S / JERALD PETERSON

Jerald Peterson

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/ S / KEVIN SINGERMAN

Kevin Singerman

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/ S / MARK SINGERMAN

Mark Singerman

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


The parties are signing this Note Purchase Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory clause.

 

/ S / GEORGE WOODIWISS

George Woodiwiss

S ILVERBACK E NTERPRISE G ROUP , I NC .

S IGNATURE PAGE FOR N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT


SCHEDULE I

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

Initial Closing October 9, 2013

 

Investor Name and Address

  

Allocation Amount

    

Actual Note Amount

 

Austin Ventures X, L.P.

[***]

   $ 1,050,000.00       $ 1,050,000.00   

Austin Ventures IX, L.P.

[***]

   $ 700,000.00       $ 700,000.00   

Activant Investment II, LLC

[***]

   $ 1,000,000.00       $ 1,000,000.00   

ESW Capital LLC

[***]

   $ 507,740.00       $ 507,740.00   

MLPF&S as Cust. FBO John McDonald IRRA

[***]

   $ 365,000.00       $ 365,000.00   

Covenant PE I, L.P.

[***]

   $ 150,044.00       $ 150,044.00   

RARA4 Investments, Ltd.

[***]

   $ 144,998.00       $ 144,998.00   

Cozmo Investments, Ltd.

[***]

   $ 144,998.00       $ 144,998.00   

James Pallotta

[***]

   $ 96,970.00       $ 96,970.00   

Marguerite C. Kleinheinz Trust

[***]

   $ 83,333.00       $ 83,333.00   

John Burke Kleinheinz Jr. Trust

[***]

   $ 83,333.00       $ 83,333.00   

William Harrison Kleinheinz Trust

[***]

   $ 83,333.00       $ 83,333.00   

Jerald Peterson

[***]

   $ 64,500.00       $ 64,500.00   

 

I-1


Investor Name and Address

  

Allocation Amount

    

Actual Note Amount

 

Leo Peterson

[***]

   $ 64,500.00       $ 64,500.00   

Clayton Christopher

[***]

   $ 50,000.00       $ 50,000.00   

Richard H. Hein Trust dated June 12, 1995

[***]

   $ 33,343.00       $ 33,343.00   

Joe Ross

[***]

   $ 25,007.00       $ 25,007.00   

INITIAL CLOSING TOTAL

   $ 4,647,099.00       $ 4,647,099.00   

Subsequent Closing November 7, 2013

 

Investor Name and Address

  

Allocation Amount

    

Actual Note Amount

 

Kevin Singerman

[***]

   $ 75,000.00       $ 75,000.00   

Mark Singerman

[***]

   $ 75,000.00       $ 75,000.00   

SUBSEQUENT CLOSING TOTAL

   $ 150,000.00       $ 150,000.00   

TOTAL

   $ 4,797,099.00       $ 4,797,099.00   

Subsequent Closing December 6, 2013

 

Investor Name and Address

  

Allocation Amount

    

Actual Note Amount

 

George Woodiwiss

[***]

   $ 90,000.00       $ 90,000.00   

 

I-2


Investor Name and Address

  

Allocation Amount

    

Actual Note Amount

 

SUBSEQUENT CLOSING TOTAL

   $ 90,000.00       $ 90,000.00   

TOTAL

   $ 4,887,099.00       $ 4,887,099.00   

 

I-3


SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.

AMENDMENT TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of November 6, 2013 by and among Silverback Enterprise Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned parties (the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors are parties to that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as of October 9, 2013 (as amended from time to time, the “ Purchase Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Company desires to sell additional Notes under the Purchase Agreement and the Investors are willing to make certain amendments to the Purchase Agreement to allow for such sales as well as increasing the maximum principal amount of the Notes; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned Investors constitute more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes required under the Purchase Agreement to amend or waive, together with the Company, the provisions of such document.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1.     Amendment to Section 1(a) . Section 1(a) of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Issuance of Notes . Subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Investors, and each of the Investors severally agrees to purchase, a subordinated convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit A hereto (each, a “ Note ” and, collectively, the “ Notes ”) in the principal amount set forth opposite the respective Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto, under the heading “Allocation Amount” (“ Original Allocation ”). The Company is authorized to sell and issue Notes pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof with an aggregate principal amount of up to $5,000,000 (the “ Financing ”); provided, however , the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) may, in its sole discretion prior to the Initial Closing, decrease the aggregate principal amount of the Financing based upon the Board’s determination of the Company’s funding needs, and if, as a result, the Financing is oversubscribed, the Board may unilaterally adjust each Investor’s Original Allocation as it deems appropriate, in its sole discretion, so that the amount set forth opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule I under the heading “Actual Note Amount” (the “ Final Allocation ”) as of the Initial Closing shall reflect any adjustment in an Investor’s Original Allocation and any overpayments therefore made by any Investor shall promptly be returned to such Investor, and all investments amounts in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the Final Allocation. The obligations of the Investors to purchase Notes are several and not joint.”


2.     Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Amendment and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Delaware or of any other state.

(b) Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which will be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile copies of signed signature pages will be deemed binding originals.

(c) Effect; Effectiveness . Except as set forth herein, the Purchase Agreement, and the Notes shall continue in full force and effect. This Amendment shall be effective upon the execution hereof by the Company and the undersigned Investors and shall be binding as to each party to the Purchase Agreement and each holder of a Note in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.

(d) Entire Agreement . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment, together with the Purchase Agreement and each Note (including any schedules or exhibits attached hereto or thereto) constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and the parties to the Purchase Agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and each Investor and such Investor’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

(f) Severability . If any provision, or provisions, of this Amendment is determined by any court to contravene or be invalid under applicable law, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the whole Amendment, but the court shall construe this Amendment as not containing the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid and as instead containing a provision or provisions that most closely achieve the intent of this Amendment as expressed herein and are valid under applicable law, and the rights and obligations of the Company and the Investors shall be construed and enforced accordingly.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

-2-


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

SILVERBACK ENTERPRISE GROUP, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ JOHN T. MCDONALD

  John T. McDonald, Chief Executive Officer

(S IGNATURE PAGE FOR A MENDMENT TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT )


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR

AUSTIN VENTURES IX, L.P.

By: AV Partners IX, L.P., its General Partner

By: AV Partners IX, LLC, its General Partner

By:   / S / JOHN THORNTON
Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

(S IGNATURE PAGE FOR A MENDMENT TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT )


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR

AUSTIN VENTURES X, L.P.

By: AV Partners X, L.P., its General Partner

By: AV Partners X, LLC, its General Partner

By:   / S / JOHN THORNTON
Name:   John Thornton
Title:   Member

(S IGNATURE PAGE FOR A MENDMENT TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT )


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR

MLPF&S AS CUST. FBO JOHN

MCDONALD IRRA

By:   / S / JOHN T. MCDONALD
Name:   John McDonald
Title:   Authorized Signatory

(S IGNATURE PAGE FOR A MENDMENT TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT )


The parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

 

INVESTOR

ACTIVANT INVESTMENT II, LLC

By:   / S / STEVE R. SARRACINO
Name:   Steve R. Sarracino
Title:   Manager

(S IGNATURE PAGE FOR A MENDMENT TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT )

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Upland Software I, Inc. (f/k/a PowerSteering Software, Inc.)

Upland Software II, Inc. (f/k/a Tenrox Inc.(U.S.))

Upland Software III, LLC (f/k/a LMR Solutions LLC)

Upland Software IV, Inc. (f/k/a FileBound Solutions, Inc.)

Upland Software VI, LLC (f/k/a ComSci, LLC)

Upland Software VII, Inc. (f/k/a Clickability Inc.)

Upland Software Inc. (f/k/a Tenrox Inc. (Canada))

PowerSteering Software, Ltd. (UK)

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 12, 2014, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Upland Software, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Austin, Texas

September 4, 2014

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated February 28, 2014 pertaining to ComSci, LLC, May 7, 2014 pertaining to LMR Solutions, LLC, and August 19, 2014 pertaining to Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Upland Software, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Holtzman Partners, LLP

Austin, Texas

September 4, 2014

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

C ERTIFIED P UBLIC A CCOUNTANTS

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated March 28, 2013 and March 28, 2012 (except for Note 15 as to which the date is March 28, 2013), with respect to the combined financial statements of Marex Group, Inc. and FileBound Solutions, Inc. included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Upland Software, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Blackman & Associates, P.C.

Omaha, Nebraska

September 4, 2014

17445 Arbor Street, #200    •    Omaha, Nebraska 68130    •    Ph (402) 330-1040    •    Fax (402) 333-9189